11.06.2019 Views

SPW Product Catalogue 2019

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

AUST: 1300 WELDER (935 337)<br />

NZ: 0800 WELDING (9353464)<br />

www.spwgroup.com.au<br />

PRODUCT CATALOGUE<br />

PHONE<br />

IN NZ PHONE 0800 WELDING (9353464)<br />

YOUR WELDING SUPPLY SPECIALISTS


WELCOME TO SOUTH PACIFIC WELDING GROUP<br />

ONE OF AUSTRALIA’S LARGEST WELDING SUPPLY<br />

WAREHOUSE WITH COVERAGE THROUGHOUT AUSTRALIA<br />

South Pacific Welding Group Pty Ltd specialise in<br />

welding – including equipment, consumables, service,<br />

second hand trading and hire. The Group stocks welding<br />

equipment from a large number of Original Equipment<br />

Manufacturers both here in Australia and from Europe,<br />

Asia and America.<br />

This Welding <strong>Catalogue</strong> brings together a large number<br />

of these manufacturers in one comprehensive display<br />

allowing you to compare like products, place orders and<br />

seek advice. The catalogue includes over 500 pages of<br />

technical information, spare parts, consumables and<br />

company details.<br />

South Pacific Welding looks forward to supplying you<br />

with competitive quality welding products. We have<br />

included an account application form in the back should<br />

you wish to request trading terms with us. Please<br />

contact any one of our stores on the below number for<br />

further assistance and advice.<br />

Phone: 1300 WELDER or 1300 935337<br />

Web: www.spwgroup.com.au<br />

Email: sales@spwgroup.com.au<br />

Post: PO Box 1182<br />

Chatswood, NSW 2057<br />

AUTOMATED<br />

OXY<br />

TIG<br />

PLASMA<br />

SUB ARC<br />

BRAZING<br />

STICK<br />

PURPOSE BUILT<br />

MIG<br />

SOUTH PACIFIC WELDING GROUP PTY LTD ABN 46 078 830 878<br />

© South Pacific Welding Group Pty Ltd. Reproduction without permission strictly prohibited.<br />

THE INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS CATALOGUE IS PROVIDED AS A GENERAL OUTLINE AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A<br />

DEFINITINE STATEMENT OF THE VARIOUS SUBJECT MATTERS. PROFESSIONAL ADVICE SHOULD BE SOUGHT BEFORE ANY<br />

ACTION IS TAKEN IN RELATION TO THESE SUBJECT MATTERS. CORRECT AS OF 1 MAY 2014.


WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

SAFETY<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

1


<strong>SPW</strong> WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

1 WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ACCESSORIES 4-52<br />

STICK WELDERS 53-63<br />

TIG WELDERS 64-74<br />

TIG TORCHES & SPARES 75-88<br />

MIG WELDERS 89-111<br />

MIG TORCHES & SPARES 112-145<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS 146-155<br />

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS 156-158<br />

2 GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

KITS 220-224<br />

REGULATORS 225-233<br />

BLOWPIPES & ATTACHMENTS 234-239<br />

CUTTING NOZZLES 240-243<br />

WELDING & HEATING 244-247<br />

WIRE FEEDERS 159-165<br />

PLASMA 166-169<br />

PLASMA TORCHES & SPARES 170-183<br />

PURGING 184-186<br />

NITTO CUTTERS 187<br />

PORTABLE OVENS 188<br />

SPECIALISED WELDERS 189-190<br />

AUTOMATION 191-218<br />

HOSE & FITTINGS 248-250<br />

ACCESSORIES 251-255<br />

MACHINES 256-257<br />

GAS HEATING 258-260<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

3 INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

TEN STEPS TO CYLINDER SAFETY 262<br />

CYLINDER SIZES 262<br />

AIRBASED GASES 263<br />

CARBON DIOXIDE GASES 263<br />

FABRICATIONS GASES 263<br />

FUEL GASES 263<br />

SHEILDING GASES CHART 264<br />

SHEILDING GASES 265-270<br />

4 SAFETY<br />

RESPIRATORY 272-274<br />

HEAD AND FACE 275-294<br />

HAND PROTECTION 295-302<br />

WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL 303-310<br />

WELDING BLANKETS AND DRAPES 311-312<br />

FUME EQUIPMENT 313-314<br />

5 CONSUMABLES<br />

ELECTRODES – MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER 316-325<br />

– LOW HYDROGEN 326-344<br />

– STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL 345-359<br />

– HARD FACING 360-365<br />

WIRES – MIG 366-381<br />

– FLUX CORED 382-413<br />

– HARD FACING 414-421<br />

SUB ARC WIRES & FLUXES 422-436<br />

GAS & TIG CONSUMABLES 437-453<br />

ABRASIVES 454-462<br />

OTHER 463-466<br />

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 467-470<br />

6 TECHNICAL<br />

TERM & DEFINITIONS 472-473<br />

WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS 474-483<br />

SAFETY IN WELDING 484-485<br />

CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES 486-498<br />

WELDING GUIDE 499-547<br />

HARDFACING INFORMATION 548-557<br />

WELD COSTINGS 558<br />

DEPOSITION DATA 559-563<br />

FACTS & FIGURES 564-576<br />

TECHNICAL 577<br />

INFORMATION 578-579<br />

WARRANTY DATA 580-581<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

3


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

ELECTRODE HOLDERS<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 250 AMP<br />

Part No. 646165<br />

AS2826 Type A Compliant<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 400 AMP<br />

Part No. 646142<br />

AS2826 Type A Compliant<br />

Electrode capacity up to 5mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High quality<br />

Durable<br />

Complies to AS2826, Type A<br />

requirements<br />

Designed for AS1674.2 category A, B<br />

and C environments<br />

Electrode capacity up to 5mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High quality<br />

Durable<br />

Complies to AS2826, Type A<br />

requirements<br />

Designed for AS1674.2 category A, B<br />

and C environments<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 600 AMP<br />

Part No. 646343<br />

Electrode capacity up to 8mm<br />

Heavy duty high quality construction<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High performance<br />

Heat resistant fibreglass handle<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 250 AMP<br />

Part No. CEH250TL<br />

Electrode capacity up to 5mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High quality<br />

Durable<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 400 AMP<br />

Part No. CEH400TL<br />

Electrode capacity up to 5mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High quality<br />

Durable<br />

TWISTLOCK ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 600 AMP<br />

Part No. CEH600TL<br />

Electrode capacity up to 6.3mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

High quality<br />

Durable holder<br />

TWECO TONG<br />

ELECTRODE HOLDER<br />

400 AMP<br />

Part No. 646344<br />

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY<br />

Electrode capacity up to 9.5mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

All position electrode grip featuring<br />

ultra quick electrode change<br />

Long life cool running tong holder<br />

TONG ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 400 AMP<br />

Part No. 646214<br />

Electrode capacity up to 6mm<br />

Fully insulated<br />

All position electrode grip featuring<br />

ultra quick electrode change<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

TONG ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 200 AMP<br />

TONG ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 400 AMP<br />

Part No. CEH200T<br />

Electrode capacity up to 3.2mm<br />

Economical<br />

Fully insulated<br />

Part No. CEH600T<br />

Electrode capacity up to 6.3mm<br />

Economical<br />

Fully insulated<br />

TONG ELECTRODE<br />

HOLDER 400 AMP<br />

Part No. CEH400T<br />

Electrode capacity up to 5mm<br />

Economical<br />

Fully insulated<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

4 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

CHIPPING HAMMER<br />

Part No. 646215<br />

Shock resistant wire spring handle<br />

Hardened steel head, featuring pointed and chisel ends<br />

1<br />

STEEL BRISTLE WIRE BRUSH<br />

Part No. 646363<br />

Steel Bristle Wire Brush<br />

Four row – straight<br />

Part No. 646365<br />

Stainless Steel Bristle<br />

Wire Brush<br />

Four row – straight<br />

CABLE CONNECTORS<br />

CABLE CONNECTOR 300 AMP Part No. 646161<br />

Tapered Twist Lock Up to 50mm 2<br />

CABLE CONNECTOR 500 AMP Part No. 646162<br />

Tapered Twist Lock Up to 70mm 2<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 25mm 2 Male Part No. 705152<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 25mm 2 Female Part No. 705153<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 50mm 2 Male Part No. 704461<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 50mm 2 Female Part No. 705154<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 70mm 2 Male Part No. 705155<br />

Dinse CABLE CONNECTOR 70mm 2 Female Part No. 705156<br />

Dinse Panel Socket 25mm 2 Part No. 7977159<br />

Dinse Panel Socket 50mm 2 Part No. 704460<br />

CRIMPED FITTED CABLE LUGS<br />

CABLE SIZE 16-25mm 2<br />

Hole size 13mm Packet = 5 ea Part No. CL300S<br />

CABLE SIZE 25-50mm 2<br />

Hole size 14mm Packet = 5 ea Part No. CL500M<br />

CABLE SIZE 50-70mm 2<br />

Hole size 13mm Shipper = 15 ea Part No. KP887<br />

CABLE SIZE 70-95mm 2<br />

Hole size 19mm Shipper = 15 ea Part No. KP892<br />

Hole size 16mm Packet = 5 ea Part No. CL750L<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

5


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

LENCO® GROUND CLAMPS<br />

LENCO® Ground Clamps Have All These Features:<br />

LENCO® ground clamps have the largest contact area with the work of any clamp on the market. Serrated<br />

upper and lower jaws insure maximum bite to the work. A good ground clamp helps assure proper voltage<br />

for maximum weld results with all rods.<br />

Both upper and lower jaws of all three models are made from a high copper alloy assuring excellent current<br />

carrying ability. No steel jaws are used. A good ground connection assures better welds.<br />

A tough, brass hinge pin is durable and allows both jaws to carry current. The enclosed heavy duty spring<br />

assures a powerful bite on the work. The insulation on top and bottom provides extended spring life.<br />

All three sizes of the original LENCO® ground clamps have the oval-point screw cable connection which is<br />

easy to install. No shim stock or pressure plate is needed.<br />

ECONOMY GROUND<br />

CLAMPS<br />

MODEL MG-180 MODEL EG-200<br />

MODEL EG-300 MODEL EG-500<br />

The Model MG-180 is a molded non-conductive ground clamp with copper jaws.<br />

MODEL MG-180<br />

MODEL EG-200<br />

The Model EG-200 ground clamp is ideal for light duty welding. May be used for other light duty applications.<br />

The Model EG-300 ground clamp is ideal for the farm welder or for light shop work.<br />

The Model EG-500 is excellent for field erection or where clamping to bar stock, piping or various shapes<br />

of metal is necessary. The pure copper braided shunt allows both high copper alloy jaws to carry welding<br />

current. A rugged, all steel body protects the heavy duty spring.<br />

MODEL EG-300<br />

MODEL EG-500<br />

MODEL “G”/G1500<br />

GROUND CLAMPS<br />

Reduce Voltage drop by using the “G” and G1500 Ground Clamps which are made from heavy alloy material<br />

for high Amperage applications. The design maximises surface contact area which provides cool and efficient<br />

operation. The “G” earth clamp carries up to 600 Amps while the G1500 is good for 1500 Amps.<br />

ROTARY GROUND CLAMPS<br />

MAGNETIC GROUNDS<br />

LENCO’s magnetic grounds offer<br />

convenience, efficiency and quality.<br />

COMBINATION GROUNDS<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

MRG-500<br />

MSG-500<br />

LRG-240 LRG-440 LRG-640 LRG-240a<br />

CABLE LUGS<br />

L-8<br />

L-6 L-4 L-2 L-26<br />

CABLE SIZE<br />

25mm 35mm 50mm 70mm 95mm<br />

L-1<br />

(L-25)<br />

L-2 L-1020<br />

L-3040<br />

GC-500<br />

LENCO introduces an additional series of Rotating Grounds ranging<br />

from 800 amp to 2000 amperage rating. Each Rotating Ground<br />

can be permanently welded to the work or easily attached by using<br />

the G-1500-138 “C” type clamp.<br />

LENCO cable lugs are precision made from copper tubing. They<br />

have an extra long barrel for easy soldering or attaching by the<br />

swedg-on process. The stud holes are made especially for welding<br />

machines with plenty of clearance. Flared ends make it easy to<br />

insert the cable in the lug.<br />

6 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

EARTH CLAMPS<br />

DC204<br />

Earth Clamp 300A<br />

DC251<br />

Earth Clamp 500A<br />

DC224<br />

Earth Clamp 600A<br />

DC600T<br />

Earth Clamp 600A<br />

1<br />

ELECTRODE HOLDERS<br />

D646351<br />

Earth Clamp 600A G<br />

DC26005<br />

Magnetic Earth Clamp<br />

DH180-04<br />

Electrode Holder 400A<br />

ELECTRODE HOLDERS MEASURING TAPE CABLE CONNECTORS<br />

DH180-06<br />

Electrode Holder 600A<br />

DDS8025<br />

Measuring Tape 8M/26FT<br />

DJ708NO5<br />

Connector Cable 500A<br />

CARBON ARC<br />

GOUGING TORCHES<br />

DK3<br />

Torch Gouging K3 Complete<br />

DK4000<br />

Torch Gouging K4000 Complete<br />

DK5<br />

Torch Gouging K5 Complete<br />

CHIPPING HAMMER<br />

DP400<br />

Chipping Hammer<br />

WIRE BRUSHES<br />

DTK3019<br />

Wire Brush 3 Row<br />

DTK4019<br />

Wire Brush 4 Row<br />

DTK4019SS<br />

Wire Brush 4 Row S/Steel<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

7


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

WORK CLAMPS<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

200 AMP<br />

Part No. 646348<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Copper jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

200 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Precision Swiss quality<br />

Heavy duty clamp<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening:<br />

Height 38mm<br />

Depth 63mm<br />

Suits up to 25mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

400 AMP<br />

Part No. 646349<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Copper jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

400 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Precision Swiss quality<br />

Heavy duty clamp<br />

M10 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 63mm<br />

Depth 76mm<br />

Suits up to 70mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

600 AMP<br />

Part No. 646350<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Copper jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

600 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Precision Swiss quality<br />

Heavy duty clamp<br />

M10 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 76mm<br />

Depth 76mm<br />

Suits up to 95mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

200 AMP<br />

Part No. CWC200R<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Steel jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

200 amp @ 35% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 50mm<br />

Depth 60mm<br />

Suits up to 25mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

250 AMP<br />

Part No. KP301R<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Brass jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

250 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 80mm<br />

Depth 90mm<br />

Suits up to 35mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

400 AMP<br />

Part No. CWC400<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

Copper jaws with copper braided shunt<br />

Zinc plate steel construction<br />

400 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 60mm<br />

Depth 100mm<br />

Suits up to 70mm 2 welding cable<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

150 AMP<br />

Part No. CWC150R<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

All brass construction<br />

150 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Compact durable clamp<br />

M6 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 40mm<br />

Depth 60mm<br />

Suits up to 25mm 2 welding cable<br />

SPRING LOADED<br />

500 AMP<br />

Part No. CWC500<br />

Spring loaded jaws<br />

All brass construction<br />

500 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Compact durable clamp<br />

M6 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 80mm<br />

Depth 80mm<br />

Suits up to 95mm 2 welding cable<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

8 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

WORK CLAMPS<br />

‘G’ CLAMP 500 AMP Part No. 646351<br />

All brass construction with steel fixing<br />

screw<br />

500 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

Compact durable clamp<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 42mm<br />

Depth 40mm<br />

Suits up to 95mm 2 welding cable<br />

TONG CLAMP 500<br />

AMP<br />

Part No. 646352<br />

All brass construction with copper<br />

shunt<br />

500 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Jaws opening :<br />

Height 100mm<br />

Depth 140mm<br />

Suits up to 70mm 2 welding cable<br />

1<br />

ROTARY CLAMP<br />

250 AMP<br />

Part No. 646353<br />

Highly efficient 360 degree rotating<br />

clamp<br />

All copper construction with copper<br />

shunt<br />

250 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Suits up to 95mm 2 welding cable<br />

ROTARY CLAMP<br />

500 AMP<br />

Part No. 646354<br />

Highly efficient 360 degree rotating<br />

clamp<br />

All copper construction with copper<br />

shunt<br />

500 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Suits up to 95mm 2 welding cable<br />

ROTARY CLAMP<br />

1000 AMP<br />

Part No. 646355<br />

Highly efficient 360 degree rotating<br />

clamp<br />

All copper construction with copper<br />

shunt<br />

1000 amp @ 60% duty cycle<br />

M8 mounting stud<br />

Suits up to 2 off 95mm 2 welding<br />

cables<br />

WELD MEASUREMENT GAUGES<br />

NAKA GAUGE Part No. 646265<br />

Measures leg length, root gap, plate thickness, convexity, wire and rod diameter, height of welds.<br />

METRIC FILLET<br />

GAUGE<br />

Part No. CIGAGE<br />

Economical gauge to measure leg length and throat thickness.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

9


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

COOL ARC® 20<br />

Item Number K12031-1<br />

Flow Rate<br />

2.5 Liters/min.<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 180 x 210 x 480<br />

Tank Capacity<br />

1.7 l<br />

Weight (kg) 8.3<br />

ELECTRICAL PLUGS<br />

240 VOLT 3 PIN PLUGS 240 VOLT 3 PIN SOCKETS 3 PHASE 415 VOLT PLUGS<br />

439HD<br />

439/15HD<br />

10 Amp Heavy Duty Plug<br />

15 Amp Heavy Duty Plug<br />

438HD<br />

438/15HD<br />

10 Amp Heavy Duty Socket<br />

15 Amp Heavy Duty Socket<br />

56PA420<br />

56PA432<br />

20 Amp 4 pin Plug<br />

32 Amp 4 pin Plug<br />

3 PHASE 415 VOLT SOCKETS 3 PHASE METAL CLAD WILCO PLUGS<br />

56CSC420<br />

56CSC432<br />

20 Amp 4 pin Socket<br />

32 Amp 4 pin Socket<br />

E463P<br />

63 Amp Metal Clad 63 Amp Plug<br />

E463P-SC 63 Amp Metal Clad 63 Amp Plug with<br />

screw on cover<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

10 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

NON JAMMING ROLLER GUIDES FOR GAS OR PLASMA<br />

GAS ROLLER GUIDE<br />

PLASMA ROLLER GUIDE<br />

1<br />

FEATURES<br />

Optimum tip height at all times<br />

Stainless steel axles<br />

Non jamming hub design<br />

No spanner required<br />

Easy height adjustment<br />

Screw off posts<br />

Durable brass construction (Gas)<br />

FEATURES<br />

Extends parts’ life<br />

Reduces tip damage<br />

Lightweight<br />

Offset nozzle for easy starting<br />

High temperature nylon (Plasma)<br />

Simple and easy to use<br />

Professional results every time<br />

ROTATING ROLLER GUIDES<br />

GAS CG<br />

FEATURES<br />

Unique rotating bush allows circles to<br />

be cut from one position by turning<br />

guide frame<br />

Cuts circle 25mm (1”) to 700mm (28”)<br />

with ease<br />

Used with centre punched pivot point<br />

Used with magnetic pivot<br />

PLASMA CG<br />

NOTE: Magnetic pivot shown in photographs not included in standard pack<br />

FEATURES<br />

Quality forged brass and stainless<br />

steel construction<br />

Easy to use, professional results<br />

every time<br />

Reduces tip damage & extends<br />

parts’ life<br />

Optimal tip height at all times<br />

Insulating nylon bush (for Plasma)<br />

Used with suction pivot (for non<br />

magnetic materials)<br />

TRAKKA<br />

TANJANT COPPERHEAD GROUND CLAMP<br />

FEATURES<br />

Versatile straight cutting,<br />

Gas or Plasma*<br />

Minimum set up time<br />

Easy storage<br />

Bevel edges cut easily<br />

Magnetic clamping systems<br />

Suction clamping*<br />

(for non-magnetic materials)<br />

No power required<br />

Longer rails and rail joining kit<br />

available*<br />

*Note: Additional parts required for<br />

use with Plasma<br />

FEATURES<br />

500AMP heavy duty ground clamp<br />

Replacement parts available<br />

Firm clamping pressure and secure<br />

cable support/anchor<br />

No springs<br />

Reduce power consumption<br />

Enhanced cable life<br />

Reduced voltage drop<br />

COMPLETE KITS<br />

TANJANT GP 3001<br />

TANJANT CP 1001-CP2076<br />

FOR CUTTING CIRCLES, STRAIGHT LINES, BEVELLING AND SHAPES<br />

GAS KIT<br />

Everything in one kit (including Roller & Circle Guides)<br />

Sturdy Protective Carry Case<br />

Gas Kit includes Magnetic Pivot, Radius Bar, Bevel and Stabiliser attachments<br />

PLASMA KIT<br />

Plasma Kit includes Suction, Magnetic Pivot and Radius Bar<br />

Plasma Kits to suit all major manufacturer’s torches<br />

NOTE: All full range of cutting kits available for most makes of gas equipment<br />

and plasma torches<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

11


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

PRODUCT LISTING BY PLASMA MANUFACTURE/TORCH MODEL<br />

MANUFACTURER MODEL OF COMPLETE ROLLER CIRCLE BUSH TRAKKA BUSH<br />

OF TORCH/MACHINE TORCH CP KIT GUIDE GUIDE Part No HOLDER Part No<br />

AG60 - (no pilot arc) AG60HF CP2009 1513 1202+ 2225 5101+ 2225<br />

AG60 - (with pilot arc) AG60P CP2063 1516 1202+ 2263 5101+ 2263<br />

ALLMAX CP1028V 1515V 1087+ 2228V 5091+ 2228V<br />

AUSJET P60/70/100/125 N/A 1576 N/A N/A N/A N/A<br />

BINZEL PSB30 CP1008 1504 1094 - 5088 -<br />

BINZEL PSB31KK/HF CP2031 1506 1202+ 2241 5101+ 2241<br />

BINZEL CUT-70 CP2039 1539 1202+ 2239 5101+ 2239<br />

BINZEL CUT-110/150 CP2040 1540 1204+ 2240 5940 -<br />

BOC CUT 40 B90/00A CP2046 1546 1202+ 2246 5101+ 2246<br />

BOC Smoothcut CUT 40 BOC40/706H CP1011 1511 1093 2224 5091+ 2224<br />

BOC CUT 40 - BINZEL ABIPLAS CUT-70 CP2039 1539 1202+ 2239 5101+ 2239<br />

BOC CUT 80 B90/00A CP2049 1549 1202+ 2249 5101+ 2249<br />

BOC CUT 80 BOC80/706H CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

BOC CUT 80 - BINZEL ABIPLAS CUT-110 CP2040 1540 1204+ 2240 5940<br />

BOC Smoothcut CUT100 Trafimet A101 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

BOC CUT 160 BOC160/706H CP2060 1560 1202+ 2260 5101+ 2260<br />

CEBORA P-40 CP1037 1537 1087+ 2237 5091+ 2237<br />

CEBORA P-70/91 CP2027 1527 1202+ 2227 5101+ 2227<br />

CEBORA P-100/150/160 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

CEM30 PSB30 CP1008 1504 1084 - 5088 -<br />

CIGWELD CUTSKILL 35A SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD CUTMASTER 10MM SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD CUTMASTER 20MM SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD CUTMASTER 25MM SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD CUTMASTER 35MM SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD CUTMASTER 40MM SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD AP30 PSB30 CP1008 1504 1084 - 5088 1504<br />

CIGWELD A40i COMPACT ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD AP70 ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

CIGWELD AP90 ‘1’T-SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

ESAB PCM 500i PT-31XL CP1028 1515 1087+ 2228 5091+ 2228<br />

ESAB PCM 875/1000i PT-23/PT-27 CP2009 1513 1202+ 2225 5101+ 2225<br />

ESAB ESP 100i/ PCM 150 PT-25 CP2025 1517 1202+ 2230 5101+ 2230<br />

ESAB PT-32/34/37/38 CP2032 1552 1202+ 2232 5101+ 2232<br />

ESAB PCM70/100 (OLD) PT-17 CP2008 1514 1202+ 2226 5101+ 2226<br />

ESAB ARISTOCUT A50 PTH-51 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HOBART AIRFORCE375 ICE25C CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX 30 T30V CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHERM MAX43 PAC121TS CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX45 T45V CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHERM POWERMAX65 H65 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHERM POWERMAX85 H85 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX350 PAC 110 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX900 PAC123T/125T CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX1000 T60 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX1250 T80 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPER POWERMAX1650 T100 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHERM MAX20 PAC110 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHEM MAX40/42 PAC120 CP1002 1508 1088 2223 5091+ 2223<br />

HYPERTHERM MAX100 PAC130 CP2002 1530 1202+ 2248 5101+ 2248<br />

HYPER POWERMAX1100 PAC135T CP2004 1534 1202+ 2250 5101+ 2250<br />

HYPER MAX100D PAC160 CP2004 1534 1202+ 2250 5101+ 2250<br />

LINCOLN PRO-CUT PCT20/25/55/80 CP2029 1509 1202+ 2229 5101+ 2229<br />

LINCOLN PC-60/PC-65 P-70(CEBORA) CP2027 1527 1202+ 2229 5101+ 2227<br />

LINCOLN PC-210 LC25 CP2030 1529 1202+ 2231 5101+ 2231<br />

LINCOLN PC-620 LC60 CP2030 1529 1202+ 2231 5101+ 2231<br />

LINCOLN PC-100 P-100(CEBORA) CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

LIQUID ARC V12/25 P70 (CEBORA) CP2027 1527 1202+ 2227 5101+ 2227<br />

LIQUID ARC V40 P150 (CEBORA) CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

MILLER XT30/XT40 CP<strong>2019</strong> 1519 1202+ 2219 5101+ 2219<br />

SAF CP40R/100R # CP2042 1551 1202+ 2242 5101+ 2242<br />

# Fitted with SAF Ti40/Ti100 Skirt<br />

TECMO T100/T150 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

TECMO “UniTorch” EL-60 CP2062 1562 1202+ 2262 5101+ 2262<br />

TECMO “UniTorch” EL-120 CP2062 1562 1202 + 2262 5101+ 2262<br />

THERMAL DRAG-GUN PCH10/25/26/28 CP1011 1511 1093 2224 5091+ 2224<br />

THERMAL PAK 50XL PCH35/40/42 CP1011 1511 1093 2224 5091+ 2224<br />

THERMAL DYN 5XR PCH-51 CP1001 1510 1090 2221 5091+ 2221<br />

THERMAL PAK 625 PCH-75 CP2075 1520 1202+ 2244 5101+ 2244<br />

THERMAL DYN 10XR PCH-52 CP2001 1532 1204+ 2272 5101 -<br />

THERMAL PAK 1250 PCH-100 CP2075 1520 1202+ 2244 5101+ 2244<br />

TD 50XLPLUS/ PAK75XL PCH60/62/75/76 CP2075 1520 1202+ 2244 5101+ 2244<br />

THERMAL PAK100XL PCH80/100/102 CP2075 1520 1202+ 2244 5101+ 2244<br />

THERMAL A40i COMPACT ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

THERMAL “1” TORCH ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TD CUTMASTER 38 ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TD CUTMASTER 81 ‘1’T -SL60 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TD AP70 ‘1’T -SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TD AP90 ‘1’T -SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TD CUTMASTER 101 ‘1’T -SL100 CP2045 1520 1202+ 2245 5101+ 2245<br />

TRAFIMET A/90/140 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

TRAFIMET S51 CP1013 1533 1097 2233 5091+ 2233<br />

TRAFIMET S54/A80 CP1013 1533 1097 2233 5091+ 2233<br />

TRAFIMET A60/A53 CP1001 1510 1090 2221 5091+ 2221<br />

TRAFIMET S30/S45 CP2053 1553 1202+ 2253 5101+ 2253<br />

TRAFIMET CB50 CP1014 1554 1087+ 2254 5091+ 2254<br />

TRAFIMET S74 CP2057 1557 1202+ 2257 5101+ 2257<br />

UNIMIG CUT 40 PCH50 CP1011 1511 1093 2224 5091+ 2224<br />

UNIMIG CUT 55 TECMO T100 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

UNIMIG CUT105 TECMO T100 CP2061 1542 1202+ 2261 5101+ 2261<br />

WTC EUROPLAS N/A 1576 N/A N/A N/A -<br />

XCALIBUR CUT 40/60 PT60 CP2036 1536 1202+ 2236 5101+ 2236<br />

12 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

THERMIC LANCE RANGE – STANDARD SIZES AVAILABLE (EX-STOCK)<br />

THERMIC LANCE<br />

RANGE<br />

PRODUCT No OUTSIDE DIAMETER X LENGTH<br />

LANCE12 12mm x 2.75m<br />

LANCE16 16mm x 2.75m<br />

LANCE19 19mm x 2.75m<br />

LANCE269 26.9mm x 3.25m<br />

1<br />

MINI THERMIC<br />

LANCE RANGE<br />

PRODUCT No OUTSIDE DIAMETER X LENGTH<br />

LANCE6500 6mm x 505mm (1/4” x 20”)<br />

LANCE61000 6mm x 1000mm (1/4” x 39”)<br />

LANCE10500 10mm x 505mm (3/8” x 20”)<br />

LANCE101000 10mm x 1000mm (3/8” x 39”)<br />

HANDLES AND KITS<br />

HANDLES<br />

A Thermic Lance Handle consists of a degreased ball valve, an oxy connection, a locking rubber<br />

and a locking nut to secure the lance into position. Handles now come with a built-in Slag<br />

arrester, which does not restrict the volume of oxygen required to operate the Thermic Lance.<br />

PRODUCT No<br />

HANDLE12<br />

HANDLE16<br />

HANDLE19<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Lance Safety Handle 12mm<br />

Lance Safely Handle 16mm<br />

Lance Safety Handle 19mm<br />

MINI THERMIC<br />

LANCE KITS<br />

PRODUCT No<br />

LANCEMINIKIT<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Mini Thermic Lance Kits<br />

FEATURES<br />

New Design Mini Thermic Lance Handle<br />

Handle to suit 6mm (1/4”) and 10mm (3/8”) Lances<br />

Oxygen Hose (5m)<br />

Spare locking rubbers<br />

Y-Piece attachment<br />

Fume Mask<br />

Quality Leather Glove<br />

Information and instruction sheets<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

13


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

L.I.T. PROCESS<br />

A safer method of igniting Thermic Lances, which eliminates the use of any fuel gases (eg.<br />

Acetylene, LPG) in the area. One Lance Igniter Tube can ignite up to 35 Thermic Lances and 50<br />

Mini Thermic Lances.<br />

PRODUCT No<br />

IT400<br />

lw1000<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Lance Igniter Tube<br />

Lance Wick<br />

How Does L.I.T. Work?<br />

1. You ignite the Lance Wick with a match. The Wick then smoulders very slowly.<br />

2. You place the Lance over the face of the Igniter Tube and your assistant places the smouldering Wick in<br />

the same position.<br />

3. You apply oxygen at low pressure. The Wick flares into a flame and lights the Igniter Tube.<br />

4. You remove the Wick and place the Lance 30mm inside the centre of the Igniter Tube.<br />

5. Your assistant can slowly increase oxygen pressure at the Regulator, which causes a fierce flame to heat<br />

up end of Lance. This ignites the Lance, as shown in the picture.<br />

NUTS, RUBBERS, HOLDERS, AND LANCING RODS<br />

NUTS<br />

RUBBERS<br />

PRODUCT No DESCRIPTION PRODUCT No DESCRIPTION<br />

NUT12 Lance Locking Nut (12mm) RUBBER12 Lance Locking Rubber (12mm)<br />

NUT16 Lance Locking Nut (16mm) RUBBER16 Lance Locking Rubber (16mm)<br />

NUT19 Lance Locking Nut (19mm) RUBBER19 Lance Locking Rubber (19mm)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

14 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


BLOXIDE<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Rust Preventive Weldable Coating. Protect prepared steel surfaces prior to welding or other<br />

heat-joining methods Insures against porous weldments or other joining flaws. Eliminates the<br />

need for secondary weld preparation on pipe flanges and joints.<br />

1<br />

BENEFITS<br />

Rust Preventative<br />

Protects surfaces & prepared edges from rust.<br />

Eliminates cleaning of rust prior to welding.<br />

Ideal for extended periods of outside steel storage<br />

Improves Weld Quality<br />

Reduces porosity & pinholing by protecting the<br />

weld pool.<br />

Assists in achieving X-ray quality welds<br />

Weldable<br />

Ability to strike welding arc without removal.<br />

Provides protection for the weld pool<br />

Leaves no residue or slag<br />

Aerosol<br />

Bulk<br />

TAB<br />

TAB-B<br />

ANTI-HEAT<br />

Heat Sink Compound<br />

BENEFITS<br />

Absorbs surface heat generated by welding, brazing<br />

or soldering<br />

Eliminates heat damage by preventing buckling,<br />

warping or other distortion of light-gauge metals<br />

Creates a barrier prohibiting discoloration,<br />

blistering or cracking<br />

Non-toxic and harmless to the skin<br />

Odorless and free of asbestos.<br />

Adheres to horizontal, vertical and overhead<br />

surfaces<br />

Tube<br />

Bulk<br />

TAH<br />

TAH-B<br />

TEMPIL PAINTPEN TM<br />

Valve action felt tip marker for waterborne acrylic paint, more convenient than the squeeze<br />

type markers. Marks are permanent and quick drying.<br />

TPPWHT<br />

TPPRED<br />

TPPYEL<br />

White<br />

Red<br />

Yellow<br />

WELD-AID<br />

Rusted or shop-floor contaminated wires or wires that exhibit poor cast or helix lose up to<br />

60% of drag. Weld-Aid Lube-Matic products are engineered to clean and lubricate wire,<br />

improve feedability, cut spatter and promote longer tip and liner life. Burn-backs and arcing<br />

that result from liner and tip jamming virtually disappear<br />

PART No. PRODUCT<br />

007022 Nozzle Kleen #2<br />

007030 Weld-Kleen® Heavy Duty<br />

007060 Black Pre-treated Pads for mild steel & fabricated wires<br />

007061 Red Untreated Pads for all wires including aluminum & stainless.<br />

007094 Heavy duty Nozzle Dip Gel<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

15


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

TIG CHAMP BRUSH DC PLUS<br />

Part No. TC101<br />

DC Powered<br />

450 Watts<br />

A faster cleaning action<br />

Provides amazing polishing & passivating results in minutes<br />

Eliminates the very costly pickling paste process<br />

Australian designed and made<br />

MEPBLITZ MACHINE<br />

Part No. DCi5<br />

DCi5 Mobile Electro Polisher<br />

Specifications<br />

3500 Watts<br />

240V<br />

Weight: 33 kgs<br />

Size: 500 mm (l) x 510 mm (w) x 410 mm (h)<br />

Features:<br />

Patented inverter technology<br />

All stainless steel construction<br />

Can match any finish (2B to mirror)<br />

Solution fed brush or boot system<br />

10 kg dry weight<br />

Food grade solution used<br />

3500 watts max/ peak amps 150<br />

Australian made<br />

Accessories<br />

Part No. 101BOMEP<br />

Part No. 101BMEP<br />

Mobile Electro Polisher Brush Only<br />

Mepblitz Solution Feed Brush<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

16 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

TEMPILSTIK® TEMPERATURE INDICATORS<br />

World’s most trusted, accurate temperature indicator for over 60 years and is still the greatest value.<br />

TSC0050 = 50°C<br />

TSC0055 = 55°C<br />

TSC0060 = 60°C<br />

TSC0070 = 70°C<br />

TSC0075 = 75°C<br />

TSC0080 = 80°C<br />

TSC0085 = 85°C<br />

TSC0090 = 90°C<br />

TSC0095 = 95°C<br />

TSC0100 = 100°C<br />

TSC0105 = 105°C<br />

TSC0110 = 110°C<br />

TSC0115 = 115°C<br />

TSC0120 = 120°C<br />

TSC0125 = 125°C<br />

TSC0130 = 130°C<br />

TSC0135 = 135°C<br />

TSC0140 = 140°C<br />

TSC0145 = 145°C<br />

TSC0150 = 150°C<br />

TSC0155 = 155°C<br />

TSC0160 = 160°C<br />

TSC0165 = 165°C<br />

TSC0170 = 170°C<br />

TSC0175 = 175°C<br />

TSC0180 = 180°C<br />

TSC0185 = 185°C<br />

TSC0190 = 190°C<br />

TSC0195 = 195°C<br />

TSC0200 = 200°C<br />

TSC0210 = 210°C<br />

TSC0215 = 215°C<br />

TSC0220 = 220°C<br />

TSC0225 = 225°C<br />

TSC0230 = 230°C<br />

TSC0235 = 235°C<br />

TSC0250 = 250°C<br />

TSC0260 = 260°C<br />

TSC0270 = 270°C<br />

TSC0280 = 280°C<br />

TSC0290 = 290°C<br />

TSC0300 = 300°C<br />

TSC0320 = 320°C<br />

TSC0340 = 340°C<br />

TSC0350 = 350°C<br />

TSC0370 = 370°C<br />

TSC0399 = 399°C<br />

TSC0400 = 400°C<br />

TSC0460 = 460°C<br />

TSC0475 = 475°C<br />

TSC0500 = 500°C<br />

TSC0550 = 550°C<br />

TSC0560 = 560°C<br />

TSC0600 = 600°C<br />

TSC0625 = 625°C<br />

TSC0649 = 649°C<br />

TSC0650 = 650°C<br />

TSC0680 = 680°C<br />

TSC0700 = 700°C<br />

TSC0740 = 740°C<br />

TSC0760 = 760°C<br />

TSC1010 = 1010°C<br />

TSC1100 = 1100°C<br />

TSC1200 = 1200°C<br />

TSC1550 = 1550°C<br />

TSK = TEMPIL STICK KIT<br />

The TSK Tempilstik Kit contains 20 temperature<br />

indicators including: 52°, 66°, 79°, 93°, 107°,<br />

121°, 135°, 149°, 163°, 177°, 191°, 204°, 218°,<br />

232°, 246°, 260°, 288°, 316°, 371°, 427°<br />

TS1150F = 1150° F<br />

TS1250F = 1250° F<br />

TSC0100P = 100°C / 212°F PRO<br />

TSC0120P = 120°C / 248°F PRO<br />

TSC0125P = 125°C / 257°F PRO<br />

TSC0150P = 150°C / 302°F PRO<br />

TSC0200P = 200°C / 392°F PRO<br />

TSC0250P = 250°C / 482°F PRO<br />

TSC0270P = 270°C / 518°F PRO<br />

TSC0300P = 300°C / 572°F PRO<br />

1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

17


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

CERAMIC BACKING BAR<br />

CERAMIC BACKING BAR is a non<br />

contaminating easily applied<br />

ceramic barrier designed to<br />

replace steel or copper backing<br />

bars. It is manufactured in a<br />

variety of segmented shapes<br />

to fit many different joint<br />

configurations. The shapes are<br />

assembled in 60 cms lengths that<br />

are held in line by an adhesive<br />

coated aluminium tape.<br />

17<br />

25<br />

6<br />

Part No. CBFL25256<br />

FLAT NO GROOVE<br />

Part No. CBGR25206<br />

Part No. CBGR25288<br />

FLAT GROOVED<br />

REFACTORY BOND<br />

CERAMIC<br />

BOND COVER<br />

26<br />

8<br />

ALUMINIUM<br />

Part No. CBRD12MM<br />

12mm ROUND<br />

12<br />

BOND COVER<br />

60<br />

Part No. CBTRI20X17<br />

o CERAMIC<br />

TRIANGLE<br />

20<br />

ALUMINIUM TAPE<br />

REFRACTORY BOND<br />

ALUMINIUM TAPE<br />

TOOLS BASKET<br />

ALUMTAPE =<br />

1mm x 50mm x 25m<br />

Part No. FUG-BOX<br />

Tool baskets are used to carry<br />

tools, hoist and keep all your<br />

items together, Stop items<br />

from being knocked off and<br />

hitting people or equipment<br />

below.<br />

BLANK NUTS<br />

BULL PINS<br />

Part Nos. BN-210<br />

BN-234, BN-238<br />

Standard A-36 material to<br />

give the best weldability<br />

and yield.<br />

Part No. BP-HT<br />

Our bull pins must pass<br />

numerous tests to be<br />

approved for sale. With our<br />

own chemistry and heat<br />

treating process we have<br />

created the toughtest bull pin<br />

in the industry.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

TANK TROLLEY<br />

Part No. SM/RTC<br />

Mobile anchorage connector<br />

that rolls along the top ridge<br />

of field erected storage tanks<br />

or other similar surfaces.<br />

Provides continuous tie-off<br />

lanyard while working.<br />

Contains two bearings that<br />

roll along the top of the tank.<br />

18 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MITYLITE® SUBMERSIBLE<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Part No. 1900C<br />

Watertight to 500 feet. Made of an unbreakable space age high impact polycarbonate resin.<br />

Focused beam that is 400% brighter than ordinary pocket lights.<br />

1<br />

SUPER SABRELITE®<br />

Part No. 2000C<br />

Built to take a beating. The Super SabreLite, with military tough, multipurpose performance<br />

and quality, Unbreakable ABS body with a high impact polycarbonate lens. Exclusive state<br />

of the art Laser Spot Xenon« lamp module produces a tightly focused collimated white light<br />

beam with 400% increased net candle power.<br />

STEALTHLITE TM<br />

Part No. 2400C<br />

Submersible to 500 feet. Unbreakable ABS body with polycarbonate lens. Laser spot<br />

Xenon lamp module with an unsurpassed white collimated beam. Includes one-handed<br />

safety switch operation, double shock mounted battery compartment and lanyard.<br />

SHURLITE 3001<br />

Part No. 3001L<br />

The SHURLITE 3001 Universal Round File Spark Lighter features a square hood wrapped around<br />

the frame. This rugged design provides durability. Under the hood is the round file which spins,<br />

and always assures a fresh spark.<br />

(Renewals - 3001X 200/Box)<br />

SHURLITE 4501<br />

Part No. 4501<br />

The SHURLITE 4501 Three-Flint Spark Lighter is the true work horse for the professional welder.<br />

It is constructed with a heavy-duty steel band with three flints attached. The triangular design<br />

gives you three times the use before you need to renew the flints. Renewals are available 4<br />

to a card.<br />

(Renewals - 5012X Card of 4)<br />

SOAPSTONE HOLDER<br />

Part No. HOLDER 400-1<br />

The indexable Flat Soapstone Holder. Quality construction for durability and appearance.<br />

Strengthened pocket clip remains at pocket level. Non-corrosive channel with brass indexing trigger<br />

provides superior sliding action. Practical design allows for one-handed operation to ensure easy<br />

use. Brass trigger depresses and slides to proper alignment hole and snaps back to lock in position.<br />

SOAPSTONE<br />

5x10x75mm<br />

10x10x75mm<br />

12x5x125mm<br />

PART No.<br />

EC51075<br />

EC101075<br />

EC125125<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

19


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

TIP CLEANERS<br />

Part No. STANDARD WYPO<br />

KING KWYPO<br />

WYPO Tip Cleaners are made in the USA, and proven to be the world’s finest tip cleaners.<br />

Primarily designed for the cleaning of welding and cutting tips, they also can be used to<br />

clean sprinkler and shower heads, gas range burners and desoldering tools, and to allow<br />

for precision small hole deburring.<br />

Their benefits and features include: STANDARD<br />

Precision manufactured with controlled accurate pressure from high quality stainless steel.<br />

Uniform ridges wipe and polish the critical orifice wall.<br />

Tapered ends allow smooth easy entry without scratching.<br />

Smooth leader pilot guides the cleaner into the tip, preventing damage to the tip port.<br />

Tangle-free closed loops.<br />

Four sets to choose from (Standard and King) each guaranteed to be a complete set.<br />

FILLET GAGE [FG]<br />

Improves the consistency & quality of welds – A weld fillet gage will improve the<br />

welders productivity and help the inspectors assure compliance with today’s exacting<br />

specifications by eliminating inconsistent welds and reducing costly reworking and<br />

scrapped metal.<br />

Measures eleven most common weld sizes, both convest and concave, in inches and millimetres<br />

Includes durable plastic carrying case<br />

Fans out for easy size selection, locks in position with knurled finger nut<br />

Cold-rolled stainless steel shell<br />

Won’t bend or rust<br />

Weighs just 45gms<br />

Measures 10cm x 3.2cm<br />

Figures etched into surface and filled with black enamel<br />

Easy to read, can’t be rubbed or scraped off<br />

BRIDGE CAM GAGE [CAT4]<br />

The following measurements are possible either in inches or millimetres.<br />

Angle of preparation, 0 to 60 o<br />

Excess weld metal (capping size)<br />

Depth of undercut<br />

Depth of pitting<br />

Fillet weld throat size<br />

Fillet weld length<br />

Misalignment (high-low)<br />

General linear measurements up to 60mm or<br />

2 inches<br />

Adjustable scale to compensate for point wear<br />

Stainless Steel<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

G.A.L. ECONOMY SINGLE PURPOSE HI-LO® WELDING GAGE [CAT2]<br />

Eliminates rejects<br />

Improves productivity<br />

Rootweld space<br />

Internal misalignment<br />

20 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

G.A.L. HI-LO® WELDING GAGE – INTERNAL ALIGNMENT [CAT1]<br />

Measures internal alignment of pipe after fit-up / alignment, cuts radiographic rejects.<br />

Measures internal misalignment of pipe before<br />

and after tacking<br />

Measurements read in standard one side, metric<br />

opposite side<br />

New slim design 30% lighter<br />

1<br />

GLOVES FOR EVERY TYPE OF OPERATION<br />

P1716<br />

A 16” Pigskin Welders Glove.<br />

Heavy duty for maximun<br />

protection. Uncompromising<br />

quality<br />

P1000 (XL)<br />

For reliability and protection, use<br />

these genuine Pigskin Riggers<br />

Gloves<br />

P2104(XL)<br />

TIGMASTER Large and (Extra<br />

Large). The original TIGMASTER<br />

Tig glove which allows the<br />

operator the feel and comfort<br />

required by the best.<br />

GL777<br />

Cool hand pad Aluminized for<br />

over glove protection<br />

KROMER CAPS<br />

All cotton balloon top, rugged double stitch construction and absorbent,<br />

cotton sweat band.<br />

Comfortable. Durable.and Washable.<br />

Sizes 54 TO 62 - 6¾ to 7¾<br />

WELDING TENT<br />

CEPRO TENT 190 (w) x 200 (d) x 200 (h) x 220 (centre) x 20 CM (ground fl ap)<br />

Designed for outdoor work. Cepro Welding Tents shield you from different weather conditions while you<br />

work. Made from PVC fabric, with galvanised tubed framework. Weights 590 gm/m 2<br />

Part No 912011<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

21


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

HAND TOOLS<br />

330-B SMALL BRASS BRUSH 1 x 2.5 x 20 CM<br />

33795 STAINLESS STEEL TOOTH BRUSH SMALL 1 x 2.5 x 20 CM<br />

419-44 STAINLESS STEEL BRUSH LARGE<br />

ATBM1350 INSPECTION MIRROR 5.5 x 0.5 x 27 CM<br />

ATIM136DC TELESCOPIC MIRROR 10.2 x 5 CM<br />

B2TM OVAL TELESCOPIC MIRROR 2.5 x 5 CM<br />

BRH-SS4W STAINLESS STEEL BRUSH MEDIUM 4 ROWS 3 x 4 x 29 CM<br />

DA76490 FLEX LIGHTED MAGNETIC PICKUP 13 x 31 x 2.5 CM<br />

E2TM CIRCLE TELESCOPIC MIRROR 3 x 3 CM<br />

JPS1600 UTILITY PIC SET 7.5 x 21 x 0.5 CM<br />

U65YT WELDING UMBRELLA PROFAX 213 CM (H) x 198 CM (W)<br />

BPH-13 SCRATCH BRUSH BRASS PLATED PLASTIC<br />

PORTABLE ELECTRODE OVENS<br />

Part No. OVEN5KG<br />

Capacity:<br />

Internal Dimensions:<br />

Net Weight:<br />

Voltage:<br />

Wattage:<br />

Temp Range:<br />

5kg.<br />

Width 100mm<br />

Height 75mm<br />

Depth 475mm<br />

5kg<br />

240V<br />

400W & 500W<br />

30-180°C<br />

Part No. OVEN10KG<br />

Capacity:<br />

Internal Dimensions:<br />

Net Weight:<br />

Voltage:<br />

Wattage:<br />

Temp Range:<br />

10kg.<br />

Width 135mm<br />

Height 120mm<br />

Depth 475mm<br />

9.5kg<br />

240V<br />

400W & 500W<br />

30-180°C<br />

ELECTRODE OVEN 130KG<br />

Part No. WS-130S<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Capacity:<br />

130kg.<br />

Internal Dimensions:<br />

Width<br />

Height<br />

Depth<br />

Net Weight:<br />

55kg<br />

Voltage:<br />

240V<br />

Wattage: 2,000W<br />

Temp Range:<br />

30-300°C<br />

470mm<br />

470mm<br />

490mm<br />

22 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

BAKING OVEN 130KG<br />

Part No. WS-150S<br />

Capacity:<br />

130kg.<br />

Internal Dimensions:<br />

Width<br />

Height<br />

Depth<br />

Net Weight:<br />

55kg<br />

Voltage:<br />

240V<br />

Wattage: 2,000W<br />

Temp Range:<br />

30-400°C<br />

470mm<br />

470mm<br />

490mm<br />

1<br />

PORTABLE DRYING OVEN<br />

Part No. VB1689<br />

Specifically designed to prevent moisture pick-up in manual arc electrodes. The variable temperature<br />

setting enables electrodes to be maintained for optimum performance.<br />

Electrode capacity:<br />

Dimensions:<br />

Weight:<br />

SPARE PARTS:<br />

Supply required:<br />

Maximum temperature:<br />

Supply Plug Lead:<br />

11kg.<br />

VB1689<br />

External<br />

Internal<br />

Width 178mm 137mm<br />

Height 165mm 124mm<br />

Depth 556mm 489mm<br />

11kg<br />

646202 Element 300W<br />

240 volts 50Hz AC<br />

120 Deg. C<br />

10amps<br />

ROD GUARD RG100 14”. RG200 18”, RG100 HT 14”, RG200 HT 18”<br />

Total Welding Rod Protection System. Rod Guard® Cannisters & Accessories provide great storage<br />

and inventory control for all your welding electrodes, rods and filler metals. And everyone of them is<br />

made in America –and built to last. Each Rod Guard® Cannister is certified chloride-free and features a<br />

threaded cap with long-Iasting neoprene seal to keep electrodes airtight -preventing them from being<br />

contaminated with atmospheric moisture. Because Rod Guard® Cannisters are constructed of high-impact<br />

polyethylene – which protect electrodes from damage – they can be reused for many years.<br />

RG100 14” RG100HT 14” RG200 18” RG200HT 18”<br />

BELT LOOP<br />

Convenient carrying case for cannister. Enables cannister to pivot without dumping contents.<br />

RG103<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

23


1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

ARCAIR© GOUGING TORCHES<br />

ANGLE-ARC®<br />

K4000 TORCH<br />

TRI-ARC®<br />

FOUNDRY TORCH<br />

10<br />

4<br />

10<br />

3<br />

4<br />

FOR GOUGING CARBONS TO SUIT<br />

SEE PAGE 348<br />

3<br />

5<br />

10<br />

6<br />

6<br />

9<br />

2<br />

7 8A<br />

9<br />

1<br />

1<br />

7<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

1<br />

8B<br />

415V<br />

20kVA<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

Part No. AA61082008<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

Arcair – the inventor + of the –<br />

000<br />

original +/– air carbon arc process and<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

the – industry leader for 50 years<br />

– could bring you the superb marriage of proven technology and improved design. 315 Angle-Arc<br />

torches work efficiently with the natural angles and movements of 10<br />

AMP<br />

the arm 13 and DC wrist. This AC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

major advance in gouging and cutting equipment delivers rugged reliability. Arcair 300 Angle-arc<br />

AMP<br />

torches are highly efficient metal removal tools for fabrication 415V jobs 240V in steel fabrication plants, 240V<br />

2 310 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

shipyards, railroads, farms . . . anywhere people want to save time and money. AMP They speed up<br />

weld removal, backgouging, edge preparation, defect repair and many other 280 metal removal<br />

jobs. They are ideal for almost all metals – with little or 45no deformation 50 55 – because 70 AMP 90 the heat<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

input is so low.<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

CUT CUT<br />

AC<br />

ANGLE-ARC TORCH MODEL:<br />

High Quality Cable 4.8mm Assembly 4.0mm<br />

K4000 with 7ft Cable and Head suits up to Rugged construction CUT 12<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

13mm Carbon<br />

CUT CUT<br />

CARBON SIZE:<br />

29<br />

Ordering Information: 11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

Round: 4 to 13mm<br />

K4000 with 7ft Cable & Head<br />

CUT CUT 40 30<br />

Flat: 9.5mm and 16mm<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX Part AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

No. AA61082008<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

DUTY CYCLE: 100% @ 1000 amps Spare Parts:<br />

CUT<br />

415V<br />

20kVA<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

Part No. AA62991424 DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

The Tri-Arc Torch offers one torch body that accepts three types of heads that 315 can be tailored<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

to fit your application best. The Tri-Arc offers different heads to fit in the same torch body to<br />

fit all your needs. The Tri-Arc gives you the reliable and rugged design users expect<br />

300<br />

10 13 from Arcair<br />

AMP DC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

torches, just pick the best torch/head combination to fit your gouging applications.<br />

TRI-ARC FOUNDRY TORCH MODEL:<br />

Tri-Arc with 7ft Cable and Heads suits 16mm<br />

Carbon<br />

CARBON SIZE:<br />

Round: 8 to 19mm<br />

DUTY CYCLE: 100% @ 2200 amps<br />

AIR PRESSURE: 550kPa (80psi)<br />

AIR FLOW RATE: 1130 lpm (40cfm)<br />

WEIGHT: 5.8kg<br />

Features:<br />

New Four Barrel Nozzle Gives Optimum Metal<br />

Removal<br />

Improved Torch Air Flow<br />

Optimised air Flow to Control Noise<br />

360º swivel Cable<br />

Positive Hand Grip<br />

Optimum Cable & Torch Weight to Minimise<br />

Fatigue<br />

High Quality Cable Assembly<br />

Rugged construction<br />

–<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

2 415<br />

PHASE V<br />

PHASE<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

V<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140 145<br />

EURO AMP No4 AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP No5<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

165<br />

8kVA<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

19mm<br />

AIR PRESSURE: 550kPa (80psi)<br />

EURO No4 Item 8kVA Description 7kVA<br />

Part No.<br />

H F<br />

CUT CUT<br />

AIR FLOW RATE: 790 lpm (28cfm)<br />

1 415V Insulators 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AUX AUX 38mm & Screws 25mm AMPAA94433183<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

WEIGHT: 2.4kg<br />

No5<br />

2 Lever & Screws AA94476066<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT 70 80<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

3 20kVA Valve 12kVA Bonnet 8.5kVA 32mm AMPAA94104016<br />

Features:<br />

4 Bonnet Wrench CUT<br />

130AA94960001<br />

90<br />

AMP AMP<br />

12mm<br />

New Four Barrel Nozzle Gives Optimum Metal 5 Spool & O-Rings AA94801011<br />

Removal<br />

160 200 250<br />

6 O-Ring (2 required)<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AA94710036 AMP<br />

Improved Torch Air Flow<br />

7 Upper Arm 150AA94048088<br />

Optimised air Flow to Control Noise –<br />

AMP<br />

8 Head & Screw AA94378368 415V<br />

AUX<br />

Natural 15º Torch Angle with 360º swivel Cable<br />

140 145 165 5kVA<br />

9 Torch Body AMPAA94103206<br />

Positive Hand Grip 10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

10 Handle AA94370163<br />

EURO<br />

Optimum Cable & Torch Weight to Minimise<br />

120 No4<br />

8kVA<br />

AMP<br />

Fatigue<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

2 415<br />

AUX<br />

415V<br />

12kVA<br />

No5<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V 2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE280<br />

V<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

AMP<br />

Tri-Arc with 7ft Cable & 16mm Heads<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

Part No. OCV AA62991424 OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

Defect Removal Heads 6 to 19mm<br />

Part No. DC AA94378370 DC DC DC<br />

+ – +/– AC<br />

General Purpose Heads 13mm<br />

Part No. AA94378267<br />

General Purpose Heads 16mm<br />

Part No. AA94378270<br />

General Purpose Heads 19mm<br />

Part No. AA94378273<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Item Description Part No.<br />

1 Insulators & Screws AA94433118<br />

2 Lever & Screws AA94476034<br />

3 Valve Bonnet AA94104023<br />

4 Bonnet Wrench AA94960001<br />

5 Spool & O-Rings AA94801021<br />

6 O-Ring (2 required) AA94710036<br />

7 Upper Arm AA94048110<br />

8 Head & Screw Refer above<br />

9 Torch Body AA94103221<br />

10 Handle AA94370079<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

000 00%<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240<br />

V<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

3.2m<br />

CU<br />

9.5m<br />

CU<br />

12.5<br />

CUT<br />

19m<br />

CU<br />

25m<br />

CUT<br />

32m<br />

CUT<br />

12m<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

CU<br />

4.0m<br />

CU<br />

3.2m<br />

CU<br />

9.5m<br />

CU<br />

12.5<br />

CUT<br />

19m<br />

CU<br />

25m<br />

CUT<br />

32m<br />

CUT<br />

12m<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

24 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT CUTTING SYSTEM<br />

ARCAIR SLICE<br />

CUTTING SYSTEM<br />

Part No. OTW63/991036<br />

CIGWELD introduces the SLICE Cutting System manufactured by ARCAIR. Unlike any other<br />

cutting technology used today, the new Arcair SLICE Cutting System can cut, burn or pierce<br />

virtually any metallic, non-metallic or composite material.<br />

1<br />

Cuts right through hard-to-cut materials. Such as mild stainless and alloy steels. Cast iron<br />

Aluminium, magnesium, other non-ferrous metals, slag and refractory materials. Can punch<br />

through concrete or brick, even if it‘s caked with rust, mud or other corrosion. You can cut<br />

through nearly anything with the SLICE System.<br />

The SLICE system uses a special Arcair torch that feeds oxygen and electrical power to a<br />

patented SLICE exothermic cutting rod. You supply oxygen and or 12 volt battery or a welding<br />

machine (CC). The battery gives you fast ignition and portability. The welding machine lets you<br />

maintain a continuous arc (up to 200amps) with conductive materials for cutting temperatures<br />

over 5500˚C<br />

Features:<br />

Cuts through almost anything<br />

No pre-heating required<br />

Protective hand guard and spark arrestor built in<br />

Up to 3 times faster than oxy fuel<br />

Lightweight – complete SLICE plant only 14 kg<br />

Comfortable and easy to use<br />

Portable – comes with toolbox<br />

Slice Cutting System Plant Includes:<br />

SLICE battery pack 240 VAC/50Hz<br />

7mm cutting rods (Qty. 25)<br />

Literature pack<br />

Tool box<br />

Striker assembly<br />

Torch assembly<br />

Collet extension assembly<br />

Extension shield<br />

Oxygen hose (3m)<br />

Charging cable, 240 VAC/50Hz (3m)<br />

Coupling<br />

Instruction Manual<br />

Note: The SLICE torch comes standard with the<br />

7mm Collet Chuck and Collet Nut. To utilise the<br />

10mm rods the user must order the 10mm rod<br />

conversion kit which includes the 10mm Collet<br />

Chuck and Collet Nut.<br />

Additional Equipment Required:<br />

Genuine COMET 700 oxygen regulator (Part<br />

Number 301637) set at 550 kPa<br />

Industrial grade oxygen<br />

Applications:<br />

Use the Arcair SLICE system in the shop or in the<br />

field. This unique system is a natural for plant<br />

maintenance, building renovation or demolition,<br />

scrap cleanup and salvage work. It removes edges<br />

on loaders for repair or replacement.<br />

Spare Parts Ordering Information:<br />

Description<br />

Part No.<br />

Striker assembly<br />

OTW72/012002<br />

Torch assembly<br />

OTW03/003009<br />

Collet extension assembly OTW94/168023<br />

Extension shield<br />

OTW94/777111<br />

Replacement battery only OTW96/076018<br />

10mm conversion kit<br />

OTW94/463032<br />

Shield<br />

OTW94/777109<br />

Washer<br />

OTW94/940109<br />

7mm Collet Chuck<br />

OTW94/158048<br />

10mm Collet Chuck<br />

OTW94/158045<br />

Flashback Arrestor<br />

OTW94/305-009<br />

7mm Collet Nut Assembly OTW94/168022<br />

10mm Collet Nut Assembly OTW94/168024<br />

Cutting Rods Ordering Information:<br />

Diameter Qty Part No.<br />

x length<br />

7 x 559mm 25 OTW43/049002<br />

7 x 559mm 100 OTW43/049003<br />

7 x 1118mm 25 OTW43/049005<br />

10 x 457mm 50 OTW43/049007<br />

10 x 914mm 25 OTW43/049009<br />

Rod Burntime:<br />

Diameter x length<br />

Burntime<br />

7 x 559mm 40-45 sec<br />

7 x 1118mm 80-90 sec<br />

10 x 457mm 30-35 sec<br />

10 x 914mm 60-70 sec<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

25


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

K112 & K113 SUB ARC GUN ASSEMBLY<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY.<br />

Gun & Cable Assembly:<br />

500 Amp, 15 ft., 1/16” Electrode K112 *<br />

600 Amp, 15 ft., 3/32” Electrode K113-2<br />

INCLUDES:<br />

1 Gun Assembly<br />

2 Clamp and Flux Tube Assembly S16165 1<br />

3 Handle M10102-1 1<br />

4 Socket Head Cap Screw T14438 1<br />

5 Trigger and Control Cable M12462-15 1<br />

6 #8-32 x .25 PHS CF000148 4<br />

7 Spatter Shield T12027 1<br />

8 Retaining Ring S9776-7 1<br />

9 Clamp (for K112) S11598-1 1<br />

9 Clamp (for K113-2) S15921-2 1<br />

10 Conductor Cable for K112, Includes: L6250-4 1<br />

10A Handle and Stiffener M14050-1 1<br />

10B Connector, Feeder End S12801-9 1<br />

10C Connector, Gun End S12802-16 1<br />

10D Clamping Tube, Both Ends S16997 2<br />

10 Conductor Cable for K113-2, Includes: L5728-7<br />

10A Handle and Stiffener M14048 1<br />

10B Connector, Feeder End S12801-6 1<br />

10C Connector, Gun End S12802-14 1<br />

10D Clamping Tube, Both Ends S7748-40 2<br />

* Discontinued<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY.<br />

Gun Assembly (K112) M10614-7<br />

Gun Assembly (K113-2) M10614-8<br />

Includes:<br />

1 Cap T14181 1<br />

2 Housing & Nozzle Assembly<br />

1/16” (K112) M10670-5 1<br />

3/32” (K113-2) Includes: M10670-6 1<br />

2A Nozzle (for K112) S13813-1 1<br />

Nozzle (for K113-2) S13813-3 1<br />

2A1 Nozzle Liner 1/16” KP2095-3 *** 1<br />

Nozzle Liner 5/64” KP2095-12*** 1<br />

Nozzle Liner 3/32” KP2095-11** 1<br />

2A2 Ceramic Insert KP2094-2 1<br />

2A3 Retainer T12977-1 1<br />

2A4 Hollow Lock Set Screw T12932-1 1<br />

2B Housing S13486-2 1<br />

3 Collar S12964-1 1<br />

4 Nozzle Flux Cone<br />

(1/2” Opening) KP1968-1* 1<br />

(5/8” Opening) KP1968-5 1<br />

(3/4” Opening) KP1968-4 1<br />

(13/16” Opening) KP1968-2 1<br />

(15/16” Opening) KP1968-3 1<br />

Chamfered Flux Cone (3/4” Opening) T14278 1<br />

5 Contact Tip<br />

1/16” Size KP2086-2B1 10<br />

5/64” Size KP2086-4B1 10<br />

3/32” Size KP2086-3B1 10<br />

NOTE: Contact Tips as listed come in packaged quantities of 10 pieces. Packages of 100<br />

pieces are available by adding “-B100” to the listed part number.<br />

*Discontinued. Use KP1968-5. **Discontinued. Use KP2095-4.<br />

***Discontinued. Use KP2095-1<br />

10B<br />

10D<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2A<br />

6<br />

10<br />

10A<br />

3<br />

2B<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1<br />

8 9<br />

7<br />

10D<br />

10C<br />

4<br />

5<br />

3<br />

4<br />

2A2<br />

2A3<br />

2A4<br />

5<br />

2A1<br />

26 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


K114 SUB ARC ASSEMBLY<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER QTY.<br />

Squirtgun & Cable Includes:<br />

1 Nozzle Flux Cone<br />

13/16” Opening (Optional) KP1968-2 1<br />

5/8” Opening (Standard) KP1968-5 1<br />

3/4” Opening (Optional) KP1968-4 1<br />

15/16” Opening (Optional) KP1968-3 1<br />

2 Contact Tip (3/32”) KP2088-2B1 1<br />

2 Contact Tip (5/64” Optional) KP2088-3B1 1<br />

Gun Assembly, Includes: L5757-A 1<br />

3 Socket Head Cap Screw T9447-22 1<br />

4 Nozzle, Includes: S13816 1<br />

4A Tight Wound Steel Spring T12931-2 1<br />

4B Liner Locking Screw T12932-2 1<br />

5 Gun Tube S13042 1<br />

6 Right & Left Gun Mount L3828 1<br />

7 Flux Shut Off Assembly S11686 1<br />

8 Receptacle Clamp T11521 1<br />

9 Spring T11514 1<br />

10 Lever S11567-1 1<br />

12 Pivot Pin T11546 1<br />

13 Rivet T10167-1 1<br />

14 Plain Washer S9262-39 1<br />

15 Spring Clip S11685 1<br />

16 Trigger S11569 1<br />

17 Snap Ring S9776-16 1<br />

18 Gun Hanger T11523 1<br />

19 Roll Pin T9967-23 1<br />

20 Collar S12964-1 1<br />

Handle & Conductor Cable Assembly, Includes: L5757-B<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

26 Clamping Ring S12903 1<br />

27 Tube Insulator T11584 1<br />

28 Handle S11629 1<br />

29 Flux Tube S11822 1<br />

30 Control Cable M9473 1<br />

Micro Switch S12182-1 1<br />

30A 3 Contact Receptacle, Gun End T11155-1 1<br />

30B 5 Contact Receptacle, Wire End S12020-6 1<br />

31 Conductor Cable, Includes: L5728-6 1<br />

31A Handle & Stiffener, Wire Feeder End M14048 1<br />

31B Connector, Wire Feeder End S12801-6 1<br />

31C Connector, Gun End S12802-14 1<br />

31D Clamping Tube, Both Ends S7748-40 2<br />

32 #8-32 x .1875 FHS CF000133 2<br />

33 Socket Head Screw T9447-8 1<br />

34 Snap Ring S9776-28 1<br />

35 Socket Head Screw T9447-21 1<br />

36 Switch Mounting Plate S11588 1<br />

37 #8-32 x .50 RHS CF000133 3<br />

38 Actuator T11527 1<br />

39 Insulation T11522 3<br />

40 #2-56 x .4375 RHS C CF000135 2<br />

41 Lock Washer T9695-10 2<br />

42 #2-56 HN CF000136 2<br />

Nozzle Extension,<br />

2-1/4” Stickout, (Not Shown) S12891-1 1<br />

Housing S 13028-1 1<br />

Insert T12329-1 1<br />

* Discontinued. No longer available.<br />

1<br />

16<br />

9<br />

10<br />

13<br />

17<br />

15 42<br />

14 41<br />

12<br />

39<br />

30<br />

37<br />

36<br />

40<br />

32<br />

29<br />

31B<br />

31D<br />

31A<br />

6<br />

19<br />

18<br />

35<br />

}<br />

31<br />

30<br />

30B<br />

4<br />

7<br />

30A<br />

8<br />

34<br />

31C<br />

27<br />

26<br />

33<br />

28<br />

38<br />

1<br />

5<br />

3 20<br />

4A<br />

4B<br />

2<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

27


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

ARC GOUGING TORCHES<br />

PROFAX introduces the next generation of Arc Gouging Torches. We have taken our proven design torch models and made them better! We’ve<br />

completely redesigned the handle for comfort and durability. Our new design gives you the flexibility of being able to convert from the AEC-3000<br />

to the AEC-5000 or back, by simply changing the power cable and swivel head. All other parts interchange. We build them tough to handle<br />

the “Air Carbon-Arc Cutting” process. Truly the most economical and efficient Arc Gouging Torches on the market today. The PROFAX air valve<br />

design is unique. It does not require a valve bonnet to hold it in place nor a wrench to remove it. Best of all – the air valve completely shuts the<br />

air supply off. The PROFAX torch design allows for ease of field repair for a minimum of down time.<br />

AEC3000-1 MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION<br />

AEC3000-1 Complete gouging torch with 7’ swivel cable assembly<br />

AEC-3001 Complete gouging torch less cable assembly<br />

DC AMPS<br />

5/32” 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8”<br />

90 150 200 250 350<br />

to to to to to<br />

150 200 400 450 600<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION AEC 3000-1<br />

1 Cable assembly 7’ AEC-302<br />

2 Swivel cable assembly 7’ AEC-302-1<br />

*2a Swivel cable assembly 12’ AEC-312-1<br />

3 Insulator assembly with screws AEC-303<br />

4 Lower tong and valve body AEC-304<br />

5 Swivel head with screw AEC-305<br />

*5a Flat swivel head with screw AEC-305F<br />

6 Upper arm AEC-307<br />

7 Lever assembly with screws AEC-308<br />

8 Spring, insulator assembly AEC-309<br />

9 Handle AEC-350<br />

10 Cable insulating boot AEC-311<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION AEC 3000-1<br />

11 Spool assembly AEC-316R<br />

12 O-ring (package of 2) AEC-316-1R<br />

13 Swivel joint assembly AEC-321<br />

14 Swivel joint stem AEC-322<br />

15 Swivel joint male nut AEC-323<br />

16 Swivel joint spring AEC-326<br />

17 Swivel joint bushing AEC-327<br />

18 Male cable connector assembly —<br />

19 Female cable connector assembly AEC-3-029<br />

*20 Air hose extension AEC-3-040<br />

*21 Power cable extension AEC-3-041-TW<br />

*Items are optional<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

AEC4000-1<br />

STANDARD FEATURES:<br />

5/32” – 1/2” Carbons<br />

Standard Swivel Cable Assembly<br />

Standard Swivel Head<br />

15° torch head<br />

MODEL NO.<br />

AEC-3000-1<br />

AEC-4000-1<br />

AEC-4001<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Complete gouging torch with 7’ swivel<br />

cable assembley (material number AEC302)<br />

Complete gouging torch with 7’ swivel<br />

cable assembly<br />

Complete gouging torch less cable assembly<br />

Unique valve design for easy field repair<br />

Special high impact, heat resistant material<br />

7’ 360° swivel cable assembly<br />

Special copper alloy forged body<br />

Optional 12’ swivel cable assembly available<br />

DC AMPS<br />

5/32” 3/16” 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 1⁄2” 5/8”<br />

90 200 200 350 450 800<br />

to to to to to to —<br />

150 250 400 450 600 1000<br />

28 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

AEC4000-1<br />

PARTS<br />

1<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 4000-1<br />

1 Swivel cable assembly 7’ AEC-302-1<br />

*2 Swivel cable assembly 12’ AEC-312-1<br />

3 Insulator assembly with screws AEC-403<br />

4 Lower tong and valve body AEC-404<br />

5 Pin AEC-410<br />

6 Swivel head with screw AEC-305<br />

*7 Flat swivel head with screw AEC-305F<br />

8 Upper arm AEC-407<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 4000-1<br />

9 Lever assembly with screw AEC-408<br />

10 Spring AEC-409<br />

11 Handle AEC-450<br />

12 Cable insulating boot AEC-311<br />

13 Spool assembly AEC-316R<br />

14 O-ring (package of 2) AEC-316-1R<br />

15 Swivel joint assembly AEC-321<br />

16 Swivel joint stem AEC-322<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 4000-1<br />

17 Swivel joint male nut AEC-323<br />

18 Swivel joint spring AEC-326<br />

19 Swivel joint bushing AEC-327<br />

20 Female cable connector AEC-3-029<br />

*21 Air hose extension AEC-3-040<br />

*22 Power cable extension AEC-3-041-TW<br />

* Items are optional<br />

AEC5000-1<br />

STANDARD FEATURES:<br />

Unique valve design<br />

Easy field repair<br />

Special high impact, heat resistant material<br />

Available w/7’ swivel or non-swivel cable assembly<br />

Special hard copper alloy w/excellent electrical<br />

conductivity<br />

Optional 12’ swivel cable assembly available<br />

MODEL NO.<br />

AEC-5000-1<br />

AEC-5001<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Complete gouging torch with 7’ swivel<br />

cable assembly<br />

Complete gouging torch less cable assembly<br />

DC AMPS<br />

1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 1⁄2” 5/8”<br />

200 250 350 700 1000<br />

to to to to to<br />

400 450 600 900 1250<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 5000-1<br />

1 Cable assembly 7’ —<br />

2 Swivel cable assembly 7’ AEC-502-1<br />

*2a Swivel cable assembly 12’ AEC-512-1<br />

3 Insulator assembly with screws AEC-303<br />

4 Lower tong and valve body AEC-304<br />

5 Swivel head with screw AEC-505<br />

*5a Flat swivel head with screw AEC-505F<br />

6 Upper arm AEC-307<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 5000-1<br />

7 Lever assembly with screws AEC-308<br />

8 Spring, insulator assembly AEC-309<br />

9 Handle AEC-350<br />

10 Cable insulating boot AEC-511<br />

11 Spool assembly AEC-316R<br />

12 O-ring (package of 2) AEC-316-1R<br />

13 Swivel joint assembly AEC-521<br />

14 Swivel joint stem AEC-522<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION AEC 5000-1<br />

15 Swivel joint male nut AEC-523<br />

16 Swivel joint spring AEC-526<br />

17 Swivel joint bushing AEC-527<br />

18 Male cable connector assembly —<br />

19 Female cable connector<br />

assembly<br />

AEC-5-029<br />

*20 Air hose extension AEC-3-040<br />

*21 Power cable extension AEC-3-041-TW<br />

* Items are optional<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

29


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

K231 SUB ARC ASSEMBLY<br />

8<br />

1<br />

11<br />

7<br />

3<br />

2<br />

6<br />

5<br />

10<br />

4<br />

9<br />

K231 SUB ARC ASSEMBLY<br />

PROFAX LINCOLN® DESCRIPTION<br />

PXK231-1/16 K231-1/16 Sub arc nozzle assembly 1/16”<br />

PXK231-5/64 K231-5/64 Sub arc nozzle assembly 5/64”<br />

PXK231-3/32 K231-3/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 3/32”<br />

PXK231-1/8 K231-1/8 Sub arc nozzle assembly 1/8”<br />

PXK231-5/32 K231-5/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 5/32”<br />

PXK231-3/16 K231-3/16 Sub arc nozzle assembly 3/16”<br />

PXK231-7/32 K231-7/32 Sub arc nozzle assembly 7/32”<br />

EXTENSIONS FOR K231<br />

PX1 Inch 1 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

PX1-1/2 Inch 1-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

2SUBARCEX 2 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

PX2-1/2 Inch 2-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

3SUBARCEX 3 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

PX3-1/2 Inch 3-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

4SUBARCEX 4 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

5SUBARCEX 5 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

6SUBARCEX 6 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

PX7-1/2 Inch 7-1/2 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

9SUBARCEX 9 Inch Sub arc extension<br />

PX12 Inch<br />

Sub arc extension<br />

PX18 Inch<br />

Sub arc extension<br />

Other lengths on request. The 9 inch extension is also available with 30°, 45°, 60° and 90° bend.<br />

K231 SUB ARC CONTACT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY<br />

Item Description Lincoln Lincoln New Profax<br />

1 Nozzle Insulator S10493-1 PXS10493-1<br />

2 Nozzle Body S10157 PXS10157<br />

3 Cone Body Assembly, Includes: M8249 PXM8249<br />

4 Retaining Nut S10147 PXS10147<br />

5 Flux Cone T10575 KP2085-1 PXT10575<br />

6 Locking Ferrule T10574 PXT10574<br />

7 Thumb Screw T9078-1 PXT9078-1<br />

8 Special Socket Head Screw T10570 PXT10570<br />

9 Rubber Flux Tube (Not Shown) T10642-1 PXT13835<br />

10 Contact Tip - 5/64 Wire Size 2.0MM PXS10125-5/64<br />

10 Contact Tip - 3/32 Wire Size 2.4MM S10125-3/32 KP1962-3B1 PXS10125-3/32<br />

10 Contact Tip - 1/8 Wire Size 3.2MM S10125-1/8 KP1962-1B1 PXS10125-1/8<br />

10 Contact Tip - 5/32 Wire Size 4.0MM S10125-5/32 KP1962-4B1 PXS10125-5/32<br />

10 Contact Tip - 3/16 Wire size 4.8MM S10125-3/16 KP1962-2B1 PXS10125-3/16<br />

10 Contact Tip - 7/32 Wire size 5.6MM PXS10125-7/32<br />

FOR SUBARC DRIVE ROLLS SEE PAGE 125<br />

Not shown Adapter for Tips with 5/16 thread S16844 PXS168844<br />

Not shown Contact Tip - 3/32 - 2.4mm (5/16 Thread) T14050-3/32 KP2100-3B1 12-657<br />

Not shown Contact Tip - 5/64 - 2.0mm (5/16 Thread) T14050-5/64 KP2100-4B1 12-656<br />

11 Nozzle Insert for 3/32 and 5/64 Wire S12773-3/32 PXS15106-332<br />

MODEL AEC 550 SUB ARC<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

550 amp Sub Arc gun for mounting on manipulators, fixtures, side beams, and track<br />

machines. Available with either Lincoln® or Miller® back end. Designed for running<br />

1/16” thru 3/32” wire. Available in lengths up to 15 feet.<br />

STANDARD FEATURES<br />

550 Amps @ 60% Duty Cycle<br />

Easy Installation<br />

Economical to Operate<br />

Field Repairable<br />

MODEL DIRECT CONNECT GUN LENGTH WIRE SIZE<br />

LNS550-5 Lincoln® 5’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

LNS550-10 Lincoln® 10’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

LNS550-15 Lincoln® 15’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

MS550-5 Miller® 5’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

MS550-10 Miller® 10’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

MS550-15 Miller® 15’ 1/16”, 5/64”, 3/32”<br />

30 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

FINGERTIP CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric ® & Miller Electric Mfg Co®<br />

PART NO LINCOLN® DESCRIPTION COMPATABLE EQUIPMENT<br />

LFTC-6 Fingertip control with 27’ cord and 6 pin plug Squarewave Tig & Invertec TM only<br />

MILLER®<br />

MFTC-5 RCC-5 Fingertip control with 27’ cord and 5 pin plug Tig machines prior to JK674521<br />

MFTC-14 RCC-14 Fingertip control with 27’ cord and 14 pin plug Tig machines effective with JK674521<br />

MFTC-14-52 Fingertip control with 52’ cord and 14 pin plug Tig machines effective with JK674521<br />

(special cord lengths available up to 100’)<br />

1<br />

REMOTE FOOT CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric ® & Miller Electric Mfg Co®<br />

All metal construction. Operates contractor and controls output.<br />

PROFAX LINCOLN® DESCRIPTION COMPATIBLE EQUIPMENT<br />

LFC-870 K-870 Foot control Direct Connects to:<br />

w/25’ cord<br />

R3R 300, 400 & 500 (Codes 9534 and Above)<br />

& 6 pin plug. Squarewave Tig 175, 255, 275, 300, 350 & 355<br />

Tig 250/250 (All), Tig 300/300 (Codes 8875 and Above)<br />

DC Tig Starter (K900-1), Tig Module (K930-1)<br />

Commander 300, 400 & 500<br />

Ranger 8, 275(If K892-1 remote control receptacle kit is installed)<br />

Ranger 9, Ranger 10 & 10LX, Ranger 300D & 300DLX<br />

Invertec TM V200-T and V300 Pro<br />

MILLER®<br />

MFC-14 RFC-14 Foot control Direct Connects to:<br />

w/25’ cord &<br />

Aerowave, Dimension 302, 400, 452, 650, 652 & 1000, Dynasty<br />

14 pin plug. DX & 300(SD,DX,LX), Econotig, Goldstar 300SS, 400SS, 500SS &<br />

600SS, Goldstar 302, 452 & 652, Invision 354MP, 456P &<br />

456MP, Maxstar 91, 152, 175, 200(SD,DX,LX), & 300(SD,DX,LX),<br />

Maxstar DX & 300 DX, Maxtron 300 & 450, MK VI,Phoenix 456,<br />

Shopmaster 300, Syncrowave 180SD, 250, 250DX, 300, 350LX,<br />

351, 500 and 500P, TIGRunner, XMT 200, 300 & 304, Trailblazer<br />

250G, 251NT & 300D NT<br />

Will also work on the following engine driven equipment if<br />

Miller’s optional 14 pin remote control facilities are installed.<br />

BIG 30A Diesel, BIG 40G, BIG 40 & 50 Diesel, Big Blue 302 &<br />

402, METRO 250D & 300 DXQ, Miller Du-Op, PipePro<br />

304, Miller Legend & Legend NT, TRAILBLAZER 280NT, PRO 350<br />

REMOTE HAND CONTROL Replacement Parts Suitable for: Lincoln Electric ® & Miller Electric Mfg Co®<br />

All Lincoln® equipment that uses the M5090C (64 ohm) rheostat. SA200 GAS,<br />

SA250 GAS & DIESEL, SAE350 DIESEL, SAE400 GAS & DIESEL, CLASSIC® I, II, & III,<br />

SAE 200, 300 & 400 Motor Generator. Does not have 115V receptacle.<br />

PART NO LINCOLN LENGTH<br />

LHC K-924 No Cord<br />

LHC-25 K-924-25 25’<br />

LHC-50 K-924-50 50’<br />

LHC-100 K-924-100 100’<br />

Used on all MILLER® equipment that has the 030-653 (15 ohm) rheostat. 330,<br />

340 & 360 ABP, CP750E, DIALARC® HF, FC6E, MK IV EXPRESS®, MK VIII®-2, SR150,<br />

SR200, 300, 400 & 600, MP-30E, 45E, 65E & 75E, SRH222, 303, 333, 404, 444,<br />

555 & 666<br />

PART NO MILLER LENGTH<br />

MHC-3 RHC-3 No Cord<br />

MHC-3-25 RHC-3-25 25’<br />

MHC-3-50 RHC-3-50 50’<br />

MHC-3-100 RHC-3-100 100<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

31


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

CONTOUR® & CURV O MARK® LAYOUT SYSTEMS<br />

TOOLS MADE TO HELP YOU WORK WITH PRECISION Curv-O-Mark layout systems have earned a reputation for quality and consistency over<br />

a wide range of industries. Easy to use, made to use longer, there are Curv-o-mark tools to help bring precision to most any layout task.<br />

WIZARD WRAP<br />

All Wizard Pipe Wraps are made from a non-asbestos, heat-resistant material. It is a high density product<br />

for heavy duty service at temperatures up to 360° F. It has outstanding resistance to oil, gasoline,<br />

kerosene, water and sea water. The edges are thick and straight for easier, more accurate marking. Screen<br />

printed tape measures (28” on Small Wrap; 36” on Medium and Large Wraps; 48” on Extra Large Wrap)<br />

which limits the need for an extra tape measure and makes mark-up much easier. They also include a<br />

circumference & quartering scale which limits the need for calculations because the exact circumference,<br />

¼, ½ and ¾ of the circumference, plus the actual diameter of pipes 2” through 30” is printed on the<br />

outside of the wraps. Wraps are packaged in durable, reusable containers that will hold up in your tool box.<br />

WW16W WIZARD WRAP SMALL - 25-150 MM (1”-6” PIPE)<br />

WW17W WIZARD WRAP MEDIUM - 50-400 MM (2”-16” PIPE)<br />

WW17AW WIZARD WRAP LARGE - 50-750 MM (2”-30” PIPE)<br />

WW19W WIZARD WRAP XL - 300-1200 MM (12”-48” PIPE)<br />

CENTERING HEADS<br />

STD 0721-0005<br />

JUMBO 0721-0006<br />

Curv-O-Mark® Centering Heads<br />

aid in the setting of centrelines,<br />

establishing angles and marks for<br />

butt-ins, locating points inside<br />

pipes and tanks, laying out keyways<br />

and measuring declivity. Available<br />

in Standard for pipe ½” dia. and<br />

Jumbo 1” pipe and up.<br />

FITTER WELDER<br />

PROTRACTOR<br />

0721-0008<br />

This 90-degree protractor has a<br />

matching locking lever to set and<br />

hold the tool at the desired angle.<br />

It is equipped with a 5/8 in. by 10<br />

in. tapered arm to complete finding<br />

of angles or desired bends, or to<br />

determine any portions of elbows.<br />

CONTOUR MARKER<br />

STD 0721-0000<br />

JUMBO 0721-0003<br />

The Curv-O-Mark® Contour Marker<br />

is a compact time-saving tool used<br />

to lay out pipe and structural steel<br />

joints. Can be used to lay out pipe<br />

from 1½ to 18” dia. Or structural<br />

steel members up to 18” Made from<br />

durable lightweight aluminium. Use<br />

the Jumbo Marker in the layout of<br />

large dia. pipe from 8 to 48in.<br />

FLANGE ALIGNER<br />

BASE<br />

0721-0029<br />

Remove the difficulty of flange<br />

aligning and squaring with a simple<br />

tool that holds a square in the<br />

needed position without tying up<br />

one’s hands.<br />

PIPE FLANGE<br />

ALIGNERS<br />

0721-0009<br />

Fast accurate pipe construction is<br />

possible with this self-determining<br />

flange aligning tool. Quickly<br />

adjustable for all types of flanges or<br />

pipe sizes ranging from 3 to 12 in.<br />

Diameter.<br />

PROMAG LEVEL 0721-0007<br />

A lightweight easy to use tool for<br />

determining angles with two cast-in<br />

25 pound pull magnets to hold<br />

securely to any steel surface.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

DIAL-ANGLE<br />

FLANGE LEVEL<br />

0721-0017<br />

A versatile tool that can be used as<br />

a dial degree utility level or, with<br />

attachments, for two holing flange<br />

alignment.<br />

UNIVERSAL LEVEL 0721-0030<br />

The Curv-O-Mark® universal Level<br />

is a multi-purpose tool. the unit<br />

features a adjustable protractor dial<br />

bubble (DSL) that ensures accurate<br />

leveling and permits the following<br />

addtional uses:<br />

Setting a predetermined pitch of a string<br />

of pipe<br />

Setting the angle of laterals to a precise<br />

degree<br />

Trueing vertical runs<br />

Two-holing flanges<br />

32 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

SUMNER<br />

THE RECOGNISED LEADER IN PIPE HANDLING EQUIPMENT – Reliable Tools to get the job done efficiently and safely<br />

1<br />

PRO JACK<br />

FOLD-A-JACK<br />

SPECIAL FEATURES:<br />

Formed Steel legs<br />

2000lb (900kg) capacity<br />

Priced for all budgets<br />

Standard vee head<br />

SPECIAL FEATURES:<br />

Folds up for storage ease<br />

1” square tube base construction<br />

2000lb (900kg) capacity<br />

Standard vee head<br />

HEAD STYLES<br />

FOLD A JACK 781300 781305 781301 781306 781302<br />

PRO JACK 780471 780476 780472 780477 780473<br />

STANDARD FEATURES ON ALL SUMNER FOLD-A-JACKS AND PRO JACKS:<br />

Quick action lockwasher for fast height positioning<br />

Patented Fall Guard feature allows 1” (25mm) safety zone around lockwasher<br />

1-1/2” (38mm) Acme fine adjustment thread the largest in the industry<br />

Large convenient adjustment handle<br />

Set screw for double margin of safety<br />

Set screw can lock jack head to stand for transportation - no house pieces<br />

Jack independently load tested for quality assurance<br />

Backed by over 30 years of jack stand manufacturing experience<br />

FAT JACK<br />

PART NUMBER: 785200<br />

SPECIAL FEATURES:<br />

Ideal for large pipe<br />

5000lb (2270kg) capacity<br />

1-1/4” square tube base construction<br />

12-1/2” (32 cm) wide vee head<br />

MAX-JAX<br />

PART NO. 781460<br />

SPECIAL FEATURES:<br />

2500lbs/1135Kg Capacity<br />

Maximum 48” Pipe<br />

Minimum 4” Pipe<br />

Large 12” vee<br />

Fine adjustment with bearing<br />

Sturdy 5-leg construction<br />

Large 8” Casters - Optional<br />

Quick action brake<br />

Pipe hold down chains<br />

Optional roller wheel head<br />

Optional Ball transfer<br />

Optional S/Steel sleeves<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

33


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

SUMNER<br />

ULTRA CLAMPS - FOR PIPE TO FITTING<br />

Special Features:<br />

Light weight for over head work<br />

Fine adjustment screws for quick fit-up<br />

All new rugged frame, built for job site use<br />

Stainless steel contacts & alignment screws<br />

Operating handle repositions for close work<br />

Smooth new roller clamping action for positive gripping<br />

Part No Description<br />

781130 1-21⁄2” Ultra Clamp<br />

781150 2-6” Ultra Clamp<br />

781170 5-12” Ultra Clamp<br />

ULTRA FITS - FOR FITTING TO FITTING<br />

Special Features:<br />

Light weight for over head work<br />

Fine adjustment screws for quick fit-up<br />

Stainless steel contacts & alignment screws<br />

Two handed operating handle for positive gripping<br />

Smooth roller clamping action for positive gripping<br />

Rugged compact design to operate in tight locations<br />

Part No Description<br />

781265 1-21⁄2” Ultra Fit<br />

781275 2-6” Ultra Fit<br />

781285 5-12” Ultra Fit<br />

CLAMP CHAMP<br />

CLAMP CHAMP... an advanced solution for today’s problem fit ups!<br />

The Clamp Champ is built for the welder who takes pride in doing his job<br />

right, the first time, Constructed for years of trouble free job site use, the<br />

versatile Clamp Champ makes pipe fit-up simple and accurate -without the<br />

need of a helper” The Clamp Champ is similar to a pipe vise with fast, easy<br />

set up and solid chain engagement”<br />

EACH MODEL OFFERS:<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

FIT-UP CAPACITY<br />

Pipe to Pipe<br />

Pipe to Fitting<br />

Pipe to Flange<br />

Fitting to Fitting<br />

LOW COST<br />

Half the cost of comparable cage<br />

clamps<br />

WIDE RANGE<br />

1-10 ” (25-254 mm)<br />

1-16” (25-406 mm)<br />

10-36” (254-914 mm)<br />

Carbon or Stainless<br />

Plus... Conversion Kits to 48” (1200<br />

mm) pipe!<br />

LIGHTWEIGHT CONSTRUCTION<br />

Engineered for strength without the<br />

weight<br />

Standard Kit:<br />

Consists of metal carrying box, main block and chain, jack bars and instruction manual. Large Clamp Champ includes double jack screws for<br />

reforming 20 mm pipe wall.<br />

Range Model Part No. Description Number of Weight<br />

Jack Bars Lb KG<br />

1-10”(25-250mm) Standard 781000 ST-110 Standard Clamp Champ 3 22 10.0<br />

1-10” (25-250mm) Stainless Steel 780999 ST-210 Stainless Steel Clamp Champ 3 22 10.0<br />

1-16”(25-400mm) Standard 780998 ST-116 Standard Clamp Champ 5 27 12.3<br />

1-16”(25-400mm) Stainless Steel 780997 ST-216 Standard Clamp Champ 5 27 12.3<br />

10-36” (250-900mm) Standard 781250 Standard Clamp Champ 9 109 49.4<br />

10-36” (250-900mm) Stainless Steel 781251 Stainless Steel Clamp Champ 9 109 49.4<br />

34 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

SUMNER<br />

INTERNAL FIT UP CLAMP<br />

The Ideal Fit-up Tool!<br />

Special Features:<br />

Two independently operated internal clamps align flange to pipe, even if internal<br />

dimensions differ.<br />

Can be used on all standard weld neck flanges and great with slip on flanges<br />

Contact points stainless steel -a standard feature<br />

One piece construction -no loose pieces<br />

Quick action operation<br />

Part No Description Weight<br />

784100 2- 4” (50 -145 mm) Internal Fit-up Clamp 2.5lb 1.1kg<br />

1<br />

FLANGE SPREADER. (MANUAL)<br />

Special Features:<br />

4 models to cover flange range from 1” (25 mm) to 24” (600 mm)<br />

Can be used for 150 Ib. to 1,500 Ib. flanges<br />

Hardened wedge for safe splitting<br />

Large feed screw<br />

Drive can be rotated by 1-3/8” wrench or 1/2” (12 mm) bar<br />

Compact design -strong enough for tough jobs<br />

Part No. Description Spread Pin Diameter 150 Ib 300 Ib 400 Ib 600 Ib 900 Ib 1500lb<br />

784003 ST-301 Flange Spreader 3” (76 mm) *5/8” (16 mm) 1-6” 0.75-4” 0.5-2” - - -<br />

784002 ST-302 Flange Spreader 4” (101 mm) 3/4” (19 mm) 2 -12” 1.5- 8” 1- 4” 1- 4” 1- 2” 1- 2” 1-2”<br />

784001 ST-303 Flange Spreader 5”(127mm) 7/8” (22mm) 5-24” 2.5-12” 1.5-8” 2-6” 1-4” 1-3”<br />

784000 ST-3Q4 Flange Spreader 6-3/8” (162 mm) l” (25 mm) 10- 24” 7- 24” 3.5 -16” 4 -10” 1- 8” 1-5”<br />

FIT STIX<br />

The Perfect Fit-up Tool for Steel Plate<br />

Special Features:<br />

Rugged, lightweight design<br />

Fast, accurate alignments.<br />

Drop forged heads.<br />

Head can be used for setting gap.<br />

Part No Description Weight<br />

Lb Kg<br />

781850 Fit Stix #3 1.0 0.5<br />

781860 Fit Stix #8 1.43 0.65<br />

781870 Fit Stix#12 1.87 0.85<br />

Align steel plate quickly and easily with Fit Stix!<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

35


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

SINGLE JACKSCREW CHAIN CLAMP<br />

LEVEL AND SUPPORT DEVICE<br />

MAIN BLOCK<br />

FINE ADJUSTMENT<br />

UNIVERSAL<br />

JACKBAR<br />

The Single Jackscrew Chain Clamp reforms the mating side of the weld gap only, and is<br />

capable of “reforming up to Schedule 40 Pipe”. The Jackscrews of the Jackbar exert pressure<br />

on the high points of the mating pipe eliminating “Hi-Lo” as pipe and fittings are aligned.<br />

Pipe wall thickness to “Schedule 80 can be aligned” with the Single Jackscrew Chain Clamp.<br />

The Level and Support Device of the Chain Clamp allows the pipe, elbow, tee, flange and<br />

other fittings to be held safely and securely in place during the alignment and welding<br />

process. For Stainless Steel or specialty alloy applications replace the chain of the standard<br />

Chain Clamp with Stainless Steel Chain. Available in steel and Stainless Steel models to fit<br />

pipe from 1” / 25mm to 54” / 1372mm.<br />

SINGLE SCREW JACKBAR<br />

JACKSCREW<br />

SINGLE JACKSCREW JACKBAR<br />

CHAIN<br />

THUMBSCREW<br />

Single Jackscrew Chain Clamp includes:<br />

Length of Chain required for the pipe range.<br />

Single Jackscrew Jackbars listed for pipe range.<br />

Main Block.<br />

Fine Adjustment.<br />

Level and Support Device.<br />

Jackscrew Wrench.<br />

Carbon or Stainless Steel Spacing Screws<br />

(Optional).<br />

Storage Box.<br />

Parts and Operating Manual.<br />

WARNING:<br />

The clamp should never be used as the sole<br />

support of the pipe or should never be used to<br />

lift the pipe.<br />

DANGER:<br />

Do not exceed pipe size range listed prior<br />

to contacting the Mathey Dearman Sales<br />

Department.<br />

Do not use any other type of chain than those<br />

listed below prior to contacting Mathey Dearman<br />

Sales Department.<br />

Use of chain not supplied with clamp by Mathey<br />

Dearman, Inc. will VOID the Warranty of the<br />

clamp.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model Number of Pipe Size Reforms Pipe Aligns Pipe Estimated<br />

Jackbars Range to Schedule to Schedule Shipping Weight<br />

(in / mm)<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

D231 3 1-8 / 25-203 40 80 21 / 9<br />

D231SS 3 1-8 / 25-203 40 80 21 / 9<br />

D232 7 4-16 / 102-406 40 80 68 / 31<br />

D232SS 7 4-16 / 102-406 40 80 68 / 31<br />

D233 9 10-36 / 254-914 40 80 144 / 67<br />

D233SS 9 10-36 / 254-914 40 80 144 / 67<br />

D234 13 10-54 / 254-1372 40 80 170 / 79<br />

D234SS 13 10-54 / 254-1372 40 80 170 / 79<br />

SS - Indicates Clamp is for Stainless Steel application.<br />

DOUBLE JACKSCREW CHAIN CLAMP<br />

LEVEL AND SUPPORT DEVICE<br />

MAIN BLOCK<br />

FINE ADJUSTMENT<br />

UNIVERSAL<br />

JACKBAR<br />

The Double Jackscrew Chain Clamp “reforms Schedule 40 Pipe” on either side of the joint to<br />

be welded. The Jackscrews of the Jackbar exert pressure on the high points of both sides of<br />

the weld joint to eliminate “Hi-Lo”. Pipe wall thickness “up to Schedule 80 can be aligned”<br />

with the Clamp. The Level and Support Device of the Chain Clamp allows the pipe, elbow,<br />

tee, flange and other fittings to be held safely and securely in place during the alignment<br />

and welding process. For Stainless Steel or specialty alloy applications replace the chain of<br />

the standard Chain Clamp with Stainless Steel Chain. Available in steel and Stainless Steel<br />

models to fit pipe from 1” / 25mm to 54” / 1372mm.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

DOUBLE SCREW JACKBAR<br />

DOUBLE JACKSCREW JACKBAR<br />

CHAIN<br />

THUMBSCREW<br />

Double Jackscrew Chain Clamp includes:<br />

Length of Chain required for the pipe range.<br />

Double Jackscrew Jackbars listed for the pipe<br />

range.<br />

Main Block.<br />

Fine Adjustment.<br />

Level and Support Device.<br />

Jackscrew Wrench.<br />

Carbon or Stainless Steel Spacing Screws<br />

(Optional).<br />

Storage Box.<br />

Parts and Operating Manual.<br />

WARNING:<br />

The clamp should never be used as the sole<br />

support of the pipe or used to lift the pipe.<br />

DANGER:<br />

Do not exceed pipe size range listed prior<br />

to contacting the Mathey Dearman Sales<br />

Department.<br />

Do not use any other type of chain than those<br />

listed at bottom of page prior to contacting<br />

Mathey Dearman Sales Department.<br />

Use of chain not supplied with clamp will VOID<br />

the Warranty of the clamp.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model Number of Pipe Size Reforms Pipe Aligns Pipe Estimated<br />

Jackbars Range to Schedule to Schedule Shipping Weight<br />

(in / mm)<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

D250 3 1-8 / 25-203 40 80 27 / 12<br />

D250SS 3 1-8 / 25-203 40 80 27 / 12<br />

D249 7 4-16 / 102-406 40 80 72 / 33<br />

D249SS 7 4-16 / 102-406 40 80 72 / 33<br />

D235 9 10-36 / 254-914 40 80 144 / 67<br />

D235SS 9 10-36 / 254-914 40 80 144 / 67<br />

D236 13 10-54 / 254-1372 40 80 180 / 72<br />

D236SS 13 10-54 / 254-1372 40 80 180 / 72<br />

SS - Indicates Clamp is for Stainless Steel application.<br />

36 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


DOUBLE CHAIN CLAMP D251 SERIES<br />

The Mathey Dearman Double Chain Clamp is a heavy-duty vessel clamp designed for alignment<br />

and reforming of pipes and vessels up to 20’ (6 m) in diameter with Schedule 80 wall thickness.<br />

Our Double Chain Clamps also align Schedule 80 pipe and heavier when no reforming is<br />

required. The extra heavy-duty Jackbars and Main Block provide the brute strength necessary to<br />

accomplish even the toughest reforming jobs. Models 10” to 36” through 10” to 54” come with<br />

a Level and Support Device. All other models come with a cable hoist. The Double Chain Clamp<br />

is available in steel and stainless steel versions and is shipped in a wooden crate.<br />

FEATURES<br />

PRECISE | Numerous Jackbars provide clamping pressure exactly where needed for perfect alignment<br />

TOUGH | Reforms and aligns pipe with Schedule 80 wall thickness<br />

ADAPTABLE | Fits extremely large range of pipe diameters<br />

CONFORMING | Jackbar pads pivot independently to handle uneven pipe and fitting surfaces<br />

Double Chain Clamp Includes:<br />

- (2) Nickel plated or stainless steel high-strength leaf chains<br />

- Extra heavy-duty stainless steel Jackbars-quantity as listed in specifications<br />

- Double chain Main block with (2) Fine Adjustments<br />

- Level and Support Device (D251-1060 model and larger supplied with cable hoist)<br />

- Jackscrew Wrench<br />

- Parts and Operating Manual<br />

Joints on large pipe or tube shells up to 20’ (6096 mm) in diameter can be aligned, reformed and welded<br />

without removing the clamp, saving time and improving weld quality.<br />

WARNING: DOUBLE CHAIN CLAMPS SHOULD NEVER BE USED AS THE SOLE SUPPORT FOR THE PIPE OR<br />

TO LIFT THE PIPE. DO NOT EXCEED PIPE SIZE RANGE LISTED OR USE ANY TYPE OF CHAIN OTHER THAN<br />

SUPPLIED WITHOUT FIRST CONTACTING THE MATHEY DEARMAN SALES DEPARTMENT. USE OF CHAIN NOT<br />

SUPPLIED WITH THE CLAMP BY MATHEY DEARMAN WILL VOID THE CLAMP WARRANTY.<br />

HAND LEVER CAGE CLAMP<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Number Number of Number Pipe Size Est. Shipping<br />

Main Blocks of Jackbars Range in (mm) Weight<br />

D251-1036 1 9 10-36 (254-914) 220 lbs / 100 kg<br />

D251-1036SS 1 9 10-48 (254-914) 220 lbs / 100 kg<br />

D251-1048 1 12 10-48 (254-1219) 278 lbs / 126 kg<br />

D251-1048SS 1 12 10-48 (254-1219) 278 lbs / 126 kg<br />

D251-1054 1 14 10-54 (254-1372) 300 lbs / 136 kg<br />

D251-1054SS 1 14 10-54 (254-1372) 300 lbs / 136 kg<br />

D251-1060 1 16 10-60 (254-1524) 328 lbs / 149 kg<br />

D251-1060SS 1 16 10-60 (254-1524) 328 lbs / 149 kg<br />

D251-1072 1 20 10-72 (254-1829) 387 lbs / 176 kg<br />

D251-1072SS 1 20 10-72 (254-1829) 387 lbs / 176 kg<br />

D251-1084 1 24 10-84 (254-2134) 442 lbs / 200 kg<br />

D251-1084SS 1 24 10-84 (254-2134) 442 lbs / 200 kg<br />

D251-1096 2 28 10-96 (254-2438) 498 lbs / 226 kg<br />

D251-1096SS 2 28 10-96 (254-2438) 498 lbs / 226 kg<br />

D251-10108 2 32 10-108 (254-2743) 554 lbs / 251 kg<br />

D251-10108SS 2 32 10-108 (254-2743) 554 lbs / 251 kg<br />

D251-10120 2 36 10-120 (254-3048) 610 lbs / 277 kg<br />

D251-10120SS 2 36 10-120 (254-3048) 610 lbs / 277 kg<br />

D251-1011F 2 39 10-132 (254-3353) 660 lbs / 299 kg<br />

D251-1011FSS 2 39 10-132 (254-3353) 660 lbs / 299 kg<br />

D251-1012F 2 42 10-144 (254-3658) 710 lbs / 322 kg<br />

D251-1012FSS 2 42 10-144 (254-3658) 710 lbs / 322 kg<br />

D251-1014F 2 48 10-168 (254-4267) 810 lbs / 367 kg<br />

D251-1014FSS 2 48 10-168 (254-4267) 810 lbs / 367 kg<br />

D251-1016F 3 54 10-192 (254-4877) 910 lbs / 410 kg<br />

D251-1016FSS 3 54 10-192 (254-4877) 910 lbs / 410 kg<br />

D251-1018F 3 60 10-216 (254-5486) 1010 lbs / 455 kg<br />

D251-1018FSS 3 60 10-216 (254-5486) 1010 lbs / 455 kg<br />

D251-1020F 3 66 10-240 (254-6096) 1110 lbs / 500 kg<br />

D251-1020FSS 3 66 10-240 (254-6096) 1110 lbs / 500 kg<br />

* Calculations are based on pipe with a tensile strength of 45,000 lbs per square inch<br />

(3,164 kg per square centimeter). SS - Indicates clamp is for stainless steel application.<br />

NOTE: ALL DOUBLE CHAIN CLAMPS WITH 16 OR MORE JACKBARS INCLUDE CABLE<br />

HOIST. SMALLER CLAMPS INCLUDE LEVEL AND SUPPORT DEVICE.<br />

1<br />

Rapid pipe alignment can be achieved with the Hand Lever Cage Clamp. A Clamp is needed for each size pipe to<br />

be aligned. The Hand Lever Cage Clamp is the most popular of the cage style clamps, and a field proven product<br />

for the alignment of smaller diameter pipes.<br />

CAUTION: CLAMP WARRANTY WILL BE VOIDED<br />

IF WEDGES ARE USED TO REFORM PIPE.<br />

CAGE CLAMP, HAND LEVER TACK OR NO TACK TYPE<br />

Hand Lever Hand Lever Pipe Size Range Tack Model No Tack Model<br />

Tack Model No Tack (in / mm) Estimated Shipping Estimated Shipping<br />

Model Weight (lbs. / kg) Weight (lbs. / kg)<br />

01-0500-001 - 2 / 51 12 / 5 -<br />

01-0500-002 01-0500-N03 3 / 76 17 / 8 18 / 8<br />

01-0500-003 - 3.5 / 89 19 / 9 -<br />

01-0500-004 01-0500-N04 4 / 102 19 / 9 20 / 9<br />

01-0500-005 01-0500-N05 5 / 127 20 / 9 32 / 15<br />

01-0500-006 01-0500-N06 6 / 152 32 / 15 32 / 15<br />

01-0500-008 01-0500-N08 8 / 203 32 / 15 32 / 15<br />

01-0500-010 01-0500-N10 10 / 254 51 / 23 51 / 23<br />

01-0500-012 01-0500-N12 12 / 305 54 / 25 54 / 25<br />

01-0500-014 01-0500-N14 14 / 356 70 / 32 70 / 32<br />

01-0500-016 01-0500-N16 16 / 406 102 / 46 102 / 46<br />

01-0500-018 01-0500-N18 18 / 457 110 / 50 107 / 49<br />

01-0500-020 01-0500-N20 20 / 508 120 / 54 117 / 53<br />

01-0500-022 01-0500-N22 22 / 559 125 / 57 124 / 56<br />

01-0500-024 01-0500-N24 24 / 610 128 / 58 128 / 58<br />

01-0500-026 01-0500-N26 26 / 660 136 / 62 136 / 62<br />

01-0500-028 01-0500-N28 28 / 711 158 / 72 158 / 72<br />

01-0500-030 01-0500-N30 30 / 762 195 / 88 195 / 88<br />

01-0500-032 01-0500-N32 32 / 812 206 / 93 206 / 93<br />

01-0500-034 01-0500-N34 34 / 864 213 / 97 213 / 97<br />

01-0500-036 01-0500-N36 36 / 914 227 / 103 227 / 103<br />

01-0500-038 01-0500-N38 38 / 965 255 / 116 255 / 116<br />

01-0500-040 01-0500-N40 40 / 1016 298 / 135 298 / 135<br />

01-0500-042 01-0500-N42 42 / 1067 308 / 140 308 / 140<br />

01-0500-048 01-0500-N48 48 / 1219 348 / 158 348 / 158<br />

01-0500-054 01-0500-N54 54 / 1372 395 / 179 395 / 179<br />

01-0500-060 01-0500-N60 60 / 1524 445 / 201.85 445 / 202<br />

Clamps with Stainless Steel contact point or for odd-size pipe available on request.<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

37


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

RIM CLAMPS<br />

WARNINGS: CONTACT MATHEY DEARMAN WHEN PIPE IS<br />

CLAD WITH MATERIALS SUCH AS ICONEL OR TITANIUM. AS<br />

TEMPERATURES FALL BELOW 0 DEGREES FARENHEIT (-18<br />

CELCIUS), REFORMING CAPABILTY RAPIDLY DECREASES.<br />

Mathey Dearman Rim Clamps are built for tough reforming jobs and are ideal for applications requiring 100%<br />

weld and grind without releasing clamping pressure. Symetrically placed Jackscrews apply pressure on high<br />

points to precisely reform and align pipe or shells. All surfaces of the Rim Clamp in contact with the pipe are<br />

made of stainless steel enabling the Clamp to be used on a variety of materials. Mathey Dearman Rim Clamps<br />

will reform 45,000 PSI tensile strength pipe up to Schedule 80, with out-of-round conditions up to 2” (51 mm),<br />

depending on wall thickness.<br />

D711-1416 14 - 16 (356 - 508) 190 lbs / 85.5 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

D711-1618 16 - 18 (406 - 457) 240 lbs / 108 kg<br />

ACCURATE | Apply reforming pressure exactly where required D711-1420 14 - 20 (356 - 508) 280 lbs / 126 kg<br />

STRONG | Corrects out-of-round conditions up to 2” (51 mm) D711-1824 18 - 24 (457 - 610) 350 lbs / 157.5 kg<br />

EASY | Self-latching design (14” / 356mm and larger) makes D711-2026 20 - 26 (508 - 660) 360 lbs / 162 kg<br />

installation simple and safe<br />

D711-2228 22 - 28 (559 - 711) 380 lbs / 171 kg<br />

VERSATILE | Handles a range of pipe sizes and materials D711-2632 26 - 32 (660 - 813) 400 lbs / 180 kg<br />

The 14” to 16” (356 mm to 406 mm) and larger Rim Clamp closes D711-3036 30 - 36 (762 - 914) 420 lbs / 189 kg<br />

over the pipe automatically, for quick and simple operation.<br />

D711-3440 34 - 40 (864 - 1016) 450 lbs / 202.5 kg<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

D711-3844 38 - 44 (965 - 1118) 490 lbs / 220.5 kg<br />

Item No. Pipe Size Estimated<br />

D711-4248 42 - 48 (1067 - 1219) 510 lbs / 229.5 kg<br />

Range in. (mm) Shipping Weight D711-4450 44 - 50 (1118 - 1270) 575 lbs / 258.75 kg<br />

D711-0406 4 - 6 (102 - 152) 40 lbs / 18 kg D711-4652 46 - 52 (1168 - 1321) 610 lbs / 274.5 kg<br />

D711-0608 6 - 8 (152 - 203) 30 lbs / 22.5 kg D711-5056 50 - 56 (1270 - 1422) 680 lbs / 308 kg<br />

D711-0810 8 - 10 (203 - 254) 70 lbs / 31.5 kg D711-5460 54 - 60 (1372 - 1524) 750 lbs / 337.5 kg<br />

D711-1012 10 - 12 (254 - 305) 90 lbs / 40.5 kg D711-5864 58 - 64 (1473 - 1626) 820 lbs / 369 kg<br />

D711-1214 12 - 14 (305 - 356) 120 lbs / 54 kg D711-6268 62 - 68 (1575 - 1727) 880 lbs / 396 kg<br />

D711-6672 66 - 72 (1676 - 1829) 950 lbs / 427.5 kg<br />

REFORMING CAPABILITY - Maximum Wall Thickness for Specified Material Tensile Strength<br />

Clamp Type Pipe Tensile<br />

Pipe Diameter in (mm)<br />

Strength<br />

PSI MPA 4”-12”<br />

(102 -305)<br />

14”-24”<br />

(356 -610)<br />

26”-30”<br />

(660 -762)<br />

32”-48”<br />

(813 -1289)<br />

50”-60”<br />

(1270 -1524)<br />

Pipe Wall Thickness in. (mm) *<br />

62”-72”<br />

(1575 -1829)<br />

RIM 45,000 310 1/2” (13) 3/4” (19) 7/8” (22) 1” (25) 11/8” (29) 1 1/4” (32)<br />

MEGA RIM 1/2” (11) 3/4” (19) 1” (25) 11/8” (29) 1 1/4” (32) 1 3/8” (35)<br />

65,000 448 7/16” (11) 5/8” (16) 3/4” (19) 1” (25) 1 1/8” (29) 1 3/8” (35)<br />

70,000 483 3/8” (10) 1/2” (13) 3/4” (19) 7/8” (22) 1” (25) 1 1/4” (32)<br />

80,000 552 3/8” (10) 1/2” (13) 5/8” (16) 3/4” (19) 1” (25) 1 1/8” (29)<br />

* Calculations based on material temperature of 72° F (22° C)<br />

MEGA RIM CLAMPS<br />

For reforming high tensile strength pipe, there is nothing like a Mathey Dearman Mega Rim Clamp. Our Mega<br />

Rim Clamps align and reform high tensile strength X65, X70 and X80 pipe with wall thicknesses up to 1 3/8” (35<br />

mm). Capable of reforming pipe with an out-of-round condition of up to 2” (51 mm), this clamp’s performance<br />

comes from the heavy-duty oval shaped Side Plates, Latching Mechanism, and flip-up Jackbars for mating pipes<br />

and fittings. The Mega Rim’s hinged flip-up Jackbars are precisely positioned on the Clamp so they can be be<br />

rotated away from the primary pipe for insertion of the mating pipe, valve or fitting and to facilitate welding<br />

and grinding. The independent pivoting pads of the Jackscrews compensate for uneven pipe surfaces. To avoid<br />

the risk of contamination, all surfaces of the Mega Rim Clamp that contact the pipe are made of stainless steel.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

WARNINGS: CONTACT MATHEY DEARMAN WHEN PIPE IS<br />

CLAD WITH MATERIALS SUCH AS ICONEL OR TITANIUM. AS<br />

TEMPERATURES FALL BELOW 0 DEGREES FARENHEIT (-18<br />

CELCIUS), REFORMING CAPABILTY RAPIDLY DECREASES.<br />

FEATURES<br />

EXTREME CAPACITY | Reforms even high tensile strength pipe<br />

ACCURATE | Corrects out-of-round conditions up to 2” (51 mm)<br />

VERSATILE | Allows for 100% weld and grind without<br />

releasing clamp pressure<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Item No.<br />

Pipe Size Range in. (mm)<br />

D711-0406M 4 - 6 (102 - 152)<br />

D711-0608M 6 - 8 (152 - 203)<br />

D711-0810M 8 - 10 (203 - 254)<br />

D711-1012M 10 - 12 (254 - 305)<br />

D711-1214M 12 - 14 (305 - 356)<br />

D711-1416M 14 - 16 (356 - 508)<br />

D711-1618M 16 - 18 (406 - 457)<br />

D711-1420M 14 - 20 (356 - 508)<br />

D711-1824M 18 - 24 (457 - 610)<br />

D711-2026M 20 - 26 (508 - 660)<br />

D711-2228M 22 - 28 (559 - 711)<br />

D711-2632M 26 - 32 (660 - 813)<br />

D711-3036M 30 - 36 (762 - 914)<br />

D711-3440M 34 - 40 (864 - 1016)<br />

D711-3844M 38 - 44 (965 - 1118)<br />

D711-4248M 42 - 48 (1067 - 1219)<br />

D711-4450M 44 - 50 (1118 - 1270)<br />

D711-4652M 46 - 52 (1168 - 1321)<br />

D711-5056M 50 - 56 (1270 - 1422)<br />

D711-5460M 54 - 60 (1372 - 1524)<br />

D711-5864M 58 - 64 (1473 - 1626)<br />

D711-6268M 62 - 68 (1575 - 1727)<br />

D711-6672M 66 - 72 (1676 - 1829)<br />

38 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

EZ-FIT (SMALL DIAMETER CLAMPS)<br />

E-Z12SS<br />

E-Z8SS<br />

Ez-Fit Model of clamps was specifically designed for the welder that needs a Clamp to<br />

adjust “Hi-Lo ” and does not need to reform the pipe. The Clamp is ideal for a wide range<br />

of small diameter pipe and tubing applications. The Precision Cast Alloy Steel Clamps are<br />

designed to not flex when working on larger diameter pipe. Great for the critical alignment<br />

of pipe to pipe, pipe to elbow or pipe to tee. Stainless Steel Shoes and Thumb Screws<br />

(included with clamp) eliminate contamination risk during fit-up of stainless steel and other<br />

special alloy pipes and fittings.<br />

1<br />

PART NUMBER PIPE SIZE RANGE (IN / MM) ESTIMATED SHIPPING WEIGHT (LBS. / KG)<br />

E-Z2SS 1-2.5 / 25-64 4 / 2<br />

E-Z4SS 2.5-4.5 / 64-114 7 /3<br />

E-Z8SS 5-8 / 127-203 14 / 6<br />

E-Z12SS 9-12 / 229-305 22 / 10<br />

E-Z4SS<br />

E-Z2SS<br />

QUIK-FIT CLAMPS<br />

The Mathey Dearman Quik-Fit Clamp offers the simplest method of achieving<br />

quick, easy and precise fit ups. The Quik-Fit is a compact tack-type clamp that<br />

is easy to use in close quarters. Quik-Fit is available in 3 sizes to cover a range<br />

of 1”-12” (25-305mm) pipe, and can be used on either carbon or stainless steel<br />

without adding special shoes or screws. The Clamp aligns pipe to pipe or pipe to<br />

fitting, and is ideal for alignment applications where reforming<br />

FEATURES<br />

RUGGED | Built for years of reliable service<br />

LIGHTWEIGHT | Easy to use in overhead work<br />

VERSATILE | 3 Clamps cover 1”-12” (25-305mm) pipe<br />

FAST | Smooth, quick action for rapid fit-ups<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Item Number Pipe Size Range in (mm)<br />

QFC-12 1-2 (25-64)<br />

QFC-26 2-6 (50-150)<br />

QFC-512 5-12 (127-305)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

39


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

SADDLE MACHINE<br />

Dependable and tough, the Saddle Machine was specifically designed for critical pipe applications that require a high degree of cut quality and accuracy. The<br />

lightweight, durable machine has been known for more than 60 years as the standard in the industry for its long life, reliability and cutting accuracy. The<br />

inexperienced and experienced welder can improve their efficiency, accuracy and cut quality. Models available for pipe sizes 1 1/2”-48” / 38-1219mm.<br />

Saddle Machine Includes:<br />

Base Machine.<br />

Torch Arm.<br />

Torch Carrier Assembly.<br />

Spacer Bolts listed for its range.<br />

Parts and Operating Manual.<br />

6SA and 8SA also includes; Extension Plate & Spacers.<br />

Does Not Include: Machine Cutting Torch.<br />

MSA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

1.5”- 4” / 38mm-102mm<br />

1SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

3”- 8” / 76mm-203mm<br />

2SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

6”-12” / 152mm-305mm<br />

3SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

12”-20” / 305mm-508mm<br />

4SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

20”-26” / 508mm-660mm<br />

5SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

24”-30” / 610mm-762mm<br />

6SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

28”-36” / 711mm-914mm<br />

8SA<br />

Pipe Size Range<br />

40”-48” / 1016mm-1219mm<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SADDLE MACHINE QUICK SELECTION CHART<br />

Machine Model MSA 1SA 2SA 3SA 4SA 5SA 6SA 8SA<br />

Manual with Spacer<br />

Bolts<br />

03-0100-000 03-0101-000 03-0102-000 03-0103-000 03-0104-000 03-0105-000 03-0106-000 03-0108-000<br />

Motorized with<br />

Spacer Bolts<br />

03-0100-M00 03-0101-M00 03-0102-M00 03-0103-M00 03-0104-M00 03-0105-M00 03-0106-M00 03-0108-M00<br />

Manual with Step<br />

Spacers<br />

---- 03-01S1-000 03-01S2-000 ---- ----- ----- ----- -----<br />

Motorized with Step<br />

Spacers<br />

---- 03-01S1-M00 03-01S2-M00 ---- ----- ----- ----- -----<br />

Pipe Size in / mm 1.5-4 / 38-102 3-8 / 76-203 6-12 / 152-305 12-20 / 305-508 20-26 / 508-660 24-30 / 610-762 28-36 / 711-914<br />

40-48 / 1016-<br />

1219<br />

Net Weight lbs. / kg 10 / 5 16 / 7 26 / 12 50 / 22 75 / 34 110 / 50 180 / 82 287 / 130<br />

Estimated Shipping<br />

Weight lbs. / kg<br />

12 / 5.4 24 / 11 34 / 15.5 73 / 33 150 / 68 185 / 84 295 / 134 415 /188<br />

Shipping<br />

Dimensions in / mm<br />

Max Speed (Motorized)<br />

ipm* / mmm**<br />

Min. Speed (Motorized)<br />

ipm* / mmm**<br />

Includes Spacers to<br />

cut pipe sizes***<br />

12 x 12 x 10 /<br />

305 x 305 x 254<br />

18 x 18 x 11 1/2 /<br />

457 x 457 x 492<br />

23 x 23 x 12 1/2 /<br />

584 x 584 x 318<br />

34 x 32 x 12 /<br />

864 x 813 x 305<br />

40 1/2 x 41 x 19 /<br />

1029 x 1041 x 423<br />

40 1/2 x 41 x 19 /<br />

1029 x 1041 x 423<br />

57 x 43 x 18 /<br />

1488 x 1002 x 483<br />

69 x 60 x 21 /<br />

1753 x 1524 x 533<br />

141 / 3581 71 / 1803 89 / 2261 47 / 1194 53 / 1346 34 / 864 35 / 889 36 / 914<br />

4 / 102 4 / 102 6 / 152 7 / 178 7 / 178 8 / 203 5 / 127 5 / 127<br />

2”, 3”, 4” /<br />

51, 76, 102mm<br />

* Inches per minute ** Millimeters per minute<br />

3”, 4”, 6”, 8” /<br />

76, 102, 152,<br />

203mm<br />

6”, 8”, 10”, 12” /<br />

152, 203, 254,<br />

305mm<br />

12”, 14”, 16”, 18”,<br />

20” / 305, 356, 406,<br />

457, 508mm<br />

20”, 22”, 24”, 26” /<br />

508, 559, 610,<br />

660mm<br />

24”, 26”, 28”, 30” /<br />

610, 660, 711,<br />

762mm<br />

28”, 30”, 36” /<br />

711, 762, 914mm<br />

40”, 42”, 48” /<br />

1016, 1067,<br />

1219mm<br />

40 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

CNC SADDLE MACHINE<br />

Mathey Dearman CNC Saddle Machines have couples uncomprising durability and accuracy with digital motion control and an unbelievably simple<br />

operator interface to make cutting complex pipe intersections fast, accurate and most importantly easy. Mathey Dearman’s evolutionary CNC Saddle<br />

Machines place robotic accuracy into the hands of shop and field welders - giving them an unmatched level of skill, precision and productivity.<br />

1<br />

Cut Types Available<br />

Straight<br />

Miter<br />

Saddle<br />

Saddle Hole<br />

Square<br />

Circle<br />

Elbow<br />

Custom<br />

Machine<br />

Nominal Sizes<br />

(NPS)<br />

Custom Range<br />

(Pipe OD)<br />

MSA 1-½ , 2 , 2-½ , 3 , 3-½ , 4 1.9”- 4.5”<br />

1SA 3 , 3-½ , 4 , 5 , 6 , 8 3.5”- 8.625”<br />

2SA 6 , 8 , 10 , 12 6.625”- 12.75”<br />

Electrical Properties<br />

Parameter Minimum Maximum Units<br />

AC Voltage In<br />

(110 range/220 range)<br />

90/180 132/264 Vac<br />

Operating Temperature<br />

(Low Current)<br />

Operating Temperature<br />

(High Current)<br />

0 70 °C<br />

0 50 °C<br />

Storage Temperature -20 85 °C<br />

Storage Humidity (noncondensing)<br />

Operating Humidity (noncondensing)<br />

Vibration (± 7.35 M/(SxS) on X, Y<br />

and Z Axis)<br />

5 95 %<br />

55 85 %<br />

5 50 Hz<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Part No.<br />

MSA CNC 1½” - 4”<br />

03.0117.MSA<br />

1SA CNC 3” - 8”<br />

03.0117.1SA<br />

2SA CNC 6” - 12”<br />

03.0117.2SA<br />

3 Machine Package (MSA-2SA) 03.0117.SET<br />

Software Only 03.0117.000<br />

Cut Angle (degrees)<br />

Header Axial Distance (in) when header NPS is 12<br />

Branch NPS<br />

½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 2½ 3 3½ 4 5 6 8 10 12<br />

90 (T-Cut) 0.84 1.05 1.32 1.66 1.90 2.38 2.88 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.56 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75<br />

85 0.84 1.05 1.32 1.67 1.91 2.38 2.89 3.51 4.02 4.52 5.58 6.65 8.66 10.79 12.80<br />

80 0.85 1.07 1.34 1.69 1.93 2.41 2.92 3.55 4.06 4.57 5.65 6.73 8.76 10.92 12.95<br />

75 0.87 1.09 1.36 1.72 1.97 6.86 5.76 4.66 4.14 3.62 2.98 2.46 8.93 11.13 13.20<br />

70 0.89 1.12 1.40 1.77 2.02 2.53 3.06 3.72 4.26 4.79 5.92 7.05 9.18 11.44 13.57<br />

65 0.93 1.16 1.45 1.83 2.10 2.62 3.17 3.86 4.41 4.97 6.14 7.31 9.52 11.86 NA<br />

60 0.97 1.21 1.52 1.92 2.19 2.74 4.04 4.62 5.20 6.42 7.65 9.96 12.41 NA<br />

55 1.03 1.28 1.61 2.03 2.32 2.90 3.51 4.27 4.88 5.49 6.79 8.09 10.53 13.12 NA<br />

50 1.10 1.37 1.72 2.17 2.48 3.10 3.75 4.57 5.22 5.87 7.26 8.65 11.26 NA NA<br />

45 1.19 1.48 1.86 2.35 2.69 3.36 4.07 4.95 5.66 6.36 7.87 9.37 12.20 NA NA<br />

Cut Angle (degrees)<br />

Branch Axial Distance (in) when header NPS is 12<br />

Branch NPS<br />

½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 2½ 3 3½ 4 5 6 8 10 12<br />

90 (T-Cut) 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.11 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.14 0.64 0.93 1.68 2.95 6.38<br />

85 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.31 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.91 1.24 2.08 3.44 6.96<br />

80 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.42 0.52 0.65 0.77 0.91 1.23 1.61 2.54 3.99 7.60<br />

75 0.23 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.94 1.08 1.24 1.61 2.04 3.06 4.61 8.31<br />

70 0.31 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.69 0.86 1.05 1.27 1.46 1.64 2.06 2.54 3.66 5.31 9.10<br />

65 0.39 0.49 0.61 0.77 0.89 1.11 1.34 1.63 1.87 2.10 2.59 3.13 4.35 6.11 10.01<br />

60 0.48 0.61 0.76 0.96 1.10 1.37 1.66 2.02 2.31 2.60 3.21 3.83 5.16 7.04 11.04<br />

55 0.59 0.74 0.92 1.16 1.33 1.66 2.01 2.45 2.80 3.15 3.90 4.64 6.11 8.12 12.25<br />

50 0.70 0.88 1.10 1.39 1.59 1.99 2.41 2.94 3.36 3.78 4.67 5.56 7.25 9.40 13.67<br />

45 0.84 1.05 1.32 1.66 1.90 2.38 2.88 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.56 6.63 8.63 10.96 NA<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

41


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

MONARCH BAND PIPE CUTTING AND BEVELING MACHINE ACCESSORIES<br />

Features<br />

ONE MAN OPERATION—one man can set-up and<br />

cut pipes as large as 48” / 1219mm.<br />

BAND FORMS to the out-of-round condition of the<br />

pipe to keep the torch at a preset distance from the<br />

pipe wall.<br />

EASE OF SET-UP is realized when cutting horizontal<br />

or vertical pipes, due to lightweight Band design.<br />

LOW PROFILE of the Crawler only requires 6” /<br />

152mm of radial clearance around the pipe when<br />

used with a Right Angle Drive Adapter.<br />

QUICK INSTALLATION and CLOSURE with the<br />

latching mechanism of the band on the pipe.<br />

POSITIVE ALIGNMENT of the band ends by aligning<br />

the fingers on each end of band tightly together.<br />

One Band Crawler FITS ALL BAND SIZES.<br />

60% FASTER than hand cutting and grinding.<br />

Options:<br />

Band Crawler is available with 9’ / 2.7M or 14’ /<br />

4.3M Flexible Drive Cable for manual operation.<br />

115vac, 230vac & 90vdc Variable Speed Motorizing<br />

Kits are available to reduce the amount of grinding<br />

time required.<br />

Bands for odd sizes of pipe and vessels are<br />

available on Request.<br />

Accessories:<br />

Rack Adjustable Torch Arm permits horizontal<br />

movement of the torch parallel to the pipe axis.<br />

Double Torch Arm allows cuts or bevels to be made<br />

simultaneously.<br />

Torches and Tips available for all types of cutting<br />

gases.<br />

Torch Shut-Off Valve to minimize adjustment of<br />

gas mixture to the cutting torch.<br />

MONARCH BANDS<br />

Item/ Assembly Part Number Estimated<br />

Description<br />

Shipping Weights<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

6” (152mm) Band 05-0104-006 5 / 2<br />

8” (203mm) Band 05-0104-008 6 / 3<br />

10” (254mm) Band 05-0104-010 7 / 3<br />

12” (304mm) Band 05-0104-012 7 / 3<br />

14” (356mm) Band 05-0104-014 1 1 / 5<br />

16” (406mm) Band 05-0104-016 12 / 5<br />

18” (457mm) Band 05-0104-018 14 / 6<br />

20” (508mm) Band 05-0104-020 16 / 7<br />

22” (559mm) Band 05-0104-022 17 / 8<br />

24” (610mm) Band 05-0104-024 18 / 6<br />

26” (660mm) Band 05-0104-026 20 / 9<br />

28” (711mm) Band 05-0104-028 22 / 10<br />

30” (762mm) Band 05-0104-030 25 / 11<br />

32” (813mm) Band 05-0104-032 26 / 12<br />

34” (864mm) Band 05-0104-034 27 / 12<br />

36” (914mm) Band 05-0104-036 29 / 13<br />

38” (965mm) Band 05-0104-038 31 / 14<br />

40” (1016mm) Band 05-0104-040 33 / 15<br />

42” (1067mm) Band 05-0104-042 36 / 16<br />

44” (1118mm) Band 05-0104-044 39 / 18<br />

46” (1168mm) Band 05-0104-046 43 / 20<br />

48” (1219mm) Band 05-0104-048 90 / 41<br />

50” (1270mm) Band 05-0104-050 92 / 42<br />

52” (1321mm) Band 05-0104-052 96 / 44<br />

54” (1372mm) Band 05-0104-054 100 / 45<br />

56” (1422mm) Band 05-0104-056 106 / 48<br />

58” (1473mm) Band 05-0104-058 110 / 50<br />

60” (1524mm) Band 05-0104-060 115 / 52<br />

NOTE: Bands from 6” to 12” / 152 to 305mm are made from 14 Gauge<br />

Stainless Steel. Bands from 14” / 356mm and larger are made from 12 Gauge<br />

Stainless Steel.<br />

MONARCH BAND MACHINE ACCESSORIES<br />

Item/ Assembly Part Number Estimated<br />

Description<br />

Shipping Weights<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

Electric Motorizing<br />

Retrofit Kit, 110 VAC 05-0116-A01 9 / 4<br />

Rack Adjustable<br />

Torch Arm 05-0116-032 3 / 1.4<br />

Double Torch Arm 05-0116-039 4 / 1.8<br />

230-115 Step-Down<br />

Transformer 01-0759-008 5.5 / 2.8<br />

Right Angle Drive<br />

Adaptor (for Flexible<br />

Drive Cable) 05-0116-030 2 / .9<br />

Torch Angle Head<br />

Adaptor 05-0200-003 1.2 / .5 p<br />

MONARCH BAND AND BAND PARTS<br />

Item/ Assembly Part Number Estimated<br />

Description<br />

Shipping Weights<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

Standard Latch<br />

Band Latch Assembly, 6” to 12” / 153 to 305mm<br />

05-0103-100 1.5 / .68<br />

Band Latch Assembly, 14” and up / 356mm and up<br />

05-0103-102 1.7 / .77<br />

Crawler Parts<br />

Grease Zero 01-0469-003 .1 / .05<br />

Worm Gear Shaft<br />

Assembly 05-0116-002 .3 / .14<br />

Worm Gear<br />

Shaft Bearing 05-0116-003 .1 / .05<br />

Drive Wheel<br />

Assembly (4 Reg.) 05-0116-005 .15 / .07<br />

Crank Handle Assembly 05-0116-006 .3 / .14<br />

Torch Handle Eccentric 05-0116-008 .4 / .18<br />

Set Screw 05-0116-011 .25 / .11<br />

Connector 05-0116-012 .15 / .07<br />

End Plug 05-0116-021 .15 / .07<br />

Flexible Drive Cable,<br />

9’ / 2.7m 05-0116-022 12 / 5.4<br />

Flexible Drive Cable,<br />

14’ / 4.3m 05-0116-031 15 / 6.8<br />

INTERNAL FLANGE ALIGNMENT TOOL<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

REAR ALIGNMENT SHOE<br />

SPECIAL LEG HEIGHT<br />

ADJUSTMENT WRENCH<br />

(INCLUDED)<br />

FRONT ALIGNMENT SHOE<br />

FRONT SHOE HEIGHT<br />

ADJUSTMENT NUT<br />

REAR SHOE HEIGHT<br />

ADJUSTMENT NUT<br />

The Internal Flange Alignment Tool quickly and accurately aligns the ID of the flange to the ID<br />

of the pipe. Reduces fit-up time by 60%. The ID of the Flange can vary ±1/8” / 3mm to the ID<br />

of the pipe and still obtain perfect alignment. The Internal Flange Alignment Tool is designed to<br />

align 150 and 300 pound flanges. The tool is used for the alignment of the flange and should<br />

never be used as the sole support of the flange.<br />

ACCURATE—Eliminates guess work when<br />

internally aligning flange.<br />

RAPID ALIGNMENT—Flanges can be aligned and<br />

squared in two minutes.<br />

SAVES TIME AND MONEY—Alignment can be<br />

done by one person regardless of flange size.<br />

PART NUMBER Pipe Size Shipping<br />

(in / mm) Weight<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

Carbon Steel<br />

D325 4 - 6 / 102 - 152 10 / 5<br />

D326 6 - 8 / 152 - 203 11 / 5<br />

D327 8 - 14 / 203 - 356 16 / 7<br />

D328 16 - 24 / 406 - 610 24 / 11<br />

Stainless Steel<br />

D325SS 4 - 6 / 102 -152 10 / 5<br />

D326SS 6 - 8 / 152 - 203 11 / 5<br />

D327SS 8 - 14 / 203 - 356 16 / 7<br />

D328SS 16 - 24 / 406 - 610 24 / 11<br />

42 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE LINE UP PINS (FLUPS)<br />

FLUPs aid the welder in checking or obtaining critical alignment of flange to the pipe. The<br />

Mathey Dearman Aligning Pins are multi-purpose to rapidly align carbon steel and stainless<br />

steel. The additional asset of the Mathey Dearman FLUPs are the Spring and End Cap allowing<br />

for heat expansion during welding. A simple push of the “Thumb-Lock” allows the flange pin to<br />

quickly release itself from the flange. The Mathey Screw Flange Pins have evolved into another<br />

style, the Wobble Nut FLUP. The FLUP is unscrewed 3/4 turn, tilted and released from the flange<br />

in seconds.<br />

1<br />

Part Number Model / Assembly Flange Hole Shipping Weight<br />

Description Diameter Range (lbs. / kg)<br />

05-0100-000 Slide-Lock Locking 5/8 - 1 7/8 / 16 - 47 1.8 / .82<br />

05-0100-010 Wobble-Nut Flup 5/8 - 1 7/8 / 16 - 47 1.3 / .59<br />

WOBBLE NUT<br />

LEVEL HEAD<br />

SHAFT<br />

CENTERING CONES<br />

SPRING<br />

END CAP<br />

THUMB LOCK<br />

WOBBLE NUT FLUP<br />

SIDE LOCKING NUT<br />

CENTERING HEAD<br />

Mathey Dearman’s Centering Head provides a quick and accurate method for establishing pipe<br />

centerline, locating points on tanks or pipes, measuring slope, establishing angles and laying<br />

keyways. The Centering Head dial face is marked in 2 ½ degree increments, and can also be<br />

used to measure and mark points around the pipe flange or fitting.<br />

FEATURES<br />

TRUE | Precisely locates top dead center<br />

EASY | Simple and quick to use<br />

VERSATILE | Use to find points on shafts, tanks, or pipe<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

D206 Centering Head, pipe 1/2” (13 mm) and larger<br />

SPACING WEDGES<br />

D271 (Large)<br />

D272 (Medium)<br />

D273 (Pocket Wedge)<br />

The combination of Spacing Wedges and Mathey Dearman Chain Clamps or Cage Clamps<br />

optimize any fit-up job for better fit-up of pipe ends. The Wedges are used to give a precise<br />

weld gap. Move the pipe ends together, mount and tighten the Chain Clamp or Cage Clamp<br />

and spread the gap to the desired width using the Spacing Wedge. The Wedge portion of the<br />

Spacing Wedge is hardened so it will not bend or mushroom like home made wedges. The upper<br />

part of the wedge is soft so that it will not splinter.<br />

Case hardened to a depth of .010” / .25mm.<br />

Part Number Description Net Weight<br />

(lbs. / kg)<br />

D271 Spacing Wedge, 8” x 1 1/2” x 1/4” .8 / .4<br />

(203mm x 38mm x 6.4mm)<br />

D272 Spacing Wedge, 3 1/2” x 1 1/2” x 1/4” .3 / .1<br />

(89mm x 38mm x 6.4mm)<br />

D273 Spacing Wedge, 2 2/3” x 1 1/2” x 1/4” .3 / .1<br />

(60mm x 29mm x 6.4mm)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

43


1<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

PIPE WRAP<br />

The Mathey Dearman Pipe Wrap has a double ruled edge so it is never upside down or<br />

backwards. The Wrap can be used as a straight edge to make straight lines around the pipe<br />

and to mark angles to create pipe elbows. The Pipe Wrap is made of a highly abrasive resistant<br />

material to resist the wear and tear of everyday use.<br />

Features:<br />

Table of Tangents and Straight Edge.<br />

Instructions for Cutting Elbows.<br />

Sides Marked in 1/8” (3.2mm) Increments to 36” / 914mm.<br />

Instruction for Finding the Length of an Elbow.<br />

45° Angle Chart.<br />

Degree Markings.<br />

Available in sizes 4”, 5” and 7” widths of desired lengths. (maximum 7 inches wide).<br />

Pipe Size Size Part Description Shipping Weight<br />

(in / mm) Number (lbs. / kg)<br />

3-15 / 76-381 Medium D160 Wrap, Width 4” x 4’ / .4 / .2<br />

102mm x 1219mm<br />

3-22 / 76-559 Large D170 Wrap, Width 4” x 6’ / .6 / .3<br />

102mm x 1829mm<br />

3-26 / 76-660 Extra Large D177 Wrap, Width 4” x 7’ / .65 / .3<br />

102mm x 2134mm<br />

Part Description Net Weight per foot<br />

Number (by increments) (lbs. / kg)<br />

D184 4” / 102mm Width x Length Desired .09 / .40<br />

Sold in 1’ / 305mm Increments<br />

D185 5” / 127mm Width x Length Desired .1 / .45<br />

Sold in 1’ / 305mm Increments<br />

D187 7” / 178mm Width x Length Desired .1 / .4<br />

Sold in 1’ / 305mm Increments<br />

FOLDING STURDI-JACK<br />

Looking for a safe, rugged, compact, lightweight pipe stand that is easy to store in the job box or in your truck? The<br />

Folding Sturdi-Jack safety feature with lock ring gives a visual warning and locks to the galvanized tube to prevent a<br />

collapse and potential personal injury. Need a folding jack stand that is the perfect tool for the field or job shop when<br />

welding various sizes of pipes, tubes or fittings?<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Load Limit Up to 2,000lbs. (907kg). If using a head module,<br />

other than the V-Head, see operation manual for load limit.<br />

The rugged all-steel Folding Sturdi-Jack with “V” Head can<br />

safely load up to 2,000lbs. (907kg) of 12” (304mm) stock—<br />

such as pipe, tube or bar stock and will save both time and<br />

labour dollars during pipe fabrication.<br />

The folding legs of the Folding Sturdi-Jack make storage and<br />

transportation easy. Folding Sturdi-Jack with “V” Head has<br />

an adjustable height of 27” (686mm) to 48” (1219mm).<br />

The Locking Ring Safety Feature prevents sudden collapse.<br />

Another safety feature creates a 1” (25mm) Safety Zone to<br />

prevent hand injuries when the Locking Ring is released.<br />

The Folding Sturdi-Jack folds to the dimension of 8 1/2” x 4<br />

1/2” x 33” (216 x 114 x 838mm) for compact storage. It has<br />

a head-locking safety feature that prevents the head from<br />

sliding free from the body of the jack, making the Folding<br />

Sturdi-Jack easier to transport.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compact Storage<br />

Easy to Transport<br />

Head-Locking Feature<br />

Adjustable Height<br />

THE MODULAR HEAD SYSTEM<br />

Type<br />

Part#<br />

Standard “V” Head<br />

Part#: D886<br />

“V” Head Folding Jack Stand<br />

D886<br />

Pipe in / mm 1/8 -12/13-305<br />

Capacity lbs./kg 2000/907*<br />

Min. Height 27/686<br />

Max. Height 48/1219<br />

Application Welding of 1/8”-12”/13-305 pipe and fittings<br />

*Warning: Add Jack Stands as needed to bring each Jack Stand within its<br />

rated capacity.<br />

44 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TRI TOOL INC.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

PIPE BEVELING AND FLANGE FACING EQUIPMENT (ID MOUNT)<br />

Tri Tool® portable ID mounted machine tools are being used throughout the world by companies who have learned to depend on their<br />

precision, performance, durability and ease of use. ID mounted tools offer a rapid and dependable method for on-site weld end preparation,<br />

flange facing, and other special machining operations. Tri Tool® ID mounted end prep equipment utilizes an expandable, self-centering mandrel<br />

system which mounts in the open end of a tube or pipe. Jaw blocks, corresponding to the size of pipe being worked on are placed on the mandrel.<br />

When a draw rod is tightened, jaw block bases are drawn up an inclined ramp, expanding the jaw blocks against the inside bore of the pipe. This<br />

provides a solid, torque accepting grip for accurate machining operations.<br />

1<br />

BOILERMASTER®<br />

The BOILERMASTER® is specially designed for boiler<br />

machining where its right-angle feed is perfect for<br />

working in confined spaces. It features a powerful<br />

1.5 HP motor and its compact cutting head accepts<br />

standard and wedge-lock bits for heavy-duty use.<br />

A sealed head protects inner components and the<br />

milled body houses heavy duty gears with tapered<br />

roller bearings for reliability. The tool steel mandrel<br />

and durable hardened steel mounting blocks provide<br />

maximum grip on water walls and pipes making this<br />

machine the best choice for boiler construction and<br />

maintenance.<br />

• Wedge Lock Bits<br />

• Rugged Tool Steel Mandrel<br />

• Mandrel Shaft Seal<br />

• Ratchet Feed System<br />

• 1.5 HP Drive Motor<br />

• Optional Cutting Head<br />

MODEL 208B<br />

The extremely rugged and powerful Model 208B<br />

has the features you need for dependable weld<br />

preps. The machine is rigid, lightweight, and<br />

utilizes adjustable torque keys that compensate<br />

for wear, eliminating slop and vibration and<br />

producing smoother cuts. Elbow mandrel, miter<br />

mandrel, and flange facing modules extend<br />

machining capabilities. The design of the Model<br />

208B permits an unobstructed view of machining<br />

operations. Facing, beveling and counterboring<br />

can be performed simultaneously. A 3HP motor<br />

and smooth roller bearings make the Model 208B<br />

BEVELMASTER® the true industry powerhouse.<br />

• Simultaneously Bevel, Face and Counterbore<br />

• Optional Flange Facing Module<br />

• Optional Elbow, Miter and Sleeve Mandrel for<br />

thin-wall<br />

• Pneumatic, Hydraulic or Heavy Duty Electric Drive<br />

• ID Tracking Module<br />

MODEL 214B<br />

MODEL 236B<br />

MODELL 442F<br />

The Model 214B BEVELMASTER® provides a wide<br />

working size range with a single standard mandrel.<br />

The open design of the tool holders allows for full<br />

viewing of machining operations for simultaneous<br />

facing, beveling and counterboring. Torque key<br />

adjustment on the mandrel prevents backlash and<br />

vibration, providing smoother cutting. A double<br />

enveloping worm gear set is used for maximum<br />

strength and machine life.<br />

• Pneumatic, Hydraulic or Electric Drive<br />

• Single Point Module<br />

• Form Tool or Carbide Insert Cutting<br />

• Versatile Mounting Options<br />

The stable Model 236B BEVELMASTER® platform<br />

provides unique ID mounted machining capabilities<br />

for heavy duty weld preparation on 12” to 36” pipe.<br />

The powerful ID mandrel shaft provides superior<br />

mounting strength and support which allows rapid<br />

setup and a strong, torque-accepting grip. A gear<br />

reduction unit on the feed system and adjustable<br />

tool modules combine with handy in-line feed<br />

knobs for ease of use. Strong hydraulic motor with<br />

worm drive provides maximum power for single<br />

point, flange facing, and form tooling. Optional<br />

accessory kits include ID tracking, Single Point/<br />

Flange Facing, Miter mandrel, template tracer, and<br />

range extension kits.<br />

• Removable Lifting Assembly and Stand<br />

• Hydraulic Drive<br />

• Designed for Maximum Accuracy and Reliability<br />

• 5” Feed Travel<br />

• Optional extended cutting ranges of up to 60”<br />

for Beveling and 68” for Flange Facing<br />

The rugged Model 442F has been designed to<br />

machines perfect sealing surfaces on flanges ranging<br />

from 14” (355.6mm) ID through 42” (1066.8mm)<br />

OD. The machining range can be extended (with an<br />

optional extension kit ) to 73.0” (1854.2mm) OD to<br />

handle your largest flanges with ease.<br />

• 3 Way Autofeed System: Integrated lead screw feeds<br />

the bar, the carriage, or the compound slide<br />

• Fully adjustable slide permits boring, turning & facing<br />

• Unique mounting system provides precision<br />

centering and alignment<br />

• Backlash Regulator: Preloaded braking system provides<br />

smooth performance through interrupted cuts<br />

• Quick-change dual-speed gearbox delivers optimum<br />

cutting speeds<br />

• Strong, reversible motor with worm drive<br />

• Counter Balanced for consistent cutting speed -<br />

uphill and downhill<br />

• Tapered bushings adjust to zero clearance for<br />

maximum rigidity.<br />

MODEL 224B<br />

MODEL 201BA<br />

Tri Tool’s Model 224B BEVELMASTER® is the premier<br />

machine available in the industry for beveling,<br />

facing and/or counterboring 8” through 24” pipe,<br />

and counterboring IDs greater than 8.5 inch. This<br />

machine comes configured with an in-line feed<br />

control, precision laser-etched feed increments, and<br />

new style grip handles that reduce operator fatigue.<br />

The incredibly smooth action has power to spare<br />

thanks to a strong pneumatic drive motor mounted<br />

at a right angle to the lathe head. The innovative two<br />

speed gearbox enables you to select the optimum<br />

gear ratio for the work at hand. Three rugged<br />

integrated tooling arms allow for simultaneous<br />

machining operations with exceptional precision.<br />

• Single Point Kit for Beveling up to 42” and<br />

Flange Facing up to 50”<br />

• Removable Stand/Lifting Frame<br />

• Quick Change 2 Speed Gearbox<br />

• ID Tracking Module Kit and Miter Mandrel Kit<br />

• Preloaded Ball Bearing Design Provides Quiet Precision<br />

• Heavy Duty Stand & Lifting Ring<br />

The lightweight, compact design and small<br />

diameter bolt-on cutting head of the Model 201BA<br />

BEVELMASTER® allow it to perform rapid, accurate<br />

machining in tight spaces, making it perfect for<br />

boiler use. The OD mounting – no mandrel design<br />

(clamps to the outside of tube or pipe) allows this<br />

machine to successfully work on boiler tubes with<br />

inside diameters under 1” with less damage than<br />

ID mounting with a mandrel system. The machine<br />

provides rapid clamping saddle adjustments and a<br />

right angle feed knob with all controls (feed, clamp,<br />

motor) on the outside of the tube panel opening for<br />

safe and easy operation. The narrow width of only<br />

1.45” permits use on waterwall cutout windows<br />

and between boiler panels. The Model 201BA’s two<br />

adjustable saddles cover the full cutting size range.<br />

• Optional Cutting Heads<br />

• Thin Design for Cut-out Windows<br />

• Adjustable Clamping<br />

SPECIFICATIONS ON NEXT PAGE<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

45


ACCESSORIES<br />

TRI TOOL INC.<br />

1<br />

PIPE BEVELING AND FLANGE FACING EQUIPMENT (ID MOUNT) – SPECIFICATIONS<br />

SPECIFICATIONS: Pipe size Min - Max Tube Size Min ID - Max OD Max Wall Capacity Feed Travel Weight Absolute Mounting Range<br />

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) ID - OD (mm)<br />

Model 204B 42.2 - 114.3 15.49 - 114.3 13.5 38.1 8.86 15.49 - 114.3<br />

BOILERMASTER®* 42.2 - 114.3 15.49 - 114.3 13.5 38.1 8.16 15.49 - 114.3<br />

Model 208B 60.3 - 219.07 41.4 - 255.3 22.2 73.0 25.4 41.4 - 255.3<br />

Model 214B 114.3 - 355.6 87.4 - 357.6 33.40 50.8 36.3 87.32 - 357.6<br />

Model 224B 219 - 609.6 173 1 - 609.6 2 59.4 136.6 190 173 1 - 609.6 2<br />

Model 236B 323.8 - 914.4 3 290.4 1 - 914.4 2 33.3 127.0 554 290.4 1 - 914.4 2<br />

Model 201BA 2 13.71 - 60.32 6.35 2 - 50.8 2 10.16 19.05 6.8 6.35 2 - 50.8 2<br />

Model 442F For Flange Dia. 14” (355.6 mm) up to 73” (1854.2 mm) with extension kit. 5 N/A Variable Speed 183.2 6 355.6 1 - 1828.8 1<br />

* The BOILERMASTER® is configured with features most desirable for use in boilers on water<br />

walls and headers, whereas the 204B BEVELMASTER® is configured for general purpose<br />

pipe beveling. A full complement of optional accessories are available for each model.<br />

1 ID,<br />

2 OD,<br />

3 Specialized kits extend size range above 36” (call for more info),<br />

4 Single Point Module extends range to 30” (762 mm),<br />

5 Up to 42” (1066 mm) with standard machine,<br />

6 Standard machine configuration.<br />

Model 204B BEVELMASTER ®<br />

BOILERMASTER ®<br />

Model 208B BEVELMASTER®<br />

4.00"<br />

(101.6 mm)<br />

16.42"<br />

(417.1 mm)<br />

2.63"<br />

(66.8 mm)<br />

16.42"<br />

(417.1 mm)<br />

17.95"<br />

(455.93 mm)<br />

8.97"<br />

(227.8 mm)<br />

8.72"<br />

(221.5 mm)<br />

8.77"<br />

(222.76 mm)<br />

7.18"<br />

(182.4 mm)<br />

10.13"<br />

(257.3 mm)<br />

Cutting<br />

Head<br />

On/Off<br />

Control w/<br />

Safety<br />

Lever<br />

Air Flow<br />

(Speed)<br />

Control Valve<br />

In-Line<br />

Feed<br />

Control<br />

19.88"<br />

(505.0 mm)<br />

Cutting<br />

Head<br />

On/Off<br />

Control w/<br />

Safety<br />

Lever<br />

Air Flow<br />

(Speed)<br />

Control Valve<br />

8.66"<br />

(220.0 mm)<br />

Mandrel Tightening Handle<br />

Right-Angle<br />

Feed Control<br />

19.88"<br />

(505.0 mm)<br />

23.07"<br />

(585.98 mm)<br />

(3 ea.)Bolt-on<br />

Tool Bit<br />

Holder<br />

9.16"<br />

(232.66 mm)<br />

Rot. Dia.<br />

On/Off Control w/<br />

Safety Lever<br />

Air Flow<br />

(Speed)<br />

Control Valve<br />

Feed<br />

Control<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Model 214B BEVELMASTER ®<br />

Model 224B BEVELMASTER ®<br />

Model 236B BEVELMASTER ®<br />

21.25"<br />

(539.25 mm)<br />

Adjustable C.G. Lifting Eye<br />

10.75"<br />

9.00"<br />

40.00"<br />

(273.05 mm)<br />

(228.6 mm)<br />

(1016 mm)<br />

20.90"<br />

Max Rot.<br />

Dia.<br />

27.00"<br />

(530.86 mm)<br />

(685.8 mm)<br />

Rot. Dia.<br />

5.38"<br />

(136.65 mm)<br />

10.50"<br />

(266.7 mm)<br />

(3 ea.)<br />

Bolt-on<br />

Tool Bit<br />

Holder<br />

15.35"<br />

(389.9 mm)<br />

Feed<br />

Rot. Dia.<br />

Control<br />

21.75"<br />

Optional Floorstand<br />

39.75"<br />

24.0"<br />

(552.45 mm)<br />

(1009.65 mm)<br />

(609.6 mm)<br />

On/Off<br />

Control w/<br />

Air Flow<br />

Safety<br />

(Speed)<br />

Lever<br />

Control Valve<br />

Model 201BA BEVELMASTER ®<br />

Model 442F FLANGEMASTER ®<br />

3.00"<br />

25.41"<br />

(76.2 mm)<br />

49.06" (1246.1 mm)<br />

(645.4 mm)<br />

Air Flow (Speed)<br />

Max Rotating Dia. w/<br />

Control Valve Clamping Saddle Nut<br />

Standard Tool Bar<br />

On/Off<br />

Feed Knob<br />

77.84" (1977.1 mm)<br />

Mounting<br />

Trigger<br />

Max Rotating Dia. w/<br />

Head<br />

11.16"<br />

Extended Tool Bar<br />

16.95"<br />

(283.5 mm)<br />

(430.5 mm)<br />

45.90"<br />

(1165.9 mm)<br />

Clamping Saddle<br />

9.59"<br />

(243.6<br />

Adjustable Tool<br />

1.45" or 2" Head<br />

mm)<br />

Slide Assy.<br />

Fixed or Adjust.<br />

Centering Saddle<br />

18.35"<br />

1.45"<br />

21.28"<br />

8.68"<br />

(466.0 mm)<br />

(36.8 mm)<br />

(540.5 mm)<br />

(220.5 mm)<br />

Adjustable Saddle Nut<br />

48.16"<br />

(1223.3 mm)<br />

26.02"<br />

(660.9 mm)<br />

Feed Travel 5.0"<br />

(127.0 mm)<br />

21.38"<br />

(543.1 mm)<br />

36.00"<br />

(914.4 mm)<br />

47.50"<br />

(1206.5 mm)<br />

46 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TRI TOOL INC.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

600 SERIES PORTABLE PIPE SEVERING, BEVELING AND WELD END PREP EQUIPMENT<br />

(SPLIT FRAME CLAMSHELLS)<br />

Every day, industries around the world use Tri Tool®<br />

OD mounted lathes to provide rapid, dependable,<br />

portable precision machining for numerous pipe<br />

cutting applications. Precision welded piping<br />

systems are essential to successful production at<br />

power generating plants, manufacturing facilities,<br />

petrochemical plants, and in countless other<br />

industries. High performance welded piping systems<br />

require welds of the highest quality possible. The<br />

execution of these welds often requires the use of<br />

orbital welding equipment that demand precision<br />

weld preparation for success. Pipe, valve, flange or<br />

fitting replacement jobs are often located in confined<br />

work areas with little clearance between the work<br />

and obstructions. The location of the cut may be<br />

“in-line” on a length of pipe where only a machine<br />

that can split into sections to mount around the<br />

pipe will work. Additionally, cuts may be required<br />

where thermal cutting is not permissible. Tri Tool® OD<br />

mounted “clamshell” lathes have been developed to<br />

reliably address these problems: In-Line Pipe Cutting<br />

& Beveling, Maximum Portability, Cold Cutting - No<br />

Heat Affected Zone, Small Operating Envelope,<br />

Maximum Machining Options, Superior Reliability.<br />

600 SERIES OD MOUNTING RANGE CHART<br />

1<br />

This graph illustrates the pipe size mounting ranges for TRI TOOL® split frame lathes (black). Lines indicate standard pipe sizes. When using optional or<br />

custom accessories with SB and RBL Series lathes, cutting ranges may be expanded to include smaller pipe sizes than those shown.<br />

SBCM COLLET LATHES<br />

Model 601 SBCM (1/8” to 1” Pipe)<br />

Model 602 SBCM (1” to 2” Pipe)<br />

Model 603 SBCM (1.25” Pipe to 3” Tube)<br />

Model 603.5 SBCM (2.5” Pipe to 4” Tube)<br />

SBCM Series low profile split-frame collet type lathes<br />

are excellent for precision tube and pipe severing and<br />

beveling in tight spaces. These unique lathes have<br />

the capability to split in two for mounting on either<br />

side of in-line 1/8” pipe to 4” tube in order to perform<br />

precision severing and/or beveling. The SBCM Series<br />

offers secure collet type clamping that provides not<br />

only self-centering, but also protects the work from<br />

distortion or damage from clamping forces. They are<br />

protected by a tough Nickel plating that makes them<br />

easy to clean and decontaminate. Their design requires<br />

only a short perch length for operation, and are sized<br />

to cover a wide range of cutting applications. Bits<br />

can be specified to provide optimal cutting results<br />

on specific materials. With the ability to efficiently<br />

combine different end finishing operations, the SBCM<br />

ensures that you get reliable, repeatable results, each<br />

and every time.<br />

• Collet mounting - prevents deforming thin wall pipe<br />

& tube<br />

• Simple, precise in-line cutting<br />

• Sever and prep in one step<br />

• Compact design - perfect for low radial profile<br />

operation<br />

• Flexible drive shaft option with quick detach bayonet<br />

mount<br />

• The perfect machining solution for field tie-ins<br />

(Model 602 SBCM Shown)<br />

4<br />

4<br />

1 Drive housing<br />

2 Split Line<br />

3 Drive Input<br />

4 Tripper Assy.<br />

5 Collet<br />

6 Tool Holder<br />

7 Tool Bit<br />

Notes:<br />

A. Please refer to the<br />

operator's manual<br />

and/or technical<br />

specifications.<br />

B. Some listed<br />

specifications may<br />

refer to specific<br />

configurations,<br />

pipe schedules or<br />

material types.<br />

Model Pipe Mounting Rotating Parts Main Frame Max Wall Thickness Cut Line Clearance Cut Line Clearance Machine<br />

Size Range Range Diameter<br />

(RBL<br />

Diameter<br />

Model Shown)<br />

5 A.<br />

(w/ special procedures) (Mounting Side) (Opposite Frame) Weight<br />

Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) 6<br />

Lbs. (kg)<br />

601 SBCM 1/8 (10.3) - 1 (33.4).405 (10.3) - 1.31 (33.4) 3.45 (87.6) 1 3.25 Drive (82.6) housing .358 (9.09)<br />

1<br />

2.24 (56.9) .25 (6.35) 4.0 (1.81)<br />

602 SBCM 1 (33.4) - 2 (60.3) 1.31 (33.4) - 2.37 (60.3) 4.61 (117.1)<br />

7<br />

2 Split Line<br />

4.40 (111.8) .358 (9.09) 2.24 (56.9) .25 (6.35)<br />

3 Locator Pad<br />

6.0 (2.67)<br />

603 SBCM 1 1/4 (42.16) - 3” Tube 1.66 (42.16) - 3.0 (76.2) 5.25 (133.4) 45.03 Tripper (127.8) Assy. .358 (9.09) 2.19 (55.0) .25 (6.35) 6.2 (2.81)<br />

603.5 SBCM 2 1/2 (73.02) - 4” Tube 2.875 (73) - 4.0 (101.6) 6.23 (158.3)<br />

5 Tool Module<br />

6.03 (153.2) .358 (9.09) 2.67 (67.9) .25 (6.35) 8.7 (3.95)<br />

6 Tool Holder<br />

THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED AS A GUIDELINE ONLY TO ASSIST WITH THE SELECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO 2<br />

7 Tool Bit<br />

CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. CONTACT YOUR SALES<br />

REPRESENTATIVE FOR SPECIFIC DETAILS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.<br />

Notes:<br />

A. Pneu. Motor (shown) 3.00"<br />

(76.2mm) up to 612SB, 3.5"<br />

(88.9mm) 616SB and larger.<br />

B. Actual rotating diameter may be<br />

less depending on configuration<br />

and pipe size.<br />

Rotating<br />

Parts Dia.<br />

1<br />

7<br />

7<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Rotation<br />

B.<br />

Main<br />

Frame Dia.<br />

2<br />

3 3<br />

Cut Line<br />

Mounting Side<br />

Cut line Cl.<br />

Cut Line Cl.<br />

Opp. Frame<br />

6<br />

6<br />

5<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

47


ACCESSORIES<br />

TRI TOOL INC.<br />

1<br />

1” TO 48” SB LATHES 14” TO 60” RBL LATHES<br />

The split-frame SB lathes offer the precision and power to sever and bevel a wide range of pipe The 600 RBL series split frame lathes provide the highest degree of portability for applications<br />

sizes in the most demanding applications. The Model SB series lathes are designed for (Model severing 602 SBCM Shown)<br />

4<br />

4<br />

where lighter weight and easier handling is an important advantage. The RBL clamshells are<br />

and beveling of pipe from 1” through 48” and offer tool modules and accessories for a wide range designed to sever and bevel 7” through 60” in-line tube and pipe. These clamshells feature precise,<br />

of cutting operations from OD Tracking modules to complex, heavy-wall single-point 1 machining. Drive housing lightweight vee-track 1 roller bearings which feature low drag, with lower weight to maximize<br />

The large SB clamshells produce otherwise unattainable levels of accuracy and control, 2 critical Split Line portability. As with the venerable SB series, set-up and operation of the RBL clamshell is simple<br />

to pipe welding operations in heavy industry and power production. Because of the clamshell’s<br />

3 Drive Input and straightforward. The RBL features adjustable bearings and tool 3 slides to ensure long and 3<br />

power and superior stability, it is ideal for new construction, in-place maintenance, component<br />

4 Tripper Assy. dependable Rotating operation. Simultaneous sever and bevel operations are limited only by wall thickness.<br />

replacement, decommissioning and production.<br />

5 Collet With<br />

Parts<br />

the<br />

Dia.<br />

wide range of clamshell sizes and models, Tri Tool Inc. can provide 6 excellent matching of<br />

6 Tool Holder<br />

Features:<br />

equipment to the work being performed.<br />

Main<br />

7 Tool Bit<br />

Frame Dia.<br />

7<br />

5<br />

• Simultaneously sever and bevel thin or • Excellent for working in tight spaces with<br />

Features:<br />

Cut Line<br />

Notes:<br />

heavy-wall pipe<br />

little clearance<br />

A. Please refer to the • Low friction, field adjustable, bearing system • Adjustable OD mounting system<br />

2<br />

operator's manual<br />

• Numerous drive options<br />

• Cold cutting - No flames or Heat and/or Affected technical • Sever and bevel simultaneously<br />

• Cold cutting Mounting - means Side no heat affected zones<br />

specifications.<br />

Cut line Cl.<br />

• Adjustable OD mounting system featuring<br />

Zones<br />

B. Some listed<br />

• Requires low input horsepower<br />

• Modular design to enhance<br />

specifications may<br />

7<br />

Cut Line Cl.<br />

locator pads & jackscrews for additional • Extendable capabilities with additional refer to specific<br />

• Lightweight, easy to setup<br />

interchangeability Opp. Frame of parts<br />

configurations,<br />

stability<br />

machining accessories<br />

pipe schedules or<br />

material types.<br />

• Worm drive tool modules reduce vibration<br />

• Extended reach tool 6modules for deep severs<br />

and extend tool bit life<br />

Rotation<br />

Measurements indicate the basic machine fitted with standard tool modules.<br />

Optional low axial dimension tool modules are available for the 601SBM<br />

and 602.5SBM. Note: Measurements will vary from those indicated when<br />

machinery is configured for different pipe sizes.<br />

Pipe size range is based on ANSI pipe dimensions. Pipe sizes indicated with (*)<br />

indicate tube sizes, not pipe sizes.<br />

Machine weight is the lifting weight of the machine which includes the basic<br />

machine with standard tool modules.<br />

Rotating parts diameter is the dimension across the face of the machine,<br />

including its moving parts (inner ring and standard tool modules) when the<br />

machine is set-up for the maximum pipe size for the specific model. The<br />

rotating parts diameter becomes less when tool modules are positioned<br />

inward to reach smaller pipes.<br />

Nominal cut line is the dimension from the back of the machine to the center<br />

line of the tool bit slot.<br />

(RBL Model Shown)<br />

1 Drive housing<br />

2 Split Line<br />

3 Locator Pad<br />

4 Tripper Assy.<br />

5 Tool Module<br />

6 Tool Holder<br />

7 Tool Bit<br />

Notes:<br />

A. Pneu. Motor (shown) 3.00"<br />

(76.2mm) up to 612SB, 3.5"<br />

(88.9mm) 616SB and larger.<br />

B. Actual rotating diameter may be<br />

less depending on configuration<br />

and pipe size.<br />

1<br />

3<br />

4<br />

2<br />

B.<br />

6<br />

7<br />

5<br />

A.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Model Pipe Radial Machine Rotating Parts Machine Machine Base Frame Nominal<br />

Size Range Clearance Weight Diameter OD ID Width Cut Line<br />

Inch (mm) Inch (mm) lbs. (kg) Inch (mm) Inch (mm) I nch (mm) Inch (mm) Inch (mm)<br />

601SBM 1/4 (13.7) - 1 (33.4) 2.00 (50.8) 11.5 (5.2) 5.31 (134.9) 5.31 (134.9) 1.44 (36.6) 2.00 (50.8) 3.50 (88.9)<br />

602TSB *1 1/2 (38.1) - *2 (50.8) 1.49 (37.8) 12.0 (5.4) 4.98 (126.5) 4.98 (126.5) 2.10 (53.3) 2.50 (63.5) 4.00 (101.6)<br />

602.5SBM 1 (33.4) - *3 (76.2) 1.94 (49.3) 14.5 (6.6) 6.87 (174.5) 6.87 (174.5) 3.13 (79.5) 2.00 (50.8) 3.50 (88.9)<br />

604SB 2 (60.3) - 4 (114.3) 2.25 (57.2) 29 (13.1) 9.00 (228.6) 9.00 (228.6) 4.75 (120.7) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3)<br />

606SB 3 1/2 (101.6) - 6 (168.3) 2.25 (57.2) 37 (16.8) 11.12 (282.4) 11.12 (282.4) 6.87 (174.5) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3)<br />

608SB 5 (141.3) - 8 (219.1) 2.25 (57.2) 43 (19.5) 13.12 (333.2) 13.12 (333.2) 8.95 (227.3) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3)<br />

610SB 8 (219.1) - 10 (273.1) 2.50 (63.5) 55 (25.0) 15.75 (400.1) 15.75 (400.1) 11.20 (284.5) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3)<br />

612SB 10 (273.1) - 12 (323.9) 2.50 (63.5) 62 (28.1) 17.75 (450.9) 17.75 (450.9) 13.20 (335.3) 3.00 (76.2) 4.50 (114.3)<br />

616SB 12 (323.9) - 16 (406.4) 6.55 (166.4) 200 (91) 29.10 (739.1) 24.00 (609.6) 17.00 (431.8) 4.25 (108.0) 6.93 (176.0)<br />

620SB 16 (406.4) - 20 (508.0) 6.63 (168.4) 320 (145) 33.25 (844.6) 29.20 (741.7) 21.20 (538.5) 4.90 (124.5) 7.58 (192.5)<br />

624SB 20 (508.0) - 24 (609.6) 6.70 (170.2) 350 (159) 37.40 (950.0) 33.40 (848.4) 25.40 (645.2) 4.90 (124.5) 7.58 (192.5)<br />

630SB 26 (660.4) - 30 (762.0) 6.75 (171.5) 420 (191) 43.50 (1104.9) 39.50 (1003.3) 31.50 (800.1) 4.90 (124.5) 7.58 (192.5)<br />

636SB 32 (812.8) - 36 (914.4) 7.05 (179.1) 490 (223) 50.10 (1272.5) 46.00 (1168.4) 38.00 (965.2) 4.90 (124.5) 7.58 (192.5)<br />

642SB 38 (965.2) - 42 (1066.8) 7.10 (180.3) 570 (259) 56.20 (1427.5) 52.00 (1320.8) 44.00 (1117.6) 4.90 (124.5) 7.58 (192.5)<br />

648SB 44 (1117.6) - 48 (1219.2) 7.15 (181.6) 820 (372) 62.30 (1582.4) 58.00 (1473.2) 50.00 (1270.0) 5.75 (146.1) 8.43 (214.1)<br />

614RBL *7 (177.8) - 14 (355.6) 8.09 (205.5) 146 (66) 30.00 (762.0) 21.10 (535.9) 15.00 (381.0) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

616RBL 10 (273.1) - 16 (406.4) 8.13 (206.5) 159 (72) 32.10 (815.3) 23.10 (586.7) 17.00 (431.8) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

620RBL 14 (355.6) - 20 (508.0) 8.15 (207.0) 184 (83) 36.20 (919.5) 27.10 (688.3) 21.00 (533.4) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

624RBL 18 (457.2) - 24 (609.6) 8.31 (211.1) 207 (94) 40.55 (1030.0) 31.10 (789.9) 25.00 (635.0) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

630RBL 24 (609.6) - 30 (762.0) 8.34 (211.8) 239 (108) 46.65 (1184.9) 37.10 (942.3) 31.00 (787.4) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

636RBL 30 (762.0) - 36 (914.4) 8.38 (212.9) 264 (120) 52.75 (1339.8) 43.10 (1094.7) 37.00 (939.8) 3.31 (84.1) 6.15 (156.2)<br />

648RBL 42 (1066.8) - 48 (1219.2) 9.00 (228.6) 940 (427) 67.50 (1714.5) 60.00 (1524.0) 50.00 (1270.0) 5.13 (130.3) 7.97 (202.4)<br />

660RBL 54 (1371.6) - 60 (1524.0) 9.00 (228.6) 1120 (508) 79.50 (<strong>2019</strong>.3) 72.00 (1828.8) 62.00 (1574.8) 5.13 (130.3) 7.97 (202.4)<br />

48 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TRI TOOL INC.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

MODEL 765RVC TRI TOOL® HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY<br />

Tri Tool® Hydraulic Power Supplies provide power for hydraulic motors with characteristics<br />

perfectly matched to machining operations. The units incorporate adjustable volume,<br />

constant flow pressure responsive pumps for optimum power delivery as required by pipe<br />

lathes to machine a wide range of pipe sizes and materials.<br />

1<br />

The Model 765RVC is a premium 20 GPM power supply with a low voltage full function<br />

remote control pendant. The pendant provides Stop/Start, Forward/ Neutral/Reverse, and<br />

Volume control functions. Pendant extensions and hose kits allow operation of the lathes<br />

up to 200’ away from the power supply. The unit incorporates full flow recirculation and<br />

reservoir filters, phase monitor to prevent reverse rotation or motor burn out due to phase<br />

loss or brown out, forward and reverse flow pressure bypass valves, oil cooler and thermal<br />

overload protection. Primary power for the 15 HP, 3 phase 50/60 Hz electric motor can be<br />

set for 208, 230, 380, 415, or 480 VAC.<br />

• 0 to 15 GPM Pressure Responsive, Variable<br />

Volume Pump<br />

• 15 HP, 3 Phase Industrial Motor<br />

• 0 to 1800 PSI<br />

• Voltage options: 240v, 380v, 480v, 50 or 60 Hz<br />

• 24v Start/Stop Pendant Control<br />

• Phase Sensor to Prevent Reverse Rotation of<br />

Motor<br />

ILUC SERIES INTERNAL LINE-UP CLAMPS CLAMPMASTER<br />

ILUC 810<br />

The ILUC clamp series was developed to provide internal line up for welding of small-bore<br />

piping systems. This modular system allows for different configurations to fit a wide variety<br />

of applications. Available options include copper backing for root pass integrity, purge dams<br />

for TIG welding, and a pneumatic drive system for horizontal operations. For vertical use,<br />

an emergency brake system is actuated on loss of pneumatic pressure or electrical current<br />

preventing the clamp from dropping into the pipeline.<br />

ILUC 1012<br />

MODEL Standard Pipe Size Range Metric Size<br />

ILUC 6 6” 168.3mm<br />

ILUC 810 8” to 10” 219 to 273mm<br />

ILUC 1012 10” to 12” 273 to 323.9mm<br />

ILUC 1416 14” to 16” 355.6 to 406.4mm<br />

ILUC 1820 18” to 20” 457.2 to 508mm<br />

ILUC 2224 22” to 24” 558.8 to 609.6mm<br />

ILUC 2628 26” to 28” 660.4 to 711.4mm<br />

ILUC 3032 30” to 32” 762 to 812.8mm<br />

ILUC 3436 34” to 36” 863.6 to 914.4mm<br />

ILUC 3840 38” to 40” 965.2 to 1016mm<br />

ILUC 4244 42” to 44” 1066 to 1117mm<br />

ILUC 4648 46” to 48” 1168 to 1219mm<br />

ILUC 5052 50” to 52” 1270 to 1321mm<br />

ILUC 5456 54” to 56” 1372 to 1422mm<br />

ILUC 5860 58” to 60” 1472 to 1524mm<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

49


ACCESSORIES<br />

TRI TOOL INC.<br />

1<br />

TRI TOOL® PIPE FACING MACHINES<br />

Tri Tool’s pipeline equipment is establishing new standards for portable pipe facing machines in terms of both speed and precision results. Tri<br />

Tool’s PIPEMASTER Series are redefining the performance and precision standards for offshore and deep water pipeline facing machines. Global trends in<br />

petroleum demand have extended exploration regions creating a critical demand for pipeline equipment and pipeline services to support operations at<br />

deeper depths. Difficult offshore projects require extensive levels of customer co-engineering and logistics support to ensure that machines in missioncritical<br />

roles receive the parts and specialized accessories needed to perform reliable and efficiently in the world’s harshest working environments.<br />

MODEL PFM 614 PIPEMASTER OD MOUNTED PORTABLE PIPELINE BEVELING SYSTEM<br />

The PFM 614 is a portable OD mount machine tool for beveling and facing 6” (168.3mm) through 14” (355.6mm) pipe.<br />

The machine can cut on pipe down to 4” (thinwall) size with special tooling. The tool is configured with a dual hydraulic<br />

drive motor powering a set of helical gears attached to the main spindle. An auto-feed hydraulic cylinder with rapid and<br />

slow feed control provides accurate cutting head control. One hydraulically actuated OD clamping head assembly with<br />

mounting pads covers the whole range of the tool.<br />

• 6” to 14” (168.3 to 355.6mm), wall up to 2.48”<br />

(63mm)<br />

• Optional short perch length mounting for collars and<br />

coating cut-backs<br />

• Safety chip guard with integral auto shut-off<br />

SPECIFICATIONS PFM 614<br />

Standard Pipe Size Range 6” to 14”<br />

Metric Size<br />

168.3 to 355.6mm<br />

Rotating Diameter 17.375”, 441.3mm<br />

Max Wall Thickness<br />

(subject to limitations) 2.48” (63mm)<br />

Weight<br />

2650 lbs, 1202 kg<br />

MODEL PFM 816 PIPEMASTER® ID MOUNTED PORTABLE PIPELINE BEVELING SYSTEM<br />

The Model 816 PIPEMASTER® is a portable ID mount machine tool for beveling, facing and/or counter-boring 8”<br />

(219mm) through 16” (406.4mm) pipe. The tool is configured with dual hydraulic motor drives, that power helical gears<br />

attached to the main spindle. A set of two hydraulic cylinders (with rapid and slow feed control) advance the cutting<br />

head into the pipe end. A 4” diameter mandrel shaft is provided for optimum stability during heavy cutting operations.<br />

One hydraulically actuated mandrel head assembly with mounting pads covers the whole range of the tool.<br />

• 8” to 16” (219 to 406.4mm), wall thickness up to 1.6”<br />

(40.6mm)<br />

• Safety chip guard with integral auto shut-off<br />

• Most powerful in it’s class<br />

SPECIFICATIONS PFM 816<br />

Standard Pipe Size Range 8” to 16”<br />

Metric Size<br />

219.1 to 406.4mm<br />

Rotating Diameter 4”, 609mm<br />

Max Wall Thickness<br />

(subject to limitations) 1.6” (40.6mm)<br />

Weight<br />

2640 lbs, 1197 kg<br />

MODEL PFM 1632 PIPEMASTER® ID MOUNTED PORTABLE PIPELINE BEVELING SYSTEM<br />

The Model PFM 1632 PIPEMASTER® is a portable ID mount machine tool for beveling, facing and/or counter-boring<br />

16” (406.4mm) through 32” (812.8mm) pipe. The machine can machine pipes up to 36” with a special tracking wheel<br />

configuration on pipe with up to a 1” wall thickness. The tool is configured with twin hydraulic motor drives that power<br />

helical drive gears attached to the main spindle for smoother power delivery for optimal surface finish. A set of two<br />

hydraulic cylinders (with rapid and slow feed control) advance the cutting head into the pipe end. A large diameter<br />

mandrel shaft is provided for optimum stability during heavy cutting operations. One hydraulically actuated mandrel<br />

head with extended mounting ring assemblies and mounting pads covers the complete mounting range of the tool. The<br />

lifting frame does not require removal or separate lay down stands. The tool can be lifted for mounting in horizontal,<br />

vertical-up, or vertical-down positions for prepping on site pipes.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

• 16” to 32” (406.4 to 812.8mm), wall thickness up to<br />

1.85” (47mm)<br />

• Safety chip guard with integral auto shut-off<br />

• Setting new standards for Pipeline Facing Machines!<br />

• Widest pipe size range in the industry<br />

• Most powerful machine in it’s class<br />

MODEL PFM 3248 PIPEMASTER® ID MOUNTED PORTABLE PIPELINE BEVELING SYSTEM<br />

SPECIFICATIONS PFM 1632<br />

Standard Pipe Size Range 16” to 32”<br />

Metric Size<br />

406.4 to 813mm<br />

Rotating Diameter 40”, 1016mm<br />

Max Wall Thickness<br />

(subject to limitations) 1.85” (47mm)<br />

Weight<br />

5200 lbs, 2359 kg<br />

The PFM 3248 PIPEMASTER® is an ID mount machine tool for beveling, facing and/or counter-boring 32” (812mm) to<br />

48” (1219mm) pipe. The tool is configured with twin hydraulic drive motors that power a helical gear train attached<br />

to the main spindle for smoother power delivery and optimal surface finish. A set of hydraulic cylinders, with rapid<br />

and slow feed control advance and feed the cutting head into the pipe. A large diameter mandrel shaft is provided for<br />

optimum stability during heavy cutting operations. Two hydraulically actuated mandrel heads with mounting pads are<br />

available, a 24” to 32” mounting head (avail as accessory), and the standard 32” to 48” mounting head.<br />

• 32” to 48” (812.8 to 1219mm), wall thickness up to<br />

2.00” (50.8mm)<br />

• Safety chip guard with integral auto shut-off<br />

• Setting new standards for Pipeline Facing Machines!<br />

• Widest pipe size range in the industry<br />

• Most powerful machine in it’s class<br />

• Five ID tracking radial arms<br />

SPECIFICATIONS PFM 3248<br />

Standard Pipe Size Range 32” to 48”<br />

Metric Size<br />

813 to 1219mm<br />

Rotating Diameter 56”, 1422mm<br />

Max Wall Thickness<br />

(subject to limitations) 2.0” (50.8mm)<br />

Weight<br />

9700 lbs, 4400 kg<br />

50 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

ARDROX 8901W, ARDROX 800/3 & 800/51<br />

1<br />

ARDROX 800/3 & 800/51<br />

High Sensitivity Black Magnetic Ink<br />

ARDROX 8901W<br />

White Background Lacquer (Non Chlorinated)<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

A8901W/03308<br />

Ardrox 8901W is a suspension of white pigment in a resin base, which utilizes a fast drying,<br />

solvent system to facilitate speed and ease of application.<br />

USES<br />

Ardrox 8901W is used in conjunction with the Ardrox visible magnetic particle inspection<br />

processes. It provides an excellent contrasting white background when dark steels are being<br />

tested. Ardrox 8901W provides a matt finish which assists the viewing of defects due to the<br />

lack of reflections produced.<br />

The smooth surface finish provided by this product allows the magnetic ink to remain<br />

mobile on the surface for longer, thus assisting the detection of the defects.<br />

APPROVALS<br />

When sprayed to a minimum dry film thickness of 25 microns, Ardrox 8901W conforms to<br />

the requirements of BS 5044, “Contrast Aid Paint Used In Magnetic Particle Flaw Detection”.<br />

Surface drying time classification is category A. Classification of paint by flash point –<br />

highly flammable.<br />

METHOD OF USE<br />

The metal surface is first cleaned to remove rust, scale paint or other contaminants. If water<br />

is used in the process, ensure the component is dried. The final cleaning operation should be<br />

to degrease the surface using Ardrox 9PR50C, then allow it to flash dry.<br />

Ardrox 8901W is then sprayed directly from an aerosol (ensure the aerosol is thoroughly<br />

shaken to disperse all settled white pigment – agitator balls are present in the aerosol to aid<br />

dispersion).<br />

Ardrox 8901W should be applied in order to produce a thin even coating over the surface<br />

being inspected. The coating will dry almost immediately and the appropriate magnetizing<br />

mode can be used to produce the requisite amount of magnetic flux in the component.<br />

When using current flow or “prod” techniques, ensure that the contact area is not coated<br />

with Ardrox 8901W since it will act as an electrical insulator. If necessary, clean those areas<br />

with Ardrox 5319 prior to magnetization.<br />

Coatings of Ardrox 8901W are not affected by the grades of kerosene commonly used as<br />

carriers for magnetic inks.<br />

The equipment required to produce magnetic flux in the component can vary from small,<br />

hand held units to large, purpose built lathe type benches. SureChem Industries supply a<br />

complete range of Ardrox magnetizing equipment and we would be pleased to offer advice<br />

on the most suitable unit for any component.<br />

When the inspection has been completed, Ardrox 8901W may be removed using Ardrox<br />

5319.<br />

Note: The surface roughness will affect the ease of removal.<br />

EFFECTS ON MATERIALS<br />

When Ardrox 8901W is used in the prescribed manner no significant corrosion is likely to<br />

be encountered on any ferromagnetic materials. The product will degrade the majority<br />

of plastics and rubbers. Intending users are advised to check the compatibility of Ardrox<br />

8901W with any non metallic materials that the product may come in contact with, before<br />

use.<br />

PRECAUTIONS<br />

Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing .<br />

In case of eye contact, irrigate thoroughly with plenty of water and seek medical advice.<br />

In case of skin contact, wash thoroughly with soap and water.<br />

When spraying, use under condition of adequate ventilation (do not inhale spray or vapour).<br />

No smoking or other open flames should be permitted when using this product.<br />

REFER TO MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE USE.<br />

TECHNICAL INFORMATION<br />

Appearance: Fine dispersion of a white pigment in a colourless solvent<br />

Density: 0.89g/ml at 20°C<br />

Flash Point: Minus 20°C (Closed Cup)<br />

These are typical values and do not constitute a specification.<br />

Storage requirements:<br />

Store at ambient temperature, in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight or other sources<br />

of heat.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

A800/3-51/03310<br />

Ardrox 800/3 is a ready to use high sensitivity black magnetic ink consisting of black iron<br />

oxide with a controlled, fine particle size, mineral oil and suspending agent in a high flash,<br />

low aromatic petroleum distillate.<br />

Ardrox 800/51 is a fluid concentrate consisting of highly sensitive black iron oxide with<br />

controlled, fine particle size, suspending agent and mineral oil. It is readily dispersible in<br />

a suitable petroleum distillate, eg. Ardrox Base Oil SC2 to produce a working ink similar to<br />

Ardrox 800/3. Ardrox 800/51 must be diluted with a solvent conforming to AMS 2641 for<br />

the resulting magnetic ink to comply with AMS 3041C.<br />

Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 (when suitably diluted) conforms to the requirements of AMS<br />

3041C and are approved by Rolls Royce to MSRR 9976.<br />

Ardrox 800/3 is available in aerosol packs complying with AMS 3043B.<br />

Defence Stock No. for Ardrox 800/3 4940-66-<br />

120-8165 for 5 litre packs<br />

6850-66-114-6534 for aerosol packs.<br />

USES<br />

Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 (when suitably diluted) are used for revealing surface and near<br />

surface defects in ferro-magnetic materials, eg. mild and low alloy steels.<br />

METHOD OF USE<br />

Heavy deposits of grease, rust, scale and paint should be removed prior to inspection.<br />

The component is then magnetized and the magnetic ink applied either by dipping, flowing<br />

or spraying. The component is inspected for defects in daylight or good artificial light.<br />

Defects will show as a collection of black particles.<br />

In areas where it is difficult to see the black indications, eg. on oxidised or other dark<br />

surfaces, contrast may be greatly improved by applying a coating of Ardrox 8901W<br />

background lacquer prior to application of the magnetic ink.<br />

The working concentration of Ardrox 800/51 is 20 g/litre of concentrate in petroleum<br />

distillate. Ardrox 800/3 is used as supplied without any dilution. Containers of Ardrox 800/3<br />

must be thoroughly shaken before use.<br />

METHOD OF CONTROL<br />

The solids content of the tank should be checked regularly. This is best achieved by running<br />

100ml of the ink into an ASTM D96 centrifuge tube, allowing to settle for 60 minutes and<br />

reading the solids content in ml. If it is below the required volume Ardrox 800/51 should be<br />

added. As a guide, for every 0.1 ml below the required volume add 5g of Ardrox 800/51 per<br />

5 litres of ink. The material should then be thoroughly dispersed into the bath.<br />

EFFECT ON MATERIALS<br />

When Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51 are used in the recommended manner no significant<br />

corrosion is likely to be encountered.<br />

Some thermoplastics and certain rubbers may be softened or swollen with prolonged<br />

contact and intending users are advised to check the compatibility of such materials with<br />

the products.<br />

PRECAUTIONS Ardrox 800/3 and 800/51<br />

Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wear protective clothing including impervious gloves.<br />

In case of skin contact wash thoroughly with soap and water. In case of eye contact irrigate<br />

thoroughly with plenty of water and seek medical advice.<br />

Ardrox 800/3 only: Avoid inhalation of vapour. Ensure adequate ventilation. No smoking,<br />

naked flames or sparks permitted.<br />

Ardrox 800/51 only: The major hazard with Ardrox 800/51 will relate to the petroleum<br />

solvent with which it is diluted. (Obtain health and safety information from the supplier).<br />

REFER TO MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BEFORE USE.<br />

TECHNICAL INFORMATION<br />

Ardrox 800/3 Ardrox 800/51<br />

Appearance: Readily suspendible black powder Black viscous liquid<br />

in colourless, mobile liquid<br />

Solids content: 1.8ml per 100ml of ink As for Ardrox 800/3<br />

(When suitably diluted).<br />

Flash Point: 110°C P.M.C.C. 160°C P.M.C.C.<br />

These are typical values and do not constitute a specification.<br />

Typical practical coverage: 3.26 square metres or approximately 110 metres of weld.<br />

(Figures for 1 x 300g aerosol of Ardrox 800/3 ).<br />

Storage Requirements: Store in a cool place<br />

GENERAL INFORMATION<br />

SureChem Industries market a wide range of products and processes for the detection of<br />

surface defects by both visible and fluorescent methods, along with a wide range of chemical<br />

products and associated equipment for cleaning, descaling, paint and carbon removal<br />

and metal protection. Our Sales Engineers would be pleased to advise on any particular<br />

problems.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

51


ACCESSORIES<br />

1<br />

ARDROX 907PB<br />

ARDROX 907PB<br />

Visual Red Dye Aerosol Process<br />

DESCRIPTION A907PB aero/01173<br />

Packed in aerosols, the Ardrox 907PB process provides an effective portable method of flaw<br />

detection. These products do not contain chlorinated solvents and are particularly low in<br />

chloride and sulphur contaminants.<br />

It consists of:-<br />

Ardrox 907PB<br />

Red Dye Penetrant<br />

Ardrox 9PR50C<br />

Precleaner and Penetrant Remover<br />

Ardrox 9D1B<br />

Developer<br />

The process conforms to AMS 2644 Type II Methods A and C, and complies with ASME Boiler<br />

and Pressure Vessel Code.<br />

These products exceed international laws regarding ozone depleting substances and comply<br />

with Australian and New Zealand legislation regarding aerosol products.<br />

USES<br />

The Ardrox 907PB Flaw Detection Process is used as a local inspection method to find cracks,<br />

porosity and similar surface discontinuties in all types of metals, ceramics and certain<br />

plastics. It has wide uses in the general engineering industry.<br />

Where large structures are encountered Ardrox 907PB may be more easily used as a water<br />

washable penetrant and excess penetrant removed with water.<br />

METHOD OF USE<br />

Essentially the process consists of the following stages:-<br />

1. Ensure that the surface to be inspected is free from rust, scale, carbon, paint, oil or<br />

grease. Clean the area to be inspected with Ardrox 9PR50C.<br />

2. Apply Ardrox 907PB to the area to be inspected and allow the penetrant to remain on<br />

the surface for 10-30 minutes. Remove as much as possible of the excess penetrant by<br />

wiping with a clean cloth or tissue. Remove the remaining excess penetrant with a cloth<br />

or tissue moistened with Ardrox 9PR50C or water.<br />

3. Spray a thin even film of Ardrox 9D1B onto the surface and leave for 10 minutes.<br />

4. Inspect for defects in daylight or good artificial light. Cracks, folds or cold shuts are<br />

revealed as red lines and porosity as a series of dots.<br />

EFFECTS ON MATERIALS<br />

The process is safe to use on all metals. Some plastics may be degraded by the solvents and<br />

this should be checked before use where such materials are likely to be encountered.<br />

PRECAUTIONS<br />

In aerosol the products are classified as flammable compressed gases and must be used<br />

under conditions of good ventilation to maintain the vapours below the lower explosive limit<br />

(L.E.L.). In confined areas some form of forced ventilation is recommended. Smoking should<br />

not be allowed when using the process. The normal precautions associated with aerosols<br />

should be observed.<br />

PLEASE REFER TO OUR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS BEFORE USE.<br />

TECHNICAL INFORMATION<br />

FLASH POINT<br />

L.E.L<br />

Ardrox 907PB Red Dye Penetrant >100°C P.M.C.C 1-12%<br />

Ardrox 9PR50C Precleaner/Penetrant Remover Minus 7°C Closed Cup 1-5%<br />

Ardrox 9D1B Developer Minus 20°C Closed Cup 2-13%<br />

These are typical values and do not constitute a specification.<br />

GENERAL INFORMATION<br />

SureChem Industries market a wide range of products and processes for finding surface<br />

defects by both visible and fluorescent methods, along with a wide range of chemical<br />

products and associated equipment for cleaning, descaling, paint and carbon removal<br />

and metal protection. Our Sales Engineers would be pleased to advise on any particular<br />

problems.<br />

WELDING CABLE SELECTION<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Part Number Size in Sq. mm Current rating Approx. Weight<br />

(Amps @ 100%) diameter (mm) (KG per M)<br />

7901221 25mm sq. 160 11.3 0.297<br />

7901222 35mm sq. 200 12.6 0.395<br />

7901223 50mm sq. 250 14.2 0.536<br />

7901224 70mm sq. 315 16.2 0.744<br />

7901225 95mm sq. 380 18.3 0.993<br />

As Welding current is affected by the length of your leads due to Voltage Drop it is important that the correct cable<br />

size is used for your welding application. The table below can be used as a guide to determine the required cable size<br />

for your welding application.<br />

DISTANCE OF CABLE IN M<br />

20 40 60 80 100<br />

WELDING CURRENT (AMPS)<br />

REQUIRED CABLE SIZE<br />

100 25 25 35 50 50<br />

150 25 25 50 70 70<br />

200 25 50 70 95 95<br />

250 35 50 95 95 2 x 70<br />

300 35 70 95 2 x 70 2 x 70<br />

400 50 95 2 x 70 2 x 95 Special Request<br />

500 70 95 2 x 95 Special Request Special Request<br />

600 95 2 x 70 2 x 95 Special Request Special Request<br />

52 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG WELDING<br />

MIG WELDING<br />

GAS WELDING<br />

SOLDERING<br />

TIG WELDING<br />

MIG WELDING<br />

GAS WELDING<br />

SOLDERING<br />

STICK & ELECTRODE<br />

PLASMA WELDING<br />

SAW WELDING<br />

ENGINE DRIVES<br />

STICK & ELECTRODE<br />

PLASMA WELDING<br />

SAW WELDING<br />

ENGINE DRIVES<br />

STICK HANDLE<br />

WIRE BRUSH<br />

CHIPPING HAMMER<br />

STICK HANDLE<br />

WIRE BRUSH<br />

CHIPPING HAMMER<br />

WeldSkill 120 Turbo<br />

Manual Arc Welding Machine<br />

WeldSkill 140 Turbo<br />

Manual Arc Welding Machine<br />

AMP<br />

MMAW (STICK) WELDERS<br />

CUT<br />

150<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 10 120<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415 13<br />

Part No. W1002000<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX AMP V AUX<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

120<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

The CIGWELD Weldskill 120 Turbo is a compact, fan cooled, portable, home arc welder with infinitely<br />

adjustable welding current from 40 to 120 amps. The 120 Turbo, designed to operate from a 240V, 1<br />

PHASE V 415V 300 170 AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415 415V AMP 240V AMP<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 2170<br />

415<br />

20kVA<br />

AMP 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

400 560 1000<br />

10 amp power point, has built-in OCVthermal OCVprotection 45 against OCV50<br />

overheating. OCV 55 70 Running 90 standard general AMP AMP 400AMP<br />

560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP<br />

purpose 2.0mm electrodes or light gauge steel (generally less than 3.0mm thick) and 2.5mm 45 electrodes 50 55 70 AMP 90AMP<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV 2200 OCV<br />

2200<br />

for heavier gauge materials, the DCwelding DCoutput DC<br />

DC accommodates DC<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

+ – DC DC a 000 wide DC range of materials including 320<br />

AMP<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

mild steel, stainless steel, cast iron and copper alloys. + –<br />

000 AMP<br />

AC +/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ – 315+/–<br />

315 AC<br />

AMP AMP<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 2.5mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 2.0mm and 2.5mm electrode sizes<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15%<br />

(10A plug)<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

complies to the relevant Australian Standard, AS<br />

310<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

60974.6-2006*<br />

CUT CUT<br />

280<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

Generator requirement 5.3 kVA<br />

280 AMP<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured<br />

CUT<br />

to AMP<br />

CUT 12 CUT<br />

Output range<br />

40 – 120 amps<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and 3.2mm is backed 4.8mmAMP<br />

by 4.0mm<br />

Rated Output 120A@ 5%<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

CUT<br />

CUT CUT 29 12<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

@ Duty Cycle<br />

Max OCV 47V DC<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

* Refer to operating manual for details<br />

CUT CUT 29<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 250H x 170W x 290Dmm<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

CUT CUT 40 30<br />

415V 240V<br />

Weight (Power Source) 15.5 kg<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

CUT CUT 40 30<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

WeldSkill 120 Turbo power source5kVA<br />

4kVA CUT 35<br />

415V 240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX<br />

EURO No4<br />

AUX<br />

AMP<br />

CUT 35<br />

FEATURES<br />

EURO Electrode No4 holder and 8kVA 3m lead 7kVA(fitted)<br />

415V 240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

H F<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA<br />

CUT 7kVA<br />

CUT<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding Work clamp and 3m 415V lead (fitted) 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V AMP AMP 55 60No5<br />

12kVA 10kVA AUX AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

performance<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Welding face No5 shield and lens 12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

70<br />

AUX AUX 415V 240V 240V<br />

80<br />

AUX<br />

CUT<br />

Chipping hammer/wire brush<br />

70 80<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm AMP<br />

this power source<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm AMP AMP AMP<br />

Operating manual<br />

CUT<br />

130 90<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

12mm<br />

12mm<br />

200160250<br />

200<br />

–<br />

–<br />

150<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

140 145 165<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 140 AMP<br />

10 415 145 AMP AMP<br />

13 165 DC<br />

Part No. W1002100<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX AMP V AMP AUX AMP OUTPUT<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX<br />

120<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

The CIGWELD Weldskill 140 Turbo is a fan cooled home arc welder that 2 has 415 a welding 415V current range 240V<br />

120<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 AMP 2170<br />

415<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

20kVA<br />

AMP 12kVA PHASE V<br />

from 40 to 140 amps and is designed to operate from a 2240V, 415<br />

AMP<br />

Amp power point. It will run standard<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

general purpose 2.0mm electrodes for light gauge steel, generally less than 3.0mm thick, AMP and up AMP<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

to<br />

400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

3.2mm electrodes for heavier sections.<br />

45 50 55 AMP 70 AMP 90AMP<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

400 560 1000 2200<br />

OCV OCV OCV DC OCV DC OCV DC DC<br />

320<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

+ Australian –<br />

000 AMP<br />

Standards +/– Compliance AC This power<br />

00%<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

source<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15% complies to the relevant Australian Standard,<br />

DC<br />

AS<br />

DC DC DC<br />

+ –<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320+/–<br />

315AMP<br />

AC<br />

(15A plug) + – 60974.6-2006* 000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to 300<br />

315 AMP<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed AMP by<br />

Generator requirement 7.2 kVA<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

310<br />

300 AMP<br />

Output range<br />

50 – 140 amps<br />

* Refer to operating manual for details<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

Rated Output 140A@ 5%<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

@ Duty Cycle<br />

Max OCV 65V DC<br />

AMP<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD)<br />

Weight (Power Source)<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

270H x 170W x 350Dmm<br />

16 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding<br />

performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

this power source<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 3.2mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 2.0mm, 2.5mm and 3.2mm electrode sizes<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

–<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 140 Turbo power source<br />

Electrode holder and 3m lead (fitted)<br />

Work clamp and 3m lead (fitted)<br />

Welding face shield and lens<br />

Chipping hammer/wire brush<br />

Operating manual<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm CUT<br />

415V 240V AMPCUT<br />

AMP<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

130 90<br />

415V 240V 240V AMPCUT<br />

AMP<br />

12mm<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm<br />

160 200<br />

AMP<br />

12mm<br />

V<br />

415<br />

V<br />

– 140<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

60No5<br />

AMP<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

150 165<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

140 145 165<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

H<br />

F<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

4<br />

2<br />

000<br />

41 A<br />

5k<br />

41 A<br />

8k<br />

41 A<br />

12<br />

4<br />

2<br />

000<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

53


MMAW (STICK) WELDERS<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

20 20 12kVA<br />

3.610kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

20 3.6 20kVA 12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

2012mm<br />

3.6<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

H<br />

60No5<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

F<br />

25<br />

AM<br />

1<br />

Transarc 130i<br />

Single Phase Inverter<br />

–<br />

Part No. W1007130 Transarc 130i plant<br />

140 145<br />

W1007131 Transarc 130i mine spec plant<br />

AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 10<br />

AMP<br />

415 13 DC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX V AUX OUTPUT<br />

W1007129 Transarc 130i mine spec power source<br />

20 3.6 120<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415 415V 240V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

Safety and Efficiency - getting home at the end of the day is what it’s all about. Loaded with safety<br />

300 170 2 415<br />

20kVA<br />

AMP 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

features, our new 130 amp single-phase inverters are more efficient and easier to control than ever.<br />

VRD ensures voltage at the Stick before you start<br />

45<br />

is just 8V<br />

50<br />

DC,<br />

55<br />

integrated<br />

70<br />

Fail<br />

90<br />

To Safe will shut the 400 560<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV 45 50 55 AMP 70 AMP<br />

unit down if voltage exceeds 35V DC whilst not welding and insulated plastic housing OCV with an OCV IP23S OCV OCV<br />

rating ensures your safety when working in confined DC spaces DC or DC outdoors. DC At a shade over 7kg, you<br />

320<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

can throw one of these over your shoulder or in the back of the ute and get straight DC on with DC the job. DC DC<br />

+ – +/– 315 AC<br />

With Stick (MMAW) and Lift TIG (GTAW), we’ve designed the range to meet the demands of a wide AMP<br />

range of industries – from farming to construction, general maintenance, building and on site repairs. 300<br />

AMP<br />

We’ve also got a model specific to mining too. These robust units offer extra protection without<br />

compromising on performance.<br />

–<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

100<br />

90AM<br />

OCV<br />

220<br />

AM<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes:<br />

Stick (MMAW),<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage: 240V +/- 15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(10A Plug)<br />

Effective Input Current I1eff: 9A<br />

Current Range: 5-130A<br />

Open Circuit Voltage 8V DC (VRD On), 66V DC<br />

(VRD Off)<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Stick (MMAW):<br />

(40ºC, 10 mins) 130A@25%, 60A@100%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 130A@25%,<br />

60A@100%<br />

Minimum Generator 4.8kW (6.2kVA at 0.8 PF)<br />

Weight<br />

7.2kg (Power Source)<br />

Power Source Dimensions: 306 H x 121 W x 376 D mm<br />

Protection Class: IP23S<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Conforms to the requirements of AS 1674.2<br />

Conforms to MDG25 (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Stick (MMAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Digital Amperage/ Voltage Meter<br />

VRD Virtually Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not Welding<br />

Power Factor Correction (PFC) Improves <strong>Product</strong> Efficiency<br />

Fail to Safe Shutdown if VRD Malfunctions<br />

Intelligent Fan Control<br />

Deadman Switch Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not<br />

Welding (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Braided Supply Lead (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Enclosure Rated to IP23S Permits Outdoors Use as<br />

Outlined in AS 1674.2<br />

IP66, 10A Supply Plug (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Insulated Plastic Housing Eliminates Arc Strike Hazards<br />

on Housing<br />

Current Range for this Power Source is 5 to 130A<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead Fitted to Power Source.<br />

Power Source Provides DC Welding Output.<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 3.2mm. Suitable for All<br />

Electrode Types Except Cellulose.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Lead Set 5m, 200A with 25mm2<br />

Dinse connectors 646323<br />

Work Lead 8m, 250A with 25mm2<br />

Dinse connectors 704829<br />

Electrode Holder with 4m Lead, Trigger Switch<br />

(Deadman Switch) and 25mm2 Dinse Plug 646762<br />

TIG Torch 17F with Flex Head, 4m lead,<br />

Trigger Switch, Remote Control and<br />

25mm2 Dinse plug<br />

TIG Torch Accessory Kit<br />

Foot Control with 8m Lead<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

W4013804<br />

BGSAK2<br />

W4015800<br />

W7004913<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

54 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


3.6<br />

MMAW (STICK) WELDERS20<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

20 20 12kVA<br />

3.610kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

3.6<br />

12mm<br />

EURO<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

No4<br />

H<br />

60No5<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

F<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Transarc 170i<br />

Single Phase Inverter<br />

Part No. W1007170 Transarc 170i Plant<br />

–<br />

W1007171 Transarc 170i Mine Spec Plant<br />

10 13<br />

W1007169 Transarc 170i Mine Spec Power AUX<br />

Source<br />

AUX<br />

1<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415 415V 240V<br />

Safety and Efficiency - getting home at the end of 20kVA the day 12kVA is what PHASE it’s all about. V 415V Loaded with safety 300 170 2 415<br />

20kVA<br />

AMP 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

features, our new 170 amp single-phase inverters are more efficient and easier to control than ever.<br />

VRD ensures voltage at the Stick before you start 45 is just 8V 50 DC, 55 integrated 70 Fail 90 To Safe will shut the 400 560<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV 45 50 55 AMP 70 AMP 90<br />

unit down if voltage exceeds 35V DC whilst not welding and insulated plastic housing OCV with an OCV IP23S OCV OCV OCV<br />

rating ensures your safety when working in confined DCspaces DCor outdoors. DC DCAt a shade over 11kg, you can 320<br />

throw one of these over your shoulder or in the back + of the –<br />

000<br />

ute and +/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

get straight<br />

AC<br />

on with DCthe job. DCWith<br />

DC DC<br />

Stick (MMAW) and Lift TIG (GTAW), we’ve designed the range to meet the demands of + a wide range – of +/– 315 AC<br />

AMP<br />

industries – from farming to construction, general maintenance, building and on site repairs. The 170i<br />

300<br />

is also suitable with all electrode types including cellulose. We’ve also got a model specific to mining AMP<br />

too. These robust units offer extra protection without compromising on performance. So wherever you 310<br />

AMP<br />

weld, whatever your industry … … with a Transarc 170i from CIGWELD, you know that you and your<br />

contractors can finish a quality job and head home safe at the end of the day.<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

–<br />

240 10 415<br />

V<br />

AUX V<br />

20 3.6<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

00<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes:<br />

Stick (MMAW),<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage: 240V +/- 15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A Plug)<br />

Effective Input Current I1eff: 13A<br />

Current Range: 5-170A<br />

Open Circuit Voltage 8V DC (VRD On),<br />

66V DC (VRD Off)<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Stick (MMAW):<br />

(40 degrees, 10 mins) 170A@30%, 100A@100%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 170A@30%,<br />

100A@100%<br />

Minimum Generator 6.6kW (8.5kVA at 0.8 PF)<br />

Weight<br />

11.1kg (Power Source)<br />

Power Source Dimensions 324 H x 122 W x 458 D mm<br />

Protection Class: IP23S<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Conforms to the requirements of AS 1674.2<br />

Conforms to MDG25 (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Stick (MMAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Digital Amperage/ Voltage Meter<br />

VRD Virtually Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not Welding<br />

Power Factor Correction (PFC) Improves <strong>Product</strong> Efficiency<br />

Fail to Safe Shutdown if VRD Malfunctions<br />

Intelligent Fan Control<br />

Deadman Switch Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not<br />

Welding (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Braided Supply Lead (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Enclosure Rated to IP23S Permits Outdoors Use as<br />

Outlined in AS 1674.2<br />

IP66, 15A Supply Plug (Mine Spec Model Only)<br />

Insulated Plastic Housing Eliminates Arc Strike Hazards<br />

on Housing<br />

Current Range for this Power Source is 5 to 170A<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead Fitted to Power Source.<br />

Power Source Provides DC Welding Output.<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm. Suitable for All<br />

Electrode Types.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Lead set 5m, 400A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 646757<br />

Lead set 8m, 400A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 646325<br />

Work lead 8m, 330A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 704828<br />

Electrode Holder with 4m Lead, Trigger Switch<br />

(Deadman Switch) and 50mm2 Dinse Plug 646761<br />

TIG Torch 26F with flex head, 4m Lead,<br />

Trigger Switch and Remote Control and<br />

50mm2 Dinse Plug<br />

TIG Torch Accessory Kit<br />

Foot Control with 8m Lead<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

W4014604<br />

BGSAK2<br />

W4015800<br />

W7004913<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

55


20<br />

3.6<br />

No<br />

MMAW (STICK) WELDERS<br />

20<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

–<br />

1<br />

WeldSkill 100 Inverter<br />

Portable DC Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1003101<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 100 Inverter is a 240 Volt single phase welding machine designed specifically<br />

415V<br />

for the budget conscious user. Utilising advanced inverter technology, the unit offers 20 superior 3.6 20kVA<br />

arc<br />

characteristics on a range of welding electrodes up to 2.5 diameter. The unit also features a DC lift TIG<br />

function that provides smooth starting and running characteristics across a broad range of applications.<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

45 50 55<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15% (10A complies to the relevant Australian Standard, DCAS<br />

plug)<br />

60974.1-2006*<br />

+<br />

DC –<br />

DC<br />

+/–<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by<br />

Generator requirement 6.5 kVA<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

Output range 5 – 100 amps<br />

* Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

Rated Output 100A @ 20%, 24V<br />

@ Duty Cycle Max OCV 65V DC<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 240H x 115W x 270Dmm WeldSkill 100 Inverter power source<br />

Weight (Power Source) 4.2 kg<br />

Electrode holder and 3m lead<br />

Work clamp and 3m lead<br />

FEATURES<br />

Welding face shield and lens<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding Chipping hammer/wire brush<br />

performance<br />

Operating manual<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

EURO<br />

this power source<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

20 3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

TIG torch 17V, 3m lead with flex neck 20 3.6 W7003006<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 2.5mm Power source is<br />

20 3.6<br />

suitable for 2.0mm and 2.5mm electrode sizes WeldSkill shielding gas regulator / flowmeter 210254<br />

20 3.6<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

O<br />

2 4<br />

PHASE<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

No<br />

No<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

WeldSkill 130 Inverter<br />

Portable DC Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1002801 WeldSkill 130 Inverter (toolbox)<br />

W1001900 WeldSkill 130 Inverter (standard)<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 130 Inverter is a 240 Volt single phase welding machine designed specifically 415V<br />

for the budget conscious user. Utilising advanced inverter technology, the unit offers superior 20kVA arc<br />

characteristics on a range of welding electrodes from 2.5 to 3.2mm diameter. The unit also features<br />

a DC lift TIG function that provides smooth starting & running characteristics across a broad 45 range 50<br />

of applications.<br />

OCV OCV<br />

20<br />

–<br />

3.6<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

O<br />

2 4<br />

PHASE<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15%<br />

(10A plug)<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

Generator requirement 5.6KW (7kVA@0.8PF)<br />

Output range 5 – 130 amps<br />

Rated Output 130A @ 20%, 25.2V<br />

@ Duty Cycle Max OCV 65V DC<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 280H x 120W x 220Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source) 5.5 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding<br />

performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

this power source<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 3.2mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 2.0mm, 2.5mm and 3.2mm electrode sizes<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power DC source DC DC<br />

complies to the relevant Australian Standard, +<br />

AS – +/–<br />

60974.1-2006*<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

* Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 130 Inverter power source<br />

Electrode holder and 3m lead<br />

Work clamp and 3m lead<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

TIG torch 17V, 3m lead with flex neck W7003006<br />

WeldSkill shielding gas regulator 210254<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

56 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


EURO<br />

No4<br />

20 3.6<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

MMAW (STICK) WELDERS 20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

No5<br />

WeldSkill 170 Inverter<br />

Portable DC Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1002901 WeldSkill 170 Inverter (toolbox)<br />

W1001901 WeldSkill 170 Inverter (standard)<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 170 Inverter is the big brother to the WeldSkill 130 Amp model. This unit is<br />

a 240 Volt single phase welding machine with increased output and duty cycles for more 415V demanding<br />

20kVA<br />

applications. Utilising advanced inverter technology, the unit offers superior arc characteristics on a range<br />

of welding electrodes from 2.0 to 4.0mm diameter. The unit also features a DC lift TIG function that<br />

provides smooth starting and running characteristics across a broad range of applications.<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

20<br />

–<br />

3.6<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

13<br />

1<br />

AUX<br />

PHASE<br />

DC<br />

OUTPU<br />

2 415<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

V<br />

9<br />

O<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15% (15A plug)<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

Generator requirement 7.2kw (9KVA at 0.8 PF)<br />

Output range 5 – 170 amps<br />

Rated Output 170A @ 25%, 26.8V<br />

@ Duty Cycle Max OCV 65V DC<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 330H x 130W x 230Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source) 6.5 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding<br />

performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

this power source<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm Power source is suitable<br />

for 2.0mm, 2.5mm, 3.2mm and 4.0mm electrode sizes<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

DC DC DC<br />

complies to the relevant Australian Standard, + AS – +/–<br />

60974.1-2006*<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

* Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 170 Inverter power source<br />

Electrode holder and 3m lead<br />

Work clamp and 3m lead<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

TIG torch 17V, 3m lead with flex neck W7003021<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

WeldSkill shielding gas regulator/flowmeter 210254<br />

20 3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

EURO<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

No5<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

No4<br />

4<br />

5<br />

4<br />

8<br />

4<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

WeldSkill 170HF Inverter<br />

Portable DC Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1003001 WeldSkill 170HF Inverter (toolbox)<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 170HF inverter is a 240 Volt, single phase welding machine with increased output<br />

415V 240V<br />

and duty cycles for more demanding applications. The unit features a HF start function for excellent DC<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

TIG performance. With superior arc characteristics on a range of welding electrodes from 2.0mm up to<br />

4.0mm diameter, this is an<br />

45 50 55<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15% (15A plug) complies to the relevant Australian Standard, AS<br />

DC DC DC<br />

60974.1-2006<br />

+ – +/–<br />

Input Frequency 50 Hz<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

Generator requirement 7.2kw (9KVA at 0.8 PF) stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by<br />

Output range 5 – 170 amps<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

Rated Output (MMAW) 170A @ 25%, 26.8V * Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

@ Duty Cycle Max OCV 65V DC<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 255H x 130W x 380Dmm STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

Weight (Power Source) 7.5 kg<br />

WeldSkill 170HF power source<br />

Electrode holder and 5m lead<br />

FEATURES<br />

High frequency start for improved TIG starting<br />

performance<br />

Work clamp and 5m lead<br />

TIG torch 17V with flex head and 3m lead<br />

WeldSkill Argon regulator<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding TIG accessory kit<br />

performance<br />

Operating manual<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

this power source<br />

Toolbox<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 2.0mm, 2.5mm, 3.2mm and 4.0mm<br />

electrode sizes<br />

–<br />

170 10<br />

VOLT<br />

AUX<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

2 415<br />

PHASE V<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

000<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

57


415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

C<br />

12<br />

STICK WELDERS<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

20 3.6 20 20 3.6 3.6 415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

C<br />

1<br />

C<br />

2<br />

C<br />

32<br />

1<br />

INVERTEC®<br />

K12034-2-P 150S (Ready to weld Pack)<br />

K12035-2-P 170S (Ready to weld Pack)<br />

150S – 170S<br />

20<br />

The Invertec® 150S and 170S from Lincoln Electric offers a range of 20 machines 3.6 – 20 built 3.6with the 20 job 3.6in<br />

mind. These stick machines are suited to a variety of applications and working environments, ensuring<br />

10<br />

that there will be a machine to meet your needs. Across the range, these designs have<br />

13 DC<br />

AUX AUX focused OUTPUT on<br />

providing excellent welding and starting behaviour in a robust and reliable package. From this<br />

foundation, each unit is further equipped with a unique set of features 415V and capabilities 240V 2to guarantee 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V<br />

there is a machine perfect for your application. Welding machines need to be tough. At Lincoln<br />

Electric we know that modern equipment needs to be capable of handling harsh environmental<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

conditions. That is why we have built this range in a robust metal case OCVwith large OCV rubber OCV corners OCV OCV and<br />

push control buttons for added protection. Rugged and robust on one hand, portable on another;<br />

the Invertec 150S and 170S are lightweight and easy to handle in any DC situation. DC Amps DC are DC not the<br />

+ – +/– AC<br />

only requirement! A good start and smooth arc requires more than simply amps and voltage. The<br />

Invertec® range is equipped with POWER SURPLUS in addition to normal welding current. This<br />

advanced control monitors the arc, constantly adjusting output to ensure a stable arc and first-rate<br />

starting, even when the arc-lenght varies greatly. The superior arc control achieved with POWER<br />

SURPLUS makes the difference between a Lincoln Electric excellent welding performance than any<br />

other ordinary welding machine on the market.<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

000 00%<br />

240<br />

V<br />

C<br />

1<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item Number Primary Voltage Fuse<br />

Size<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

Dimensions<br />

HxWxD (mm)<br />

Protection<br />

Class<br />

Insulation<br />

Class<br />

Compliance<br />

150S K12034-2-P*<br />

6.7<br />

230 V/1/50-<br />

16A<br />

60Hz<br />

(slow)<br />

(± 15%)<br />

170S K12035-2-P* 7.0<br />

244 x 148<br />

x 365<br />

IP23<br />

F<br />

AS/NZs<br />

CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Current range Rated output (40°C) Rated output (20°C)<br />

150S 10 - 140A 140A @ 30% 140A @ 55%<br />

170S 10 - 160A 160A @ 35% 160A @ 80%<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Unique units – Different outputs, performance and<br />

features fit any customer requirements.<br />

Ready-To-Weld Packages – Includes welding leads,<br />

shield hammer/brush and carry case.<br />

Build in VRD for additional operator saftey.<br />

Long cables - Primary power extension cables up to<br />

60M can be used with the 150S and 170S.<br />

Robust design – Unique rubber corners, metal<br />

housing and push control buttons to withstand<br />

tough environmental conditions.<br />

Premium arc- Advanced Lincoln technology and<br />

Lincoln know-how guarantees to make these<br />

machines weld to optimum performance every time.<br />

Power Surplus – Additional power for superior arc<br />

control.<br />

Soft and Crisp mode – Selectable arc modes for<br />

different electrode types.<br />

Auto Adaptive Arc Force – For a stable arc with low<br />

spatter levels as standard on the 150S and 170S.<br />

Built in “hot Start” – For excellent arc striking,<br />

standard on the 150S and 170S.<br />

Lift TIG- with excellent striking without tungsten<br />

contamination.<br />

Generator ready – The 150S and 170S are ready to<br />

go for use with generators.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Powercraft PC9G 4m, TIG Torch<br />

Powercraft PC9G 8m, TIG Torch<br />

Lincoln Electric® Argon Flowmeter<br />

PC9FV-4I<br />

PC9FV-8I<br />

LE250-RG002<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

58 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

EURO<br />

20 3.6 20 20 3.6<br />

STICK WELDERS<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

3.6 415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

INVERTEC® V205-S<br />

K1<strong>2019</strong>-2<br />

The Invertec® V205-S Stick and Lift TIG welder has been designed and manufactured using 20 the latest<br />

20 3.6 – 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

digital inverter technology, combining both a rugged industrial construction with excellent arc<br />

characteristics. The single phase smart-switching 240V/415V primary input power 10 makes 13 it suitable DC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

for operation on site in conjunction with a generator or within a workshop environment, providing<br />

maximum flexibility. The Invertec® V205-S as standard is equipped with an adjustable “Hot Start”<br />

415V 240V<br />

providing a higher starting current to support easy striking of the electrode. The adjustable 2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V“Arc<br />

Force” allows flexibility depending on the electrode selection and application. It prevents sticking<br />

and shorting of the electrode. The standard machine is equipped 45 with a 50 digital 55meter 70showing<br />

90<br />

the presettable welding current, actual welding current or voltage OCV during OCV welding. OCV The OCVoptional<br />

remote control allows fine adjustments during welding. The high duty cycle of the machine supports<br />

continuous welding with a wide variety of electrode types such as Rutile, DC Basic DC and DC DC<br />

+ – +/– even Cellulosic. AC<br />

The Invertec® V205-S features “Lift TIG” as standard and enables the welder to start the TIG arc by<br />

lifting the tungsten electrode from the work piece without tungsten contamination or the need for<br />

H.F. ignition. The Invertec® V205-S has a solid industrial construction integrated with the features<br />

of a professional Stick and Lift TIG welding machine capable of the toughest jobs.<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

000 00%<br />

1<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Item<br />

Number<br />

V205-S K1<strong>2019</strong>-2<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

240/415 V 1ph<br />

(± 15%)<br />

50/60Hz<br />

Fuse<br />

Size<br />

32/20A<br />

(slow)<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

16.8<br />

Dimensions<br />

HxWxD (mm)<br />

385 x 215<br />

x 480<br />

Protection<br />

Class<br />

IP23S<br />

Insulation<br />

Class<br />

H<br />

Compliance<br />

AS/NZS<br />

CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Current range Rated output (40°C) Input power<br />

V205-S 5 - 200A 200A/28V @ 35%<br />

170A/26.8V @ 100%<br />

6.5kW @ 35%<br />

5.5kW @ 100%<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Smart switching 240/415V single phase<br />

Lift TIG with excellent striking without tungsten<br />

contamination<br />

Digital displays allows precise setting of welding<br />

current<br />

Includes 2m-input cable and carrying strap<br />

Adjustable Arc Force for a stable arc with low spatter<br />

levels<br />

Built-in “hot Start” for excellent arc striking<br />

Built-in fan on demand. Reduces the intake of dust<br />

and fumes<br />

Built-in VRD (voltage reduction device) for additional<br />

operator safety<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Welding kit 5m<br />

PowerCRAFT PC26V TIG Torch 8m<br />

Lincoln Flowmetre<br />

Undercarriage<br />

KIT-250A-35-5M<br />

PC26FV-8I<br />

LE250-RG002<br />

W0200002<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

59


1<br />

STICK WELDERS<br />

INVERTEC®<br />

K12040-2 270SX<br />

K12042-2 400SX<br />

270SX & 400SX 20<br />

20 – 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

The Invertec® 270SX and 400SX Stick and Lift TIG welders have been designed and manufactured to<br />

combine both a rugged industrial construction with excellent arc characteristics. 10 13Both machines DC AC are<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

built to handle harsh environmental conditions using Lincoln tunnel technology to separate the PCBs<br />

and sensitive parts from contaminating cooling airflow. The robust metal case with large protective<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

rubber corners makes these machines suitable for operation on 20kVA site in conjunction 12kVA PHASEwith a V generator, 415V<br />

or within a workshop environment, providing maximum flexibility and durability. Intensive and<br />

extensive testing in the Lincoln lab guarantees the quality of these 45 welders. 50 Both 55 units 70 are 90equipped<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

with features that will exceed the professional welder’s expectations. The Invertec® 270SX and<br />

400SX have two weld modes: Soft and Crisp as well as Adjustable Hot Start, Auto Adaptive Arc Force<br />

and Lift TIG. Arc Force prevents sticking and shorting of the electrode<br />

DC DC<br />

during welding.<br />

DC DC<br />

+ – +/– AC Both machines<br />

allow manual adjustment but in Crisp or Soft mode Auto Adaptive Arc Force is employed which<br />

adjusts the arc force automatically. Equipped with Anti Stick as standard preventing the electrode<br />

sticking on contact with the work piece by automatically switching the current down to minimum,<br />

preventing overheating of the electrode and damage to equipment. The machines are equipped with<br />

digital meters which display the pre-settable welding current, actual welding current or voltage<br />

during welding. The optional remote control allows fine adjustments during welding and the high<br />

duty cycle of these machines supports continuous welding with a wide variety of electrode types.<br />

EURO<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

No4<br />

8kVA<br />

20<br />

415V<br />

3.6<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

000 00%<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

A<br />

A<br />

A<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item<br />

Number<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

270SX K12040-2<br />

Fuse<br />

Size<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

Dimensions HxWxD<br />

(mm)<br />

20A 22 389 x 247 x 502<br />

415V/3/50-60Hz<br />

400SX K12042-2 +/-15% 30A 37 455 x 301 x 632<br />

Protection<br />

Class<br />

IP23 / H<br />

Compliance<br />

AS/NZS<br />

CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN60974-1<br />

EN60974-10<br />

CE<br />

ROHS<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Current range Input power Rated Output (40°C) O.C.V<br />

270SX 5 - 270A 9.5kW @ 35%<br />

6.3kW @ 100%<br />

400SX 5 - 400A 10.9kW @ 35%<br />

16.4kW @ 100%<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Robust built for heavy environmental conditions.<br />

Soft and Crisp mode multiple arc modes for different<br />

electrode types.<br />

Auto Adaptive Arc force - Standard in Soft and Crisp<br />

modes the automatic variable Arc Force operates<br />

when it’s required.<br />

Adjustable Hot Start control allows a smooth start /<br />

restart of the electrode.<br />

Adjustable Arc Force control manually adjusts the<br />

Arc Force to prevent sticking of the electrode in the<br />

weld pool.<br />

Anti Stick automatically decreases the current to<br />

minimum if by error the electrode sticks to the work<br />

piece at any time.<br />

* Built-in VRD - Factory fitted , built-in voltage<br />

Reduction Device (VRD) offers additonal protection<br />

for the operator. The VRD reduces the OCV to a safer<br />


415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

EURO<br />

20 3.6<br />

STICK WELDERS<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

20<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

3.6 415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

POWERCRAFT INVERTER<br />

130 – 160 – 180 20<br />

K69016-1 130<br />

K69018-1 160<br />

K69019-1 180<br />

20 3.6 – 20<br />

The PowerCRAFT 130, 160 and 180 inverter machines are intended to be used 10 for 13 light to DC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

medium duty welding application. They are an ideal choice for maintenance, small repairs &<br />

general fabrication. The PowerCRAFTmachines are designed to be used 415V with 6011, 240V 6013 & 7018<br />

2 415<br />

type electrodes up to 4.0mm in diameter. The PowerCRAFT inverter machines 20kVA are 12kVA very compact,<br />

PHASE V<br />

lightweight and come with a shoulder strap for ease of transportation. Accessories are included, so<br />

the machines are ready to weld out of the box.<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

3.6 20 3.6<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

1<br />

240<br />

V<br />

3<br />

A<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item<br />

Number<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

Fuse<br />

Size<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

Dimensions<br />

HxWxD (mm)<br />

130 K69016-1<br />

10 4.7 190 x 110 x330<br />

160<br />

180<br />

K69018-1<br />

K69019-1<br />

240 V/1/50-60Hz<br />

(± 10%) 15<br />

6.8<br />

6.8<br />

230 x 140 x 360<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ – +/– AC<br />

Protection/ Compliance<br />

Insulation<br />

Class<br />

AS/NZS<br />

CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

IP21S/F<br />

IEC 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

000 00%<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Current range Rated output (40°C) Rated output (20°C)<br />

130 20-130A 130A @ 15% 65A @ 60%<br />

160 20-160A 160A @ 21% 100A @ 60%<br />

180 20-180A 180A @ 16.5% 85A @ 100%<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Small and light weight yet powerful<br />

4.7 kg - PowerCRAFT 130<br />

6.8 kg - PowerCRAFT 160<br />

6.8 kg - PowerCRAFT 180<br />

Three unique units – Different outputs, performance<br />

and features, fit any customer requirements.<br />

Built-in VRD – Increases operator safety in<br />

environments with increased hazard of electric shock.<br />

Generator Compatiable* – Ideal for site use<br />

Intelligent protection – Over-voltage, low voltage<br />

and overcurrent.<br />

Lift TIG – For arc starting without tungsten<br />

contamination<br />

Auto Arc Force – For a stable arc with low spatter<br />

levels as standard<br />

Built in “Hot Start” – For excellent arc striking,<br />

Anti- Sticking<br />

Meets IEC 60974-1 International Standards for<br />

welding machines<br />

Thermally protected – For longer life<br />

IGBT technology –For high reliability<br />

Easy to set Output Control – Calibrated dials<br />

Ready to weld with accessories – Accessories/ power<br />

cord included<br />

PowerCRAFT 130 – True 10amp rated input<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Powercraft PC9FV 4m, TIG Torch<br />

(suits Powercraft 130)<br />

Powercraft PC9FV 8m, TIG Torch<br />

(suits Powercraft 130)<br />

Powercraft PC17FV 4m TIG Torch<br />

(suits Powercraft 160/180)<br />

Powercraft PC17FV 8m TIG Torch suits<br />

(Powercraft 160/180)<br />

Lincoln Electric® Argon Flowmeter<br />

PC9FV-4I<br />

PC9FV-8I-2<br />

PC17FV-4I<br />

PC17FV-8I<br />

LE250-RG002<br />

GENERATOR REQUIREMENTS<br />

Output Output range Peak Max Frequency<br />

>7kVA 180-260 Volts 367 Volts 50-60Hz<br />

PHONE<br />

Hire this welder from<br />

1300-WELDER Hire<br />

Just call 1300-WELDER<br />

(1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

61


1<br />

STICK WELDERS<br />

Minarc Evo 150 & 140<br />

Part No. P0680 (Minarc Evo 140)<br />

P0681 (Minarc Evo 150)<br />

Little giants of the welding world. Outstanding welding performance is no overstatement.<br />

Every element of Minarc Evo 150 is designed to meet the needs of professional welders on<br />

the move. Where size, weight and welding quality are concerned, there is no equal. Ideal for<br />

site use, you can use Minarc Evo 150 from mains or generator power supplies, even with<br />

extra long supply cables. Minarc Evo is easy to carry, so you can normally take everything you<br />

need in one journey. Large voltage reserves and automatic arc force control provide excellent<br />

arc stability in all welding positions and for a wide range of electrode types, making sure<br />

you get quality welding results every time. The large and clear meter display makes accurate<br />

current setting simple and easy, and precise lift TIG ignition ensures high quality DC TIG<br />

welding. Connect Minarc Evo’s remote control option and you can adjust welding parameters<br />

at distance during welding, for the ultimate convenience and weld pool control.<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

Connection voltage 1~ 50/60 Hz 230 V ±15 % (AU 240 V ± 15 %)<br />

Rated power at max. current 35 % ED MMA 140 A / 4.5 kVA<br />

35 % ED TIG 150 A / 3.2 kVA<br />

Output (40 ºC) MMA 35 % ED 140 A / 25.6 V<br />

100 % ED 100 A / 24.0 V<br />

Output (40 ºC) TIG 35 % ED 150 A / 16.0 V<br />

100 % ED 110 A / 14.4 V<br />

Open circuit voltage 90 V (VRD 30 V; AU VRD 12 V)<br />

Power factor at 100 % ED 0.99<br />

Efficiency at 100 % ED (MMA) 82 %<br />

Stick electrodes ø 1.5…3.25 mm, 4 mm<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 361 x 139 x 267 mm<br />

Weight (with connection cable)<br />

5.85 kg<br />

EMC class<br />

A<br />

Norms IEC 60974-1, -10, IEC 61000-3-12<br />

GENERATOR SELECTION<br />

The table below assumes a power factor rating of 0.8 (20% losses). So the VA rating should<br />

be used when selecting your generator size but remembering this may vary significantly from<br />

machine to machine. Identify your welder’s Amperage and Voltage rating and match them up<br />

in the table below to determine your generator capacity.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Voltage<br />

Voltage<br />

240 415 240 415<br />

WELDER RATED AMPS (A) POWER RATING<br />

W W VA VA<br />

5 1200 2075 1500 2594<br />

7.5 1800 3113 2250 3891<br />

10 2400 4150 3000 5188<br />

12.5 3000 5188 3750 6484<br />

15 3600 6225 4500 7781<br />

17.5 4200 7263 5250 9078<br />

20 4800 8300 6000 10375<br />

25 6000 10375 7500 12969<br />

30 7200 12450 9000 15563<br />

35 8400 14525 10500 18156<br />

40 9600 16600 12000 20750<br />

45 10800 18675 13500 23344<br />

50 12000 20750 15000 25938<br />

60 14400 24900 18000 31125<br />

63 15120 26145 18900 32681<br />

KVA = 1000 x VA<br />

KW = 1000 x W<br />

The Amps can be taken from the welder specification plate. This rating is usually the amount of Amps<br />

the welder will use when running at maximum output.<br />

62 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


STICK WELDERS<br />

MASTER MLS TM MASTER MLS TM 2500 3500<br />

Superior productivity and quality with Master MLS TM 2500, 3500<br />

The Multi Logic System (MLS TM ) is Kemppi’s answer to the growing need for high-quality welding user<br />

interfaces. With MLS TM , you can adapt your welding equipment to the most demanding welding conditions.<br />

It also allows you to meet future welding needs without having to replace your Kemppi welding machine<br />

as the panel functions can be upgraded with new software. The Master MLS TM MMA welding machines<br />

represent Kemppi’s strong track record in innovative welding technology. Kemppi has developed the<br />

Isolated Cooling System ICS TM to improve the reliability of Kemppi welding equipment and to minimise<br />

maintenance. Kemppi’s MMA welding machines lead the way in performance-enhancing features that<br />

target arc and weld pool control.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Superior productivity and quality<br />

Kemppi MLS TM (Multi Logic System)<br />

Innovative control panels<br />

Easy-to-access controls<br />

Over voltage protection<br />

Master performance<br />

Greater adjustability, better productivity<br />

OPERATION PANELS<br />

The MEL panel includes the most common finesses used in MMA<br />

welding. MEX operation panel offers possibility for controlling<br />

the welding values based on electrode type selection rather than<br />

conventional welding current, arc force and hot start individual<br />

settings for each weld case.<br />

MEL OPERATION PANEL<br />

Three warning lights (power on, overheating, under or over voltage<br />

of supply)<br />

The remote control or the panel control<br />

The welding current or alternatively the arc voltage is shown in<br />

a clear digital display, which shows both the set values and the<br />

values used<br />

Hot Start and the Arc Force controls<br />

Welding method MMA / contact TIG<br />

MEX OPERATION PANEL<br />

Three warning lights (power on, overheating, under or over voltage<br />

of supply)<br />

Electrode selection<br />

Digital display<br />

Memory channels<br />

Panel control or remote control or TIG torch (RTC 10) control<br />

Hot Start and the Arc Force controls<br />

Welding method MMA / Contact TIG / Arc gouging / Broken Arc<br />

1<br />

Part Number MEL panel: P0103 MEL panel: P0105<br />

MEX panel: P0104<br />

MEX panel: P0106<br />

Connection voltage 3~50/60 Hz 400 V -15%...+20% 400 V -15%...+20%<br />

Loading capacity 40%ED MMA 250A 350A<br />

100%ED MMA 160A 220A<br />

Welding current (A) MMA 10...250 10...350<br />

Connection cable / fuse (delayed) 4 x 1.5 S - 5m / 10 A 4 x 2.5 S - 5m / 16 A<br />

Open circuit voltage 80V 80 V<br />

Electrode sizes to be welded ø (mm) 1.5...5.0 1.5...6.0<br />

Dimensions (mm) L x W x H 500 x 180 x 390 500 x 180 x 390<br />

Weight (kg) 20 21<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

63


20<br />

3.6<br />

TIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

Transtig 170Ti<br />

Single Phase Inverter<br />

Part No. W1007179 Power Source<br />

W1007180 (Spec Plant)<br />

Transtig 170Ti- a better quality weld that starts first time When you are looking for a safe, power<br />

efficient and high performance machine you can’t go past the Transtig 170Ti with MineSpec safety<br />

features and High Frequency start in TIG mode. With operator protection being paramount the<br />

170Ti is packed full of safety features including VRD that conforms to AS 1674.2, Fail to Safe and<br />

an insulated plastic housing that is IP23S rated. Your welding efficiency will also be enhanced as<br />

this model has exceptional arc start and run performance and includes TIG shielding gas control that<br />

eliminates wasted gas between welds. The Transtig 170Ti Plant also has a TIG torch with remote<br />

control function that allows you to adjust your weld current setting from the torch while welding.<br />

The Transtig 170Ti is also a Mine Spec inverter, making it ideal for those welding in confined spaces<br />

specifically in construction and maintenance on mining sites. This unit comes with a braided and<br />

reinforced supply lead that virtually eliminates electric shock from a damaged power cord. This model<br />

also comes standard with a heavy duty, IP66 rated and compliant 15A supply plug, which screws into<br />

place and forms a weather proof seal against damp, dirt and grime. Another safety advantage is the<br />

stick electrode holder with Deadman Switch which ensures that voltage at the electrode before you<br />

start is ZERO VOLTS. Voltage then increases to 8V DC (VRD on) when the Operator presses the Deadman<br />

switch to start welding. In addition to your safety, weld performance is also essential, so when you’re<br />

looking for better weld quality without contaminating your TIG tungsten electrode, the 170Ti with high<br />

frequency start feature raises the bar. You’ll get a more positive arc start at a lower amperage setting<br />

– one that starts first time. So there’ll be no more scratch starting making this unit ideal for pipe work<br />

and other DC TIG welding applications.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

20 3.6 20<br />

3.6<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Stick (MMAW), Lift TIG<br />

(GTAW), HF TIG (GTAW)<br />

240V +/- 15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A Plug)<br />

Effective Input Current I 1eff 13A<br />

Current Range 5-170A<br />

Open Circuit Voltage 8V DC (VRD On), 66V DC<br />

(VRD Off)<br />

Duty Cycle (400C, 10 mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 170A@30%, 100A@100%<br />

TIG (GTAW):<br />

170A@30%, 100A@100%<br />

Minimum Generator 6.6kW (8.5kVA at 0.8 PF)<br />

Weight<br />

11.6kg (Power Source)<br />

Power Source Dimensions 324 H x 122 W x 458 D mm<br />

Protection Class IP23S<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compliant to AS 60974.1 – Conforms to the<br />

Requirements of AS 1674.2 Conforms to MDG25<br />

VRD Virtually Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not<br />

Welding<br />

Fail to Safe Shutdown if VRD Malfunctions<br />

Deadman Switch Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not<br />

Welding<br />

Enclosure Rated to IP23S Permits Outdoors Use as<br />

Outlined in AS 1674.2<br />

Insulated Plastic Housing Eliminates Arc Strike Hazards<br />

on Housing<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead Fitted to Power Source.<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm. Suitable for all<br />

Electrode Types.<br />

Stick (MMAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Power Source is Fitted with HF Start in TIG Mode<br />

Digital Amperage & 8 Voltage Meter<br />

Power Factor Correction (PFC) Improves <strong>Product</strong> Efficiency<br />

Intelligent Fan Control<br />

Braided Supply Lead<br />

IP66, 15A Supply Plug<br />

Current Range for this Power Source is 5 to 170A<br />

Power Source Provides DC Welding Output.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

PLANT CONTENTS (PART NO W1007180)<br />

Transtig 170Ti Mine Spec Inverter Power Source with<br />

Braided Supply Lead and IP66, 15A Supply Plug.<br />

Tig Torch 26F with Flex Head, 4m Lead, Trigger Switch<br />

and Remote Control<br />

Tig Torch Accessory Kit<br />

Comet Professional Argon Regulator/ Flowmeter<br />

Electrode Holder with Trigger Switch (Deadman Switch)<br />

and 4m Lead<br />

Work Clamp with 4m Lead<br />

Handipak of Electrodes, Satincraft 13<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Bag<br />

Operating Manual<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS (PART NO W1007179)<br />

Transtig 170Ti Mine Spec Inverter Power Source with<br />

Braided Supply Lead and IP66, 15A Supply Plug.<br />

Electrode Holder with Trigger Switch (Deadman Switch)<br />

and 4m Lead<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

Operating Manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Lead Set 5m, 400A with<br />

50mm2 Dinse Connectors 646757<br />

Lead Set 8m, 400A with<br />

50mm2 Dinse Connectors 646325<br />

Work Lead 8m, 330A with<br />

50mm2 Dinse Connectors 704828<br />

Electrode Holder with 4m Lead, Trigger Switch<br />

(Deadman Switch) and 50mm2 Dinse Plug 646761<br />

TIG Torch 26F with Flex Head, 4m lead,<br />

Trigger Switch and Remote Control<br />

and 50mm2 Dinse Plug<br />

TIG Torch Accessory Kit<br />

Foot Control with 8m Lead<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

W4014604<br />

BGSAK2<br />

W4015800<br />

W7004913<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

64 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20 20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

TIG WELDERS<br />

Transtig 170Pi<br />

Single Phase Inverter<br />

Part No. W1007189 (Power Source)<br />

W1007190 (Plant)<br />

Transtig 170Pi - precise heat control for those intricate jobs When you are looking for a safe, power<br />

efficient and high performance machine for precision welding you can’t go past the Transtig 170Pi with<br />

High Frequency Start and Pulse. With operator protection being paramount the 170Pi is packed full of<br />

safety features including VRD that conforms to AS 1674.2, Fail to Safe and an insulated plastic housing<br />

that is IP23S rated. Your welding efficiency will also be enhanced as this model has exceptional arc<br />

start and run performance and includes TIG shielding gas control that eliminates wasted gas between<br />

welds. The Transtig 170Pi Plant also has a TIG torch with remote control function that allows you to<br />

adjust your weld current setting from the torch while welding. Welders that work with specialised<br />

stainless steel and pipework, or those in fabrication workshops or the food and beverage sectors doing<br />

intricate TIG work will love this unit. The Transtig 170Pi gives you precise heat control when you need<br />

it most – on those more intricate welds. It’s a pulse TIG type machine, which reduces distortion and<br />

improves penetration. So you get a better mix of metals and a much cleaner finish. And with high<br />

frequency you’ll get a more positive arc start at a lower amperage setting – one that starts first time.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Stick (MMAW), Lift TIG<br />

(GTAW), HF TIG (GTAW)<br />

240V +/- 15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A Plug)<br />

Effective Input Current I1eff 13A<br />

Current Range 5-170A<br />

Open Circuit Voltage 8V DC (VRD On), 66V DC<br />

(VRD Off)<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Stick (MMAW):<br />

(400C, 10 mins) 170A@30%, 100A@100%<br />

TIG (GTAW):<br />

170A@30%, 100A@100%<br />

Minimum Generator 6.6kW (8.5kVA at 0.8 PF)<br />

Weight<br />

11.6kg (Power Source)<br />

Power Source Dimensions 324 H x 122 W x 458 D mm<br />

Protection Class<br />

IP23S<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Conforms to the Requirements of AS 1674.2<br />

VRD Virtually Eliminates Electric Shocks when Not<br />

Welding<br />

Fail to Safe Shutdown if VRD Malfunctions<br />

Enclosure Rated to IP23S Permits Outdoors Use as<br />

Outlined in AS 1674.2<br />

Insulated Plastic Housing Eliminates Arc Strike Hazards<br />

on Housing<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead Fitted to Power Source<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm. Suitable for all<br />

Electrode Types.<br />

Power Source is Fitted with Pulse Welding Capabilities<br />

in TIG Mode.<br />

Stick (MMAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW) Process Capabilities<br />

Power source is fitted with HF start in TIG mode<br />

Digital Amperage/Voltage meter<br />

Power Factor Correction (PFC) Improves <strong>Product</strong><br />

Efficiency<br />

Intelligent Fan Control<br />

Current Range for this Power Source is 5 to 170A<br />

Power Source provides DC Welding Output.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

PLANT CONTENTS (PART NO W1007190)<br />

Transtig 170Pi Inverter Power Source<br />

Tig Torch 26F with Flex Head, 4m Lead, Trigger Switch<br />

and Remote Control<br />

Tig Torch Accessory Kit<br />

Comet Professional Argon Regulator/ Flowmeter<br />

Electrode Holder with 4m Lead<br />

Work Clamp with 4m Lead<br />

Handipak of Electrodes, Satincraft 13<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Bag<br />

Operating Manual<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS (PART NO W1007189)<br />

Transtig 170Pi Inverter Power Source<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

Operating Manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Lead Set 5m, 400A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 646757<br />

Lead Set 8m, 400A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 646325<br />

Work Lead 8m, 330A with 50mm2<br />

Dinse Connectors 704828<br />

Electrode Holder with 4m lead, Trigger Switch<br />

(Deadman Switch) and 50mm2 Dinse Plug 646761<br />

TIG Torch 26F with Flex Head, 4m Lead,<br />

Trigger Switch and Remote Control W4014604<br />

TIG Torch Accessory Kit<br />

BGSAK2<br />

Foot Control with 8m Lead<br />

W4015800<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

W7004913<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

65


TIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

WELDSKILL 200AC/DC<br />

Part No. W1006200 (Plant)<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 200AC/DC is a 240 volt, full digital control, AC/DC Lift TIG, HF TIG (GTAW),<br />

20 3.6<br />

Stick (MMAW) inverter power source specifically designed for the budget conscious user. The unit<br />

features High Frequency (HF) start, Lift TIG start, Up/Down Slope, Pulse, 2T/4T Trigger Function and<br />

Gas Purge for AC or DC TIG welding. The CIGWELD WeldSkill 200AC/DC comes as a complete kit<br />

and is ideal for the light fabrication and maintenance of mild steels, stainless steels and aluminium.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage 240 Volts, +/– 15%<br />

(15A Plug)<br />

Input Frequency 50/60 Hz<br />

Generator requirement 10 kVA<br />

Output range (DC TIG) 5 – 200 amps<br />

Output range (DC Stick) 5 – 170 amps<br />

Rated Output @ 200A @ 20%, 18V<br />

Duty Cycle (DC TIG) (40°C, 10mins)<br />

Rated Output @ 170A @ 15%, 26.8V<br />

Duty Cycle (DC Stick) (40°C, 10mins)<br />

Max OCV<br />

76V DC<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) 400H x 240W x 475Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source) 22 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Output This power source provides both AC and DC<br />

welding outputs<br />

HF Start Power source is fitted with HF start in both AC<br />

and DC TIG modes<br />

PULSE Power source fitted with pulse welding<br />

capabilities in TIG mode<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Electrode Size 4.0mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 2.0mm, 2.5mm, 3.2mm and 4.0mm<br />

electrode sizes<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

complies to the relevant Australian Standard, AS<br />

60974.1-2006*<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by<br />

a conditional One Year warranty*<br />

* Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 200AC/DC Inverter Power Source, Electrode<br />

holder with 4m lead, Work clamp with 4m lead, TIG<br />

torch 4m lead with remote current control, TIG torch<br />

accessories kit, WeldSkill Argon Regulator/Flowmeter,<br />

Shoulder strap, Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

TIG torch 4m lead with remote current control<br />

W4013602<br />

Foot Control<br />

W4015800<br />

TIG torch accessory kit<br />

BGSAK2<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 400i<br />

Portable Inverters<br />

Part No. 710014 (Power Source)<br />

The TRANSMIG 400i is a 415 volt, full digital control, DC MIG/ Stick/Lift TIG power source. Features<br />

include variable inductance, digital voltmeter and digital ammeter making this 20 the 20 3.6 ultimate 3.6 20 3.6 unit<br />

designed for precision MIG welding of steel and other DC weldable materials. The unit also has an<br />

integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) for improved operator safety.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Lift TIG (GTAW); Stick<br />

(MMAW); MIG (GMAW)<br />

415 volt, 3 phase, 50/60Hz<br />

5 – 400 amps<br />

TRANSTIG 300ACDC<br />

Recommended Generator 16 kVA for max. welding<br />

current<br />

Power Source Weight 25kg<br />

Power Source Dimensions 210 W x 420 H x 450 D mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Compliant integrated Voltage Reduction Device<br />

Save/Load (Recall) weld programs<br />

Embedded micro-processor with digital controls<br />

Intelligent heat sensing fan operates on demand<br />

Easy to use digital display and panel control<br />

Exceptional DC welding characteristics<br />

MIG, Lift TIG & MMAW modes<br />

Fully adjustable weld parameters<br />

Intelligent self diagnostic control<br />

2 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

400i power source, 14 pin plug, 2 x 50mm dinse plugs,<br />

operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

VAF-4 wirefeeder 705700<br />

Tweco No.4 MIG gun 717201<br />

Work lead (8m) 705161<br />

Slide control<br />

OTD10/2004<br />

Hand pendant<br />

OTD10/2005<br />

Foot control<br />

OTD10/2007<br />

TIG Torch (4m) 424720401<br />

Torch accessories kit<br />

BGSAK2<br />

Gas hose 700433<br />

Flowmeter/regulator 301526<br />

Lead set (8m) 646325<br />

14 pin plug 7977710<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

66 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSTIG220AC/DC AND 300AC/DC SERIES<br />

AC/DC Welding Inverters<br />

TRANSTIG 220AC/DC PLANT<br />

The Transtig 220AC/DC Plant comes with everything<br />

you need to get up and running on lighter aluminium<br />

fabrication jobs, including the power source,<br />

regulator, TIG torch, electrode holder and leads. The<br />

shoulder strap and bag allows portability onsite so<br />

you can setup in a single trip. And because it’s a<br />

single phase machine, you’ll be able to plug in and<br />

start welding just about anywhere.<br />

Plant Contents (Part No W1007220)<br />

Transtig 220AC/DC Power Source<br />

Comet Professional Argon Regulator/ Flowmeter<br />

TIG Torch 26F with Flex Head, Trigger Switch & 8 Pin<br />

Remote Control Connection<br />

TIG Torch Accessories Kit<br />

Electrode Holder with 5m Lead<br />

Work Clamp with 5m Lead<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Bag<br />

Operating Manual<br />

TRANSTIG 220AC/DC POWER SOURCE<br />

The Transtig 220AC/DC gives you high quality<br />

aluminium welding from a single phase power<br />

source. Light enough to swing over your shoulder<br />

but more than powerful enough for balustrade work,<br />

air conditioning piping or sheet metal fabrication,<br />

it’s a machine that can be relied upon for multiple<br />

applications. Thanks to a clever bit of technology<br />

called power factor correction, the Transtig 220AC/DC<br />

is not only energy efficient but it will also run off a<br />

small generator too - perfect if you’re out in the field<br />

or on a remote site.<br />

Power Source Contents (Part No W1007221)<br />

Transtig 220AC/DC Inverter Power Source<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

Operating Manual<br />

TRANSTIG 300AC/DC POWER SOURCE<br />

With more power and a better duty cycle, the<br />

Transtig 300AC/DC is the workhorse of the Transtig<br />

range. There’s pretty much no limit to what you can<br />

weld with this machine, making it ideal for boat<br />

yards, cylinder head repair shops and any other<br />

environments where heavy duty aluminium welding<br />

is needed.<br />

Power Source Contents (Part No W1007301)<br />

Transtig 300AC/DC Inverter Power Source<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Shoulder Strap<br />

Operating Manual<br />

Part No. W1007220 Transtig 220AC/DC Plant<br />

W1007221 Transtig 220AC/DC Power Source<br />

W1007301 Transtig 300AC/DC Power Source<br />

Outstanding seam quality and the perfect AC arc every time When you need the highest quality<br />

aluminium weld, look no further than our Transtig 220AC/DC and 300AC/DC Series. Combining the<br />

finest hardware with the latest digital software control systems, these machines produce outstanding<br />

seam quality on even the thinnest materials. The models come with DC stick, AC/DC Lift TIG and AC/DC<br />

HF TIG. Whilst in TIG the Transtig 220AC/DC and 300AC/DC is capable of Pulse Welding, Spot Welding,<br />

2T (Normal) and 4T (Latch) modes. This makes them ideal for a range of industries, from boat building<br />

and panel beating to precision work in chemistry, wine or water tank installations. As you’d expect<br />

from any CIGWELD product, the Transtig 220AC/DC and 300AC/DC models are packed with the latest<br />

safety features, which means the operator can confidently weld harder. And with more controls at the<br />

stick, precise control has never been so easy.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Description TRANSTIG 220 AC/DC TRANSTIG 300 AC/DC<br />

Processes<br />

AC/DC Lift TIG (GTAW),<br />

HF TIG (GTAW) & Stick (MMAW)<br />

AC/DC Lift TIG (GTAW),<br />

HF TIG (GTAW) & Stick (MMAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 240V +/- 15% 4 15V +/- 15%<br />

Nominal Supply Frequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz<br />

Factory Fitted Plug Rating 15A Not Applicable<br />

Number of Phases 1 3<br />

Effective Input Current I1eff 14.7A 11.6A<br />

Welding Current Range<br />

STICK Mode (MMAW) 10 – 170A 10 – 200A<br />

TIG (GTAW) 3 - 220A 5 - 300A<br />

Open Circuit Voltage (VRD active)


1<br />

TIG WELDERS<br />

INVERTEC® V160-TP<br />

K12018-2<br />

The Invertec® V160-T PULSE TIG and Stick welder has been designed and manufactured using the latest digital inverter<br />

415V 240V 20<br />

technology allowing this machine to combine a rugged industrial construction with excellent arc characteristics. 2 415 240V<br />

20<br />

The<br />

20kVA3.6<br />

20 12kVA3.6<br />

PHASE 20 V 3.6 415V<br />

Invertec® V160-T PULSE is manufactured in a lightweight but robust outer casing making it portable and ideal for<br />

operation even in the most harsh environments. The flexibility and generator compatibility of this range of equipment<br />

allows it to be utilised anywhere on sites and workshops. The Invertec® V160-T PULSE 45is supplied 50 as 55 standard 70 with 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCVall<br />

the features you would expect from a professional TIG welding machine including HF TIG ignition, Lift TIG ignition,<br />

2 or 4 step, variable down slope and post flow control. The V160-T PULSE combines<br />

DC<br />

all the DC above<br />

DC<br />

features DC with the<br />

addition of a digital preset meter with a Hold Function and a built-in Variable Pulse. The + control –<br />

000<br />

panel +/–<br />

00%<br />

of this ACrange of<br />

machines has been designed to show the welding sequence making it user friendly and easy to understand. A unique<br />

feature of the V160-T PULSE is the variable high frequency PULSE that allows the welder to adjust arc focus to suit<br />

the application. This will reduce heat input resulting in a more controlled weld with less distortion and increased<br />

welding speed. The Invertec® V160-T PULSE is made of solid industrial construction integrated with the features of a<br />

professional TIG welding machine capable of the toughest jobs.<br />

–<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

20<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

No5<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

3.620<br />

20 3.6 3.6<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240<br />

V<br />

38mm<br />

2<br />

C<br />

3<br />

C<br />

1<br />

41<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

V160-TP<br />

Item Number K12018-2<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

240/1/50-60Hz<br />

Fuse Size<br />

16A<br />

Weight (kg) 10.5<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 320 x 200 x 430<br />

Protection/ Insulation Class IP23 / H<br />

Compliance AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 50199<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

Current range (A) 5-160<br />

Rated output TIG AC (40°C) 160A / 26.4 V@ 35%<br />

130A / 25.2 V@ 100%<br />

OCV*<br />

48Vdc<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Advanced inverter technology for superior TIG performance<br />

Generator compatible ideal for site use.<br />

HF and Lift TIG ignition meeting all requirement<br />

Full function user friendly control panel layout for easy setup<br />

of welding parameters<br />

Recessed controls and connections. Improved protection.<br />

Fan on demand built-in reduces power and the intake of dust<br />

and fumes.<br />

High speed Pulse on the V160-T Pulse machine to adjust the<br />

arc focus, reduce distortion and increase travel speed.<br />

Built the Lincoln Way Robust and reliable<br />

*Built in VRD increasing operator safety in environments with<br />

increased hazard of electric shock<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

No5<br />

Hand amptrol 8m K963-3<br />

Foot amptrol<br />

K870<br />

Welding lead kit 5m<br />

KIT-200A-25-5M<br />

Powercraft PC17G 4m TIG Torch PC17FS-4I 20 3.620<br />

20 3.6 3.6<br />

Powercraft PC17G 8m TIG Torch PC17FS-8I<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

C<br />

4<br />

C<br />

3<br />

9<br />

C<br />

12<br />

C<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C<br />

3<br />

C<br />

1<br />

INVERTEC® V205-TP<br />

K12021-2<br />

The Invertec® V205-T PULSE has been designed and manufactured using the latest digital inverter technology allowing<br />

this machine to combine a rugged industrial construction with excellent arc characteristics. 415V 240V 20<br />

The Invertec® 2 V205-T 415 240V<br />

20 20kVA3.6<br />

20 12kVA3.6<br />

PHASE 20 V 3.6 415V<br />

PULSE is manufactured in a lightweight but robust outer casing, making it portable and ideal for operation, even in the<br />

most hazardous environments. The single phase smart-switching 240V/415V primary input power makes it suitable for<br />

operation on site in conjunction with a generator or within a workshop environment, providing 45 50 maximum 55 flexibility. 70 90 The<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

Invertec® V205-T PULSE is supplied as standard with all the features you would expect from a professional TIG welding<br />

machine including HF TIG ignition, Lift TIG ignition, 2 or 4 step, variable downslope and<br />

DC<br />

post<br />

DC<br />

flow control.<br />

DC DC In addition,<br />

it has a digital pre-set meter with a Hold Function and a built-in Variable Pulse. The control + panel –<br />

000<br />

of +/– this machine has 00%<br />

AC<br />

been designed to show the welding sequence, making it user friendly and easy to understand. A unique feature is the<br />

variable high frequency PULSE that allows the welder to adjust arc focus to suit the application. This will reduce heat<br />

input, resulting in a more controlled weld, less distortion and increased welding speed. The V205-T PULSE is air-cooled<br />

as standard. However by adding the COOL ARC 20 water-cooler the unit is changed into a professional watercooled TIG<br />

welder. The Invertec® V205-T PULSE is made with a solid industrial construction, designed with the integrated features<br />

of a professional TIG welding machine capable of the toughest jobs.<br />

–<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240<br />

V<br />

41<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

V205-TP<br />

Item Number K12021-2<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

240/415/1/50-60Hz<br />

Fuse Size 35/20A<br />

Weight (kg) 14.1<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 385 x 215 x 480<br />

Protection/ Insulation Class IP23S / H<br />

Compliance AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 50199<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

COOL ARC® 20<br />

Item Number K12031-1<br />

Flow Rate<br />

2.5 Liters/min.<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 180 x 215 x 480<br />

Tank Capacity<br />

1.7 L<br />

Weight (kg) 8.3<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

Current range (A) 5-200<br />

Rated output (40°C) 200A / 28 V@ 35%<br />

170A / 26.8 V@ 100%<br />

OCV*<br />

48Vdc<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Excellent arc characteristics for a wide range of applications<br />

Generator compatible ideal for site use.<br />

HF and Lift TIG ignition meeting all requirement<br />

Single phase smart switching 240V / 415V primary input<br />

power<br />

Full function user friendly control panel layout for easy<br />

setup of welding parameters<br />

Recessed controls and connections improved protection<br />

Built-in Fan on demand Reduces the intake of dust and<br />

fumes.<br />

High speed Pulse – Variable high frequency pulse to adjust<br />

the arc focus, reduce distortion and increase travel speed.<br />

* Built-in VRD for increased operator safety<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Hand amptrol K963-3<br />

Foot amptrol<br />

K870<br />

Welding kit 5m<br />

KIT-250A-35-5M<br />

Work Return Lead 5m<br />

GRD-300A-50-5M<br />

Undercarriage<br />

W0200002<br />

PowerCRAFT PC26G TIG Torch 8m PC26FS-8I<br />

Lincoln Flowmeter<br />

LE250-RG002<br />

68 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


K12024-1<br />

TIG WELDERS<br />

EURO<br />

20 3.620<br />

20 3.6<br />

INVERTEC®<br />

V270-TPULSE 20<br />

The Invertec® V270-T PULSE has been designed and manufactured using the latest digital inverter<br />

technology allowing this machine to combine a rugged industrial construction 20 – 3.6 20 with 3.6 excellent 20 3.6 arc<br />

characteristics. The Invertec® V270-T PULSE is manufactured in a lightweight but robust outer casing,<br />

making it portable and ideal for operation, even in the most hazardous environments.<br />

10 13 The flexibility<br />

DC<br />

and<br />

AC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

generator compatibility of the V270-T PULSE allows it to be utilised anywhere on sites and workshops. The<br />

Invertec® V270-TPULSE supplied as standard with all the features you 415V would expect 240V<br />

240V<br />

from 2 a professional 415 TIG<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

welding machine including HF TIG ignition, Lift TIG ignition, 2 or 4 step, variable down slope and post flow<br />

control. The V270-T and V270-T PULSE, in addition, has a digital preset meter with a Hold Function and<br />

a built-in Variable Pulse. The control panels of these machines have 45been designed 50 55 to show 70 the 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV welding<br />

sequence, making them user friendly and easy to understand. A unique feature of the V270-T PULSE is<br />

the variable high frequency PULSE that allows the welder to adjust DC arc focus DC to suit DC the DCapplication. This<br />

will reduce heat input, resulting in a more controlled weld, less distortion + –<br />

and increased<br />

+/– AC<br />

welding speed.<br />

The V270-T PULSE is air-cooled as standard. However by adding the COOL ARC® 20 water-cooler the<br />

unit is changed into professional water-cooled TIG welders. The Invertec® V270-T PULSE is made with a<br />

solid industrial construction, designed with the integrated features of a professional TIG welding machine<br />

capable of the toughest jobs.<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

V270-TP<br />

Item Number K12024-1<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

415V/3/50-60Hz<br />

Fuse Size<br />

20A<br />

Weight (kg) 13.5<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 385 x 215 x 480<br />

Protection/ Insulation Class IP23S / H<br />

Compliance AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 50199<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

COOL ARC® 20<br />

Item Number K12031-1<br />

Flow Rate<br />

2,5 Liters/min.<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 180 x 215 x 480<br />

Tank Capacity 1.7L<br />

Weight (kg) 8.3<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

Current range (A) 5-270<br />

Rated output (40°C) 270A / 30.8 @ 35%<br />

200A / 28 @ 100%<br />

OCV*<br />

48Vdc<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Excellent arc characteristics for a wide range of<br />

applications<br />

Generator compatible - ideal for site use<br />

HF and Lift TIG ignition meeting all requirements<br />

Full function userfriendly control panel layout for easy<br />

setup of welding parameters<br />

Fan on demand - (F.a.n.) built-in reduces power and<br />

the intake of dust and fumes<br />

Recessed controls and connections designed to<br />

eliminate damage<br />

High speed Pulse to adjust the arc focus, reduce<br />

distortion and increase travel speed<br />

*Built-in VRD for increased operator safety<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

CUT CUT CUT CUT<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm 4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

K963-3 Hand amptrol 7.6m<br />

CUT 12 CUT 12<br />

K870<br />

3.2mm Foot AMP 3.2mm amptrolAMP<br />

KIT-250A-35-5M<br />

CUT CUT CUT Cable 29 CUT kit 5m 29<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm 11.0mm AMP 9.5mm AMP<br />

GRD-300-50-5m<br />

Ground cable 5m<br />

CUT CUT CUT<br />

W0200002<br />

415V 240V Undercarriage<br />

40 CUT 30 40<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm AMP 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

5kVA 4kVA 5kVA 4kVA<br />

PC18S-8I Powercraft PC18W TIG torch 8m (water-cooled)<br />

CUT 35 CUT 35<br />

415V 240V 415V 240V<br />

PC26FS-8I Powercraft AUX PC26G TIG torch 8m (air-cooled)<br />

AUX<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm AMP<br />

No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm AMP<br />

EURO H No4F<br />

CUT CUT CUT 55 CUT 60 55<br />

INVERTEC<br />

K1855-3 240/1/50/60<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

V205-T AC/DC 20<br />

EURO<br />

No5<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX38mm<br />

12kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA 20kVA<br />

240V<br />

25mm AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V CUT<br />

AUX<br />

32mm<br />

12kVA<br />

30<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

H<br />

60415V<br />

3.6 AMPAUX<br />

12kVA<br />

38mm AMP 2025mm<br />

AMP 3.620<br />

20 AMP 3.6<br />

No5<br />

240V70<br />

AUX<br />

CUT 80 70 80 415V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA AMP 32mm AMP AMP AMP 20kVA<br />

130 90<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

12mm<br />

200 250 160 200<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

150 150<br />

The Invertec V205T is a 240-volt AC/DC – TIG welder. Combining features that you – would AMP expect from<br />

–<br />

AMP 20 3.6<br />

a larger TIG welding machine including; 6 to 200 amp output, HF or lift TIG starting, 1402T/4T trigger<br />

145 165 140 145 165<br />

control, digital preset amp meter with a hold function, adjustable AC frequency and AMP AC AMP balance. AMP AMP<br />

10<br />

10 13 DC<br />

AMP AMP<br />

13 10 DC13<br />

ACDC<br />

240 AC415<br />

240 415<br />

AC<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX OUTPUTAUX<br />

AUX OUTPUT V AUX V<br />

AUX V AUX V<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

A fully adjustable pulse function including; starting current, up & down slope, pulse 120current, pulse<br />

120<br />

width, base current, crater current and post flow control. The variable high frequency AMP pulse allows AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

the welder to adjust the arc focus to suit the application,<br />

2<br />

for reduced<br />

415<br />

distortion and increased<br />

2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE travel V 415V<br />

20kVA PHASE 12kVA V 415V<br />

PHASE V 415V 300 170 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

speeds. Menu driven providing maximum flexibility for adjusting parameters while maintaining a<br />

simple control panel layout. 45 50 45 55 5070<br />

5590<br />

70 90 45 50 55 400 560 70 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

400 90<br />

OCV 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Output Range (Amps) 6-200A<br />

Built-in VRD for increased operator safety 2200<br />

2200<br />

Output Range (Duty Cycle) DC 200A DC@ DC40%<br />

DC DC DC<br />

Digital DC amp DC meter, presettable DC DC + –<br />

output DC 320 DC AMP 320<br />

AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000 000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

170A @ +<br />

100% –<br />

000 +/–<br />

00%<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

AC<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

Menu driven for easy set up<br />

315<br />

Rated Input<br />

16A<br />

315<br />

Generator compatible (> 8kVA) AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Rec. generator (max output) 8 kVA<br />

Lightweight and portable, includes shoulder 300 strap 300<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 380 x 215 x 480<br />

2 year warranty<br />

310<br />

Net Weight (kg) 17.6<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

RECOMMENDED OPTIONS 280 280<br />

FEATURES<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Stick Kit, TIG/Stick Kit, Remote Output Control, Foot<br />

Full function AC/DC TIG with adjustable pulse welding Amptrol, Hand Amptrol, Cool-Arc 20<br />

Max output of 200A, 240 volt input<br />

Infinitely variable output control<br />

PROCESSES<br />

HF or “Lift TIG” starting<br />

MMAW, TIG<br />

Full control of all pulsing parameters<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

High/low pulse frequency for less distortion, higher<br />

travel speed<br />

K1855-3 240/1/50/60<br />

Literature J3.70<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

3.6AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

000 00%<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

F<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

1<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

40<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

AMP<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

4.0mm<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

69


1<br />

TIG WELDERS<br />

INVERTEC® V270-T AC/DC<br />

PRECISION TIG® 375<br />

K12045-1<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

415V 16mm<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

CUT<br />

415V<br />

AUX38mm<br />

12kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA 20kVA<br />

40<br />

CUT CUT 40 CUT 30<br />

415V<br />

30<br />

240V<br />

12.5mm 240V 16mm AMP 12.5mm AMP AMP AUX AMP AUX<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

CUT 35 CUT 35<br />

240V AMP<br />

415V<br />

19mm<br />

AMP 240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX<br />

AUX<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

EURO No4 H F<br />

CUT CUT 55 CUT 60<br />

240V<br />

415V 55 60 240V<br />

25mm AUX 38mm AMP 20 25mm AMP 3.620<br />

20 AUX AMP 3.6 3.6 AMP AUX<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

H<br />

10kVA<br />

No5<br />

240V CUT<br />

AUX<br />

240V70<br />

AUX<br />

CUT 80 415V 70<br />

AUX<br />

80 240V<br />

AUX<br />

32mm<br />

8.5kVA AMP 32mm AMP 20kVA AMP AMP 12kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

12mm<br />

12mm<br />

160 200 250 160 200<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

150 150<br />

The Invertec® V270-T AC/DC is an industrial – TIG – welding machines designed and manufactured 20<br />

–<br />

AMP using AMP 20 3.6<br />

the latest inverter digital technology enabling the machine to perform at high outputs 140 145: 270A 165 at<br />

140 145 165<br />

35% duty cycle. The controller provides AMP<br />

10all the AMP AMP<br />

13 features 10 DC13<br />

you would ACDC<br />

expect<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

240 10 AC415<br />

from 13 240 professional 415 DC AC/DC<br />

240<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX OUTPUTAUX<br />

AUX OUTPUT V<br />

AUX<br />

V AUXV<br />

OUTPUT V<br />

AUX V<br />

TIG inverter welding machines combined with a user-friendly layout. The variable frequency 120 control<br />

120<br />

allows the welder to adjust the arc focus to suit the application.<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

2 415 2 415V<br />

240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA 20kVA PHASE 12kVA V 415V<br />

PHASE 20kVAV<br />

415V 12kVA 300 PHASE 170 300 V 170 415V<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

V270-T AC/DC ADVANTAGE<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Item Number 45K12045-1<br />

50 45 55 5070<br />

Top 55performance. 90 70 45 90 This 50 advanced 55 machine 70 allows<br />

400 560 90 you<br />

1000 400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

415V/3/50-60Hz<br />

to even change OCVhalf of OCV the wave OCVshape OCVand supports OCV<br />

AMP AMP<br />

premium arc<br />

2200<br />

Fuse Size<br />

2200<br />

DC20A<br />

DC DC DC DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

AMP 320<br />

AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000 + –<br />

000 +/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

Efficient.<br />

+/–<br />

The DC high speed DC very 00% DC DC<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Weight (kg) 28<br />

AC + – efficient Inverter with 000<br />

+/–<br />

PFC 00%<br />

AC<br />

utilizes the maximum out of your input power.<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 432 x 280 x 622<br />

CUT315<br />

CUT CUT315CUT<br />

Unique LCD. The graphic display makes 4.8mmAMP<br />

the 4.0mm machine AMP easy<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

Protection/ Insulation Class IP23C / H<br />

to control<br />

300CUT<br />

12300CUT<br />

12<br />

3.2mm<br />

AMP<br />

AMP 3.2mm<br />

Compliance AS/NZS CISPR 11 Adjustable cleaning and penetration for perfect AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AS60974.1<br />

aluminium welding<br />

CUT 310 CUT CUT 29<br />

310 CUT 29<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm<br />

AMP 11.0mm AMP 9.5mm<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Adjustable hot or soft start to produce a better weld<br />

EN 60974-3<br />

bead appearance at the start. CUT280CUT<br />

CUT 40 280CUT<br />

30 40<br />

415V 240V<br />

EN 60974-10<br />

415V<br />

AUX AMP240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP<br />

CE<br />

Fan on demand built-in reduces power 5kVA<br />

AUX<br />

16mm AMP 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

5kVA 4kVA consumption 4kVA and<br />

CUT<br />

the intake of dust and fumes<br />

35 CUT 35<br />

415V 240V 415V 240V 19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP 19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

Built-in EURO VRD No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

for EURO increased No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

operator safety<br />

EURO H No4F<br />

CUT CUT CUT 55 CUT 60 55<br />

K2623-1 220-230/380-400/ 415/1/50/60<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

With patented Micro-Start II® Technology, New and Improved AC Auto Balance®, built-in Advanced 150 20 150<br />

Control Panel, and Power Factor Correction on – board, the Precision TIG® 375 delivers the – AMP<br />

–<br />

Power To AMP<br />

Perform!SM A load of new features, simple controls, innovative accessory storage, and attractive 140and<br />

145 165 140 145 165<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

consistent welds support this welder’s position as the 10best in class. Whatever the TIG welding application– 10 13 DC<br />

AMP AMP<br />

13 10 DC13<br />

ACDC<br />

240 AC415<br />

240 415<br />

AC<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX OUTPUTAUX<br />

AUX OUTPUT V AUX V<br />

AUXV<br />

AUX V<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

fabrication, aerospace, production, motorsports, or vocational education–choose the Precision TIG® 375 120 for 120<br />

AMP<br />

outstanding features and precise arc performance.<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415 2 415<br />

2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

20kVA PHASE 12kVA V 415V<br />

PHASE V 415V 300 170 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Features<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Precision TIG® 45 375 50 45115 55 volt 5070<br />

auxiliary 5590power 70 receptacles. 90 45 Great 50 for powering 55 400 560 70 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

400 90<br />

OCV 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K2623-1<br />

an optional water cooler or power tools.<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

2200<br />

Input Power 220-230/380-400/ Add an optional Under-Cooler Cart<br />

DC<br />

for extra<br />

DC<br />

storage<br />

DC<br />

and<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC<br />

320 DC AMP 320<br />

AMP<br />

415/1/50/60 + –<br />

000<br />

water-cooled applications. + –<br />

000 + –<br />

000 +/–<br />

00%<br />

+/–<br />

00<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

AC<br />

AC AMP<br />

AC<br />

Rated Output<br />

Built-in storage compartment for torch consumables. 315 315<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

(104°F, 40°C)<br />

375A/35V/40% Water-cooled torch connections with no adapters required–<br />

side mounted, out of the way, and well protected. 300 300<br />

Input Current @ Rated Output 119/69/63A with PFC<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Neat/organized cable management with integrated torch<br />

Output Range DC: 2-420A<br />

310 310<br />

holster.<br />

AMP<br />

AC: 2-420A<br />

AMP<br />

Max. OCV: 80V Fan-As-Needed (F.A.N.) prevents overheating. F.A.N. 280 280<br />

Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 787 x 559 x 660 reduces power consumption noise, motor wear and AMP dust AMP<br />

in the machine.<br />

Net Weight (kg) 230<br />

CSA C/US certified.<br />

Three-Year Lincoln Warranty on parts and labor.<br />

Processes<br />

Stick, TIG<br />

No5<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX38mm<br />

12kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA 8.5kVA<br />

240V<br />

25mm AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V CUT<br />

AUX<br />

32mm<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

38mm AMP<br />

20<br />

25mm AMP<br />

240V70<br />

CUT 80<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA AMP 32mm AMP<br />

130 90<br />

CUT<br />

AMP AMP<br />

12mm<br />

160 200<br />

AMP AMP<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

F<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

30<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

H<br />

60415V<br />

AMP AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

3.6 20 AMP 3.6<br />

No5<br />

70 80 415V<br />

AUX<br />

AMP AMP 20kVA<br />

130 90<br />

AMP AMP<br />

250 160 200<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

A<br />

A<br />

A<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

24 AU<br />

4k<br />

24 AU<br />

7k<br />

F<br />

24 AU<br />

10k<br />

24 A<br />

12<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

70 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG WELDERS<br />

MinarcTig Evo 200/200MLP<br />

MinarcTig Evo is just what you’d expect from a Kemppi TIG welding machine. Accurate and refined HF ignition<br />

and the necessary control, power and work capacity to reliably complete a variety of professional welding tasks.<br />

MinarcTig Evo is the ideal DC TIG welding solution for light industrial manufacturing, installation, repair and<br />

maintenance applications. The lightweight and compact size is a real bonus for welding professionals on the move.<br />

1<br />

WHY BUY<br />

200 A DC @ 35 % duty cycle, 1-phase, 230 V<br />

Smooth welding quality<br />

Refined arc ignition from 5 A<br />

Pre and post gas timer<br />

Slope in/out timer<br />

Torch switch latching<br />

MLP and Pulse welding option<br />

Remote current controls options<br />

PFC technology for ultimate energy efficiency<br />

Mains network or generator use<br />

Kemppi 2+ warranty for parts and labour<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

Connection voltage 1~ 50/60 Hz 230 V ± 15 %<br />

(AU 240 V ± 15 %)<br />

Rated power at max. current 35 % ED TIG 200 A / 4.9 kVA<br />

35 % ED MMA 170 A / 5.7 kVA<br />

Output (40 ºC) TIG 35 % ED 200 A /18 V<br />

100 % ED 140 A /15.6 V<br />

Output (40 ºC) MMA 35 % ED 170 A /26.8 V<br />

100 % ED 1 10 A /24.4 V<br />

Power factor at 100% ED 0.99<br />

Efficiency at 100% ED TIG 77 %<br />

MMA 83 %<br />

Stick electrodes ø 1.5…4 mm<br />

External dimensions (mm) L x W x H 449 x 210 x 358<br />

Weight (without cables)<br />

11 kg<br />

EMC class<br />

A<br />

Norms IEC 60974-1, -3, -10, IEC 61000-3-12<br />

PART NUMBERS<br />

MinarcTig Evo 200 AU, TTC 220 4 m<br />

MinarcTig Evo 200 AU, TTC 220 8 m<br />

MinarcTig Evo 200MLP AU, TTC 220 4 m<br />

MinarcTig Evo 200MLP AU, TTC 220 8 m<br />

P0672<br />

P0673<br />

P0674<br />

P0675<br />

MasterTig LT 250<br />

MasterTig LT 250 eliminates the need for traditional control and mains voltage power cables, removing related<br />

health and site safety risks, cable management and site maintenance issues. The air cooled electronic power<br />

source is ideal for challenging environments, including high ambient temperatures, humidity and subzero work site<br />

conditions. Powered from any DC welding power source that provides a minimum of 40 volts pole voltage, including<br />

welding generators, MMA and MIG/ MAG sources, Mastertig LT 250 provides a most versatile DC TIG solution.<br />

Precise ignition in both DC TIG and MMA process makes welding easy, reliably serving applications using extended<br />

torch lengths. The digital display provides clear reference for pre-set welding values and parameter setting is<br />

logical, easy and accurate. The rear panel mounted gas control meter allows localised shielding gas flow control and<br />

weighing only 12.6kg, MasterTig LT 250 is easy to carry to site using the standard fabric shoulder strap.<br />

WHY BUY<br />

250 amps DC TIG/MMA @ 35% ED<br />

No mains voltage power cables or control<br />

cable<br />

Compact size and weight – 12.6kg<br />

Remote current control options<br />

HF or contact ignition<br />

Digital meter display<br />

Gas flow meter fitted as standard<br />

Pre- and post-gas control<br />

Slope control timers<br />

2T and 4T latching<br />

Kemppi 2+ warranty<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

Connection voltage range DC 40 – 100 V<br />

Rated input power<br />

8.6 kW/9.1 kVA<br />

Supply current, I 1max<br />

TIG 155 A<br />

MMA 230 A<br />

Supply current, I 1eff<br />

TIG 90 A<br />

MMA 135 A<br />

Connection cable<br />

35 mm²<br />

Output 40° C TIG 35 % ED 250 A/20 V<br />

TIG 60 % ED 200 A/18 V<br />

TIG 100 % ED 160 A/16.4 V<br />

MMA 35 % ED 250 A/30 V<br />

MMA 60 % ED 200 A/28 V<br />

MMA 100 % ED 160 A/26.4 V<br />

Welding range TIG 5 A/1 V – 250 A/35 V<br />

MMA 10 A/1 V – 250 A/35 V<br />

Open circuit voltage<br />

90 V<br />

Idle power TIG 8 W<br />

MMA 21 W<br />

Efficiency at 100 % ED TIG 80 %<br />

MMA 86 %<br />

Arc striking voltage<br />

10 kV<br />

MMA welding electrodes<br />

1.6 – 5.0 mm<br />

External dimensions (L × W × H) 460 × 180 × 390 mm<br />

Weight<br />

12.6 kg<br />

Temperature class<br />

F<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP23S<br />

EMC class<br />

A<br />

Operating temperature range –20…+40 °C<br />

Storage temperature range –40…+60 °C<br />

Standards: IEC 60974-1:2012, IEC 60974-10:2007, IEC 60974-3:2007<br />

PART NUMBERS<br />

MasterTig LT 250 6115100<br />

Cables<br />

Welding cable, 35 mm², 5 m 6184301<br />

Welding cable, 35 mm², 10 m 6184302<br />

Earthing cable, 35 mm², 5 m 6184311<br />

Earthing cable, 35 mm², 10 m 6184312<br />

Extension cable, 35 mm², 5 m 6183305<br />

Extension cable, 35 mm², 10 m 6183310<br />

Torches<br />

TTC 160, 4 m 627016004<br />

TTC 160, 8 m 627016008<br />

TTC 220, 4 m 627022004<br />

TTC 220, 8 m 627022008<br />

Remote current control options<br />

RTC 10 6185477<br />

RTC 20 6185478<br />

R 10, 5 m 6185409<br />

R 10, 10 m 618540901<br />

R 11F 6185407<br />

Gas flow gauge AR/clock 6265136<br />

Shielding gas hose (4.5 m)<br />

W001077<br />

Carrying strap 9592160<br />

Optional parent power source for<br />

multiple operator use KempGouge ARC 800 6284000<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

71


TIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

Mastertig MLS TM 3000, 4000<br />

The Mastertig MLS TM 3000 and 4000 offer outstanding TIG performance in the most demanding welding<br />

environments. Super-efficient and compact, the Mastertig MLS TM is designed for professional welders who expect<br />

the most from their welding equipment. The Mastertig MLS TM series builds on the success of Master MLS TM MMA<br />

welding machines. That means you benefit from Kemppi’s strong track record in innovative welding technology.<br />

Convenient and safe<br />

Master performance<br />

Premium weld control<br />

Compact and portable<br />

Less maintenance<br />

Unique service channel for troubleshooting<br />

ICS TM technology for minimal particle intake<br />

Microprocessor controlled IGBT DC power sources<br />

Interchangeable control panels<br />

Efficient spark transformer for high frequency ignition with cables<br />

up to 50 m<br />

The new ICS TM (Isolated Cooling System) prevents dust and metal<br />

particles from penetrating the machine’s interior. The cooling air<br />

flows from the back of the machine forward – that is towards the<br />

point being welded. As a result, the particle content of the air is<br />

smaller than if the air flowed in the opposite direction.<br />

MASTERCOOL 10, 20, 30, FASTCOOL 10<br />

MASTERTIG MLS TM 3000 4000<br />

Part Numbers MTL panel P0203 P0209<br />

MTX panel P0205 P0211<br />

MTM panel P0207 P0213<br />

Connection voltage 3~ 50/60 Hz 400V -15%...+20% 400V -15%...+20%<br />

Loading capacity 30% ED TIG 300A 400A<br />

60% ED TIG 205A 285A<br />

100% ED TIG 160A 220A<br />

Connection cable / fuse delayed 4 x 1.5S - 5m / 10A 4 x 2.5S - 5m / 16A<br />

Welding current (A) TIG 5-300 5-400<br />

Electrode sizes to be welded (mm) ø mm 1.5-5.0 1.5-6.0<br />

Dimensions with cooling unit (mm)<br />

L x W x H 500 x 180 x 390 (650) 500 x 180 x 390 (650)<br />

Weight (kg) 22 23<br />

FastCool 10 MasterCool 10 MasterCool 20 MasterCool 30<br />

Part Number 606810001 6122350 6162900 6163900<br />

External dimensions LxWxH(mm) 570 x 230 x 280 500x180x260 500 x 180 x 260 500 x 180 x 260<br />

Weight kg 11 10 8 8<br />

THE MTL PANEL<br />

Part Number 6116000<br />

The MTL Panel offers MMA and TIG welding finesses.<br />

Separate warning lights indicate that the machine is connected<br />

to the power source, as well as overheating and excess or<br />

under voltage of the supply<br />

Control method switch: remote control unit, the foot pedal or<br />

the potentiometer of the panel, you can also control it from<br />

the Kemppi TTC torch<br />

The welding current or alternatively the arc voltage is shown<br />

on a clear digital display, which also indicates both the set<br />

values and the values used<br />

Hot Start and the Arc Force<br />

Ignition method: high-frequency (HF) ignition or contact ignition<br />

Control of pre- and post-gas time to protect the weld pool<br />

from oxidization<br />

The up-slope and down-slope time of the welding current when<br />

starting and finishing to avoid defects at the ends of the weld<br />

MMA/TIG methods<br />

Foot pedal control for setting current limits<br />

Gas flow testing<br />

The TIG 2-/4-tact switch to select trigger logics<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

THE MTX PANEL<br />

THE MTM PANEL<br />

Part Number 6116005<br />

The basic functions of the MTX Panel are based on the MTL panel. In addition, the MTX panel makes it possible<br />

to use pulse welding, quick-pulse welding or 4T-LOG interruption automatics.<br />

4T LOG function ( Search Arc when you begin welding and a<br />

Tail Arc when you finish)<br />

Pulsed-TIG welding functions to set the pulse ratio, frequency<br />

and the idling current level<br />

Synergic Quick Pulse TIG. The pulse parameters are controlled<br />

synergically<br />

The TIG SPOT welding automatics adjusts the length of the current<br />

pulse between the slope- up and slope-down of the current<br />

Part Number 6116010<br />

The MTM Panel has the same functions as the MTX panel except for the 4T-LOG function. The additional function<br />

in the MTM panel.<br />

The MINILOG function is selected from the switch in<br />

connection with the 2-/4-tact function. If necessary, this logic<br />

can be equipped with the low-current Search Arc, which makes<br />

an exact start easier<br />

Memory block for storing adjusted values. The memory<br />

function can be accessed from the panel, the remote control<br />

unit or the control module of the welding gun.<br />

72 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG WELDERS<br />

MASTERTIG AC/DC 3500W WELDING SURFERS<br />

The Mastertig AC/DC series features compact TIG/MMA inverters for AC/DC current welding with both<br />

polarities in current range 200 - 350 Amps. Mastertig AC/DC can be water-cooled (3500W). Ease of<br />

use, high duty cycles and excellent mobility put the Mastertig AC/DC series in a class of its own.<br />

1<br />

MASTERTIG AC/DC<br />

3500W<br />

Part Number 6163505<br />

Connection voltage 3~50/60 Hz 400 ±10%<br />

Fuse, delayed (A) 400V 20A<br />

Loading capacity TIG max %ED 350A (60%)<br />

TIG 100%ED 280A<br />

Welding current range (A) TIG DC 3...350<br />

AC 10...350<br />

MMA 10...350<br />

External dimensions (mm) L x W x H 690 x 260 x 870<br />

Weight (kg) 74<br />

Mastertig AC/DC benefits<br />

The versatile and user-friendly control functions<br />

are based on advanced electronics, including an<br />

integrated digital controlled electronic power<br />

source with IGBT modules.<br />

Less interference due to optimised wave form and<br />

smart HF<br />

Reliable ignition<br />

Trouble-free<br />

AC/DC BASIC<br />

Part Number P098<br />

The basic operation panel AC/<br />

DC provides basic TIG and<br />

MMA welding functions and<br />

adjustments.<br />

Balance<br />

With the automatic AC balance<br />

control you can weld with<br />

sharp or blunt electrode in AC TIG welding<br />

Broken-arc welding<br />

This facility is particularly useful when root welding on<br />

pipe work, in position and on thin materials<br />

AC/DC MINLOG<br />

Part Number P099<br />

Basic functions - For TIG and<br />

MMA welding<br />

Balance, Minilog<br />

Pulse Tig<br />

Delivers precise control for<br />

pulsedtig welding in AC and DC,<br />

improving arc control and reducing weld time<br />

When using high pulse frequencies, the arc is<br />

narrowed, and arc focus improved<br />

AC/DC PULSE<br />

Part Number P0901<br />

Basic functions- For TIG and<br />

MMA welding<br />

Balance<br />

Minilog<br />

This feature improves welder<br />

control in areas of difficult<br />

access and is ideally suited to the professional pipe<br />

welder.<br />

This makes welding easier in all positions, controlling<br />

the arc force and meeting the needs of even the most<br />

demanding welder.<br />

MASTERTIG MLS 2300 AC/DC<br />

MasterTig MLS 2300 ACDC is powerful, but very small and light. Weighing only 15 kg, the ACDC<br />

MLS is one of the best power and weight ratios available. Modern design techniques and materials<br />

are used in structure, electronics and electro mechanics, delivering a stylish and refined package.<br />

MasterTig MLS 2300 ACDC benefits<br />

Flexibility – Panel options<br />

Easy to move, light to carry<br />

Welds all materials<br />

Power generator compatible<br />

User personalization<br />

<strong>Product</strong>ivity and Quality – MIX TIG special current mode<br />

- thin to thick joining made easy<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

Mastertig MLS 2300 ACDC 6162300<br />

Mastertig MLS 2300 ACDC VRD AU 6162300AU<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

Mains voltage<br />

1~ 50/60 Hz 230 V<br />

-15%...+15%<br />

Conn. cable, fuse delayed 3 x 2.5 mm² -S-3.3 m /<br />

16A<br />

Load capacity 40% TIG 5.7 kVA / 230 A<br />

40 °C 60% TIG 4.8 kVA / 200 A<br />

100% TIG 3.9 kVA / 170 A<br />

40% MMA 6.0 kVA / 180 A<br />

60% MMA 4.8 kVA / 150 A<br />

100% MMA 3.7 kVA / 120 A<br />

Welding range TIG 3A / 10V...230A / 19,2V<br />

MMA 10A / 20.5V ...180A / 27.2V<br />

Max. welding voltage 32 V / 180 A (MMA)<br />

ACS<br />

Part Number P0974<br />

Currents MMA: AC, DC-, DC+<br />

and TIG: AC, MIX, DC-, DC+<br />

Pregas and Post gas timer<br />

Hot Start current, current<br />

upslope and down slope time<br />

Current and voltage display,<br />

other welding parameters display<br />

QUICK SETUP<br />

2T and 4T (latch function)<br />

Spark and contact ignition (TIG)<br />

Choosing remote control and setting the range of<br />

adjustment: LO/HI<br />

Filling function for water-cooled torch (WATER FILL)<br />

Test function for gas (GAS TEST)<br />

Open circuit voltage 58 V DC<br />

Power ratio at max. current 0.99<br />

Stick electrodes<br />

MMA ø 1.5...4.0 mm<br />

External dimensions LxWxH 430 x 180 x 390 mm<br />

Weight<br />

15 kg<br />

COOLING UNIT MASTERCOOL 20<br />

Connection voltage 230 V -15%...+15%<br />

Connection capacity 100% ED 50 W<br />

Cooling power<br />

1.0 kW<br />

Maximum pressure 4,0 bar<br />

Recom. cooling liquid 20%-40% ethanol/water<br />

Tank volume<br />

3 l<br />

External dimensions LxWxH 500 x 180 x 260 mm<br />

Weight<br />

8 kg<br />

ACX<br />

Part Number P096<br />

ACX has all ACS functions as<br />

standard plus these<br />

4T-LOG and MINILOG switch<br />

functions<br />

Start, Minilog, End current<br />

Spot timer<br />

Long pulse<br />

Synergic quick pulse<br />

“MEMORY” 10 channel memory function<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

73


TIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

MASTERTIG MLS 3000 AC/DC<br />

MasterTig MLS ACDC models are suitable for TIG welding of all metals, particularly aluminium<br />

and stainless steel, as well as for MMA welding. They can be used for manual welding as well<br />

as mechanised welding applications. This product family offers the most versatile and advanced<br />

devices for TIG welding. Their characteristics were developed on the basis of the latest achievements<br />

in welding research. For single- or 3-phase network The product family contains devices for two<br />

amperage classes: The MasterTig MLS 2300 ACDC, which is intended for use with single-phase<br />

power supply, and the MasterTig MLS 3000/3003 ACDC models, designed for 3-phase power supply<br />

networks. In a multi-voltage model (3003), the supply voltage can be 230–460V. The maximum load<br />

of 3-phase devices in TIG welding is 300 amperes with a duty cycle of 40%. Even in continuous<br />

use, the load can be 190 amperes. By applying a special PFC technology, the welding power has<br />

been increased to an unusually high level also in the single-phase machine. The peak current is 230<br />

amperes, and even in continuous use the load can be up to 170 amperes. All the characteristics<br />

needed in TIG welding The MasterTig MLS ACDC enables TIG welding with any type of current:<br />

AC, DC+, and DC-. In addition, it lets you use a combination of AC and DC, or the MIX TIG. The<br />

digital control panels offer all the basic functions required in TIG welding, plus a great number of<br />

useful additional features that improve the quality and productivity of welding. Setting the welding<br />

parameters is easy, and welderspecific, unique settings can be saved by using the memory channel<br />

function. There are also several remote control devices available. Efficient cooling units Both of the<br />

MasterTig MLS ACDC amperage classes have specific cooling units for water-cooled torches. The<br />

MasterCool 30 is intended for 3-phase and MasterCool 20 for single-phase devices.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ACS<br />

Part Number P091<br />

Currents MMA: AC, DC-, DC+<br />

and TIG: AC, MIX, DC-, DC+<br />

Pregas and Post gas timer<br />

Hot Start current, current<br />

upslope and down slope time<br />

Current and voltage display,<br />

other welding parameters display<br />

QUICK SETUP<br />

2T and 4T (latch function)<br />

Spark and contact ignition (TIG)<br />

Choosing remote control and setting the range of<br />

adjustment: LO/HI<br />

Filling function for water-cooled torch (WATER FILL)<br />

Test function for gas (GAS TEST)<br />

ACX<br />

Part Number P092<br />

ACX has all ACS functions as<br />

standard plus these<br />

4T-LOG and MINILOG switch<br />

functions<br />

Start, Minilog, End current<br />

Spot timer<br />

Long pulse<br />

Synergic quick pulse<br />

“MEMORY” 10 channel memory function<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

3-phase models MLS 3000 ACDC MLS 3003 ACDC<br />

Connection voltage 3~ 400 V -10% … +10%, 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V –10% … 460 V +10%, 50/60 Hz<br />

Load capacity<br />

TIG 300 A 13.3 kVA (40% ED), 300 A 9.2 kVA (40% ED)<br />

190 A 7.9 kVA (100% ED) 190 A 4.8 kVA (100% ED)<br />

MMA 250 A 14.4 kVA (40% ED), 250 A 10.0 kVA (40% ED),<br />

190 A 11.0 kVA (100% ED) 190 A 7.0 kVA (100% ED)<br />

Open circuit voltage 63 V 58 V (


TM16<br />

2304-0143<br />

SHORT COLLET CAP<br />

2304-0144<br />

MEDIUM COLLET CAP 2304-0145<br />

LONG COLLET CAP<br />

TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TM16V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

TM16FV<br />

FLEX BODY<br />

2310-0040<br />

BACK CAP 0-RING<br />

VS-1<br />

VALVE STEM<br />

S-008<br />

VALVE O-RING<br />

H-200<br />

SMOOTH HANDLE<br />

H-200R<br />

RIBBED HANDLE<br />

2310-2051<br />

NOZZLE GASKET<br />

COLLET<br />

2310-1879<br />

POWER CONNECTOR<br />

2310-1853 12.5’<br />

2310-1854 25’<br />

HOSE & CABLE ASSEMBLY<br />

2310-1938<br />

NOSE TRANSFER<br />

BLOCK<br />

SHORT ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

TM3558<br />

ONE PIECE DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

TM3558H<br />

ADAPTOR W/6’ HOSE FITTINGS<br />

46V28-2 12.5’<br />

46V30-2 25’<br />

POWER CABLE – 2 PIECE<br />

COLLETS · GAS LENS<br />

ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16<br />

DIA 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm 4.8mm<br />

COLLET 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304-<br />

0086 0087 0088 0089 0090 0091 0146<br />

GAS NOZZLES· GAS LENS NOZZLES<br />

SIZE 4 5 6 7 8 10 11<br />

6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm<br />

ALUMINA 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304-<br />

0079 0080 0081 0082 0083<br />

SHORT 2304- 2304<br />

0084 0085<br />

LAVA 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304- 2304-<br />

0079C 0080C 0081C 0082C 0083C<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

75


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TM9 CONSUMABLES<br />

TM 9P<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

¾”<br />

8½”<br />

1½”<br />

3½” 70°<br />

2¼” ¾”<br />

6⁵₆”<br />

41V35<br />

MEDIUM CAP<br />

41V24<br />

LONG BACK CAP<br />

C-17-1<br />

CONNECTOR<br />

VS-2<br />

VALVE KNOB<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

N-17-1<br />

NIPPLE<br />

H-100R C<br />

RIBBED<br />

HANDLE<br />

57Y01-2 12.5’<br />

57Y03-2 25’<br />

2 PC. CABLE ASSY.<br />

41V33<br />

SHORT CAP<br />

TM 9V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

9P-H<br />

HEAD<br />

98W77<br />

O-RING<br />

TM 9<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

57Y01-RR<br />

57Y03-RR<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

E<br />

LG. DIA. GAS<br />

LENS COLLET<br />

F<br />

LG. DIA. GAS<br />

LENS COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

54N63-20<br />

HEAD<br />

D<br />

MEDIUM GAS<br />

LENS COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

598320<br />

GAS LENS<br />

GASKET<br />

C<br />

GAS<br />

LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

9-4<br />

INSERT<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

598882<br />

GASKET<br />

SH100<br />

SWITH HANDLE<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITH<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

2310-1879<br />

POWER CONNECTOR<br />

WC-3-10(V) 10’<br />

WC-3-10(V) 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS<br />

ZIPPER / VELCRO (V)<br />

H-100 C<br />

HANDLE<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

MED. DIA. GAS<br />

LENS NOZZLE<br />

H<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

G<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

FLEX-HEAD<br />

TORCHES<br />

TM-9F<br />

TM-9FV<br />

J<br />

ALUMINA LG.<br />

DIA. GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

ONE PIECE DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

TM2558 ADAPTOR W/OUT HOSE<br />

TM2558H ADAPTOR W/6’ HOSE & FITTINGS<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8<br />

DIAMETER 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.4 3.2<br />

A COLLET 13N20 13N21 13N22 13N23 13N24<br />

B COLLET BODY 13N25 13N26 13N27 13N28 13N29<br />

C GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V43 45V44 45V45<br />

D MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW 45V37SW<br />

E LG DIA GAS LENS 13N20L 13N21L 13N22L 13N23L 13N24L<br />

COLLET<br />

F LG DIA GAS LENS 45V0204S 45V116S 45V64S 995795S<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ITEM SIZE 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12<br />

4mm 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm 19mm<br />

G ALUMINA 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13<br />

H ALUMINA 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61 53N61S<br />

GAS LENS<br />

I MED ALUM 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW 54N19<br />

GAS LENS<br />

J LGE ALUM 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87<br />

GAS LENS<br />

LONG 1 7/8” 796F70 796F71 796F72 796F73<br />

EX LONG 2 1/2” 796F74 796F75 796F76 796F77<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-1<br />

WITH LONG CAP, 2 COLLETS, 2 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES,2 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

76 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TM17 CONSUMABLES<br />

7”<br />

70°<br />

¾”<br />

57Y02<br />

LONG CAP<br />

VS-2<br />

VALVE KNOB<br />

H-100R C<br />

RIBBED<br />

HANDLE<br />

C-17-1<br />

CONNECTOR<br />

57Y01-2 12.5’<br />

57Y03-2 25’<br />

2 PC. CABLE ASSY.<br />

1<br />

3⁵₈”<br />

7½”<br />

57Y04<br />

SHORT CAP<br />

57Y05<br />

MEDIUM CAP<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

TM 17V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

N-17-1<br />

NIPPLE<br />

H-100 C<br />

SMOOTH<br />

HANDLE<br />

FLEX-HEAD TORCHES<br />

TM17F<br />

TM17FV<br />

98W18<br />

O’RING<br />

18-7<br />

INSERT<br />

TM17<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

57Y01-RR 12.5’<br />

57Y03-RR 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

18CG<br />

GASKET<br />

54N63<br />

GASKET<br />

E<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

C<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

18CG01<br />

GASKET<br />

18-17MGLG<br />

GASKET<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

SH100<br />

SWITCH<br />

HANDLE<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

D<br />

MEDIUM<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITCH<br />

18CG20<br />

STUBBY<br />

GASKET<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

WC-3-10(V) 10’<br />

WC-3-22(V) 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS ZIPPER / VELCRO (V)<br />

2310-1879<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

ADAPTOR<br />

L<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

K<br />

LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

H<br />

STD. & LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

J<br />

MED. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

M<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

G<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

TM2558 (TM3558)<br />

ONE PCE DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

TM2558H (TM3558H)<br />

ADAPTOR W/6’ HOSE & FITTINGS<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32<br />

DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm<br />

A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20<br />

B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N28 406488<br />

C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28<br />

D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S<br />

E LG DIA 45V0204 45V116 45V64 995795 45V63<br />

GAS LENS<br />

F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N25S<br />

G STUBBY COLLET 17CB20<br />

BODY<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

ITEM SIZE 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 SHORT<br />

6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm<br />

H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44<br />

ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L<br />

I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19<br />

J MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW<br />

K LONG ALUM GAS LENS 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L<br />

L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89<br />

GAS LENS<br />

M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-2<br />

WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

77


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TM18 CONSUMABLES<br />

1³₈”<br />

18R32 32<br />

PITCH<br />

OR<br />

18R24 24<br />

PITCH<br />

RACK<br />

57Y02<br />

LONG CAP<br />

H-200 C<br />

HANDLE<br />

18SPB<br />

BARREL<br />

TM-18SP<br />

TORCH<br />

BODY<br />

14¾”<br />

57Y04<br />

SHORT CAP<br />

57Y05<br />

MEDIUM CAP<br />

TM-18V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

VS-2<br />

VALVE KNOB<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

40V75 12.5’<br />

41V30 25’<br />

GAS HOSE<br />

40V74 12.5’<br />

41V32 25’<br />

WATER HOSE<br />

18SP-H<br />

HEAD<br />

98W18<br />

O-RING<br />

18-7<br />

INSERT<br />

TM-18<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

40V64 12.5’<br />

41V29 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

1¹₁₆”<br />

18CG<br />

GASKET<br />

7”<br />

6⁵₈”<br />

70°<br />

8½”<br />

18CG01<br />

GASKET<br />

18-17MGLG<br />

GASKET<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

SH200<br />

SWITCH<br />

HANDLE<br />

WC-4-10 10’<br />

WC-4-22 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS ZIPPER<br />

L<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

54N63<br />

GASKET<br />

E<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

C<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

K<br />

LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

H<br />

STD. & LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

D<br />

MEDIUM<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

J<br />

MED. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITCH<br />

18CG20<br />

STUBBY<br />

GASKET<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

G<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

M<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

45V11<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

ADAPTOR<br />

LDT1820L<br />

DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

WATER COOLED<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32<br />

DIAMETER 0.5mm 1.0mm 1.6mm 2.4mm 3.2mm 4.0mm<br />

A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20<br />

B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N28 406488<br />

C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28<br />

D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S<br />

E LG DIA GAS LENS 45V0204 45V116 45V64 995795 45V63<br />

F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N25S<br />

G STUBBY COLLET BODY 17CB20<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

ITEM SIZE 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 SHORT<br />

6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm<br />

H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44<br />

ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L<br />

I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19<br />

J MED ALUM 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW<br />

GAS LENS<br />

K LONG ALUM 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L<br />

GAS LENS<br />

L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89<br />

GAS LENS<br />

M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-3<br />

WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

78 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TM20 CONSUMABLES<br />

¾”<br />

1<br />

H-100 C<br />

HANDLE<br />

TM 25<br />

TORCH<br />

BODY<br />

TM 20P<br />

TORCH<br />

BODY<br />

8½”<br />

41V24<br />

LONG CAP<br />

TM-20F<br />

TORCH<br />

BODY<br />

41V33<br />

SHORT<br />

CAP<br />

41V35<br />

MEDIUM<br />

CAP<br />

45V09 12.5’<br />

45V10 25’<br />

GAS HOSE<br />

45V07 12.5’<br />

45V08 25’<br />

WATER HOSE<br />

9P-H<br />

HEAD<br />

TM-20<br />

TORCH<br />

BODY<br />

E<br />

LG. DI.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

54N63-20<br />

GASKET<br />

598320<br />

GAS LENS<br />

GASKET<br />

98W77<br />

0-RING<br />

9-4<br />

INSERT<br />

598882<br />

GASKET<br />

VS-2<br />

VALVE STEM<br />

45V03 12.5’<br />

45V04 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

7½”<br />

3½”<br />

7¼”<br />

70°<br />

6⁵₈”<br />

F<br />

LG. DI.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

J<br />

ALUMINA<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

¾”<br />

D<br />

MEDIUM<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

MED. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

C<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

H<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

G<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

TM20V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

45V11<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

ADAPTER<br />

LDT1820L<br />

DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

WATER COOLED<br />

WC-3-10(V) 10’<br />

WC-3-22 (V) 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS ZIPPER<br />

(VELCRO)<br />

SH100<br />

SWITCH HANDLE<br />

(TM-20, 20F, 20P, 25)<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITCH<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8<br />

DIAMETER 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.4 3.2<br />

A COLLET 13N20 13N21 13N22 13N23 13N24<br />

B COLLET BODY 13N25 13N26 13N27 13N28 13N29<br />

C GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V43 45V44 45V45<br />

D MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW 45V37SW<br />

E LG DIA GAS LENS 13N20L 13N21L 13N22L 13N23L 13N24L<br />

COLLET<br />

F LG DIA GAS LENS 45V0204S 45V116S 45V64S 995795S<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

ITEM SIZE 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12<br />

4mm 6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 17mm 19mm<br />

G ALUMINA 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13<br />

H ALUMINA GAS LENS 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61 53N61S<br />

I MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW 54N19<br />

J LGE ALUM GAS LENS 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87<br />

LONG 1 7/8” 796F70 796F71 796F72 796F73<br />

EX LONG 2 1/2” 796F74 796F75 796F76 796F77<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-4<br />

CONTAINS LONG CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

79


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TM24 CONSUMABLES<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

VS-2<br />

VALVE KNOB<br />

TM24V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

H-100RC<br />

RIBBED HANDLE<br />

57Y01-RR 12½’<br />

57Y03-RR 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

45V09 12.5’<br />

45V10 25’<br />

GAS HOSE<br />

45V07 12.5’<br />

45V08 25’<br />

WATER HOSE<br />

TM24<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

24-4<br />

HEX COUPLER<br />

TM24W<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

45V03 12.5’<br />

45V04 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

53N66<br />

GASKET<br />

598320<br />

GAS LENS<br />

GASKET<br />

53N22<br />

GASKET<br />

H-100C<br />

HANDLE<br />

C<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

D<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

H<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

E<br />

MEDIUM<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLECT<br />

BODY<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

MED. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

F<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

SH100<br />

SWITCH<br />

HANDLE<br />

G<br />

LONG LAVA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITCH<br />

POWER CABLE ADAPTORS<br />

2310-1879 AIR COOLED<br />

45V11 WATER COOLED<br />

WC-3-10(V) 10’<br />

WC-3-22(V) 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS ZIPPER/<br />

VELCRO(V)<br />

¾”<br />

53N20<br />

WRENCH<br />

ONE PIECE DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

TM2558 ADAPTOR WITHOUT HOSE<br />

TM2558H ADAPTOR W/6’ HOSE & FITTINGS<br />

LDT1820L WATER COOLED DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

1”<br />

70°<br />

7³₈”<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32<br />

DIAMETER 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.4<br />

A COLLET 53N15 53N16 53N14 24C332<br />

B COLLET BODY 53N17 53N18 53N19 24CB332<br />

C GAS LENS COLLET 53N62 53N63 53N64 24GLC332<br />

D GAS LENS 45V41 45V42 45V32 45V44<br />

E MED GAS LENS 45V35SW 45V36SW<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ITEM SIZE 4 5 6 7<br />

6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm<br />

F ALUMINA 53N24A 53N25A 53N27A<br />

G LONG LAVA 53N28 53N26<br />

H ALUMINA GAS LENS 53N58 53N59 53N60 53N61<br />

I MED ALUM 54N16SW 54N15SW<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-5<br />

WITH 2 COLLETS, 2 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES,1 WRENCH, 2 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

80 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TM26 CONSUMABLES<br />

1<br />

1¹₁₆”<br />

11”<br />

7”<br />

3⁵₈”<br />

70°<br />

TM26P<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

TM18SP-H<br />

HEAD<br />

FLEX-HEAD TORCHES<br />

TM-26F<br />

TM-26FV<br />

8½”<br />

1¹₁₆”<br />

57Y04<br />

SHORT CAP<br />

98W18<br />

O’RING<br />

57Y02<br />

LONG CAP<br />

57Y05<br />

MEDIUM CAP<br />

18-7<br />

INSERT<br />

VS-1<br />

VALVE KNOB<br />

S-008<br />

O-RING<br />

TM-26<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

H-200RC<br />

RIBBED<br />

HANDLE<br />

TM 26V<br />

TORCH BODY<br />

C-17-1<br />

CONNECTOR<br />

N-26-1<br />

NIPPLE<br />

C-26-1<br />

CONNECTOR<br />

2310-1853 12.5’<br />

2310-1854 25’<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

46V28-2 12.5’<br />

46V30-2 25’<br />

2 PC. CABLE ASSY.<br />

H-200C<br />

SMOOTH<br />

HANDLE<br />

18CG<br />

GASKET<br />

54N63<br />

GASKET<br />

E<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

C<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

18CG01<br />

GASKET<br />

A<br />

COLLET<br />

B<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

18-17MGLG<br />

GASKET<br />

SH100<br />

SWITCH<br />

HANDLE<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

D<br />

MEDIUM<br />

GAS LENS<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

SW-1F<br />

SWITCH<br />

18CG20<br />

STUBBY<br />

GASKET<br />

F<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

2310-1879<br />

POWER CABLE<br />

ADAPTOR<br />

WC-3-10(V) 10’<br />

WC-3-22(V) 22’<br />

CABLE COVERS ZIPPER/<br />

VELCRO (V)<br />

L<br />

LG. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

K<br />

LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

I<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

H<br />

STD. & LONG<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

J<br />

MED. DIA.<br />

ALUMINA<br />

GAS LENS<br />

NOZZLE<br />

M<br />

ALUMINA<br />

NOZZLE<br />

G<br />

STUBBY<br />

COLLET<br />

BODY<br />

TM2558 (TM3558)<br />

ONE PCE DINSE ADAPTOR<br />

TM2558H (TM3558H)<br />

ADAPTOR W/6’ HOSE & FITTINGS<br />

COLLETS · COLLET BODIES · GAS LENS<br />

ITEM ELECTRODE .020 .040 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32<br />

DIAMETER 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0<br />

A COLLET 10N21 10N22 10N23 10N24 10N25 54N20<br />

B COLLET BODY 10N29 10N30 10N31 10N32 10N28 406488<br />

C GAS LENS 45V29 45V24 45V25 45V26 45V27 45V28<br />

D MED GAS LENS 45V25S 45V26S 45V27S 45V28S<br />

E LG DIA GAS LENS 45V0204 45V116 45V64 995795 45V63<br />

F STUBBY COLLET 10N21S 10N22S 10N23S 10N24S 10N25S<br />

G STUBBY COLLET BODY 17CB20<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

ITEM SIZE 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 SHORT<br />

6mm 8mm 10mm 11mm 12.5mm 16mm 19mm<br />

H ALUMINA STD 10N50 10N49 10N48 10N47 10N46 10N45 10N44<br />

ALUMINA LONG 10N49L 10N48L 10N47L<br />

I ALUMINA GAS LENS 54N18 54N17 54N16 54N15 54N14 54N19<br />

J MED ALUM GAS LENS 54N16SW 54N15SW 54N14SW 54N12SW<br />

K LONG ALUM GAS LENS 54N16L 54N15L 54N14L<br />

L ALUMINA LG DIA 57N75 57N74 53N88 53N87 53N89<br />

GAS LENS<br />

M ALUMINA NOZZLE 13N08 13N09 13N10 13N11 13N12 13N13<br />

ACCESSORY KIT AK-3<br />

WITH SHORT CAP, 3 COLLETS, 3 COLLET BODIES, 3 NOZZLES, 3 TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

81


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TIGMASTER 3PC YELLOW JACKET<br />

TM9-90 Assembled<br />

TM9-90 Assembled with Med.Gas Lens<br />

TM9-70<br />

125 amps<br />

TM9-90<br />

125 amps<br />

TM 1726<br />

150-200 amps<br />

TM 1726-90<br />

150-200 amps<br />

TM24-70<br />

80 amps<br />

TM9PF<br />

120 amps<br />

TM1726P<br />

140-180 amps<br />

TM150TB<br />

TM150VTB<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

TM150CES<br />

SHORT COIL<br />

TM150W<br />

H100-R<br />

H100F<br />

82 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TIG WELDING TORCHES ”ABITIG®” AIR- AND LIQUID-COOLED<br />

ABITIG® 9, ABITIG® 20<br />

The ABITIG® line represents a further development of the worldwide recognizedSR torch series. All torches<br />

feature the most commonly used and acceptedcomponants and are offered within a modular concept torch<br />

programme withenhanced features.<br />

1<br />

The wide range, with both air- and liquid-cooled variants, are all fitted with auniform ergonomic handle which<br />

integrates all switching and control functions.The flexible cable assemblies are further avialable with modular<br />

and robustmachine-side connections.<br />

Features<br />

one ergonomic handle for all ABITIG® torch types<br />

modular switching and control functions integrated<br />

in the handle<br />

light and flexible cable assemblies with odular<br />

machine-side connections for all salable TIGwelding<br />

power sources<br />

consumables compatible to the internationalstandard<br />

ABITIG® 9 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

air-cooled<br />

Rating:<br />

110 A DC / 80 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 35 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0.5–1.6 mm<br />

ABITIG® 20 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

liquid-cooled*<br />

Rating:<br />

220 A DC / 160 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 100 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0.5–3.2 mm<br />

* Torch input pressure:<br />

Min. 2.5 bar (max. 3.5 bar);<br />

Min. flow rate:<br />

0.9 l/min.<br />

Technical data based on cable assembly lengths of up<br />

to 8.00 m.<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

short medium<br />

Torch complete<br />

Torch body<br />

Type Cooling Version Part-No.<br />

ABITIG® 9 air-ccoled Standard 712.5020<br />

ABITIG® 9 F air-cooled Flexible 712.5030<br />

ABITIG® 20 liquid-cooled Standard 712.3020<br />

Due to the highly differing types of connections on the machine side we cannot list order numbers for the complete<br />

torches.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

long<br />

standard<br />

jumbo<br />

Insulating ring<br />

Standard version<br />

30mm<br />

Standard version<br />

Standard version<br />

X1<br />

Adaptor<br />

Standard version<br />

with gas lens<br />

22,5mm<br />

Standard version<br />

for gas lens<br />

Jumbo version<br />

with gas lens<br />

48mm<br />

Jumbo version<br />

for gas lens<br />

34mm<br />

Jumbo version<br />

for gas lens**<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Back cap (10 pcs.) short medium long<br />

701.0240 / 41V33 701.0244 / 41V35 701.0247 / 41V24<br />

2) Collet (10 pcs.) Standard version Jumbo version<br />

Ø 0.5 mm 701.0249 / 13N20 701.1225 / 13N20L<br />

Ø 1.0 mm 701.0250 / 13N21 701.1226 / 13N21L<br />

Ø 1.2 mm 701.0254 / – –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm 701.0251 / 13N22 701.1227 / 13N22L<br />

Ø 2.0 mm 701.0255 / – –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm 701.0252 / 13N23 701.1228 / 13N23L<br />

Ø 3.2 mm 701.0253 / 13N24 701.1229 / 13N24L<br />

3) Insulating ring / Adaptor Insulating ring (10 pcs.) Adaptor (5 pcs.)<br />

702.0055 / 598882 701.1234 / 54N63-20<br />

4) Collet body Standard version Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) with gas lens (10 pcs.) with gas lens (5 pcs.)<br />

Ø 0.5–1.0 mm 701.0275 / 13N26 701.0301 / 45V42 701.1230 / 45V0204S<br />

Ø 1.2 mm 701.0279 / – 701.0313 / – –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm 701.0276 / 13N27 701.0307 / 45V43 701.1231 / 45V116S<br />

Ø 2.0 mm 701.0280 / – 701.0315 / – –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm 701.0277 / 13N28 701.0309 / 45V44 701.1232 / 45V64S<br />

Ø 3.2 mm 701.0278 / 13N29 701.0311 / 45V45 701.1233 / 995795S<br />

5) Gas nozzle, Ceramic Standard version Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) for gas lens for gas lens<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 701.0281 / 13N08 701.0317 / 53N58 –<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 701.0282 / 13N09 701.0318 / 53N59 –<br />

No. 6 Ø 9.5 mm 701.0283 / 13N10 701.0319 / 53N60 701.1199 / 57N75<br />

No. 7 Ø 11.0 mm 701.0284 / 13N11 701.0320 / 53M61 –<br />

No. 8 Ø 12.5 mm 701.0285 / 13N12 – 701.1200 / 57N74<br />

No. 10 Ø 16.0 mm 701.0286 / 13N13 – 701.1201 / 53N88<br />

No. 12 – – 701.1121 / 53N87<br />

6) Gas nozzle, Ceramic Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) X1 for gas lens**<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 48 mm 701.0289 / 796F71 701.1202 / 53N89<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 48 mm 701.0290 / 796F72<br />

No. 6 Ø 9.5 mm 48 mm 701.0291 / 796F73<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 63 mm 701.0293 / 796F75<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 63 mm 701.0294 / 796F76<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 89 mm 701.0296 / 796F79<br />

** not suitable for high frequency<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

83


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TIG WELDING TORCHES ”ABITIG®” AIR- AND LIQUID-COOLED<br />

ABITIG®17, ABITIG®<br />

18, ABITIG®26<br />

Features<br />

one ergonomic handle for all ABITIG® torch types<br />

modular switching and control functions integrated<br />

in the handle<br />

light and flexible cable assemblies with modular<br />

machine-side connections for all salable TIG welding<br />

power sources<br />

consumables compatible to the international standard<br />

ABITIG® 17 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

air-cooled<br />

Rating:<br />

140 A DC / 100 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 35 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0.5–2.4 mm<br />

ABITIG® 18 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

liquid-cooled*<br />

Rating:<br />

320 A DC / 230 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 100 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0.5–4.0 mm<br />

* Torch input pressure:<br />

Min. 2.5 bar (max. 3.5 bar);<br />

Min. flow rate:<br />

0.7 l/min.<br />

ABITIG® 26 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

air-cooled<br />

Rating:<br />

180 A DC / 130 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 35 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0,5–4,0 mm<br />

Technical data based on cable assembly lengths of up<br />

to 8.00 m.<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1)<br />

short long<br />

2)<br />

Torch complete<br />

Torch body<br />

Type Cooling Version Part-No.<br />

ABITIG® 17 air-cooled Standard 712.1020<br />

ABITIG® 17 F air-cooled Flexibel 712.1030<br />

ABITIG® 18 liquid-cooled Standard 712.2020<br />

ABITIG® 18 K liquid-cooled Short 712.2230<br />

ABITIG® 26 air-cooled Standard 712.4020<br />

ABITIG® 26 K air-cooled Short 712.4230<br />

ABITIG® 26 F air-cooled Flexible 712.4030<br />

Due to the highly differing types of connections on the machine side we cannot list order numbers for the complete<br />

torches.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

50mm<br />

52mm<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

Insulating ring<br />

(10 pcs)<br />

Standard version<br />

(10 pcs)<br />

47mm<br />

Standard version<br />

76mm<br />

Standard version<br />

Adaptor<br />

(10 pcs)<br />

Standard version<br />

with gas lens<br />

(10 pcs)<br />

42mm<br />

Standard version<br />

for gas lens<br />

76mm<br />

Standard version<br />

for gas lens<br />

Adaptor<br />

(5 pcs)<br />

Jumbo version<br />

with gas lens<br />

(10 pcs)<br />

48mm<br />

Jumbo version<br />

for gas lens<br />

34mm<br />

Jumbo version<br />

for gas lens**<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Back cap (5 pcs.) short long<br />

712.1053 712.1051<br />

2) Collet (10 pcs.) (50 mm) (52 mm)<br />

Ø 0.5 mm 702.0005 / 10N21 701.0169 / 10N21D<br />

Ø 1.0 mm 702.0006 / 10N22 701.0171 / 10N22D<br />

Ø 1.2 mm 702.0007 / – 701.0170 / –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm 702.0008 / 10N23 701.0172 / 10N23D<br />

Ø 2.0 mm 702.0012 / – 701.0176 / –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm 702.0009 / 10N24 701.0173 / 10N24D<br />

Ø 3.2 mm 702.0010 / 10N25 701.0174 / 10N25D<br />

Ø 4.0 mm 702.0011 / 54N20 701.0175 / 54N20D<br />

3) Insulating ring / Adaptor Insulating ring (10 pcs.) Adaptor (10 pcs.) Adaptor (5 pcs.)<br />

703.0012 / 18CG 701.0130 / 54N01 701.1122 / 54N63<br />

4) Collet body Standard version Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) with gas lens (10 pcs.) with gas lens (5 pcs.)<br />

Ø 0.5–1.2 mm 701.0190 / 10N30 701.0201 / 45V24 –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm 701.0191 / 10N31 701.0203 / 45V25 701.1116 / 45V116<br />

Ø 2.0 mm 701.0196 / 10N32 701.0207 / 45V26 –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm 701.0196 / 10N32 701.0207 / 45V26 701.1117 / 45V64<br />

Ø 3.2 mm 701.0197 / 10N28 701.0209 / 45V27 701.1118 / 995795<br />

Ø 4.0 mm 701.0198 / 406488 701.0211 / 45V28 701.1208 / 45V63<br />

5) Gas nozzle, Ceramic Standard version Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) for gas lens for gas lens<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 701.0107 / 10N50 701.0420 / 54N18 –<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 701.0108 / 10N49 701.0421 / 54N17 –<br />

No. 6 Ø 9.5 mm 701.0109 / 10N48 701.0422 / 54N16 701.1199 / 57N75<br />

No. 7 Ø11.0 mm 701.0110 / 10N47 701.0423 / 54N15 –<br />

No. 8 Ø12.5 mm 701.0111 / 10N46 701.0424 / 54N14 701.1200 / 57N74<br />

No. 10 Ø16.0 mm 701.0113 / 10N45 – 701.1201 / 53N88<br />

No. 12 Ø19.5 mm 701.0114 / 10N44* 701.0426 / 54N19 701.1121 / 53N87<br />

*50 mm long<br />

6) Gas nozzle, Ceramic Standard version Standard version Jumbo version<br />

(10 pcs.) for gas lens for gas lens**<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 701.0115 / 10N49L 701.0427 / 54N17L –<br />

No. 6 Ø 9.5 mm 701.0116 / 10N48L 701.0428 / 54N16L –<br />

No. 7 Ø 11.0 mm 701.0117 / 10N47L 701.0429 / 54N15L –<br />

Ø 24.0 mm – – 701.1202 / 53N89<br />

** not suitable for high frequency<br />

84 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TIG WELDING TORCHES ”ABITIG®” LIQUID-COOLED<br />

ABITIG®18 SC<br />

Features<br />

one ergonomic handle for all ABITIG® torch types<br />

modular switching and control functions integrated<br />

in the handle<br />

light and flexible cable assemblies with modular<br />

machine-side connections for all salable TIG welding<br />

power sources<br />

consumables compatible to the international standard<br />

ABITIG® 18 SC Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Type of cooling:<br />

liquid-cooled*<br />

Rating:<br />

400 A DC / 280 A AC<br />

Duty cycle: 100 %<br />

Tungsten electrode: ø 0.5–4.8 mm<br />

* Torch input pressure:<br />

Min. 2.5 bar (max. 3.5 bar);<br />

Min. flow rate:<br />

0.9 l/min.<br />

Technical data based on cable assembly lengths of up<br />

to 8.00 m.<br />

1<br />

Torch complete<br />

Torch body<br />

Type Cooling Version Part-No.<br />

ABITIG® 18 SC liquid-cooled Standard 712.6020<br />

Due to the highly differing types of connections on the machine side we cannot list order numbers for the complete<br />

torches.<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

short<br />

standard 50mm<br />

HL version 49mm<br />

Insulating ring<br />

Standard version<br />

42mm<br />

long<br />

Standard version<br />

with gas lens<br />

76mm<br />

Standard version Standard version<br />

HL version<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Back cap (5 pcs.) short long<br />

712.1053 712.1051<br />

2) Collet (10 pcs.) Standard version HL version<br />

Ø 0.5 mm 702.0005 / 10N21 –<br />

Ø 1.0 mm 702.0006 / 10N22 –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm 702.0008 / 10N23 –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm 702.0009 / 10N24 –<br />

Ø 3.2 mm 702.0010 / 10N25 712.6064 / 10N25HD<br />

Ø 4.0 mm – 712.6065 / 54N20HD<br />

Ø 4.8 mm – 712.6066 / 18C36<br />

3) Insulating ring Insulating ring (5 pcs.)<br />

712.6043 / 18NG<br />

4) Collet body Standard version (10 pcs.) Standard version HL version<br />

(10 pcs.) with gas lens (10 pcs.)<br />

Ø 0.5 mm – 712.6099 / 18GL02 –<br />

Ø 1.0 mm – 712.6100 / 18GL04 –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm – 712.6101 / 18GL16 –<br />

Ø 2.4 mm – 712.6102 / 18GL32 –<br />

Ø 3.2 mm – 712.6103 / 18GL18 –<br />

Ø 4.0 mm – 712.6104 / 18GL53 –<br />

Ø 4.8 mm – 712.6105 / 18GL36 –<br />

Ø 0.5–3.2 mm – 712.6074 / NCB-53 –<br />

Ø 3.2–4.8 mm – – 712.6076 / NCB-36<br />

5) Gas nozzle, Ceramic Standard version Standard version<br />

(10 pcs.)<br />

No. 4 Ø 6.5 mm 701.0420 / 54N18 –<br />

No. 5 Ø 8.0 mm 701.0421 / 54N17 701.0427 / 54N17L<br />

No. 6 Ø 9.5 mm 701.0422 / 54N16 701.0428 / 54N16L<br />

No. 7 Ø 11.0 mm 701.0423 / 54N15 701.0429 / 54N15L<br />

No. 8 Ø 12.5 mm 701.0424 / 54N14 –<br />

No. 12 Ø 19.5 mm 701.0426 / 54N19 –<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

85


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TTC TIG-TORCHES<br />

TTC torches represent top quality properties<br />

Easy grip of the handle improves weld quality<br />

Ergonomic oval body design and perfect handle length<br />

Adjustable finger grips<br />

Easy to handle in all welding positions<br />

Rubber joint allows even sharp bend of the cable package. Light weight handle<br />

minimises stress on hand and wrist.<br />

Only minimum force is needed to handle the torch because both gas and water<br />

hoses are made of flexible, fabric-reinforced material<br />

Neck can be twisted 360 degrees to a suitable position in respect of the handle<br />

Handle and hand remain cool<br />

All Kemppi current cables have wide cross-sectional areas, which prevents the<br />

handle from over heating<br />

Minimised heat conduction from neck to handle<br />

Handle material does not conduct heat to welder’s hand<br />

Current control possibility as an option in all TTC torches<br />

RTC 10: Control disc with scale from 1 to 10<br />

RTC 20: Current control up/down<br />

Flexible S and F necks facilitate superb reaching of the joint especially in<br />

pipe welding<br />

Improved visibility to the weld<br />

Welding in tight grooves is easier<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

TTC 130 TTC 130F TTC 160 TTC 160S TTC 220 TTC 200W TTC 250W TTC 250WS<br />

Length / Part numbers 4 m 627013004 627013104 627016004 627016204 627022004 627020504 627025504 627025704<br />

8 m 627013008 627013108 627016008 627016208 627022008 627020508 627025508 627025708<br />

16 m 627013016 627013116 627016016 627016216 627022016 627020516 627025516 627025716<br />

Loading capacity DC-40% ED 130A 130A 160A 160A 220A 300 A 350 A 250 A<br />

100% ED - - - - - 200A 250A 200A<br />

Electrode sizes ø 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...3.2 1.0...2.4 1.0...4.0 1.0...4.0<br />

Connection to TIG-unit<br />

gas / current R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4<br />

water - - - - - snap conn. snap conn. snap conn.<br />

86 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TTK TIG-TORCHES<br />

1<br />

TTC torches represent top quality properties<br />

Easy grip of the handle improves weld quality<br />

Ergonomic oval body design and perfect handle<br />

length<br />

High friction surface improves hold<br />

Adjustable finger grips<br />

Easy to handle in all welding positions<br />

Rubber joint allows even sharp bend of the cable<br />

package. Lightweight handle minimises stress on<br />

hand and wrist.<br />

Only minimum force is needed to handle the torch<br />

because both gas and water hoses are made of<br />

flexible, fabric-reinforced material<br />

Neck can be twisted 360 degrees to a suitable<br />

position in respect of the handle<br />

Right neck angles of 90 and 105 degrees depending<br />

on the torch<br />

Handle and hand remain cool<br />

All Kemppi current cables have wide cross-sectional<br />

areas, which prevents the handle from over heating<br />

Minimised heat conduction from neck to handle<br />

Handle material does not conduct heat to welder’s<br />

hand<br />

Torch head can be extended by max. 30 mm by<br />

pulling.<br />

This reduces thermal radiation from arc to the hand.<br />

Temperature of cooling liquid is kept low thanks to<br />

the cable’s special structure (water hose of only 2<br />

meters)<br />

Durable, versatile switch<br />

Suitable for all types of hand grips<br />

Long switch with large friction surface. Pressing<br />

point can be chosen according to torch position<br />

Shock-resistant structure. Operating ”klick” of<br />

membrane switch can be heard.<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

TTK 130 TTK 130F TTK 160 TTK 160S TTK 220 TTK 220S TTK 300W TTK 350W TTK 250WS<br />

Length / Part Numbers 4 m 627063004 627063104 627066004 627066204 627072004 627072304 627080504 627085504 627075704<br />

8 m 627063008 627063108 627066008 627066208 627072008 627072308 627080508 627085508 627075708<br />

16 m 627063016 627063116 627066016 627066216 627072016 627072316 627080516 627085516 627075716<br />

Loading capacity DC-40% ED 130A 130A 160A 160A 220A 220A 300A 350A 250A<br />

DC-100% ED - - - - - - 200A 250A 200A<br />

AC 40% ED 100A 100A 120A 110A 160A 120A 250A 300A 250A<br />

AC 100% ED - - - - - - 140A 200A 140A<br />

Electrode sizes ø 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...2.4 1.0...3.2 1.0...3.2 1.0...2.4 1.0...4.0 1.0...4.0<br />

Connection to TIG-unit gas/current R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4 - - -<br />

water/current - - - - - - R3/8 R3/8 R3/8<br />

gas - - - - - - R1⁄4 R1⁄4 R1⁄4<br />

TTK SCRATCH-START TIG-TORCHES<br />

The Kemppi TIG torch range includes also three scratch-start TIG torches with shielding<br />

gas valves in the neck:<br />

TTM 15V 4m (V = Valve)<br />

Part Number: 6271432<br />

Loading capacity:150 A / 35% DC-<br />

Can be used in all electrode welding machines<br />

with a small power connector (for example,<br />

Master 1500, Minarc 110, Minarc 140)<br />

TTM 15V BC 4m (BC = Big Connector)<br />

Part Number: 627143201<br />

Loading capacity:150 A / 35% DC-<br />

Like TTM 15V but equipped with a big power<br />

connector.<br />

Can be used in all electrode welding machines<br />

with a big power connector (for example,<br />

Master 2200, Master 2850)<br />

TTC 220GV 4m (GV = Gas Valve)<br />

Part Number: 627022304<br />

Loading capacity:220 A / 40% DC-<br />

The torch is equipped with a big power<br />

connector.<br />

The torch is meant for use with the Master<br />

2500 MLS and Master 3500 MLS machines.<br />

The current is on only when the start switch is<br />

pressed.<br />

The current is regulated from potentiometer in<br />

the handle (RTC 10 is as standard in the handle)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

87


1<br />

TIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES FOR TIG WELDING<br />

CERIATED<br />

THORIATED<br />

10WC20 10 1.0 CERIATED TUNGSTEN 05WT20 10 0.5 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

16WC20 10 1.6 CERIATED TUNGSTEN 10WT20 10 1.0 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

24WC20 10 2.4 CERIATED TUNGSTEN 16WT20 10 1.6 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

32WC20 10 3.2 CERIATED TUNGSTEN 24WT20 10 2.4 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

40WC20 10 4.0 CERIATED TUNGSTEN 32WT20 10 3.2 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

40WT20 10 4.0 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

LANTHANATED<br />

48WT20 10 4.8 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

10WL20 10 1.0 LANTHAN.TUNGSTEN<br />

64WT20 10 6.4 THORIATED TUNGSTEN<br />

16WL20 10 1.6 LANTHAN. TUNGSTEN<br />

24WL20 10 2.4 LANTHAN. TUNGSTEN WITSTAR<br />

32WL20 10 3.2 LANTHAN. TUNGSTEN 10WS2 10 1.0 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

40WL20 10 4.0 LANTHAN TUNGSTEN 16WS2 10 1.6 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

48WL20 10 4.8 LANTHAN. TUNGSTEN 24WS2 10 2.4 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

64WL20 10 6.4 LANTHAN.TUNGSTEN 32WS2 10 3.2 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

40WS2 10 4.0 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

48WS2 10 4.8 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

64WS2 10 6.4 WITSTAR TUNGSTEN<br />

05WZ8 10 0.5 ZIRCON TUNGSTEN<br />

ZIRCONIATED<br />

10WZ8 10 1.0 ZIRCON TUNGSTEN<br />

16WZ8 10 1.6 ZIRCON. TUNGSTEN<br />

24WZ8 10 2.4 ZIRCON. TUNGSTEN<br />

32WZ8 10 3.2 ZIRCON. TUNGSTEN<br />

40WZ8 10 4.0 ZIRCON.TUNGSTEN<br />

48WZ8 10 4.8 ZIRCON.TUNGSTEN<br />

64WZ8 10 6.4 ZIRCON.TUNGSTEN<br />

OTHER<br />

PC16CS 142 grams CHEMICAL SHARPENER<br />

CABLE COVERS<br />

PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION IMAGE No.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

LEATHER<br />

TM410V 4” x 10 FT (10.2 CM x 3 M) - VELCRO 2<br />

TM410Z 4” x 10 FT (10.2 CM x 3 M) - ZIPPER 1<br />

TM422V 4” x 22 FT (10.2 CM x 6.7 M) - VELCRO 2<br />

TM422Z 4” x 22 FT (10.2 CM x 6.7 M) - ZIPPER 1<br />

TM850V 8” x 50 FT (20.3 CM x 15.2 M) - VELCRO 2<br />

TCL-3-10 3” x 10 FT (7.6 CM x 3 M) - SOFT LEATHER 1<br />

TCL-3-22 3” x 22 FT (7.6 CM x 6.7 M) - SOFT LEATHER 1<br />

NYLON<br />

PX-3-10 3” x 10 FT (7.6 CM x 3 M) - ZIPPER 3<br />

PX-3-22 3” x 22 FT (7.6 CM x 6.7 M) - ZIPPER 3<br />

PX-3-48 3” x 48 FT (7.6 CM x 14.6 M) - ZIPPER 3<br />

PX-3-10V 3” x 10 FT (7.6 CM x 3 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

PX-3-22V 3” x 22 FT (7.6 CM x 6.7 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

PX-3-48V 3” x 48 FT (7.6 CM x 14.6 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

PX-4-10 4” x 10 FT (10.2 x 3 M) - ZIPPER 4<br />

PX-4-22 4” x 22 FT (10.2 CM x 6.7 M) - ZIPPER 4<br />

PX-4-48 4” x 48 FT (10.2 CM x 14.6 M) - ZIPPER 4<br />

PX-4-10V 4” x 10 FT (10.2 x 3 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

PX-4-22V 4” x 22 FT (10.2 CM x 6.7 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

PX-4-48V 4” x 48 FT (10.2 CM x 14.6 M) - VELCRO 4<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

4<br />

88 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WeldSkill 100 MIG<br />

Portable Gasless Welding Machine<br />

WeldSkill 135 MIG<br />

Portable Welding Machine<br />

WeldSkill 150 MIG<br />

Portable Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1004100<br />

–<br />

20 3.6<br />

10 13 DC AC 70<br />

20 3.6<br />

MIG WELDERS 130<br />

415V<br />

20kVA<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA AUX<br />

PHASE<br />

240V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

12kVAOUTPUT<br />

8.5kVA<br />

2 415<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

V<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

32mm AUX<br />

240 80415<br />

140 145<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

CUT CUT AMP CUT CUT<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 100 MIG is a single phase, 10 compact +<br />

13 gasless –<br />

DC power 000<br />

+/–<br />

AC source 240 415 designed 00% for<br />

AMP<br />

4.8mm<br />

4.0mm<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX AC V V<br />

handymen that require high quality welding performance. The WeldSkill 100 MIG comes as 120a<br />

CUT CUT<br />

AMP3.2mm<br />

complete ready-to-weld kit and provides excellent arc performance with<br />

415V 240V<br />

240Vgasless mild steel flux<br />

2 415<br />

cored welding wires and is suitable for the 20kVAwelding 12kVA of mild PHASEsteel up V to 3mm 415Vthick.<br />

CUT CUT 170 CUT CUT<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage<br />

Input Frequency<br />

Generator requirement<br />

Output range<br />

Rated Output @ Duty Cycle 90A @ 10%, 22.2V<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) mm 300H x 180W x 350Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source) 13 kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to this<br />

power source<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Mild Steel Wire Size 0.8mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 0.8mm mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

Part No. W1004135<br />

45 45<br />

OCV OCV<br />

50 50<br />

OCV OCV<br />

–<br />

55 55<br />

OCV OCV<br />

70 70<br />

OCV OCV<br />

90 90<br />

OCV OCV<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 150 MIG is a single phase 140 145 165<br />

10 DC DC<br />

compact<br />

DC DC DC<br />

+<br />

13 DC<br />

power<br />

–<br />

DC DC<br />

source<br />

AMP<br />

000 AC DC designed specifically for<br />

AMP AMP<br />

240 415 00%<br />

+ AUX AUX –<br />

000<br />

OUTPUT+/–<br />

00%<br />

handymen or tradesmen that require high quality welding performance. AUXAC<br />

This AC constant V V voltage power<br />

120<br />

source provides excellent arc performance with solid or flux cored welding wires. It is<br />

AMP<br />

ideal for<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

welding a wide range of materials including stainless/mild 2 415 steels and aluminium, and is suitable for<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

the welding of mild steel up to 6mm thick (when used with appropriate consumables). AMP<br />

AMP<br />

EURO<br />

V<br />

V<br />

200 300<br />

AMP AMP<br />

11.0mm<br />

AMP9.5mm<br />

CUT CUT<br />

45 50<br />

Gasless<br />

55<br />

Operation<br />

70<br />

This<br />

90<br />

power source is suitable for CUT CUT<br />

415V<br />

240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 400<br />

560<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm<br />

240 Volts, +/– 15% (10A plug)<br />

operation with mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

5kVA 5kVA 4kVA 4kVA AMP AMP<br />

CUT CUT<br />

50 Hz<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source complies<br />

19mm<br />

AUX<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

CUT 415VCUT<br />

240V<br />

AUX 320<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AUX<br />

19mm<br />

to the relevant Australian Standard, AS 60974.6-2006* AUX<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

4 kVA<br />

AMP<br />

AC EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to stringent<br />

CUT CUT<br />

CUT<br />

12 CUT CUT<br />

28 – 90 amps (100A max)<br />

415V 240V<br />

CIGWELD quality standards and is backed AUX by a conditional<br />

AUX 38mm<br />

3.2mm<br />

315<br />

25mm<br />

12kVA<br />

AUX<br />

AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

No5<br />

AMP<br />

One Year warranty*<br />

No5<br />

CUT 415V<br />

CUT 240V<br />

29240V<br />

CUT CUT<br />

11.0mm AUX AUX 9.5mm AUX AUX AMP AUX AUX<br />

* Refer to Operating Manual for details<br />

300<br />

20kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

8.5kVA<br />

32mm 32mm<br />

AMP<br />

CUT CUT 40 30 CUT CUT<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS 415V 240V<br />

310<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP 12mm 12mm<br />

AMP<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

WeldSkill 100 gasless MIG power source, CUT Work lead 35and MIG<br />

gun (fitted), 0.8mm 415V 240V<br />

280<br />

19mm<br />

AUX<br />

WeldSkill<br />

AUX<br />

mild steel gasless wire, AMP Spare<br />

AMP<br />

torch EURO consumables, No4<br />

8kVA<br />

Operating<br />

7kVA<br />

manual<br />

H F<br />

CUT CUT<br />

––<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

20 3.6<br />

Feed Roll 0.6/0.8mm 10 10 415V 13 13 240V<br />

240V CUT<br />

70<br />

80<br />

AUX AUXDC<br />

AUX<br />

AUX<br />

AUX 20kVA AUX 12kVA<br />

8.5kVA 20 AC 240 415<br />

32mm 3.6<br />

W4012900<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX AUX AMPV<br />

V AMPV<br />

V<br />

WeldSkill Welding Equipment Trolley W4011501<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 240V 2 2 415<br />

12mm<br />

240V<br />

20kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

PHASE<br />

V V 415V<br />

160 200 300<br />

250<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

320<br />

1<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

40 40 30 30<br />

310<br />

AMP 1000 AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

35 2200 35<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

45 45 50 50 55 55 70 70 90 90<br />

150<br />

400<br />

560<br />

1000<br />

– OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

The CIGWELD WeldSkill 135 MIG is a single phase 140 145 165<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

AMP<br />

10 DC<br />

compact 13 DC<br />

power<br />

–<br />

DC DC<br />

source AC DC designed specifically<br />

AMP<br />

for<br />

2200<br />

AMP AMP 320<br />

AMP<br />

240<br />

415<br />

AMP<br />

+ AUX AUX –<br />

000<br />

OUTPUT +/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

handymen or tradesmen that require high quality welding performance. AUX This AC AC constant V V voltage power<br />

120<br />

source provides excellent arc performance with solid or flux cored welding wires. It is<br />

AMP<br />

ideal for 315<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

AMP<br />

2 415<br />

AMP<br />

welding a wide ange of materials including stainless/mild steels and aluminium, and is suitable CUT CUT<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

CUT for CUT<br />

300 1704.8mm<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm 4.0mm<br />

the welding of mild steel up to 5mm thick (when used with appropriate consumables). AMP<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

CUT CUT 12 12 AMP AMP<br />

3.2mm 3.2mm AMP AMP<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

45 50 55<br />

OCV OCV OCVGasless 70<br />

OCVOperation 90<br />

This power source is suitable for 400 560 1000 310<br />

AMP CUT CUT AMP CUT CUTAMP<br />

29AMP<br />

Input Voltage<br />

240 Volts, +/– 15% (10A plug)<br />

operation with mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

11.0mm<br />

9.5mm 9.5mm AMP AMP<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

280<br />

Input Frequency<br />

50 Hz<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source complies AMP AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000 AMP<br />

CUT CUT<br />

+/– to the relevant AC Australian Standard, 00% AS 60974.6-2006* AMPCUT<br />

CUT 40 40 30 30<br />

415V 415V 240V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

Generator requirement 6.5 kVA<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured 5kVA 5kVA 4kVA 4kVA<br />

315<br />

to<br />

Output range<br />

38 – 120 amps (135A max) stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed CUT 35<br />

CUT 415V 240V<br />

AMP by a CUT 35<br />

415V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX CUT 240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Rated Output @ Duty Cycle 120A @ 10%, 20V<br />

conditional One Year warranty*<br />

4.8mm<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 4.0mm 7kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

300<br />

H H F F<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) mm 375H x 245W x 420Dmm * Refer to Operating Manual for details<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V CUT 240V 12 AMP CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 55 60 60<br />

AUX AUX AUX 38mm<br />

3.2mm AUX 38mm 25mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

12kVA 12kVA 10kVA 10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Weight (Power Source) 20 kg<br />

No5 No5<br />

310<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

CUT 415V CUT 240V 29 AMP<br />

415V 240V 240V 240V CUT CUT 70 70 80 80<br />

11.0mm<br />

20kVA<br />

AUX AUX 9.5mm AUX AUX AMP AUX<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA 8.5kVA<br />

32mm 32mm AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

FEATURES<br />

WeldSkill 135 MIG power source, Work lead and MIG 280gun<br />

(fitted), 0.8mm WeldSkill mild steel gasless wire, Spare AMP<br />

CUT CUT 40<br />

torch 30 CUT CUT 130 130 90 90<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding performance consumables, Spare 415V feed rolls, 240V Operating AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm manualAMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

12mm 12mm<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to this<br />

160 160 200 200 250<br />

CUT 35<br />

250<br />

power source<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V<br />

AMP AMP<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES240V<br />

AMP AMP<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

240 Volt, 10 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

Feed Roll 0.6/0.8mm<br />

W4012900 H F 150 150<br />

CUT CUT<br />

– – 415V 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Maximum Mild Steel Wire Size 0.8mm Power source is Feed Roll 0.8/1.0mm AUX AUX 38mm 25mm W4012901<br />

AMP AMP<br />

suitable for 0.8mm mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

Feed Roll 1.0/1.2mm<br />

140 140145<br />

145 165 165<br />

20 3.6<br />

W4012902<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

10 10 13 415V 13 240VDC240V<br />

CUT AC 70<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

Shielding Gas Operation This power source is suitable for<br />

80<br />

AUX AUXDC<br />

AUX AC 240 415<br />

AUX 20kVA AUX 12kVA<br />

8.5kVA 32mm 20<br />

AUX AMP V 3.6<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V AMPV<br />

V<br />

use with solid MIG welding wires requiring an external WeldSkill Argon Regulator/Flowmeter 210254<br />

shielding gas*<br />

120 120<br />

WeldSkill Welding Equipment CUT 130 90<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 240V 2 2 415<br />

Trolley W4011501<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

12mm<br />

20kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

PHASE PHASE V V 415V<br />

160 300 200 300 250 170 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Part No. W1004150<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage<br />

Input Frequency<br />

Generator requirement<br />

Output range<br />

Rated Output @ Duty Cycle 130A @ 10%, 20.5V<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD) mm 375H x 245W x 420Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source) 20 kg<br />

–<br />

45 50 55 70<br />

OCV OCV OCVGasless 90<br />

OCVOperation This power source is suitable for 400 560<br />

AMP AMP<br />

240 Volts, +/– 15% (15A plug)<br />

operation with mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

50 Hz DC DC DC<br />

Australian DC Standards Compliance This power source 320 complies<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/– to the relevant 00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC Australian Standard, AS 60974.6-2006*<br />

7 kVA<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured<br />

41 – 130 amps (150 max)<br />

315<br />

to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed AMP by a<br />

conditional One Year warranty*<br />

300<br />

* Refer to Operating Manual for details<br />

AMP<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to this<br />

power source<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Mild Steel Wire Size 0.8mm Power source is<br />

suitable for 0.8mm mild steel gasless welding wires*<br />

Shielding Gas Operation This power source is suitable for<br />

use with solid MIG welding wires requiring an external<br />

shielding gas*<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 150 MIG power source, Work lead and MIG 280<br />

gun, WeldSkill shielding gas regulator/flowmeter, 0.8mm AMP<br />

WeldSkill mild steel gasless wire, Spare torch consumables,<br />

Spare feed rolls, Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Feed Roll 0.6/0.8mm<br />

Feed Roll 0.8/1.0mm<br />

Feed Roll 1.0/1.2mm<br />

WeldSkill Welding Equipment Trolley<br />

W4012900<br />

W4012901<br />

W4012902<br />

W4011501<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

H<br />

F<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

12 12<br />

AMP AMP<br />

29 29<br />

AMP AMP<br />

55 55 60 60<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

70 70<br />

AMP AMP<br />

130<br />

90 90<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

200<br />

250<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP AMP<br />

140<br />

145<br />

165<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP AMP<br />

400 400560<br />

560 1000 1000<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

320 320<br />

AMP AMP<br />

315 315<br />

AMP AMP<br />

300 300<br />

AMP AMP<br />

310 310<br />

AMP AMP<br />

280 280<br />

AMP AMP<br />

H<br />

80 80<br />

AMP AMP<br />

H<br />

F<br />

F<br />

2200 2200<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

89


1<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

WeldSkill 250 MIG<br />

Portable Welding Machine<br />

WeldSkill 350 MIG<br />

Portable Welding Machine<br />

Part No. W1004500<br />

Part No. W1004600<br />

45 45 50 50 55 55 70 70 90 90<br />

150<br />

– OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP<br />

140 145<br />

The WeldSkill 350 combines all the features 10 of the DC DCWeldSkill 250 with higher output capabilities.<br />

This three phase compact power source is rated +<br />

13<br />

at 350 –<br />

DC DC DC<br />

amps AC DC DC<br />

AMP AMP<br />

240 000 415 00%<br />

AUX + AUX –<br />

000<br />

OUTPUT+/–<br />

00%<br />

@ 30% AUXACACduty V cycle V and provides<br />

120<br />

excellent arc performance with solid or flux cored wires. The unit is suitable for use with AMP either<br />

mixed shielding gases, CO2 or gasless 415Voperation.<br />

240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

415V<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage<br />

415 VAC, 45+/– 10%, 5050Hz55STANDARD 70 CONTENTS 90<br />

400 560<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Generator requirements 18kVA<br />

WeldSkill 350 MIG power source (compact), MIG torch<br />

3.6m, Work lead 3m, Regulator/flowmeter (Aust & NZ only),<br />

Output current range 35–380A DC DC DCCylinder 320<br />

chain, 200mm spool adaptor, Feed rolls: 0.6/0.8mm<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

Rated output duty cycle 350A @ 30%<br />

V groove, AC0.9/1.2mm V groove, (fitted), 1.0/1.2mm U groove,<br />

1.2/1.6mm U groove, 0.8/0.9mm V knurled, 1.2/1.6mm<br />

Weight (Power source) 112kg<br />

315<br />

V knurled, Contact tips: 0.6mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm (fitted), AMP<br />

Plant dimensions (HxWxD) 1050 x 470 x 1020mm 1.0mm, 1.2mm, 1.6mm, Shielding gas hose assembly,<br />

Wheeling kit and cylinder corner (fitted), Operating 300 manual<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to this<br />

power source<br />

Gasless Operation This power source is suitable for<br />

operation with mild steel, gasless welding wires*<br />

Shielding Gas Operation This power source is suitable for<br />

use with solid MIG welding wires requiring an external<br />

shielding gas*<br />

Standards Compliance This power source complies to IEC<br />

60974-1 & AS 60974.1*<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by a<br />

conditional One Year warranty*<br />

* Refer to Operating Manual for details<br />

EURO<br />

415V<br />

20kVA<br />

No4<br />

– –<br />

No5<br />

10 10<br />

AUX<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

20 3.6<br />

13 415V<br />

AUX 13 240V<br />

AUXDC<br />

20kVA AUX AUX<br />

PHASE PHASE<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA OUTPUT<br />

8.5kVA<br />

2 2 415<br />

CUT AC AC<br />

32mm AUX AUX<br />

70 240<br />

80 415<br />

20 3.6<br />

AMP V V<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V Groove - hard wire 7977729<br />

280<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V Groove - hard wire AMP 7977703<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Groove - hard wire 7977346<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U Groove - soft wire 7977733<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U Groove - soft wire 7977730<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm U Groove - soft wire 7977348<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V Knurled - flux cored 7977734<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Knurled - flux cored 7977347<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 250A Euro FAB250X12<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 400A Euro FAB400X12<br />

CIGWELD WeldSkill regulator/flowmeter 210254<br />

V V<br />

240V<br />

12mm<br />

415V<br />

AMPV<br />

V<br />

AMP AMP<br />

150 150<br />

AMP AMP<br />

140 140145<br />

145 165<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

45 45 50 50 55 55 70 70 90 90<br />

150<br />

400 400560<br />

560 100 1<br />

– OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMA<br />

140 145 165<br />

220 2<br />

The WeldSkill 250 is a single phase compact power DC source DC designed DCspecifically for the handyman or 320<br />

A<br />

10 DC<br />

tradesman that requires high quality welding performance. +<br />

13 DC<br />

This –<br />

DC DC<br />

constant AC<br />

AMP AMP AMP 320<br />

AM<br />

240 000 415 00%<br />

AMP<br />

AUX + AUX –<br />

000<br />

OUTPUT+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

voltage AUXACAC<br />

power V Vsource is rated at<br />

120<br />

250 amps @ 20% duty cycle and provides excellent arc performance with solid or flux cored wires. AMP The 315 315<br />

unit is suitable for use with either mixed 415V shielding 240V<br />

240V<br />

AMP<br />

gases, 2 CO2 415<br />

AMP<br />

or gasless operation.<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

300 300<br />

AMP AMP<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

MIG torch 3.6m<br />

Input Voltage<br />

240 VAC, 45+/– 10%, 5050Hz55Work 70 lead 3m, 90<br />

400 560 1000 310 310<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

Generator requirements 13kVA<br />

Regulator/flowmeter (Aust & NZ only)<br />

2200 280<br />

Output current range 50–270A<br />

Cylinder chain<br />

CUT CUT<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

280<br />

CUT CUT AMP AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000 AMP<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP 4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

AC<br />

Rated output duty cycle 250A @ 20%** 200mm spool adaptor<br />

CUT CUT 12 12<br />

Weight (Power source) 100kg<br />

Feed rolls: 0.6/0.8mm V groove, 0.9/1.2mm V groove (fitted), 315 3.2mm 3.2mm AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Plant dimensions (HxWxD) 1050 x 470 x 1020mm<br />

1.0/1.2mm U groove, 0.8/0.9mm, V knurled, 1.2/1.6mm V knurled<br />

CUT CUT CUT CUT 29 29<br />

Contact tips: 0.6mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm (fitted), 1.0mm, 1.2mm,<br />

30011.0mm<br />

9.5mm 9.5mm AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

1.6mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

CUT CUT CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V310<br />

40 40 30 30<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding performance Wheeling kit and cylinder corner (fitted)<br />

AMP<br />

5kVA 5kVA 4kVA 4kVA<br />

CUT CUT<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to this Operating manual<br />

415V 240V280<br />

35 35<br />

CUT 415V<br />

AUX CUT 240V<br />

19mm 19mm<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

AMP AMP<br />

power source<br />

AMP<br />

4.8mm<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 4.0mm 7kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

H H F<br />

Gasless Operation This power source is suitable for OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

415V CUT 240V 12 CUT CUT CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 55 60 60<br />

AUX AUX AUX 38mm<br />

operation with mild steel, gasless welding wires*<br />

3.2mm AUX 38mm 25mm 25mm AMP<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V Groove - hard wire 12kVA 10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA 7977729<br />

No5 No5<br />

Shielding Gas Operation This power source is suitable for<br />

CUT<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V Groove - hard wire 415V 415V CUT 240V 240V 29 7977703 240V 240V CUT CUT 70 70 80 80<br />

AUX AUX<br />

use with solid MIG welding wires requiring an external<br />

11.0mmAUX9.5mm<br />

AUX AMPAUX<br />

20kVA 20kVA 12kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA<br />

32mm 32mm AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

shielding gas*<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Groove - hard wire 7977346<br />

CUT CUT 40 30 CUT CUT 130 130 90 90<br />

Standards Compliance This power source complies to IEC Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm 415V U Groove 240V- soft wire 7977733<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

12mm 12mm<br />

60974-1 & AS 60974.1*<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U Groove - soft wire 7977730 160 160 200 200 2<br />

CUT 35<br />

25<br />

AMP AMP A<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

415V<br />

AMP AMP<br />

240V<br />

AM<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm U Groove - soft wire 7977348<br />

stringent CIGWELD quality standards and is backed by a<br />

AUX<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm AMP<br />

H F<br />

conditional One Year warranty*<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V Knurled - flux cored 7977734 150 150<br />

CUT CUT<br />

– – 415V 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

* Refer to Operating Manual for details<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm 12kVA V Knurled 10kVA- flux cored 7977347<br />

No5<br />

140 140145<br />

145 165<br />

Tweco WeldSkill 10 MIG 13 Torch 20250A 3.6<br />

415V 240VDC240V<br />

Euro CUT AC FAB250X12 70<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

10 13<br />

80<br />

AUX AUXDC<br />

AUX AC 240 415<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

AUX<br />

AUX 20kVA AUX 12kVA<br />

8.5kVA 32mm 20<br />

AUX AMP V 3.6<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V AMPV<br />

V<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 400A Euro FAB400X12<br />

120 120<br />

WeldSkill 250 MIG power source (compact)<br />

CIGWELD WeldSkill regulator/flowmeter CUT 130 90<br />

210254<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 240V 2 2 415<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

12mm<br />

20kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

PHASE PHASE V V 415V<br />

160 300 200 300 250 170 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

20kVA<br />

12kVA<br />

PHASE<br />

V<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

H<br />

F<br />

120 120<br />

AMP AMP<br />

300 200 300 250 170 170<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMA<br />

400 400560<br />

560 100 1<br />

AMP AMP AMP AMP AMA<br />

220 2<br />

320 320 AMA<br />

AMP AMP<br />

315 315<br />

AMP AMP<br />

300 300<br />

AMP AMP<br />

310 310<br />

AMP AMP<br />

280 280<br />

AMP AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

WeldSkill 4R Wirefeeder<br />

Part No. W3000401<br />

The WeldSkill 4 Roll Wirefeeder is specifically designed for use on both the WeldSkill 250 and<br />

350 Compact power sources. The unit can be easily added to either model power source by simply<br />

plugging in and selecting remote mode on the power source.<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 4R Wirefeeder, 8m Interconnection lead (fitted),<br />

200mm spool adaptor, Feed roll, 0.9/1.2mm V groove<br />

(fitted), Shielding gas adaptor, Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V Groove - hard wire 7977729<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V Groove - hard wire 7977703<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Groove - hard wire 7977346<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U Groove - soft wire 7977733<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U Groove - soft wire 7977730<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm U Groove - soft wire 7977348<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V Knurled - flux cored 7977734<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Knurled - flux cored 7977347<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 250A Euro FAB250X12<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 400A Euro FAB400X12<br />

CIGWELD WeldSkill regulator/flowmeter 210254<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

90 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING EQUIPMENT MULTI PROCESS<br />

TRANSMIG 175i<br />

Power Source W1005177<br />

Plant W1005175<br />

20 3.6<br />

MIG 20<br />

WELDERS<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 175i is a self contained single phase multi process<br />

20<br />

welding<br />

3.6 20 3.6 20<br />

inverter<br />

3.6<br />

that is capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction device<br />

(VRD applicable in Stick mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other<br />

features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)<br />

10 – 175 amps<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 25%@175A,<br />

22.8V (40°C, 10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 20%@175A,<br />

27.0V (40°C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 25%@175A, 17.0V<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 7kw (9KVA at 0.8PF)<br />

Power Source Weight Power source: 14.6kg; Plant<br />

(packed): 23.0kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power source: 410 x 210 x 450mm<br />

Plant: 460 x 320 x 590mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 175i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion MIG Torch 3m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed rolls: 0.6/0.8mm V groove (fitted); 1.0/1.2mm U groove;<br />

0.8/0.9mm V knurled<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm (fitted); 0.6mm; 0.9mm; 1.0mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Shoulder strap<br />

<strong>Product</strong> bag<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch 3m W4013701<br />

TIG Torch 17V, 4m lead, RTC<br />

W4013800<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V groove (hard) fitted 7977036<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V groove (hard) 7977660<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U groove (soft) 7977731 20<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U groove (soft) 7977264<br />

20 3.6<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V knurled (flux cored) 7977732<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm 20<br />

V knurled 3.6<br />

(flux cored) 20 3.6704277<br />

3.6<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 175i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, shoulder strap, operating manual<br />

TRANSMIG 200i<br />

Power Source W1005201<br />

Plant W1005200<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 200i is a self contained single phase multi process<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

welding 20 3.6 3.6<br />

inverter<br />

that is capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG)<br />

welding processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction<br />

device (VRD applicable in Stick mode only), PFC (power factor correction), digital voltage and<br />

amperage meters, and a host of other features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating<br />

needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)<br />

10 – 210 amps (MIG mode)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

210A@20%, 24.5V (40˚C,<br />

10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 200A@25%, 28V<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 200A@25%, 18V<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 7 kVA for max. welding current<br />

Power Source Weight 26kg; Plant: 34kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Source: 435 x 266 x 617mm<br />

Plant: 483 x 378 x 705mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

PFC (Power Factor Correction)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 200i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 200i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion MIG Torch, 3m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed Rolls: 0.6/0.8mm V Groove (fitted);<br />

1.0/1.2mm V Groove; 1.0/1.2mm U Groove<br />

0.8/0.9mm V Knurled; 1.2/1.6mm V Knurled<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm (fitted); 0.6mm; 0.9mm; 1.0mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Transmig Welding Equipment Trolley W4015000<br />

Transmig 200i Roll Cage Kit<br />

W4015103<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch, 3m W4013701<br />

Tweco Professional No.2 MIG Torch, 3.6m OTWX212/3035<br />

TIG Torch 17V, gas valve, 4m lead<br />

W4013801<br />

TIG Torch 17V, gas valve, 4m lead, remote control W4013800<br />

Shielding Gas Hose assembly<br />

W7004913<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V groove (hard) fitted 7977036<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V groove (hard) 7977660<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U groove (soft) 7977731<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U groove (soft) 7977264<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V knurled (flux cored) 7977732<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V knurled (flux cored) 704277<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

91


20<br />

3.6<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 250i<br />

Power Source W1003251<br />

Plant W1003250<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 250i is a self contained single phase multi process welding inverter that is<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

20 3.6 3.6<br />

capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding processes.<br />

The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in<br />

Stick mode only), PFC (power factor correction), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of<br />

other features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)**<br />

5 – 250 amps<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 250A@40%<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 230A@40%<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 250A@40% (40˚C,<br />

10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 8.5 kVA for max. welding current<br />

Power Source Weight Power source: 29.5kg; Plant: 42kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power source: 440 x 260 x 600mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

PFC (Power Factor Correction)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

# For maximum duty cycle to be achieved, input plug and lead must be upgraded**<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 250i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 250i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch, 3.6m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed Rolls: 0.9-1.2mm V Groove (fitted);<br />

0.6-0.9mm V Groove; 1.2mm V Groove; 1.2mm U Groove;<br />

Pressure Roll 0.6-1.2mm (fitted)<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm, 0.9mm (fitted), 1.0mm, 1.2mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Transmig 2RT Wirefeeder<br />

W3000500<br />

Transmig Welding Equipment Trolley W4015000<br />

Transmig 250i Roll Cage Kit<br />

W4015100<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion<br />

250 MIG Torch 3.6m, Euro OTWF212X3035<br />

Tweco Professional<br />

No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m, Euro<br />

OTWX412/3545<br />

TIG Torch 26, flex neck, 4m<br />

W4014600<br />

TIG Torch 26V, flex neck, gas valve, 4m W4014601<br />

TIG Torch Gas Control Kit<br />

(used with TIG Torch W4014600)<br />

W4014200<br />

3.6<br />

Feed Roll 0.6-0.9mm V Groove (Hard) W6001102<br />

Feed Roll 1.0/1.2mm V Groove (Hard) 20 3.6 W6001103<br />

Feed Roll 1.2mm V Knurled (Flux Cored) W6001104<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

Feed Roll 1.6mm V Knurled (Flux Cored) W6001105<br />

Feed Roll 0.9mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

W6001106<br />

Feed Roll 1.0mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

W6001107<br />

Feed Roll 1.2mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

W6001108<br />

TRANSMIG 350i<br />

Power Source W1005352<br />

Plant W1005350<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 350i is a three phase multi process welding inverter that is<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

capable of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding processes.<br />

The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in stick mode only),<br />

digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features in order to fully satisfy the broad<br />

operating needs for medium fabrication and heavier maintenance applications. The unit is also fully<br />

compliant to Australian Standards AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1 Inverter is ideal<br />

for heavy-duty high quality welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building, construction,<br />

mining, manufacturing, pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-350A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

350A@60%, 31.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 350A@60%,<br />

34.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 350A@60%, 24.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 18kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 350i power source, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 350i Inverter Power Source<br />

TRANSMIG 4RT wirefeeder, 10pin (fully enclosed wirefeeder)<br />

8m interconnection lead, 10pin<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch Euro 3.6m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 0.9 / 1.2mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 5m lead<br />

Work clamp with 5m lead<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch Euro 3.6m OTWX412/3545<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch Euro 4.5m OTWX415/3545<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin W4014602<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage<br />

W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG 4RT wirefeeder, 10pin,<br />

(fully enclosed wirefeeder)<br />

W3000600<br />

2m interconnection lead, 10 pin, suits 4RT wirefeeder W4016100<br />

8m interconnection lead, 10 pin, suits 4RT wirefeeder W4016101<br />

15m interconnection lead, 10 pin, suits 4RT wirefeeder W4016102<br />

TRANSMIG VAF-4 wirefeeder 19pin, wirefeeder 706965<br />

includes 8m interconnection lead<br />

VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, fitted with Tweco No.4 adaptor 706954<br />

15m interconnection lead 19pin, suits VA4000 wirefeeder 706957<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

92 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 450i<br />

Power Source W1005452<br />

Plant W1005450<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 450i is a three phase multi process welding<br />

20 20 3.6<br />

inverter<br />

3.6 20 3.6<br />

that<br />

is capable of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable<br />

in stick mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features ideally<br />

suited to the fabrication industry. The unit is also fully compliant to Australian Standards<br />

AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1 Inverter is ideal for heavy-duty high quality<br />

welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building, construction, mining, manufacturing,<br />

pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-450A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

450A@60%, 36.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 450A@60%,<br />

38.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 450A@60%, 28.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 25kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 450i power source, operating manual<br />

20 3.6<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 450i Inverter Power Source<br />

Transmig VAF-4 wirefeeder with 8m interconnection lead<br />

fitted<br />

Tweco Professional Supra XT MIG Torch 4m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 0.9 / 1.2mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 8m lead<br />

Work clamp with 8m lead<br />

Trolley<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m 717201<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 4.5m<br />

20 3.6<br />

717335<br />

Tweco Professional Supra XT MIG Torch 4m SE4004M16<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin 20 W4014602 3.6<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

20 3.6 20<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage<br />

W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG VAF-4 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706965<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706954<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 550i<br />

Power Source W1005552<br />

Plant W1005550<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 550i is a three phase multi process welding inverter that is capable<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) / Gouging (CAG) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in stick<br />

mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features that are perfect for<br />

welding environments that demand high output and require the flexibility of multiple processes. The<br />

unit is also fully compliant to Australian Standards AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1<br />

Inverter is ideal for heavy-duty high quality welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building,<br />

construction, mining, manufacturing, pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG), Lift TIG<br />

(GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-550A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

550A@60%, 41.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 550A@60%,<br />

42.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 550A@60%, 32.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 35kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW),<br />

Stick (MMAW) / Gouging (CAG), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 550i power source, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 550i Inverter Power Source<br />

Transmig VA4000 wirefeeder with 15m interconnection lead<br />

Tweco Professional Supra X T MIG torch 4m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 1.3 / 1.6mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 8m lead<br />

Work clamp with 8m lead<br />

Heavy duty trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.5 MIG Torch 3.6m 717211<br />

Tweco Professional No.5 MIG Torch 4.5m 717212<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin W4014602<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage<br />

W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706954<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

93


20<br />

3.6<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6 3.6<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 320SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

Compact<br />

W1000100<br />

The portable Transmig 320SP, with an integrated 4-roll wire feed system, outputs 20 3203.6<br />

amp DC<br />

at only 35kg - the ideal Synergic MIG for quality welding applications, such as: aluminium boat<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

fabrication or repair, stainless steel tank and pipe fabrication. Mobile car trolley is available as an<br />

optional extra.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-350A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

320A@35%, 30V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 320A@35%,<br />

32.5V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 320A@35%, 22.5V<br />

Recommended Generator 15.1kVA<br />

Weight<br />

35kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 498 x 340 x 740mm<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 320SP power source<br />

Feed rolls: 0.9-1.2mm V groove (2), Pressure rolls (2)<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4m<br />

Tweco Professional No. 4 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

Supra XT<br />

Remote Control RC20<br />

Mobile Car Trolley<br />

Kit Socket for RC20<br />

PML36004MD<br />

OTWX412/3545<br />

SE400X4M16<br />

W4000000<br />

W4000300<br />

W4001100<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

94 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

W1000300<br />

W3000100<br />

W1000200<br />

W3000200<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP Remote Gas Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000G Gas Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP Remote Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000W Water Cooled<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

The Transmig 400SP, with a separate 4-roll wire feeder system and 10M interconnection, 20 3.6 20 outputs 3.6 20 3.6<br />

400 amp DC – the ideal Synergic MIG for high-quality welding applications, such as: aluminium<br />

boat fabrication, wine tanks, automotive components, machinery, including construction machinery,<br />

pipe welding, custom job shops, maintenance repairs, construction, mining, general steel, stainless<br />

steel, and aluminium fabrication. Systems available for gas cooled MIG torches or water cooled MIG<br />

torches. The Transmig 400SP power source, part no. W1000200, has a built-in water recirculator.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-400A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 400A@50%<br />

STICK (MMAW): 400A@50%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 400A@50%<br />

Recommended Generator 19.4kVA<br />

Weight<br />

91.3kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source:<br />

855 x 445 x 1116mm<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch ML 3600 4m Gas Cooled<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4m Water Cooled<br />

Supra XT<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

gas cooled, 70mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

gas cooled, 70mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 70mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 70mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Robotic Water Cooled, 70mm², 10M<br />

Mobile Car Trolley<br />

Kit Socket for RC20<br />

PML36004MD<br />

PMW58004MD<br />

SE400X4M16<br />

W4000400<br />

W4000401<br />

W4000500<br />

W4000501<br />

W4000502<br />

W4000300<br />

W4001100<br />

Swivel Unit K14<br />

MIG/TIG Coolant 5L<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

W4001000<br />

W4001400<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

Separate digital volt and ammeter display<br />

System available for gas cooled MIG torches or water cooled<br />

MIG torches.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

1<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 500SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

W1000500<br />

W3000200<br />

TRANSMIG 500SP Remote Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000W Water Cooled<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

The Transmig 500SP, with a separate 4-roll wire feeder system and 10M interconnection, outputs<br />

500 amp DC – the ideal Synergic MIG for heavy-duty, high-quality welding applications, 20 3.6 20 such 3.6 20 3.6<br />

as: aluminium boat fabrication, wine tanks, automotive components, stainless steel fabrication,<br />

automotive components, construction machinery, pipe welding, custom job shops, maintenance<br />

repairs, construction, mining, general steel, stainless steel, and aluminium fabrication.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-500A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 500A@60%<br />

STICK (MMAW): 500A@60%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 500A@60%<br />

Recommended Generator 26.1kVA<br />

Weight<br />

100.8kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 855 x 445 x 1116mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld<br />

appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

Separate digital volt and ammeter display<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4M<br />

MIG Torch MW5800<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 95mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 95mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Automation Water Cooled, 95mm², 10m<br />

Remote Control HR 911<br />

Swivel Unit K14<br />

MIG/TIG Coolant 5L<br />

PMW58004MD<br />

W4000100<br />

W4000600<br />

W4000601<br />

W4000602<br />

W4000100<br />

W4001000<br />

W4001400<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

95


MIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

SYNERGIC PULSE<br />

Intelligent one touch control at your fingertips<br />

Our intelligent One Touch Control delivers the perfect welding parameters for both synergic non-pulse welding and<br />

synergic pulse welding over a wide range of different gas/wire/material thickness combinations. And now setting<br />

the optimum welding conditions is as simple as selecting the material thickness.<br />

How does it work?<br />

In synergic non-pulse MIG mode the One Touch Control links the wire feed speed to the arc voltage eliminating<br />

the guesswork to achieve the optimum welding parameters. When synergic pulse mode is selected, the One Touch<br />

Control adjusts all the pulse parameters – such as pulse height, pulse width, pulse frequency, background power<br />

and wire feed speed – via the micro-processor, giving you the perfect pulse welding performance.<br />

Perfect starts<br />

An amplified power level is applied to the welding arc at the beginning of the weld bead to ensure that start<br />

defects are a thing of the past.<br />

No more spatter<br />

Micro-processor control of wire speed, weld current and voltage, in conjunction with synergic (non-pulse)/synergic<br />

pulse programs, ensures precise control and adjustment for the duration of the welding process. This eliminates<br />

spatter, and downtime for cleaning the workpiece. With its ability to adjust in milliseconds, the synergic Transmig<br />

SP series provides clean, spatter-free operation from start to finish, every single time.<br />

Intelligent pulsing<br />

Droplets of molten filler metal are transferred across the arc by expertly tailored current pulse parameters –<br />

to achieve spatter-free welding for the selected gas/wire/material combination. The pulse forces the droplet<br />

off the end of the wire, transfers it across the arc and into the weld pool. The program is optimised to vary<br />

the pulse height and frequency, thus ensuring that the size and time of the transferring droplet is accurately<br />

controlled. This produces a spray-like arc over the entire welding power range.<br />

SPATTER-FREE IGNITION SEQUENCE:<br />

Contact Ignition Upslope control Arc stabilising Pulsing begins<br />

0.000 seconds 0.0001 seconds 0.050 seconds 0.200 seconds 0.300 seconds<br />

Steel Stainless Steel Aluminium MIG Brazing<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

96 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


Power MIG® 180C<br />

K2668-1<br />

20 3.6<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

Compact and reliable, the Power MIG® 180C is a portable welding machine, with<br />

20<br />

superior<br />

3.6<br />

arc performance.<br />

Designed for light industrial applications it may be utilised in the workshop, site maintenance work, vehicle repairs<br />

20 3.6<br />

and in agricultural applications. Built to AS60974.1 specifications, it is fully compliant with the European CE and<br />

ROHS legislation. Recommended for use in both MIG/MAG applications, with Argon MIX or 100% CO2 gas and<br />

Innershield gasless flux cored welding - on virtually any light gauge material. The MIG also performs well with<br />

CuSN wire under Argon gas supporting MIG brazing to weld zinc coated material. The machine comes supplied<br />

with a start-up package as standard. Manufactured with Lincoln’s exclusive Diamond Core Technology TM it delivers<br />

one of the best welding Arc’s across the entire welding range. Precise adjustment of welding parameters is possible<br />

with the continuous control of voltage and wire feed speed. The rugged drive ensures trouble free wire feeding and<br />

a built in burn back timer prevents the wire from sticking in the weld pool. The machine is designed to feed wire<br />

from 0.6mm to 1.2mm wire on small or 5kg spools. The Power MIG® 180C has been designed to meet Lincoln’s<br />

standards of performance and reliability as a result we provide a three year warranty on parts and labour.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

120<br />

3.6<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Power MIG 180C<br />

Item Number K2668-1<br />

Primary Voltage<br />

240V/1/50-60Hz<br />

Fuse size<br />

16A (slow)<br />

Weight (kg) 30<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 357 x 258 x 472<br />

Protection / Insulation class IP23 / H<br />

Compliance AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

AS60974.1<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

EN 50199<br />

CE<br />

ROHS<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

Current range / WFS 30-180A 1.3-12.7m/min<br />

Rated Output DC (40°C) 131A/20V @ 25%<br />

O.C.V.<br />

34Vdc<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Designed for 0.6-0.8mm solid wire and 0.9-1.2mm<br />

Innershield® NR® 211-MP<br />

Large,easy-to-set knobs provide voltage control and full<br />

range continuous wire feed speed control<br />

Connects to 240V 15 Amp outlet<br />

Built-in “burnback” function insures proper wire stickout<br />

after each weld with no sticking in the weld puddle<br />

Stepless control voltage for precise adjustments<br />

Complete and ready to weld: 3-meter gun, Work lead<br />

and clamp, Spool of SG2 0.9Kg, Spool of Innershield®<br />

NR® 211MP 0.45kg, Drive roll 1.2, 0.8/0.9 & 0.6mm,<br />

Contact tips 0.9 & 0.6mm, Adapter 5kg Spool<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Item Number<br />

Description<br />

Magnum® 100L gun K530-6<br />

Drive roll kit 0.6mm<br />

KP2529-1<br />

Drive roll kit 0.8-0.9mm<br />

KP2529-2<br />

Drive roll kit 0.8-1.2mm - cored<br />

KP2529-3<br />

Spool gun for aluminium welding (kit) K2532-1<br />

Wire reel adaptor M15445-1<br />

Utility Cart<br />

K520<br />

Canvas Cover K2377-1<br />

Spot timer Kit K2525-1<br />

1.2 Innershield wire 20 kit 3.6<br />

K2528-1 20 3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 215c<br />

K32061-11<br />

Providing outstanding results on aluminium, stainless and mild steel, the REDI-MIG® 20 Plus 3.6 215c features<br />

a tight, crisp arc that is easy to start and control. The semi-synergic control’s 20 3.6 wide voltage sweet spot<br />

makes finding the right setting a breeze, ensuring low spatter and quality welds, even for the not-soexperienced<br />

welder. Combined with excellent arc stability across the entire welding range, including<br />

down low, this machine is ideal for panel and thin sheetmetal work. MIG weld from 0.5mm to 5mm<br />

while the flux-cored wire capability ensures you can handle thicker material up to 8mm. The REDI-<br />

MIG® Plus 215c has integrated wire feeding capabilities and can accept 5kg and 15kg spools with toolless<br />

wire change. The Ready-to-weld package, including LINC Gun® 240G, work return lead, drive<br />

roll, flowmeter, 3m primary lead and 15 amp plug, ensures you can unpack and get welding in minutes.<br />

This single-phase, medium-duty MIG welder is ideal for smash repair, sheetmetal, maintenance/repair<br />

and rural applications and is backed by a 3-year, parts and labour warranty.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 215C<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K32061-11<br />

Output Range (Amps) 30 – 220 Amp<br />

Wire Feed Speed<br />

1 -20m/min<br />

Rated Output<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 220A/25V @ 15%<br />

130A/20.5V @ 60%<br />

100A/19V @ 100%<br />

Wire Sizes<br />

Solid 0.6 – 1.0 mm<br />

Alum 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

FCAW 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

Rated Input to AS60974.1 15 amp<br />

Dimensions H x W x D mm 765 x 427 x 850mm<br />

Net Weight kg 87<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Wide 30-220 amp welding output<br />

Semi-synergic control<br />

Weld procedure guide<br />

MIG Weld 0.5mm to 5.0mm sheet metal in a single pass<br />

Weld up to 8.0mm steel using self-shielded Lincoln<br />

Electric Innershield® wires (FCAW-SS)<br />

12-step voltage selection<br />

No hassle, tool-less design wire drive system<br />

Roll-on/roll-off cylinder tray<br />

3-year warranty on parts and labour<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

97


MIG WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 255C<br />

K32062-11<br />

The REDI-MIG® Plus 255c, with built-in wire feeder, delivers maximum grunt 20 for 3.6 a single-phase<br />

machine. With a wide 30-255 Amp output range, this unit is ideal for 20 MIG 3.6 welding panels and thin<br />

sheet metal through to welding medium section using flux-cored wires. Delivering easy starts and a<br />

smooth, stable arc with a wide voltage ‘sweet spot’, the REDI-MIG® Plus 255c provides the performance<br />

the professional welder demands and is easy to use for the not-so-experienced welder. The 12-step,<br />

semi-synergic voltage control makes finding the right setting a breeze ensuring consistent, quality<br />

welds with low spatter and less clean-up. The REDI-MIG® Plus 255c’s integrated wire feeder delivers<br />

positive traction without crushing the wire, and features tool-less wire change and is able to accept<br />

both 5 and 15kg spools. The REDI-MIG® Plus 255c comes in a Ready-to-weld package including<br />

LINC Gun® 240G, work return lead, drive roll, flowmeter, 3m primary lead and 240v, 15 amp plug so<br />

it is ready to unpack and have you welding in minutes. Outstanding performance with gas-shielded<br />

and gasless wires makes these units ideal for large auto body repair, maintenance/repair and rural<br />

applications, backed by Lincoln Electric’s 3-year, parts and labour warranty.<br />

20 3.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 255c<br />

with built-in wire<br />

feeder<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K32062-11<br />

Output Range (Amps) 30-255 Amp<br />

Wire Feed Speed<br />

1-20m/min<br />

Rated Output<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 255A/26.8V @ 20%<br />

150A/21.5V @ 60%<br />

120A/20V @ 100%<br />

Wire Sizes<br />

Solid 0.6 – 1.2 mm<br />

Alum 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

FCAW 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

Rated Input to AS60974.1 25 amp<br />

Dimensions HxWxD 765x 427x 850mm<br />

Net Weight kg 87<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, Flux-cored<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Wide 30-255 amp welding output<br />

Semi-synergic control<br />

Weld procedure guide<br />

MIG Weld 0.5mm to 5.0mm sheet metal in a single pass<br />

Weld up to 8.0mm steel using self-shielded Lincoln<br />

Electric Innershield® wires (FCAW-SS)<br />

12-step voltage selection<br />

No hassle, tool-less design wire drive system<br />

Roll-on/ roll-off cylinder tray<br />

3-year warranty on parts and labour<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 255S<br />

K32062-2-AUP<br />

The REDI-MIG® Plus 255s delivers a powerful 30-255 Amp output range with a separate 20 3.6 wire feeder<br />

to provide the flexibility of working further away from the power source. 20 This 3.6 unit is ideal for MIG<br />

welding panels and thin sheet metal through to medium section. Delivering maximum grunt for<br />

a single phase machine, the REDI-MIG® Plus 255s provides easy starts and a smooth, stable arc<br />

with a wide voltage ‘sweet spot’. The semi-synergic voltage control makes finding the right setting<br />

a breeze, ensuring consistent, quality welds with low spatter and less clean-up. The REDI-MIG®<br />

Plus 4s four-roll wire feeder delivers positive traction that is ideal for softer-cored and aluminium<br />

wires and features adjustable burn back, polarity change for gasless wires and a tool-less wire drive<br />

system. Additional features on the REDI-MIG® Plus 4s include a gas purge function and cold wire<br />

inching. A factory-fitted, 8-metre interconnection lead is included. Out of the box and ready to<br />

weld in minutes, the REDI-MIG® Plus 255s Ready-to-weld package includes a LINC Gun® 240G,<br />

work return lead, drive roll, flowmeter, 3m primary lead and 240v, 15 amp plug and swivel platform.<br />

Outstanding performance with gas-shielded and gasless wires makes this package ideal for large<br />

auto body repair, sheetmetal, general fabrication, maintenance/repair and rural applications and is<br />

backed by Lincoln Electric’s 3-year, parts and labour warranty.<br />

20 3.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name<br />

REDI-MIG® Plus 255s<br />

including REDI-MIG®<br />

Plus 4s wire feeder<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

K32062-2- AUP<br />

Output Range (Amps) 30-255 Amp<br />

Wire Feed Speed<br />

1 - 20m/min<br />

Rated Output<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 255A/26.8V @ 20%<br />

150A/21.5V @ 60%<br />

120A/20V @ 100%<br />

Wire Sizes<br />

Rated Input to AS60974.1<br />

Dimensions H x W x D<br />

Net Weight kg<br />

Processes<br />

Solid 0.6 – 1.2 mm<br />

Alum 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

FCAW 0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

25 amp<br />

765 x 427 x 850 (255s)<br />

490 x 350 x 420 (4s)<br />

108 (255s)<br />

15 (4s)<br />

MIG, Flux-cored<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Wide 30-255 amp welding output<br />

Semi-synergic control<br />

MIG Weld 0.5mm to 5.0mm sheet metal in a single pass<br />

Weld heavier steel using self-shielded Lincoln Electric<br />

Innershield® wires (FCAW-SS)<br />

Weld procedure guide<br />

12-step voltage selection<br />

No hassle, tool-less design wire drive system<br />

Roll-on/roll-off cylinder tray<br />

3-year warranty on parts and labour<br />

98 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


POWERPLUS350 HD<br />

K60093-1P<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

20 3.6<br />

The new POWERPLUS 350 HD is a heavy-duty, three-phase machine with a generous output range of<br />

50-400 Amps and provides excellent duty cycle capabilities for increased 20 productivity. 3.6 Included in the<br />

package is the LF33 wire feeder, making this a workhorse with plenty of grunt and maximum flexibility.<br />

Delivering exceptional welding characteristics, the POWERPLUS 350 HD’s Diamond Core Technology<br />

provides easy arc starting and a stable arc across the entire welding range for optimum performance. It<br />

drastically reduces spatter and minimises costly clean-up time. Infinitely variable voltage selection allows<br />

operators to dial in the exact weld setting required. The four-roll drive system delivers positive traction -<br />

ideal for softer-cored and aluminium wires ensuring trouble-free operation. In addition, adjustable burn<br />

back, polarity change for gasless wires, and a tool-less wire drive system, make this unit very easy to use.<br />

Additional features on the LF33 wire feeder include 2 Digital Display meters, remote voltage control, 2<br />

step/4 step trigger lock, gas purge and cold wire inching and is supplied with a 10-metre interconnection<br />

lead. Applications include light to heavy fabrication, general engineering, sheetmetal, boat building,<br />

maintenance and repair with gas-shielded (MIG or Outershield®) and gasless (Innershield®) wires. The<br />

POWERPLUS 350 HD Ready-To-Weld package includes a LINC Gun® 360G torch LF33 Feeder, 10m<br />

Internconnection cable, 10m work return lead, drive roll, flowmeter, swivel platform and 3m input lead.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

120<br />

3.6<br />

Power Plus package:<br />

LINC Gun® 360G 3m primary lead<br />

LF33 wire feeder 10m control cable<br />

work return lead 10m<br />

and gas hose<br />

drive rolls<br />

swivel platform<br />

flowmeter<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Output Range (Amps)<br />

Wire Feed Speed<br />

Powerplus TM 350 HD<br />

including LF33 Wire<br />

Feeder<br />

K60093-1P<br />

50 - 400 amp<br />

1 - 20m/min<br />

Rated Output 350A/31.5V @ 60%<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 270A/27.5V @ 100%<br />

Wire Sizes<br />

Rated Input to AS60974.1<br />

Dimensions (mm)<br />

Net Weight Kg<br />

Solid 0.8 – 1.6 mm<br />

Alum 1.2 – 1.6 mm<br />

FCAW 1.2 – 1.6 mm<br />

23.5 amp<br />

970x480x1000 (350HD)<br />

140 (350HD)<br />

17 (LF33)<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Wide 50-400 amp Welding output<br />

Infinitely variable voltage selection<br />

Low spatter levels Less time required to clean up.<br />

Diamond Core Technology provides<br />

– Easy arc starts<br />

– Wide voltage ‘sweet spot’<br />

– Tight crisp arc with extremely low spatter reducing<br />

clean-up<br />

– Outstanding aluminium & stainless performance, not<br />

just mild steel<br />

MIG Weld 0.5mm to 8.0mm sheet metal in a single pass<br />

Low cylinder entry for easy loading and unloading of<br />

gas cylinder<br />

All controls are conveniently located on the wire feeder<br />

next to the operator<br />

LF-33 small rugged and easy to handle feeder with<br />

bright digital Volt and Amp meters.<br />

Superb arc characteristics with argon mix and 100% CO2<br />

Electronic feedback system on the wire drive will<br />

guarantee consistent wire feed speed<br />

Equipped with large diameter wheels push/ pull bar and<br />

lifting eyes for full maneuverability<br />

Hire a welder from<br />

1300-WELDER Hire<br />

Just call 1300-WELDER<br />

(1300 935 337)<br />

PHONE<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

99


1<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

CV425 – CV510<br />

Shown with optional wire feeder<br />

POWER SOURCE CV-425<br />

POWER SOURCE CV-510<br />

K14080-1A<br />

K14081-1A<br />

The CV425 and CV510 are industrial power sources designed for heavy-duty applications. Both power<br />

sources meet IP23 protection which means that they will operate in the most arduous environmental<br />

conditions experienced, in such places as shipyards or offshore yards. The machines have been designed<br />

so that all the sensitive components are enclosed in a compartment free from dust and separated from<br />

the air-flow needed to cool the machine. The PCB within the machines is completely encapsulated which<br />

will provide maximum protection from the elements. Both the CV425 and CV510 power sources are tested<br />

at + 40°C and rated at 60% duty cycle. As a result of this rigorous testing and specifications, it allows<br />

these machines to operate and weld in any environment at a 100% duty cycle. Both power sources will<br />

operate with all the analogue controlled wire feeders from our range but is more commonly used with<br />

the LF33 which provides ruggedness, portability and ease of use. The extensive set of features of the LF33<br />

include:- 2/4-step, run-in, wire inch, gas purge and two-clear digital meters displaying the welding voltage<br />

and amperage. Like all Lincoln machines the CV425 and CV510 are designed with the application in mind.<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS POWER SOURCES<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item<br />

Number<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage 3ph<br />

50/60Hz<br />

Fuse Size<br />

(slow)<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

CV-425* K14080-1A 230/400V 63/32A 152<br />

CV-510* K14081-1A 230/400V 63/32A 160<br />

Dimensions<br />

HxWxD (mm)<br />

Protection<br />

Class<br />

Insulation<br />

Class<br />

880x696x1020 IP23 H<br />

*CV sources support air cooled guns as standard, easily convertible to water cooled by adding a Cool Arc® 25<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Current Range (A) Input@rated output Rated Output (40°C) O.C.V.<br />

CV-425 10-420 23 kVA @ 60% 420 A / 35 V / 60%<br />

325 A / 30.3 V / 100% 10-39Vdc<br />

CV-510 10-500 29.2 kVA @ 60% 500 A / 39 V / 60%<br />

385 A / 33.3 V / 100%<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Modular design Easily converts to water-cooled by adding the<br />

Cool Arc® 25<br />

Potted and encapsuled printed circuit board controls in<br />

separate dust free compartments<br />

Extensive Range of Feeders for construction and shipyards, all<br />

with meters, with or without synergy or memory; just select<br />

the one of your choice.<br />

Superb arc behaviour with Argon mix and CO2; welding<br />

parameters are digitally stabilized by high frequency controller.<br />

Electronic feedback system the wire drive will guarantee<br />

consistent wire feed speed.<br />

Completed with an extensive set of features.<br />

Built the Lincoln way<br />

Three Years Full Parts and Labour Warranty<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

Compliance<br />

AS60974-1<br />

AS/NZSCISPR11<br />

EN 60974-1 & -10<br />

EN 50199<br />

CE<br />

ROHS<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

K10347-PG-XM Interconnection cables, air cooled<br />

K10347-PGW-XM Interconnection cables, water cooled<br />

K10413-36-4M Linc Gun 360G<br />

K14034-1 Linc Gun 420G<br />

K14037-1 Water cooler COOL ARC® 25<br />

K10420-1 Coolant ACOROX (2x5l)<br />

K10158-1 Wire adaptor 15kg Stein basket<br />

KP14017-X Feeding rolls<br />

K14034-1 Remote control LF33, 6-pin, 5m<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

100 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WELDERS<br />

MINARCMIG EVO 170/200<br />

170 P0683<br />

200 P0685<br />

1<br />

An adaptive tool for the mobile welder. MinarcMig Evo machines pack huge MIG/MAG welding capacity<br />

and quality into their portable, compact size. Choose from either 200 A or 170 A models, delivering<br />

their welding power at 35 % duty cycle from a 16 A, 1-phase mains supply. MinarcMig Evo delivers<br />

premium results wherever your work takes you. MinarcMig Evo 200 offers Automatic and Manual mode<br />

set-up for precise welding quality and arc ignition, monitored and controlled by Kemppi’s adaptive arc<br />

regulation system. MinarcMig Evo 170 offers manual setting only, with separate controls for voltage and<br />

wire feed speed. Each model features a large graphical interface guiding the user during set-up. With<br />

MinarcMig Evo 200 you can simply set the plate thickness and start welding, and the materials selection<br />

for ferrous, stainless steel, aluminum and CuSi brazing filler wires satisfies a wide variety of industrial<br />

applications. PFC power source technology offers the ultimate energy economy with a power factor of<br />

0.99. MinarcMig Evo can also be used efficiently with extra long power supply cables of more than 100<br />

meters long, allowing for optimum welding utility in site welding environments.<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

MinarcMig Evo 170 200<br />

Connection voltage 1~ 50/60 Hz 230 V ± 15 % 230 V ±15 %<br />

Rated power at max. current 35 % ED 170 A / 4.8 kVA 200 A / 6.2 kVA<br />

Output (40 ºC) 35 % ED 170 A / 24 V 200 A / 24 V<br />

100 % ED 100 A / 20 V 120 A / 20 V<br />

Power factor at 100 % ED 0.99 0.99<br />

Efficiency at 100 % ED 80 % 82 %<br />

Wire spool max. ø 200 mm / 5 kg 200 mm / 5 kg<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 450 x 227 x 368 mm 450 x 227 x 368 mm<br />

Weight (incl. gun and cables 3.0 kg) 13 kg 13 kg<br />

EMC class A A<br />

Norms IEC 60974-1, -2, -10, IEC 61000-3-12<br />

FEATURES<br />

Precise weld quality and arc ignition<br />

200 or 170 A of MIG/MAG welding power from a 16 A supply<br />

Choose either Automatic or Manual model<br />

Use with Fe, Fe FCW, Ss, Al, CuSi filler wires, 1 kg and 5 kg spools<br />

With 200 A model, just set the plate thickness and start welding<br />

Large graphical display guides user<br />

Designed for use with long supply cables of 100 m and more<br />

A 3-meter gun, cable set and carrying strap included<br />

Suitable for mains network or generator use<br />

Kemppi 2+ warranty for parts and labour<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

101


MIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

KEMPACT RA 181A, 251R, 251A, 253R, 253A, 323R, 323A<br />

Designed for the modern welding workshop, Kempact RA expresses stylish and purposeful design through high<br />

build quality and functional user benefits, making weld tasks productive, accurate and efficient. Kempact RA is<br />

built on Kemppi’s latest power source platform, ensuring optimal welding performance and excellent power cost<br />

efficiency. Eleven model options include 180, 250 and 320 ampere power sources, including a choice of either<br />

Regular (R) or Adaptive (A) control panel interface, which serve the wide ranging needs of metal fabrication<br />

workshops. Delivery specification includes welding gun and earth return lead pack. New technology features<br />

include reduced energy costs of more than 10 % when compared to conventional step controlled power sources,<br />

Brights cabinet lighting for easy wire loading in low light conditions, WireLine service alert function that<br />

signals routine wire-path maintenance needs, plus the integrated GasMate chassis design, making gas cylinder<br />

loading and machine movement easy and safe. Whichever model you select, Kempact RA ensures you get the<br />

most from every welding task.<br />

Kempact 181A 251R, 251A<br />

Connection voltage 1~, 50/60 Hz 230 V (±15 %) 1~, 50/60 Hz 240 V (±15 %)<br />

Rated power at max. current 50 % ED I1max (180 A) 5 kVA 30 % ED I1max (250A) 8.5 kVA<br />

Supply current 50 % ED I1max (180 A) 22 A 30 % ED I1max (250A) 36 A<br />

100 % ED I1eff (140 A) 16 A 100 % ED I1eff (150A) 17 A<br />

Welding range 10 V / 20 A – 26 V / 180 A 10 V / 20 A – 29 V / 250 A<br />

Power factor at max. 180 A / 23 V 0.99 250 A / 26.5 V 0.99<br />

Efficiency at 100% ED 140 A / 21 V 0.82 150 A / 21.5 V 0.82<br />

Wire feed speed adjustment range 1.0 – 14.0 m/min 1.0 – 18.0 m/min<br />

Voltage adjustment range 8.0 – 26.0 V 8.0 – 29.0 V<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm<br />

Weight (without gun and cables) 44 kg 44 kg<br />

EMC class A A<br />

Standards: IEC 60974-1, IEC 60974-5, IEC 60974-10, IEC 61000-3-12<br />

Kempact 253R, 253A 323R, 323A<br />

Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V (±15 %) 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V (±15 %)<br />

Rated power at max. current 40 % ED I1max (250 A) 8.5 kVA 35 % ED I1max (320 A) 12 kVA<br />

Supply current 40 % ED I1max (250 A) 11.9 A 35 % ED I1max (320 A) 17.2 A<br />

100 % ED I1eff (150 A) 6.1 A 100 % ED I1eff (190 A) 8.2 A<br />

Welding range 10 V / 20 A – 31 V / 250 A 10 V / 20 A – 32.5 V / 320 A<br />

Power factor at max. 250 A / 26.5 V 0.93 320A/30V 0.94<br />

Efficiency at 100% ED 150 A / 21.5 V 0.88 190A/23.5V 0.86<br />

Wire feed speed adjustment range 1.0 – 18.0 m/min 1.0 – 20.0 m/min<br />

Voltage adjustment range<br />

8.0 – 31.0 V 8.0 – 32.5 V<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm<br />

Weight (without gun and cables) 44 kg 44 kg<br />

EMC class A A<br />

Standards: IEC 60974-1, IEC 60974-5, IEC 60974-10<br />

FASTMIG BASIC<br />

The FastMig Basic range of products offers pure welding power for basic MIG/MAG welding in heavy and<br />

medium heavy industry. The selection of three power sources, two wire feeders and other product options<br />

allows creating suitable welding equipment combinations for various needs. With its durable and lightweight<br />

construction FastMig Basic makes an ideal companion for demanding welding conditions, and its stepless<br />

control and digital display put ease of use and the joy of welding within the reach of every workshop.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

FASTMIG POWER SOURCES KM 300 KM 400 KM 500<br />

Part No. P0835 P0837 P0839<br />

Mains voltage 3~50/60 Hz 400 V -15 %...+20 % 400 V -15 %...+20 % 400 V -15 %...+20 %<br />

Rated power 60% ED - - 25.9 kVA<br />

80% ED - 18.5 kVA -<br />

100% ED 12.9 kVA 16.9 kVA 20.1 kVA<br />

Connection cable/fuse delayed 4 x 6 S - 5 m / 25 A 4 x 6 S - 5 m / 35 A 4 x 6 S - 5 m / 35 A<br />

Load capacity 40 °C 60% ED - - 500 A / 39 V<br />

80% ED - 400 A / 34 V -<br />

100% ED 300 A / 29 V 380 A / 33 V 430 A / 35.5 V<br />

Welding range MIG 10 V...37 V 10 V...39 V 10 V...42 V<br />

Open circuit voltage 65 V 65 V 65 V<br />

Power ratio at max current 0.9 0.9 0.9<br />

Efficiency at max. current 87 % 87 % 87 %<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm<br />

Weight 34 kg 35 kg 36 kg<br />

FASTMIG WIRE FEEDERS MF 29 MF 33<br />

Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC<br />

Load capacity 40°C 60% ED 520 A 520 A<br />

100% ED 440 A 440 A<br />

Wire feed speed 0...25 m/min 0...25 m/min<br />

Spool, max. ø 200 mm 300 mm<br />

Filler wires ø 0.6...1.6 mm 0.6...2.4 mm<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 510 x 200 x 310 mm 590 x 240 x 445 mm<br />

102 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WELDERS<br />

FASTMIG SYNERGIC<br />

The FastMig Synergic range of products allows creating powerful MIG/MAG welding equipment configurations<br />

that can serve you in every welding task from the root to the top. A wide selection of Match curves and Wise<br />

product solutions including, WiseRoot and WisePenetration processes for effective root pass welding and<br />

constant welding power regulation, make FastMig Synergic the perfect choice for quality regulated welding<br />

environments. FastMig Synergic also combines with the excellent SuperSnake GT02S, providing the ultimate<br />

distance and access welding solution.<br />

The FastMig Synergic includes 300-, 400- and 500-ampere power sources, all of which have an excellent<br />

power-to-weight ratio.<br />

The MSF/MXF range of wire feeders is designed for demanding conditions and requirements. A versatile selection<br />

of control panels makes it easy to enhance the quality and productivity of the welding work.<br />

MSF/MXF wire feed units can be equipped with basic panels SF 51/54, or the synergic panels SFw 52/53. SFw<br />

panels support Wise and Match product options. For connection with SuperSnake GT02S/W distance wire<br />

feeding solutions, select from the MXF wire feed units and synchronization kit.<br />

1<br />

POWER SOURCES KMS 300 KMS 400 KMS 500<br />

Part No. P0841 P0845 P0849<br />

Mains voltage 3~50/60 Hz 400 V -15%…+20% 400 V -15%…+20% 400 V -15%…+20%<br />

Load capacity 40° 60% ED - - 500 A / 39 V<br />

80% ED - 400 A / 34 V -<br />

100% ED 300 A / 29 V 380 A / 33V 430 A / 35.5 V<br />

Welding voltage range MIG 10 V…37 V 10 V…39 V 10 V…42 V<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm<br />

Weight 34 kg 35 kg 36 kg<br />

SuperSnake GT02S/W<br />

Wire feed units MSF 53 MSF 55 MSF 57<br />

Operating voltage 50 V DC 50 V DC 50 V DC<br />

Load capacity 40° 60% ED 520 A 520 A 520 A<br />

100% ED 440 A 440 A 440 A<br />

Wire feed speed 0…25 m/min 0…25 m/min 0…25 m/min<br />

Spool, max. ø 200 mm 300 mm 300 mm<br />

Filler wires ø 0.6…1.6 mm 0.6…2.4 mm 0.6…2.4 mm<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 510 x 200 x 310 mm 620 x 210 x 445 mm 625 x 243 x 446 mm<br />

Weight 9.4 kg 11.1 kg 14 kg<br />

OTHER OPTIONS<br />

WiseRoot, WisePenetration and WiseThin are optional software solutions that modify and enhance welding arc performance for<br />

specific and challenging applications.<br />

Match curve packages are optional software components for facilitating specific welding purposes.<br />

The FastCool 10 water cooling unit can be used for providing effective cooling of MIG/MAG welding guns.<br />

Remote control When remote arc control is necessary, R30 DataRemote provides the solution. Combining real-time power control and clear<br />

weld data display, R30 DataRemote is compact and robust.<br />

The PM 500 transport unit makes it easy for you to handle and move around the welding equipment.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

Power sources KMS 300 KMS 400 KMS 500<br />

Ordering Code P0841 P0845 P0849<br />

Wire feed units MSF 53 MSF 55 MSF 57<br />

Ordering Code 6065300 6065500 6065700<br />

MXF 63 MXF 65 MXF 67<br />

Project pack custom Project pack custom Project pack custom<br />

Ordering Code 6152300 6152100 6152200<br />

Control panels SF 51 SF 54<br />

Ordering Code 6085100 6085400<br />

SF 52W<br />

SF 53W<br />

Ordering Code 6085200W 6085300W<br />

R30 DataRemote 5 m 10 m<br />

Ordering Code 6185420 618542001<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

103


MIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

FASTMIG PULSE 350/450<br />

FastMig Pulse puts you in control. We don’t just mean in welding terms, although FastMig Pulse is particularly<br />

impressive here. FastMig Pulse sets new standards for customer choice. The software architecture allows standard<br />

or tailored packages to suit your specific welding environment, so the commercial benefits are yours. Whatever<br />

your welding mission, FastMig Pulse will deliver the technical and commercial solution that’s right for you.<br />

FASTMIG PULSE 350 FASTMIG PULSE 450<br />

PART NO. P0815 P0816<br />

MAINS VOLTAGE 3~50/60 HZ 400 V -15 %...+20 % 400 V -15 %...+20 %<br />

RATED POWER 60 % ED 22.1 KVA<br />

80 % ED 16.0 KVA<br />

100 % ED 15.3 KVA 1 6.0 KVA<br />

CONNECTION CABLE / FUSE DELAYED 4G6 (5M) / 25 A 4G6 (5M) / 35 A<br />

LOAD CAPACITY 40 ˚C 60 % ED 450 A<br />

80 % ED 350 A<br />

100 % ED 330 A 350 A<br />

WELDING CURRENT AND VOLTAGE RANGE MMA 10…350 A 10…450 A<br />

MIG 8…50 V 8…50 V<br />

MAX. WELDING VOLTAGE MMA 49 V 53 V<br />

OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE MMA 50 V 50 V<br />

OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE MIG/MAG/PULSE 80 V 80V<br />

OPEN CIRCUIT POWER 100 W 100 W<br />

EFFICIENCY 88 % 88 %<br />

POWER FACTOR 0.85 0.9<br />

STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE -40…+60 ºC -40…+60 ºC<br />

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -20…+40 ºC -20…+40 ºC<br />

PROTECTION CLASS IP 23 S IP 23 S<br />

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS (L X W X H) 590 X 230 X 430 MM 590 X 230 X 430 MM<br />

WEIGHT 36 KG 36 KG<br />

VOLTAGE SUPPLY FOR AUXILIARY DEVICES DC 50 V DC 50 V<br />

X14, X15 FUSE 6.3 A, DELAYED FUSE 6.3 A, DELAYED<br />

VOLTAGE SUPPLY FOR COOLING UNIT DC 24V, 50 VA DC 24V, 50 VA<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG 2530<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG – ‘Kemppi Defines New Compact Class’<br />

Every development of a new welding product should be a journey of discovery. Defining a new class of<br />

compact Mig/Mag machines Kemppi explore further, intelligent power source design and construction,<br />

exploiting our knowledge of modern control for welding products. KEMPACT TM MIG 2530 models<br />

provide excellent arc qualities from compact and lightweight packages. Portability and mobility are<br />

true advantages and, we invite you to compare the KEMPACT TM MIG welding performance.<br />

Kempact TM MIG 2530<br />

For use with 15 kg spool<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG 2530 is perfect for applications where portability is an essential consideration. Weighing only 17,5kg (2520)<br />

and 20kg (2530) KEMPACT TM MIG models are light to move and excellent for applications where you’re always on the move.<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG models are 75% lighter than traditionally constructed machines but high in duty cycle – 250 amps @ 40% -<br />

now that’s real advantage!<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG benefits<br />

First truly portable 250 Amp MIG<br />

Excellent power / weight ratio<br />

Optimum arc performance<br />

Generator compatible<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG Applications<br />

Thin sheet fabrication<br />

Repair and maintenance<br />

Car repairs<br />

Installations<br />

Outfitting in shipyards and offshore<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG machines have superb arc performance. Excellent arc ignition assisted by Automatic end pulse and burn back<br />

time technology, guarantee satisfaction. No need to cut the ball at the end of wire before welding! Electronic arc dynamics<br />

control offers the best arc performance in all situations. KEMPACT TM MIG Inverter based machines are equipped with stepless<br />

wire feed speed and voltage control so that users may optimise arc performance.<br />

KEMPACT TM MIG is also designed for use from power generators, extending the field of operation still further.<br />

Change the polarity for gasless flux cored wire welding. Wire inch with ‘safety speed’ makes the spool change easy and quick<br />

with lower safety risk. KEMPACT TM MIG machines are equipped with 2 wheel wire drive mechanisms providing smooth feeding<br />

with Fe, SS and Al wire materials.<br />

The two-wheel undercarriage ST7 allows the KEMPACT TM MIG 2530 to be mounted away from the workshop floor. Kemppi<br />

MMT 25 and MMT 27 gas cooled MIG guns are available in 3m or 4,5m lengths. MMT MIG guns can be equipped with Kemppi’s<br />

Patented DL Teflon liner in order to maximise the welding quality with aluminium and stainless steel wire.<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

<strong>Product</strong> KEMPACT TM MIG 2530<br />

Part Numbers<br />

P1301<br />

Mains voltage<br />

3~400V ± 15%, 50/60Hz<br />

Supply cable / Fuse<br />

16A delayed<br />

Voltage adjustment range 10V - 30V<br />

Loadability 40% 250A/ 12KVA<br />

60% 207A/ 10 KVA<br />

100% 160A/ 7.5KVA<br />

Filler materials Fe, Ss 0.6 - 1,0 mm<br />

Cored wire 0.9 - 1.0 mm<br />

Al 0.9 - 1.2 mm<br />

Wire drive<br />

2 roll<br />

Feed rolls<br />

V-groove/knurled, U-groove<br />

Wire reel<br />

300mm / 15 kg weight<br />

Wire feed speed<br />

0 ... 18 m/min<br />

Gun connector<br />

EURO adapter<br />

Weight<br />

20kg<br />

Dimension 525 x 270 x 340<br />

Operation temperature range -20C ... +40C<br />

Degree of protection IP23C<br />

104 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


KEMPACT TM PULSE 3000<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

Kempact TM Pulse 3000 represents new ideas in Pulse-MIG welding. New technology made it possible to<br />

design 250 amp compact Pulse-MIG that weight only 22 kg. Kempact Pulse offers a unique combination<br />

of portability and pulse performace that make it unbeatable on market. Kempact TM Pulse that is capable to<br />

weld with Double Pulse, Pulse-MIG, Synergic MIG and MIG/MAG. No matter where you weld on shop or at<br />

site generator compatibility of Kempact Pulse guarantees that the user has always the optimum process<br />

in his use. Kempact TM Pulse has the most commonly used Pulse programs and the user applied programs<br />

can be extended up to 400. The user may store his optimum welding parameters to one of 100 memory<br />

channels that can be controlled from MIG gun. The user manages his welding parameters and special<br />

functions with easy-to-use Kemppi Process Manager.<br />

Kempact TM Pulse 3000 250 Amp 22 kg<br />

BENEFITS<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Unbeatable Pulse in power / weight ratio<br />

Sheet metal fabrication<br />

Perfect Pulse Performance<br />

Automotive<br />

Capacity for 400 programs (Double Pulse, Pulse, Synergic MIG)<br />

Installation (Construction)<br />

100 memory channels Shipyard<br />

Extended range with WeldSnake MIG gun<br />

Repair and maintenance<br />

Easy-to-use Process Manager<br />

Car repair<br />

Generator compatible / Polarity change<br />

Kempact TM Pulse 3000 has start option – hot / creep start – that guarantee excellent ignition with all materials and gases. It is possible<br />

to change polarity in Kempact TM Pulse so that it is suitable also to gasless cored wires. Change the polarity for gasless flux cored wire<br />

welding. Wire inch with ‘safety speed’ makes the spool change easy and quick with lower safety risk. KEMPACT TM Pulse machine is<br />

equipped with optical tacometer and 4 wheel wire drive mechanisms providing smooth feeding with Fe, SS and Al wire materials.<br />

The two-wheel undercarriage ST7 allows the KEMPACT TM Pulse 3000 to be mounted away from the workshop floor. If the equipment<br />

has to be moved on shop flor without gas bottle so P 250 simple trolley is nice solution. If the equipment has to be mounted on boom<br />

there is ready made lift hook available for KEMPACT TM Pulse 3000.<br />

Kempact TM Pulse 3000 combined with lightweight 6m WeldSnake 35 MIG gun gives entended working range with aluminium and<br />

stainless steel and makes that traditional clumsy Push-Pull gun are not any more needed. Kemppi MMT 32/35 and PMT 32/35 gas<br />

cooled MIG guns are available in 3m or 4,5m lengths. MIG guns can be equipped with Kemppi’s Patented DL Teflon liner in order to<br />

maximise the welding quality with aluminium and stainless steel wire.<br />

The gun remote control RMT 10 that can be mounted in PMT MIG guns saves time and makes also possible to select the memory<br />

channels<br />

1<br />

TECHNICAL DATA<br />

KEMPACT TM Pulse 3000<br />

Mains voltage<br />

3~400V ±15%, 50/60Hz<br />

Supply cable / Fuse 4x1,5mm 2 /5m - 16A<br />

delayed<br />

Voltage adjustment range 8V - 30V<br />

Loadability 40% 250A<br />

60% 207A<br />

100% 160A<br />

Filler materials Fe, Ss 0.6 - 1,0 mm<br />

Cored wire 0.9 - 1.2 mm<br />

Al 0.9 - 1.2 mm<br />

CuSi 0.8 - 1.0 mm<br />

Wire drive<br />

4 roll<br />

Feed rolls<br />

V-groove/knurled/<br />

Trapez/U-groove<br />

Wire reel<br />

300mm / 15 kg weight<br />

Wire feed speed<br />

1 ... 18 m/min<br />

Gun connector<br />

EURO adapter<br />

Weight<br />

22 kg<br />

Dimension 580 x 280 x 440<br />

Operation temperature range -20C ... +40C<br />

Degree of protection IP23C<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

P1132<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

105


1<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

MAGTRAC F 61<br />

Kemppi’s MagTrac F 61 is a quick and easy way of changing from manual MIG/MAG welding to<br />

productive mechanisation. Operating MagTrac F 61 is similar to operating any ordinary welding<br />

machine, so there’s no need for special expertese. With MagTrac F 61 you don’t need auxiliary control<br />

cables or transformers, because everything is fully integrated in one cable.<br />

MagTrac F 61 is sold in sales packages that contain everything you need for efficient welding<br />

mechanisation: the carriage unit, a Kemppi FastMig power source, an MXF wire feed unit, a<br />

special welding gun, and the necessary cables. You can optionally select a package that includes a<br />

SuperSnake subfeeder to get up to 15 meters of extra reach.<br />

MagTrac F 61 is compatible with Kemppi’s Wise welding processes, which allow you to further<br />

increase your welding productivity and quality. Full process control is enabled via Kemppi’s LCD<br />

control panel, integrated to the MagTrac F 61 carriage. The display orientation can be inverted,<br />

which makes control panel usage easy in vertical applications, too. The control system allows full<br />

operational control for both carriage drive and welding parameters alike.<br />

Combined with Kemppi high-quality process control and industrial welding systems, the MagTrac F<br />

61 offers truly unique qualities.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Wise compatible<br />

Memory channels<br />

Weld on/off<br />

Travel direction<br />

Turnable display orientation<br />

Drive speed<br />

Welding voltage<br />

Welding current<br />

Wire feed speed<br />

Arc on/off<br />

Wire inch<br />

Gas test<br />

Cycle weld<br />

Heat input monitoring<br />

Last weld length<br />

Total weld length<br />

Average current and voltage<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Ordering Information<br />

MagTrac F61, FastMig KMS,<br />

SuperSnake, air-cooled<br />

P08819<br />

FastMig KMS 400 power source 6054000<br />

FastMig MXF 65 wire feeder 6152100<br />

FastMig SF 53W control panel<br />

6085300W<br />

PM 500 undercarriage 6185291<br />

MMT 42 C, 3 m 6254205<br />

MXF SYNC mounting kit<br />

W004030<br />

SuperSnake GT 02SC, 15 m 61531501<br />

KWF 70-1.8-GH interconnection cable 6260401<br />

Earth return cable, 50 mm2, 5 m 6184511<br />

MagTrac F61 welding carriage 6190610<br />

MagTrac F61, FastMig Pulse, air-cooled P08822<br />

FastMig Pulse 450 power source 6150500<br />

FastMig MXF 65 wire feeder 6152100<br />

FastMig Pulse PF 65 control panel 6155100<br />

PM 500 undercarriage 6185291<br />

MMT 42 C welding gun, 3 m 6254205<br />

KWF 70-5-GH interconnection cable 6260405<br />

Earth return cable, 50 mm2, 5 m 6184511<br />

MagTrac F61 welding carriage 6190610<br />

MagTrac F61, FastMig KMS, air-cooled P08818<br />

FastMig KMS 400 power source 6054000<br />

FastMig MXF 65 wire feeder 6152100<br />

FastMig SF 53W control panel<br />

6085300W<br />

PM 500 undercarriage 6185291<br />

MMT 42 C welding gun, 3 m 6254205<br />

KWF 70-5-GH interconnection cable 6260405<br />

Earth return cable 50 mm2, 5 m 6184511<br />

MagTrac F61 welding carriage 6190610<br />

MagTrac F61, FastMig KMS, liquid-cooled P08826<br />

FastMig KMS 400 power source 6054000<br />

FastMig MXF 65 6152100<br />

FastMig SF 53W<br />

6085300W<br />

FastCool 10 6068100<br />

PM 500 undercarriage 6185291<br />

MT51MWC welding gun, 4,5 m 6255162<br />

KWF 70-5-WH interconnection cable 6260410<br />

Earth return cable, 50 mm2, 5 m 6184511<br />

MagTrac F61 welding carriage 6190610<br />

MagTrac F61, FastMig Pulse, liquid-cooled P08827<br />

FastMig Pulse 450 power source 6150500<br />

FastMig MXF 65 wire feeder 6152100<br />

FastMig Pulse PF 65 control panel 6155100<br />

FastCool 10 cooling unit 6068100<br />

PM 500 undercarriage 6185291<br />

MT51MWC welding gun, 4.5 m 6255162<br />

KWF 70-5-WH interconnection cable 6260410<br />

Earth return cable, 50 mm2, 5 m 6184511<br />

MagTrac F61 welding carriage 6190610<br />

Technical data<br />

MagTrac F 61<br />

Input power<br />

50 VDC / 1 A<br />

Data bus type<br />

KempBus<br />

Travel speed<br />

150 – 1800 mm/min<br />

Towing power<br />

30 kg<br />

Driving method<br />

Rail-less drive<br />

with permanent<br />

magnetic- suction<br />

Wheels<br />

4 rubber wheels<br />

Tracing method<br />

Guide rollers<br />

Guide roller height<br />

range 10 – 38 mm,<br />

3 positions<br />

Max surface temperature 150 ºC<br />

Non-welding distance Start 127 mm<br />

End 127 mm<br />

Auto-stop function<br />

Limit switch on<br />

both sides<br />

Torch model<br />

Kemppi MMT 42C<br />

Torch angle adjustment range +/- 30º<br />

Torch distance<br />

adjustment range up/down, fw/bw 45 mm<br />

External dimensions L x W x H 259 x 259 x 285 mm<br />

Weight<br />

6.9 kg<br />

Compatible with MXF wire feeder models equipped<br />

with one of the following control panels: SF52, SF53,<br />

SF52W, SF53W. Suitable also for use with MSF wire<br />

feeder models with a special extension cable KV200.<br />

106 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WELDERS<br />

MASTERCOOL 10, 20, 30, FASTCOOL 10<br />

FastCool 10 MasterCool 10 MasterCool 20 MasterCool 30<br />

Part Number 606810001 6122350 6162900 6163900<br />

External dimensions LxWxH(mm) 570 x 230 x 280 500x180x260 500 x 180 x 260 500 x 180 x 260<br />

Weight kg 11 10 8 8<br />

1<br />

WIRE FEED ROLLS<br />

Wire feed mechanism DuraTorque 400 / DT400 / DT400L / DT410 / MXF 63 -65 -67 / MSF 53 -55 -57 / MF 29 / Kempact MIG 2530 -Pulse 3000<br />

-Pulse 3000MVU<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT04 / Fastmig MXP 37<br />

Feed rolls (plastic)<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

Fe,SS, (Al, Mc, Fc)<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

Fc, Mc (Fe)<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

Al, (Fc, Mc, SS, Fe)<br />

U-groove<br />

1= lower feed roll, 2= upper feed roll.<br />

1 W001045 W001047 W000675 W000960 W001049 W001051 W001053 W001055<br />

2 W001046 W001048 W000676 W000961 W001050 W001052 W001054 W001056<br />

1 W001057 W001059 W001061 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W001063 W001065<br />

2 W001058 W001060 W001062 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W001064 W001066<br />

1 W001067 W001069 W001071<br />

2 W001068 W001070 W001072<br />

Wire feed mechanism DuraTorque 400 / DT400 / DT400L / DT410 / MXF 63 -65 -67 / MSF 53 -55 -57 / MF 29 / Kempact MIG 2530 -Pulse 3000<br />

-Pulse 3000MVU<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT04 / Fastmig MXP 37<br />

Feed rolls (metal) Wire ø mm 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0<br />

Fe,SS, (Al, Mc, Fc)<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

Fc, Mc (Fe)<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

Al, (Fc, Mc, SS, Fe)<br />

U-groove<br />

(not Al with GT04)<br />

1= lower feed roll, 2= upper feed roll<br />

1 W006074 W006076 W004754 W006078<br />

2 W006075 W006077 W004753 W006079<br />

1 W006080 W006082 W006084 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W006086<br />

2 W006081 W006083 W006085 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W006087<br />

1 W006088 W006090 W006092<br />

2 W006089 W006091 W006093<br />

Wire feed mechanism DuraTorque 400 / DT400 / DT400L / DT410 / MXF 63 -65 -67 / MSF 53 -55 -57 / MF 29 / Kempact MIG 2530 -Pulse 3000<br />

-Pulse 3000MVU<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

Wire guide tube IN: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic W007293 W007294 W007295 W007296 W007297 W007298 W007299 W007300<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Fe, Fc, Mc metal W007536 W007537 W007538 W007539 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007540 W007541<br />

Wire guide tube MID: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic ref. W007429 W007430 W007431 W007432 W007433 W007434 W007435 W007436<br />

length<br />

Wire guide tube MID: Fe, Fc, Mc metal 33 mm<br />

W007465 W007466 W007467 W007469 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007470 W007471<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic ref. W007437 W007438 W007439 W007440 W007441 W007442 W0074433 W007444<br />

length<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe, Fc, Mc metal 64 mm<br />

W007454 W007455 W007456 W007458 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007459 W007460<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT04 / Fastmig MXP 37<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

Wire guide tube IN: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic W007293 W007294 W007295 W007296 W007297 W007298 W007299 W007300<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Fe, Fc, Mc metal W007536 W007537 W007538 W007539 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007540 W007541<br />

Wire guide tube MID: SS, Al, Fe, Mc, Fc plastic ref. W007273 W007274 W007275 W007276 W007277 W007278 W007279 W007280<br />

length<br />

33 mm<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

107


1<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

Wire guide tube IN: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic W007293 W007294 W007295 W007296 W007297 W007298 W007299 W007300<br />

MIG Wire guide tube WELDERS<br />

MID: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Fe, Fc, Mc metal W007536 W007537 W007538 W007539 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007540 W007541<br />

ref. W007429 W007430 W007431 W007432 W007433 W007434 W007435 W007436<br />

length<br />

Wire guide tube MID: Fe, Fc, Mc metal 33 mm<br />

W007465 W007466 W007467 W007469 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007470 W007471<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic ref. W007437 W007438 W007439 W007440 W007441 W007442 W0074433 W007444<br />

length<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe, Fc, Mc metal 64 mm<br />

W007454 W007455 W007456 W007458 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007459 W007460<br />

WIRE FEED ROLLS<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT04 / Fastmig MXP 37<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

Wire guide tube IN: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic W007293 W007294 W007295 W007296 W007297 W007298 W007299 W007300<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Fe, Fc, Mc metal W007536 W007537 W007538 W007539 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007540 W007541<br />

Wire guide tube MID: SS, Al, Fe, Mc, Fc plastic ref. W007273 W007274 W007275 W007276 W007277 W007278 W007279 W007280<br />

length<br />

33 mm<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: SS, Al (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic ref. W007285 W007286 W007287 W007488 W007289 W007290 W0072491 W007292<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe, Fc, Mc metal<br />

length<br />

64 mm<br />

W007454 W007455 W007456 W007458 (ø 1.4 - 1.6) W007459 W007460<br />

Wire feed mechanism DuraTorque 400 / Kempact 253R -253A -253RMV -253AMV -323R -323A -323RMV -323AMV<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT02C / Kempact 181A -251R -251A<br />

Feed rolls (plastic)<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2<br />

Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc)<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

Fc, Mc (Fe)<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

Al, (Fe, Fc, Mc, SS)<br />

U-groove<br />

1= lower feed roll, 2= upper feed roll<br />

1 W001045 W001047 W000675 W000960<br />

2 W001046 W001048 W000676 W000961<br />

1 W001057 W001059<br />

2 W001058 W001060<br />

1 W001067 W001069<br />

2 W001068 W001070<br />

Wire feed mechanism DuraTorque 400 / Kempact Kempact 253R -253A -253RMV -253AMV -323R -323A -323RMV -323AMV<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2<br />

Wire guide tube MID: Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc) plastic ref. length<br />

W007429 W007430 W007431 W007432<br />

Wire guide tube MID: Fe, Fc, Mc metal<br />

33 mm<br />

W007465 W007466 W007467<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc) plastic ref. length<br />

W007448 W007445 W007446 W007447<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe, Fc, Mc metal<br />

78 mm<br />

W007461 W007462 W007463<br />

Wire guide tube Kempact RA<br />

W006410<br />

WF Backsleeve 2.0 mm Kempact RA<br />

W005784<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT02C / Kempact 181A -251R -251A<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire ø mm 0.6 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc) plastic ref. length 106 mm W007532 W007533 W007534 W007535<br />

Wire guide tube Kempact RA<br />

WF Backsleeve 2.0 mm GT02 Kempact RA<br />

W006410<br />

W006019<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

108 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WIRE FEED ROLLS<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT02 / FitWeld 300<br />

Feed rolls (plastic)<br />

Wire ø mm 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2<br />

Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc)<br />

1 W001047 W000675 W000960<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

2 W001048 W000676 W000961<br />

Fc,Mc (Fe)<br />

1 W001057 W001059<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

2 W001058 W001060<br />

Al, (Fc, Mc, SS, Fe)<br />

1 W001067 W001069<br />

U-groove<br />

2 W001068 W001070<br />

1= lower feed roll, 2= upper feed roll<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT02 / FitWeld 300<br />

Feed rolls (metal) Wire ø mm 0.8/0.9 1.0 1.2<br />

Fe,SS, (Al, MC, Fc)<br />

1 W006074 W006076 W004754<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

2 W006075 W006077 W004753<br />

Fc,Mc (Fe)<br />

1 W006080 W006082<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

2 W006081 W006083<br />

Al, (Fc, Mc, SS, Fe)<br />

1 W006088 W006090<br />

U-groove<br />

2 W006089 W006091<br />

1= lower feed roll, 2= upper feed roll<br />

1<br />

Wire feed mechanism GT02 / FitWeld 300<br />

Wire guide tube<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Al, SS (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic<br />

Wire guide tube IN: Fe, Fc, Mc metal<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Al, SS (Fe, Mc, Fc) plastic<br />

Wire guide tube OUT: Fe, Fc, Mc metal<br />

W003962<br />

W003536<br />

W003963<br />

W003881<br />

Wire feed mechanism SuperSnake GT02S / GT02SW<br />

Feed rolls kit metal Wire ø mm 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0<br />

Fe, SS, (Al, MC, Fc)<br />

V-groove, plain<br />

Fc, Mc (Fe)<br />

V-groove, knurled<br />

Al, (Fe, Fc, Mc, SS)<br />

U-groove<br />

W004276 W004277 W004278 W004279<br />

W004281 W006608 W006609<br />

W004280<br />

Wire feed mechanism SuperSnake GT02S / GT02SW<br />

Wire guide tube OUT 0.8-1.6<br />

Wire ø mm<br />

SS, Al, (Fe, MC, Fc) plastic<br />

W004185<br />

Wire guide tube OUT 0.8-1.2 1.4-2.0<br />

Wire ø mm<br />

Fc, Mc, Fe metal<br />

W004083 W006617<br />

Wire feed mechanism SuperSnake GT02S / GT02SW<br />

Wire liner<br />

10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m<br />

Wire ø mm 0.8-1.6, SS, Al<br />

W004145 W004219 W004220 W004221<br />

Wire liner (Spiral)<br />

10.5 m 15.5 m 20.5 m 25.5 m<br />

Wire ø mm 0.8-1.6, Fe, Fc, Mc<br />

W004214 W004216 W004217 W004218<br />

Wire liner (Spiral)<br />

15.5 m 25.5 m<br />

Wire ø mm 1.4-2.0, Fe, Fc, Mc<br />

4308620 4308630<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

109


MIG WELDERS<br />

1<br />

Weldmatic 190<br />

Part No. CP131-0<br />

With the highest output in its class, the 190 will weld thicker materials, and handle a wider range of<br />

applications than normally expected from this size of machine.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Gas or Gasless<br />

Ideal for a Wide Range of Applications<br />

Spool Capacity. 1kg & 5kg.<br />

Welds up to 8mm.<br />

Starter Kit. Includes a starter kit: MIG gun, regulator, drive<br />

Quick and Easy Gun Cable Assembly<br />

rollers, tips and sample wire.<br />

Easy Set-up and Adjustment<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty.<br />

Built-In Operator Safety<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Supply<br />

Plug<br />

Rated Output @<br />

40C (10 min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current<br />

Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

240 Vac<br />

- 50 Hz<br />

15 Amps 36 Amps 10kVA 15 Amps 190 A, 23.5 V,<br />

15% Duty Cycle<br />

145 A, 21.2 V,<br />

25% Duty Cycle<br />

72 A, 17.5 V, 100<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

30 - 190<br />

Amps<br />

0.6 - 0.9 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

40kg<br />

Weldmatic 270<br />

Part No. CP132-1 - With W64 Wirefeeder<br />

The Weldmatic 270 has the advantage when it comes to both power and performance. Pumping out a huge<br />

270 Amps of genuine welding power, this machine outperforms the competition when it comes to welding<br />

performance.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Wide Range of Applications<br />

Packed With Professional Features<br />

Reduced Power Consumption<br />

Welds Up To 12mm<br />

Built-in Operator Safety<br />

Low Gas Bottle Tray<br />

Gas Or Gasless<br />

Spool Capacity. 5kg & 15kg<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Rated Output @<br />

40C (10 min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

240 Vac -<br />

50Hz<br />

25 Amps 56 Amps 13.5 kVA 270 A, 27.5 V,<br />

20% Duty Cycle<br />

30 - 270 Amps 0.6 - 1.2 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

142kg<br />

240 Vac -<br />

50Hz<br />

15 Amps 32 Amps 8 kVA 200 A, 24 V,<br />

22% Duty Cycle<br />

Setting D-1<br />

Maximum<br />

30 - 200 Amps 0.6 - 1.2 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

142kg<br />

Weldmatic 270C<br />

CP136-1 Compact Package<br />

Compact MIG with feature packed integrated wirefeeder, enabling custom set-up to suit the job - including arc<br />

start, low wire speed, burnback, spot time, trigger latch, inch, purge and pre and post gas.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Ideal for the Workshop Environment<br />

Portable<br />

Easy to Access Controls<br />

Welds up to 12mm<br />

Reduced Power Consumption<br />

Low Gas Bottle Tray<br />

Built-in Operator Safety<br />

Gas or Gasless<br />

Spool Capacity. 5kg & 15kg.<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Rated Output<br />

@ 40C (10<br />

min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Height<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

240 Vac<br />

- 50Hz<br />

240 Vac<br />

- 50Hz<br />

25 Amps 56 Amps 13.5 kVA 270 A, 27.5 V,<br />

20% Duty Cycle<br />

15 Amps 32 Amps 8 kVA 200 A, 24 V,<br />

22% Duty<br />

Cycle<br />

Setting D-1<br />

Maximum<br />

30 - 270 Amps 0.6 - 1.2 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

30 - 200 Amps 0.6 - 1.2 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

760mm<br />

810mm<br />

(to top of<br />

handles)<br />

127kg<br />

110 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


Weldmatic 356<br />

Part No. CP133-1 with W64 4 Roll Drive Wirefeeder<br />

MIG WELDERS<br />

This industrial strength MIG delivers 356 Amps of pure power, plus all the features needed to maximise<br />

your productivity in one complete package.<br />

FEATURES<br />

<strong>Product</strong>ivity on Demand<br />

Industrial Strength<br />

Fine Arc Control<br />

Reliability<br />

Flexibility<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Built-in Operator Safety<br />

Gas or Gasless<br />

Dual Front Handles<br />

Fan-on-Demand<br />

Spool Capacity. 5kg & 15kg.<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty<br />

1<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Rated Output @<br />

40C (10 min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

380/415<br />

Vac 50Hz 3<br />

Phase<br />

15 Amps 23 Amps 16.5kVA 355 A, 32 V, 40%<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

30 - 190 Amps 0.6 - 0.9 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.2 cored<br />

40kg<br />

Weldmatic 396<br />

Part No. CP133-1 with W64 4 Roll Drive Wirefeeder<br />

This industrial strength MIG delivers 356 Amps of pure power, plus all the features needed to maximise<br />

your productivity in one complete package.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Flexibility and Power<br />

Built-in Operator Safety<br />

Ultra-Fast Wire Braking Feature<br />

‘Normal’ and ‘creep’ start speed modes.<br />

Cold wire inch/gas purge controls.<br />

Pre/post gas timer controls.<br />

Digital Meters<br />

Fine Arc Control<br />

Dual Front Handles<br />

Gas or Gasless<br />

Spool Capacity. 5kg & 15kg.<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Rated Output @<br />

40C (10 min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

380/415<br />

Vac - 50Hz<br />

3 Phase<br />

15 Amps 27 Amps 20kVA 395 A, 34 V, 30%<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

250 A, 26.5 V,<br />

100% Duty Cycle<br />

19 - 395 Amps 0.8 - 1.6 solid<br />

0.8 - 1.6 cored<br />

172kg<br />

Weldmatic Fabricator<br />

CP135-1 - W64 4 Roll Drive Wirefeeder Package<br />

The Weldmatic Fabricator has been the industry standard for over 30 years, with proven performance and<br />

reliability that is second to none.<br />

FEATURES<br />

A complete industrial welding solution for medium<br />

and heavy industrial fabrication, including vehicle<br />

manufacture, ship building, aluminium and stainless steel<br />

construction and the full range of steel fabrication<br />

Rugged and Reliable<br />

Precise Set-up and Control<br />

Built-in Operator Safety<br />

Reduced Power Consumption and Less Noise<br />

Gas or Gasless<br />

Spool Capacity. 5kg & 15kg<br />

3 Year Gold Shield Warranty<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Primary<br />

Voltage<br />

Rated<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Max.<br />

Primary<br />

Current<br />

Recommended<br />

Generator kVA<br />

Rated Output @<br />

40C (10 min)<br />

Welding<br />

Current Range<br />

Wire Size<br />

Range (mm)<br />

Shipping<br />

Weight<br />

415 Vac –<br />

50Hz<br />

3 Phase<br />

18 Amps 30 Amps 20 kVA 400A, 34V, 45%<br />

duty cycle<br />

270A, 27.5V,<br />

100% duty cycle<br />

40 - 400 Amps 0.6 – 1.6 solid<br />

0.8 – 2.0 cored<br />

200kg<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

111


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT GMAW (MIG) WELDING GUNS<br />

WeldSkill MIG Welding Guns<br />

The range of Tweco® Weldskill MIG guns provide excellent performance and ergonomics. With<br />

renowned Tweco® quality, the range is available in 150, 250 and 400 Amp versions in either Tweco®<br />

4 or Euro style back end connections. Weldskill MIG guns combine Tweco’s proven quality and<br />

reliability with maximum comfort for light to medium duty MIG welding.<br />

WeldSkill 150 Amp<br />

MIG Gun<br />

Torch Specification<br />

Part No. Length Backend<br />

Connection<br />

Duty Cycle Contact Tip<br />

Styles<br />

Contact<br />

Tip Style<br />

Wire Dia.<br />

Range<br />

Cooling<br />

Type<br />

FAB150T10 10ft (3m) Tweco 4 150 @ 60% 11 Series Tweco 0.9mm 0.6-1.2mm Air<br />

FAB150X10 10ft (3m) Euro 150 @ 60% 11 Series Tweco 0.9mm 0.6-1.2mm Air<br />

Features<br />

150 Amp air cooled<br />

60% duty cycle (CO2 Gas)<br />

Metal jacket conductor tube<br />

Front and rear spring strain relief<br />

WeldSkill 250 Amp<br />

MIG Gun<br />

Torch Specification<br />

Part No. Length Backend<br />

Connection<br />

Duty Cycle Contact Tip<br />

Styles<br />

Contact<br />

Tip Style<br />

Wire Dia.<br />

Range<br />

Cooling<br />

Type<br />

FAB250T12 12ft (3.6m) Tweco 4 250 @ 60% 14 Series Tweco 1.2mm 0.6-2.0mm Air<br />

FAB250X12 12ft (3.6m) Euro 250 @ 60% 14 Series Tweco 1.2mm 0.6-2.0mm Air<br />

Features<br />

250 Amp air cooled<br />

60% duty cycle (CO2 Gas)<br />

Metal jacket conductor tube<br />

Front and rear spring strain relief<br />

WeldSkill 400 Amp<br />

MIG Gun<br />

Torch Specification<br />

Part No. Length Backend<br />

Connection<br />

Duty Cycle Contact Tip<br />

Styles<br />

Contact<br />

Tip Style<br />

Wire Dia.<br />

Range<br />

Cooling<br />

Type<br />

FAB400T12 12ft (3.6m) Tweco 4 400 @ 40% 14 Series Tweco 1.2mm 0.6-2.0mm Air<br />

FAB400X12 12ft (3.6m) Euro 400 @ 40% 14 Series Tweco 1.2mm 0.6-2.0mm Air<br />

Features<br />

400 Amp air cooled<br />

40% duty cycle (CO2 Gas)<br />

Metal jacket conductor tube<br />

Front and rear spring strain relief<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

112 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TWECO® No. 2<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TORCH MODEL Tweco® No. 2 PART NUMBER 717162<br />

LENGTH 3.6M CONNECTION TYPE Tweco®<br />

DUTY CYCLE 60% @ 250 amps CONTACT TIP OTW14/35<br />

WIRES DIA. (MM) 0.6-1.2 COOLING TYPE Air<br />

1<br />

5<br />

Torch Part Breakdown:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK PART No.<br />

1 Nozzle – –<br />

2 Contact tip – –<br />

3 Diffuser OTW52 OTW52/R<br />

4 Insulator OTW32 OTW32/R<br />

5 Conductor tube OTW62A/45 –<br />

5 Conductor tube OTW62J/45 –<br />

6 Power connector OTW 102 –<br />

7 Handle OTW 83 –<br />

8 Trigger assembly OTW92 –<br />

9 Gun hanger OTW152 –<br />

10 Front cable support OTW142/6 –<br />

11 Front cable clamp OTW132/12 –<br />

12 Rear case OTWM6RC –<br />

13 Rear cable clamp OTW132/12 –<br />

14 Conduit Liner – –<br />

15 Connector plug OTW350174 –<br />

16 Grub screw 8/32UNC OTW44C –<br />

17 O-ring OTW224 –<br />

18 Power cable adaptor OTWM170/2 –<br />

19 Rear power connector OTW104 –<br />

20 Rear support 717594 –<br />

9<br />

14 15 16 17 18 19<br />

12<br />

13<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

6<br />

11 7<br />

10<br />

12<br />

20<br />

8<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

113


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TWECO® No. 4<br />

TORCH MODEL Tweco® No. 4 Tweco® No. 4 Tweco® No. 4 Tweco® No. 4<br />

PART NUMBER 717201 717335 OTWX412/3545 OTWX415/3545<br />

LENGTH 3.6M 4.5M 3.6M 4.5M<br />

CONNECTION TYPE Tweco 4 Tweco 4 Euro Euro<br />

DUTY CYCLE 60% @ 400 amps 60% @ 400 amps 60% @ 400 amps 60% @ 400 amps<br />

CONTACT TIP OTW14/45 OTW14/45 OTW14/45 OTW14/45<br />

WIRES DIA. (MM) 0.8-2.0 0.8-2.0 0.8-2.0 0.8-2.0<br />

COOLING TYPE Air Air Air Air<br />

5<br />

9<br />

6<br />

4 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4<br />

1<br />

22 23 24<br />

21 25 26 11<br />

14 15 16 17 18 19<br />

11 7<br />

8<br />

27<br />

27<br />

12<br />

13<br />

12<br />

10<br />

20<br />

20<br />

Torch Part Breakdown:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No RETAIL PACK PART No<br />

1 Nozzle – –<br />

2 Contact tip – –<br />

3 Diffuser OTW54A OTW54A/R<br />

4 Insulator OTW34A OTW34A/R<br />

5 Conductor tube 45˚ OTW64A/45 –<br />

5 Conductor tube 60˚ OTW64A/60 –<br />

5 Conductor tube 45˚ OTW64J/45 –<br />

5 Conductor tube 60˚ OTW64J/60 –<br />

6 Power connector OTW104 –<br />

7 Handle OTW84A –<br />

8 Trigger assembly OTW94R –<br />

9 Gun hanger OTW154 –<br />

10 Front cable support OTW144/12 –<br />

11 Front cable clamp OTW134/14 –<br />

12 Rear case OTWM6RC –<br />

13 Rear cable clamp OTW134/14 –<br />

14 Conduit liner – –<br />

15 Connector plug 1/2” OTW350174 –<br />

15 Connector plug 5/8” OTW350174H –<br />

16 Grub screw 8/32 UNC OTW44C –<br />

17 O-ring OTW224 –<br />

18 Power cable adaptor OTWM170/4 –<br />

19 Rear power connector OTW104 –<br />

20 Rear support OTW350R23010 –<br />

21 Connector nut OTW174X/2 –<br />

22 Conduit cap OTW174EX/1C –<br />

23 O-ring OTW174EX/1G –<br />

24 Screw OTW4M/S –<br />

25 Rear connector OTW174EX/1 –<br />

26 Power connection OTW174X/M –<br />

27 Rear case OTWX6RC –<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

TWECO® No. 5<br />

5<br />

9<br />

6<br />

4 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4<br />

1<br />

14 15 16 17 18<br />

19<br />

11 7<br />

8<br />

10<br />

12<br />

13<br />

12<br />

20<br />

TORCH MODEL Tweco® No. 5 Tweco® No. 5<br />

PART NUMBER 717211 717212<br />

LENGTH 3.6M 4.5M<br />

CONNECTION TYPE Tweco® 5 Tweco® 5<br />

DUTY CYCLE 60% @ 500 amps 60% @ 500 amps<br />

CONTACT TIP OTW15H/45 OTW15H/45<br />

WIRES DIA. (MM) 0.9-2.8 0.9-2.8<br />

COOLING TYPE Air Air<br />

Torch Part Breakdown:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No<br />

1 Nozzle – 2 Contact tip –<br />

3 Diffuser – 4 Insulator 717541<br />

5 Conductor tube 45˚ OTW65/45 5 Conductor tube 60˚ OTW65/60<br />

5 Conductor tube 45˚ OTW65J/45 5 Conductor tube 60˚ OTW65J/60<br />

6 Power connector OTW104 7 Handle OTW85<br />

8 Trigger assembly OTW94R 9 Gun hanger OTW154<br />

10 Front cable support OTW145/12 11 Front cable clamp OTW134/14<br />

12 Rear case OTWM6RC 13 Rear cable clamp OTW134/14<br />

14 Conduit liner – 15 Connector plug 1/2” OTW176S<br />

15 Connector plug 5/8” OTW176SH 16 Grub screw 8/32UNC OTW44C<br />

17 O-ring OTW225 18 Power cable adaptor OTWM170/5<br />

19 Rear power connector OTW104 20 Rear support OTW350R23010<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

114 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TWECO® SUPRA XT<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

TORCH MODEL Supra XT Supra XT<br />

PART NUMBER SE4004MI6 SE400X4MI6<br />

LENGTH 4.0M 4.0M<br />

CONNECTION TYPE Tweco® 4 Euro<br />

DUTY CYCLE 60% @ 450 amps 60% @ 450 amps<br />

CONTACT TIP OTW15H/116 OTW15H/16<br />

WIRES DIA. (MM) 0.9-2.8 09-2.8<br />

COOLING TYPE Air Air<br />

1<br />

Torch Part Breakdown:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No<br />

1 Nozzle – 2 Contact tip –<br />

3 Diffuser OTW55SW 4 Nozzle Insulator 717541<br />

5 Conductor tube 45˚ OTWSE65J/45 5 Conductor tube 60˚ OTWSE65J/60<br />

6 Gun hanger OTW154 7 Handle Assembly OTWSE86/H<br />

8 Block OTWSE66 9 Switch OTWSE96/B<br />

10 Rear connection assembly OTW350/170K 11 Trigger housing assembly OTWSE96<br />

12 Front connector assembly OTWSE104 13 Conduit liner –<br />

14 Set screw OTW44C 15 O-ring OTW224<br />

16 Connector plug No4 5/8” OTW350/174H 16 Connector plug No5 5/8” OTW176SH<br />

17 Rear case OTWSGT6RC 18 Connector nut OTW174X/2<br />

19 Conduit cap OTW174EX/1C 20 O-ring OTW174EX/1G<br />

21 Rear connector OTW174EX/1 22 Screw OTW4MS<br />

23 Power connection OTW174X1/M 24 Rear case OTWX6RC<br />

5<br />

6 7<br />

13<br />

14 15 16<br />

17<br />

8<br />

9<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4<br />

3<br />

10<br />

11 12<br />

19 20 22<br />

18 21<br />

23 11<br />

24<br />

24<br />

PulseMaster<br />

300A Air Cooled 3.6m<br />

400A Air Cooled 3.6m<br />

400A Water Cooled 3.6m<br />

500A Water Cooled 3.6m<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

PMAS312X3545<br />

PMAS412X3545<br />

PMWS412X3545<br />

PMWS512X3545<br />

TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION<br />

TYPE<br />

DUTY CYCLE (CO2)# CONTACT<br />

TIP<br />

WIRES DIA.<br />

(mm)<br />

COOLING<br />

TYPE<br />

PulseMaster PMAS312X3545 3.6m Euro-Kwik 80% @ 350 amps 16APS364 0.9–1.6 Air<br />

PulseMaster PMAS412X3545 3.6m Euro-Kwik 80% @ 450 amps 16APS364 0.9–1.6 Air<br />

PulseMaster PMWS412X3545 3.6m Euro-Kwik 100% @ 400 amps 16APS364 0.9–1.6 Water<br />

PulseMaster PMWS512X3545 3.6m Euro-Kwik 100% @ 500 amps 16APS364 0.9–1.6 Water<br />

FEATURES<br />

Heavy duty design for industrial applications<br />

“Smart” capability with one-touch digital control to adjust primary<br />

parameters such as welding current, material thickness, wire feed<br />

or arc length.<br />

Specifically designed for use on the CIGWELD Professional Synergic<br />

Pulse range.<br />

Heavy duty contact tips for high heat applications and longer tip life<br />

Ergonomic style handle<br />

Premium Cablehoz assembly<br />

Impact resistant handle & trigger design<br />

Welds up to 1.6mm (0.062”) wire<br />

Tweco Professional<br />

Fusion MIG Torch<br />

OPTIONAL FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR TUBES – Bends up to 60˚<br />

Ordering Information Flex Neck Conductor Tube 60° PMA64SFLX360<br />

Spare Parts Information Insulator Ring 66J3<br />

Fusion 150 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

Fusion 250 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

Fusion 400 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

OTWF112X3035<br />

OTWF212X3035<br />

OTWF412X3545<br />

TORCH MODEL PART NUMBER LENGTH CONNECTION<br />

TYPE<br />

DUTY CYCLE (CO2)# CONTACT<br />

TIP<br />

WIRES DIA.<br />

(mm)<br />

COOLING<br />

TYPE<br />

Fusion 150 OTWF112X3035 3.6m Euro 60% @ 150 Amps OTW14/30 0.6-1.2 Air<br />

Fusion 250 OTWF212X3035 3.6m Euro 60% @ 250 Amps OTW14/35 0.6-1.2 Air<br />

Fusion 400 OTWF412X3545 3.6m Euro 40% @ 400 Amps OTW14H/45 0.9-2.0 Air<br />

FEATURES<br />

Ergonomic handle design<br />

Impact resistant handle & trigger design<br />

Uses Tweco 14 Series consumables<br />

Flexible strain relief cable support<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

115


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

SPARE PARTS<br />

Portaweld 100<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

TORCH MODEL Portaweld 100<br />

PART NUMBER 23000066<br />

LENGTH<br />

2m<br />

CONNECTION TYPE<br />

Hard Wired<br />

DUTY CYCLE#<br />

5% @ 100 Amps<br />

CONTACT TIP<br />

OTW11/40<br />

WIRES DIA. (mm) 0.6-0.9<br />

COOLING TYPE<br />

Air<br />

#Refers to duty cycle of power source<br />

Portaweld 100 MIG Torch 2m – Part No: 23000066<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK PART No.<br />

NOZZLE<br />

1 Fixed 13mm OTW21/50 –<br />

Fixed 13mm, Flush Tip OTW21/50/F OTW21/50/F/R<br />

Fixed 16mm, Flush Tip OTW21/62/F OTW21/62/F/R<br />

CONTACT TIP<br />

2 0.8mm OTW11/30 OTW11/30/R<br />

0.9mm OTW11/35 OTW11/30/R<br />

GAS DIFFUSER<br />

3 23005146 –<br />

CONDUCTOR TUBE<br />

4 45° 23005179 –<br />

CONDUIT LINER<br />

5 2m 0.6-1.2mm 23005250 –<br />

NOT SHOWN Conductor Tube Liner 23005091 –<br />

Transmig 190<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

5<br />

4<br />

6<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

TORCH MODEL TRANSMIG 190<br />

PART NUMBER 7977927<br />

LENGTH<br />

3m<br />

CONNECTION TYPE<br />

Hard Wired<br />

DUTY CYCLE#<br />

15% @ 190 Amps<br />

CONTACT TIP<br />

OTW11/30<br />

WIRES DIA. (mm) 0.6-1.2<br />

COOLING TYPE<br />

Air<br />

#Refers to duty cycle of power source<br />

TRANSMIG 190 MIG Torch 3m – Part No: 7977927<br />

NO. DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK PART No.<br />

NOZZLE<br />

1 Fixed 13mm OTW21/50<br />

Fixed 13mm, Flush Tip OTW21/50/F OTW21/50/F/R<br />

Fixed 16mm, Flush Tip OTW21/62/F OTW21/62/F/R<br />

CONTACT TIP<br />

2 0.6mm OTW11/23 OTW11/23/R<br />

0.8mm OTW11/30 OTW11/30/R<br />

0.9mm OTW11/35 OTW11/35/R<br />

1.0mm OTW11/40 OTW11/40/R<br />

1.2mm OTW11/45 OTW11/45/R<br />

GAS DIFFUSER<br />

3 OTW51 OTW51/R<br />

CONDUIT LINER<br />

4 0.6-1.0mm 23005025<br />

1.0-1.2mm 23005069<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

116 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ELIMINATOR® 250<br />

AMPS, 450 AMPS,<br />

600 AMPS<br />

17<br />

1<br />

19<br />

18<br />

21<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

4<br />

5 5 8 10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

ELIMINATOR® SPARES:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No<br />

1 Nozzle –<br />

2 Contact Tip –<br />

3 Gas Diffuser –<br />

4 Insulator assembly ELC450 & EL450 64ELJ-3<br />

4 Insulator assembly EL600 66ELJ-3<br />

5 Conductor tubes –<br />

8 Hanger - ELC250 & ELC450 OTW152<br />

10 Binder Post & Screw ELC250 & ELC450 ELC124FM<br />

11 Handle with screws ELC250 & ELC450 ELC84H<br />

11 Handle with screws EL450 & EL600 EL86H<br />

12 Trigger blade assembly - all models EL96B<br />

13 Trigger ELC250 & ELC450 ELC94<br />

13 Trigger EL600 EL96<br />

17 Conduit Liner –<br />

18 Tweco® connector plug ELC250, ELC450 OTW350174<br />

18 Tweco® connector plug EL600 OTW176S<br />

19 O-ring ELC250 & ELC450 OTW224<br />

19 O-ring EL600 OTW225<br />

21 Set screw OTW44C<br />

1<br />

GMAW TORCH GAS DIFFUSERS – ORIGINAL TWECO®<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Gas Diffuser MIG 135 23005146 – MIG135 gun &<br />

Portaweld 100 gun<br />

Gas Diffuser Mini Gun 717522 – Mini gun<br />

Gas Diffuser OTW51 OTW51/R Tweco® No. 1; TWE No. 1<br />

MIG 165 Gun; MIG 190 Gun<br />

Gas Diffuser OTW52 OTW52/R Tweco® No. 2; TWE No. 2<br />

Gas Diffuser OTW54A OTW54A/R Tweco® No. 4; TWE No. 4<br />

Gas Diffuser 0.9-1.6mm OTW55SW – Tweco® No. 5; Supra XT<br />

Conduits<br />

Gas Diffuser 1.6-2.0mm OTW55 – Tweco® No. 5; Supra XT<br />

Conduits<br />

Gas Diffuser 2.4-2.8mm OTW55H – Tweco® No. 5; Supra XT<br />

Conduits<br />

Eliminator® 250 amp Gas EL52 EL52/R Eliminator® 250<br />

Diffuser Adjustable Nozzle<br />

Eliminator® 250 amp Gas EL52CT – Eliminator® 250<br />

Diffuser Fixed Nozzle<br />

Eliminator® 450 amp Gas EL54CTSW – Eliminator® 450<br />

Diffuser Fixed Nozzle 0.6-1.6mm<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

117


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

CONTACT TIPS – ORIGINAL TWECO®<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Eliminator® 450 amp Gas EL54CTH – Eliminator® 450<br />

Diffuser Fixed Nozzle 2.0-2.4mm<br />

Eliminator® 450 amp Gas Diffuser EL54SW – Eliminator® 450<br />

Adjustable Nozzle 0.6-1.6mm<br />

Eliminator® 450 amp Gas Diffuser EL54H – Eliminator® 450<br />

Adjustable Nozzle 2.0-2.4mm<br />

Eliminator® 600 amp Gas EL56SW – Eliminator® 600<br />

Diffuser Fixed Nozzle 0.6-1.6mm<br />

11 – SERIES<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Contact Tip 0.6mm OTW11/23 OTW11/23/R Tweco® No. 1<br />

Contact Tip 0.8mm OTW11/30 OTW11/30/R Mini Gun<br />

Contact Tip 0.9mm OTW11/35 OTW11/35/R TWE 1<br />

Contact Tip 1.0mm OTW11/40 OTW11/40/R Autopak 150; 200<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm OTW11/45 OTW11/45/R Transmig 195<br />

Portaweld 100; Transmig 135<br />

Transmig 165<br />

Transmig 190<br />

Transmig 130 Twin<br />

Wire Wasp<br />

14 – SERIES<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Contact Tip 0.6mm OTW14/23 OTW14/23/R Tweco® No.2; TWE 2<br />

Contact Tip 0.8mm OTW14/30 OTW14/30/R Tweco® No.4; TWE 4<br />

Contact Tip 0.9mm OTW14/35 OTW14/35/R Transmig 195 RP<br />

Contact Tip 1.0mm OTW14/40 OTW14/40/R Transmig 200<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm OTW14/45 OTW14/45/R Transmig 275<br />

Contact Tip 1.6mm OTW14/116 Transmig S3-C<br />

Transmig 185 S<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 0.9mm OTW14H/35 Transmig 185 SM<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.0mm OTW14H/40 Transmig 180<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.2mm OTW14H/45 Transmig 240<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm OTW14H/116 Transmig 250<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm 14H/116/78 Transmig 310<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 2.0mm OTW14H/564 Transmig 330<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.2mm ALUM 717256 Transmig 350<br />

Heavy Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm ALUM 14AH/116 Transmig 400<br />

Transmig 400EC<br />

Contact Tip 0.8mm Tapered<br />

OTW14T/30<br />

Contact Tip 0.9mm Tapered<br />

OTW14T/35<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm Tapered<br />

OTW14T/45<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

15 – SERIES<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 0.9mm OTW15H/35 Tweco® No. 5<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.2mm OTW15H/45 Supra XT<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm OTW15H/116 Transmig 500<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 2.0mm<br />

OTW15H/564<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 2.4mm<br />

OTW15H/332<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 2.8mm<br />

OTW15H/764<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.2mm ALUM 717143<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm F/COR 717149<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.2mm F/COR<br />

15HFC-45<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 1.6mm F/COR 717149<br />

H/Duty Contact Tip 2.0mm F/COR 717275<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

118 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ELIMINATOR®<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Contact Tip 0.6mm Tapered EL16T23 EL16T23/R Transmig 210; 220; 250; 310; 330<br />

Contact Tip 0.8mm Tapered EL16T30 EL16T30/R Transmig 210se; 250se<br />

Contact Tip 0.9mm Tapered EL16T35 EL16T35/R Transmig 330se pre-May 2001<br />

Contact Tip 1.0mm Tapered EL16T40 EL16T40/R Transmig 215se; 265se<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm Tapered EL16T45 EL16T45/R<br />

Contact Tip 1.6mm Tapered<br />

EL16T116<br />

1<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm Alum.<br />

Contact Tip 1.6mm Alum.<br />

Contact Tip 0.8mm<br />

Contact Tip 0.9mm<br />

Contact Tip 1.0mm<br />

Contact Tip 1.2mm<br />

Contact Tip 1.3mm<br />

Contact Tip 1.6mm<br />

Contact Tip 2.0mm<br />

Contact Tip 2.4mm<br />

EL16A364<br />

EL16A116<br />

EL1630<br />

EL1635<br />

EL1640<br />

EL1645<br />

EL1652<br />

EL16116<br />

EL16564<br />

EL16332<br />

INSULATORS<br />

TWECO® NO. 2<br />

AND NO. 4<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Adjustable Tweco® No. 2 OTW32 OTW32/R Tweco® No. 2; TWE 2<br />

Adjustable Tweco® No. 4 OTW34A OTW34A/R Tweco® No. 4; TWE 4<br />

TWECO® NO. 4<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Fixed Insulator for CT Nozzle Tweco® No. 4 717540 Tweco® No. 4<br />

Fixed Insulator for CT Nozzle Tweco® No. 5 717541 Tweco® No. 5<br />

Supra XT<br />

Fixed Insulator for CT Nozzle Eliminator® 600 OTW36CT600 Eliminator® 600<br />

GMAW – QTR ROBOTIC AND AUTOMATIC GAS DIFFUSERS<br />

QTRW<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Gas diffuser 400 amp water cooled QTRW Guns 0.9-1.6 wire OTWWC53/EL and Robotic Torches<br />

Gas diffuser 600 amp water cooled QTRW Guns SW 0.9-1.6 wire OTWWC56/EL/SW<br />

NOZZLES – Original TWECO®<br />

130 TWIN NOZZLE<br />

TWECO® NO. 1 AND<br />

MINI GUN<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Nozzle Transmig 130 Twin OCE1311 130 Twin Gun<br />

Wire Wasp Gun<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Nozzle Tweco® 1 Fixed 13mm Flush Tip OTW21/50/F OTW21/50/F/R Tweco® No. 1<br />

Nozzle Tweco® 1 Fixed 16mm Flush Tip OTW21/62/F OTW21/62/F/R Mini MIG<br />

TWE 1<br />

Autopak 150; 250<br />

Transmig 195<br />

Portaweld 100; Transmig 135<br />

Transmig 165; Transmig 190<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

119


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

TWECO® NO. 2<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Tweco® 2 Adjustable 13mm, 3mm Recess Tip OTW22/50 OTW22/50/R Tweco® No. 2; TWE 2<br />

Tweco® 2 Adjustable 16mm, 3mm Recess Tip OTW22/62 OTW22/62/R Transmig 200; Transmig 240<br />

Transmig 185 S<br />

Transmig 185 SM<br />

Transmig 180<br />

TWECO® NO. 4<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. RETAIL PACK P/No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Fixed 16m Flush Tip OTW23/62/F Tweco® No. 4; TWE 4<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Short Stop Tapered 3mm Recess Tip 717309 Transmig 195 RP<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Adjustable 13mm OTW24A/50 OTW24A/50/R Transmig S3-C<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Adjustable 16mm OTW24A/62 OTW24A/62/R Transmig 330<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Adjustable Heavy Duty 16mm OTW24AH/62 Transmig 350<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Adjustable Heavy Duty 19mm OTW24AH/75 Transmig 400<br />

Transmig 450EC<br />

Tweco® No. 4 Special Tapered 9.5mm, 3mm Recess Tip 717309<br />

Tweco® No. 4 CT Nozzle Tip 16mm Fixed 3mm Recess Tip 717532<br />

Tweco® No. 4 CT Nozzle Tip 16mm Fixed 13mm Recess Tip 717534<br />

TWECO® NO. 5<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Tweco® No. 5 CT Nozzle Tip 16mm Fixed 3mm Recess Tip 717538 Tweco® No. 5<br />

Tweco® No. 5 CT Nozzle Tip 19mm Fixed 3mm Recess Tip 717539 Supra XT<br />

Transmig 500<br />

ELIMINATOR®<br />

DESCRIPTION PART No. APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 10mm EL22A37 Eliminator® 250<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 13mm EL22A50 Transmig 210; 250; 310; 330<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 13mm Flush EL22A50F Transmig 210se; 250se<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 16mm EL22A62 Transmig 330se pre May 2001<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 16mm EL22A62 Transmig 220<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 16mm EL22A62 Transmig 250<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 16mm Flush<br />

EL22A62F<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 19mm<br />

EL22A75<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 13mm Protruded tip EL22I50P<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Adjustable 16mm Protruded tip EL22I62P<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 250 amp Fixed 16mm 3mm Recess tip<br />

EL22CT62<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Adjust 10mm 3mm Recess tip EL24I37 Eliminator® 450<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Adjust 13mm 3mm Recess tip EL24I50 Transmig 400 pre May 2001<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Adjust 16mm 3mm Recess tip EL24I62 Transmig 350ec; 350 Pulse<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Heavy Duty Adjust 16mm<br />

EL24I62H<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Adjust 16mm 3mm Recess tip EL24I75<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450A amp Fixed 16mm 3mm Recess tip EL24CT62<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Heavy Duty Fixed 16mm<br />

EL24CT62H<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 450 amp Heavy Duty Fixed 19mm<br />

EL24CT75H<br />

Nozzle Eliminator® 600 amp Adjustable 16mm OTW26I62 Eliminator® 600<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

120 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

CONDUCTOR TUBES – Original TWECO®<br />

TWECO® No. 2<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW62A/45 Tweco® No. 2 Tweco® No. 2<br />

OTW62J/45<br />

Tweco® No. 2, 45˚ Stainless Steel Jacket Conductor Tube<br />

1<br />

TWECO® No. 4<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW64A/45 Tweco® No. 4 45˚ Conductor Tube Tweco® No. 4<br />

OTW64A/60<br />

Tweco® No. 4 60˚ Conductor Tube<br />

OTW64J/45<br />

Tweco® No. 4 45˚ Stainless Steel Jacket Conductor Tube<br />

OTW64J/60<br />

Tweco® No. 4 60˚ Stainless Steel Jacket Conductor Tube<br />

TWECO® No. 5<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW65/45 Tweco® No. 5 45˚ Conductor Tube Tweco® No. 5<br />

OTW65/60<br />

Tweco® No. 5 60˚ Conductor Tube<br />

OTW65J/45<br />

Tweco® No. 4 45˚ Stainless Steel Jacket Conductor Tube<br />

OTW65J/60<br />

Tweco® No. 5 60˚ Stainless Steel Jacket Conductor Tube<br />

SUPRA XT<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTWSE65J/45 Conductor Tube 45˚ Metal Jacket Supra XT<br />

OTWSE65J/60<br />

Conductor Tube 60˚ Metal Jacket<br />

ELIMINATOR®<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

EL63J-45 Eliminator® Conductor Tube 45˚ 250 amp Metal Jacket Eliminator® 250<br />

EL64J45 Eliminator® Conductor Tube 45˚ 450 amp Metal Jacket Eliminator® 450<br />

EL64J60<br />

Eliminator® Conductor Tube 60˚ 450 amp Metal Jacket<br />

ALL OTHER TORCHES<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

T116103505 Conductor Tube 45˚ TWE 1 torch<br />

T116103506 Conductor Tube 45˚ Tweco Screw Tips TWE 2 torch<br />

T116103508 Conductor Tube 45˚ Tweco Elim tips TWE 2 torch<br />

T116103507 Conductor Tube 45˚ TWE 4 torch<br />

OTW90031 Conductor Tube 250-60-60 60˚ 250 amp Gun MIG195<br />

717565 Conductor Tube 350-60-60 60˚ 350 amp Gun MIG275<br />

MS6345 Conductor Tube 45˚ 250 amp Gun Transmig 210 to 330<br />

23005179 Conductor Tube 45˚ Torch Trigger Switch Portaweld 100<br />

23005144 Conductor Tube 45˚ Torch Trigger Switch Transmig 135<br />

MF0245 Conductor Tube 45˚ Transmig 165;<br />

Transmig 190<br />

130 TWIN/WIRE<br />

WASP<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OCE 5750517 Conductor Tube and Torch Trigger Switch for Transmig 130 Twin<br />

130 Twin and Wire Wasp Wire Wasp<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

121


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

MIG GUN LINERS – Original TWECO®<br />

TWECO® No. 2<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW42/3035 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.8-0.9mm Hard Tweco® No.2 Tweco® No. 2; TWE 2<br />

OTW42/4045 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.0-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 2<br />

OTW42N/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Nylon Tweco® No. 2<br />

TWECO® No. 4<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW44/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Tweco® No. 4; TWE 4<br />

OTW44/564 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.0mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Supra XT<br />

717344 Tweco® Conduit Liner 7.6M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 330<br />

OTW44/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 350; 350ec<br />

717347 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Nylon Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 350 Pulse<br />

OTW44N/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Nylon Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 400;<br />

Transmig 450EC<br />

TWECO® No. 5<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW45/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Tweco® No. 5<br />

OTW45/564 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.0mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Transmig 500<br />

OTW45/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Transmig 500i<br />

OTW45H/332 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.4mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Supra XT<br />

OTW45H/764 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.8mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 (requires OTD1765H)<br />

OTW45N/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Nylon Tweco® No. 5<br />

717512 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 3.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 5<br />

ELIMINATOR® 250<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW42/3035 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.8-0.9mm Hard Tweco® No.2 Eliminator® 250<br />

OTW42/4045 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.0-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 2 Transmig 210; 250; 310; 330<br />

OTW42N/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Nylon Tweco® No. 2 Transmig 210se; 250se<br />

Transmig 215se; 265se<br />

ELIMINATOR® 450<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW44/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Eliminator® 450<br />

OTW44/564 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.0mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 350; 350ec<br />

717344 Tweco® Conduit Liner 7.6M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 350 Pulse<br />

OTW44/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Hard Tweco® No. 4 Transmig 400<br />

717347 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Nylon Tweco® No. 4<br />

OTW44N/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Nylon Tweco® No. 4<br />

ELIMINATOR® 600<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

OTW45/3545 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Eliminator® 600<br />

OTW45/564 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.0mm Hard Tweco® No. 5 Transmig 500<br />

OTW45/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Hard Tweco® No. 5<br />

OTW45H/332 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.4mm Hard Tweco® No. 5<br />

OTW45H/764 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 2.8mm Hard Tweco® No. 5<br />

OTW45N/116 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.6mm Nylon Tweco® No. 5<br />

717512 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 3.2mm Hard Tweco® No. 5<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ALL OTHER LINERS<br />

PART No. DESCRIPTION APPLICABLE TORCHES<br />

717560 Tweco® Conduit Liner 3.6M 0.9-1.2mm Hard Transmig 275<br />

OTWAWC44116 Tweco® Conductor Tube Copper Jump Liner 1.6mm For aluminium wire<br />

717524 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 0.8-0.9mm MiniGun<br />

717543 Tweco® Conduit Liner 4.5M 1.0-1.2mm MiniGun<br />

OCE5580017 Conduit Liner (Non Tweco®) 2M 0.6-1.2mm Wire Wasp & 130Twin<br />

23005250 Conduit Liner 2M 0.6-0.9mm Portaweld 100;<br />

Transmig 135<br />

23005091 Liner Conductor Tube Portaweld 100;<br />

Transmig 135<br />

23005025 Conduit Liner 3M 0.6-1.0mm Transmig 165;<br />

Transmig 190<br />

23005069 Conduit Liner 3M 1.0-1.2mm Transmig 165;<br />

Transmig 190<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

122 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PICK THE CORRECT CONDUIT LINER AND ADAPTOR<br />

Steps to pick the correct conduit liner and adaptor. Refer to the Adaptor Compatibility Chart below:<br />

1<br />

1. What wire size are you using?<br />

2. Pick the related Tweco® liner, 4.5m or 7.6m.<br />

3. What MIG gun brand are you using? For Tweco®, Lincoln® & Profax® brands, the Tweco® Universal Conduit liner has<br />

the adaptor already attached (skip to step 7).<br />

4. For other brands, pick the related adaptor.<br />

5. Unscrew the adaptor from the Tweco® Universal Conduit liner.<br />

6. Then screw-on the selected adaptor, and hand tighten it.<br />

7. Use as any standard liner. For assembly, follow instructions on the inside panel of the Tweco® Universal Conduit box.<br />

* Tweco Universal Conduit Liner supplied standard with Tweco adaptor fitted. Tweco Conduits for Lincoln and Profax do<br />

not require adaptors.<br />

ADAPTOR COMPATIBILITY CHART<br />

Wire Size<br />

Tweco® Universal<br />

Conduit Liner<br />

Tweco® Lincoln® Profax®<br />

Miller®<br />

Migmatic®<br />

Hobart® Bernard® Tregaskiss®<br />

0.8 – 0.9 mm<br />

(.030” - .035”)<br />

OTW42/3035 (4.5m)<br />

1.0 – 1.2 mm<br />

(.040” – .045”)<br />

OTW42/4045 (4.5m)<br />

0.9 – 1.2 mm<br />

(.035” – .045”)<br />

OTW44/3545 (4.5m)<br />

717344 (7.6m)<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U-TWE<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U-MIL-M<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U-BER<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U-TRE<br />

1.6 mm<br />

(1/16”)<br />

OTW44/116 (4.5m)<br />

2.0 mm<br />

(5/64”)<br />

OTW44/564 (4.5m)<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U TWE H<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part # 44U-MIL-H<br />

Adaptor<br />

Part #44U BER H<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

123


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

1150 SELF<br />

SHIELD FLUX<br />

CORE GUN<br />

450 AMP<br />

The 1150 Gun will run 5/64”, 3/32”, 7/64” and .120 wire. It comes setup for use with the LN-7, LN-8,<br />

LN-9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller® and Hobart® voltage sensing feeders.<br />

MODEL LINCOLN® PART NO. WIRE SIZES<br />

1150-10’ K115-1 5/64”, 3/32”, 7/64” and .120 Set up<br />

1150-15’ K115-2 for LN7, LN8, LN9, and LN25<br />

STANDARD FEATURES<br />

Economical replacement components<br />

including liner<br />

450 amps / 60% duty cycle<br />

Wide variety of wire sizes<br />

Easy field repair<br />

Adapter kits available for most models<br />

of feeders<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION<br />

PX<br />

LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN<br />

1 11-450 KP1965-1 S12691-1 Insulated nozzle 2-3/4”<br />

stickout<br />

1A 11-455 KP1971-1 S13358 Insulated nozzle stickout<br />

2 12-873 – T14157-1/16 Contact tip 1/16” 3/8 thread<br />

12-874 – T14157-068 Contact tip .068 3/8 thread<br />

12-875 – T14157-072 Contact tip .072 3/8 thread<br />

12-876 – T14157-5/64 Contact tip 5/64” 3/8 thread<br />

12-877 – T14157-3/32 Contact tip 3/32” 3/8 thread<br />

12-878 – T14157-7/64 Contact tip 7/64” 3/8 thread<br />

12-879 – T14157-120 Contact tip .120 3/8 thread<br />

12-880 – T14157-1/8 Contact tip 1/8” 3/8 thread<br />

3A 13-486 KP1907-2 M11474-3/32 82° gooseneck 3/32”<br />

13-486J – M11474-3/32J 82° jacketed gooseneck 3/32”<br />

PXM11474-120 KP1907-1 M11474-120 82° gooseneck 7/64”-1/8”<br />

PXM11474-120J – M11474-120J 82° jacketed gooseneck<br />

7/64”-1/8”<br />

13-484 – M14027-82-5/64 82° gooseneck 1/16”-5/64”<br />

3B 13-443 KP1910-2 M11510-3/32 45° gooseneck 3/32”<br />

13-443J – M11510-3/32J 45° jacketed gooseneck 3/32”<br />

PXM11510-120 – – 45° gooseneck 7/64”-1/8”<br />

PXM11510-120J – M11510-120J 45° jacketed gooseneck<br />

7/64”-1/8”<br />

13-441 – M14027-45-5/64 45° gooseneck 1/16”-5/64”<br />

PX13-443-14 – – 5° gooseneck 14” 3/32”-1/8”<br />

PX13-443-25 – – 25° gooseneck 3/32”-1/8”<br />

INCLUDES<br />

4 18-965 – T12932-2 Locking screw 3/8”-16<br />

5 18-960 – T12977-2 Steel insert<br />

6 18-912 – T12576-3 Ceramic insert .120<br />

18-932 – T12576-1 Ceramic insert 3/32”<br />

7 13-633 – T12931-5 Replacement gooseneck<br />

liner 3/32”<br />

PXT12931-7 – T12931-7 Gooseneck liner 7/64”-1/8”<br />

13-624 – T12931-32 Gooseneck liner 1/16”-5/64”<br />

NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION<br />

PX<br />

LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN<br />

8 14-269 – S12880 Heat shield assembly<br />

9 14-222 – T14438 Socket head cap screw<br />

10 18-480 – S9776-7 Retaining ring<br />

11 14-572 – S15921-2 Clamp<br />

12 14-819 – T12027 Spatter shield<br />

13 14-297 – S15922-1 Switch housing clamp<br />

14 18-404 – 18-404 Pan head screw<br />

#8-32 x 5/16” (4 req’d)<br />

15 14-340 – M10102-1 Handle<br />

16 15-410 – L5728-10 Cable assembly 10’<br />

15-415 – L5728-15 Cable assembly 15’<br />

INCLUDES<br />

17 15-531 – S13099 Insulator sleeve w/spring<br />

18 18-881 – 18-881 Flat head screw<br />

#8-32 x 3/8” (2 req’d)<br />

19 18-892 – 18-892 Socket head set screw<br />

#8-32 x 5/16”<br />

20 16-052 – S19757 Trigger plug<br />

21 16-810 – M12462-10 Switch assembly 10’<br />

16-815 – M12462-15 Switch assembly 15’<br />

22 16-320 – 16-320 Cable clamp<br />

23 16-660 – T12485 Micro switch<br />

24 18-900 – S14878 Trigger housing insulator<br />

25 18-332 – – Roll pin 3/32” x 7/8”<br />

26 16-400 – – Trigger housing assembly<br />

INCLUDES<br />

27 16-151 – – Coil spring set (3 springs)<br />

28 18-227 – 18-227 Roll pin 3/32” x 3/4”<br />

29 18-628 – 18-628 Socket head screw<br />

#8-32 x 7/16”<br />

124<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


1260 SELF<br />

SHIELD FLUX<br />

CORE GUN<br />

350 AMP<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

The 1260 Gun will run .035, .045, 1/16”, .068, 5/64” and 3/32” wire. It comes set up for use with the LN-7,<br />

LN-8, LN-9 and LN-25 wire feeders. Adapter kits are available for Miller® and Hobart® voltage sensing<br />

feeders.<br />

MODEL LINCOLN® PART NO. WIRE SIZES<br />

1260-10’ K126-1 1/16”, .068, 5/64” and 3/32” Set up<br />

1260-15’ K126-2 for LN7, LN8, LN9, and LN25<br />

X1260-10’<br />

For use with Euro<br />

X1260-15’ KA1325 Style wire feeders.<br />

2640-10 K361-10 For use with LN22 Feeder *LN22 Gun has a 3 pin trigger plug. Item 20 16-30 with 16-031<br />

2640-15 K361-15 For use with LN22 Feeder *LN22 Gun has a 3 pin trigger plug. Item 20 16-30 with 16-031<br />

1<br />

STANDARD FEATURES<br />

Economical replacement components<br />

including liner<br />

350 amps / 60% duty cycle<br />

Wide variety of wire sizes<br />

Easy field repair<br />

Adapter kits available for most models<br />

of feeders<br />

NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION<br />

PROFAX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN<br />

1A 11-275 KP2090-1 T12315 Insulated nozzle 2-3/4”<br />

stickout<br />

1B 11-200 KP1995-1 S177217-1 Insulated nozzle 2” stickout<br />

1C 11-250 KP1987-1 S15900 Insulated nozzle 1¼” stickout<br />

1D 11-231 KP2089-1 T12313 Thread protector<br />

2 12-651 – T14050-035 Contact tip .035 5/16 thread<br />

12-652 – T14050-045 Contact tip .045 5/16 thread<br />

PXT14050-052 – T14050-052 Contact tip .052 5/16 thread<br />

12-653 KP2100-2B1 T14050-1/16 Contact tip 1/16” 5/16 thread<br />

12-654 – T14050-068 Contact tip .068 5/16 thread<br />

12-655 KP2100-1B1 T14050-072 Contact tip .072 5/16 thread<br />

12-656 KP2100-4B1 T14050-5/64 Contact tip 5/64” 5/16 thread<br />

12-657 KP2100-3B1 T14050-3/32 Contact tip 3/32” 5/16 thread<br />

3A 13-304 KP1909-1 M11476 50° gooseneck 6” (Std.)<br />

13-304J – M11476J 50° jacketed gooseneck<br />

13-309 KP1920-1 M141188 90° gooseneck 6”<br />

13-309J – M14188J 90° jacketed gooseneck 6”<br />

3B 13-301 KP1914-2 M13304-6 30° gooseneck 6”<br />

13-301J – M13304-6J 30° jacketed gooseneck<br />

13-306 KP1914-1 M13304-12 30° gooseneck (XL 12”)<br />

13-306J – M13304-12J 30° jacketed gooseneck<br />

PXM13304-12-50 – M13304-12-50 50° gooseneck (XL 12”)<br />

PXM13304-12-50J –<br />

M13304-12-50J 50° jacketed gooseneck<br />

3C 13-309-5 – M14188-5 Straight gooseneck w/5° bend<br />

INCLUDES<br />

4 18-950 – T12932-1 Locking screw 5/16”-18<br />

5 18-940 – T12977-1 Steel insert<br />

6 18-930 – T12576-2 Ceramic insert<br />

7 13-506 – T12931-4 Gooseneck liner (Std.)<br />

13-512 – T12931-19 Gooseneck liner(XL 30°)<br />

13-515 – T12931-26 Gooseneck liner(XL 50°)<br />

NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION<br />

PROFAX LINCOLN NEW LINCOLN<br />

8 14-268 – S13037 Heat shield assembly<br />

9 14-222 – T14438 Socket head cap screw<br />

10 18-480 – S9776-7 Retaining ring<br />

11 14-572 – S15921-2 Clamp<br />

12 14-819 – T12027 Spatter shield<br />

13 14-297 – S15922-1 Switch housing clamp<br />

14 18-404 – 18-404 Pan head screw<br />

#8-32 x 5/16”(4 req’d)<br />

15 14-340 – M10102-1 Handle<br />

16 15-310 – L6250-2 Cable assembly 10’<br />

15-315 – L6250-1 Cable assembly 15’<br />

INCLUDES<br />

17 15-531 – S13099 Insulator sleeve w/spring<br />

18 18-881 – 18-881 Flat head screw<br />

#8-32 x 3/8” (2 req’d)<br />

19 18-892 – 18-892 Socket head set screw<br />

#8-32 x 5/16”<br />

20 16-052 – S19757 Trigger Plug<br />

21 16-810 – M12462-10 Switch assembly 10’<br />

16-815 – M12462-15 Switch assembly 15’<br />

22 16-320 – 16-320 Cable clamp<br />

23 16-660 – T12485 Micro switch<br />

24 18-900 – S14878 Trigger housing insulator<br />

25 18-332 – 18-332 Roll pin 3/2” x 7/8”<br />

26 16-400 – Trigger housing assembly<br />

INCLUDES<br />

27 16-151 – Coil spring set (3 springs)<br />

28 18-227 – 18-227 Roll pin 3/32” x 3/4”<br />

29 18-628 – 18-628 Socket head screw<br />

#8-32 x 7/16”<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

125


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PROFAX HEAVY DUTY MIG GUNS<br />

Part Number Description Image number<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

250 AMP HEAVY DUTY MIG GUNS<br />

HD250303512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HD250303515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HDLN250303512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN250303515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDM250303512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM250303515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDX250303512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX250303515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

400 AMP HEAVY DUTY MIG GUNS<br />

HD400354510 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HD400354512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HD400354515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HDLN40011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN40011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN400354510 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN400354512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN400354515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDM40011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM40011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM400354510 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM400354512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM400354515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDX40011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX400354510 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX400354512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX400354515 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX400-3545-25 25 FT (7.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HD400KIT<br />

400AMP FRONT END KIT<br />

450 AMP HEAVY DUTY MIG GUNS<br />

HD45011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HD45011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HD450354512 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 1<br />

HDLN45011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDLN45011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 2<br />

HDM45011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDM45011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN MILLER® 3<br />

HDX45011610 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX45011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX45011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDX450116N10 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO NYLON 4<br />

5HD450-116-12 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN WITH #5 BERNARD END<br />

5HD450-116-15 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN WITH #5 BERNARD END<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

450 AMP HEAVY DUTY MACHINE TORCH<br />

HDAMT4501166 6 FT (1.8 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 5<br />

HDAMT45011615 15 FT (4.5 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN 5<br />

HDXAMT4501166 6 FT (1.8 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDXAMT45011610 10 FT (3 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDXAMT45011612 12 FT (3.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN EURO 4<br />

HDAMTLN450116-2 2 FT (0.6 M) HEAVY DUTY MIG GUN LINCOLN® 4<br />

126<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

GENUINE BERNARD® MIG GUNS<br />

Part Number Description Image number<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

300 AMP<br />

Q3010AE7EB 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN BERNARD 1<br />

Q3010AE7EE 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN EURO 2<br />

Q3010AE7EM 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN MILLER 3<br />

Q3015AE7EB 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN BERNARD 1<br />

Q3015AE7EE 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN EURO 2<br />

Q3015AE7EM 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN MILLER 3<br />

400 AMP<br />

Q4010AE7EB 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN BERNARD 1<br />

Q4010AE7EE 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN EURO 2<br />

Q4010AE7EM 10 FT (3 M) MIG GUN MILLER 3<br />

Q4015AE7EB 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN BERNARD 1<br />

Q4015AE7EE 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN EURO 2<br />

Q4015AE7EM 15 FT (4.5 M) MIG GUN MILLER 3<br />

500 AMP<br />

Q5012AH7IM 12 FT MIG GUN MILLER 1<br />

CLAMP<br />

4939 CLAMP 4<br />

4991 CLAMP 4<br />

4992 CLAMP 4<br />

4993 CLAMP 4<br />

7669 CLAMP 4<br />

4823 CLAMP 4<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

127


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

130GL SELF SHIELD<br />

FLUX CORE GUN<br />

130 AMP<br />

The ideal gun for the 110 and 220 volt single phase units running .030 and .035 gasless flux core wire.<br />

PART NO. LENGTH WIRE SIZE<br />

130GL-3035-10 10’ .030-.035<br />

130GL-3035-12 12’ .030-.035<br />

130GL-3035-15 15’ .030-.035<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

NO. PROFAX DESCRIPTION<br />

1. 12-650 Contact tip .030<br />

12-651 Contact tip .035<br />

2. 11-231 Thread protector<br />

3. 11-250 Insulated nozzle – optional<br />

4. 13-300 Gooseneck 45°<br />

6. PX122FM Binder screws for handle<br />

8. PX180G Handle with binder screws<br />

10. PX180-1 Cable connector block assy.<br />

11. PX516-24 Conductor tube set screw (5/16-24)<br />

12. PX44C Set screw for conduit 8-32<br />

13. PX110-CS1 Crimp sleeve<br />

14. PX18FT Flag terminals (2)<br />

15. PX92C Switch contacts (2) w/screws<br />

16. PX92 Trigger switch assembly<br />

17. PX0155 Cable clamp<br />

18. 180-6S Spring strain relief for handle<br />

19. PX180-10 10’ replacement cable assy.<br />

PX180-12 12’ replacement cable assy.<br />

PX180-15 15’ replacement cable assy.<br />

PX180K Bulk cable (per foot)<br />

NO. PROFAX DESCRIPTION<br />

20. PX44-25 Hex wrench 5/64”<br />

21. PXAL-300-532 Hex wrench 5/32”<br />

22. PX18BC Butt connectors (2)<br />

23. PX05252 Hose support rear<br />

24. PX120-CS1 Crimp sleeve<br />

25. PX1R-P Gas hole plug<br />

26. PX180-1R Rear cable connector<br />

27. PX44C Set screw for conduit 8-32<br />

28. PXR174-C Connector, Century®<br />

PXR174-E Connector, Esab® (L-Tec®)<br />

PXR174-H Connector, Hobart®<br />

PXR174-L Connector, Lincoln®<br />

PXR174-M Connector, Miller®<br />

PXR174-T Connector, standard<br />

29. PX42-3035-15 15’ wire conduit assembly<br />

128<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PROFAX® REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR MILLER ELECTRIC MFG. CO® WIRE FEEDERS<br />

1<br />

TWO ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING MILLER® WIRE FEEDERS:<br />

8VS, 12VS, S22A, S22P, S32S, S32P, S42GL, S52, D52, Millermatic®<br />

200, 250, 250MP, 250X, 300 and Vintage®, Portamig, Automatic<br />

Drives A1-2, A2-2 & A1D-2, SwingArc Single, Dual, SwingArc Digital<br />

1 & 2. (Note: D52, SwingArc Dual & SwingArc Digital 2 require two<br />

kits.) Anti wear guide (045233) is optional on this style kit.<br />

FOUR ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING MILLER® WIRE FEEDERS:<br />

R115V, S44GL, S54A, S54D, S54E, S54M, D54A, D54D, D54M &<br />

Automatic Drives A1-4, A2-4 & A1D-4. (Note: The D54A D54D &<br />

D54M require two kits.) Anti wear guide (045233) is optional on this<br />

style kit.<br />

KITS CONTAIN TWO DRIVE ROLLS, AND ONE INLET GUIDE.<br />

“V” GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET<br />

SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE<br />

.023 /.025 PX087131 PX087130 PX056192<br />

.030 PX079594 PX053695 PX056192<br />

.035 PX079595 PX053700 PX056192<br />

.040 PX053696 PX056193<br />

.045 PX079596 PX053697 PX056193<br />

.052 PX079597 PX053698 PX056193<br />

1/16” PX079598 PX053699 PX056195<br />

“U” GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET<br />

SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE<br />

.035 PX044749 PX072000 PX056192<br />

.045 PX079599 PX053701 PX056193<br />

.052 PX079600 PX053702 PX056193<br />

1/16” PX079601 PX053706 PX056195<br />

5/64” PX079602 PX053704 PX056195<br />

3/32” PX079603 PX053703 PX056196<br />

7/64” PX079604 PX053705 PX056196<br />

“V” KNURLED GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE KIT DRIVE INLET<br />

SIZE NO. ROLL GUIDE<br />

.035 PX079606 PX132958 PX056192<br />

.045 PX079607 PX132957 PX056193<br />

.052 PX079608 PX132956 PX056193<br />

1/16” PX079609 PX132955 PX056195<br />

5/64” PX079610 PX132960 PX056195<br />

3/32” PX079611 PX132961 PX056196<br />

7/64” PX079612 PX132962 PX056196<br />

The Miller 30E can also use these kits if the 044560 conversion kit from Miller® is installed.<br />

KITS CONTAIN FOUR DRIVE ROLLS, ONE INLET GUIDE AND ONE INTERMEDIATE GUIDE.<br />

“V” GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE SIZE KIT NO. DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE<br />

ROLL GUIDE GUIDE<br />

.023 /.025 PX087132 PX087130 PX056192 PX056206<br />

.030 PX046780 PX053695 PX056192 PX056206<br />

.035 PX046781 PX053700 PX056192 PX056206<br />

.040 PX053696 PX056193 PX056207<br />

.045 PX046782 PX053697 PX056193 PX056207<br />

.052 PX046783 PX053698 PX056193 PX056207<br />

1/16” PX046784 PX053699 PX056195 PX056209<br />

“U” GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE SIZE KIT NO. DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE<br />

ROLL GUIDE GUIDE<br />

.035 PX044750 PX072000 PX056192 PX056206<br />

.045 PX046785 PX053701 PX056193 PX056207<br />

.052 PX046786 PX053702 PX056193 PX056207<br />

1/16” PX046787 PX053706 PX056195 PX056209<br />

5/64” PX046788 PX053704 PX056195 PX056209<br />

3/32” PX046789 PX053703 PX056196 PX056210<br />

7/64” PX046790 PX053705 PX056196 PX056210<br />

“V” KNURLED GROOVE KITS<br />

KIT PARTS<br />

WIRE SIZE KIT NO. DRIVE INLET INTERMEDIATE<br />

ROLL GUIDE GUIDE<br />

.035 PX046792 PX132958 PX056192 PX056206<br />

.045 PX046793 PX132957 PX056193 PX056207<br />

.052 PX046794 PX132956 PX056193 PX056207<br />

1/16” PX046795 PX132955 PX056195 PX056209<br />

5/64” PX046796 PX132960 PX056195 PX056209<br />

3/32” PX046797 PX132961 PX056196 PX056210<br />

7/64” PX046798 PX132962 PX056196 PX056210<br />

The Miller 30A & B can also use these kits if the 044559 conversion kit from Miller® is installed.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

129


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PROFAX® REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR LINCOLN ELECTRIC® WIRE FEEDERS<br />

TWO ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING LINCOLN® WIRE FEEDERS:<br />

For – LN-7 (K521), LN-7GMA (K440-2), LN-742 (K617-1), LN-742H (K617-2), *LN-9GMA (K424-1),<br />

*LN-9F GMA (K436), LN-22, LN-23P (K316L-1) & LN-25 (K428 & K449)<br />

CORED WIRE ROLLS<br />

Insert<br />

Outlet Guide<br />

Spacer<br />

Inlet Guide<br />

SOLID WIRE ROLLS<br />

S16666-1<br />

Pressure Arm and Idler Bearing<br />

Assembly for LN-7, LN7GMA, LN-742,<br />

LN-9GMA, LN-22, LN-23P & LN-25<br />

DRIVE ROLL WIRE WIRE DRIVE SPACER INLET OUTLET OUTLET GUIDE<br />

KIT SIZE TYPE ROLL GUIDE GUIDE INSERT<br />

PXKP653-025S 023 & .025 SOLID PXM17301-025 PXT14984 PXKP2139-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1<br />

PXKP653-030S .030 SOLID PXM17301-030 PXT14984 PXKP2139-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1<br />

PXKP653-035S .035 & .040 SOLID PXM17301-035 PXT14984 PXKP2139-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1<br />

PXKP653-035C .035C CORED PXM17302-035 - PXKP2139-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1<br />

PXKP653-052S .045 & .052 SOLID PXM17301-052 PXT14984 PXKP2139-3 PXKP1999-1 PXKP2124-3<br />

PXKP653-052C .045C & .052C CORED PXM17302-052 - PXKP2139-3 PXKP1999-1 PXKP2124-3<br />

PXKP653-116 .052 & 1/16 CORED & SOLID PXM17302-116 - PXKP2139-3 PXKP2125-3 PXKP2124-5<br />

PXKP653-332 .068 & 3/32 CORED & SOLID PXM17302-332 - PXKP2139-8 PXKP2125-5 PXKP2124-8<br />

PXKP653-120 7/64 & .120 CORED PXM17302-120 - PXKP2139-7 PXKP2125-4 PXKP2124<br />

FOUR ROLL KITS FOR THE FOLLOWING LINCOLN® WIRE FEEDERS:<br />

For – LN-7GMA (K567-2), LN-742 (K618-1), LN742H (K618-2), *LN-9GMA (K568-2) & *LN-9F GMA<br />

(K583-2)<br />

CORED WIRE ROLLS<br />

Insert LN-9GMA<br />

4 Roll Only<br />

Middle Guide<br />

Outlet Guide<br />

Spacer<br />

Inlet Guide<br />

Insert<br />

SOLID WIRE ROLLS<br />

Middle Guide<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

DRIVE ROLL WIRE WIRE DRIVE SPACER INLET MIDDLE OUTLET OUTLET GUIDE OUTLET GUIDE<br />

KIT SIZE TYPE ROLL GUIDE GUIDE GUIDE INSERT INSERT LN-9GMA<br />

PXKP655-025S 023 & .025 SOLID PXM17301-025 PXT14984 PXKP2139-2 PXKP2114-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1 PXKP2124-2<br />

PXKP655-030S .030 SOLID PXM17301-030 PXT14984 PXKP2139-2 PXKP2114-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1 PXKP2124-2<br />

PXKP655-035S .035 & .040 SOLID PXM17301-035 PXT14984 PXKP2139-2 PXKP2114-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1 PXKP2124-2<br />

PXKP655-035C .035C CORED PXM17302-035 - PXKP2139-2 PXKP2114-1 PXKP2125-1 PXKP2124-1 PXKP2124-2<br />

PXKP655-052S .045 & .052 SOLID PXM17301-052 PXT14984 PXKP2139-4 PXKP2114-2 PXKP1999-1 PXKP2124-3 PXKP2124-4<br />

PXKP655-052C .045C & .052C CORED PXM17302-052 - PXKP2139-4 PXKP2114-2 PXKP1999-1 PXKP2124-3 PXKP2124-4<br />

PXKP655-116 .052 & 1/16 CORED & SOLID PXM17302-116 - PXKP2139-6 PXKP2114-3 PXKP2125-3 PXKP2124-5 PXKP2124-6<br />

PXKP655-332 .068 & 3/32 CORED & SOLID PXM17302-332 - PXKP2139-9 PXKP2114-5 PXKP2125-5 PXKP2124-8 PXKP2124-9<br />

PXKP655-120 7/64 & .120 CORED PSM17302-120 - PXT13467-120F PXKP2114-4 PXKP2125-4 PXKP2124-7 PXKP2124-7<br />

NOTES:<br />

1. *CAUTION! The above drive roll kits will fit the NEWER LN-9GMA and LN-9F GMA. DO NOT order these drive roll kits for the older LN-9<br />

and LN-9F that have geared rolls.<br />

2. The PXS14349L loose outlet guide insert is for the LN-9GMA and LN-9F GMA four roll feeders only.<br />

3. Spacer (PXT14984) is only required on feeders with the old style T12341 dowel pin keyed drive roll retaining collar.<br />

130<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

LINCOLN DRIVE ROLLS & KITS<br />

MODEL / DESCRIPTION<br />

DRIVE ROLLS Suits Power Mig® 180C<br />

Drive Roll 0.6 to 0.8mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.8 to 1.2 mm Cored<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

KP2529-1<br />

KP2529-2<br />

KP2529-3<br />

DRIVE ROLLS Suits REDI-MIG, LN-21, LN-214 & REDI-MIG 4D<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.6, 0.8mm Solid Steel<br />

AS4449-9<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 0.9mm Solid Steel<br />

AS4449-11<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Solid Steel<br />

AS4449-8<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.0, 1.2mm Solid Steel<br />

AS4449-2<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 1.0mm Aluminium<br />

AS4449-5<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Aluminium<br />

AS4449-12<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.8, 1.0mm Flux Cored<br />

AS4449-3<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.9, 1.2mm Flux Cored<br />

AS4449-13<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.2, 1.6mm Flux Cored<br />

AS4449-4<br />

DRIVE ROLL KITS Suits LN-8 & LN-9<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 0.9mm Solid Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.2mm Solid Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.6mm Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.6mm Cored Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.2mm Cored Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 2.0 to 2.4mm Cored Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 2.8 to 3.0mm Cored Wire<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 0.9mm Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.2mm Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll Kit – 1.6mm Aluminium<br />

DRIVE ROLL KITS Suits NA-3, NA-4 & NA-5<br />

Drive Roll Knurled 3/32-7/32<br />

Drive Roll Knurled 1/16-5/64-3/32<br />

Drive Roll Kit 2.5-5.6mm<br />

(requires nozzle insert S15106-3/32)<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.6-2.4mm<br />

(requires nozzle insert S15106-3/32)<br />

DRIVE ROLL Suits LT-7<br />

Drive Roll 3/32-3/16 - Knurled (2 required)<br />

Inlet guide 2.4-4.8mm<br />

Outlet guide 2.4-4.8mm<br />

KP502-035<br />

KP502-052<br />

KP502-1/16<br />

KP502-1/16C<br />

KP502-052C<br />

KP502-3/32<br />

KP502-120<br />

KP503-035A<br />

KP503-3/64A<br />

KP503-1/16A<br />

KP1885-1<br />

KP1886-1<br />

KP1899-1<br />

KP1899-2<br />

KP2268-3<br />

KP1984-1<br />

KP1985-1<br />

DRIVE ROLL Suits LF-33 & LF-45<br />

Drive Roll 0.8-1.0mm - Solid (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-0<br />

Drive Roll 1.0-1.2mm - Solid (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-2<br />

Drive Roll 1.2-1.6mm - Solid (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-6 49.00 5489<br />

Drive Roll 1.0-1.2mm - Aluminium<br />

(Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-2A 49.00<br />

Drive Roll 1.2-1.6mm - Aluminium<br />

(Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-6A 66.00<br />

Drive Roll 0.9-1.2mm - Cored (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-1R 66.00<br />

Drive Roll 1.2-1.6mm - Cored (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-1-6R 66.00<br />

Drive Roll 1.6-2.4mm - Cored (Includes 2 drive rolls) KP14017-2-4R 150.00<br />

Drive roll - Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Solid KP61015-0912<br />

DRIVE ROLL Suits LF-37<br />

Drive Roll 0.8-1.0 mm - Solid wire (2 required)<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 mm - Solid wire (2 required)<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 mm - Aluminium wire (2 required)<br />

Drive Roll 1.6 mm - Solid wire (2 required)<br />

Drive Roll 1.6 mm - Aluminium wire (2 required)<br />

Drive Roll 1.6 mm - Cored wire (2 required)<br />

KP10344-10<br />

KP10344-12<br />

KP10344-12A<br />

KP10344-16<br />

KP10344-16A<br />

KP10344-16C<br />

DRIVE ROLLS Suits Redi-Mig Plus 215C & 255C<br />

Drive Roll 0.6 - 0.8mm - Solid<br />

KP61015-08<br />

Drive Roll 0.8 - 0.9mm - Solid<br />

KP61015-09<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Solid<br />

KP61015-0912<br />

Drive Roll 1.0 - 1.2mm - Solid<br />

KP61015-12<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Aluminium<br />

KP61015-0912U<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Cored<br />

KP61015-0912R<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 - 1.6mm - Cored<br />

KP61015-16R<br />

MODEL / DESCRIPTION<br />

DRIVE ROLLS Suits REDI-MIG® Plus 255s<br />

Drive Roll 0.6 - 0.8mm - Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Solid<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 - 1.6mm - Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 - 1.6mm - Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll 0.9 - 1.2mm - Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.2 - 1.6mm - Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.6 - 2.0mm - Cored<br />

DRIVE ROLL KITS Suits LF72, LN25Pro<br />

Drive Roll 0.9mm - Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll 1.2mm - Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll 1.6mm - Aluminium<br />

Drive Roll 0.6-0.8mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9-1.2mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 1.6mm Solid<br />

Drive Roll 0.9mm Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.2mm Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.4mm Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.6mm Cored<br />

Drive Roll 1.7-1.8mm Cored<br />

Drive Roll 2.0mm Cored<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

KP61240-08-45S<br />

KP61240-0912-45S<br />

KP61240-16-45S<br />

KP61240-0912U<br />

KP61240-16U<br />

KP61240-0912R<br />

KP61240-16R<br />

KP61240-20R<br />

KP1695-035A<br />

KP1695-3/64A<br />

KP1695-1/16A<br />

KP1696-030S<br />

KP1696-035S<br />

KP1696-1<br />

KP1696-1/16S<br />

KP1697-035C<br />

KP1697-045C<br />

KP1697-052C<br />

KP1697-1/16C<br />

KP1697-068<br />

KP1697-5/64<br />

DRIVE ROLLS Suits DH10, LN10, LF74 and Powerfeed 10<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.6-0.8mm - Solid - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-030S<br />

Drive Roll Kit 0.9mm - Solid - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-035S<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.0mm - Solid - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-040S<br />

æ Drive Roll Kit 1.2mm - Solid - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-045S<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.4mm - Solid wire - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-052S<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.6 mm - Solid - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-1/16S<br />

æ Drive Roll Kit 1.0-1.2mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-045C<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.4mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-052C<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.8mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-068<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.6mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-1/16C<br />

Drive Roll Kit 2.0mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-5-64<br />

Drive Roll Kit 2.4mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-3/32<br />

Drive Roll Kit 2.8mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-7-64<br />

Drive Roll Kit 3.2mm - Cored - 4 Roll<br />

KP1505-120<br />

Drive roll Kit 1.0mm - Aluminium - 4 Roll<br />

KP1507-040A<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.6mm - Aluminium - 4 Roll<br />

KP1507-1/16A<br />

Drive Roll Kit 1.2mm - Aluminium - 4 Roll<br />

KP1507-3/64A<br />

4 ROLL CORED & SOLID DRIVE ROLL KIT<br />

7/64” (2.8 MM) KP1505-764<br />

CORED & SOLID DRIVE ROLL KIT<br />

3/32” - 7/32” (2.4 - 5.56 MM) KP1899-1<br />

1/16”, 5/64”, & 3/32” (1.58, 1.98, & 2.4 MM) KP1899-2<br />

DRIVE ROLL<br />

DRIVE ROLL (2 REQUIRED) 3/32” - 3/16”<br />

(2.4 - 4.76 MM) WIRE SIZE CORED & SOLID KP2268-3<br />

1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

131


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

CONSUMABLE PARTS<br />

FE 20, FE 25, MMT 25 , PMT 25<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

Neck 45º<br />

4153040*<br />

ø14mm ø14mm ø14mm ø14mm<br />

ø 18mm<br />

60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5<br />

ø 18mm<br />

ø 18mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 9580101* Standard<br />

2. 958010101 With insulating ring<br />

3. 4113470 For spot welding<br />

4. 9580101E Thick wall<br />

ø 20mm<br />

Insulating bush<br />

9591010*<br />

Contact tip<br />

9876635* 0,8 mm / M6 FE 20<br />

9876636* 1,0 mm / M6<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

9580173*<br />

Insulating ring<br />

9591079*<br />

Locking spring<br />

4275240*<br />

Wire liners<br />

4188573* Spiral 0.6…0.8 3.5 m/white<br />

4188576* Spiral 0.6…0.8 5 m/white<br />

4188581* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3m/red<br />

4188582* Spiral 0.9…1.2 4.5m/red<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: white, red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

FE 27, MMT 27, PMT 27, FE 32, MMT 32, PMT 32, MMT 30W, PMT 30W, WS 30W<br />

1. 2.<br />

1. Neck 50º<br />

3146800 MMT 30W/PMT 30W/WS 30W<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

ø14mm ø14mm ø12mm ø14mm<br />

2. Neck 50º<br />

3146780 FE 27/MMT 27/PMT 27<br />

FE 32/MMT 32/PMT 32<br />

76 79 76 70<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 4295760* Standard / M8<br />

2. 4295760L Long<br />

3. 4295760C Conical<br />

4. 4294970 Standard / M6<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

Contact tip<br />

9580123* 1.0 / M8<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

4295740* M8<br />

4294890 M6<br />

Gas diffuser<br />

4294880*<br />

4294880CER<br />

Wire liners<br />

4188581* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3m/red<br />

4188582* Spiral 0.9…1.2 4.5m/red<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: white, red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery/WeldSnake according to filler wire.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

132 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

CONSUMABLE PARTS<br />

FE 35, MMT 35, PMT 35, WS 35, MMT 42W, PMT 42W, WS 42W<br />

1. Neck 50º<br />

SP004539* MMT 42W/PMT 42W/WS 42W<br />

2. Neck 50º<br />

SP004585* FE 35/PMT 35/MMT 35<br />

1. 2. 3.<br />

1<br />

3. Neck 50º (temperature resistant)<br />

SP600317 PMT 35/MMT 35<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

ø16mm ø16mm ø16mm ø13mm<br />

77 77 80 77<br />

Insulating bush<br />

4307020*<br />

Contact tip<br />

9580123* 1.0 / M8<br />

ø 22mm<br />

ø 22mm<br />

ø 22mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 4307050* Standard, isolated<br />

2. 4300260 Standard<br />

3. 4300260L Long<br />

4. 4300260C Conical<br />

ø 22mm<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

4295740* M8 PMT/MMT/WS 35<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

W006183* Brass PMT/MMT/WS 42W<br />

W006182 Copper PMT/MMT/WS 42W<br />

Gas diffuser<br />

W006146 PMT/MMT/WS 42W<br />

W004390 FE/PMT/MMT/WS 35<br />

Wire liners<br />

44188581* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3m/red<br />

4188582* Spiral 0.9…1.2 4.5m/red<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: white, red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery/WeldSnake according to filler wire.<br />

FE 42, MMT 42, PMT 42, MMT 52W, PMT 52W<br />

1. Neck 50º<br />

SP004563 PMT 52W/MMT 52W<br />

1. 2. 3.<br />

2. Neck 50º<br />

SP004578 FE 42/PMT 42/MMT 42<br />

3. Neck 50º)<br />

SP600316 PMT 42/MMT 42<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

ø18mm ø18mm ø18mm ø14mm<br />

80 80 83 80<br />

Insulating bush<br />

4307030*<br />

ø 25mm<br />

ø 25mm<br />

ø 25mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 4307070* Standard, isolated<br />

2. 4300380 Standard<br />

3. 4300380L Long<br />

4. 4300380C Conical<br />

5. 4308190 Special long (89.5 mm)<br />

ø 25mm<br />

Contact tip<br />

9580123* 1.0 / M8<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

W004508 M8* PMT 52W/MMT 52W<br />

4304600 M8* FE 42/PMT 42/MMT 42<br />

Gas diffuser<br />

W004505 PMT 52W/MMT 52W<br />

FE 42/PMT 42/MMT 42<br />

Wire liners<br />

4188581* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3m/red<br />

4188582* Spiral 0.9…1.2 4.5m/red<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: white, red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

133


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

CONSUMABLE PARTS<br />

PMT MN (ROOT pass welding, MIG/MAG welding)<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

1. Neck 60º 168 RP SP007810<br />

Changeable neck liner 165 mm W007798<br />

2. Neck 60º 198 RP SP007811<br />

Changeable neck liner 195 mm W007799<br />

3. Neck 60º 198 SP008006<br />

Changeable neck liner 195 mm W007799<br />

4. Neck 60º 168 SP008007<br />

Changeable neck liner 165 mm W007798<br />

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.<br />

ø12mm ø14mm ø14mm ø12mm ø14mm<br />

65<br />

76 79 76 70<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. W006181 ROOT pass welding<br />

2. 4295760* Standard / M8<br />

3. 4295760L* Long<br />

4. 4295760C* Conical<br />

5. 4294970* Standard / M6<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

ø 20mm<br />

Contact tip<br />

9876647 0.8 / M6 ROOT pass welding<br />

9580124* 1.2 / M8<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

4295740* M8<br />

4294890 M6<br />

Gas diffuser<br />

4294880*<br />

4294880CER<br />

Wire liners<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

134 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

CONSUMABLE PARTS<br />

PMT MN (MIG/MAG welding)<br />

1<br />

Neck 45º L222<br />

Changeable neck liner 232 mm<br />

SP007229<br />

W007800<br />

1. 2. 3.<br />

ø12.5mm ø16mm ø16mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 4255530*<br />

2. 4255530E<br />

3. 4273510<br />

86 90 86<br />

ø 25mm ø 25mm ø 25mm<br />

Insulating bush<br />

4248710*<br />

Contact tip<br />

9580124* 1.2 / M8g<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

4255421* M8<br />

Insulating ring, neck<br />

4254670*<br />

Wire liners<br />

W006453* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3.5 m/red<br />

W006454* Spiral 0.9…1.2 5 m/red<br />

Suitable liners: red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

135


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

CONSUMABLE PARTS<br />

MMT 42C<br />

1. 2. 3. 4.<br />

ø18mm ø18mm ø18mm ø18mm<br />

80 80 83 80<br />

Insulating bush<br />

4307030*<br />

Contact tip<br />

9580123* 1.0 / M8<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

4304600 M8*<br />

Gas diff user<br />

W004505*<br />

ø 25mm<br />

ø 25mm<br />

ø 25mm<br />

ø 25mm<br />

Insulating ring, neck<br />

9591079*<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 4307070* Standard, isolated<br />

2. 4300380 Standard<br />

3. 4300380L Long<br />

4. 4300380C Conical<br />

5. 4308190 Special long (89.5 mm)<br />

Neck<br />

SP006008*<br />

Neck part<br />

4302150 0.8–1.6 mm Al<br />

4302740 0.8–1.0 mm Ss<br />

4302750 1.2–1.6 mm Ss<br />

Wire liners<br />

4188581* Spiral 0.9…1.2 3m/red<br />

4188582* piral 0.9…1.2 4.5m/red<br />

Suitable liners: white, red, yellow, DL Chili-Teflon.<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

MMG 20, MMG 22<br />

1. 2.<br />

ø14mm<br />

ø14mm<br />

60.5 60.5<br />

Insulating bush<br />

9591010*<br />

Contact tip<br />

9876635* 0.8 / M6<br />

Neck 45º<br />

4153040*<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

ø 18mm<br />

ø 18mm<br />

Gas nozzle<br />

1. 9580101*<br />

2. 9580101E Thick wall<br />

Contact tip adapter<br />

9580173* M6<br />

Insulating ring, neck<br />

9591079*<br />

Locking spring<br />

4275240*<br />

Wire liners<br />

4307650 * Fe 0.6…1.0 3 m<br />

4307660 Ss, Al 0.8…1.0 3 m<br />

* Standard delivery<br />

136 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

CONTACT TIPS FOR KEMPPI MIG GUNS<br />

When you replace the contact tip, always check the label on the tip to make sure that the part is suitable for the<br />

filler wire. As a general rule, the contact tip hole must be 0.2–0.5 mm greater than the filler wire diameter.<br />

1<br />

Standard contact tips M8 (DHP) for solid mild steel and flux-cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 Wire ø Hole ø Tolerance Order number<br />

0.8 0.9 +0.1/-0.0 9580122<br />

0.9 1.05 +0.05/-0.02 9580121<br />

1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9580123<br />

1.2 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 9580124<br />

1.4 1.6 +0.05/-0.05 9580125<br />

1.6 1.8 +0.1/-0.0 9580126<br />

2.0 2.3 +0.0/-0.1 9580127<br />

2.4 2.7 +0.05/-0.05 9580128<br />

2.8 3.1 +0.1/-0.0 9580129<br />

3.2 3.6 +0.05/-0.05 9580130<br />

Contact tips M8 (DHP) for Aluminium wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 A 0.8 1.05 +0.05/-0.02 9580122A<br />

0.9 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9580121A<br />

1.0 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 9580123A<br />

1.2 1.6 +0.05/-0.05 9580124A<br />

1.4 1.8 +0.10/-0.00 9580125A<br />

1.6 2.0 +0.00/-0.10 9580126A<br />

Contact tips M8 (CuAg) for Fe and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 Ag 1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9580123AG<br />

1.2 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 9580124AG<br />

Contact tips M8 (CuCrZr) for solid mild steel and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 CRZR 1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9580123ZR<br />

1.2 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 9580124ZR<br />

1.4 1.6 +0.05/-0.05 9580125ZR<br />

Contact tips M8 (DHP) for stainless and high acid-resistant steel<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 SS 0.8 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9580122SS<br />

0.9 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 9580121SS<br />

1.0 1.6 +0.05/-0.05 9580123SS<br />

1.2 1.8 +0.10/-0.00 9580124SS<br />

1.6 2.3 +0.00/-0.10 9580126SS<br />

Contact tips M8 (LIFE+ material) for solid mild steel and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 LIFE+ 0.8 0.9 +0.1/-0.0 W007919<br />

0.9 1.05 +0.05/-0.05 W007920<br />

1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.05 W006826<br />

1.2 1.4 +0.05/-0.05 W006518<br />

1.6 1.8 +0.1/-0.0 W007921<br />

Standard contact tips M6 (DHP) for solid mild steel and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 0.6 0.8 +0.05/-0.02 9876634<br />

0.8 0.95 +0.05/-0.02 9876635<br />

0.9 1.05 +0.05/-0.02 9876633<br />

1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9876636<br />

1.2 1.37 +0.05/-0.02 9876637<br />

1.6 1.8 +0.05/-0.02 9876639<br />

Contact tips M6 (CuCrZr) for solid mild steel and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 0.8 CrZr 0.8 0.95 +0.05/-0.02 9876635ZR<br />

Contact tips M6 ROOT (DHP) for solid mild steel and flux cored wire<br />

Marking: Kemppi 1.2 0.8 0,95 +0.05/-0.02 9876647<br />

0.9 1.05 +0.05/-0.02 9876648<br />

1.0 1.15 +0.05/-0.02 9876649<br />

1.2 1.37 +0.05/-0.02 9876650<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

137


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

MIG/MAG WELDING TORCHES ”MB” AIR-COOLED RATING 150A UP TO 220A<br />

MB15AK, MB25AK, MB25AK<br />

The MIG/MAG torch series MB is available in air and liquid-cooled variants and combines progressive technology<br />

and quality, enabling trouble-free operation for every application. All torches are thoroughly designed to provide<br />

comfortable and precise operation.<br />

Features<br />

Worldwide recognized top quality<br />

Ergonomically and technically mature and 100 %<br />

reliable<br />

Optimum cooling of the torch, extending torch life<br />

Time-saving torch changeover due to the ABICOR<br />

BINZEL central adaptor system<br />

MB 15 AK Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 180 A CO 2<br />

150 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.6–1.0 mm<br />

MB 15 AK-FX (Flexible) Technical data (EN 60<br />

974-7):<br />

Rating: 180 A CO 2<br />

150 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.6–1.0 mm<br />

MB 25 AK Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 230 A CO 2<br />

200 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.8–1.2 mm<br />

MB 25 AK-FX (Flexible) Technical data (EN 60<br />

974-7):<br />

Rating: 230 A CO 2<br />

200 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.8–1.2 mm<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) 53 mm 57 mm<br />

Ø A Ø 18 Ø B Ø 22<br />

2) 25 mm 28 mm<br />

Ø 6<br />

Ø 8<br />

3)<br />

Part number Type Length Handle<br />

002.0604 MB15AK 3m Grip Torch<br />

002.0605 MB15AK 4m Grip Torch<br />

002.0606 MB15AK 5m Grip Torch<br />

004.0510 MB25AK 3m Grip Torch<br />

004.0511 MB25AK 4m Grip Torch<br />

004.0512 MB25AK 5m Grip Torch<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Gas nozzle (10 pcs.)<br />

Ø A MBI5 Ø B MB25<br />

Cylindrical Ø 16 145.0041 Ø 18 145.0042<br />

Conical Ø 12 145.0075 Ø 15 145.0076<br />

Conical Ø 9.5 145.0123 Ø 11.5 145.0124<br />

4)<br />

M6<br />

M6<br />

5)<br />

35 mm<br />

M8 x 1 LH<br />

M8<br />

2) Contact tip (10 pcs.) M6 M6<br />

E-Cu Ø 0.6 140.0008 –<br />

Ø 0.8 140.0059 140.0051<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0253 140.0242<br />

Ø 1.2 – 140.0379<br />

E-Cu for Al Ø 0.8 141.0002 141.0001<br />

Ø 1.0 141.0007 141.0006<br />

Ø 1.2 – 141.0010<br />

CuCrZr Ø 0.6 140.0855 –<br />

Ø 0.8 140.0062 140.0054<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0256 140.0245<br />

Ø 1.2 – 140.0382<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

3) Nozzle spring (20 pcs.)<br />

002.0058 003.0013<br />

4) Gas nozzle holder / Contact tip holder (20 pcs.)<br />

002.0078 142.0001<br />

5) Liner for 3 m for 4 m for 5 m<br />

Insulated liner Ø 0.6 124.0011 124.0012 124.0015<br />

Ø 0.8 124.0011 124.0012 124.0015<br />

Ø 1.0 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035<br />

Ø 1.2 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035<br />

Teflon liner Ø 0.6 126.0005 126.0008 126.0011<br />

Ø 0.8 126.0005 126.0008 126.0011<br />

Ø 1.0 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.2 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Carbon Teflon liner Ø 0.6 127.0002 127.0003 127.0004<br />

Ø 0.8 127.0002 127.0003 127.0004<br />

Ø 1.0 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.2 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

138 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

MIG/MAG WELDING TORCHES ”MB” AIR-COOLED RATING 220A UP TO 300A<br />

MB24KD, MB26KD, MB36KD<br />

Features<br />

Worldwide recognized top quality<br />

Ergonomically and technically mature and 100 %<br />

reliable<br />

Optimum cooling of the torch, extending torch life<br />

Time-saving torch changeover due to the ABICOR<br />

BINZEL central adaptor system<br />

MB 26 KD Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 230 A CO 2<br />

200 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.8–1.2 mm<br />

1<br />

MB 24 KD Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 250 A CO 2<br />

220 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.8–1.2 mm<br />

MB 36 KD Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 300 A CO 2<br />

270 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle:<br />

60% @ 290A<br />

Mixed Gases<br />

Wire size:<br />

0.8–1.2 mm<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) 63.5 mm<br />

76 mm<br />

Ø A Ø 20 Ø B Ø 24<br />

84 mm<br />

Ø C Ø 24<br />

Part number Type Length Handle<br />

012.0251 MB24KD 3m Grip Torch<br />

012.0252 MB24KD 4m Grip Torch<br />

012.0253 MB24KD 5m Grip Torch<br />

018.0062 MB26KD 3m Grip Torch<br />

018.0063 MB26KD 4m Grip Torch<br />

018.0064 MB26KD 5m Grip Torch<br />

014.0334 MB36KD 3m Grip Torch<br />

014.0335 MB36KD 4m Grip Torch<br />

014.0336 MB36KD 5m Grip Torch<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Gas nozzle (10 pcs.)<br />

Ø A MB24 Ø B MB26 Ø C MB36<br />

Cylindrical Ø 17 145.0047 Ø 20 145.0051 Ø 19 145.0045<br />

Conical Ø 12,5 145.0080 Ø 16 145.0085 Ø 16 145.0078<br />

Conical Ø 10 145.0128 Ø 14 145.0132 Ø 12 145.0126<br />

2) 28 mm<br />

2) Contact tip (10 pcs.) M6 M6 M8 M6 M8<br />

E-Cu Ø 0.8 140.0051 140.0051 140.0114 140.0051 140.0114<br />

Ø 8<br />

Ø 10<br />

30 mm<br />

Ø 8<br />

28 mm<br />

28 mm<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0242 140.0242 140.0313 140.0242 140.0313<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0379 140.0379 140.0442 140.0379 140.0442<br />

E-Cu for Al Ø 0.8 141.0001 141.0001 141.0003 141.0001 141.0003<br />

Ø 1.0 141.0006 141.0006 141.0008 141.0006 141.0008<br />

Ø 10<br />

30 mm<br />

Ø8<br />

Ø 1.2 141.0010 141.0010 141.0015 141.0010 141.0015<br />

CuCrZr Ø 0.8 140.0054 140.0054 140.0117 140.0054 140.0117<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0245 140.0245 140.0316 140.0245 140.0316<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0382 140.0382 140.0445 140.0382 140.0445<br />

3) 26 mm<br />

M6<br />

M6/<br />

M8<br />

28 mm<br />

M6<br />

M8<br />

M6/<br />

M8<br />

22 mm<br />

4) 20 mm 29 mm 32.5 mm<br />

5)<br />

M8<br />

3) Contact tip holder (10 pcs.)<br />

M6 142.0003 142.0007 142.0005<br />

M8 – 142.0082 142.0020<br />

4) Gas diffuser (10 pcs.)<br />

Standard 012.0183 018.0116 014.0261<br />

Long life – – 014.0026<br />

Ceramic – 018.0141 014.0023<br />

5) Liner for 3 m for 4 m for 5 m<br />

Insulated liner Ø 0.8 124.0011 124.0012 124.0015<br />

Ø 1.0 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035<br />

Ø 1.2 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035<br />

Teflon liner Ø 0.8 126.0005 126.0008 126.0011<br />

Ø 1.0 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.2 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Carbon Teflon liner Ø 0.8 127.0002 127.0003 127.0004<br />

Ø 1.0 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.2 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

139


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

MIG/MAG WELDING TORCHES ”MB” LIQUID-COOLED RATING 270A UP TO 550A<br />

MB501D<br />

Features<br />

Worldwide recognized top quality<br />

Ergonomically and technically mature and 100 %<br />

reliable<br />

Optimum cooling of the torch, extending torch life<br />

Time-saving torch changeover due to the ABICOR<br />

BINZEL central adaptor system<br />

MB 501 D / MB 501 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 500 A / 550 A CO 2<br />

450 A / 500 A Mixed<br />

Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 100 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

1.0–1.6 mm<br />

Part number Type Length Handle<br />

034.0492 MB501D 3m Grip Torch<br />

034.0493 MB501D 4m Grip Torch<br />

034.0494 MB501D 5m Grip Torch<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Gas nozzle (10 pcs.)<br />

Ø A MB240 Ø B MB401 Ø C MB501<br />

Cylindrical Ø 17 145.0047 Ø 20 145.0051 Ø 20 145.0051<br />

Conical Ø 12.5 145.0080 Ø 16 145.0085 Ø 16 145.0085<br />

Conical Ø 10 145.0128 Ø 14 145.0132 Ø 14 145.0132<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) 63.5 mm<br />

Ø A Ø 20<br />

76 mm<br />

Ø C Ø 24<br />

2) 28 mm<br />

Ø 8<br />

28 mm<br />

30 mm Ø 8<br />

Ø 10<br />

28 mm<br />

76 mm<br />

Ø B Ø 24<br />

2) Contact tip (10 pcs.) M6 M6 M8 M6 M8<br />

E-Cu Ø 0.8 140.0051 140.0051 140.0114 140.0051 140.0114<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0242 140.0242 140.0313 140.0242 140.0313<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0379 140.0379 140.0442 140.0379 140.0442<br />

Ø 1.6 – 140.0555 140.0587 140.0555 140.0587<br />

E-Cu for Al Ø 0.8 141.0001 141.0001 141.0003 141.0001 141.0003<br />

Ø 1.0 141.0006 141.0006 141.0008 141.0006 141.0008<br />

Ø 1.2 141.0010 141.0010 141.0015 141.0010 141.0015<br />

Ø 1.6 – 141.0020 141.0022 141.0020 141.0022<br />

CuCrZr Ø 0.8 140.0054 140.0054 140.0117 140.0054 140.0117<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0245 140.0245 140.0316 140.0245 140.0316<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0382 140.0382 140.0445 140.0382 140.0445<br />

Ø 1.6 – 140.0558 140.0590 140.0558 140.0590<br />

3) Contact tip holder (10 pcs.)<br />

M6 142.0003 142.0008 –<br />

M8 – 142.0022 –<br />

4) Gas diffuser (10 pcs.)<br />

Standard 012.0183 030.0145 030.0145<br />

Long life – 030.0037 030.0037<br />

Ceramic – 030.0190 030.0190<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Ø 10<br />

3) 26 mm<br />

M6<br />

30 mm<br />

M6<br />

Ø8<br />

4) 20 mm 28 mm 28 mm<br />

5)<br />

25 mm<br />

M6/<br />

M8 M10 X 1<br />

5) Liner for 3 m for 4 m for 5 m<br />

Guide Spiral Ø 0.8 122.0005 122.0007 122.0009<br />

Liner Blank Ø 1.0 122.0031 122.0036 122.0039<br />

Ø 1.2 122.0031 122.0036 122.0039<br />

Ø 1.6 122.0056 122.0060 122.0063<br />

Teflon Liner Ø 0.8 126.0005 126.0008 126.0011<br />

Ø 1.0 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.2 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.6 126.0039 126.0042 126.0045<br />

Carbon Teflon Ø 0.8 127.0002 127.0003 127.0004<br />

Liner Ø 1.0 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.2 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.6 127.0010 127.0012 127.0013<br />

140 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

MIG/MAG WELDING TORCHES ”ABIMIG ®” AIR-COOLED RATING 250A UP TO 450A<br />

ABIMIG AT355LW<br />

ABIMIG AT455LW<br />

Features<br />

High performance whatever the welding job<br />

Quickly changeable, turnable torch neck with separated<br />

liner<br />

BIKOX ® R – high flexibility even at temperatures below<br />

zero, extremely UV- resistant, considerably increased<br />

temperature stability and tensile strength<br />

ABIMIG AT355LW Technical data<br />

(EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 360 A CO 2<br />

320 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

1.0–1.6 mm<br />

ABIMIG AT455LW Technical data<br />

(EN 60 974-7):<br />

Rating: 450 A CO 2<br />

400 A Mixed Gases<br />

M21 (DIN EN 439)<br />

Duty cycle: 60 %<br />

Wire size:<br />

1.0–2.4 mm<br />

1<br />

Part Number Type Length<br />

014.H390.1 ABIMIG AT355LW 3m<br />

014.H391.1 ABIMIG AT355LW 4m<br />

014.H392.1 ABIMIG AT355LW 5m<br />

015.D073.1 ABIMIG ATG 455 LW 3m<br />

015.D074.1 ABIMIG ATG455LW 4m<br />

015.D075.1 ABIMIG ATG455LW 5m<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Gas nozzle (10 pcs.)<br />

ABIMIG<br />

ABIMIG<br />

X1 AT355LW X2 AT455LW<br />

Conical Ø 18 72 mm 145.D021 85 mm 145.D243<br />

Conical Ø 16 69 mm 145.D022 85 mm 145.D244<br />

Cylindrical Ø 21 72 mm 145.D024 83 mm 145.D249<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) X1<br />

Ø A Ø 25<br />

2) 30 mm<br />

Ø 10<br />

35 mm<br />

Ø 12<br />

3) 45 mm<br />

M8<br />

4)<br />

X2<br />

Ø B Ø 28<br />

30 mm<br />

Ø 10<br />

55 mm<br />

M8/<br />

M10<br />

2) M8 M8 M10 Contact tip (10 pcs.)<br />

E-Cu Ø 0.8 140.0114 – –<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0313 – –<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0442 – –<br />

Ø 1.6 140.0587 – –<br />

Ø 2.4 – – –<br />

E-Cu for Al Ø 0.8 141.0003 – –<br />

Ø 1.0 141.0008 – –<br />

Ø 1.2 141.0015 – –<br />

Ø 1.6 141.0022 – –<br />

CuCrZr Ø 0.8 140.0117 – –<br />

Ø 1.0 140.0316 140.0316 140.0348<br />

Ø 1.2 140.0445 140.0445 140.0481<br />

Ø 1.6 140.0590 140.0590 140.0616<br />

Ø 2.4 – 140.06790 140.0698<br />

3) Contact tip holder (10 pcs.)<br />

M8 014.D745 016.D155<br />

M10 – 016.D156<br />

4) Neck liner for ”T” torches<br />

Standard Ø 0.6–0.8 122.D037 –<br />

Ø 1.0–1.2 122.D038 122.D077<br />

Ø 1.6 122.D045 122.D078<br />

Brass for Al Ø 0.6–1.0 122.D040 –<br />

Ø 1.0–1.2 122.D041 –<br />

Liner for 3 m for 4 m for 5 m Liner for 3, 4 & 5 m<br />

Insulated liner Ø 0.8 124.0011 124.0012 124.0015 Ø 1.0 124.D039<br />

Ø 1.0 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035 Ø 1.2 124.D039<br />

Ø 1.2 124.0026 124.0031 124.0035 Ø 1.6 124.D044<br />

Ø 1.6 124.0041 124.0042 124.0044 Ø 2.4 124.D049<br />

Teflon liner Ø 0.8 126.0005 126.0008 126.0011<br />

Ø 1.0 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.2 126.0021 126.0026 126.0028<br />

Ø 1.6 126.0039 126.0042 126.0045<br />

Carbon teflon liner Ø 0.8 127.0002 127.0003 127.0004<br />

Ø 1.0 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.2 127.0005 127.0007 127.0008<br />

Ø 1.6 127.0010 127.0012 127.0013<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

141


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

BERNARD MIG GUN CONSUMABLES<br />

CONTACT TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

Genuine Bernard contact tips, liners, nozzles, head assemblies for long lasting<br />

performance.<br />

PIPELINE TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

TO SUIT BE4335 HEAD<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.9 BE4281<br />

1.2 BE4282<br />

1.3 BE4283<br />

Pipeline Nozzle & Insulator<br />

BE4295<br />

CAPS AND HEAD ASSEMBLIES<br />

Type<br />

Part No.<br />

Cap 300A<br />

BE4323<br />

Cap 400A<br />

BE4423<br />

Head 200/300A Short tip<br />

BE4335<br />

Head 350/400/500A Short Tip<br />

BE4435<br />

Head 200/300A Long Tip<br />

BE4235<br />

Head 200/300 long tip, liner guide<br />

BE4235-116<br />

Head 350/400/500A Long Tip<br />

BE4635<br />

Head 350/400/500 long tip, liner guide<br />

BE4635-116<br />

TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

TO SUIT 160 AMP GUN*<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.6 BE8621<br />

0.8 BE8622<br />

0.9 BE8623<br />

1.0 BE8624<br />

1.2 BE8626<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

142 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LONG PIPELINE TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

NOZZLES<br />

1<br />

TO SUIT BE4335 HEAD<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.9 BE4381A<br />

1.2 BE4382A<br />

Pipeline Nozzle & Insulator<br />

BE4395A<br />

Head<br />

BE4335<br />

BERNARD BODY TUBES<br />

TO SUIT 160 AMP GUN*<br />

Type<br />

Nozzle Copper & Insulator<br />

Nozzle Copper & Insulator<br />

TO SUIT 200 & 300 AMP GUNS<br />

Type<br />

Nozzle Brass & Insulator<br />

Nozzle Brass Tapered & Insulator<br />

Nozzle Copper & Insulator<br />

Nozzle Copper Tapered & Insulator<br />

Part No.<br />

BE8675<br />

BE8714<br />

Part No.<br />

BE4391<br />

BE4392<br />

BE4393<br />

BE4394<br />

TO SUIT 400 AMP GUN<br />

Type<br />

Nozzle Brass & Insulator<br />

Nozzle Brass Tapered & Insulator<br />

Part No.<br />

BE4491<br />

BE4492<br />

Quick-change armour plated and fully insulated genuine BERNARD<br />

body tubes to suit Bernard 200, 300, 350 and 400 Amp guns.<br />

Interchangeable with all “Q” guns regardless of amperage.<br />

TO SUIT 400 & 500 AMP GUNS<br />

Type<br />

Nozzle Copper & Insulator 400/500A<br />

Nozzle Copper Tapered & Insulator<br />

Nozzle copper water cooled<br />

Part No.<br />

BE4591<br />

BE4592<br />

BE1101<br />

*160 AMP BERNARD GUN AS PREVIOUSLY SUPPLIED WITH WELDMATIC 120G & 160S<br />

Size (mm)<br />

50mm 30 o<br />

50mm 45 o<br />

50mm 60 o<br />

75mm 30 o<br />

75mm 45 o<br />

75mm 60 o<br />

125mm 45 o<br />

125mm straight<br />

175mm straight<br />

SHORT TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

Part No.<br />

BEQT2-30<br />

BEQT2-45<br />

BEQT2-60<br />

BEQT3-30<br />

BEQT3-45<br />

BEQT3-60<br />

BEQT5-45<br />

BEQT5-180<br />

BEQT7-180<br />

TO SUIT 200, 300, 350 & 400 AMP GUNS<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.6 BE7497<br />

0.8 BE7488<br />

0.9 BE7489<br />

1.0 BE7496<br />

1.2 BE7490<br />

1.3 BE7498<br />

1.6 BE7491<br />

2.0 BE7492<br />

2.4 BE7493<br />

2.8 BE7494<br />

3.2 BE7495<br />

LONG TIPS (Packet of 10)<br />

TO SUIT 200, 300, 350 & 400 AMP GUNS<br />

SIZE (MM)<br />

PART NO.<br />

0.6 BE1597<br />

0.8 BE1588<br />

0.9 BE1589<br />

1.0 BE1596<br />

1.2 BE1590<br />

1.3 BE1598<br />

1.6 BE1591<br />

2.0 BE1592<br />

2.4 BE1593<br />

2.8 BE1594<br />

3.2 BE1595<br />

TWECO TO BERNARD ADAPTORS<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

300A Bernard head to suit Tweco torch<br />

400A Bernard head to suit Tweco torch<br />

PART NO.<br />

BE4335T<br />

BE4435T<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

143


MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

LINERS<br />

WIREFEEDER ADAPTORS<br />

TO SUIT ALL BERNARD WELDING GUNS<br />

Description<br />

Part No.<br />

Bernard EZ fitting<br />

BE1199<br />

STEEL LINERS TO SUIT 160AMP GUN<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

Euro fitting<br />

Part No.<br />

BE1199E<br />

0.6-0.8 BE86010<br />

0.9-1.2 BE86110<br />

0.9-1.2 Nylon BE86110X<br />

0.9-1.2 Front End loading BE1920082<br />

1.2-1.6 Front End loading BE1920087<br />

Description<br />

Miller fitting<br />

Part No.<br />

BE1199M<br />

TO SUIT 200, 300 & 350 AMP GUNS<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.9-1.2 3.0m Steel BE43110<br />

0.8 4.6m Steel BE43015<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Steel BE43115<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Nylon BE43115X<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Composite BE1920218<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Tweco BE43115T<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Tweco Nylon BEB43115XT<br />

Description<br />

Part No.<br />

Tweco fitting to suit T4 BE1199T4<br />

TO SUIT 400 & 500 AMP GUNS<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

0.9-1.2 4.6m Steel BE44115<br />

1.2-1.6 4.6m Steel BE44215<br />

1.2-1.6 4.6m Nylon BE44215N<br />

2.0 4.6m Steel BE44315<br />

2.4 4.6m Steel BE45415<br />

2.8 4.6m Steel BE45615<br />

REPLACEMENT PARTS<br />

TO SUIT ALL BERNARD WELDING GUNS<br />

Handle Kits<br />

Part No.<br />

Suit 200/300/350A guns BE1780006<br />

Suit 400/500A guns BE4408<br />

ALUMINIUM LINER GUIDES<br />

Trigger<br />

Part No.<br />

Suit 200/300/350A guns BE5662<br />

Suit 400/500A guns BE4422<br />

TO SUIT W19 AND W37<br />

Size (mm)<br />

Part No.<br />

Strain relief<br />

Suit all models<br />

Part No.<br />

BE1880074<br />

0.9-1.2mm<br />

BE2760002<br />

1.2-1.6mm<br />

BE2760003<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Cone nut kit<br />

Suit 200A<br />

Suit 300/350A<br />

Suit 400A<br />

Part No.<br />

BE1982<br />

BE1983<br />

BE1984<br />

144 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


BERNARD Q GUNS<br />

Q150<br />

MIG TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

Consider the impact of MIG guns on your busniess. As much as 85% of hand-held welding<br />

costs are labour related. Bernard Q guns are designed from the ground up to solve problems,<br />

maximise productivity and improve your bottom line.<br />

1<br />

Q200<br />

Q300<br />

Q400<br />

Model Current Duty Cycle Rating Cable Length Part Number<br />

Q150 180amps @ 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ1510AO7CE<br />

Q200 240Amps @ 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ2010AO7CE<br />

3.6m (12ft) BEQ2012AO7CE<br />

4.6m (15ft) BEQ2015AO7CE<br />

Q300 390Amps @ 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ3010AR7CE<br />

3.6m (12ft) BEQ3012AR7CE<br />

4.6m (15ft) BEQ3015AR7CE<br />

Q400 440Amps @ 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ4010AR7CE<br />

3.6m (12ft) BEQ4012AR7CE<br />

3.6m (12ft) BEQ4012AR7CE<br />

4.6m (15ft) BEQ4015AR7CE<br />

3.6m (15ft) BEQ4015AR7EM<br />

Q500 500Amps @ 35% duty cycle 3m (10ft) BEQ5010AH7IM<br />

3.6m (12) BEQ5012AH7IM<br />

4.6m (15ft) BEQ5015AH7IM<br />

Q600 550Amps @ 35% duty cyle 3.6m (12ft) BEQ6012AH7IM<br />

4.6m (15ft) BEQ6015AH7IM<br />

BERNARD Q GUN AND CABLE RATINGS<br />

Q500<br />

Q600<br />

CE Rating 100% Duty Cycle 60% Duty Cycle 35% Duty Cycle<br />

Shielding Gas CO2 Ar/CO2 CO2 Ar/CO2 CO2 Ar/CO2<br />

Q150 150 140 180 150 225 180<br />

Q200 200 175 240 200 325 240<br />

Q300 320 3270 370 310 470 390<br />

Q400 350 285 425 350 520 440<br />

Q500 420 370 480 420 575 500<br />

Q600 440 420 540 500 650 550<br />

The Ar/CO2 shielding gas used for above testing and ratings – 80% Ar / 20% CO2<br />

Note: The gen cables selected for inclusion in the Weldmatic machine packages have current and duty<br />

cycles matching or slightly exceeding that of the machines when welding with maximum machine<br />

output and Ar/CO2 mixed shielding gas.<br />

BERNARD Q GUN CABLES INCLUDED IN WELDMATIC MACHINE PACKAGES<br />

Machine Gun Part Number<br />

Weldmatic 150 Q150 BEQ1510AO7CE<br />

Weldmatic 175 Q150 BEQ1510AO7CE<br />

Weldmatic 215 Q200 BEQ2012AO7CE<br />

Weldmatic 255 Q200 BEQ2012AO7CE<br />

Weldmatic 335 Q300 BEQ3012AR7CE<br />

Weldmatic 395 Q300 BEQ3012AR7CE<br />

Fabricator 4RD Q400 BEQ4012AR7CE<br />

Fabricator W19 Q400 BEQ4012AR7EM<br />

Synch. CDT450 Q400 BEQ4012AR7CE<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

145


MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT MULTI PROCESS<br />

TRANSMIG 175i<br />

Power Source W1005177<br />

Plant W1005175<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 175i is a self contained single phase multi process<br />

20<br />

welding<br />

3.6 20 3.6 20<br />

inverter<br />

3.6<br />

that is capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction device<br />

(VRD applicable in Stick mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other<br />

features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)<br />

10 – 175 amps<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 25%@175A,<br />

22.8V (40°C, 10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 20%@175A,<br />

27.0V (40°C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 25%@175A, 17.0V<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 7kw (9KVA at 0.8PF)<br />

Power Source Weight Power source: 14.6kg; Plant<br />

(packed): 23.0kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power source: 410 x 210 x 450mm<br />

Plant: 460 x 320 x 590mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 175i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion MIG Torch 3m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed rolls: 0.6/0.8mm V groove (fitted); 1.0/1.2mm U groove;<br />

0.8/0.9mm V knurled<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm (fitted); 0.6mm; 0.9mm; 1.0mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Shoulder strap<br />

<strong>Product</strong> bag<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch 3m W4013701<br />

TIG Torch 17V, 4m lead, RTC<br />

W4013800<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V groove (hard) fitted 7977036<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V groove (hard) 7977660<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U groove (soft) 7977731 20<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U groove (soft) 7977264<br />

20 3.6<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V knurled (flux cored) 7977732<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm 20<br />

V knurled 3.6<br />

(flux cored) 20 3.6704277<br />

3.6<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 175i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, shoulder strap, operating manual<br />

TRANSMIG 200i<br />

Power Source W1005201<br />

Plant W1005200<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 200i is a self contained single phase multi process<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

welding 20 3.6 3.6<br />

inverter<br />

that is capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG)<br />

welding processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction<br />

device (VRD applicable in Stick mode only), PFC (power factor correction), digital voltage and<br />

amperage meters, and a host of other features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating<br />

needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)<br />

10 – 210 amps (MIG mode)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

210A@20%, 24.5V (40˚C,<br />

10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 200A@25%, 28V<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 200A@25%, 18V<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 7 kVA for max. welding current<br />

Power Source Weight 26kg; Plant: 34kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Source: 435 x 266 x 617mm<br />

Plant: 483 x 378 x 705mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

PFC (Power Factor Correction)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 200i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 200i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion MIG Torch, 3m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed Rolls: 0.6/0.8mm V Groove (fitted);<br />

1.0/1.2mm V Groove; 1.0/1.2mm U Groove<br />

0.8/0.9mm V Knurled; 1.2/1.6mm V Knurled<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm (fitted); 0.6mm; 0.9mm; 1.0mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Transmig Welding Equipment Trolley W4015000<br />

Transmig 200i Roll Cage Kit<br />

W4015103<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch, 3m W4013701<br />

Tweco Professional No.2 MIG Torch, 3.6m OTWX212/3035<br />

TIG Torch 17V, gas valve, 4m lead<br />

W4013801<br />

TIG Torch 17V, gas valve, 4m lead, remote control W4013800<br />

Shielding Gas Hose assembly<br />

W7004913<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V groove (hard) fitted 7977036<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V groove (hard) 7977660<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U groove (soft) 7977731<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U groove (soft) 7977264<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V knurled (flux cored) 7977732<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V knurled (flux cored) 704277<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

146 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 250i<br />

Power Source W1003251<br />

Plant W1003250<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

The CIGWELD TRANSMIG 250i is a self contained single phase multi process welding inverter that is<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

20 3.6 3.6<br />

capable of performing GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding processes.<br />

The unit is equipped with an integrated wire feed unit, voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in<br />

Stick mode only), PFC (power factor correction), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of<br />

other features in order to fully satisfy the broad operating needs of the modern welding professional.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

Current Range<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

240 volt AC +/-15%, 50/60Hz<br />

(15A plug)**<br />

5 – 250 amps<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 250A@40%<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

Stick (MMAW): 230A@40%<br />

(40˚C, 10mins)<br />

TIG (GTAW): 250A@40% (40˚C,<br />

10mins)<br />

Recommended Generator 8.5 kVA for max. welding current<br />

Power Source Weight Power source: 29.5kg; Plant: 42kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power source: 440 x 260 x 600mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: GMAW/FCAW (MIG), MMAW<br />

(STICK), GTAW (TIG)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1<br />

Digital voltage and amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

PFC (Power Factor Correction)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details<br />

# For maximum duty cycle to be achieved, input plug and lead must be upgraded**<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 250i inverter power source, shielding gas hose<br />

assembly, operating manual<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 250i Inverter power source<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion 250 MIG Torch, 3.6m<br />

COMET Professional Argon regulator/flowmeter<br />

Feed Rolls: 0.9-1.2mm V Groove (fitted);<br />

0.6-0.9mm V Groove; 1.2mm V Groove; 1.2mm U Groove;<br />

Pressure Roll 0.6-1.2mm (fitted)<br />

Contact tips: 0.8mm, 0.9mm (fitted), 1.0mm, 1.2mm<br />

Electrode holder with 4m lead<br />

Work clamp with 4m lead<br />

Shielding gas hose assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Transmig 2RT Wirefeeder<br />

Transmig Welding Equipment Trolley<br />

Transmig 250i Roll Cage Kit<br />

W3000500<br />

W4015000<br />

W4015100<br />

Tweco Professional Fusion<br />

250 MIG Torch 3.6m, Euro OTWF212X3035<br />

Tweco Professional<br />

No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m, Euro<br />

TIG Torch 26, flex neck, 4m<br />

TIG Torch 26V, flex neck, gas valve, 4m<br />

TIG Torch Gas Control Kit<br />

(used with TIG Torch W4014600)<br />

Feed Roll 0.6-0.9mm V Groove (Hard)<br />

Feed Roll 1.0/1.2mm V Groove (Hard)<br />

Feed Roll 1.2mm V Knurled (Flux Cored)<br />

Feed Roll 1.6mm V 20<br />

Knurled 3.6<br />

(Flux Cored)<br />

Feed Roll 0.9mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

Feed Roll 1.0mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

Feed Roll 1.2mm U Groove (Soft)<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

OTWX412/3545<br />

W4014600<br />

W4014601<br />

W4014200<br />

W6001102 20 3.6<br />

W6001103<br />

20 3.6<br />

W6001104<br />

W6001105 20 3.6<br />

W6001106<br />

W6001107<br />

W6001108<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 350i<br />

Power Source W1005352<br />

Plant W1005350<br />

20 3.6<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 350i is a three phase multi process welding inverter that is<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

capable of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding processes.<br />

The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in stick mode only),<br />

digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features in order to fully satisfy the broad<br />

operating needs for medium fabrication and heavier maintenance applications. The unit is also fully<br />

compliant to Australian Standards AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1 Inverter is ideal<br />

for heavy-duty high quality welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building, construction,<br />

mining, manufacturing, pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-350A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

350A@60%, 31.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 350A@60%,<br />

34.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 350A@60%, 24.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 18kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 350i power source, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 350i Inverter Power Source<br />

Transmig VAF-4 wirefeeder with 8m interconnection lead<br />

fitted<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 0.9 / 1.2mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 5m lead<br />

Work clamp with 5m lead<br />

Trolley<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m 717201<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 4.5m 717335<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin W4014602<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG VAF-4 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706965<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706954<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

147


20<br />

3.6<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 450i<br />

Power Source W1005452<br />

Plant W1005450<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 450i is a three phase multi process welding<br />

20 20 3.6<br />

inverter<br />

3.6 20 3.6<br />

that<br />

is capable of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable<br />

in stick mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features ideally<br />

suited to the fabrication industry. The unit is also fully compliant to Australian Standards<br />

AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1 Inverter is ideal for heavy-duty high quality<br />

welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building, construction, mining, manufacturing,<br />

pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-450A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

450A@60%, 36.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 450A@60%,<br />

38.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 450A@60%, 28.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 25kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 450i power source, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 450i Inverter Power Source<br />

Transmig VAF-4 wirefeeder with 8m interconnection lead<br />

fitted<br />

Tweco Professional Supra XT MIG Torch 4m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 0.9 / 1.2mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 8m lead<br />

Work clamp with 8m lead<br />

Trolley<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 3.6m 717201<br />

Tweco Professional No.4 MIG Torch 4.5m 20 3.6 717335<br />

Tweco Professional Supra XT MIG Torch 4m SE4004M16<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin<br />

20<br />

W4014602<br />

3.6<br />

Heavy<br />

20<br />

Duty Trolley<br />

3.6 20<br />

3.6<br />

with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

20 3.6<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage<br />

W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG VAF-4 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706965<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706954<br />

TRANSMIG 550i<br />

Power Source W1005552<br />

Plant W1005550<br />

20 3.6<br />

The Cigweld Professional Transmig 550i is a three phase multi process welding inverter that is capable<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

of performing GMAW/ FCAW (MIG), MMAW (Stick) / Gouging (CAG) and GTAW (Lift TIG) welding<br />

processes. The unit is equipped with an integrated voltage reduction device (VRD applicable in stick<br />

mode only), digital voltage and amperage meters, and a host of other features that are perfect for<br />

welding environments that demand high output and require the flexibility of multiple processes. The<br />

unit is also fully compliant to Australian Standards AS 60974.1 and AS 1674. The Transmig 3-in-1<br />

Inverter is ideal for heavy-duty high quality welding applications such as: fabrication, ship building,<br />

construction, mining, manufacturing, pipe welding and maintenance and repairs.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG), Lift TIG<br />

(GTAW)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 15%<br />

Current Range (MIG Mode) 40-550A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

550A@60%, 41.5V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 550A@60%,<br />

42.0V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 550A@60%, 32.0V<br />

Recommended Generator 35kVA<br />

Weight<br />

Power source: 72kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 580 x 350 x 640 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW / FCAW),<br />

Stick (MMAW) / Gouging (CAG), Lift TIG (GTAW)<br />

Standards Compliant Voltage Reduction Device (VRD)<br />

Fully compliant to AS 60974.1 & AS 1674<br />

Digital Voltage & amperage meters<br />

Enclosure rated to IP23S<br />

Fan on demand<br />

Welding setup program storage (10 programs)<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

POWER SOURCE CONTENTS<br />

TRANSMIG 550i power source, operating manual<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 550i Inverter Power Source<br />

Transmig VA4000 wirefeeder with 15m interconnection lead<br />

Tweco Professional No.5 MIG Torch 3.6m<br />

Comet Professional Argon regulator / flowmeter<br />

Feed roll: 1.3 / 1.6mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Electrode holder with 8m lead<br />

Work clamp with 8m lead<br />

Trolley<br />

Operating manual<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Tweco Professional No.5 MIG Torch 3.6m 717211<br />

Tweco Professional No.5 MIG Torch 4.5m 717212<br />

TIG Torch 26V, gas valve, flex neck, 4m, 10 pin W4014602<br />

Heavy Duty Trolley with inbuilt cylinder carrier W4015500<br />

Heavy Duty Transmig Roll Cage<br />

W4015600<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000 wirefeeder, 19pin, 110VAC 706954<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

148 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 320SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

Compact<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

W1000100<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6 3.6<br />

The portable Transmig 320SP, with an integrated 4-roll wire feed system, outputs 20 3203.6<br />

amp DC<br />

at only 35kg - the ideal Synergic MIG for quality welding applications, such as: aluminium boat<br />

20 3.6 20 3.6 20 3.6<br />

fabrication or repair, stainless steel tank and pipe fabrication. Mobile car trolley is available as an<br />

optional extra.<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-350A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW):<br />

320A@35%, 30V<br />

STICK (MMAW): 320A@35%,<br />

32.5V<br />

TIG (GTAW): 320A@35%, 22.5V<br />

Recommended Generator 15.1kVA<br />

Weight<br />

35kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 498 x 340 x 740mm<br />

PLANT CONTENTS<br />

Transmig 320SP power source<br />

Feed rolls: 0.9-1.2mm V groove (2), Pressure rolls (2)<br />

Shielding Gas Hose Assembly<br />

Operating manual<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4m<br />

PML36004MD<br />

Tweco Professional No. 4 MIG Torch 3.6m OTWX412/3545<br />

Supra XT<br />

SE400X4M16<br />

Remote Control RC20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

W4000000 20 3.6<br />

Mobile Car Trolley<br />

W4000300<br />

Kit Socket for RC20<br />

W4001100<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

W1000300<br />

W3000100<br />

W1000200<br />

W3000200<br />

W1000400<br />

W3000300<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP Remote Gas Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000G Gas Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP Remote Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000W Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG 400SP Robotic Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder Robotic SP4000R<br />

20<br />

3.6 20<br />

3.6 20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

The Transmig 400SP, with a separate 4-roll wire feeder system and 10M interconnection, outputs<br />

400 amp DC – the ideal Synergic MIG for high-quality welding applications, such as: aluminium<br />

boat fabrication, wine tanks, automotive components, machinery, including construction machinery,<br />

pipe welding, custom job shops, maintenance repairs, construction, mining, general steel, stainless<br />

steel, and aluminium fabrication. Systems available for gas cooled MIG torches or water cooled MIG<br />

torches. The Transmig 400SP power source, part no. W1000200, has a built-in water recirculator.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-400A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 400A@50%<br />

STICK (MMAW): 400A@50%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 400A@50%<br />

Recommended Generator 19.4kVA<br />

Weight<br />

91.3kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source:<br />

855 x 445 x 1116mm<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch ML 3600 4m Gas Cooled<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4m Water Cooled<br />

Supra XT<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

gas cooled, 70mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

gas cooled, 70mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 70mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 70mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Robotic Water Cooled, 70mm², 10M<br />

PML36004MD<br />

PMW58004MD<br />

SE400X4M16<br />

W4000400<br />

W4000401<br />

W4000500<br />

W4000501<br />

W4000502<br />

Mobile Car Trolley<br />

Kit Socket for RC20<br />

Swivel Unit K14<br />

MIG/TIG Coolant 5L<br />

W4000300<br />

W4001100<br />

W4001000<br />

W4001400<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

Separate digital volt and ammeter display<br />

System available for gas cooled MIG torches or water cooled<br />

MIG torches.<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

149


20<br />

3.6<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG 500SP<br />

(Synergic Pulse)<br />

W1000500<br />

W3000200<br />

W1000600<br />

W3000300<br />

TRANSMIG 500SP Remote Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder SP4000W Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG 500SP Robotic Water Cooled<br />

TRANSMIG Wirefeeder Robotic SP4000R<br />

20 3.6<br />

The Transmig 500SP, with a separate 4-roll wire feeder system and 10M interconnection, 20 3.6 20 outputs 3.6 20 3.6<br />

500 amp DC – the ideal Synergic MIG for heavy-duty, high-quality welding applications, such<br />

as: aluminium boat fabrication, wine tanks, automotive components, stainless steel fabrication,<br />

automotive components, construction machinery, pipe welding, custom job shops, maintenance<br />

repairs, construction, mining, general steel, stainless steel, and aluminium fabrication.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse;<br />

TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

Supply Voltage 415V +/- 10%<br />

Current Range 5-500A<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

(40°C, 10mins)<br />

MIG (GMAW/FCAW): 500A@60%<br />

STICK (MMAW): 500A@60%<br />

TIG (GTAW): 500A@60%<br />

Recommended Generator 26.1kVA<br />

Weight<br />

100.8kg<br />

Dimensions HxWxD Power Source: 855 x 445 x 1116mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Full Multi process capabilities: MIG (GMAW/FCAW), Synergic<br />

non-pulse, Synergic Pulse; TwinPulse®, TIG (GTAW), Stick<br />

(MMAW), Gouging (CAG)<br />

90 synergic non-pulse/ synergic pulse programs<br />

100 independent, user-defined, frequently used welding jobs<br />

MIG TwinPulse®, providing effortless TIG-like weld<br />

appearance<br />

Programmable scratch-start TIG<br />

Standards-compliant built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

in MMAW mode<br />

One Touch Control, set the material thickness, then start<br />

welding<br />

Manual MIG mode, enables 2-knob conventional welding<br />

controls<br />

User-friendly controls plus 2-line digital display, enabling<br />

easy set-up in all weld modes<br />

Separate digital volt and ammeter display<br />

3 Year Limited Warranty*<br />

* Conditional Warranty - Refer to operating manual for full details.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

Smart Torch MW5800 4M<br />

MIG Torch MW5800<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 95mm², 1m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Water Cooled, 95mm², 10m<br />

Interconnection Assembly<br />

Automation Water Cooled, 95mm², 10m<br />

Remote Control HR 911<br />

Swivel Unit K14<br />

MIG/TIG Coolant 5L<br />

PMW58004MD<br />

W4000100<br />

W4000600<br />

W4000601<br />

W4000602<br />

W4000100<br />

W4001000<br />

W4001400<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

150 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

SYNERGIC PULSE<br />

Intelligent one touch control at your fingertips<br />

Our intelligent One Touch Control delivers the perfect welding parameters for both synergic non-pulse welding and<br />

synergic pulse welding over a wide range of different gas/wire/material thickness combinations. And now setting<br />

the optimum welding conditions is as simple as selecting the material thickness.<br />

1<br />

How does it work?<br />

In synergic non-pulse MIG mode the One Touch Control links the wire feed speed to the arc voltage eliminating<br />

the guesswork to achieve the optimum welding parameters. When synergic pulse mode is selected, the One Touch<br />

Control adjusts all the pulse parameters – such as pulse height, pulse width, pulse frequency, background power<br />

and wire feed speed – via the micro-processor, giving you the perfect pulse welding performance.<br />

Perfect starts<br />

An amplified power level is applied to the welding arc at the beginning of the weld bead to ensure that start<br />

defects are a thing of the past.<br />

No more spatter<br />

Micro-processor control of wire speed, weld current and voltage, in conjunction with synergic (non-pulse)/synergic<br />

pulse programs, ensures precise control and adjustment for the duration of the welding process. This eliminates<br />

spatter, and downtime for cleaning the workpiece. With its ability to adjust in milliseconds, the synergic Transmig<br />

SP series provides clean, spatter-free operation from start to finish, every single time.<br />

Intelligent pulsing<br />

Droplets of molten filler metal are transferred across the arc by expertly tailored current pulse parameters –<br />

to achieve spatter-free welding for the selected gas/wire/material combination. The pulse forces the droplet<br />

off the end of the wire, transfers it across the arc and into the weld pool. The program is optimised to vary<br />

the pulse height and frequency, thus ensuring that the size and time of the transferring droplet is accurately<br />

controlled. This produces a spray-like arc over the entire welding power range.<br />

SPATTER-FREE IGNITION SEQUENCE:<br />

Contact Ignition Upslope control Arc stabilising Pulsing begins<br />

0.000 seconds 0.0001 seconds 0.050 seconds 0.200 seconds 0.300 seconds<br />

Steel Stainless Steel Aluminium MIG Brazing<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

151


1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

Invertec® V350-PRO<br />

Idealarc® DC400<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Metal Fabrication<br />

Maintenance and Repair<br />

Autobody/Farm<br />

Light Industrial<br />

Idealarc® DC600<br />

K1728-12, K1728-12V<br />

K1728-12V (Includes Factory VRD)<br />

Input Power 380/415/440/1/3/50/60<br />

Rated Input<br />

28/26/24A<br />

45 50<br />

Rated Output<br />

350A/34V/60% OCV (3ph) OCV<br />

Current/Voltage/<br />

300A/32V/100% (3ph)<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Input Current 3ph: 28/26-24 DC DC +<br />

@ Rated Output 3ph: 28/22/21<br />

Output Range 5-425A<br />

Max OCV: 80V DC<br />

Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 376 x 338 x 709<br />

Net Weight (kg) 36.7<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

DC – +/–<br />

EURO<br />

24-42<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

EURO<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

No4<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

20 24-42 13.2 5.7P<br />

40<br />

415V<br />

AMP AUXAMP<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

AMP 12kVA AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX80<br />

20kVA AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

H F<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

CC - Stick Crisp; DC TIG; CV - Wire – For MIG and Metal-Cored;<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

CV - Innershield® and Outershield® Flux-Cored; Arc Gouging –<br />

Accessible from All Modes – Plenty of power CUT to handle CUT a 5/16 in<br />

(7.9 mm) carbon 45 50 554.8mm<br />

70 4.0mm<br />

70 90<br />

90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV 400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV<br />

5-425 amp output range - For all recommended processes CUT from 12 AMP AMP AMP<br />

3.2mm<br />

DC TIG to arc gouging.<br />

AMP<br />

Input voltage from DC 380-440 DCand 50 and DC DC<br />

2200<br />

DC<br />

60 Hz operation - One 320<br />

machine runs on +<br />

virtually any –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

000 00% CUT CUT<br />

input power supply.<br />

AC 29<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

Touch Start TIG® For contamination-free starts.<br />

315<br />

CUT CUT<br />

Low power consumption for energy savings 88% efficiency. 40<br />

AMP415V30<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

Parallel two units For 700A carbon arc gouging.<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

300<br />

Bright, large digital amp and volt meters are easy CUT to monitor 35 AMP -<br />

415V<br />

415V<br />

240V<br />

240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

Even in sunlight – and AUX presettable AUXfor precise procedure control. AMP<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

Rugged skid and tube handles- For convenience and added 310 H F<br />

CUT CUT AMP415V<br />

240V<br />

protection.<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

12kVA AMP 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

No5 280<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

70 AUX80<br />

AUX<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

24-42<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm AMP 20kVA AMP 12kVA<br />

35<br />

415V<br />

AMP AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

The Invertec® V350-PRO is the most powerful portable inverter welding power source in its class. 150 It 20 13.2 5.7P<br />

utilises the optimum wave form for each – welding process - Stick welding, – TIG welding, MIG welding<br />

AMP<br />

and flux-cored - with the ability to add an optional pulse MIG capability. This powerful piece of welding 140 145 165<br />

equipment will add significant flexibility to your welding operation, whether 10 on-site 13 or in the DC AMP AMP<br />

shop. AC AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

240<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

120<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

Part no. K1728-12 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

Exceptional 2 415 Multi-Process Fabrication Welding: 2 CC - Stick 415Soft;<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

K1309-20 220/380/440/3/50/60<br />

K1309-22 415/3/50/60<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

20 24-42 13.2 5.7P<br />

Rugged construction, simple controls and a 100% duty cycle output rating make these machines a sound 150 20 13.2 5.7P<br />

investment for heavy duty shop applications. –<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

Add the outstanding traditional SCR rectifier arc action<br />

delivering high quality, attractive welds and your operators will agree – it’s hard to go wrong with 140an<br />

145 165<br />

10 13 DC AMP AMP AC AMP<br />

Idealarc® DC400.<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

240 41<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

120<br />

FEATURES<br />

workbench or stacked up to 3 high on top of each other. AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

2 415<br />

Full range output voltage control for easy operation and precise Windings and rectifiers 20kVA are protected 12kVA against PHASE moisture and V 415V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

300<br />

control.<br />

corrosive environments.<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Standard analog ammeter and voltmeter.<br />

3-year warranty.<br />

Mode switch for selecting desired output 45 characteristics. 50 55 70 90 45 50 55 70<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

Flat-top case with a small footprint can be placed under a<br />

DC DC<br />

CUT<br />

DC DCUT<br />

CUT<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ – +/– AC + 000 –<br />

4.8mm 4<br />

00%<br />

4.0mm<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

4.8mm<br />

+/– AC<br />

CUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name <strong>Product</strong> Input Power<br />

Output H x W x D (mm)<br />

3<br />

3.2mm<br />

Number<br />

Range<br />

Idealarc® DC400 w/<br />

Meters<br />

Rated Output<br />

Current/Voltage/<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Input<br />

Current<br />

@ Rated<br />

Output<br />

55<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

30<br />

60<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

OCV 400 560 1000<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

2200<br />

320 000 00% AMP<br />

AMP<br />

12 Net<br />

AMP<br />

Weight<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

(kgs) 29<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

H F<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

Full range output voltage control for easy operation and precise<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

control.<br />

Windings and rectifiers are protected against moisture and<br />

Standard analog ammeter and voltmeter.<br />

corrosive environments.<br />

VRD (Voltage Reduction Device) reduces 45OCV (open 50circuit<br />

55 3-year 70 warranty. 90 45 50 55 70 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV 400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP<br />

voltage) when not welding for added safety (select models).<br />

AMP AMP<br />

Mode switch for selecting desired output characteristics.<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

AC AMP<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

315<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name <strong>Product</strong> Input Power Rated Output Input Output H x W x D (mm) Net AMP<br />

Number<br />

Current/Voltage/ Current Range<br />

Weight<br />

Duty Cycle @ Rated<br />

(kgs) 300<br />

AMP<br />

Output<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

K1309-20 220/380/440/3/50/60 400A/36V/100%<br />

81/47/41A 60-500A CUT CUT 40<br />

415V30<br />

450A/38V/60%<br />

415V 240V 698 310AUX<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm x 56612.5mm<br />

x 988 AMP 215 AMP<br />

K1309-22 415/3/50/60<br />

43A 12-42V<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

AMP5kVA<br />

500A/40V/50%<br />

CUT 35<br />

415V<br />

415V<br />

240V<br />

19mm 280AUX<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

EURO No4 AMP8kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

CUT CUT 55 415V 60<br />

AUX<br />

25mm AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

12kVA AMP<br />

No5<br />

No5<br />

AUX AUX 38mm<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT 70<br />

415V<br />

AUX80<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA 32mm AMP 20kVA AMP<br />

24-42<br />

K1365-23 220/380/440/3/50/60<br />

K1365-28 380/415/3/50/60<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

20 24-42 13.2 5.7P<br />

150 20 13.2 5.7P<br />

Rugged construction, simple controls and – a 100% duty cycle output rating – make these machines AMP a<br />

sound investment for heavy duty shop applications. Add the outstanding traditional SCR rectifier arc<br />

140 145 165<br />

action delivering high quality, attractive welds and your operators will agree 10 – it’s 13 hard to go DCwrong<br />

AMP AMP AC AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

240<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

with an Idealarc® DC600.<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

FEATURES<br />

415V 240V Flat-top case with 415V a small 240V footprint 240V<br />

2 415<br />

can be placed 2 under 415 a<br />

workbench or stacked 20kVA up to 3 high 12kVA on top<br />

PHASE<br />

of each other. V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

Idealarc® DC600 K1365-23 220/380/440/3/50/60 600A/44V/100%<br />

680A/44V/60%<br />

116/67/58A<br />

Idealarc® DC600<br />

750A/44V/50%<br />

K1365-28 380-415/3/50/60<br />

with VRD<br />

67-62A<br />

CV:<br />

70A/13V -<br />

780A/44V<br />

CC:<br />

90A/24V -<br />

780A/44V<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

781 x 567 x 988 237 280<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

1<br />

41<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

1<br />

9<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

41<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

152 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


Idealarc® DC1000<br />

POWER WAVE®<br />

AC/DC 1000SD<br />

K1387-3 220/380/440/50/60<br />

K1387-6 415/3/50/60<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

No5<br />

No5<br />

MULTI-PROCESS 415VWELDERS<br />

240V 240V CUT 70<br />

24-42<br />

For full automatic high duty cycle submerged arc welding, the DC1000 makes an ideal power source. The DC-1000 150 is a<br />

multi-process DC arc welding power source, designed for – high productivity applications in<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

SAW, MIG, FCAW and carbon<br />

arc gouging (up to 16mm rods). With a 1000 amp 100% duty cycle the DC1000 is designed too operate 24 hour/7days 140 a 145 165<br />

week. The all weather protection and submerged dipping of the transformer, choke and SCR 10 assembly 13in a special DC epoxy AMP AMP AC AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

based sealing/insulating material provides extra long life AUX<br />

and added<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

protection from harsh environments<br />

V V<br />

such as salt<br />

120<br />

air, moisture or corrosive atmospheres.<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

2 415<br />

Output Range (Amps) 150-1300A<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

20kVA 12kVATwo DC-1000s PHASE can V be paralleled 415V for up to 2000 300 amp @ 100% 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Output Range (Duty Cycle) 1000A, 44V @ 100%<br />

duty cycle output<br />

Rated Input<br />

193/112/96.5A<br />

3 year warranty<br />

45 50 55 70 90 45 50 55CUT<br />

70CUT<br />

90<br />

102A<br />

OCV OCV OCV RECOMMENDED OCV OCV OPTIONS OCV OCV OCV4.8mm<br />

OCV 4.0mm OCV 400 560 1000<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 781 x 572 x 991<br />

Remote Control, Parallelling Kit, Undercarriage.<br />

CUT 12<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2200<br />

Net Weight (kg) 372 DC DC SUGGESTED DC DC WIRE 320<br />

+ FEEDERS –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

AC AMP<br />

CUT CUT 29<br />

LN-7, LN-8, LN-9, NA-3, NA-5, LT-7. 11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

FEATURES<br />

PROCESSES<br />

315<br />

CUT<br />

AMP<br />

Multi-process CC and CV capability<br />

CUT 40<br />

415V30<br />

240V<br />

MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW, 415VGouging<br />

240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

Single full range output control<br />

3005kVA<br />

4kVA<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

AMP<br />

CUT 35<br />

415V<br />

Equipped with a 500A @ 100% terminal for greater control of<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

K1387-3 220/380/440/50/60<br />

AUX<br />

applications below 450 amp<br />

EURO No4<br />

3108kVA<br />

7kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm AMP<br />

7kVA<br />

AMP<br />

H F<br />

K1387-6 415/3/50/60<br />

Volt and amp meters<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 415V 60 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

Literature 12kVA E5.50<br />

AMP<br />

10kVA<br />

28012kVA<br />

AMP 10kVA<br />

115 volt aux. for wire feeders<br />

No5<br />

No5 AMP<br />

CUT<br />

415V<br />

AUX80<br />

K2803-1 380/400/460/500/575/3/50/60<br />

EURO<br />

24-42<br />

No4<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

AUX<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

AUX<br />

16mm<br />

EURO<br />

38mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

12kVA 8.5kVA<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

No4<br />

25mm<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

20 24-42 13.2 5.7P<br />

415V<br />

AMP AUXAMP<br />

5kVA<br />

35<br />

415V<br />

AMP AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX80<br />

AMP 20kVA AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

H F<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

1<br />

240<br />

V<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

20 13.2 5.7P<br />

The Power Wave® AC/DC 1000 is the first power source to introduce Waveform Control Technology to submerged 150 20 13.2 5.7P<br />

arc welding. Variable frequency and amplitude AC, DC – positive or DC negative output – allows the user to control AMP<br />

the deposition rate and penetration. An operator can increase weld speeds, yield higher quality welds and improve 140 145 165<br />

efficiencies in a single or multi-arc environment.<br />

10 13 DC AMP AMP AC AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

240<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

Output Range (Amps) 100-1000A<br />

Delivers increased productivity compared to traditional subarc 120<br />

Rated Output (Duty Cycle) 1000A, 44V @ 100%<br />

installations.<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

2 415<br />

Rated Input<br />

82/79/69/62/55A<br />

Three year parts and 20kVA labour warranty 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 1248 x 501 x 1184<br />

RECOMMENDED OPTIONS<br />

Net Weight (kg) 363 45 50 55 70 90 45 50 55 70 90<br />

System Interface, Interface OCV Control OCV Cable OCV 22-pin), OCV ArcLink OCV Cable<br />

400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

(5-pin), Feeder Control Cable (14-pin), TC-3 Self-Propelled Travel<br />

Carriage, CE Filter<br />

FEATURES<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

Suggested Wire Feeders + –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AC AMP<br />

AC<br />

Eliminate downtime with easy polarity switching – no hardware<br />

reconfiguration required.<br />

Power FeedTM 10A Controller, Power FeedTM 10S 315<br />

AMP<br />

Stable and independent arc controls for multiple arc applications.<br />

PROCESSES<br />

300<br />

Improved efficiency and relaibility with cooler operation through<br />

AMP<br />

patented Coaxial Transformer TechnologyTM.<br />

Submerged Arc<br />

95% power factor correction enables connection of more<br />

machines on the same plant infrastructure for lower installation<br />

costs compared to other machines.<br />

Remote process monitoring and control through ArcLink, Ethernet<br />

and DeviceNet communication.<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

20 24-42 13.2 5.7P<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

K2344-2 400/460/500/575/3/50/60<br />

K2444-1 CE Filter Kit<br />

Literature E10.96<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

20kVA AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

12.5m<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25m<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

CUT<br />

3.2m<br />

CUT<br />

9.5m<br />

CUT<br />

12.5m<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25m<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

4.0m<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

153


MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

20 3.6<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

20 20 3.6<br />

1<br />

Speedtec® 400-S /<br />

500-S and LF-45<br />

Speedtec 400-S K14053-1<br />

Speedtec 500-S K14052-1<br />

LF45 K14072-1<br />

The Speedtec® range is the Lincoln Electric solution for Industrial Multi-process applications. With<br />

modular and compact design this welding set is easy to move around site and transport is trouble<br />

free thanks to the lower weight of this new design. With new inverter technology and 32 KHz inverter<br />

frequency, the arc is precisely controlled, many times faster than conventional analogue power sources.<br />

The electrical characteristics of the welding power can be changed by software in real time updates. A<br />

wide range of synergic programs are available as standard allowing simple yet precise control of welding<br />

parameters for the best results every time. The Speedtec machines utilise the very latest power source<br />

technology for efficiency and lower energy consumption. Their advanced Inverter technology will save<br />

both time as well as energy. Driven by Lincoln Electric’s Green Initiative, we aim to reduce the costs to you<br />

as well as the environment. These welding sets are available as 400A rated at 80% or 500A rated at 60%<br />

duty cycle (at 40°C). With the LF 45 wire feed unit the welding set can support the MIG processes with<br />

synergic programs for Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminium and Flux cored wires. Lift TIG and Stick functions<br />

are available as standard. Thanks to its user-friendly and clear user interface controls, operation of the<br />

Speedtec could not be easier - This machine is designed with the operator in mind. SPEEDTEC® – speed<br />

up welding processes by Inverter Technology from Lincoln Electric.<br />

20<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS POWER SOURCES<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Speedtec 400-S<br />

Item Number K14053-1<br />

Primary Voltage (+/-10%) /<br />

Power factor/ Efficiency<br />

Fuse Size (slow)<br />

415 V 3ph<br />

50/60Hz<br />

0.95/88%<br />

25A<br />

Weight (kg) 50<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 476 x 305 x 600<br />

Protection Class<br />

IP23<br />

Compliance<br />

AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZSCISPR11<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

EN 60974-10<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Speedtec 500-S<br />

Item Number K14052-1<br />

Primary Voltage (+/-10%) /<br />

Power factor/ Efficiency<br />

Fuse Size (slow)<br />

415 V 3ph<br />

50/60Hz<br />

0.95/88%<br />

40A<br />

Weight (kg) 50<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 476 x 305 x 600<br />

Protection Class<br />

IP23<br />

Compliance<br />

AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZSCISPR11<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

EN 60974-10<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WIRE FEEDERS<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

LF45<br />

Item Number K14072-1<br />

Wire size (mm) 0.8-1.6<br />

Drive rolls 4<br />

WFS (m/min) 0.75-22<br />

Weight (kg) 17<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 440 x 270 x 636<br />

Weld modes<br />

Stick, TIG, MIG<br />

Synergic: Fe, SS, Al, FCW<br />

Functions<br />

MIG: Burnback, Gas purge,<br />

Cold Inch, Crater, Pre &<br />

Post flow, Spot Timer,<br />

Run in. Others: Memory,<br />

Inductance, Arc Linc<br />

communications<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Superb Arc Characteristics in MIG, Stick and TIG Lift modes<br />

Excellent arc starting and stability constructed for general<br />

applications<br />

A variety of features for perfect welding<br />

Digital meters allow for presetting and readout of the actual<br />

parameters during welding<br />

8 procedures memory locations for storage of specific work<br />

settings<br />

Inverter technology reduces energy demand<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

154 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MULTI-PROCESS WELDERS<br />

Flextec 450<br />

K3065-1<br />

This multi-process welder delivers up to 500 amps of welding power for a variety of applications, including<br />

construction and fabrication. It features an IP23 rating for outdoor operation and storage, and the latest<br />

inverter technology will save you real dollars on the utility costs associated with your welding operations.<br />

20<br />

20 3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

1<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K3065-1<br />

Input Voltage 280/415/440/3/50/60<br />

Input Current at Rated Output 3 Ph / 60% Duty Cycle:<br />

37/27/22A<br />

Rated Output<br />

450A/38V/60%<br />

Output Range<br />

10 - 500 Amps<br />

Weight Kg 56.8<br />

Dimensions (H x W x D) mm 477 x 356 x 673<br />

Processes<br />

Stick, DC TIG, MIG, Flux-<br />

Cored, Arc Gouging<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Flexible Multi-Process Capability – Including stick, Touch<br />

Start TIG® (DC), MIG, flux-cored welding and carbon arc<br />

gouging with up to 9.5 mm carbon.<br />

The Future is Now SM – You no longer have to pay a price<br />

premium to gain the advantages of inverter technology<br />

over conventional welders. Faster Arc Response means<br />

smoother arc action and more consistent bead appearance.<br />

Low Power Consumption results in daily operational cost<br />

savings. Enhanced Portability – Typically 50% less weight,<br />

size and footprint.<br />

Simple Operation – The user interface is designed with the<br />

operator in mind. Set up is easy for even the most novice<br />

welder.<br />

Bright Digital Amp and Volt Meters – Easy to monitor, even<br />

in sunlight, and presettable for precise procedure control.<br />

Built in VRD- Designed to fail-to-safe factory fitted. VRD<br />

offers additional protection for the operator. The VRD<br />

operates in the CC mode.<br />

Selectable Hot Start – Turn it off for thin material or flip it<br />

on to get the extra starting amperage you need for thick,<br />

rusty or dirty material.<br />

Flextec 650<br />

K3278-1<br />

This multi-process welder delivers up to 815 amps of welding power for a variety of applications, including<br />

construction and fabrication. It features an IP23 rating for outdoor operation and storage, and the latest<br />

inverter technology will save you real dollars on the utility costs associated with your welding operations.<br />

20<br />

20 3.6<br />

3.6<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Processes<br />

Stick, DC TIG, MIG,<br />

Flux-Cored, Arc Gouging<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K3278-1<br />

Input Voltage 380/415-460/575/3/50/60<br />

Input Current at Rated Output 3 Ph / 100% Duty Cycle:<br />

57/52-47/38A<br />

Rated Output<br />

650A/44V/100%<br />

Output Range<br />

10 - 815 Amps<br />

Weight<br />

74.8 Kg<br />

Dimensions (H x W x D) 555 x 409 x 745 mm<br />

FEATURES<br />

Flexible Multi-Process Capability – Including stick, Touch<br />

Start TIG® (DC), MIG, flux-cored, CV submerged arc welding<br />

and carbon arc gouging with up to a 12.7 mm carbon.<br />

The Future is Now SM – You no longer have to pay a price<br />

premium to gain the advantages of inverter technology over<br />

conventional welders.<br />

Faster arc response means smoother arc action and more<br />

consistent bead appearance.<br />

Low power consumption results in daily operational cost<br />

savings.<br />

Enhanced portability – typically 50% less weight, size and<br />

footprint.<br />

Simple Operation – The user interface is designed with the<br />

operator in mind. Set up is easy for even the most novice<br />

welder.<br />

Bright Digital Amp and Volt Meters – Easy to monitor, even<br />

in sunlight, and presettable for precise procedure control.<br />

Compact, Durable Case – Tough IP23 enclosure ensures the<br />

Flextec 650 will withstand extreme field environments.<br />

Fully Adjustable Hot Start – Turn it to zero for thin material<br />

or dial it up to get the extra starting amperage you need for<br />

thick, rusty or dirty material.<br />

Variable Arc Control – In stick mode, vary the arc force<br />

to obtain the “soft” or “crisp” arc you want as conditions<br />

require. In CV modes, vary the pinch or inductance to<br />

control spatter, fluidity and bead appearance.<br />

MASTER 5001<br />

Part No. P0701<br />

Master 5001 is a 500 Amp inverter CC/CV power source suitable for MMA welding, for carbon arc<br />

gouging, for TIG welding with Contact TIG and for MIG/MAG with voltage-sensing wire feeder.<br />

Voltage-sensing wire feeder is a feeder that operates on arc voltage. Master 5001 operates on CV<br />

mode (Constant Voltage) with voltage-sensing feeder so it is suitable for short arc and spray MIG/<br />

MAG. Due to its high current and excellent welding properties as well as its small size and light<br />

weight it is very suitable for site welding as well as for repair and production welding. In order to<br />

enable easy monitoring of welding current the machine is equipped with well-visable displays for<br />

welding current and welding voltage.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

Master 5001 power source 6130512<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

155


ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS<br />

20 3.6<br />

1<br />

OUTBACK ® 185<br />

K2706-3<br />

Built for the Outdoors! Great for anyone who needs portable DC stick welding and AC generator power!<br />

The Low-Lift grab bars on both ends make lifting the Outback® 185 on and off truck beds 20 easy. 3.6 The 20<br />

compact Outback® 185 is easy to start with all engine controls on the front of the machine, and it’s easy<br />

to use for welding. Use the AC generator power for a variety of applications described below with the<br />

large 25.7 litre fuel tank! Plug in a Lincoln Electric POWER MIG® 180C for wire welding too.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

3.6<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Outback® 185<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K2706-3<br />

Rated Output<br />

Current/Voltage/ Duty Cycle<br />

Output Range<br />

Engine Model<br />

100A DC/25V/100%<br />

130A DC/25V/60%<br />

150A DC/25V/20%<br />

50-185A DC<br />

5,700 Watts Peak<br />

5,200 Watts Continuous<br />

Kohler® CH440<br />

Number of Cylinders 1<br />

HP @ Speed (RPM) 14 @ 3,600<br />

Dimensions H x W x D (mm) 647 x 536 x 800<br />

Net Weight (kg) 141<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Low-Lift Grab Bars (Patent Pending): More leverage for<br />

lifting unit on and off truck beds. Extra protection against<br />

product damage. Best in class feature!<br />

All Engine Controls on Front Control Panel: Easy access<br />

for starting, especially when mounted on truck beds. Front<br />

panel includes electric start switch and engine choke<br />

control. Best in class feature!<br />

Rugged Tube Frame: 32 mm Diameter. Great for all-around<br />

sturdy protection.<br />

25.7 Litre Fuel Tank: Less frequent re-fueling, for extended<br />

run times. Large fuel fill opening for easy re-fueling too!<br />

Weld with up to 4 mm Stick Electrode: Up to 185 amps of<br />

DC output for many applications.<br />

5,700 Watts Peak AC Generator Power: 5,200 Watts<br />

Continuous. Many uses! Grinder, work lights, pump, motor<br />

starting, or emergency power. Plug in a Lincoln Electric<br />

POWER MIG® 180C for wire welding. Plug in a Lincoln<br />

Electric Invertec® PC210 Plasma cutter to cut metal.<br />

20 3.6<br />

Ranger ® 250 GXT<br />

K2923-1<br />

XTra Performance! XTra Power! XTra Protection! Get all of the XTras needed for construction,<br />

maintenance and repair work or getting projects done on rural properties. That’s XTra welding<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

performance with 250 amps for AC or DC stick and DC wire welding and XTra power with up to<br />

7,200 watts of power for lights, grinders or high amperage equipment. You also get XTra protection<br />

and quiet operation with the Lincoln enclosed case.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model<br />

Ranger® 250GXT<br />

Output Range 160-250A<br />

110-180A<br />

70-130A<br />

50-80A<br />

14-22V<br />

18-28V<br />

CC Rated Output<br />

AC Constant Current<br />

Current/Voltage/ Duty Cycle 250A/25V/100%<br />

DC Constant Current<br />

250A/25V/100%<br />

CV-Rated Output DC Constant Voltage (1)<br />

Current/Voltage/Duty Cycle 250A/25V/100%<br />

Generator AC Power (2)(3) 7,200 Watts Peak<br />

60 Hz Single Phase<br />

Two 240V IP66<br />

Receptacles<br />

Dimensions H x W x L (mm) 759 x 546 x 1073<br />

To top of exhaust<br />

tube: 920<br />

Weight Kg 260<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Totally enclosed case: Engine is fully protected. 3 service<br />

access doors. Low Noise – 76.4 dBA sound level at 7m. 100.7<br />

dB sound power (Lwa) at rated output.<br />

Versatile AC/DC welding: AC/DC welding output for a broad<br />

range of stick electrode types. Excellent AC TIG welding with<br />

optional TIG module for aluminium and other alloy welding.<br />

MIG and Flux-Cored capable (with optional equipment).<br />

Remote ready! 6-pin connector and local/remote switch for<br />

remote control operation.<br />

7,200 Watts singlephase AC generator power: Peak for<br />

motor starting. 7,200 watts continuous power for generator,<br />

plasma cutter or inverter welder. Power lights, grinder,<br />

power tools<br />

23 HP Kohler® petrol engine: 2 cylinder, 4 cycle overhead<br />

valve air-cooled design. Electric fuel pump avoids vapour<br />

lock. Oil drain extension for easy oil changes. 45 Litre tank<br />

for extended run times. Electric fuel gauge located on<br />

control panel makes it easy to check the fuel level during<br />

operation and refueling.<br />

Rugged reliability: Welding and AC Generator Outputs Rated<br />

at 40ºC.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

Ranger® 305D<br />

K2922-1<br />

K2922-IV-1<br />

VRD, Battery, Isolator, Engine Stop<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

A Portable, Multi-Process Powerhouse. The Ranger® 305D is a powerful 300 amp, DC 20 diesel, 3.6 enginedriven<br />

welder designed especially for contractors, maintenance/repair and all other field-based welding<br />

20<br />

professionals who demand the best welding arc. Lincoln Electric’s Chopper Technology® delivers excellent<br />

arc characteristics whether you are in stick (conventional or pipe), TIG, MIG or arc gouging modes of<br />

operation. Rugged and dependable, the Ranger® 305D is built within a totally enclosed, robust case,<br />

which provides maximum protection for its 45-litre fuel tank and water-cooled Kubota® 18.8 HP D722<br />

diesel engine. This portable powerhouse delivers 7,200 continuous watts of 240V/AC generator power -<br />

enough power to run lights, tools, pump and weld all at the same time!<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS (*Rated Output @ 40ºC)<br />

Model<br />

Ranger® 305D<br />

Output Range *<br />

20 - 305 amps<br />

40-300A pipe<br />

20-250A DC TIG<br />

14-29V CV<br />

7,200 watts continuous<br />

Rated Output* 305A, 29V @ 100%<br />

OCV<br />

60V max<br />

Aux Power<br />

7.2kW, AC<br />

2 x 240V IP66 receptacles<br />

Weight Kg 317<br />

Dimensions H x W x D mm 914 x 546 x 1327<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Excellent welding capabilities: CC-stick, down hill stick<br />

welding on pipe, CV wire welding and Touch-StartTM TIG.<br />

Kubota® 18.8 HP D722 diesel engine<br />

Single-phase 240V and circuit breaker<br />

Digital output meters pre-setting weld amps or voltage.<br />

Single, full-range output control dial eliminates confusion<br />

with taps and controls!<br />

Flip-down control panel door keeps less frequently used<br />

dials out of your way!<br />

Portability ideally suited for transportation via either fork<br />

lift truck, crane, mounted on a trailer or carried on the back<br />

of a ute.<br />

Standard hour meter ensures that the machine maintenance<br />

schedule can be easily tracked.<br />

Flip-down service panels allows easy access for servicing.<br />

Easily accessible panels for battery and oil drain facilities.<br />

3-year Lincoln parts and labour warranty (engine is<br />

warranted separately by the manufacturer)<br />

3.6<br />

156 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


Vantage® 400<br />

K32038-1<br />

55 60<br />

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS80<br />

24-42<br />

The Vantage® 400 is one of the most compact 400 amp engine-driven welder/generators 24-42 available 150 to the<br />

construction, pipe and rental fleet markets today. –<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

It’s also one of the quietest, with a smooth-running,<br />

4-cylinder Perkins® diesel engine. Use this multi-process welder for arc gouging with up to 8mm carbons, 140 145 165<br />

stick weld with up to 6mm electrodes and CV wire weld with up to 2.4mm wire. 10 Superior 13arc performance<br />

DCAMP<br />

AMP AC AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

240<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

delivered by Lincoln Chopper Technology® ensures optimum productivity. You’ll also appreciate the 120VRD<br />

AMP<br />

(Voltage Reduction Device), which reduces OCV (open circuit voltage) 415V in the 240V CC-Stick weld mode for 240V<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

2 415<br />

added safety. This model efficiently generates 13,200 watts of AC<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V generator 415V power 300for your 170 lights,<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

grinders and power tools. Housed in a rugged, low-maintenance stainless steel enclosure, it’s loaded with<br />

many innovative service features. It’s a 45 power package 50 55that’s 70excellent 9045<br />

value! 50 55 70 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV 400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Vantage® 400 (K32038-1) stick), Touch- Start® DC TIG or CV Wire (up to 2.4mm(1)), and then<br />

(Model)<br />

Vantage® 400 inc. Roll Frame/ dial in the desired output. DC DC DC DC<br />

2200<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

Spill Tray (K32038-1V-0001) Plenty of Generator +<br />

Power –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00% AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

- 13.2kw of AC power.<br />

AC AMP<br />

AC<br />

Will power<br />

Output Range 30 - 400A DC<br />

industrial equipment such as a plasma cutter, pump or inverter<br />

40 - 300A Pipe<br />

welder. 240 Volt and 415 Volt IP66 rated outlets.<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

20-250A DC TIG<br />

Compact Case. One of the most compact 400 amp machines<br />

14-34V CV<br />

available. Suitable for many utes and service trucks. 300<br />

AMP<br />

Rated Output* 350A/34V @100%<br />

Stainless Steel Enclosure - Standard stainless steel roof, side panels<br />

400A/30V @ 60%<br />

and engine-access door deliver added protection and durability. 310<br />

AMP<br />

Engine Model Perkins 404D-22 Diesel<br />

VRD Voltage Reduction Device- Reduced OCV in the CC-Stick weld<br />

mode for added safety.<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

No of Cylinders 4<br />

Arc Gouging- Arc gouging with up to 8mm carbons.<br />

HP & Speed (rpm) 28 @ 1500<br />

Reliable Engine - 4 cylinder, 1500 RPM Perkins diesel engine<br />

Weight (Kg) 560<br />

runs smoothly and quietly Standard engine gauges allow you to<br />

monitor performance at a glance.<br />

Dimensions<br />

H x W x D (mm) 913 x 686 x 1524<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Multi-Process Welding, Simple to Operate - Select one of four<br />

Process Modes, including CC-Stick (up to 6mm), Downhill Pipe (for<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

EURO<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

No4<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

40<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

415V 30<br />

AUX AMP<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

CUT<br />

AMP<br />

12mm<br />

20 13.2 5.7P<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

Low Noise - 96 dBA Lwa sound power (71 dBA at 7m) is one of the<br />

quietest 400 amp engine-driven welders available.<br />

Innovative Service Access - Lockable, removable sliding engine access<br />

door provides ample space for engine and oil filter work without<br />

requiring a large clearance space on your truck.<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

20<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

H F<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

250<br />

AMP<br />

3.6<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

1<br />

20 13.2 415 5.7P<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

4<br />

A<br />

A<br />

A<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

Air Vantage® 500<br />

K32012-1<br />

It’s three in one - Welder Generator and Air Compressor. When you need it all, consider the rugged<br />

Air Vantage® 500 for railroad, mining, general maintenance & repair, and heavy 20 duty 3.6 construction.<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

The new belt driven VMAC® rotary screw compressor pumps out plenty of air for arc gouging with up<br />

to 9.5 mm carbons, plasma cutting or almost any air tool. A powerful 500 amps at 100% duty cycle<br />

is enough for most stick, TIG, MIG or flux-cored welding project. The precision arc starting provided<br />

by Lincoln Electric Chopper Technology® and will make any operator a better welder. Simple controls<br />

and Chopper Technology® deliver the low maintenance, long service life, easy operation and the<br />

great arc performance every owner demands in these environments. Plenty of AC generator power<br />

- up to12,000 watts of 1-phase is standard. Stainless steel roof and side panels provide added<br />

durability and corrosion-resistance. The Cummins® B3.3 liquid cooled diesel engines will keep you<br />

running and working for a long time.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model K32012-1<br />

Output Range<br />

Continuous Control<br />

30-575 Amps<br />

CC/CV Range<br />

15 - 250 Amps<br />

Touch Start TIG Range<br />

CV Output<br />

14-40 volts<br />

AC Aux Power<br />

12kW Receptacles<br />

2 x 240V, 15A<br />

IP66<br />

Rated Output* 500A, 40V @ 100%<br />

550A, 36V @ 60%<br />

575A,35V @ 50%<br />

Engine Model<br />

Cummins ® B3.3 liquid<br />

cooled diesel engine 12V<br />

electric start<br />

No of Cylinders 4<br />

HP &Speed (rpm) 56 @ 1800<br />

Weight Kg 766<br />

Dimensions H x W x D mm 1260 x 831 x 1603<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Rotary Screw Compressor - New belt driven VMAC® rotary screw<br />

compressor rated at 60 CFM, 100PSI, 100% duty cycle. Delivers<br />

abundant air for arc gouging with up to 9.5mm carbons, plasma<br />

cutting (plasma cutter sold seperately) and air tools such as an<br />

impact wrench or needle gun.<br />

Simple to operate – Select one of five Process Modes, including<br />

CC-Stick, CC-Pipe, CC-Gouging, Touch-Start TIG or CV Wire, and<br />

then dial in the desired output.<br />

Optimised CC-Stick mode - CC-Stick mode is optimised for<br />

general purpose and E7018 low hydrogen electrodes.<br />

Arc control adjustment - Produces a soft, buttery arc or a more<br />

forceful, digging arc to suit your requirements. 12kVA of auxiliary<br />

power - 2 x 240V, 15A IP66 rated outlets for powering tools,<br />

grinders and lighting.<br />

Digital Volt/Amp meters - Built-in preset function makes it easy to<br />

precisely set your procedures.<br />

Arc gouging - Arc gouging with up to 9.5mm carbons.<br />

Full instrumentation - Fuel, oil pressure, engine temperature gauges<br />

and hour meter keep you on top of monitoring engine performance.<br />

Cummins® B3.3 disel engine - 56 horsepower, liquid-cooled, 4<br />

cylinder Cummins® B3.3 engine, includes automatic engine idler<br />

for greater fuel economy and reduced noise.<br />

VRD Device - Factory-fitted, built-in voltage reduction device<br />

(VRD) offers additional protection for the operator. The VRD<br />

operates in the CC mode reducing the OCV to a safer


ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

1<br />

Vantage® 580<br />

K2963-1<br />

Powerful. Dependable. Safer. If you are looking for a rugged, reliable and capable welder for a<br />

demanding mining or construction site, a dependable hire fleet or for a quick turnaround 20 3.6 repair job,<br />

20 20 3.6 3.6<br />

the Vantage® 580 has all the power you need and the safety features modern standards demand.<br />

New standard features include a battery isolator switch for safer maintenance procedures and a<br />

engine stop button to quickly shut the Vantage® 580 down in the event of an emergency. Simple<br />

controls and Chopper Technology® deliver the low maintenance, long service life, easy operation and<br />

great arc performance every owner demands in these environments. This multi-process powerhouse<br />

features 500 amps at 100%, or 525 amps at 60% duty cycle, tested at temperatures up to 40°C.<br />

Plenty of AC 240V & 415V auxiliary power – this unit delivers 20,000 watts. You can depend on<br />

legendary engine reliability from Perkins® and superior Lincoln arc performance.<br />

20<br />

3.6<br />

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model K2963-1<br />

Output Range<br />

Continuous Control<br />

30-580 Amps<br />

CC/CV Range<br />

15 - 200 Amps<br />

Touch Start TIG Range<br />

CV Output<br />

14-40 volts<br />

AC Aux Power*<br />

20kW Receptacles<br />

2 x 240V, 15A<br />

1 x 415V, 32A<br />

Rated Output* 500A, 40V @ 100%<br />

525A, 39V @ 60%<br />

20-250A DC TIG<br />

Engine Model<br />

Perkins ® 404D-22T<br />

Turbo liquid cooled diesel<br />

engine<br />

No of Cylinders 4<br />

HP & Speed (rpm) 43 @ 1850<br />

Weight Kg 586<br />

Dimensions H x W x D mm 1100 x 687 x 1590<br />

*Suitable for powering 50/60 Hz equipment<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Simple to operate – Select one of five Process Modes, including CC-<br />

Stick, CC-Pipe, CC-Gouging, Touch-Start TIG or CV Wire, and then<br />

dial in the desired output.<br />

Optimised CC-Stick mode - CC-Stick mode is optimised for general<br />

purpose and E7018 low hydrogen electrodes.<br />

Arc control adjustment - Produces a soft, buttery arc or a more<br />

forceful, digging arc to suit your requirements.<br />

Touch-Start DC TIG welding - Provides easy arc starting that avoids<br />

tungsten contamination and the use of high frequency.<br />

20kVA of auxiliary power - Able to power up to three inverter power<br />

sources to give you up to four stick electrode welding arcs for higher<br />

productivity. 240V and 415V IP66 rated outlets.<br />

Digital Volt/Amp meters - Built-in preset function makes it easy to<br />

precisely set your procedures.<br />

Arc gouging - Arc gouging with up to 13mm carbons. - New carbon<br />

arc gouging waveform delivers improved gouging performance<br />

including VRD<br />

Full instrumentation - Fuel, oil pressure, engine temperature gauges<br />

and hour meter keep you on top of monitoring engine performance.<br />

Perkins® 404D-22T Turbo diesel engine - 43 horsepower, liquidcooled,<br />

4 cylinder Perkins® engine, includes automatic engine idler for<br />

greater fuel economy and reduced noise.<br />

VRD Device - Factory-fitted, built-in voltage reduction device (VRD)<br />

offers additional protection for the operator. The VRD operates in the<br />

CC mode reducing the OCV to a safer


4R WIREFEEDER<br />

Part No. W3000401<br />

WIRE FEEDERS<br />

The WeldSkill 4 Roll Wirefeeder is specifically designed for use on both the WeldSkill 250 and 350 Compact<br />

power sources. The unit can be easily added to either model power source by simply plugging in and<br />

selecting remote mode on the power source.<br />

1<br />

TRANSMIG VAF-4<br />

(HEAVY INDUSTRIAL)<br />

STANDARD CONTENTS<br />

WeldSkill 4R Wirefeeder<br />

8m Interconnection lead (fitted)<br />

200mm spool adaptor<br />

Feed roll, 0.9/1.2mm V groove (fitted)<br />

Shielding gas adaptor<br />

Operating manual<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

WeldSkill 4R Wirefeeder (All regions)<br />

Part No. W3000700<br />

PART NO.<br />

W3000401<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

PART NO.<br />

Feed roll 0.6/0.8mm V Groove - hard wire 7977729<br />

Feed roll 0.9/1.2mm V Groove - hard wire 7977703<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Groove - hard wire 7977346<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm U Groove - soft wire 7977733<br />

Feed roll 1.0/1.2mm U Groove - soft wire 7977730<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm U Groove - soft wire 7977348<br />

Feed roll 0.8/0.9mm V Knurled - flux cored 415V 7977734 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

Feed roll 1.2/1.6mm V Knurled - flux cored<br />

4kVA<br />

7977347<br />

415V 240V<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 250A Euro<br />

AUX<br />

FAB250X12 AUX<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

EURO No4<br />

Tweco WeldSkill MIG Torch 400A Euro FAB400X12<br />

415V 240V<br />

CIGWELD WeldSkill regulator/flowmeter<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AUX<br />

210254 10kVA<br />

38mm<br />

The VAF-4 is a heavy duty wire feeder designed to be on constant voltage inverter or<br />

12kVA<br />

SCR<br />

10kVA<br />

–<br />

No5<br />

No5<br />

controlled MIG power sources with 110 volt supply.<br />

415V 240V 240V<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

Specifications<br />

Optional Accessories:<br />

Control Supply Voltage: 42VAC or 115VAC<br />

TWECO 415V No 4 MIG 240V TORCH<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

Control Supply Power: 350 volt amp<br />

3.6M EURO 20kVA 12kVA PHASE VOTWX412/3545<br />

415V 300<br />

AMP<br />

Wire Speed:<br />

22.1 -22.5 m/min<br />

TWECO No 4 MIG TORCH<br />

–<br />

Wire Diameter: (Hard) 0.8 – 1.6 mm<br />

4.5M EURO OTWX415/3545<br />

–<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

(Soft) 0.9 – 1.6 mm<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

TWECO SUPRA XT MIG<br />

(Cored) 0.8 – 2.0 mm<br />

10 TORCH 13 DC 10 AC 13 240 DC<br />

4.0M EURO AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

SE400X4M16<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

Wire Spool Size: 200, 300mm or 400mm coil DC DC DC DC<br />

TWECO + No 4 MIG –<br />

000<br />

TORCH +/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

Wire feeder Weight: 30kg without wire<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

3.6M Tweco 4 415V 2 415240V<br />

7172012 415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V<br />

Dimensions:<br />

H294mm x W245mm x<br />

D555mm<br />

TWECO No 4 MIG TORCH<br />

Interconnection Plug: 19 pin (706965)<br />

4.5M Tweco 454 50 55<br />

717335<br />

4570<br />

50 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

OCV<br />

55 70<br />

OCV OCV<br />

TWECO SUPRA XT MIG TORCH<br />

4.0M Tweco 4 SE4004M16<br />

Feed Rolls:<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

0.6mm/ 0.8mm Hard 7977729 Interconnect + Assy,19P-19P,2M –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

+ AC – W4015900 +/– AC<br />

0.9mm/ 1.2mm* Hard 7977703 Interconnect Assy,19P-19P,8M W4015901<br />

1.2mm/ 1.6mm Hard 7977346 Interconnect Assy,19P-19P,15M W4015902<br />

0.8mm/ 0.9mm Soft 7977733 Interconnect Assy,19P-14P,8M W4016000<br />

1.0mm/ 1.2mm Soft 7977730 Adaptor Cable,19P-14P, 0.3M W4016001<br />

1.2mm/ 1.6mm Soft 7977348<br />

Spool Cover Assembly<br />

W4016300<br />

0.8mm/ 0.9mm Cored 7977734<br />

TWECO No 4 Adaptor Assembly W4016400<br />

1.2mm/ 1.6mm Cored 7977347<br />

Lifting Eye Kit<br />

W4016700<br />

1.6mm/ 2.0mm Cored 7977372<br />

Heavy Duty 4 Wheel Trolley W4000001<br />

Mig Pliers<br />

WSPLIER<br />

EURO<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

Naka Measurement Gauge 646265<br />

Nozzle Dip 702389<br />

No5<br />

No4<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

EURO<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

CUT<br />

4.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

No4<br />

CUT<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

12<br />

AMP<br />

29<br />

AMP<br />

40<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

4.0mm35<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

55<br />

CUTAMP<br />

9.5mm<br />

70<br />

CUTAMP<br />

12.5mm 415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA 130<br />

CUT AMP<br />

19mm 415V<br />

AUX 160<br />

8kVAMP<br />

CUT<br />

25mm 415V<br />

AUX 150<br />

12kVA AMP<br />

CUT<br />

415V<br />

32mm AUX 140<br />

20kVA AMP<br />

CUT<br />

12mm120<br />

AMP<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

315 415V170<br />

AMP AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

30<br />

AMP<br />

12<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

29 AMP<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

40 AM<br />

AMP 240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA 90<br />

35 AMP<br />

AMP 240V 200 AUX<br />

7kVA AMP<br />

55<br />

240V AMP AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

70 240V<br />

AMP 145 AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

400 140 560<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

320 AUX<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

AMP<br />

320<br />

000<br />

280 00% AMP<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

159


1<br />

WIRE FEEDERS<br />

TRANSMIG VA4000<br />

Part No. 706954<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm 415V<br />

AUX 150<br />

The Transmig VA4000 is a heavy duty, compact, 4 roll wire feeder designed for high duty cycle<br />

12kVA<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

welding environments. When used with the appropriate accessories the unit is capable of<br />

12mm 415V<br />

AUX 140 1<br />

20kVA<br />

running MIG wires up to 3.2mm in diameter. Key features include outstanding speed control<br />

AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

through built in load compensation, quick change feed rolls without tools, a rotatable feed<br />

120<br />

head to limit the bends in the gun cable and a welding gun with quick disconnect. Ground<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

–<br />

fault protection, electronic motor protection and an input circuit breaker 2 are<br />

415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE Vall designed 415V to 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

keep the unit running in tough conditions.<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT –<br />

AUX V V<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

400<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

SPARE PARTS & ACCESSORIES<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

10 240V<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

115 volt AC<br />

Tweco® Professional No.5 MIG torch,<br />

2 415 13 DC AC<br />

3.6 metre 717211<br />

DC<br />

20kVA<br />

DC<br />

12kVA<br />

DC DCPHASE<br />

V<br />

AUX 415V AUX OUTPUT300<br />

320 AUX<br />

Duty Cycle (40°C, 10mins) 500A@100%<br />

Tweco® + Professional –<br />

000<br />

No.5 +/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP AMP<br />

MIG torch, AC 4.5 metre 717212<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

Wire Spool Size<br />

15kg or 25kg<br />

Tweco® Professional No.4 MIG torch adaptor 8703942 415<br />

45 50 55<br />

315<br />

20kVA 70 9012kVA<br />

PHASE V 415V<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP<br />

Wire Diameter (Hard) 0.6 - 1.6mm<br />

Tweco® Professional No.5 MIG torch adaptor 870395<br />

(Cored) 1.2 - 3.2mm<br />

300<br />

1.2 metre interconnection 19 pin to 19 pin 706955<br />

AMP<br />

(Soft) 0.8 - 2.0mm<br />

DC DC DC 45DC<br />

50 55 70 90<br />

10 metre interconnection + – 19 pin to OCV 19 pin OCV<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

706956 OCV 00%<br />

AC<br />

OCV OCV<br />

Weight (without cable) 18.5kg<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

15 metre interconnection 19 pin to 19 pin 706957<br />

Power Source Dimensions (mm) 310 H x 335 W x 513 D<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/– AC 280<br />

AMP<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

FEATURES<br />

Hard wire: 0.6mm V Groove 375980-071<br />

Heavy duty 4 roll feeder assembly<br />

0.8/0.9mm V Groove 375980-050<br />

Gas solenoid operation<br />

0.9/1.2mm V Groove 375980-070<br />

Digital meters for wire speed, voltage (preset & actual) &<br />

arc current<br />

1.3/1.6mm V Groove 375980-052<br />

Feed force monitor display<br />

Soft wire: 0.9mm U Groove 375980-072<br />

Adjustable timing for pre-flow, post flow & burnback 1.2mm U Groove 375980-073<br />

Inch switch, purge switch, trigger latch switch & spot 1.6mm U Groove 375980-074<br />

timer control<br />

Flux cored: 0.8/0.9mm V Knurl 375980-050<br />

Tweco No. 5 torch connection<br />

1.2mm V Knurl 375980-083<br />

Adjustable run in and ramp up speeds to match power 1.3/1.6mm V Knurl 375980-057<br />

source start characteristics<br />

2.0mm V Knurl 375980-058<br />

Ground fault protection, electronic motor protection &<br />

input circuit breaker<br />

2.4mm V Knurl 375980-059<br />

Embedded micro processor<br />

2.8mm V Knurl 375980-060<br />

Compact, lightweight, excellent performance<br />

3.2mm V Knurl 375980-061<br />

3 year limited warranty*<br />

*Conditional warranty – refer to operating manual for<br />

full details.<br />

EURO<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

415V 10kVA<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

415V 12kVA<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

240V 8.5kVA<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

EURO<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

No4<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

CUT 25mm<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4.0mm<br />

40<br />

CUTAMP<br />

3.2mm<br />

35<br />

CUTAMP<br />

9.5mm<br />

55<br />

CUTAMP<br />

12.5mm<br />

70 CUT<br />

AMP<br />

19mm<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA 130<br />

CUTAMP<br />

25mm<br />

415V<br />

AUX 160<br />

8kVAMP<br />

CUT<br />

A<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

PROTECT YOUR EYES<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> Offer a complete range<br />

of Automatic Welding<br />

Helmets and Lenses.<br />

REFER TO SECTION 4 - SAFETY<br />

FOR FURTHER DETAIL.<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

160 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LF-33<br />

K14030-1W<br />

WIRE FEEDERS<br />

The LF33 is a wire feeder designed to withstand extreme environmental conditions. With this feeder 20 we focused<br />

on ruggedness, dimensions and ease of use. The result is an incredibly rugged, protective casing as standard<br />

completed with an undercarriage, for use under tough industrial conditions. The feeder is able to accept D300<br />

(15KG) and small D200 (5KG) wire spools, using solid or cored wire including Innershield. The LF 33 feeder is<br />

equipped with a rugged four-roll drive system. The wire guidance from the coil to gun tip is smooth and avoids<br />

any tangles, guaranteeing you trouble free feeding. The LF33 is equipped with 2/4-step, run-in, wire inch and<br />

gas purge. Two clear digital meters display the welding Voltage and Amperage. Designed to work with all Lincoln<br />

analogue power sources such as CV420, CV505, V350PRO, Invertec® STT II and others. Other features include quick<br />

connect water cooling connections, 10 or 15 metre interconnection cables either air or water cooled. Optional<br />

remote control pendent to give greater convenience to the operator.<br />

1<br />

20<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Small, rugged and easy to handle with bright digital volt<br />

and ammeter for improved control<br />

Electronic feedback system guarantees consistent wire feed<br />

speed<br />

Excellent Drive System with four large drive rolls and<br />

powerful motor<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

LF33<br />

Item number<br />

K14030-1W<br />

Input Voltage<br />

34-44 VAC<br />

WFS m/min 1-20<br />

Drive rolls 4<br />

Wire size (mm)<br />

Solid 0.8-1.6<br />

Cored 0.9-2.4<br />

Weight (kg) 17<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 440 x 270 x 636<br />

FEATURES<br />

Quick connect water cooling connections. Full enclosed wire<br />

spool cover and optional remote control pendant.<br />

Mobile. Built in under carriage<br />

3 year warranty. Full parts and labour.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

K10347-PG-10M Interconnection cables 10m- air cooled<br />

K10347-PG-15M Interconnection cables 15m- air cooled<br />

K10347-PGW-10M Interconnection cables 10m- water cooled<br />

K10347-PGW-15M Interconnection cables 15m- water cooled<br />

KP14017-1-0 Drive roll 0.8-1.0mm solid (2x required)<br />

KP14017-1-2 Drive roll 1.0-1.2mm solid (2x required)<br />

KP14017-1-6 Drive roll 1.2-1.6mm solid (2x required)<br />

KP14017-1-6A Drive roll 1.2-1.6mm Alum (2x required)<br />

KP14017-1-6R Drive roll1.2-1.6mm cored (2x required)<br />

K14034-1 Remote Control LF-33<br />

LF-37<br />

K10406<br />

The LF-37 is a portable wire feeders designed to withstand the extreme environmental conditions of shipyards 20<br />

and construction sites. The feeder is able to accept D300 (15 KG) wire spools, using solid or cored wire including<br />

Innershield. To support long cable packages we equipped these feeders with a gas flow meter on the inside.<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Cooling<br />

Air & water<br />

Input Power<br />

42 VAC<br />

WFS m/min 1.5-20<br />

Drive rolls 4<br />

Wire size (mm)<br />

Solid 0.6-1.6<br />

Cored 1.0-1.6<br />

Weight (kg) 16<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 356 x 188 x 534<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

K10353-1 Remote control<br />

Consult us<br />

Gas pressure regulator<br />

KP10344-xx<br />

Drive roll kit<br />

IM 1094 LF-37<br />

Operator Manual<br />

20 20<br />

3.6<br />

20<br />

LF-45<br />

K14072-1<br />

The LF 45 wire feed unit the welding set can support the MIG processes with synergic programs for 20Steel, Stainless<br />

Steel, Aluminium and Flux cored wires. Lift TIG and Stick functions are available as standard. Thanks to its user-friendly<br />

and clear user interface controls, operation could not be easier - This machine is designed with the operator in mind.<br />

20<br />

ADVANTAGE<br />

Superb Arc Characteristics in MIG, Stick and TIG Lift modes<br />

Excellent arc starting and stability constructed for general<br />

applications<br />

A variety of features for perfect welding<br />

Digital meters allow for presetting and readout of the actual<br />

parameters during welding<br />

8 procedures memory locations for storage of specific work<br />

settings<br />

Inverter technology reduces energy demand<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

K14096-1 Undercarriage<br />

K14067-1 Cool Arc® 45<br />

K10349-PG-10M Interconnection cable, gas cooled. 10m<br />

K10349-PG-15M Interconnection cable, gas cooled. 15m<br />

K10349-PGW-10M Interconnection cable, water cooled. 10m<br />

K10413-36-4M Lincoln Gun 360 4m<br />

K10413-42-5M Lincoln Gun 420G 5m<br />

K10413-410-4M Lincoln Gun 415W 4m<br />

K10413-500-5M Lincoln Gun 500W 5m<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

LF45<br />

Item Number K14072-1<br />

Wire size<br />

Drive rolls 4<br />

0.8-1.6 Solid<br />

0.9-2.4 Cored<br />

WFS (m/min) 0.75-22<br />

Weight (kg) 17<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 440 x 270 x 636<br />

Weld modes<br />

Stick, TIG, MIG<br />

Synergic:<br />

Fe, SS, Al, FCW<br />

Functions<br />

MIG: Burnback, Gas<br />

purge, Cold Inch, Crater,<br />

Pre & Post flow, Spot<br />

Timer, Run in. Others:<br />

Memory, Inductance, Arc<br />

Linc communications<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

161


WIRE FEEDERS<br />

1<br />

LF-72 and LF-74<br />

Wire Feeders<br />

LF-72<br />

LF-74<br />

2-Roll or 4-Roll Heavy Duty Industrial Feeders Designed for MIG and cored wire welding in job<br />

shop and manufacturing environments, the rugged LF-72 and LF-74 wire feeders are built to<br />

deliver reliable performance day after day.<br />

20<br />

20<br />

20<br />

FEATURES<br />

Patented MAXTRAC® heavy-duty cast aluminum wire drive<br />

system provides reliable feeding and durability.<br />

Brass-to-brass gun connections for better electrical<br />

conductivity that results in better arc performance.<br />

Totally tool-less drive rolls and wire guide installation. Two<br />

or four gear driven wire drive rolls slide on and off easily!<br />

Calibrated wire feed speed dial for precise and accurate<br />

settings.<br />

RECOMMENDED LINCOLN ELECTRIC POWER SOURCES<br />

Invertec® V350-PRO, Flextec V450-PRO, DC-400, DC-600<br />

RECOMMENDED COMPETITIVE POWER SOURCES (requires<br />

K2335-1 competitive adapter)<br />

Deltaweld(1), Dimension(1), XMT(1) and CP302(1) (1)<br />

Trademarks of the Miller Electric Manufacturing Company<br />

WHAT’S INCLUDED<br />

.035-.045 in. (0.9-1.2 mm) drive roll and wire guide kit.<br />

Select Units Include:<br />

10 ft. (3.0 m) control cable with 14-pin female connector.<br />

15 ft. (4.5 m) Magnum® 400 gun and cable assembly with<br />

.035-.045 in. (0.9 mm-1.2 mm) liner.<br />

Standard-Duty wire reel stand.<br />

Heavy-Duty wire reel stand.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name <strong>Product</strong> Number Input Power Output Capacity<br />

Current / Duty Cycle<br />

Wire Feed<br />

Speed Range<br />

ipm (m/min.)<br />

Wire Size Range In. (mm)<br />

Solid Cored<br />

H x W x D<br />

(mm)<br />

Net<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

LF-72 Bench Model Heavy Duty (w/o gun) K2327-7 24-42 VAC 500 Amps @ 60% 50-800 .023-1/16 .030-5/64 389 x 330 x 704 31<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

(1.3-20.3) (0.6-1.6) (0.8-2.0)<br />

LF-74 Bench Model Heavy Duty K2426-5<br />

9 Amps<br />

600 Amps @ 60% 389 x 330 x 704 29<br />

LN-8<br />

K297<br />

The LN-8 semi-automatic wire feeder is designed for heavy-duty application for Fluxcored,<br />

MIG and Submerged arc welding. This wire feeder provides dependable, interruptionfree<br />

performance, rugged and reliable operation, which makes the LN-8 the first choice<br />

of contractors for on-site construction, hardfacing, and repair work on large earthmoving<br />

and mining equipment. Amperage and voltage outputs are all controlled at the wire feeder,<br />

eliminates the need for the operator to return to the power source to adjust procedures.<br />

20<br />

20<br />

shown with optional<br />

wire reel stand<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

1.3-15.2m/min<br />

Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: 0.8-2.4<br />

Alum: 0.9-1.6<br />

Cored: 1.2-3.0<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 277 x 248 x 244<br />

Net Weight (kg) 16.2<br />

Features<br />

Heavy-duty feed motor for up to 3.0mm dia. wires<br />

Control of wire feed speed and voltage from the wire<br />

feeder<br />

Solid state control compensates for wire drag and input<br />

line variations to maintain accurate wire feed speed<br />

Dynamic braking system stops wire feed motor quickly to<br />

minimise crater sticking problems<br />

Low voltage (24 volt) gun trigger circuit<br />

3 year warranty<br />

Required Options<br />

Magnum or Innershield Welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control<br />

Cable, Drive Roller Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand<br />

Recommended Options<br />

Volt/Amp Meter Kit, GMA Timer Kit, Gas Solenoid Kit,<br />

Swivel Platform, Undercarriage, Squirtmobile, Flux Tank<br />

Assembly<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

CV-500I, DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, Vantage 580<br />

Ordering Information<br />

K297<br />

Literature E8.30<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

162 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WIRE FEEDERS<br />

LN-9<br />

K357-1<br />

The LN-9 semi-automatic wire feeder is designed for heavy-duty application for Flux-cored,<br />

MIG and Submerged arc welding. A quality conscious concept in semi-automatic welding,<br />

when used with an appropriate Lincoln CV power source, takes the guesswork from procedure<br />

setting and procedure control. Designed to achieve higher quality control. The arc voltage and<br />

wire feed speed can be preset on a digital meter before the arc is struck. Once set, wire feed<br />

speed and voltage will remain constant regardless of input voltage variation, feeding force,<br />

loading of the power source, ambient temperature changes or a voltage drop in the electrode<br />

circuit. For strict QA applications the LN-9 will automatically stop welding should an out of<br />

range voltage condition occur.<br />

1<br />

20<br />

20<br />

shown with optional<br />

wire reel stand<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

1.3-15.2m/min<br />

Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: 0.8-2.4<br />

Alum: 0.9-2.4<br />

Cored: 0.9-3.0<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 277 X 248 X 244<br />

Net Weight (kg) 16<br />

Features<br />

Heavy-duty feed motor for up to 3.0mm dia. wires<br />

Control of wire feed speed and voltage from the wire<br />

feeder<br />

Weld up to 120m from the power source<br />

Digital volt/amp meter, presettable<br />

Rated up to 600 amps<br />

3 year warranty<br />

Required options<br />

Magnum or Innershield welding Gun, Wire Feeder Control<br />

Cable, Drive Roller Kit, Universal Wire Reel Stand<br />

Recommended options<br />

GMA Timer Kit, Gas Solenoid Kit, Swivel Platform,<br />

Undercarriage<br />

Dual Procedure Kit, Squirtmobile, Flux Tank Assembly<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

CV-500I, DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, SAM, Vantage 575<br />

Ordering information<br />

K357-1<br />

Literature E8.30<br />

POWER FEED 25M<br />

K2536-5<br />

The Power Feed 25M is a wire feeder designed for the Power Wave® 455M, S350 or 455M/STT power sources. A fully<br />

20<br />

enclosed suitcase style case unit with all the controls conveniently located on the wire feeder giving the operator<br />

full control of all processes. Features the patented MAXTRAC® 2 roll wire drive system, MSP4 mode select panel, dual<br />

procedure and memory panel, built-in gas flowmeter, push-pull ready when used with the Python® Plus gun. The<br />

standard 60 waveform programs gives you the flexibility to tackle all welding applications in general/heavy fabrication,<br />

aluminium fabrication, high-alloy constructions and pipeline welding environments, with specific waveforms to deliver<br />

the optimum welding arc for each specific consumable. The Power Feed 25M offers a portable go anywhere solution.<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

2.5-20.5m/min<br />

Wire Size (mm) Solid: 0.6 -1.6<br />

Alum: 0.9 -1.6<br />

Cored: 0.8 - 2.4<br />

Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 368 x 216 x 597<br />

Net Weight (kg) 15.9<br />

Features<br />

All welding controls are located on the Power FeedTM 25M<br />

Push-Pull capability standard (Python® Plus gun)<br />

Digital Volt/Amp meters<br />

MAXTRAC® split guide drive system<br />

Dual Procedure and Memory panel<br />

Internal heating - protects wire from condensation<br />

Light weight and portable<br />

Three year parts and labour warranty<br />

Required Options<br />

MagnumTM gun, Drive roll kit, Wire feeder control cables<br />

Recommended Options<br />

Remote control, Coaxial weld cables<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, Synergic MIG, Pulsed, STT®, Flux-Cored, MMAW, TIG, Gouging<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

Power Wave® 405M,<br />

Power Wave® 455M/STT<br />

Power Wave® S350<br />

Ordering Information<br />

K2536-5<br />

Literature E8.271<br />

20<br />

POWER FEED 10M DUAL K2234-1<br />

Bench model<br />

Double your waveform productivity! The Power Feed 10 Dual semi-automatic wire feeder, revolutionary for its ease of use<br />

20<br />

and flexibility is also high on productivity. Dual reels reduce the need for changeover, allowing you to fully maximize the<br />

capabilities of the Power Wave 455/ STT power source. The Power Feed 10’s design allows the control box to be placed<br />

anywhere--near the work piece or on top of the power source.<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

1.2-30.5m/min<br />

Wire Size (mm) Solid: 0.6-2.4<br />

Alum: 0.9-2.4<br />

Cored: 0.8-3.0<br />

Dimensions (mm) HxWxD 508 x 584 x 864<br />

Net Weight (kg) 48<br />

Features<br />

Split wire guide, 4 driven roll system<br />

Quick change from STT Pipe root runs to FCAW capping runs<br />

Easily upgraded control panels<br />

Tachometer feedback for precise wire feeding<br />

Digital volt and WFS meters<br />

Three year parts and labour warranty<br />

Required Options<br />

Magnum Welding Gun, Drive Roll Kit, Wire Feeder Control Cable<br />

Recommended Options<br />

Dual Procedure with Memory, Pulse Welding Panel, STT panel,<br />

Caster Kit, Insulated Lift Bail<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, Pulse MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, STT.<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

Power Wave® 405M, Power Wave® 455M/STT<br />

Ordering Information<br />

K2234-1 Bench model<br />

Literature E8.266<br />

20<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

163


1<br />

WIRE FEEDERS<br />

LN-25 PRO<br />

K2614-1<br />

K2613-5A1<br />

K2613-5A2<br />

Built upon the tradition and success of the LN-25, the new LN-25 PRO is designed to<br />

be simple, reliable and easy to service. The LN-25 PRO is ideal for field construction and<br />

fabrication, shipyards, and rental companies. The MAXTRAC® wire drive enhances performance,<br />

while the replacement case–and many other upgrade options– can be installed in less than<br />

five minutes. The LN-25 PRO Dual Power model features a voltage control knob for superior<br />

arc control, digital meters for increased monitoring, MIG-STT® capability, and can be powered<br />

with either a control cable or across the arc.<br />

20<br />

Features<br />

• Performance – All Models<br />

− 2-Step/trigger interlock provides comfort for long welds.<br />

− Sturdier and rugged spindle design with an incorporated<br />

brake.<br />

• Performance – Standard and Extra Torque Models<br />

− Analog Voltmeter with polarity indicator LED<br />

automatically adjusts to welding polarity.<br />

− Non-linear wire feed speed gives single range control, yet<br />

maintains sensitivity with low wire feed speed.<br />

• Performance – Dual Power Model<br />

− Digital meters for increased monitoring.<br />

− Display shows wire feed speed or amperage and welding<br />

voltage.<br />

• Reliability<br />

− Lightweight, impact and flame resistant polycarbonate<br />

case design keeps the internal components protected.<br />

− Potted and trayed PC board protects against moisture<br />

and corrosion.<br />

− Reel locking mechanism eliminates spindle cross<br />

threading.<br />

• Serviceability<br />

− Case can be replaced in less than 5 minutes - eliminates<br />

downtime.<br />

− Timer kit available to prevent the electrode from sticking<br />

in the crater when using high wire feed speeds.<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, MIG-STT®, Pulsed, Flux-Cored<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name LN-25 PRO C/W K126 Pro Gun LN-25 PRO C/W Magnum 400 Gun LN-25 PRO Dual Power<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K2613-5A1 K2613-5A2 K2614-6<br />

Input Power 15-110 VDC 15-110 VDC 15-110 VDC or 24-42 VAC<br />

Output Capacity Current/Duty Cycle 325A/100% 325A/100% 325A/100%<br />

450A/60% 450A/60% 450A/60%<br />

Gas Solenoid & Flow Meter Yes Yes Yes<br />

Wire Feed Speed Range ipm (m/min) 50-700 (1.3-17.7) 50-700 (1.3-17.7) 50-700 (1.3-17.7)<br />

Solid 0.023-1/16 (0.6-1.6) 0.023-1/16 (0.6-1.6) 0.023-1/16 (0.6-1.6)<br />

Wire Size Range in. (mm)<br />

Cored .030-5/64 (0.8-2.0) .030-5/64 (0.8-2.0) 0.030-5/64 (0.8-2.0)<br />

Aluminum .035-1/16 (0.9-1.6) .035-1/16 (0.9-1.6) 0.035-1/16 (0.9-1.6)<br />

Dimensions HxWxD (mm) 381 x 221 x 589 381 x 221 x 589 381 x 221 x 589<br />

Net Weight (kg) 16 16 16<br />

NA-5<br />

Improve productivity with the NA-5 automatic wire feeder. This system has been specially designed to deposit<br />

more weld metal at faster travel speeds which helps eliminate bottlenecks and reduces costs. Used for heavy duty<br />

fabrication, pipe mills and assembly line production, this unit features solid state controls for precise control of<br />

welding procedures – even to the most exacting requirements.<br />

20<br />

20<br />

Name<br />

NA-5<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

0.6-16.5m/min<br />

Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: 0.9-5.6<br />

Cored: 1.2-4.0<br />

Features<br />

Solid state controls allow for precise control of welding procedures,<br />

striking characteristics, as well as bead size and shape<br />

Easily adjusted for a wide range of processes, feed speeds, and wire<br />

sizes<br />

Compact units with excellent flexibility to fit into simple fixtures or<br />

the most complex automated production lines<br />

Rugged construction minimises downtime and maintenance costs<br />

Recommended Options<br />

Input Cable Assemblies, Wire Contact Assemblies, Gas Solenoid,<br />

TC-3 Travel Carriage, Vertical Adjuster, Horizontal Adjuster, Wire<br />

Reel Assembly.<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

DC-400, DC-600, DC-1000, DC-1500, CV-500I<br />

Processes<br />

MIG, FCAW, FCAW-SS, SAW<br />

Literature E9.10<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

shown with optional<br />

accessories fitted<br />

164 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WIRE FEEDERS<br />

LT-7 TRACTOR<br />

K395-1 Track Model<br />

The LT-7 is a self-propelled mechanised DC wire feeder for submerged arc welding. The unit has proven invaluable in<br />

heavy fabrication industries, ship building and storage tank construction because of its speed and ease of use. The<br />

LT-7 is perfect anywhere that long welds in the flat and horizontal position are required. The unit may be used with<br />

or without a track and its lightweight size offers quick movement to the next joint. See how easy it is for yourself!<br />

Shown with optional<br />

track section<br />

Wire Size Range (mm) Solid: 2.4-4.8<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 698 x 838 x 356<br />

Net Weight (kg) 54<br />

Features<br />

Solid state controls precisely regulate procedures for reliable<br />

starting and economical welding to exacting requirements<br />

Automatic compensation for input voltage and tractor loading<br />

variations, minimises wire feed and tractor speed changes while<br />

welding<br />

Close mechanical alignment between wire and joint maximizes<br />

weld quality<br />

Exceptional tracking control and self-steering in most applications<br />

CC or CV operation<br />

Rated for up to 1000 amp applications<br />

Recommended Options<br />

Track Section, Input Cable Assemblies, Contact Nozzles, Fillet/Lap/<br />

Butt Weld Adaptors<br />

Suggested Power Sources<br />

DC-600, DC-1000, DC-1500<br />

Vantage 580<br />

Processes<br />

SAW<br />

Ordering Information<br />

K395<br />

Track Model<br />

Literature E9.70<br />

1<br />

20<br />

20<br />

CRUISER® TRACTOR<br />

K3048-1<br />

Submerged Arc Welding Tractor.<br />

The self propelled, modular Cruiser® travel carriage, used with the Power Wave® AC/DC 1000® SD power source, 20<br />

can deliver deposition rates up to 30 lbs (13.61 kg) per arc, per hour for butt and fillet joints on lengthy plate<br />

welding applications common in bridge or barge decking, large tank fabrication or shipbuilding.<br />

20<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K3048-1 Cruiser® Tractor<br />

Processes<br />

Submerged Arc<br />

Input Power<br />

40 VDC<br />

Rated Output 1000A at 100% Duty Cycle<br />

Travel Speed 10 - 100 (0.25 - 2.5) in/min (m/min)<br />

Gearing Standard: 142:1<br />

Optional: 95:1, 57:1<br />

Solid Wire Size Range 57:1 – 1/16 – 3/32 (1.6 – 2.4)<br />

95:1 – 1/16 – 3/32 (1.6 – 2.4)<br />

142:1 – 1/16 – 7/32 (1.6 – 5.6)<br />

Wire Speed Range<br />

IPM (m/min) 57:1 – 50 - 500 (1.3 – 12.5)<br />

95:1 – 15 – 300 (0.4 – 7.5)<br />

142:1 – 15 – 200 (0.4 – 5.0)<br />

Dimensions (H x W x D) 736 x 548 x 914mm<br />

Net Weight<br />

84 kg<br />

Conduit Tubing – 5 feet (1.5 m)<br />

5/32 in. (4.0 mm ) 600 Amp Contact Nozzle Assembly<br />

5/32 in. Contact Tip<br />

Nozzle Extension – 5 in. (127 mm)<br />

Curved Nozzle Extension 45°<br />

Nozzle Extension Insulator<br />

Flux Tubing<br />

Flux Hose Clamps<br />

Wire Reel Assembly<br />

Wheels for Track Operation<br />

Cross Slide Assembly<br />

Front and Rear Outriggers<br />

Butt/Fillet/Lap Joint Tracker<br />

Note: Control cable not included.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Reliable Operation – Strong, rigid and stiff especially where you<br />

need it most.<br />

Advanced Control Pendant – Removable, lightweight, impact<br />

resistant aluminum user interface can be used to save procedures,<br />

apply limits and lockouts for any or all controls.<br />

Common Expendable Parts – All drive rolls, nozzles, contact tips and wire<br />

straighteners are shared with the MAXsa submerged arc wire drives.<br />

Multiple Configurations – Flexible system allows set up with or<br />

without a track and three or four wheel operation.<br />

INCLUSIONS<br />

Did You Know? CV – VV – CC?<br />

Often welding equipment, accessories, people and brochures refer to terms<br />

such as CV, VV or CC. So what does it all mean?<br />

CV — CV is Constant Voltage and refers to a welding power source that is designed to deliver a constant<br />

voltage specifically for MIG welding or any other form of welding with wire. Typically these machines allow<br />

adjustment of the voltage on the machine with the speed of the wire determining the amperage.<br />

VV / CC — VV is Variable Voltage and refers to a welding power source that is designed to deliver a<br />

constant welding current or variable voltage specifically for Stick or MMAW welding. This is often referred<br />

to as CC or Constant Current and is the same as VV. Typically these machines allow adjustment of the<br />

current on the machine with the Open Circuit Voltage being of a set value.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

165


PLASMA<br />

1<br />

CUTSKILL 35A PLASMA INVERTER CUTTING SYSTEM<br />

1-1601-4<br />

The CutSkill 35A Plasma Cutting System is designed specifically for the handyman/<br />

tradesman that requires high quality cutting performance at an affordable price. This<br />

single phase inverter based power source can easily and accurately cut through a range<br />

of materials including mild/stainless and aluminium. Ideal for applications including car<br />

panels, light maintenance/ fabrication and for use in the home workshop.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Fan Cooled for improved duty cycle and welding<br />

performance<br />

Over Temperature Cut Out protection has been fitted to<br />

this power source<br />

240 Volt, 15 Amp Supply Lead fitted to power source*<br />

Maximum Cut 10mm Power source is suitable for<br />

producing cuts up to 10mm thickness (mild steel) with<br />

little or no dross.<br />

Pilot Arc This system is fitted with a pilot arc, a system that<br />

provides superior arc starting performance*<br />

Australian Standards Compliance This power source<br />

complies to the relevant Australian Standard, AS 60974.1-<br />

2006*<br />

CUT<br />

1 Year Warranty This equipment is manufactured to<br />

stringent Thermadyne quality standards and is backed by a<br />

conditional One Year warranty*<br />

* Refer to operating manual for details<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

4.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

12<br />

AMP<br />

29<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

CUTMASTER® 10 mm<br />

CUTMASTER® 12 mm<br />

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Input Voltage<br />

240 Volts, +/– 15% (15A plug)<br />

Input Frequency<br />

50 Hz<br />

Generator Requirement 10 kVA<br />

Output Range<br />

15 – 35 amps<br />

Rated Output @ Duty Cycle 35A@ 30%<br />

Dimensions (HxWxD)<br />

280H x 133W x 419Dmm<br />

Weight (Power Source)<br />

11.8 kg<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Part No:<br />

CutSkill 35A Plasma Inverter system 1-1601-4<br />

Part No. 1-4730-6<br />

10<br />

415V 240V<br />

CUT13<br />

CUT DC40<br />

30 AC 240<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AUX AUX12.5mm<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AUX V<br />

16mm<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

The Cutmaster 10mm manual plasma is an inverter based system<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

cutting and beveling performance on materials up to 10mm thick. 20kVA The system 12kVAalso PHASE incorporates V features 415V such –<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

H F<br />

415V specifically 240V 240V<br />

CUT<br />

designed<br />

2<br />

to 35 provide<br />

415 240V excellent<br />

CUT CUT<br />

as autopilot re-start, power factor correction and the industry renowned 415V SL60 240V 1Torch® for superior 55 60 durability<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

and consumable life. These features combined with a three year No5 limited 45 warranty 50 55 make 70 this 90 the ideal unit for<br />

OCV415V<br />

sheetmetal cutting applications, auto body repairs and light fabrication. AUX<br />

OCV 240V<br />

AUX<br />

240V OCV<br />

AUX<br />

CUT OCV 70 OCV 80<br />

AMP AMP<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm<br />

PART NO. 1-4730-6<br />

415V<br />

Dimensions DC (mm) DC DC CUT DC 130 90<br />

+ – +/– L 490 AC x W 175 x 000 20kVA<br />

AMP H AMP 300 00%<br />

12mm<br />

Part No. 1-4200-6<br />

10 13<br />

CUT CUT DC 40 AC30<br />

240<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm<br />

AUX 12.5mm OUTPUT 315 AMP AUXAMP<br />

V<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

The Cutmaster 12mm manual plasma is an inverter based system specifically designed to provide 35<br />

415V 415V240V240V<br />

excellent<br />

19mm<br />

2 415 300 240V<br />

cutting and beveling performance on materials up to 12mm thick. 20kVA The system 12kVAalso PHASE incorporates V features 415V such –<br />

EURO No4<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

7kVA<br />

AMP<br />

H F<br />

CUT CUT<br />

as autopilot re-start, power factor correction and the industry renowned 415V SL60 240V 1Torch® for superior 55<br />

310 durability 60<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

and consumable life. These features combined with a three year limited No5 45 warranty 50 55 make 70 this 90 the ideal unit for<br />

OCV<br />

sheetmetal cutting applications, auto body repairs and light fabrication.<br />

415V OCV<br />

AUX<br />

240V OCV<br />

AUX<br />

240V OCV<br />

AUX<br />

CUTOCV<br />

280 70 80<br />

AMP AMP<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA AMP<br />

32mm<br />

PART NO. 1-4200-6<br />

415V<br />

Dimensions DC (mm) DC DC DC CUT<br />

+ – +/– L 490 AC x W 175 x 000<br />

130 20kVA 90<br />

H AMP 300 AMP 00%<br />

12mm<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Genuine 12mm<br />

Weight (power source) 14 kg 160 200 250<br />

Severance 15mm<br />

AMP AMP<br />

TORCH<br />

45 AMP 50 55<br />

Pierce 6mm<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

Model<br />

SL60 1Torch® (hand) 150<br />

Output Current<br />

20-40 Amps, Adjustable –<br />

AMP<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

Input Power<br />

240V, 1 Phase, 50/60 Hz, 15 Amps<br />

DC DC DC<br />

140 + 145 165 – +/–<br />

Gas<br />

Air<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

Min Recommended Generator 5kVA<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AUX<br />

Gas<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

Pressure<br />

AUX<br />

65<br />

V V<br />

psi (4.6 bar)<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

3m with 15 Amp Plug<br />

120<br />

Gas flow<br />

5 cfm (142 pm) AMP<br />

Work Cable 6.1m<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

20kVA 12kVAPilot<br />

PHASE V 415V Start Cartridge<br />

Duty Cycle 40A @ 40%<br />

300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Control<br />

Hand Torch Switch<br />

–<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT EURO<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

40<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70 80<br />

AMP AMP<br />

130 90 No4<br />

AMP AMP<br />

160 200<br />

AMP No5AMP<br />

300 170<br />

CUT AMP CUT AMP<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

10 13 DC<br />

CUT<br />

AUX<br />

12<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

3.2mm AMP 400 560<br />

AMP AMP<br />

CUT CUT 240V 29<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm 2 AMP 320 415<br />

12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

CUT CUT<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Genuine 10mm<br />

Weight (power source) 14 kg<br />

40 30<br />

160 415V 200 250 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP<br />

Severance 12mm<br />

315 AMP<br />

AMP 5kVA<br />

AMP<br />

TORCH<br />

45AMP<br />

4kVA 50 55 70AMP<br />

90<br />

Pierce 5mm<br />

OCV OCV OCV CUT OCV 35 OCV<br />

Model<br />

SL60 1Torch® 150 (hand) 415V 240V<br />

19mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP 300<br />

Output Current<br />

20-30 Amps, Adjustable –<br />

AMP<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

AMP<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

Input Power<br />

240V, 1 Phase, 50/60 Hz, 10 Amps<br />

DC DCCUT<br />

DC DC<br />

CUT<br />

140 145 415V 240V<br />

AUX + 165AUX<br />

– +/– 55<br />

25mm 310 AC 60<br />

38mm<br />

Gas<br />

Air<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

AMP 12kVA AMP<br />

AMP<br />

10kVA<br />

Min Recommended Generator 3.8kVA<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

AMP<br />

No5<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

Gas Pressure<br />

AUX V V<br />

65 psi (4.6 bar)<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

3m with 10 Amp Plug<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT<br />

120<br />

70<br />

AUX AUX<br />

280 80<br />

AUX<br />

Gas flow<br />

5 cfm (142 pm) 20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

Work Cable 6.1m 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

Pilot<br />

Start Cartridge<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

EURO No4<br />

Duty Cycle 30A @ 40%<br />

300 170<br />

AMP AMP<br />

AMP CUT CUTAMP<br />

12mm<br />

Control<br />

Hand 4.8mmTorch 4.0mmSwitch<br />

160 200<br />

CUT<br />

AMP No5AMP<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

12<br />

3.2mm 400<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP 560 1000<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

150<br />

–<br />

CUT CUT 29 2200<br />

AMP<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320 AMP<br />

AMP<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

140 145<br />

AMP AMP<br />

45<br />

OCV<br />

50<br />

OCV<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

DC +<br />

DC –<br />

DC<br />

+/–<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

CUT<br />

4.8mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

000 00%<br />

CUT<br />

4.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

12<br />

AMP<br />

29<br />

AMP<br />

400<br />

AMP<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

1000<br />

AMP<br />

2200<br />

AMP<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

320<br />

PHASE<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

70AMP<br />

OCV<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

310 AC<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

30<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

400 560<br />

AMP AMP<br />

2 415<br />

V<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

Copyright. Produced Produced with with the permission the of CIGWELD of CIGWELD<br />

166 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP


CUTMASTER® 20 mm<br />

CUTMASTER® 25 mm<br />

CUTMASTER® 35 mm<br />

CUT<br />

40 30<br />

PLASMA<br />

CUT<br />

10 13 DC<br />

CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 AC 60 240 415<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT AMP AUX AMP<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

V V<br />

Part No. 1-1130-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

No5<br />

120<br />

The Cutmaster 20mm manual plasma system is designed to provide excellent 415V 240V cutting 240V and CUT beveling 70<br />

AMP<br />

performance<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V 80<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

20kVA 12kVA 28.5kVA<br />

415 32mm AMP AMP<br />

on materials up to 20mm thick. This inverter based design 20kVA operates 12kVA from PHASE a 415V Vthree phase 415V supply –<br />

300 and 170<br />

CUT 130 90 AMP<br />

AMP<br />

incorporates features such as auto-pilot re-start, True Guard roll bar and the industry renowned AMP SL60 AMP 1Torch®<br />

12mm<br />

CUT CUT<br />

for superior durability and consumable life. The unit can also 45 be used for medium duty gouging applications<br />

10 13 DC<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

50 55 70 90 160 200 250<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

400<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV AMP AMP AMP<br />

when fitted with the correct torch consumables. These features combined with a three year limited warranty CUT 12 AMP<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

make this the ideal unit for and fabrication, construction and maintenance applications. 150 415V 240V 2<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320415<br />

–<br />

+ –<br />

000 AMP 20kVA 12kVA<br />

+/–<br />

00% CUT CUTPHASE<br />

29 V<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

PART NO.<br />

1-1130-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

Dimensions (mm)<br />

L 615m x W 140 315mm 145x H 165 385mm<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

1-1130-3 – Asia only 13 DC AC 415<br />

315<br />

CUT CUT 40<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Output Current<br />

Input Power<br />

Min Recommended Generator<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

Work Cable 6.1m<br />

Duty Cycle 60A @ 40%<br />

10 13 CUT DC 130 90AC<br />

240 415<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT AMP AMP AUX V V<br />

12mm<br />

Part No. 1-1730-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

120<br />

160 200 250<br />

AMP<br />

The Cutmaster 35mm manual plasma is a high duty cycle, inverter 415V based 240V system specifically AMP AMP designed 240VAMP<br />

2 415<br />

for heavy<br />

duty applications requiring superior cutting performance. The 20kVA unit is specifically 12kVA PHASE designed V 415V to serve the – 35mm 300 170<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

market with a high duty cycle of 80% – in a 40°C ambient environment. Operating from AMP a 415V three phase<br />

supply, the design incorporates features such as auto-pilot re-start, True Guard roll bar and the heavy duty<br />

10<br />

SL100 13 DC<br />

45 50 55 70 140 90 145 165<br />

AUX AUX 400OUTPUT<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV AMP AMP AMP<br />

1Torch® for superior performance. The unit 10can 13 also be DC used for AC heavy duty 240 gouging 415 applications when fitted<br />

AMP<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

with the correct torch consumables. These features combined with a three year limited warranty 415Vmake this 240Vthe<br />

DC DC DC DC 120<br />

2 320415<br />

ideal unit for and heavy duty fabrication, construction and mining + applications. –<br />

AMP 000 20kVA<br />

+/–<br />

00% 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

AC<br />

2 415<br />

PART NO.<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Output Current<br />

Input Power<br />

Min Recommended Generator<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

Work Cable 6.1m<br />

Duty Cycle 100A @ 80%<br />

Weight (power source) 240 19.5 kg 45 50 55<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V 415V 240V<br />

AUXOCV<br />

AUX OCV16mm<br />

OCV<br />

Genuine 20mm<br />

5kVA<br />

TORCH<br />

120 4kVA<br />

Maximum 25mm<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

Severance 32mm 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2Model<br />

415<br />

CUT SL60 CUT 1Torch® 415V (hand) 240V<br />

AUX<br />

Pierce 12mm<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm<br />

DC DC DC<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 4.8mm3004.0mm<br />

170 +<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

7kVA – +/–<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

CUT 415V 12<br />

CUT CUT<br />

240V<br />

20 – 60 Amps, Adjustable<br />

AUX AUX<br />

25mm<br />

Gas<br />

Air 3.2mm<br />

38mm<br />

12kVA<br />

AMP<br />

10kVA<br />

415V, 3 Phase, 4550/60 Hz, 5016 Amps 55 70 90<br />

No5<br />

Gas Pressure<br />

65 psi (4.6 bar) 400 560 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 29AMP<br />

AMP 240V 240V AMP CUT<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP AUX AUX AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

Gas flow<br />

5.8 cfm (165 20kVA lpm) 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm<br />

2200<br />

2m without Plug DC DC DC<br />

+ –<br />

Pilot<br />

DC<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

000 Start Cartridge<br />

CUT<br />

+/–<br />

00% CUT CUT 40AMP<br />

30<br />

AC<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

12mm<br />

Control 5kVA 4kVA Hand Torch Switch<br />

CUT 35 315<br />

415V10<br />

240V13240V<br />

DC CUT 70AMP<br />

AC 80<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

240 415<br />

20kVA<br />

AUX 12kVAAUX8.5kVA<br />

OUTPUT 32mm AMP AUX AMP V V<br />

Part No. 1-1330-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

280<br />

CUT 130 AMP 90<br />

The Cutmaster 25mm manual plasma system is the big brother 415V to the 20mm 240V and is specifically AMP 240V designed AMP to serve<br />

12mm<br />

2 415<br />

the 25mm cutting market whilst maintaining maximum portability. 20kVA Operating 12kVA PHASE from a 415V V 415V three phase –<br />

160 200 250 supply, 300<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

the inverter based design incorporates features such as auto-pilot re-start, True Guard roll bar and the industry<br />

renowned SL60 1Torch® for superior durability and consumable life. The unit can also be used for gouging<br />

10 13<br />

–<br />

applications when fitted with the correct torch consumables. The unit is covered by a three year limited warranty<br />

and is ideal for heavier fabrication, construction and maintenance applications.<br />

PART NO.<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Output Current<br />

Input Power<br />

Min Recommended Generator<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

Work Cable 6.1m<br />

Duty Cycle 80A @ 40%<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

1-1330-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

1-1330-3 –<br />

415V<br />

Asia only 240V<br />

Genuine 25mm 20kVA 12kVA<br />

Maximum 30mm<br />

Severance 38mm<br />

Pierce 15mm 45 50 55<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

20 – 80 Amps, Adjustable<br />

415V, 3 Phase, DC50/60 DC Hz, 20 Amps DC<br />

15kVA + – +/–<br />

2m without Plug<br />

EURO<br />

EURO<br />

EURO<br />

415V 240V<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE<br />

1-1730-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

1-1730-3 – Asia only<br />

45 50 55 70<br />

Genuine OCV35mm<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

Maximum 40mm<br />

Severance 45mm<br />

Pierce<br />

DC DC<br />

20mm<br />

DC DC<br />

+ – +/– AC<br />

25 -100 Amps, Adjustable<br />

415V, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hz, 26Amps<br />

15kVA<br />

2m without plug<br />

No4<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V –<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

CUT CUT<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

No5<br />

CUT<br />

3.2mm<br />

CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

CUT<br />

12.5mm<br />

V 415V 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

Dimensions (mm) L 775 x W 31545x H 385 50 55<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

Weight 90 (power source) 28.1 kg<br />

400 560 1000<br />

OCV<br />

TORCH<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

DC DC<br />

Model<br />

SL100 1Torch® +<br />

(hand) 2200 –<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

000 00%<br />

AMP<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

DC<br />

+/–<br />

Gas<br />

Air 315<br />

AMP<br />

Gas Pressure<br />

70 psi (4.8 bar)<br />

Gas flow<br />

7.5 cfm 300(212 lpm)<br />

AMP<br />

Pilot<br />

Start Cartridge<br />

310<br />

Control<br />

Hand AMP Torch Switch<br />

CUT<br />

19mm<br />

1<br />

45 50 55 70 90 150<br />

CUT<br />

AUX CUTAUX<br />

400OUTPUT<br />

560 1000 AUX<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV AMP<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

CUT<br />

140<br />

12<br />

415V 145 165240V<br />

2200 240V<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2 320415<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

DC + –<br />

AC 240 415 000 20kVA<br />

+/–<br />

00% 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

AMP<br />

OUTPUT<br />

AUX V AC V<br />

CUT CUT 29<br />

Dimensions (mm)<br />

L 615 x W 315 120x H 385mm 11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

Weight (power source) 240V<br />

2 415<br />

19.5 kg 45 50 55 70 AMP 90<br />

OCV OCVCUT<br />

OCV CUT OCV40<br />

OCV 30<br />

PHASE V 415V 300 415V 170 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

CUT CUTAMP<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

TORCH<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

AMP<br />

DC DC DC CUT DC35<br />

CUT 12 415V 240V<br />

AUX<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

AUX<br />

19mm<br />

Model<br />

SL60 1Torch® AMP<br />

3.2mm<br />

+ (hand) –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

0<br />

70 90<br />

400<br />

AMP 560 1000<br />

AC 310<br />

OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

AMP<br />

H F<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

CUT CUT<br />

CUT CUT 29 415V 240V<br />

55 60<br />

AUX AUX 2200 38mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

Gas<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm Air AMP<br />

280<br />

DC<br />

12kVA 320 10kVA AMP<br />

000 AMP<br />

00%<br />

No5 AMP<br />

415V 2<br />

AUX<br />

Gas ACPressure<br />

60 psi 415V 240V 240V CUT 70 80 5kVA 4<br />

CUT CUT 40<br />

(4.8<br />

30<br />

bar)<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

415V 240V<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm AMP AMP<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm<br />

Gas flow<br />

8.2 cfm<br />

AMP<br />

(212<br />

AMP 315 lpm)<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

415V 2<br />

AMP<br />

AUX<br />

CUT 130 90<br />

CUT<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7<br />

Pilot<br />

Start 35 Cartridge<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

19mm<br />

12mm<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP 300<br />

Control<br />

415V 2<br />

No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

Hand Torch AMP Switch<br />

160 200 AUX<br />

H F<br />

12kVA 250 1<br />

CUT CUT<br />

AMP No5<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 240V<br />

55 60 310<br />

AUX AUX 38mm 25mm AMP AMP<br />

415V 2<br />

12kVA 10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

AUX<br />

No5<br />

150<br />

20kVA 1<br />

–<br />

AMP<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT 70<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

280<br />

20kVA 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm AMP<br />

AMP<br />

140 145 165<br />

AMP AMP AMP<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V –<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V 12<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA AMP<br />

29<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

35<br />

AMP<br />

AMP AMP<br />

300<br />

55AMP<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

H<br />

H<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

F<br />

F<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

EURO<br />

12mm<br />

12.5mm<br />

EURO<br />

AMP<br />

70 80<br />

AMP AMP<br />

130No4<br />

90<br />

AMP AMP<br />

160 200<br />

AMPNo5<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

415V 2<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA 250 1<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA 1<br />

AC<br />

1000<br />

AUX<br />

AMP<br />

2200 240V<br />

AMP 415V<br />

70AMP<br />

90 30<br />

OCV AMP OCV AMP<br />

300<br />

35 AMP<br />

DCAMP<br />

000 0<br />

AC 310<br />

H F<br />

55 AMP 60<br />

AMP AMP<br />

280 415V 2<br />

AUX<br />

AMP<br />

70 80 5kVA 4<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 2<br />

AUX<br />

130 90<br />

No4<br />

8kVA 7<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 2<br />

160 200 AUX<br />

12kVA 250 1<br />

AMP No5<br />

AMP AMP<br />

415V 2<br />

AUX<br />

150<br />

20kVA 1<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

170<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

AC<br />

1000 AUX<br />

AMP<br />

2200 240V<br />

AMP 415V<br />

315<br />

70 AMP<br />

OCV<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

AC 310<br />

000 0<br />

AMP<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

7<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

167


1<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

PLASMA<br />

CUTMASTER® 40 mm<br />

PAK® 200<br />

13<br />

120 240 415<br />

AUX<br />

AMP V V<br />

Part No. 1-1930-4 – Aust. & NZ 415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

120<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

The Cutmaster 40mm plasma is the largest air cooled system 415Vmanual 240V system<br />

2<br />

in the<br />

415AMP<br />

range. 240V The<br />

AMPheavy duty<br />

inverter system with a duty cycle of 80% in a 40°C ambient, 20kVA is specifically 12kVA designed PHASE for V 415V high level applications – 300 170<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

requiring superior endurance and cutting 45performance. 50 55Operating 70 from 90 a 415V three phase supply, 400 560 the unit 1000<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

AMP AMP<br />

incorporates features such as auto-pilot re-start, True Guard roll bar and the heavy duty SL100 1Torch®<br />

10 AMP<br />

for 13 DC<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

AUX AUX 400OUTPUT<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

2200<br />

superior performance. The unit can also be used for heavy duty gouging, piercing and beveling applications CUTwhen<br />

AMP<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

4.8mm 4.0mm<br />

fitted with the correct torch consumables. These + features –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AMP<br />

combined AC with a three year limited warranty 415V make 240Vthis<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2 320415<br />

the ideal unit for and heavy duty fabrication, construction and + mining –<br />

000 20kVA<br />

CUT<br />

applications. +/–<br />

00% 12kVA PHASE 12 V<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

PART NO.<br />

1-1930-4 – Aust. & NZ<br />

1-1930-3 – Asia only<br />

Cutting Data<br />

Genuine 40mm<br />

Maximum 50mm<br />

Severance 55mm<br />

Pierce 25mm<br />

Output Current<br />

25 -120 Amps, Adjustable<br />

Input Power<br />

415V, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hz, 28 Amps<br />

Min Recommended Generator 16.5kVA<br />

Input Power Cable<br />

2m without plug<br />

Work Cable 6.1m<br />

Duty Cycle 120A @ 80%<br />

Dimensions L 775 x W 31545x H 300 3855011.0mm<br />

55<br />

CUT CUT OCV AMP OCV OCV<br />

Weight (power source) 4.8mm 28.1 4.0mm kg<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 310 240V<br />

TORCH<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm<br />

CUT<br />

5kVA 12DC<br />

4kVA AMP DC DC<br />

3.2mm AMP<br />

Model<br />

SL100 1Torch® +<br />

(hand) – +/–<br />

CUT<br />

415V 280 240V<br />

19mm<br />

CUT CUT AUX 29 AMP AUX<br />

Lead Length Hand Torch - 6.1m<br />

EURO No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm AMP<br />

Gas<br />

Air<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX 38mm<br />

CUT CUT 12kVA 40 30 10kVA<br />

Gas Pressure 415V 240V 70 No5psi (4.8 bar)<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5mm AMP AMP<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

415V 240V 240V CUT<br />

Gas flow<br />

7.5 cfm (212 lpm)<br />

20kVA<br />

AUX AUX AUX<br />

CUT 35 12kVA 8.5kVA 32mm<br />

415V 240V<br />

19mm<br />

Pilot<br />

AUX AUX<br />

AMP<br />

Start Cartridge<br />

No4<br />

8kVA 7kVA<br />

H F CUT<br />

Control<br />

CUT Hand CUT Torch Switch<br />

12mm<br />

13<br />

160AC200<br />

240 250 415<br />

AUX<br />

AMPAUX<br />

AMP VAMP<br />

V<br />

Part No. 3-0005 (Power Source)<br />

120<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

The Pak 200 manual plasma system is an ultra heavy duty water 415V cooled plasma 240V<br />

240V<br />

–<br />

system 2 415 that is suitable AMP for cutting,<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V – 300 170<br />

gouging piercing and beveling heavy section material with maximum efficiency. The unit can 140 be configured with<br />

145 165 AMP<br />

AMP<br />

a range of torch lengths suited to the application and utilises heavy duty long life consumables AMP specific AMP AMP<br />

10 13 DC AC 240 415<br />

10 to the 13 DC<br />

AUX AUX<br />

Pak 200. The unit operates from a 415V supply and has a 100% 45 OUTPUT<br />

OCV<br />

duty 50 AUX<br />

OCV<br />

cycle in 55 V<br />

OCVa 4070<br />

V<br />

OCV<br />

degree 90<br />

OCVambient. The dual AUX<br />

gas<br />

AUX 400OUTPUT<br />

120<br />

AMP<br />

system ensures superior performance on ferrous and non-ferrous materials and is ideal for AMP applications that<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

2 415<br />

415V 240V<br />

require ultra heavy duty performance.<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

2 320415<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300<br />

+ –<br />

000170<br />

20kVA<br />

+/–<br />

00% 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP<br />

AC AMP<br />

AMP<br />

CUTTING CAPACITY TERMINOLOGY<br />

45 50 55 70 90<br />

400 45 560 50 1000 55<br />

Genuine (True) Cut Cutting speed of 250 mm/min OCVwith an OCV excellent OCV smooth OCV cut surface OCV and little or no dross with no need AMP for OCVgrinding AMP OCV or AMPrework<br />

OCV<br />

Maximum Cut Cutting speed of 150-200 mm/min with clean smooth cut surface and minor dross<br />

2200<br />

Severance Cut Cutting speed of less than 100 DC mm/min DC with rippled DC DC<br />

320<br />

AMP<br />

+ – +/– cut surface and 000 significant 00% dross<br />

AMP DC DC DC<br />

AC<br />

+ – +/–<br />

CUTTING CAPACITY<br />

Genuine (True) Cut<br />

50mm<br />

Maximum Cut<br />

70mm<br />

Severance Cut<br />

75mm<br />

Pierce Rating<br />

35mm<br />

NOTE: Cutting capacity data based on mild steel.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Supply Voltage<br />

415 volt, 3 phase, 50/60Hz<br />

Maximum Output Current 200 amps<br />

Output Power<br />

40Kw<br />

Duty Cycle (@ 40°C) 200 amps @ 100%<br />

Plasma gas<br />

Air, ArH2<br />

Secondary gas<br />

Air, N2<br />

Warranty<br />

Power source - 2 years;<br />

Torch - 1 year*<br />

Power Source Weight 221kg<br />

Dimensions (Power Source) 1238 H x 700 W x 978 L mm<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PAK 200 power source 3-0005<br />

Power Source contents<br />

PAK 200 power source only, torch coolant,<br />

operation manual<br />

Torches<br />

7.6m 70° hand torch 2-0009<br />

15.2m 70° hand torch 2-0010<br />

–<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

EURO<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

No5<br />

–<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

–<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

Optional Accessories<br />

Torch coolant<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA No5<br />

240<br />

V<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

12mm<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

OTD7/2850<br />

Torch Consumables*<br />

Shield cup, standard 32-1325<br />

Crown shield cup, standard 32-1326<br />

Shield cup, gouging 32-1527<br />

Tip 200A 32-1323<br />

Tip 150A 32-1330<br />

Tip 70A 32-1321<br />

Tip 55A 32-1322<br />

Tip 35A 32-1320<br />

Tip (.110), gouging 32-1512<br />

Tip (.125), gouging 32-1513<br />

Tip (.156), gouging 32-1514<br />

Tip (.171), gouging 32-1515<br />

Gas distributor, cutting 32-1315<br />

Gas distributor, gouging 32-1509<br />

Electrode air cutting 32-1310<br />

Electrode multi-gas cutting 32-1311<br />

Electrode air gouging 32-1504<br />

electrode ArH2 gouging 32-1505<br />

Cool tube extension, gouging 32-1502<br />

Spanner, consumables 20-0001<br />

CUT 12kVA<br />

32mm<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

CUT 20kVA<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

55<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

AMP<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

70 10kVA<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

130 AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

*Pak 200 systems must utilise consumables listed above.<br />

1Torch® consumables are not compatible.<br />

CUT<br />

315<br />

AMP<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

240V<br />

90 AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

250 CUTEURO<br />

12mm<br />

AMP<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

CUT<br />

9.5mm<br />

12.5mm<br />

25mm<br />

EURO<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

No4<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP No5<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

29 315<br />

70AMP<br />

OCV<br />

40 300<br />

AMP AMP<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

35<br />

310<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

55 AMP<br />

AMP<br />

70<br />

AMP<br />

130<br />

No4<br />

AMP<br />

160<br />

AMP No5<br />

150<br />

AMP<br />

140<br />

AMP<br />

280<br />

AMP<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

60<br />

AMP<br />

80<br />

AMP<br />

90<br />

AMP<br />

200<br />

AMP<br />

145<br />

AMP<br />

560<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA 250<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

30<br />

AMP<br />

000<br />

H<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

A<br />

1000 A<br />

AMP<br />

2200 24<br />

AMP 41<br />

F<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA 250<br />

AMP<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

165<br />

AMP<br />

315<br />

70 AMP 90<br />

OCV OCV<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

DC<br />

000<br />

AC 310<br />

AMP<br />

A<br />

1000 A<br />

AMP<br />

2200 24<br />

AMP 41<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

168 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA<br />

EURO<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

Invertec® PC210<br />

Tomahawk 1025 /1538<br />

K12038-2<br />

Forget the grinder or cumbersome, inaccurate oxy-cutting. The Invertec® PC210 makes short<br />

work of your cutting requirements using ordinary 240V power - simply take the torch and cut –<br />

in seconds. With a weight of only 18.5kg combined with its small size, this versatile machine<br />

can be used anywhere, anytime – ideal for onsite use. The Invertec® PC210 inverter-based<br />

machine is equipped with an integrated air compressor, combined with the ability to take<br />

in external air for even greater cutting power and higher travel speeds.Using the 415V internal<br />

20kVA<br />

compressor, it can quickly and easily cut up to 8mm steel. With the additional external air<br />

supply, it can cut up to 10mm steel. The Invertec® PC210 is built tough to ensure reliability<br />

throughout its lifetime. The compressor incorporates two air filters and a moisture<br />

45filter 50<br />

OCV OCV to<br />

clean the incoming air. The most flexible plasma cutting machines you could envisage.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Invertec® PC210<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number K12038-2<br />

Primary Voltage 240 V 1ph (± 10%) 50/60Hz<br />

Fuse size 16A (slow)<br />

Net Weight kg 18.5<br />

Dimensions<br />

H x W x D (mm) 385 x 215 x 480<br />

Protection Class IP23S<br />

Insulation Class H<br />

Compliance AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

EN 60974-1 / EN 50199 CE<br />

K12048-1 / K12039-1<br />

DC DC DC<br />

Current Range 10-25A<br />

+ – +/–<br />

Rated Output 2kW @ 35%<br />

Frequency 50/60Hz<br />

Rated Output (40°C)<br />

Required Flow Rate 25A / 90V @ 35%<br />

20A / 88V @ 60%<br />

15A / 86V @ 100%<br />

Required Flow Rate 80 ± 20% l/min @ 5.0 bar<br />

Required Inlet Pressure<br />

6.0 bar - 7.5 bar<br />

The Tomahawk 1025 and 1538 Plasma cutting machines are built to handle harsh environmental<br />

conditions using Lincoln tunnel technology to separate the PCB’s and sensitive parts from – the<br />

contaminating cooling airflow. The improved mains voltage tolerances and robust metal case<br />

with large protective rubber corners also make these machines suitable for operation on 10site<br />

13<br />

AUX AUX<br />

with a generator or within a workshop environment. The new Lincoln Plasma torches are<br />

designed to a focus on three elements. Starting: using an innovative striking 415V system without 240V<br />

20kVA 12kVA<br />

HF to save and extend the lifetime of the electrodes. Performance: using a circular airstream<br />

at very high speed, coupled with special electrode and nozzle designs which concentrates the<br />

plasma stream. The extremely concentrated plasma stream increases the travel<br />

45<br />

speed<br />

50<br />

and<br />

55<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

cutting performance to best in class. Lifetime: the enhanced airstream cools the electrode and<br />

nozzle that extends the lifetime. The TH1025 and TH1538 comes with three DCplasma DCmodes.<br />

The first mode is the standard function for all general plasma cutting work. The +<br />

second –<br />

mode<br />

+/–<br />

is a Grid function for grid plate that keeps the arc constant and thirdly a Gouge mode provides<br />

an extremely long gouging arc.<br />

10<br />

AUX<br />

240V<br />

12kVA<br />

EURO<br />

20<br />

DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

2 415<br />

PHASE V<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

20<br />

55<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

13<br />

AUX<br />

No4<br />

No5<br />

1DC<br />

OUTPUT<br />

2 415<br />

PHASE V<br />

70<br />

OCV<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

90<br />

OCV<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

AC<br />

AUX<br />

00<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

7<br />

2<br />

1<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA 1<br />

240V<br />

415V<br />

000 0<br />

<strong>Product</strong> TH 1025<br />

Item Number K12048-1<br />

Fuse Size 20A (slow)<br />

Weight (kg) 22<br />

Dimensions<br />

H x W x D (mm) 389 x 247 x 510<br />

Protection Class IP23<br />

Insulation Class H<br />

Compliance AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

EN 60529 / EN 60974-1<br />

EN 60974-7 / EN 60974-10<br />

Primary Voltage 415 V 3ph (± 15%) 50/60Hz<br />

Current Range 20 - 60A<br />

Rated Input 7.1kW @ 40%<br />

4.3kW @ 100%<br />

Rated Output (40°C) 60A @ 40%<br />

40A @ 100%<br />

Required Flow Rate 130 ± 20% l/min @ 5,5 bar<br />

Required Inlet<br />

Pressure<br />

6.0 - 7.5 bar<br />

<strong>Product</strong> TH 1538<br />

Item Number K12039-1<br />

Fuse Size 32A (slow)<br />

Weight (kg) 34<br />

Dimensions<br />

H x W x D (mm) 455 x 301 x 640<br />

Protection Class IP23<br />

Insulation Class H<br />

Compliance AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

EN 60529 / EN 60974-1<br />

EN 60974-7 / EN 60974-10<br />

Primary Voltage 415 V 3ph (± 15%) 50/60Hz<br />

Current Range 20 - 100A<br />

Rated Input 13.7kW @ 40%<br />

7.1kW @ 100%<br />

Rated Output (40°C) 100A @ 40%<br />

60A @ 100%<br />

Required Flow Rate 180 ± 20% l/min @ 5,5 bar<br />

Required Inlet<br />

Pressure<br />

6.0 - 7.5 bar<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

169


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

HAND TORCHES<br />

SL60<br />

Light/Medium Duty Torch<br />

20-60 Amps<br />

Duty Cycle – 100% @ 60 Amps<br />

SL100<br />

Medium/Heavy Duty Torch<br />

30-100 Amps<br />

Duty Cycle – 100% @ 100 Amps<br />

TORCH AND LEADS<br />

SL60 Hand Torch (20-60 Amps)<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5200<br />

SL60, 75°, 20’ (6.1m) Torch/Leads<br />

TORCH AND LEADS<br />

SL100 Hand Torch (30-100 Amps)<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5202<br />

SL100, 75°, 20’ (6.1m) Torch/Leads<br />

Standard RPT (O2B)<br />

Torch Connection<br />

SL60 Hand Torch w/ ATC<br />

(20-60 Amps)<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5204<br />

*SL60, 75°, 20’ (6.1m) Torch/Leads<br />

Standard RPT (O2B)<br />

Torch Connection<br />

SL100 Hand Torch w/ ATC<br />

(30-100 Amps)<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5206<br />

*SL100, 75°, 20’ (6.1m) Torch/Leads<br />

ATC Adaptor Kit<br />

With ATC connection<br />

ATC ADAPTOR KIT<br />

ATC Receptacle Adaptor<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5207<br />

ATC Receptacle Connector<br />

* This receptacle adaptor is required for each<br />

power supply using an ATC torch connection.<br />

This is connected to the torch adaptor kit<br />

specific to each power supply.<br />

ATC Adaptor Kit<br />

With ATC connection<br />

ATC ADAPTOR KIT<br />

ATC Receptacle Adaptor<br />

Part No. OTD 7/5207<br />

ATC Receptacle C<br />

* This receptacle adaptor is required for each<br />

power supply using an ATC torch connection.<br />

This is connected to the torch adaptor kit<br />

specific to each power supply.<br />

NOTES: *Total lead length including torch should not exceed the maximum length specified by the power supply manufacturer.<br />

ADAPTOR KIT SELECTION Listed below is the Adaptor Kit selection charts for the Hand 1Torch RPT torch.<br />

Torch Adaptor Kits<br />

The model of the plasma<br />

cutting system must be<br />

known to determine the<br />

adaptor kit required.<br />

MANUFACTURER<br />

PART<br />

POWER SUPPLY MODEL<br />

NUMBER<br />

THERMAL DYNAMICS®<br />

PAK® 3XR, 5XT, 5XR, 625XR, OTD 7/3446<br />

PAK® 8XR, 10XR, 1250XR, PakMaster® 75, 100 OTD 7/3434<br />

PakMaster® 50XL/XLP, 75XL/XLP, 100XL/XLP,<br />

CUTMASTER 50, 75, 100 OTD 7/3447<br />

PakMaster® 25, 38XL, EconoPAK® 25,<br />

Drag-Gun® 38, PAK® 2XT OTD 7/3443<br />

PakMaster® 50 w/ Smart Torch (Q.D.) OTD 7/3445<br />

PAK® 5 OTD 7/3444<br />

PAK® 10 OTD 7/3436<br />

LINCOLN®<br />

Pro-Cut 60 OTD 7/3431<br />

MANUFACTURER<br />

PART<br />

POWER SUPPLY MODEL<br />

NUMBER<br />

HYPERTHERM®<br />

Max® 42*, 43*, 40cs* OTD 7/3454<br />

powermax® 600*, 800*, 900* w/ Q.D.<br />

powermax® 1100* OTD 7/3455<br />

powermax® 1000*, 1250* OTD 7/3461<br />

Max® 40cs* (w/o Q.D.) OTD 7/3476<br />

powermax® 380* OTD 7/3477<br />

powermax® 600* w/o Q.D. OTD 7/3480<br />

powermax® 800*, 900* w/o Q.D. OTD 7/3481<br />

powermax® 1650 OTD 7/3483<br />

powermax® 350 OTD 7/3484<br />

powermax® 190C OTD 7/3485<br />

NOTES: Each Adaptor Kit includes connection fitting, electrical connectors and installation instruction sheets for the selected power supply.<br />

HYPERTHERM, Max and powermax are registered trademarks of Hypertherm, Inc.; Thermal DyNAmics, PAK, CUTMASTER, PakMaster, EconoPAK, Dynapak and Drag-Gun are registered trademarks of Thermal Dynamics Corp.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

GO TO SECTION 4 FOR<br />

SAFETY GLASSES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

170 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

SPARE PARTS SELECTION<br />

1TORCH<br />

CONSUMABLES /<br />

PARTS<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

1Torch Consumables / Parts<br />

O-Ring<br />

O-Ring<br />

PART NO.<br />

OTD8/3487<br />

OTD8/3486<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Tip, A, Gouging<br />

Tip, B, Gouging<br />

Tip, C, Gouging<br />

PART NO.<br />

OTD9/8225<br />

OTD9/8226<br />

OTD9/8227<br />

1<br />

Electrode, MaximumLife®<br />

OTD9/8215<br />

Tip, D, Gouging<br />

OTD9/8228<br />

Start Cartridge<br />

OTD9/8213<br />

Shield Cup<br />

OTD9/8218<br />

Tip, 20A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8205<br />

Shield Cup Body, MaximumLife®<br />

OTD9/8237<br />

Tip, 30A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8206<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 40A<br />

OTD9/8244<br />

Tip, 40A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8207<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A<br />

OTD9/8235<br />

Tip, 40A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8208<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 70-100A<br />

OTD9/8236<br />

Tip, 50/55A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8209<br />

Shield Cap, Mach, 40A<br />

OTD9/8245<br />

Tip, 60A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8210<br />

Shield Cap, Mach, 50-60A<br />

OTD9/8238<br />

Tip, 70A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8231<br />

Shield Cap, Mach, 70-100A<br />

OTD9/8239<br />

Tip, 80A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8211<br />

Shield Cap, Deflector<br />

OTD9/8243<br />

Tip, 90/100A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8212<br />

Shield Cap, Gouging<br />

OTD9/8241<br />

SL60 / SL100<br />

1Torch Parts<br />

PHONE<br />

Call 1300 WELDER<br />

for all Plasma<br />

Replacement Parts<br />

(1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

171


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PLASMA TORCHES AND CONSUMABLES<br />

PCH-10 FOR DRAG-GUN<br />

PCH-10 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

A Tip Air OTD9/6099<br />

B Shield Cup OTD9/6003<br />

C Electrode OTD9/6006<br />

D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007<br />

E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0016<br />

PCH-25/38 FOR PAKMASTER 25, DRAG-GUN 38<br />

PCH-25 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

A Tip Air OTD9/6099<br />

B Shield Cup OTD9/6003<br />

C Electrode OTD9/6006<br />

D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007<br />

E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0016<br />

PCH/M-28 FOR PAKMASTER 50, STAK PAK II<br />

PCH/M-28 & PCH/M-35 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

A Tip Air OTD9/6099<br />

B Shield Cup OTD9/6003<br />

C Electrode OTD9/6006<br />

D Gas Distributor OTD9/6007<br />

E Shield Cup - Crown OTD9/0016<br />

AP30 FOR TRANSPLASMA AP30<br />

1 2 3<br />

AP 30 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Gas Diffuser 676503<br />

2 Drag Tip 676501<br />

3 Electrode 676502<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

PCH/M-51 PAK 5XR, PAK 625XR<br />

C A B<br />

D<br />

PCH/M-51 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

A Tip - Gouging OTD9/5724<br />

A Tip 10-40 amp Air OTD9/5718*<br />

A Tip 10-60 amp Air OTD9/5631<br />

A Tip 65 amp Air OTD8/3321*<br />

B Electrode OTD9/5633<br />

B Electrode OTD9/5720*<br />

C Shield Cup Ceramic OTD9/5630<br />

C Shield Cup - Vespel - Long OTD8/2151*<br />

C Shield Cup - Vespel - Std OTD8/2152*<br />

C Shield Cup - Phenolic - Std OTD8/2159<br />

D Shield Cup-Crown<br />

(fits over OTD8/2159)<br />

OTD9/5779*<br />

D Shield Cup - Crown Ceramic OTD8/5526<br />

* Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents<br />

reference data only.<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

172 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PCH/M-52 FOR PAK 625XR, PAK 1250XR, PAK 10XR<br />

C A B<br />

D<br />

PCH/M-52 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

A Tip 35 amp Air OTD9/5702<br />

A Tip 45-55 amp Air OTD9/5618*<br />

A Tip 60-70 amp Air OTD9/5707<br />

A Tip 80 amp Air OTD9/5782*<br />

A Tip 105 amp Air OTD9/5708<br />

A Tip Gouging OTD8/5129*<br />

A Tip, Gouging 70 amp .078 OTD9/5709*<br />

A Tip, Gouging 105 amp .093 OTD9/5710<br />

A Tip, Gouging 105 amp .113 OTD9/5713<br />

B Electrode-Air OTD8/3331*<br />

B Electrode-Air (Plated) OTD9/5619<br />

B Electrode-Multi-Gas OTD9/5711<br />

C Shield Cup - Crown Ceramic OTD9/5694<br />

C Shield Cup - Drag - Vespel OTD8/5712*<br />

C Shield Cup - Gouging Ceramic OTD9/5128*<br />

C Shield Cup - Phenolic-Std OTD9/5781<br />

C Shield Cup - Std Ceramic OTD9/5617<br />

D Shield Cup-Crown<br />

(fits over OTD9/5781)<br />

OTD9/5780*<br />

* Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents<br />

reference data only.<br />

1<br />

PCH/M-60 FOR PAKMASTER 75XL PLUS<br />

(pre january 2001)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

7<br />

PCH/M-60 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Shield Cup OTD8/7500<br />

1 Shield Cup Crown OTD8/7507<br />

2 Coil Spring OTD9/7501<br />

3 Tip, Cutting, 60 amp, Air/N2 OTD9/7726<br />

3 Tip, Cutting 35 amp, Drag OTD8/7503<br />

3 Tip, Gouging OTD8/7506<br />

4 Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/7501<br />

4 Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/7508<br />

5 Electrode, Air/N2 OTD8/7502<br />

6 O-Ring OTD8/0532<br />

* Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents<br />

reference data only.<br />

PCH/M-62 FOR PAKMASTER 50XL PLUS<br />

(early 2001)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />

PCH/M-62 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD9/8415<br />

2 Shield Cup, 40 amp OTD9/8400<br />

3 Coil Spring OTD9/7501<br />

4 Tip, 40 amp, Drag OTD9/8411<br />

4 Tip, 40 amp, Stand-off OTD9/8412<br />

4 Tip, 40 amp, Gouging OTD9/8416<br />

5 Gas Distributor 40 amp OTD9/8401<br />

6 Electrode OTD9/8402<br />

7 O-Ring OTD8/0532<br />

* Represents Part Numbers no longer available from CIGWELD and represents<br />

reference data only.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

173


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PCH/M-80 FOR PAKMASTER 100XL PLUS<br />

(pre january 2001)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

PCH/M-80 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Shield Cup OTD8/7500<br />

1 Crown Shield Cup OTD8/7507<br />

2 Coil Spring OTD9/7501<br />

3 Tip, Cutting, 80 amp, Air/N2 OTD9/7728<br />

3 Tip, Cutting, 55 amp, Air/N2 OTD8/7504<br />

3 Tip, Cutting, 35 amp, Drag OTD8/7503<br />

3 Tip, Gouging OTD8/7506<br />

4 Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/7501<br />

4 Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/7508<br />

5 Electrode, Air N2 OTD8/7502<br />

6 O-Ring OTD8/0532<br />

PCH/M-100XL FOR PAKMASTER 100 XL<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

PCH/M-100XL Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Shield Cup - Standard OTD8/7500<br />

1 Shield Cup - Crown OTD8/7507<br />

2 Shield Cup - Maximum Life OTD8/7496<br />

3 Canted Coil Spring OTD9/7501<br />

3 Tip, Drag 35 amp OTD8/7503<br />

3 Tip, Stand-off 55 amp OTD8/7504<br />

3 Tip, Stand-off 70 amp OTD8/7505<br />

3 Tip, Gouging OTD8/7506<br />

4 Gas Distributor - Cutting OTD8/7501<br />

4 Gas Distributor - Gouging OTD8/7508<br />

5 Electrode OTD8/7502<br />

PCH/M-102 FOR PAKMASTER 75XL PLUS<br />

(early 2001)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />

PCH/M-102 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD8/7575<br />

1 Crown Shield Cup OTD8/7507<br />

2 Shield Cup, Cutting OTD8/7500<br />

3 Coil Spring OTD9/7501<br />

4 Tip, 40 amp, Cutting OTD8/7503<br />

4 Tip, 60 amp, Cutting OTD9/7726<br />

4 Tip, 80 amp, Cutting OTD9/7728<br />

4 Tip, Gouging OTD8/7506<br />

5 Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/7501<br />

5 Gas Distributor, Gouging OTD8/7508<br />

6 Electrode OTD9/8402<br />

7 O-Ring OTD8/0532<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

PCH/M-102EC FOR PAKMASTER 7E,<br />

PAKMASTER 9E<br />

2 3 4 5 6 7<br />

PCH/M-102EC Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

1 Stand-off Cutting Guide OTD8/7575<br />

1 Shield Cup, Crown OTD8/7507<br />

2 Shield Cup, Cutting OTD8/7500<br />

3 Coil Spring OTD9/7501E<br />

4 Tip, 40 amp, Cutting OTD8/7503<br />

4 Tip, 60 amp, Cutting OTD9/7726<br />

4 Tip, 80 amp, Cutting OTD9/7728<br />

4 Tip, Gouging OTD8/7506<br />

5 Gas Distributor, Cutting OTD8/7501<br />

6 Electrode OTD9/8402<br />

7 O-Ring OTD8/0532<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

174 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PCH/M-150 FOR PAK 15XC<br />

C A B<br />

PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PCH/M-150 Consumables:<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART No.<br />

C Shield Cup - Std - Ceramic Front OTD9/5750<br />

C Shield Cup - Std - Metal Front OTD9/5790<br />

C Shield Cup - Copper (Tip Exp.) OTD9/5801*<br />

C Shield Cup - Ceramic (Tip Exp.) OTD9/5758<br />

N/S Shield Cup-Gouging OTD9/5774<br />

A Tip 50 amp Air OTD9/5748<br />

A Tip 100 amp Air OTD9/5747<br />

A Tip 150 amp Air OTD9/5746<br />

A Tip 50 amp O2 OTD9/5753*<br />

A Tip 100 amp O2 OTD9/5752*<br />

A Tip 150 amp O2 OTD9/5751*<br />

A Tip 50 amp N2 OTD9/5765*<br />

A Tip 100 amp N2 OTD9/5766*<br />

A Tip 150 amp N2 OTD9/5767<br />

A Tip 150 amp Ar/H2 OTD9/5775*<br />

A Tip, Gouging 85 amp .078 OTD9/5756*<br />

A Tip, Gouging 150 amp .120 OTD9/5755<br />

B Electrode-Air OTD9/5749<br />

B Electrode-O2 OTD9/5760*<br />

B Electrode-N2, Ar-H2 OTD9/5754*<br />

1<br />

SL60 TORCH FOR CUTMASTER 38,<br />

CUTMASTER 81<br />

SL60 Consumables:<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Electrode, MaximumLife<br />

PART No.<br />

OTD9/8215<br />

Plasma Torch Spare Parts<br />

Torch Head with O-rings<br />

O-ring torch head (large)<br />

OTD9/8219<br />

OTD8/3487<br />

Tip 20A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8205<br />

O-ring torch head (small)<br />

OTD8/3486<br />

Tip 30A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8206<br />

Starter cartridge<br />

OTD9/8213<br />

Tip 40A Drag<br />

OTD9/8207<br />

Tip, 40A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8208<br />

Tip, 50/55A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8209<br />

Tip, 60A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8210<br />

Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow<br />

OTD9/8225<br />

Tip, 40-100A, Gouging, deep<br />

OTD9/8226<br />

Shield Cup<br />

OTD9/8218<br />

Shield Cup Body<br />

OTD9/8237<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A<br />

OTD9/8235<br />

Shield Cap, Deflector<br />

OTD9/8243<br />

Shield Cap, Gouging<br />

OTD9/8241<br />

SL100 TORCH FOR CUTMASTER 101<br />

SL100 Consumables:<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

PART No.<br />

Electrode, MaximumLife OTD9/8215<br />

Tip 20A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8205<br />

Tip 30A, Drag<br />

OTD9/8206<br />

Tip 40A Drag<br />

OTD9/8207<br />

Tip, 40A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8208<br />

Tip, 50/55A, Cutting OTD9/8209<br />

Tip, 60A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8210<br />

Tip, 70A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8231<br />

Tip, 80A, Cutting<br />

OTD9/8211<br />

Tip, 90/100A, Cutting OTD9/8212<br />

Tip, 40A, Gouging, shallow OTD9/8225<br />

Tip, 40-100A, Gouging, deep OTD9/8226<br />

Tip, 40-100A, Gouging,<br />

moderate<br />

OTD9/8227<br />

Tip, 40-100A, Gouging, shallow OTD9/8228<br />

Shield Cup<br />

OTD9/8218<br />

Shield Cup Body<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 50-60A<br />

Shield Cap, Drag, 70-100A<br />

Shield Cap, Deflector<br />

Shield Cap, Gouging<br />

Plasma Torch Spare Parts<br />

Torch Head with O-rings<br />

O-ring torch head (large)<br />

O-ring torch head (small)<br />

Starter cartridge<br />

OTD9/8237<br />

OTD9/8235<br />

OTD9/8236<br />

OTD9/8243<br />

OTD9/8241<br />

OTD9/8219<br />

OTD8/3487<br />

OTD8/3486<br />

OTD9/8213<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

175


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PCT 20 HAND-HELD PLASMA TORCH<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

23<br />

2<br />

8<br />

6<br />

5L<br />

5E & 5F<br />

5B & 5J<br />

5D<br />

7<br />

5H<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

5C<br />

5G<br />

5A<br />

19<br />

18<br />

16<br />

5K<br />

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO<br />

PCT 20 Torch & Cable Assembly 15’ K1615-1<br />

PCT 20 Torch & Cable Assembly 25’ K1615-2<br />

1 Cable Assembly (15’) NSS<br />

1 Cable Assembly (25’) NSS<br />

2 Handle (Left & Right) G3110<br />

4 Machine Screw (#6-32 Phillips Pan Head Screw) S18825-1<br />

5 Torch Head Assembly, Includes (5A thru 5L) M17874<br />

5A Swirl Ring Assembly S22148<br />

5B Insulator S22152<br />

5C Piston S22153<br />

5D Torch Body Assembly S22998<br />

5E Retaining Ring S29776-67<br />

5F O-Ring (Not Shown) T13483-35<br />

5G O-Ring T13483-23<br />

5H Compression Spring T11862-55<br />

5J Seal (Rod & Piston) S23002-1<br />

5K Seal (Rod & Piston) S23002-2<br />

5L #12-28 Brass Hex Nut CF000206<br />

6 Solenoid Assembly S23866<br />

6A Hose Clamp (Not Shown) S20710-13<br />

6B Pincers (Not Shown) S20710-101<br />

7 Trigger & Housing Assembly S21002<br />

8 #12-28 Brass Hex Nut CF000206<br />

9 Decal (Not Shown) S18750-12<br />

15 O-Ring (Not Shown) T13483-36<br />

16 Shield Cup KP2064-1<br />

18 Nozzle KP2062-1B1*<br />

19 Electrode KP2063-1B1*<br />

NSS - Not Sold separately<br />

* Part No list is a package quantity of 5<br />

176 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

T70 TORCH TO SUIT LINCOLN PC60 PLASMA<br />

1<br />

2<br />

10<br />

1B<br />

1<br />

23<br />

3A<br />

4<br />

3<br />

5<br />

10<br />

1B<br />

6<br />

7A<br />

7B<br />

7C<br />

6<br />

11A<br />

11B<br />

11C<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

15<br />

19<br />

8<br />

8A<br />

9<br />

9A<br />

15<br />

W0400047 T 60 Torch 6m<br />

1 W0300262A Straight Handle Hand Torch Head<br />

1A W0300172A Straight Hand Grip with Microswitch<br />

1B WB300101 O Ring 20 pieces<br />

3A W0300144 Machine Torch Holder<br />

4 WB300104 Diffuser 10 pieces<br />

5 WB300105 Electrode 10 pieces<br />

6 WB300106 Swirl Ring 5 pieces<br />

7A WB300107 Nozzle 1.0mm long life 10 pieces<br />

7C WB300108 Nozzle 1.2mm long life 10 pieces<br />

9 WB300151 Nozzle 1.0mm pipe saddle for machine torch 10 Pieces<br />

9A WB300152 Nozzle 1.2mm Pipe saddle for machine torch 10 pieces<br />

10 WB300110 Electrode extended 5 pieces<br />

11A WB300111 Nozzle extended 1.0mm 5 pieces<br />

11C WB300112 Nozzle extended 1.2mm 5 pieces<br />

15 WB300109 Shield Cup 1 piece<br />

16 WB300113A Spacer Spring 5 pieces<br />

17 WB300114 Spacer, Double Pointed 3 pieces<br />

19 WB300239 Spacer for contact cutting hand 2 pieces<br />

23 W0300119A Electrode wrench<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

177


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

T100 TORCH TO SUIT LINCOLN PC100<br />

2<br />

1<br />

31<br />

1B<br />

32<br />

1C<br />

3A<br />

4<br />

9<br />

10<br />

3<br />

5<br />

1B<br />

6<br />

6<br />

1C<br />

12<br />

12A<br />

4<br />

14<br />

14<br />

14<br />

14<br />

5<br />

14<br />

28<br />

19<br />

20<br />

15<br />

24<br />

6<br />

7<br />

7A<br />

7B<br />

7C<br />

7E<br />

25<br />

25<br />

14<br />

30<br />

17<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

W0400048 T100 Torch 6m<br />

1B WB300121A O Rings 20 pieces<br />

1C WB300264 Diffuser 3 pieces<br />

3 WB300143A Machine Torch Head<br />

3A WB300144 Machine Torch Holder<br />

4 WB300122 Diffuser 10 Pieces<br />

5 WB300123 Electrode 5 pieces<br />

6 WB300124 Diffuser (swirl ring) 5 pieces<br />

7 WB300125 Nozzle 1.1mm 5 pieces<br />

7A WB300126 Nozzle 1.35mm 5 pieces<br />

7E WB300175 Nozzle Long life 1.6mm 5 pieces<br />

9 WB300177A Diffuser Extended 5 pieces<br />

10 WB300133A Electrode Extended 5 pieces<br />

12 WB300178A Nozzle Extended 1.35mm 5 pieces<br />

14 WB300138 Contact shield cup long life 1 piece<br />

15 WB300180A Spacer for contact hand<br />

cutting 3 pieces<br />

17 WB300181A Contact shield cup 3 pieces<br />

19 WB300244 Spring holder protection nut 3 pieces<br />

20 WB300245 Spacer spring 5 pieces<br />

24 WB300183A Spacer for contact hand<br />

cutting (long) 2 pieces<br />

25 WB300184A Locking ring 3 pieces<br />

28 WB300131A Double pointed spacer 1 piece<br />

30 WB300132 Spacer for Gouging 1 piece<br />

31 WB300142 Tool for swirl ring extraction 1 piece<br />

25<br />

178 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PT-31XL PLASMARC TM TORCH<br />

Designed for superior operator comfort, ESAB’s PT-31XL is the most<br />

compact 50A torch on the market.<br />

1<br />

Heat Shield<br />

20282<br />

Plunger<br />

20324<br />

Electrode<br />

20862<br />

Seat<br />

19679<br />

Swirl Baffle<br />

20463<br />

Cutting Nozzle:<br />

30A – 20860<br />

40A – 21008<br />

50A – 20861<br />

Torch Body<br />

20072<br />

Switch<br />

18224<br />

Switch Band<br />

18207<br />

Flex Support<br />

18225<br />

FEATURES<br />

Excellent cutting capability - manually cuts up to 19mm; severs up to 25mm<br />

Equipped with patented safety interlock feature<br />

Uses shop air, cylinder air or nitrogen for superior versatility<br />

High frequency starting - even starts through paint<br />

Choice of 7.6m or 15m line length<br />

Uses patented “XT” consumables<br />

TECHNICAL DATA PT-31XL<br />

Cuts<br />

Severs<br />

Current Capacity<br />

Air Requirements<br />

Length of Service Lines<br />

Length of Head<br />

Dimensions Overall Length<br />

CONSOLES<br />

Handy Plasma 550<br />

19mm<br />

up to 25mm.<br />

50A at 100% duty cycle<br />

275cfh at 75psig (130 l/min.)<br />

7.6m or 15m<br />

57mm<br />

133mm<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PT-31XL, 75° Torch Head, 7.6m 20080<br />

PT-31XL, 75° Torch Head, 15m 20082<br />

Torches and torch body assemblies are supplied without electrode, nozzle, heat<br />

shield and valve pin.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

35/40A XT Spare Parts Kit 21980<br />

PT-27 PLASMARC TM TORCH<br />

Designed for superior cutting performance and ease of handling, the<br />

PT-27 produces clean, exceptionally high quality cuts.<br />

*Seat<br />

0558 003 032<br />

Swirl Baffle<br />

33367<br />

Electrode<br />

33366XL<br />

Std. Heat Shield<br />

21616<br />

Gouging Heat Shield<br />

35443<br />

O-Ring<br />

85W51<br />

Cutting Nozzle<br />

30A – 3336850<br />

70A –33369<br />

80A – 33418<br />

Gouging Nozzle<br />

35442<br />

75 0 Torch Body<br />

21610<br />

Switch<br />

18224<br />

*Note: if your PT-27 torch still has the<br />

old style Valve Pin, you will need to<br />

retrofit the torch to the improved seat<br />

design, order number: 0558 003 027<br />

Switch Band<br />

33400<br />

Flex Support<br />

21218<br />

FEATURES<br />

Most compact 80A torch on the market<br />

Uses shop air, cylinder air or nitrogen for superior versatility<br />

Pilot arc starting - even starts through paint<br />

Choice of 7.6m or 15m line length<br />

Perfect electrode centering<br />

Intermittent cutting capability for grate or expanded metal applications<br />

Use with three cutting nozzle sizes for exceptional versatility<br />

TECHNICAL DATA PT-27<br />

Cuts<br />

Severs<br />

Current Capacity<br />

Air Requirements<br />

Length of Service Lines<br />

Length of Head<br />

Dimensions Overall Length<br />

CONSOLES<br />

PCM -875, PCM -1125, LPH 50<br />

25mm<br />

up to 32mm.<br />

80A at 100% duty cycle<br />

320cft at 65-75psig (150 l/min)<br />

7.6 or 15m<br />

78mm<br />

185mm<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PT-27, 75° Torch Head 7.6m with Ring Terminal 21661 PT-27, 75°, Torch Head<br />

15m with Ring Terminal 21662All torch assemblies and replacement heads are<br />

supplied with the seat installed.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

50/70A Spare Parts Kit 21623<br />

80A Spare Parts Kit 21624<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

179


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PT-25 PLASMARC TM TORCH<br />

Swirl Baffle<br />

21667<br />

Heat Shield<br />

21654<br />

Electrode Holder Assembly<br />

21657<br />

Long Heat Shield<br />

21660<br />

Nozzle:<br />

100A – 21597<br />

150A – 21598<br />

O-Ring<br />

344019<br />

Electrode:<br />

Air, N 2 , N 2 /H 2 – 21595<br />

H-35 (Ar/H 2 ) – 21780<br />

PT-32 PLASMARC TM TORCH<br />

Torch Head<br />

21625<br />

This versatile, easy-to-use 150A torch provides superior performance<br />

for a full range of manual cutting applications<br />

FEATURES<br />

Excellent cutting capability:<br />

cut up to 38mm using air or nitrogen at 100A<br />

cut up to 50mm using nitrogen or argon-hydrogen at 150A<br />

Produce clean, high quality cuts<br />

Long-life electrodes lower operating costs<br />

Gouging nozzle available<br />

Pilot arc starting - even start on pain<br />

Intermittent cutting capability for grate or expanded metal applications<br />

Patented torch and safety circuit<br />

TECHNICAL DATA PT-25<br />

Cuts<br />

Current Capacity<br />

at 100% duty cycle<br />

Air Requirements<br />

Length of Service Lines<br />

CONSOLES<br />

PCM-150, LPH 120<br />

up to 38mm or 50mm<br />

100A DCSP (Air Plasma)<br />

150A DCSP (N2, H-35, N2/H2 Plasma)<br />

Cooling - 360cfh at 70 psig<br />

Plasma - 200cfh at 70 psig<br />

7.6m or 15m<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PT-25 90° Torch Head 7.6m 21648<br />

PT-25, 90° Torch Head 15m 21649<br />

Torches and torch body assemblies are supplied without electrode, nozzle, heat<br />

shield and valve pin.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

100A Spare Parts Kit 21946<br />

150A Spare Parts Kit 21947<br />

Retrofit kit for PCM-150 21932<br />

Designed for superior cutting performance and ease of handling, the<br />

PT-32 produces clean, exceptionally high quality cuts.<br />

Heat Shield<br />

0558 001 957 Electrode<br />

0558 001 969<br />

Valve Pin<br />

0558 001 959<br />

O-Ring (Supplied<br />

with head)<br />

85W51<br />

FEATURES<br />

Most compact 90A torch on the market<br />

Excellent cutting capacity - cuts up to 38mm<br />

Uses shop air, cylinder air or nitrogen for superior versatility<br />

Pilot arc starting - even starts through paint<br />

Choice of 7.6m or 15m line length<br />

Excellent consumable life<br />

Parts in place design<br />

Exclusive 40A Drag Nozzle<br />

Patented torch and safety circuit<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Gouging Nozzle<br />

0558 003 089<br />

Torch Body<br />

0558 001 965<br />

Cutting Nozzle<br />

40A – 0558 002 908<br />

(Drag cutting- PC-875, PC-1125 & PC-1500)<br />

50/70A – 0558 002 618<br />

(PC-875 & PC-1125)<br />

90A – 0558 002 837<br />

(PC-1500 only)<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES<br />

50/70A Spare Parts Kit 0558 002 822<br />

90A Spare Parts Kit 0558 003 062<br />

Heat Shield Gouging 0558 003 090<br />

Heat Shield Long “CE” 0558 003 110<br />

HD Drag Heat Shield 0558 003 374<br />

TECHNICAL DATA PT-32<br />

Cuts<br />

Current Capacity<br />

Air Requirements<br />

Length of Service Lines<br />

Length of Head<br />

Dimensions Overall Length<br />

CONSOLES<br />

Power Cut 1500<br />

up to 38mm<br />

90A at 100% duty cycle<br />

350cfh at 75-80 psig (165 l/min)<br />

7.6m or 15m<br />

76mm<br />

208mm<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PT-32, 75° Torch Head 7.6m 0558 001 971<br />

PT-32, 75o Torch Head 15m 0558 001 972<br />

Torches and torch body assemblies are supplied without electrode, nozzle, heat shield and valve pin.<br />

180 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PT-26 PLASMARC TM TORCH<br />

PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

This versatile, easy-to-use 300A torch provides superior performance<br />

for a full range of manual cutting applications.<br />

1<br />

Cutting speed (inches/min.)<br />

Cutting speed (inches/min.)<br />

PT-26 Aluminium Cutting Data<br />

0.00 0.25 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00<br />

Material Thickness (inches)<br />

PT-26 Steel Cutting Data<br />

200 amps H-35 Plasma<br />

150 amps H-35 Plasma<br />

200 amps Air Plasma<br />

300 amps Air Plasma<br />

300 amps H-35 Plasma<br />

Plasma Gas: Air at 60psig<br />

Shield Gas: Air at 50psig<br />

Start Gas: H-35 Nitrogen or<br />

Air at 30psig<br />

Stand-off: 5/16<br />

*Applies to ESP-200 only<br />

For H-35 Plasma gas, use<br />

Nitrogen or H-35 start gas.<br />

50 amps<br />

150 amps<br />

200 amps<br />

300 amps<br />

Plasma Gas: Air at 60psig<br />

Shield Gas: Air at 50psig<br />

Start Gas: Air at 40psig<br />

Stand-off: 5/16”<br />

*Applies to ESP-200 only<br />

FEATURES<br />

Excellent cutting capability - cuts up to 90mm and severs 100mm using air,<br />

nitrogen or argon-hydrogen at 300A<br />

Produces clean, high quality cuts<br />

Patent pending safety circuit for enhanced operator safety<br />

Operates with shop or cylinder air, nitrogen or argon- hydrogen at 300A<br />

Long life electrodes lower operating costs<br />

Pilot arc starting - even starts on paint<br />

Gouging nozzle available<br />

Intermittent cutting capacity for grate or expanded metal applications<br />

Gouging guard and stand-off guide available for operator convenience<br />

TECHNICAL DATA PT-26<br />

Current Capacity<br />

200A DCSP at 100% duty cycle<br />

300A DCSP at 60% duty cycle<br />

300A DCSP<br />

Maximum Rated Current<br />

Approved Service Gases<br />

Plasma<br />

Air, N2, H-35, N2/H2 Mixture<br />

Cooling<br />

Air, N2, CO2,Ar<br />

Min. Gas Supply Flow Requirements<br />

Shield<br />

200cfh at 85psig (94 l/min. at 6.0Bar)<br />

Plasma<br />

240cfh at 80psig (112 l/min. at 5.6Bar)<br />

Length of Service Lines<br />

7.6m or 15m<br />

Weight<br />

7.6m - 7.3kg / 15m - 12.7kg<br />

Min. /Max. Inlet Gas Pressure 40psig (2.8 Bar) 100psig (6.9 Bar)<br />

Min. Water Supply Flow<br />

3.4 l/min at 6.6 Bar<br />

Max. Water Inlet Pressure 120psig (8.3 Bar)<br />

Max. Water Temperature 40°C<br />

CONSOLES<br />

ESP-150, ESP-200 and Deuce Pack 150<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PT-26, 90° Torch Head, 7.6m 36558<br />

PT-26, 90° Torc Head, 15m 36559<br />

PT-26, in-line, 7.6m 0558 002 320<br />

PT-26, in-line, 15m 0558 002 321<br />

Cutting speed (inches/min.)<br />

0.00 0.25 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00<br />

Material Thickness (inches)<br />

PT-26 Stainless Steel Cutting Data<br />

200 amps H-35 Plasma<br />

300 amps H-35 Plasma<br />

200 amps Air Plasma<br />

300 amps Air Plasma<br />

Plasma Gas: Air at 60psig or<br />

H-35 at 70psig<br />

Shield Gas: Air at 50psig or<br />

Nitrogen at 40psig<br />

Start Gas: Air at 40psig or<br />

Notrogen or H-35 at 30 psig<br />

Stand-off: 5/16”<br />

*Applies to ESP-200 only<br />

For H-35 Plasma gas, use<br />

Nitrogen or H-35 start gas.<br />

0.00 0.25 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00<br />

Material Thickness (inches)<br />

Stand-Off Guide<br />

36648<br />

Cutting Nozzle Gouging Nozzle<br />

150A – 36568<br />

200A – 36571<br />

200A – 36569<br />

300A – 36572<br />

300A – 36570<br />

O-Ring<br />

029450<br />

O-Ring<br />

2110706<br />

Baffle Tube<br />

34585<br />

Electrode Holder<br />

34583 includes O-Rings<br />

86W49 (Upper)<br />

948317 (Lower)<br />

Electrode<br />

36565 - Air: Nitrogen, Nitrogen / Hydrogen<br />

36566 - Argon / Hydrogen (H-35)<br />

Std. Heat Shield – 34592<br />

*Close proximity Heat Shield – 37146<br />

Torch Body & Head<br />

90 0 –34599<br />

70 0 – 0558 002 204<br />

in-line – 0558 002 110<br />

includes O-Rings – 2110706(1)<br />

includes O-Rings – 2029450(3)<br />

Switch<br />

18224<br />

Switch Band (Use<br />

with manual torch only)<br />

36647<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

181


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

1<br />

PLASMA CUTTING TORCHES ”ABIPLAS® CUT” AIR-COOLED RATING UP TO 70 A<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 70<br />

The plasma cutting torches in the ABIPLAS® CUT series can be used for plasma cutting with compressed air as<br />

plasma and cooling gas in all common cutting positions.<br />

Thanks to a large selection of plasma nozzles and electrodes as well as further accessory parts, the plasma<br />

cutting torches are extremely suitable for a wide range of applications. ABIPLAS® CUT is ideal for individual<br />

continual use, even under the toughest of conditions. No matter whether the application concerned is manual or<br />

automated (ABIPLAS® CUT 110 MT and ABIPLAS® CUT 150 MT).<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1)<br />

Features<br />

Robust design and optimum cooling guarantee long<br />

life of torch and consumables<br />

Handle with longer trigger for larger distance between<br />

cutting cerf and hand, thus safer and fatigue-free<br />

working<br />

Quickly exchangeable consumables (including<br />

insulator)<br />

Large range of consumables, equipment and<br />

accessories<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 70 Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Cooling:<br />

air-cooled<br />

Rating:<br />

70 A (at 60% duty cycle) 50 A (at<br />

100% duty cycle)<br />

Gas supply: Compresses air both for plasma<br />

and cooling gas<br />

– Gas pressure 4.8–7 bar<br />

– Working pressure 5.5 bar<br />

– Required volume 155 l/min at<br />

5.5 bar<br />

– Gas post flow circa 60 sec.<br />

Ignition voltage: 7 kV<br />

Cutting thickness: max. 25 mm at 70 A max. 15 mm<br />

at 50 A depending on material to<br />

be cut and power source<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

Standard<br />

Standard<br />

(10 pcs.)<br />

Long (5 pcs.)<br />

6)<br />

Long<br />

Standard cross<br />

grove (10 pcs.)<br />

Long cross<br />

grove (5 pcs.)<br />

Torch complete Part-No. Torch body<br />

Type Connector 6 m Part-No.<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 70 Single connector G1/4” 742.D004 742.D022<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 70 Central connector* 742.D037 742.D022<br />

*For user’s safety, please pay attention that the power source is equipped with a central socket corresponding to EN<br />

60 974-1. In case of order, please indicate the maschine type and the plug encoding.<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Insulator (5 pcs.) 742.D012<br />

2) Electrode Standard Long<br />

742.D056 742.D057<br />

3) Swirl ring (2 pcs.) 742.D073<br />

4) Nozzle Standard (10 pcs.) Standard cross Long (5 pcs.) Long cross<br />

groove (10 pcs.)<br />

groove (5 pcs.)<br />

Ø 0.9 mm / 30 A 742.D008 742.D027 742.D014 742.D029<br />

Ø 1.1 mm / 30–50 A – – 742.D038 –<br />

Ø 1.1 mm / 30–60 A 742.D018 742.D028 – –<br />

Ø 1.2 mm / 50–70 A 742.D041 – – –<br />

5) Shield cap 742.D023<br />

6) Distance spring (2 pcs.) 742.D010<br />

7) Bevel cutting nozzle 742.D047<br />

8) Castellated nozzle 742.D048<br />

9) Castellated nozzle long 742.D060<br />

* Only for manual torches.<br />

7) 8)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

9)<br />

182<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PLASMA TORCHES AND SPARES<br />

PLASMA CUTTING TORCHES ”ABIPLAS® CUT” AIR-COOLED RATING UP TO 110 A<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110, ABIPLAS®<br />

CUT 110 MT<br />

Features<br />

Robust design and optimum cooling guarantee long<br />

life of torch and consumables Handle with longer<br />

trigger for larger distance between cutting cerf and<br />

hand, thus safer and fatigue-free working<br />

Quickly exchangeable consumables (including<br />

insulator)<br />

Large range of consumables, equipment and<br />

accessories<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110, ABIPLAS® CUT 110 ABIPLAS®<br />

CUT 110 MT Technical data (EN 60 974-7):<br />

Cooling:<br />

air-cooled<br />

Rating:<br />

110 A (at 60% duty cycle) 90 A (at<br />

100% duty cycle)<br />

Gas supply: Compresses air both for plasma<br />

and cooling gas<br />

– Gas pressure 4.8 – 7 bar<br />

– Working pressure 5.5 bar<br />

– Required volume 180 l/min at<br />

5.5 bar<br />

– Gas post flow circa 60 sec.<br />

Ignition voltage: 7 kV<br />

Cutting thickness: max. 40 mm at 110 A max. 35 mm<br />

at 90 A depending on material to<br />

be cut and power source<br />

1<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Standard<br />

Standard<br />

Long<br />

5) 6)<br />

Long<br />

Gouging nozzle<br />

Long cross<br />

grove<br />

Torch complete Part-No. Torch body<br />

Type Connector 6 m Part-No.<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 Single connector G1/4” 745.D001 745.D025<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 Central connector* 745.D048 745.D025<br />

Torch complete Part-No. Torch body<br />

Type Connector Cable support 6 m Part-No.<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 MT Single connector G1/4” Rubber 745.D035 745.D051<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 MT Single connector G1/4” Spring 745.D049 745.D051<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 MT Central connector* Rubber 745.D059 745.D051<br />

ABIPLAS® CUT 110 MT Central connector* spring 745.D060 745.D051<br />

*For user’s safety, please pay attention that the power source is equipped with a central socket corresponding to EN<br />

60 974-1. In case of order, please indicate the maschine type and the plug encoding.<br />

WEAR PARTS<br />

1) Insulator 745.D020<br />

2) Electrode (5 pcs.) Standard Long<br />

745.D008 745.D016<br />

3) Swirl ring (2 pcs.) 745.D113<br />

4) Nozzle (5 pcs.) Standard Gouging nozzle Long Long cross groove<br />

Ø 1.0 mm / 30–50 A 745.D018 – – –<br />

Ø 1.2 mm / 40–70 A 745.D010 – – –<br />

Ø 1.2 mm / 50 A – – 745.D066 745.D068<br />

Ø 1.4 mm / 70–90 A 745.D017 – – –<br />

Ø 1.6 mm / 90–110 A 745.D065 – – –<br />

Gouging nozzle – 745.D067 – –<br />

5) Shield cap 745.D026<br />

6) Distance spring (2 pcs.)* 745.D012<br />

7) Bevel cutting nozzle* 757.D040<br />

8) Castellated nozzle* 757.D046<br />

* Only for manual torches.<br />

7) 8)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

183


PURGING<br />

1<br />

ARGWELD INFLATABLE PIPE PURGING SYSTEMS<br />

FOR THE EFFICIENT AND ACCURATE PURGING OF PIPE.<br />

Uses less inert gas<br />

Faster<br />

Easy to use<br />

Improved quality of welds<br />

Fast pay back<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

APB0002<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 44-57 mm<br />

APB0018<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 367-444 mm<br />

APB0003<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 58-84 mm<br />

APB0020<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 408-495 mm<br />

APB0004<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 80-110 mm<br />

APB0022<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 480-576 mm<br />

APB0005<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 103-135 mm<br />

APB0024<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 490-596 mm<br />

APB0006<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 124-162 mm<br />

APB0030<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 725-734 mm<br />

APB0008<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 175-213 mm<br />

APB0036<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 889-998 mm<br />

APB0010<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 216-266 mm<br />

APB0040<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 950-1100 mm<br />

APB0012<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 258-315 mm<br />

APB0048<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 1190-1400 mm<br />

APB0014<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 285-342 mm<br />

APB0060<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 1400-1600 mm<br />

APB0016<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 326-393 mm<br />

APB0072<br />

Inflatable Pipe Purging System 1700-1900 mm<br />

FIVE SIMPLE STEPS FOR PERFECT RESULTS – EVERY TIME<br />

1. The Argweld® Pipe Purge System is positioned using the nylon pull tags.<br />

2. The Pipe Purge system is inflated using the inert gas supply.<br />

3. Once the Purge System is inflated, the pressure opens the purge valve; the air space is purged by the inert gas, displacing the<br />

air between the dams. At the required O2 level, the joint is ready for welding.<br />

NOTE: Outside of the joint will normally be taped when the joint design is not closed butt<br />

4. During welding the flow rate of inert gas should be maintained to purge any oxygen released by the increasing temperature.<br />

5. When the weld is complete and allowed to cool below oxidation temperature, the purge gas can be shut off; the purge system<br />

will deflate and then can be removed.<br />

ARGWELD HEAT RESISTANT PURGING SYSTEMS<br />

For application that requires pre-heating. Suitable for temperatures up to 300oC (for 24 hrs).<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

APSH004<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 100mm<br />

APSH016<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 400mm<br />

APSH005<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 125mm<br />

APSH017<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 425mm<br />

APSH006<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 150mm<br />

APSH018<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 450mm<br />

APSH008<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 200mm<br />

APSH019<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 475mm<br />

APSH009<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 225mm<br />

APSH020<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 500mm<br />

APSH010<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 250mm<br />

APSH022<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 550mm<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

APSH011<br />

APSH012<br />

APSH013<br />

APSH014<br />

APSH015<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 275mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 300mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 325mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 350mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 375mm<br />

APSH024<br />

APSH026<br />

APSH028<br />

APSH030<br />

APSH036<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 600mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 650mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 700mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 750mm<br />

Heat Resistant Pipe Purging System 900mm<br />

184 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


PURGING<br />

ARGWELD PURGE MONITOR (MARK V)<br />

The monitor can tell the operator exactly when the oxygen level is low enough to commence<br />

welding. No estimating or guesswork is involved, so no time is wasted waiting for the correct<br />

level to be reached.<br />

1<br />

Part Number Description<br />

APM0005 Argweld Purge Monitor (Mark V)<br />

ARGWED TITANIUM PURGE MONITOR<br />

The Argweld® Titanium Purge Monitor has been specifically designed for indicating oxygen levels<br />

in Argon gas for weld purging.<br />

Part Number<br />

ATM0001<br />

Description<br />

Argweld Titanium Purge Monitor<br />

ARGWELD WATER SOLUABLE PURGE FILM<br />

For the manufacture of pipe purging dams, using water soluble film.<br />

Part Number<br />

APF0001<br />

APFS001<br />

Description<br />

Argweld Purge Film Kit<br />

Adhesive 200ml bottle<br />

ARGWELD BACKING TAPE<br />

An economical non metallic weld backing system for the backing of welds, where purging is<br />

required but not easily achieved, for quality and for supporting weld roots to improve welds<br />

bead profile.<br />

Part Number Description<br />

ABT0001<br />

Argweld Light Duty Backing Tape 80Amps 75 x 25m<br />

ABT0002 Argweld Heavy Duty Backing Tape 160Amps 75 x 12.5m<br />

ABT0003<br />

Argweld Aluminium Tape only 50 x 45m<br />

ARGWELD TITANIUM TRAILING SHIELDS<br />

The Argweld® leading and trailing shields are designed for high quality gas coverage of titanium<br />

while welding. They can be supplied to fit any make of TIG or plasma welding torch for manual<br />

and automatic welding on pipes, vessels or flat plate.<br />

Part Number<br />

ATS1002<br />

ATS1004<br />

ATS1006<br />

ATS1008<br />

ATS10010<br />

ATS10012<br />

ATSF001<br />

ATSS001<br />

Description<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 2” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 4” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 6” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 8” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 10” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld 12” OD<br />

Trailing Shoe Argweld Flat<br />

Trailing Shoe Silcone Skirt<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

185


PURGING<br />

1<br />

ARGWELD PIPE PURGE PLUGS (ALUMINIUM)<br />

Part Number Description<br />

PSP3040<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 37-45mm<br />

PSP3050<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 48-62mm<br />

PSP3060<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 62-70mm<br />

PSP3075<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 73-87mm<br />

PSP3085<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 87-94mm<br />

PSP3100<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 96-108mm<br />

PSP3115<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 107-120mm<br />

PSP3125<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 120-137mm<br />

PSP3150<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 149-165mm<br />

PSP4175<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 167-191.5mm<br />

PSP4200<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 192-210mm<br />

PSP4225<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 215-235mm<br />

PSP4250<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 230-260mm<br />

PSP4300<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 285-315mm<br />

PSP4350<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 340-370mm<br />

PSP4400<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 390-420mm<br />

PSP4450<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 438-470mm<br />

PSP4500<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 485-520mm<br />

PSP4550<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 510-555mm<br />

PSP4600<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 593-625mm<br />

PSP4650<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 635-670mm<br />

PSP4700<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 680-715mm<br />

PSP4750<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 730-770mm<br />

PSP4815<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 765-810mm<br />

PSP4850<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 840-880mm<br />

PSP4900<br />

Pipe Purge Plugs Aluminium 890-925mm<br />

TECHWELD MULTI-STRIKE TUNGSTENS<br />

Part Number<br />

MST6010<br />

MST6016<br />

MST6020<br />

MST6024<br />

MST6032<br />

MST6040<br />

Description<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 1.0mm x 150mm<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 1.6mm x 150mm<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 2.0mm x 150mm<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 2.4mm x 150mm<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 3.2mm x 150mm<br />

Multi-Strike Tungsten 4.0mm x 150mm<br />

TECHWELD TEG-3 GRINDER<br />

Teg Grinder with Dust<br />

Extraction<br />

The use of the TEG-3 grinder will give exactly the same tungsten points every time, enabling<br />

consistent repeatable arc performance and welding results.<br />

Part Number<br />

TEG3002<br />

TEG322E<br />

TEGS001<br />

Description<br />

TEG-3 Tungsten Grinder 220 volt<br />

TEG-3 Tungsten Grinder 220 volt with Dust Extraction<br />

Diamond Grinding Wheel<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Teg Grinder without<br />

Dust Extraction<br />

186 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


NITTO CUTTERS<br />

AUSTBROACH CUTTERS<br />

CENTRE PINS<br />

NAP0625<br />

NAP0650<br />

25mm SHORT SERIES<br />

PART NO. CUTTERS<br />

OT12256 12mm Cutter<br />

OT13256 13mm Cutter<br />

OT14256 14mm Cutter<br />

OT15256 15mm Cutter<br />

OT16258 16mm Cutter<br />

OT17258 17mm Cutter<br />

OT18258 18mm Cutter<br />

OT19258 19mm Cutter<br />

OT20258 20mm Cutter<br />

OT21258 21mm Cutter<br />

OT22258 22mm Cutter<br />

OT23258 23mm Cutter<br />

OT24258 24mm Cutter<br />

PART NO.<br />

OT25258<br />

OT26258<br />

OT27258<br />

OT28258<br />

OT29258<br />

OT30258<br />

OT31258<br />

OT32258<br />

OT33258<br />

OT34258<br />

OT35258<br />

OT36258<br />

OT37258<br />

HIGH QUALITY, HIGH SPEED STEEL<br />

Features<br />

Makes holes 3 times faster than twist drill<br />

Much more accurate holes<br />

Longer working life<br />

Requires only to centre punch hole location<br />

Single pass cutting needs no pilot hole<br />

Lubricants can always be applied to cutting edges<br />

Requires much less power to make holes<br />

Can be sharpened many times<br />

50mm LONG SERIES<br />

CUTTERS<br />

25mm Cutter<br />

26mm Cutter<br />

27mm Cutter<br />

28mm Cutter<br />

29mm Cutter<br />

30mm Cutter<br />

31mm Cutter<br />

32mm Cutter<br />

33mm Cutter<br />

34mm Cutter<br />

35mm Cutter<br />

36mm Cutter<br />

37mm Cutter<br />

PART NO.<br />

OT38258<br />

OT39258<br />

OT40258<br />

OT41258<br />

OT42258<br />

OT43258<br />

OT44258<br />

OT45258<br />

OT46258<br />

OT47258<br />

OT48258<br />

OT49258<br />

OT50258<br />

CUTTERS<br />

38mm Cutter<br />

39mm Cutter<br />

40mm Cutter<br />

41mm Cutter<br />

42mm Cutter<br />

43mm Cutter<br />

44mm Cutter<br />

45mm Cutter<br />

46mm Cutter<br />

47mm Cutter<br />

48mm Cutter<br />

49mm Cutter<br />

50mm Cutter<br />

PART NO.<br />

OT12506<br />

OT13506<br />

OT14506<br />

OT15506<br />

OT16508<br />

OT17508<br />

OT18508<br />

OT19508<br />

OT20508<br />

OT21508<br />

OT22508<br />

OT23508<br />

OT24508<br />

CUTTERS<br />

12mm Cutter<br />

13mm Cutter<br />

14mm Cutter<br />

15mm Cutter<br />

16mm Cutter<br />

17mm Cutter<br />

18mm Cutter<br />

19mm Cutter<br />

20mm Cutter<br />

21mm Cutter<br />

22mm Cutter<br />

23mm Cutter<br />

24mm Cutter<br />

Interchangeability<br />

Can be fitted to Atra Ace and other Brands of Portable<br />

Magnetic Cutting Units<br />

Applications<br />

For Heavy Duty Industrial Use<br />

Specifications<br />

Can be fitted to a wide range of sizes 13mm and larger<br />

PART NO.<br />

OT25508<br />

OT26508<br />

OT27508<br />

OT28508<br />

OT29508<br />

OT30508<br />

OT31508<br />

OT32508<br />

OT33508<br />

OT34508<br />

OT35508<br />

OT36508<br />

OT37508<br />

CUTTERS<br />

25mm Cutter<br />

26mm Cutter<br />

27mm Cutter<br />

28mm Cutter<br />

29mm Cutter<br />

30mm Cutter<br />

31mm Cutter<br />

32mm Cutter<br />

33mm Cutter<br />

34mm Cutter<br />

35mm Cutter<br />

36mm Cutter<br />

37mm Cutter<br />

PART NO.<br />

OT38508<br />

OT39508<br />

OT40508<br />

OT41508<br />

OT42508<br />

OT43508<br />

OT44508<br />

OT45508<br />

OT46508<br />

OT47508<br />

OT48508<br />

OT49508<br />

OT50508<br />

CUTTERS<br />

38mm Cutter<br />

39mm Cutter<br />

40mm Cutter<br />

41mm Cutter<br />

42mm Cutter<br />

43mm Cutter<br />

44mm Cutter<br />

45mm Cutter<br />

46mm Cutter<br />

47mm Cutter<br />

48mm Cutter<br />

49mm Cutter<br />

50mm Cutter<br />

1<br />

ATRA MODEL: WO-3250A<br />

From the extremely efficient electro-magnet to the height adjustable frame with reversible feed handles, the<br />

new ATRA ACE is more compatible to user needs while offering greater operator safety. Original OZBROACH<br />

cutters drastically shorten drilling time when compared to similar sized conventional twist drills. An optional<br />

One-Touch keyed chuck allows the use of up to 12mm twist drills. Newly developed Over-Load shutdown, magnet<br />

open-circuit sensor, and fail-safe restart technology formerly only found on high-end Nitto Kohki automatics is<br />

incorporated on the machine to further increase drill output while keeping costs down and safety paramount.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model<br />

WO-3250A<br />

Power Source (Single Phase) 220~240V AC 50-60Hz<br />

Rated Power Consumption 950W<br />

Rated Current 4.3A<br />

No Load Speed<br />

530RPM<br />

Magnetic Power Consumption 70W<br />

Magnetic Holding Power 900kg/f<br />

Magnetic Dimension<br />

99mm X 177mm<br />

Hole Cutting Capacity<br />

32mm<br />

Max. Plate Thickness<br />

50mm<br />

Mass (Weight)<br />

13kg<br />

FEATURES<br />

Improved Overload Detection with LED Indicator<br />

Advanced Motor Design<br />

Magnet Switch Protector<br />

Fail-Safe Restart<br />

Reversible Feed Handles<br />

Complete with coolant tank<br />

Supplied in carry case<br />

JET CHISEL NEEDLE SCALER - JT-20<br />

POPULAR TYPE<br />

Specifications<br />

Overall Length<br />

345mm<br />

Mass<br />

2.4kg<br />

Needle Stroke<br />

17mm<br />

Piston Diameter<br />

20mm<br />

Hose Size 3/8”<br />

Rated Air Pressure 0.59 MPa (6kgf/cm 2 ,<br />

5.9bar)<br />

Rated Air Consumption 0.2m3/min.<br />

Applications<br />

On-site hole cutting in steel plates, H-Beams shaped bars,<br />

framework, shipbuilding, bridge construction and repair,<br />

steel reinforcements, and many other metal working and<br />

construction jobs<br />

Standard Accessories<br />

Coolant Tank complete<br />

Pilot Pin 0625 / 0650 / 0825 / 0850 : 1 pc. each<br />

3mm Hex Socket Screw Key : 1 pc.<br />

Gaurd Ass’y : 1 pc.<br />

8mm x 10mm Spanner : 1 pc.<br />

Side Handle Ass’y : 1 set<br />

Safety Strap : 1 pc.<br />

Optional Accessories<br />

OZBROACH: One-touch type: 25L and 50L<br />

13mm keyed chuck with one-touch adaptor TB07690<br />

Hole-Cutting Capacity<br />

One-touch type OZBROACH:<br />

* Hole Dia.: Max. 32mm - Plate Thickness Max. 50mm<br />

Stroke Speed<br />

Vibration Level<br />

Needle Dia. & Qty.<br />

Standard Accessories<br />

4000min-1<br />

21.4m/sec2<br />

ø2mm x 29pcs.<br />

ø3mm x 12pcs<br />

ø3mm x 180mm<br />

Needle (12pcs)<br />

1 3/8” Hose Nipple<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

187


PORTABLE OVENS<br />

1<br />

INDUSTRIAL WELDING OVENS – SMITHWELD PORTABLE OVENS<br />

S-5F-240V<br />

Oven Electrode 5kg (180°c)<br />

S-9R-240V<br />

Oven Electrode 10kg (280°c)<br />

S-12F 240V<br />

Oven Electrode 14kg (280°c)<br />

SMITHWELD STORAGE & BAKING OVENS<br />

S-120F<br />

Flux Baking Oven 50-400°c<br />

S-150M-240V<br />

Oven Electrode 30-300°c<br />

S-150H-240V<br />

Oven Electrode 100-410°c<br />

S-200M-240V<br />

Oven Electrode 30-300°c<br />

WELDSTAR PORTABLE ELECTRODE OVENS<br />

Portable Electrode Oven 5kg<br />

PN:<br />

OVEN5KG<br />

Capacity<br />

5kg<br />

Voltage<br />

240V<br />

Wattage<br />

400W & 500W<br />

Temp. Range<br />

30-180ºC<br />

Portable Electrode Oven 10kg<br />

PN:<br />

OVEN10KG<br />

Capacity<br />

10kg<br />

Voltage<br />

240V<br />

Wattage<br />

400W & 500W<br />

Temp. Range<br />

30-180ºC<br />

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS<br />

Depth<br />

475mm<br />

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS<br />

Depth<br />

475mm<br />

Width<br />

100mm<br />

Width<br />

135mm<br />

Height<br />

75mm<br />

Height<br />

120mm<br />

Net Weight<br />

5kg<br />

Net Weight<br />

9.5kg<br />

Shipping<br />

200mm W x 560mm D x 260mm H<br />

Shipping<br />

230mm W x 580mm D x 300mm H<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

188 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CUT<br />

11.0mm<br />

CUT<br />

9.5m<br />

WAVEFORM CONTROL TECHNOLOGY<br />

INVERTEC STT II<br />

K1527-1 220/380/415/440/3/50/60<br />

POWER WAVE® C300, S350<br />

AND S500<br />

Features<br />

Excellent penetration control<br />

Excellent fusion and back bead<br />

Consistent X-ray quality welds<br />

Eliminates cold lapping on open root joints for pipe and<br />

pressure vessels<br />

415V<br />

SPECIALISED WELDERS<br />

AUX<br />

5kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

No4<br />

8kVA<br />

EURO<br />

240V<br />

1AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

The revolutionary STT process permits open gap root pass welding in pipe with greater ease of operation, better 20<br />

back beads and edge fusion, with less spatter and smoke than other available processes. – STT II can be used – with<br />

a variety of welding consumables including mild steel, stainless steel, high nickel alloys and silicon bronze. When<br />

using CO2 on mild and most alloy steels, the STT II produces less spatter than conventional 10 13GMAW with DC argon<br />

blends. The STT II is designed for challenging semi-automatic and automatic applications where spatter,<br />

10<br />

smoke, 13 AC DC 240 415<br />

AUX<br />

A<br />

AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX V V<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AU<br />

heat input and penetration control is critical. Typical applications include: pipe welding, pressure vessels, stainless<br />

steel tanks, furniture, automotive to name a few.<br />

415V 240V<br />

240V<br />

415V 2 415 240V 2 415 24<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V 300<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V<br />

AMP 41<br />

Output Range (Amps) peak: 0-450<br />

Low heat input<br />

background: 0-125<br />

Low spatter and 45low fume 50 55 70 90<br />

Output Range (Duty Cycle) 225A, 29V @ 60%<br />

OCV OCV OCV<br />

Produces small low cost welds at fast travel<br />

45 OCV<br />

speeds<br />

50OCV<br />

55 70 90<br />

OCV OCV OCV OCV OCV<br />

Rated Input<br />

30/18/17/16A<br />

Up to three times faster than TIG<br />

Rec. Generator (max output) 15kVA<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

Digital meters + for accurate – procedure DC setting<br />

000<br />

+/– DC DC DC00%<br />

CUT CUT<br />

AC<br />

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D 589 x 336 x 620<br />

Requires less operator skill and minimal +<br />

training –<br />

4.8mm0004.0mm<br />

+/– AC<br />

CUT<br />

Net Weight (kg) 46<br />

3.2mm<br />

3 year warranty<br />

Suggested Wire Feeder<br />

CUT CUT<br />

LN-742<br />

11.0mm 9.5mm<br />

Processes<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V 240V<br />

AUX AUX<br />

16mm 12.5m<br />

MIG-STT<br />

5kVA 4kVA<br />

Ordering Information<br />

CUT<br />

Power Wave C300 CE (compact) K2865-1<br />

Power Wave S350 CE (source) K2823-2<br />

Power Wave S500 CE K3168-1<br />

EURO<br />

No5<br />

K1527-1 220/380/415/440/3/50/60<br />

EURO No4<br />

Literature E4.52<br />

20<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

4kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

No4<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

No5<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

20<br />

–<br />

The Power Wave® C300, S350 and S500 are part of a modular concept offering many different configurations<br />

allowing you to adjust the machine to your welding application. The new platforms 10 all communicate 13 with DCArclink<br />

AC<br />

AUX AUX OUTPUT<br />

AUX<br />

allowing you to work with all our digital feeders the LF45, PF 25M and PF10M. All Power Waves® come complete<br />

with an Ethernet connection. You can get access to the machine by using this connection and our free available<br />

software. Software updates are free, our Web site powerwavesoftware.com 415Vcontains 240V<br />

240V<br />

the latest 2version of 415 software<br />

20kVA 12kVA PHASE V 415V<br />

including weldmodes. By updating the machine you can be sure that your machine is “up to date” and has a<br />

welding performance equal to a new one with the last improvements and additions included. On one side advanced<br />

technology but on the other side robustness, the Power Wave® has it all. 45 The machines 50 are 55built 70 according 90to our<br />

Industrial standard and prepared to work day in day out as well as two OCV shift operations. OCV The OCVcomponents inside OCV the<br />

machine are all protected and all PC boards are encapsulated. The Three Year warranty is standard and confirms<br />

the quality of the product.<br />

DC DC DC DC<br />

+ –<br />

000<br />

+/–<br />

00%<br />

AC<br />

20<br />

20<br />

No5<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

415V<br />

AUX<br />

20kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

7kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

10kVA<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

12kVA<br />

240<br />

V<br />

CUT CUT<br />

16mm 415V<br />

AUX 12.5m<br />

5kVA<br />

CUT<br />

415V 19mm<br />

AUX<br />

8kVA<br />

CUT CUT<br />

415V<br />

38mm AUX25m<br />

12kVA<br />

CUT<br />

38mm<br />

240V<br />

AUX<br />

8.5kVA<br />

415V CUT<br />

AUX 32mm<br />

20kVA<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

19mm<br />

CUT<br />

25mm<br />

CUT<br />

32mm<br />

CUT<br />

12mm<br />

415<br />

V<br />

300<br />

AMP<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – POWER SOURCES<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item number Voltage/Power factor Input Power @<br />

Rated Output<br />

Power Wave C300 CE (compact) K2865-1<br />

Fuse<br />

size<br />

Weight<br />

(kg)<br />

Dimensions<br />

HxWxD (mm)<br />

11.1 kVA@40% 15A 47.6 478 x 356 x 610<br />

Power Wave S350CE (source) K2823-2 415V3Ph 50/60Hz<br />

(208-575V)/0,95<br />

14 kVA@40% 16A 46.6 518 x 356 x 630<br />

Power Wave® S500 CE (source) K3168-1 29 kVA@40% 32A 68 570 x 356 x 630<br />

Protection<br />

Class<br />

IP23<br />

Compliance<br />

AS60974.1<br />

AS/NZS CISPR 11<br />

EN 60974-1<br />

EN 60974-10<br />

ROHS<br />

CE<br />

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – WIRE FEEDER<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Item number Drive rolls Wire size (mm) Weight Dimensions HxWxD (mm)<br />

Power Wave C300<br />

built-in MAXTRAC 2 rolls Ø 44.5 mm 0.8-1.6 - -<br />

CE MAXTRAC TM DRIVE<br />

LF45 - recommended for<br />

Power Wave S350 and S500<br />

K14072-1 4 rolls Ø 37 mm 0.8-1.6 17 kg 440x270x636<br />

WELDING OUTPUT<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Process Output current range Rated Output Max. O.C.V.<br />

POWER WAVE C300 CE<br />

GMAW, GMAW-Pulse, FCAW<br />

SMAW<br />

5-300A<br />

300A/29V@40% 250A/26.5V@100%<br />

280A/31.2V@40% 225A/29V@100%<br />

70V<br />

GTAW-DC<br />

300A/22V@40% 250A/22V@100%<br />

GMAW, GMAW-Pulse, FCAW<br />

350A/31.5V@40% 300A/29V@100%<br />

70V<br />

Power Wave s350 CE<br />

SMAW 5-350A<br />

325A/33V@40% 250A/31V@100% 60V<br />

GTAW-DC 350A/24V@40% 300A/22V@100% 24V<br />

GMAW, GMAW-Pulse, FCAW 40-550A 550A/41.5V@60% 450A/36.5V@100% 70V<br />

Power Wave® S500<br />

SMAW 15-550A 550A/42V@60% 450A/35V@100% 60V<br />

GTAW-DC 5-550A 550A/32V@60% 450A/28V@100% 24V<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

189


SPECIALISED WELDERS<br />

1<br />

ROBOTS<br />

Purchasing a robotic welding or cutting system is a major investment and you won’t settle for anything but the<br />

best. With Lincoln Electric you get the best, industry leading welding and cutting equipment matched with one of<br />

the most recognised names in robotics, FANUC.<br />

The combination of Lincoln Electric and FANUC Robotics produces systems that are designed to work together<br />

offering you improved productivity and exceptional quality, time and time again. Experienced specialists in our<br />

Automation Division work one-on-one with you to provide creative solutions to meet your individual needs.<br />

ARC Mate 50iL: for small part applications.<br />

ARC Mate 100i Model B: for most arc welding applications.<br />

ARC Mate 120iL Model B: for larger components.<br />

ARC Tool SOFTWARE<br />

All Lincoln ARC Mate robots are fitted with ARC Tool Software for ease of use and increased<br />

functionality in the arc welding environment.<br />

Special Applications<br />

Lincoln has a range of robotic equipment to solve most automatic arc welding applications.<br />

CUSTOM CELLS<br />

Custom Cells<br />

We customise each robotic cell to meet your specific requirements. The correct selection of the welding process,<br />

robot and positioning equipment can make some of the most difficult projects seem easy. During concept, Lincoln’s<br />

automation engineers match welding process capabilities with creative parts positioning designs to produce<br />

repeatable, high quality and high cycle rate solutions. Robotic cells are often based on common positioning<br />

concepts such as: Turn Tables, Head and Tail Stocks, Tilt Rotate Positioners, Static Side Tables, Travel Tracks.<br />

Pre-Engineered Cells<br />

We offer a time tested family of pre-engineered “drop-in-place” cell concepts designed to provide immediate<br />

production gains for a wide range of part sizes. The pre-engineered part positioning concepts include: fixed tables,<br />

indexing turn tables plus dual head and tailstock designs. All engineered for reliability, efficiency, durability, safety<br />

and ergonomic functionality.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

190 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

BOA-408i S1<br />

This bore welder system provides all the components necessary for welding in bores from 20mm (.8”)<br />

to 356mm (14.0”) diameter.<br />

Key Benefits<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping, reversible torch extension<br />

with precision lead-screw feed<br />

ensures accurate, repeatable weld<br />

bead placement ensuring proper<br />

bead to bead and bead to base metal<br />

penetration (weld thickness is easily<br />

adjusted by increasing or decreasing<br />

torch speed and wire feed speed)<br />

Durable corrosion-resistant<br />

construction throughout<br />

Lockable clutch allows single-plane<br />

first welds<br />

Easily adapted to your existing MIG<br />

wire feeder and power supply<br />

Easily adapted to a variety of boring<br />

bar systems using standard BRS<br />

interchange kits<br />

Pivoting torch head allows system to<br />

weld in large range of bore sizes with<br />

no torch change<br />

All weld nozzles are electrically<br />

isolated, thread-on design<br />

All weld tips are straight thread-in<br />

design; easily replaced and inexpensive<br />

Includes Standard:<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum<br />

carrying/storage case<br />

Arc start / stop / interrupt switch<br />

Power cord<br />

Operators manual<br />

Tool kit<br />

One piece motion device and controller<br />

with multi-position borewelder mount<br />

32mm (1.25”) stainless steel support<br />

tube with re-position groove<br />

Mini diffuser<br />

Mini nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard diffuser<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Stub tips<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Standard tips<br />

Standard nozzle (insulated)<br />

Stub nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard, quick-connect torch<br />

assembly with 610mm (24”) extension<br />

tube and 3m (10’) conduit<br />

Micro welding gun assembly (quickconnect)<br />

with spare nozzle and tip<br />

1<br />

BOA-408i S2<br />

This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from 20mm<br />

(.8”) to 533mm (21”) diameter.<br />

Key Benefits<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping, reversible torch extension<br />

with precision lead-screw feed<br />

ensures accurate, repeatable weld<br />

bead placement ensuring proper<br />

bead to bead and bead to base metal<br />

penetration (weld thickness is easily<br />

adjusted by increasing or decreasing<br />

torch speed and wire feed speed)<br />

Durable corrosion-resistant<br />

construction throughout<br />

Lockable clutch allows single-plane<br />

first welds<br />

Easily adapted to your existing MIG<br />

wire feeder and power supply<br />

Easily adapted to a variety of boring<br />

bar systems using standard BRS<br />

interchange kits<br />

Pivoting torch head allows system to<br />

weld in large range of bore sizes with<br />

no torch change<br />

All weld nozzles are electrically<br />

isolated, thread-on design<br />

All weld tips are straight thread-in<br />

design; easily replaced and inexpensive<br />

Adjustable machine support allows<br />

easy machine centering and leveling<br />

once mounted to part<br />

Includes Standard:<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum<br />

carrying/storage case<br />

Arc start / stop / interrupt switch<br />

Power cord<br />

Operators manual<br />

Tool kit<br />

One piece motion device and controller<br />

with eight position borewelder mount<br />

32mm (1.25”) stainless steel support<br />

tube<br />

Mini diffuser<br />

Mini nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard diffuser<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Stub tips<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Standard tips<br />

Standard nozzle (insulated)<br />

Stub nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard torch assembly with 610mm<br />

(24”) extension tube and 3m (10’)<br />

conduit<br />

Adjustable “T” base and tack plate<br />

”T” Base support extender<br />

Large diameter torch assembly<br />

3” torch extension<br />

Handheld welding gun for use with<br />

bore welder conduit - handy for field<br />

installs (just use one conduit and MIG<br />

feeder)<br />

BOA-408i S3<br />

This bore welder system provides all components required for bore welding in bores from 20mm (.8”)<br />

to 787mm (31”) diameter, and outside diameter welding on diameters from 0 to 305mm (0-12”),<br />

faces up to 610mm (24”) and features a larger quantity of consumable parts.<br />

Key Benefits<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping, reversible torch extension<br />

with precision lead-screw feed<br />

ensures accurate, repeatable weld<br />

bead placement ensuring proper<br />

bead to bead and bead to base metal<br />

penetration (weld thickness is easily<br />

adjusted by increasing or decreasing<br />

torch speed and wire feed speed)<br />

Durable corrosion-resistant<br />

construction throughout<br />

Lockable clutch allows single-plane<br />

first welds<br />

Easily adapted to your existing MIG<br />

wire feeder and power supply<br />

Easily adapted to a variety of boring<br />

bar systems using standard BRS<br />

interchange kits<br />

Pivoting torch head allows system to<br />

weld in large range of bore sizes with<br />

no torch change<br />

All weld nozzles are electrically<br />

isolated, thread-on design<br />

All weld tips are straight thread-in<br />

design; easily replaced and inexpensive<br />

Adjustable machine support allows<br />

easy machine centering and leveling<br />

once mounted to part<br />

Allows buildup on equipment bores<br />

up to 788mm (31”) and pins and OD’s<br />

up to 305mm (12”) and faces up to<br />

610mm (24”)<br />

Includes Standard:<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum<br />

carrying/storage case<br />

Arc start / stop / interrupt switch<br />

Power cord<br />

Operators manual<br />

Tool kit<br />

One piece motion device and controller<br />

with multi-position borewelder mount<br />

& long-stroke upgrade installed<br />

32mm (1.25”) stainless steel support tube<br />

(10) Mini diffuser<br />

(10) Mini nozzle (insulated)<br />

(10) Standard diffuser<br />

(20) .8mm (.030”) Stub tips<br />

(20) .8mm (.030”) Standard tips<br />

(10) Standard nozzle (insulated)<br />

(10) Stub nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard torch assembly with 610mm<br />

(24”) extension tube and 3m (10’) conduit<br />

Adjustable “T” base and tack plate<br />

”T” Base extension<br />

4” radial support extender<br />

Large diameter torch assembly<br />

8” radial support extender<br />

(2) Large diameter torch extender<br />

3” torch extender<br />

Outside diameter torch<br />

Face welding torch kit<br />

Handheld welding gun for use with bore<br />

welder conduit - handy for field installs<br />

(just use one conduit and MIG feeder)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

191


1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

BOA-408i S4 package<br />

This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from 20mm<br />

(.8”) to 914mm (36”) diameter, outside diameter welding range of 0mm to 914mm (36”) plus<br />

automatic face welding from 0mm to 610mm (24”) diameter.<br />

Key Benefits<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping, reversible torch extension<br />

with precision lead-screw feed<br />

ensures accurate, repeatable weld<br />

bead placement ensuring proper<br />

bead to bead and bead to base metal<br />

penetration (weld thickness is easily<br />

adjusted by increasing or decreasing<br />

torch speed and wire feed speed)<br />

Durable corrosion-resistant<br />

construction throughout<br />

Lockable clutch allows single-plane<br />

first welds<br />

Easily adapted to your existing MIG<br />

wire feeder and power supply<br />

Easily adapted to a variety of boring<br />

bar systems using standard BRS<br />

interchange kits<br />

Pivoting torch head allows system to<br />

weld in large range of bore sizes with<br />

no torch change<br />

All weld nozzles are electrically isolated,<br />

thread-on design<br />

All weld tips are straight thread-in<br />

design; easily replaced and inexpensive<br />

Adjustable machine support allows easy<br />

machine centering and leveling once<br />

mounted to part<br />

Allows buildup on equipment pins and<br />

OD’s up to 914mm (36”)<br />

Allows worn part faces to be built up<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Standard tips (may<br />

substitute .035” or .045” if desired)<br />

Standard nozzle (insulated)<br />

Stub nozzle (insulated)<br />

Standard torch assembly with 610mm<br />

(24”) extension tube and quick connect<br />

3m (10’) conduit<br />

Includes Standard:<br />

Adjustable “T” base and tack plate &<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum carrying/ adjustable support tube receiver<br />

storage case<br />

”T” Base extension<br />

Arc start / stop / interrupt switch<br />

4” radial support extender<br />

Power cord<br />

Large diameter torch assembly<br />

Operators manual<br />

8” radial support extender<br />

Tool kit<br />

(2) Large diameter torch extenders<br />

One piece motion device and controller<br />

6” torch extender<br />

with multi-position bore welder mount<br />

& long-stroke option<br />

Outside diameter torch<br />

32mm (1.25”) stainless steel support Beam gun adjustable I.D. and O.D. weld<br />

tube with quick-reposition feature head with HD consumables<br />

Mini diffuser<br />

Automatic Face welding gun (comes<br />

with carry case, not shown above)<br />

Mini nozzle (insulated)<br />

Handheld welding gun with quick<br />

Standard diffuser<br />

connect (for easy tack welding of<br />

(2) .8mm (.030”) Stub tips (may supports w/out conduit change)<br />

substitute .035” or .045” if desired)<br />

BOA-408i S5<br />

This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores from<br />

20mm (.8”) to 1.2m (48”), outside diameter welding range of 0mm to 914mm (36”) plus automatic<br />

face welding from 0mm to 610mm (24”) diameters. Has second gun/conduit assembly that will<br />

accommodate long duration, heavy duty applications. This HD gun uses the 450HD borewelder<br />

tips, nozzles and consumables rated for 250amp welding. A professionals package. Standard and<br />

compact drive shaft will work in this drive as well, if desired. With this kit you even receive the<br />

compact BOA-M1 kit, the full, compact bore welder package so handy for those ultra-tight areas<br />

requiring a bore welder. (great for steering cylinder attachment points on loaders).<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Key Benefits<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping, reversible torch extension<br />

with precision lead-screw feed<br />

ensures accurate, repeatable weld<br />

bead placement ensuring proper<br />

bead to bead and bead to base metal<br />

penetration (weld thickness is easily<br />

adjusted by increasing or decreasing<br />

torch speed and wire feed speed)<br />

Durable corrosion-resistant<br />

construction throughout<br />

Patented dis-engagable lockable clutch<br />

system allows single-plane first welds<br />

Easily adapted to a variety of boring<br />

bar systems using standard BRS<br />

interchange kits<br />

Pivoting torch head allows system to<br />

weld in large range of bore sizes with<br />

no torch change<br />

All weld nozzles are electrically isolated,<br />

thread-on design<br />

All weld tips are straight thread-in<br />

design; easily replaced and inexpensive<br />

Adjustable machine support allows easy<br />

machine centering and leveling once<br />

mounted to part<br />

Allows weld buildup on equipment<br />

bores up to 1.2m (48”) and pins and<br />

OD’s up to 1.2m (48”)<br />

Allows worn part faces to be built up<br />

May be purchased with or without MIG<br />

wire feeder and power supply, or easily<br />

interfaces with your existing MIG feeder<br />

Includes Standard:<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum carrying/<br />

storage case<br />

Arc start / stop / interrupt switch<br />

Power cord<br />

Operators manual<br />

Tool kit<br />

One piece motion device and controller<br />

with variable position borewelder mount<br />

32mm (1.25”) stainless steel support tube<br />

with position repeat groove<br />

Long-stroke upgrade installed - (318mm<br />

(12.5”) continuous)<br />

Auto-Skip upgrade installed - (allows<br />

partial diameter weld buildup/ weld/<br />

no-weld zone programming)<br />

(10) Mini diffusers<br />

(10) Mini nozzles (insulated)<br />

(10) Standard diffusers<br />

(10) .8mm (.030”) Stub tips<br />

(10) .8mm (.030”) Standard tips<br />

(10) Standard nozzle (insulated)<br />

(10) Stub nozzle (insulated)<br />

(10) Stub tips .030” (.035” and .045”<br />

substitute also available upon request)<br />

(10) Standard tips .030” (.035” and .045”<br />

substitute also available upon request)<br />

Standard torch assembly with 610mm<br />

(24”) extension tube and 3m (10’) conduit<br />

Adjustable “T” base and tack plate<br />

4” radial support extender<br />

Large diameter torch assembly<br />

8” radial support extender<br />

(2) Large diameter torch extenders<br />

Outside diameter torch<br />

Face welding torch<br />

Beam gun adjustable I.D. and O.D. weld<br />

head<br />

Heavy duty conduit assembly (shown on<br />

top of carry case) This allows for long<br />

duration, 250 amp welding for your deep,<br />

high-buildup jobs<br />

Lo-Speed gearset for precision control<br />

on ultra large diameter bore welding (not<br />

pictured)<br />

Compact bore welder drive (BOA-M1<br />

drive) Allows bore welding in very limited<br />

access areas (not pictured)<br />

Compact gun extension tube<br />

Stub welding gun (not pictured)<br />

Short drive spindle assembly with toolless,<br />

low profile extender tube clamp (not<br />

pictured)<br />

Micro welding gun assembly w/spare<br />

nozzle and tips (not pictured)<br />

192 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

BOA-550HD Large Diameter, Hi-Amp Borewelder<br />

This bore welder system provides standard components allowing bore welding in bores and on shafts<br />

or outside diameters from 89mm (3.5”) to 1.3m (50.0”) (with optional accessories you can weld up<br />

to 2.5m (100”) diameter and as small as 63mm (2.5”) and also weld faces).<br />

1<br />

Key Benefits:<br />

Pass-through drive system features<br />

telescoping torch system with reach of<br />

1.8m (72.0”)<br />

Lightweight, easy to set up userfriendly<br />

drive system...a first in the<br />

industry!<br />

Variable mechanical feed system<br />

Capable of running wire diameters of<br />

.9mm to 1.6mm (.035” to .062”)<br />

Standard welding current of 300 Amps<br />

at 100 percent duty cycle.<br />

Standard stroke of 457mm (18”)<br />

Standard onboard automatic weld-skip<br />

Utilizes a single, reliable Dayton speed<br />

control and feed motor with clutched<br />

chain drive.<br />

System Kit Includes Standard:<br />

Custom heavy duty aluminum diamond<br />

plate carrying/storage case<br />

Torch positioner with integrated auto<br />

weld skip & variable feed<br />

Power cord<br />

Operators manual<br />

Tool kit<br />

Stainless steel support tube<br />

115VAC AC 50/60Hz control box with<br />

interface cables<br />

Adjustable “T” Base with tack plate<br />

and offset<br />

(2) Radial support extensions<br />

(2) Standard torch extenders 127mm<br />

(5.0”) long<br />

1.02m (40.0”) torch extension tube<br />

Auxiliary conduit support tube<br />

4.5m (15.0’) 300 Amp conduit<br />

Standard torch<br />

Beam gun<br />

Standard nozzle<br />

Stub nozzle<br />

Stub diffuser<br />

Standard diffuser<br />

(2) 1.2mm (.045”) welding tips<br />

Universal Euro style MIG feeder<br />

connection adaptable to any make /<br />

model wire feeder<br />

One year warranty<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

In addition to the standard accessories list below, Bore Repair Systems, Inc. also offers custom fabricating services to suit your special welding<br />

applications. From heavy duty conduit systems, water-cooled hand held torches to custom torch assemblies for your production robot we offer<br />

a wide range of bore welding and non bore welding items. Be sure to call us with your requirements.<br />

Welding Tips<br />

Stub Tips: P/N 1058 – 0.8mm (.030”)<br />

P/N 1059 – 0.9mm (.035”)<br />

P/N 1060 – 1.2mm (.045”)<br />

Standard Tips: P/N 1061 – 0.8mm (.030”)<br />

P/N 1062 – 0.9mm (.035”)<br />

P/N 1063 – 1.2mm (.045”)<br />

Welding nozzles & diffuser<br />

Mini Nozzle: P/N 1092 – 32-50mm (1.25 – 2.00”)<br />

Stub Nozzle:<br />

P/N 1066 – use for small diameters<br />

Standard Nozzle:<br />

P/N 1067 – use for large diameters<br />

Mini diffuser: P/N 1093 – 32-50mm (1.25 – 2.00”)<br />

Diffuser:<br />

P/N 1057 – use with all torches<br />

Welding Torches & Accessories<br />

Standard Torch: P/N A313 – 32-204mm (1.25-8.00”)<br />

Large Diameter Torch: P/N A310 – 200-380mm (8-15”)<br />

Standard Torch Extender: P/N A116 – Increase Diameter 76mm (3”)<br />

Torch Extension Tube: P/N 1042<br />

1 Tube – 380-580mm Ø (15-23”Ø)<br />

2 Tubes – 530-760mm Ø (21-30”Ø)<br />

3 Tubes – 660-940mm Ø (27.37”Ø)<br />

OD Torch: P/N A317 – 0-305mm (0-12”)<br />

Automatic Face Torch: P/N A127 – 0-61mm (0-24”)<br />

Hand Held MIG Gun QC: P/N A333<br />

Support Components<br />

Tack Nut:<br />

P/N 1100 – not adjustable<br />

Swivel Base:<br />

P/N A106 – use with cones<br />

“T” Base:<br />

P/N A110 – Leveling & centering<br />

Tack Plate:<br />

P/N K11.11 – Weld Clamp to Part & Support “T” Base<br />

Base Extender:<br />

P/N 1097 – for large bores<br />

Radial Support: P/N A118 – for large bores (102mm (4”))<br />

P/N A119 – for large bores (203mm (8”))<br />

Boring Bar / Bore Welder Interchange #’s Vary – Depends on Bore Bar system – change<br />

easily from boring to welding with this kit.<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Liner: P/N 1039 – 1.5m (60”)<br />

Liner Aligner:<br />

P/N 1073 – Use with torch ext. tube<br />

350 Amp Portable Inverter P/N: 1101 – for a ‘turn key” sys<br />

Welding Power Supply and<br />

Wirefeeder Kit:<br />

Welding Wire, Large Diameter P/N 1103 – 30Lb spool (.030”)<br />

cast 70S6: P/N 1202 – 30Lb spool (.035”)<br />

Programmable Auto-Skip Opt: P/N 129 – enables partial borewelds (add to you new<br />

BOA-408i at time of order –OR- upgrades your existing<br />

bore welder ANYTIME.<br />

Centering Components<br />

Centering Tube & Cone set: P/N K11.12 – 45-160mm (1.8-6.4”)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

193


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM<br />

The TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM is a compact and rigid system which can be used to hold a wide variety of cutting torches, welding guns and<br />

other handheld tools. It consists of black anodized 7/8” (22.2 mm) square aluminum bars with 16-pitch machined racks and ways,<br />

right angle clamps, machined rackholders and torchholders.<br />

MDS-1040<br />

Machined Rack Welding Group<br />

TOOL POSITIONING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES<br />

BUG-9180<br />

7/8” (22.2 mm) Diameter<br />

Rod (Specify Length)<br />

CON-1020<br />

Swivel Clamp<br />

Assembly<br />

BUG-2708<br />

Clamp with 7/8” (2 mm)<br />

Rod<br />

UNI-1036<br />

Rackrider with Post<br />

BUG-5295<br />

Rod Mount<br />

PAN-1033<br />

Rod Clamp<br />

BUG-2660<br />

Fits-All Clamp<br />

BUG-2407<br />

Post Assembly - Vertical<br />

BUG-2915<br />

Torchholder Assembly<br />

BUG-1540<br />

Cable Anchor Assembly<br />

HOB-1025<br />

Rack Stop<br />

BUG-2440<br />

Base, Post (Block)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

BUG-2975<br />

Cable Mounting<br />

Assembly<br />

BUG-2668<br />

Cable Anchor<br />

Bracket<br />

GOF-3025<br />

2-Hose Quick-Acting<br />

Manifold<br />

BUG-9898<br />

3-Hose Quick-Acting<br />

Manifold<br />

194 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

BUG-2597<br />

Machined Rack<br />

27” (685 mm)<br />

BUG-9198<br />

Right Angle Rack<br />

18” (457 mm)<br />

CIR-1010-_<br />

Twin Hose Assembly (Specify Length)<br />

1. 28” (710 mm)<br />

2. 20” (500 mm)<br />

3. 32” (810 mm)<br />

4. 42” (1060 mm)<br />

5. 50” (1270 mm)<br />

MUG-1119-_<br />

Triple Hose Assembly (Specify Length)<br />

18. 18” (450 mm)<br />

32. 32” (810 mm)<br />

36. 36” (910 mm)<br />

1<br />

THE UNIVERSAL BUG-O II<br />

7.62<br />

(194 mm)<br />

6.25<br />

(159 mm)<br />

5.75<br />

(146 mm)<br />

Idler screw knob<br />

(to engage idler<br />

wheels)<br />

10.50<br />

(267 mm)<br />

6.00<br />

(152 mm)<br />

Support roller<br />

2.00<br />

(51 mm)<br />

Motor drive<br />

wheels<br />

2.00<br />

(51 mm)<br />

8.00<br />

(203 mm)<br />

Front idler<br />

wheel<br />

Idler wheel<br />

bracket<br />

TECHNICAL DATA:<br />

Power Requirement: UNI-1000 120 VAC/50-60/1<br />

UNI-1002 240 VAC/50-60/1<br />

UNI-1004 42 VAC/50-60/1<br />

Dimensions:<br />

8.00 L x 7.62 W x 10.50 H<br />

(203 x 194 x 267 mm)<br />

Speed Range:<br />

4 ipm to 75 ipm<br />

(102 to 1905 mm/min)<br />

Maximum Stiffner Size: 2” (50.8 mm)<br />

Net Weight:<br />

14 lbs. (6.35 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 16 lbs. (7.26 kg)<br />

FEATURES:<br />

The UNI-BUG II can operate without a track. A gear motor turns two drive wheels<br />

on one side of the workpiece. On the other side of the workpiece is a bracket<br />

which has four idler wheels mounted on it. An idler screw knob is used to move<br />

the idler wheel bracket against the workpiece and clamp it between the four idler<br />

wheels and the two drive wheels. BUG-1855 Welding Group is required to clamp<br />

and position a welding gun. BUG-1875 Cutting Group is available for cutting<br />

applications.<br />

THE UNIVERSAL BUG-O II KITS<br />

NOTE:<br />

Minimum work height is 2” (50.8 mm). (4”<br />

[101.6 mm] when welding).<br />

Minimum work height with corner follower is<br />

5” (127 mm).<br />

UNI-1100 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 20 VAC<br />

UNI-1102 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 240 VAC<br />

UNI-1104 UNI-BUG II Welding Kit 42 VAC<br />

Net Weight:<br />

19 lbs. (8.62 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 21 lbs. (9.53 kg)<br />

Includes:<br />

(1) BUG-1855 Welding Group<br />

(1) UNI-100_ UNI-BUG II<br />

BUG-1780 Rigid Rail is available for straight<br />

line applications, 40” (1 m) long, includes two<br />

ON/OFF magnets.<br />

UNI-1200 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 120 VAC<br />

UNI-1202 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 240 VAC<br />

UNI-1204 UNI-BUG II Cutting Group 42 VAC<br />

Net Weight:<br />

20 lbs. (9.07 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 22 lbs. (10.0 kg)<br />

Includes:<br />

(1) BUG-1875 Cutting Group<br />

(1) UNI-100_ UNI-BUG II<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

195


1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

SPEED WEAVER II<br />

The Speed Weaver II is designed to mount on any BUG-O carriage, the DCD<br />

ROL-O carriage, or, with a special weaver mount, in front of the Super-Flex<br />

drive carriage on Super-Flex rail. Its lightweight permits easy movement of<br />

the machine from one welding location to another.<br />

TECHINCAL DATA:<br />

Power Requirement:<br />

Linear Speed:<br />

Dwell:<br />

Cycles Per Minute:<br />

BUG-5300 120VAC/50-60/1<br />

BUG-5302 240VAC/50-60/1<br />

BUG-5304 42VAC/50-60/1<br />

6 to 150 ipm (150 to 3800 mm/min)<br />

0 to 3 Seconds Each Side; Calibrated<br />

Maximum; (Zero Dwell Left and Right)<br />

Stroke: .125” .25” .5” 1.0” 2.0”<br />

(3 mm) (6 mm) (12 mm) (25 mm) (50 mm)<br />

Cycles: 160 120 85 60 37<br />

Cube Dimensions:<br />

8.5”L x 8.75”W x 6.5”H<br />

(216 mm x 222 mm x 160 mm)<br />

Net Weight:<br />

19 lbs. (8.6 kg)<br />

(Not including rail and torch mounting.)<br />

Shipping Weight:<br />

22 lbs (10 kg)<br />

(Not including rail and torch mounting.)<br />

BUG-1916 DC SPEED WEAVING<br />

KIT (120/50-60/1)<br />

INCLUDES:<br />

1 BUG-0343 BUG-O DC-IV<br />

1.5-30 ipm (38-750 mm/min)<br />

INCLUDES:<br />

1 BUG-9444 Tool Kit<br />

1 BUG-5300 SPEED WEAVER II<br />

1 BUG-5195 Weaver Swivel Mount<br />

1 BUG-2975 Cable Mounting Assembly<br />

1 ARR-1080 H.D. Rigid Rail 93-1/2” (2.37 m)<br />

1 ARR-1085 H.D. Rigid Rail 46-1/2” (1.18 m)<br />

5 ARM-2325 Magnet Bar, Swivel w/Release<br />

BUG-1917 DC SPEED WEAVING KIT (240/50-60/1)<br />

BUG-1918 DC SPEED WEAVING KIT (42/50-60/1)<br />

Net Weight of Kit:<br />

91 lbs. (41.5 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight of Kit: 101 lbs. (46 kg)<br />

Bug-GY-Vert III<br />

The BUG-GY-VERT III is a portable battery powered 4-wheel drive welding carriage<br />

with or without torch oscillation. Strong permanent magnets hold the machine<br />

on the workpiece allowing it to travel on vertical or oblique work surfaces.<br />

Guide wheels on the BUG-GY-VERT III automatically track the torch in the fillet<br />

joint. The BUG-GY-VERT III is compact, lightweight and easy to position. It will<br />

accommodate most hand held welding guns. By providing consistent travel speed<br />

the BUG-GYVERT III can increase the productivity and the quality of welding<br />

applications in many areas of steel fabrication or shipbuilding.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Accessories:<br />

H01134-001-01-02 14.4 volt rechargeable battery.<br />

H01113-001-01-03 110 volt battery charger.<br />

H01113-001-01-02 220 volt battery charger.<br />

VFW-3210<br />

Auxiliary Magnets – For increased<br />

magnetic holding power and traction.<br />

Power Adaptors - converts machine from battery power to 110<br />

volt or 220 volt line power.<br />

BMV-1510 110 volt Adaptor<br />

BMV-1512 220 volt Adaptor<br />

Technical data<br />

Power Supply:<br />

14.4V (3000mAh rechargeable battery)<br />

Position of Weld:<br />

Vertical & Horizontal<br />

Dimensions<br />

See brochure<br />

Carriage to Work Clearance: .25” (6.5 mm)<br />

Minimum Plate Thickness: 3/16” (5 mm)<br />

Wheel Movement:<br />

4 wheel drive<br />

Shipping Weight without Oscillator: 37 lbs. (17 kg.)<br />

Shipping Weight with Oscillator: 43 lbs. (20 kg.)<br />

Travel Speed:<br />

2.5-50 ipm (60-1250 mm/min)<br />

Oscillation Width (amplitude): 0-.75” (0-19 mm)<br />

Oscillation Frequency:<br />

20-60 cycles/min<br />

Dwell-Independent Each Side: 0-1.5 seconds<br />

Vertical carrying capacity varies with material thickness. On 3/8” (9.5 mm) plate, carrying<br />

capacity is 20 lbs (9.1 kg).<br />

196 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

UNIVERSAL BUG-O-MATIC<br />

The UNIVERSAL BUG-O-MATIC is a compact unit which combines a powerful drive and precision oscillator all in one housing. The unit is<br />

lightweight and can easily be handled by one operator. The machine works in all positions and can be used for vertical and overhead welds. By<br />

simply changing the carriage, the unit can work on rigid rail, semi-flex rail, hi-flex rail or complete ring rails. The opening mechanism of the<br />

carriage allows the unit to be released or installed anywhere on the rail.<br />

1<br />

While welding, adjustments can be made to the travel speed, amplitude and oscillation speed as well as dwell left and dwell right. While the<br />

machine is welding, the torch can be guided by a separate steering knob. Closed loop feedback and dynamic braking allow the Bug-O-Matic to<br />

make precise starts, stops and travel at a constant speed.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

7.2”<br />

184 mm<br />

TECHNICAL DATA:<br />

Input Voltage:<br />

Linear Speed:<br />

Weave Speed:<br />

Dwell Time:<br />

Weave Width:<br />

Steering:<br />

Load Capacity:<br />

Net Weight:<br />

Shipping Weight:<br />

BUG-5702 240 VAC/50-60/1<br />

3-70 ipm (75-1750 mm/m)<br />

4-100 ipm (100-2500 mm/m)<br />

0-3 seconds, left and right<br />

0.1-2’’ (2.5-50 mm)<br />

2’’ (50 mm) left and right of center<br />

4’’ (100 mm) total<br />

30 lbs. (14 kg)<br />

28 lbs. (13 kg)<br />

33 lbs. (15 kg)<br />

5.5”<br />

143 mm<br />

9.5”<br />

241 mm<br />

PENDANT CONTROL FUNCTIONS<br />

A. Pattern Selector Switch<br />

B. Carriage Travel Switch<br />

C. Carriage Speed<br />

D. Dwell Right<br />

E. Dwell Left<br />

F. Weave Speed<br />

G. Amplitude<br />

H. Weld Contact<br />

J. Steering, Right & Left<br />

J<br />

F<br />

E<br />

D<br />

A<br />

G<br />

H<br />

B<br />

C<br />

CARRIAGES<br />

FOR RIGID AND SEMI-FLEX RAIL<br />

MPD-1065 4-wheel carriage<br />

Releasable, can be installed or released in any<br />

position anywhere on the rail.<br />

FOR RING RAIL<br />

BUG-5910 Ring Rail Carriage<br />

4 wheels can be adjusted to the required ring<br />

diameter. Releasable.<br />

FOR HI-FLEX RAILS<br />

Fmd-1105 Hi-Flex Carriage<br />

Runs on high flexible SS-Rails as shown below.<br />

Releasable.<br />

The above shown carriages can be used on the rails shown below:<br />

Magnet Bars and Vacuum Bars<br />

ARR-1080 L = 8’ (2.4 m)<br />

HD-Rigid Aluminum Rail<br />

ARR-1085 L = 4’ (1.2 m)<br />

HD-Rigid Aluminum Rail<br />

AFR-3000 L = 8’ (2.4 m)<br />

Semi-Flex Aluminum Rail<br />

ARM-2325<br />

Magnet w/Release<br />

ARM-2425<br />

Magnet w/Release<br />

ARV-1080/1085<br />

Vacuum System<br />

Ring Rails Diameter<br />

BRR-1210-20 (20” 500 mm)<br />

BRR-1210-27 (27” 680 mm)<br />

BRR-1210-34 (34” 860 mm)<br />

BRR-1210-41 (41” 1040 mm)<br />

BRR-1210-48 (48” 1220 mm)<br />

ARM-2380<br />

Support Bar with Screw<br />

Feet<br />

ARM-2480<br />

Support Bar with Screw<br />

Magnet Feet<br />

R<br />

FMD-1050 Hi-Flex Rail<br />

57.7” (1.47 m) Long sections<br />

Flexes to 30” (760 mm) Radius<br />

ARM-2120<br />

RE-Magnet w/Release<br />

FMD-2325<br />

Magnet w/Release<br />

FMD-1220/1230<br />

Vacuum System<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

197


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

BUG-GY FILLET WELDER AFW-3000<br />

The BUG-GY Fillet Welder is designed for making continuous or intermittent stitch welds on fillet, lap or butt joints. It is a lightweight<br />

portable carriage that uses powerful magnets and guide wheels to clamp and track on the work piece. The BUG-GY is self-guiding and requires<br />

little operator input once it is set up. It can be programmed for stitch welding by distance and features automatic weld back for crater fill.<br />

Between stitch welds the BUG-GY accelerates to a top speed of 120 ipm (300 mm/min). Dynamic breaking and closed loop feed back allow<br />

the BUG-GY to make crisp starts and stops and to travel at precise speeds. Limit switches provide automatic shutoff at the end of the joint.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

22”<br />

(559 mm)<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Power Requirements:<br />

Travel Modes:<br />

Travel Speeds:<br />

Welding<br />

Skip<br />

Net Weight:<br />

Shipping Weight:<br />

AFW-3000 120 VAC/50-60/1<br />

AFW-3002 240 VAC/50-60/1<br />

AFW-3004 42VAC/50-60/1<br />

1.Continuous<br />

2. Stitch: weld, crater fill, skip<br />

4-60 ipm (10-152 cm/m)<br />

120 ipm (300 cm/m)<br />

27 lbs. (12.5 kg)<br />

34 lbs. (15.5 kg)<br />

15”<br />

(381 mm)<br />

15”<br />

(381 mm)<br />

DC IV GENERAL WELDING KIT<br />

FEATURES:<br />

A<br />

A. BUG-O DC IV<br />

B. Cable Mounting Assembly<br />

C. Machined Rack Welding Group<br />

D. Heavy Duty Rigid Rail<br />

E. Magnet Bar Swivel w/Release<br />

F. Tool Kit<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

F<br />

TECHNICAL DATA:<br />

Power Requirements:<br />

Travel Speed:<br />

Load Capacity:<br />

Net Weight of Kit:<br />

Shipping Weight of Kit:<br />

BUG-1950 120VAC/50-60/1<br />

BUG-1951 240VAC/50-60/1<br />

BUG-1952 42VAC/50-60/1<br />

*1.5-30 ipm (38-760 mm/min)<br />

50 lbs (22.7 kg) Vertical<br />

120 lbs (54.4 kg) Horizontal<br />

60 lbs. (27.3 kg)<br />

79 lbs. (36 kg)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

BUG-1950-HD<br />

DC IV General Welding Kit<br />

120 VAC (120/50-60/1)<br />

Includes:<br />

1 BUG-0343 BUG-O DC IV<br />

*1.5-30 ipm (38-760 mm/min)<br />

Includes:1 BUG-9444 Tool Kit<br />

1 BUG-2975 Cable Mounting Assembly<br />

1 BUG-5275 H.D. Welding Group<br />

1 ARR-1080 Heavy-Duty Rigid Rail 8’ (2.37 m)<br />

FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS:<br />

BUG-1635 Pendant Control with Weld Starter<br />

(Specify Length Desired). Available in 10.0” (3.0 m) and 25.0’<br />

(7.6 m) lengths. Includes: Speed Control Knob and Forward-<br />

Off-Reverse Travel Switch and Weld Contactor Switch.<br />

BUG-9770 Limit Switch Kit<br />

Will stop the drive at end of travel.<br />

1 ARR-1085 Heavy-Duty Rigid Rail 4’ (1.18 m)<br />

5 ARM-2325 Swivel Magnet Plate w/Release<br />

BUG-1951-HD<br />

DC IV General Welding Kit-HD 240 VAC<br />

Same as above except with BUG-0443<br />

BUG-1952-HD<br />

DC IV General Welding Kit 42 VAC<br />

Same as above except with BUG-0543<br />

*NOTE: With the bypass pinion installed, the DC IV will have an increased speed range (8-160 ipm:<br />

200-4000 mm/min), however, vertical load carrying capability will be reduced to 3 lbs. (1.4 kg).<br />

AVAILABLE SEPARATELY:<br />

BUG-9865<br />

Stepping module bolts to DC Drive.<br />

When limit switch is tripped, module<br />

provides adjustably-timed power (0-3<br />

seconds) to the DC Drive.<br />

BUG-2205 Carriage<br />

Trailer with Hitch<br />

198 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

ALUMINUM RIGID RAILS (ARR) & CORRESPONDING ATTACHMENTS<br />

A<br />

C<br />

D<br />

ARR rail is used for straight line applications and is made from extruded aluminum to machine<br />

tool tolerances. A steel machined gear rack is mounted on the rail. Carriage wheels run on<br />

recessed ways that are protected from dirt and spatter. The rail can be mounted with magnets,<br />

vacuum cups or bolted to a permanent fixture.<br />

1<br />

B<br />

Heavy Duty Rigid Rail<br />

ARR-1080 & ARR-1085<br />

A. 2.75” (70 mm) B. 4.0” (102 mm)<br />

C. .375” (9.5 mm) D. .875” (22 mm)<br />

ARR-1080 8’ (2.37 m) 93-7/16” Actual Length<br />

ARR-1085 4’ (1.18 m) 46-9/16” Actual Length<br />

A<br />

C<br />

B<br />

Extra Heavy Duty Rigid Rail<br />

ARR-1250 & ARR-1200<br />

A. 2.75” (70 mm) B. 4.0” (102 mm)<br />

C. .375” (9.5 mm) D. .875” (22 mm)<br />

D<br />

DRIVE CARRIAGES FOR ALUMINUM<br />

RIDGE RAIL — DC IV DRIVES<br />

BUG-5250 Carriage 12” (305 mm)<br />

Net Weight: 5 lbs. (2.26 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17 kg)<br />

ARR-1250 8’ (2.37 m) 93-7/16” Actual Length<br />

ARR-1200 4’ (1.18 m) 46-9/16” Actual Length<br />

12.00”<br />

(305 mm)<br />

8.00”<br />

(203 mm)<br />

2.00” (50 mm)<br />

MAGNETS AND SPACER FOR ALUMINUM RIGID<br />

RAIL A Minimum of 4 Magnets Are Required<br />

Per Rail For All Out Of Position Applications.<br />

Swivel Magnet ARM-2325<br />

Holding Power 250 lbs. (113 kg)<br />

VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR NON-FERROUS METALS WHERE MAGNETS WILL NOT HOLD.<br />

ARV-1036 Vacuum Bar Assembly<br />

Standard Vacuum Support Kits:<br />

ARV-1080 Vacuum Kit<br />

For ARR-1080 & AFR-3000 Rails.<br />

ARV-1085 Vacuum Kit<br />

For ARR-1085 Rails.<br />

Custom systems are required for Bent Rail.<br />

Keep flame or arc at least 4” (100 mm) away from vacuum cups. Vacuum systems can be used on material<br />

to 6000 F (3180 C).<br />

Vacuum kits require a source of vacuum which is provided by a Vacuum Pump Kit.<br />

ARV-1036 Vacuum Bar Assemblies are available separately.<br />

ARV-1020 120 Volt/50-60 Hz<br />

ARV-1030 220 Volt/50-60 Hz<br />

The ARV-1020 (ARV-1030) Vacuum Pump Kit is<br />

recommended for use with a maximum of four (4)<br />

pieces of rail, or sixteen (16) vacuum bars.<br />

ARV-1085 Vacuum Kit for ARR-1085<br />

4’ (1.18 mm) Rigid Rail<br />

ARV-1080 Vacuum Kit for ARR-1080<br />

8’ (2.37 mm) Rigid Rail<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

199


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

BENT RIGID RAILS (BRR)<br />

8.12”<br />

(206mm)<br />

CARRIAGE FOR BENT RIGID RAIL<br />

Mounts a DC IV Drive Unit, Modular Drive Unit and Universal<br />

Bug-O-Matic. 8.12” (206 mm)<br />

Releasable (can be installed anywhere along the track). 12.00”<br />

(305 mm) 2.56” (65 mm)<br />

Runs on straight or BRR Ring Rail. BUG-5910 Split Carriage<br />

Net Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17 kg) Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. (3.62 kg)<br />

12.00”<br />

(305mm)<br />

2.56”<br />

(65mm)<br />

BUG-5910 SPLIT CARRIAGE<br />

Net Weight: 7 lbs. (3.17kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. (3.62kg)<br />

SEMI-FLEX RAIL AFR-3000 & CORRESPONDING ATTACHMENTS<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

SEMI-FLEX RAIL can be bent inside or outside to a minimum radius of 15’ (5.0 m) or 30’ (10.0 m) diameter<br />

without permanent deformation.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

A 2.75” (70 mm)<br />

B 4.0” (102 mm)<br />

C .33 (8.5 mm)<br />

D .500 (12.7 mm)<br />

CAUTION: Bending beyond the recommended 15’-0” (5.0 m) radius may put a permanent bend in the rail<br />

and break off some of the rack screws.<br />

Minimum Radius<br />

15’ (5 m)<br />

8’<br />

(2.37 m)<br />

8’<br />

(2.37 m)<br />

Rack<br />

Adjusting<br />

Tool<br />

A splice plate is mounted at one end of<br />

each AFR-3000 Semi-Flex Rail, for joining to<br />

additional rail sections. A rack-adjusting tool is<br />

supplied with every two (2) rails, for moving the<br />

rack on the rail.<br />

NOTE:<br />

Use at least four (4) attachments (magnets or<br />

vacuum cups) on each SEMI-FLEX RAIL.<br />

CARRIAGES FOR AFR-3000 RAIL. For Modular Drive And Universal Bug-O-Matic.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

12.00”<br />

(305 mm)<br />

MAGNETS FOR AFR-3000 RAIL<br />

8.00”<br />

(203 mm)<br />

2.00”<br />

(50 mm)<br />

Swivel Magnet<br />

250 lbs. Holding Power<br />

ARM-2425<br />

BUG-1065 Releasable Carriage<br />

Net Weight: 7.75 lbs. (3.52 kg)<br />

Shipping Weight: 9 lbs. (4.09 kg)<br />

Releasable (can be installed anywhere along the track).<br />

Fixed Magnet<br />

200 lbs. Holding Power<br />

ARM-2465<br />

200 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING BOOMS<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

Model Vertical Vertical Horiz Horiz Rotation End Rail Volts<br />

span speed span speed speed weight width<br />

CZ3x3 3m 3m 200kg 1800mm<br />

CZ4x4 4m 80 – 800 4m 150 – 2500 360 deg. @ 200Kg 1800mm<br />

CZ5x5 5m mm/min 5m mm/min 0.03 – 0.75 rpm 200Kg 1800mm<br />

CZ6x6 6m 6m 400Kg 2070mm<br />

380 –<br />

415v<br />

1<br />

POSITIONERS<br />

Light Duty Positioners<br />

Model Loading Capacity (kgs) Table Power Rated Welding Applicable Weight<br />

0º 90º Rotation Dia Height Titling Supply Current (below Chuck (kgs)<br />

Speed(rpm) (mm) (mm) Angleº AC(V) 60% Duty Cycle)<br />

HB30-7.5 30 20 0.5-7.5 310 380 0-90 220V 300A 28<br />

HB30-15 30 15 3-15 310 380 0-90 220V 300A 28<br />

C-125<br />

HB50-7.5 50 35 0.5-7.5 345 380 0-90 220V 400A 38<br />

C-160<br />

HB50-15 50 25 3-15 345 380 0-90 220 400A 35<br />

C-200<br />

HB100-7.5 100 50 0.5-7.5 345 430 0-90 220V 500A 41<br />

HB100-75 100 50 3-15 345 430 0-90 220V 500A 38<br />

Positioners<br />

HB series of welding positioners allow effective positioning of the work piece for the welding<br />

processes. It is always used in automatic welding of revolving work pieces such as Axle’s, Cylinders,<br />

Disc’s, ect. It is especially suitable for circle automatic positioning and welding in types of cylinder<br />

plates with fillet welds.<br />

Model Parameters HB-5 HB10 HB-20 HB-30 HB-40 HB-50 HB-80 HB-100<br />

Load capacity (t) 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 8 10<br />

Working table dia (mm) 800 1200 1200 1400 1400 1600 1600 1800<br />

Rotating speed (r/min) 0.065-1 0.045-0.65 0.045-0.65 0.045-0.65 0.045-0.65 0.035-0.5 0.035-0.5 0.035-0.5<br />

Tilting speed (r/min) 0.75 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.25 0.25 0.25<br />

Tilting angle 120º 120º 120º 120º 120º 120º 120º 120º<br />

Max. centrobaric DIs (mm) 250 300 300 300 300 400 400 400<br />

Max. eccentric DIs (mm) 250 300 300 300 300 250 250 250<br />

Input capacity (KW) 4 4 4 4 4 6 8 8<br />

Dimension (mm)<br />

H 780 1098 1195 1445 1675 1675 1790 2000<br />

L 1130 1500 1700 1890 1900 1900 3000 3900<br />

W 910 1100 1185 1280 1330 1330 1930 2400<br />

Deadweight (t) 0.5 1.3 1.5 3 3.8 4.2 5.6 7.5<br />

Power supply<br />

Three phase 415V<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

201


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

WELDING CHUCK<br />

Bigger working load because of low gravitational centre.<br />

Light weight.<br />

Cause less load to motor with the result that is little<br />

possibility of a motor being burnt. It will also ensure<br />

stable turning speed.<br />

A wide range of grippings and allow easy loading<br />

unloading of workpieces.<br />

Special purpose chucks also available for alignment of<br />

pipes and flanges.<br />

Specifications<br />

Model<br />

Clamp Range (mm)<br />

C-65 ø1.5-60<br />

C-125 ø2.5-125<br />

D-200 ø5-200<br />

D-300 ø80-280<br />

D-400 ø120-380<br />

D-500 ø200-500<br />

D-600 ø150-620<br />

DA-600 ø170-610<br />

DA-1000 ø170-1000<br />

TURNING ROLLS<br />

Model Speed KW Work. Wheel dia. Overall Overall Overall Overall Voltage<br />

piece dia Dia x width length Width Height weight<br />

KT3T 2 x 0.25 120-1500 1600 430 560 0.5T<br />

300 x110<br />

KT5T 2 x 0.37 150-2000 1800 430 0.6T<br />

KT10T 2 x 0.37 150-2800 350 x 118 1910 730 580 1.0T<br />

KT20T 2 x 0.75 300-3600 350 x 175 2240 860 1.6T<br />

KT30T 70 – 1200 2 x 0.75 300-3600 2300 950 680 2.0T 380 –<br />

KT40T mm/min 2 x 1.1 300-4000 2450 950 2.4T 415v<br />

425 x 198<br />

KT50T 2 x 1.5 300-4500 2660 - 3100 1100 800 2.9T<br />

KT60T 2 x 1.5 300-5000 2760-3200 3.2T<br />

KT80T 2 x 1.5 800-6000 580 x 280 3100 1300 1070 4.5T<br />

KT100T 2 x 2.2 800-6500 600 x 300 3300 1420 1120 5.3T<br />

Model<br />

Input voltage<br />

Loading capacity<br />

Speed range<br />

Diameter range<br />

Drive motor<br />

Roller type<br />

Drive dimension (inc. control box)<br />

Slave dimension<br />

net weight<br />

NHTR-1000<br />

AC220/110V, 50/60Hz<br />

1,000kgs<br />

80 ~1600mm/min<br />

ø 20 ~ 800mm<br />

DC Motor, 220V/110V, 100W<br />

50mm(W) x ø 200mm<br />

580(L) x 360(B) x 350(H) mm<br />

450(L) x 120(B) x 350(H) mm<br />

Drive: 38kgs, Slave: 16kgs<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

202 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SAFETY IN WELDING<br />

Do Your Welding Machines Comply to<br />

Australian Standards?<br />

Many welding machines on the market – new and old – have open<br />

circuit voltages between 40v and 113v in both A.C. and D.C. While<br />

this level of voltage is required to strike an arc, it can be dangerous<br />

in certain conditions and in recent years there has been a number of<br />

welding deaths due to electrocution. Hazardous conditions such as<br />

dampness, wet work area, caustic, salty, excessive heat, working at<br />

height or in confined spaces all add to the dangers this voltage can<br />

cause.<br />

Recent changes to the Australian Standards for Welding Machines<br />

have now seen the need to protect welders against the dangers of<br />

high open circuit voltage on welding machines. This protection can<br />

be offered through a switch operated by the welder or from a Voltage<br />

Reduction Device (VRD) in the welding circuit.<br />

Does this apply to you?<br />

If you use a Stick welding machine (MMAW), then a Voltage Reduction<br />

Device is required. When a VRD is fitted to a welding machine, it<br />

reduces the maximum unloaded open circuit voltage across the<br />

output terminals of the welder to a safe voltage of less than 35 Volts<br />

D.C. or 25 Volts A.C. (typically 12 Volts).<br />

How does the VRD work?<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

When a load of less than 200 ohms resistance is applied to the output<br />

of the welding machine, such as striking the arc, the VRD will sense<br />

this and turn the welder back to full output and allow an arc to be<br />

established.<br />

Similarly, when the resistance across the output rises above 200 ohms<br />

or the electrode is removed from the workpiece, then the VRD will<br />

turn the output of the welder back to a safe level. The resistance of<br />

the human body is higher than 200 ohms, so in a dangerous situation<br />

where the operator were to come in contact with the electrode, the<br />

VRD will not turn to weld mode and a safe voltage as determined by<br />

the Australian Standard 1674.2 2007 will be retained.<br />

1<br />

GPSS 4 / 6 PORTABLE VRD<br />

Input 20 to 100 Volts AC/DC & reverse polarity DC Rated at 400/600 amps at 100% duty cycle.<br />

Fitted with 1 Metre x 95mm2 input and output cables<br />

Constructed from 304 Stainless steel sealed with rubber gaskets and Teflon LED seals.<br />

“O” ring sealed chromed brass cable glands turn on resistance 20 to 150 Ohms/turn off less than 200 Ohms<br />

turn on time 1.64MS/turn off time .3 seconds reduced output volts approximately 12 volts.<br />

Warranty is 2 years RTB, NATA tested.<br />

Can be permanently mounted using 8mm tamperproof bolts.<br />

No effect on welding machines duty cycle or weld characteristics.<br />

Height: 95mm x 220mm wide x 275mm long.<br />

Total weight 10.5kgs<br />

DM2 PORTABLE DEADMAN SWITCH<br />

The DM2 Portable Deadman Switch is an emergency cut-off switch. The unit is connected<br />

in series with the electrode lead; isolation is achieved by pressing down on large red button.<br />

RM1 MAGNETIC REMOTE<br />

Rated 400 amps 100% duty cycle, constructed from UV stabilized UHPE.<br />

Fitted with 1 Metre input and output cables & 500 Amp mech-connectors.<br />

Warranty is 1 year RTB.<br />

Height: 155m x 100mm wide x 300mm long.<br />

Fitted with 1 metre x 50mm carry strap.<br />

Total weight 6kg.<br />

Fully Sealed, Impact resistant Magnetic Remote, comes with 15 Meters rubber cable fitted<br />

with potentiometer and Amphenol plug to suit machine, engraved dial label with your<br />

company’s details<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

203


1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

VRX INTERNAL VRD<br />

The internally fitted VRD is NATA tested and suits full current AC/DC and reverse polarity<br />

applications such as Lincoln 400AS, 400AS-50, Sam 400 Miller Big Blue Series, Denyo TLW380<br />

SSWK, TLW300SSK, TLW450 SSWKBLW280, BLW350.<br />

This VRD is rated at 400 Amps at 100% duty cycle and is suitable for gouging.<br />

Automatic reverse polarity sensing, all plug in installation no soldering required.<br />

The VRX module is a third of the size of the GPDK and GPRK series.<br />

Warranty 2 Years RTB.<br />

AS-7 INTERNAL VRD<br />

Fully electronic field control VRD, patented design, 20 volts reduced O.C.V. All plug in installation, calibration<br />

free<br />

No need for special over-ride switches or setup to run Lincoln LN-25 or Miller SP32 P wire feeders, adds<br />

VRD protection to Wirefeeder, Fit Lincoln 400AS, 400AS-50 & SAM 400 Diesel welders.<br />

Output over voltage indication, Fast weld starts, .2 second turn off time.<br />

No affect on machines duty cycle.<br />

Warranty 2 Years RTB.<br />

VRX-A INTERNAL VRD<br />

Suits Lincoln TM300/300,TM400/400<br />

Cigweld/EMF Transarc 300, 400, 500, Tradesman &Contactor A.C. Welders.<br />

All 240 & 415 Volt input and multiple terminal output welders.(Work,High,Low terminal)<br />

12 Volts DC reduced OCV.<br />

Warranty 2 Years RTB.<br />

UM1 INTERNAL VRD<br />

N.A.T.A. Tested internally fitted VTD to suit welders such as Lincoln DC 400 /600 & Miller airpak<br />

current series,Cigweld MPM 270,300,400,500 &600 &EsabKHH450<br />

Programmable Timing and indication (1 or 2 LED flashing)<br />

Warranty 1 Year RTB.<br />

LPHS INTERNAL VRD<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

N.A.T.A. Tested internally fitted VRD to suit most types of Inverter welders such as Cigweld<br />

LT300, LS300, & GMS400,Esab LHN140,Lincoln V140S &Elektosta 150<br />

Warranty 1 Year RTB.<br />

204 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AP-1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

CATALOG WE-AP1-80<br />

Air powered flux recovery system. Inexpensive, rugged, and powerful; the AP-1 mounts easily<br />

onto most submerged arc welding equipment.<br />

1<br />

IMPORTANT FEATURES:<br />

Adds no oil or water to the flux and produces no<br />

damage to the recovered flux particles, since flux is<br />

never in compressed arc stream.<br />

Vacuum air pump is on exhaust side and undesirable<br />

contaminants, fines and dust are discharged into a very<br />

efficient dust bag assembly.<br />

No moving parts in air pump, and no internal filters to<br />

wear out.<br />

Very efficient air pump produces a higher vacuum, uses<br />

less air, and is quieter than most competitive models.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Weight (empty): 23lbs.<br />

Dimensions: 19”H x 10”W x 8”D<br />

Power Input: Compressed air @ 70-100psi,<br />

approximately 10 cfm (1⁄4” I.D.<br />

air line minimum). No electrical<br />

input required.<br />

Comes complete with 5 ft. hose, nozzle, mounting<br />

brackets and hopper sight glass... ready for installation!<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:<br />

AP-1<br />

System shown is AP-1 mounted on Lincoln Automatic<br />

Welding Head. FHM-a hose bracket (optional)<br />

New flux can be added<br />

here anytime with<br />

interrupting the weld.<br />

FH-1<br />

“Continuous Feed” Flux Hopper (FH-1) holds<br />

approximately 35lbs. of flux. New flux is added through<br />

flux port without interrupting weld; enabling indefinite<br />

weld length. AP-1 mounts directly to this hopper.<br />

Flux-Hose Mounting Bracket (FHM-1 or FHM-1 ADJ)<br />

provides easy positioning of vacuum hose over flux to<br />

be recovered.<br />

Adapter Plate for mounting to Miller hopper<br />

(MADP-1).<br />

AV-4 Electric Air Valve.<br />

HFH-1<br />

Heated Flux-Hopper (HFH-1) with thermostatic control<br />

and temperature gauge. For those applications where<br />

flux must be heated. (115v or 220v).<br />

Nozzles: Special nozzles available. Consult factory.<br />

Extra hose.<br />

FP-1 Flux Port (enables adding new flux without<br />

interrupting weld).<br />

MAGSEP-1 Magnetic Separator.<br />

AFV-2 Automatic Flux Valve and Control.<br />

AS-4<br />

CATALOGU WE-AS-4-491<br />

Submerged arc flux recovery system for medium duty applications. (Patented) Inexpensive, rugged,<br />

and powerful; the AS-4 mounts easily onto most automatic submerged arc welding equipment.<br />

AS-4<br />

System<br />

shown is as-4<br />

mounted<br />

on Lincoln<br />

Automatic<br />

Welding Head<br />

FHM-1 hose<br />

bracket<br />

(optional)<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:<br />

New flux can be<br />

added here anytime<br />

without interrupting<br />

the weld.<br />

FH-1<br />

“Continuous Feed” Flux Hopper (FH-1)<br />

holds approximately 35lbs. of flux. New<br />

flux is added thru flux part without<br />

interrupting weld; enabling indefinite<br />

weld length. AS-4 mounts directly to<br />

this hopper.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Powerful electric vacuum.<br />

Revolutionary (patented) self cleaning dust and fines<br />

filter enables hours of uninterrupted operations.<br />

Flashing light tells operator when to clean dust bag for<br />

maximum efficiency.<br />

Remote control on/of pendent. Turn AS-4 on and off<br />

with weld cycle.<br />

Direct recycling of flux back to Hopper.<br />

Fused slag is automatically separated from flux.<br />

Dust and fines are collected in a dust bag for easy<br />

dumping.<br />

Slight window is AS-4 and Hopper for easy flux level<br />

indication.<br />

Versatile, with quick attach option. See accessories below.<br />

HFH-1<br />

Heated Flux-Hopper (HFH-1) with<br />

thermostatic control and temperature<br />

gauge (70o-250oF). For those<br />

application where flux must be heated.<br />

(115v or 220v).<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Input power:<br />

PAS1 and AS-4+PAS-1<br />

Portable Flux Hopper (PAS-1) easily<br />

converts Automatic Flux Recovery System<br />

(AS-4) into a Portable Recovery System.<br />

(Includes 15ft. of hose).<br />

115v/ 1 ph/60-50hz/9amps or<br />

220v/1ph/60-50hz/4.5amps.<br />

Weight (empty): 30lbs.<br />

Dimensions: 19 1⁄4” H x 8 1⁄2” W x 10 1⁄2” D<br />

System comes complete with 5 ft. hose, mounting<br />

brackets to Hopper, sight window for Hopper, and<br />

filters ... ready to run!<br />

Flux Capacity: Determined by flux Hopper (i.e.<br />

Lincoln = 20 lbs, FH-1 = 35 lbs).<br />

NOTE:<br />

The AS-4 replaces the popular AS-1. All consumable<br />

parts and most replacement parts are interchangeable.<br />

FHM-1<br />

Flux-Hose Mounting Brackets provides<br />

easy positioning of vacuum hose over<br />

flux to be recovered.<br />

MADP-1<br />

Adapter Plate for mounting to Miller<br />

hopper.<br />

Nozzles<br />

Special nozzles available. Consult factory.<br />

FP-1<br />

Flux port for Lincoln or other Hopper.<br />

Pop-rivets to Hopper to allow flux<br />

addition without interrupting weld.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

205


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

FLUX RECOVERY MADE EA$Y<br />

WELD ENGINEERING CO., INC.<br />

MANUFACTURERS OF THE MOST COMPLETE LINE OF FLUX HANDLING EQUIPMENT IN THE WORLD.<br />

ALT-2 mounted on<br />

Welding Tractor<br />

The electric ALT-2 or air powered<br />

APT-2, or XP-3TRAC, mount easily<br />

on most welding tractors.<br />

AS-4<br />

The electric AS-4 or air powered<br />

AP-1, AP-1/SUPER or XP-3 mount<br />

easily on most sub-arc flux hoppers.<br />

(FH-100-Flux<br />

Hopper/<br />

Separation<br />

Chamber)<br />

M-M 3000 Vacuum<br />

Unit<br />

The EXTRA heavy duty Mighty-Mac<br />

vacuum systems, can handle any<br />

flux recovery application. (Includes<br />

MM-1500, MM-1500/P, MM-3000,<br />

MM-300/P, MM-5000, MM-5000/P<br />

and MM-5000-MILL vacuums). Ask<br />

for TB-MM294 system bulletin.<br />

PFR-3<br />

The electric PFR-3 or air powered PFR-<br />

3-A/P, pressure feeds and recovers flux<br />

in one closed system. Converts most<br />

wire feeders into a sub-arc welder.<br />

PS-2<br />

The electric PS-2, or the air<br />

powered PS-2-A/P are or portable<br />

flux recovery anywhere in the shop.<br />

PRO-100<br />

The PRO-100 or the HT-900 flux oven,<br />

will meet all of your flux baking and<br />

storage requirements.<br />

LPFR-3<br />

LPFR-3<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

Flux<br />

pick-up<br />

Nozzle<br />

Remote<br />

On/Off<br />

Switch<br />

The electric LPFR-3 or air powered<br />

LPFR-3-A/P mount to most<br />

manufacturer’s pressurized flux feed<br />

tanks. Recovers flux directly back<br />

to flux tank.<br />

206 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

MIGHT-MAC-3000X (3 HP) & MIGHT-MAC-5000X (5 HP)<br />

CATALOG WE-MM-3000X/5000X-1102<br />

The new Might-Mac-3000X and Mighty-Mac-5000X heavy duty flux recovery vacuum and<br />

dust collector offers great new features:<br />

1<br />

Extremely rugged and durable.<br />

Extremely easy to maintain because large doors to filters open with the flick of latches, and all internal<br />

covers are easily removed.<br />

Extremely safe; micron filters remove particles below one (1) micron, making the air you breath much<br />

cleaner.<br />

The Might-MacX System also provides auto sensing dust cleaning logic. The filters are always automatically<br />

pulse cleaned as they become dirty (with no operator input).<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Weight: MM-3000X (3 HP): 330lbs (149.7 Kg)<br />

MM-5000X (5 HP): 350lbs (158.8 Kg)<br />

Dimensions: (Both MM-3000X and MM-5000X):<br />

34” (86.4cm) H x 31” (78.7cm) W x<br />

25” (63.5cm) D<br />

Electrical input: Available or 200-230, 460, 575 Vac;<br />

3PH; 60 Hz or 220, 380-415 Vac;<br />

3 PH; 50 Hz<br />

Compressed air (for filter cleaning only): < 1 cfm @<br />

70-100 psi (use min. 1⁄4” I.D. hose).<br />

NOTE: Hose, valve, flux separators and other flux<br />

storage and feed accessories must be ordered<br />

separately. Please request “TB-MM-294”, Systems<br />

Manual for complete system configuration information.<br />

(Please contact factory for ordering assistance).<br />

1<br />

HFH-100<br />

2<br />

1) 2” Vacuum hose to Might-Mac vacuum<br />

2) Optional HFH-100 heated hopper (250oF,<br />

121oFC) automatically gravity feeds recovered<br />

flux to lower welding system hopper. System<br />

available with magnetic separator, unheated<br />

and in different flux capacities (i.e. 200lbs,<br />

300lbs, 600lbs, 1000lbs etc). Must be used with<br />

Might-Mac vacuum.<br />

Mighty-Mac 3000X or 5000X<br />

3) “Mighty-Mac 3000X/P or<br />

5000X/P” Heavy duty vacuum<br />

unit only. Same as above,<br />

except that instead of a dust<br />

drawer, dust filter chambers has<br />

a hopper bottom. This enables<br />

continuous dumping of dust to<br />

a much larger dust container<br />

(i.e. optional FS-55 dust drum).<br />

4) Optional fd-55 dust drum with<br />

hose assembly<br />

5) 2” Vacuum hose<br />

6) 1-1⁄2” Recovery hose<br />

7) Flux feed hose<br />

8) PFR-LD3 LID<br />

9) Flux hopper<br />

10) Flux pick-up nozzle<br />

11) Optional HPFR-3000-100H<br />

Pressure feed and recover<br />

system with 100lb heated tank<br />

and 200lb heated hopper.<br />

5<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3<br />

9<br />

10<br />

4<br />

7<br />

11<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

207


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

SPS-1500 (11⁄2HP), SPS-3000 (3 HP), SPS-5000 (5 HP)<br />

The SPS-1500, 3000 and 5000 come complet with semi-automatic dust collection unit and your choice of either the FH-100 (200lbs capacity)<br />

flux hopper/separator o the MS-1 separator at no extra cost. The continuous duty vacuum blower/motor unit and semi-automatic dust<br />

collection unit are mounted on a sturdy undercarriage. 1-1⁄2” and 2” hose and optional accessories are priced separately.<br />

Optional 2” vacuum<br />

hose<br />

Optional 1-1⁄2”<br />

dispensing hose<br />

Optional<br />

FHM-1 or<br />

FHM-1ADJ<br />

Optional<br />

NZ-1<br />

nozzle<br />

Optional 1-1⁄2”<br />

recovery hose<br />

System comes with<br />

FH-100 or MS-1 for<br />

the same base price<br />

MS-1<br />

separator/<br />

hopper<br />

Optional 2”<br />

vacuum hose<br />

Optional 1-1⁄2”<br />

recovery hose<br />

Optional<br />

FHM-1 or<br />

FHM-1ADJ<br />

Optional<br />

NZ-1<br />

nozzle<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Vacuum sensing gauge indicates when filter<br />

needs to be cleaned.<br />

Dirty filter is semi-automatically cleaned by high<br />

energy shock wave of air.<br />

Dust is automatically collected in dust drawer<br />

for easy removal.<br />

“Micron” cartridge dust filter is long lasting and<br />

easily replaced.<br />

Super duty vacuum blower / TEFC motor<br />

assembly has no “V” belts and are designed to<br />

run with low maintenance.<br />

Blower turns at low speed for long bearing life.<br />

Oil free operation unlike many competitive<br />

recovery vacuum.<br />

Higher vacuum and more efficient than other<br />

competitive products.<br />

High abrasive wear points in flux separator are<br />

inexpensive and easily replaced.<br />

Designed for continuous duty, high demand flux<br />

recovery applications.<br />

Large 200lb (91 Kg) hopper / separator for flux<br />

storage.<br />

Slide valve for easy transfer of recovered flux to<br />

another container.<br />

Flux level windows in hopper enable easy<br />

estimate of recovered flux.<br />

Lighter and more compact than other<br />

competitive units.<br />

Note: Also available are the portable<br />

PS-1500, 3000 and 5000. Please see<br />

“WE-PS-1500-5000-1/00” product<br />

bulletin.<br />

SPS-3000<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Weight (empty): Dimensions: Power input:<br />

SPS-1500; 190lbs (86 Kg) 34” (86cm) H x 34” (86cm) W x 19” (48cm) D 1-1⁄2HP; 220Va; 1PH; 50-60Hz or 200-220, 380-415, 460, 575Vac;<br />

50-60Hz; 3 PH<br />

SPS-3000; 215lbs (98 Kg) 44” (112cm) H x 34” (86cm) W x 19” (48cm) D 3HP, 200-220, 380-415, 460, 575Vac; 50-60Hz<br />

SPS-5000; 288lbs (131 Kg) 44” (112cm) H x 34” (86cm) W x 19” (48cm) D 5HP, 200-220, 380-415, 460, 575Vac; 50-60Hz<br />

MS-1; 26lbs (12 Kg)<br />

22” (56cm) H x 10” (25m) W x 10” (25cm) D<br />

FH-100; 49lbs (22 Kg)<br />

30” (76cm) H x 19 (48cm) W x 19” (48cm) D<br />

Compressed air for all machines is for filter cleaning only: < 1 cfm @ 70-100 psi (use min. 1⁄4” I.D. hose).<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:<br />

1-1⁄2” AND 2” HOSE: Sold in 5 ft increments.<br />

FLUX HOSE MOUNTING BRACKETS: 1) FHM-1 enables<br />

linear hose adjustment 2) FHM-1ADJ enables linear and<br />

angular hose adjustments<br />

NOZZLES: NZ-1(standard), NZ-1BUTT for butt welds,<br />

NZ-1CRN for left and right hand corners; sold as a pair<br />

(must use FHM-1ADJ hose bracket for NZ-1BUTT and<br />

NZ-1CRN) and NZ-1-4 four inch wide nozzle.<br />

MAGNETIC SEPARATORS: MAGSEP-100 (for FH-100)<br />

and MADSEP-3 (for MS-1)<br />

AFD-1 adjustment flux dam. Used to support flux on<br />

cylindrical weldments.<br />

208 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


XP-3<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

CATALOG WE-XP3-296<br />

Inexpensive, lightweight, very compact, rugged, and<br />

powerful; the XP-3 mounts easily onto most automatic<br />

submerged arc welding equipment.<br />

1<br />

Optional FF-3<br />

XP-3 (shown)<br />

mounted on Lincoln<br />

Welding Equipment)<br />

IMPORTANT FEATURES:<br />

Very lightweight and compact.<br />

Continuously feeds recovered flux to weld nozzle without need of<br />

any transfer valve.<br />

Slag, dust and fines are automatically removed from recovered flux.<br />

No moving parts in air pump. Very efficient air pump produces<br />

higher vacuum; uses less air and is much quieter than most<br />

competitive models.<br />

Small size makes XP-3 ideal for internal vessel welding and flux<br />

recovery.<br />

Optional PT-x00 pressure feed tank and optional FF-3 flux feed pipe<br />

enables a continuos flux supply equal to size of feed tank (i.e., 100lbs<br />

(45 kgs), 300lbs (136kgs), 600lbs (272kgs) or larger).<br />

Optional<br />

FHM-1<br />

Optional flux<br />

feed hose<br />

Pt-x00 is available with<br />

optional electric low level<br />

sesor. Loud alarm sounds<br />

and light flashes at low<br />

level.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Weight Empty: 15lbs. (6.8kg)<br />

Dimensions: 10.75” (27.3 cm) H x 14.5” (36.8 cm)<br />

W x 8.5” (21.6 cm) D<br />

Input Power: Clean, dry compressed air @ 70-100<br />

psi (5-7 bar) @ 8 cfm (226l/min). No<br />

electrical input required.<br />

Comes complete with 4 ft. (1.21 m) hose, NZ-1 nozzle ... ready for<br />

installation!<br />

Optional PT-100, 100lb (45 Kg) feed tank. Also available in 300lb<br />

(136 Kg), 600lb (272 Kg) or larger.<br />

Optional flux feed Hose<br />

PT-X00 is available with optional electronic low level sensor. Loud<br />

alarm sounds and light flashes at low level.<br />

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:<br />

Hose mounted brackets; FHM-1 (linear adjustment only) FHM-1ADJ<br />

(linear and angular adjustment).<br />

Flux pick-up nozzles; NZ-1 CRN corner nozzle, NZ-1BUTT butt weld<br />

nozzle.<br />

AV-4 electric air valve.<br />

PT-X00 pressure feed tank. Available in 100lbs (45 Kg), 00lbs (136<br />

Kg), 600lbs (272 Kg) or larger.<br />

FF-3 flux feed pipe. Automatically keeps hopper full of flux. Specify<br />

1⁄2”, 3⁄4”. or 1” feed hose (need PT-x00 or similar feed tank).<br />

Flux feed hose. Available in 1⁄2”, 3⁄4”. or 1” I.D. size.<br />

Optional Pt-100, 100lb<br />

(45kg) feed tank. Also<br />

available in 300lb (136kg,<br />

600lb (272kg) or larger.<br />

PHONE<br />

Hey Boss, is there<br />

a vacuum we can<br />

get to stop wasting<br />

so much flux?<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

209


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

MAGNATECH 800 SERIES WELD HEADS – 805 810 820 830 840 860<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEADS FOR FUSION WELDING OF<br />

TUBES<br />

Magnatech introduces a new line of easy-to-operate tools<br />

for autogenous tube welding. Six models with overlapping<br />

ranges cover tubes from 3 – 152 mm (0,125” - 6”) O.D.<br />

Magnatech’s 800 series heads make tube-to-tube and<br />

tube-to-fitting welds in less time with precision and<br />

repeatability. Collets are available for any tube and fitting<br />

size. Digital technology forever eliminates the need for<br />

periodic weld head calibration - rotation speed remains<br />

accurate regardless of head wear and heads can be<br />

interchanged without time-consuming recalibration.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Collets never need replacement<br />

Head-mounted control switches<br />

Extended Collets provide precise alignment<br />

Collets for all tube sizes/fitting geometries<br />

Waterproof carry case standard<br />

Bench mount bracket<br />

Internal weld head cooling standard<br />

Convenient flip-up view port allows final inspection<br />

before welding<br />

Encoder motors provide precise, repeatable speed<br />

regulation<br />

“Jam” detection/protection. If rotation stops for any<br />

reason, it is instantly sensed and power to the motor is<br />

immediately interrupted. No more damaged motors or<br />

drive trains<br />

Standard 7,6 m (25’) hose pack length<br />

New rotation drive design tolerant of metal debris<br />

“Home” position switch automatically readies the head<br />

for removal following weldcompletion, and never<br />

requires adjustment Simple assembly makes field service<br />

straightforward<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Orbital autogenous GTAW welding of tube-to-tube, tube-to-fitting<br />

Cable length<br />

7.6 m (25’) standard*. Extension cables available *805: 4,6m (15”) standard<br />

Power supply compatibility Tubemaster models, Pipemaster models<br />

Weld head 805 810 820 830 840 860<br />

RPM Range 1-20.0 0.6-9.5 0.3-5.0 0.1-2.5 0.1-2.3 0.1-2.0<br />

Tube Diameter Range (mm) 3 – 16 3 – 25 6 – 51 9 – 75 12 – 102 50 – 152.4<br />

Tube Diameter Range (inches) (.125-.625”) (.125-1.0”) (.25-2.0”) (.375-3.0”) (0.5-4.0”) (2”-6”)<br />

MAGNATECH D WELD HEAD<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEAD FOR MULTI-PASS GTAW<br />

PIPE WELDING<br />

The Magnatech D Weld Head is designed to make pipe-topipe<br />

and pipe-to-fitting welds. It is “full function” – with<br />

the capability of reproducing all the motions of a skilled<br />

welder. The D Weld Head is used for applications with<br />

radial and axial clearance constraints. Interchangeable<br />

guide rings provide mounting on the pipe, and allow the<br />

D Weld Head to cover a broad size range: 25-356mm (1-<br />

14”). The D Weld Head improves productivity by increasing<br />

duty cycle, reducing repair rates, and producing welds of<br />

consistent quality.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Rugged design<br />

Generates high quality welds<br />

Unique tilt AGC option available for socket welding<br />

USE ON PREHEATED PIPES: Heat-tolerant components and<br />

water-cooled housing allows use on alloys requiring preheat.<br />

TORCH OSCILLATION (WEAVE): Width, speed, and<br />

endpoint “dwell” independently programmable.<br />

Torch “cross seam” steering electronically controlled<br />

using remote pendant. Pulsed current automatically<br />

synchronized with torch oscillation.<br />

ARC GAP CONTROL (ARC VOLTAGE CONTROL):<br />

Electronically maintains programmed arc length.<br />

COMPACT HEAD-MOUNTED WIRE FEEDER:<br />

Accommodates range of wire diameters.<br />

FILLER WIRE SPOOL: Use standard 1kg (2 lbs) spools, or<br />

special 0.5 kg (1 lbs) low profile spool to reduce radial profile.<br />

3-AXIS POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR FILLER WIRE NOZZLE:<br />

Multiple adjustments provide precise positioning of filler<br />

wire entry into weld puddle.<br />

WELD HEAD MOUNTING/ROTATION: Metal guide rings<br />

attach head to pipe. Positive sprocket drive system<br />

guarantees uniform rotation speed.<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Multi-pass orbital GTAW pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fitting<br />

Cable length<br />

7.6 m (25’) standard. Extension cables available<br />

Pipe (tube) size range 25 – 356 mm (1 – 14”)<br />

Filler wire module Wire size 0.8, 0.9, 1.0 mm (0.03”, 0.035”, 0.040”)<br />

Max. speed capability 2540 mm/min. (100 IPM)<br />

Spool size<br />

1 kg (2 lbs) std; 0.5 kg (1 lbs) low profile<br />

Oscillation module Max. oscillation stroke amplitude 16 mm (0.6725”)<br />

Max. oscillation speed 1520 mm/min. (60 IPM)<br />

Oscillation dwell 0 – 1 second<br />

Cross seam adjustment ± 6.4 mm (0.25”)<br />

Arc gap control module 13 mm (0.5”) stroke. Additional mechanical adjustment allows welding heavier wall pipe<br />

Torch propulsion module 250 mm (10 IPM) maximum rotation speed<br />

Water-cooled torch 200 A continuous capability<br />

Torch adjustment capability Torch lead/lag adjustment ± 15 degrees (manual)<br />

Torch tilt adjustment ± 10 degrees (manual)<br />

Power supply compatibility Pipemaster 515, Pipemaster 516<br />

210 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AUTOMATION<br />

MAGNATECH REDHEAD WELD HEADS 427A 428A 429A<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEADS FOR FUSION AND WIRE FEED<br />

WELDING OF PIPE<br />

Magnatech Redheads are designed to make pipeto-pipe<br />

and pipe-to-fitting welds with precision and repeatability.<br />

Redheads can be used for fusion welding, or with filler wire<br />

addition – an integral headmounted feeder is standard on<br />

all models. Three models cover the size range of 12.7 to 168<br />

mm (0.5 to 6.625”) OD. Digital technology forever eliminates<br />

the need for periodic calibration – rotation and wire speed<br />

remain accurate regardless of wear, and heads can be<br />

interchanged without time-consuming recalibration.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Chain drive system guarantees long life time. Rugged<br />

design. Generates high quality welds<br />

ARC LENGTH ADJUSTMENT CONTROL: Maintains set arc<br />

length. Allows adjustment during welding.<br />

WATER-COOLED TORCH: With adjustable lead/lag angle.<br />

TORCH CROSS-SEAM ADJUSTMENT: Allows lateral torch<br />

adjustment during welding.<br />

PUSH BUTTON CLUTCH: For rapid cable unwind.<br />

BROAD STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP PADS: Maximize axial<br />

contact and provide positive clamping of weld head –<br />

square to the pipe axis<br />

STANDARD TORCH EXPENDABLE COMPONENTS<br />

FILLER WIRE SPOOL<br />

TOGGLE LEVER: Actuates clamps – can be positioned for<br />

right or left hand operation.<br />

3-AXIS POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR FILLER WIRE NOZZLE:<br />

(Vertical, horizontal, angular)<br />

INTEGRAL FILLER WIRE FEEDER: Provides positive, uniform<br />

wire feed speed. (Separate floor mounted feeder not required)<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

R-1 (model 427A) R-2 (model 428A) R-3 (model 429A)<br />

Application<br />

Orbital GTAW welding of pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fittings<br />

Fusion/wire feed capable<br />

Pipe (tube) OD size range 13 – 38 mm (0.5 – 1.5”) 33 – 90 mm (1.315 – 3.5”) 90 – 168 mm (3.5 – 6.625”)<br />

Filler wire module Wire size: 0.8 mm (0.03”)<br />

Max. speed capability: 1900 mm/min. (75 IPM)<br />

Spool size: 0.16 kg (0.35 lbs)<br />

Arc gap control module Mechanical, adjustable<br />

Torch propulsion module 0 – 4.0 rpm 0–1.5 rpm 0–0.6 rpm<br />

Water-cooled torch 200 A continuous<br />

Torch adjustment capability Torch lead/lag adjustment: ± 15 degrees (manual)<br />

Torch tilt adjustment: Requires optional socket weld kit<br />

Cable length<br />

7.6 m (25’) standard. Extension cables available.<br />

Power supply compatibility Tubemaster 514, Pipemaster 515, Pipemaster 516<br />

MAGNATECH T HEAD 419<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEAD FOR MULTI-PASS GTAW PIPE<br />

WELDING<br />

The Magnatech T model weld head is designed to make<br />

pipe-to-pipe and pipe-to-fitting welds. It is “full function”<br />

– with the capability of reproducing all the motions of a<br />

skilled manual welder. The T Head is used for larger diameter/<br />

heavy wall applications, requiring the precise weld process<br />

control of gas tungsten arc welding. Interchangeable guide<br />

rings provide mounting on the pipe, and allow the T Head to<br />

cover a broad size range. The T model weld head improves<br />

productivity by increasing duty cycle, reducing repair rates,<br />

and producing welds of consistent quality.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Generates high quality welds. Rugged design. Single or<br />

dual wire feeder option. State of the art technology<br />

TORCH OSCILLATION (WEAVE): Width, speed, and<br />

endpoint “dwell” independently programmable.<br />

Torch “cross seam” steering electronically controlled<br />

using remote pendant. Pulsed current automatically<br />

synchronized with torch oscillation.<br />

FILLER WIRE SPOOL: Use standard 1 kg (2 lbs) spools.<br />

HEAD-MOUNTED WIRE FEEDER: Accommodates range of<br />

wire diameters.<br />

3-AXIS POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR FILLER WIRE NOZZLE:<br />

Multiple adjustments provide precise positioning of filler<br />

wire entry into weld puddle.<br />

WATER-COOLED TORCH<br />

WELD HEAD MOUNTING/ROTATION: Guide rings attach<br />

head to pipe.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Multi-pass orbital GTAW pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fitting<br />

Cable length<br />

7.6 m (25’) standard. Extension cables available<br />

Pipe (tube) size range 168 – 1524 mm (6 - 60”) and larger<br />

Filler wire module Wire size: 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.2 mm (.030”, .035”, .040”, .045”)<br />

Max. speed capability: 2540 mm/min. (100 IPM)<br />

Spool size: 1 kg (2 lbs) standard. 5 kg (10 lb) spool size optional<br />

Oscillation module Max. oscillation stroke amplitude: 16 mm (0.6725”)<br />

Max. oscillation speed: 1520 mm/min. (60 IPM)<br />

Oscillation dwell:<br />

Cross seam adjustment:<br />

0 – 1 second<br />

± 6.4 mm (0.25”) fine adjustment<br />

± 38 mm (1.5”) course adjustment<br />

Arc gap control module stroke 66 mm (2.6”) stroke. Additional mechanical adjustment allows welding heavier wall pipe<br />

Torch propulsion module 250 mm/min. (10 IPM) maximum rotation speed<br />

Water-cooled torch 300 A continuous<br />

Torch adjustment capability Torch lead/lag adjustment: ± 15 degrees (manual)<br />

Torch tilt adjustment: ± 10 degrees (manual<br />

Power supply compatibility Pipemaster 515, Pipemaster 516<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

211


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

MAGNATECH TUBESHEET WELD HEADS 424 425 430<br />

WELD HEADS FOR FUSION AND WIRE FEED GTAW<br />

TUBE-TO-TUBESHEET WELDING<br />

Magnatech Tubesheet Heads are designed to make tube-totubesheet<br />

welds with precision and repeatability. All models<br />

can be used for fusion welding. The models 424 and 425<br />

provide for filler wire addition. An integral head-mounted<br />

feeder is standard. Three models cover the size range of 10<br />

to 140 mm (0.4 to 5.52”) OD. These weld heads improve<br />

productivity by increasing duty cycle, reducing repair rates<br />

and producing welds of consistent quality.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Easy to operate. Rugged design<br />

FILLER WIRE NOZZLE: Three axis adjustment<br />

COUNTERBALANCE: (recommended)<br />

CENTERING CARTRIDGE: Spring-loaded, stainless steel<br />

balls accommodate tube ID tolerance<br />

WATER-COOLED BODY: Allows use on preheated tubesheets<br />

FRONT RING: Stainless steel<br />

WATER-COOLED TORCH: Three axis adjustment<br />

TORCH-WORKPIECE ADJUSTMENT: Threaded ring provides<br />

micrometer adjustment<br />

INTERNAL ROTATING COUPLING: Eliminates rotating cables<br />

for water and gas.<br />

INTERNAL SLIP-RINGCURRENT TRANSMISSION: Eliminates<br />

cable wrap-up.<br />

TRANSPARENT SPOOL PROTECTION COVER: Completely<br />

encloses filler wire spool to minimize wire contamination.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Model 424 Model 425 Model 430<br />

Applications<br />

Joint design Extended, flush, Extended, flush, Flush, slightly extended<br />

recessed and internal bore recessed and internal bore<br />

Pitch pattern Triangular or square Triangular or square Triangular or square<br />

Tube O.D. Size Range 10 – 78 mm (.4 – 3.07”) 10 – 140 mm (.4 – 5.52”) 1 0 – 26 mm (.4 – 1.02”)<br />

Basic head<br />

Rotation speed 0.33 – 6 rpm 0.33 – 6 rpm 0.33 – 6 rpm<br />

Filler wire module Rotates coaxially with torch Rotates coaxially with torch N/A<br />

Wire size 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 mm 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 mm N/A<br />

(.030”/.035”/.040”/.045”) (.030”/.035”/.040”/.045”)<br />

Speed capability 0 – 1500 mm/min. 0 – 1500 mm/min. N/A<br />

(0 – 60 ipm) (0 – 60 ipm)<br />

Spool size 1 kg (2 lbs) 1 kg (2 lbs) N/A<br />

Water-cooled torch<br />

Amperage capability 200 A continuous 200 A continuous 100 A @ 60%<br />

Cable length 8 M (25’) Standard 8 M (25’) Standard 8 M (25’)<br />

Extension cables available Extension cables available Extension cables available<br />

Head weights<br />

Weight 8 kg (18 lbs) 9 kg (20 lbs) 1.2 kg (2.65 lbs)<br />

Weight with filler wire 10 kg (22 lbs) 11 kg (24 lbs) N/A<br />

Arc voltage control No Yes No<br />

Power supply compatibility Tubemaster and Pipemaster models only Tubemaster and<br />

Pipemaster models<br />

Pipemaster models<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

212 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MAGNATECH QUICKCLAMP 432 433<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEADS FOR MULTI-PASS GTAW PIPE<br />

WELDING<br />

The Magnatech Quickclamp weld heads are designed to<br />

make pipe-to-pipe and pipe-to-fitting welds. They are “full<br />

function” – with the capability of reproducing all the precise<br />

motions of a skilled welder. A continuously adjustable clamp<br />

eliminates the need to interchange components when<br />

changing pipe sizes. Simply slip the head over the pipe and<br />

clamp with a toggle lever. The Quickclamp heads improve<br />

productivity by increasing duty cycle, reducing repair rates,<br />

and producing welds of consistent quality.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Chain drive system guarantees long life time. Rugged<br />

design. Easy torch angling for fillet/socket welding<br />

CABLE GUIDES: Control torch cable wrap up – prevent<br />

damage.<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

TORCH OSCILLATION (WEAVE): Width, speed, and<br />

endpoint “dwell” independently programmable.<br />

Torch “cross seam” steering electronically controlled<br />

using remote pendant. Pulsed current automatically<br />

synchronized with torch oscillation.<br />

3-AXIS POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR FILLER WIRE NOZZLE:<br />

Multiple adjustments provide precise positioning of filler<br />

wire entry into weld puddle.<br />

ARC GAP CONTROL (ARC VOLTAGE CONTROL):<br />

Electronically maintains programmed arc length.<br />

INTEGRAL FILLER WIRE FEEDER: Accommodates range<br />

of wire diameters (separate floor-mounted feeder not<br />

required).<br />

FILLER WIRE SPOOL: Use standard 1 kg (2 lbs) spools.<br />

WATER-COOLED TORCH: With adjustable lead/lag angle<br />

uses standard expendables.<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

QUICKCLAMP MODEL 432 QUICKCLAMP MODEL 433<br />

Application<br />

Multi-pass orbital GTAW pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fitting<br />

Pipe (tube) OD size range 25 – 89 mm (1.0” – 3.5”) 60 – 168 mm (2.375” – 6.625”)<br />

Filler wire module Wire size: 0.8, 0.9, 1.0 mm (.030, .035, .040”)<br />

Max. speed capability: 2540 mm/min. (100 IPM)<br />

Oscillation module Max. oscillation stroke amplitude: 16 mm (0.625”)<br />

Max. oscillation speed: 1520 mm/min. (60 IPM)<br />

Oscillation dwell: 0 – 1 second<br />

Cross seam adjustment: ± 6.4 mm (± 0.25”)<br />

Arc gap control module 13 mm (0.5”) stroke. Additional mechanical adjustment allows welding heavier wall pipe<br />

Torch propulsion module 0.1 – 1.8 rpm 0.05 – 0.9 rpm<br />

Water-cooled torch 200 A continuous<br />

Torch adjustment capability Torch lead/lag adjustment: ± 15 degrees (manual)<br />

Torch tilt adjustment: ± 10 degrees (manual)<br />

Cable length<br />

7.6 m (25’) standard. Extension cables available<br />

Power supply compatibility Pipemaster 515, Pipemaster 516<br />

MAGNATECH EZ ORBITAL 517<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEADS FOR FUSION WELDING OF TUBE<br />

Magnatech introduces an innovate solution to orbital tube<br />

welding with its modular EZ Orbital welding systems. The<br />

model 517 is a tube welding controller that integrates the<br />

operation of a standard, commercial GTAW power source<br />

with the weld head. The new line of weld heads, the 1000<br />

series, with digital control of rotation speed regulation,<br />

ensuring perfect repeatability.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Affordable orbital solution. Easy to operate. Rugged<br />

design<br />

Welding controller<br />

• Full color, touch screen operation<br />

• Intuitive symbol-based operation<br />

• Real time head temperature monitoring and over<br />

temperature alert<br />

• Visual display of welding cycle<br />

• Simple % adjustment of preset welding parameters<br />

• Diagnostic fault detection system (gas purge, weld head<br />

jam, etc)<br />

• Software updates and upgrades available by internet<br />

download via USB interface<br />

• Compact and lightweight controller built into<br />

waterproof rugged case<br />

Welding heads<br />

• Digital rotation motor ensures 100% repeatable speed<br />

regulation<br />

• Easy access collet clamp adjustment – optimal grip<br />

without deformation<br />

• Flip top viewing port – accurate pre-weld fit up<br />

inspection<br />

• Molded silicone switch panel on weld head handle –<br />

eliminates need for remote pendant<br />

• Indestructible SS hinge provides rigidity for positive<br />

tube alignment<br />

• Collets for all tube sizes/fitting geometries<br />

• Internal water cooling standard – simply connect to<br />

a commercial water recirculator for high duty cycle<br />

applications<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Length x width x height 330 x 420 x 170 mm (13 x 16.5 x 6.8”)<br />

Weight<br />

6 kg (13 lbs)<br />

Power supply capability Consult factory for suitable models<br />

Input power requirements 90/240 VAC, 1 Ø, 0.5 A fuse, 50/60 Hz<br />

Units of measurement Metric and inch (selectable)<br />

Operating temperature -18 to 50˚ C (0 to 120˚ F)<br />

Storage temperature -25 to 60˚C (-20 to 140˚ F)<br />

Humidity<br />

To 98% RH (non-condensing)<br />

Power source<br />

Conventional GTAW<br />

Weldhead 1030 1040<br />

Pipe (tube) size 9.5 - 76 mm (0.375/3.0”) 21.7 - 101.6 mm (0.5/4.0”)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

213


1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

MAGNATECH PIPEMASTER 515<br />

PROGRAMMABLE POWER SOURCE FOR ORBITAL WELD<br />

HEADS<br />

The latest generation of Pipemaster power sources is the<br />

result of a new direction in power source design. The<br />

Pipemaster 515 brings the benefits of digital technology<br />

to the orbital welding customer: unparalleled accuracy,<br />

repeatability, and reliability. The new model is half the size<br />

and weight of previous models. Digital technology forever<br />

eliminates the need for periodic weld head calibration –<br />

motor speeds and response characteristics remain accurate<br />

and stable regardless of wear, and weld heads can be<br />

interchanged without time-consuming calibration.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Multi-pass welding of pipes/tubes/tubesheets<br />

Full function capability (torch rotation, filler wire feed,<br />

electronic arc gap control, electronic oscillation)<br />

Operates all models of Magnatech weld heads (GTAW<br />

process)<br />

200 amp output<br />

Autoranging input eliminates all internal modifications<br />

Up to 100 levels per program (time-based programs)<br />

Stores 100 weld programs internally<br />

AutoProgram automatically generates procedures<br />

Programming and operation guided by simple prompts<br />

Teach mode allows rapid program development<br />

Programmable “override limits” provide supervisory control<br />

Weld parameter monitoring/out-of-limits reporting for QA/<br />

QC purpose<br />

Transfer programs and QC data to PC using standard USB<br />

flash drive<br />

AutoTack automatically generates tack weld programs<br />

Large color LCD display<br />

Stainless steel case<br />

Help files provide immediate information/assistance<br />

Password protection of key functions<br />

Waterproof pendant with 7.6 m (25’) cable<br />

Auto rewind feature unwraps cable at weld completion<br />

All weld head functions capable of synchronization with<br />

pulsed current output<br />

Selectable position or time-based programming<br />

Integral switch prevents welding without torch gas flow<br />

Integral printer<br />

Detachable coolant recirculator with integral flow switch<br />

protection<br />

Meets applicable NEMA, CE, CSA standards Unique autoprogramming<br />

for multi-pass welding. Easy to program.<br />

Rugged design.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Functions controlled<br />

For use with all Magnatech weld head models (GTAW process), welding lathes, and dedicated<br />

weld systems<br />

Weld current output/current pulsing, weld head rotation, weld head wire feed speed,<br />

electronic arc voltage control, electronic torch oscillation, electronic torch cross-seam<br />

adjustment<br />

0 – 200 amps<br />

115/480 VAC, 1 or 3 Ø, 4.0 KVA, 50/60 Hz autoranging (no modifications necessary)<br />

Output power<br />

Input power requirements<br />

(rated load)<br />

Internal memory capacity 100 weld programs<br />

Units of measurement Metric and Inch (selectable)<br />

Program transfer<br />

Solid state digital media (USB flash drive, Language selection English, Spanish, German,<br />

French, others<br />

Settable override limits Individually scalable overrides on each function 0 – 100%<br />

Maximum open circuit voltage 80 V<br />

Water and gas flow switches Standard. Prevent damage to equipment and workpiece<br />

Data recording/printout Operator ID, weld ID number, program number, material, OD, wall thickness, date, time, weld<br />

head model, project, drawing, programmed parameters, user notes<br />

QC-parameter monitoring/ Records actual parameters and deviations from preprogrammed limits<br />

recording/printout<br />

Arc start type<br />

High voltage impulse<br />

Operating/storage temperature Operating: -18 to 50° C (0 to 120° F) Storage: -25 to 60° C (-20 to 140° F)<br />

Humidity<br />

To 98% RH (non-condensing)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

214 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MAGNATECH PIPEMASTER 516<br />

PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER FOR ORBITAL WELD<br />

HEADS<br />

The latest generation of Pipemaster controllers are the result<br />

of a new direction in power source design. The Pipemaster<br />

516 brings the benefits of digital technology to the orbital<br />

welding customer: unparalleled accuracy, repeatability, and<br />

reliability. Digital technology forever eliminates the need for<br />

periodic weld head calibration – motor speeds and response<br />

characteristics remain accurate and stable regardless of<br />

wear, and weld heads can be interchanged without timeconsuming<br />

calibration.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Multi-pass welding of pipes/tubes/tubesheets<br />

Full function capability (torch rotation, filler wire feed,<br />

electronic arc gap control, electronic oscillation)<br />

Operates all models of Magnatech weld heads (GTAW<br />

process)<br />

Current programming and pulsing controlled by Pipemaster<br />

controller – not the power supply<br />

Amperage output determined by power source selection<br />

Autoranging power input eliminates all internal modifications<br />

Up to 100 levels per program (time-based programs)<br />

Stores 100 weld programs internally<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

AutoProgram automatically generates procedures<br />

Programming and operation guided by simple prompts<br />

Teach mode allows rapid program development<br />

Programmable “override limits” provide supervisory control<br />

Weld parameter monitoring/out-of-limits reporting for QA/<br />

QC purposes<br />

Transfer programs and QC data to PC using standard USB<br />

flash drive<br />

AutoTack automatically generates tack weld programs<br />

Large color LCD pendant display<br />

Stainless steel case<br />

Help files provide immediate information/assistance<br />

Password protection of key functions<br />

Waterproof pendant with 7.6 m (25’) cable<br />

Auto rewind feature unwraps cable at weld completion<br />

All weld head functions capable of synchronization with<br />

pulsed current output<br />

Selectable position or time-based programming<br />

Integral switch prevents welding without torch gas flow<br />

Bluetooth printer option<br />

Unique auto-programming for multi-pass welding. Easy to<br />

program. Rugged design<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Functions controlled<br />

For use with all Magnatech weld head models (GTAW process), welding lathes, and dedicated<br />

weld systems<br />

Weld current output/current pulsing, weld head rotation, weld head wire feed speed,<br />

electronic arc voltage control, electronic torch oscillation, electronic torch cross-seam<br />

adjustment<br />

Power source dependent<br />

110 – 230 VAC, 1 Ø, 4.0 KVA, 50/60 Hz autoranging (no modifications necessary)<br />

Output power<br />

Input power requirements<br />

(rated load)<br />

Protection level<br />

Controller IP-23; pendant IP-65<br />

Internal memory capacity 100 weld programs<br />

Units of measurement Metric and inch (selectable)<br />

Program transfer<br />

Solid state digital media (USB flash drive)<br />

Language selection<br />

English, Spanish, German, French, others<br />

Settable override limits Individually scalable overrides on each function 0 – 100%<br />

Water and gas flow switches Standard. Prevent damage to equipment and workpiece<br />

Data recording/printout Operator ID, weld ID number, program number, material, OD, wall thickness, date, time, weld<br />

head model, project, drawing, programmed parameters<br />

Printer (optional)<br />

Freestanding. Bluetooth. Integral rechargeable battery with charger. IP-54 rating<br />

QC-parameter monitoring/ Records actual parameters and deviations from preprogrammed limits<br />

recording/printout<br />

Arc start type<br />

High voltage impulse<br />

Operating/storage temperature Operating: -18 to 50° C (0 to 120° F) Storage: -25 to 60° C (-20 to 140° F)<br />

Humidity<br />

To 98% RH (non-condensing)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

215


1<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

MAGNATECH PIPELINER II 609<br />

ORBITAL WELD HEAD FOR MULTIPASS GMAW/FCAW<br />

PIPE WELDING<br />

The Magnatech Pipeliner II is designed to make pipeto-pipe<br />

and pipe-to-fitting welds. Interchangeable guide rings mount<br />

the head on the pipe, allowing a broad workpiece size range<br />

from 168 – 1524 mm (6”– 60”) and larger. The Pipeliner II<br />

improves productivity by increasing duty cycle, reducing<br />

repair rates, and producing welds of consistent quality.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Generates high quality welds<br />

Simple to understand operation<br />

Can be operated by non-qualified/non-English speaking labor<br />

Extremely rugged design<br />

Push-pull system ensures positive wire feeding<br />

TORCH OSCILLATION (WEAVE) Width, speed, and endpoint<br />

“dwell” independently programmable. Electronic torch<br />

“cross seam” steering.<br />

WATER-COOLED TORCH 300 A<br />

PUSH-PULL WIRE FEED HEAD<br />

POSITIVE WIRE DRIVE SYSTEM Guarantees uniform<br />

rotation speed. Two heads can be mounted simultaneously<br />

on one guide ring (Guide rings come with a one year<br />

warranty)<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Pipe size – 168 mm (6.625”) and larger<br />

Pipe wall thickness – unlimited<br />

Flx-Track for welding on flat and curved surfaces<br />

Oscillation module (linear) Oscillation stroke amplitude 0 – 51 mm (2”)<br />

Oscillation speed<br />

0 – 2540 mm/min. (100 ipm)<br />

Oscillation dwell<br />

Cross seam adjustment ± 25 mm (1.0”)<br />

Oscillation module (pendular) Allows sockets/fillet welding (optional)<br />

Cross seam adjustment ± 20 degrees<br />

0 – 1 second. Independently adjustable at<br />

both stroke endpoints<br />

Torch vertical motion module Stroke: 66 mm (2.625”) (motorized)<br />

Speed: 1520 mm/min. (60 ipm) maximum<br />

Tractor module<br />

Poly-Track® propulsion (patented)<br />

Speed capability<br />

0 – 762 mm/min. (30 ipm). Higher speed motors available<br />

Travel direction<br />

Switch selectable (on head)<br />

Wire Wire diameter: 0.8 – 1.6 mm (0.03 – 0.62”)<br />

Wire feed speed: 0.5 – 22 m/min. (20 – 866 ipm)<br />

Wire spool size: 15/16 kg (25/33 lbs)<br />

Water-cooled torch Amperage capability: 300 amps continuous. Uses standard torch components<br />

Cable length<br />

Wire feeder push-pull – 7.6 m (25’) standard<br />

Torch adjustment capability Torch lead/lag adjustment: ± 15 degrees (manual)<br />

Torch tilt adjustment: ± 10 degrees (manual)<br />

Angle bracket (optional): ± 45 degrees (manual)<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

216 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MAGNATECH PIPELINER MPS 4000<br />

PROGRAMMABLE POWER SOURCE FOR MULTI-PASS<br />

ORBITAL GMAW/FCAW PIPE WELDING<br />

The MPS 4000 is a digital inverter power source for GMAW/<br />

FCAW process welding applications. The integral weld head<br />

controller operates all Pipeliner weld head models. The MPS<br />

4000 provides synergic control of electrode speed and power<br />

output – the welder has only to change electrode speed<br />

and the power supply will adaptively change the output<br />

parameters to maintain a stable process.<br />

FEATURES<br />

Generates high quality welds<br />

Simple to understand programming<br />

Can be operated by non-qualified/ non-English speaking labor<br />

AUTOMATION<br />

Automatic arc length control<br />

Extreme rugged design<br />

Push-pull system ensures positive wire feeding<br />

SYNERGIC OPERATION Of electrode speed/power output.<br />

400 AMP OUTPUT<br />

AUTORANGING POWER INPUT Eliminates all internal<br />

modifications.<br />

CART WITH BOTTLE RACK<br />

FACTORY OPTIMIZED STORED PROGRAMS For most materials.<br />

INTEGRAL SWITCH Prevents welding without torch gas flow.<br />

COOLANT RECIRCULATOR Coolant recirculator with<br />

integral flow switch protection.<br />

1<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Application<br />

Functions controlled<br />

Internal memory capability<br />

For use with all Pipeliner GMAW/FCAW process weld heads<br />

Power module power output (standard and pulsed)<br />

Electrode feed speed<br />

Weld head rotation<br />

Weld head torch oscillation (linear standard, pendular optional)<br />

Weld head electronic cross-seam adjustment<br />

Weld head arc gap control<br />

80 synergic programs / 99 single point (voltage/wire speed) programs<br />

MPS 4000 power source<br />

Output rating<br />

400 A @ 50% duty cycle, 320 A @ 100% duty cycle<br />

Max. open circuit voltage 70 V<br />

Cos phi/efficiency 0.99 / 88%<br />

Input power requirements Volts – 200/230/400/460 (autoranging); amperes 35 A; KVA 12.7; frequency 50/60 Hz<br />

(Rated load)<br />

Degree of protection IP23<br />

Type of cooling<br />

AF (forced Air)<br />

Insulation class<br />

F<br />

Applicable electrical standards IEC 974-1 (IP-23S); CSA; EMC 89/336/EEC; EN 60 974-1<br />

Model 712 weld head controller<br />

Pendant cable length 7.6 m (25’). Extension cables available<br />

Degree of protection IP23 (Excluding Remote Pendant)<br />

MPS 4000R water circulator<br />

Pump<br />

Centrifugal<br />

Cooling capacity 2000 – 2300 W (at 20 EC/68° F)<br />

Max. delivery capacity/pressure 3.5 liters/min (0.9 gal/min) at 4.2 bar (60 psi)<br />

Coolant volume<br />

5.54 liters (1.46 gallons)<br />

Degree of protection IP23<br />

MPS 4000 wire feeder<br />

Drive type<br />

4 roll (various groove geometries available)<br />

Wire diameter 0.8 – 1.6 mm (0.03 – 0.62”)<br />

Wire feed speed<br />

0.5 – 22 m/min (20 – 866 ipm)<br />

Degree of protection IP23<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

217


AUTOMATION<br />

1<br />

MAGNATECH WELDING TRACTOR WT1104C<br />

FUNCTIONAL DESIGN WELDING TRACTOR<br />

Compact design<br />

Fits in a 20 ft container<br />

Field proven<br />

Value for money<br />

OPTIONAL: Closed cabin, Air-conditioning, Special heating<br />

system – cold climate pack, Additional options on request<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

GENERAL<br />

Engine type/model<br />

Power rating<br />

Max. torque<br />

Total weight<br />

CE standards adopted<br />

Fuel tank capacity<br />

Perkins diesel, 4 stroke, model 1104D-44T<br />

ISO 83/61 (HP/kW)<br />

345 Nm at 1400 RPM<br />

7,350 kg (as displayed)<br />

2003/37/EG & EMC 2004/108/EG<br />

90 liter<br />

GENERATOR<br />

Model (standard)<br />

Pols, HYW-35/B10 soundproof<br />

kVA<br />

34 (continuous service)<br />

Volt 400/230<br />

Hz 50/60<br />

Engine type/model<br />

Yanmar diesel, 4-stroke, model 4TNV98<br />

Alternator Stamford (PI 144H)<br />

Standards adopted<br />

98/37/EC, 89/336/EEC, EN12100, EN294, EN60204<br />

WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

CRANE<br />

Type/model<br />

HIAB 044D-3 CLX<br />

Bounded fuel tank<br />

330 liter<br />

Slewing angle<br />

330 degrees<br />

Outreach max.<br />

7.7 m<br />

Load capacity<br />

500 kg at 4 m working distance (between side of tractor and center of pipe)<br />

Standards adopted 98/37/EC, 89/336/EC, EN 12999:2002<br />

218 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

KITS 220-224<br />

REGULATORS 225-233<br />

BLOWPIPES & ATTACHMENTS 234-239<br />

CUTTING NOZZLES 240-243<br />

WELDING & HEATING 244-247<br />

HOSE & FITTINGS 248-250<br />

ACCESSORIES 251-255<br />

MACHINES 256-257<br />

GAS HEATING 258-260<br />

2<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

219


KITS<br />

COMET EDGE CUSTOM 4 PACK<br />

2<br />

Part No. 308356, Part No. 308353, Part No. 308358<br />

The COMET EDGE Custom 4 Pack allows you to build your own kit based on the four key components<br />

and then add items that you specifically require. CIGWELD has packaged a COMET 3 Blowpipe, COMET 3<br />

Cutting Attachment and COMET EDGE Oxygen and Acetylene regulators into a box, designed as your gas<br />

kit starting point. You can choose the other items you need to build your customised gas kit. Regulators<br />

are certified to AS4267.<br />

Contents:<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4 Oxygen Regulator<br />

COMET EDGE ESS3 LPG Regulator<br />

COMET 3 Blowpipe<br />

COMET 3 Cutting Attachment<br />

COMET EDGE STARTER KIT, OXY/ACET<br />

Part No. 308315<br />

For those just starting out , or who require the basic components for gas cutting and welding, the COMET<br />

EDGE Starter Pack is the ideal option. Kit components comply with the relative clauses of AS4839.<br />

Features:<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4 Oxygen Regulator<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4 Acetylene Regulator<br />

COMET 3 Blowpipe<br />

COMET 3 Cutting Attachment<br />

COMET 3 Mixer Assembly<br />

Cutting Nozzle, Size 12<br />

Welding Tip, Size 12<br />

Oxy/Acet Welding Hose - 5m<br />

Welding Goggles<br />

Tip Cleaners<br />

Combination Spanner<br />

Flint Lighter<br />

User Manual<br />

Tool Box<br />

COMET EDGE PROFESSIONAL PLUS KIT, OXY/ACET<br />

Part No. 308313<br />

A complete outfit containing everything the professional tradesman or other discerning buyer could<br />

possibly want for gas cutting, welding and heating. The components in this outfit provide incredibly good<br />

value for money. A magnificent kit that has the Gasgaurd safety feature standard in the regulators. The<br />

components in this COMET EDGE Gas Kit conform to AS 4839.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Features:<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4 Oxygen Regulator<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4 Acetylene Regulator<br />

COMET 3 Blowpipe<br />

COMET 3 Cutting Attachment<br />

COMET 3 Mixer Assembly<br />

Cutting Nozzles (Size 6, 8, 12, 15)<br />

Welding Tips (Size 8, 10, 12, 15, 20)<br />

Heating Tip (8x12HT)<br />

Oxy/Acet Welding Hose - 5m<br />

F6 Blowpipe Flashback Arrestors<br />

F2R Regulator Flashback Arrestors<br />

Roller Guide<br />

Tip Cleaners<br />

Flint Lighter<br />

Combination Spanner<br />

Lift Front Gas Welding Goggles<br />

Tool Box<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

220 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


KITS<br />

CUTSKILL TRADESMAN OUTFIT OXY/ACET<br />

Part No. 208001, NZ Part No. 208006<br />

The CutSkill Tradesman gas cutting and welding kit has been designed for general purpose oxygen<br />

– acetylene cutting and welding applications. As with all gas equipment manufactured by Victor<br />

Technologies, the items in this kit have been carefully designed to provide the highest quality and<br />

to ensure they comply with stringent Australian Standards where applicable. All the equipment and<br />

accessories are packed in a solid CutSkill toolbox. This it offers great value for the most discerning<br />

budget conscious buyer.<br />

Features:<br />

Gas hose conforms to AS1335<br />

Suitable for light to medium duty cutting and welding Kit contains:<br />

Multi fuelled torch<br />

CutSkill 250 Oxygen Regulator 800kPa<br />

Comfortable grip handle<br />

CutSkill 250 Acetylene Regulator 150kPa<br />

Tough solid brass construction<br />

CutSkill Cutting Attachment& CutSkill Blowpipe<br />

Excellent flame stability<br />

CutSkill Mixer<br />

Flashback resistant mixer<br />

3 Cutting Nozzles (Sizes 8, 12, &; 15)<br />

High flow oxygen cutting valve<br />

3 Welding Tips (Sizes 8, 12, &; 15)<br />

Cuts up to 150mm (6”)<br />

Flint Lighter<br />

Torch profile gives excellent job visibility<br />

Combination Spanner<br />

Ideal for the tradesman, contractor & handyman<br />

Gas Welding Goggles& Twin 5 meter Gas Hose<br />

Regulators conform to AS4267<br />

Sturdy Toolbox & User Manual<br />

2<br />

CUTSKILL TRADESMAN PLUS OUTFIT OXY/ACET<br />

CUTSKILL TRADESMAN OUTFIT OXY/LPG<br />

Part No. 208007, NZ Part No. 208008<br />

The CutSkill Tradesman Plus gas cutting and welding kit ahs been designed for general purpose<br />

oxygen-acetylene cutting and welding applications. As with all gas equipment manufactured by Victor<br />

Technologies, the items in this kit have been carefully designed to provide the highest quality and<br />

to ensure they comply with stringent Australian Standards where applicable. All the equipment and<br />

accessories are packed in a solid CutSkill toolbox. This kit offers great value for the most discerning<br />

budget conscious buyer.<br />

Features:<br />

Welding goggles conform to AS1337<br />

Suitable for light to medium duty cutting,<br />

Kit conforms to AS4839<br />

welding and heating<br />

Kit contains:<br />

Multi fuelled torch<br />

CutSkill 250 Oxygen regulator: 800kPa<br />

Comfortable grip handle<br />

CutSkill 250 Acetylene regulator 150kPa<br />

Tough solid brass construction<br />

CutSkill Blowpipe & CutSkill Cutting Attachment<br />

Excellent flame stability<br />

CutSkill Mixer<br />

Flashback resistant mixer<br />

F2R & F6 flashback arrestors<br />

High flow oxygen cutting valve<br />

Welding Tips Size: 8, 10, 12<br />

Cuts up to 150mm (6”)<br />

Cutting Nozzles Size: 8,12,15<br />

Torch profile gives excellent job visibility<br />

Heating Tip 10x12HT<br />

Ideal for the tradesman, contractor & handyman<br />

10m Hose<br />

Regulators conform to AS4267<br />

Roller Guide and radius bar<br />

Gas hose conforms to AS1335<br />

Accessories<br />

Flashback arrestors conform to AS4603<br />

Part No. 208011<br />

The Tradesman LP Gas kit is the latest in the range of Cutskill products from CIGWELD that has been<br />

designed for general purpose cutting and welding applications using oxygen – LP Gas. This kit offers<br />

all the features of the CutSkill Tradesman kit with the added benefit of using LP gas as an economic<br />

alternative fuel gas<br />

Features:<br />

Regulators conform to AS4267<br />

Suitable for light to medium duty cutting and welding Gas hose conforms to AS1335<br />

Multi fuelled torch<br />

Kit contains:<br />

Comfort fit handle<br />

CutSkill 250 Oxygen Regulator 800kPa<br />

Tough solid brass construction<br />

CutSkill 250 LPG Regulator 400kPa<br />

Flashback resistant mixer<br />

CutSkill Cutting Attachment<br />

O-Ring Seal on cutting attachment<br />

CutSkill Blowpipe & CutSkill Mixer<br />

Excellent flame stability<br />

3 Cutting Nozzles (Sizes 8, 12, &; 15)<br />

High flow oxygen cutting valve<br />

Welding Tip (Size 15) & Flint Lighter<br />

Cuts up to 150mm (6”)<br />

Combination Spanner<br />

Torch profile gives excellent job visibility<br />

Gas Welding Goggles & Twin 5 metre Gas Hose<br />

Ideal for the handyman<br />

Sturdy Toolbox & User Manual<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

221


KITS<br />

REGULATORS – WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING SELECTION CHART<br />

2<br />

Gas Model Order Max. inlet Max. outlet Air flow (l/min) Inlet test pressure (kPa)<br />

Part No. pressure (kPa) pressure (kPa) @ Outlet (kPa)2 to achieve column on left<br />

Oxygen<br />

Genuine COMET 700 VI ‡ with GasGuard 301637 20,000 @ 15°C 1000 1,200 @ 650 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 700 SI ‡ 301657 20,000 @ 15°C 1000 1,200 @ 650 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 700 VI ‡ 301531 20,000 @ 15°C 400 500 @ 370 900<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 301560 20,000 @ 15°C 3,000 1,600 @ 2,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 301561 20,000 @ 15°C 7,000 1,600 @ 6,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure 301562 25,000 @ 15°C 20,000 2,000 @ 7,000 4 10,000<br />

Genuine COMPACT High flow (cylinder connection), HP supply TR92 17,500 @ 15°C 1,100 3,200 @ 600 1,500<br />

Genuine COMPACT High flow (pipeline connection), LP supply TR64 2,500 @ 15°C 1,100 2,100 @ 400 1,000<br />

Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage VI ‡ 301871 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 800 @ 760 2,100<br />

Acetylene<br />

Genuine COMET 700 with GasGuard 301532 2,500 150 200 @ 85 400<br />

Genuine COMPACT High flow TR93 2,500 150 500 @ 50 500<br />

LPG<br />

Genuine COMET 500 301525 2,500 400 340 @ 200 700<br />

Argon & Argon/CO2<br />

Genuine COMET 500 VI ‡ 301527 20,000 @ 15°C 200 Preset 230 @ 160 1,000<br />

Genuine COMET 500 Flow gauge VI ‡ 301526 20,000 @ 15°C 400 40 (No back pressure) 1 N/A<br />

Important: All regulators are to be used only with the gases for which they were designed.<br />

‡ VI = Vertical Inlet, SI = Side Inlet<br />

# Maximum inlet pressure at 15°C is equivalent to “cylinder fill pressure”. It includes an allowance for pressure rise in the cylinder if the contents temperature increases. For gases which are<br />

liquified in the cylinder (CO 2<br />

, N 2<br />

O, LPG) the maximum inlet pressure is equivalent to the maximum pressure in the cylinder at its maximum service temperature.<br />

FLOW RATES<br />

1. Flow rates quoted apply to air. For flow rates achievable with a specific gas, use the relevant conversion coefficient for the gas. Note, flow gauge models are an exception. These read<br />

direct for each gas - they do not need to be converted.<br />

Conversion Coefficient (Multiply Air flow by coefficient)<br />

Test Gas Air Oxygen Nitrogen Argon Hydrogen Helium Acetylene LPG Carbon Dioxide Methane Carbon Monoxide Nitrous Oxide Ethylene<br />

Air 1 0.950 1.02 0.851 3.81 2.695 1.05 0.8 0.808 0.74 1.02 0.8 1.02<br />

2. Flows are rated at low inlet pressures in order to indicate a flow performance that can be maintained over the life of a cylinder’s contents. Higher flows can be obtained from full<br />

cylinders – refer to the performance curves for each regulator.<br />

3. Flow rates for liquefiable gases (CO 2<br />

, N 2<br />

O) are dependent upon inlet conditions and the refrigeration effects of pressure reduction – continuous flows in excess of 30 l/min may require<br />

multi-stage pressure reduction, manifolding of cylinders, special construction or pre-heating. Higher flows are possible for short periods.<br />

4. Maximum capacity for short periods. These regulators are intended for low flow, high outlet pressure applications only but can deliver higher capacity for short periods.<br />

NOTE: All CIGWELD Regulator flow performance specifications are measured at low cylinder inlet pressures (In accordance with Clause 7.1 AS 4267-1995). Care should be<br />

taken when comparing these details with other manufacturer‘s specifications which may be quoting flow performance at higher or full cylinder pressures. Flow specifications<br />

measured at low cylinder inlet pressures provide a more realistic value of a regulator‘s over all performance.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

222 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


KITS<br />

Gas Model Order Max. inlet Max. outlet Air flow (l/min) Inlet test pressure (kPa)<br />

Part No. pressure (kPa) pressure (kPa) @ Outlet (kPa) 2 to achieve column on left<br />

Carbon Dioxide 3 Genuine COMET 700 301796 21,000 800 900 @ 640 3 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 500 Welding 301528 21,000 200 Preset 200 @ 150 3 400<br />

Genuine COMET 500 Flow gauge 301683 21,000 200 20 (No back pressure) 1,3 N/A<br />

Genuine COMET 500 Beverage Cylinder 301681 21,000 400 200 @ 300 3 900<br />

Inert Gases & Mixtures<br />

2<br />

Genuine COMET 700 301800 20,000 @ 15°C 800 700 @ 700 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 301563 20,000 @ 15°C 3,000 1,600 @ 2,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 301564 20,000 @ 15°C 7,000 1,600 @ 6,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure 301565 31,500 @ 15°C 20,000 2,000 @ 7,000 4 10,000<br />

Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage 301873 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 700 @ 780 2,100<br />

Air<br />

Genuine COMET 700 310352 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 1,200 @ 700 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 310353 20,000 @ 15°C 3,000 1,600 @ 2,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 310354 20,000 @ 15°C 7,000 1,600 @ 6,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure 310355 31,500 @ 15°C 20,000 2,000 @ 7,000 4 10,000<br />

Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage 310356 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 700 @ 780 2,100<br />

Nitrogen<br />

Genuine COMET 700 310345 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 1,200 @ 700 1,700<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 310346 20,000 @ 15°C 3,000 1,600 @ 2,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 High outlet pressure 310347 20,000 @ 15°C 7,000 1,600 @ 6,500 4 8,000<br />

Genuine COMET 5000 EHP inlet, high outlet pressure 310348 31,500 @ 15°C 20,000 2,000 @ 7,000 4 10,000<br />

Genuine COMET 750 Dual stage 310350 20,000 @ 15°C 1,000 700 @ 780 2,100<br />

Cutskill Purging Regulator 310349 20,000 @ 15˚C 3,500 1,700 @ 2,600 8,000<br />

Hydrogen, Ethylene, Carbon Monoxide<br />

Genuine COMET 700 301797 20,000 @ 15°C 800 900 @ 340 1,700<br />

IMPORTANT: ALL REGULATORS ARE TO BE USED ONLY WITH THE GASES FOR<br />

WHICH THEY WERE DESIGNED.<br />

‡ VI = Vertical Inlet, SI = Side Inlet<br />

# Maximum inlet pressure at 15°C is equivalent to “cylinder fill pressure”. It includes an allowance for pressure rise in the cylinder if the contents temperature increases. For gases<br />

which are liquified in the cylinder (CO 2<br />

, N 2<br />

O, LPG) the maximum inlet pressure is equivalent to the maximum pressure in the cylinder at its maximum service temperature.<br />

FLOW RATES<br />

1. Flow rates quoted apply to air. For flow rates achievable with a specific gas, use the relevant conversion coefficient for the gas. Note, flow gauge models are an exception.<br />

These read direct for each gas - they do not need to be converted.<br />

Conversion Coefficient (Multiply Air flow by coefficient)<br />

Test Gas Air Oxygen Nitrogen Argon Hydrogen Helium Acetylene LPG Carbon Dioxide Methane Carbon Monoxide Nitrous Oxide Ethylene<br />

Air 1 0.950 1.02 0.851 3.81 2.695 1.05 0.8 0.808 0.74 1.02 0.8 1.02<br />

2. Flows are rated at low inlet pressures in order to indicate a flow performance that can be maintained over the life of a cylinder’s contents. Higher flows can be obtained from<br />

full cylinders – refer to the performance curves for each regulator.<br />

3. Flow rates for liquefiable gases (CO 2<br />

, N 2<br />

O) are dependent upon inlet conditions and the refrigeration effects of pressure reduction – continuous flows in excess of 30 l/min<br />

may require multi-stage pressure reduction, manifolding of cylinders, special construction or pre-heating. Higher flows are possible for short periods.<br />

4. Maximum capacity for short periods. These regulators are intended for low flow, high outlet pressure applications only but can deliver higher capacity for short periods.<br />

NOTE: All CIGWELD Regulator flow performance specifications are measured at low cylinder inlet pressures (In accordance with Clause 7.1 AS 4267-1995). Care<br />

should be taken when comparing these details with other manufacturer‘s specifications which may be quoting flow performance at higher or full cylinder pressures.<br />

Flow specifications measured at low cylinder inlet pressures provide a more realistic value of a regulator‘s over all performance.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

223


KITS<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT TURBOTORCH®<br />

2<br />

EXTREME®<br />

SELF-LIGHTING TORCH<br />

Part No. 308160<br />

Extreme’s® patented swirl combustion gives you the best burn in a selflighting package.<br />

The flame tube swivels 180° for easy positioning. Uses MAPP® or LP (Propane) Gas without<br />

changing the orifice. Workplace designed without exposed wires. Locking button and final<br />

flame-adjusting valve give optimum performance. Soft solder to 40mm diameter copper tube.<br />

Silver braze up to 15mm diameter copper tube.<br />

Features:<br />

TL-44 For direct connection to Turbogas (MAPP®) Gas.<br />

High impact ABS case for added strength.<br />

Replaceable tip-end.<br />

Easy to clean orifice.<br />

Heavy-duty piezo ignitor with locking facility.<br />

Machined rotor swirls flame.<br />

Wide lighting range.<br />

CGA-600 Connection.<br />

2 Year Conditional Manufacturer’s Warranty.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Extreme® Self-Lighting Torch Part No. 308160<br />

Adaptor for Primus 2000<br />

cylinder connection Part No. 305137<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Tip end T.504 Part No 308359<br />

Tip end T.503 Part No 308360<br />

Note: TurboTorch® is designed to put the maximum amount of<br />

heat into the work. Read instructions before use. Do not throttle<br />

flame back from recommended settings. Failure to do so will<br />

burn out tip and void warranty.<br />

CSTK-9 KIT Part No. 308159<br />

A complete set ready for action. Soft Solder up to 40 mm and silver solder up to 15 mm.<br />

Suitable for direct connection to CGA 600 Turbogas MAPP® cylinders.<br />

Features:<br />

TurboTorch® swirl combustion.<br />

CSTK-R pressure regulator.<br />

CGA-600 connection for Turbogas (MAPP®) Gas.<br />

CST-3 tip.<br />

360° swivel adjustment<br />

Instruction manual.<br />

Machined rotor swirls flame.<br />

Easy to clean orifice.<br />

2 Year Conditional Manufacturer’s Warranty.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

CSTK-9 Kit Part No. 308159<br />

Adaptor for Primus 2000<br />

cylinder connection Part No. 305137<br />

PRO-LINE<br />

SELF-LIGHTING<br />

ACETYLENE TORCH KIT<br />

Part No. 308157<br />

A complete set ready for immediate use. Connection directly onto any standard acetylene<br />

cylinder. Swirl combustion using acetylene makes this kit ideal for fast brazing. Soft solders to<br />

90mm, Silver solders to 50mm. Very impressive performance from acetylene only.<br />

Features:<br />

CAR-BSP regulator with Type 20 connection.<br />

CPL-AUS handle with quick-connect.<br />

Acetylene hose (3.6M).<br />

CPL-12A tip with machined rotor.<br />

Instruction Manual.<br />

Easy to clean orifice.<br />

2 Year Conditional Manufacturer’s Warranty.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Pro-Line Self-Lighting<br />

Acetylene Torch Kit Part No. 308157<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

PRO-LINE<br />

SELF-LIGHTING LPG<br />

(PROPANE) TORCH KIT<br />

Part No. 308158<br />

A complete Air/LPG kit ready to use. Simply connect to any standard LPG cylinder (with<br />

POL fitting). Swirl combustion using LPG makes this kit ideal for brazing where speed is not<br />

essential. Soft solders to 60mm. Silver brazes to 35mm.<br />

Features:<br />

CRL-LP Regulator (P.O.L. Connection).<br />

CPL-AUS Handle with quick-connect.<br />

LPG Hose (3.6M).<br />

CPL-5T Tip with machined rotor.<br />

Instruction Manual.<br />

Easy to clean orifice.<br />

2 Year Conditional Manufacturer’s Warranty.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Pro-Line Self-Lighting LPG<br />

(Propane) Torch Kit Part No. 308158<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

224 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS EQUIPMENT REGULATORS – WELDING, CUTTING, HEATING<br />

REGULATORS<br />

COMET EDGE ESS3 LPG<br />

REGULATOR 400KPA<br />

Part No. 301525<br />

The COMET EDGE ESS3 LPG Regulator is a smaller bodied model that offers the same EDGE<br />

Regulator technology as the larger ESV4 Oxygen/Acetylene variants, incorporating advanced<br />

design, proven performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the<br />

professional, the COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of cutting, welding and<br />

heating applications.<br />

2<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

TGas Type<br />

LP Gas<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa) 2,500<br />

Max outlet pressure (kPa) 400<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 21 (0.880”-<br />

14 NGO LH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF LH ExtOutlet<br />

connection – LH<br />

Part No. 303210<br />

COMET EDGE ARGON<br />

PRESET REGULATOR<br />

200KPA<br />

Part No. 301527<br />

The COMET EDGE ESS3 Argon Regulator is a smaller bodied model that offers the same EDGE<br />

Regulator technology as the larger ESV4 Oxygen/Acetylene variants, incorporating advanced<br />

design, proven performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the<br />

professional, the COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of welding applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

Preset to 200kPa to match COMET Flowmeters.<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type<br />

Argon<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa) 20,000<br />

Max outlet pressure (kPa) 200 Preset<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 10<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS3<br />

ARGON REGULATOR 45LPM<br />

Part No. 301526<br />

The COMET EDGE ESS3 Argon Regulator is a smaller bodied model that offers the same EDGE<br />

Regulator technology as the larger ESV4 Oxygen/Acetylene variants, incorporating advanced<br />

design, proven performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the<br />

professional, the COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of welding applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type<br />

Argon<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa) 20,000<br />

Max outlet pressure (kPa) 400<br />

Maximum flow (l/min) 45<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 10<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE CO2<br />

PRESET REGULATOR<br />

200KPA<br />

Part No. 301528<br />

The COMET EDGE ESS3 CO2 Regulator is a smaller bodied model that offers the same EDGE<br />

Regulator technology as the larger ESV4 Oxygen/Acetylene variants, incorporating advanced<br />

design, proven performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the<br />

professional, the COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of welding applications.<br />

Features:<br />

Preset to 200kPa to match COMET Flowmeters<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type<br />

Carbon Dioxide<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa) 21,000<br />

Max outlet pressure (kPa) 200 Preset<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 30<br />

(0.860”-14 TPI RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

225


2<br />

REGULATORS<br />

COMET EDGE ESS3<br />

CO2 REGULATOR 20LPM<br />

Part No. 301683<br />

The COMET EDGE ESS3 CO2 Regulator is a smaller bodied model that offers the same EDGE<br />

Regulator technology as the larger ESV4 Oxygen/Acetylene variants, incorporating advanced<br />

design, proven performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the<br />

professional, the COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of welding applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Carbon Dioxide<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 21,000<br />

Max outlet flow (L/min): 20<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 30<br />

(0.860”-14 TPI RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS3<br />

CO2 BEVERAGE REGULATOR<br />

400KPA<br />

Part No. 301681<br />

This COMET EDGE CO2 regulator is ideal for self-contained beer dispensing (“party”<br />

regulator)’ beer dispensing systems, soft drink dispensing systems and other OEM drink<br />

dispensing applications e.g. Wine.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Carbon Dioxide<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 21,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 400<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 30<br />

(0.860”-14 TPI RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4<br />

OXYGEN REGULATOR<br />

WITH GASGUARD 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310637, Part No. 301637 (without Gasguard)<br />

The COMET EDGE Series is the latest range of regulators incorporating advanced design,proven<br />

performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the professional, the<br />

COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of cutting, welding and heating applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Incorporating our Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST)<br />

which offers precise pressure and flow control.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

GasGuard nipple ensures total gas shut off in the<br />

event that the inlet connection is broken.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Independently certified to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Max. Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1000<br />

Gauge Range Inlet (kPa): 30000<br />

Gauge Range Outlet (kPa): 1600<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 10.5<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Vertical inlet<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8” UNF-18 RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS4<br />

OXYGEN REGULATOR WITH<br />

GASGUARD 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310657<br />

The COMET EDGE Series is the latest range of regulators incorporating advanced design,proven<br />

performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the professional, the<br />

COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of cutting, welding and heating applications.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Incorporating our Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST)<br />

which offers precise pressure and flow control.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

GasGuard nipple ensures total gas shut off in the<br />

event that the inlet connection is broken.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Independently certified to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Max. Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1000<br />

Gauge Range Inlet (kPa): 30000<br />

Gauge Range Outlet (kPa): 1600<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 10.5<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Vertical inlet<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8” UNF RH Ext<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

226 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


COMET EDGE ESV4<br />

OXYGEN REGULATOR WITH<br />

GASGAURD 400KPA<br />

Part No. 301531<br />

REGULATORS<br />

The COMET EDGE Series is the latest range of regulators incorporating advanced design,proven<br />

performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the professional, the<br />

COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of cutting, welding and heating applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Incorporating our Encapsulated Seat Technology (EST)<br />

which offers precise pressure and flow control.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

GasGuard nipple ensures total gas shut off in the<br />

event that the inlet connection is broken.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Independently certified to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Max. Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1000<br />

Gauge Range Inlet (kPa): 30000<br />

Gauge Range Outlet (kPa): 1600<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 10.5<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Vertical inlet<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

2<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4<br />

ACETYLENE REGULATOR<br />

WITH GASGUARD 150KPA<br />

Part No. 310532, Part No. 301532 (without Gasguard)<br />

The COMET EDGE Series is the latest range of regulators incorporating advanced design,proven<br />

performance, and unsurpassed safety. Engineered to meet the demands of the professional, the<br />

COMET EDGE Series is suitable for the majority of cutting,welding and heating applications.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

GasGuard nipple ensures total gas shut off in the<br />

event that the inlet connection is broken.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Independently certified to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Max. Outlet Pressure (kPa): 150<br />

Gauge Range Inlet (kPa): 4000<br />

Gauge Range Outlet (kPa): 400<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 20<br />

(5/8” BSP LH Ext)<br />

Vertical inlet<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF LH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ETV4<br />

OXYGEN DUAL STAGE<br />

REGULATOR 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 301871<br />

COMET EDGE Dual Stage regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should<br />

be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations<br />

of the inlet pressure – such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder’s contents.<br />

Features:<br />

Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure<br />

reduction.<br />

Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second<br />

stage outlet.<br />

Excellent pressure/flow characteristics.<br />

Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of<br />

inlet pressure.<br />

The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear<br />

indication of outlet and inlet pressures.<br />

Conforms with AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Oxygen<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 20,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1,000<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 10.5<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS4<br />

AIR REGULATOR 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310352<br />

With the expansion of the COMET EDGE regulator range, CIGWELD can now offer an EDGE<br />

regulator to suit the majority of industrial gases. COMET EDGE air and nitrogen regulators are<br />

suitable for most general purpose industrial and laboratory gas control applications. Air and<br />

nitrogen models are fitted with pressure relief valves to protect downstream equipment against<br />

increases above the maximum outlet pressure.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Air<br />

Max Inlet Pressure: 20,000 kPa<br />

Max Outlet Pressure: 1,000<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 60<br />

(27x2mm Whit Form<br />

RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

227


2<br />

REGULATORS<br />

COMET EDGE ESS4<br />

NITROGEN REGULATOR<br />

1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310345<br />

With the expansion of the COMET EDGE regulator range, CIGWELD can now offer an EDGE<br />

regulator to suit the majority of industrial gases. COMET EDGE nitrogen regulators are<br />

suitable for most general purpose industrial and laboratory gas control applications. Nitrogen<br />

models are fitted with pressure relief valves to protect downstream equipment against<br />

increases above the maximum outlet pressure.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Nitrogen<br />

Max Inlet Pressure: 20,000 kPa<br />

Max Outlet Pressure: 1,000 kPa<br />

Inlet Connection As2473 Type 50<br />

(24x2mm Whit Form<br />

RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESV4<br />

INERT GASES REGULATOR<br />

1000KPA<br />

Part No. 301800<br />

With the expansion of the COMET EDGE regulator range, CIGWELD can now offer an EDGE<br />

regulator to suit the majority of industrial gases.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Inert<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 20,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1,000<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 10<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS4<br />

CO2 REGULATOR 800KPA<br />

Part No. 301796<br />

With the expansion of the COMET EDGE regulator range, CIGWELD can now offer an EDGE<br />

regulator to suit the majority of industrial gases.<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Carbon Dioxide<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 21,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 800<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 30<br />

(0.860”-14 TPI RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ESS4<br />

HYDROGEN REGULATOR<br />

800KPA<br />

Part No. 301797<br />

With the expansion of the COMET EDGE regulator range, CIGWELD can now offer an EDGE<br />

regulator to suit the majority of industrial gases. This regulator is typically used for applications<br />

such as cutting, underwater cutting, lead burning, plasma arc cutting, chemical processing and<br />

laboratory applications.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Features:<br />

The most advanced regulator design introduced to the<br />

market in 20 years.<br />

Regulators are colour coded for easy gas identification.<br />

Easy to read gauges incorporating coloured segments<br />

to assist with setting correct operation pressures.<br />

Built-in Gauge Guard.<br />

Conforms to AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Hydrogen<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 20,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 800<br />

Inlet Connection AS2473 Type 20<br />

(5/8” BSP LH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection 5/8”-18 UNF LH Ext<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

228 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


COMET EDGE ETS4<br />

AIR DUAL STAGE<br />

REGULATOR 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310356<br />

REGULATORS<br />

COMET EDGE Dual Stage regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should<br />

be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations<br />

of the inlet pressure – such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder’s contents.<br />

Features:<br />

Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure<br />

reduction.<br />

Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second<br />

stage outlet.<br />

Excellent pressure/flow characteristics.<br />

Encapsulated Seat Technology in both first and second<br />

stage.<br />

Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of<br />

inlet pressure.<br />

The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear<br />

indication of outlet and inlet pressures.<br />

Conforms with AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Air<br />

Max Inlet Pressure: 20,000 kPa<br />

Max Outlet Pressure: 1,000 kPa<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 60<br />

(27x2mm Whit Form<br />

RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

2<br />

COMET EDGE ETS4<br />

NITROGEN DUAL STAGE<br />

REGULATOR 1000KPA<br />

Part No. 310350<br />

COMET EDGE Dual Stage regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should<br />

be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations<br />

of the inlet pressure – such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder’s contents.<br />

Features:<br />

Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure<br />

reduction.<br />

Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second<br />

stage outlet.<br />

Excellent pressure/flow characteristics.<br />

Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of<br />

inlet pressure.<br />

The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear<br />

indication of outlet and inlet pressures.<br />

Conforms with AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Nitrogen<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 20,000 kPa<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1,000 kPa<br />

Inlet Connection AS 2473 Type 50<br />

(24x2mm Whit Form<br />

RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

COMET EDGE ETV4 INERT<br />

DUAL STAGE REGULATOR<br />

1000KPA<br />

Part No. 301873<br />

COMET EDGE Dual Stage regulators provide all the advantages of two stage control and should<br />

be used where precise and constant control of outlet pressure is required regardless of variations<br />

of the inlet pressure – such as that which occurs over the life of a cylinder’s contents.<br />

Features:<br />

Optimum safety through pre-set first stage pressure<br />

reduction.<br />

Highly accurate via sensitive adjustment of second<br />

stage outlet.<br />

Excellent pressure/flow characteristics.<br />

Constant outlet pressure regardless of variations of<br />

inlet pressure.<br />

The regulator is fitted with twin gauges enabling clear<br />

indication of outlet and inlet pressures.<br />

Conforms with AS4267.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Inert<br />

Max Inlet Pressure (kPa): 20,000<br />

Max Outlet Pressure (kPa): 1,000<br />

Inlet Connection: AS 2473 Type 10<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

229


REGULATORS<br />

GENUINE COMET 5000 HIGH OUTLET PRESSURE REGULATORS<br />

2<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

301560 Oxygen 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

301561 Oxygen 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 10.5 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

301562 1 Oxygen 20,000 2,000 40,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 11 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310353 Air 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310354 Air 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 60 (27x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310355 Air 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 61 (0.830” – 14 NGO RH Int) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310346 Nitrogen 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310347 Nitrogen 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 50 (24x2mm Whit Form RH Int) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

310348 Nitrogen 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 51 (1.040” – 14 NGO RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

301563 Inert gases 3,000 1,600 30,000 4,000 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

301564 Inert gases 7,000 1,600 30,000 10,000 AS 2473 Type 10 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

301565 1 Inert gases 20,000 2,000 50,000 30,000 AS 2473 Type 11 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 1/4” Tube fitting<br />

Pressure/flow curve<br />

Features:<br />

Based on the Genuine COMET regulator design. Provides<br />

safe and accurate control of pressures up to 20,000kPa<br />

(2,800psi).<br />

Pressure relief valves for the 3,000kPa and 7,000kPa<br />

delivery regulators.<br />

20,000 kPa models are fitted with a Type II inlet nut for<br />

EHP cylinder connection.<br />

Special hardened diaphragms for strength and accuracy.<br />

Tube outlet connectors prevent accidental connection to<br />

low pressure equipment.<br />

Applications:<br />

Ideally suited for industrial or laboratory work,<br />

pneumatic loading of test apparatus, static testing of<br />

pressure components, pressurising high pressure systems<br />

or high pressure decanting.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Gauge – 30,000 kPa Part No. 301628<br />

Gauge – 30,000 kPa Oxygen Part No. 301626<br />

Gauge – 40,000 kPa Part No. 301823<br />

Gauge – 50,000 kPa Part No. 301824<br />

Gauge – 4,000 kPa Oxygen Part No. 301816<br />

Gauge – 10,000 kPa Oxygen Part No. 301819<br />

Gauge – 30,000 kPa Oxygen Plain Part No. 301858<br />

Gauge – 4,000 kPa Part No. 301817<br />

Gauge – 10,000 kPa Part No. 301818<br />

Inlet nipple – type 10 Part No. 301790<br />

Inlet nipple – type 10.5 Part No. 301917<br />

Inlet nipple – type 11 Oxygen Part No. 310284<br />

Inlet nipple – type 11 Inert Part No. 301917<br />

Inlet nipple & nut kit<br />

– Nitrogen, type 50 Part No. 310338<br />

Inlet nipple & nut kit<br />

– Nitrogen, type 51 Part No. 310341<br />

Inlet nipple & nut kit – Air, type 60 Part No. 310340<br />

Inlet nipple & nut kit – Air, type 61 Part No. 310342<br />

Inlet nut – type 10 Part No. 302624<br />

Inlet nut – type 10.5 Part No. 315039<br />

Inlet nut – type 11<br />

Part No. RG40<br />

Outlet connection 1/4” tube Part No. 303710<br />

O-Ring kit T50/60 Part No. 310363<br />

Warning: Pressure relief valves for 301560 and 301561 are set<br />

to relieve outlet pressures marginally in excess of 3000kPa and<br />

7000kPa respectively. 301562 is not fitted with a pressure relief<br />

valve. When using these regulators to pressurise a closed system<br />

it is recommended to fit an independent safety valve to protect<br />

downstream equipment and ensure operator safety. This safety<br />

valve must be set at or below the maximum test pressure of the<br />

system and equipment.<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

GENUINE COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR – OXYGEN<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

TR92 Oxygen 1,100 3,200 30,000 2,500 1” BSP RH Int 5/8” BSP RH Ext<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Features:<br />

Designed for use on either cylinders or manifold<br />

systems which operate on full cylinder pressure.<br />

Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to<br />

permanent installations.<br />

“T” Screw control gives positive, precise adjustment.<br />

Use adaptor Part No. 360117 (1” BSP RH Ext to 5/8”<br />

BSP RH Ext), for cylinder connection.<br />

Note: TR92 incorporates a special compensation device<br />

which automatically reduces outlet pressure variance<br />

as the cylinder empties. Regulator is Australian made,<br />

and manufactured to a CIGWELD standard which<br />

ensures safety and quality.<br />

Applications:<br />

This high flow regulator is suitable for most manifold<br />

high flow applications such as heavy heating, machine<br />

cutting, heavy cutting (i.e. above 400 mm), plate<br />

splitting, mechanical welding, “J” grooving, etc.<br />

The TR92 is particularly suited to Oxygen enrichment<br />

or Oxygen injection applications. Ideally suited to high<br />

pressure manifold systems and “G” size cylinder packs.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Gauge – 30,000 kPa Part No. 301626<br />

Gauge – 1,600 kPa Part No. 301853<br />

Adaptor for cylinder connection Part No. 360117<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

230 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


REGULATORS<br />

GENUINE COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR – OXYGEN (PIPELINE)<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

TR64 Oxygen 1,100 2,100 - 1,600 1” BSP RH Int 5/8” BSP RH Ext<br />

Features:<br />

Designed to supply and accurately control high flow rates<br />

where the inlet pressures remain between 1000-2500 kPa<br />

e.g. liquid vessel supply.<br />

Fitted with a clear, easy to read outlet pressure gauge.<br />

Inlet pressure gauge not required because inlet pressure is<br />

constant in pipelines.<br />

Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to permanent<br />

installations.<br />

Regulator is manufactured to a CIGWELD standard which<br />

ensures safety and quality.<br />

Applications:<br />

This regulator is suited for use on all Oxygen high flow<br />

pipelines. Particularly suited to heavy heating, machine<br />

cutting where multiple blowpipes are used. Also suitable<br />

for heavy cutting, plate splitting, mechanical welding and<br />

“J” grooving. Ideal for large industrial applications.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Gauge – 1,600 kPa Part No 301853<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

2<br />

GENUINE COMPACT HIGH FLOW REGULATOR – ACETYLENE<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

TR93 Acetylene 150 500 4,000 300 AS 2473 Type 20 (5/8” BSP LH Ext) 5/8”-18 UNF LH Ext<br />

Features:<br />

Designed for use on either acetylene cylinders or manifold<br />

systems which operate on full cylinder pressure.<br />

Rear entry connection provides easy fitting to permanent<br />

installations and gas cylinder packs.<br />

High flow rate up to 525 l/min.<br />

Applications:<br />

This high flow regulator is ideal for most applications<br />

such as heavy heating, machine cutting, plate splitting,<br />

mechanical welding, ‘J’ grooving, etc.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Gauge – 4,000 kPa Part No 301627<br />

Gauge – 300 kPa Part No 301624<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

GENUINE COMET WELDING FLOWMETERS<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

301710 Argon 1-15 l/min - - 5/8”-18 UNF RH Int 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

301711 Argon & CO 2<br />

10-40 l/min - - 5/8”-18 UNF RH Int 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

Features:<br />

Incorporates durable impact resistant polycarbonate outer<br />

and metering tubes, an inlet filter and a fail safe shroud<br />

which will vent excessive pressure should it occur within<br />

the flowmeter assembly.<br />

Initially designed for medical application, Genuine COMET<br />

welding flowmeters have built in safety, reliability and<br />

accuracy.<br />

Not sensitive to back pressure.<br />

Maximum working pressure 600 kPa. Calibrated for 200<br />

kPa.<br />

Fine flow adjustment valve which also provides an<br />

“ON-OFF” facility.<br />

Applications:<br />

Two models are available to provide fine adjustment<br />

control and flow measurement for shielding gases in<br />

MIG and TIG welding or other specialised low flow gas<br />

applications.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Flow tube kit 1-15 lpm Part No. 301281<br />

Flow tube kit 10-40 lpm Part No. 301282<br />

Control valve kit Part No. 301825<br />

Shroud kit Part No. 301827<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

301710 1 - 15 l/min 301711 10 - 40 l/min<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

231


REGULATORS<br />

CUTSKILL OXYGEN REGULATOR VI 800KPA AND ACETYLENE REGULATOR VI 150KPA<br />

2<br />

Part No. Gas Max. Outlet Rated Air Gauge Range (kPa) Connections<br />

Pressure (kPa) Flow 3 (l/min) Inlet Outlet Inlet Outlet<br />

210222 Oxygen 800 310 30,000 1,600 AS2473 Type 10.5 (5/8” BSP RH Ext) 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

210223 Acetylene 150 310 4,000 300 AS2473 Type 20 (5/8” BSP LH Ext) 5/8”-18 UNF LH Ext<br />

Specifically designed for the budget conscious buyer, CutSkill regulators offer excellent quality<br />

and performance for use with most light to medium applications. CutSkill regulators conform to<br />

AS4267 and are factory set to deliver the correct maximum pressure or flow. CutSkill regulators<br />

are based on the Comet design that offers robust construction combined with renowned<br />

CIGWELD quality and represent genuine value for money.<br />

Features:<br />

Regulator is failsafe against over pressure<br />

Captive control knob prevents loss and tampering<br />

Acetylene<br />

Oxygen<br />

Diaphragm is protected against flashback<br />

Robust, failsafe and accurate pressure gauges<br />

Factory set maximum delivery pressure<br />

Colour coded for gas identification<br />

Ideal for the Tradesman, Contractor & Handyman<br />

Conforms to AS4267<br />

WELDSKILL ARGON<br />

REGULATOR VI 40LPM<br />

Part No. 210254<br />

Specifically designed for the budget conscious buyer, WeldSkill regulators offer excellent<br />

quality and performance for use with most light to medium applications. WeldSkill regulators<br />

conform to AS4267 and are factory set to deliver the correct maximum pressure or flow.<br />

WeldSkill regulators are based on the Comet design that offers robust construction combined<br />

with renowned CIGWELD quality and represent genuine value for money.<br />

Features:<br />

Regulator is failsafe against over pressure<br />

Robust, failsafe and accurate pressure gauges<br />

Factory set maximum delivery pressure<br />

Captive control knob prevents loss and tampering<br />

Colour coded for gas identification<br />

Ideal for the Tradesman, Contractor & Handyman<br />

Conforms to AS4267<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Argon<br />

Flow (l/min): 40<br />

Inlet Gauge Range: 30,000 kPa<br />

Outlet Gauge Range: 55 l/min<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 10<br />

(5/8” BSP RH Ext)<br />

Outlet Connection: 5/8”-18 UNF RH Ext<br />

CUTSKILL NITROGEN<br />

PURGING REGULATOR SI<br />

Part No. 310349<br />

These nitrogen purging regulators are the economical alternative offered by CIGWELD for<br />

the Refrigeration and HVAC industry. They have been purpose designed for testing (up to<br />

3,800 kPa) and purging of refrigeration and air-conditioning systems. Manufactured by Victor,<br />

these regulators offer excellent quality and performance that meets CIGWELD’s stringent<br />

engineering standards.<br />

Features:<br />

Strong, robust construction<br />

Pressure relief valve (PRV) to protect against over<br />

pressurisation of downstream equipment<br />

‘T’ screw gives positive precise adjustment<br />

Designed and manufactured by VICTOR®<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Nitrogen<br />

Max outlet pressure (kPa): 3,800<br />

Rated Air Flow (l/min): 1,700<br />

Inlet Gauge range (kPa): 28,000<br />

Outlet Gauge Range (kPa): 4,000<br />

Inlet Connection: AS2473 Type 50<br />

(24x2mm Whit Form<br />

RH Int)<br />

Outlet Connection: 1/4” 37° Flare<br />

GAUGE GUARD<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Acetylene<br />

Oxygen<br />

Gauge Guard is the latest in additions to the CIGWELD Professional range of COMET Welding<br />

and Cutting Equipment.<br />

These easy to fit accessories offer exceptional protection<br />

by assisting in the prevention of accidental damage caused<br />

by knocks or bumps to the pressure gauges on COMET 700<br />

series oxygen and acetylene welding regulators. They are a<br />

single body steel construction with colour coded powder<br />

coated finish for gas identification. The unique design<br />

allows excellent visual access of the gauge dial and at the<br />

same time not obstructing the safety back fail safe feature<br />

in the case over pressurisation.<br />

Gauge Guard is now included in all CIGWELD COMET Gas<br />

kits as a standard accessory for the protection of both the<br />

Oxygen & Acetylene regulator gauges. Gauge Guard are<br />

also available as individually packed singles for fitting to<br />

COMET 700 Oxygen and Acetylene welding regulators.<br />

Avoid those costly repairs or replacement costs by<br />

installing Gauge Guard.<br />

Protection Never Looked So Good<br />

Description<br />

Part No.<br />

Gauge Guard for<br />

COMET 700 Oxy (Black) 209033<br />

Gauge Guard for<br />

COMET 700 Act (Red) 209035<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

232 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


REGULATORS<br />

REGULATORS<br />

D10125FLBC<br />

Regulator/Flowmeter CO 2<br />

Bobin Style<br />

D10125FLCA<br />

Regulator/Flowmeter Argon Bobin Style<br />

D10130LMAR<br />

Regulator Argon<br />

2<br />

DCRF110<br />

Regulator CO 2<br />

110V<br />

DCRF220<br />

Heater Regulator CO 2<br />

220V<br />

DC02H-240<br />

Heater for CO 2<br />

regulator, 240V<br />

Call 1300 WELDER<br />

for all your Gas<br />

Equipment<br />

PHONE<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

233


BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

GENUINE COMET 3 BLOWPIPE SYSTEM<br />

2<br />

Acetylene Swaged Welding Tips<br />

Size 32 307006<br />

Size 26 307005<br />

Size 20 307004<br />

Size 15 307003<br />

Size 12 307002<br />

Size 10 307001<br />

Size 8 307000<br />

Size 6 307057<br />

Size 4 307056<br />

LPG Swaged Welding Tips<br />

Size 15 307059<br />

Size 8 307068<br />

Nozzles<br />

Heating<br />

(Acet)<br />

Heating<br />

(LPG)<br />

Rivet<br />

Gouging<br />

(Acet)<br />

Sheet<br />

Metal<br />

Cutting<br />

(LPG)<br />

Cutting<br />

(Acet)<br />

Gouging<br />

(Acet)<br />

Gouging<br />

(LPG)<br />

Roller Guide<br />

308729<br />

Radius Bar<br />

308752<br />

Acetylene Heating Tips<br />

SHA1<br />

307121<br />

SHA2<br />

307122<br />

Barrels<br />

450mm 307124<br />

LPG Heating Tips<br />

SHP1<br />

307120<br />

SHP2<br />

307119<br />

700mm 307125<br />

735mm 307123<br />

Barrels<br />

450mm 307124<br />

LPG Heating Tips<br />

SHP3<br />

307118<br />

SHP4<br />

307117<br />

700mm 307125<br />

735mm 307123<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

234 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

Genuine CometACCESSORIES<br />

Mixer 10mm (3/8”)<br />

Type 550<br />

WELDING<br />

Gas Economiser (Acet. or LPG) 308503<br />

2<br />

304002<br />

Genuine Comet TM Tool Box 309511<br />

Genuine Comet 3 Cutting Attachment<br />

(Multi Fuel)<br />

304005<br />

CUTTING<br />

GOUGING<br />

HEATING<br />

Flint Lighter 308789<br />

Three Flint Lighter 308832<br />

Mixer 10mm (3/8”)<br />

Type 550<br />

HEATING<br />

Electronic Lighter 308700<br />

304002<br />

Genuine Comet TM 3 Blowpipe<br />

Mixer 13mm (1/2”)<br />

Type 570<br />

304001<br />

F6 - 308777<br />

F6 - 308778<br />

304003<br />

SUPER HEATING<br />

Injector 13mm (1/2”)<br />

LP Gas/Nat. Gas Type 574<br />

F2B - 308854<br />

F2B - 308853<br />

304166<br />

Genuine Comet<br />

Blowpipe Mounted<br />

Flashback Arrestors<br />

F6Q QuickConnect Flashback<br />

Arrestor Oxygen - 308363<br />

Acetylene Swaged<br />

Welding Tips<br />

307003<br />

307002<br />

POWDER FACING<br />

85-10B - 308861<br />

85-10B - 308862<br />

F6Q QuickConnect Flashback<br />

Arrestor Fuel - 308362<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

235


BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

2<br />

GENUINE COMET 3<br />

BLOWPIPE – HEAVY<br />

DUTY<br />

Part No. 304001<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 304001<br />

Description Genuine COMET 3 Blowpipe<br />

Fuel gas type All<br />

Connections 5/8” - 18UNF<br />

Weight 620 g<br />

Applications:<br />

The Genuine COMET 3 blowpipe when used with<br />

appropriate attachments is suitable for fusion<br />

welding, braze welding, brazing, soldering, heating,<br />

hand cutting, sheet metal cutting, rivet cutting,<br />

powder facing and flame cleaning.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Features:<br />

Two stage valve gives precise gas control from the<br />

smallest welding tip to the largest heating tip.<br />

Permits fine sensitive control for delicate welding jobs<br />

and easy lighting up, to flows of up to 600 l/min for<br />

the heaviest heating job.<br />

A non-rotating valve spindle drastically minimises<br />

wear.<br />

Mixer provides the optimum gas mixture for every<br />

flow setting.<br />

Mixer can be used with Oxy/Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or<br />

Oxy/Natural gas.<br />

Control valve kit Part No 304009<br />

Handle halves kit Part No 304012<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and to ensure a safe,<br />

quality repair, use a CIGWELD Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

The mixer design helps reduce backfire.<br />

Due to ‘O’ ring seals, only hand tightening is required<br />

to connect mixer and cutting attachment to the<br />

handle.<br />

Locking teeth secure re-positioning with hand<br />

tightening.<br />

Handle shape gives comfortable positive grip.<br />

Left hand/right hand threads prevent incorrect hose<br />

connection.<br />

Colour coded control knobs are fitted for maximum<br />

safety and ease, even when wearing welding gloves.<br />

Can be purchased as a single item or as part of a<br />

cutting and welding plant.<br />

SMALL SEAT OPEN<br />

LARGE SEAT CLOSED<br />

Spring prevents large<br />

seat from opening while<br />

adjustment is made with<br />

small seat. This gives<br />

exceptionally sensitive<br />

control for fine flame<br />

adjustment.<br />

valve-in-valve<br />

BOTH SEATS OPEN FOR<br />

LARGE FLOWS<br />

When small seat opens<br />

fully, large seat then<br />

starts to operate, quickly<br />

provides large flows to<br />

approximately 130 l/<br />

min (270 cu ft/h) of<br />

acetylene and oxygen in<br />

approximately one turn.<br />

Intermediate springloaded<br />

seat is free to<br />

rotate, saves wear on<br />

fixed seat.<br />

CUTSKILL BLOWPIPE Part No. 204001<br />

The CutSkill blowpipe presents a budget priced alternative to the COMET series. Like the entire<br />

range of CIGWELD’s gas equipment products, these quality blowpipes are manufactured to<br />

stringent internal engineering standards.<br />

Features:<br />

Handle shape gives comfortable grip<br />

Non rotating valve spindle minimises wear<br />

Left hand/right hand threads ensure correct connection<br />

of gas supply<br />

Locking teeth provide secure positioning of<br />

attachments with hand tightening<br />

Ideal for the tradesman, contractor and handyman<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type:<br />

Connections:<br />

Weight:<br />

All<br />

5/8”-18 UNF<br />

620g<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

236 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GENUINE COMET 3 MIXER Part No. 304002<br />

BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 304002<br />

Description Genuine COMET 3 Mixer<br />

Type 550<br />

Fuel gas type All<br />

Welding capacity Up to 25mm<br />

Weight<br />

165 g<br />

Heating output 180 MJ/HR<br />

Features:<br />

Hand tightening for easy attachment onto Comet 3<br />

Blowpipe. (‘O’ ring seals ensure a perfect gas-tight<br />

connection every time.)<br />

Large flutes on mixer give easy positive handling,<br />

even when wearing welding gloves.<br />

Mixer 550 and 570 can be used with either Oxy/<br />

Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas.<br />

Mixer 574 is an injector mixer design for Oxy/LPG or<br />

Oxy/Natural gas, heavy duty highflow applications.<br />

For use with SHP3 and SHP4 only.<br />

No change required when altering fuel gas, other<br />

than the type of tip and hose required.<br />

High resistance to backfire, regardless of the gas type<br />

or flow setting.<br />

Applications:<br />

Mixer 550 is used for welding and light heating.<br />

Mixers 570 and 574 are used for heating and<br />

cleaning.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Small O-ring for attachments / mixers<br />

Part No OR28<br />

Large O-ring for attachments / mixers<br />

Part No 7964006<br />

O’Ring kit<br />

Part No 304013<br />

2<br />

GENUINE COMET 3 MIXER Part No. 304003<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 304003<br />

Description Genuine COMET 3 Mixer Type 570<br />

Fuel gas type All<br />

Weight 163 g<br />

Heating output 420 MJ/HR<br />

GENUINE COMET 3 MIXER Part No. 304166<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 304166<br />

Description Genuine COMET 3 Mixer Type 574<br />

Fuel gas type LPG/Natural Gas<br />

Weight 278 g<br />

Heating output 840 MJ/HR<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

237


BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

2<br />

GENUINE COMET 3<br />

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING<br />

ATTACHMENT<br />

Part No. 304005<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 304005<br />

Description Genuine COMET 3 Cutting<br />

Attachment HD<br />

Cutting Capacity Up to 150mm<br />

Cutting Nozzles Type 41 & 44<br />

Fuel gas type All<br />

Weight 663g<br />

Applications<br />

Suitable for the following processes: hand cutting,<br />

sheet metal cutting, rivet cutting, heating and<br />

gouging.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

Control valve kit Part No 304010<br />

Cutting Oxygen valve kit Part No 304015<br />

Lever replacement kit Part No 304011<br />

Features:<br />

Attaches quickly and easily to Genuine COMET 3<br />

Blowpipe by hand (no spanner required).<br />

‘Locking teeth’ enable the attachment to be<br />

repositioned.<br />

Tapered seat head allows multi-positioning of<br />

gouging nozzles.<br />

Cutting oxygen lever securely fitted to the body for<br />

ease of operation.<br />

Twin tube construction gives good visibility.<br />

Unique multi-mixer design accommodates Oxy/<br />

Acetylene, Oxy/LP gas or Oxy/Natural gas.<br />

Large flutes on the hand tightening nut for a better<br />

grip when wearing welding gloves.<br />

For use with Type 40 nozzles (see page 150 for<br />

details).<br />

Nozzle nut Part No 304014<br />

Small O-ring for attachments / mixers<br />

Part No OR28<br />

Large O-ring for attachments / mixers<br />

Part No 7964006<br />

O’Ring kit Part No 304013<br />

NOTE: To protect your product warranty and<br />

to ensure a safe, quality repair, use a CIGWELD<br />

Accredited Service Repair Agent.<br />

CUTSKILL CUTTING<br />

ATTACHMENT<br />

Part No. 204005<br />

The CutSkill cutting attachment presents a budget priced alternative to the COMET series. Like<br />

the entire range of CIGWELD’s gas equipment products, these quality cutting attachments are<br />

manufactured to stringent internal engineering standards.<br />

Features:<br />

Cuts up to 150mm (6”)<br />

Attaches quickly and easily to CutSkill blowpipe by hand<br />

Locking teeth provide secure positioning<br />

O ring provides a gas tight seal with hand tightening<br />

of attachment<br />

Cutting lever positioned for ease of operation<br />

Solid brass construction<br />

Unique multi-fuel mixer allows for cutting with Oxy/<br />

Acet, Oxy LPG and Oxy/Natural gas<br />

For use with type 41 and 44 nozzles<br />

Specifications:<br />

Gas Type<br />

All<br />

Cutting Capacity up to 150mm<br />

Cutting Nozzles Type 41 & 44<br />

Weight<br />

660g<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

238 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


COMET MULTI-PURPOSE<br />

3 CUTTING TORCH<br />

520mm<br />

BLOWPIPES AND ATTACHMENTS<br />

Part No. 304141, Part No. 304143<br />

The COMET Multi-Purpose 3 Cutting Torch can be used in a wide variety of heavy industrial<br />

applications that include heavy duty cutting, gouging, steel construction, foundry, demolition<br />

and scrap cutting. A universal multi-fuel mixer allows the torch to operate with Oxy/Acet, Oxy/<br />

LPG & Oxy/ Natural gas without the need to change the mixer.<br />

Features:<br />

Twin Stainless steel tubes are silver brazed into the<br />

head and valve body, providing both strength and<br />

protection against dangerous gas leaks.<br />

Universal Multi fuel mixer is suitable for use with<br />

Acetylene, LP Gas & Natural Gas.<br />

Cutting oxygen valve has been designed to allow flow<br />

control from a slow bleed to full capacity - Ideal for<br />

piercing.<br />

Cutting capacity up to 300mm.<br />

Contoured brass handle with ribs provide a secure grip.<br />

Stainless steel cutting oxygen lever that incorporates a<br />

lock down button for extended cutting operations.<br />

Suitable for uses with Type 41 and Type 44 Cutting<br />

Nozzles.<br />

The preheat control valves are colour coded for oxygen<br />

and fuel gas identification.<br />

The torch hose connections have right hand thread<br />

for oxygen and left hand thread for fuel that prevents<br />

incorrect connection of gas.<br />

2<br />

920mm<br />

304141 Specifications:<br />

Handle<br />

Brass<br />

Length<br />

520mm<br />

Head<br />

90 degrees<br />

Cutting Capacity up to 300mm<br />

Cutting Nozzles Type 41 and 44<br />

Connections<br />

5/8”-18 UNF<br />

Weight<br />

1.6kg<br />

304143 Specifications:<br />

Handle<br />

Brass<br />

Length<br />

920mm<br />

Head<br />

80 degrees<br />

Cutting Capacity up to 300mm<br />

Cutting Nozzles Type 41 and 44<br />

Connections<br />

5/8”-18 UNF<br />

Weight<br />

1.8kg<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935239<br />

337)<br />

239


CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

GENUINE COMET TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

2<br />

STANDARD SPEED<br />

CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 41 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Standard - for use on 306046 6 1-6 2.0 11 (200)<br />

Genuine COMET 3 / 306047 8 6-10 3.5 20 (200)<br />

MULTI-PURPOSE 306048 12 12-20 4.0 38 (200)<br />

& SABRE 306049 15 25-75 7.0 75 (350)<br />

306050 20 100-125 9.0 134 (400)<br />

306051* 24 150-200 12.5 232 (500)<br />

306052* 32± 225-300 20.0 420 (600)<br />

GOUGING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 41 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Gouging 306035 32GB 15.0 61 (500)<br />

- for use on 306036* 48GB± 18.0 85 (600)<br />

Genuine COMET 3 / 306037* 64GB± 20.0 112 (650)<br />

MULTI-PURPOSE 306038 32GS 15.0 61 (500)<br />

& SABRE<br />

SHEET METAL NOZZLE<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 41 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Sheet metal - 306067 6SM 1.5 9 (200)<br />

for use on<br />

Genuine COMET 3 /<br />

MULTI-PURPOSE<br />

& SABRE<br />

RIVET CUTTING NOZZLE<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 41 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Rivet cutting 306076* 15RC 10.0 80 (400)<br />

for use on<br />

Genuine COMET 3 /<br />

MULTI-PURPOSE<br />

& SABRE<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

* Manufactured from copper.<br />

± For use with Genuine COMET MULTI PURPOSE only.<br />

† Cutting speeds are average values for drop cuts on clean plate with nozzles in good condition – variations could be expected due to actual working<br />

conditions.<br />

NB Cutting nozzles can operate over a range of gas flows (hence plate thicknesses). The values indicated are typical operating conditions and can be increased<br />

or decreased to suit particular applications.<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

240 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

GENUINE COMET TYPE 44 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

STANDARD SPEED CUTTING<br />

NOZZLES<br />

OXY / LPG OR NATURAL GAS<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 44 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Standard 306025 6 3-6 2.0 17 (200)<br />

306026 8 6-12 3.5 30 (200)<br />

306028 12 12-20 4.5 58 (250)<br />

306029 15 25-75 5.5 99 (400)<br />

306030 20 100-125 6.5 171 (400)<br />

306031 24 150-200 9.0 256 (500)<br />

306032 32± 225-300 14.0 456 (600)<br />

2<br />

HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / LPG OR NATURAL GAS<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen Cutting<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure Speed<br />

Type 44 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa mm/min. †<br />

High speed – 306018 6HS 6-8 5.0 45 (650) 550<br />

for use with 306019 8HS 8-20 5.0 64 (650) 550-500<br />

cutting machines 306021 12HS 25-75 6.5 122 (650) 500-300<br />

306022 15HS 75-150 7.0 173 (650) 300-200<br />

306023 20HS 150-250 8.0 267 (650) 200-100<br />

*NOTE: Preheat oxygen pressure for all hi-speed nozzles = 200 kPa<br />

GOUGING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / LPG<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

CIGWELD Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 44 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Gouging 306033 32GS 12.0 94 (500)<br />

306054 32GB 12.0 94 (500)<br />

306055 48GB± 13.0 120 (600)<br />

306056 64GB± 15.0 150 (650)<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

241


CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

CUTSKILL TYPE 41 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

2<br />

CUTSKILL TYPE<br />

41 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

Cutskill type 41 Cutting Nozzles are an economical alternative to the Genuine<br />

COMET range. Designed for use on Genuine COMET 3, multi-purpose and Sabre,<br />

Cutskill Nozzles combine CIGWELD quality with maximum cost effectiveness.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

Cutskill Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 41 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Standard – for use on 206046 6<br />

Genuine COMET 3 / 206047 8 6-10 3.5 20 (200)<br />

multi-purpose and 206048 12 12-20 4.0 38 (200)<br />

Sabre 206049 15 25-75 7.0 75 (350)<br />

206050 20<br />

CUTSKILL TYPE 44 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

CUTSKILL TYPE<br />

44 CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

Cutskill type 44 Cutting Nozzles are an economical alternative to the Genuine COMET range. Designed for<br />

use on Genuine COMET 3, multi-purpose and Sabre, Cutskill Nozzles combine CIGWELD quality with maximum<br />

cost effectiveness.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Total Oxygen<br />

Cutskill Part Plate Fuel gas flow Flow & Pressure<br />

Type 44 Number Size Thickness l/min @ 100 kPa l/min @ kPa<br />

Standard – for use on 206025 6<br />

Genuine COMET 3 / 206026 8 6-12 3.5 30 (200)<br />

Sabre 206028 15 25-75 5.5 99 (400)<br />

206030 20<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

242 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


3 SEAT CUTTING NOZZLES FOR MACHINE CUTTING<br />

CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

CIGWELD has a long established relationship with Koike Senso in<br />

Japan. Koike has developed a world-wide reputation as a leading<br />

manufacturer of gas cutting machines. Much of this reputation stems<br />

from their ability to manufacture cutting nozzles of the highest<br />

quality specifically for use with cutting machines, for example Koike<br />

high speed cutting nozzles are of a divergent type with a stainless<br />

steel insert screwed into the tip end of the cutting oxygen port. This<br />

maintains a constant high quality cutting performance that also<br />

improves nozzle life up to 5 times that of a conventional nozzle.<br />

Features:<br />

Small Kerf.<br />

Limited under slag.<br />

Limited upper edge melt.<br />

Limited upper edge slag.<br />

Cutting operation with high speed.<br />

Steady and safe cutting operation.<br />

Cutting operation with a small amount<br />

of gas.<br />

High speed divergent nozzles with stainless<br />

steel insert for improved performance and<br />

nozzle life.<br />

2<br />

STANDARD SPEED CUTTING<br />

NOZZLES<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kPa Fuel Kerf<br />

Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kPa Width<br />

(mm) (mm) (mm)<br />

306114 -5 00 -600 140 140 20 1.0<br />

306115 5-10 0 660-550 200 200 20 1.3<br />

306116 10-15 1 550-490 280 280 20 1.8<br />

306117 15-30 2 490-400 300 300 20 2.0<br />

306118 30-40 3 400-350 300 300 20 2.3<br />

306119 40-50 4 350-320 300 300 25 2.8<br />

306120 50-100 5 320-200 400 400 35 3.0<br />

306121 100-150 6 200-150 450 450 40 3.6<br />

306122 150-250 7 150-80 450 450 40 4.1<br />

306123 250-300 8 80-45 450 450 40 4.3<br />

HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / ACETYLENE<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kPa Fuel Kerf<br />

Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kPa Width<br />

(mm) (mm) (mm)<br />

306124 -5 00 -750 700 140 20 .8<br />

306125 5-10 0 700-680 700 200 20 1.3<br />

306126 10-15 1 680-600 700 280 20 1.3<br />

306127 15-30 2 600-500 700 300 20 1.8<br />

306128 30-40 3 500-450 700 300 20 2.0<br />

306129 40-50 4 450-400 700 300 25 2.6<br />

306130 50-100 5 400-260 700 400 35 2.8<br />

STANDARD SPEED CUTTING<br />

NOZZLES<br />

OXY / LPG OR NATURAL GAS<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kPa Fuel Kerf<br />

Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kPa Width<br />

(mm) (mm) (mm)<br />

306097 5-10 0 660-550 210 200 20 1.3<br />

306098 10-15 1 550-490 280 280 20 1.8<br />

306099 15-30 2 490-400 315 315 20 2.0<br />

306100 30-40 3 400-350 315 315 20 2.3<br />

306101 40-50 4 350-320 315 315 25 2.8<br />

306102 50-100 5 320-200 385 385 35 3.0<br />

306103 100-150 6 200-150 455 455 40 3.6<br />

HI-SPEED CUTTING NOZZLES<br />

OXY / LPG OR NATURAL GAS<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Part Plate Tip No. Cutting OXYGEN kPa Fuel Kerf<br />

Number Thickness Size Speed Cutting PR-Heat kPa Width<br />

(mm) (mm) (mm)<br />

306104 -5 00 -750 700 140 20 .8<br />

306105 5-10 0 700-680 700 200 20 1.3<br />

306106 10-15 1 680-600 700 280 20 1.3<br />

306107 15-30 2 600-500 700 315 20 1.8<br />

306108 30-40 3 500-450 700 315 20 2.0<br />

306109 40-50 4 450-400 700 315 25 2.6<br />

306110 50-100 5 00-260 700 485 35 2.8<br />

306111 100-150 6 260-180 700 455 40 3.6<br />

306112 150-250 7 80-110 700 455 40 4.6<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

243


WELDING AND HEATING<br />

GENUINE COMET OXY/ACETYLENE WELDING TIPS<br />

2<br />

Performance Data 551 (Oxy – Acetylene)<br />

Steel Tip Model Part Pressure Pressure Consumption Welding<br />

thickness size number number kPa kPa each gas blowpipe<br />

MM oxygen acetylene litres/min (all tips)<br />

0.9 4 551 307056 50 50 1.5<br />

1.2 6 551 307057 50 50 1.5<br />

2 8 551 307000 50 50 2.0<br />

2.6 10 551 307001 50 50 3.0<br />

Genuine COMET 3<br />

3.2 – 4.0 12 551 307002 50 50 4.0<br />

Genuine COMET 2<br />

5.0 – 6.5 15 551 307003 50 50 6.5<br />

(mixer 304002)<br />

8.2 – 10.0 20 551 307004 50 50 12.0<br />

13 – 19 26 551 307005 50 50 22<br />

25 32 551 307006 100 100 38.0<br />

2-25 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 26, 32 551 307026 - - -<br />

32<br />

26<br />

20<br />

15 4<br />

6<br />

8<br />

10<br />

12<br />

GENUINE COMET OXY/LPG BRAZING TIPS<br />

Performance Data 554 (Oxy – LPG)<br />

Steel Tip Model Part Pressure Pressure Welding<br />

thickness size number number kPa kPa blowpipe<br />

MM oxygen LPG (all tips)<br />

2 8 554 307068 50 50<br />

5.0-6.5 15 554 307059 50 50<br />

Genuine COMET 3<br />

Genuine COMET 2<br />

(mixer 304002)<br />

GENUINE COLT WELDING TIPS<br />

Part No. 207000<br />

Colt Welding Tip Size 8<br />

Part No. 207001<br />

Colt Welding Tip Size 10<br />

Part No. 207002<br />

Colt Welding Tip Size 12<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

244 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GENUINE COMET SUPERHEATING TIPS - OXY/ACETYLENE<br />

WELDING AND HEATING<br />

Performance Data – Acetylene<br />

Model Tip Part Operating pressure kPa Gas consumption l/min Heat output Blowpipe Mixer Extension barrel<br />

number size number oxy fuel oxy fuel MJ/hr<br />

10x12 HT 10 x 12 306068 350 100 23 22 75 Genuine COMET 3* – –<br />

8x12 HT 8 x 12 307007 150 100 45–58 41–55 180 Genuine COMET 3 304002 –<br />

SHA1 8 x 12 307121 150 100 45–58 41–55 180 Genuine COMET 3 304003 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

SHA2 12 x 12 307122 200 100 74 65 215 Genuine COMET 3 304003 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

*Connect part number 306068 directly into the Genuine COMET 3 cutting attachment, 304005.<br />

2<br />

OXY-ACETYLENE SUPERHEATING TIPS<br />

Concentrated high temperature heat. Compact simple design for ease of cleaning. Heavy copper construction helps conduct heat away from the tip face,<br />

keeps the tip cool and prevents flashbacks. A small projection in the middle of the tip face (307007, SHA1 and SHA2) also prevents backfires should the<br />

tip be inadvertently touched on the job. Spanner adjustment flats milled into tip. gas pressure and identification stamped on every SHA tip. Connect<br />

SHA1 and SHA2 directly onto your choice of Stainless Steel Superheating barrel. Connect part number 306068 directly into the cutting attachment.<br />

WARNING At no time should the withdrawal rate of an individual acetylene cylinder exceed 1/7 of the cylinder contents per hour. If additional flow capacity is required use an acetylene manifold system of sufficient<br />

size to supply the necessary volume. CIGWELD supplies both temporary and permanent gas manifolds for installation. Contact your nearest CIGWELD distributor or Gas Supplier.<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 307007<br />

Description 8 x 12 HEATING TIP<br />

Ordering Information<br />

8 x 12 Heating Tip Part No. 307007<br />

Features:<br />

For connection to the standard Genuine COMET 3<br />

Mixer (304002)<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 307121<br />

Description SHA1<br />

Features:<br />

Connect SHA1 directly onto your choice of Stainless<br />

Steel Superheating barrel.<br />

Use with mixer 570 Part Number 304003<br />

SHA1 has the same heating performance as 307007<br />

Heat outout 180 MJ/hr<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 307122<br />

Description SHA2<br />

Features:<br />

Connect SHA2 directly onto your choice of Stainless<br />

Steel Superheating barrel.<br />

Use with mixer 570 Part Number 304003<br />

SHA2 replaces 307046<br />

Heat outout 215 MJ/hr<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 306068<br />

Description HEATING NOZZLE<br />

Ordering Information<br />

SHA1 Part No. 307121<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

Ordering Information<br />

SHA2 Part No. 307122<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Heating Nozzle – Acetylene Part No. 306068<br />

Features:<br />

For connection directly into the cutting attachment or<br />

cutting torch.<br />

Oxy-Acetylene<br />

Heat outout 75 MJ/hr<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 306034<br />

Description HEATING NOZZLE - LPG<br />

Features:<br />

For connection directly into the cutting attachment or<br />

cutting torch.<br />

Oxy-LPG<br />

Oxy-Natural Gas<br />

Heat outout 40 MJ/hr<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Heating Nozzle - LPG Part No. 306034<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

245


WELDING AND HEATING<br />

GENUINE COMET SUPERHEATING TIPS - OXY/LPG<br />

2<br />

Performance Data – LPG<br />

Model Tip Part Operating pressure kPa Gas consumption l/min Heat output Blowpipe Mixer Extension barrel<br />

number size number oxy fuel oxy fuel MJ/hr<br />

20x9 HT 20x9 306034 500 100 48 12 40 Genuine COMET 3** – –<br />

SHP1 18x12 307120 500 100 200 50 280 Genuine COMET 3 304003 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

SHP2 36x12 307119 600 100 300 75 420 Genuine COMET 3 304003 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

SHP3 48x12 307118 600 100 400 100 560 Genuine COMET 3 304166 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

SHP4* 48x15 307117 1000 300 600 150 840 Genuine COMET 3 304166 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

*NB: When used with 10mm tubing, higher flows and heat output may be obtained (over 1056 MJ). **Connect part number 306034 directly into the Genuine COMET 3 Cutting Attachment.<br />

Oxy-LPG Superheating Tips<br />

Provides efficient, economical high intensity heat. Excellent flame stability. Heavy copper head for heat and wear resistance. Simple design for ease of<br />

cleaning. Castellations on SHP range as an extra resistance to backfire. Spanner adjustment flats milled into tip. Gas pressure and identification stamped<br />

on every SHP tip.<br />

Specifications<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Part No. 307120<br />

SHP1 Part No. 307120<br />

Description<br />

SHP1<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Features:<br />

For garage, farm equipment and many other<br />

applications.<br />

Use with mixer 570 Part Number 304003<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

Heat output 280 MJ/hr<br />

Specifications<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Part No. 307119<br />

SHP2 Part No. 307119<br />

Description<br />

SHP2<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Features:<br />

For boiler and engineering shops, maintenance, general<br />

workshop use.<br />

Use with mixer 570 Part Number 304003<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

Heat output 420 MJ/hr<br />

Specifications<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Part No. 307118<br />

SHP3 Part No. 307118<br />

Description<br />

SHP3<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Features:<br />

On heavy plate in shipbuilding and heavy engineering.<br />

Use with mixer 574 Part Number 304166<br />

Heat output 560 MJ/hr<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 307117<br />

Description SHP4<br />

Features:<br />

For continued heavy heating usage.<br />

Use with mixer 574 Part Number 304166<br />

Heat output 840 MJ/hr<br />

Ordering Information<br />

SHP4 Part No. 307117<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

246 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GENUINE COMET SUPERHEATING BARRELS<br />

WELDING AND HEATING<br />

Features:<br />

Tubular stainless steel construction gives excellent<br />

strength and heat conductivity. Screw fittings ensure<br />

an easy leak-free connection between mixers 570 Part<br />

No. 304003 or 574 Part No. 304166 and a Superheating<br />

tip.<br />

2<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 307123, 307124, 307125<br />

Description SUPERHEATING BARRELS<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Straight stainless steel barrel<br />

735 mm long Part No. 307123<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

700 mm long Part No. 307125<br />

Gooseneck stainless steel barrel<br />

450 mm long Part No. 307124<br />

CUTSKILL FIRESTICK II – LPG BURNER<br />

The CutSkill Firestick II has been primarily designed for the pre heating or post heating of steel plate or castings using LP Gas. The flow of gas<br />

is controlled by an adjusting valve that allows the burner to produce up to 50,000 BTUs of heat output. The CutSkill Firestick II has a multitude<br />

of uses and is ideal for weed killing, removing paint, melting ice, removing road markings, preheating asphalt and tar.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Part No. 208502<br />

Fuel Gas Type LP Gas<br />

Connections 5/8”-18 UNF<br />

Weight 1.1kg<br />

Features:<br />

Tacking Bar<br />

Air/LP Gas operation<br />

Adjusting valve 500,000 BTUs<br />

Straight or 90 degree elbow<br />

12 month warranty<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

247


HOSES AND FITTINGS<br />

FITTED HOSES AND HOSE FITTINGS<br />

2<br />

Factory fitted hose assemblies<br />

Part No. Single/ Gas Colour Length Nominal bore Fittings Standard<br />

twin type (m) diameter (mm)<br />

308693 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 5 5 5⁄8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335<br />

308694 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 10 5 5⁄8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335<br />

308624 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 15 5 5⁄8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335<br />

308815 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 20 5 5⁄8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335<br />

308904 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 25 5 5⁄8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335<br />

308755 T Oxy/LPG Blue/Orange 5 5 5/8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335/1869<br />

308834 T Oxy/LPG Blue/Orange 15 5 5/8” – 18 RH + LH both ends AS1335/1869<br />

Hose - The Essential Link<br />

It is important to use the correct type of hose for the required gas(es) to be used. Any non-standard application should always be checked by<br />

and approved before being put into operation.<br />

Pressure drops will occur through hoses and hose fittings, therefore allowances must be made to compensate for this when setting up equipment<br />

and adjusting regulators. 10 mm bore hose should be used for large flow applications and where long lengths of hose are to be used.<br />

Colour coding of hoses and different threads for fuel and Oxygen prevents incorrect connections of hoses to the wrong gas type. CIGWELD twin<br />

hoses help to keep the work area tidy, which reduces the risk of hose damage.<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

FITTINGS<br />

5 mm ID Hose Part No.<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF RH (Screwed) LP112<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF LH (Screwed) LP240<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF RH (Crimped) 308689<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF LH (Crimped) 308690<br />

10 mm ID Hose Part No.<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF RH (Crimped) 308691<br />

Connector kit, 5/8 – 18UNF LH (Crimped) 308692<br />

Specifications:<br />

Oxygen and Acetylene hoses, conform to Australian<br />

standard AS1335-1995.<br />

HOSE JOINERS<br />

5 mm ID Hose Part No.<br />

Screwed<br />

LP265<br />

Crimped 308686<br />

Colour Coding:<br />

Gas<br />

Oxygen<br />

Acetylene<br />

LP Gas<br />

Colour<br />

Blue<br />

Red<br />

Orange<br />

CIGWELD hose can be purchased either as a complete<br />

assembly with fittings or in single length plus<br />

appropriate fittings.<br />

10 mm ID Hose Part No.<br />

Crimped 308687<br />

FITTED HOSE JOINERS<br />

5 mm and 10 mm ID Hose Part No.<br />

5/8 – 18UNF RH WB34<br />

5/8 – 18UNF LH WB35<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Features:<br />

All Genuine COMET hoses undergo stringent quality<br />

checks, ensuring quality and compatibility with relevant<br />

Genuine COMET hose fittings.<br />

Colour coding of hoses and different threads for fuel<br />

and oxygen prevents incorrect connections of hoses to<br />

the wrong gas type.<br />

Genuine COMET factory fitted hose assemblies are<br />

available in twin hose configurations. This helps keep<br />

the work area tidy and reduces the risk of damage.<br />

Secure, specifically designed hose fittings ensure<br />

operator safety.<br />

Spare Parts:<br />

CRIMPING TOOL<br />

For 5mm and 10mm ferrules Part No. 308647<br />

ADAPTORS<br />

Y-Piece adaptor for regulator outlets<br />

with 5/8” – 18 UNF RH Connections<br />

Y-Piece adaptor for regulator outlets<br />

with 5/8” – 18 UNF LH Connections<br />

R121<br />

R215<br />

Right angle connector, 5/8” – 18 UNF RH<br />

threads both ends 308670<br />

Right angle connector, 5/8” – 18 UNF LH<br />

threads both ends 308671<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

248 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HOSES AND FITTINGS<br />

GENUINE COMET BULK HOSES<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Information<br />

Part No. Single/ Gas Colour Length Nominal bore Standard<br />

twin type (m) diameter (mm)<br />

7904501 T Oxy/Acetylene Blue/Red 100 5 AS1335<br />

7904509 T Oxy/LPG Blue/Orange 100 5 AS1335/AS1869<br />

7904503 S Oxygen Blue 100 5 AS1335<br />

7904506 S Oxygen Blue 100 10 AS1335<br />

7904505 S Acetylene Red 100 10 AS1335<br />

7904507 S LPG Orange 100 10 AS1869<br />

2<br />

CIGWELD DISTRIBUTORS sell bulk hose by the metre. Look for “COMWELD” or “CIGWELD”markings on the hose to ensure you are getting quality<br />

AS1335 or AS1869 gas welding hose.<br />

5mm OXY/ACETYLENE<br />

5mm OXY/LPG<br />

5mm OXYGEN<br />

10mm OXYGEN<br />

10mm ACETYLENE<br />

10mm LPG<br />

HOSE – Handling and Care<br />

Long lengths of hose are not desirable. They tend to kink, are vulnerable to mistreatment. When long lengths must be used, be sure all<br />

connections are tight and ensure hose is protected from being stepped on, run over, kinked or tangled. Never use wire or insulation tape to<br />

fasten hose to connections nor to couple lengths of hose. Use only CIGWELD hose connections and couplings. Protect hose from sparks, hot<br />

slag, hot edges or open flames. Keep hose away from grease and oil. All new hose should be blown out before connecting welding equipment to<br />

remove talc, dust or water. Do not crimp hose to stop flow of gases temporarily when, for example, changing blowpipe. Red hose should always<br />

be used for fuel gas – blue hose for oxygen. Use only hose designed specially for oxygen and fuel gases. Hose specially manufactured for the<br />

purpose should only be used in cases where it may come into contact with liquid LP gas, such as when used with cylinders fitted with eductor<br />

tubes. Purge each length of hose before lighting the blowpipe. In other words, when hose is to be reconnected, treat it as you would new hose;<br />

before lighting up, pass through it some of the gas with which it is to be used. Examine all hose periodically for leaks, worn parts, and loose<br />

connections. Test for leaks by immersing the hose in water. Carry out this test at normal working pressures. Should leaks or worn parts be found,<br />

at once cut out the section containing them. Remake joints with CIGWELD hose couplings.<br />

The following procedure is adopted when re-fitting a connection to rubber hose:<br />

(a) Slide connection taper sleeve over rubber hose.<br />

(b) Attach nut and nipple to a blowpipe inlet connection.<br />

(c) Hold the taper sleeve on the hose firmly with one hand and screw the blowpipe, with nut and nipple attached, into the sleeve and hose.<br />

Never use a steel or copper pipe to make a joint- either temporary or permanent.<br />

Do not try to repair hose with tape.<br />

If hose is burned in a flashback, discard that length of hose. Flashbacks may burn inner walls, making hose unsafe or cause further instability<br />

to the blowpipe equipment by blockage.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

249


HOSES AND FITTINGS<br />

TWIN GAS HOSES (OXYGEN & ACETYLENE)<br />

2<br />

DH0505M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Red 5m<br />

DH0510M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Red 10m<br />

DH0515M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Red 15m<br />

DH0520M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Red 5mm 20m<br />

HS0525M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Red 25m<br />

DHSTW053<br />

Hose Twin Blue Red 5mm 100m<br />

DHTW103<br />

Hose Twin Oxy Acet Blue Red 10mm 100m<br />

TWIN GAS HOSES (OXYGEN & LPG)<br />

HSL0515M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Orange 15m<br />

HSL0520M3<br />

Hose Set Twin Blue Orange 20m<br />

HSTLP053<br />

Hose Twin Blue Orange 5mm 100m<br />

SINGLE GAS HOSES<br />

DHOX053<br />

Hose Single Blue 5mm 100m<br />

DHSAC053<br />

Hose Single Red 5mm 100m<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

DHSAR053<br />

Hose Single Black 5mm 100m<br />

DHSLP053<br />

Hose Single Orange 5mm 100m<br />

DHSOX103<br />

Hose Single Blue 10mm 100m<br />

DHSAC103<br />

Hose Single Red 10mm 100m<br />

250 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GENUINE COMET<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR<br />

MODEL F1 SUPER<br />

(REGULATOR MOUNTED)<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 308799, 308800<br />

Model<br />

F1 Super<br />

Applications:<br />

Designed for connection to the outlet of regulators.<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow l/min<br />

308799 F1 Super Oxygen 5/8” – 18UNF RH Regulator outlet 1000 kPa 1122<br />

308800 F1 Super Fuel 5/8” – 18UNF LH Regulator outlet 500 kPa 557<br />

(150 kPa Acetylene) 170<br />

Complies to AS4603.<br />

Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class I<br />

(fittings to AS4267-1995).<br />

Tested by BAM.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

2<br />

Features<br />

Pressure actuated cut-off valve to prevent further gas<br />

flow after a flashback occurs. Operation is indicated<br />

by a signal level. After resetting the lever it is ready for<br />

immediate re-use.<br />

Non-return valve.<br />

Large surface stainless steel conical flame arrestor.<br />

Pressure relief valve to vent excessive pressure.<br />

Temperature activated shut-off valve.<br />

Supplied with inlet filter.<br />

OXYGEN<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F1 Super<br />

(Regulator Mounted) Part No. 308799<br />

FUEL<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F1 Super<br />

(Regulator Mounted) Part No. 308800<br />

GENUINE COMET<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR<br />

MODEL F2R<br />

(REGULATOR MOUNTED)<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow l/min<br />

308734 F2R Oxygen 5/8” – 18UNF RH Regulator outlet 1000 kPa 1133<br />

308735 F2R Fuel 5/8” – 18UNF LH Regulator outlet 500 kPa 533<br />

(150 kPa Acetylene) 187<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 308734, 308735<br />

Model<br />

F2R<br />

Applications:<br />

Designed for connection to the outlet of regulators and<br />

pipelines.<br />

Features<br />

Non-return valve.<br />

Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor.<br />

Medium-flow capacity.<br />

Supplied with inlet filter.<br />

Temperature actuated cut-off valve.<br />

Complies to AS4603.<br />

Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class I<br />

(fittings to AS4267-1995).<br />

Tested by BAM.<br />

NB: the thermal cut-off sealing element is not in<br />

the gas stream and is shrouded from flashbacks. The<br />

cut-off valve closes in the direction of flow assisted<br />

by a strong spring at an internal temperature of<br />

approximately 90˚C. Operation is not indicated and the<br />

cut-off valve is not resettable by the user.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

OXYGEN<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F2R (Regulator Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308734<br />

FUEL<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F2R (Regulator Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308735<br />

SET<br />

Contains one of each F2R Oxygen and F2R Fuel<br />

Part No. 308890<br />

GENUINE COMET<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR<br />

MODEL F2B<br />

(BLOWPIPE MOUNTED)<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow l/min<br />

308854 F2B Oxygen 5/8” – 18UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet 1000 kPa 1250<br />

308853 F2B Fuel 5/8” – 18UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet 500 kPa 693<br />

(150 kPa Acetylene) 220<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 308853, 308854<br />

Model<br />

F2B<br />

Applications:<br />

Designed for connection to the inlet of blowpipes<br />

where medium flow is required (hand held and<br />

machine).<br />

Features<br />

Non-return valve.<br />

Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor.<br />

Medium-flow capacity.<br />

Complies to AS4603.<br />

Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class I<br />

(fittings to AS4267-1995).<br />

Tested by BAM.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

OXYGEN<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F2B (Blowpipe Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308854<br />

FUEL<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F2B (Blowpipe Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308853<br />

SET<br />

Contains one of each F2B Oxygen and F2B Fuel<br />

Part No. 308891<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

251


2<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

GENUINE COMET<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR<br />

MODEL F6<br />

(BLOWPIPE MOUNTED)<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow l/min<br />

308777 F6 Oxygen 5/8” – 18UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet 2000 kPa 1000<br />

308778 F6 Fuel 5/8” – 18UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet 500 kPa 463<br />

(150 kPa Acetylene) 148<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 308777, 308778<br />

Model<br />

F6<br />

Applications:<br />

Designed for connection to the inlet of blowpipes (hand<br />

held and machine).<br />

Features<br />

Non-return valve.<br />

Cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor.<br />

Supplied with inlet filter.<br />

Complies to AS4603.<br />

Conforms to EN730/DIN 8521, UL, ISO 5175 class I<br />

(fittings to AS4267-1995).<br />

Tested by BAM.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

OXYGEN<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F6 (Blowpipe Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308777<br />

FUEL<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model F6 (Blowpipe Mounted)<br />

Part No. 308778<br />

SET<br />

Contains one of each F6 Oxygen and F6 Fuel FBA‘s<br />

Part No. 308889<br />

GENUINE COMET<br />

F6Q QUICKCONNECT<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR,<br />

OXYGEN AND FUEL<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating<br />

308363 F6Q Oxygen 5/8”-18 UNF RH Blowpipe Inlet 2,000 kPa<br />

308362 F6Q Fuel 5/8”-18 UNF LH Blowpipe Inlet 500 kPa (150 kPa Acet)<br />

Quick Connect Flashback Arrestors offer greater flexibility by allowing quick connection or<br />

disconnection of equipment that is downstream of the regulator even whilst the system is under<br />

pressure. This is achieved by a shut off valve incorporated in the device that prevents the leakage<br />

of gas when the equipment is disconnected. All Cigweld Flashback Arrestors meet AS 4603.<br />

Features<br />

Quick Disconnect for equipment storage<br />

Allows for quick connection and safe interchange of<br />

equipment<br />

Integral shut off valve ensures gas tight seal when<br />

disconnected<br />

Unique barb design prevents improper gas connection<br />

Spare connection barbs available<br />

Complies with AS4603<br />

GENUINE COMET<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTOR<br />

MODEL 85-10<br />

Part number Model Gas Connections Connection to: Pressure Rating Max Airflow l/min<br />

308831/308859 85-10 Oxygen Various See ordering 3000 kPa 5500<br />

308861/308882<br />

308830/30886085-10 Fuel Various details 500 kPa 1040<br />

308862/308883 (150 kPa Acetylene) 337<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

85-10P 85-10B<br />

8510R<br />

85-10R-LP<br />

Specifications<br />

Part No. 308831/308859/308861/308882<br />

308830/308860/308862/308883<br />

Model 85-10<br />

Applications:<br />

Designed for high flow applications: Blowpipe<br />

mounting (85-10B), Regulator mounting (85-10R) and<br />

Pipeline installations (85-10P).<br />

Features<br />

Non-return valve.<br />

Large cylindrical stainless steel flame arrestor.<br />

High-flow capacity.<br />

Temperature activated cut-off valve.<br />

85-10R and 85-10P supplied with inlet filter.<br />

The 85-10B has offset connections to accommodate<br />

their size onto the blowpipe.<br />

The 85-10R takes full advantage of the CIGWELD<br />

highflow regulators (TR92 Oxygen, TR93 Acetylene)<br />

with their 5/8” BSP high flow outlet connection.<br />

The 85-10R-LP is suitable for use with Genuine COMET<br />

regulators fitted with the standard welding hose<br />

connection 5/8”-18 UNF.<br />

Conforms to EN730, ISO5175 class 1.<br />

Tested by BAM.<br />

Note: The thermal cut-off sealing element is not in the gas<br />

stream and is shrouded from flashbacks. The cut-off valve closes<br />

in the direction of flow assisted by a strong spring at an internal<br />

temperature of approximately 90ºC. Operation is not indicated and<br />

the cut-off valve is not resettable by the user.<br />

P = Pipeline (High flow)<br />

R = Regulator Mounted (High flow) 5/8”BSP – 5/8”-18UNF<br />

B = Blowpipe Mounted (High flow)<br />

LP = Regulator Mounted (High flow) 5/8”-18UNF – 5/8”-18UNF<br />

Ordering Information<br />

OXYGEN<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10P<br />

(5/8”BSP) Part No. 308831<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10R<br />

(5/8”BSP – 5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308859<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10B<br />

(5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308861<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10R-LP<br />

(5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308882<br />

FUEL<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10P<br />

(5/8”BSP) Part No. 308830<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10R<br />

(5/8”BSP – 5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308860<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10B<br />

(5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308862<br />

Flashback Arrestor – Model 85-10R-LP<br />

(5/8”-18UNF) Part No. 308883<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

252 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

SELECTION CHART<br />

Process Part Nozzle/Tip Size Regulator Regulator Mounted Hose Blowpipe Mounted<br />

Number (Outlet pressure kPa) Flashback Arrestor Min ID Max Flashback Arrestor<br />

(mm) Length(m)<br />

WELDING 307056, 307057 4 to 26 Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (4-15:50, 20-26:100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

307000-307005 Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (4-15:50, 20-26:100)<br />

307006 3 2 Comet Edge ESV4 (150) – 5 5 F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

HEATING 306068 10 x 12 HT Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (350) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

NOZZLES Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100)<br />

306034 20 x 9 HT Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (500) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (100)<br />

HEATING 307007 8 x12 HT Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (150) – 5 5 F2B, 85-10B<br />

TIPS Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

307121 8 X 12 (SHA1) Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (150) – 5 5 F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

307122 12 x 12 (SHA2) Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (200) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100)<br />

307120 18 x 12 (SHP1) Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (500) – 5 10 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (300)<br />

307119 36 x 12 (SHP2) Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (600) – 10 10 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

85-10R(-LP) 10 10 F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 (1000)<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (300)<br />

307118 48 x 12 (SHP3) Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (800) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (150)<br />

TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 (1000)<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (300)<br />

307117 48 x 15 (SHP4) TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 (1000)<br />

Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (300)<br />

CUTTING 306046-306050 Type 41 & 44 Oxy: Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy – 5 10 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

306025, 306026, - 6, 8, 12, 15, 20 (up to 220l/min@450) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

306028-306030, (up to 150mm Fuel: 41 - Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

306067 plate thickness) 44 - Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

306051, 306052 TYPE 41 & 44 Oxy: Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

306031, 306032 - 24, 32 (up to 450l/min@800)<br />

(greater than 150mm Fuel: 41 - Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (150),<br />

plate thickness) 44 - Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (150)<br />

Oxy: TR92 Oxy (1000) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

Comet Edge ESV4 (1000)<br />

Fuel: 41 - Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (150), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

44 - Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (150)<br />

RIVET CUTTING 306076 15RC Oxy: Comet Edge ESV4 Oxy (500) – 5 10 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

GOUGING 306035-7, 306054-6 32GB, 48GB, 64GB Fuel: 41 - Comet Edge ESV4 Acet (100), F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 5 10 F2B, 85-10B<br />

306038, 306033 32GS 44 - Comet Edge ESS3 LPG (100) F2R, F1 SUPER, 85-10R(-LP) 10 20 F6, F/Buster F6, F2B, 85-10B<br />

2<br />

Key To The Chart<br />

Flashback arrestor model, placement, hose length, hose diameter, regulator outlet pressure and application inlet pressure are interrelated. For<br />

full protection it is essential all components have adequate flow capacity when used as an inter-connected system. Operation outside the<br />

recommendations eg. smaller hose diameter, longer length of hose, no flashback arrestor or smaller than indicated flashback arrestor could lead to<br />

flame instability and tip starvation. This increases the likelihood of a flashback.<br />

Combinations in the table above fall under two different categories:<br />

White - Full protection is provided with both regulator mounted and blowpipe mounted flashback arrestors providing sufficient inlet pressure for the application to have<br />

optimum flow and flame stability. This should be selected wherever possible.<br />

Black - Only blowpipe mounted flashback arrestors can be fitted to allow sufficient inlet pressure for the application. These combinations should be used only when those<br />

highlighted white are not practical or possible. Note the level of protection will not be optimal.<br />

The maximum recommended safe length of hose is 30M. Greater lengths than this are not recommended due to pressure drop and the operator being too far from the cylinders.<br />

This table is for hand held blowpipe applications only, not for machine cutting applications.<br />

For more detailed information consult the flow charts of the relevant flashback arrestors<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

253


ACCESSORIES<br />

FLINT LIGHTER<br />

Metal Cup Type with replaceable flint.<br />

Ensures quick, easy lighting up.<br />

CYLINDER KEY<br />

For use with all CIGWELD cylinder valves<br />

(not Handwheel operated types).<br />

2<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Flint Lighter<br />

Part No. 308789<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Cylinder Key<br />

Part No. 309275<br />

FLINTS<br />

(PACKET OF 10)<br />

Suits flint lighter (308789).<br />

TIP CLEANER WIRE SET<br />

TO SUIT LPG/NATURAL<br />

GAS NOZZLES<br />

Suitable for tips, nozzles and Hi-Speed<br />

nozzles. Removes carbon or loose slag<br />

without damaging gas parts. Also<br />

contains a wire brush for cleaning slots in<br />

Type 44 nozzles.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Flints (Packet of 10)<br />

Part No. 308790<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Tip Cleaner Wire Set<br />

Part No. 308013<br />

THREE FLINT LIGHTER<br />

Rigid arm design concentrates more force<br />

onto the flint. End cup pockets the gas<br />

for quicker lighting. Spare flints dialled<br />

into position via adjusting nut. Flint<br />

centred on abrasion cylinder for even<br />

wear. Simple ergonomic design.<br />

TIP CLEANER SET<br />

TO SUIT ACETYLENE<br />

NOZZLES<br />

Contains eleven wires and a file in a<br />

metal case. Suitable for Type 41 Acetylene<br />

nozzles and tips.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Three Flint Lighter<br />

Part No. 308832<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Tip Cleaner Set<br />

Part No. 308036<br />

FLINTS<br />

(PACKET OF 5)<br />

Suits Three flint Lighter (308832).<br />

CLEANING DRILLS<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Flints (Packet of 5)<br />

Part No. 308833<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Cleaning Drills (sizes 6-32)<br />

Part No. 308510<br />

ELECTRONIC LIGHTER<br />

This rugged, all steel construction piece,<br />

electronic lighter is guaranteed to work<br />

every time and is easy to hold and use.<br />

Suitable for use with all Air/Fuel and Oxy/<br />

Fuel equipment. Continuous sparking<br />

when lever depressed.<br />

SOAPSTONE HOLDER<br />

For marking steel plate and other metals.<br />

Holder comes complete with soapstone.<br />

For refills refer to CIGWELD Part Number<br />

308580.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Electronic lighter<br />

Part No. 308700<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Soapstone Holder<br />

Part No. 308578<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

COMBINATION<br />

SPANNER<br />

Accommodates four nut sizes and is<br />

designed to be used for regulator cylinder<br />

valve nuts, hose connections, Type 40<br />

nozzle nut and Roller Guide adjusting<br />

bolts.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Combination Spanner<br />

Part No. 309258<br />

SOAPSTONE HOLDER<br />

REFILLS<br />

Soapstone refills. Suit Soapstone Holder<br />

Part Number 308578.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Soapstone Holder refills<br />

Part No. 308580<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

254 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ACCESSORIES<br />

FLASHBACK ARRESTORS<br />

PART NO. 106531<br />

Arrestor Flashback Acetylene<br />

PART NO. 106541<br />

Arrestor Flashback Oxygen<br />

PART NO. 106511<br />

Arrestor Flashback Acetylene Reg<br />

2<br />

FLINT RENEWALS<br />

FLINT LIGHTER<br />

PART NO. 106521<br />

Arrestor Flashback Oxyen Reg<br />

DF50106<br />

Flint Renewals 6 PK<br />

DL501<br />

Gun Flint<br />

DF500<br />

Flints (packet of 5)<br />

DL500<br />

Three Flint Lighter<br />

HOSE CONNECTIONS<br />

DLP112<br />

Hose End 5/8-18RH 5mm<br />

DLP240<br />

Hose End 5/8-18LH 5mm<br />

DLP265<br />

Hose Joiner 3/16 Tube<br />

CYLINDER KEY<br />

DWB34<br />

Joiner R/H<br />

DWB35<br />

Joiner L/H<br />

DS801<br />

Cylinder Key<br />

COMBINATION SPANNER<br />

DS802<br />

Spanner Oxy Acetylene<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

255


MACHINES<br />

2<br />

PIPEMATE<br />

Specifications<br />

Pipe Diameter<br />

Pipe Wall thickness<br />

Weight<br />

100-600mm<br />

up to 50mm<br />

9kg<br />

Features<br />

Accurate square and bevel edge circumferential flame<br />

cutting.<br />

Smooth dependable drive.<br />

Designed for optimum stability.<br />

Control valves located away from heat.<br />

Designed for simple operation.<br />

Fully adjustable to any cutting length.<br />

Graduated scale for accurate bevelling.<br />

Quick changeover between differing diameters.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

Pipemate Part No. 338534<br />

Includes acetylene nozzle size 1, tip cleaners, spanners<br />

and chain 2.4m.<br />

PARTS AND ACCESSORIES<br />

3 Seat Cutting Nozzles<br />

Standard Speed Acetylene<br />

Part No.<br />

Tip Size 00, 0mm-5mm plate thickness 306114<br />

Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness 306115<br />

Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness 306116<br />

Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness 306117<br />

Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness 306118<br />

Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness 306119<br />

3 Seat Cutting Nozzles<br />

Standard Speed LPG<br />

Part No.<br />

Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness 306097<br />

Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness 306098<br />

Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness 306099<br />

Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness 306100<br />

Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness 306101<br />

Part No.<br />

Additional 2M Chain 333094<br />

Nozzle nut<br />

OKS5020<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

PLATEMATE 2<br />

Specifications<br />

Weight (one torch set)<br />

Length<br />

Wheel Width<br />

Motor Model<br />

Power Source<br />

Reduction Gear<br />

Cutting Speed<br />

Cutting Thickness<br />

Cutting Edge Shape<br />

9.5 kg<br />

350 mm<br />

160mm<br />

Condenser-induction<br />

240V, 50 Hz<br />

Single cone system<br />

150-800mm/min<br />

5mm-50mm<br />

Square cutting,<br />

V-bevel cutting<br />

Features<br />

Automatically cuts straight lines, circles and bevels.<br />

Lightweight.<br />

Portable.<br />

Compact construction.<br />

Designed for simple operation.<br />

High stability for long distance cutting.<br />

Two-Torch Set<br />

This set allows parallel and bevel cutting with spacing<br />

of 80 mm-300 mm.<br />

Includes: 1 x cutting torch, 1 x torch adjustment<br />

bracket, 1 x extended racking bar, 1 x counterweight, 1<br />

x gas distribution manifold, 1 x set of gas hoses.<br />

Circle Cutting Attachments<br />

This attachment allows cutting of circles from 30mm-<br />

2400mm. Includes: 1 x circle cutting attachment, 1 x<br />

counterweight.<br />

Additional Rail<br />

Additional 1.8M rails may be added to achieve any<br />

desired cutting length.<br />

Ordering Information<br />

PLATEMATE 2<br />

Part No. 338536<br />

Includes acetylene nozzle size 1, tip cleaners and<br />

spanners.<br />

PARTS AND ACCESSORIES<br />

3 Seat Cutting Nozzles<br />

Standard Speed Acetylene<br />

Part No.<br />

Tip Size 00, 0mm-5mm plate thickness 306114<br />

Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness 306115<br />

Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness 306116<br />

Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness 306117<br />

Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness 306118<br />

Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness 306119<br />

3 Seat Cutting Nozzles<br />

Standard Speed LPG<br />

Part No.<br />

Tip Size 0, 5mm-10mm plate thickness 306097<br />

Tip Size 1, 10mm-15mm plate thickness 306098<br />

Tip Size 2, 15mm-30mm plate thickness 306099<br />

Tip Size 3, 30mm-40mm plate thickness 306100<br />

Tip Size 4, 40mm-50mm plate thickness 306101<br />

Part No.<br />

Rail 1.8M long 335287<br />

Two Torch Set 338538<br />

Circle Cutting Attachment 338539<br />

Nozzle nut<br />

OKS5020<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

256 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MINI MAG CUT<br />

& BEVEL<br />

‘Mini-MAG’ XM<br />

MACHINES<br />

Featuring a variable-response Motorized Torch Arm, the revolutionary MagnaCut XM cuts, bevels, and welds<br />

steel pipe and steel plate without chains, clamps, or other devices. Generating 300 pounds of magnetic force,<br />

powerful rare earth magnets in the wheels secure the MagnaCut XM to pipe and plate with a coating of up<br />

to .015” (.4 mm) thick. Cuts materials with wall thicknesses up to 3” (76 mm). Each weld or cut is controlled<br />

remotely by the handheld Motor Control Box, keeping the operator a safe distance away and allowing the<br />

MagnaCut XM to work in hard-to reach locations such as overhead and on vertical pipes. The MagnaCut<br />

XM works with all standard torches including oxy-fuel and plasma, tracking perfectly straight on steel<br />

plate when used with 1” x 1” x 1/8 (25mm x 25mm x 3mm) angle as a guide track.<br />

MAGNACUT XM INCLUDES:<br />

MagnaCut XM machine<br />

115 VAC Motor Control Box<br />

Motorized Torch Arm<br />

Torch Holder<br />

Torch Support<br />

Hose Support<br />

Safety Strap – 74” (1880 mm) for up to 24” (610 mm) pipe<br />

Snap Hooks (2)<br />

Service Keys<br />

Storage Box<br />

Protective Leather Cable Sleeve<br />

Parts and Operating Manual<br />

FEATURES:<br />

MINIMUM SET-UP Ready to operate in minutes<br />

VERSATILE Cuts pipe, plate, walls and overheads<br />

SAFE Remote control allows operator to work a safe distance<br />

from the pipe<br />

STRONG Rare-earth magnets hold the MagnaCut XM to the<br />

pipe surface with 300 pounds of force<br />

FAST Up to 80% faster than cutting by hand; cuts or welds up<br />

to 40” (1016 mm) per minute<br />

2<br />

‘Magnacut’ XM<br />

(Torches Sold Separately.)<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Method of Attachment to Pipe or Plate<br />

Magnetic Pull per Wheel Assembly<br />

Maximum Pipe Coating Thickness<br />

Set-up Time 2<br />

Cutting Range (Pipe O.D.)<br />

Cutting Range (Pipe I.D.)<br />

Vertical Cutting Capability<br />

Horizontal Cutting Capability<br />

Diagonal Cutting Capability<br />

Miter or Saddle Cutting Capability on Pipe<br />

Minimum Speed<br />

Maximum Speed<br />

Net Weight<br />

Shipping Dimensions<br />

MACHINE DIMENSIONS<br />

Width (Torch Arm Extended)<br />

Length<br />

Height<br />

Electrical Requirement<br />

MagnaCut XM<br />

Rare Earth Magnets<br />

150 lbs / 68 kg<br />

Up to 15 mils or .015” / .4 mm thick.<br />

Minutes or less<br />

6 5/8” / 168 mm and larger<br />

24” / 610 mm and larger<br />

Pipe or Plate<br />

Pipe or Plate<br />

Plate only<br />

Shallow Miters or Saddles only<br />

2” / 51 mm per Minute<br />

40” / 1016 mm per Minute<br />

37 lbs / 16.7 kg<br />

24 1/2” x 8 7/8” x 19 1/2” “ / 622 x 225 x 495 mm<br />

17” / 432 mm<br />

14” / 356 mm<br />

5 1/4” / 133 mm<br />

115 VAC or 230 VAC (with Transformer)<br />

Model Part Number Estimated Shipping Weight lbs. / kg<br />

MagnaCut XM, 115 VAC 05.0550.000XM 60 / 27<br />

Mini-Mag XM 05-0550-MINIXM 54 / 25<br />

WARNING: MAGNACUT XM SHOULD NOT BE USED ON HEAVY WALL PIPE OR PLATE THICKER THAN 3” (76mm). THE MAGNACUT XM IS NOT DESIGNED<br />

FOR USE WITH 1 ¾” (44 mm) OR 2 ½” (64 mm) BARREL PLASMA TORCHES. MAGNACUT XM IS NOT DESIGNED FOR CUTTING SPIRAL WELDED PIPE.<br />

ALWAYS SECURE THE MAGNACUT XM TO THE PIPE WITH A SAFETY STRAP. A SAFETY STRAP SHOULD ALSO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH GUIDE<br />

TRACKS. PERSONS WEARING A PACE MAKER SHOULD NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH THIS EQUIPMENT.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

257


GAS HEATING<br />

HANDPIECE<br />

2<br />

EXPANSION BURNER<br />

Part No:<br />

Connects to burners and necktubes<br />

123 H301 Inlet connection 5/8 UNF LH<br />

Outlet connection 3/8 BSP RH<br />

Part No:<br />

24 B63 38 mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 600mm<br />

MJ/HR : 253 @ 200kpa LPG<br />

124 B64 50 mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 700mm<br />

MJ/HR : 501 @ 200kpa LPG<br />

124 B65 76mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 950mm<br />

MJ/HR: 1278 @ 200kpa LPG<br />

124 B66 100mm Burner<br />

flame Length: 1050mm<br />

MJ/HR: 1434 @ 200kpa LPG<br />

NECKTUBES<br />

Part No:<br />

Connects handpiece to Power Burner<br />

124 N180 180mm Necktube<br />

124 N400 400mm Necktube<br />

POWER BURNER<br />

ALL TORCH<br />

Can be supplied for use with natural gas Minimum Pressure 40kpa.<br />

Part No:<br />

Large Powerful Flame<br />

124 B32 32mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 300mm<br />

MJ/HR: 60MJ @ 200kpa LPG<br />

Gas Consumption: 1.2kg/hr<br />

124 B38 38mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 400mm<br />

MJ/HR: 105MJ @ 200kpa LPG<br />

Gas Consumption: 2.1kg/hr<br />

124 B50 50mm Burner<br />

Flame Length: 600mm<br />

MJ/HR : 168MJ @ 200kpa LPG<br />

Gas Consumption : 3.3kg/hr<br />

124 B62 62mm Burner<br />

Flame Length : 700mm<br />

MJ/HR : 364MJ @ 200kpa LPG<br />

Gas Consumption : 7.28kg/hr<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

HOSE ADAPTOR<br />

Part No:<br />

124AT1<br />

All Purpose LPG Torch comes complete with 50mm Burner.<br />

Uses Bulgin Power Burners<br />

Inlet Connection: 5/8 UNF LH<br />

Overall Length: 560mm<br />

Weight: 820gm<br />

Part No:<br />

122 HD1 2 Hose Adaptor 5/8UNF RH (F-2M)<br />

122 HD2 2 Hose Adaptor 5/8UNF LH (F-2M)<br />

258 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS HEATING<br />

SIEVERT PRE PACK<br />

Prepack Sets for the effective completion of specific jobs.<br />

Important: A regular and/ or hose failure value is necessary with these sets.<br />

SV3499<br />

DELUXE SERVICE SET<br />

Containing Burners covering most soldering and heating requirements. Contains handpiece with economiser SV3488, necktube<br />

SV3509 and burners SV3940, SV3941, SV2941, SV2942. SV2943, SV2944 with hose 2m SV2000.<br />

Space is provided for a regulator, which is not included and should be ordered separately to suit the appropriate cylinder. Packaged<br />

in a metal carry case.<br />

2<br />

SV5100<br />

CONTRACTORS TORCH SET<br />

Economical Torch Set with ‘brush’ type blowlamp flame for general purpose use, Includes burner SV3841, necktube SV3511,<br />

handpiece SV3486 and hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regular/ hose failure valve not included.<br />

SV5200<br />

PLUMBERS TORCH SET<br />

Torch set with cyclone burner for general purpose pipework and silver soldering. Includes burner SV3524, handpiece SV3486 and<br />

hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure valve not included.<br />

SV5300<br />

JEWELLERS TORCH SET<br />

Torch with fine set needle flame burner for delicate jewellery work and lead burning. Includes burner SV3537, handpeice SV3486<br />

and hose 2m SV2000. Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure value not included.<br />

SV5300<br />

PAINTERS TORCH SET<br />

Estremely efficient torch set with a wide, flat flame for paint stripping and other uses. Includes burner SV3517, handpiece SV3486<br />

and hose 4m SV4000, Packaged in metal carry case. Regulator/ hose failure valve not included.<br />

FLAME SHAPES<br />

Cyclone Flame Burners for brazing and soldering. With a<br />

rotating, enveloping flame for even heat all round the pipe.<br />

Flame design provides the most efficient heat transfer to the pip.<br />

Sievert or Primus cyclone burners offer much faster brazing or<br />

soldering with propane.<br />

Flat Flame Burners for paint stripping, ski-waxing, etc. Powerful<br />

wide flame for efficient use outdoors.<br />

Standard Flame Burners for soldering and heating. Brush type<br />

flames.<br />

Hot-air Burners for paint stripping, heat-shrinking, heating of<br />

PVC, roofing, etc. With powerful, windproof and hot air streams.<br />

Ideal for field work as no electricity is required. Powerful roofing<br />

burners with totally encased flames for efficient bitumen laying<br />

when open flames are not permitted.<br />

Pinpoint Flame Burners for fine work on gold, silver, etc. Finepointed<br />

flames with a distinct core.<br />

Power Burners for roofing and large-scale heating. With<br />

powerful windproof flames.<br />

Soft Flame Burners for heat shrinking. With flame design ideal<br />

cabler operations. Sweeping flames with visible yellow tips.<br />

Soldering Irons for sheet metal work, roofing and cable<br />

operations. Encased or windproof burners with a variety of sizes<br />

of copper bits.<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

259


GAS HEATING<br />

SIEVERT FLOWCHART<br />

2<br />

NECK TUBES & NECK TUBE BURNERS<br />

SV3506<br />

SV3507<br />

SV3510<br />

BURNERS<br />

SV3509<br />

SV2960<br />

SV2944<br />

SV2943<br />

SV2942<br />

SV2941<br />

SV3941<br />

SV3940<br />

SV3511<br />

SV3526<br />

SV3525<br />

SV3524<br />

SV3488<br />

SV3537<br />

SV2956<br />

SV717241<br />

HANDPIECE<br />

SV3486<br />

SV3488<br />

HOSES<br />

SV3938<br />

SOLDERING EQUIPMENT<br />

SV2957<br />

SV2958<br />

SV2000<br />

SV4000<br />

SV6000<br />

SV9000<br />

SV715251<br />

BB772<br />

REGULATORS<br />

BB770<br />

BB771<br />

SV3091-21<br />

SV3091-22<br />

GAS EQUIPMENT<br />

SV7017<br />

SV7016<br />

BK9007<br />

SV2955<br />

SV3061-11<br />

SV3063-11<br />

SV3061-12<br />

SV3063-12<br />

BJ7000<br />

PRI01<br />

POL VALVE 3/8 VALVE PRIMUS INTERNAL<br />

VALVE<br />

260 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

TEN STEPS TO CYLINDER SAFETY 262<br />

CYLINDER SIZES 262<br />

AIRBASED GASES 263<br />

CARBON DIOXIDE GASES 263<br />

FABRICATIONS GASES 263<br />

FUEL GASES 263<br />

SHEILDING GASES CHART 264<br />

SHEILDING GASES 265-270<br />

3<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337) 261


INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

These pages have been compiled to present an abridged summary of the broad<br />

range of the BOC gases used in the fabrication market. Data may have changed<br />

since the print date and should therefore be checked at any BOC outlet or by<br />

calling 131 262 or going to www.boc.com.au.<br />

3<br />

TOP TEN STEPS FOR CYLINDER SAFETY<br />

1 Read labels and Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) before use.<br />

2 Store upright and use in well ventilated, secure areas away from pedestrian or vehicle thoroughfare.<br />

3 Guard cylinders against being knocked violently or allowed to fall.<br />

4 Wear safety shoes and gloves when handling cylinders.<br />

5 Always move cylinders securely with an appropriate trolley.<br />

6 Keep in a cool, well ventilated area, away from heat sources, sources of ignition and combustible<br />

materials, especially flammable gases.<br />

7 Keep full and empty cylinders separate.<br />

8 Keep oil and grease away from cylinders and valves.<br />

9 Never use force when opening or closing valves.<br />

10 Don’t repaint or disguise markings and damage.<br />

If damaged, return to BOC immediately.<br />

Guidelines for Gas Cylinder Safety Australia are available for download at<br />

http://www.boc-gas.com.au/en/index.html<br />

GAS CYLINDER SIZE IDENTIFICATION CHART<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

262<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

AIR BASED GASES<br />

Air, Compressed<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 052<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas Purity Gas Purity<br />

Nitrogen 78.1% Argon 0.9%<br />

Oxygen 20.9% Other 0.1%<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.1 15 000 AS 2473 Type 60<br />

E 3.5 15 000 AS 2473 Type 60<br />

D 1.4 15 000 AS 2473 Type 60<br />

ET* 3.2 20 000 AS 2473 Type 60<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS4484): Pewter body, black shoulder<br />

Not all cylinders are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131<br />

262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

*Use ONLY Cigweld Comet 750 Dual Stage Regulator (Part No. 301874).<br />

Nitrogen, Compressed (N 2<br />

)<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 032<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Nitrogen >99.9%<br />

Moisture at 15°C 99.5% Moisture 98.0%<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.0 1550 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

E 3.2 1550 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

D 1.0 1550 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

C 0.27 1550 AS 2473 Type 25<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

MDA 12* 84.0 1550 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

MDA 8 56.0 1550 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS4484): Claret<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch<br />

on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

*Only available in Queensland<br />

Handigas<br />

HANDIGAS Gas Code No. 110<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Propane >90%<br />

Hydrocarbons


GASES Shielding gas selection chart.<br />

BOC (For SHIELDING GMA, flux-cored, GASES SELECTION metal-cored, CHART solid wire welding)<br />

(For GMA, flux-cored, metal-cored, solid wire welding)<br />

Material Thickness (mm)<br />

Weld Characteristics<br />

1–12 13+ Penetration Spatter free Speed Fillet shape Finish<br />

3<br />

Gas<br />

GMAW Carbon and Low Alloy Steels<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® Light<br />

ARGOSHIELD ®<br />

Universal<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® Heavy<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® MCW<br />

Versatile for thin material,<br />

Minimal spatter.<br />

Most versatile wide working range.<br />

Good appearance<br />

Low defect levels on thick material.<br />

Versatile suitable for solid and<br />

Metal Cored wire, up to 12mm.<br />

C<br />

C<br />

C<br />

C<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 40<br />

Minimal spatter, downhand welding.<br />

C<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 52<br />

Good penetration.<br />

C<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 54<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 100<br />

minimal clean-up.<br />

High weld appeal,<br />

mechanised welding.<br />

C<br />

P<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® Pipeline Good penetration. C<br />

Industrial CO 2<br />

FCAW Carbon, Alloy and Stainless Steels<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 52<br />

Industrial CO 2<br />

MCAW Carbon and Low Alloy Steels<br />

Good penetration.<br />

Good weld appearance, superior<br />

control in positional welding.<br />

Some wires designed for use under<br />

CO 2 only, high cylinder contents.<br />

C<br />

C<br />

C<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® MCW Excellent appearance, low slag. C<br />

ARGOSHIELD ® 52 Good penetration. C<br />

GMAW Stainless Steels<br />

STAINSHIELD ®<br />

C<br />

STAINSHIELD ® Light<br />

STAINSHIELD ® Heavy<br />

STAINSHIELD ® 66<br />

General purpose mixture, good<br />

wetting action, smooth weld surface.<br />

Versatile on thick material<br />

Excellent arc stability, fast<br />

speed, good penetration.<br />

Minimal surface oxidation<br />

for 300 series stainless.<br />

C<br />

P<br />

P<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

STAINSHIELD ® 69<br />

GMAW Aluminium and Alloys<br />

ALUSHIELD ® Light<br />

Versatile on thick material<br />

Excellent arc stability, fast<br />

speed, good penetration.<br />

Minimal spatter, good<br />

appearance, fast weld speed.<br />

ALUSHIELD ® Universal Most versatile wide working range. P<br />

ALUSHIELD ® Heavy<br />

Fast, good penetration on thicker<br />

material, wide bead shape.<br />

Welding Argon Versatile, general purpose mixture. C<br />

Arc Transfer: Spray Modified Spray Dip P = Performance Line C = Competence Line<br />

P<br />

P<br />

P<br />

264<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

Light<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 060<br />

Applications<br />

Sheet metal engineering industries<br />

Automotive components manufacture<br />

Vehicle repair<br />

Cabinets/steel furniture manufacture<br />

Air conditioning industries<br />

Domestic appliance manufacture<br />

Light gauge storage tanks<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

Low arc energy<br />

Low oxidation potential<br />

Uses less wire than higher CO 2 mixes<br />

Wide operating envelope<br />

Fast weld speed<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 3.1%<br />

Carbon Dioxide 5%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Easy to use<br />

Low defect levels<br />

Low distortion levels<br />

Good appearance and quality finish<br />

Increased productivity<br />

Minimal spatter production negates the need<br />

to clean weld<br />

Can be used with manual, automatic and<br />

robotic machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

J 14.0 29,700* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

G 8.7 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E2 4.2 20,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 4.0 15,800 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

KAY15 230.2 29,700* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY9 138.1 29,700* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY4 61.4 29,700* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder, black neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

Universal<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 065<br />

Applications<br />

General fabrication<br />

Light to medium plate fabrication<br />

Structural steelworks<br />

Bridgework<br />

Pipe and tube joining<br />

Vehicle manufacture/ heavy trucks<br />

Rolled sections<br />

Pressure vessels and boilers<br />

Boats and ship building<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

Fluid weld pool<br />

Used in dip, pulsed and spray metal transfer<br />

modes<br />

Fast travel speed<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 2.75%<br />

Carbon Dioxide 16%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Low defect levels<br />

Improved weld fusion<br />

Good weld appearance with low<br />

reinforcement levels<br />

Easy to use<br />

Higher productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds<br />

Lowers overall costs by using less wire<br />

Lower spatter reduces clean-up time<br />

Can be used with manual, automatic and<br />

robotic machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

J 13.8 27 600* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

G 8.7 16 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E2 4.4 20 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 4.0 15 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

KAY15 230.2 27 600* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

JAY15 210.4 27 600* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY9 138.1 27 600* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY4 61.4 27 600* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder, black neck<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch<br />

on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

*Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000 to 9,000 kPa.<br />

3<br />

Heavy<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 122<br />

Applications<br />

Heavy engineering<br />

Heavy structural steel<br />

Boiler manufacture<br />

Ship building and repair<br />

Heavy vehicle manufacture<br />

Thick walled pipes and pressure vessels<br />

Pad-eyes and lifting lugs<br />

Earth moving equipment<br />

Features<br />

Stable welding arc<br />

Fluid weld pool<br />

Used in dip and spray metal transfer modes<br />

Benefits<br />

Improved weld fusion<br />

Low defect levels on thick materials<br />

Good appearance and finish<br />

Easy to use<br />

Increased productivity<br />

Can be used on automated machines<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 18%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G2 11.3 20,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Size<br />

MCP9 146.7 30,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

MCP15 244.5 30,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder, black neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337) 265


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

3<br />

MCW<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 066<br />

Application<br />

General fabrication<br />

Light to medium plate fabrication<br />

Structural steelworks<br />

2GR pipe spooling<br />

Pipe and tube joining<br />

Rolled sections<br />

Pressure vessels and boilers<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

Minimal spatter<br />

Fluid weld pool<br />

Excellent weld shape<br />

Virtually no slug with metal-cored wires<br />

Uses less wire than higher CO 2 mixes<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 10%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Low defect levels<br />

Improved weld fusion<br />

Good appearance and quality finish<br />

Minimal clean-up required<br />

Lowers overall costs by using less wire<br />

Lower spatter reduces clean-up time<br />

Can be used with manual, automatic and<br />

robotic machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.9 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

MCP15 237.4 30,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

40<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 068<br />

52<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 070<br />

Applications<br />

Heavy structural steel<br />

Mining equipment<br />

Pressure vessels and boilers<br />

Heavy wall piping<br />

Ships and offshore structures<br />

Earth moving equipment<br />

Benefits<br />

Higher productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds than CO 2 with flux cored wires<br />

Versatile<br />

Low repair rates<br />

Good weld appearance<br />

Easy to use<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 25%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Features<br />

High heat input efficiency<br />

Deep penetration<br />

Faster weld speeds than CO 2<br />

Prevents porosity<br />

Excellent dip transfer characteristics<br />

Used in dip and pulsed transfer modes<br />

Approved with most FCAW and MCAW wires<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 9.0 16,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 4.1 15,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

KAY15 231.0 26,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY9 138.6 26,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY4 61.6 26,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

CRA9 81.5 16,000† AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder and neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

† CRA9 is available in QLD only.<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

Application<br />

Welding lighter steel<br />

Benefits<br />

Clean weld appearance and finish<br />

Improved fusion<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 5%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Features<br />

Clean, smooth weld bead with low<br />

reinforcement<br />

Good arc stability<br />

Low surface tension<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.6 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 3.9 15,800 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

KAY15 227.2 30,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY9 136.3 30,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

KAY4 60.6 30,000* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, black shoulder and neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

54<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 071<br />

Applications<br />

Welding lighter steel<br />

Fabrication for electroplating, enameling<br />

or painting<br />

Panel beating<br />

Furniture manufacturing industries<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 1.5%<br />

Carbon Dioxide 7%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Feature<br />

Reduced spatter<br />

Benefits<br />

Excellent finish<br />

Minimal clean-up required<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.8 16 900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E2 4.2 20 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

D2 2.1 20 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

D 1.6 15 800 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Sizes<br />

KAY15 231.7 29,500* AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder, black neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

266<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

Pipeline<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 107<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 075<br />

Applications<br />

Carbon steel pipe<br />

Heavy wall pipe<br />

Benefits<br />

Deep penetration<br />

Lower risk of defect levels<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 50%<br />

Argon 50%<br />

Features<br />

Very short arc length<br />

Excellent dip transfer characteristics<br />

Faster welding speed than CO 2<br />

Applications<br />

Railway rolling stock<br />

Process equipment<br />

Tanks<br />

Architectural work<br />

Features<br />

No carbon pick-up<br />

Good arc stability<br />

Low heat input<br />

Good edge wetting<br />

Fast weld speed<br />

Benefits<br />

Improved productivity due to faster weld<br />

speed<br />

Low distortion<br />

Clean weld appearance and finish<br />

Optimum corrosion resistance<br />

Higher operator appeal<br />

Minimal weld finish<br />

3<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 9.5 13,700 AS2473 Type 10<br />

MCP9 89.6 13,700 AS2473 Type 10<br />

COP 16 159.4 13,700 AS2473 Type 10<br />

COP 16 are available in limited locations. Contact your local BOC Gas & Gear store or<br />

Account Manager for further details..<br />

100<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 095<br />

Application<br />

Heavy steel<br />

GMA(MIG) welding of carbon manganese<br />

and low alloy steels<br />

Features<br />

Good arc stability<br />

Flatter weld bead<br />

Excellent fusion characteristics<br />

Lower spatter levels<br />

Faster welding speeds<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 10%<br />

Helium 25%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Lower risk of defect levels<br />

Higher productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds<br />

Low distortion<br />

Clean weld appearance and finish<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.1 16 900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 3.8 16 000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

D 1.5 16,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, brown shoulder, green grey neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch<br />

on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

Other sized cylinders may also be available on request.<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 1.5%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.6 16 900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

E 4.0 15,800 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, black neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch<br />

on 131 262. Other sized cylinders and packs may also be available on request.<br />

* Indicates fitted with a pressure regulating valve outlet connection, 6,000–9,000 kPa.<br />

Light<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 119<br />

Application<br />

Pressure vessels and tanks<br />

Exhausts<br />

Duct work<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

Low oxidation potential<br />

Good surface appearance<br />

Less surface oxidation than traditional<br />

Oxygen-Argon mixtures<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 2.5%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Good fusion<br />

Clean weld appearance and finish<br />

Oxide film less tenacious and easy to remove<br />

Increase in weld speed compared to<br />

traditional Oxygen-Argon mixtures<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Size (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G2 10.3 20,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

MCP9 134.9 30,000 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey neck.<br />

Not all cylinders are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131<br />

262. Other sized cylinders may also be available on request.<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337) 267


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

3<br />

Heavy<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 092<br />

Applications<br />

Pressure vessels and piping<br />

Structural high alloy steel work<br />

Storage tanks<br />

Food and beverage industry components<br />

Petrochemical plants<br />

Features<br />

High heat input efficiency<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

Low oxidisation potential<br />

Used in dip, spray and pulsed transfer modes<br />

Faster welding speeds<br />

Fluid weld pool<br />

Reduced spatter<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Carbon Dioxide 2.8%<br />

Helium 35%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Low defect levels on thicker sections of<br />

material<br />

Clean, bright appearance and finish<br />

Easy to use<br />

High productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds<br />

Reduced clean-up and repair<br />

X-ray quality welds<br />

Can be used on robotic and mechanical<br />

machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Size (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.7 16 900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Size<br />

MAN9 69.5 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, brown shoulder, green grey neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch<br />

on 131 262.<br />

Gas Mixtures<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 265<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

These are custom made Shielding Gases usually produced in low volumes.<br />

Available on special request. Ring your BOC Customer Service on 131 262 for details.<br />

66<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 093<br />

Applications<br />

Welding austenitic stainless steels<br />

All positional welding<br />

Benefits<br />

Optimised weld appearance<br />

Higher productivity due to lower spatter levels<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Hydrogen 1%<br />

Carbon Dioxide 2.8%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Features<br />

High integrity welds<br />

Good arc stability<br />

Clean weld surface<br />

Excellent fusion characteristics<br />

Lower spatter levels<br />

Designed for short arc welding austenetic<br />

stainless steels only<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.6 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Currently not available in packs.<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, green grey shoulder and signal red neck.<br />

Not available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131 262.<br />

Duplex<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 114<br />

Application<br />

GTA welding without filler for duplex, super<br />

duplex and super austenitic stainless steel<br />

Features<br />

The addition of Nitrogen in the shielding gas<br />

balances the loss of Nitrogen from the base<br />

metal when welded<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Nitrogen 2%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

The balance between austenite and ferrite<br />

is maintained<br />

The corrosion and mechanical properties are<br />

maintained<br />

Surface oxidation is low<br />

Increased welding speed<br />

Increased penetration compared to pure<br />

Argon<br />

69<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 094<br />

Applications<br />

Welding stainless steels<br />

All positional welding<br />

Benefits<br />

Higher productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds<br />

Low distortion<br />

Optimised corrosion resistance<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 0.9%<br />

Helium 35%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Features<br />

High integrity welds<br />

Good arc stability<br />

Faster welding speeds<br />

Clean weld surface<br />

Excellent fusion characteristics<br />

Lower spatter levels<br />

No carbon pick-up<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G2 10.2 20,000 AS2473 Type 10<br />

MCP9 132.9 30,000 AS2473 Type 10<br />

MCP15 221.5 30,000 AS2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body and neck.<br />

Not all cylinders are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on<br />

131 262. Other sized cylinders may also be available on request.<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.6 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, brown shoulder and black neck.<br />

Not available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131 262.<br />

Other sized cylinders may also be available on request.<br />

268<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

<br />

Light<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 079<br />

Applications<br />

Benefits<br />

Boat and ship building<br />

Lower spatter reduces clean-up time<br />

Tankers<br />

Improved weld metal properties<br />

Truck body work<br />

Easy to use<br />

Water heaters and heat exchangers Good appearance and finish with low<br />

Piping and balustrades<br />

reinforcement levels<br />

Light busbars<br />

Increased productivity due to fast weld speeds<br />

Can be used on robotic machines<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

High heat input efficiency<br />

Low distortion<br />

Flatter weld bead with low reinforcement<br />

Faster welding speed<br />

Good fusion characteristics<br />

Little or no spatter<br />

Used in dip, spray and pulsed transfer modes<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Helium 27%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

<br />

Universal<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 133<br />

Applications<br />

Heat exchangers<br />

Tank vessels<br />

Rail carriages<br />

MIG or TIG welding of aluminium<br />

Can be used for copper and stainless steel<br />

TIG welding<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Argon 50%<br />

Helium 50%<br />

Features<br />

Stable welding arc<br />

Excellent appearance finish<br />

Excellent fusion characteristics<br />

Suitable for applications where penetration<br />

is critical<br />

Benefits<br />

Faster welding speed<br />

Reduced porosity<br />

Improved productivity<br />

Low defect levels<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Size (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G2 8.8 20,000 AS2473 Type 10<br />

<br />

Heavy<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 069<br />

Applications<br />

Aluminium castings<br />

Ship building and armoured vehicles<br />

Heavy aluminium fabrication<br />

Road and rail transport<br />

Chemical and petrochemical plants<br />

Copper and aluminium busbars<br />

Features<br />

Excellent arc stability<br />

High heat input efficiency<br />

Low distortion and oxidisation potential<br />

Wide bead shape with low reinforcement<br />

Faster welding speeds<br />

Good fusion characteristics<br />

Reduced spatter<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Argon 25%<br />

Helium<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Lower spatter reduces clean-up time<br />

Improved weld metal properties<br />

Easy to use<br />

Reduced reject rates<br />

Lower risk of defect levels<br />

Good appearance and high quality finish<br />

with low reinforcement levels<br />

Increased productivity due to fast weld<br />

speeds<br />

Can be used on robotic machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Size (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.3 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Currently not available in packs.<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Brown body, peacock blue shoulder and neck.<br />

Not available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131 262.<br />

ARGOPLAS® 5<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 143<br />

Applications<br />

Recommended as the shielding (secondary)<br />

gas for most plasma welding applications<br />

Suitable for plasma welding and cutting<br />

stainless steels, copper and nickel alloys<br />

Features<br />

Suitable for plasma welding of all thicknesses<br />

Low distortion<br />

Faster weld speed<br />

Increasing the cleaning of the weld metal<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Hydrogen 5%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Reduction in post-weld clean-up time<br />

Reduced distortion levels<br />

Increased productivity due to faster weld<br />

speeds<br />

Can be used on automated machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 7.4 15,000 AS 2473 Type 20<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, signal red shoulder and neck.<br />

Not available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC branch on 131 262.<br />

3<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337) 269


GASES<br />

SHIELDING GASES<br />

Copper<br />

INDUSTRIAL GRADE Gas Code No. 077<br />

3<br />

Applications<br />

Joining of copper to steel<br />

Welding of copper alloys, including silicon<br />

and nickel bronzes<br />

Features<br />

Produces good edge wetting<br />

Excellent spray transfer characteristics<br />

Faster welding speeds than pure argon<br />

Low spatter<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Gas<br />

Purity<br />

Oxygen 0.7%<br />

Argon<br />

Balance<br />

Benefits<br />

Good appearance and finish<br />

Easier to use than pure argon for welding<br />

copper alloys<br />

High productivity due to faster welding<br />

speeds<br />

Can be used on robotic and mechanical<br />

machines<br />

Cylinder Content Gauge Pressure Outlet<br />

Sizes (m 3 at STP) (kPa at 15°C) Connection<br />

G 8.6 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Pack Size<br />

MAN15 129.0 16,900 AS 2473 Type 10<br />

Cylinder colour (to AS 4484): Peacock blue body, black neck.<br />

Not all cylinders and packs are available at all BOC outlets. Please check with your local BOC<br />

branch on 131 262.<br />

INDUSTRIAL GASES<br />

270<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SAFETY<br />

RESPIRATORY 272-274<br />

HEAD AND FACE 275-294<br />

HAND PROTECTION 295-302<br />

WELDING AND GENERAL APPAREL 303-310<br />

WELDING BLANKETS AND DRAPES 311-312<br />

FUME EQUIPMENT 313-314<br />

4<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

271


RESPIRATORY<br />

CLEANSPACE2 POWERED RESPIRATOR<br />

A major innovation in personal respiratory protection - a compact and light weight power unit is cushioned<br />

around the back of the neck, counter-balancing the soft silicone low profile mask and providing fresh,<br />

clean air, on demand, as you breathe. This unique method of personal respiratory protection delivers<br />

significant benefits to workers in industry.<br />

4<br />

INNOVATION<br />

Ergonomic design: compact with no trailing leads, cables<br />

or hoses.<br />

Patented micro-turbine toroidal motor generates airflow up<br />

to 200L/min with only one moving part.<br />

Provides positive pressure inside the mask, with an inbuilt<br />

pressure sensor that adjusts the air-flow to prevent<br />

contamination.<br />

Breath activated On/Off operation.<br />

COMFORT<br />

The soft silicone mask seals gently and easily to your face -<br />

available in three sizes, to maximise fit.<br />

The AirSensit System intelligently delivers air on demand,<br />

and in unison with your breathing.<br />

Compact and light, the respirator sits at the back of your<br />

neck and close to your body.<br />

COST OF OWNERSHIP<br />

Designed to operate maintenance free for up to 3 years.<br />

CleanSpace2 maximises filter life by only filtering the air<br />

that you breathe.<br />

Simple operating modes minimise the time required for<br />

training, handling and cleaning.<br />

RELIABLE PROTECTION<br />

Light silicone mask, ensures a good face seal for long<br />

periods.<br />

Robust, reliable micro-turbine motor (up to 10 years<br />

operating life).<br />

High efficiency pleated particulate filter will remove solid<br />

and liquid particles.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Welding, Woodworking, Manufacturing, Smelting,<br />

Construction, Recycling Plants, Emergency Services, Mining,<br />

Agriculture, Processing Plants, Grinding, DIY etc.<br />

OPERATING AND STORAGE CONDITIONS<br />

CleanSpace2 respirator will operate between temperatures<br />

between 0°C to 45°C. CleanSpace2 and accessories should<br />

be stored out of direct sunlight, in a clean, dry environment<br />

and away from chemicals and abrasive substances, 0°C to<br />

35°C.<br />

APPROVALS<br />

EN 12942:1998+A2:2008 TM3<br />

AS/NZS1716:2012 PAPR-P2<br />

ISO9001<br />

COMPATIBILITY<br />

Welding & Safety Helmets<br />

Goggles, Spectacles and Face Shields<br />

Hearing Protection<br />

EASE OF USE<br />

Simple to fit and use.<br />

Changing filters is quick and intuitive.<br />

Easy to clean; fast 2 hour charge.<br />

On a single charge up to 11 hours* operating time (*with<br />

CleanSpace2 Endurance Pack).<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Comfort Air Flow Settings<br />

Maximum Air Flow<br />

Weight (Power Unit)<br />

Weight (Mask)<br />

Audible Alarm At Ear<br />

Motor Life<br />

Battery Life<br />

Automatic Switch-Off<br />

Internal Battery Duration<br />

3 LEVELS<br />

200L/MIN<br />

485G<br />

115G<br />

75DB(A)<br />

10 YEARS<br />

3 YEARS OR 500 CYCLES<br />

3 MINUTES AFTER IDLE<br />

MIN 4.5 HOURS<br />

(TYPICALLY >6 HOURS)<br />

Internal Battery Charging Time 2 HOURS (TO 95%)<br />

Ac Adaptor Charger Input Range 100 – 240V<br />

Output Range 13.5V<br />

SAFETY<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Code<br />

Description<br />

PAF-0034<br />

CleanSpace2 Power System EN12942 TM3 (exc mask)<br />

PAF-0026<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask H Series MEDIUM<br />

PAF-0029<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask H Series SMALL<br />

PAF-0020<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask Q Series LARGE<br />

PAF-0019<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask Q Series MEDIUM<br />

PAF-0035 CleanSpace2 Particulate Filter EN12942 TM3/P3 HEPA (pack of 3)<br />

PAF-0036 CleanSpace2 Pre-filter (pack of 10)<br />

PAF-0037<br />

CleanSpace2 Hi Capacity (HI CAP) Particulate Filter P3 HEPA<br />

PAF-0038<br />

CleanSpace2 Filter Adaptor<br />

PAF-0044<br />

CleanSpace2 Combined Filter AU:A2P3<br />

PAF-0046<br />

CleanSpace2 Combined Filter AU:A1P3<br />

PAF-0047<br />

CleanSpace2 Combined Filter AU:ABE1P3<br />

PAF-0014<br />

CleanSpace2 Thick Neck Pad (spare)<br />

PAF-0016<br />

CleanSpace2 Thin Neck Pad (spare)<br />

PAF-0023<br />

CleanSpace2 Big Chill Neck Pad<br />

PAF-0025<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask Adaptor for Quantitative Fit (Portacount) Testing<br />

PAF-0028<br />

CleanSpace2 Exhalation Valve Assembly (pack of 2 - spare)<br />

PAF-0031<br />

CleanSpace2 Endurance Pack<br />

PAF-0032<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask Cleaning Wipes (100 packs)<br />

PAF-0039<br />

CleanSpace2 Mask Fit Testing Kit<br />

PAF-0040<br />

CleanSpace2 Battery Charger (spare)<br />

PAF-0042<br />

CleanSpace2 Filter Cover Kit (spare)<br />

272 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


RESPIRATORY PROTECTION<br />

DISPOSABLE RESPIRATORS<br />

8514<br />

9923V<br />

8512<br />

9542A<br />

3M WELDING RESPIRATORS 8512 & 8514<br />

These welding respirators have low profile that allows compatibility with welding shields. The proprietary Cool Flow<br />

valve helps to remove exhaled air for a cooler and drier wear. Other features include heavy duty straps for a secure feel<br />

plus flame retardant and cake resistant filter. The 3M 8514 respirator has activated carbon layer to filter out ozone and<br />

nuisance levels* of organic vapour. Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012.<br />

Applications:<br />

Protects from ozone, welding fumes and nuisance odours (8514) e.g. welding - MIG, TIG, metal fumes<br />

Part Numbers<br />

8514 P2 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

8512 P2 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

3M PARTICULATE RESPIRATORS WITH NUISANCE LEVEL* ORGANIC<br />

VAPOUR RELIEF<br />

Protects from hazards like dusts, mists, fume and nuisance levels* of organic vapours. The 9923V respirator has a robust<br />

cupped design while the 9542A is folded for portability. The 9923V respirator has a non-aluminium nose-clip for use<br />

in intrinsically safe environments while its Cool FlowTM valve helps to minimise unpleasant build-up of heat inside the<br />

respirator. The 9542A is individually wrapped for ease of dispensing. Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012.<br />

Applications:<br />

Mining - including underground coal (9923V) and metalliferous mining, diesel particulate matter, unburned fuel vapours,<br />

waste and recycling management<br />

Part Numbers<br />

9923V P2 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 6 Boxes/Case<br />

9542A P2: 25 ea/Box; 10 Boxes/Case<br />

4<br />

9312<br />

9322<br />

9310<br />

9320<br />

3M FLAT FOLD PARTICULATE RESPIRATORS 9300 SERIES<br />

Protects from hazards like dusts, mists and fumes (P2). The 3-panel flat fold design makes this series of respirators<br />

unique. Its low profile design provides a good field of vision while it fits a wide range of face sizes. Its proprietary 3M<br />

Cool Flow valve helps to reduce heat and moisture build-up, making breathing easier (9322 & 9312). These respirators<br />

are individually packaged for hygiene and portability. Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012.<br />

Applications:<br />

Plastering, earthmoving, sanding (P1) and composting, handling infected animals, infection control (P2).<br />

Part Numbers:<br />

9312 P1 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 12 Boxes/Case<br />

9310 P1: 20 ea/Box; 12 Boxes/Case<br />

9322 P2 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 12 Boxes/Case<br />

9320 P2: 20 ea/Box; 12 Boxes/Case<br />

8312<br />

8322<br />

8310<br />

8320<br />

3M CUPPED PARTICULATE RESPIRATORS 8300 SERIES<br />

Protects from hazards like dusts, mists and fumes (P2). Features include super-soft cushioned inner lining for added<br />

worker comfort while the nose-clip can be customised to wearer’s nose for a secure fit. The 3M Cool Flow valve helps<br />

to breathe easier during prolonged wear (8322 & 8312). Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012.<br />

Applications:<br />

Grinding, drilling, hay making (P1) and cleaning animal sheds, burning wood, foundry and quarry work (P2)<br />

Part Numbers:<br />

8312 P1 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

8310 P1: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

8322 P2 Valved: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

8320 P2: 10 ea/Box; 8 Boxes/Case<br />

(* Nuisance levels are those levels below the Workplace Exposure Standards)<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

273


RESPIRATORY PROTECTION<br />

REUSABLE RESPIRATORS<br />

4<br />

7528<br />

6228<br />

3M HALF FACE RESPIRATOR STARTER KITS<br />

An ideal solution to get you started. Store the respirator in the handy, sealable storage container. Complies with AS/NZS<br />

1716:2012.<br />

Applications:<br />

Welding, soldering/brazing, grinding/polishing, drilling, metal pouring, machining<br />

Part Numbers:<br />

7528 Welding Starting Kit GP2 (3M Half Face Respirator 7502 - Medium)<br />

6228 Welding Starting Kit GP2 (3M Half Face Respirator 6200 - Medium)<br />

7502<br />

3M HALF FACE RESPIRATOR 7500 SERIES<br />

Soft silicone face seal for extra comfort and durability. Proprietary 3M Cool Flow Exhalation valve provides low<br />

breathing resistance and minimises heat build-up. Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012.<br />

Part Numbers<br />

7501 (small)<br />

7502 (medium)<br />

7503 (large)<br />

6100<br />

6200<br />

6300<br />

3M HALF FACE RESPIRATOR 6000 SERIES<br />

Simple & Lightweight respirator with a Thermoplastic Elastomer facepiece. Features a Cradle head harness and easy to<br />

fasten neck strap. Complies with AS/NZS 1716:2012<br />

Part Numbers<br />

6100 (small)<br />

6200 (medium)<br />

6300 (large)<br />

6059<br />

2138<br />

2128<br />

5925<br />

3M FILTERS<br />

CODE DESCRIPTION RATING<br />

6059 Multigas A1B1E1K1<br />

2128 Particulate, Nuisance Level** Organic & Acid Gas GP2<br />

2138 Particulate, Nuisance Level** Organic & Acid Gas GP2/GP3*<br />

5925 Particulate(use with the 6000 series cartridges and the 501 retainer) P2<br />

501 Particulate filter retainer<br />

*P3 protection achieved only when worn with a 3M Full Face Respirator; provides P2 protection with 3M Half Face<br />

Respirators respirator<br />

** Nuisance levels are those levels below the Workplace Exposure Standards<br />

501<br />

SAFETY<br />

274 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS GRAPHIC WELDING HELMETS 100<br />

Speedglas welding helmet series 100 allows you to take advantage of Speedglas’ excellent optical quality and reliable light to dark switching<br />

at a highly affordable price. Speedglas 100 auto darkening helmet delivers impressive performance and protection with distinctive graphic<br />

designs – Image is Everything.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Made in Sweden with a 3 year warranty<br />

Weld (Stick, MIG, TIG>10A) & grind settings<br />

Premium graphics with new ratchet head harness<br />

High impact to Australian Standard AS/NZS1337<br />

Speedglas optical quality & comfort<br />

4<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 NINJA<br />

Part No. 751120<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 TROJAN WARRIOR<br />

Part No. 751620<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 ACES HIGH<br />

Part No. 751720<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 XTERMINATOR<br />

Part No. 752220<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 RAZOR DRAGON<br />

Part No. 752420<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 ICE HOT<br />

Part No. 752520<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 RAGING SKULL<br />

Part No. 752620<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

100 COMBAT<br />

Part No. 752720<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING HELMET 100S-11 SINGLE SHADE<br />

Part No. 751111<br />

The Speedglas welding helmet 100 series also features a single shade 11 welding helmet with a light shade of 3.<br />

The Speedglas 100S-11 is only available in black and suitable for Stick & MIG.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Made in Sweden with a 3 year warranty<br />

Weld (Stick & MIG)<br />

High impact to Australian Standard AS/NZS1337<br />

Speedglas optical quality & comfort<br />

New ratchet head harness<br />

100 HELMET SPARE PARTS & ACCESSORIES<br />

SWEATBAND<br />

TOWELLING 100<br />

Part No. 167500<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once a month<br />

COVER LENS<br />

INNER 100<br />

Part No. 428000<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once a month<br />

COVER LENS OUTER<br />

STANDARD 100<br />

Part No. 776000<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once to twice a week<br />

COVER LENS OUTER<br />

HARD COATED 100<br />

Part No. 777000<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once a week<br />

COVER LENS OUTER<br />

HIGH HEAT 100<br />

Part No. 777070<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once to twice a week<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

275


HEAD AND FACE<br />

3M VERSAFLO FACE SHIELD M-SERIES WITH ADFLO POWERED AIR RESPIRATOR<br />

The 3M Versaflo Headtops M-Series feature lightweight, compact and well-balanced faceshields and helmets that can offer integrated protection<br />

from a range of respiratory, head, eye and hearing hazards.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Flame resistant face seal<br />

Coated lens provides chemical and scratch resistance<br />

Excellent peripheral and downward vision with exceptional optical clarity<br />

Head top attached earmuffs are available separately<br />

New upgraded Adflo is super light with rapid charge<br />

Required minimum protection factor of 50<br />

Revolutionary powered airflow delivery results in improved respiratory protection<br />

and comfort (AS/NZS1716)<br />

Two adjustable air flow settings 170/200 litres per minute<br />

4<br />

3M VERSAFLOSHIELD<br />

M-107 WITH ADFLO<br />

POWERED AIR RESPIRATOR<br />

Part No. 890107<br />

Respiratory & face protection<br />

(AS/NZS1716, AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

3M VERSAFLOSHIELD<br />

M-307 WITH SAFETY HELMET<br />

AND ADFLO POWERED AIR<br />

RESPIRATOR<br />

Part No. 890307<br />

Head, respiratory & face protection<br />

(AS/NZS1801, AS/NZS1716, AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING HELMETS 9100<br />

The Speedglas welding helmet series 9100 is built on 30 years of expertise and sets a new benchmark in welding helmet technology. The 3M<br />

Speedglas 9100 series is designed for professional welders who require optimum comfort, trusted protection and ultimate performance.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Made in Sweden with a three year warranty<br />

Weld (Stick, MIG, TIG), Cut, Outdoor, Grind, Hidden Arc and Tack (AS/NZS1338.1)<br />

Now with advanced TST (TIG Sensor Technology) down to 1 Amp<br />

Largest viewing area on the market (73X107mm lens + SideWindows)<br />

Highest possible optical classification (1/1/1)<br />

High impact protection compliant with Australian standards (AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

Seven adjustable dark shades 5, 8, 9-13 with a light shade of 3<br />

New grind and lock in any shade mode<br />

New tack welding comfort mode<br />

Independent centre and eye level photo sensors<br />

Side windows design for enhanced vision<br />

Magnifying lens holder provides precise lens placement<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING<br />

HELMET 9100XX<br />

Part No. 501825<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS FLIP-UP<br />

WELDING HELMET 9100XX FX<br />

Part No. 541825<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING &<br />

SAFETY HELMET 9100XX<br />

Part No. 583825<br />

SAFETY<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

Exhaust vents to assist in removing exhaled air<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

Flip-up mechanism reveals a clear high<br />

impact grinding visor (AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

Exhaust vents to assist in removing exhaled air<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

Comfortable safety helmet provides overhead<br />

protection (AS/NZS1801)<br />

Exhaust vents to assist in removing exhaled air<br />

276<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING<br />

HELMET 9100XX AIR WITH<br />

ADFLO POWERED AIR<br />

RESPIRATOR<br />

Part No. 567725<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

New upgraded Adflo is super light with rapid<br />

charge<br />

Required minimum protection factor of 50<br />

Revolutionary powered airflow delivery<br />

results in improved respiratory protection<br />

and comfort (AS/NZS1716)<br />

Two adjustable air flow settings 170/200<br />

litres per minute<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING<br />

HELMET 9100XX FX AIR WITH<br />

ADFLO POWERED AIR RESPIRATOR<br />

Part No. 547725<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

Flip-up mechanism reveals a clear high impact<br />

grinding visor (AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

New upgraded Adflo is super light with rapid charge<br />

Required minimum protection factor of 50<br />

Revolutionary powered airflow delivery results<br />

in improved respiratory protection and comfort<br />

(AS/NZS1716)<br />

Two adjustable air flow settings 170/200 litres<br />

per minute<br />

3M SPEEDGLAS WELDING<br />

& SAFETY HELMET 9100XX MP<br />

AIR WITH ADFLO POWERED AIR<br />

RESPIRATOR<br />

Part No. 577725<br />

PRODUCT FEATURES:<br />

Comfortable safety helmet provides overhead<br />

protection (AS/NZS1801)<br />

Flip-up mechanism reveals a clear high impact<br />

grinding visor (AS/NZS1337.1)<br />

New upgraded Adflo is super light with rapid charge<br />

Required minimum protection factor of 50<br />

Revolutionary powered airflow delivery results<br />

in improved respiratory protection and comfort<br />

(AS/NZS1716)<br />

Two adjustable air flow settings 170/200 litres<br />

per minute<br />

4<br />

9100 HELMET SPARE PARTS & ACCESSORIES<br />

SWEATBAND 9100<br />

Part No. 168015<br />

Pack=3<br />

Replace once a month<br />

SWEATBAND 9100<br />

MP & M-SERIES<br />

Part No. 168010<br />

Pack=2<br />

Replace once a month<br />

VISOR PLATE 9100<br />

FX & MP<br />

Part No. 523000<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace every 2-4 weeks<br />

depending on use<br />

VISOR PLATE<br />

ANTI-FOG 9100 FX<br />

& MP<br />

Part No. 523001<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace every 2-4 weeks<br />

depending on use<br />

COVER<br />

LENS OUTER<br />

STANDARD 9100<br />

Part No. 526000<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once to<br />

twice a week<br />

COVER LENS OUTER<br />

HARD COAT 9100<br />

Part No. 527000<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once a week<br />

COVER LENS OUTER<br />

HIGH HEAT 9100<br />

Part No. 527070<br />

Pack=10<br />

Replace once to<br />

twice a week<br />

COVER LENS<br />

INNER 9100V<br />

Part No. 528005<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once a month<br />

COVER LENS<br />

INNER 9100X<br />

Part No. 528015<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once a month<br />

COVER LENS<br />

INNER 9100XX<br />

Part No. 528025<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once a month<br />

FACE SEAL<br />

9100 FX AIR<br />

Part No. 534000<br />

Replace once every<br />

two months<br />

FACE SEAL<br />

9100 AIR<br />

Part No. 534100<br />

Replace once every<br />

two months<br />

FACE SEAL<br />

9100 MP<br />

Part No. 534200<br />

Replace once every<br />

two months<br />

PRE-FILTER<br />

ADFLO<br />

Part No. 836010<br />

Pack=5<br />

Replace once to<br />

twice a week<br />

PARTICLE<br />

FILTER ADFLO<br />

Part No. 837010<br />

Replace once a month<br />

(assumes you are regularly<br />

replacing the prefilter once<br />

to twice a week)<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

277


HEAD AND FACE<br />

HELMETS AND PARTS<br />

D633P<br />

Helmet Flip Front<br />

D633PHARN<br />

Harness Suit 633P Helmet<br />

D633PSB<br />

Sweat Band<br />

DCL24C<br />

Clear Lens (2 x 4”)<br />

4<br />

WELDING FILTER LENS<br />

WELDING ROUND FILTER<br />

WELDING FILTER AUTO<br />

W452810<br />

Lense Shade 5 50mm<br />

W454146<br />

108x51mm Xelux X124<br />

Shade 8<br />

Shade 9<br />

Shade 10<br />

Shade 11<br />

Shade 12<br />

Shade 13<br />

W453852<br />

W453853<br />

W453854<br />

W453855<br />

W453856<br />

W453857<br />

BETA WELDING HELMETS<br />

Kemppi Beta gives you full protection without compromising your<br />

visibility or comfort. Kemppi’s Beta Welding Helmets have been designed<br />

to let you focus on the task at hand. To weld with optimum visibility<br />

without the need to intermittently remove or adjust your helmet.<br />

To make it easier for you to manoeuvre into tight positions without<br />

compromising your safety, and to deliver maximum comfort throughout.<br />

SAFETY<br />

Kemppi Beta 60 and 90 welding helmets<br />

Like the other models, the Beta 60 and 90 come with a spring<br />

mounted flip-front lens. Lift the filter lens and keep working.<br />

The 100% clear safety lens underneath is safety assured for<br />

grinding. Kemppi Beta Auto Darkening welding helmets ( 90 A<br />

& 90 X). The Beta 90 A come with fixed shade and sensitivity<br />

(shades 3/10.5 and 3/11 respectively). The Beta 90 X comes<br />

with shade and sensitivity adjustments. It easily adjusts for<br />

MMA, MIG or TIG arcs (shades 4/9-13). This model is the<br />

perfect choice for the most demanding welding applications.<br />

Weld without restraint!<br />

Full protection against arc radiation and spatter<br />

Perfect visibility with a flip-front lens<br />

Auto Darkening lens (models 90 A, 90 X)<br />

Optimised viewing area<br />

Lightweight, balanced and comfortable<br />

Durable, resistant and reliable<br />

Protects chin, ears and throat<br />

Interchangeable filter lenses<br />

Modern, narrow design<br />

Technical Data<br />

BETA 60 BETA 90 BETA 90 A BETA 90 X<br />

Welding filter size mm 60 x 110 90 x 110 90 x 110 90 x 110<br />

Viewing area 90 x 110 90 x 110 46.5 x 95 46.5 x 95<br />

Filter shade range EN 8 - 14 * EN 8 - 14 * EN 3 / 11 EN 4 / 9 -13<br />

Sensitivity - - Fixed Adjustable<br />

Switching time - - 0.0005 s 0.00015 s<br />

Delay (dark ->bright) - - 0.2 s 0.4 s<br />

Part Numbers 9873040 9873045 9873046 9873047<br />

278<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WELDING LENSES<br />

Elliott Australia has supplied cover and filter lenses to the welding industry for more than 15<br />

years.<br />

Elliott Australia’s range of welding lenses includes both cover and filter lenses, offering<br />

protection across a broad range of welding situations.<br />

Cover Lens<br />

Cover lens – first layer offering protection from<br />

spatter and other debris. The cover lenses in the<br />

Elliott Australia range are optically correct lenses<br />

with a surface providing the highest resistance to<br />

welding spatter. A cover lens is designed to go in<br />

front of the filter lens regardless of whether a filter<br />

or an Omni-View lens is used.<br />

Clear cover lens<br />

Individually packaged<br />

Part No: CL39 (50mm x 106mm)<br />

Part No: RD39 (50mm round)<br />

Filter Lenses<br />

Filter lens – Glass filter or Omni-View providing<br />

protection from infra-red and ultra violet radiation.<br />

Welding filter lenses provide protection from infrared<br />

and ultra violet radiation while welding. Elliott<br />

Australia offers two types of filter lenses:<br />

Glass filter lens<br />

Polycarbonate Omni-View filter lens<br />

Manufactured from high quality glass to meet<br />

International Standard ISO 4850<br />

50mm x 106mm Individually packaged<br />

Part No:<br />

Shade<br />

FL8 8<br />

FL9 9<br />

FL10 10<br />

FL11 11<br />

FL12 12<br />

FL13 13<br />

50mm Round<br />

RD5 5<br />

Glass filter lenses:<br />

Manufactured from the highest quality glass<br />

Is compliant with International Standard ISO 4850<br />

Available in a variety of filter shades from 8 – 13<br />

Polycarbonate Omni-View filter lens:<br />

Has a polycarbonate base with a gold coating,<br />

allowing welders to see their work in true natural<br />

colours<br />

Suitable for most welding situations<br />

Designed to reflect radiant heat<br />

Protect against infra-red and ultra violet radiation<br />

Protects against flying particles likely to break<br />

ordinary glass filters<br />

Available in a variety of shades from 9 – 13<br />

4<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

279<br />

279


HEAD AND FACE<br />

HIDEROK WELDING HELMETS<br />

4<br />

HIDEROK LIFT FRONT<br />

SHADE II PART NO. 453833<br />

HIDEROK ARCMASTER III<br />

PART NO. 454143<br />

Hiderok welding helmets are moulded to offer a lightweight construction, strength, flexibility<br />

and heat resistance while still providing the wearer with the comfort and balance necessary<br />

for a hard day’s work. The ratchet headgear assures quick positive adjustment with one hand.<br />

Specially designed stops allow positioning of the helmet in any one of four preset positions<br />

which gives maximum viewing and comfort while welding in any position. The fully adjustable<br />

headgear has been designed for greater comfort, viewing angle and head size. A wide range of<br />

overhead adjustment allows eyes to be in line with the lens. A floating mount allows flexibility<br />

and movement for complete comfort all day long. Long life easy ratchet adjustment fits most<br />

head sizes. Easy adjustment of friction posts for ‘lift up’ and ‘nod down’ positions. Absorbent<br />

sweatbands are also replaceable.<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Lightweight.<br />

Heat resistant.<br />

High strength.<br />

Moisture resistant.<br />

Extremely flexible quick positive adjustment.<br />

Designed for comfort.<br />

Excellent balance.<br />

One piece seamless construction.<br />

The Ratchet headgear assures<br />

Shade 11 filter<br />

HELMET<br />

Part Number<br />

Stocking Unit<br />

453833 Hiderok 51 x 108mm lift front helmet<br />

454060 Hiderok helmet for use with earmuffs<br />

454143 Hiderok Arcmaster helmet (shade 11)<br />

HIDEROK LIFT FRONT FOR<br />

EARMUFFS PART NO. 454060<br />

SPARE PARTS<br />

Part Number<br />

Stocking Unit<br />

454146 Arcmaster shade 11 fixed lens<br />

454148 Arcmaster shade 1 & 2 upgrade kit<br />

453835 Sweatband<br />

453838 Ratchet harness<br />

453843 Lens retaining spring<br />

STANDARDS<br />

Eye protection (passive) – Certified to AS1337 Lic. 464<br />

– Certified to AS1338.1 Lic. 493<br />

Eye protection (active) (110 x 90 mm) – Certified to DIN EN 169<br />

– DIN EN 379<br />

(51 x 108 mm) – Certified to ANSI 787.1-1998<br />

Helmet protection – Certified to AS1337 Lic. 464<br />

– ANSI 781.1<br />

– DIN EN 175<br />

SAFETY<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

280 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WELDSKILL AUTO DARKENING HELMETS<br />

The WeldSkill Auto-Darkening helmet range is fitted with the<br />

latest auto-darkening shade lenses and is available in 3 models;<br />

one model with a fixed shade 11 lens and 2 other models with a<br />

variable shade 9-13 lens. The value for-money WeldSkill Auto-<br />

Darkening helmet range provides the personal eye protection<br />

required for a solid day’s welding with the latest safety features,<br />

comfort and performance.<br />

BLUE FLAG RACER<br />

PROPLUS+ DIGITAL AUTO-DARKENING HELMET<br />

Description<br />

Part No<br />

Blue 454305<br />

Flag 454324<br />

Racer 454321<br />

4<br />

BARBED WIRE<br />

PRO RACER<br />

The CIGWELD ProPlus Digital Auto-Darkening Welding Helmet has exceptional response<br />

inbuilt to the 4 sensor auto darkening filter lens to ensure there is no disruption between<br />

welding jobs. Move between welding, cutting and grinding without distraction- the helmet<br />

reaction time is 1/25,000th of a second. The low amperage TIG rating of 2 amps and above<br />

supports even the most subtle welding applications, so you can control the arc while you<br />

helmet intelligently controls the visibility.<br />

Description<br />

Part No<br />

Barbed Wire 454352<br />

Pro Racer 454353<br />

CLEAR LENSES<br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

MANUFACTURED FROM: TYPE OF LENS: PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST: STANDARDS:<br />

Polycarbonate Chipping lens Impact<br />

CR39 Cover lens Spatter AS/NZS 1338.1 Lic. 493<br />

COVER LENSES<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

The cover lens is an optically correct lens with a surface that provides the highest resistance to welding spatter.<br />

The cover lens will outlast other types and save considerable time and money in replacing ordinary glass or<br />

plastic filter lenses.<br />

CIGWELD CR39 Cover Lenses are designed to protect the filter lens from heat and spatter and are supported<br />

by full Standards Mark Certification.<br />

51 X 108MM<br />

133 X 114MM<br />

(51 X 108MM)<br />

CR39 COVER PLATES<br />

Standards Mark Certified and 100% CR39.<br />

Pack of 200<br />

Part No. 453861<br />

Retail Packaging with 2 Plates<br />

Part No. 454141<br />

CLEAR GLASS COVER PLATES<br />

Pack of 10<br />

Part No. 453862<br />

Retail Packaging with 2 Plates<br />

Part No. 454286<br />

(133 X 114MM)<br />

CLEAR CR39 COVER PLATES<br />

Standards Mark Certified and 100% CR39.<br />

Pack of 20<br />

Part No. 454077<br />

Retail Packaging with 2 Plates<br />

Part No. 454171<br />

CHIPPING LENSES<br />

Ordering Information:<br />

Manufactured from polycarbonate for impact resistance.<br />

Assemble in the welding helmet in the position closest to the operator.<br />

51 X 108MM<br />

(51 X 108MM)<br />

CLEAR CHIPPING PLATES<br />

PACK OF 20<br />

Part No. 453999<br />

(133 X 114MM)<br />

CLEAR CHIPPING PLATES<br />

RETAIL PACKAGING WITH 2 PLATES<br />

Part No. 454098<br />

SAFETY<br />

133 X 114MM<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

281


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WELDING GOGGLES<br />

PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT FILTER SHADE STANDARDS<br />

454031 Lift front gas welding goggles 5 AS/NZS 1338.1 Lic 493<br />

454040 Wide view goggles 5<br />

454031 IND Lift front gas welding goggles 5 AS/NZS 1338.1 Lic 493<br />

(bulk packed)<br />

4<br />

WELDING GOGGLES FILTERS<br />

PART NUMBER STOCKING UNIT FILTER SHADE STANDARDS<br />

453810 Pair of filters for lift front gas 5 AS/NZS 1338.1 Lic 493<br />

welding goggles (round)<br />

453812 Pair of cover lenses for lift front<br />

gas welding goggles (Round)<br />

WELDING GOGGLES<br />

PART NO. 454031<br />

In gas welding, cutting and brazing, protection must be given against possible injurious<br />

radiation and at the same time the visible radiation should be reduced to a comfortable<br />

level. For such processes sufficient protection will usually be given by goggles fitted with the<br />

appropriate shade lens. Gas welding goggles should be used whenever gas welding, brazing or<br />

cutting. They also protect the eyes from splashes and flying particles.<br />

Features:<br />

Soft pliable frame – comfortable to wear.<br />

Goggles fit over prescription or safety spectacles.<br />

The Lift Front Goggle comes standard with Shade 5 glass filter lenses and polycarbonate chipping lenses.<br />

The one piece coverall Goggle comes standard with Shade 5 one piece polycarbonate lens.<br />

Non reflective matt interior finish.<br />

Replaceable lenses are available for the Lift Front Goggle.<br />

Vented to prevent fogging.<br />

PART NO. 454040<br />

DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS LENSES RECOMMENDED (BY SHADE NO.)<br />

Oxy/fuel cutting medium thickness 5<br />

Oxygen lancing 5<br />

Oxygen deseaming 5<br />

Flame gouging 5<br />

General welding 5<br />

Braze welding cast iron 5<br />

Hardfacing 5<br />

This shade will generally cater for 95% of the market<br />

PART NO. 453812<br />

PART NO. 453810<br />

SAFETY<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

282 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

HEARING PROTECTION<br />

HEARING PROTECTION:<br />

Choosing the right product using the SLC80 method<br />

Class Specified SLC 80<br />

dB Noise Level<br />

1 10-13 90<br />

2 14-17 95<br />

3 18-21 100<br />

4 22-25 105<br />

5 26 or greater 110<br />

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY DIRECTIVE ON NOISE AND VIBRATION<br />

Informing employees<br />

Information and instruction<br />

General occupational health advice<br />

4<br />

Hearing protection<br />

Provision of hearing protection<br />

Use of hearing protection<br />

Not permissible for hearing protection<br />

Occupational health check-ups<br />

Offer of occupational health<br />

check-ups<br />

Need for occupational health check-ups<br />

Further steps<br />

Marking noisy areas<br />

Noise reduction measures<br />

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91<br />

134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143<br />

LAeq, 8h in dB(A)<br />

LpC, peak in dB(C)<br />

UPWARDS OF 85dB<br />

wearing of hearing protection is compulsory<br />

UPWARDS OF 80dB<br />

Provision of hearing protection is recommended<br />

NOISE<br />

dB (A)<br />

140<br />

Pain Level<br />

130<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100 Injurious level<br />

90 Causes irritation in ear<br />

80<br />

70 Annoyance level<br />

60 Disturbing<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

Personal level<br />

20 Hardly perceptible<br />

10<br />

0<br />

dB (A)<br />

140<br />

Jet Engine take off<br />

130<br />

Gun shot<br />

120<br />

110<br />

Quickcut saws & other 2-stroke engines<br />

100<br />

Chainsaw<br />

90<br />

Angle grinder / Ride-on mower<br />

80<br />

Loud radio / Busy road<br />

70<br />

Power mower / Vacuum cleaner<br />

60<br />

Normal conversation / Business office<br />

50<br />

Dishwasher / Microwave Oven<br />

40<br />

Quiet office / Living room<br />

30<br />

Library<br />

20<br />

Leaves rustling<br />

10<br />

0<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337) 283


HEAD AND FACE<br />

DISPOSABLE & REUSABLE EARPLUGS<br />

UVEX XACT-FIT<br />

These innovative earplugs adapt perfectly to the shape of the ear canal and feature a revolutionary design<br />

which imitates the anatomy of the ear. This noticeably reduces the pressure in the ear canal, even when worn<br />

for long periods. The ergonomic shape guarantees optimum wearer comfort, and makes the earplugs easier to<br />

handle: thumb indentations on the stem facilitate quick easy and correct insertion.<br />

In addition, it is not necessary to handle the earplugs before insertion as they do not need to be rolledmaking<br />

them more hygienic to handle.<br />

4<br />

Part No. Description Quantity dB Class<br />

XA-CD Lime earplugs with cord 1 box of 50 pairs 22 4<br />

UVEX HI-COM<br />

The highly innovative shape of the uvex hi-com reduces the level of sound that can build up in the inner ear<br />

when wearing hearing protection. The innovative channel and cavity design increases the surface area and<br />

absorption. The earplug delivers softer acoustics and absorbs noise interference, making it possible to hear<br />

speech and warning signals clearly. With its reduced absorption of 16 dB, there is no risk of overprotection<br />

in scenarios with medium noise exposure. The soft earplug can be made to fit comfortably, even narrower<br />

auditory canals, simply by rolling it gently.<br />

The uvex hi-com is available in bright, highly visible lime or in discreet fawn colour.<br />

Part No. Description Quantity dB Class<br />

HC-UC Lime foam earplug un-corded 1 box of 200 pairs 16 2<br />

UVEX X-FIT<br />

Top protection – very high absorption levels<br />

Top sound – excellent voice recognition<br />

Top fit – very comfortable to wear<br />

The ergonomically shaped uvex x-fit disposable earplug is characterised by very high sound absorption<br />

levels, making it suitable for use in very loud environments. The uvex x-fit foam earplug has a sealed surface,<br />

preventing foreign bodies from penetrating the plug. The soft foam offers real comfort, even when worn<br />

for extended periods. The ‘x’ emboss at the end of the plug makes it easy to remove while simultaneously<br />

reducing pressure.<br />

Part No. Description Quantity dB Class<br />

XF-UC Lime foam earplug un-corded 1 box of 200 pairs 26 5<br />

EAR MUFFS<br />

UVEX EAR MUFFS<br />

Ultra soft cushion technology<br />

High quality stainless steel suspension head/neck band system for easy adjustment and individual fit<br />

Low clamping force<br />

High wearer comfort<br />

Foldable earmuff for easy storage (headband earmuffs only)<br />

Replacement hygiene kit available<br />

Carry bag available for easy and hygienic storage<br />

uvex Hygiene kits available<br />

Ideal for high noise environments<br />

Suitable for use in noise levels 105 to 110dB(A): Class 5<br />

Certified to AS/NZS 1270<br />

Refer to product table for SLC80 ratings and classes<br />

SAFETY<br />

Foldable, with adjustable headband – uvex-2 + SLC80 27 dB<br />

Foldable, with adjustable headband – uvex-3 + SLC80 31 dB<br />

Part No<br />

uvex-2<br />

uvex-3<br />

284 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

3M HEARING<br />

3M SKULL SCREWS UNCORDED P1300<br />

Metallic look appeals to young workers & drives compliance. Features a screw grip and twist seal design which ensures<br />

maximum protection<br />

SLC80 27dB (Class 5)<br />

Part Numbers<br />

Corded: P1301<br />

Uncorded: P1300<br />

3M SOUND DETECTOR SD-200<br />

Compact, lightweight sound level meter. Measurements include:<br />

Sound Pressure Level (SPL)<br />

Average value (LEQ /LAVG)<br />

LED Alert (with Hearing Protection icon)<br />

Maximum value (MAX)<br />

Minimum value (MIN)<br />

Run-Time, Overload (OL)<br />

Under-Range (UR)”<br />

Part Number:<br />

SD-200<br />

4<br />

3M E-A-R CLASSIC UNCORDED EARPLUGS 312-1201<br />

The original PVC plug that still stands up to the competition<br />

PVC foam provides a comfortable seal with high<br />

protection levels<br />

SLC80: 21dB (Class 3 Corded)<br />

SLC80 23dB (Class 4)<br />

Polybag, 200 pairs/box, 10 boxes/case”<br />

Part Number:<br />

312-1201<br />

H7A<br />

H7B<br />

3M PELTOR EARMUFFS H7 SERIES<br />

Versatile high quality earmuffs meet the protection needs of almost any working environment<br />

Available in headband, neckband & helmet attachment<br />

formats<br />

High visibility option available<br />

Liquid & foam filled cushions provide a quality noise seal<br />

with low pressure for all day wearer comfort<br />

Stainless steel headband wires with four point suspension<br />

helps distribute cushion pressure evenly & earcups pivot<br />

for consistent fit<br />

SLC80 30dB (Class 5).<br />

Part Numbers<br />

Headband: H7A<br />

Neckband: H7B<br />

PELTOR PROTAC II<br />

Improves communication and safety The level dependent<br />

function lets you hear ambient sound:conversation,<br />

machine sounds and warning signals.<br />

Features include - Low battery warning signal, Automatic<br />

shut-off after two hours, Battery life of approximately<br />

1000 hours and an Audio input jack for external radio.<br />

Headband SLC80: 30dB (Class 5).<br />

Part Numbers<br />

MT15H7A2 SV PROTAC II H/BAND BLACK<br />

MT15H7B2 SV PROTAC II NECKBAND BLACK<br />

MT15H7P3E2 SV PROTAC II HELMET ATTACH<br />

BLACK<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

285


HEAD AND FACE<br />

3M VERSAFLO<br />

4<br />

3M VERSAFLO PAPR KIT, TR-315A<br />

Lightweight TR-300 Series Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is an easy-to-use, versatile<br />

respiratory protection system for particulate environments. The turbo with its slim profile is<br />

designed for use in tight spaces<br />

Part Number<br />

TR-315A<br />

Accessories<br />

TR-302E<br />

TR-325<br />

TR-332<br />

TR-341<br />

Description<br />

3M Versaflo TR-300 Series Powered Air Purifying<br />

Respirator Kit<br />

3M Versaflo Air Filter Unit<br />

3M Versaflo Standard Waist Belt<br />

3M Versaflo High Capacity Battery Pack<br />

3M Versaflo Single Station Battery Charger<br />

3M VERSAFLO PAPR FACESHIELD, M-107<br />

Versaflo M-Series Faceshield for respiratory and high impact eye & face with optional hearing<br />

protection. Features a flame resistant faceseal for applications with hot particles. The Versaflo<br />

facesield is lightweight with excellent balance, optical clarity and peripheral field of view.<br />

Part Number<br />

Description<br />

M-107 3M Versaflo PAPR Faceshield with Coated Visor & Flame<br />

Resistant faceseal<br />

Accessories<br />

M-116 3M Versaflo M-100 Series Airflow Deflector<br />

M-150 3M Versaflo M-100 Series Head Suspension<br />

M-154 3M Versaflo M-100 Series Forehead Seal<br />

3M VERSAFLO PAPR HELMET, M-307<br />

Versaflo M-Series Helmet for respiratory and high impact eye, face & head with optional<br />

hearing protection. Features a flame resistant faceseal for applications with hot particles. The<br />

Versaflo helmet is lightweight with excellent balance, optical clarity and peripheral field of view<br />

Part Number<br />

Description<br />

M-307 3M Versaflo PAPR Helmet with Coated Visor & Flame<br />

Resistant faceseal<br />

Accessories<br />

M-316 3M Versaflo M-300 Series Airflow Deflector<br />

M-350 3M Versaflo M-300 Series Head Suspension<br />

M-354 3M Versaflo M-300 Series Forehead Seal<br />

FILTERS<br />

Part Number<br />

TR-3600<br />

TR-362E<br />

TR-3710E<br />

TR-3800E<br />

TR-3820E<br />

Description<br />

3M Versaflo Prefilter<br />

3M Versaflo Spark Arrestor<br />

3M Versaflo P3 Particulate Filter<br />

3M Versaflo P3 & Nuisance Organic Vapour<br />

3M Versaflo P3 & HF/Nuisance Acid Gas<br />

COMMON ACCESSORIES<br />

Part Number<br />

Description<br />

BT-20S<br />

3M Versaflo Standard Breathing Tube (Short)<br />

BT-20L<br />

3M Versaflo Standard Breathing Tube (Long)<br />

BT-926<br />

3M Versaflo Breathing Tube Cover Flame, Heat Resistant,<br />

Hi-Durability<br />

TR-326<br />

3M Versaflo Leather Waist Belt<br />

M-928 3M Versaflo Peel-Off Visor Covers<br />

M-927 3M Versaflo Scratch and Chemical Resistant Coated Visor<br />

M-937 3M Versaflo Flame Resistant Faceseal<br />

M-957 3M Versaflo Forehead Comfort Pad<br />

M-972 3M Versaflo Flame Resistant Headtop Cover<br />

H31P3AF<br />

3M Peltor Helmet Attach Earmuff<br />

SAFETY<br />

3M VERSAFLO SUPPLIED AIR REGULATOR, V-500E<br />

Supplied Air Regulator that delivers controlled, constant flow of air with locking control knob and<br />

auxiliary port that allows air tools such as paint spray guns to be connected. Integrated low pressure<br />

warning whistle and silencer that reduces noise level to less than 65 dBA. The Versaflo Supplied Air<br />

Regulator, V-500E has a replaceable active carbon filter that removes residual odour.<br />

Part Number<br />

Description<br />

V-500E<br />

3M Versaflo Supplied Air Regulator<br />

Accessories<br />

023-05-51P5<br />

3M Versaflo Carbon Filter & O-Ring Kit<br />

286 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR REQUIREMENTS<br />

SELECTION OF EYE PROTECTORS<br />

- AS/NZS1336<br />

The hazards and risks associated with a particular task or area should<br />

be evaluated and the most appropriate type of eye protector selected.<br />

In the selection of eye protectors the following should be considered:<br />

• The nature of the hazards and risks to the eyes.<br />

• The condition under which the operator is working.<br />

• The visual requirements of the task.<br />

• The condition of the operators eyesight.<br />

• The appropriateness of the frame as a safety frame.<br />

• The personal preference of the wearer for particular safety frames.<br />

CONSIDERATION WHEN SELECTING<br />

PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR<br />

compatibility<br />

with other<br />

PPE worn<br />

hazards<br />

work<br />

environment<br />

lens tints<br />

comfort<br />

lens coatings<br />

HAZARDS IN THE WORKPLACE<br />

Workers may be exposed to various types of hazards in the workplace.<br />

Each hazard has the potential to cause injury or permanent<br />

damage. Some of these hazards are:<br />

HAZARD<br />

EXAMPLES<br />

Mechanical<br />

Dust, flying particles, sparks,<br />

blunt objects, metal fragments<br />

etc.<br />

MARKING OF ASSEMBLED EYE PROTECTORS<br />

Type of protector AS/NZS 1337.1:2010<br />

Low Impact<br />

S optional<br />

Medium Impact<br />

I or F<br />

High Impact<br />

V or B<br />

Extra High Impact<br />

A<br />

Molten metal & hot solids M or 9<br />

Splash resistance C or 3<br />

Dust resistance D or 4<br />

Gastight G or 5<br />

Outdoor use, untinted<br />

O<br />

High temperature<br />

‘H’<br />

WHAT IS IMPACT RESISTANCE?<br />

All eye protection should be capable of withstanding impact.<br />

Impact resistance is the energy absorbed by the test piece (lens) at<br />

a particular velocity. eg. medium impact tested at 45m/s velocity.<br />

• Low Impact - Can withstand impact from an object moving at<br />

a speed up to 12 metres per second when tested in accordance<br />

with the standard.<br />

• Medium Impact - Can withstand impact from an object moving at<br />

a speed up to 45 metres per second.<br />

• High Impact - Can withstand impact from an object moving at a<br />

speed up to 120 metres per second.<br />

4<br />

Chemical<br />

Splashes, gases and vapours,<br />

steam.<br />

Optical<br />

Ultra violet, infrared, visible<br />

light, glare.<br />

WHAT SHOULD I LOOK FOR IN SAFETY EYEWEAR?<br />

• the standard number<br />

• lens marking to determine its level of impact and other<br />

capabilities e.g Chemical splash<br />

Certified products will carry the certifiers logo on the packaging.<br />

OCULAR TYPE AND THEIR INTENDED USE<br />

LENS DESCRIPTION<br />

Clear<br />

Grey<br />

Amber<br />

Brown<br />

Mirror<br />

Polarised<br />

Variomatic<br />

Ideal for indoor and low light conditions<br />

This is an outdoor untinted for indoor and outdoor use.<br />

Offers protection against solar radiation from the sun<br />

but not against sun glare.<br />

This is an outdoor tinted for outdoor use. Offers<br />

protection against solar radiation from the sun and<br />

against sun glare.<br />

Appears sharper, filter high levels of blue light<br />

Assists in glare reduction<br />

Blocks horizontal light and eliminates glare & UV rays<br />

Tint changes when exposed to UV light<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

287


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR<br />

UVEX PHEOS<br />

uvex pheos is so much more than just conventional protective eyewear. The modern, fashionable<br />

design makes it ideal for everyday wear. In addition to an attractive design, this safety spectacle<br />

incorporates highly innovative technology. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection.<br />

4<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9192-200 white/lime arms - clear uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens - small size<br />

9192-201 white/orange arms - grey uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens - small size<br />

9192-300 black/grey arms - grey uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-302 black/grey arms -clear uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-304 black/green arms - grey uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-305 black/green arms – clear uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-306 black/yellow arms – amber uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-307 black/orange arms – SCT400 uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-310 grey/grey arms - clear uvex THS Lens<br />

9192-311 grey/grey arms - grey - uvex THS Lens<br />

9192-505 grey/grey arms - Lite silver mirror Lens<br />

9192-762 sand / blue arms - Dark grey uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens - small size<br />

UVEX PHEOS CB<br />

FEATURES<br />

custom bridge to suit different nose profiles<br />

100% UV protection<br />

lightweight by design with ergonomic features<br />

arms with advanced ventilation system work with head movement<br />

no metal parts<br />

approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 - medium impact protection<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9192-445 black/orange arms - grey uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

9192-485 black/grey arms - clear uvex Supravision HC-AF Lens<br />

UVEX PHEOS GUARD<br />

The uvex pheos guard is an addition to the popular uvex pheos range. The guard offers sealed<br />

dust protection while also maintaining a high level of comfort. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 –<br />

Medium impact protection.<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9192-001 uvex pheos - foam guard<br />

9192-002 uvex pheos Small - foam guard<br />

9192-200G pheos small w/foam guard, white/lime arms,<br />

Clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens - small size<br />

9192-201G pheos small w/foam guard, white/orange arms,<br />

grey uvex Supravision HC-AF lens - small size<br />

9192-304G pheos w/foam guard, black/green arms, grey uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9192-305G pheos w/foam guard, black/green arms, clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9192-310G pheos w/foam guard, grey/grey arms, clear uvex THS lens<br />

9192-311G pheos w/foam guard, grey/grey arms, grey uvex THS lens<br />

UVEX SUPERFIT VARIOMATIC<br />

Ultra light safety spectacle with sporty dynamics. Variomatic lenses switch from light to dark in 10<br />

seconds, and dark to light in 30 seconds. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection.<br />

SAFETY<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9178-404 white/grey arms – uvex variomatic lens (clear green – dark blue)<br />

9178-406 white/grey arms – uvex variomatic lens (light grey – dark grey)<br />

288 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR<br />

UVEX SUPER F OTG<br />

Designed and engineered for prescription wearers, the uvex super f OTG benefits from our latest<br />

technologies. New benchmark class of optical clarity (uvex hi-res). Latest innovation in lens coating<br />

technology (uvex optidur NCH), a nanotechnology enabling the combination of scratch resistance, and<br />

oil/chemical repellent properties. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection.<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9169-904 black arms - uvex variomatic lens (clear green – dark blue)<br />

9169-945 black arms – clear uvex optidur NCH lens<br />

9169-946 black arms – grey uvex optidur NCH lens<br />

UVEX RACER SP<br />

4<br />

Lightweight industrial safety spectacle with a sporty design. Polycarbonate lens with a wide field<br />

of vision. High level of protection with the wrap around lens and integrated side protection.<br />

Maximum comfort is provided by the soft, flexible nosepiece. Perfect for all day wear! Approved<br />

to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection.<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9210-800 grey arms – clear uvex THS lens<br />

9210-801 grey arms – grey uvex THS lens<br />

UVEX X-ONE<br />

Lightweight industrial safety spectacle with a sporty design. Polycarbonate lens with a wide field<br />

of vision. High level of protection with the wrap around lens and integrated side protection.<br />

Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection.<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9170-001 DP blue arms - clear uvex HC 3000 lens<br />

9170-005 DP clear arms - clear uvex HC 3000 lens<br />

9170-007 DP grey Arms - grey uvex HC 3000 lens<br />

9170-106 DP clear arms - clearuvexTHS lens<br />

9170-120 DP amber arms - amber uvex THS lens<br />

UVEX I-3<br />

uvex understands that each safety spectacle wearer is unique and this is central to our design<br />

philosophy of developing products which can be adapted to individual needs. The uvex i-3 with<br />

its innovative features, is the perfect example of an all wearer spectacle combining functionality<br />

and comfort with a high level of protection. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact<br />

protection.<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9190-300 blue/grey arms – clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9190-303 blue/grey arms – grey uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9190-400 white/lime arms – clear uvex THS lens<br />

9190-403 white/lime arms – grey uvex THS lens<br />

UVEX CARBONVISION<br />

FEATURES<br />

Extremely lightweight – just 43 grams<br />

Supravision extreme lens coating (THS anti-fog inside, anti-scratch outside)<br />

Injection moulded face guard for positive seal and to maintain optical integrity of the lens<br />

Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection<br />

Part No.<br />

Description<br />

9307-385 black/grey Body - clear uvex supravision extreme<br />

9307-386 black/grey Body - grey uvex supravision extreme<br />

9307-390 black/grey Body - clear uvex THS Lens<br />

9307-391 black/grey Body - grey uvex THS Lens<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

289


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR<br />

UVEX ULTRAVISION<br />

4<br />

Exceptional wearer comfort<br />

Ergonomically-designed with full vision<br />

Sophisticated ventilation system<br />

Soft face liners guarantee close and pressure-free fit<br />

Fits over prescription spectacles<br />

Quick and easy lens replacement<br />

Available with custom bridge to fit smaller/narrower faces<br />

Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 - Medium impact approved<br />

Part No. Description<br />

9301-304 vented, clear PVC, clear PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens, open cell face liner<br />

9301-305 vented, clear PVC, clear PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9301-323 TVC, clear PVC, clear PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens, closed cell face liner<br />

9301-324 TVC, clear PVC, grey PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens, closed cell face liner<br />

9301-363 vented, clear PVC, clear PC uvex THS lens, open cell face liner<br />

9301-603 not vented, red body, clear PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9301-614 vented, clear PVC, clear acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens<br />

9301-618 vented, clear PVC, grey acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens<br />

9301-620 TVC, clear PVC, clear PC uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9301-624 vented, clear PVC, clear acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens, open cell face liner<br />

9301-626 TVC, clear PVC, clear acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens, closed cell face liner<br />

9301-628 vented, clear PVC, grey acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens, open cell face liner<br />

9301-820 TVC, clear PVC, clear acetate uvex anti-fog both sides lens<br />

9301-905 vented, clear PVC, clear acetate uvex anti-scratch outside/anti-fog insides lens –<br />

custom bridge<br />

UVEX ULTRAVISION LOWER FACE GUARD FLIP UP<br />

FEATURES<br />

New range extension<br />

Four position flip-up function that does not compromise protection<br />

Allows the wearer to hydrate, communicate, don and doff a half face respirator without<br />

removing their eye protector<br />

Clear for easy and safe communication<br />

Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 – Medium impact protection<br />

goggle not included<br />

Part No. Description<br />

9301-393F uvex lower face guard flip-up with four positions<br />

UVEX ULTRASONIC<br />

Pioneering full vision goggle with exceptional wearer comfort. The combination of two different<br />

materials that pressure never becomes a problem, even after long periods. The soft flexible<br />

component adapts to individual face, providing an excellent seal. The goggle can be worn over<br />

prescription spectacles. The outstanding ventilation ensures a pleasant non-irritating interior<br />

environment. Further key features of this top goggle include sporty design, panorama field vision<br />

and easy lens replacement. Approved to AS/NZS 1337.1 - Medium impact protection.<br />

SAFETY<br />

Part No. Description<br />

9302-320 vented, orange/grey body, clear uvex THS lens<br />

9302-345 vented, orange/grey body, clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9302-346 vented, orange/grey body, grey uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9302-388 T & BVR grey/black body, clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9302-390 T & BVR grey/black body, clear uvex THS lens<br />

9302-395 TVR & RX GAP CLOSED, grey/black body, clear uvex Supravision HC-AF lens<br />

9302-049 Rx insert to suit all uvex ultrasonic goggles except with 9302-395<br />

290 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

UVEX EYEWEAR ACCESSORIES<br />

UVEX CLEAR LENS CLEANERS<br />

500 towelettes disposable wall dispenser<br />

Part No: 1003<br />

UVEX CLEAR LENS CLEANERS<br />

100 towelettes disposable wall dispenser<br />

Part No: 1005<br />

UVEX CLEAR LENS CLEANING TISSUES<br />

Highly absorbent, non-abrasive lint-free tissues<br />

Pack of 450 tissues<br />

Can be fitted into 1007<br />

4<br />

Part No: 1008<br />

UVEX CLEAR LENS CLEANING<br />

STATION<br />

Contains 4 boxes of 1008 (450 tissues each)<br />

Contains 1 bottle of 1009 lens cleaning solution<br />

Wall mountable (screws included)<br />

Can be equipped with 1005<br />

UVEX CLEAR DISPOSABLE LENS<br />

CLEANING STATION<br />

Contains 2 packets of tissues<br />

Contains 1 bottle of 1015 lens cleaning solution<br />

Part No: 1012<br />

UVEX CLEAR CLEANING FLUID<br />

225ml cleaning fluid spray bottle Part No: 1015<br />

500ml cleaning fluid spray bottle Part No: 1009<br />

5ltr bulk cleaning fluid bottle Part No: 1016<br />

Part No: 1007<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE CASE<br />

Black spectacle case with pocket clip, suits most uvex<br />

spectacles<br />

Part No: 1000<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE BAG<br />

Spectacle bag microfibre<br />

Suits all uvex spectacles<br />

Can also be used as eyewear cleaning cloth<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE CASE<br />

astro-pack with belt loop, suits most uvex spectacles<br />

holds spectacle and spare lens<br />

Part No: 1082<br />

Part No: 1067<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

291


HEAD AND FACE<br />

UVEX EYEWEAR ACCESSORIES<br />

4<br />

UVEX BUM BAG<br />

Goggles bum bag with adjustable waist belt<br />

which holds goggle + spare lens<br />

Part No: 1083<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE BAG<br />

black spectacle bag with cord<br />

suits all uvex spectacles<br />

Part No: 1085<br />

UVEX GOGGLE BAG<br />

black goggle bag with cord<br />

suits all uvex goggles<br />

Part No: 1086<br />

UVEX VISOR BAG<br />

black electric arc visor bag with cord<br />

Part No: 1087<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE CASE<br />

black, kidney shaped spectacle hard case with belt clip<br />

suits all uvex spectacles<br />

Part No: 1089<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE STRAP<br />

Spectacle strap neoprene<br />

Part No: 1061<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE STRAP<br />

Spectacle strap knitted cord with breakaway safety clip<br />

Part No: 1065<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE STRAP<br />

Black adjustable spectacle cord with foam sleeves<br />

Part No: 1066<br />

SAFETY<br />

UVEX PHEOS STRAP<br />

Adjustable headband for uvex pheos range<br />

Part No: 9958-020<br />

UVEX SPECTACLE HEADBAND<br />

Spectacle strap/headband for all spectacles printed<br />

with UVEX (except for uvex pheos range)<br />

Part No: 9958-003<br />

292 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR<br />

INTRUDER<br />

FEATURES<br />

Economical lightweight glass offers superior protection.<br />

Offers 100% protection against harmful UV rays<br />

Superior comfort and fit.<br />

Lenses are coated for superior scratch resistance.<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

AS4110S<br />

AS4120S<br />

AS4130S<br />

AS4110ST<br />

Description<br />

Clear lens with clear frame<br />

Grey lens with grey frame<br />

Amber lens with amber frame<br />

Clear lens with clear frame anti fog<br />

4<br />

ITEK<br />

FEATURES<br />

Newly designed ventilated nosepiece allows heat to dissipate from nose bridge to reduce fogging.<br />

Soft dual injected rubber temple tips and flexible nosepiece provide non-slip comfort.<br />

9.75 base curve lens provides excellent side protection against dust and airbourne particles.<br />

Lightweight, frameless protection is ideal for all-day wear.<br />

UV400 lenses provide 100% protection against harmful UV rays.<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

AS5810S<br />

AS5820S<br />

AS5830S<br />

Description<br />

Clear lens with clear temples<br />

Grey lens with grey temples<br />

Amber lens with amber temples<br />

PMX SLIM<br />

FEATURES<br />

Dual injected temple design includes soft rubber tips for a non-slip fit.<br />

PMXSLIM has a slim fit for smaller facial features.<br />

Soft, adjustable nose piece generates a cushion for all day comfort.<br />

Wrap-around, single lens design performs with an incredible 10-base curve, including side<br />

protection that extends to the temples.<br />

Commonly used in outdoor applications.<br />

First class optical lens provides unrestricted vision.<br />

Offers protection from excessive glare.<br />

Provides 100% protection from harmful UV-A and UV-B rays.<br />

Stylish, ergonomic frame combines with sleek polycarbonate lenses for the ultimate in protection<br />

and style.<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

ASB7110ST<br />

ASB7120ST<br />

ASB7138ST<br />

Description<br />

Clear lens with clear temples<br />

Grey lens with grey temples<br />

Bronze lens with bronze temples<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

293


HEAD AND FACE<br />

WORKPLACE EYEWEAR<br />

ONIX PLUS<br />

4<br />

FEATURES<br />

This utility spectacle encompasses ultimate vision protection with a stylish design and various<br />

functional features<br />

Dual lens and frame with unique outer flip lens system to provide users with multiple options.<br />

Flip the outer lens up for general applications. Flip the outer lens down for applications where<br />

tinted lenses are needed<br />

3-angle adjustable flip lens allows users to freely adapt to different working procedures<br />

Outer flip lens is available in two IR Filter lens options. Ideal for use around welding sites and in<br />

cutting and brazing applications<br />

Newly designed adjustable nosepiece provides 3 different angles, allowing the user to find the<br />

most comfortable fit<br />

Co-Material cushioned temple tips provide non-slip comfort<br />

UV400 lenses filter 100% of harmful UV rays<br />

H2X AntiFog and Anti Scratch Lens on all lens types<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

ASB4920STP<br />

ASB4950STP<br />

ASB4960STP<br />

Description<br />

Clear lens, grey flip lens with black frame<br />

Clear lens, 5.0 IR filter flip lens with black frame<br />

Clear lens, 3.0 IR filter flip lens with black frame<br />

GOLIATH<br />

FEATURES<br />

Wrap-around, sunglass style fits all facial sizes<br />

First class optical lens provides unrestricted vision<br />

UV400 Lenses provide 100% protection against harmful UV Rays<br />

Lightweight, contemporary frame, is comfortable for both working environments and recreational<br />

activities<br />

Comfort-fit, rubber temples prevent eyewear from slipping to provide maximum performance<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

ASB5620D<br />

ASB5655D<br />

ASB5665D<br />

Description<br />

Grey lens with black frame<br />

Sky red mirror lens with black frame<br />

Ice blue mirror lens with black frame<br />

EXETER<br />

FEATURES<br />

Sport styling with maximum protection<br />

Curved lens with side window gives fashionable look with panoramic view<br />

Durable frame gives a pressure free fit<br />

Soft nose piece and rubber insert temple tips provide a comfortable fit<br />

Scratch resistant lenses filter out 100% of harmful UV rays<br />

H2X AntiFog and Anti Scratch Lens on all lens types<br />

Certified to Medium Impact AS/NZS 1337 and CE EN166<br />

Part No.<br />

ASB5120DT<br />

ASB5155DT<br />

ASB5170DT<br />

ASB5165DT<br />

Description<br />

Grey lens with black frame<br />

Sky red mirror lens with black frame<br />

Silver mirror lens with black frame<br />

Ice blue mirror lens with black frame<br />

SAFETY<br />

294 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SAFETY GLOVES - SIZING, NORMS AND MARKING<br />

GLOVE SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH EN 420:2003 PROTECTIVE GLOVES,<br />

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TEST METHODS<br />

HAND PROTECTION<br />

It is very important that the correct glove size is<br />

provided and worn and clear guidance is provided to<br />

ensure that sizing is right everytime. Two<br />

measurements are required to establish the correct<br />

size – the hand circumference (A = right hand palm<br />

down, fingers together, across knuckles) and length<br />

(B = distance between wrist and tip of middle finger).<br />

Measurements are in mm.<br />

uvex safety gloves<br />

Glove sizes<br />

in accordance with<br />

EN 420:2003 6 7 8 9 10 11<br />

Measurements in mm<br />

Glove length 220 230 240 250 260 270<br />

Hand circumference (A) 152 178 203 229 254 279<br />

4<br />

Hand length (B) 160 171 182 192 204 215<br />

EN 407 – Heat and fire<br />

0 to 4 | 0 to 5 | 0 to 4 | 0 to 4 | 0 to 4 | 0 to 4<br />

Behaviour<br />

regarding<br />

heat/fire<br />

EN 388 – Mechanical risks<br />

Contact heat<br />

Performance levels given in numbers:<br />

the higher the number, the better the test results<br />

Convective heat<br />

Radiant heat<br />

0 to 4 | 0 to 5 | 0 to 4 | 0 to 4<br />

Abrasion resistance<br />

EN 374 (1-3) – Chemical risks<br />

Cut resistance<br />

Performance levels given in numbers:<br />

the higher the number, the better the test results<br />

Tear resistance<br />

Resistance to small<br />

molten metal splash<br />

Penetration<br />

Resistance to large<br />

molten metal splash<br />

Safety gloves can be<br />

divided into three<br />

different categories:<br />

1. Minimal risks<br />

Personal protective equipment (PPE)<br />

for minor safety requirements<br />

where the user is assumed to be<br />

capable of evaluating the impact of<br />

the risks, e.g. temperatures up to 50<br />

°C or gardening work.<br />

2. Medium risks<br />

PPE that does not fall into<br />

categories 1 or 3, e.g.<br />

mechanical risks.<br />

3. Complex protection<br />

PPE for protection against lethal<br />

dangers or serious and irreversible<br />

injury, e.g. protection against<br />

chemicals.<br />

Norms for safety gloves were<br />

devised for these different<br />

requirements.<br />

SYMBOL<br />

CHEMICAL<br />

A<br />

Methanol<br />

B<br />

Acetone<br />

C<br />

Acetonitrile<br />

D<br />

Dichloromethane<br />

J K L<br />

E<br />

F<br />

Carbon disulphide<br />

Toluene<br />

G<br />

Diethylamine<br />

H<br />

Tetrahydrofurane<br />

I<br />

Ethyl acetate<br />

J<br />

n-heptane<br />

K Sodium hydroxide 40 %<br />

L Sulphuric acid 96 %<br />

A glove is considered to be resistant to chemicals if it attains<br />

a protection index of at least Level 2 (i.e. > 30 min) with three<br />

test chemicals.<br />

The pictogram with<br />

the beaker stands for<br />

waterproof safety<br />

gloves with low<br />

protection against<br />

chemical dangers.<br />

Please consult the<br />

accompanying<br />

instructions for use!<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

295


HAND PROTECTION<br />

MARKING AS PER AS/NZS 2161.2:1998<br />

Glove size<br />

Manufacturer<br />

4<br />

Glove description<br />

Pictogram with EN standard<br />

CE conformity symbol<br />

Abrasion Cut Tear Puncture<br />

MARKING AS PER EN374 CHEMICAL RISKS<br />

Glove size<br />

Manufacturer<br />

Glove description<br />

Pictogram with EN standard<br />

The letters symbolise the test<br />

chemicals for which the glove<br />

achieved at least the Class 2<br />

protection index.<br />

Testing institute no.<br />

SAFETY<br />

CE conformity symbol<br />

See accompanying instructions for use<br />

Mechanical performance level<br />

296 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HAND PROTECTION<br />

UVEX GLOVES<br />

UVEX UNIPUR<br />

Ultra lightweight, flexible and provide outstanding dexterity. Good grip in wet conditions and exceptional<br />

mechanical strength abrasion resistance. The palms and fingertips are coated with Polyurethane. EN 388 (4141).<br />

Part No. Colour Sizes Coating Resistance<br />

UP6631 Grey/Grey 6-11 Silcon Free PU Dry and slightly moist areas<br />

UVEX UNILITE<br />

Flexible safety glove offering outstanding dexterity and grip in wet and oily conditions. Perfect for underground<br />

mining. High abrasion resistance and good mechanical strength. Coatings provides resistance to oils. EN 388 (4131).<br />

Part No. Colour Sizes Coating Resistance<br />

UL7700 Black blended Nylon 7-11 NBR/PU Moisture<br />

4<br />

HX60492 HX60494 HX60496 HX60499 HX60491<br />

UVEX C500 RANGE<br />

Exceptional cut protection (Cut 5) and outstanding dexterity. Innovative SoftGrip coating combined with flexible uvex Bamboo TwinFlex<br />

technology. Superior abrasion resistance and high wearer comfort. High Performance Elastomer (HPE) coating.<br />

Part No. Type Sizes Coating Rating EN 388<br />

HX60492 Wet 7-11 HPE palm and fingertip coated Wet: 4 5 4 2<br />

HX60494 Foam 7-11 HPE soft grip palm and fingertip coated Foam: 4 5 4 2<br />

HX60496 Wet Plus 7-11 HPE palm back of hand coated Wet Plus: 4 5 4 2<br />

HX60499 Dry 7-11 HPV polka dot palm coated Dry: 2 5 4 X<br />

HX60491 Sleeve Mono Sleeve: 2 5 4 X<br />

HX60492 HX60544 HX60542 HX60546<br />

UVEX C300 RANGE<br />

Designed using uvex Bamboo TwinFlex technology this glove has great flexibility, excellent dexterity and exceptional abrasion resistance.<br />

Innovative SoftGrip coating and good cut protection (Cut 3). High Performance Elastomer (HPE) coating.<br />

Part No. Colour Sizes Coating Rating EN 388<br />

HX60542 Wet 7-11 HPE palm coated Wet: 4 3 4 2<br />

HX60544 Foam 7-11 HPE palm coated Foam: 4 3 4 2<br />

HX60546 Wet Plus 7-11 HPE palm coated Wet Plus: 4 3 4 2<br />

HX60549 Dry 7-11 HPV polka dot palm coated Dry: 2 5 4 X<br />

UVEX RUBIFLEX XG<br />

The new, lightweight chemical-resistant safety glove with innovative xtra grip technology combines protection<br />

and grip with exceptional comfort and flexibility. In addition it provides excellent protection against chemical and<br />

mechanical hazards. EN 374 (JKL) and 388 (3121).<br />

Part No. Colour Sizes Coating Resistance<br />

XG35B Blue/Black 8-11 Special NBR + XG grip Grease, mineral oils and chemicals<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

297


HAND PROTECTION<br />

GLOVES RIGGER<br />

GLOVES T.A.<br />

WORK GLOVE JACKAROO<br />

F71A F23L F24LR/Y<br />

4<br />

GLOVES RED<br />

GLOVES BLUE<br />

GLOVES GREEN-LEFTIES 40CM<br />

F61FRSK40 F61FBL40 F61FG40L<br />

GLOVES BLACK & GOLD<br />

F61FB40<br />

GLOVES GREEN & GOLD<br />

COW SPLIT<br />

F61FG40<br />

TIG GLOVE<br />

F28COW<br />

SAFETY<br />

298 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HAND PROTECTION<br />

GLOVES<br />

WORK GLOVES STANDARD<br />

WORK GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

WORK GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

CANDY STRIPE<br />

Knuckle bar style<br />

Chrome leather palm<br />

Length 270mm<br />

Part No: MKB10M<br />

FIGHTER®<br />

Knuckle bar style<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Superior quality chrome leather palm\lined palm<br />

Length 270mm<br />

Part No: Size<br />

KB436A L<br />

EUREKA®<br />

Knuckle bar style<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Superior quality chrome leather palm\lined palm<br />

Reinforced palm and first finger with Leather<br />

Length 270mm<br />

Part No: Size<br />

4<br />

TMKB10P L<br />

L<br />

WORK GLOVES STANDARD WORK GLOVES STANDARD WORK GLOVES STANDARD<br />

WRANGLER®<br />

Rigger style<br />

Superior quality leather<br />

Length 250mm<br />

Felt Lined<br />

Size L, XL<br />

Part No: Size<br />

WR250L L<br />

WR250XL XL<br />

WESTERN RIGGER®<br />

Rigger style<br />

Superior soft cow grain<br />

Generous hand size<br />

Length 250mm<br />

Part No: Size Cuff Colour<br />

500/WRS S Yellow<br />

500/WRM M Green<br />

500/WRL L Brown<br />

500/WRXL XL Blue<br />

500/WRXXL XXL Red<br />

WESTERN RIGGER EXTENDED®<br />

Welder All the features of the famous Western<br />

Rigger, extended to 330mm for added protection<br />

when welding<br />

Part No Size Cuff<br />

500XTWRS S Yellow<br />

500XTWRM M Green<br />

500XTWRL L Brown<br />

500XTWRXL XL Blue<br />

500XTWRXXL XXL Red<br />

WORK GLOVES STANDARD<br />

SAVERS GLOVE<br />

SAVERS GLOVE<br />

MECHANICS GLOVE<br />

Mec-Flex® Utility High Vis is a comfortable form fitting<br />

glove designed for general day-to-day handling tasks where<br />

you need to be seen. The single layer Hyde-Tex 100 palm<br />

has silicon fingertips to provide addition grip. The elastic<br />

cuff and Velcro TRP closure tab provides a secure fit.<br />

Two-way form fitting stretch spandex on the back of the<br />

hand increasing ventilation, fit and comfort.<br />

High visibility silver reflective knuckle bar.<br />

Ventilated finger walls for increased comfort.<br />

Reinforced synthetic leather thumb, index, middle and<br />

ring fingertips.<br />

Heavy duty elastic cuff with TPR Pull Tab with Velcro<br />

closure for secured fit and pulse protection.<br />

GLOVE SAVERS<br />

Chrome leather palm & thumb<br />

Aluminised back<br />

Part No: Size Hand<br />

AGS4 Standard Left<br />

AGS5 Standard Right<br />

AGS/4L Large Left<br />

AGS/5L Large Right<br />

HEAVY DUTY GLOVE SAVERS<br />

Chrome leather palm & thumb<br />

Chrome leather & aluminised back<br />

Part No: Size Hand<br />

AGS10L Large Left<br />

AGS11L Large Right<br />

SAFETY<br />

Machine washable.<br />

Sizes Available: Large & Ex Large<br />

Part No: ELG0100<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

299


HAND PROTECTION<br />

WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

WELDING GLOVES STANDARD<br />

4<br />

BIG RED®<br />

The Original, the One<br />

and Only Big Red®<br />

The Gun welder glove<br />

Selected 1st grade<br />

butt leather<br />

Fully lined<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Part No:<br />

300FLWKTS<br />

300FLWKTM<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Wear seams welted<br />

for extra strength<br />

Certified to ASNZS<br />

2161.4.2005 (EN388)<br />

Performance<br />

results:413133<br />

Certified to<br />

ASNZS 2161.3.2005<br />

Performance results: 3243<br />

KEVLAR® BLUE TM<br />

The Original the One and Only Kevlar® Blue TM<br />

Superior quality, heavy duty protection<br />

Reinforced palm thumb & knuckle guard<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Selected 1st grade butt leather, fully lined<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Wear seams welted for extra strength<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.4.2005 (EN388)<br />

Performance results:413133<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.3.2005<br />

WAKATAC®<br />

Long wearing heavy duty welders glove<br />

Selected leather<br />

Fully lined<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Wear seams welted for extra strength<br />

Part No: 300WAK<br />

300FLWKTL<br />

Large<br />

Performance results: 4243<br />

300FLWKTXL<br />

Extra Large<br />

Part No:<br />

300RKB<br />

WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

WELDING GLOVES SUPERIOR<br />

WELDING GLOVES STANDARD<br />

BIG RED® XT<br />

All the features of the famous Big Red® extended to<br />

a length of 680mm for serious protection<br />

KEVLAR® BLUE TM XT<br />

All the features of the famous Kevlar® Blue TM extended<br />

to a length of 680mm for heavy duty protection<br />

LEFTIES®<br />

The original the one & only “Lefties®”, two left<br />

handed welding gloves<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.4.2005 (EN388)<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.4.2005 (EN388)<br />

Fully lined<br />

Performance results:413133<br />

Performance results:413133<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.3.2005<br />

Certified to ASNZS 2161.3.2005<br />

Wear seams welted for extra strength<br />

Performance results: 3243<br />

Performance results: 4243<br />

Part No:<br />

406/2LHO<br />

Part No:<br />

300FLWKTXT<br />

Part No:<br />

300RKBXT<br />

MEC-FLEX RIGGER GSG<br />

WELDING GLOVES<br />

WELDING GLOVES<br />

SAFETY<br />

GOAT SKIN GSG8A,<br />

GSG9A AND GSG10A<br />

Extra soft goatskin grain leather<br />

Very durable and comfortable<br />

Outstanding fit and dexterity<br />

Elasticated cotton fabric back absorbs sweat and<br />

allows air flow<br />

Elasticated wrist<br />

275mm Length<br />

Part No: Size<br />

GSG8A 8<br />

GSG9A 9<br />

GSG10A 10<br />

GSG11A 11<br />

TIG MATE®<br />

The sure touch TIG welders glove<br />

Extra snug fit<br />

Kevlar® sewn<br />

Three sizes S M & L<br />

Length 280mm<br />

Part No: Size<br />

TIG11S Small<br />

TIG11M Medium<br />

TIG11L<br />

Large<br />

TIG11XL X Large<br />

TIG MATE® XT<br />

All features and benefits of the Tig Mate® with an<br />

extended cuff<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Three sizes S M & L<br />

Part No: Size<br />

TIG16S Small<br />

TIG16M Medium<br />

TIG16L Large<br />

300 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HAND PROTECTION<br />

MECHANICAL GLOVES<br />

MECHANICAL GLOVES<br />

MECHANICAL GLOVES<br />

4<br />

G-FLEX® DYNAMAX® C5<br />

Cut level 5 rated glove<br />

Seamless Dynamax liner for very good fit, dexterity<br />

and comfort.<br />

Soft Lightweight PU T-Touch coating moulds to the<br />

hand<br />

Very comfortable with excellent dexterity, sensitivity<br />

and tactility<br />

Excellent levels of abrasion resistance.<br />

Excellent grip on most surfaces including those with<br />

light oil<br />

Provides cut, tear and puncture resistance<br />

Certified by SAI Global to AS/NZS 2161.3<br />

AS/NZS 2161.3/EN388 Test Results: 4543<br />

Sizes Available 8 - 11<br />

Part No: ELG340508<br />

Part No: ELG340509<br />

Part No: ELG340510<br />

Part No: ELG340511<br />

MOQ:<br />

1 Pair<br />

Bundle: 12pair<br />

Carton: 120pr<br />

G- FLEX®T- TOUCH<br />

G-Flex® T-Touch Technical Safety Glove Black T-Touch<br />

coating on seamless High Visibility Nylon liner<br />

Excellent impact protection with tapered fingertips<br />

for greater dexterity<br />

‘’Finger Dip’’ technology gives total ventilation to<br />

back of hand<br />

Extremely comfortable with excellent dexterity,<br />

sensitivity and tactility<br />

Excellent levels of abrasion resistance<br />

Excellent grip on most surfaces including those with<br />

light oil<br />

Certified by SAI Global to AS/NZS 2161.3<br />

AS/NZS 2161.3/EN388 Test Results: 4131<br />

Sizes Available 8 - 11<br />

Part No: ELG350008<br />

Part No: ELG350009<br />

Part No: ELG350010<br />

Part No: ELG350011<br />

Part No: ELG350108<br />

Part No: ELG350109<br />

Part No: ELG350110<br />

Part No: ELG350111<br />

MOQ:<br />

12 Pair<br />

Bundle: 12pair<br />

Carton: 120pr<br />

G-FLEX® RED DEVIL<br />

G-Flex® Red Devil Technical Safety Glove The G-Flex<br />

Red Devil combines a lightweight grey crinkle finish<br />

latex coating on a seamless red 120g nylon liner.<br />

“Finger Dip” technology gives total ventilation to the<br />

back of the hand<br />

Very comfortable with excellent dexterity, sensitivity<br />

and tactility<br />

Designed to produce minimal lint and dust<br />

Excellent levels of abrasion resistance<br />

Excellent grip on most surfaces including those with<br />

light oil<br />

Machine washable at 40 degrees C in neutral<br />

detergent<br />

Provides cut, tear and puncture resistance<br />

Certified by SAI Global to AS/NZS 2161.3<br />

AS/NZS 2161.3/EN388 Test Results: 2242<br />

Sizes Available 8 - 11<br />

Part No: ELG3222008<br />

Part No: ELG3222009<br />

Part No: ELG3222010<br />

Part No: ELG3222011<br />

MOQ:<br />

12 Pair<br />

Bundle: 12pair<br />

Carton: 120pr<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

301


HAND PROTECTION<br />

KEVLAR® HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES & MITTS 9 MAGNA SHIELD®<br />

HEAT PROTECTIVE MITTS –<br />

HEATSHIELD®<br />

4<br />

WOVEN/FELT KEVLAR® GLOVE<br />

Woven Kevlar® palm with Kevlar® felt back and cuff<br />

Fully wool lined<br />

Part No:<br />

KGL12FK (304mm)<br />

KGL16FK (406mm)<br />

KGL18FK (457mm)<br />

FULLY WOVEN KEVLAR® GLOVE<br />

Fully woven Kevlar® palm, back & cuff<br />

Fully wool lined<br />

Part No:<br />

KGLFW12FK (304mm)<br />

KGLFW16FK (406mm)<br />

KGLFW18FK (457mm)<br />

NON ASBESTOS E GLASS FIBRE<br />

Working temperature of 500oC<br />

Thickness of 2.2mm<br />

Mitts are wool lined to give greater thermal<br />

protection<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Wear seems welted in leather<br />

Mitt wool lined ambidextrous<br />

Part No:<br />

HSM16WL<br />

RADIANT HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES<br />

CHROME LEATHER<br />

Chrome leather palm and cuff<br />

Designed for protection from high radiant heat as<br />

encountered in flux core welding<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Wool Lining<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Part No: APG16WS (Aluminised Preox back)<br />

AKG16WS (Aluminised Kevlar® back)<br />

PYROCORE LEATHER<br />

Pyrocore heat treated leather palm and cuff<br />

Designed for medium temperature contact<br />

Ideal for foundry use where hot metal contact is<br />

experienced<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Wool Lining<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Part No: APG16WSP (Aluminised Preox back)<br />

AKG16WSP (Aluminised Kevlar® back)<br />

KEVLAR®<br />

Woven Kevlar® palm and cuff<br />

Designed for high temperature contact<br />

Applications include handling of molten metal ladles<br />

where protection from contact and radiant heat is<br />

encountered<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Wool Lining<br />

Length 406mm<br />

Part No: APG16WSK (Aluminised Preox back)<br />

AKG16WSK (Aluminised Kevlar® back)<br />

SAFETY<br />

302 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

WELDING APPAREL<br />

CHROME LEATHER JACKET<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Press stud closure<br />

Stand up collar<br />

Size to fit over normal work clothes<br />

Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter<br />

Length = 710mm<br />

Part No: Size<br />

CW1/28S Small<br />

CW1/28M Medium<br />

CW1/28L Large<br />

CW1/28XL X Large<br />

CW1/28XXL XX Large<br />

CW1/28XXXL XXX Large<br />

CW1/28XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

CHROME LEATHER BOLEROS<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Press stud closure<br />

Stand up collar<br />

Sized to fit over normal work clothes<br />

Chest length<br />

Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter<br />

Part No: Size<br />

JW4S Small<br />

JW4M Medium<br />

JW4L Large<br />

JW4XL X Large<br />

JW4XXL XX Large<br />

JW4XXXL XXX Large<br />

JW4XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

4<br />

WELDING SLEEVES<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Shoulder length<br />

Adjustable strap and buckle fastening<br />

Part No:<br />

CW10<br />

WELDING SLEEVES<br />

WITH YOKE<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Shoulder length<br />

Complete with front & back yokes<br />

Collar and press stud fastening<br />

Part No:<br />

CW10/WY<br />

WELDING TROUSERS<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Full seat<br />

Waist belt and buckle<br />

Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes<br />

Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter<br />

Part No:<br />

CT2/M<br />

CT2/L<br />

CT2/XL<br />

CT2/XXL<br />

Size:<br />

(Medium)<br />

(Large)<br />

(X Large)<br />

(XX Large)<br />

SEATLESS WELDING<br />

TROUSERS<br />

Chrome leather<br />

Seatless, full front<br />

Waist belt and buckle<br />

Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes<br />

Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter<br />

Part No:<br />

CT10M<br />

CT10L<br />

CT10XL<br />

CT10XXL<br />

Size:<br />

(Medium)<br />

(Large)<br />

(X Large)<br />

(XXL Large)<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

303


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

CHROME LEATHER APPAREL<br />

4<br />

APRONS - BIB STYLE<br />

Bib style apron<br />

Webbing or leather straps<br />

Chrome leather or heavy duty grain hide<br />

Available in various lengths<br />

Part No. Length Width Straps<br />

A1 1050mm 600mm Webbing<br />

A2 900mm 550mm Webbing<br />

A1LS 1010mm 610mm Leather<br />

A2LS 1050mm 600mm Leather<br />

AA004 914mm 599mm Leather<br />

APRONS - WAIST STYLE<br />

Waist style apron<br />

Webbing or leather straps<br />

Chrome leather or heavy duty grain leather<br />

Part No. Length Width Straps<br />

A4 610mm 610mm Webbing<br />

A4LS 610mm 610mm Leather<br />

AA003 609mm 609mm Leather<br />

KNEE PADS<br />

Chrome leather<br />

50mm high density foam<br />

Elastic/Velcro® closure<br />

Part No: KP10<br />

Strap & buckle closure<br />

Part No:<br />

KP10SB<br />

Economy style<br />

Elastic/Velcro® closure<br />

CAPS<br />

Chrome leather<br />

With or without napes<br />

Protects head and neck from spatter & dross<br />

Unlined or lined<br />

Part No:<br />

WC1<br />

WC1/NP9<br />

(Without Nape)<br />

(228mm Nape)<br />

Part No:<br />

KP/5<br />

HOOD<br />

Chrome leather hood with shoulder gussets,<br />

press stud closure under chin<br />

Part No:<br />

HSP/16L<br />

BIB<br />

Chrome leather welders bib<br />

Self stick velcro for attachment to welders<br />

helmet<br />

Part No:<br />

CTP/10V<br />

SAFETY<br />

304 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

BIG RED® SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL<br />

Elliott Big Red® Welder’s Apparel combines durability, comfort<br />

and most importantly style to create the best welding Apparel<br />

available in Australia.<br />

Big Red®<br />

Elliott’s premium range of leather welder’s apparel.<br />

Manufactured from red butt split leather<br />

Sewn with heat and abrasion resistant Kevlar® thread<br />

New improved styling<br />

BIG RED® JACKET<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Welted seams for extra strength<br />

Longer length at the back for extra protection<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Velcro® side closure<br />

Leather/Velcro® cuff tabs<br />

Part No:<br />

BRC/30S<br />

BRC/30M<br />

BRC/30L<br />

BRC/30XL<br />

BRC/302XL<br />

BRC/303XL<br />

BRC/304XL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

XXX Large<br />

XXXX Large<br />

4<br />

BIG RED® TROUSERS<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Seatless design for comfort and coolness<br />

Waist belt and buckle<br />

Comfortable to fit over normal work clothes<br />

Heavy duty protection from dross and spatter<br />

Part No:<br />

BRT30S<br />

BRT30M<br />

BRT30L<br />

BRT30XL<br />

BRT30XXL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

BIG RED® JACKET WITH<br />

REFLECTIVE TRIM<br />

All of the features of the Big Red® Jacket with<br />

reflective trim.<br />

Part No: Size<br />

BRC30T1S Small<br />

BRC30T1M Medium<br />

BRC30T1L Large<br />

BRC30T1XL X Large<br />

BRC30T1XXL XX Large<br />

BRC30T1XXXL XXX Large<br />

BRC30T1XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

BIG RED® SLEEVES<br />

WITH YOKE<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Welted seams for extra strength<br />

Leather/Velcro® cuff tabs<br />

APRON<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Bib style<br />

Size 914mm X 559mm<br />

Leather straps and buckles<br />

Part No:<br />

BRSWY<br />

Part No:<br />

BRAA2LS<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

305


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

BIG RED® SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL<br />

4<br />

SPATS<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Leg supports<br />

Velcro® closure<br />

25mm strap & buckle under boot<br />

Part No:<br />

Length:<br />

BRG7V<br />

250mm<br />

LEGGINGS<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Quick release Velcro® closure<br />

3 cane supports<br />

50mm elastic top<br />

Fibre board toe guard<br />

Chin under boot<br />

Part No:<br />

Length:<br />

BR400CC<br />

400mm<br />

CONFINED SPACE<br />

WELDING HOOD<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Complete with head harness<br />

Envelope for welding filter and cover ens<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Part No:<br />

BRH30NL<br />

WELDING HELMET NAPE<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Self stick Velcro® attachment to welding<br />

helmet<br />

Registered design which does not impede<br />

lifting & lowering of helmet<br />

Head and neck protection<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Part No:<br />

BRN20<br />

CAPS<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Available with or without nape<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

All edges bound<br />

Head & neck protection<br />

CONFINED SPACE<br />

WELDING HELMET<br />

Big Red® selected leather<br />

Complete with welding helmet<br />

Self stick Velcro® attachment around lens area<br />

Sewn in Kevlar® thread<br />

Part No:<br />

BRC/NP9<br />

(with 228mm nape)<br />

Part No:<br />

BRH29C<br />

SAFETY<br />

306 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL<br />

JACKET<br />

Elliott WAKATAC® Proban® is an alternative to<br />

Leather for light to medium welding situations.<br />

WAKATAC®Proban® is cool, washable and flame<br />

retarded fabric.<br />

Full Proban® protection<br />

Longer length at the back for extra protection<br />

Velcro® side closure<br />

Light weight cool & washable<br />

Part No: Size<br />

WAK/PJ30S Small<br />

WAK/PJ30M Medium<br />

WAK/PJ30SL Large<br />

WAK/PJ30XL X Large<br />

WAK/PJ30XXL XX Large<br />

WAK/PJ30XXXL XXX Large<br />

WAK/PJ30XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

JACKET<br />

Proban® front & back protection<br />

Chrome leather sleeves<br />

Longer length at the back for extra protection<br />

Velcro® side closure<br />

Light weight and cool<br />

Extra durability in sleeves<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/PJ30CSS<br />

WAK/PJ30CSM<br />

WAK/PJ30CS/L<br />

WAK/PJ30CS/XL<br />

WAK/PJ30CS/XXL<br />

WAK/PJ30CS/XXXL<br />

WAK/PJ30CS/XXXXL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

XXX Large<br />

XXXX Large<br />

4<br />

JACKET WITH<br />

REFLECTIVE TRIM<br />

All the features of the WAKPJ30 with the added<br />

protection of reflective trim.<br />

Part No: Size<br />

WAK/PJ30T1M Medium<br />

WAK/PJ30T1L Large<br />

WAK/PJ30T1XL X Large<br />

WAK/PJ30T1XXL XX Large<br />

WAK/PJ30T1XXXL XXX Large<br />

WAK/PJ30T1XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

JACKET WITH HARNESS<br />

ACCESSABILITY<br />

All of the features of the WAKPJ30CS<br />

Rear opening forharness lanyard<br />

Flap with velcro closure<br />

Part No: Size<br />

WAKPJ30CSHM Medium<br />

WAKPJ30CSHL Large<br />

WAKPJ30CSHXL X Large<br />

WAKPJ30CSHXXL XX Large<br />

WAKPJ30CSHXXXL XXX Large<br />

WAKPJ30CSHXXXXL XXXX Large<br />

COMBINATION WAKATAC /<br />

LEATHER JACKET<br />

Leather sleeves, front and rear shoulder area<br />

Proban® lower back<br />

Velcro® closure<br />

Part No: Size<br />

WAKPJ40M Medium<br />

WAKPJ40L Large<br />

WAKPJ40XL X Large<br />

WAKPJ40XXL XX Large<br />

WAKPJ40XXXL XXX Large<br />

WAKPJ40XXXXL XXXX Large<br />

TROUSERS<br />

Full Proban® protection<br />

Elastic waist<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/69S<br />

WAK/69M<br />

WAK/69L<br />

WAK/69XL<br />

WAK/69XXL<br />

WAK/69XXXL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

XXX Large<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

307


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

WAKATAC SUPERIOR WELDING APPAREL<br />

WAKATAC® PROBAN® HOOD<br />

Side gussets for a more comfortable fit<br />

Edges fully bound<br />

Draw string face closure for better protection<br />

WAKATAC® PROBAN® CAPS<br />

All edges fully bound<br />

With or without nape<br />

Cool light weighted head and neck protection<br />

4<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/PHGM30<br />

Part No:<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/PWC6<br />

(Cap only)<br />

WAK/PWC6NP<br />

(with 152mm cape)<br />

WAKATAC® PROBAN<br />

SLEEVES<br />

Full Length<br />

Strap & buckle adjustment<br />

Medium weight<br />

Cool arm protection<br />

WAKATAC® PROBAN®<br />

SLEEVES WITH YOKE<br />

Chrome leather front & back yoke with collar<br />

Full length Proban® sleeves<br />

Medium weight<br />

Cool arm protection<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/10<br />

Part No:<br />

WAK/10WY<br />

BLUE MAX<br />

SAFETY<br />

BLUE MAX FR WITH<br />

CHROME SLEEVES<br />

Chrome leather sleeves<br />

Light weight & cool<br />

Medium welding situations with<br />

extra durability in sleeves<br />

Velcro Closure<br />

Part No (Navy)<br />

NPWJ30CSS<br />

NPWJ30CSM<br />

NPWJ30CSL<br />

NPWJ30CSXL<br />

NPWJ30CSXXL<br />

NPWJ30CSXXXL<br />

NPWJ30CSXXXXL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

XXX Large<br />

XXXX Large<br />

BLUE MAX FR COTTON<br />

WELDING JACKET<br />

Light weight, cool and washable<br />

Medium welding situations<br />

Velcro Closure<br />

Part No (Navy)<br />

NPWJ30S<br />

NPWJ30M<br />

NPWJ30L<br />

NPWJ30XL<br />

NPWJ30XXL<br />

NPWJ30XXXL<br />

NPWJ30XXXXL<br />

Size<br />

Small<br />

Medium<br />

Large<br />

X Large<br />

XX Large<br />

XXX Large<br />

XXXX Large<br />

BLUE MAX FR COTTON HOOD<br />

Side gussets for a more comfortable fit<br />

Draw string face closure<br />

Part No:<br />

PHGM/30B<br />

308 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

MEDIUM DUTY PROBAN<br />

HOOD<br />

Side gussets for a more comfortable fit<br />

Draw string face closure for extra protection<br />

HOOD – EXTRA LENGTH<br />

Extra length to cover chest and back<br />

Draw string face closure for extra protection<br />

Part No:<br />

Part No:<br />

PHGM/30Y<br />

PHIS/101Y - Economy<br />

(no side gussets)<br />

Part No:<br />

PH25CSY<br />

4<br />

CAPS<br />

Full Proban® protection with or without neck<br />

flap<br />

Part No:<br />

Part No:<br />

PWC6Y<br />

(no neck flap)<br />

PWC6NPY<br />

(with 152mm cape)<br />

BIBS<br />

Full Proban® protection<br />

Self stick Velcro® for attachment to welding<br />

helmet<br />

Part No:<br />

NPB30<br />

NECK FLAP<br />

Full Proban® protection<br />

Self stick Velcro® for attachment to safety cap<br />

or hat<br />

Part No:<br />

PBNF23Y<br />

GENERAL APPAREL<br />

BOWYANGS / BOOTCOVERS Part No: Fabric Hazard<br />

OBB15CD Cotton Drill – Navy Dust<br />

OBB15CDK Cotton Drill – Khaki Dust<br />

OBB15WW Weld-Wool Molten Metal<br />

OBB15PVC PVC Moisture<br />

Part No: Colour Hazard<br />

OBB1500 Fluoro Yellow Dust<br />

OBB1600 Fluoro Orange Dust<br />

OBB1510 Fluoro Yellow Dust +<br />

Reflective Trim<br />

OBB1610 Fluoro Orange Dust +<br />

Reflective Trim<br />

KNEE / BOOT COVERS<br />

Part No: Fabric Hazard Length<br />

NBC470 PVC Liquid 470mm<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

309


WELDING & GENERAL APPAREL<br />

CHROME LEATHER APPAREL<br />

4<br />

CHROME LEATHER SPATS<br />

SWS7SVand WS7VWP<br />

SWS7SBC and WS7SB<br />

CHROME LEATHER LEGGINGS<br />

Ankle and foot protection from spatter and dross. Elliott Australia’s spats are<br />

made from selected chrome leather with a choice of either leather strap and<br />

buckle or Velcro® closures. All spats have a leather strap for closure under the<br />

boot for a snug fit and extra durability. If extra support is required, selected spats<br />

have supports on either side of the leg. Total length 230mm.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

Unsupported Velcro® closure SWS/7SV<br />

Supported Velcro® closure WS7VWP<br />

Unsupported Strap & Buckle closure SWS7SBC<br />

Supported Strap & Buckle closure WS7SB<br />

Elliott leggings are designed to not only protect your boots but also your lower<br />

leg from spatter and dross. Elliott’s leggings are made from selected chrome<br />

leather with other options including closure systems and supports.<br />

WL16<br />

ES16Q<br />

DESCRIPTION LENGTH PART NUMBER<br />

Strap & Buckle closure 406 mm WL16<br />

3 quick release Velcro®<br />

Strip closure, Strap and buckle closures under boots 406 mm ES16Q<br />

Quick release press stud closure<br />

Heavy duty insert, Strap and buckle closures under boots 406 mm WL16/CRQ<br />

Quick release Velcro® closure<br />

Heavy duty insert 50mm elastic top,<br />

Fibre board toe guard, Chain under boots<br />

WL400CC<br />

WL16CRQ<br />

WL400CC<br />

Walls FR fabric Incorporates a patented flame retardant technology developed<br />

specifically to leverage the durability of nylon with the comfort of cotton. The<br />

blend of 88% cotton and 12% high tenacity nylon delivers the end user with<br />

improved flame protection and comfort.<br />

The Elliotts work wear range made from Walls FR including coveralls, shirts,<br />

jackets and trousers, provides the best choice for multi-purpose FR protection.<br />

Learn more about Walls FR and other FR safety products – contact <strong>SPW</strong> Group<br />

on 1300WELDER for further info.<br />

SAFETY<br />

310 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING BLANKETS & DRAPES<br />

SCREENS & DRAPES<br />

WELDING SCREENS –<br />

ARCSAFE®<br />

Width Drop Part No: RED Part No: GREEN Part No: AMBER<br />

1300mm 1800mm STS1813R STS1813G STS1813A<br />

1800mm 1800mm STS1818R STS1818G STS1818A<br />

2000mm 1800mm STS1820R STS1820G STS1820A<br />

2600mm 1800mm STS1826R STS1826G STS1826A<br />

3900mm 1800mm STS1839R STS1839G STS1839A<br />

4500mm 1800mm STS1845R STS1845G STS1845A<br />

5200mm 1800mm STS1852R STS1852G STS1852A<br />

BENEFITS OF ARCSAFE®<br />

ArcSafe® welding screens absorb the dangerous ultra violet light that is emitted from the arc welding process and also<br />

offers these added benefits:<br />

Surrounding your welding situations with safety.<br />

Protecting your coworkers and other people from the painful effects of accidental welding flash.<br />

Safely and quickly defining hazardous welding areas.<br />

Allowing safe observation for safety check of welding operations.<br />

All seams are welded, not sewn, for extra durability and strength.<br />

4<br />

CERTIFIED PRODUCT<br />

Provide the best protection for your workplace as well as your business. Elliott Australia’s welding<br />

screens ensure you are covered as they are the only welding screens certified to Australian<br />

Standards. Check your current welding screens and ensure you are protected. <strong>Product</strong> Certified:<br />

Elliott ArcSafe® Welding Screens are product certified to AS 3957 - 1991 > NZ 5852 - 1991 Light<br />

transmitting screens and curtains for welding operations.<br />

Australian Standard AS 3957 Lic. 1545 Standards Australia.<br />

FLAME RETARDED CANVAS<br />

SCREENS<br />

Features and Benefits<br />

Elliott Flame Retarded Canvas screens:<br />

Cost effective robust flame retarded screens<br />

Ideal as a non-translucent barrier between work<br />

areas or passage ways<br />

Ideal as a barrier from sparks generated from<br />

grinding or cutting<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

GFP48 1200mm 1800mm<br />

GFP72 1800mm 1800mm<br />

WELDING BLANKETS –<br />

HEATSHIELD<br />

Application – Heat and Retention and Insulation<br />

A ‘Welding Blanket’ is designed to encapsulate a metal object that has been subjected to heat<br />

treatment either through stress relieving or welding. The blanket retards the cooling rates<br />

contributing towards the non hardening and possible subsequent embrittlement in the Heat Effected<br />

Zone (H.E.Z.). Elliott offers blankets manufactured from two fabrics, HeatShield® and T1000.<br />

HeatShield® is manufactured from E Glass fibre which is a non-combustible, flexible, inorganic<br />

material that has been specifically designed to provide retention of heat. Heatshield® has a service<br />

temperature of 500oC with a 100% duty cycle providing a wide scope, fulfilling most applications.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

Weight 1150g/m 2<br />

Continuous working temperature: 500oC<br />

HSB/63 900mm 1800mm<br />

Thickness 2.2mm<br />

HSB/66 1800mm 1800mm<br />

WELDING BLANKETS – T1000<br />

T1000 is also manufactured from E Glass Fibre which is a non-combustible, flexible, inorganic<br />

material that has been treated to withstand higher temperatures than HeatShield®. T1000 has<br />

been developed to provide a blanket fabric that will be unaffected by surface temperatures of<br />

800oC continuously.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

Weight 1150/m 2<br />

Continuous working temperature: 800 o C<br />

T1000/63 900mm 1800mm<br />

Thickness 2.2mm<br />

T1000/66 1800mm 1800mm<br />

SAFETY<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

311


WELDING BLANKETS & DRAPES<br />

WELDING DRAPES<br />

Application – Protection from Spatter & Dross<br />

A ‘Welding Drape’ is designed to be placed over or cover an object that cannot be moved and is<br />

positioned in such a way that welding spatter and dross could cause damage. The positioning<br />

of a drape is of utmost importance. It should be arranged loosely over the object to enhance<br />

the run off of welding spatter and dross. A welding drape can also be used as a curtain where<br />

a more robust material is required.<br />

4<br />

Elliotts offers drapes made from three types of fabrics:<br />

Leather<br />

NeoWeld®<br />

SilicaGlass<br />

Leather<br />

A leather drape manufactured from selected chrome split leather is Elliott Australia’s<br />

economical robust, all purpose drape.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Continuous working temperature 80 o C<br />

Thickness 1.4mm<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

CLD/189 900mm 1800mm<br />

CLD/1818 1800mm 1800mm<br />

NeoWeld®<br />

NeoWeld® is Elliott Australia’s most popular fabric used in welding drapes. NeoWeld® is an<br />

E Glass fabric coated in flame retarded neoprene which provides a slick surface to enable the<br />

weld spatter and dross to cascade away.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

Weight 1000g/m 2<br />

Continuous working temperature 260 o C<br />

NWB/63 900mm 1800mm<br />

Thickness 1.2mm 2<br />

NWB/66 1700mm 1800mm<br />

SilicaGlass<br />

A SilicaGlass drape can be confidently used for protection of sensitive areas. A premium<br />

product with a Silica content of 96%, producing a crystalline crust when exposed to a neutral<br />

oxy acetylene flame as used in the auto repair industry.<br />

Specifications:<br />

Part No: Width Drop<br />

Weight 1000g/m 2 SG1817 1700mm 1800mm<br />

Continuous working temperature 1000 o C<br />

SG0303 300mm 300mm<br />

Thickness 1.2mm<br />

SG117 900mm 1800mm<br />

SAFETY<br />

312 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FUME EQUIPMENT<br />

LOW VACUUM SOLUTIONS<br />

ProSource LV extraction arms position easily to provide high air flow extraction for a variety of<br />

applications. These 203mm diameter arms and maintenance saving filter systems combine the finest<br />

features in the industry with the best value. The lightweight arms position easily and hold their place<br />

without drifting. Versatility is a plus with the 360o rotatable hood, which can be fitted with a lamp<br />

kit and an arc sensor that activates the fan when sensing the arc flash. 3m or 4m arms are available<br />

for both mobile and wall mounted systems.<br />

LTA 2.0 Telescopic Arm<br />

(wall mounted only)<br />

Spring balanced for easy operation<br />

1-2m length<br />

360 degree rotatable hood<br />

LFA3.1 and LFA4.1 Arms<br />

Spring balanced for easy operation<br />

3m or 4m lengths<br />

360 degree rotatable hood<br />

Mobiflex 200M and 400MS Portable Carts<br />

Uses 3m or 4m arms<br />

Optional Lamp Kit and Arc Sensor<br />

Auto filter cleaning with 400-MS<br />

Mobiflex 100NF Portable Fan (not filtered)<br />

Uses 5m suction hoses set with magnetic hood<br />

Uses 5m exhaust hose<br />

Optional 5m hose extension<br />

Statiflex 200M and 400MS Wall Mounted Units<br />

Uses SF2400 wall mounted fan unit<br />

Uses 3m or 4m arms<br />

Optional Lamp Kit and Arc Sensor<br />

Auto filter cleaning with 400-MS<br />

Optional rail sets and extensions<br />

Literature J13.100<br />

4<br />

LINCOLN MINIFLEX DATA<br />

THE MINIFLEX® IS A PORTABLE AND EFFECTIVE SOLUTION FOR THE REMOVAL AND FILTRATION OF<br />

WELDING FUMES IN CONFINED AND OTHER HARD TO REACH SPACES. Unlike other bulkier welding fume<br />

extractors, the Miniflex® leads the industry in portability and ease of use. The Miniflex® is a high vacuum<br />

system designed for the removal and filtration of welding fumes from light duty welding applications.<br />

Shown with optional nozzel<br />

FEATURES:<br />

Current Sensor - Allows convenient automatic start/<br />

stop capability by sensing welding current.<br />

Multiple Extraction Settings - Choose extraction<br />

capacity setting based on environmental conditions<br />

160m 3 /hr (Low) or 230m 3 /hr ( High).<br />

Quiet Operation - Operates at a sound level of


FUME EQUIPMENT<br />

MINIVEYOR AIR VAF CONFINED SPACE VAF FANS & BLOWERS<br />

Where fumes, smells or dust occur, the Miniveyor Air VAF fans can move contaminated<br />

air out of a confined space or building. They effectively exhaust fumes, ventilate<br />

confined spaces, and increase the flow of fresh air.<br />

The Miniveyor Air range are tough! The rugged VAF ventilators easily withstand blows<br />

without denting, giving less downtime and greater productivity and come with an<br />

industry leading 10 year warranty on the body.<br />

4<br />

VAF-400 16”<br />

(400mm)<br />

Less Downtime:<br />

The polythene casing is resistant to the normal knocks and bangs of everyday use that<br />

can stop a sheet metal fan. Metal fans often dent which can obstruct the fan blade. The<br />

Miniveyor Air VAF units easily withstand blows without denting, giving less downtime<br />

and greater productivity.<br />

Greater Value:<br />

The casing are corrosion free and unlike metal fans will not rust when they are dented,<br />

chipped or scratched. They simply last longer and offer greater value for money.<br />

VAF-200 8”<br />

(200mm)<br />

APPLICATION EXAMPLES<br />

Welding: Remove the fumes and smoke away from the working area. Perfect for ship repair!<br />

Concrete Cutting: Remove the dust to see what you are doing when cutting bricks and concrete with<br />

diamond saws.<br />

Flood Damage: Dry out flooded buildings, blowing clean dry air into a building or extracting damp<br />

humid air out of a building.<br />

Confined Space Working: Clean and change the air to provide a safe, comfortable working<br />

environment.<br />

VAF-200<br />

Only 7.5 kg the VAF-200 is our smallest and newest Ventilator. Don’t be fooled by it’s size though as<br />

the VAF-200 has an impressive 1350 m³/hr (800 CFM) airflow and is available in either 110V 0r 230V.<br />

VAF-300<br />

Our most popular Ventilator, available in either 110V or 230V. Too much dust to see safely? Filter out<br />

the dust by using our 200 litre filter in combination with the VAF-300.<br />

VAF-300P-FRL<br />

The air driven version of our most popular blower comes complete with a filter regulator and<br />

lubricator fitted as standard and is ideal when you need an intrinsically safe blower.<br />

VAF-400<br />

Available In 110 & 230V. For maximum airflow the VAF- 400 provides a massive 7500 m³ per hour<br />

(4400 CFM) air flow.<br />

VAF-200 VAF-300 VAF-300P-<br />

FRL<br />

VAF-400<br />

Air Flow – m³/hr<br />

– CFM<br />

Motor Specification<br />

1350<br />

800<br />

3400<br />

2000<br />

3500 7500<br />

4450<br />

Voltage 110V/230V 110V/230V Pneumatic 110V/230V<br />

VAF-300 12”<br />

(300mm)<br />

Phase<br />

Power<br />

Single<br />

250 W<br />

(1/3 HP)<br />

Current (Amps) 110V - 2.6A<br />

230V - 1.1A<br />

RPM<br />

3450 (110V)<br />

2850 (230V)<br />

Single<br />

1 HP 18 l/sec<br />

Air<br />

110V - 7.1A<br />

230V - 4.9A<br />

3325 (110V)<br />

2750 (230V)<br />

Single<br />

1 HP<br />

110V - 8.8A<br />

230V - 7.2A<br />

3000 3450 (110V)<br />

3250 (230V)<br />

Dimensions<br />

Length 33 cm (13”) 44 cm (17½”) 44 cm (17½”) 43 cm (17”)<br />

Width 25 cm (10”) 36 cm (14”) 36 cm (14”) 54 cm (21¼”)<br />

Height 37 cm (14½”) 54 cm (21¼”) 54 cm (21¼”) 56 cm (22”)<br />

Weight<br />

7.5 kgs<br />

(16½lbs)<br />

15 kgs<br />

(33lbs)<br />

13 kgs<br />

(29lbs)<br />

20 kgs<br />

(44lbs)<br />

Flexible Duct Diameter 200 mm (8”) 300 mm (12”) 300 mm (12”) 400 mm (16”)<br />

SAFETY<br />

314 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES<br />

ELECTRODES – Mild Steel & Iron Powder 316-325<br />

– Low Hydrogen 326-344<br />

– Stainless Steel & Special 345-359<br />

– Hard Facing 360-365<br />

WIRES – Mig 366-381<br />

– Flux Cored 382-413<br />

– Hard Facing 414-421<br />

SUB ARC WIRES & FLUXES 422-436<br />

GAS & TIG CONSUMABLES 437-453<br />

ABRASIVES 454-462<br />

OTHER 463-466<br />

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS 467-470<br />

5<br />

WARNING<br />

Welding can be dangerous. Read the safety information on page 584.<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

315


ELECTRODES MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER<br />

GP 6012<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING<br />

GP 6012 is a versatile, user friendly, G.P. electrode, suitable for welding in all<br />

positions. GP 6012 has a unique flux coating that offers exceptional welder appeal<br />

and makes for easy welding of the most difficult jobs.<br />

Features:<br />

Versatile General Purpose Electrode<br />

All Positional Welding Capabilities<br />

Ideal for the Vertical-Down Welding of Thin Steel Sections<br />

Wrought iron furniture<br />

Suitable for welding Mild steel plate, sheet metal and galvanised iron sheet, ducting,<br />

hoppers, tanks, pipes and low pressure pipelines<br />

Pipes and low pressure pipelines<br />

Excellent for welding joints with poor fit-up<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 2<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

430 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 490 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

CVN Impact Values 80J av @ 0°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.45% Si: 0.30%<br />

5<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B 4313 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4112-0<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 55 55 – 80 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611142<br />

3.2 380 30 90 – 130 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611143<br />

4.0 380 19 130 – 180 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611144<br />

AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity<br />

FERROCRAFT 12XP<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING<br />

Ferrocraft 12XP is an Xtra smooth Performance (XP) general purpose electrode<br />

manufactured at CIGWELD’s Welding Consumables Plant. It offers smooth, stable<br />

running and superb fillet shapes in all welding positions including vertical-down/<br />

up and overhead. Ferrocraft 12XP is recommended for all your general purpose<br />

repair, maintenance and fabrication welding jobs around the home, workshop, farm,<br />

fabshop and jobbing shop. It is the ideal vertical-down fillet welding electrode<br />

producing a fast freezing viscous slag. Typical applications of Ferrocraft 12XP<br />

include the all positional fillet welding of steel furniture, plates, fences, gates, pipes<br />

and tanks etc.<br />

Features:<br />

Versatile General Purpose Electrode<br />

All Positional Welding Capabilities<br />

Ideal for the Vertical-Down Welding of Thin Steel Sections<br />

Wrought iron furniture<br />

Suitable for welding Mild steel plate, sheet metal and galvanised iron sheet, ducting,<br />

hoppers, tanks, pipes and low pressure pipelines<br />

Pipes and low pressure pipelines<br />

Excellent for welding joints with poor fit-up<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B 4313 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4112-0<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

Grade 2, 2Y<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Grade 2, 2Y<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 2<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

460 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 500 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

CVN Impact Values 75J av @ 0°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50%<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Hang-tube Part No<br />

2.0 300 95 40 – 70 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612231<br />

2.0 300 95 40 – 70 – 12kg - 12x1kg 1kg 322128<br />

2.5 300 55 60 –100 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611232<br />

2.5 300 55 60 – 100 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612232<br />

2.5 300 55 60 – 100 – 12kg - 12x1kg 1kg 322129<br />

3.2 380 30 90 – 130 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611233<br />

3.2 380 30 90 – 130 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612233<br />

3.2 380 30 90 – 130 – 12kg - 12x1kg 1kg 322138<br />

4.0 380 19 130 – 180 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611234<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Ferrocraft 12XP Blister Pack 322213<br />

AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

316 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES<br />

SATINCRAFT 13<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Flat, horizontal-vertical, vertical-up and overhead - you can weld in any position<br />

with Satincraft 13. That’s the beauty of Australia’s most popular G.P. electrode.<br />

Operating with either AC (min 45 O.C.V.) or DC current, Satincraft 13 produces<br />

smooth professional mitre fillet welds in all positions (except vertical-down) with<br />

very low spatter levels, positive re-strike (hot or cold) and self-releasing slag.<br />

Applications include the general workshop, field and structural welding of mild or<br />

galvanised steel components such as pipes, tanks, frames, fences and gates etc.<br />

Satincraft 13 is particularly recommended for the lap and fillet welding of thin<br />

walled galvanised and mild steels where the low spatter levels and excellent edge<br />

wetting produce superior results.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4313 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4113-0<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 2<br />

Features:<br />

General Purpose, Rutile Type Electrode<br />

Outstanding Operator Appeal!<br />

Versatile – All Positional Capabilities<br />

Smooth Mitre Fillet Welds with Low Spatter<br />

BLUE flux colour for instant ID<br />

General workshop, field and structural welding of mild or galvanised steel components<br />

such as pipes, tanks, frames, fences and gates, etc.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

460 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 520 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

CVN Impact Values 60J av @ 0°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50%<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Easyweld Handipaks Part No<br />

2.5 300 53 55 – 90 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611182<br />

2.5 300 53 55 – 90 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612182<br />

2.5 300 53 55 – 90 – 12kg - 12x1kg 1kg 322135<br />

3.2 380 29 90 – 135 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611183<br />

3.2 380 29 90 – 135 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612183<br />

3.2 380 29 90 – 135 – 12kg - 12x1kg 1kg 322136<br />

4.0 380 19 130 – 180 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611184<br />

5<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Satincraft Blue Blister Pack 322203<br />

AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity<br />

WELDCRAFT<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Weldcraft is a popular, rutile - basic type electrode which combines excellent all<br />

positional welding capabilities (except vertical-down) with improved radiographic<br />

weld deposit soundness and impact toughness. Weldcraft gives better control of<br />

the weld pool in vertical-up and overhead welding applications. As a direct result<br />

superior weld profile, edge wetting, penetration and slag lift are consistently<br />

achieved. Weld contours in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions are slightly<br />

convex and free from undercut. Weldcraft is suitable for “on site” and workshop<br />

welding where better mechanical properties are required and the work cannot be<br />

re-positioned to allow welding in the downhand. The electrode is recommended<br />

for welding joints subjected to radiographic examination in pressure vessel, ship<br />

building, bridge and storage tank fabrications.<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile, basic type electrode<br />

Higher radiographic quality<br />

Excellent mechanical properties<br />

Versatile ‘out of position’ capabilities<br />

‘On-site’ and workshop welding where better mechanical properties are required and<br />

the work cannot be re-positioned to allow welding in the downhand. The electrode<br />

is recommended for welding joints subject to radiographic examination in pressure<br />

vessel, ship building, bridge and storage tank fabrications.<br />

.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4303 A U<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4113-2<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6013<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 3<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

420 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 490 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

CVN Impact Values 60J av @ -20°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.50%<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 51 60 – 95 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611202<br />

3.2 380 27 95 – 135 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611203<br />

4.0 380 17 130 – 185 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611204<br />

AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

317


ELECTRODES MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER<br />

FERROCRAFT 21<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING #<br />

5<br />

Ferrocraft 21 is a popular rutile type, medium iron powder electrode developed and<br />

manufactured in Australia by CIGWELD. It offers many features including smooth<br />

stable AC / DC running on low O.C.V. welding machines, excellent fillet shapes<br />

in all welding positions (including vertical-down/up and overhead) and a higher<br />

electrode efficiency of 110%. In addition, Ferrocraft 21 produces good radiographic<br />

quality, a self releasing slag and improved “Grade 2” (min 47J av @ -20°C) impact<br />

properties. Ferrocraft 21 is suitable for workshop or ‘on-site’ repair, maintenance and<br />

fabrication welding jobs where the iron powder addition gives improved usability over<br />

conventional E4112 rutile type electrodes. It is the ideal vertical-down fillet welding<br />

electrode for thinner steel sections using “Touch Welding” techniques. It produces a<br />

controllable fast freezing slag with outstanding slag lift and minimum undercut.<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type, Medium Iron Powder Electrode<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal!<br />

Versatile - All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Easy Striking - Hot or Cold!<br />

Ideal for Vertical Down Fillet Welding.<br />

Workshop or “on-site” repair, maintenance and fabrication welding jobs where the iron<br />

powder addition gives improved usability over conventional E4112 rutile type electrodes.<br />

Ideal vertical-down fillet welding electrode for thinner steel sections using “Touch<br />

Welding” techniques.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4914 A U<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4814-2<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7014<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 3<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

430 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 500 MPa<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

CVN Impact Values 90J av @ 0°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 0.65% Si: 0.30%<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 50 55 – 100 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611242<br />

3.2 380 26 95 – 140 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611243<br />

4.0 380 17 140 – 195 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611244<br />

#5.0 450 9 200 – 260 5kg 15kg - 3x5kg 611245<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Ferrocraft 21 Blister Pack 322205<br />

AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity<br />

# 5.0mm Ferrocraft 21 is not recommended for out of position (ie. vertical or overhead) welding applications.<br />

FERROCRAFT 22<br />

Ferrocraft 22 is a rutile type high iron powder electrode for the higher productivity<br />

fillet and butt welding of mild steel in all downhand ( flat and horizontal-vertical )<br />

positions. Slag lift and “side wall” wash at weld toes are superb and welding speeds<br />

are approximately double those of conventional electrodes of equal size and length.<br />

Ferrocraft 22 is recommended for high production welding where large standing<br />

fillet welds are required. It is the ideal electrode for heavy structural welding<br />

applications such as tanks, frames, girders and beams, ship structures and rolling<br />

stock and general fabrication in the workshop or on-site.<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type High Iron Powder Electrode<br />

High <strong>Product</strong>ivity Fillet and Butt Welding in All Downhand Positions<br />

Self Releasing Slag<br />

Recommended for high production welding where large standing fillet welds are<br />

required<br />

Ideal electrode for heavy structural welding – tanks, frames, girders, beams, ship<br />

structures, rolling stock and general fabrication in the workshop or “on-site”<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4924 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4824-0<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7024<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

Grade 2Y<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 2<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

440 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 512 MPa<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

CVN Impact Values 60J av @ 0°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.05% Mn: 0.75% Si: 0.25%<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 34 85 – 120 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611252<br />

3.2 380 18 90 – 135 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611253<br />

4.0 450 11 185 – 235 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611254<br />

5.0 450 7 260 – 320 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611255<br />

Ferrocraft 22 is formulated to operate with AC (miniumum 45 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

The preferred polarity for DC fillet welding is DC+.<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

318 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES<br />

PIPEARC 6010P<br />

FPipeArc 6010P is a user friendly, high cellulose type electrode for welding mild<br />

steel in all welding positions. PipeArc 6010P exhibits a quiet and forceful deep<br />

penetrating arc, quick freezing slag, extra low spatter levels and easy slag removal.<br />

PipeArc 6010P is designed specifically for pipe line welding using Direct Current<br />

Electrode Positive (DC+). It can be used for the root, fill and capping pass welding<br />

of full penetration joints in a wide range of steels using “stovepipe” and “flick”<br />

techniques. Root passes (root runs) in single “V” butt preparations completed with<br />

PipeArc 6010P produce full and uniform penetration with excellent reverse bead<br />

formation. This electrode can be used for a wide range of applications such as, site<br />

fabrication work in the oil, LPG and LNG gas industries, shipbuilding, maintenance<br />

and general purpose work. PipeArc 6010P is used to weld out (root, fill and cap)<br />

steel pipes such as API 5L, 5LX grades X42 to X52. For the welding of “V” butt<br />

(groove weld) joints in higher strength steels, including 5LX grades X60, X65 and<br />

X70, PipeArc 6010P is recommended for root pass welding only. The fill and capping<br />

passes should be completed with PipeArc 7010P for X60 & X65 grades and PipeArc<br />

8010P for X70 grades.<br />

Features:<br />

User Friendly Pipe Welding Electrode<br />

Lower Spatter Levels and Easy Slag Removal<br />

Excellent Reverse Bead Formation on Butts<br />

Versatile “Out-of-Position” Capabilities<br />

Batch Numbered for On-the-Job Traceability<br />

Used to weld out (root, fill and cap) steel pipes such as API 5L, 5LX grades X42 to X52<br />

Welding of “V” butt (groove weld) joints in higher strength steels, including 5LX grades<br />

X60, X65 and X70. Recommended for root pass welding only.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4310 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4110-2<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6010<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 3<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

400 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 510 MPa<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

CVN Impact Values 65J av @ -20°C.<br />

40J av @ -30°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.11% Mn: 0.46% Si: 0.15%<br />

S: 0.011% P: 0.012%<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING<br />

The results quoted in this data sheet are obtained from the listed Shipping Societies (ABS,<br />

DNV, LRS) Conformance Tests and Procedures. Actual weld metal mechanical properties<br />

achieved with PipeArc 6010P are influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis,<br />

welding parameters / heat input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. On<br />

the job mechanical tests may produce different results. Please consult your CIGWELD Area<br />

Manager or Customer Service for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 66 45 – 85 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 615602<br />

3.2 350 39 90 – 135 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 615603<br />

4.0 350 25 135 – 180 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 615604<br />

DC+ (Direct Current Electrode Positive) polarity<br />

FERROCRAFT 11<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING<br />

Ferrocraft 11 is a cellulose electrode suitable for high penetration welding<br />

applications using both AC and DC power sources. The deep penetration and fast<br />

freezing weld metal of Ferrocraft 11 make it ideal for the all positional (including<br />

vertical up/down and overhead) root pass welding of full penetration joints. A<br />

small iron powder addition to the Ferrocraft 11 flux coating gives it improved arc<br />

stability and smoother arc transfer. Ferrocraft 11 is recommended for root pass<br />

welding where the ‘stovepipe’ or ‘flick’ techniques can be used to achieve full root<br />

penetration. Typical applications include the root, hot, fill and capping pass welding<br />

of pipelines, pressure vessels, storage tanks, workshop and field constructions.<br />

Features:<br />

Cellulose Pipe Welding Electrode<br />

All Positional, AC / DC Capabilities<br />

High Penetration, Root Pass Applications<br />

WHITE flux colour for easy ID<br />

Recommended for root pass welding where the “stovepipe” or “flick” techniques can<br />

be used to achieve full root penetration<br />

The root, hot fill and capping pass welding of pipelines, pressure vessels, storage tanks,<br />

workshop and field construction<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4311 A<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4111-2<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E6011<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

Grade 3, 3Y<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 3<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

415 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 500 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

CVN Impact Values 90J av @ -20°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.12% Mn: 0.47% Si: 0.10%<br />

S: 0.007% P: 0.011%<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 62 65 – 85 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611132<br />

3.2 380 33 95 – 125 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611133<br />

4.0 380 22 130 – 160 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611134<br />

AC (miniumum 65 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

319


ELECTRODES MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER<br />

EASYARC 6012<br />

EASYARC TM 6012 can be used for the general purpose repair, maintenance and<br />

fabrication welding job around the workshop and home, especially for sheet metal<br />

lap and fillet welds. For welding where you require a smooth and clean appearance,<br />

the EASYARC TM 6012 electrode is the ideal choice.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.1 : E6012<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B 4312A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 195 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 60122550<br />

3,2x350 166 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 60123250<br />

4,0x350 106 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 60124050<br />

EASYARC 6013<br />

5<br />

EASYARC TM 6013 can be used for the welding of mild steel. Especially suitable for<br />

sheet metal welding, tack welding and other types of welding which require a<br />

smooth and clean bead appearance.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.1 : E6013<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B 4313A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 195 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 60132550<br />

3,2x350 166 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 60133250<br />

4,0x350 106 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 60134050<br />

EASYARC 7014<br />

EASYARC TM 7014 can be used for sheet metal lap joints and fillet welds, general<br />

purpose plate welding, repair and maintenance jobs. Great for tack welding.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.1 : E7014<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4914A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 208 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70142550<br />

3,2x350 131 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70143250<br />

4,0x350 87 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70144050<br />

EASYARC 7024<br />

EASYARC TM 7024 can be used for high recovery welding of mild steel. It’s also<br />

suitable for horizontal and flat fillet welding of thick plates for application such as<br />

shipbuilding, construction and bridges.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.1 : E7024<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4924A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

3,2x450 63 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70243250<br />

4,0x450 47 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 70244050<br />

5,0x450 31 3 5,0 15,0 Carton box KG ex stock 70245050<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

320<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES<br />

KOBE ELECTRODE RB-26<br />

For welding of steel sheets and light structures<br />

Classifications:<br />

JIS Z3211 D4313<br />

AWS A5.1 E6013<br />

Applications<br />

Shielded metal arc welding of steel sheet structures in ships, railway vehicles and cars made of mild steel.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

RB-26 is a high titania type covered electrode which makes it possible to do vertical downwards welding with the diameters up to<br />

5.0mm.<br />

The arc is stable with little spatter and the lustrous bead can be obtained. RB-26 is most suitable for welding the structures which<br />

need vertical downward welding in particular while it is suitable for welding steel sheets and light structures because of shallow<br />

penetration.<br />

Notes on Usage:<br />

(1) In the case of vertical downward welding, manipulate the electrode keeping its tip in contact with mother plate as shown in<br />

the sketch.<br />

(2) Pay attention not to exceed the range of proper currents. Welding with excessive current not only lowers X-ray soundness, but<br />

also causes increase of spatter, undercut and insufficient slag covering.<br />

(3) Dry the electrodes at 70-100oC for 30-60 minutes before use. Excessive moisture absorption lowers usability and may result in<br />

some porosities.<br />

5<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.08 0.3 0.37 0.012 0.010<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal<br />

YP T.S. EL.<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%)<br />

450 (46) 510 (52) 25<br />

Sizes available and recommended currents (AC, DC - EP or DC - EN)<br />

Dia (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0<br />

L (mm) 250 300 350 350 400 400 450<br />

Part Number: 100037 100038 100039 100040 100041 100042 100043<br />

AMP F & VD 20~45 30~65 45~95 60~125 105~170 150~220 200~280<br />

VU & OH 20~45 30~65 45~95 60~125 100~150 125~190 -<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

321


ELECTRODES MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER<br />

OK 46.00<br />

Type: Rutile SMAW E6013<br />

OK 46.00 is an all round rutile electrode which is relatively insensitive to rust or other surface impurities. It deposits smooth weld beads in all<br />

positions including vertical-down and the slag is easy to remove. OK 46.00 is very easy to strike and restrike, making it ideal for short welds,<br />

root runs and tacking.<br />

5<br />

RECOVERY<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

APPROVALS<br />

95%<br />

C Si Mn<br />

ABS 2<br />

0.08 0.3 0.4<br />

BV 2<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DnV 2<br />

DC+(-), AC OCV 50V<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

GL 2<br />

Yield stress 400 MPa<br />

LR 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

Tensile strength 510 MPa<br />

NKK 2<br />

AWS A5.1 E6013<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

EN 499 E38 O RC 11<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

0 0 C 70 J<br />

-20 0 C 35 J<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrodes<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E4600253NRO 2.5 350 60-100 22 0.65 86 0.8 50 276 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E4600323NRO 3.2 350 80-150 22 0.65 53 1.3 57 166 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E460040HNRO 4.0 400 100-200 22 0.60 33 1.5 72 97 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

OK FEMAX 33.65<br />

Type: Rutile SMAW E7024<br />

OK Femax 33.65 is a high-recovery rutile iron powder electrode giving a metal recovery of about 165%. OK Femax 33.65 is particularly<br />

recommended for welding horizontal-vertical fillets in thick and medium thick plates. Good flexibility of bead lengths and good slag<br />

detachability.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

165%<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+, AC OCV 50V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.1 E 7024<br />

EN 499 E42 O RR 73<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.07 0.5 0.7<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 490 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 560 MPa<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

00C<br />

55 J<br />

-200C 47 J<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E3365324000 3.2 450 130-175 32 0.66 23 2.4 68 89 pcs / 5.9 kg<br />

E3365404000 4.0 450 150-240 33 0.66 15 3.3 70 60 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E3365504000 5.0 450 210-350 35 0.66 10 5.1 71 38 pcs / 5.9 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

322 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES<br />

OK FEMAX 33.80<br />

Type: Rutile SMAW E7024<br />

OK Femax 33.80 is a high-speed, high-recovery iron powder electrode giving a metal recovery of approx. 180%, particularly suitable for fillet<br />

welds. On alternating current an open circuit voltage of ≥50V is necessary. OK Femax 33.80 is very easy to strike and restrike and the slag is easy<br />

to remove. Also available in long length for gravity welding.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

APPROVALS<br />

180%<br />

Yield stress<br />

480 MPa<br />

ABS 2<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC(+-), AC OCV 50V<br />

Tensile strength 555 MPa<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

BV 2<br />

DnV 2<br />

GL 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.1<br />

E7024<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

00C<br />

60 J<br />

-200C 50 J<br />

LR 2<br />

NKK 2<br />

BKI 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.09 0.4 0.7<br />

5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E3380324N00 3.2 450 130-170 28 0.68 21 2.5 69 83 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E3380404N00 4.0 450 180-230 30 0.68 13.5 3.8 69 53 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E3380504N00 5.0 450 250-340 30 0.67 9.1 5.8 68 37 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E33805070C0 5.0 700 210-260 31 0.69 5.6 4.4 146 62 pcs / 16 kg<br />

PIPEWELD 6010 IT<br />

Type: Cellulosic SMAW E6010<br />

PW 6010 IT is an all-position cellulosic electrode that is especially suited for pipe welding. It produces the consistent, deep penetration required<br />

to maintain a proper keyhole when vertical-down welding in open root pipe joints. X-ray quality joints can be produced with PW 6010 IT using<br />

flat, horizontal, overhead, vertical-up, and vertical-down welding procedures. PW 6010 IT is recommended for welding on pipe steels up to and<br />

including API5LX46. It may also be used for welding root passes in higher grade pipe in some circumstances. It is also used for general structural,<br />

ship, barge, and storage tank fabrication.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.1 E 6010<br />

DIN 1913 E4343 C4<br />

EN 499<br />

E38/42 3 C21<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si<br />

0.12 0.45 0.20<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 380 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 470 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-290C 30 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

LR 3<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E2708323640 3.2 350 60-110 33 0.53 70 0.9 61 175 pcs / 4.9 kg<br />

E2708403640 4.0 350 90-140 33 0.52 50 1.5 58 125 pcs / 5.2 kg<br />

E2708503640 5.0 350 110-170 33 0.32 32 1.9 70 80 pcs / 5.3 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

323


ELECTRODES MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER<br />

PIPEWELD 7010 IT<br />

Type: Cellulosic SMAW E7010-G<br />

PW 7010 IT is an all-position cellulosic electrode that is especially suited for welding high strength pipe. It produces the consistent, deep<br />

penetration required to maintain a proper keyhole when vertical-down welding in open root pipe joints. X-ray quality joints can be produced<br />

with PW 7010 IT using flat, horizontal, overhead, vertical-up, and vertical-down welding procedures. PW 7010 IT is recommended for welding<br />

high-strength pipelines and pipe steel including API 5LX52 and X56.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E 7010-G<br />

DIN 1913 E51 43 C4<br />

EN 499<br />

E42/46 3Z C21<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Ni Mo<br />

0.10 0.45 0.14 0.60 0.15<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 460 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 540 MPa<br />

Elongation 20%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-290C 39 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

LR 3<br />

5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E2710323640 3.2 350 60-110 31 0.55 65 0.9 60 200 pcs / 5.4 kg<br />

E2710403640 4.0 350 90-140 32 0.58 47 1.5 57 125 pcs / 5.2 kg<br />

E2710503640 5.0 350 110-170 31 0.57 31 1.9 69 85 pcs / 5.5 kg<br />

PIPEWELD 8010 IT<br />

Type: Cellulosic SMAW E8010-G<br />

PW 8010 IT is an all-position cellulosic electrode that is especially suited for welding high strength pipe. It produces the consistent, deep<br />

penetration required to maintain a proper keyhole when vertical-down welding in open root pipe joints. X-ray quality joints can be produced<br />

with PW 8010 IT using flat, horizontal, overhead, vertical-up, and vertical-down welding procedures. PW 8010 IT is recommended for welding<br />

API grades X60, X65, and X70 pipe.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E 8010-G<br />

EN 499<br />

E 46/50 3 Z C21<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Ni Mo<br />

0.10 0.48 0.24 0.65 0.15<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 515 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 595 MPa<br />

Elongation 20%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-290C 38 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

LR 3<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E2711323640 3.2 350 60-110 31 0.56 66 0.9 59 200 pcs / 5.4 kg<br />

E2711403641 4.0 350 90-140 32 0.55 49 1.5 55 125 pcs / 5.2 kg<br />

E2711503642 5.0 350 110-170 32 0.55 31 1.9 71 85 pcs / 5.5 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

324 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MILD STEEL & IRON POWDER ELECTRODES<br />

GENERAL PURPOSE<br />

AUSTARC 12P<br />

Excellent easy starting, smoothing running, popular all positional<br />

mild steel general purpose electrode. Austarc 12P has the extra arc<br />

force and fast freezing slag required for vertical down welds. Typical<br />

applications include welding of general purpose structural steel,<br />

galvanised gates & fences, trailers, steel furniture, wrought iron work.<br />

Great operator appeal. The ideal general purpose choice for the “one<br />

electrode” workshop.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: E4824-0.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7024.<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6101 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

2.0 2.5 12.5 12P20<br />

2.0 0.5 10 12P20M<br />

2.5 2.5 12.5 12P25<br />

2.5 1.0 12 12P25M<br />

2.5/3.2 6 Blister Packs 12PBPCAR<br />

3.2 5.0 15 12P32<br />

3.2 1.0 12 12P32M<br />

4.0 5.0 15 12P40<br />

5.0 5.0 15 12P50<br />

AUSTARC 13S<br />

Very popular blue & white striped, mild steel general purpose electrode<br />

for welding in downhand and vertical positions. Easy to use for less<br />

experienced operators. Superior weld appearance and ideal for general<br />

purpose and structural welding of sheet and plate steel (galvanised or<br />

otherwise) and tubular sections, including trailers, duct work, hoppers,<br />

storage tanks etc.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1:<br />

AWS A5.1:<br />

E4113<br />

E6013<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6102 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

2.0 2.5 12.5 13S20<br />

2.0 0.5 10 13S20M<br />

2.5 2.5 12.5 13S25<br />

2.5 1.0 12 13S25M<br />

2.5/3.2 6 Blister Packs 13SBPCAR<br />

3.2 5 15 13S32<br />

3.2 1.0 12 13S32M<br />

4.0 5 15 13S40<br />

5.0 5 15 13S50<br />

5<br />

IRON POWDER<br />

AUSTARC 24<br />

Easy to use, smooth running, heavy coated, high iron powder rutile<br />

type electrode for high speed welding of mild steel. Suited to long,<br />

heavy fillet and butt welding using the touch welding or ‘short arc’<br />

technique and can be used on AC or DC power sources.<br />

It’s instant arc initiation, high arc stability & low spatter combines in<br />

an excellent fillet weld contour, “edge washing” and slag release. It is<br />

recommended for high quality downhand welding of heavy sections<br />

where high deposition rates are required.<br />

Typical applications include tanks, structural frames, tractor, truck &<br />

trailer bodies, rolling stock, roof trusses, etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/NZS 1553.1: E4824<br />

AWS A5.1: E7024<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6106 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

3.2 5 15 2432<br />

4.0 5 15 2440<br />

5.0 5 15 2450<br />

CELLULOSE/PIPELINE<br />

WELDWELL 31A<br />

High Cellulose electrode developed for all positional welding on both<br />

AC and DC current. Recommended for pipeline welding and storage<br />

tank construction where either the “Stove Pipe” or “Flick” techniques<br />

are used to obtain full root penetration in critical structural joints.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1:<br />

AWS A5.1:<br />

E4111<br />

E6011<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6106 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

2.5 2.5 12.5 PH31A25<br />

3.2 5 15 PH31A32<br />

4.0 5 15 PH31A40<br />

5.0 5 15 PH31A50<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

325


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

5<br />

FERROCRAFT 16 TWINCOAT<br />

Ferrocraft 16 Twincoat is a hydrogen controlled welding electrode from CIGWELD<br />

offering exceptional AC/DC welding performance in all welding positions, including<br />

vertical-up and overhead. The unique dual or twin flux coating enables easy arc<br />

starting, ultra smooth performance and reliable weld deposit toughness to be<br />

achieved in all welding positions. Ferrocraft 16 Twincoat produces excellent AC<br />

performance, particularly on portable 240V AC welding machines. It offers excellent<br />

low current performance which is important for achieving the best bead shape whilst<br />

producing no undercut in the difficult vertical-up and overhead positions. Ferrocraft<br />

16 Twincoat is an easy-to-use E4816/E7016 type electrode for the all positional fillet<br />

and butt welding of heavier mild steel sections or joints under high restraint. It is also<br />

suitable for a wide range of welding applications on selected Carbon-Manganese,<br />

low alloy and cast steels. The easy operation, reliable Grade 3 weld metal properties<br />

and low hydrogen status make the electrode ideal for maintenance welding jobs,<br />

including the repair of earth moving equipment and the ‘buttering’ of steel sections<br />

prior to the application of hard surfacing.<br />

Features:<br />

Unique dual or twin coated flux for easy arc starting.<br />

Excellent operator appeal / Hydrogen controlled.<br />

Ultra smooth pereformance in all welding postions.<br />

Reliable Grade 3 weld metal properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4816-2 H10.<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4916 A U H10<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8.<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H15.<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Grade 3H10, 3Y<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress.<br />

465 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 570 MPa.<br />

Elongation 29%.<br />

CVN Impact Values 105 J av @ -20°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.65%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

7.0–7.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Pack Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 53 50–90 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611752<br />

2.5 350 53 50–90 2.5lg 15kg – 6 x 2.5lg 612752<br />

3.2 350 30 85–140 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611753<br />

3.2 350 30 85–140 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5lg 612753<br />

4.0 350 21 135–190 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611754<br />

Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm 322214<br />

FERROCRAFT 7016<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Ferrocraft 7016 is a basic, hydrogen controlled electrode that deposits weld metal<br />

in the 550MPa class. It gives excellent operator appeal in all welding positions,<br />

except vertical-down and exhibits a smooth, penetrating arc with excellent bead<br />

appearance and shape. The full covering slag is easy to control and remove.<br />

Ferrocraft 7016 is a versatile hydrogen controlled electrode, giving excellent all<br />

round arc performance and reliable impact toughness to -30°C. Ferrocraft 7016<br />

is designed for all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and butt welding jobs<br />

where “hydrogen control” is required and the emphasis is on operator appeal. It<br />

is also recommended for more critical applications where low temperature impact<br />

toughness to -30°C is required. Typical applications include pressure vessel<br />

fabrication, bridge and ship building and equipment repair and maintenance work.<br />

Features:<br />

Fully Basic Hydrogen Controlled E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal in All Positions.<br />

Ideal for Fill and capping passes.<br />

Excellent Impact Toughness to -30°C.<br />

Applications include pressure vessel fabrication, bridge, ship building, equipment<br />

repair and maintenance work.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new)<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old)<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1:<br />

B 4916 A U H10<br />

E4816-3 H10<br />

E7016 H8<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Det Norske Veritas<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

480 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 570 MPa<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

CVN Impact Values 125J av @ -20°C<br />

100J av @ -30°C<br />

Grade 3Y H10<br />

Grade 3H10, 3Y<br />

Grade 3Y H10<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.65%<br />

S: 0.009% P: 0.019%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0 - 6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* Reconditioned for 2 hours maximum @ 300°C.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 29 90 – 130 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611743<br />

4.0 380 19 120 – 180 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611744<br />

Ferrocraft 7016 is formulated to operate with AC (minimum 50 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

The preferred polarity of fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+.<br />

326<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

FERROCRAFT 55U<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Ferrocraft 55U is a basic, hydrogen controlled electrode from CIGWELD offering<br />

very smooth running, excellent arc characteristics and good slag control. Designed<br />

specifically for the all positional (except vertical down) root pass welding of steel<br />

pipes and plates, Ferrocraft 55U has a thin flux coating for easier joint access. When<br />

using the correct welding technique, polarity and current setting sound penetration<br />

beads of excellent appearance and even contour can be achieved. Depending on<br />

the joint properties required, Ferrocraft 55U is suitable for fill and capping passes.<br />

Features:<br />

Basic, Hydrogen Controlled E4816 / E7016 Type Electrode.<br />

Thin Coated for Easier Joint Access.<br />

Purple End Tip Colour for instant I.D.<br />

Designed specifically for the all positional (except vertical down) root pass welding of<br />

steel pipes and plates.<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

Det Norske Veritas<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

460 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 570 MPa.<br />

Elongation 29%.<br />

CVN Impact Values 70 J av @ -20°C.<br />

Grade 3, 3Y H15<br />

Grade 3Y H10<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.80% Si: 0.77%<br />

S: 0.007% P: 0.013%<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E4916 A U H10<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old) E4816-2 H10<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1: E7016 H8.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

7.0 - 7.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* Reconditioned for 2 hours maximum @ 300°C.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 53 40 – 90 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611492<br />

3.2 380 29 90 – 130 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611493<br />

4.0 380 19 120 – 180 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611494<br />

Ferrocraft 55U is formulated to operate on low welding current to accommodate poor joint fit up and large root gaps. The electrode is suitable for AC (minimum 70 OCV) DC+ or<br />

DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for root pass welding is DC-. To maximise weld metal toughness fill and capping passes should be deposited with DC+ polarity.<br />

5<br />

FERROCRAFT 61<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Ferrocraft 61 is the latest smooth running, user friendly hydrogen controlled<br />

electrode from CIGWELD. Ferrocraft 61 gives improved side wall wash and reduced<br />

undercut at weld toes and produces very low spatter levels for an electrode of<br />

its type. Fillet weld shape is excellent and exhibits a true mitre to slightly convex<br />

profile. Improved arc characteristics and stability on low Open Circuit Voltage<br />

welding machines (≥55 O.C.V. ) ensure Ferrocraft 61 has the high operator appeal<br />

Welders demand from today’s manual arc electrodes. Ferrocraft 61 is specifically<br />

designed for all positional (especially vertical-up) fillet and butt welding<br />

applications on heavier steel sections under high restraint such as machinery<br />

parts, pressure vessels, mining equipment, pipework, ship construction and all<br />

maintenance and repair work; on site, in the workshop or on the land.<br />

Features:<br />

Basic Coated, Hydrogen Controlled E4818 / E7018 Type Electrode.<br />

Excellent Out-of-Position Welding.<br />

Reliable Impact Properties to -30°C.<br />

BATCH NUMBER Identification.<br />

Designed for all positional (especially vertical-up) fillet and butt welding applications<br />

on heavier steel sections under high restraint such as machinery parts, pressure vessels,<br />

mining equipment, pipework, ship construction and all maintenance & repair work.<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Det Norske Veritas<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress.<br />

450 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 545 MPa.<br />

Elongation 29%.<br />

CVN Impact Values 160 J av @ -20°C.<br />

130 J av @ -30°C.<br />

Grade 3, 3Y H15<br />

Grade 3H15, 3Y<br />

Grade 3Y H10<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.45%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.012%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

8.5 - 9.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* Reconditioned for 2 hours maximum @ 300°C.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new)<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1: (old)<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1:<br />

B E4918 A U H10<br />

E4818-3 H10<br />

E7018<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 42 65 – 100 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611342<br />

3.2 380 24 95 – 150 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611343<br />

4.0 380 16 145 – 220 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611344<br />

5.0 450 9 195 – 270 5kg 15kg - 3 x 5kg 611345<br />

Ferrocraft 61 is formulated to operate with AC (minimum 55 OCV), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

The preferred polarity for fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

327


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

FERROCRAFT 61 H4 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Features:<br />

Ultra-Seal vacuum packs.<br />

Highly Basic, E4918-1/ E7018-1 Type Hydrogen controlled electrode.<br />

Advanced moisture resistant flux coating.<br />

Very low “H5 / H4” diffusible hydrogen class.<br />

C-Mn weld deposit for reliable impact properties to -40°C.<br />

Recommended for critical DC welding applications.<br />

Batch Number Identification.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new)<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.1:<br />

B E4918-1 A U H5<br />

E4818-5 H5R<br />

E7018-1 H4R<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Det Norske Veritas<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

460 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 550 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

CVN Impact Values 110J av @-40°C<br />

Grade 3, 3Y H5<br />

Grade 3H5, 3Y<br />

Grade 3Y H5<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.45%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.012%<br />

5<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0 - 3.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal .<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 75 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 42 65 – 100 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612912<br />

3.2 350 26 95 – 150 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612913<br />

4.0 350 18 145 – 220 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 619914<br />

AC (miniumum 55 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

FERROCRAFT 61NiH4 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Ferrocraft 61NiH4 is a highly basic, hydrogen controlled electrode offering excellent<br />

weldability and weld deposit mechanical properties. Ferrocraft 61NiH4 is your first<br />

choice for critical DC welding applications where reliable weld deposit impact<br />

toughness to -50°C is required under higher heat input conditions. Ferrocraft<br />

61NiH4 electrodes are individually BATCH NUMBERED for total “on the job”<br />

traceability. Ferrocraft 61NiH4 meets the AS/NZS 1553.1 (1995) very low “H5”<br />

hydrogen class after the recommended reconditioning treatment (see Storage and<br />

Reconditioning recommendations for details). Ferrocraft 18-Ni is recommended<br />

for the critical welding of C-Mn, microalloyed and low alloy structural steels<br />

in the 350 - 450 MPa yield strength class. Typical applications include the all<br />

positional (except vertical down) fillet and butt welding of pressure vessels, offshore<br />

platforms, pipes, earth moving equipment, hydro-electric penstocks and heavy<br />

structural members on bridges, buildings etc.<br />

Features:<br />

Ultra-Seal vacuum packs.<br />

Highly Basic, E4818-G / E7018-G Type Hydrogen controlled electrode.<br />

Very Low “H5 / H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

C-Mn-Ni Weld Deposit for Reliable Impact Properties to -50°C.<br />

BATCH NUMBER Identification.<br />

Recommended for the critical welding of C-Mn, microalloyed and low alloy structural<br />

steels in the 350-450 MPa yield strength class.<br />

Applications include the all positional (except vertical down) fillet and butt welding of<br />

pressure vessels, offshore platforms, pipes, earth moving equipment.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new)<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2: (old)<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5:<br />

B E4918-N2 A U H5<br />

E4818-G<br />

E7018-G<br />

Approvals<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3, 3Y H5<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3H10, 3Y<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 3Y H5<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

Yield Stress<br />

450 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 560 MPa.<br />

Elongation 27%.<br />

CVN Impact Values 130 J av @ -20°C.<br />

80 J av @ -40°C.<br />

60 J av @ -50°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.25%<br />

Ni: 0.9% S: 0.007% P: 0.012%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0 - 3.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal .<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 75 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 42 65-100 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612812<br />

3.2 350 28 110 – 145 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612813<br />

4.0 350 18 140 – 200 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612814<br />

Ferrocraft 61 Ni H4 is formulated to operate with AC (miniumum 70 OCV) DC+ or DCpolarity.<br />

The preferred polarity of fillet welding and fill and capping passes is DC+.<br />

328<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

ALLOYCRAFT 80-B2 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

Alloycraft 80-B2 is a basic hydrogen controlled Cr - Mo bearing electrode offering<br />

excellent weldability and weld deposit mechanical properties and “very low”<br />

diffusible hydrogen levels. Alloycraft 80-B2 is suitable for the all positional (except<br />

vertical down) DC welding of a wide range of low alloy and medium strength steels.<br />

Alloycraft 80-B2 contains a nominal 1.25% Chromium and 0.5% Molybdenum alloy<br />

addition in the deposited weld metal and produces strong, tough weld deposits<br />

of the 550 MPa tensile class in the “as welded” condition. Alloycraft 80-B2 is<br />

recommended for the all positional (except vertical down) welding of Chromium<br />

and Chromium - Molybdenum bearing steels as used in elevated temperature<br />

applications. Some applicable ASTM steel grades include: Grade A182, F11, F12,<br />

Grade A217, WC6, Grade A387, C, Grade A426, CP2, CP11, CP12, and AS2074<br />

Grades L5B, L5G, L5H as used in steel pipes, boiler work, castings and forgings in<br />

the power station, refinery and petrochemical industries.<br />

Features:<br />

Ultra-Seal vacuum packs.<br />

Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode.<br />

Advanced Flux Coating.<br />

Very Low “H5/H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

550 MPa Tensile Class<br />

BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability.<br />

Recommended for the all positional (except vertical down) welding of Chromium and<br />

Chromium – Molybdenum bearing steels as used in elevated temperature applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AAS/NZS 4856: (new) B E5518-1CM H5<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2: (old) E5518-B2<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5: E8018-B2 H4<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 570 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 670 MPa.<br />

Elongation 24%.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.9% Si: 0.25%<br />

Mo: 0.65% S: 0.007% P: 0.012%<br />

Cr: 1.40%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0-3.5 mls of hydrogen/100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW<br />

Comweld CrMo1 GTAW<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 350 40 65 – 100 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612922<br />

3.2 350 27 105 – 150 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612923<br />

4.0 350 17 145 – 200 2.5kg 15kg – 6x2.5kg 612924<br />

AC (miniumum 70 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

ALLOYCRAFT 80-C1 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

Alloycraft 80-C1 is a basic hydrogen controlled electrode offering excellent<br />

weldability / weld deposit mechanical properties and “very low, H5” diffusible<br />

hydrogen levels. Alloycraft 80-C1 is suitable for the all positional (except vertical<br />

down) DC welding of a wide range of low alloy and medium strength steels Alloycraft<br />

80-C1 contains a nominal 2.5% Nickel alloy addition in the deposited weld metal and<br />

produces strong, tough weld deposits of the 550 MPa tensile class in the “as welded”<br />

condition. The advanced flux coating of Alloycraft 80-C1 ensures excellent resistance<br />

to hydrogen induced cold cracking in two important ways. Alloycraft 80-C1 meets the<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1 very low “H5” hydrogen class after the recommended reconditioning<br />

treatment (see Storage and Reconditioning recommendations for details). Alloycraft<br />

80-C1 is suitable for the full or under matching strength welding of high strength<br />

nickel bearing steels as used for low temperature applications. Some applicable ASTM<br />

steel grades include: Grade A148, 80-40, 80-50, Grade A217, WC4, WC5, WC6, Grade<br />

A352, LC2, Grade A420, WPL9, Grade A43T Class 2, and Grade A707, L1-L4 as used in<br />

structural, transport, mining and earthmoving applications. Alloycraft 80-C1 is also<br />

good colour match for Austen T.<br />

Features:<br />

Ultra-Seal vacuum packs.<br />

Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode.<br />

Very Low “H5/H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

550 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -60°C.<br />

BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability.<br />

Suitable for the full or under matching strength welding of high strength nickel<br />

bearing steels as used for low temperature applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855: (new) B E5518-N5 A U H5<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2: E5518-C1<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5: E8018-C1 H4<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 570 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 670 MPa<br />

Elongation 24%.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.05% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.39%<br />

Ni: 2.45% S: 0.013% P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0-3.5 mls of hydrogen/100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Verti-Cor 81Ni2 FCAW<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 24 110 – 145 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612833<br />

4.0 350 15 140 – 200 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612834<br />

5.0 350 10 190 – 270 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612835<br />

Alloycraft 80-C1 is formulated to operate with AC (miniumum 70 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

329


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

ALLOYCRAFT 90-B3 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

5<br />

Alloycraft 90-B3 is a basic hydrogen controlled Cr - Mo bearing electrode<br />

offering excellent weldability and weld deposit mechanical properties and “very<br />

low” diffusible hydrogen levels. Alloycraft 90-B3 is suitable for the all positional<br />

(except vertical down) DC welding of a wide range low alloy and medium tensile<br />

strength steels. Alloycraft 90-B3 contains a nominal 2.25% Chromium and 1.0%<br />

Molybdenum and produces strong, tough weld deposits of the 620 MPa tensile class<br />

in the “as welded” condition. Alloycraft 90-B3 is recommended for the all positional<br />

(except vertical-down) welding of Cr - Mo and Cr - Mo - V bearing steels as used<br />

for high temperature applications. Some applicable ASTM steel grades include:<br />

Grade A335 P22, Grade A182, F21, F22, Grade A426 CP21, CP22 as used in Cr-<br />

Mo-V piping, creep resistant steels , castings and forgings in the powerhouse and<br />

petrochemical industries.<br />

Features:<br />

Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode.<br />

Very Low “H5/H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

620 MPa Tensile Class.<br />

BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability.<br />

Recommended for the all positional (except-down) welding of Cr-Mo and Cr-Mo-V<br />

bearing steels as used for high temperature applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4856: (new) B E6218-2C1M H5<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2: (old) E6218-B3<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5: E9018-B3 H4<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 630 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 720 MPa.<br />

Elongation 20%.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 0.85% Si: 0.35%<br />

Mo: 1.05% Cr: 2.20% S: 0.013%<br />

P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0 - 3.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal .<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DCEP (DC+) or DCEN (DC-) polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 27 105 – 150 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612963<br />

4.0 350 17 145 – 200 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612964<br />

AC (miniumum 70 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

ALLOYCRAFT 90 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

Alloycraft 90 is a basic hydrogen controlled electrode offering excellent weldability<br />

/ weld deposit mechanical properties and “very low, H5” diffusible hydrogen levels.<br />

Alloycraft 90 is suitable for the all positional (except vertical down) DC welding<br />

of a wide range higher strength steels. Alloycraft 90 produces strong, tough weld<br />

deposits of the 620 MPa tensile class in the “as welded” condition. Alloycraft 90<br />

meets the AS/NZS 1553.1 very low “H5” hydrogen class after the recommended<br />

reconditioning treatment (see Storage and Reconditioning recommendations for<br />

details). Typical applications of Alloycraft 90 include the full or under matching<br />

strength welding of high strength steels, including Bisalloy 60, 70 and 80, Welten<br />

60 and 80, AS2074 Gr L6, Comsteel 023/026, ASTM A514 and A517 used in<br />

structural, transport, mining and earthmoving applications.<br />

Features:<br />

Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode.<br />

Very Low “H5/H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

620 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -40°C.<br />

BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability.<br />

Applications include the full or under matching strength welding of high<br />

strength steels, including Bisalloy 60, 70 and 80, Welten 60 and 80, AS2074 Gr L6,<br />

Comsteel 023/026. ASTM A514 and A517 used in structural, transport, mining and<br />

earthmoving applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4857: (new) B 6218-N3M1 A H5<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2: (old) E6218-M<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5: E9018-M H4<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Verti-Cor 91 K2 H4 (AWS A5.20: E91T1-K2)<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 590 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 680 MPa.<br />

Elongation 26%.<br />

CVN Impact Values 90 J av @ -40°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.0% Si: 0.40%<br />

Ni: 1.6% Mo: 0.3%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0 - 3.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal .<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 28 110 – 145 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612873<br />

4.0 350 18 140 – 200 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612874<br />

5.0 350 12 190 – 270 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612875<br />

Alloycraft 90 is formulated to operate with AC (miniumum 70 OCV) DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+.<br />

330<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

ALLOYCRAFT 110 – HERMETICALLY SEALED<br />

Alloycraft 110 is a basic hydrogen controlled electrode offering excellent<br />

weldability / weld deposit mechanical properties and “very low, H5” diffusible<br />

hydrogen levels. Alloycraft 110 is suitable for the all positional (except vertical<br />

down) DC welding of a wide range of high strength steels. Alloycraft 110 produces<br />

strong, tough weld deposits of the 760 MPa tensile class in the “as welded”<br />

condition. Alloycraft 110 meets the AS/NZS 1553.1 very low “H5” hydrogen class<br />

after the recommended reconditioning treatment (see Storage and Reconditioning<br />

recommendations for details). Typical applications of Alloycraft 110 include the<br />

full strength welding of high strength steels, including Bisalloy 80, USST1 and T1A,<br />

Welten 80, HY80, AS2074 Grade L6A and ASTM A533 type A, A514 and A517 grades<br />

used in structural, transport, mining and earthmoving applications.<br />

Features:<br />

Improved High Strength, Low Alloy Steel Electrode.<br />

Very Low “H5/H4” Diffusible Hydrogen Class.<br />

760 MPa Tensile Class, Reliable Impact Toughness to -40°C.<br />

BATCH NUMBERED for On-the-Job Traceability.<br />

Applications include the full strength welding of high strength steels, including<br />

Bisalloy 80, USST1 and T1A, welten 80, HY80, AS2074 Grade L6A and ASTM A533<br />

type A, A514 and A517 grades used in structural transport, mining and earthmoving<br />

applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4857:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.5:<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

(new) B 7618-N5CM3 A H5<br />

(old) E7618-M<br />

E11018-M H4<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Tensi-cor 110 TXP Verticor 111K3<br />

AWS A5.20: E110T5-K4 AWS A5.20: E111T1-K3<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 710 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength 820 MPa.<br />

Elongation. 22%.<br />

CVN Impact Values. 60 J av @ -50°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.5% Si: 0.45%<br />

Ni: 2.1% Mo: 0.4% Cr: 0.2%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

3.0 - 3.5 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal .<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 28 110 – 145 2.5kg 15kg - 6x2.5kg 612893<br />

4.0 350 18 140 – 200 2.5kg 15kg - 56x2.5kg 612894<br />

# - Alloycraft 110 is formulated to operate with AC (min 70 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC- polarity. The preferred polarity for DC welding is DC+.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

331


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

EASYARC TM 7016<br />

EASYARC TM 7016 is a multi-purpose electrode with excellent operator appeal.<br />

EASYARC TM 7016 can be used for general construction welding applications such as<br />

bridges, buildings, ship building and pressure vessels. EASYARC TM 7016 can also be<br />

used for the construction or repair of earth moving or farm equipment. EASYARC TM<br />

7016 is excellent for the welding of medium carbon steel, low alloy, and thick plate<br />

such as (ASTM A131) Grade A, B, D and E ship plates.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E7016<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4916 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 208 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70162550<br />

3,2x350 131 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70163250<br />

4,0x350 87 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70164050<br />

EASYARC TM 7018<br />

5<br />

EASYARC TM 7018 is a multi-purpose electrode with excellent operator appeal.<br />

EASYARC TM 7018 is excellent for welding of mild and low alloy steel, which is used<br />

for bridges, buildings, ship building, pressure vessels, etc. EASYARC TM 7018 can also<br />

be used for the construction or repair of earth moving, farm and mining equipment.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E7018<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4918 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 170 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70182550<br />

3,2x350 126 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70183250<br />

4,0x350 80 3 4,5 13,5 Carton box KG ex stock 70184050<br />

EASYARC TM 7018-1<br />

EASYARC TM 7018-1 is a low hydrogen electrode with excellent operator appeal.<br />

It is recommended for the critical welding of C-Mn, micro alloyed, and low alloy<br />

structural steels. Typical applications include the welding of offshore platforms, ship<br />

building, pressure vessels and heavy steel structure on bridges and buildings.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E7018-1<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4918-1 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 120 3 3,2 9,6 PE/Vac Pak KG ex stock 7018-12550<br />

3,2x350 90 3 3,2 9,6 PE/Vac Pak KG ex stock 7018-13250<br />

4,0x350 57 3 3,2 9,6 PE/Vac Pak KG ex stock 7018-14050<br />

CONARC® 49C (SRP*)<br />

A premium quality electrode for critical, out-of-position welding. It offers superior<br />

welding characteristics; clean weld puddle, uniform slag follow, and superior washin<br />

with no undercutting. Also great for welding on steels with marginal weldability.<br />

Moisture resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B<br />

AWS<br />

E4918-1 A4H5<br />

E7018-1 H4R.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 511420<br />

3.2 350 2.00SRP 16.00CT - X1 511437<br />

4.0 350 1.60SRP 12.80CT - X1 511505<br />

KRYO® 1 (SRP*)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

An all position electrode with a maximum of 1%Ni. Excellent mechanical<br />

properties suitable for offshore or similar project applications. Performs well on<br />

both AC and DC. Moisture resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B<br />

AWS<br />

E4916-GH5<br />

E7018-1 H4R.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 524383 2<br />

3.2 350 1.90SRP 15.20CT - X1 524390 2<br />

4.0 350 1.50SRP 12.00CT - X1 524468 2<br />

Note: (1) Made TTo Order (2) Discontinued (3) Indent Order Item<br />

332<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

CONARC 51 (SRP*)<br />

A fully basic type, low hydrogen electrode with excellent impact properties. In sizes<br />

of 2.5mm and 3.2mm this electrode is exceptional for root pass welding. Moisture<br />

resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B<br />

AWS<br />

E4916-1A4 H5<br />

E7016-1 H4R.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 511567<br />

3.2 350 1.80SRP 14.40CT - X1 511581<br />

4.0 350 1.40SRP 11.20CT - X1 511611<br />

SL22G (SRP*)<br />

For welding creep resistant Cr-Mo-V type steels that have a maximum service<br />

temperature up to 550 o C. A basic, all-position, low hydrogen electrode with 115-<br />

120% recovery. DC welding preferred. Moisture resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4856-G E6218-G H5<br />

AWS E8018-B1 H4.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 524246 3<br />

3.2 350 2.00SRP 16.00CT - X1 524284 3<br />

4.0 350 1.50SRP 12.00CT - X1 524277 3<br />

5<br />

SL19G (SRP*)<br />

Produces a nominal 1.25Cr-1Mo weld deposit for use with creep and hydrogen<br />

resistant Cr-Mo steels. Maximum service temperature of 550 o C. Also a good choice<br />

for use on many weathering steels. DC welding preferred. Moisture resistant<br />

coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4856-B E5518-1CM H5<br />

AWS E8018-B2 H4.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 524062<br />

3.2 350 2.00SRP 16.00CT - X1 524109<br />

4.0 350 1.50SRP 12.00CT - X1 524093<br />

SL20G (SRP*)<br />

Used for welding 2.25Cr-1Mo steels commonly used the power and petrochemical<br />

industries. Maximum service temperature of 600 o C. Basic, low hydrogen electrode<br />

with 115-120% recovery. Good mechanical properties in the as-welded and stress<br />

relieved condition. Moisture resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4856-B E6218-2CM H5<br />

AWS E9018-B3 H4.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 524154<br />

3.2 350 2.00SRP 16.00CT - X1 524192<br />

4.0 350 1.50SRP 12.00CT - X1 524185<br />

SL9CR (P91) (SRP*)<br />

Specialised electrode developed for the power and petrochemical industry. Used<br />

for welding 9Cr-1Mo type steels with maximum service temperature of 650 o C.<br />

Moisture resistant coating.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4856-B E6216-9CIMV H5<br />

AWS E9016-B9 H4.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 1.40SRP 14.00CT - X1 525700 3<br />

3.2 350 1.80SRP 14.40CT - X1 525724 3<br />

4.0 350 1.50SRP 12.00CT - X1 525731 3<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

333


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

KRYO® 3<br />

Low temperature basic electrode. The basic all position offshore electrode with<br />

approx. 2.5% Ni. 115 - 120% recovery. Excellent impact toughness at -80°C. Good<br />

CTOD at -10°C. Extremely low hydrogen content. Also available in vacuum sealed<br />

Sahara ReadyPack® (SRP): HDM < 3 ml/100g.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E8018-C1-H4<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E5518-N5 H5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,5x350 135 10 1,4 14,0 Sahara Ready Pack KG Indent 524536<br />

3,2x350 120 8 1,9 15,2 Sahara Ready Pack KG Indent 524604<br />

4,0x350 85 8 1,5 12,0 Sahara Ready Pack KG Indent 524574<br />

FLEETWELD® 5P<br />

5<br />

A great choise for pipe root runs and also for welding on dirty, rusty, greasy or<br />

painted steel — especially in vertical or overhead applications. This versatile,<br />

fast freeze electrode offers excellent arc stability. A long-time favourite among<br />

operators who handle cross-country and in-plant pipe welding.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E6010<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4310 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,4x300 1780 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock EDO10211<br />

3,2x350 863 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock EDO10203<br />

4,0x350 560 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock EDO10216<br />

4,8x350 395 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock EDO10207<br />

FLEETWELD 5P+<br />

A similar electrode to the traditional Fleetweld 5P, plus easier striking, easier slag<br />

removal and improved final appearance. It’s a first choice for pipe welding, and<br />

vertical-up and overhead plate welding.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E6010<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4310 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,4x300 1780 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock ED032109<br />

3,2x350 863 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock ED028845<br />

4,0x350 560 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock ED028846<br />

4,8x350 395 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock ED034369<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

334<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

PIPELINER® 8P+<br />

Pipeliner 8P+ is a premium quality electrode for vertical down welding on high<br />

strength pipe; API 5L X56 through X70. It has high stacking efficiency resulting in<br />

maximum productivity on the job site. Formulated to carry and deposit weld metal<br />

in difficult vertical down out-of-position applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E8010-P1<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E5510-P1 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

3,2x350 863 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED030826<br />

4,0x350 560 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED030827<br />

5,0x350 350 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED030828<br />

PIPELINER® 7P+<br />

Designed specifically for in-plant and cross country pipe welding, the Pipeliner® group<br />

of products is lot controlled and tested to provide actual chemistry and mechanical<br />

properties. Top Features: High productivity in vertical down and out-of-position pipe<br />

welding, Deep penetration, Q2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual deposit chemistry<br />

available online, Clean, visible weld puddle, Superior puddle control.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E7010-P1/E7010-G<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4910-P1 Disc Cat : 4121<br />

5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

3,2x350 863 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED031611<br />

4,0x350 560 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED031612<br />

5,0x350 350 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED031613<br />

PIPELINER® 6P+<br />

Pipeliner® 6P+ is an all-position cellulosic pipe electrode designed especially for<br />

vertical down root pass welding. This electrode is based on a long-time favorite<br />

among cross-country pipeline welders.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS E6010<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B E4310 A<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

3,2x350 863 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG ex stock ED030848<br />

4,0x350 560 1 22,7 22,7 Hermetic Can KG Indent ED030849<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

335


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

KOBE ELECTRODE LB-52-18<br />

For welding of 490N/mm2 high tensile steel<br />

Classification<br />

JIS Z3212 D5016<br />

AWS A5.1 E7018<br />

Applications<br />

Shielded metal arc welding of mild and 490N/mm2 high tensile steels of ships, bridges, buildings and pressure vessels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

LB-52-18 is an iron powder low hydrogen type covered electrode for all-position welding. The mechanical properties of the weld metal are the same as LB-52.<br />

Its usability by direct current is the best among low hydrogen type electrodes.<br />

5<br />

Notes on Usage:<br />

(1) Dry the electrodes at 300-350oC for 30-60 minutes before use.<br />

(2) Take the backstep method or strike the arc on a small steel plate prepared for this particular process purpose to prevent blowholes at the arc starting.<br />

(3) Keep the arc as short as possible.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.07 0.59 0.97 0.013 0.007<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal<br />

YP T.S. EL. IV<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J(kgf-m)<br />

500 (51) 560 (57) 31 210 (21)<br />

Sizes available and recommended currents (DC - EP or AC)<br />

Dia (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0<br />

L (mm) 350 400 450 450 450<br />

Part Number: 100011 100012 100013 100014 100015<br />

AMP F 65~95 90~130 130~190 190~250 250~320<br />

V & OH 60~90 80~120 110~170 165~210 -<br />

KOBE ELECTRODE LB-52U<br />

For one-side welding.<br />

Classification<br />

JIS Z3211 D4316<br />

AWS A5.1 E7016<br />

Applications<br />

One-sided shielded metal arc welding of pipes and general butt joints of mild steel and 490N/mm2 high tensile steel.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

LB-52U is a low hydrogen type covered electrode for exclusive use for one-side welding of pipes and general structures.<br />

Its arc stability is extremely good to perform one-side welding with relatively low currents.<br />

LB-52U provides good slag removability and smooth weld beads.<br />

Notes on Usage:<br />

(1) Dry the electrodes at 300-350oC for 30-60 minutes before use.<br />

(2 ) Reverse side bead with good appearance is obtained with proper current and optimum root gap.<br />

(3) Cut off the arc after setting the crater to the side wall of the groove to avoid crater cracks.<br />

(4) Strike the arc on a small steel plate prepared for this purpose or on the side wall of the groove to prevent blowholes at the arc starting.<br />

(5) Keep the arc as short as possible.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.08 0.64 0.86 0.012 0.008<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal<br />

YP T.S. EL. IV<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J (ft.lb)<br />

480 (49) 560 (57) 31 130 (13)<br />

Sizes available and recommended currents (AC, DC - EP or DC - EN)<br />

Dia (mm) 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0<br />

L (mm) 350 400 400 400<br />

Part Number: 100053 100054 100055 100056<br />

AMP OSW 30-80 60-110 90-140 130-180<br />

F 60-90 90-130 130-180 180-240<br />

V & OH 50-80 80-120 110-170 150-200<br />

336<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

OK 48.08<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7018-G<br />

OK 48.08 is an LMA electrode with very good mechanical properties suitable for demanding applications, e.g. offshore. The weld metal contains<br />

approximately 1% Ni for high impact values down to -60°C. The coating is of the latest LMA type for optimum resistance to porosity and<br />

hydrogen cracking. OK 48.08 is CTOD tested.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

125%<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+(-), AC OCV 65V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E7018-G ISO<br />

E 51 6 B 120 24 H<br />

CSA 48.3 M1982 E48018-G EN 499<br />

E 46 5 1Ni B 32 H5<br />

DIN 8529<br />

E SY 46 76 1Ni<br />

B H5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Ni<br />

0.06 0.35 1.2 0.9<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 540 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 600 MPa<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 160 J<br />

-400C 130 J<br />

-500C 100 J<br />

-600C 60 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

DnV<br />

GL<br />

LR<br />

3H5, 3Y<br />

4YH10<br />

4YHH<br />

3, 4Y40H15<br />

5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E48O8253100/R 2.5 350 70-110 22 0.57 88 1.0 41 266 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E4808324100/HNR0 3.2 400 110-150 22 0.66 30 1.4 85 112 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E4808404100/HNR0 4.0 450 150-200 22 0.69 20 2.0 85 81 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E4808504100 5.0 400 190-275 23 0.69 14.0 3.0 85 56 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

OK 53.04<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7016<br />

A low-hydrogen electrode with especially good running characteristics and very good mechanical properties. OK 53.04 offers tough crack<br />

resistant welds in mild and low-alloyed steels.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

105%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.1 E 7016<br />

EN499<br />

E42 4 B 12 H5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.07 0.6 1.0<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 500 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 150 J<br />

-400C 110 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3<br />

GL 3<br />

LR 3<br />

DNV 3<br />

BKI 3<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E5304253NRA 2.5 350 70-110 24 0.56 81 0.9 50 280 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E5304323NRA 3.2 350 90-140 25 0.60 48 1.2 62 146 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E5304403NRA 4.0 350 120-190 26 0.61 33 1.7 66 99 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

337


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

OK 53.70<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7016-1<br />

OK 53.70 is a low-hydrogen AC/DC electrode for the one-sided welding of pipes and general structures. The root penetration is good, leaving a<br />

flat bead with easily removable slag. The stable arc and the well-balanced slag system make the electrode easy to weld in all positions.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

100%<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+(-), AC OCV 60 V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.1 E7016-1<br />

EN 499<br />

E 42 5 B 12 H5<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 440 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 530 MPa<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 150 J<br />

-400C 120 J<br />

-470C 100 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3<br />

DnV 3<br />

BKI 3<br />

5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.06 0.4 1.1<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E53702530P0 2.5 350 60-85 26 0.63 87 0.7 57 270 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E5370253NV0<br />

E5370323NV0 3.2 350 80-130 27 0.60 53 1.1 60 165 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E53704040H0 4.0 400 90-190 28 0.63 29 1.8 68 90 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E537040HNV0<br />

OK 55.00<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7018-1<br />

OK 55.00 is a reliable high-quality LMA electrode, particularly suitable for welding high strength low-alloy steels. The good, low temperature<br />

impact strength of the weld metal should be noted. The weld metal is also very resistant to hot cracking. The electrode is also suitable for<br />

welding high strength ship's steel A, D and E quality.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

125%<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+, AC OCV 65V<br />

Classifications<br />

AWS A5.1 E 7018-1<br />

EN 499 E 46 5 B 32<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.06 0.5 1.5<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 480 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 115 J<br />

-500C 50 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3<br />

BV 3<br />

DnV 3<br />

LR 3<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E5500253NR0 2.5 350 80-110 22 – – – – 174 pcs / 4.1 kg<br />

E5500253NV0<br />

E5500323NV0 3.2 450 110-140 24 0.69 34 1.4 78 120 pcs / 6.0 kg<br />

E550032HNR0<br />

E550040HNR0 4.0 450 140-200 24 0.70 21 2.0 84 83 pcs / 6.2 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

338<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

OK 73.08 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E8018-G<br />

OK 73.08 is a NiCu-alloyed LMA electrode, which deposits a weld metal with good corrosion resistance to sea-water and flue gases, for welding<br />

of weathering steel and for ship hull construction steel. The weld metal has excellent mechanical properties. It is particularly suitable for welding<br />

the shell plating of ice breakers and other ships, which work under conditions where the protective paint-coating wears off.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

APPROVALS<br />

125%<br />

Yield stress<br />

500 MPa<br />

ABS<br />

3H5, 3Y<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 65V<br />

Classifications<br />

AWS A5.5 E8018-G<br />

ISO 2560 E51 5 B 120 26 H<br />

EN 499 E 46 5 Z B 32<br />

DIN 8529 EY 46 65 1 NiCuB<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Ni Cu<br />

0.06 0.4 1.1 0.7 0.4<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 160 J<br />

-400C 130 J<br />

-500C 70 J<br />

BV<br />

DnV<br />

GL<br />

LR<br />

TÜV<br />

3 3YHH<br />

3YH10<br />

3YH<br />

3 3YH15<br />

5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 350 80-115 21 0.62 66.0 0.9 59 38 pcs / 0.7 kg<br />

3.2 450 100-150 22 0.66 30.5 1.3 90 47 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

4.0 450 130-200 23 0.68 20.0 1.8 100 30 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

5.0 450 190-280 27 0.70 13.5 1.8 106 21 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

OK 73.68 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E8018-C1<br />

OK 73.68 is a 2.5% nickel-alloyed LMA electrode suitable for welding of low-alloy steels with impact requirements down to -600C. The<br />

composition of the weld metal is such that good, low temperature impact properties are obtained, even when welding vertically-up. The weld<br />

metal of OK 73.68 is also noted for its good corrosion resistance to sea-water and sulphuric acid fumes.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

120%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 65V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E8018-C1<br />

BS 2493<br />

2Ni BH<br />

EN 499<br />

E 46 6 2Ni B 32 H5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Ni<br />

0.05 0.35 1.0 2.4<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 520 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 610 MPa<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-550C 110 J<br />

-600C 105 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3H5, 3Y, 40<br />

BV<br />

UP (KV-600C)<br />

DnV 5YH10, For NV2-4 and 4-4<br />

LR<br />

3, 5Y40H15<br />

TÜV<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 350 70-110 23 0.62 70.0 0.9 55 27 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

3.2 450 105-150 23 0.62 32.0 1.4 81 29 pcs / 0.9 kg<br />

4.0 450 140-190 23 0.65 21.0 2.0 88 28 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

5.0 450 190-270 27 0.65 13.5 2.5 104 18 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

339


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

OK 74.46 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7018-A1<br />

OK 74.46 is an LMA electrode with 0.5% Mo for welding steels for pressure vessels. The running characteristics makes it suitable for welding<br />

joints in inclined positions. The composition of the coating is adapted to welding on low currents making OK 74.46 very suitable for welding<br />

of pipes.<br />

5<br />

RECOVERY<br />

115%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 70V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E7018-A1<br />

DIN 8575 E Mo B 42<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Mo<br />

0.06 0.3 0.8 0.5<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 460 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 560 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

+200C 175 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

TÜV<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 350 75-110 23 0.59 73.0 0.9 55 26 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

3.2 450 105-150 25 0.59 37.0 1.2 81 44 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

4.0 450 140-200 26 0.65 22.5 1.8 90 33 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

5.0 450 190-270 27 0.65 14.5 2.4 104 21 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

OK 74.78 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E9018-D1<br />

OK 74.78 is an LMA electrode suitable for welding high tensile steels for structures working at low temperatures. Good notch toughness down to<br />

-400C. Very suitable for enclosed joint welding of rail and for cladding on rail when a hardness of about 250 HV is desired. The moisture content<br />

of the coating is very low, which makes OK 74.78 suitable when preheating cannot be applied.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

125%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 70V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E9018-D1<br />

BS 2493<br />

MNMO.BH<br />

DIN 8529 EY 55 43 MnMo B<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 600 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 650 MPa<br />

Elongation 24%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

00C<br />

100 J<br />

-200C 90 J<br />

-300C 75 J<br />

-400C 60 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3H5 3Y SFS E Mo B26<br />

BV 3 3YHH TÜV<br />

DnV 3YH10 DB 10.039.17/QS<br />

LR 3 3YH15 20.039.02/QS<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Mo<br />

0.06 0.35 1.5 0.35<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 350 75-100 22 0.62 73.0 0.9 55 27 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

3.2 450 105-140 23 0.65 32.0 1.3 86 44 pcs / 2.1 kg<br />

4.0 450 140-190 23 0.65 20.5 1.8 97 30 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

5.0 450 190-260 24 0.68 14.0 2.6 100 24 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

340<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

OK 75.75<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E11018-G<br />

OK 75.75 is an LMA electrode dried to a very low moisture content, therefore suitable for welding low-alloy, high-strength weldable structural<br />

steels at room temperature or with moderate preheat.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

125%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 70V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E11018-G<br />

DIN 8529 E Y 6965 Mn2 NiCrMoB<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.055 0.35 1.75 0.45 2.25 0.45<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 755 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 820 MPa<br />

Elongation 20%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

+200C 115J<br />

-200C 85 J<br />

-400C 70 J<br />

-510C 55 J<br />

-600C 45 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

to AWS A5.5-81<br />

DnV<br />

4Y 62H10<br />

RS<br />

4Y62<br />

DB 10.039.19<br />

TÜV<br />

5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packing<br />

E7575253030/K0 2.5 350 70-110 22 0.67 66.0 1.0 54 27 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

E757324020 3.2 450 100-150 23 0.67 31.5 1.4 80 44 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

E757404020/G0 4.0 450 135-200 24 0.65 21.0 1.9 92 31 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

OK 75.78 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW EY 89 88 Mn3NiCrMo B H5<br />

This electrode is tailored for steels with extremely high tensile strength. The electrode gives tensile strength over 900MPa and impact values<br />

over 47J at -60°C.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

115%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 70V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

DIN 8529 E Y 89 88 Mn3NiCrMo B H5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.05 0.3 2.1 0.5 3.1 0.6<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 920 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 965 MPa<br />

Elongation 17%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-600C 60 J<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 350 70-110 24 0.61 73.5 0.9 52 32 pcs / 0.7 kg<br />

3.2 350 110-150 24 0.63 32.6 1.4 77 44 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

4.0 450 150-200 24 0.65 21.6 1.9 86 32 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

5.0 450 180-250 24 – – – – 21 pcs / 2.2 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

341


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

OK 76.18<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E8018-B2<br />

OK 76.18 is an LMA electrode for welding creep-resistant steels of the 1.25Cr0.5Mo type. The electrode welds with a quiet and stable arc<br />

giving a minimum amount of spatter loss while welding. OK 76.18 deposits a weld metal resistant to cracking as well as porosity. The scaling<br />

temperature of the weld metal is about 5750C.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

APPROVALS<br />

115%<br />

Yield stress<br />

530 MPa<br />

ABS<br />

SR<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC(+)<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E8018-B2<br />

DIN 8575 E CrMo 1B 20<br />

Tensile strength 620 MPa<br />

Elongation 20%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

+200C 55 J<br />

-200C 38 J<br />

-400C 19 J<br />

DnV<br />

-HH For NV1Cr0.5Mo<br />

LR<br />

SFS E 1 Cr Mo B 24<br />

TÜV<br />

5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Mo<br />

0.07 0.3 0.7 1.3 0.5<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) ArcTime (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E7618253ND0 2.5 300 70-110 24 0.58 88 0.8 52 31 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

E7618323NM0 3.2 350 95-150 25 0.59 49 1.1 65 49 pcs / 1.7 kg<br />

E7618404NM0 4.0 450 130-190 27 0.64 23 1.7 90 34 pcs / 2.4 kg<br />

E7618504020 5.0 450 150-260 28 0.64 14 2.7 95 21 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

OK 76.28<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E9018-B3<br />

OK 76.28 is an LMA electrode for welding creep-resistant steels containing approx. 2.25Cr1Mo. The electrode runs with a quiet, stable arc and<br />

gives a minimum amount of spatter loss. OK 76.28 deposits a weld metal with good crack-resistance. The scaling temperature of the weld metal<br />

is about 6250C.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

115%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC(+)<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5 E9018-B3<br />

DIN 8575 E CrMo 2 B 20<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 550 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 650 MPa<br />

Elongation 18%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

+200C 50 J<br />

-200C 25 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS SR<br />

BV UP H.T. (+5500C)<br />

CO<br />

DnV -H10 For NV2.25Cr1Mo<br />

LR<br />

TÜV<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Mo<br />

0.07 0.3 0.7 2.3 1.1<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. ofEelectrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour)Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E7628253ND0 2.5 300 70-110 25 0.58 88 0.8 52 30 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

E7628323080/NM0 3.2 350 95-150 26 0.59 49 1.2 62 48 pcs / 1.7 kg<br />

E7628404NM0 4.0 450 130-190 28 0.64 23 1.8 88 33 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

342<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES<br />

OK 76.35 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E8015-B6<br />

OK 76.35 is an LMA electrode containing 5Cr0.5Mo for welding creep-resistant steels, especially good for pipe welding. The electrode runs with<br />

a quiet, stable arc and gives a minimum amount of spatter loss. Preheat and interpass temperature 150-2600C is normally required. Mechanical<br />

data after heat treatment 8500C, 2h.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

115%<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC(+)<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.5-96 E8015-B6<br />

BS 2493 5 CrMo B<br />

DIN 8575 E CrMo 5 B26<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Mo<br />

0.05 0.4 0.7 5.0 0.55<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Tensile strength 420 MPa<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

+200C 145 J<br />

-200C 75 J<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 300 75-100 23 0.60 89 0.9 47 30 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

3.2 350 90-135 24 0.58 49 1.2 62 48 pcs / 1.7 kg<br />

4.0 450 130-200 24 0.63 23 1.9 82 33 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

5<br />

OK 76.96 (Non-Stock Item — Indent Orders only)<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E8015-B8<br />

Description<br />

OK 76.96 is an LMA electrode containing 9Cr1Mo for welding of creep-resistant steels, especially good for pipe welding. The electrode runs with<br />

a quiet, stable arc and gives a minimum amount of spatter loss. Preheat and interpass temperature 150-2600C is normally required. Mechanical<br />

data after heat treatment 8500C, 2h.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES ALL WELD METAL<br />

115%<br />

AWS A5.4 E 8015-B8<br />

Tensile strength >450 MPa<br />

BS 2493 E 9 CrMo B<br />

Elongation >20%<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

C Si Mn Cr Mo<br />

+200C >80 J<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

0.5 0.5 0.8 9.5 1.05<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.5 300 70-100 25 0.55 92 0.8 51 30 pcs / 0.6 kg<br />

3.2 350 90-135 26 0.55 50 1.1 70 47 pcs / 1.7 kg<br />

4.0 450 130-200 21 0.64 22 1.9 80 32 pcs / 2.3 kg<br />

5.0 450 160-270 25 0.64 14 2.7 92 20 pcs / 2.1 kg<br />

OK 48.04<br />

Type: Basic SMAW E7018<br />

OK 48.04 is an AC/DC general purpose LMA electrode for welding mild and low-alloy steels. It has very good welding properties and deposits a<br />

high quality weld metal with very good mechanical properties. The electrode can be used for welding rigidly restrained structures where high<br />

welding stresses cannot be avoided.<br />

RECOVERY<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

APPROVALS<br />

125%<br />

C Si Mn<br />

ABS 3<br />

0.06 0.5 1.2<br />

BV 3<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DnV 3<br />

DC+(-), AC OCV 65V<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

GL 3<br />

Yield stress 480 MPa<br />

LR 3<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

Tensile strength 560 MPa<br />

BKI 3<br />

AWS A5.1 E7018<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

EN 499<br />

E42 4 B 32H5<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-200C 150 J<br />

-400C 100 J<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

E4804253NRA 2.5 350 70-110 23 0.64 67 1.0 59 207 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E480432HNRA 3.2 400 110-150 23 0.67 33 1.4 78 113 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E480440HNRA 4.0 400 150-200 26 0.67 25 1.6 89 78 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E480450HNRA 5.0 400 190-260 26 0.66 17 2.4 92 53 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

343


ELECTRODES LOW HYDROGEN<br />

AUSTARC 16TC<br />

Smooth running, hydrogen controlled, all positional electrode. Great<br />

reputation for vertical up and horizontal operation. The original low<br />

hydrogen electrode with twin coating for even greater arc stability.<br />

Low temperature impact toughness and ideal for welding carbon,<br />

carbon-manganese and low alloy high strength steels. Particularly<br />

suitable for structural applications where notch toughness to -40oC<br />

is required.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1:<br />

AWS A5.1:<br />

E4816<br />

E7016<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6109 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

2.5 2.5 12.5 16TC25<br />

3.2 5 15 16TC32<br />

4.0 5 15 16TC40<br />

5.0 5 15 16TC50<br />

6.0 5 15 16TC60<br />

5<br />

AUSTARC 18TC<br />

Austarc 18TC is an iron powder hodrogen controlled electrode used<br />

primarily on C-Mn and low alloy structural steels. The unique twin-coat<br />

design for 18 type low hydrogen electrode offers excellent AC arc stability<br />

and superb DC+ arc transfer, excellent re-strike, reduced spatter level and<br />

extraordinary ease of use for out-of-position welding. Typical applications<br />

include oil and gas, pipe welding, structural steel construction, off-shore<br />

where Ni-alloying is prohibited, mining equipment, heavy girders and<br />

earth moving plant repair and maintenance.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 4855-B - E49 18-1 A U H5<br />

AWS A5.1: E7018-1<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

2.5 2.2 11 18TC25<br />

3.2 5.0 15 18TC32<br />

4.0 5.0 15 18TC40<br />

AUSTARC 18TT<br />

Versatile E4818/E7018-1 type electrode offering excellent DC<br />

performance in all positions except vertical down.<br />

An ideal choice for root, fill and capping passes in difficult positional<br />

pipework. Other major applications include all positional welding of<br />

unfired pressure vessels, offshore platforms, hydroelectric penstocks<br />

and general structural members.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 1553.1:<br />

E4818<br />

AWS A5.1: E7018-1<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6110 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

3.2 5 15 18TT32<br />

4.0 5 15 18TT40<br />

AUSTARC 77<br />

The Austarc is a smooth running basic type of low hydrogen iron powder<br />

electrode used for all positional welding except vertical down. The arc<br />

is very quiet with little spatter and the welds are exceptionally smooth<br />

with excellent wash in at the toes of the weld, thus giving minimum<br />

undercut. This electrode is used where the highest restrained work<br />

pieces are fabricated for mining equipment, pressure vessels, heavy<br />

girders, earth moving plant, repair and maintenance etc. For the highest<br />

weld quality with low hydrogen levels, Austarc 77 electrodes should be<br />

baked at 400°C for one hour to obtain


STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

SATINCROME 308L-17<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

Satincrome 308L-17 is a smooth running, rutile type stainless steel electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD for the all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and<br />

butt welding of 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels.<br />

The features of Satincrome 308L-17 include high AC arc stability, sound adiographic<br />

quality, smooth arc transfer characteristics, very low spatter levels and excellent<br />

bead shape and contour. The advanced moisture resistant (MR) flux coating provides<br />

improved resistance to start-of-run porosity. Slag lift of Satincrome 308L-17 is<br />

enhanced in all welding positions, it is self peeling and non-spitting.<br />

Applications of Satincrome 308L-17 include the single and multi-pass welding of<br />

19Cr/10Ni type stainless steel grades including 201, 202, 301, 302, 303, 304, 304L,<br />

305, 308 etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4854: (new) B ES308L-17<br />

AS/NZS 1553.3: (old) E308L-17<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E308L-17<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode.<br />

Outstanding Operator Appeal!<br />

Now with Improved Slag Lift!<br />

All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities.<br />

Advanced Moisture Resistant Flux Coating.<br />

Approvals<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire<br />

Comweld 308L Gas/TIG wire<br />

Shieldcrome 308LT & FCAW wires<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 630 MPa<br />

Elongation 40%<br />

CVN Impact Values 75J av @ +20°C.<br />

AWS A5.4: E308L-17.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.025% Mn: 0.76% Si: 0.87%<br />

Cr: 20.4% Ni: 9.8% S: 0.010%<br />

P: 0.017%<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

3.0 - 10.0 FN* * - using Severn Gauge<br />

AWS A5.9: ER308LSi.<br />

AWS A5.9: ER308L.<br />

AWS A5.22: E308LT1-1/4<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 47 40–70 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611602<br />

3.2 350 28 75–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611603<br />

4.0 350 18 110–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611604<br />

SATINCROME 309MO-17<br />

Satincrome 309Mo-17 is a rutile type, high alloy stainless steel electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD for the all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and<br />

butt welding of 24Cr/13Ni type stainless steels.<br />

The features of Satincrome 309Mo-17 include high AC arc stability, sound<br />

radiographic quality, smooth arc transfer characteristics, very low spatter levels<br />

and excellent bead shape and contour. The advanced moisture resistant (MR) flux<br />

coating provides improved resistance to start-of-run porosity.<br />

Slag lift of Satincrome 309Mo-17 is enhanced in all welding positions, it is self<br />

peeling and non-spitting.<br />

Applications of Satincrome 309Mo-17 include the single and multi-pass welding of<br />

matching 309 and 309L stainless steels. Satincrome 309Mo-17 is also suitable for<br />

the dissimilar welding of other “300 series” austenitic stainless steels and selected<br />

“400 series” ferritic grades to mild or low alloy steels such as 403, 405, 410, 416,<br />

420, 430, 430F-Se, 446 etc and BHP 3CR12.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4854: (new) B ES309Mo-17<br />

AS/NZS 1553.3: (old) E309Mo-17<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E309Mo-17<br />

Approvals<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire<br />

Comweld 309L Gas/TIG wire<br />

Shieldcrome 309LT & FCAW wires<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 620 MPa<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

CVN Impact Values 60 J av @ +20°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.05% Mn: 0.75% Si: 0.9%<br />

Cr: 23.0% Ni: 13.0% Mo: 2.2%<br />

S: 0.012% P: 0.017%<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

15.0 - 20.0 FN* * - using Severn Gauge<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

AWS A5.4: E309Mo-17.<br />

AWS A5.9: ER309LSi.<br />

AWS A5.9: ER309L.<br />

AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode.<br />

Outstanding Operator Appeal!<br />

Now with Improved Slag Lift!<br />

All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities.<br />

Advanced Moisture Resistant Flux Coating.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 52 40–70 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611692<br />

3.2 350 30 75–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611693<br />

4.0 350 19 110–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611694<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

345


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

SATINCROME 316L-17<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

5<br />

Satincrome 316L-17 is a low carbon, rutile type stainless steel electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD for the all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and<br />

butt welding of 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels. The features of Satincrome 316L-<br />

17 include high AC arc stability, sound radiographic quality, smooth arc transfer<br />

characteristics, very low spatter levels and excellent bead shape and contour. The<br />

advanced moisture resistant (MR) flux coating provides improved resistance to<br />

start-of-run porosity. Slag lift of Satincrome 316L-17 is enhanced in all welding<br />

positions, it is self peeling and non-spitting. Applications of Satincrome 316L-17<br />

include the single and multi-pass welding of matching Molybdenum bearing<br />

stainless steels, 316 and 316L.<br />

Satincrome 316L-17 is also suitable for the general purpose welding of other “300<br />

series” austenitic stainless steels including 301, 302, 303 and 304/304L, 305, 3CR12<br />

types. The 2.5% Molybdenum content gives increased resistance to pitting corrosion<br />

and raises the creep strength for higher temperature applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4854: (new) B ES316L-17<br />

AS/NZS 1553.3: (old) E316L-17<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E316L-17<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode.<br />

Outstanding Operator Appeal!<br />

Now with Improved Slag Lift!<br />

All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities.<br />

Advanced Moisture Resistant Flux Coating.<br />

Approvals<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Autocraft 316LSi GMAW wire<br />

Comweld 316L Gas/TIG wire<br />

Shieldcrome 316LT & FCAW wires<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 480 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength. 600 MPa<br />

Elongation 40%<br />

CVN Impact Values 30 J av @ -120°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.025% Mn: 0.8% Si: 0.85%<br />

Cr: 19.4% Ni: 11.5% Mo: 2.5%<br />

S: 0.011% P: 0.017%<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

3.0 - 10.0 FN* * - using Severn Gauge<br />

AWS A5.4: E316L-17.<br />

AWS A5.9: ER316LSi<br />

AWS A5.9: ER316L.<br />

AWS A5.20: E316LT1-1<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Easyweld Part No<br />

2.0 300 87 35–55 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611661<br />

2.5 300 46 40–70 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611662<br />

3.2 350 28 75–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611663<br />

4.0 350 18 110–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611664<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Satincrome 316L-17 Blister Pack 322215<br />

SATINCROME 318-17<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Satincrome 318-17 is a Niobium stabilised, rutile type stainless steel electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD for the all positional (except vertical-down) fillet and<br />

butt welding of stabilised and unstabilised 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels, such as<br />

316, 318 and 321.<br />

The features of Satincrome 318-17 include high AC arc stability, sound radiographic<br />

quality, smooth arc transfer characteristics, very low spatter levels and excellent<br />

bead shape and contour. The advanced moisture resistant (MR) flux coating provides<br />

improved resistance to start-of-run porosity. Slag lift of Satincrome 318-17 is<br />

enhanced in all welding positions, it is self peeling and non-spitting.<br />

The Molybdenum content of Satincrome 318-17 gives improved resistance<br />

to pitting corrosion and the Niobium addition gives improved resistance to<br />

intergranular corrosion and good strength retention at elevated temperatures up<br />

to ≈ 700°C.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4854: (new) B ES318-17<br />

AS/NZS 1553.3: (old) E318-17<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E318-17<br />

Features:<br />

(Supersedes Staincraft 318-16)<br />

Rutile Type, Stainless Steel Electrode.<br />

Outstanding Operator Appeal!<br />

Now with Improved Slag Lift!<br />

All Positional (except vertical down) Welding Capabilities.<br />

Advanced Moisture Resistant Flux Coating.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 490 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 610 MPa<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.04% Mn: 0.8% Si: 0.90%<br />

Cr: 19.0% Ni: 12.0% Mo: 2.3%<br />

Nb: 0.35% S: 0.017% P: 0.024%<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

5.0 - 10.0 FN* * - using Severn Gauge<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Easyweld Part No<br />

2.5 300 46 40–70 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611652<br />

20 rod 322105<br />

3.2 350 28 75–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611653<br />

346<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

WELDALL<br />

WELDALL is a highly alloyed stainless steel electrode which deposits a strong<br />

and ductile duplex austenite-ferrite weld metal extremely resistant to cracking.<br />

WELDALL has a host of features which make it suitable for the welding of all types<br />

of steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 4854: (new) B ES312-17<br />

AS/NZS 1553.3: (old) E312-17<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.4: E312-17<br />

Features:<br />

Easy arc starting and excellent stability on low Open Circuit Voltage (O.C.V) welding<br />

machines such as the CIGWELD Easywelder EC.<br />

Rutile type flux coating gives smooth, stable running in all positions (except vertical<br />

down) especially on low current settings.<br />

High ferrite ( ª 40%) austenitic stainless steel deposit gives excellent resistance to hot<br />

cracking, even when diluted with carbon, austenitic and high alloy steels.<br />

Weld deposit gives excellent resistance to corrosion and oxidation.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Murex Speedex 312-16<br />

AWS A5.4: E312-16<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

WELDALL is recommended for the repair and maintenance of all steels,<br />

particularly those of unknown composition. It is suitable for;<br />

Joining dissimilar steels, such as stainless steel to carbon steel.<br />

Repairing die or tool steels.<br />

Use as a protective overlay against corrosion.<br />

Use as an intermediate or buffer layer prior to hard surfacing.<br />

Industry Applications<br />

Joining dissimilar steels, such as stainless steel to carbon steel.<br />

Repairing die or tool steels.<br />

Use as a protective overlay against corrosion.<br />

Use as an intermediate or buffer layer prior to hard surfacing.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 630 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 780 MPa<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

CVN Impact Values 30 J av @ +20°C.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

C: 0.11% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.88%<br />

Cr: 27.0% Ni: 9.10% S: 0.011% P: 0.020%<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

2.5 300 57 40–80 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611702<br />

1.0kg 12 kg - 12 x 1 kg 610702<br />

3.2 350 30 75–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611703<br />

1.0kg 12 kg - 12 x 1 kg 610703<br />

4.0 350 20 110–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611704<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Weldall Blister Pack 322216<br />

CASTCRAFT 55<br />

Castcraft 55 is a basic, graphite coated Nickel / Iron electrode manufactured by<br />

CIGWELD for the higher strength repair and maintenance welding of Spheroidal<br />

Graphite (S.G.) irons, austenitic cast irons, meehanites and a wide range of grey cast<br />

irons.<br />

It produces a soft stable arc with minimal penetration and spatter and is very<br />

tolerant to parent metal contaminants such as oil and dirt. The ductile Nickel / Iron<br />

weld deposit is machinable with the higher strength required for welding S.G. irons.<br />

Where higher joint strength is important, Castcraft 55 may be used for root and fill<br />

passes followed by capping passes with Castcraft 100 for a smoother surface finish.<br />

Procedure for Welding Oil Contaminated Cast Iron:<br />

For welding oil impregnated cast iron an increased arc length of up to ª 6mm is<br />

recommended to reduce the porosity in the weld deposit (caused by the oil) to an<br />

acceptable level. For heavy oil contamination, preheating the cast iron up to 200°C<br />

will also help to reduce porosity levels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15:<br />

ENiFe-CI.<br />

Features:<br />

Maintenance Welding of S.G. Cast Irons.<br />

Joins Cast Iron to Steel.<br />

Lime Fluorspar / Graphite Coating.<br />

Higher Strength Nickel / Iron Deposit.<br />

Easy starting and Stable Running on<br />

Portable 240V Welding Machines.<br />

ALL DOWNHAND<br />

WELDING<br />

Core Wire:<br />

Nickel Iron (55% Ni, 45% Fe)<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength 500 MPa<br />

Hardness.<br />

220 HV30<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.95% Mn: 0.65% Si: 0.25%<br />

Al: 0.25% Ni: 53% Fe: Bal<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Nicore 55 Cast Iron Flux Cored Wire<br />

AWS A5.15: ENiFe-CI.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 31 75–120 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611723<br />

4.0 350 21 100–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611724<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

347


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

CASTCRAFT 100<br />

ALL DOWNHAND<br />

WELDING<br />

5<br />

Castcraft 100 is a basic, graphite coated electrode manufactured by CIGWELD for<br />

the repair and maintenance of a wide range of cast iron components.<br />

It produces a soft stable arc with minimal penetration and spatter and is very<br />

tolerant to parent metal contaminants such as oil and dirt. The ductile Nickel based<br />

weld deposit is readily machinable with good colour match to most cast irons.<br />

Applications of Castcraft 100 include the repair and reclamation of engine blocks,<br />

cylinder heads, differential housings, gear boxes, pump and machine housings and<br />

cast iron pulleys etc. In some applications Castcraft 100 is preferred to Castcraft 55<br />

because of the better ‘wetting’ action of the high nickel weld deposit.<br />

Procedure for Welding Oil Contaminated Cast Iron:<br />

For welding oil impregnated cast iron an increased arc length of up to ª 6mm is<br />

recommended to reduce the porosity in the weld deposit (caused by the oil) to an<br />

acceptable level. For heavy oil contamination, preheating the cast iron up to 200°C<br />

will also help to reduce porosity levels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15:<br />

ENi-CI.<br />

Features:<br />

Maintenance Welding of Cast Irons.<br />

Lime Fluorspar / Graphite Coating.<br />

Soft, Ductile Nickel Deposit.<br />

Easy starting and Stable Running on Portable 240V Welding Machines.<br />

Smoother Weld Deposit Surface Finish.<br />

Core Wire:<br />

Nickel (98% Ni)<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength 400 MPa<br />

Hardness<br />

170 HV30<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 1.0% Mn: 0.05% Fe: 0.5%<br />

Si: 0.1% Al: 0.2% Ni: Bal<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Easyweld Part No<br />

2.5 300 49 55–85 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611732<br />

20 rod 322110<br />

3.2 350 31 75–120 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611733<br />

15 rod 322111<br />

4.0 350 21 100–150 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611734<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 2.5mm/5 x 3.2mm rod Castcraft 100 Blister Pack 322217<br />

BRONZECRAFT AC-DC<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

EXCEPT VERTICAL DOWN<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Fully extruded phosphor bronze electrode containing approximately 7% tin. The<br />

covering is a fully extruded graphite / lime fluorspar type giving an extremely soft<br />

arc action similar to the CASTCRAFT series.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.6:<br />

E 6200 - A2<br />

E CuSn - C<br />

Features:<br />

For Welding Copper and Copper Alloys.<br />

Also for Joining Copper and Copper Alloys to Steel.<br />

Easy to use, High Quality Weld Deposit Appearance.<br />

Industry Applications<br />

The BRONZECRAFT AC-DC electrode deposits dense, sound weld metal comparable<br />

in physical properties and colour to phosphor bronze. Suitable for welding copper<br />

and copper base alloys. Building up parts in gun-metal, phosphor bronze, aluminium<br />

bronze and silicon bronze alloys.<br />

Bronze ship propellers<br />

Copper bus-bars<br />

Copper to steel<br />

Bearing surfaces<br />

Impeller blades<br />

Suitable also for some cast irons.<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s<br />

Autocraft Silicon Bronze Copper Alloy MIG Wire<br />

AWS A5.7:<br />

ERCuSi-A.<br />

Comweld Silicon Bronze Copper Alloy TIG Wire<br />

AWS A5.7:<br />

RCuSi-A.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 315 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 460 MPa<br />

Elongation 22%<br />

Hardness.<br />

120 HV30<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

Mn: 0.02% Sn: 7.50% Al: 0.008%<br />

P: 0.26% Fe: 0.20% Cu: Bal<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC- polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 350 30 70–110 2.5kg 15kg – 6 x 2.5kg 611783<br />

348<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ARCAIR® DC GOUGING CARBONS<br />

STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

Features:<br />

Fast, Clean, Smooth, hassle-free Gouging.<br />

Able to Remove Metal from a Wide Range of Common Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals.<br />

Designed for DC Operation.<br />

Superior arc stability.<br />

CIGWELD Arcair DC gouging carbons are made by mixing carbon/graphite with a<br />

binder, baking, and then coating with a controlled thickness of copper. Carbons are<br />

available in three types; Pointed, Jointed and Flat.<br />

Severing (cutting) is a form of<br />

gouging where the operator holds<br />

the electrode at a steeper travel<br />

angle (70 - 80°) to the workpiece and<br />

moves the arc in a sawing motion<br />

(Figure 1). A gouging carbon can cut<br />

non-ferrous materials 1.5 times its<br />

own thickness.<br />

SAWING MOTION<br />

70 O -80 O<br />

• Pointed carbons are the standard all purpose gouging electrode. Controlled<br />

copper coating improves electrical conductivity providing more efficient,<br />

cooler operation and helps maintain electrode diameter at the point of the arc.<br />

• Jointed carbons have the added benefit of working without stub loss, with<br />

each rod having a female socket and matching male tang. They can be used with<br />

semi and fully automatic torches.<br />

• Flat carbons are specially designed for close tolerance metal removal and<br />

scarfing applications, producing a rectangular groove.<br />

Washing is a form of gouging that<br />

allows the removal of metal from<br />

large areas, hardfacing deposits<br />

and riser pads on castings. An arc<br />

is struck and then the electrode<br />

is weaved from side to side using<br />

a travel angle of 15 - 70° to the<br />

workpiece, depending on the required<br />

depth of the gouge. (Figure 2)<br />

ELECTRODE HAS SHALLOWER<br />

ANGLE THAN SERVING<br />

15 O -70 O<br />

5<br />

Air-carbon arc gouging is done in the downhand, vertical, horizontal and overhead<br />

position with a stick out of 180mm and an electrode angle of approximately 35<br />

degrees, depending on the application.<br />

The groove width obtained will be approximately 3mm wider than the carbon<br />

size.<br />

The gouging action occurs when the arc is struck, removing molten metal as the<br />

electrode is moved along the workpiece. A slow travel speed produces a deep<br />

groove, a fast travel speed produces a shallow groove.<br />

Bevelling can be achieved by using<br />

a travel angle of 90 degrees and a<br />

work angle equal to the bevel angle<br />

(Figure 3).<br />

BEVEL ANGLE 35 O<br />

The air flow must be turned on before gouging commences. The operator must<br />

ensure that adequate eye (shade 12-14), ear and clothing protection is worn.<br />

ARCAIR® DC GOUGING CARBONS<br />

CIGWELD Arcair gouging carbons are used for the efficient gouging, back gouging, plate edge preparation, touching up and removal of old or defective hardfacing and<br />

stainless steel weld deposits. They are used for reworking plates, dies, castings, pipes, armour plating etc. They gouge and sever ferrous and non-ferrous metals such as<br />

carbon steel, low alloy steel, stainless steel, cast iron, nickel alloys (nickel less than 80%), magnesium alloys and aluminium on DCEP. Copper alloys, aluminium bronze alloys<br />

and aluminium nickel bronze alloys can be gouged using DCEN.<br />

Air carbon-arc gouging is used in many industries such as agriculture, automotive, heavy fabrication, construction, foundries, maintenance and repair shops, mining and<br />

quarrying, military, shipyards, power plants, railroads, steel mills to name a few.<br />

Conditioning Data:<br />

If carbons are damp, they should be redried at 180°C for 10 hours, otherwise they may shatter.<br />

Conditioning Data:<br />

If carbons are damp, they should be redried at 180°C for 10 hours, otherwise they may shatter.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

CIGWELD Part No. Size (mm) Rods per pack Current range (Amps) Air Pressure (kPa) Air Pressure (L/min)<br />

POINTED 22043003 6.5 x 305 50 300 - 400 550 - 690 450<br />

22053003 8 x 305 50 350 - 450 550 - 690 450<br />

22063003 9.5 x 305 50 450 - 600 550 - 690 450<br />

JOINTED 24104003 16 x 430 100 1000 - 1250 550 - 690 930<br />

24124003 19 x 430 100 1250 - 1600 550 - 690 930<br />

FLAT 35033003 15 x 5 x 305 50 450 - 600 550 - 690 450<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

349


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

PRIMALLOY<br />

The New Primalloy Range of Stainless Steel electrodes offers the discerning stainless steel fabricator outstanding<br />

operational features in a class leading, resealable moisture proof pack format. Advanced formulation technology<br />

optimised by Lincoln Electric® after decades of R&D, combined with state -of -the -art manufacturing processes<br />

ensure Primalloy stainless steel electrodes offer the very best weld experience, product consistency from batch to<br />

batch and solid dependable weld properties. Operators will be delighted with the ease of use, excellent edge wetting<br />

and resultant weld shape. Slag release is positive in most applications. PRIMALLOY is supported by Lincoln’s world<br />

renowned technical support via Conformance Certificates, Approvals, Data sheets, MSDS & Application advice.<br />

5<br />

Classifications:<br />

Primalloy 308L<br />

AWS E308L-16 AS/NZS 4854-B E308L-16<br />

Primalloy 316L<br />

AWS E316L-16 AS/NZS 4854-B E316L-16<br />

Primalloy 309LMo<br />

AWS E309LMo-16 AS/NZS 4854-B E309L-16<br />

Primalloy 312<br />

AWS E312-16 AS/NZS 4854-B E312-16<br />

PRODUCT DETAILS<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Size Part Rods Pack Carton<br />

(mm) Number Per Pack Weight Weight<br />

Primalloy TM 308L 2.5 3082525 140 2.6 10.4<br />

3.2 3083225 91 3.2 12.8<br />

4.0 3084025 60 3.2 12.8<br />

Primalloy TM 316L 2.5 3162525 140 2.6 10.4<br />

3.2 3163225 91 3.2 12.8<br />

4.0 3164025 60 3.2 12.8<br />

Primalloy TM 309LMo 2.5 3092525 140 2.6 10.4<br />

3.2 3093225 91 3.2 12.8<br />

4.0 3094025 60 3.2 12.8<br />

Primalloy TM 312 2.5 3122525 140 2.6 10.4<br />

3.2 3123225 91 3.2 12.8<br />

4.0 3124025 60 3.2 12.8<br />

VERTAROSTA® 316L<br />

Similar applications to the 316L electrodes above, however speically designed for<br />

vertical down welding on DC+.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

E316L-15.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 300 2.70CT 8.10CT - X4 558098<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

350<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

LIMAROSTA 309S<br />

Primarily for welding 309/309S (wrought) and CH-10/CH-20 (cast) base materials.<br />

A high Cr austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved<br />

corrosion and oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals<br />

joining such as stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel. Produces a mirror-like bead<br />

appearance with excellent wetting, slag release and resistance to porosity.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

E309L-17*.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Unit Packaging Carton Packaging Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

Weight (kg) Weight (kg)<br />

2.5 350 2.80CT 8.40CT - X4 557534<br />

3.2 350 4.90CT 14.70CT - X4 557565<br />

4.0 450 5.90CT 17.70CT - X4 557589<br />

REPTEC CAST 1<br />

Ni-electrode for repair welding of lamellar cast iron, malleable cast iron and cast<br />

iron to steel. Produces a soft malleable weld deposit. Hardness weld deposit ~ 175<br />

HB. Preferable welding on DC-, gives pulsed arc welding, deep penetration, smooth<br />

surface, no lack of fusion. Welding on AC, lowest heat input, important at filling.<br />

Best choice for multilayer welding.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ENi-CI<br />

5<br />

Dia. x length (mm) Pieces Pack Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

per pack per carton Pack Carton<br />

3,2x300 76 1 2,5 2,5 PE Tube KG ex stock 400892<br />

REPTEC CAST 31<br />

Electrode for repair welding of cast iron, malleable cast iron and cast iron to<br />

steel. The nickel-iron weld deposit is easily machineable. Particularly applicable<br />

for nodular cast iron. Hardness weld deposit ~ 180 HB. Excellent current carrying<br />

capacity due to bi-metal core wire. Welding on AC and DC- polarity. Best choice<br />

welding DC -.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ENiFe-CI<br />

Dia. x length (mm) Pieces Pack Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

per pack per carton Pack Carton<br />

3,2x300 82 1 2,5 2,5 PE Tube KG ex stock 400922<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

351


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

AVESTA STANDARD GRADE COVERED ELECTRODES<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Avesta electrode<br />

designation<br />

EN 1600/14172<br />

AWS A5.4/A5.11<br />

AVESTA 308L/MVR-3D<br />

EN E 19 9 L R<br />

AWS E308L-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 347/MVNB-3D<br />

EN E 19 9 Nb R<br />

AWS E347-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 316L/SKR-3D<br />

EN E 19 12 3 L R<br />

AWS E316L-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 316L/SKR-4D<br />

EN E 19 12 3 L R<br />

AWS E316L-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 309L-3D<br />

EN E 23 12 L R<br />

AWS E309L-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P5-3D<br />

EN E 23 12 2 L R<br />

AWS E309LMoL-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P7 AC/DC<br />

EN E 29 9 R<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

For welding the following steel<br />

Analysis<br />

% (All<br />

Weld<br />

Metal)<br />

Mechanical<br />

properties<br />

Typical values<br />

EN ASTM Welding<br />

Position<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.6<br />

Cr 19.5<br />

Ni 10.1<br />

Yield 430N/mm²<br />

Tensile 550N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Welding parameters and sizes<br />

Current<br />

Amperage<br />

45 - 70<br />

60 - 110<br />

90 - 150<br />

Dia<br />

mm<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

Approvals<br />

Avesta’s 3D range has been specially developed for flexible welding in all common welding positions except vertical down. Extremely good<br />

weldability; the arc is stable and weld pool and slag are extremely easy to control. Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding<br />

along the work piece and both AC/DC can be used but DC (+) preferred. The Avesta 308/MVR-3D is a Cr-Ni electrode for welding of 304 and<br />

304L stainless steel.<br />

1.4541<br />

1.4550<br />

321<br />

347<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.8<br />

Cr 19.5<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Nb<br />

≥10xC<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 620N/mm²<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Hardness 225 Brinell<br />

45 - 70<br />

60 - 110<br />

90 - 150<br />

Avesta 347/MVNb AC/DC is a Nb stabilized Cr-Ni electrode for welding Ti stabilized steels such as ASTM 321 and 347 exposed to service<br />

temperatures exceeding 400˚C.Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding along the work piece and both AC/DC can be used<br />

but DC preferred. Constructions with lower service temperature can be welded with Avesta 308L/MVR-3D, which offers better resistance to hot<br />

cracking.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

316 316L<br />

316LN 316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.7<br />

Cr 18.5<br />

Ni 12.0<br />

Mo 2.7<br />

Yield 445N/mm²<br />

Tensile 590N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

25 - 45<br />

30 - 55<br />

45 - 70<br />

60 - 110<br />

90 - 150<br />

Avesta’s 3D range has been specially developed for flexible welding in all common welding positions except vertical down. Extremely good<br />

weldability; the arc is stable and weld pool and slag are extremely easy to control. Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding<br />

along the work piece and both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. The Avesta 316L/SKR-3D is a Cr-Ni-Mo electrode for welding ASTM 316<br />

and 316L stainless steel.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

316 316L<br />

316LN 316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.7<br />

Cr 18.2<br />

Ni 12.0<br />

Mo 2.6<br />

Yield 480N/mm²<br />

Tensile 590N/mm²<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

30 - 55<br />

40 - 70<br />

50 - 110<br />

AVESTA 4D is a thin-coated, rutile-acid type electrode specially developed for the welding of thin walled pipelines and sheets, mainly in the<br />

chemical process and papermaking industries. It is characterised by its exceptionally good arc stability, weld pool control, slag removal and<br />

restriking properties. Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding along the workpiece and both AC/DC can be used but DC<br />

preferred. This makes it highly suitable for welding in restrained positions and under difficult site conditions, where it offers considerably<br />

higher productivity than manual TIG welding. It is also recommended for root runs and multipass welds in general fabrication of ASTM 316<br />

type stainless steels in all material thicknesses. Avesta’s 4D range has been specially developed for flexible welding of thin stainless sheets and<br />

pipes. Avesta 4D electrodes is often a quick and cost-efficient alternative to TIG.<br />

Over alloyed electrode for surfacing<br />

unalloyed steel or joint welding<br />

non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless<br />

steel to unalloyed steel and<br />

welding clad materials.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.8<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 13.0<br />

Yield 450N/mm²<br />

Tensile 550N/mm²<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

45 - 80<br />

70 - 120<br />

90 - 160<br />

Avesta 309L-3D is an over alloyed low carbon electrode designed for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild or low-alloyed steels.<br />

Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding along the work piece and both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. The electrode<br />

is also well suited as a buffer layer when performing overlay welding on mild steels, providing an 18 Cr 8 Ni deposit from the very first layer.<br />

Over alloyed electrode for surfacing unalloyed steel, joint welding non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless steel to unalloyed steel and welding clad<br />

material.<br />

Molybdenum-alloyed electrode for<br />

surfacing unalloyed steel or joint<br />

welding non-molybdenum-alloyed<br />

stainless steel to unalloyed steel<br />

and welding clad materials.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.8<br />

Cr 22.5<br />

Ni 13.5<br />

Mo 2.5<br />

Yield 490N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

45 - 80<br />

70 - 120<br />

90 - 160<br />

Avesta’s 3D range has been specially developed for flexible welding in all common welding positions except vertical down. Extremely good<br />

weldability; the arc is stable and weld pool and slag are extremely easy to control. Should be welded using a short arc with its coating<br />

sliding along the work piece and both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. Avesta P5-3D is an molybdenum-alloyed low carbon electrode<br />

corresponding to AWS A5.4 E309MoL-17. This highly alloyed 23/13/3L electrode is suitable reliable, crack resistant welds between stainless steel<br />

of the ASTM316/316L type and mild or low-alloy steels and can also be used for overlay welding , providing an 18Cr 8 Ni 2 Mo deposit from the<br />

very first layer.<br />

Specially designed for difficult-toweld<br />

such as Mn-steel, tool steel,<br />

high temperature steel grades. Also<br />

for welding stainless to unalloyed<br />

steel.<br />

C 0.09<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.8<br />

Cr 29.0<br />

Ni 9.5<br />

Yield 620N/mm²<br />

Tensile 810N/mm²<br />

Elongation 16%<br />

Hardness 270 Brinell<br />

50 - 80<br />

80 - 120<br />

100 - 160<br />

Avesta P7 is a highly alloyed Cr-Ni electrode with approx 40% ferrite offering high tensile strength and excellent resistance to cracking. The<br />

chemical composition corresponds to that of AWS A5.4 E312. The electrode is primarily intended for dissimilar welding between stainless steel,<br />

tool steel, spring steel, and 14% Mn steel as well as other difficult to weld combinations.<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

1.6<br />

2.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

CWB<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

CWB<br />

DB<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

CWB<br />

DB<br />

SK<br />

UDT<br />

352<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AVESTA SPECIAL GRADE COVERED ELECTRODES<br />

STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

Avesta electrode<br />

designation<br />

EN 1600/14172<br />

AWS A5.4/A5.11<br />

AVESTA 904L AC/DC<br />

EN E 20 25 5 Cu N L R<br />

AWS E385-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P10 BASIC<br />

AWS ENiCrFe-3<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P12-R BASIC<br />

EN ENiCr21MoFeNb<br />

AWS ENiCrMo-12<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA LDX 2101<br />

AC/DC<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 2205-3D<br />

EN E 22 9 3 N L R<br />

AWS E2209-17<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 2507/P100<br />

EN E 25 9 4 NLR<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

For welding the following steel<br />

Analysis<br />

% (All<br />

Weld<br />

Metal)<br />

Mechanical<br />

properties<br />

Typical values<br />

EN ASTM Welding<br />

Position<br />

1.454 904L C 0.02<br />

Si 0.7<br />

Mn 1.2<br />

Cr 20.5<br />

Ni 25.0<br />

Mo 4.5<br />

CU 1.5<br />

Yield 400N/mm²<br />

Tensile 565N/mm²<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Welding parameters and sizes<br />

Current<br />

Amperage<br />

50 - 75<br />

80 - 110<br />

100 - 150<br />

Dia<br />

mm<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

Approvals<br />

Avesta 904L AC/DC is a highly alloyed fully austenitic Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu electrode designed for welding ASTM 904L and similar types of stainless<br />

steel. 904L filler metal has a fully austenitic structure which makes it somewhat more sensitive to hot cracking than for example 316L AC/DC.<br />

Welding should be performed taking great care about low heat input and interpass temperature. Both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. The<br />

electrode has excellent corrosion resistance in non-oxidizing solutions such as sulphuric and phosphoric acids.<br />

All round electrode suitable<br />

for many difficult-to-weld<br />

combinations.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 6.5<br />

Cr 16.0<br />

Nb 1.8<br />

Fe 5.0<br />

Ni Bal<br />

Yield 380N/mm²<br />

Tensile 630N/mm²<br />

Elongation 39%<br />

Hardness 180 Brinell<br />

45 - 70<br />

70 - 110<br />

100 - 140<br />

Avesta P10 basic is a nickel base electrode for welding Inconel 600 and similar nickel alloys. Used with DC electrode (+). P10 provides high<br />

resistance to cracking and is well suited for dissimilar welds between stainless and nickel alloys to mild steel. The P10 electrode can be used for<br />

welding high nickel base alloys for use in high temperature applications.<br />

1.455 S31254 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 0.4<br />

Cr 21.5<br />

Ni Bal<br />

Mo 9.5<br />

Nb 2.2<br />

Fe 2.0<br />

Yield 465N/mm²<br />

Tensile 705N/mm²<br />

Elongation 37%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

40 - 70<br />

60 - 95<br />

90 - 135<br />

Avesta P12-R basic is a nickel base electrode intended for 6Mo steels such as 254 SMO. It can also be used for welding nickel base alloys<br />

such as Inconel 625 and Incoloy 825. Used with DC electrode (+). In chloride containing environments, the electrode offers particularly high<br />

resistance to pitting, crevice corrosion and stress corrosion cracking. As it has a fully austenitic structure P12-R is slightly more sensitive to hot<br />

cracking than, 316L AC/DC. Consequently, low heat input and careful control of the interpass temperature are essential.<br />

1.416 S32101 C 0.04<br />

Cr 23.5<br />

Ni 7.0<br />

Mo 0.30<br />

Mn 0.7<br />

N 0.14<br />

Yield 640N/mm²<br />

Tensile 800N/mm²<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

Hardness 260<br />

50 - 80<br />

70 - 120<br />

100 - 160<br />

Avesta LDX 2101 AC/DC is designed for the welding of ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a “lean<br />

duplex” steel with excellent strength and medium corrosion resistance. Both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. The steel is mainly intended<br />

for applications such as civil engineering storage, tanks, containers etc. Avesta LDX 2101 AC/DC provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that<br />

combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength<br />

and hereby also good resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Avesta LDX 2101 AC/DC is over-alloyed with respect to nickel to ensure the right<br />

ferrite balance in the weld metal.<br />

1.446 S32205 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.8<br />

Mn 0.7<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 9.5<br />

Mo 3.0<br />

N 0.15<br />

Yield 620N/mm²<br />

Tensile 810N/mm²<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

Hardness 240 Brinell<br />

45 - 80<br />

70 - 120<br />

90 - 160<br />

Avesta 2205-3D is a Cr-Ni-Mo alloyed electrode for welding duplex steels such as 2205. For light to moderate thickness material, welding<br />

should be carried out as for ordinary austenitic stainless. Should be welded using a short arc with its coating sliding along the work piece and<br />

both AC/DC can be used but DC preferred. However the somewhat low penetration and fluidity of the weld should be considered. Very high<br />

quench rates at excessive times at red heat or above should be avoided to prevent excessive ferrite or formation of intermatellic phases.<br />

1.441 S32750 C 0.03<br />

Si 0.5<br />

Mn 1.3<br />

Cr 25.5<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Mo 3.6<br />

N 0.23<br />

Yield 695N/mm²<br />

Tensile 895N/mm²<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

Hardness 250 Brinell<br />

50 - 70<br />

80 - 100<br />

100 - 140<br />

Avesta 2507/P100rutile electrode gives a high alloy duplex weld metal. It is suitable for super duplex steels such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32750,<br />

ASTM S32760 and similar. Heat inputs should be generally lower than those used for 2205. However the somewhat reduced fluidity and<br />

penetration compared to ordinary austenitic steels) must be taken into consideration. To prevent excessive Ferrite, or the formation of<br />

intermetallic phases, very high quench rates and excessive times at red heat or above should be avoided.<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

2.5<br />

3.25<br />

4.0<br />

T_V<br />

DB<br />

UDT<br />

T_V<br />

CWB<br />

UDT<br />

TUV<br />

DNV<br />

CWB<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

353


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

AVESTA WELDING - DISSIMILAR WELDING CHART<br />

Parent 304 309 310 317 317L 321 253MA 409 Duplex Duplex 800H Carbon 904L 254SMO<br />

Metal 304L 316 316 347 410 S31500 2205 601 Steels S31254<br />

ASTM 316Ti 430 S32304 S31803 600<br />

304 308 308 309 317L 317L 347 309L 309 P5 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

304L 308L 308L 309L 317L 317L 308 309L 309L P7 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

P5 P5<br />

309 309L 309 309 P5 P5 309L 253MA 309L P5 P5 P10 309 P12 P12<br />

309S 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 P10 309L P5 P5<br />

P7 310 P10 P10 2205 2205 904L<br />

P10<br />

5<br />

310 309L 309 310 309L 309L 309L 253MA 309 P5 P5 P10 309L 309L 310<br />

310S 309L 309L 310L 309 309 309L 310 310 P5 P5 P10 309L 904L P12<br />

310 P10 P12 P12 P10 309L P7 2205 2205 P7<br />

P10 P10 P10<br />

317 308 309 309 317 317L 347 309 P5 P5 P5 P10 P5 P12<br />

316 P5 P5 309 316 316L 318 309 P5 P5 P5 P10 P5 P12 P5<br />

P5 318 316 316 253MA P7 2205 2205 P12 904L<br />

P7 318 P5<br />

317L 308L 309 309L 317L 317L P5 309L P5 P5 P5 P10 P5 P12 P12<br />

316L P5 P5 309 316L 316L P5 309L P5 P5 P5 P10 P5 P12 P5<br />

316Ti P5 P5 309 316L 318 P5 253MA P5 P5 P5 P10 P5 904L 904L<br />

P7 2205 2205 P12 P5<br />

321 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 347 309 309 P5 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

347 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 318 309L 309L P5 P5 P10 309 904L P5<br />

P7 308 253MA 2205 2205 P5 904L<br />

253MA 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L 309L 253MA 309L 309L 309L P10<br />

253MA 253MA 253MA 253MA 2205 2205 309L P12 309L<br />

P7 310 P10 P10 P12 309L P12<br />

409 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 P5 309L 400Ti P5 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

10 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 P5 309L 410 P5 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

430 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 P5 309L 430Ti P5 P5 P10 309L P12 P12<br />

P7 2205 2205<br />

904L P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P5 P5 P12 P12 904L P12<br />

2205 P5 309L 309L P5 P5 P5 309L P5 2205 2205 309L P5 P5 P5<br />

2304 P5 309L 309L P5 P5 P5 309L P5 P5 P5 309L P5 309L 309L<br />

800H P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 309L 309L P10 P10 P12 P12<br />

601 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 309L 309L P10 P10 P12 P12<br />

600 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 2205 2205 P10 P10 P12 P12<br />

P12 P12<br />

254SMO P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12 P12<br />

P5 P5 P5 P5<br />

CARBON 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 309L 309L 309L P5 P5 P10 CARBON P12 P12<br />

STEELS 2205 2205 STEEL<br />

The information in this chart is general by nature. Specific requirements may alter the recommendations in this chart.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

354<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDSTAR DC CARBON ARC GOUGING RODS<br />

STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

Packaging & Sizes Current Range (Amps) Current<br />

TAI40G 4.0mm 100 / Pk 240 ~ 350 DC+<br />

TAI50G 5.0mm 100 / Pk 280 ~ 380 DC+<br />

TAI65G 6.5mm 50 / Pk 290 ~ 400 DC+<br />

TAI80G 8.0mm 50 / Pk 320 ~ 460 DC+<br />

TAI95G 9.5mm 50 / Pk 460 ~ 600 DC+<br />

Recommended Air Pressure & Flow<br />

600 ~ 700 kpa 450 ~ 500 L/ min.<br />

Applications<br />

Weldstar Carbon Arc Gouging Rods are<br />

used for the removal of metal using the<br />

arc-air gouging process. They allow the<br />

removal of metal from a wide range of<br />

non-ferrous and ferrous metals<br />

<strong>Product</strong> detail<br />

Weldstar DC Carbon Arc Gouging<br />

Electrodes are made using a high<br />

quality carbon / graphite mixture. They<br />

are coated with copper to improve<br />

electrical conductivity of the required<br />

high currents.<br />

Notes on usage<br />

1. These carbons are designed for use<br />

on DC power sources only.<br />

2. Connect to Constant Voltage Power<br />

Source and set to desired Amperage<br />

as per below.<br />

3. Use Weldstar Gouging Torch<br />

connected to 600~700 kpa of air<br />

pressure at 450~500 L/min.<br />

4. Place Carbon in jaws of torch<br />

ensuring that the air flow is directed<br />

on to the weld metal to be removed.<br />

5. Ensure adequate safety clothing and<br />

protection is used.<br />

6. Commence gouging or cutting.<br />

5<br />

ARC AIR GOUGING<br />

An electric arc is generated between the tip of a carbon<br />

electrode (graphite) and the work piece. The metal is melted<br />

by the electric arc and blown away by the air jet, thus leaving<br />

a clean groove. The process is simple to apply (using the same<br />

power source as SMA welding with an open circuit voltage<br />

of at least 60V), has a high metal removal rate, and gouge<br />

profile can be good controlled. DC+ (electrode positive) is<br />

normally preferred for un-low and high alloyed steel but AC<br />

(required special electrodes) is more effective for cast iron,<br />

copper and nickel alloys. The electrode is a graphite (carbon)<br />

rod which has a copper coating to reduce electrode erosion.<br />

The gouging torch is normally operated with a compressed<br />

air line. Air pressure should be at least 6 bar. The air stream<br />

is directed at the arc from behind the electrode and sweeps<br />

under the tip of the electrode. The width of the groove<br />

is determined by the diameter of electrode, but depth is<br />

dictated by the angle of electrode to the workpiece and rate<br />

of travel. Dressing by grinding the side-walls of the gouge<br />

should be carried out.<br />

Applications:<br />

General repair and maintenance<br />

In metal fabrication and casting finshing<br />

In construction, mining, chemical and petroleum technology<br />

Is flexible, efficient and cost effective on practically any metal<br />

as: carbon steel, un-and low alloyed steel, high alloyed steel<br />

as stainless steel; grey, malleable and ductile cast iron; and<br />

aluminium and copper and nickel alloys<br />

Dia. (mm) per pack Pieces per carton Pack Type (1) Package Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

DC Gouging Carbons 4,8x305 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1054-048<br />

6,3x305 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1054-063<br />

8,0x305 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1054-080<br />

9,5x305 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1054-095<br />

12,7x305 50 10 CB PK ex stock KA1054-127<br />

Jointed Gouging Carbons 9,5x355 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1196-095<br />

13,0x430 25 5 CB PK ex stock KA1196-130<br />

16,0x430 25 5 CB PK ex stock KA1196-16<br />

19,0x430 25 5 CB PK ex stock KA1196-19<br />

Flat Gouging Carbons 15.0x5.0x305 50 5 CB PK ex stock KA1239<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

355


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

GOUGING CARBONS<br />

POINTED CARBONS<br />

C5.0 5.0 X 305MM CARBONS<br />

C6.5 6.5 X 305MM CARBONS<br />

C8.0 8.0 X 305MM CARBONS<br />

C10.0 10 X 305MM CARBONS<br />

C12.7 12.7 X 305MM CARBONS<br />

JOINTED CARBONS<br />

C10.0J<br />

C13.0J<br />

C16.0J<br />

C19.0J<br />

10 X 430MM DC JTD CARBONS<br />

13.0 X 430MM JTD CARBONS<br />

16 X 430MM JTD CARBONS<br />

19 X 430MM JTD CARBONS<br />

5<br />

CAC5.0<br />

5.0 X 355 AC CARBONS<br />

CAC6.5<br />

6.5 X 355 AC CARBONS<br />

FLAT CARBONS<br />

CAC8.0<br />

8.0 X 355 AC CARBONS<br />

CF515<br />

5 X 15 X 355 FLAT CARBONS<br />

CARBON SELECTION<br />

4mm–5/32” 5mm–3/16” 6mm–1/4” 8mm–5/16” 10mm–3/8” 13mm–1/2” 16mm–5/8” 19mm–3/4”<br />

150-250 200-300 250-400 350-500 450-600 600-1000 800-1200 1200-1600<br />

5 6 7.5 10 11.5 15 19.5 23<br />

2 2.5 3 4 5 6.5 8 10<br />

ESAB E308L-17<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E308L-17<br />

ESAB E308L-17 electrodes have a heavy coating, produce a concave bead with a minimum ripple and the slag is virtually self-cleaning. For<br />

welding types 304, 304L, 308 and 308L when bead appearance is important. The excellent wetting action and very fine ripple minimize crevice<br />

corrosion and grinding time. The low carbon content helps to prevent carbide precipitation.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC, OCV 55V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E308L-17<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni<br />

0.02 0.7 0.8 19.5 10.0<br />

Ferrite content: WRC 8 FN<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 410 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 577 MPa<br />

Elongation 52%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E308L-17<br />

LR<br />

304L<br />

DNV<br />

308L<br />

ALSO AVAILABLE: ESAB 308L-16<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter mm<br />

E6198252030 2.5<br />

E6198323020 3.2<br />

E6198403020 4.0<br />

E6198503020 5.0<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packing<br />

2.0 250 30-50 22 0.60 167 0.6 36 268 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

E641224302A 2.4 305 45-70 23 0.60 83 1.0 44 138 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

E641232302A 3.2 350 70-120 23 0.67 50 1.3 56 150 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E641240302A 4.0 350 110-150 24 0.60 33 1.6 58 95 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

356<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

ESAB E309L-17<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E309L-17<br />

ESAB E309L-17 electrodes have a heavy coating and produce a concave bead with minimal ripple. The slag is virtually self-cleaning. For welding<br />

carbon steel to stainless steel for service below 3160C and for the first layer when cladding.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC, OCV 70V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E309L-17<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni<br />

0.02 0.7 0.8 23.5 12.5<br />

Ferrite content: WRC 15 FN<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 410 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 569 MPa<br />

Elongation 37%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

LR<br />

DNV<br />

E309L-17<br />

SS/CMn<br />

309L<br />

ALSO AVAILABLE: ESAB 309L-16<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter mm<br />

E6498252030 2.5<br />

E6498323020 3.2<br />

E6498403020 4.0<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (sec)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.0 250 30-50 21 0.60 167 0.6 36 270 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

E642124302A 2.4 305 45-70 22 0.60 83 1.0 44 140 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

E642132302A 3.2 350 70-120 23 0.67 50 1.3 56 155 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E642140302A 4.0 350 110-150 24 0.60 33 1.6 68 100 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

5<br />

ESAB E316L-17<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E316L-17<br />

ESAB E316L-17 electrodes have a heavy coating and produce a concave bead with minimal ripple. The slag is virtually self-cleaning. Molybdenum<br />

increases the resistance to pitting corrosion caused by corrosive media such as sulfuric and sulfurous acids, sulphites, chlorides and cellulose<br />

solutions. It is for welding 316 & 316L stainless when bead appearance is important.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC+, AC OCV 60V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E 316L-17<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.02 0.70 0.60 18.0 12.0 2.8<br />

Ferrite content: WRC 5 FN<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 410 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 534 MPa<br />

Elongation 45%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E316L-17<br />

LR<br />

316L<br />

DNV<br />

316L<br />

ALSO AVAILABLE: ESAB 316L-16<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter mm<br />

E6398252030 2.5<br />

E6398323020 3.2<br />

E6398403020 4.0<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.0 250 30-50 21 0.60 167 0.6 36 269 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

2.4 305 45-70 21 0.60 83 1.0 44 139 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

E641732302A 3.2 350 70-120 23 0.67 50 1.3 56 153 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E641740302A 4.0 350 110-150 24 0.60 33 1.6 68 98 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

ESAB E347-17<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E347-17<br />

ESAB E347-17 is specially formulated heavy coated electrode that has outstanding bead appearance and operator appeal in the flat and<br />

horizontal positions. The electrode is ideally suited to types 347, 348 and 321 stainless steels where service temperatures are below 3160C. The<br />

electrode produces a concave and finely rippled bead with low spatter, self-peeling slag and minimal clean-up.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 60V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E 347-17<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.02 0.60 0.80 19.7 10.0 0.3<br />

Ferrite content: WRC 8 FN<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

Yield stress 450 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 630 MPa<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.0 250 30-50 21 0.60 167 0.6 36 269 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

2.4 305 50-85 21 0.60 83 1.0 44 139 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

3.2 350 70-120 22 0.67 50 1.3 56 152 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

4.0 350 110-165 23 0.60 33 1.6 68 97 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

357


ELECTRODES STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL<br />

OK 61.30<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E308L-17<br />

OK 61.30 is an extra-low carbon AC/DC LMA electrode for welding steel of the 19Cr10Ni type, also suitable for welding stabilized stainless steels<br />

of similar composition, except when the full creep resistance of the base material is to be met. OK 61.30 is very easy to strike and restrike and<br />

gives weld beads with excellent appearance and self-removing slag.<br />

5<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

CHARPY V:<br />

DC+, AC OCV 50V<br />

C Si Mn Cr Ni<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

≤0.03 0.8 0.8 19.5 10.0<br />

+200C 70 J<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

Ferrite content: WRC 3-10 FN<br />

AWS A5.4 E308L-17 ISO 3581 E 19.9 L R<br />

APPROVALS<br />

BS 2926 19.9 L AR EN 1600 E 19.9 L R 12<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

BS 2926 DIN 8556 E 19.9 L R 23<br />

ABS<br />

Stainless<br />

Yield stress 420 MPa<br />

DnV<br />

308L (For NV-25)<br />

Tensile strength 570 MPa<br />

TÜV<br />

Elongation 45%<br />

WELDING PARAMETERS / PACKING<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Diameter Length Welding Arc Kg Weld Metal/ No. of Electrodes/ Kg Weld Metal/ Burn-off-time Electrode<br />

mm mm Current A Voltage (kg) Electrodes (kg) Weld Metal (hour) Arc Time (secs)/ Electrode Packaging<br />

2.0 250 30-50 21 0.60 167 0.6 36 269 pcs / 2.0 kg<br />

2.4 305 50-85 21 0.60 83 1.0 44 139 pcs / 2.5 kg<br />

E6130323020/H0 3.2 350 70-120 22 0.67 50 1.3 56 152 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

E6130403020 4.0 350 110-165 23 0.60 33 1.6 68 97 pcs / 5.0 kg<br />

OK 63.30<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E316L-17<br />

OK 63.30 is an extra-low carbon LMA electrode of the 18Cr12Ni2.8Mo type. Also suitable for welding stabilized steels of similar composition<br />

except when the full creep resistance of the base material has to be met. OK 63.30 is very easy to strike and restrike and produces weld beads<br />

with an excellent appearance and self-removing slag.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 50V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E 316L-17<br />

BS 2926<br />

19.12.3 L AR<br />

DIN 8556 E 19 12 3 L R 23<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />


STAINLESS STEEL & SPECIAL ELECTRODES<br />

OK 67.70<br />

Type: Acid-rutile SMAW E316L-17<br />

OK 63.30 is an extra-low carbon LMA electrode of the 18Cr12Ni2.8Mo type. Also suitable for welding stabilized steels of similar composition<br />

except when the full creep resistance of the base material has to be met. OK 63.30 is very easy to strike and restrike and produces weld beads<br />

with an excellent appearance and self-removing slag.<br />

WELDING CURRENT<br />

DC+, AC OCV 50V<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.4 E309MoL-17<br />

BS 2926<br />

23.12.2 AR<br />

DIN 8556 E 23 13 2 L R 23<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />


ELECTRODES HARD FACING<br />

COBALARC AUSTEX<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL JOINING<br />

AND BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc AUSTEX is a metal enriched, rutile type extruded electrode manufactured<br />

by CIGWELD. It produces a smooth arc action and higher deposition rates than<br />

conventional stainless steel electrodes.<br />

Deposited weld metal has high strength and toughness in combination with<br />

excellent corrosion resistance and tolerance to dilution. Under heavy impact weld<br />

deposits will work harden.<br />

Features:<br />

Metal Enriched, Rutile Type Electrode.<br />

For Joining Dissimilar steels or as a Buffer Layer Prior to Hard Surfacing.<br />

Tough, Machinable Austenitic Stainless Steel Deposit.<br />

3.2mm size can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal<br />

stringer passes.<br />

5<br />

Typical applications of Cobalarc AUSTEX include the joining of dissimilar steels,<br />

in particular austenitic manganese steels or stainless steels to mild steel and<br />

deposition as a buffer layer prior to hard surfacing.<br />

The high tolerance to dilution makes Cobalarc AUSTEX ideal for crack repairs on<br />

high carbon steel components or manganese steel castings.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4<br />

1315-A4.<br />

1315-A4.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 20 240<br />

Work Hardened Deposit 40 400<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.10% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.90%<br />

Cr: 24.5% Ni: 9.3%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Machinable with Carbide Tools.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (50 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC– polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 20 105–140 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613973<br />

4.0 380 13 140–180 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613974<br />

5.0 450 7 170-210 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613975<br />

COBALARC MANGCRAFT<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc MANGCRAFT is a smooth running electrode depositing austenitic<br />

manganese steel weld metal. The deposits are extremely tough with high resistance<br />

to impact. They will work harden under impact loading giving added abrasion<br />

resistance.<br />

Mangcraft is used for rebuilding austenitic manganese steel components either<br />

to finished dimensions or prior to applying an overlay of more abrasion resistant<br />

material.<br />

Typical components include dredge bucket lips, swing hammers, grizzleys, bucket<br />

teeth, blow bars, crusher jaws, liners and concaves. Keep austenitic manganese<br />

steels cool during welding. Do not preheat. Use intermittent or staggered weld runs<br />

and water quench at frequent intervals if necessary.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1215 - A4.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 1215 - A4.<br />

Features:<br />

Austenitic Manganese Steel Electrode for Building Up & Reinforcing 11-14%<br />

Manganese Steel Components.<br />

Tough and Impact Resistant.<br />

Work Hardens Under Impact.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 15 ---<br />

Work Hardened Deposit 43 425<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

C: 0.60% Mn: 12.0% Si: 0.10%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Machinable with Carbide Tools.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc Mang Nickel-O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1215-B7<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC– polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

4.0 380 17 130–170 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611504<br />

450 450 10 150-200 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611505<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

360<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING ELECTRODES<br />

COBALARC 350<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL SURFACING<br />

AND BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc 350 is a metal enriched, rutile type electrode recommended for the multilayer<br />

build-up and surfacing of steel components subjected to metal-to-metal wear<br />

and compressive loading.<br />

Depositing a tough, air hardening low carbon martensitic steel weld deposit<br />

Cobalarc 350 is recommended for the manual arc build-up and surfacing of steel<br />

gears, shafts, rails, shovel pads, track links, rolls and wheels etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1435-A4.<br />

1435-A4.<br />

Features:<br />

Metal Enriched, Rutile Type Electrode.<br />

For Re-building Worn Steel Components.<br />

Tough, Machinable Low Carbon Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

For the manual arc build-up and surfacing of steel gear, shafts, rails, shovel pads,<br />

track links, rolls and wheels etc.<br />

3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 28 290<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 35 350<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.85% Si: 0.30%<br />

Cr: 1.85% Mo: 0.5%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Machinable.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc 350-G, O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

1435-B5/B7<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC– polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 25 100–150 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611443<br />

4.0 380 16 140–200 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611444<br />

COBALARC 650<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc 650 is a basic electrode for the hard surfacing of steel components<br />

subjected to wet or dry hard particle abrasion and low to moderate impact loading.<br />

The air hardening, low alloy steel deposit of Cobalarc 650 remains crack free on<br />

most steels under normal welding conditions and is therefore recommended for<br />

hard surfacing components subject to flexing during service.<br />

The basic flux coating gives excellent resistance to rust, mill scale, dirt and oil<br />

on the surface being hardfaced. Typical applications include the surfacing of<br />

agricultural points, shares and tynes, grader and dozer blades, conveyor screws and<br />

post hole augers etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1855-A4.<br />

1855-A4.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 57 640<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.58% Mn: 1.1% Si: 0.6%<br />

Cr: 5.3% Mo: 0.25%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Not Machinable / Grinding only.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc 650-G tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

1855-B5/B7<br />

Cobalarc 850-O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1865-B7<br />

Features:<br />

Basic Type Manual Arc Welding Electrode.<br />

Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion and Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit - 650 HV 30<br />

3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 55 O.C.V.), DC+ or DC– polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 31 105–135 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611463<br />

4.0 380 21 140–180 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611464<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

361


ELECTRODES HARD FACING<br />

5<br />

COBALARC 750<br />

Cobalarc 750 is a NEW smooth running, rutile type electrode specifically designed<br />

for AC hard surfacing applications in the workshop or on the land.<br />

It gives smooth stable arcing on AC or DC welding machines and is particularly<br />

suitable for surfacing with portable AC welding sets (with ≥ 45 Open Circuit Volts)<br />

such as the CIGWELD Easywelder.<br />

Cobalarc 750 should be used with a touch welding or short arc technique and 1-2<br />

layers are recommended for maximum deposit hardness.<br />

When hard surfacing high carbon or low alloy steel components a buffer or<br />

buttering layer of Ferrocraft 16TXP or Multicraft 7016 is recommended prior to<br />

depositing Cobalarc 750.<br />

Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural equipment and<br />

components including points, shares, post hole augers, ripper teeth and tynes etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1860-A4.<br />

1860-A4.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

HARD SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile type, AC/DC Hard Surfacing Electrode.<br />

Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit - 750 HV 30<br />

Easy Arc Starting and Stable Running on Portable AC Welding Sets ( ≥ 45 O.C.V. ).<br />

3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 64 800<br />

Two Layers on Mild Steel* 62 750<br />

*Not recommended for multi-pass welding heavier than 3 layers<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.60% Mn: 0.46% Si: 0.75%<br />

Cr: 5.9% Mo: 0.40%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Not Machinable / Grinding only.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc 650 manual arc electrode<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1855-A4<br />

Cobalarc 650-G/O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

1855-B5/B7<br />

Cobalarc 850-O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1865-B7<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 26 95–130 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611473<br />

4.0 380 17 120–170 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611474<br />

Easyweld Blister Pack:<br />

10 x 3.2mm rod Cobalarc 750 Blister Pack 322218<br />

COBALARC TOOLCRAFT<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc Toolcraft is a versatile electrode for welding on mild, carbon and low alloy<br />

steels. The weld deposit has excellent abrasion / shock resistance and secondary<br />

hardness retention to 500°C.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1560-A4.<br />

1560-A4.<br />

The air hardening, low alloy Cr–Mo steel deposit of Cobalarc Toolcraft remains crack<br />

free on most steels under normal welding conditions and deposits can be ground to<br />

produce a long-lasting cutting edge.<br />

Typical applications include the maintenance/repair of guillotine blades, cutting<br />

knives, punches, axes, lathe tools, chisels and debarking hammers. Cobalarc<br />

Toolcraft is also suitable for general hard surfacing applications under low stress<br />

abrasion conditions.<br />

Features:<br />

Versatile Manual Arc Welding Electrode.<br />

Secondary Hardening, Shock Resistant Properties.<br />

Crack Free Cr-Mo Steel Deposit for Repairing Blades, Dies, Punches etc.<br />

Also Suitable for General Hard Surfacing in Low Stress Abrasion Conditions.<br />

3.2mm size can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping horizontal<br />

stringer passes.<br />

Deposit Annealing and Hardening:<br />

Cobalarc Toolcraft deposits can be annealed by slow heating to 800°C, holding at<br />

temperature for one hour followed by furnace cooling.<br />

For deposit re-hardening to ≈ 60 HRc preheat slowly to 800 - 850°C then rapidly<br />

to 1250 - 1300°C, hold at temperature for ≈10 minutes and then quench in oil. For<br />

full hardness, temper twice at 520 - 530°C for one hour.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 60 700<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.58% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0.20%<br />

Cr: 5.5% Mo: 6.8%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Not Machinable / Grinding only.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 45 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 28 90–125 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 611523<br />

362<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING ELECTRODES<br />

COBALARC CR70<br />

Cobalarc CR70 is a popular high alloy extruded hard surfacing electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD. The weld deposit of Cobalarc CR70 produces a high<br />

level of primary chromium carbides resistant to coarse abrasion (in particular<br />

gouging abrasion) and moderate impact loading at temperatures up to ≈ 650°C.<br />

Weld deposits can be finished by grinding and are best limited to two layers<br />

because of relief checking.<br />

Typical applications of Cobalarc CR70 include the hard surfacing of crusher cones<br />

and mantles, swing hammers, bucket teeth and lips, dozer end plates and sugar mill<br />

rolls etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

2355-A4.<br />

2355-A4.<br />

Features:<br />

Highly Alloyed Manual Arc Electrode.<br />

High Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit.<br />

Primary Chromium Iron Carbides in a Single Layer.<br />

Ideal for Coarse Abrasion and Low to Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications of Cobalarc CR70 include the hard surfacing of crusher cones and<br />

mantles, swing hammers, bucket teeth and lips, dozer end plates and sugar mill rolls<br />

etc.<br />

3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used for vertical welding by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 59 690<br />

Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 3.3% Mn: 1.5% Si: 1.0% Cr: 25%<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit:<br />

C: 4.0% Mn: 1.8% Si: 1.2% Cr: 31%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc COARSECLAD-G/O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

2360-B5/B7<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

3.2 380 18 90–140 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613493<br />

4.0 380 11 130–200 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613494<br />

5.0 450 6 180–250 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613495<br />

COBALARC BOROCHROME<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc BOROCHROME is a popular high alloy extruded hardsurfacing electrode<br />

manufactured by CIGWELD. The addition of nominally 1% Boron to Cobalarc<br />

BOROCHROME produces an ultra fine, martensitic matrix in the weld deposit<br />

particularly resistant to wet or dry abrasive or erosive media. Weld deposits can be<br />

finished by grinding and are best limited to two layers because of relief checking.<br />

Typical applications of Cobalarc BOROCHROME include the hard surfacing of sand<br />

chutes, dredge components, ripper shanks, screens, grizzly bars, scraper blades and<br />

bucket lips and teeth.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

2560-A4.<br />

2560-A4.<br />

Features:<br />

Highly Alloyed Manual Arc Electrode.<br />

Martensitic Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit.<br />

Ideal for Fine Particle (Wet or Dry) Abrasion and Low Impact Loading.<br />

Primary Chromium Iron Carbides in a Hard, Martensitic Matrix.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 58 660<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 60 700<br />

Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 2.7% Mn: 0.4% Si: 1.8%<br />

Cr: 20.0% V: 1.4% B: 1.0%<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit:<br />

C: 3.2% Mn: 0.4% Si: 2.4%<br />

Cr: 24.0% V: 1.7% B: 1.2%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc FINECLAD-O tubular wire<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 2565-B7<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Size mm Length mm Approx No. Rods/kg Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

4.0 380 11 140-180 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613964<br />

5.0 450 6 170–210 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613965<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

363


ELECTRODES HARD FACING<br />

5<br />

STOODY TUBE BORIUM AC/DC<br />

Stoody AC-DC Tube Borium is a tubular hard surfacing electrode which deposits a<br />

highly wear resistant weld metal consisting of very hard partially dissolved tungsten<br />

carbides in an iron rich matrix. Stoody AC-DC Tube Borium coated electrode is<br />

manufactured by metering crushed tungsten carbide particles of controlled mesh<br />

size into steel tubes. It receives a thin graphitic coating. The tungsten carbide<br />

particles are available in a variety of sizes – fine mesh size increases wear resistance<br />

and coarse improves cutting efficiency. Typical applications include: hard surfacing<br />

of fan and pump impellors, pug mill augers and knives, furrowing shovels, scraper/<br />

mixer blades, rasp bars, muller plows, sand and gravel chutes, feed screws, ripper<br />

tynes, subsoiler points and tool joints. Stoody AC-DC Tube Borium should not be<br />

used in applications involving heavy impact or shock loading.<br />

Features:<br />

Replaces Cobalarc 4<br />

Highly Alloyed Tubular Electrode.<br />

Partially Dissolved Tungsten Carbides bonded in an Iron Rich Matrix.<br />

Resistant to Extreme Abrasion and Low Impact Loading.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 3460-A1.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 3460-A1.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness*: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 62 750<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 64 800<br />

Deposits contain Tungsten Carbides with hardness up to 2,200 HV.<br />

* Actual weld deposit consists of undissolved Tungsten Carbide particles in a eutectic<br />

matrix of C-W-Cr-Fe. The analysis of the matrix will vary with the proportion of<br />

Tungsten Carbides dissolved during welding.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 3.1% Mn: 0.9% W: 44% Cr: 6%<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit:<br />

C: 3.7% Mn: 1.0% W: 53% Cr: 7%<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCT:<br />

Stoody 130-O Tubular Hardfacing Wire<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Electrode No. of Electrodes Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

Size mm Length mm per kg.<br />

5.5 350 9 120-150 4.5kg vacuum pack 10229500<br />

COBALARC 9e<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Cobalarc 9e is the most versatile extruded hard surfacing electrode in the CIGWELD<br />

range. The complex chromium rich carbides in Cobalarc 9e make it highly resistant<br />

to both coarse and fine abrasion while retaining the toughness to withstand<br />

moderate to heavy impact. Typical applications of Cobalarc 9e include the hard<br />

surfacing of railway ballast tampers, dredge buckets and lips, earth moving<br />

equipment, power shovels, rolling mill guides, sizing screens, ripper teeth and<br />

crushing equipment.<br />

Features:<br />

Highly Alloyed Extruded Electrode<br />

Versatile, Complex Carbide Iron Deposit.<br />

Resistant to both Coarse and Fine Abrasion and Moderate to Heavy Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications include the hard surfacing of railway ballast tampers, dredge<br />

buckets and lips, earth moving equipment, power shovels, rolling mill guides, sizing<br />

screens, ripper teeth and crushing equipment.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 2460-A4.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 2460-A4.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 4.8% Mn: 1.1% Si: 1.4% Cr: 30.0%<br />

Ni: 0.5% Mo: 1.7% V: 0.2%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 58 660<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 63 780<br />

Deposits contain complex Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV.<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCT:<br />

Stoody 143-O tubular wire<br />

Downhand & Horizontal surfacing applications:- 3.2mm and 4.0mm sizes can be used<br />

for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

AC (minimum 50 O.C.V.), DC+ polarity.<br />

Electrode No. of Electrodes Current Range (amps) Packet Carton Part No<br />

Size mm Length mm per kg.<br />

3.2 380 17 90–140 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613350<br />

4.0 450 8 130–190 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613360<br />

5.0 450 5 180–260 5kg 15kg – 3 x 5kg 613370<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

364<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING ELECTRODES<br />

ABRASOCORD 43<br />

Heavy coated hard facing electrode depositing very hard chromium/<br />

niobium carbides in an austenitic matrix.<br />

Suitable for applications where resistance to extreme abrasion and<br />

moderate to heavy impact are required such as press screws, grizzly<br />

bars, crusher hammers, ripper teeth and shovel teeth/lips.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 2465-A4<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6125 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

3.2 5 15 AC4332<br />

4.0 5 15 AC4340<br />

ABRASOCORD 350<br />

Smooth running electrode depositing a tough wear resistant air<br />

hardening C/Mn/Cr steel alloy which is machinable and can be<br />

readily hot forged. Suitable for heavy build-up and surfacing of<br />

steel components subjected to metal-to-metal wear and compressive<br />

loading such as track components, gears and shafts, etc.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1435-A4<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6120 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

3.2 5 15 HF35032<br />

4.0 5 15 HF35040<br />

5.0 5 15 HF35050<br />

5<br />

ABRASOCORD 700<br />

Smooth running electrode depositing an air hardening martensitic Cr/<br />

Mo/V steel alloy. It is one of the hardest steel alloys available, is free<br />

from relief checks and offers good resistance to all types of abrasion<br />

under low to moderate impact conditions.<br />

Suitable for surfacing of post hole augers, agricultural points, shares<br />

and types, grader and cultivator blades and other components subject<br />

to fatigue or flexing during service.<br />

Classification:<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1855-A4<br />

Ask for data sheet WCD 6121 for more detail<br />

Size (mm) Pkt (kg) Ctn (kg) Part No:<br />

3.2 6 Blister Packs HF700BPCAR<br />

3.2 0.5 10 HF70032M<br />

3.2 5 15 HF70032<br />

4.0 5 15 HF70040<br />

5.0 5 15 HF70050<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

365


WIRES MIG<br />

AUTOCRAFT LW1<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

5<br />

Autocraft LW1 is a high quality copper coated welding wire manufactured using<br />

the latest wire drawing technology. This state-of-the-art technology ensures; the<br />

highest quality copper coating - for improved wire feeding, electrical conductivity<br />

and lower contact tip wear. Improved copper coating gives increased resistance to<br />

copper flaking especially under high current welding conditions. Autocraft LW1 is<br />

suitable for the all positional multi-pass Gas Metal Arc welding of mild, low alloy<br />

and medium strength steels, as used in general fabrication, pressure vessels and<br />

structural work. Autocraft LW1 exhibits excellent operator appeal and very low<br />

spatter levels important for welding light to medium gauge sheet, pipe and tubular<br />

steel sections. Fillet welds exhibit a mitre to slightly concave profile with an even<br />

and smooth contour.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft LW1 are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at least 12<br />

months. For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity)<br />

climatic conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms/cupboards/<br />

containers maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of<br />

40°C) and at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be<br />

stacked on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ES4-GC/M-W503AH.<br />

ER70S-4.<br />

Features:<br />

For GMAW Welding of Mild & Low Alloy Steels.<br />

Increased Resistance to Copper Flaking at High Current Settings.<br />

Designed Primarily for Use with Argon Based Shielding Gases.<br />

Suitable for use with Short-arc, Spray & Pulsed arc Transfer Modes.<br />

Approvals<br />

CO 2<br />

,Argoshield Light & Universal:<br />

L.R.S. Grade 3S<br />

A.B.S.<br />

Grade 3SA<br />

D.N.V.<br />

Grade IIIYMS<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.70%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argoshield Light: Welding Grade CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress 420 MPa 390 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 520 MPa 500 MPa<br />

Elongation 30% 31%<br />

CVN Impact Val. 110 J @ -20°C 100 J @ -20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield Light or Ar + 10-15% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Argoshield Universal or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld LW1 TIG rod:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ER70S-4<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.9 15–26 3.5–15 70–230 Spool 15kg 720115<br />

1.2 18–32 2.5–15 120–350 Spool 15kg 720116<br />

* Spool (ø300mm);<br />

AUTOCRAFT SUPER STEEL<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Autocraft Super Steel is a copper coated ‘triple deoxidised’ steel welding wire<br />

recommended for the high quality Gas Metal Arc (MIG) welding of mild and<br />

medium strength steels.<br />

Autocraft Super Steel is deoxidised with Titanium, Aluminium and Zirconium in<br />

addition to Manganese and Silicon for improved weld deposit quality. It is the ideal<br />

choice for the Gas Metal Arc (MIG) welding of rusty or mill scaled plates and pipes<br />

and the root pass welding of pipes, tanks, and heavy walled joints where good weld<br />

toughness and radiographic soundness are achieved under high dilution.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft Super Steel are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at least<br />

12 months. For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity)<br />

climatic conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms /cupboards/<br />

containers maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of<br />

40°C) and at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be<br />

stacked on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ES2-GC/M-W503AH.<br />

ER70S-2.<br />

Features:<br />

A Low Carbon, Triple Deoxidised Steel Wire for GMAW Welding Applications.<br />

For use with Welding Grade CO 2<br />

or Argon Based Shielding Gases.<br />

Triple Deoxidised for Superior Weld Deposit Quality and Resistance to Porosity.<br />

Suitable for Use with Short-arc, Spray & Pulsed Arc Transfer Modes.<br />

Approvals<br />

CO 2<br />

,Argoshield Light & Universal:<br />

L.R.S. Grade 3S<br />

A.B.S.<br />

Grade 3SA<br />

D.N.V.<br />

Grade IIIYMS<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.05% Mn: 1.10% Si: 0.55%<br />

Ti: 0.10% Zr: 0.06% Al: 0.08%<br />

S: 0.007% P: 0.008% Fe: Balance<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

425 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 520 MPa<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

CVN Impact Values 75 J av @ -20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Stainshield or Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld Super Steel TIG rod<br />

AWS A5.18 ER70S-2<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 18-32 3.5-15 120-350 Spool 15kg 720054<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

366<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

AUTOCRAFT LW1-6<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 is a high quality copper coated welding wire suitable for the all<br />

positional Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) of mild and low alloy steels, used in<br />

general fabrication and structural work. The high quality copper coating ensures<br />

problem free feeding, smooth current pick-up and minimal contact tip wear. The<br />

higher silicon content of Autocraft LW1-6 ensures excellent operator appeal,<br />

improved fillet shape / side wall wash at weld toes and very low spatter levels<br />

important for welding light to medium gauge sheet and tubular steel sections.<br />

Fillet welds exhibit a mitre to slightly convex profile with an even and smooth<br />

contour. The higher Manganese / Silicon levels give improved weld metal<br />

deoxidation when welding steels with moderate amounts of rust or mill scale.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 wires are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at<br />

least 12 months.<br />

For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity) climatic<br />

conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms/cupboards/containers<br />

maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of 40°C) and<br />

at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be stacked<br />

on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ES6-GC/M-W503AH.<br />

ER70S-6.<br />

Features:<br />

A Higher Manganese / Silicon Wire for GMAW Welding of Mild & Low Alloy Steels.<br />

Designed for Use with CO 2<br />

and Argon Based Shielding Gases.<br />

Wide Range of Minispool, Handispool and Autopak Packaging Options.<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Approvals*<br />

CO 2<br />

& Argoshield Light & Universal:<br />

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping<br />

Grade 3S, 3YS<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Grade 3SA, 3YSA<br />

Det Norske Veritas Grade 111YMS<br />

* Approvals do not include 0.6mm and 0.8mm Autocraft LW1-6 wires<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.88%<br />

S: 0.012% P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argoshield Universal: Welding Grade CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress 450 MPa 410 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 550 MPa 525 MPa<br />

Elongation 29% 32%<br />

CVN Impact Val. 120 J @ -20°C 110 J @ -20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield Light or Ar + 10-15% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Argoshield Universal or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld LW1-6 TIG rod:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18: ER70S-6<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

Mini Spool 4 x 0.8kg 721104<br />

Packs of<br />

0.6 12–14 3.5–14 35–100 Handi Spool 5kg 721108<br />

Spool 15kg 720103<br />

Mini Spool 4 x 0.8kg 721105<br />

Packs of<br />

0.8 14–22 3.5–14 50–180 Handi Spool 5kg 721109<br />

Spool 15kg 720114<br />

0.9 15–26 3.5–15 70–230 Spool 15kg 720090<br />

AutoPak 250kg 720122A<br />

1.0 16–29 3.5–15 100–280 Spool 15kg 720094<br />

AutoPak 250kg 720123A<br />

1.2 18–32 2.5–15 120–350 Spool 15kg 720096<br />

AutoPak 250kg 720124A<br />

1.6 18–34 2.5–10 180–390 Spool 15kg 720095<br />

AutoPak 250kg 720125A<br />

* Mini Spool (ø100mm); Handi Spool (ø200mm); Spool (ø300mm); AutoPak (ø510mm x H.770mm).<br />

AUTOPAK® Parts List:<br />

AUTOPAK accessories “Standard Types”.<br />

Part No<br />

1. Clear plastic AUTOPAK dome (510mm base diam. x 300mm height). 720001<br />

2. AUTOPAK conduit assembly kit 720008<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

367


WIRES MIG<br />

AUTOCRAFT MN-MO<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Autocraft Mn-Mo is a copper coated, low alloy steel wire suitable for the all<br />

positional Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) of medium to high strength steels.<br />

Autocraft Mn-Mo produces a low alloy (nominally 1.7% Mn / 0.4% Mo) steel weld<br />

deposit of the 550 MPa tensile class. It gives excellent resistance to porosity when<br />

welding dirty or rusty plate due to its higher deoxidant levels.<br />

Features:<br />

A Manganese Molybdenum Steel Wire for the GMAW Welding of Higher Strength<br />

steels.<br />

For Use with Welding Grade CO 2<br />

or Argon Based Shielding Gases.<br />

550 MPa Tensile Class Weld Deposits.<br />

Suitable for Use with Short-arc, Spray & Pulsed Arc Transfer Modes.<br />

5<br />

Autocraft Mn-Mo is suitable for the all positional fillet and butt welding of a wide<br />

range of higher strength steels, particularly those used in the fabrication of pressure<br />

vessels, boilers and pipelines where service temperatures up to ≈ 500°C are<br />

experienced. Other applications include the lower strength fillet and butt welding of<br />

components subjected to dynamic loading.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft Mn-Mo wires are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at<br />

least 12 months.<br />

For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity) climatic<br />

conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms /cupboards /containers<br />

maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of 40°C) and<br />

at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be stacked<br />

on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28:<br />

ESD2-GC/M-W559AH.<br />

ER80S-D2.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.73% Si: 0.65%<br />

Mo: 0.45% S: 0.011% P: 0.017%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

580 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 680 MPa<br />

Elongation 24%<br />

CVN Impact Values 80 J av @ +20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Stainshield or Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.9 16-28 3.5-15 70-230 Spool 15kg 720049<br />

1.2 18-32 3.5-15 120-350 Spool 15kg 720052<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

AUTOCRAFT NICRMO<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Autocraft Ni Cr Mo. is a copper coated, low alloy steel wire suitable for the all<br />

positional Gas Metal Arc Welding of high strength steels.<br />

Autocraft Ni Cr Mo. produces a low alloy (nominally, 1.4%Ni, 0.4%Cr, 0.30%Mo,<br />

0.10%V) steel weld deposit of the 690 MPa tensile class.<br />

Autocraft Ni Cr Mo. is suitable for the all positional fillet and butt welding of a<br />

wide range of high strength steels, particularly quenched and tempered types<br />

such as Bisalloy 80, USS-T1 types and Welten 80C etc. Autocraft Ni Cr Mo. is not<br />

suitable for use in weldments which are to be stress relieved. For these applications<br />

‘Vanadium free’ welding wires such as Tensicor 110 TXP are recommended.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft Ni Cr Mo. wires are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at<br />

least 12 months.<br />

For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity) climatic<br />

conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms/cupboards/containers<br />

maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of 40°C) and<br />

at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be stacked<br />

on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28:<br />

ESMG-GC/M-W769AH.<br />

ER110S-G.<br />

Features:<br />

A Low Alloy Steel Wire for the Gas Metal Welding of High Strength steels.<br />

For Use with Welding Grade CO 2<br />

or Argon Based Shielding Gases.<br />

760 MPa Tensile Class Weld Deposits.<br />

Suitable for Use with Short-arc, Spray & Pulsed Arc Transfer Modes.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.40% Si: 0.60%<br />

Ni: 1.40% Cr: 0.40% Mo: 0.25%<br />

V: 0.10%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Stainshield: Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress 730 MPa 707 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 790 MPa 770 MPa<br />

Elongation 17% 21%<br />

CVN Impact Val. 130 J @ -29°C 72 J @ -29°C<br />

80 J @ -51°C 50 J @ -51°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Stainshield or Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

The actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Autocraft Ni Cr Mo are<br />

influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters,<br />

shielding gas selection and number of passes etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 18-32 3.5-15 120-350 Spool 15kg 720053<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

368<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

AUTOCRAFT CRMO1<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 is a copper coated steel Gas Metal Arc (GMA) welding wire alloyed<br />

with nominally 1.25% Chromium (Cr) and 0.50% Molybdenum (Mo).<br />

It is recommended for the GMA welding of 1/2Cr-1/2Mo, 1Cr-1/2Mo and 1 1/4Cr-<br />

1/2Mo steel pipes, plates and castings used at elevated service temperatures (up to<br />

550°C) in the power generation and petrochemical industries etc.<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 is also suitable for the dissimilar GMA welding of Cr-Mo steel to<br />

carbon steel and for the welding of case hardenable steels or steels which can be<br />

subsequently heat treated.<br />

Storage Recommendations:<br />

When held under the recommended storage conditions unopened packs of<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 are expected to remain in ‘factory fresh’ condition for at least 12<br />

months.<br />

For storage over 12 months or under adverse (damp or high humidity) climatic<br />

conditions the use of heated weather proof store rooms/cupboards/containers<br />

maintained at 10-15°C above ambient temperature (with a maximum of 40°C) and<br />

at a maximum humidity of 60% R.H. is recommended. <strong>Product</strong> should be stacked<br />

on racks or pallets clear of the floor and walls.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28:<br />

ESB2-GM-W559AH.<br />

ER80S-B2.<br />

Features:<br />

For the Gas Metal Arc (GMA) Welding of Cr - Mo Creep Resistant Steels for Elevated<br />

Temperature and Corrosive Service.<br />

Also Recommended for the Dissimilar Joining of Cr - Mo Steels to Carbon Steels.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.09% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.60%<br />

Cr: 1.30% Mo: 0.50% P: 0.015%<br />

S: 0.010% Fe: Balance<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.0 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Stainshield:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 600 MPa<br />

Elongation 20%<br />

CVN Impact Values 60 J av @ +20°C<br />

Post weld heat treated at 620°C as required by AWS A5.28.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Alloycraft 80-B2 electrode<br />

AWS A5.5:<br />

E8018-B2<br />

Comweld CrMo1 TIG rod<br />

AWS A5.28: E<br />

R80S-B2<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Stainshield or Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 18-32 3.5-15 120-350 Spool 15kg 720029<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

AUTOCRAFT 308LSi<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

A steel wire for the GMA welding of 304 and 304L type stainless steels<br />

Recommended for the general welding of 210, 302, 321, 347, 409 and 444 type<br />

stainless steels<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14343: (new) B SS308LSi.<br />

AS/NZS 2717.3: (old) ES308LSi.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9: ER308LSi.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argon 1-3% CO2:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 620 MPa<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

CVN Impact Values 90 J av @ -60°C<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.02% Mn: 2.05% Si: 0.80%<br />

Cr: 19.95% Ni: 10.25% P: 0.020%<br />

S: 0.005% Fe: Balance<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

5 – 10 FN<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Argon + 1-3% O2<br />

• Argon + 2-5% CO2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 308L-17 electrode<br />

Comweld 308L TIG rod<br />

Verticor 308L FCAW wire<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique, etc.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.9 16-24 4.5-15.0 70-200 Spool 15kg 721271<br />

1.2 20-28 3.0-10.0 150-280 Spool 15kg 721272<br />

* Spool (ø300mm);<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

369


WIRES MIG<br />

AUTOCRAFT 309LSi<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

5<br />

Features:<br />

A Stainless Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of 309 and 309L Type Stainless Steels.<br />

Also suitable for a wide range of other welding applications including: the dissimilar<br />

joining of “300 series” and stainless steel grades to mild or low alloy steels, an<br />

intermediate or buttering layer in the butt welding of clad steel.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14343:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.3:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9:<br />

(new) B SS309LSi.<br />

(old) ES309LSi.<br />

ER309LSi.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.02% Mn: 2.10% Si: 0.75%<br />

Cr: 23.75% Ni: 13.75% P: 0.020%<br />

S: 0.005% Fe: Balance<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

10 – 15 FN<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Argon 1-3% CO2::<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 450 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 610 MPa<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

CVN Impact Values 90 J av @ -110°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Argon + 1-3% O 2<br />

• Argon + 2-5% CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode<br />

Comweld 309L TIG rod<br />

Verticor 309LT FCAW wires<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.9 16-24 4.5-15.0 70-200 Spool 15kg 721276<br />

1.2 20-28 3.0-10.0 150-280 Spool 15kg 721277<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

AUTOCRAFT 316LSi<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

A Stainless Steel Wire for the GMA Welding of 316 and 316L Type Stainless Steels.<br />

Also suitable for the general welding of other 300 and 400 series stainless steels<br />

including 301, 302, 304/304L, 321, 347, 410 and 430.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14343:<br />

AS/NZS 2717.3:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9:<br />

(new) B SS316LSi.<br />

(old) ES316LSi.<br />

ER316LSi.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.02% Mn: 1.52% Si: 0.70%<br />

Cr: 18.85% Ni: 12.75% Mo: 2.45%<br />

P: 0.022% S: 0.002% Fe: Balance<br />

Ferrite Number:<br />

5 – 10 FN<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Stainshield:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 470 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 640 MPa<br />

Elongation 38%<br />

CVN Impact Valves 90 J av @ –60°C<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 316L-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4:<br />

E316L-17<br />

Comweld 316L TIG rod<br />

AWS A5.9:<br />

ER316L<br />

Shieldcrome 316LT FCAW wires<br />

AWS A5.22:<br />

E316LT1-1/4<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Stainshield or Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Stainshield Heavy or Ar + 2-5% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.8 16 – 20 5.0–15.0 60–150 Mini spool 4 x 1kg 721285<br />

(4 per pack)<br />

0.8 16 – 20 5.0–15.0 60–150 Handy spool 5kg 720288<br />

0.9 16 – 24 4.5 – 15.0 70 – 200 Handi spool 5kg 720283<br />

0.9 16 – 24 4.5 – 15.0 70 – 200 Spool 15kg 721286<br />

1.0 16 –24 4.5 – 15.0 70 – 200 Spool 15kg 722386<br />

1.2 20 –28 3.0 – 10.0 150 – 280 Spool 15kg 721287<br />

* Mini spool (ø100mm); Handi spool (ø200mm); Spool (ø300mm).<br />

370<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

AUTOCRAFT AL1100<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

A high purity aluminium wire for the GMA welding of selected wrought aluminium<br />

alloys.<br />

Recommended for the joining of selected high purity 1XXX series aluminium alloys<br />

used extensively in electrical and chemical industry applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273: (new) S Al 1200.<br />

AS/NZS 2717.2: (old) E1100.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER1050.<br />

Wire Analysis Limits:<br />

Si: 0.06% Fe: 0.06% Cu: 0.005%<br />

Mn: 0.01% Mg: 0.01% Zn: 0.03%<br />

Ti: 0.01% Total others: 0.01%<br />

Al: 99.88% min.<br />

* Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Single-vee butt weld with 1060 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen):<br />

Welding grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 34.5 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 69.0 MPa<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 29%<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Welding Grade Argon<br />

• Argon + 25% He<br />

• Helium + 25% Ar<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS:<br />

Comweld AL1100<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

5<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.6 23 – 28 5.0 – 9.5 200 – 350 Spool 7kg 722218<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

AUTOCRAFT AL4043<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

• An Aluminium -5% Silicon wire for GMA welding of selected wrought and cast<br />

Aluminium alloys.<br />

• For the repair welding of Aluminium alloy castings (mainly 4XX and 6XX series).<br />

• For welding selected wrought (1XXX, 5XXX and 6XXX series) Aluminium Alloys.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273: (new) S Al 4043.<br />

AS/NZS 2717.2: (old) E4043.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER4043.<br />

APPROVALS:<br />

Det Norske Veritas (DNV)<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)<br />

Wire Analysis Limits:<br />

Si: 4.5–6.0% Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30%<br />

Mn: 0.05% Mg: 0.05% Zn: 0.10%<br />

Ti: 0.20% Total others: 0.15%<br />

Al: Balance<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Single-vee butt weld with 6061-T6 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen)<br />

using welding grade Argon:<br />

As welded: Postweld heat treated and aged:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 124 MPa 276 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 186 MPa 303 MPa<br />

Elongation 8% 5%<br />

(in 2 inches)<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Welding Grade Argon<br />

• Argon + 25% He<br />

• Helium + 25% Ar<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS:<br />

Comweld AL4043<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc. For 5XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the higher side of the range specified below and arc voltages on the lower side of the range. For<br />

1XXX, 2XXX and 4XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the lower side of the specified range and arc voltages on the higher side.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 20 – 25 5.5 – 12.0 150-250 Spool 7kg 722237<br />

1.6 23 – 28 5.0 – 9.5 200-350 Spool 7kg 722238<br />

* Spool (ø300mm)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

371


WIRES MIG<br />

AUTOCRAFT AL5356<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

5<br />

Features:<br />

An Aluminium -5% Magnesium wire for the GMA welding of a wide range of wrought<br />

and cast Aluminium alloys containing magnesium.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273: (new) S Al 5356.<br />

AS/NZS 2717.2: (old) E5356.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER5356.<br />

Approvals:<br />

Det Norske Veritas (DNV)<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Single-vee butt weld with 5086 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen):<br />

Welding grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 130 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 269 MPa<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 17%<br />

WIRE ANALYSIS LIMITS:<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Si: 0.25% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10% Mn: 0.05–0.2%<br />

Mg: 4.5–5.5% Cr: 0.05–0.20% Zn: 0.10% Ti: 0.06–0.20%<br />

Al: Balance Total others: 0.15%<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Welding Grade Argon<br />

• Argon + 25% He<br />

• Helium + 25% Ar<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS:<br />

Comweld AL5356<br />

AWS R5356<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc. For 5XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the higher side of the range specified below and arc voltages on the lower side of the range. For<br />

1XXX, 2XXX and 4XXX type welding wires use welding current settings on the lower side of the specified range and arc voltages on the higher side.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.8 14 – 21 6.0 – 20.0 50 – 150 Mini Spool 4 x 0.5kg 721221<br />

(4 per pack)<br />

0.9 16 – 22 6.0 – 17.5 80 – 180 Spool 7kg 722226<br />

1.0 17 – 23 6.0 – 16.5 110 – 220 Spool 7kg 722224<br />

1.0 17 – 23 6.0 – 16.5 110 – 220 Handi Spool 2.0kg 723224<br />

1.2 20 – 25 5.5 – 12.0 150 – 250 Spool 7kg 722227<br />

* Spool (ø300mm);<br />

AUTOCRAFT AL5183<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

• For GMAW welding of wrought and cast aluminium alloys containing magnesium.<br />

• Superior surface cleanliness for improved resistance to porosity.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273: (old) S Al 5183.<br />

AS 2717.2: (new) E5183.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: ER5183.<br />

Approvals:<br />

Det Norske Veritas (DNV)<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Single-vee butt weld with 5083 Aluminium (reduced section tensile specimen)<br />

Welding grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 152 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 297 MPa<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 16%<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

• Welding Grade Argon<br />

• Argoshield 80T or Ar + 25% He or equivalent gases<br />

• Argoshield 81T or He + 25% Ar or equivalent gases<br />

• EN439: I1 & I3 shielding gases<br />

Wire Analysis Limits:<br />

Si: 0.40% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10%<br />

Mn: 0.5-1.0% Mg: 4.3-5.2% Cr: 0.05-0.25%<br />

Zn: 0.25% Ti: 0.15%<br />

Total others: 0.15% Al: Balance<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.0 17 – 23 6.0 – 16.5 110 – 220 Spool 7kg 722239<br />

1.2 20 – 25 5.5 – 12.0 150 – 250 Spool 7kg 722240<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

372<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

AUTOCRAFT DEOXIDISED COPPER<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Autocraft Deoxidised Copper is a versatile 98% pure Copper alloy for the GMAW<br />

welding of:<br />

• Deoxidised and electrolytic tough pitch copper components<br />

• Copper castings and galvanised steels<br />

• Dissimilar mild steel to deoxidised copper joints<br />

Autocraft Deoxidised Copper should only be used for the GMAW welding of<br />

galvanised steel and for dissimilar welding of mild steel to deoxidised copper where<br />

high strength joints are not required.<br />

Typical applications include the GMAW welding of copper transformer connectors,<br />

copper bus bars, billet molds and heater elements etc. Autocraft Deoxidised Copper<br />

can also be used as a corrosion resistant overlay.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7:<br />

ERCu.<br />

Features:<br />

For GMAW Joining and Overlay Applications.<br />

Fabricating Deoxidised Copper and Electrolytic Pitch Copper Components.<br />

Repair of Copper Castings.<br />

Lower Strength Welding of Galvanised Steels and Deoxidised Copper to Mild Steel<br />

Joints.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis Limits:<br />

Mn: 0.5% Si: 0.5% P: 0.15%<br />

Sn: 1.0% Cu: 98.0% min Others: 0.50%<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Welding grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 55 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 200 MPa<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 30%<br />

Electrical Conductivity 40% IACS<br />

Hardness<br />

55 BHN<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.47 x 103 kg/m3<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Welding Grade Argon<br />

Alushield Light or Ar + 25% He or equivalent gases<br />

Alushield Heavy or He + 25% Ar or equivalent gases<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.6 28-32 5.5-11.5 160-380 Spool 13kg 720260<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

AUTOCRAFT SILICON BRONZE<br />

ALL POSITIONAL<br />

WELDING APPLICATIONS<br />

Features:<br />

A Copper based wire for the GMA welding of Copper-Silicon alloys including Cusilman<br />

and Everdur.<br />

Used for the lower strength welding of steels.<br />

Extensively used for the GMA welding of Copper-Silicon alloys used in hot water<br />

systems, heat exchangers, calorifiers and marine components for their corrosion<br />

resistance.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7:<br />

ERCuSi–A.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

Fe: 0.25% Mn: 1.0% Si: 3.40%<br />

Sn: 0.90% Zn: 0.90% Cu: Balance<br />

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS WITH ARGON +10-15% Co2 :<br />

HRB<br />

Three Layers on Mild Steel 48<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Welding Grade Argon<br />

Argon + 10-25% CO 2<br />

Argon + 0-3% O 2<br />

Helium + 25% Ar<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld Silicon Bronze rod<br />

AWS A5.7: ERCuSi–A<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Welding grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 170 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 380 MPa<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 50%<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage and welding current used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Voltage Range (volts) Wire Feed Speed (metres/min) Current Range (amps ) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

0.8 15 – 20 4.5 – 10.5 65 – 150 Handispool 5kg 720159<br />

0.9 21 – 26 7.5 – 14.5 100 – 250 Spool 13kg 720015<br />

1.2 22 – 28 5.5 – 11.5 160 – 380 Spool 13kg 720255<br />

* Spool (ø300mm).<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

373


WIRES MIG<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

374<br />

AVESTA STANDARD AND SPECIAL GRADE MIG WIRE<br />

Avesta wire designation<br />

EN 12072<br />

AWS A5.9/A5.14<br />

AVESTA 308L-SI/MVR-SI<br />

EN 19 9 L Si<br />

AWS ER308LSi<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 347-SI/MVNB-SI<br />

EN 19 9 Nb Si<br />

AWS ER347Si<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 316L-SI/SKR-SI<br />

EN 19 12 3 L Si<br />

AWS ER316LSi<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 309L-SI<br />

EN 23 12 L Si<br />

AWS ER316LSi<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA P5<br />

EN 23 12 2 L<br />

AWS (ER309LMo) * *(Cr lower and<br />

Ni higher than standard)<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD<br />

For welding the following steel Analysis % Mechanical Welding Information<br />

(All Weld<br />

Metal) properties<br />

EN ASTM Typical values Shielding Gas Gas Flow<br />

Rate<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.8<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 10.5<br />

Yield 420N/mm²<br />

Tensile 600N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Ar+2%O² or<br />

2-3%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Heat Input<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Approvals<br />

Avesta 308L-Si/MVR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni or similar. The wire can also be used for welding titanium and niobium<br />

stabilized steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400˚C. For higher temperatures a niobium<br />

stabilized consumable such as Avesta 347 Si/MVNb-Si is required.<br />

1.4541<br />

1.4550<br />

321<br />

347<br />

C 0.05<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.2<br />

Cr 19.50<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Nb >12xC<br />

Yield 430N/mm²<br />

Tensile 620N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+2%O² or<br />

2-3%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 347-Si/MVNb-Si is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels of type 19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improved high temperature properties e.g.<br />

creep resistance compared to low carbon non-stabilized materials. 347-Si/MVNb-Si is therefore primarily used for applications where service temperatures exceed 400˚C.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

AVESTA 253 MA 1.4818<br />

1.4835<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

316<br />

316L<br />

S31653<br />

316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.7<br />

Cr 18.50<br />

Ni 12.0<br />

Mo 2.6<br />

Yield 400N/mm²<br />

Tensile 600N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+2%O² or<br />

2-3%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler material is also suitable for welding titanium<br />

and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction is used at temperature not exceeding 400˚C. The higher silicon content improves<br />

the fluidity of the weld pool with a minimum of spatter and is therefore recommended if the demands on surface quality are high.<br />

Avesta 309L-Si is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels<br />

and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.80<br />

Mn 1.80<br />

Cr 23.50<br />

Ni 13.5<br />

Yield 400N/mm²<br />

Tensile 600N/mm²<br />

Elongation 32%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Ar+2%O² or<br />

2-3%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 309L-Si is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wire primarily intended for surfacing of low-alloy steels and dissimilar welding between mild steel and stainless steels of<br />

the ASTM 304/304L type, offering a ductile and crack resistant weldment. The chemical composition, when surfacing is equivalent to that of ASTM 304 from the first<br />

run. One or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a final layer of 308L 316L or 347.<br />

Avesta P5 is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed<br />

steels and when joining molybdenumalloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 1.50<br />

Cr 21.50<br />

Ni 15.0<br />

Mo 2.70<br />

Yield 390N/mm²<br />

Tensile 610N/mm²<br />

Elongation 31%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+2%O² or<br />

2-3%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low alloy steels and for dissimilar welding between stainless<br />

steels of the ASTM 316/316L type, low alloy and mild steels, ensuring a high resistance to cracking. When used for surfacing, the composition is more or less equal to<br />

that of ASTM 316 from the first run.<br />

S30415<br />

S30815<br />

C 0.07<br />

Si 1.60<br />

Mn 0.60<br />

Cr 21.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

N 0.15<br />

Yield 440N/mm²<br />

Tensile 680N/mm²<br />

Elongation 38%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+30%He +<br />

2%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 253 MA is designed for welding the high temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA used for example in furnaces, combustion chambers burners ect. Both the steel<br />

and the consumable provide excellent properties at temperatures 850˚C- 1100˚C. Mig welding of 253MA is best performed using spray arc or pulsed arc. 253MA has a<br />

tendency to give a thick oxide layer during welding and hot rolling. Black plate and previous weld beads should be carefully brushed or ground prior to welding.<br />

AVESTA LDX 2101 1.416 S32101 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 0.5<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 7.0<br />

Mo < 0.50<br />

N 0.14<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 2205<br />

EN 22 9 3 LN<br />

AWS ER2209<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 2507/P100<br />

EN 25 9 4 L N<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA 904L<br />

EN 20 25 5 Cu L<br />

AWS ER385<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA P12<br />

EN Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 Nb<br />

AWS ERNiCrMo-3<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

Yield 520N/mm²<br />

Tensile 710N/mm²<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Ar+2% O² or<br />

2-3% CO²<br />

An addition<br />

of 30%He will<br />

improve fluidity<br />

and penetration.<br />

12-16I/min<br />

Max.0.5-<br />

2.0 kJ/min<br />

Avesta LDX 2101 is designed for the welding of ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a “lean duplex” steel with excellent strength and<br />

medium corrosion resistance. The steel is mainly intended for applications such as civil engineering storage, tanks, containers etc. Avesta LDX 2101 provides a ferriticaustenitic<br />

weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength and<br />

hereby also good resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Avesta LDX 2101 is over-alloyed with respect to nickel to ensure the right ferrite balance in the weld metal.<br />

1.446 S32205 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.50<br />

Mn 1.60<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 8.5<br />

Mo 3.10<br />

N 0.17<br />

Yield 550N/mm²<br />

Tensile 770N/mm²<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Hardness 230 Brinell<br />

Ar+2% O² or<br />

2-3% CO²<br />

An addition<br />

of 30%He will<br />

improve fluidity<br />

and penetration.<br />

12-16I/min<br />

0.5 - 2.5kJ/<br />

mm<br />

Avesta 2205 is primarily designed for welding the duplex grade Outokumpu 2205 and similar but it can also be used for SAF 2304 type steels. Avesta 2205 provides<br />

a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines the good properties of the good properties of both austenitic and ferritic steels . The welding can be performed using<br />

either short spray or pulse arc. Welding using pulsed arc provides good results in both horizontal and vertical up positions.<br />

1.441 S32750 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 0.40<br />

Cr 25.0<br />

Ni 9.5<br />

Mo 4.0<br />

N 0.25<br />

Yield 570N/mm²<br />

Tensile 830N/mm²<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Hardness 280 Brinell<br />

Ar+30%He +<br />

2%CO²<br />

12-16I/min<br />

0.5 - 2.5kJ/<br />

mm<br />

Avesta 2507/P100 is intended for welding super duplex alloys such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32760, S32550 and S31260. Welding 2507/P100 is preferably done using pulsed arc.<br />

1.454 904L C 0.01<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 1.70<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 25.5<br />

Mo 4.5<br />

Cu 1.5<br />

Yield 340N/mm²<br />

Tensile 570N/mm²<br />

Elongation 38%<br />

Hardness 170 Brinell<br />

Ar+30%He 12-16I/min Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 904L is intended for welding Outokumpu 904L and similar but can also be used for constructions in type ASTM 316 where a ferrite-free weld metal is<br />

required, such as cryogenic or non-magnetic applications. The impact strength at low temperature is excellent. A fully austenitic structure is more prone to hot or<br />

solidification cracking than type ASTM 316 welds, so welding should be performed minimizing the heat input interpass temperature and penetration with parent<br />

metal. The wire has excellent corrosion resistance in non-oxidizing solutions such as sulphuric and phosphoric acids.<br />

1.4547<br />

1.4529<br />

S31254 N08926 C 0.01<br />

Si 0.10<br />

Mn 0.10<br />

Cr 22.0<br />

Ni 65.0<br />

Mo 9.0<br />

Nb 3.6<br />

Fe


MIG WIRES<br />

WELDSTAR MILD STEEL MIG WIRE<br />

Classification<br />

AWS A5.18/ASME SFA5.18 ER70S-6<br />

JIS Z3312 YGW12<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1: ES6-GC/M-W502AH<br />

Applications<br />

Butt and fillet Welding of steel structures such as vehicles, machinery and bridges.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Weldstar Mild Steel Mig wire is a solid wire designed for all position welding by short-circuit type transfer. As the deposition efficiency is high and penetration is deep, highly<br />

efficient welding can be performed.<br />

Notes on usage<br />

1. Use welding grade CO2 or Argon + 15~25% CO2<br />

2. Flow quantity of welding gas should be 25 L/min. approximately.<br />

3. Use wind screen to shield weld against wind.<br />

4. Keep distance between tip and base metal 6~15mm for less than 250A, and 15~25mm for more than 250A of welding current.<br />

5<br />

Welding Positions Current Shielding Gas<br />

1G 2F 3G 4G DC+ CO2<br />

FLAT HORIZ. VERT. OVERHEAD Ar + CO2 15~25%<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.06 0.41 1.1 0.012 0.011<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) C (F) J (ft.lb)<br />

430 (62,400) 540 (78,400) 28 -29 (-20) 70 (52)<br />

Factory Approvals Packaging<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DIA (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.6<br />

DNV, GL, NK, CWB DIA (in) 0.035 0.045 0.052 1/16<br />

15Kg plastic spools, 250Kg packs<br />

Recommended Currents (Amps.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9 (0.035) 1.2 (0.045) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 50~220 100~320 170~390<br />

Vup, OH 50~140 50~140 -<br />

Part Numbers<br />

0.9mm 1.0mm 1.2mm 1.6mm<br />

HSM7009WS HSM7010WS HSM7012WS HSM7016WS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

375


WIRES MIG<br />

SM-70 CO 2<br />

/Ar+CO 2<br />

5<br />

AWS A5.18 / ASME SFA5.18 ER70S-6<br />

JIS Z3312 YGW12<br />

Applications<br />

Butt and fillet welding of steel structures such as vehicles, machinery and bridges.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SM-70 is a solid wire designed for all position welding by short-circuiting type<br />

transfer.<br />

As the deposition efficiency is high and penetration is deep, highly efficient welding<br />

can be performed.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use welding grade CO2/Argon+15~25% CO2<br />

Flow quantity of shielding gas should be 25ァ、/min. approximately.<br />

Use wind screen against wind.<br />

Keep distance between tip and base metal 6~15mm for less than 250A, and 15~25mm<br />

for more than 250A of welding current.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.06 0.41 1.10 0.012 0.011<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm 2 (lbs/in 2 ) N/mm 2 (lbs/in 2 ) (%) oC (oF) J (ft.lb)<br />

430 (62,400) 540 (78,400) 28 -29 (-20) 70 (52)<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, NK, CWB<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 5 15 20<br />

(in) .035 .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 11 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9 (.035) 1.2 (.045) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 50~220 100~320 170~390<br />

V-up, OH 50~140 50~140 -<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSM7008 0.8 15<br />

HSM7009 0.9 15<br />

HSM7010 1.0 15<br />

HSM7012 1.2 15<br />

HSM70BP09 0.9 300<br />

HSM70BP10 1.0 300<br />

HSM70BP12 1.2 300<br />

SM-70S CO 2<br />

/Ar+CO 2<br />

AWS A5.18 / ASME SFA5.18 ER70S-3<br />

JIS Z3312 YGW16<br />

Applications<br />

Butt and fillet welding of vehicles, buildings, ships, machinery, etc.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SM-70S is a solid wire designed for all position welding and high speed welding of<br />

steel sheets can be performed easily by short-circuiting welding.<br />

Arc is stable and spatter loss is low.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use welding grade CO2/Argon+15~25% CO2<br />

Flow quantity of shielding gas should be 25ァ、/min. approximately.<br />

Use the wind screen against wind.<br />

Keep the distance between tip and base metal of 6~15mm for less than 250A, and<br />

15~25mm for more than 250A of welding current.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.08 0.40 0.85 0.014 0.014<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) oC (oF) J (ft.lb)<br />

440 (63,900) 560 (81,300) 28 -20 (-4) 80 (59)<br />

Approval<br />

ABS, LR, CWB<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in) .035 .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9 (.035) 1.2 (.045) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 50~200 80~350 170~390<br />

V-up, OH 50~140 50~160 -<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSM70S12 1.2 15<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

376<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

SM-80G CO 2<br />

AWS A5.28 / ASME SFA5.28 ER80S-G<br />

JIS Z3312 YGW21<br />

Applications<br />

Butt and fillet welding of steel structures and using 550N/mm2 or 600N/mm2 tensile<br />

steels such as construction machinery, buildings and pressure vessels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SM-80G is a solid wire for flat and horizontal fillet welding position. As the deposition<br />

rate is very high, highly efficient welding can be performed. As the wire contains<br />

special elements, its bead appearance is excellent.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use welding grade CO2<br />

Flow quantity of shielding gas should be 25ァ、/min. approximately.<br />

Use wind screen against wind.<br />

Keep distance between tip and base metal of 6~15mm for less than 250A, and<br />

15~25mm for more than 250A of welding current.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Mo<br />

0.08 0.50 1.35 0.012 0.010 0.28<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) oC (oF) J (ft.lb)<br />

580 (84,200) 660 (95,800) 24 -20 (-4) 120 (88)<br />

Approval ABS<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in) .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 200~350 280~500 300~550<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSM80G12 1.2 15<br />

HSM80G16 1.6 15<br />

5<br />

HYUNDAI BALL PAC (FCW / SOLID WIRE)<br />

HYUNDAI BALL PAC is a new and improved version of our original Pail<br />

Pack.<br />

Our patented ‘marble’ system, acts as a ‘non-static’ resistance on top of<br />

the wire. The marbles add weight on the wire to ensure that only one<br />

strand, at a time, is picked up.<br />

With the shape and weight of the ‘marbles’, the wire pulls up and out of<br />

the Ball Pac consistently and without the normal static resistance found<br />

with other drum systens. Our wire is pulled out with minimum resistance<br />

and seamless feedability is the end result.<br />

Hyundai hard wire is ‘pre-tensioned’ before being put into the Ball Pac.<br />

Meaning, our wire has little to no cast and helix when coming out of<br />

the Ball Pac and the ‘straightness’ of the wire will give more accurate<br />

and consistent starts and weld tracking. This is most ideal for robotic<br />

applications. As the wire has no cast, you can decrease the tip diameter<br />

by one size(**Except in the case of .052”). This will ensure that the wire is<br />

in constant contact with the tip (better current transfer) and will increase<br />

the accuracy of the weld.<br />

Another major factor in the quality and consistency of Hyundai hard wire<br />

is the method of copper-coating the wire. Hyundai Welding is one of<br />

the few companies, in the world, who are currently using the Electronic<br />

Coating process. With this State-of-the-Art coating process, the user will<br />

experience the following benefits;<br />

1) Better Feedability:due to the ‘even’coating of copper, feedability is more consistent.<br />

Resulting in lower feed resistance.<br />

2) Copper Flaking:since wire is coated electronically, the adherence of the copper<br />

on the wire is 100% as the coating is evenly applied thus, rendering ‘copperflaking’obsolete.<br />

No more clogged or damaged liners.<br />

3) Current Transfer:the current transfer will be more consistent due to the ‘evenness’<br />

of the copper coating<br />

4) Less Fume:with the even and consistent copper coating, there are less fums than<br />

conventional chemically-coated wires on the market today.<br />

1. Characteristics of <strong>Product</strong><br />

1) Excellent feeding-Minimizing friction as it possesses a device developed for the<br />

prevention of twisted and tangled wire, thus, resulting in a smooth feeding action<br />

and stable arc, which facilitates welding.<br />

2) Makes good tracking on a welding seam. Wire is set to be elastically twisted in the<br />

pail, so wire is pulled out straight, without rotation of the pail.<br />

3) Improved welding efficiency. The large-packaged wire can save time in changing<br />

wire, which is effective, particularly, for robotic and other automatic welding.<br />

4) Prevention of welding wire deformation in “stacked” state with anti-tangling<br />

pressure device system, deformation of the wound wire is greatly minimized or, as<br />

in most cases, has now become obsolete.<br />

2. Type of product<br />

Packing Weight/ Classification Solid wire FCW<br />

150KG(330lbs)<br />

0.9ャ (.035in), 1.0ャ (.039in) 1.2ャ (.045in)<br />

200KG(440lbs), 250KG(551lbs)<br />

300KG(661lbs), 350KG(772lbs) 1.2ャ (.045in), 1.4ャ (.052in) 1.4ャ (.052in)<br />

400KG(882lbs), 420KG(926lbs) 1.4ャ (.052in), 1.6ャ (1/16in) 1.6ャ (1/16in)<br />

HBPHOOD<br />

HBPLINER<br />

Hood Suit Hyundai Ball Pack<br />

Liner Suit Hyundai Ball Pack<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

377


WIRES MIG<br />

SM-308L<br />

AWS A5.9 / ASME SFA5.9 ER308L<br />

JIS Z3321 Y308L<br />

Applications<br />

MIG welding of low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni steel for chemical industries such as oil,<br />

medical, fertilizer and textile industries and for nuclear reactors.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Though SM-308L is austenitic type stainless steel wire, the weld metal contains ferrite<br />

and resistance to crack is extremely good. The usability, such as arc stability and<br />

assimilability of welds to base metal is extremely good. Resistance to corrosion and<br />

the mechanical properties of the weld metal are good.<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

T.S EL. CVN-Impact Value Ferrite<br />

N/mm²(lbs/in²) (%) 0ºC(32º) -20º (-4º) Quantity(FN)<br />

560 (81,300) 42 90 (66) 50 (37) 10~14<br />

Typical Welding Conditions (DC+)<br />

Size A V Speed Gas Flow Remarks<br />

mm(in) (cm/min.) (l/min.)<br />

1.2 (.045) 260 27 30 25 Shielding gas<br />

1.6 (1/16) 300 29 34 25 100%Ar or Ar+2%O 2<br />

5<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn Ni Cr<br />

0.02 0.35 1.60 10.1 19.9<br />

SM-309L<br />

AWS A5.9 / ASME SFA5.9 ER309L<br />

JIS Z3321 Y309L<br />

Applications<br />

MIG welding of 22%Cr-12%Ni steel, heat resistant cast steel clad side of 18%Cr-8%Ni<br />

clad steel and stainless steel to Cr-Mo steel or carbon steel.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

As the weld metal contains ferrite, its resistance to crack is good. Due to its high level<br />

of alloy, it has excellent heat resistance.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn Ni Cr<br />

0.03 0.41 1.58 12.8 22.4<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

T.S EL. Ferrite<br />

N/mm²(lbs/in²) (%) Quantity(FN)<br />

640(92,900) 38 10~12<br />

Typical Welding Conditions (DC+)<br />

Size A V Speed Gas Flow Remarks<br />

mm(in) (cm/min.) (l/min.)<br />

1.2 (.045) 250 26 30 25 Shielding gas<br />

1.6 (1/16) 290 28 34 25 100%Ar or Ar+2%O 2<br />

SM-316L<br />

AWS A5.9 / ASME SFA5.9 ER316L<br />

JIS Z3321 Y316L<br />

Applications<br />

MIG welding of low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo stainless steel for chemical<br />

industries and nuclear reactors.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Though SM-316L is austenitic type stainless steel wire, the weld metal contains ferrite<br />

and resistance to crack is quite good. The usability, such as, arc stability and assimilability<br />

of welds to base metal is good. Resistance to corrosion and heat is quite good.<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

T.S EL. CVN-Impact Value Ferrite<br />

N/mm²(lbs/in²) (%) 0ºC(32º) Quantity(FN)<br />

570 (82,700) 39 110(81) 10~13<br />

Typical Welding Conditions (DC+)<br />

Size A V Speed Gas Flow Remarks<br />

mm(in) (cm/min.) (l/min.)<br />

1.2 (.045) 250 26 30 25 Shielding gas<br />

1.6 (1/16) 300 29 35 25 100%Ar or Ar+2%O 2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo<br />

0.02 0.39 1.69 12.8 19.5 2.3<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

378<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

ULTRAMAG® S4<br />

UltraMag® S4 offers a mid-range level of manganese and silicon - higher than<br />

UltraMag® S3 but lower the UltraMag® S6. Performs well when welding on<br />

materials with a low-to-medium amount of dirt, rust or mill scale.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 14341-B G49A 3UM/C S4<br />

AWS ER70S-4<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

0,9 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM0915S4<br />

1,0 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM1015S4<br />

1,2 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM1215S4<br />

1,6 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM1615S4<br />

1,6 1 350,0 350,0 700,0 Drum KG ex stock AUM16350S4<br />

ULTRAMAG® S6<br />

UltraMag® S6 has the highest level of manganese and silicon and can be used when<br />

welding on materials with a medium-to-high presence of dirt, rust or mill scale. In<br />

addition UltraMag® S6 produces a more fluid weld pool and is an excellent choice<br />

when bead appearance is important.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 14341-B G49A 3UM/C S6<br />

AWS ER70S-6<br />

5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

0,8 1 5,0 5,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM0805S6<br />

0,8 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM0815S6<br />

0,9 1 5,0 5,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM0905S6<br />

0,9 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM0915S6<br />

0,9 1 250,0 250,0 500,0 Drum KG ex stock AUM09250S6<br />

1,0 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM1015S6<br />

1,2 1 15,0 15,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock AUM1215S6<br />

1,2 1 250,0 250,0 500,0 Drum KG ex stock AUM12250S6<br />

1,6 1 350,0 350,0 700,0 Drum KG ex stock AUM16350S6<br />

LINCOLN MIG 307Si<br />

Solid wire for welding steel with difficult weldability. Often used as a buffer layer<br />

in hardfacing applications. Typical Applications: Armour plate, Hardenable steels<br />

including steels difficult to weld, Non-magnetic steels, Dissimilar joints (CMn-steels<br />

to stainless steels).<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.9 : ER307 (Nearest classification)<br />

ISO 14343-B : SS307<br />

Dia. (mm) Weight/Package <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

1.2 15kg spool BS300 331072<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

379


WIRES MIG<br />

LINCOLN 308LSi<br />

Designed for welding ‘18-8’ type stainless steels such as 302/304/304L (wrought)<br />

and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and corrosion.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER308LSi.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

0.8 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331088<br />

0.9 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331089<br />

1.2 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331082<br />

LINCOLN 316LSi<br />

5<br />

Designed for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as 316/316L<br />

(wrought) and CF-3M/CF-8M (cast). Deposit is highly resistant to oxidation and<br />

corrosion, especially pitting corrosion. It should not be used for service in urea<br />

manufacture.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER316LSi.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

0.9 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331069<br />

1.2 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331062<br />

1.6 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331066 3<br />

LINCOLN 309LSi<br />

Welding 304L/309 (wrought) and CF-3/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr<br />

austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and<br />

oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as<br />

stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER309LSi.<br />

Dia mm Length mm Packaging Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

0.9 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331099<br />

1.2 - 15.00SP 900 X4 331092<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

380<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


MIG WIRES<br />

SUPERGLAZE 4043<br />

For the welding of heat-treatable base alloys and more specifically the 6XXX series<br />

alloys. It has a lower melting point and more fluidity than the 5XXX series filler aloys<br />

and is preferred by welders because of its favourable operating characteristics. ER4043<br />

type wires are also less sensitive to weld cracking with the 6XXX series base alloys.<br />

SuperGlaze 4043 is suitable for sustained elevated temperature service, ie. above 65 o C.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273-B S AL 4043<br />

AWS ER 4043<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG ex stock ED028397<br />

0,8 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030307<br />

0,9 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030308<br />

SUPERGLAZE® 5183<br />

Designed to weld high magnesium alloys to meet higher tensile strength<br />

requirements. Use on 5083 and 5654 base materials when required tensile strengths<br />

are 276 MPa (40,000 psi) or greater. Typical applications are in the marine and<br />

cryogenic industries, and high strength structural aluminium fabrication.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273-B S AL 5183<br />

AWS ER 5183<br />

5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG ex stock ED034191<br />

SUPERGLAZE® 5356<br />

The most popular of our aluminium MIG wires. It is a great general purpose filler<br />

alloy designed for the welding of 5XXX series alloys when 276 MPa (40,000 psi)<br />

tensile strength is not required.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18273-B S AL 5356<br />

AWS ER 5356<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

0,9 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG ex stock ED028385<br />

1,0 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG ex stock ED028386<br />

1,2 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG ex stock ED028387<br />

1,6 1 7,3 7,3 849,4 Spool KG Indent ED028388<br />

0,8 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030311<br />

0,9 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030312<br />

1,0 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030313<br />

1,2 20 0,5 9,0 900,0 Spool KG ex stock ED030314<br />

1,2 1 136,0 136,0 816,0 Drum KG Indent ED031826<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

381


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SATIN-COR XP<br />

5<br />

Satin-Cor XP is a smooth running rutile type flux cored wire recommended for the high<br />

speed fillet and butt welding of mild and medium strength steels using<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

Grade 2YS H<br />

welding grade carbon dioxide shielding gas. The fluid, full covering slag system of * - with welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Satin-Cor XP gives superior fillet shapes in all downhand ( flat, horizontal and<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis using CO 2<br />

shielding gas:<br />

horizontal-vertical ) welding positions. The smooth arc transfer using CO 2<br />

shielding gas<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.38% Si: 0.55%<br />

produces low spatter levels and the full covering slag is easy to control and<br />

S: 0.011% P: 0.016%.<br />

self-releasing in many joint preparations.. Satin-Cor XP is designed for the high<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

productivity, single and multi-pass welding of mild and medium strength steels in the<br />

flat, horizontal and horizontal-vertical positions. It is particularly recommended for 5.0 - 6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

the downhand fillet welding of structural steels of 6mm thickness or heavier.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETD-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10.<br />

Using welding grade CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress.<br />

485 MPa<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20:<br />

E70T-1H8.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

595 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

Features:<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

84J av @ 0°C.<br />

Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated for Use with CO 2<br />

Shielding Gas.<br />

High Speed, Downhand Welding Applications.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Superior Fillet Shape and Slag Lift.<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Satin-Cor XP are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used,<br />

number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD<br />

branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.6 mm Spool 15kg 720904<br />

2.4 mm Coil 25kg 720906<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas with a flow rate of 10-15<br />

litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.6 350–450 28–33 25–30<br />

2.4 400–550 28–33 25–35<br />

Flat<br />

1.6 300–400 26–30 25–30<br />

2.4 350–450 26–30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.6 270–350 25–29 25–30<br />

2.4 320–420 25–29 25–30<br />

Horizontal<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

VERTICOR XP<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Verti-Cor XP is a versatile, rutile type flux cored wire designed for all positional fillet and<br />

butt welding applications using Argoshield Universal, 52 and welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding<br />

gases.<br />

The fillet shape in all welding positions ( flat, horizontal-vertical, vertical-up and overhead<br />

etc) is mitred with equal leg lengths. The arc transfer characteristics of Verti-Cor XP can<br />

be improved for out-of-position welding applications by using Argoshield Universal or 52<br />

Argon based shielding gases.<br />

Verti-Cor XP is recommended for general steel construction / fabrication welding<br />

applications where the work cannot be rotated to the downhand positions.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W502A. CM1 H10.<br />

ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1H8 / E71T-1M H8.<br />

Features:<br />

General Purpose, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2YS H.<br />

* - with Argoshield Universal, 52 and CO 2<br />

shielding gas combinations.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.65%<br />

S: 0.007% P: 0.014%.<br />

Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.60%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

6.0–7.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52: Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress 550 MPa 510 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 630 MPa 600 MPa<br />

Elongation 26% 26%<br />

CVN, Impact Values 70J av @ 0°C. 60J av @ -20°C.<br />

The actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor XP are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield Universal or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720915<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720917<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

1.2 230-280 26–30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26–30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

Flat<br />

382<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

VERTI-COR ULTRA<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra is a smooth running all positional flux cored wire which offers improved<br />

operator appeal and lower fume and spatter levels under welding grade carbon dioxide<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra offers significant welding improvements compared with conventional E71T-<br />

1 wires, in particular 50-60% less spatter and ª 20% less fume.<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra is designed for the single and multi-pass welding of mild and medium<br />

strength steels in the downhand, vertical-up and overhead positions. It is recommended<br />

for general steel construction and fabrication welding where the work cannot be rotated<br />

to the downhand positions.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20:<br />

E71T-1H8.<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire Formulated Exclusively for CO 2<br />

Shielding Gas.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Low Spatter and Fume Levels.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 2YS H10.<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 2YSA H10.<br />

Det Norske Veritas IIYMS H.<br />

* - with welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis using CO 2<br />

shielding gas:<br />

C: 0.04% Mn: 1.24% Si: 0.70%<br />

Ti: 0.035% B: 0.005%.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0 - 6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using welding grade CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

480 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

560 MPa<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

80 J av @ 0°C.<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor Ultra are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, number<br />

of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for<br />

welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720900<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720902<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas with a flow rate of 10–15 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 4-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

5<br />

WHY CHOOSE CIGWELD VERTICOR FLUX CORED?<br />

Cigweld Verticor Flux Cored Welding wires have several distinct advantages:<br />

• High deposition rates. Cored wires have less cross sectional area<br />

than solid wires of equivalent diameter. therefore the welding<br />

current is applied to a smaller area resulting in higher current<br />

density, higher melt off rates and a more forceful arc column.<br />

• Ease of operation. The CIGWELD Verticor Flux Cored Wire range<br />

represents the most user- friendly range of wires on the market<br />

today. Operator training for out of position Welding is greatly<br />

reduced compared to that required for Solid wire.<br />

• All positional capabilities. Most types of Flux Cored wires have slag<br />

systems similar to that of a conventional manual arc electrode<br />

enabling out of position Welding. One of the functions of the<br />

slag is to support the solidifying Weld Metal allowing for higher<br />

Welding currents, greater depth of fusion and higher travel speeds<br />

which all translate to increased productivity. Solid wires on the<br />

other hand typically require lower current levels to perform out of<br />

position Welds. Usually the “short circuit” or “Dip” transfer mode<br />

is used. This results in a lower level of fusion and greatly reduced<br />

deposition when welding out of position.<br />

• Better fusion profiles. The higher current density of Flux Cored wires<br />

results in a more forceful Arc column creating a greater depth of<br />

fusion (particularly with CO2 shielding gas) and improved fusion<br />

profiles. This translates to a more suitable shape of the fusion zone<br />

and greater effective throat thickness on Fillet Welds.<br />

• Greatly increased range of Alloy types. Since the Alloying elements<br />

are introduced to the wire during manufacture a broad selection<br />

can be produced by adjusting the flux ingredients.<br />

Please contact your Cigweld Customer<br />

Service Team on 1300 654 674<br />

to get more information on the<br />

complete range of Verticor Flux<br />

Cored Welding Wires.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

383


5<br />

WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

VERTI-COR 3XP<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP is a microalloyed rutile type flux cored wire designed for downhand, verticalup<br />

and overhead fillet and butt welding applications.<br />

Formulated to give smooth (low spatter) arc transfer, flat mitre fillet welds and excellent<br />

slag lift in all positions (except vertical-down), Verti-Cor 3XP is suitable for welding a wide<br />

range of mild and medium strength steels.<br />

For optimum arc performance and weld deposit impact toughness Argoshield Universal or<br />

52 shielding gases are recommended.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W503A. CM1 H10.<br />

ETP-GCp-W503A. CM1 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-1 H8 , E71T-12M H8.<br />

Features:<br />

Microalloyed, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS H.<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA, 3YSA H.<br />

Det Norske Veritas IIIYMS H.<br />

* - with Argoshield Universal and 52 shielding gas combinations.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.52%<br />

Ti: 0.035% B: 0.008%<br />

Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.05% Si: 0.42%<br />

Ti: 0.035% B: 0.007%<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor 3XP are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0–6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52: Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress 480 MPa 460 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 560 MPa 530 MPa<br />

Elongation 28% 30%<br />

CVN, Impact Values 110J av @ 0°C. 90J av @ 0°C.<br />

90J av @ -20°C 75J av @ -20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield Universal or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720919<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720921<br />

1.6 Coil 25kg 720922<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

VERTI-COR 3XP H4 - SEAMLESS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W503A. CM1 H5.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-12M H4.<br />

Features:<br />

Next generation technology flux cored wire.<br />

Copper coated for smooth consistent feedability and current pick up.<br />

Rutile, all positional capabilities producing a flat mitre fillet bead shape.<br />

Ultra low splatter and fume levels.<br />

H4 diffusible hydrogen class with a typical weldmetal of 2.2 mls of hydrogen/100 gms.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Grade 3 Shipping Society Approvals.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping (Detail Pending)<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (Detail Pending)<br />

* - with Argon +20-25% CO 2<br />

shielding gas combinations.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis<br />

Using Argon +20-25% CO 2<br />

:<br />

C: 0.05% Mn: 1.25% Si: 0.43%<br />

P: 0.009 S: 0.007<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

2.2 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

510 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

570 MPa<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

CVN, Impact Values<br />

105J av @ -20°C<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argon + 20-25% CO 2<br />

.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 12.5kg 722919<br />

1.6 Spool 12.5kg 722921<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argon +20-25% CO 2<br />

shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Optimum Amps Volts Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25 280 31<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30 360 31<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25 260 28<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30 320 29<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20 200 24<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20 240 25<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20 200 24<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20 220 24<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

384<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

VERTI-COR 81 NI1<br />

Verti-Cor 81 Ni1 is a microalloyed, rutile type flux cored wire suitable for the all positional<br />

welding ( flat, horizontal-vertical, vertical-up and overhead etc) of medium to high<br />

strength steels. Formulated for use with Argoshield 52 shielding gas, Verti-Cor 81 Ni1<br />

produces a low alloy ( nominally 1.0% Nickel ) steel weld deposit of the 550 MPa tensile<br />

class. Verti-Cor 81 Ni1 is easy-to-use in all positions and produces smooth arc transfer<br />

characteristics, low spatter levels, mitre fillet welds and a full covering easy releasing slag,<br />

similar to Verti-Cor 3XP.<br />

Verti-Cor 81 Ni1 is suitable for the fillet and butt welding of a broad range of higher<br />

strength steels in all welding positions, except vertical-down. Typical applications include<br />

the under matching strength fillet welding of Bisalloy 60, 70 and 80 quenched and<br />

Tempered steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W554A. Ni1 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29:<br />

E81T1-Ni1MH8<br />

Features:<br />

Higher Strength Low Alloy, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire<br />

Formulated for Use with Argoshield 52.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis*:<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.35% Si: 0.35%<br />

Ni: 0.90% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.007%.<br />

* - Using Argoshield 52 shielding gas<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0–6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal*.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

520 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

600 MPa<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

65J av @ -40°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor 81 Ni1 are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720390<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720391<br />

5<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

VERTI-COR 91 K2<br />

Verti-Cor 91 K2 is a microalloyed, rutile type flux cored wire suitable for the all positional<br />

welding ( flat, horizontal- vertical, vertical-up and overhead etc ) of medium to high<br />

strength steels. Formulated for use with Argoshield 52 shielding gas, Verti-Cor 91 K2<br />

produces a low alloy (nominally 1.5% Nickel ) steel weld deposit of the 620 MPa tensile<br />

class. Verti-Cor 91 K2 is easy-to-use in all positions and produces smooth arc transfer<br />

characteristics, low spatter levels, mitre fillet welds and a full covering easy releasing<br />

slag, similar to Verti-Cor 3XP. Verti-Cor 91 K2 is suitable for the fillet and butt welding<br />

of a broad range of higher strength steels in all welding positions, except vertical-down.<br />

Typical applications include the full strength butt welding of Bisalloy 60 or the under<br />

matching strength fillet welding of Bisalloy 70 and 80 steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W629A. K2 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29:<br />

E91T1-K2MH8<br />

Features:<br />

Higher Strength Low Alloy, Rutile Type Flux Cored Wire<br />

Formulated for Use with Argoshield 52.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis*:<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.30% Si: 0.50%<br />

Ni: 1.60% Ti: 0.035% B: 0.007%.<br />

* - Using Argoshield 52 shielding gas<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0– 6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

560 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

660 MPa<br />

Elongation 23%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

65J av @ -40°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor 91 K2 are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720394<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720396<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

385


5<br />

WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

VERTI-COR 111 K3<br />

Verti-cor 111 K3 is a rutile based, low alloy flux cored wire suitable for the all positional<br />

(except vertical down) welding of high strength steels. Formulated for use with Argon +<br />

20 - 25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent shielding gases, Verti-cor 111 K3 produces a low alloy steel<br />

(nominally 2.0% Nickel, 1.7% Manganese and 0.5% Molybdenum) weld deposit of the<br />

760MPa tensile class.<br />

Verti-cor 111 K3 is easy to use in all positions and produces smooth and stable arc transfer<br />

characteristics, low spatter levels, mitre fillet welds and a full covering self-releasing<br />

slag. The high strengh weld deposits and all positional capabilities make Verti-cor 111<br />

K3 the ideal choice for the full strength butt and fillet welding of Bisalloy 80 and similar<br />

Quenched and Tempered steels.<br />

Note: Verti-Cor 111 K3 is not recommended for the crack repair of high strength steel<br />

castings. Fully basic consumables such as Alloycraft 110 electrodes or Tensi-cor 110TXP<br />

flux cored wire are recommended for this application.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GMp-W768A. K3 H10.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29: E111T1-K3M H8.<br />

Features:<br />

Rutile Type, Low Alloy Steel Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Structural Welding of High Strength Steels.<br />

Formulated for Use with Argon +20-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent gases.<br />

Precision Layer Wound on 15kg Steel Spools.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal (AWM) Analysis* (Wt%):<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.65% Si: 0.36%<br />

Ni: 2.05% Mo: 0.46% B: 0.004%.<br />

* - Using Argoshield 52 shielding gas<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

5.0– 6.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using and Electrode Stickout (ESO) of 20mm with 1.2mm<br />

wire and 25mm with 1.6mm wire and mid-range current and voltage settings.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 775 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

835 MPa<br />

Elongation 18%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

55J av @ -20°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Verti-Cor 91 K2 are influenced by<br />

many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield 52, Argoshield Heavy or Argoshield Universal (51), Argon + 20 - 25% CO 2<br />

or<br />

equivalent.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 721381<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 27-31 20-25<br />

1.6 350-400 27-31 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 26-30 25–30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 170-220 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 200-250 24-28 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 24-28 15-20<br />

1.6 190-240 24-28 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

SUPRE-COR 5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Supre-Cor 5 is a second generation, fully basic flux cored wire producing outstanding low<br />

temperature impact properties using CO 2<br />

, Argoshield Universal and 52 shielding gases. For<br />

all welding applications with Supre-Cor 5 electrode negative is the preferred polarity.<br />

The premium quality weld metal and ‘very low’ hydrogen class of Supre-Cor 5 make it<br />

suitable for a wide range of critical applications including the fillet and butt welding<br />

of pressure vessels, offshore oil and gas platform structures and heavy earth moving<br />

equipment. Excellent weld deposit properties are achieved in both the ‘as welded’ and<br />

‘stress relieved’ conditions.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETP-GCn/p-W505A. CM1 H5.<br />

ETP-GMn/p-W505A. CM1 H5.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E71T-5 H4 , E71T-5MJ H4.<br />

Features:<br />

Second Generation, Fully Basic Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Improved Low Temperature Impact Toughness to -50°C.<br />

Improved Positional Capabilities of 1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping Grade 3S, 3YS H<br />

American Bureau of Shipping Grade 3SA,3YSA H<br />

Det Norske Veritas IIIYMS H<br />

* - with Argoshield Universal, 52 and CO 2<br />

shielding gas combinations.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

C: 0.10% Mn: 1.45% Si: 0.42%<br />

P: 0.012% S: 0.015%.<br />

Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

C: 0.09% Mn: 1.25% Si: 0.32%<br />

P: 0.012% S: 0.015%<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.5 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for ‘as manufactured’ product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52: Using CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress 445 MPa 430 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength 550 MPa 530 MPa<br />

Elongation 29% 30%<br />

CVN Impact 160J av @ -20°C 150J av @ -20°C<br />

Values 100J av @ -40°C 90J av @ -40°C<br />

90J av @ -60°C 80J av @ -60°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with supre-Cor 5 are influenced by many<br />

factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used, shielding<br />

gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield Universal or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720982<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720983<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode negative using Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 250-300 26-30 20-25<br />

1.6 330-380 26-30 25-30<br />

Flat<br />

1.2 230-280 25-29 20-25<br />

1.6 310-360 25-29 25-30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.2 160-210 23-27 15-20<br />

1.6 180-230 23-27 15-20<br />

Vertical up<br />

1.2 160-210 23-27 15-20<br />

1.6 180-230 23-27 15-20<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator technique etc.<br />

386<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SUPRE-COR XP H4<br />

Supre-Cor XP H4 is a basic flux cored wire recommendation for use with Argon<br />

+ 20 - 25%C0 2 (or equivalant) shielding gases. Supre-Cor XP H4 is available in<br />

2.4mm size only and is suitable for the downhand fillet and butt welding of heavy<br />

earthmoving and mining equipment.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETD-GCnp-W503A. CM1 H5.<br />

ETD-GMnp-W503A. CM1 H5.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20: E70T-5 H4 , E70T-5M H4.<br />

Features:<br />

Second Generation, Fully Basic Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Low Temperature Impact Toughness to -20°C.<br />

Approvals*:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping<br />

* - with Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Grade 3S, 3YS H<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.34% Si: 0.63%<br />

P: 0.20% S: 0.015%.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.5 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for ‘as manufactured’ product using Argoshield 52 shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using Argoshield 52:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

456 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

555 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

57J av @ -20°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Supre-Cor XP H4 are<br />

influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat<br />

input used, shielding gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Argoshield 52 or Ar + 20-25% CO 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

2.4 Coil 25kg 720911<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode positive. Argoshield 52 shielding gas with a flow rate of 15–20 litres/min<br />

was used.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

2.4 350-500 27-33 25-30 Flat<br />

2.4 350-500 27-33 25-30 HV Fillet<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc<br />

5<br />

TENSI-COR 110TXP H4<br />

Tensi-Cor 110TXP H4 is a fully basic low alloy steel flux cored wire suitable for the<br />

downhand ( flat, horizontal, horizontal-vertical ) and vertical-up welding of high<br />

strength steels.<br />

Formulated for use with welding grade carbon- dioxide, Tensi-Cor 110TXP produces<br />

a low alloy (nominally 0.5% Molybdenum, 2.0% Nickel and 0.3% Chromium) steel<br />

weld deposit of the 690 MPa tensile class.<br />

The premium quality weld metal and very low H5 hydrogen class of Tensi-Cor<br />

110TXP make it the ideal choice for the crack free, full strength butt welding of<br />

Bisalloy 80 and similar Quenched and Tempered steels.<br />

The weld deposit composition and mechanical properties of Tensi-Cor 110TXP are<br />

similar to the new improved Alloycraft 110 manual arc electrode.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETD-GCp-W769A. K4 H5.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.29:<br />

E110T5-K4.<br />

Features:<br />

Fully Basic Low Alloy Steel Flux Cored Wire.<br />

Formulated for Use with CO 2<br />

Shielding Gas.<br />

Premium Quality Weld Deposits.<br />

“Very Low H5” Hydrogen Status.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.50% Si: 0.40%<br />

Ni: 1.90% Mo: 0.4% Cr: 0.3%<br />

* - Using CO 2<br />

shielding gas<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

1.5 - 2.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Using welding grade CO 2<br />

:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

720 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

800 MPa<br />

Elongation 22%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

50J av @ -50°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Tensi-Cor 110TXP H4 are<br />

influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat<br />

input used, shielding gas selection, number of weld passes and run placement etc.<br />

Please consult your nearest CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Welding Grade CO 2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.6 Spool 15kg 720387<br />

2.4 Coil 25kg 720389<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, DC electrode positive and welding grade CO 2<br />

shielding gas with a flow rate of 10–15<br />

litres/min<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.6 300-350 28-32 25-30<br />

2.4 400-450 28-32 25-35<br />

Flat<br />

1.6 280-330 27-31 25-30<br />

2.4 380-430 27-31 25-30<br />

HV Fillet<br />

1.6 220-270 25-30 25-30 Vertical up<br />

1.6 260-310 27-31 25-30<br />

2.4 360-410 27-31 25-30<br />

Horizontal<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

387


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

NICORE® 55<br />

5<br />

Nicore 55 is a composite flux cored wire depositing an Iron / Nickel weld metal for<br />

the welding of cast irons.<br />

Nicore 55 is also suitable for the fillet and butt welding of grey, malleable and<br />

SG irons to mild steel. The thin slag produced with Nicore 55 requires only wire<br />

brushing for complete removal to reveal a weld deposit with excellent appearance<br />

and minimal spatter.<br />

Nicore 55 is ideal for use where an ENiFe-CI type manual arc electrode is<br />

recommended. Typical applications include the repair of cracked or damaged<br />

castings and the filling of foundry defects.<br />

Classifications:<br />

Meets AWS/ASME-SFA A5.15:<br />

ENiFe-CI (equivalent electrode<br />

classification).<br />

Features:<br />

Composite Flux Cored Wire for the Joining and Repair of Cast Irons.<br />

Also Recommended for the Dissimilar Joining of Cast Iron to Steels.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis - using STAINSHIELD:<br />

C: 1.10% Mn: 0.40% Si: 0.45%<br />

Fe: 50.0%<br />

Balance Ni<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties - using STAINSHIELD:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

500 MPa.<br />

Elongation 12%.<br />

Hardness<br />

200 HV.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Castcraft 55 — AWS A5.15: ENiFe-CI<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Stainshield or Ar + > 0-3% O 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Stainshield 69 or Ar + > 0-3% O 2<br />

or equiv.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 220–250 27–29 13mm Handispool 6.8kg 724046<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and<br />

operator technique etc.<br />

NICORE 55 is a registered trademark of The Esab Group, Inc. Hanover, PA 17331, USA.<br />

SHIELD-COR 4XP<br />

Shield-Cor 4XP is a self shielded flux cored welding wire designed for the high<br />

deposition rate fillet and butt welding of mild and medium strength steels in all<br />

downhand ( primarily flat and horizontal-vertical ) welding positions.<br />

It has excellent operator appeal and produces a soft, spray arc transfer with a full<br />

covering easily removed slag. The soft arc characteristics of Shield-Cor 4XP give it<br />

improved tolerance to joint misalignment or joints with poor fit-up. Shield-Cor 4XP<br />

desulphurises the weld deposit thereby giving improved resistance to weld metal<br />

cracking.<br />

Shield-Cor 4XP is designed to produce very high deposition rates when used with a<br />

long electrode stickout and DC electrode positive polarity only. It produces its own<br />

protective shielding gas and is therefore recommended for ‘on-site’ fabrication,<br />

structural or repair welding applications.<br />

Typical applications include general fabrication and structural welding, field<br />

erection work and the outdoor repair of heavy machines and equipment.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1: ETD-GNp-W500A. CM2 H15.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20:<br />

E70T-4.<br />

Features:<br />

Self Shielded Flux Cored Wire Formulated for Fast Downhand Fillet & Butt Welding<br />

Jobs.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fit-up.<br />

Low Spatter Levels / Easily Removed Slag.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.30% Mn: 0.55% Si: 0.10%<br />

Al: 1.50% S: 0.008% P: 0.013%.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

10.0 - 12.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using the recommended E.S.O lengths.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

430 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

590 MPa<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

50 J av @ +20°C.<br />

30 J av @ 0°C<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shield-Cor 4XP are influenced<br />

by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used,<br />

number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD<br />

branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Not Required.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

2.4 Coil 25kg 720907<br />

3.0 Coil 25kg 720908<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation, and DC electrode positive polarity.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

2.4 300-400 27-30 60-70<br />

3.0 350-450 28-32 60-70<br />

Flat<br />

2.4 280-380 27-30 60-70<br />

3.0 340-440 28-32 60-70<br />

HV Fillet<br />

2.4 270-370 27-29 60-70<br />

3.0 320-420 28-30 60-70<br />

Horizontal<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and<br />

operator technique etc.<br />

388<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SHIELD-COR 11<br />

Shield-Cor 11 is an all positional self-shielded flux cored wire recommended for the general<br />

purpose single or multi-pass lap, fillet and butt welding of mild and galvanised steels.<br />

Shield-Cor 11 meets the performance requirements of AWS A5.20: E71T-11 and when<br />

used with DC electrode negative polarity produces smooth arc characteristics with low<br />

spatter losses and an easy-to-remove full covering slag.<br />

The soft arc transfer gives Shield-Cor 11 improved tolerance to joint misalignment<br />

or poor fit-up. Smooth stable arcing and excellent fillet shape and edge wetting are<br />

achieved when welding galvanised steel fixtures. When ‘tuned in’ to the optimum<br />

current and voltage settings 1.2mm Shield-Cor 11 can be easily used in all welding<br />

positions including vertical-up / down and overhead.<br />

Applications include the general purpose fabrication or repair of mild and galvanised<br />

steel fixtures and structures including gates, fences, steel frames, galvanised tanks and<br />

ornamental iron work etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20:<br />

ETP-GNn-W500A. CM2.<br />

E71T-11.<br />

Features:<br />

Self-shielded Flux Cored wire.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Operator Appeal.<br />

Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fit-up.<br />

Smooth Rippled Fillets with Good Edge Wetting.<br />

Ideal for Welding Thin Section Mild and Galvanised Steels.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.25% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.40%<br />

Al: 1.65% S: 0.004% P: 0.007%.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

15.0 - 20.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using the recommended E.S.O. lengths.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

445 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

620 MPa<br />

Elongation 22%<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Not Required.<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shield-Cor 11 are influenced<br />

by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used,<br />

number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD<br />

branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

1.2 Spool 15kg 720923<br />

5<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode negative only.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

1.2 150-200 16-18 15-20 Flat<br />

1.2 130-180 16-18 15-20 HV Fillet<br />

1.2 130-180 16-18 15-20 Vertical up<br />

1.2 180-230 16-18 15-20 Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

SHIELD-COR 15<br />

Shield-Cor 15 is an all positional self-shielded flux cored wire recommended for single<br />

pass welding applications only. It is excellent for single-pass lap, fillet and butt welding<br />

of thin gauged galvanised and mild steels.<br />

Shield-Cor 15 is used with DC electrode negative polarity which minimises the risk<br />

of burn through on thin plate. Travel speeds are high and deposition efficiencies are<br />

higher than that of general purpose rutile type electrodes.<br />

Welding characteristics are superb with a smooth arc action, low spatter losses, and<br />

an easy-to-remove full covering light slag. The smooth arc transfer gives Shield-Cor<br />

15 improved tolerance to joint misalignment or poor fit-up. Smooth stable arcing and<br />

excellent fillet shape and edge wetting are achieved when welding galvanised steel fixtures.<br />

When ‘tuned in’ to the optimum current and voltage settings the wide range of wire<br />

sizes (0.8mm and 0.9mm) can easily be used in all welding positions, including verticalup/down<br />

and overhead, on materials as thin as 1.0mm. Applications include the general<br />

purpose fabrication or repair of mild and galvanised steel fixtures and structures<br />

including gates, fences, steel frames, galvanised tanks and ornamental iron work etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 2203.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.20:<br />

ETPS-GNn-W500A. CM2.<br />

E71T-GS.<br />

Features:<br />

Self-shielded Flux Cored wire.<br />

For Single Pass applications Only.<br />

Versatile, All Positional Capabilities.<br />

Excellent Tolerance to Joint Misalignment or Poor Joint Fit-up.<br />

Smooth Rippled Fillets with Good Edge Wetting.<br />

Ideal for Welding Thin Section Mild and Galvanised Steels.Typical All Weld Metal<br />

Analysis:<br />

C: 0.25% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.40%<br />

Al: 2.10% S: 0.004% P: 0.007%.<br />

Typical Diffusible Hydrogen Levels to AS3752:<br />

15.0 - 20.0 mls of hydrogen / 100gms of deposited weld metal *.<br />

* - for “as manufactured” product using the recommended E.S.O. lengths.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

430 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

600 MPa<br />

Elongation 21%<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Not Required.<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shield-Cor 15 are influenced<br />

by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat input used,<br />

number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest CIGWELD<br />

branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

0.8 100mm spool 0.45kg x (4/ctn) 721956<br />

0.8 200mm Handispool 4.5kg 721923<br />

0.9 100mm Minispool 0.45kg x (4/ctn) 721976<br />

0.9 200mm Handispool 4.5kg 721924<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic operation and DC electrode negative only.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

0.8 90-150 14-16 10-12<br />

0.9 110-180 15-17 12-15<br />

Flat<br />

0.8 80-140 14-16 10-12<br />

0.9 100-175 15-17 12-15<br />

HV Fillet<br />

0.8 60-120 14-16 10-12<br />

0.9 80-150 15-17 12-15<br />

Vertical up<br />

0.8 60-120 14-16 10-12<br />

0.9 80-150 15-17 12-15<br />

Overhead<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and operator<br />

technique etc.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

389


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

STOODY SOS 308L<br />

5<br />

Shieldcrome 308LT-O is a self shielded (or open arc) stainless steel flux cored<br />

wire developed for a wide range of “in situ” downhand welding applications on<br />

19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels including type 201, 202, 301, 302, 304 and 304L.<br />

Shieldcrome 308LT-O is ideal for fast fillet and butt welding applications in the flat<br />

and horizontal-vertical positions.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22:<br />

E308LTO-3.<br />

WTIA Tech Note 4/AS 2576:<br />

1315-B7.<br />

Ferrite Number: 8.0<br />

Features:<br />

SHIELDCROME Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wires.<br />

Convenient Self Shielded (Open Arc) Operation For “In situ or Outdoor Applications.<br />

High Deposition Rate Downhand Welding.<br />

For downhand welding application on 19Cr/10Ni type stainless steels including type<br />

301, 302, 304 and 304L.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.02% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.50%<br />

Cr: 20.80% Ni: 10.2%<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

600 MPa<br />

Elongation 43%<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shieldcrome wires are<br />

influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat<br />

input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Shieldcrome 308LT all positional gas shielded FCAW wire<br />

AWS A5.22:<br />

E308LT1-1 / E308LT1-4.<br />

Shieldcrome 308LTD downhand gas shielded FCAW wire<br />

AWS A5.22:<br />

E308LT0-1 / E308LT0-4.<br />

Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.9:<br />

ER308LSi.<br />

Comweld 308L Gas / TIG rod<br />

AWS A5.9:<br />

ER308L.<br />

Satincrome 308L-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4:<br />

E308L-17.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Not required.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Wire Type Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

2.4 308LT-O Coil 22kg 11175400<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic self shielded operation and DC electrode positive.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

2.4 300-350 28-30 20-25 Flat<br />

2.4 300-350 28-30 20-25 HV Fillet<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and<br />

operator technique etc.<br />

STOODY SOS 309L<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Shieldcrome 309LT-O is a self shielded (or open arc) stainless steel flux cored wire<br />

developed for a wide range of “in situ” downhand welding applications on matching<br />

309 and 309L stainless steels. Shieldcrome 309LT-O is also recommended for the<br />

dissimilar fillet and butt welding of other ‘300 series’ austenitic stainless steels to<br />

mild or low alloy steels and for the “buttering” of steels prior to the application of<br />

hardfacing.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.22:<br />

E309LTO-3.<br />

WTIA Tech Note 4/AS 2576:<br />

1315-B7.<br />

Ferrite Number 15.0<br />

Features:<br />

SHIELDCROME Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wires.<br />

Convenient Self Shielded (Open Arc) Operation For “In situ” or Outdoor Applications.<br />

For Joining Dissimilar Steels or as a Buffer Layer Prior to Hard Surfacing.<br />

High Deposition Rate Downhand Welding.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.02% Mn: 1.20% Si: 0.5%<br />

Cr: 24.4% Ni: 12.6%<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

610 MPa<br />

Elongation 38%<br />

Actual weld metal mechanical properties achieved with Shieldcrome wires are<br />

influenced by many factors including, base metal analysis, welding parameters / heat<br />

input used, number of weld passes and run placement etc. Please consult your nearest<br />

CIGWELD branch for welding procedure recommendations.<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Shieldcrome 309LT all positional gas shielded FCAW wire<br />

AWS A5.22:<br />

E309LT1-1 / E309LT1-4.<br />

Shieldcrome 309LTD downhand gas shielded FCAW wire<br />

AWS A5.22:<br />

E309LT0-1 / E309LT0-4.<br />

Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.9:<br />

ER309LSi.<br />

Comweld 309L Gas / TIG rod<br />

AWS A5.9:<br />

ER309L.<br />

Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4:<br />

E309Mo-17.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases:<br />

Not required.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Wire Diameter Wire Type Type Pack Weight Pack Part No.<br />

2.4 309LT-O Coil 22kg 11231200<br />

Operating Data:<br />

All welding conditions recommended below are for use with semi-automatic self shielded operation and DC electrode positive.<br />

Wire Diameter (mm) Current Range (amps) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Welding Positions<br />

2.4 300-350 28-30 20-25 Flat<br />

2.4 300-350 28-30 20-25 HV Fillet<br />

These machine settings are a guide only. Actual voltage, welding current and E.S.O. used will depend on machine characteristics, plate thickness, run size, shielding gas and<br />

operator technique etc.<br />

390<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WIRES FLUX CORED (Gas Shielded)<br />

OUTERSHIELD® 71-CX<br />

Designed and manufactured in Australia, Outershield® 71-CX is an all positional<br />

rutile based micro-alloyed wire. Outershield® 71-CX provides an extremely smooth<br />

arc transfer, with excellent “ease of use” making good out of position welds with a<br />

clean surface finish under 100% CO 2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 3 T1-1 CAK UH<br />

AWS E71T-1 H8<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 13,0 13,0 936,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 033602<br />

1,6 1 13,0 13,0 936,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 033606<br />

OUTERSHIELD® 71-MX<br />

Designed and manufactured in Australia, Outershield® 71-MX is an all positional<br />

rutile based microalloyed flux cored wire, providing excellent operator appeal,<br />

robust welds and a clean surface finish, under mixed gas.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 3 T1-1 MAK UH10<br />

AWS E71T-1M H8<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 13,0 13,0 936,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 033502<br />

1,6 1 13,0 13,0 936,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 033506<br />

5<br />

OUTERSHIELD 81Ni1-H<br />

A low alloy (1%Ni) wire depositing weld with excellent impact resistance and<br />

proven performance in restrained joint applications. Easy to use, with smooth<br />

arc characteristics. Designed to deliver x-ray quality welds for the petrochemical,<br />

offshore drilling and mining industries. An economic, high deposition rate<br />

replacement for E5518-C3 electrodes. Recommended shielding - 5-25%CO 2<br />

in Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T55 5T1-1 MAN2 UH5<br />

AWS E81T1-Ni1M-J<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 14,0 14,0 784,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 941378<br />

1,6 1 14,0 14,0 784,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 941380<br />

2,0 1 14,0 14,0 784,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 941381<br />

OUTERSHIELD 81K2-H<br />

A slightly higher nickel (1 1 / 2 %) weld deposit than 81Ni1-H. Typical Charpy V-notch<br />

results of 65J at -40 o C, with superior CTOD values. Excellent slag removal, maximising<br />

welding time. lA proven performer on offshore drilling rigs. The wire of choice for<br />

critical applications requiring superior mechanical properties in both the as-welded<br />

and stress relieved conditions. Recommended shielding - 5-25%CO 2<br />

in Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

E81T1-K2M†.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.2 15.00WB KA1321 1125 X4 941395 3<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

391


(Gas Shielded) FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

OUTERSHIELD® 91NI1-HSR<br />

All position gas shielded 1% Ni and 0.4%Mo alloyed flux cored wire for offshore,<br />

pipeline and similar applications. Specific design for stress relieved applications,<br />

guaranteed impact properties after PWHT. Superior weldability, low spatter, good bead<br />

appearance and outstanding operators appeal. Exceptional mechanical properties.<br />

Superior product consistency with optimal alloy control. Excellent wire feeding. Specific<br />

design to withstand high heat input procedures. Meets NACE MR-0175 requirements.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18276-B T62 4 AP 1NiMo H5<br />

AWS E91T1-G<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 14,0 14,0 840,0 Spool - VFB KG Indent 942673<br />

OUTERSHIELD 690-H<br />

5<br />

This wire is quite impressive. Excellent running characteristics in all welding<br />

positions. Capable of delivering, matching, full strength butt welds of high strength<br />

quenched and tempered steels such as Bisplate 80. Typical Charpy V-notch results<br />

>50J at -40 o C. Recommended shielding - 5-25%CO 2 in Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 18276-B T76 T2-1 MAN3M2 H5<br />

AWS E111T1-K3M-J<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 14,0 14,0 784,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 942453E<br />

1,6 1 14,0 14,0 784,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 942447<br />

OUTERSHIELD MC-710<br />

High deposition rate, metal cored wire with less smoke, spatter and slag (virtually<br />

none) than comparable wires. If high welding speed/high productivity are the<br />

priority, MC-710 will easily weld as fast as you can. A smart economic choice for<br />

high productivity, high volume fabrication and production welding. Will suit robotic<br />

applications. Recommended shielding - 5-25%CO 2 in Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS or AS/NZS<br />

AWS<br />

ETP-GMp-W503A.CM1.H10.<br />

E70C-6M.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.2 15.00SP 840 X4 900356<br />

1.6 15.00SP 840 X4 900370<br />

OUTERSHIELD MC-715H<br />

Whilst a quality metal cored wire in it’s own right, MC-715-H can also abe used<br />

as an alternative to other basic, FCAW wires. High deposition rates, excellent arc<br />

characteristics and minimal spatter or slag make this wire score well on operator<br />

appeal. Deposit is a very low hydrogen weld, 47J at -40 o C. Recommended shielding - 5-25%CO 2 in Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 4 T15-1 MAK UH5<br />

AWS E70C-6M H4<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,2 1 15,0 15,0 840,0 Stein basket B300 KG ex stock 900401<br />

1,6 1 15,0 15,0 840,0 Stein basket B300 KG ex stock 900415<br />

PIPELINER® G70M-E<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

All position gas shielded 1% Ni, 0.15% Mo flux cored wire. Specifically designed<br />

for pipeline applications. Superior weldability, low spatter, good bead appearance.<br />

Outstanding operators appeal. Exceptional mechanical properties (CVN >47J at -50°C).<br />

Very low hydrogen (HDM


WIRES FLUX CORED (Self Shielded)<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR®-152<br />

Designed for high speed, single pass, semi-automatic and automatic welding on 0.8-<br />

4.8mm thickness steels. Welding characteristics have been optimized for galvanised,<br />

zinc coated or aluminised steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS or AS/NZS<br />

AWS<br />

ETPS-GNn-W500A<br />

E71T-14.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.7 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X5 ED012186<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR-211MP<br />

An easy to use, versatile, general purpose wire suitable for welding in all positions<br />

without the need for procedural change. Suitable for bare and coated (galvanised<br />

etc.) steels of thickness up to 12mm. Not suitable for applications requiring good<br />

Charpy V-notch properties. Consistent arc characteristics, low spatter and excellent<br />

bead appearance continue to reinforce ‘211-MP’s’ position as a trusted, high quality<br />

and reliable general purpose wire.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 Z T11 1NA.<br />

AWS E71T-11<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

0,9 1 4,5 4,5 204,0 Spool KG ex stock ED016354<br />

1,2 1 4,5 4,5 204,0 Spool KG ex stock ED016363<br />

1,2 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED030638<br />

1,7 4 6,4 25,6 1219,6 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED012506<br />

1,7 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED030641<br />

2,0 4 6,4 25,6 1219,6 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED012508<br />

2,0 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED030645<br />

5<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR-212<br />

An alternative general purpose wire to NR-211-MP designed for use on material up<br />

to 19mm. Shares many of the excellent performance characteristics of NR-211-MP:<br />

semi-automatic and automatic welding, single and multipass, low spatter, excellent<br />

bead appearance, handles poor/fit-up, bare and coated steels, robotic applications. Not<br />

suitable for applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

E71TG-G.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.2 11.34SSP 1021 X5 ED030639<br />

1.7 11.34SSP 1021 X5 ED030642<br />

2.0 11.34SSP 1021 X5 ED030646<br />

PIPELINER® 207+<br />

Designed for optimum performance on vertical down hot, fill and cap passes on cross<br />

country pipelines and arctic grade pipe. Use Pipeliner® 207+ instead of MMAW<br />

electrode to significantly improve productivity on line pipe welding projects. Excellent<br />

crack resistance and outstanding Charpy V-notch and CTOD properties. Suitable for<br />

welding API 5L Grade X42 to X70 pipe material.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

E71T8-K6.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2 25.40CT (6.35C) K435 576 X5 ED030924 2<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

393


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR-232<br />

NR-232 delivers one of the highest deposition rates for out-of-position welding of<br />

all the Innershield wires. Suitable for single and multipass welding applications on<br />

carbon steel and some low alloy steels 4.8mm and thicker. Will meet minimum Charpy<br />

V-notch properties required for seismic applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 3 T8 1NA<br />

AWS E71T-8<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,7 4 6,1 24,5 1176,0 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED012518<br />

1,7 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012519<br />

1,7 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED033980<br />

2,0 4 6,1 24,5 1175,0 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED012525<br />

2,0 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED034370<br />

2,0 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012526<br />

5<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR-233<br />

NR-233 uses advanced Microflux® technology to deliver outstanding mechanical<br />

properties and welding performance. This wire is easy to use and has high<br />

deposition rates making it a “win-win” wire for many applications. Self-releasing<br />

slag and attractive weld appearance. NR-233 can be used on carbon steel and<br />

some low alloy steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 3 T8 1 NA<br />

AWS E71T-8<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

1,6 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED030934<br />

1,8 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED031030<br />

INNERSHIELD® NR-311<br />

Designed to provide very high deposition rates and fast travel speeds with excellent<br />

penetration. Suitable for thicker carbon steels and some low alloy steels. A<br />

good choice for crack resistant welding on high sulphur steels. Smooth arc, easy<br />

slag removal (even in deep grooves) with high operator appeal. Not suitable for<br />

applications requiring good Charpy V-notch properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 Z T7 0 NA<br />

AWS E70T-7<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,0 4 6,4 25,6 1219,6 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED014464<br />

2,4 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012629<br />

INNERSHIELD® NS-3M<br />

Able to provide extremely high deposition rates (up to 18kg/hr) and fast travel<br />

speeds. Suitable for thicker carbon steels and some low alloy steels. Will resist<br />

cracking on high sulphur steels and porosity on steels and with midly rusty, oily or<br />

dirty surfaces. A soft, low penetrating arc with high operator appeal. Easy slag<br />

removal (even in deep grooves). Not suitable for applications requiring good Charpy<br />

V-notch properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632-B T49 Z T4 0 NA<br />

AWS E70T-4<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

2,0 4 6,4 25,6 1219,6 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED012739<br />

2,0 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012740<br />

2,4 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012736<br />

3,0 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED012732<br />

394<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

COR-A-ROSTA<br />

Lincoln Cor-A-Rosta is designed to provide optimal bead appearance when welding on a variety of materials<br />

Available in 304L, 316L, 309L, 309LMo and 4462 grades;<br />

ø1.2mm<br />

Perfect welding characteristics<br />

Wide current range setting<br />

Smooth weld surface<br />

For downhand and out of position (P) welding<br />

Suitable for CO2 or Ar/CO2 gas mixes<br />

High corrosion resistance low C and balanced Cr, Ni,<br />

Mo, N and controlled ferrite content<br />

Advantage<br />

Increased <strong>Product</strong>ivity – The key is to switch from solid<br />

stainless wires to Cor-A-Rosta flux cored wires. Cor-A-<br />

Rosta wires offer significant advantages to cut down<br />

production time<br />

Wide parameter setting range<br />

High deposition rates<br />

Better wetting at high currents<br />

Smooth bead appearance<br />

Excellent slag detachability<br />

Superior rootwelding on ceramic backing<br />

The most economical solution<br />

Cor-A-Rosta for optimized deposition rates in the<br />

downhand welding position<br />

Cor-A-Rosta P: for optimum out of position weld<br />

puddle control Ar+20% CO2 and 100% CO2: shielding<br />

gas are suitable for most of the Cor-A-Rosta wires<br />

Total Protection – Cor-A-Rosta wires are vacuum<br />

packed for optimum protection during transportation<br />

and storage.<br />

Approved – The Cor-A-Rosta range carries a vast<br />

number of agency approvels for shipbuilding, offshore<br />

and construction applications<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Part Numbers EN 1600 AWS A5.4 Application Base materials to weld<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 304L 585155 T 19 9 L R C/M 3 E308LT0-1/-4 downhand 304L - 1.4306 - X2CrNi 19 11<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 316L 585308 T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 E316LT0-1/-4 downhand 316L - 1.4404 - X2 CrNiMo 17 12 2<br />

Cor-A-Rosta P316L 585322 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2 E316LT1-1/-4 all-position 316LN - 1.4406 - X2 CrNiMoN 17 11 2<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 309L 585209 T 23 12 L R C/M 3 E309LT0-1/-4 downhand Rootpass in claddings 304L<br />

Cor-A-Rosta P309L 585223 T 23 12 L P C/M 2 E309LT1-1/-4 all-position Dissimilar joints<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 309MoL 585254 T 23 12 3 L R C/M 3 E309LMoT0-1/-4 downhand Rootpass in claddings 316L<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 4462 585520 T 22 9 3 N L R M 3 E2209T0-4 downhand 2205 - 1.4462 - X2 CrNiMoN 22 5 3<br />

5<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Dia. (mm) Units Weight (kg) Package Sales Stock <strong>Product</strong><br />

per carton Unit Carton Pallet Type (1) Unit Number<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 304 AWS E308L T0-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585155<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 316L AWS E316L T0-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585308<br />

Cor-A-Rosta P316L AWS E316L T1-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585322<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 309L AWS E309L T0-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585209<br />

Cor-A-Rosta P309L AWS E309L T0-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585223<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 309MoL AWS E309LMo T0-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585254<br />

Cor-A-Rosta 4462 AWS E2209 T1-1/-4 1,2 1 15,0 15,0 700,0 Spool - VFB KG ex stock 585520<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

395


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

KOBE FLUX CORED WIRE DW-100<br />

For gas-shielded metal arc welding of mild steel and 50kgf/mm 2 high tensile steel.<br />

Classification<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW C50DR<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-1<br />

Applications<br />

Butt or fillet MAG welding of structures such as ships, bridges, buildings, or storage tanks, etc.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

DW-100 is a titania type flux cored wire applicable for all positioning welding including vertical downwards by CO2 gas shielding. It provides excellent usability with soft and<br />

stable arc, less spattering, better bead appearance, better slag removal, and less quantity of welding fume as the same as that of a solid wire. DW-100 provides very efficient<br />

welding due to higher deposition rate particularly.<br />

5<br />

Notes on usage<br />

In order to get enough penetration in the vertical downwards welding, maintain a little bit higher welding speed by straight manipulation for the first pass. Take the straight<br />

manipulation on succeeding passes too as much as possible.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%)(Shield Gas: CO2)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.05 0.45 1.35 0.013 0.009<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal (Shield Gas: CO2)<br />

0.2%OS T.S. EL. IV<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J (ft.lb)<br />

510 (52) 570 (58) 30 110 (11)<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (DC-EP)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.6<br />

Part No: 100021 100022<br />

AMP F 120-300 180-450<br />

VU&OH 120-260 180-280<br />

VD 200-300 250-300<br />

HF 120-300 180-400<br />

H 120-280 180-350<br />

KOBE FLUX CORED WIRE DW-309, DW-309L, DW-309MoL<br />

Classification<br />

DW-309<br />

DW-309L<br />

DW-309MoL<br />

JIS Z3323 YF309C<br />

AWS A5.22 E309T0-1,-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF309LC<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LT0-1,-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF309MoLC<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1,-4<br />

Applications<br />

MAG welding of a dissimilar joint consisting of a stainless steel and a carbon steel or a low alloy steel. Under-layer welding on cladded side groove of cladded stainless steel, or<br />

on a carbon steel or a low alloy steel where stainless steel weld metal is overlayed.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

DW-309, DW-309L and DW-309MoL are flux cored wires whose weld metals contain comparatively much more ferrite in their austenitic structures, therefore, they provide<br />

better weldability together with superior heat resistance and corrosion resistance. As larger amounts of alloying elements are added, they are suitable for dissimilar joints where<br />

dilution from a ferritic steel takes place.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%)(Shield Gas: CO2)<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name C Si Mn P S Ni Cr Mo<br />

DW-309 0.035 0.58 1.22 0.021 0.009 12.48 24.03 -<br />

DW-309L 0.028 0.61 1.24 0.019 0.010 12.58 24.17 -<br />

DW309MoL 0.027 0.61 1.18 0.019 0.009 12.60 23.20 2.37<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal (Shield Gas: CO2)<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name 0.2%OS T.S. EL. IV<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J (ft.lb)<br />

DW309 450 (46) 590 (60) 32 33 (3.4)<br />

DW309L 450 (46) 580 (59) 33 34 (3.5)<br />

DW309MoL 540 (55) 720 (73) 30 29 (3.0)<br />

Typical Corrosion Resistance Of Weld Metal (Shield Gas: CO2) Sizes Available & Part Numbers<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Huey Test (jpm) Dia (mm) DW309L<br />

DW-309 0.00037 0.9 DW309L09<br />

DW-309L 0.00033 1.2 DW309L12<br />

1.6 DW309L16<br />

396<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

KOBE FLUX CORED WIRE DW-316, DW-316L<br />

Classification<br />

DW-316<br />

DW-316L<br />

JIS Z3323 YF316C<br />

AWS A5.22 E316T0-1,-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF316LC<br />

AWS A5.22 E316LT0-1,-4<br />

Applications<br />

DW-316 is suitable for MAG welding of 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo stainless steel (SUS 316).<br />

DW-316L is suitable for MAG welding of low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo stainless steel (SUS 316L).<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

DW-316 and DW-316L are flux cored wires whose weld metals contain optimum ferrite contents in austenitic structures, by which better crack resistibility is provided. They<br />

make excellent workability with sound welds with superior corrosion resistance particularly to diluted sulfuric acid. DW-316L has better intergranular corrosion resistance due to<br />

low carbon content.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of Weld Metal (%) (Shield Gas : CO2)<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name C Si Mn P S Ni Cr Mo<br />

DW-316 0.043 0.59 1.50 0.021 0.010 12.04 19.30 2.31<br />

DW-316L 0.026 0.59 1.43 0.020 0.010 12.02 18.95 2.34<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties Weld Metal (Shield Gas : CO2)<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name 0.2%OS T.S. EL. IV<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) J (ft.lb)<br />

DW316 390 (40) 555 (56) 40 42 (4.3)<br />

DW316L 380 (39) 540 (55) 41 44 (4.5)<br />

5<br />

Typical Corrosion Resistance of Weld Metal (Shield Gas: Co2)<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Name Strauss test<br />

DW-316L No defect<br />

Sizes Available & Part Numbers<br />

Dia (mm) DW-316 DW316L<br />

0.9 DW31609 DW316L09<br />

1.2 DW31612 DW316L12<br />

1.6 DW31616 DW316L16<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

397


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SF-71 CO 2<br />

5<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E71T-1<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C50DR<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding of building, shipbuilding, bridges, machinery and vehicles.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SF-71 is a titania type flux cored wire for all position welding with CO2. Compared with solid<br />

wire, spatter loss is low, bead appearance is beautiful and arc is soft with good stability. Slag<br />

covering is uniform with good removal.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating (50~150o)(122~302oF) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Use 100% CO2 gas.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.04 0.49 1.29 0.010 0.009<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lb)<br />

548 (79,600) 582 (84,500) 28 0 (32) 86 (64)<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, KN, TÜV, CWB, Ü-SIGN, CCS, CRS<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in) 0.039 0.045 0.052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 120~300 200~400 200~450<br />

V-up, OH 120~160 180~280 180~280<br />

V-down 200~300 220~320 250~300<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSF7112 1.2 15<br />

HSF7116 1.6 15<br />

SF-71LF CO 2<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E71T-1<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C50DR<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding in shipbuilding, machinery, bridges, buildings, vehicles using mild and<br />

higher strength steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SF-71LF is the most widely used titania type flux cored wire for all position welding with CO2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

As deposition rate is higher than solid wire and manual metal arc electrode, highly efficient<br />

welding can be performed.<br />

Arc stability is excellent. Spatter loss is low and slag covering is uniform with good<br />

removability.<br />

Fume generation is lower than conventional flux cored wires.<br />

SF-71LF is effective for use in insufficient ventilation areas.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Use 100% CO2 gas<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.03 0.50 1.45 0.009 0.011<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm 2 (lbs/in 2 ) N/mm 2 (lbs/in 2 ) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

550 (79,900) 590 (85,700) 27 0 (32) 90 (66)<br />

Approval<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

ABS, NK, LR, DNV Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in) .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 120~300 200~400 180~450<br />

V-up, OH 120~260 180~280 80~280<br />

V-down 200~300 220~320 250~300<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSF71LF12 1.2 15<br />

HSF71LF16 1.6 15<br />

SUPERCORED 71 CO 2<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E71T-1<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C502R<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding of machinery, shipbuilding, bridges. Impact values of weld metal are<br />

good.<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

0 (32) 160 (119)<br />

545 (79,100) 572 (83,100) 28 -20 (-4) 70 (52)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

398<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 71 is a flux cored wire which has been designed to get a good usability in<br />

all position for wide range of welding currents. With its quiet and smooth arc, its slag<br />

detachability is very good.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter,<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Use 100% CO2 gas<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.03 0.51 1.26 0.010 0.011<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, NK, TÜV, CWB, Ü-SIGN, RINA<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .039 .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (0.045) 1.4 (0.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & H 120~300 150~350 200~400<br />

V-up, OH 120~260 140~270 180~280<br />

V-down 200~300 220~320 250~300<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSC7112 1.2 15<br />

HSC7116 1.6 15<br />

HSC71BP16 1.6 300


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SUPERCORED 71H CO 2<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E71-T-1/-9<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C502R<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding of shipbuilding, bridges, building and structural fabrication.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 71H is a titania flux cored wire for all position welding with high ampere. Its<br />

impact value is very good under high heat-input, arc is smooth and slag detachability is<br />

excellent.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating (50~150 o C)(122~302 o F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Use 100% CO2 gas.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.03 0.46 1.36 0.008 0.011<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2 (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lb)<br />

550 (79,900) 570 (82,800) 27 -20 (-4) 90 (66)<br />

-30 (-22) 60 (44)<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, NK, TÜV, CWB, Ü-SIGN, DB, CCS, RINA, MRS<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm)1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in)0.0450.052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 120~300 150~350 180~400<br />

V-up, OH 120~160 140~270 160~280<br />

V-down 200~300 220~320 250~300<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSC71H12 1.2 15<br />

HSC71H16 1.6 15<br />

5<br />

SF-71MC CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

75%Ar + 25%CO 2<br />

AWS A5.20/ASME SFA5.20 E71T-1C/-1M/-12C/-12M<br />

0.04 0.50 1.41 0.010 0.014<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding for ship hulls, vehicles, bridges, chemical plant machinery and other<br />

Y.S.<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²)<br />

T.S.<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²)<br />

EL.<br />

(%)<br />

CharpeV-notch<br />

J (ft.lb)<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

-20ºC(-4ºF) -30ºC(-22ºF)<br />

metal fabrication.<br />

510(74,000) 550(79,900) 28.0 95(70) 75(55) 100%CO 2<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

540(78,400) 605(87,700) 28.0 110(81) 90(66) 75%Ar + 25%CO 2<br />

SF-71MC is a titania type flux cored wire applicable for all-position welding by 100%CO 2 Approval<br />

shielding gas or 75%Ar+25%CO 2<br />

shielding gas. Less spattering and good slag removability<br />

shorten the time of bead grinding operation.<br />

ABS,LR<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

Proper preheating (50~150°C) (122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

(in) .045 0.52 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

Use 100% CO 2<br />

gas or Ar-CO 2<br />

Mixture.<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm(in) 1.2(0.045) 1.4(0.052) 1.6(1/16)<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

F 120~300 150~350 180~400<br />

DC+ CO 2<br />

HF 120~300 150~350 180~340<br />

Ar + 20~25%CO 2<br />

V-up & OH 120~260 150~270 180~280<br />

V-Down 200~300 220~300 250~300<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Shielding Gas<br />

0.04 0.40 1.20 0.010 0.012 100%CO 2<br />

SF-71MX CO 2<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E70T-1<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C50DM<br />

Applications<br />

As a metal cored wire, it is designed for high productive welding of structural steels in excess<br />

of 6mm<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

This wire benefits from a high deposition rate with very low spatter loss. It gives excellent<br />

penetration and good arc stability.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

Use 100% CO2 gas<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.05 0.50 1.50 0.011 0.013<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

560 (81,300) 590 (85,700) 28 0 (32) 60 (44)<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, NK, CCS, CRS<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 250~300 300~350 300~350<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSF70MX12 1.2 15<br />

HSF70MX16 1.6 15<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

399


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SUPERCORED 70B CO 2<br />

5<br />

AWS A5.20 / ASME SFA5.20 E71-T-5MJ<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C502B<br />

Applications<br />

Mild and 490N/mm2 high tensile strength steels for shipbuilding, machinery structures,<br />

bridges and heavy plant facilities.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 70B is a basic type flux cored wire with excellent characteristics and is suitable<br />

for steel with a tensile strength up to 600N/mm 2 . Deposited metal shows superior crack<br />

resistance, excellent toughness at low temperature of -20~-50oC<br />

(-4~-58 o F).<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating (50~150o)(122~302oF) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

Use AR+20~25% CO2 gas for welding.<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Ar+20~25% CO2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.06 0.43 1.33 0.011 0.013<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lb)<br />

450 (45,300) 520 (75,400) 32 -40 (-40) 78 (58)<br />

Approval<br />

DNV, BV, GL, LR<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) 0.039 0.045 Jan-00 1/16 5/64 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.0 (.039) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 2.0 (5/64)<br />

F & HF 150~280 170~320 200~350 200~400<br />

V-up, OH 70~130 80~150 90~180<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSC70B12 1.2 15<br />

HSC70B16 1.6 15<br />

SUPERCORED 70NS CO 2<br />

AWS A5.18 / ASME SFA5.18 E70C-6M<br />

JIS Z3213 YFW-A50DM<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 70NS is used for welding in shipbuilding, machinery, bridge construcion,<br />

structural fabrication, automated or robotic welding.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 70NS is a metal-cored wire which combines the high deposition rates of F.C.W<br />

with the high efficiencies of a solid wire. Provides exceptionally smooth and stable arc, low<br />

spatter and minimal slag coverage.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking in may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Ar+20~25% CO2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S<br />

0.03 0.55 1.40 0.011 0.017<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

440 (63,900) 519 (75,400) 27.0 -30 (-22) 50 (37)<br />

Approval<br />

ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, TÜV, CWB, Ü-SIGN, DB, RINA,CONTROLAS<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .039 .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 230~300 260~340 290~360<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSC70NS12 1.2 15<br />

HSC70NS16 1.6 15<br />

SUPERCORED 81 CO 2<br />

AWS A5.29 / ASME SFA5.29 E81T1-Ni1<br />

JIS Z3313 YFW-C602R<br />

Applications<br />

All position welding for construction machinery, bridge structures and storage tanks.<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

570 (82,700) 640 (92,900) 25 -30 (-22) 90 (66)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 81 is all position flux cored wire designed for 100% CO2 shielding. You can get<br />

a smooth arc, and low spatter, good weldability. The weld metal impact value at -30°C is<br />

excellent and has a good bead appearance, slag covering is uniform and easy to remove.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Use 100% CO 2<br />

gas.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Ni<br />

0.03 0.35 1.25 0.011 0.012 0.95<br />

Approval<br />

CWB<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 15 20<br />

(in) .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.4 (.052) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 250~300 260~320 290~350<br />

V-up, OH 180~230 200~260 220~280<br />

V-down 250~310 260~320 280~340<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HSC8112 1.2 15<br />

HSC8116 1.6 15<br />

400<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SUPERCORED 81MAG CO 2<br />

AWS A5.29 / ASME SFA5.29 E811-Ni1M<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 81MAG contains 0.85% Ni in weld metal to meet NACE requirements. This wire<br />

can be used in oil and gas construction, pipe and offshore structures.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 81MAG is a titania type flux cored wire to be used with Ar+CO2 gas mixture<br />

shielding. This provides excellent notch toughness at low temperature, not only as-welded<br />

but also stress relieved state.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating (50~150o)(122~302oF) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameters<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Ar+20~25% CO2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Ni<br />

0.05 0.28 1.20 0.008 0.012 0.93<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lb)<br />

As welded 550 (79,900) 590 (85,700) 26 -60 (-76) 60 (44)<br />

P.W.H.T. 510 (74,100) 570 (82,800) 28 -40 (-40) 98 (73)<br />

(620 o Cx2hr)<br />

Approval<br />

ABS, BV, DNR, LR, CWB<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) 0/045 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (0.045)<br />

F & HF 200~290<br />

V-up, OH 180~250<br />

V-down 210~280<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

H81MAG12 1.2 15<br />

H81MAG16 1.6 15<br />

5<br />

SUPERCORED 81-K2 CO 2<br />

AWS A5.29 / ASME SFA5.29 E81T1-K2<br />

JIS Z3313 YFL-C506R<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 81-K2 is used for the welding of low temperature service steels in the<br />

construction of LPG and LNG storage tanks.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 81-K2 is a titania type flux cored wire designed for all position welding with CO2<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~30°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Ni<br />

0.04 0.35 1.35 0.012 0.011 1.50<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

540 (78,400) 620 (90,000) 28 -30 (-22) 110 (81)<br />

-60 (-76) 60 (44)<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, BV, DNV, GL, LR, NK, CWB, CCS, RINA<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .045 .052 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045) 1.6 (1/16)<br />

F & HF 250~300 300~350<br />

V-up, OH 170~230 200~250<br />

V-down 250~300 300~350<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

H81K212 1.2 15<br />

H81K216 1.6 15<br />

SUPERCORED 81-K2MAG CO 2<br />

AWS A5.29 / ASME SFA5.29 E81T1-K2M<br />

JIS Z3313 YFL-A506R<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 81-K2MAG is suitable for single or multipass MAG welding application for LNG,<br />

LPG tank, etc. and for all low temperature service steel.<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) o<br />

C ( o F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

590 (85,600) 610 (88,500) 27 -30 (-22) 110 (81)<br />

-60 (-76) 70 (52)<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 81-K2MAG is all position flux cored wire for low temperature service steel.<br />

Excellent mechanical properties and low temperature impact toughness. Smooth arc<br />

characteristics and very low spatter level.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Proper preheating(50~150°C)(122~302°F) and interpass temperature must be used in order<br />

to release hydrogen which may cause cracking in weld metal when electrodes are used for<br />

medium and heavy plates.<br />

One-side welding defects such as hot cracking may occur with wrong welding parameter<br />

such as high welding speed.<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Ar+20~25% CO2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Ni<br />

0.03 0.35 1.25 0.012 0.010 1.55<br />

Approval<br />

TÜV, Ü-SIGN, DB, RINA<br />

Packing (lncluding Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .045 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available and Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 1.2 (.045)<br />

F & HF 250~300<br />

V-up, OH 170~230<br />

V-down 250~300<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

H81K2MAG12 1.2 15<br />

H81K2MAG16 1.6 15<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

401


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SC-80D2 CO 2<br />

AWS A5.28 / ASME SFA5.28 E80C-G<br />

JIS Z3318 YFM-G<br />

Applications<br />

SC-80D2 can be used on high strength steels and low alloy steels in heavy industries and<br />

structural steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

SC-80D2 is a metal-cored gas shielded cored wire which combines the high deposition<br />

rates of a flux cored wire with the high efficiencies of a solid wire. SC-80D2 is equivalent<br />

to ER80S-D2 solid wire. It provides an exceptionally smooth and stable arc, low spatter and<br />

minimal slag coverage.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

It is designed for use with Ar + 20~25% CO 2<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S. T.S. EL. Temp.<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²) N/mm² (lbs/in²) (%) ºC (ºF)<br />

590(85,600) 660(95,700) 28 -20(-4) 70(52)<br />

Approval<br />

ABS,LR<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 1.2 1.4 1.6 Spool (kg) 12.5 15 20<br />

(in) .039 .045 1/16 (lbs) 28 33 44<br />

Ball Pac<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm(in) 1.2(.045) 1.4(.052) 1.6(1/16)<br />

F & HF 200~310 200~340 230~360<br />

5<br />

DC+ Ar+20~25% CO 2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Mo<br />

0.05 0.60 1.65 0.012 0.018 0.51<br />

SUPERCORED 308L CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

AWS A5.22/ASME SFA5.22 E308LT0-1/-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF308LC<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 308L is designed for use in petrochemical processing, textile industries and can<br />

be used for welding 18%Cr-8%Ni stainless steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 308L for welding stainless steels has a rapid solidifying slag which enables flat<br />

and horizontal position welding. It gives a stable arc and low spatter.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use with 100% CO 2<br />

or Ar + 20~25% CO 2<br />

gas.<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

DC+ CO 2<br />

Ar+20~25%CO 2<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

T.S. EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²) (%) ºC (ºF) J (ft·lbs)<br />

600(87,000) 43 -20(-4) 60(44)<br />

Approval<br />

TÜV, Ü-SIGN, DB, CWB<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6 Spool (kg) 5 12.5 15<br />

(in) .035 .045 1/16 (lbs) 11 28 33<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9(.035) 1.2(.045) 1.6(1/16)<br />

F&HF 120~180 150~220 240~300<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S Cr Ni<br />

0.03 0.70 1.50 0.025 0.010 19.5 9.5<br />

SUPERCORED 309L CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

AWS A5.22/ASME SFA5.22 E309LT0-1/-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF309LC<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 309L is designed for the welding of dissimilar metals such as stainless steels and<br />

carbon steels or stainless steels and low alloy steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 309L which contains a high ferrite level in its austenitic structure has excellent<br />

heat and corrosion resistibility. It has a good stable arc and excellent slag removal properties.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use with 100% CO 2<br />

or Ar + 20~25% CO 2<br />

gas.<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

DC+ CO 2<br />

Ar+20~25%CO 2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%) (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

C Si Mn P S Cr Ni<br />

0.03 0.70 1.50 0.025 0.010 23.5 12.5<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

T.S. EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²) (%) ºC (ºF) J (ft·lbs)<br />

600(87,000) 35 -20(-4) 50(37)<br />

Approval<br />

TÜV, Ü-SIGN, DB, CWB<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6 Spool (kg) 5 12.5 15<br />

(in) .035 .045 1/16 (lbs) 11 28 33<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9(.035) 1.2(.045) 1.6(1/16)<br />

F & HF 120~180 150~220 240~300<br />

402<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SUPERCORED 309MoL CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

AWS A5.22/ASME SFA5.22 E309LMoT0-1/-4<br />

JIS Z3323 YF309MoLC<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 309MoL is designed for applications of resistance to corrosion and for the<br />

joining of stainless to mild or low alloy steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 309MoL which contains a high ferrite level in austenitic has excellent heat,<br />

corrosion and crack resistibility. It has a good stable arc and excellent slag removal<br />

properties.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use with 100% CO 2<br />

or Ar + 20~25%CO 2<br />

gas.<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

T.S. EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²) (%) ºC (ºF) J (ft·lbs)<br />

600(87,000) 35 -20(-4) 50(37)<br />

Approval<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6 Spool (kg) 5 12.5 15<br />

(in) .035 .045 1/16 (lbs) 11 28 33<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9(.035) 1.2(.045) 1.6(1/16)<br />

F&HF 120~180 150~220 240~300<br />

DC+ CO 2<br />

Ar+20~25%CO 2<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%) (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

C Si Mn P S Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.03 0.60 1.30 0.025 0.010 23.0 12.5 2.5<br />

5<br />

SUPERCORED 316L CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

AWS A5.22/ASME SFA5.22 E316LT0-1/-4 SF-409Ti<br />

JIS Z3323 YF316LC<br />

Applications<br />

Supercored 316L is designed for the welding of low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo stainless<br />

steels or for the welding of dissimilar joints of stainless steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Supercored 316L gives good arc stability and easy slag removal due to its low carbon<br />

content. It has excellent resistance against granular corrosion.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Use with 100% CO 2<br />

or Ar + 20~25% CO 2<br />

gas.<br />

Current<br />

Shielding Gas<br />

DC+ CO 2<br />

Ar+20~25%CO 2<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

T.S. EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value<br />

N/mm² (lbs/in²) (%) ºC (ºF) J (ft·lbs)<br />

600(87,000) 35 -20(-4) 50(37)<br />

Approval<br />

Packaging (including Ball Pac)<br />

Dia. (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6 Spool (kg) 5 12.5 15<br />

(in) .035 .045 1/16 (lbs) 11 28 33<br />

Sizes Available & Recommended Currents (Amp.)<br />

Size mm (in) 0.9(.035) 1.2(.045) 1.6(1/16)<br />

F&HF 120~180 150~220 240~300<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%) (Shielding Gas: 100% CO 2<br />

)<br />

C Si Mn P S Cr Ni Mo<br />

0.03 0.60 1.30 0.025 0.010 23.0 12.5 2.5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

403


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

DUAL SHIELD 7100<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-1<br />

ESAB Dual Shield 7100 is an all position flux-cored electrode designed for optimum performance when using 100% CO2 shileding. The smooth<br />

metal transfer facilitates easy deposition of vertical-up stringer beads. Fillet contour is flat to slightly convex with equal leg lengths and uniform<br />

sidewall wetting. The slag coverage is complete and designed for easy removal. Weld metal is consistently free of inclusions and porosity for<br />

X-ray soundness. This electrode is designed for all position single and multipass welding of low and medium carbon steels. Performs well over<br />

normal rust and mill scale.<br />

5<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-1<br />

EN 758 T42 0 P C 1 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.04 1.27 0.61 0.013 0.010<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 520 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 580 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

0°C 108 J<br />

-18°C<br />

64 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

LR<br />

DNV<br />

BV<br />

GL<br />

RINA<br />

NK<br />

KR<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E35RR12247V<br />

E35RR16247V<br />

2SA, 2YSA H10<br />

2S, 2YS H15<br />

IIYMS (H10)<br />

SA2YM HH<br />

2YH10S<br />

2YH10<br />

KSW 52G(C)H10<br />

RSW 51G/52G HH<br />

1.2MM X 15KG<br />

1.6MM X 15KG<br />

DUAL SHIELD 7100 ULTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-1/E71T-9/E71T-9M<br />

ESAB Dual Shield 7100 Ultra is an all-position flux cored electrode designed for optimum performance when using 100% CO2 shielding. The<br />

smooth metal transfer facilitates easy deposition of vertical-up stringer beads. Fillet contour is flat slightly convex with equal leg lengths and<br />

uniform sidewall wetting. The slag coverage is complete and designed for easy removal. Weld metal is consistently free of inclusions and porosity<br />

for X-ray soundness.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO2 or Argon/CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-1/ E71T-9/ E71T-9M<br />

EN 758 T46 3 P C 1 H10<br />

T46 3 P M 1 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.04 1.27 0.54 0.013 0.010<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 518 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 573 MPa<br />

Elongation 31 %<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-18°C<br />

117 J<br />

-29°C<br />

75 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3SA, 3YSA H10 CWB<br />

LR<br />

3S, 3YS H10 TUV<br />

DNV III YMS (H10) CONTROLAS<br />

BV<br />

SA3YM HH<br />

GL<br />

3YH10S<br />

NK<br />

KSW 53G(C/M2) H10<br />

KR<br />

RSW 53G HH<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E35RU12247V 1.2MM X 15KG<br />

E35RU16247V 1.6MM X 15KG<br />

DUAL SHIELD 7100 SR<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-9<br />

ESAB Dual Shield 7100SR is an all-position wire with a bright surface finish that is uniquely designed to provide high deposition rates, high efficiency,<br />

and lower fume emission rates than other flux cored wires. It is optimized for use with 100% CO2 shielding but works well 75% Argon/25% CO2<br />

and 80% Argon/20% CO2 mixes. Among the outstanding features of Dual Shield 7100SR are a very wide operating window, excellent feedability<br />

and arc starting characteristics, attractive weld appearance, a thin easily removed slag, and welds that are virtually spatter free.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO2 or Argon/CO2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-9<br />

EN 758 T42 3 P C 1 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S Ni<br />

CO 2<br />

0.05 1.25 0.36 0.012 0.008 0.47<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 533 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 572 MPa<br />

Elongation 33 %<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-29°C<br />

108 J<br />

-40°C<br />

57 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

LR<br />

DNV<br />

BV<br />

GL<br />

NK<br />

KR<br />

CCS<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E35RT12247V<br />

E35RT16247V<br />

3SA, 3YSA H10<br />

3S, 3YS H10<br />

III YMS (H10)<br />

SA3YM H10<br />

3YH10S<br />

KSW 53G(C) H10<br />

RSW 53G HH<br />

1.2MM X 15KG<br />

1.6MM X 15KG<br />

404<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

DUAL SHIELD T-5<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-5MJ<br />

Dual Shield T-5 is a basic flux cored wire which produces weld deposits comparable to those of E7018 electrodes in terms of crack-resistance,<br />

ductility, and toughness. 1.2mm and 1.6mm can be used in all positions.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

Flat, horizontal: DC (+)(–) out-of-position: DC(–)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO2 or Argon/CO 2<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Dual Shield T-5 is especially recommended for medium<br />

to heavy fabrication of a number of mild steels where<br />

superior toughness and crack resistance are required.<br />

It is very attractive in situations where mild steel is<br />

being joined to quenched and tempered low alloy high<br />

strength steels because the basic slag gives extremely<br />

low diffusible hydrogen levels.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ<br />

EN 758 T46 3 P M 2 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.06 1.35 0.61 0.012 0.010<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

(All weld metal using 75% Argon / 25% CO2)<br />

As welded Stress relieved<br />

2 hrs. at 620°C<br />

Yield stress 470 MPa 355 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 530 MPa 512 MPa<br />

Elongation 32% 34%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

20°C 190 J 286 J<br />

-18°C<br />

130 J 236 J<br />

-29°C<br />

110 J 165 J<br />

-40°C<br />

95 J 135 J<br />

-51°C<br />

80 J 126 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3SA, 3YSA H10 CWB<br />

LR<br />

3S, 3YS H10 TUV<br />

DNV III YMS (H10) CONTROLAS<br />

BV<br />

SA3YM HH<br />

GL<br />

5YH10S<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-0/77-0 15<br />

PART NUMBERS<br />

E35T512247V 1.2MM<br />

E35T516247V 1.6MM<br />

5<br />

DUAL SHIELD II 70 ULTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-1/T-1M/T-12M<br />

Dual Shield II 70 Ultra is an all position flux cored wire that displays exceptional impact properties in both as welded and stress relieved<br />

conditions when used with 75% Argon/25% CO2. The "Ultra" series produce smoother arc characteristics and lower welding fumes.<br />

Dual Shield II 70 Ultra was developed to join low and medium carbon steel. This is also used for attaching steels of less than 552 MPa yield to<br />

HY-80 and HY-100. Commercial applications include construction, ship building, railcar, and heavy equipment industries. Weld metal analysis is<br />

similar to an E7018 low hydrogen electrode.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

75% Argon/25% CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS 5.20 E71T-1/T-1M/T-12M<br />

EN 758 T46 3 P C 2 H10<br />

T46 3 P M 2 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.05 1.10 0.35 0.012 0.009<br />

DUAL SHIELD II 80-NI1H4<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 490 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 555 MPa<br />

Elongation 32%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-18°C<br />

135 J<br />

-29°C<br />

95 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS 3SA 3YSA H5 CWB<br />

LR<br />

3S 3YS H10 TUV<br />

DNV III YMS (H10) CONTROLAS<br />

BV<br />

SA3YM HH<br />

GL<br />

3YH10S<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-7/77-0 15<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E35PU12247V 1.2MM<br />

E35PU16247V 1.6MM<br />

Dual Shield II 80-Ni1H4 is one of a series of low Hydrogen flux cored electrodes produced by ESAB. Each of the new Dual Shield<br />

II H4 wires is an all position flux cored wire that provides excellent low temperature toughness in both the as welded and/or<br />

stress relieved conditions (as applicable) when used with 75% Ar/25% CO2. Each can produce diffusible Hydrogen levels of<br />

< 4mL/100g over a wide range of welding parameters. Dual Shield II 80-Ni1H4 is used on petrochemical equipment, bridge<br />

fabrication, offshore oil construction, ship fabrication railcar, and heavy machinery. The weld metal analysis is similar to an<br />

E8018-C3 low Hydrogen covered electrode.<br />

INDUSTRY<br />

Rail Road Car<br />

Mobile Machinery<br />

Civil Construction<br />

Bridge Construction<br />

General Fabrication<br />

Shipbuilding<br />

WELDING PROCESS<br />

FCAW (Flux Core)<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS/APPROVALS<br />

TUV<br />

AWS A5.29; E81T1-Ni1MH4<br />

ASME SFA 5.29<br />

CONTROLAS<br />

L.R.- 4Y40S(H10)<br />

D.N.V.- IV YMS(H5)<br />

CERTIFIED BY C.W.B.- AWS A5.29<br />

MIL-E-24403/1; MIL-81T1-Ni1M<br />

A.B.S.- 3YSA(H5)<br />

BASE METAL<br />

Low Alloy<br />

SHIELDING GAS<br />

75% Ar/ 25% CO2<br />

PART NUMBERS<br />

Part No. Size Weight Package<br />

EA245011119 1.2mm 15kg Spool<br />

EA245011127 1.4mm 15kg Spool<br />

EA245011135 1.6mm 15Kg Spool<br />

EA245011663 1.8mm 15Kg Spool<br />

EA245011655 2.0mm 15Kg Spool<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

405


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

DUAL SHIELD II 110<br />

AWS<br />

E110T1-K3<br />

Prior to the development of the patented Dual Shield II series, no all-position flux cored electrode combined tensile strengths in access of<br />

690MPa with good low temperature impact properties. Dual Shield II 110 combines both strength and toughness with all position versatility.<br />

This balance of physical properties is coupled with operator appeal, smooth spray type transfer, low spatter levels, easy slag removal and good<br />

arc drive are all incorporated. A constant potential power source operating on DC reverse polarity is needed for proper operation. To retain the<br />

excellent arc characteristics and physical properties of the weld metal, a 75% Argon/25% CO2 shielding mixture must be used.The standard<br />

preheat, interpass and postheat procedures that are used in welding high strength steel with low hydrogen coated electrodes.<br />

5<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75% Argon/25% CO 2<br />

APPLICATION<br />

It is designed to join high strength steel such as HY-100<br />

and T-1 in the "as welded" or "stress relieved" condition.<br />

It is well suited for joining high tensile steels that will<br />

be used in low temperature environment.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.29 E110T1-K3<br />

EN 758 T69 4 2 Ni Z P M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S Ni Mo<br />

CO 2<br />

0.06 1.72 0.41 0.012 0.010 1.90 0.37<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded Stress relieved<br />

8 hrs. at 620°C<br />

Yield stress 730 MPa 700 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 810 MPa 790 MPa<br />

Elongation 22% 23%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-18°C 45 J 38 J<br />

-51°C 29 J 25 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E110T1-K3<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-7 15<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA245013693 1.2MM<br />

EA245013719 1.6MM<br />

DUAL SHIELD 8000-B2<br />

AWS<br />

E81T1-B2<br />

This flux cored electrode contains 1.25% Cr and 0.5% Mo. This electrode has high temperature applications and weld metal properties similar<br />

to E8018-B2 manual electrodes. It is used for the welding of such steels as 0.5% Cr-0.5% Mo, 1% Cr-0.5% Mo, and 1.25% Cr-0.5% Mo. 8000<br />

B2 is designed for single or multiple pass welds in all positions.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75% Argon/25% CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATION<br />

AWS A5.29 E81T1-B2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si Cr Mo<br />

CO 2<br />

0.06 0.61 0.49 1.25 0.52<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded Stress relieved<br />

1 hr. at 620°C<br />

Yield stress 620 MPa 560 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 700 MPa 660 MPa<br />

Elongation 23% 24%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-7 15<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA245005533 1.2MM<br />

EA245020532 1.6MM<br />

DUAL SHIELD 9000-B3<br />

AWS<br />

E91T1-B3<br />

Dual Shield 9000-B3 flux cored electrode deposits a nominal anaysis of 2.25% Cr and 1% Mo. Weld metal properties correspond to those of<br />

E9018-B3 manual electrodes. 9000-B3 is recommended for the all position welding of 2% and 2.25% Cr-1% Mo type of steels.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75% Argon/25% CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.29 E91T1-B3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si Cr Mo<br />

CO 2<br />

0.07 0.54 0.60 2.36 0.92<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded Stress relieved<br />

1 hr. at 620°C<br />

Yield stress 715 MPa 590 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 813 MPa 660 MPa<br />

Elongation 13% 21%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-7 15<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA254006523 1.2MM<br />

EA245006116 1.6MM<br />

406<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

COREWELD ULTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E70C-6M/E70C-6C<br />

Coreweld Ultra is a low fume, metal cored wire. This wire produces 40% less fume than the conventional metal cored products. The use of higher<br />

argon shielding gas further reduces fume, spatter and slag islands The higher deposition efficiency and improved welder appeal minimizes post<br />

weld clean-up. Coreweld Ultra was developed for carbon steels having tensile strength up to 70ksi (483MPa). This metal cored wire is intended<br />

for single or multipas welding in the flat and horizontal positions.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 92% Argon / 8% CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.18 E70C-6M/E70C-6C<br />

EN 758 T42 3 M C 3 H10<br />

T42 3 M M 3 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.031 1.66 0.59 0.013 0.015<br />

75% Ar/25% CO 2<br />

0.030 1.68 0.62 0.013 0.019<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

100% CO 2<br />

75% Ar / 25% CO 2<br />

Yield stress 440 MPa 449 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 531 MPa 545 MPa<br />

Elongation 29% 28%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

0˚C 51 J 58 J<br />

-29˚C 39 J 42 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

3SA, 3YSA H10<br />

LR<br />

3S, 3YS H10<br />

DNV<br />

IIIYMS(H10)<br />

BV<br />

SA3YM HHH<br />

GL<br />

3YH10S<br />

NK<br />

KSW 53G(C) H10<br />

KR<br />

RSW 53G(C) HH<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2 24-7/77-0 15<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E35JU12247V 1.2MM<br />

E35JU16247V 1.6MM<br />

5<br />

COREWELD 111 RB<br />

AWS<br />

E70T-1<br />

Coreweld 111 RB is a semi-metal cored wire with superior pit resistance in welding of primer coated steels.<br />

This wire shows good usability similar to conventional flux cored wires but provides deposition efficiencies approaching those of solid wires but<br />

with higher deposition rates.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC (+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75% Argon/25% CO 2<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Coreweld 111 RB is most suitable for fillet welding of<br />

inorganic zinc-rich primer coated steels, often used in<br />

the ship-building and bridge construction industries.It is<br />

also well suited to any application requiring the highest<br />

productivity welding in flat position.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E70T-1<br />

EN 758 T46 2 M C 3 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.06 1.49 0.55 0.011 0.012<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 471 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 549 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

0°C 82 J<br />

-18°C<br />

56 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

2SA, 2YSA H10<br />

LR<br />

2S, 2YS H15<br />

DNV<br />

IIIYM<br />

BV<br />

SA2YM HH<br />

GL<br />

2YH10S<br />

NK<br />

KSW 52(C) H10<br />

KR<br />

RSW 52G HH<br />

RINA<br />

2YH10<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.6 24-7/77-0 15<br />

2.0 07-3 25<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

E5KB162470 1.6MM<br />

E5KB200730 2.0MM<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

407


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

COREWELD 111 ULTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E70T-9<br />

It is a high efficiency, low slag type cored wire with a bright surface finish that is specially designed to provide very high deposition rates, high<br />

deposition efficiency approaching that of solid wires, and low fume emission rates. It is optimized for use with 100% CO 2<br />

shielding but mixes of<br />

75-80% Argon/ 20-25% CO 2<br />

can be used. This cored wire is capable of operating with a very wide current range and has the ability to sustain<br />

good arc stability at higher current levels than are typically associated with small diameter cored wires. The weld surface is smooth with virtually<br />

no spatter and a very thin easily removed slag. Fillet welds are flat to slightly convex. A unique advantage of this product is its ability to produce<br />

clean porosity free welds over primer painted surfaces.It has been designed for general purpose use in the flat and horizontal welding positions.<br />

However in ø 1.4mm and less it is capable of producing good welding characteristics in the vertical up and down positions also. It has particular<br />

applications in shipyard welding where high efficiency and versatile operation are most important and is widely used on panel line applications.<br />

It may be used in a variety of other applications including railcar, automotive, heavy equipment, and general structural steel fabrication. It is<br />

recommended in applications where reduction of welding fume and high welding speed is important.<br />

5<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

, 75%Argon/25% CO 2<br />

and<br />

80% Argon/20% CO 2<br />

mixes<br />

Classificatons<br />

AWS A5.20 E70T-9<br />

EN 758 T46 3 M C 3<br />

T46 3 M M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Gas C Mn Si Ni P S<br />

CO 2<br />

0.006 1.37 0.59 0.42 0.015 0.017<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 526 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 608 MPa<br />

Elongation 30 %<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-29°C<br />

44 J<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

35KU122470 1.2MM<br />

35KU162470 1.6MM<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

3SA, 3YSA<br />

LR<br />

3S, 3YS<br />

DNV<br />

IIIYMS<br />

BV<br />

SA3YM<br />

GL<br />

3YS<br />

NK<br />

KAW 53MG(C)<br />

KR<br />

RSW 52G(C)<br />

RINA<br />

3YH10<br />

CCS<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-7/77-0 15<br />

CORESHIELD 8<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-8Description<br />

Coreshield 8 is a self-shielded flux cored wire exhibiting extremely good arc characteristics and high welder appeal. This results in minimising<br />

the effort by the welder during the welding process. This electrode will provide good toughness and ductility in commonly used welding<br />

procedures.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Coreshield 8 can be used in all positions utilizing<br />

stringer beads or in straight progression. It is intended<br />

for plate assemblies and joints. The 1.6mm diameter is<br />

ideal for achieving high deposition rates with enhanced<br />

operational characteristics in all positions. For allposition<br />

and open root joints with 1.6mm diameter wire<br />

use a WFS of 3-4m/min, for horizontal and flat welding<br />

use a WFS of 4-7m/min.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-8<br />

EN 758 T46 3 Y N 1 H10<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si P S V Cu Al<br />

0.17 0.45 0.12 0.010 0.003 0.01 0.01 0.50<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 464 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 566 MPa<br />

Elongation 23.5 %<br />

Charpy V:<br />

Test temperature Impact values<br />

-29ºC<br />

58 J<br />

-40ºC<br />

30 J<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

3SA, 3YSA H10<br />

LR<br />

3S, 3YS H10<br />

DNV<br />

IIIYMS(H10)<br />

BV<br />

S3YM HH<br />

CWB<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

1/16" (1.6mm) 25# (11.3kg) spl, 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

0.072" (1.8mm) 25# (11.3kg) spl, 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA242206357 1.6MM<br />

EA242206365 1.8MM<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

408<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

CORESHIELD 11<br />

AWS<br />

E71T-11<br />

Coreshield 11 is a self-shielding all-position flux cored welding wire for single and multiple pass applications on mild steel.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(-)<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Coreshield 11 is excellent for use on single or multiple<br />

pass, lap, fillet and butt welds on mild steels in all<br />

welding positions. It meets the requirements for<br />

Classification E71T-11 in AWS Specification A5.20 and<br />

offers smooth arc action, full slag coverage, easy slag<br />

removal and low spatter. Bead appearance and weld<br />

edges are smooth and no shielding gas is required. This<br />

product should find excellent acceptance in general<br />

purpose mild steel fabrication. The 1.2mm wire can be<br />

used on materials as thin as 1.6mm.<br />

CORESHIELD 40<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E71T-11<br />

EN 758 T42 0 Z N 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si P S Al<br />

0.20 0.68 0.44 0.012 0.012 1.54<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA242201408 1.2MM<br />

EA242201424 1.6MM<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Yield stress 447 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 599 MPa<br />

Elongation 23%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

0.045" (1.2mm) x 33# (15kg) spl<br />

1/16" (1.6mm) x 33# (15kg) spl, 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

5<br />

AWS<br />

E70T-4<br />

Coreshield 40 is a self-shielding flux cored wire designed to meet the needs of operations where external shielding equipment is impractical. Its<br />

use, either indoors or outdoors, in light to moderate drafts without loss of effective shielding atmosphere, complements its flexibility. The core<br />

ingredients are carefully balanced for stable operation, crack resistance, and easy slag removal. Coreshield 40 wires are engineered for optimum<br />

efficiencies with longer stickout than are normally associated with externally shielded wires. Weld bead is smooth, flat and uniform in sidewall<br />

wash. Its resistance to porosity when welding over moderate rust and mill scale, and its ability to handle uneven fit up, make Coreshield 40 an<br />

excellent performer in less than ideal shop conditions.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Coreshield 40 wires are designed for single and<br />

multipass welding in the flat and horizontal positions<br />

on low and medium carbon steels in conditions<br />

which do not require high impact properties. Areas<br />

of application include frame, body and related<br />

components in the construction of farm machinery,<br />

automobiles, trucks, railcars and heavy construction<br />

equipment, as well as structural fabrication.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.20 E70T-4<br />

EN 758 T42 0 Z N 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si P S Al<br />

0.22 0.48 0.36 0.015 0.004 1.27<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA242201028 1.6MM<br />

EA242201085 2.0MM<br />

EA242201002 2.4MM<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded<br />

Aged at 100°C, 48 hrs<br />

Yield stress 443 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 564 MPa<br />

Elongation 27%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

1/16" (1.6mm) x 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

5/64" (2.0mm) x 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

3/32" (2.4mm) x 50# (22.7kg) coil<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 308L<br />

AWS<br />

E308LT1-1/E308LT1-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 308L is an all-position flux cored wire<br />

for welding types 301, 302, 304, 304L, 308 and 308L of<br />

stainless steel. May be used for welding types 321 and<br />

347 if service temperature does not exceed 260°C. The<br />

low carbon content minimizes carbide precipitation.<br />

Ferrite values will be lower as impact toughness<br />

increases. Carbon content 0.04% maximum.<br />

Shield-Bright 308L is designed primarily for all position<br />

welding. Both pure CO2 or mixed gas (75%Argon/<br />

25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E308LT1/E308LT1-4<br />

EN 12073 T19 9 L P C 2<br />

T19 9 L P M 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si P S FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.034 1.2 0.7 19.2 10.0 5<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.032 1.2 0.8 19.5 10.0 5<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 440 MPa 445 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa 620 MPa<br />

Elongation 42% 42%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E308LT1-1<br />

LR<br />

304L S<br />

DNV<br />

308L MS<br />

NK<br />

KW308LG(C)<br />

KR<br />

RW308LG(C)<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5a<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200050 1.2MM<br />

EA252200043 1.6MM<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

409


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 308L XTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E308LT1-1/E308LT1-4<br />

5<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 308L Xtra is designed primarily for<br />

welding types 301, 302, 304, 304L, 308 and 308L<br />

types of steels in the flat and horizontal positions.<br />

May be used for welding types 321 and 347 if service<br />

temperature does not exceed 260°C. Low carbon<br />

content minimizes carbide precipitation. Weld beads are<br />

finely rippled and horizontal fillets have an essentially<br />

flat surface and equal leg length. Both pure CO2 or<br />

mixed gas (75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E308LT0-1/E308LT0-4<br />

EN 12073 T19 9L R C 3<br />

T19 9L R M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.030 1.3 0.6 19.2 9.6 0.2 9<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.025 1.5 0.7 20.1 9.6 0.2 11<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 462 MPa 469 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 565 MPa 575 MPa<br />

Elongation 41% 41%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E308LT0-1<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252201629 1.2MM<br />

EA252201637 1.6MM<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 309MOL<br />

AWS<br />

E309LMoT1-1/E309LMoT1-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 309MoL is an all position flux cored wire<br />

designed by welding type 316 clad steels on the first<br />

pass in cladding steels or for welding dissimilar metals<br />

such as molybdenum containing austentic stainless<br />

steels to carbon steels. Used in paper mills and in power<br />

plants. Carbon content 0.04% maximum.<br />

Shiled-Bright 309LMo is designed primarily for all<br />

position. Both pure CO 2<br />

or mixed gas (75%Argon/<br />

25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LMoT1-1/E309LMoT1-4<br />

EN 12073 T23 12 2 L P C 2<br />

T23 12 2 L P M 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.039 0.9 0.6 22.8 13.3 2.6 17<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.038 1.1 0.7 23.1 12.8 2.7 17<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 524 MPa 527 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 540 MPa 655 MPa<br />

Elongation 33% 33%<br />

APPROVAL<br />

DNV<br />

309MoL<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200332 1.2MM<br />

EA252200738 1.6MM<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 309MOL XTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E309LMoT0-1/E309LMoT0-4<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Designed for welding type 316 clad steels on the first<br />

pass in cladding steels or for welding dissimilar metals<br />

such as molybdenum containing austentic stainless<br />

steels to carbon steels in the flat and horizontal<br />

position. Used in paper mills and in power plants.<br />

Carbon content 0.04% maximum. Weld beads are finely<br />

rippled and horizontal fillets have an essentially flat<br />

surface and equal leg length. Both pure CO 2<br />

or mixed<br />

gas (75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1 E309LMoT0-4<br />

EN 12073 T23 12 2 L R C 3<br />

T23 12 2 L R M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.034 1.6 0.6 22.5 13.4 2.7 20<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.030 1.7 0.6 22.8 13.5 2.7 23<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 527 MPa 559 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 662 MPa 704 MPa<br />

Elongation 33% 30%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200969 1.2MM<br />

EA252200977 1.6MM<br />

410<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 309L<br />

AWS<br />

E309LT1-1/E309LT1-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 309L is an all position flux cored wire<br />

designed for welding type 309 wrought, or cast forms,<br />

but used extensively for welding type 304 to mild or<br />

carbon steel. Also used for welding 304 clad sheets and<br />

for applying stainless steel sheet linings to carbon steel.<br />

Carbon content 0.04% maximum.<br />

Shield-Bright 309L is designed primarily for all position.<br />

Both pure CO2 or mixed gas (75%Argon/25%CO2) can<br />

be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LT1-1/E309LT1-4<br />

EN 12073 T23 12 L P C 2<br />

T23 12 L P M 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.034 1.2 0.9 22.4 12.5 15<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.034 1.3 0.9 22.6 12.6 17<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E309LT1-1<br />

LR<br />

SS/CMn S<br />

DNV<br />

309L MS<br />

NK<br />

KW309LG(C)<br />

KR<br />

RW309LG(C)<br />

BV<br />

309L<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 460 MPa 469 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa 599 MPa<br />

Elongation 37 % 37 %<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200068<br />

EA252200076<br />

1.2MM<br />

1.6MM<br />

5<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 309L XTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E309LT0-1/E309LT0-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 309L Xtra is designed for welding most<br />

mild steels or carbon steels to stainless steel in the flat<br />

and horizontal position. The higher percentages for Cr<br />

and Ni provide the necessary crack resistance. Weld<br />

beads are finely rippled and horizontal fillets have an<br />

essentially flat surface and equal leg length. Both pure<br />

CO 2<br />

or mixed gas (75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E309LT0-1/E309LT0-4<br />

EN 12073 T23 12 L R C 3<br />

T23 12 L R M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.031 1.2 0.5 24.0 12.7 0.2 19<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.027 1.6 0.6 24.6 12.6 0.2 21<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 470 MPa 490 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 596 MPa 609 MPa<br />

Elongation 32% 32%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E309LT0-1<br />

DNV<br />

309L MS<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252201645 1.2MM<br />

EA252201652 1.6MM<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 316L<br />

AWS<br />

E316LT1-1/E316LT1-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield Bright 316L is an all position flux cored wire for<br />

welding type 316 stainless steel. Contains molybdenum<br />

which resists pitting corrosion induced by sulphuric and<br />

sulphurous acids, chlorides and cellulose solutions. Used<br />

widely in the rayon, dye and paper making industries.<br />

Carbon content 0.04% maximum.<br />

Shield Bright 316L is designed primarily for all position.<br />

Both pure CO 2<br />

or mixed gas (75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can<br />

be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E316LT1-1/E316LT1-4<br />

EN 12073 T19 12 3 L P C 2<br />

T19 12 3 L P M 2<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.032 1.3 0.8 18.3 12.3 2.5 6<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.038 1.3 0.9 18.5 12.3 2.5 6<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 450 MPa 476 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 590 MPa 615 MPa<br />

Elongation 36% 36%<br />

APPROVALS<br />

ABS<br />

E316LT1-1<br />

LR<br />

316L S<br />

DNV<br />

316L MS<br />

NK<br />

KW316LG(C)<br />

KR<br />

RW316LG(C)<br />

BV<br />

316L<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200092 1.2MM<br />

EA252200084 1.6MM<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

411


WIRES FLUX CORED<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 316L XTRA<br />

AWS<br />

E316LT0-1/E316LT0-4<br />

5<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 316L Xtra is designed for welding of 316<br />

type of materials and specifically for applications where<br />

the service environment can produce pitting corrosion<br />

in the flat and horizontal position. Commonly used<br />

in the pulp and paper industry. Weld beads are finely<br />

rippled and horizontal fillets have an essentially flat<br />

contour surface with equal leg length. Both pure CO 2<br />

or<br />

mixed gas (75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E316LT0-1/E316LT0-4<br />

EN 12073 T19 12 3 L R C 3<br />

T19 12 3 L R M 3<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.030 1.5 0.6 18.8 12.0 2.5 7.5<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.030 1.6 0.7 19.0 12.0 2.6 9<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 450 MPa 455 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 570 MPa 579 MPa<br />

Elongation 31 % 31 %<br />

APPROVAL<br />

ABS<br />

E316LT0-1<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252201660 1.2MM<br />

EA252201678 1.6MM<br />

SHIELD-BRIGHT 317L<br />

AWS<br />

E317LT1-1/E317LT1-4<br />

APPLICATION<br />

Shield-Bright 317L is an all position flux cored wire<br />

recommended for welding type 317 stainless steel to<br />

give a maximum of 0.04% carbon in the weld deposit.<br />

The higher molybdenum content, as compared to type<br />

316L, further reduces susceptibility to pitting corrosion.<br />

Used in the pulp and paper industry and in other severe<br />

corrosion applications involving sulfuric and sulfurous<br />

acids and their salts. Shield-Bright 317L is designed<br />

primarily for all position. Both pure CO 2<br />

or mixed gas<br />

(75%Argon/25%CO 2<br />

) can be used.<br />

WELDING CURRENT:<br />

DC(+)<br />

SHIELDING GAS:<br />

CO 2<br />

or 75%Ar/ 25%CO 2<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.22 E317LT1-1/E317LT1-4<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo<br />

FN<br />

CO 2<br />

0.032 1.2 0.8 18.4 12.5 3.4 8<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

0.035 1.3 0.9 18.7 12.6 3.5 8<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

As welded As welded<br />

CO 2<br />

75%Ar/25%CO 2<br />

Yield stress 480 MPa 495 MPa<br />

Tensile strength 620 MPa 645 MPa<br />

Elongation 34% 34%<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter mm Spool* Type Weight kg<br />

1.2/1.6 24-8 12.5<br />

PART NUMBER<br />

EA252200159 1.2MM<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

412<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FLUX CORED WIRES<br />

AVESTA FLUX CORED WIRE<br />

Avesta Flux Cord Wire<br />

designation<br />

EN 12073<br />

AWS A5.22<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D 308L/MVR<br />

EN T 19 9 L R M/C 3<br />

AWS E308LT0-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-3D 308L/MVR<br />

EN T 19 9 L R M/C 2<br />

AWS E308LT1-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW 347<br />

EN T19 9 Nb R M 13<br />

AWS E347T0-4<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D 316L/SKR<br />

EN T 19 12 3 L R M/C 3<br />

AWS E316LT0-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-3D 316L/SKR<br />

EN T 19 12 3 L P M/C 2<br />

AWS E316LT1-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D 309L<br />

EN 23 12 L R M/C 3<br />

AWS E309LT0-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-3D 309L<br />

EN 23 12 L R M/C 2<br />

AWS E309LT1-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D P5<br />

EN 23 12 2 L R M/C 3<br />

AWS E309LMoT0-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-3D P5<br />

EN 23 12 2 L R M/C 2<br />

AWS E309LMoT1-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D 2205<br />

EN 22 9 3 N L R M/C 3<br />

AWS E2209T0-4/-1<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

For welding the following steel Analysis % Mechanical Welding Information<br />

(All Weld properties<br />

EN ASTM Metal)<br />

Shielding Gas Gas Flow<br />

Typical values<br />

Rate<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.6<br />

Mn 1.5<br />

Cr 19.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Yield 380N/mm²<br />

Tensile 550N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Heat Input<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Approvals<br />

Avesta FCW-2D 308/MVR is a type of flux cord wire with high deposition rates and very good weldability in flat and horizontal-vertical welding positions. The<br />

wire operates with very stable arc producing a smooth weld bead surface and self releasing slag. 308L/MVR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type<br />

19 Cr 10 Ni but can also be used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the construction is used at<br />

temperatures not exceeding 400˚C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilized consumable such as Avesta 347 Si/MVNb-Si is required.<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.7<br />

Mn 1.7<br />

Cr 19.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Yield 340N/mm²<br />

Tensile 540N/mm²<br />

Elongation 37%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-3D 308/MVR is a new type of flux cord wire with very good weldability in all welding positions. The flux composition ensures excellent arc stability,<br />

very little spatter, a smooth weld surface and self-releasing slag. 308L/MVR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni but can also be used<br />

for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400˚C.<br />

For higher temperatures a niobium stabilized consumable such as Avesta 347 Si/MVNb-Si is required.<br />

1.4541<br />

1.4550<br />

321<br />

347<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 1.6<br />

Cr 19.0<br />

Ni 10.5<br />

Nb >8xC<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 580N/mm²<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 347-Si/MVNb-Si is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels of type 19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improved high temperature properties e.g.<br />

creep resistance compared to low carbon non-stabilized materials. 347-Si/MVNb-Si is therefore primarily used for applications where service temperatures exceed 400˚C.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

316<br />

316L<br />

S31653<br />

316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.6<br />

Mn 1.5<br />

Cr 18.5<br />

Ni 12.5<br />

Mo 2.6<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 560N/mm²<br />

Elongation 33%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-2D 316/SKR is a type of flux cord wire with high deposition rates and very good weldability in flat and horizontal-vertical welding positions. The wire<br />

operates with very stable arc producing a smooth weld bead surface and self releasing slag. FCW-2D 316/SKR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel<br />

of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler material is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the<br />

construction is used at temperature not exceeding 400˚C.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

316<br />

316L<br />

S31653<br />

316Ti<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.7<br />

Mn 1.2<br />

Cr 18.5<br />

Ni 13.0<br />

Mo 2.7<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 560N/mm²<br />

Elongation 33%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-3D 316/SKR is a new type of flux cord wire with very good weldability in all welding positions. The flux composition ensures excellent arc stability, very little<br />

spatter, a smooth weld surface and self-releasing slag. 316/SKR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar. The filler material is<br />

also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction is used at temperature not exceeding 400˚C.<br />

Avesta 309L is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels<br />

and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.025<br />

Si 0.60<br />

Mn 1.50<br />

Cr 23.20<br />

Ni 13.0<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 560N/mm²<br />

Elongation 31%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-2D 309L is a type of flux cored wire with high deposition rates and very good weldability in flat and horizontal-vertical welding positions. The wire<br />

operates with very stable arc producing a smooth weld bead surface and self releasing slag. Avesta FCW-2D 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wire primarily<br />

intended for surfacing of low-alloy steels and dissimilar welding between mild steel and stainless steels. Avesta FCW-2D 309L has a composition, which under<br />

normal welding conditions ensures a crack resistant weld metal with a ferrite content of min. 3%<br />

Avesta 309L is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels<br />

and when joining non-molybdenumalloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.70<br />

Mn 1.40<br />

Cr 23.50<br />

Ni 13.0<br />

Yield 380N/mm²<br />

Tensile 550N/mm²<br />

Elongation 32%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-3D 309L is a new type of flux cord wire with very good weldability in all welding positions. The flux composition ensures excellent arc stability, very<br />

little spatter, a smooth weld surface and self-releasing slag. Avesta FCW-3D 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr 13 Ni wire primarily intended for surfacing of low-alloy<br />

steels and dissimilar welding between mild steel and stainless steels. Avesta FCW-3D 309L has a composition, which under normal welding conditions ensures a<br />

crack resistant weld metal with a ferrite content of min. 3%<br />

Avesta P5 is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels<br />

and when joining molybdenum-alloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.6<br />

Mn 1.50<br />

Cr 23.3<br />

Ni 12.8<br />

Mo 2.50<br />

Yield 500N/mm²<br />

Tensile 690N/mm²<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-2D 5P is a type of flux cord wire with high deposition rates and very good weldability in flat and horizontal-vertical welding positions. The wire operates with very stable arc<br />

producing a smooth weld bead surface and self releasing slag. Avesta FCW-2D P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for dissimilar welding<br />

between stainless steels, low alloy and mild steels, ensuring a high resistance to cracking. When used for surfacing, the composition is more or less equal to that of ASTM 316 from the first<br />

run. Avesta FCW-2D P5 has a composition, which under normal welding conditions ensures a crack resistant weld metal with a ferrite content of min. 3%<br />

Avesta P5 is primarily used when<br />

surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels<br />

and when joining molybdenum-alloyed<br />

stainless and carbon steel.<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.7<br />

Mn 1.40<br />

Cr 23.5<br />

Ni 13.0<br />

Mo 2.40<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 670N/mm²<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-3D P5 is a new type of flux cored wire with very good weldability in all welding positions. The flux composition ensures excellent arc stability, very little spatter,<br />

a smooth weld surface and self-releasing slag. Avesta FCW-3D P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for dissimilar welding<br />

between stainless steels, low alloy and mild steels, ensuring a high resistance to cracking. When used for surfacing, the composition is more or less equal to that of ASTM 316<br />

from the first run. Avesta FCW-P5-3D has a composition, which under normal welding conditions ensures a crack resistant weld metal with a ferrite content of min. 3%<br />

1.446 S32205 C 0.03<br />

Si 0.70<br />

Mn 0.70<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 9.0<br />

Mo 3.20<br />

N 0.13<br />

Yield 630N/mm²<br />

Tensile 820N/mm²<br />

Elongation 23%<br />

Hardness 240 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-2D 2205 is designed for the welding of ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steels such as Outokumpu 2205 (ASTM S32205/S31803) and similar. It can also be used when<br />

welding type SAF 2304. Avesta FCW-2D 2205 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. Due to the<br />

high content of both Cr and Mo with the addition of N a very good resistance to general and pitting corrosion is obtained. The microstructure gives high tensile strength and hereby also<br />

excellent resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Avesta FCW-2D 2205 is over-alloyed with respect to nickel to ensure the right ferrite balance in the weld metal.<br />

AVESTA FCW-2D LDX 2101 1.416 S32101 C 0.03<br />

Si 0.70<br />

Mn 0.80<br />

Cr 24.0<br />

Ni 9.0<br />

Mo 0.20<br />

N 0.14<br />

Characteristics and Applications<br />

Yield 550N/mm²<br />

Tensile 750N/mm²<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Hardness 240 Brinell<br />

Ar+15-<br />

22%CO² or<br />

100%CO²<br />

20-25I/min<br />

Max.0.5-<br />

2.0 kJ/min<br />

Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101 is designed for the welding of ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a “lean duplex” steel with excellent strength<br />

and medium corrosion resistance. The steel is mainly intended for applications such as civil engineering storage, tanks, containers etc. Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101 provides a<br />

ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels. The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength and<br />

hereby also good resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Avesta FCW-2D LDX 2101 is over-alloyed with respect to nickel to ensure the right ferrite balance in the weld metal.<br />

T_V<br />

T_V<br />

CWB<br />

T_V<br />

T_V<br />

CWB<br />

DB<br />

DNV<br />

T_V<br />

DB<br />

CWB<br />

T_V<br />

DB<br />

DNV<br />

T_V<br />

DB<br />

CWB<br />

T_V<br />

CWB<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

413


WIRES HARD FACING<br />

5<br />

STOODY DYNAMANG-O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC MANG NICKEL-O)<br />

Stoody Dynamang-O is a high alloy tubular wire depositing a manganese steel weld<br />

metal for the repair and joining of matching Manganese steel components used in<br />

the quarrying and mining industries.<br />

Resultant weld deposits have high strength and elongation and are extremely<br />

resistant to impact loading. Stoody Dynamang-O can be multi-layered to any<br />

thickness without relief checking and deposits will work harden during service<br />

under high impact loading.<br />

Typical applications include the repair of Manganese steel crusher rolls, jaw and<br />

hammer crushers, gyratory mantles, blow bars and dredge pump cutters etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1215-B7.<br />

1215-B7.<br />

Features:<br />

Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wire.<br />

Tough, Work Hardening Austenitic Manganese Steel Deposit.<br />

Typical applications include the repair of Manganese steel crusher rolls, jaw and<br />

hammer crushers, gyratory mantles, blow bars and dredge pump cutters etc.<br />

1.6mm size can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

C: 0.90% Mn: 13.40% Si: 0.37%<br />

Ni: 2.7% Cr: 2.50%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

615 MPa<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

810 MPa<br />

Elongation 21%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 17 220<br />

Work Hardened 42 410<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Machinable as Deposited.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc Mangcraft extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 1215-A4<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.6 200–250 23–27 12–25 Spool 15kg 11446700<br />

2.8 275–375 25–28 20–45 Coil 27kg 11249900<br />

STOODY SUPER BUILDUP-G/O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC 350-G/O)<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Stoody Super Buildup-G/O is a tubular hard surfacing wire designed for the<br />

rebuilding or surfacing of steel components subjected to metal-to-metal wear and<br />

compressive loading.<br />

1.2mm Stoody Super Buildup-G/O is ideal for all positional surfacing applications<br />

with Transmig 250 and 275 power plants.<br />

Depositing a tough, air hardening low carbon martensitic steel weld deposit, Stoody<br />

Super Buildup-G/O is recommended for the semi-automatic build-up and surfacing<br />

of steel track rolls, idler wheels, track pads, drive sprockets, pins, links and other<br />

components subjected to abrasion and/or metal-to-metal wear.<br />

Classifications:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm 2.4mm*<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1435-B5 1435-B7.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 1435-B5 1435-B7.<br />

* - 1.2mm and 1.6mm Stoody Super Buildup-G wires are B5 type wires which require<br />

a shielding gas. 2.4mm Stoody Super Buildup-O is a B7 type open arc wire which<br />

requires no shielding gas.<br />

Features:<br />

Gas (-G) and Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wires.<br />

Tough, Machinable Low Carbon Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

Recommended for the build-up and surfacing of steel track rolls, idler wheels, track<br />

pads, drive sprockets, pins, links and other components subject to abrasion and/or<br />

metal-to-metal wear.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm wires are B5 type wires which require a shielding gas. 2.4mm size<br />

is a B7 type open arc wire which requires no shielding gas.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

C: 0.20% Mw: 1.5% Si: 0.4%<br />

Cr: 2.0% Mo: 0.5% Fe: balance<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 30 300<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 40 390<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Machinable. Carbide tools recommended.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm Super buildup–G<br />

Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

r + 10-25% CO 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

2.4mm Super Buildup–O<br />

Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc 350 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 1435-A4<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 120–220 18–24 15–20 Spool 15kg 11423600<br />

1.6 140–250 23–26 15–25 Spool 15kg 11946200<br />

2.4 200–350 24–28 20–30 Coil 27kg 11183600<br />

414<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING WIRES<br />

STOODY 965-G/O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC 650-G/O)<br />

Stoody 965-G/O is a tubular hard surfacing wire for surfacing components<br />

subjected to wet or dry hard particle abrasion and low to moderate impact loading.<br />

The air hardening martensitic steel weld deposit of Stoody 965-G/O remains crack<br />

free on most steels under normal welding conditions and is therefore recommended<br />

for the surfacing of components subject to flexing during service. 1.2mm Stoody<br />

965-G/O is ideal for all positional surfacing applications with the Transmig 225, 255<br />

and 350 power sources. Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural<br />

points, shares and tynes, sand dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers,<br />

conveyor screws, bucket lips, etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm 2.0mm & 2.4mm*<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1855-B5 1855-B7.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 1855-B5 1855-B7.<br />

* - 1.2mm and 1.6mm Stoody 965-G wires are B5 type wires which require a shielding<br />

gas. 2.0 and 2.4mm Stoody 965-O are B7 type open arc wires which require no<br />

shielding gas.<br />

Features:<br />

Gas (-G) and Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wires.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion and Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes, sand<br />

dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws, bucket lips, etc.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm wires are B5 type wires which require a shielding gas. 2.0mm and<br />

2.4mm size are B7 type open arc wires which require no shielding gas.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

C: 0.60% Mn: 1.70% Si: 1.40%<br />

Cr: 6.20%<br />

Fe: balance<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 58 640<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Not Machinable. Grinding only.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm 965-G<br />

• Ar + 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent<br />

2.4mm 965-O<br />

• Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

ISO14175: M13<br />

ISO14175: C1<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc 650 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 1855-A4<br />

Downhand & Horizontal build-up applications:- 1.2mm<br />

and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by<br />

depositing overlapping horizontal stringer passes.<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 120–220 18–24 15–20 Spool 15kg 11423100<br />

1.6 140–250 23–26 20–25 Spool 15kg 11501500<br />

2.0 180-300 24-28 20-30 Coil 27kg 11962600<br />

2.4 200–350 24–28 20–30 Coil 27kg 11946100<br />

STOODY 850-O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC 650-G/O)<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

BUILD-UP APPLICATIONS<br />

Stoody 850-O is a self shielded (or open arc) hard surfacing wire which deposits<br />

a high carbon martensitic steel for excellent resistance to severe, fine (wet or dry)<br />

abrasion and low impact loading.<br />

Weld deposits are air hardening and prone to fine relief checking. Stoody 850-O<br />

should not be used in applications involving heavy impact or shock loading.<br />

1.2mm Stoody 850-O is ideal for all positional surfacing applications with the<br />

Transmig 250 and 275 power plant.<br />

Typical applications include the hard surfacing of agricultural, mining and materials<br />

handling equipment including tynes, points, conveyor screws, dredge buckets, cane<br />

harvester cutters / elevators and sugar mill scraper plates.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

1865-B7.<br />

1865-B7.<br />

Features:<br />

Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wire.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Prone High Carbon, Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

Resistant to Severe Abrasion and Low Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications include the hard surfacing of agricultural, mining and<br />

materials handling equipment including tynes, points, conveyor screws, dredge<br />

buckets, cane harvester cutters/elevators and sugar mill scraper plates.<br />

1.2mm size can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

C: 0.95% Mn: 0.6% Si: 0.9%<br />

Cr: 6.5% Mo: 3.5% B: 1.5%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 62 750<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 65 830<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

EN439: C1<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 120–220 18–24 15–20 Spool 15kg 11945500<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

415


WIRES HARD FACING<br />

5<br />

STOODY 101 HC-G/O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC COARSECLAD-G/O 1.2 & 1.6MM)<br />

Stoody 965-G/O is a tubular hard surfacing wire for surfacing components<br />

subjected to wet or dry hard particle abrasion and low to moderate impact loading.<br />

The air hardening martensitic steel weld deposit of Stoody 965-G/O remains crack<br />

free on most steels under normal welding conditions and is therefore recommended<br />

for the surfacing of components subject to flexing during service. 1.2mm Stoody<br />

965-G/O is ideal for all positional surfacing applications with the Transmig 210, 250<br />

and 310 power sources.<br />

Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes,<br />

sand dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws, bucket lips,<br />

etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm 2.4mm*<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 2360-B5 2360-B7.<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 2360-B5 2360-B7.<br />

* 1.2mm 101 HC-G is a B5 type wire which requires a shielding gas. 1.6mm 101 HC-O<br />

is a B7 type wire which requires no shielding gas.<br />

Features:<br />

Gas (-G) and Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wires.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion and Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes, sand<br />

dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws, bucket lips, etc.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm sizes can be used for vertical surfacing by depositing overlapping<br />

horizontal stringer passes.<br />

1.2mm and 1.6mm wires are B5 type wires which require a shielding gas. 2.4mm size<br />

is a B7 type open arc wire which requires no shielding gas.<br />

DOWNHAND & HORIZONTAL<br />

SURFACING APPLICATIONS<br />

Typical Weld Metal Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 4.0% Mn: 0.7% Si: 0.7% Cr: 14.0%<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit:<br />

C: 5.2% Mn: 0.7% Si: 0.7% Cr: 19.0%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 60 700<br />

Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,500 HV (80 HRc).<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

1.2mm 101 HC-G<br />

• Ar+ 1-3% O 2<br />

or equivalent ISO14175: M13<br />

1.6mm 101 HC-O<br />

• Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

ISO14175: C1<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc CR70 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 2355-A4<br />

Downhand & Horizontal surfacing applications:- 1.2mm size<br />

is suitable for vertical-up surfacing using a wide weaving<br />

technique.<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 150–200 22–26 12–20 Spool 15kg 11436300<br />

1.6 200–260 24–28 15–25 Spool 15kg 11304700<br />

STOODY 100 HC-O<br />

(REPLACES COBALARC COARSECLAD-O 2.4 & 2.8MM)<br />

DOWNHAND SURFACING<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Stoody 100 HC-O is a high alloy tubular hardfacing wire depositing a high<br />

chromium carbide iron particularly resistant to coarse (large particle) abrasion.<br />

The weld deposit of Stoody 100 HC-O produces a high level of primary chromium<br />

carbides resistant to coarse abrasion (in particular gouging abrasion) at<br />

temperatures up to 650°C.<br />

Weld deposits can be finished by grinding and relief checking is normal. Typical<br />

applications of Stoody 100 HC-O include the hard surfacing of crusher cones and<br />

mantles, swing hammers, earthmoving buckets, blades and rippers. Also suitable for<br />

single layer wear plate manufacture.<br />

For higher impact applications Stoody 100 HC-O deposits should be restricted to<br />

two layers.<br />

Weld Deposit Microstructure:<br />

Two layers of Stoody 100 HC-O onto a mild steel component will produce<br />

approximately 30% - 35% primary chromium iron carbides in a carbide-ferrite<br />

matrix ideal for coarse abrasion and low to moderate impact applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576:<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4:<br />

2360-B7.<br />

2360-B7.<br />

Features:<br />

Self Shielded (-O), Tubular Hardfacing Wire.<br />

High Chromium Carbide Iron Deposit.<br />

For Ground Engaging Applications.<br />

Resistant to Coarse Abrasion and Low to Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Primary Chromium Iron Carbides in Single Layer.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Analysis:<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel:<br />

C: 4.0% Mn: 1.0% Si: 1.0% Cr: 20%<br />

Mo: 0.7%<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit:<br />

C: 4.5% Mn: 1.5% Si: 1.5% Cr: 25%<br />

Mo: 1%<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Hardness: HR C<br />

HV 30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 63 780<br />

Deposits contain Chromium Carbides with hardness up to 1,50t0 HV (80 HRc).<br />

Finishing Recommendations:<br />

Grinding only.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gas:<br />

EN439: C1<br />

Open arc or welding grade CO 2<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Cobalarc CR70 extruded electrode AS/NZS 2576: 2355-A4<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

2.4 250–350 25–30 35–55 Coil 27kg 11313400<br />

2.8 300–450 27–33 35–55 Coil 27kg 11001000<br />

2.8 300-450 27-33 35-55 POP* 226kg 11235400<br />

* Pay-off Pack or Drum<br />

416<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING WIRES<br />

STOODY 965 AP-G<br />

Stoody 965 AP-G is an all-positional tubular hard surfacing wire for<br />

surfacing components subjected to wet or dry hard particle abrasion<br />

and low to moderate impact loading. The air hardening martensitic<br />

steel weld deposit remains crack free on most steels under normal<br />

welding conditions and is therefore recommended for the surfacing<br />

of components subject to flexing during service. Typical applications<br />

include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes, sand<br />

dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws,<br />

bucket lips and sides, etc.<br />

Features:<br />

Gas (-G) Shielded All-positional.<br />

Air Hardening, Crack Free, Martensitic Steel Deposit.<br />

Resistant to Hard Particle Abrasion and Moderate Impact Loading.<br />

Typical applications include the surfacing of agricultural points, shares and tynes,<br />

sand dredge cutter heads, dredge rollers and tumblers, conveyor screws, bucket lips,<br />

etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1855-B5<br />

W.T.I.A. Tech Note 4: 1855-B5<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL DEPOSIT ANALYSIS:<br />

C: 0.60% Mn: 1.70% Si: 1.40%<br />

Cr: 6.20%<br />

Fe: balance<br />

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT HARDNESS:<br />

HRC HV30<br />

Single Layer on Mild Steel 55 600<br />

All Weld Metal Deposit 58 640<br />

FINISHING RECOMMENDATIONS:<br />

Not Machinable. Grinding only.<br />

RECOMMENDED SHIELDING GASES:<br />

1.2mm & 1.6mm 965 AP-G<br />

Ar + 25% CO2 ISO14175: M21<br />

COMPARABLE CIGWELD PRODUCTS:<br />

Cobalarc 650 extruded electrode<br />

AS/NZS 2576: 1855-A4<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Electrode Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

1.2 140–220 26–29 15–20 Spool 15kg 11807800<br />

1.6 170–270 24–30 20–25 Spool 15kg 11808600<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

417


WIRES HARD FACING<br />

LINCORE® 33<br />

Provides a tough, machinable, build-up or final overlay deposit for metal-to-metal<br />

wear. Ideal for rebuilding worn parts before hardfacing with more wear resistant<br />

deposits. Some applications include tractor rolls and idlers, shovel parts, mill and<br />

crusher hammers. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 30 HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576 1130-B1/B7<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

1,6 1 11,3 11,3 1020,8 Spool KG ex stock ED031117<br />

2,0 1 6,4 25,4 1219,0 Coil 2 KG ex stock ED011237<br />

2,0 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED011238<br />

2,8 1 22,7 22,7 1361,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED011240<br />

5<br />

LINCORE 30-S<br />

Submerged arc, metal cored wire depositing a moderate hardness deposit to resist<br />

metal-to-metal wear and moderate impact. Build-up, or final overlay where good<br />

machinability is required. Use with Lincolnweld® 801, 802 or 880 flux. Buildup<br />

tractor rollers, trunnions, crane wheels. Hardface track rails, shafts, idlers. Typical<br />

hardness (as welded) ~ 30HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS or AS/NZS 1125-B1 [with 802, 880]<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,4 1 22,7 22,7 1050,0 Coil 1 KG Indent ED011200<br />

3,2 1 272,0 272,0 1088,0 SFD KG ex stock ED015891<br />

3,2 1 22,7 22,7 1050,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED015889<br />

LINCORE FROGMANG<br />

Resists Severe Impact. Self-shielded, flux-cored wire designed for repair of manganese<br />

frogs and manganese crossing diamonds in the railroad industry. High alloy austenitic<br />

manganese deposit.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576 1220-B7<br />

Diameter Inches (mm)<br />

PACKAGING 25 Lb. (11 kg) Plastic Spool<br />

1/16 (1.6) ED026106<br />

LINCORE 42-S<br />

Submerged arc wire that resists metal-to-metal wear in rolling and sliding<br />

applications. Deposits can be: made tougher/softer by heat treatment, machined and<br />

hot forged. Provides good weld pool control and slag detachability on roundabouts.<br />

For final overlay on tractor idlers, rollers, drive sprockets and mine car wheels. Use<br />

with Lincolnwled 880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 40HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS or AS/NZS<br />

1440-B1 [with 802, 880, 880M].<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

3.2 136 Drum 136 X6 ED029264<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

418<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING WIRES<br />

LINCORE 55<br />

For applications requiring higher hardness for metal-to-metal wear and mild abrasion.<br />

Used on crane wheels, blower blades, rail ends and shafts. For use on carbon steel,<br />

low alloy steel and maganese steel. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 55HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

1855-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.0 25.40CT(6.35C) K435 1219 X6 ED011277<br />

2.0 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031122 New<br />

2.0 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED011278<br />

2.8 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED011280<br />

LINCORE 55-G<br />

Gas-shielded cored wire for applications requiring higher hardness for metal-to-metal<br />

wear and mild abrasion. Used on crane wheels, blower blades, rail ends and shafts.<br />

For use on carbons teel, low alloy steel and manganese steel. Recommended shielding<br />

- 25% CO 2<br />

in Argon. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 55HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

1855-B5.<br />

5<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.2 11.34SP K363 1020 X6 ED028176<br />

LINCORE T&D<br />

Produces a weld deposit similar to H12 tool steel. For build-up of tool steel dies and<br />

edges, or applying wear resistance surface on carbon or low alloy steels. Applications<br />

include punch dies and shear blades. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 50HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

1550-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.6 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031134 New<br />

LINCORE M<br />

Austenitic manganese deposit for applications involving severe impact with moderate<br />

abrasion. Used on austenitic manganese steel (Hadfield-type), carbon steel and<br />

low alloy steel. Typical applications include rail crossovers, dredge parts, hammers,<br />

crushers. Maximum interpass temperature, 260 o C. Typical hardness (as welded/work<br />

hardened) ~ 20/40HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

1220-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.0 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031130 New/3<br />

2.8 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED011164<br />

LINCORE 15CrMn<br />

Premium austenitic manganese deposit with outstanding capabilities for hardfacing<br />

(and limited joining) austenitic manganese steel. Will provide an austenitic deposit in<br />

a single layer (even on carbon steel). Work-hardens. Maximum interpass temperature,<br />

260 o C. Typical hardness (as welded/work hardened) ~ 20/45HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

1720-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.0 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031126 New<br />

2.8 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED022061 3<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

419


WIRES HARD FACING<br />

LINCORE® 60-O<br />

Resists higher levels of abrasion with moderate impact. Can be used at temperatures<br />

up to 700 o C (~1300 o F). Soft arc, minimum spatter, easy handling, smooth beads and<br />

low slag. Limit deposit to 2 layers. Check cracks. Applications include bucket lips, ore<br />

chutes, dozer blades and ripper teeth. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 60HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

2355-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No<br />

1.2 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031131<br />

1.6 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031132<br />

2.0 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED019887<br />

LINCORE® 65-O<br />

5<br />

Resists severe abrasion with light impact. Highest abrasion resistance and hardness<br />

of the Lincore flux cored products. Similar welding characterisitics to Lincore 60-O.<br />

Check cracks. For use on wear plate, coal pulverizer rolls, earth engaging tools, and on<br />

slurry pipe and elbow. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 65HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

2365-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No<br />

2.8 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X6 ED026077<br />

LINCORE® 50<br />

Resists abrasion with moderate impact. Larger size diameters may beused in the<br />

submerged arc process. For use on crusher rolls, dredge cutter teeth, ore chute baffles,<br />

screw flights, conveyor buckets, bulldozer grousers. Typical hardness (as welded) ~<br />

50HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576<br />

2150-B7.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.2 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031123 3<br />

1.6 11.34SSP 1021 X6 ED031124 3<br />

LINCORE® 96-S<br />

Submerged arc, high carbon, martensitic stainless steel deposit resistant to metal-tometal<br />

wear, corrosion and high temperature cracking. Excellent slag removal, bead<br />

appearance and bead shape exhibiting good bead to bead tie-ins. For hardfacing<br />

continuous caster and steel mill rolls, rope sheaves and drums. Use with Linconweld<br />

880 or 802 flux. Typical hardness (as welded) ~ 52HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS 2576 1650-B1<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

3,2 1 272,0 272,0 1088,0 BDF KG Indent ED018575<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

420<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARD FACING WIRES<br />

SUPERSHIELD CRC<br />

Description & Applications<br />

To use on severe abrasive part such as Gyratory Cone & Mantles, Chemical Pipe & Valve.<br />

(Pulverizer Rolls & Tables – Cr-Carbide type)<br />

Currents Type<br />

DC+<br />

Welding Process<br />

Open Arc<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal(%)<br />

Dia.(mm) C Si Mn Cr<br />

1.2/1.6 4.8 0.4 1.6 27.0<br />

2.4/2.8 5.5 0.7 1.6 30.0<br />

Dia.(mm) Hardness (HRc)<br />

1.2/1.6 54-58<br />

2.4/2.8 58-62<br />

Packaging Standard<br />

Dia.(mm) 1.2/1.6 2.4/2.8<br />

Type(kg) 15kg Spool 25kg Coil<br />

Pailpack(kg) - 150, 250<br />

SUPERSHIELD CRCW<br />

Description & Applications<br />

Use on wear plate (Raw material transfer and storage tank – Cr-Carbide type)<br />

Currents Type<br />

Welding Process<br />

DC+<br />

Open Arc<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal(%)<br />

Dia.(mm) C Si Mn Cr<br />

1.2/1.6 5.2 0.8 0.8 25.0<br />

2.4/2.8 5.8 1.8 1.8 25.0<br />

Dia.(mm) Hardness (HRc)<br />

1.2/1.6 54~58<br />

2.4/2.8 60~64<br />

Packaging Standard<br />

Dia.(mm) 1.2/1.6 2.4/2.8<br />

Type(Kg) 15kg Spool 25kg Coil<br />

Pailpack(kg) - 150, 250<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

421


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

AUTOCRAFT SA2<br />

Autocraft SA2 is a copper coated - nominal 1.0% Manganese, 0.20% Silicon - steel<br />

submerged arc welding wire.<br />

The chemical analysis of Autocraft SA2 makes it suitable for a wide range of<br />

general purpose and critical submerged arc welding applications with a ‘neutral’<br />

fluxe such as Satinarc 4.<br />

When used with this flux, Autocraft SA2 produces a high weld metal tensile<br />

strength.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1858.1:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.17:<br />

EM12K.<br />

EM12K.<br />

Features:<br />

Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Submerged Arc Wire.<br />

Cost Effective General Purpose and Higher Quality Welding with a ‘Neutral’ Flux such<br />

as Satinarc.<br />

Typical Wire Analysis:<br />

C: 0.10% Mn: 1.0% Si: 0.22%<br />

S: 0.017% P: 0.010%<br />

5<br />

Packaging and Operating Data:<br />

DC Electrode Positive.<br />

Wire Diameter mm Current Range (amps ) Voltage Range (volts) Recommended Stickout E.S.O. (mm) Pack Type* Pack Weight Part No<br />

2.4 250-700 26-34 20-25 Coil 25kg 720663<br />

3.2 300-900 28–34 25-30 Coil 30kg 720664<br />

SATINARC 4<br />

Satinarc 4 is a semi-basic, agglomerated flux suitable for a wide range of fillet and<br />

butt welding applications.<br />

It is recommended for heavier, multi-pass butt welding applications and produces<br />

excellent slag lift in narrow joint preparations.The Autocraft SA2 / Satinarc 4<br />

combination provides consistent ‘as welded’ and ‘stress relieved’ mechanical<br />

properties. Despite its basic slag system, Satinarc 4 produces good weld profiles,<br />

edge wetting and slag lift in single and multi-pass welding applications.<br />

Operating Capabilities:<br />

Satinarc 4 flux produces smooth arc characteristics and excellent slag lift in deep<br />

‘vee’ weld preparations. Weld beads will exhibit a fine rippled surface appearance<br />

and smooth side wall wash. Satinarc 4 operates well with AC or DC power and is<br />

tolerant to lightly rusted or scaled plate.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS A5.17:<br />

AWS A5.17:<br />

AS 1858.1:<br />

F7A4-EM12K.<br />

F6P4-EM12K.<br />

EM12K-FMM-W503A.<br />

Features:<br />

Semi-Basic Submerged Arc Flux.<br />

For Multi Pass Butt Welding Applications Requiring Low Temperature Impact<br />

Properties.<br />

Recommended for Use with Autocraft SA2.<br />

Excellent Slag Lift in Deep ‘Vee’ Joints.<br />

Autocraft SA2 / Satinarc 4<br />

Approvals:<br />

Lloyds Register of Shipping - Grade 3M 3YM<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Analysis:<br />

C: 0.09% Mn: 1.2% Si: 0.4%<br />

S: 0.020% P: 0.030%<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties (As welded):<br />

Yield Stress<br />

425 MPa.<br />

Tensile Stress<br />

520 MPa<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

100 J av @ -20°C.<br />

140 J av@ 0°C.<br />

Flux Constituents:<br />

(Basicity Index* = 1.6<br />

SiO2 + TiO2 CaO + MgO Al203 + MnO CaF2<br />

20% 25% 35% 15%<br />

* Basicity Index to Boniszewski.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Type Pack Weight Part No<br />

4 Ply Paper Bag 25kg net 720412<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

422 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

802<br />

A neutral flux designed for welding overlays with some hardfacing flux-cated and<br />

solid low alloy electrodes. Excellent overlay flux on flat and roundabout aplications.<br />

Not recommended as a general purpose flux. Can be used for stainless steel. Excellent<br />

slag removal (provided correct wire selection). Excellent hot slag removal with wire<br />

containing Nv, V or very high Cr levels. Use with Lincoln 423Cr and 423L. Can also be<br />

used on other 400 series martensitic stainless steel hardfacing wires.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A CS 1 55 DC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX802-25<br />

H-535<br />

Alloy flux for use with Lincolnweld L-60 solid wire. Produces a low carbon, martensitic<br />

steel deposit for metal-to-metal wear and abrasion resistance. Deposit can be<br />

machinable. Hardness depends on the welding procedure and can be in the range<br />

32-40HRC.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A Z3 3<br />

5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

22,7 1050,0 Bag KG ex stock ED027865<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

423


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

QR-8045<br />

Alloy flux for use with Lincolnweld L-60 wolid wire. Produces a pearlitic steel deposit,<br />

~25HRC, for resistance to metal-to-metal wear. Common applications include steel<br />

wheels, rolls, rails shafts etc.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS or AS/NZS<br />

1125-B4 [with L-60].<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

50.00B 1200 X6 KCQR8045050<br />

LINCOLNWELD L-50<br />

A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon special purpose wire. Suited to high<br />

speed, single pass welding on mild steel, 12mm or thinner. Use with Lincolnweld 980<br />

flux for an excellent flux/wire combination for all purpose semi-automatic welding.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14171-B SU25<br />

AWS EH13K<br />

5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,0 1 27,2 27,2 1469,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED011335<br />

2,4 1 27,2 27,2 1469,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED011328<br />

3,2 1 27,2 27,2 1469,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock ED011323<br />

LINCOLNWELD L-60<br />

A low carbon, low manganese, low silicon general purpose submerged arc wire.<br />

Primarily used for multipass welding but is capable of making single pass welds. Used<br />

also with Lincoln hardfacing alloy fluxes. Not for use with Lincolnweld 960 flux.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14171-B SU11<br />

AWS EL12<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC602025<br />

2,4 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC602425<br />

3,2 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC603225<br />

4,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC604025<br />

2,4 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6024400<br />

2,4 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG Stocked KC6024600<br />

2,4 1 650,0 650,0 1300,0 BDF KG Indent KC6024650<br />

3,2 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6032400<br />

3,2 1 650,0 650,0 1300,0 BDF KG Indent KC6032650<br />

3,2 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG Stocked KC6032600<br />

3,2 1 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 Stem KG Indent KC60321000<br />

4,0 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6040400<br />

4,0 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG Stocked KC6040600<br />

4,0 1 650,0 650,0 1300,0 BDF KG Indent KC6040650<br />

4,8 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG Stocked KC6048600<br />

4,0 1 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 Stem KG Indent KC60401000<br />

LINCOLNWELD L-61<br />

A low carbon, medium manganese, medium silicon general purpose submerged arc<br />

wire. Tensile strengths typically higher than those with L-60 depending on flux and<br />

procedures used. Suitable for single pass welding with 700 series fluxes, particularly<br />

in cases over rust or millscale, and multi-pass welding with 860, 8500 or 882 for high<br />

strength and excellent impact properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14171-B SU21<br />

AWS EM12K<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC612025<br />

2,4 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC612425<br />

3,2 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC613225<br />

4,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC614025<br />

4,8 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC614825<br />

2,4 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6124400<br />

3,2 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6132400<br />

4,0 1 400,0 400,0 1600,0 BDF KG Indent KC6140400<br />

2,4 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG ex stock KC6124600<br />

2,4 1 650,0 650,0 1300,0 BDF KG Indent KC6124650<br />

2,4 1 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 Stem KG Indent KC61241000<br />

3,2 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG ex stock KC6132600<br />

3,2 1 650,0 650,0 1300,0 BDF KG Indent KC6132650<br />

3,2 1 1000,0 1000,0 1000,0 Stem KG Indent KC61321000<br />

4,0 1 200,0 200,0 200,0 BRS KG Indent KC6140200<br />

4,0 1 600,0 600,0 1200,0 BRS KG ex stock KC6140600<br />

424 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

LINCOLNWELD® L-S3<br />

A low carbon, high manganese, high silicon wire designed for use with Lincolnweld<br />

880M or 8500. L-S3/8500 produces welds with 480MPa tensile strength as welded or<br />

in the stress relieved condition, as well as excellent low temperature impacts. Typical<br />

applications include offshore drilling platform legs and pressure vessels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14171-B SU42<br />

AWS EH12K<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock 030400<br />

2,4 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock 030401<br />

3,2 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock 030402<br />

4,0 1 25,0 25,0 900,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock 030403<br />

LINCOLNWELD® L-70<br />

A low carbon, medium manganese, low silicon, 0.5% molybdenum special purpose<br />

submerged arc wire. Combine with 860 flux when multipass welds with 480MPa<br />

tensile strength in the stress relieved condition are required. Capable of some single<br />

pass welds with 700 series fluxes. The electrode of choice for elevated temperature<br />

applications up to 500 o C. Applicable for some line pipe applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 24598-B 1M3<br />

AWS EA1<br />

5<br />

Dia. (mm) Units per carton Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

Unit Carton Pallet<br />

2,0 1 25,0 25,0 1080,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC702025<br />

2,4 1 25,0 25,0 1080,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC702425<br />

3,2 1 25,0 25,0 1080,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC703225<br />

4,0 1 25,0 25,0 1080,0 Coil 1 KG ex stock KC704025<br />

LINCOLNWELD® LA-71<br />

A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon submerged arc wire fortified with<br />

titanium. Use with 860, 882 or 880M for pressure vessels, offshore platform legs or<br />

other applications requiring welds with 480MPa tensile strength as welded or after stress<br />

relieving (8 hours). Unlimited pass welds for heavy wall thickness. LA-71/880M is a good<br />

combination for pressure vessels requiring good low temperature impact properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

EM-14K.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 27.20C K303/KA1009 1469 X3 ED011052 3<br />

3.2 27.20C K303/KA1009 1469 X3 ED011051<br />

4.0 27.20C K303/KA1009 1469 X3 ED011053<br />

LINCOLNWELD® LA-90<br />

A low carbon, high manganese, high silicon, 0.5% molybdenum solid special purpose<br />

wire. Can be used with 880M on multi-pass applications requiring 620MPa minimum<br />

tensile strength. Applications include longitudinal seams on pipe requiring low<br />

temperature impact properties.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

EA3.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

3.2 27.20C K303/KA1009 1361 X3 EDS11083 3<br />

LINCOLNWELD® LAC-Ni2<br />

A flux-cored wire designed for the submerged arc process. Use with 880, 882, 880M<br />

or 980 flux. Used to weld steels requiring tensile strengths of 480MPa (as welded or<br />

stress relieved) and good low temperature impact properties. Also used for welding<br />

weathering and nickel (2.5-3.5%Ni) steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X3 ED010986<br />

ECNi2.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

425


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

LINCOLNWELD® LAC-690<br />

A flux-cored wire designed for the submerged arc process. Use with 888 or 980 flux.<br />

Produces welds with yield strength around 690MPa in as welded or stress relieved<br />

condition. For welding Bisplate 80 matching strength, full strength butt welds.<br />

Delivers Charpy V-notch impacts of 27J @ -73 o C.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ECG<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X3 ED032958<br />

4.0 22.68C K303/KA1009 1361 X3 ED033302<br />

LINCOLNWELD® 888<br />

5<br />

Lincolnweld® 888 is a premium flux for critical applications. Use with LAC690, LACNi2<br />

for low alley steels. Also LA85/LA90 solid wires. Low H4 diffusible hydrogen levels,<br />

moisture resistant packaging.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25.0 1000.0 SRB KG ex stock FX888-25SRB<br />

ECG<br />

LINCOLN 308L<br />

Designated for welding ‘18-8’ type stainless steels such as 302/304/304L (wrought)<br />

and CF-3/CF-8 (cast). Excellent weldability and good bead appearance. Use with<br />

Lincolnweld 880M flux.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER308L.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 25.00C K303/KA1009 1000 X3 330082<br />

3.2 25.00C K303/KA1009 1000 X3 330083<br />

LINCOLN 309L<br />

Designated for welding Mo bearing austenitic stainless steels such as 316/316L<br />

(wrought) and CF-3M/CF-8M (cast). It should not be used for service in urea<br />

manufacture. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER309L.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 25.00C K303/KA1009 1000 X3 330092<br />

LINCOLN 316L<br />

For welding 304L/309 (wrought) and CF-3/CH-20 (cast) base materials. A high Cr<br />

austenitic stainless steel electrode for applications where improved corrosion and<br />

oxidation resistance are required. Also used for dissimilar metals joining such as<br />

stainless steel to carbon/low alloy steel. Not for use where the weldment will be<br />

exposed to temperatures from 540 o C to 925 o C. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER316L.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 25.00C K303/KA1009 1000 X3 330062<br />

426 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

LINCOLN 4462<br />

For butt and fillet welding 22Cr-5Ni-3Mo-N, duplex type stainless steels. Superior<br />

performance and final bead appearance. Use with Lincolnweld 880M flux.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS<br />

ER2209.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Adapter Required Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 25.00C K303/KA1009 1000 X3 330222 indent<br />

761<br />

Primarily intended for single pass welding. Good appearance on large flat fillet welds.<br />

Produces weld deposits that are usually low carbon, fairly high manganese and have<br />

superior crack resistance. Excellent resistance to pockmarking. The perfect choice for<br />

AC and multiple arc welding. Excellent resistance to porosity caused by rust, scale or<br />

organic (oil) contamination.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A CS/MS 1 88 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX761-25<br />

250,0 1000,0 Bulk Drum Steel KG ex stock 111842<br />

5<br />

780<br />

Designed for single pass welds. A favourite among operators with excellent<br />

performance characteristics making it the most common choice for a variety of<br />

applications. Low flash-through, excllent bead shape and very good slag removal.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AR/AB 1 78 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX780-25<br />

250,0 1000,0 Bulk Drum Steel KG ex stock 111781<br />

781<br />

Designed for single pass welds on material 5mm thickness or less. Good wetting action,<br />

fast-follow characteristics for small, uniform and sound welds at high travel speed. High<br />

speed single pass welding applications. Not recommended for welding steel contaminated<br />

with rust, oil or mill scale. Do not use on multiple pass welds or heavy sections.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A ZS 1 87 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX781-25<br />

860<br />

A versatile flux that can be used in a variety of single pass and multiple pass<br />

applications. Excellent operating characteristics, and produces good impact properties<br />

when used with Lincolnweld L-61 wire. For weld deposit tensile strengths of 480MPa<br />

after stress relieving (1 hour) use Lincolnweld L-70 or LA-71 wires.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AB 1 56 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX860-25<br />

250,0 1040,0 Bulk Drum Steel KG ex stock 111828<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

427


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

8500<br />

A highly basic flux designed for multiple pass welding with solid mild, low alloy steel<br />

and with LAC electrodes. Primarily intended for applications requiring superior Charpy<br />

V-Notch impact strength at low temperatures. Good bead appearance, including in deep<br />

grooves, with straight edges and a smooth surface, free of pock marking. Use with L-S3 for<br />

applications requiring stress relief such as offshore drilling platforms, pressure vessels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A FB 1 54 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1000,0 SRB KG Indent FX8500-25<br />

225,0 900,0 BDS KG ex stock FX8500-225<br />

880<br />

5<br />

Recommended for use with LAC wires. Use DC+ unless DC- specifically recommended<br />

for flux-cored wires. Use with some Lincore hardfacing wires (in applications similar<br />

to 801 and 802 and may improve slag removal). Use with some stainless steel wires.<br />

Not recommended as high speed welding flux, general purpose flux for carbon steel or<br />

single arc AC welding flux. Requires clean steel (not as critical for Lincore wires).<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AS 1 55 AC<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

22,7 1100,0 Bag KG ex stock ED027866<br />

250,0 1000,0 Bulk Drum Steel KG ex stock ED028322<br />

880M<br />

Recommended for multi-pass welding with solid mild and low alloy steel wires, LAC<br />

wires and stainless steel wires. Designed to produce exquisite mechanical properties,<br />

including low temperature impacts. Use with both single and multiple arc welding.<br />

Provides excellent resistance to nitrogen porosity and has exceptional operating<br />

characterisitics on AC. Not recommended as general purpose, fillet or high speed<br />

welding flux for mild steel. Not recommended for use with L-60. Do not use on light<br />

gauge sheet metal applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AS 1 55 AC<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

22,7 1361 Paper Bag KG ex stock ED031853<br />

960<br />

A low cost, general-purpose flux designed to weld butt joints and both single and<br />

multiple pass fillets. Performs well in a wide variety of automatic and semi-automatic<br />

applications. Produces welds with good impact strength and good slag removal. A<br />

neutral flux with most similar characteristics to 780.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AB 1 66 AC H5<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock FX960-25<br />

250,0 1000,0 Bulk Drum Steel KG Indent 111835<br />

P223<br />

P223 is an excellent choice for pipe product on a wide range of steel grades. P223 is<br />

designed to deliver outstanding welding performance with most wire compositions. Select<br />

P223 for single or multiple wire systems in a two-run, or single pass each side system.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A AB 1 67 AC H5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1050,0 Sahara Ready Bag KG ex stock 110364<br />

LINCOLNWELD ® 888<br />

Lincolnweld® 888 is a premium flux for critical applications. Use with LAC690, LACNi2 for<br />

low alloy steels, also LA85/LA90 solid wires, low H4 diffusible hydrogen levels, moisture<br />

resistant packaging.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS/NZS ISO 14174 S A FB 1 66 AC H4<br />

Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Package Type (1) Sales Unit Stock <strong>Product</strong> Number<br />

25,0 1000,0 SRB KG ex stock FX888-25SRB<br />

428 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


AVESTA SUB-ARC WELDING FLUX<br />

SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

Avesta flux<br />

Flux Type<br />

Standard<br />

Designation<br />

EN 760<br />

Bulk<br />

density<br />

Flux Information Approvals Flux care<br />

Basicity<br />

index<br />

AVESTA 801 EN SA CS 2 Cr DC 0.8 kg/dm³ 1<br />

Boniszewski<br />

Characteristics<br />

Consumption<br />

0.4 kg flux/kg<br />

wire (26 V)<br />

0.7/kg flux/kg<br />

wire (34 V)<br />

308L/MVR DNV, T_V, UDT 347/MVNb,<br />

T_V, UDT, 316L/SKR, DNV, T_V, UDT,<br />

318/SKNb, T_V, UDT 309L-HF DNV,<br />

UDT, P5 DNV, SK, P7 DNV, UDT<br />

The flux should be stored indoors in a dry place.<br />

Moist flux can be redried at 250-300˚C for 2<br />

hours. Both heating and cooling must be carried<br />

out slowly.<br />

Avesta Flux 801 is a neutral chromium-compensated agglomerated flux designed for both joint welding stainless steel and for cladding onto unalloyed or low<br />

alloyed steel. Flux 801 can be used in combination with all types of stabilised and non-stabilised Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo fillers. It provides neat weld surfaces, very<br />

good welding properties and easy slag removal. Flux 801 is chromium-alloyed to compensate for losses in the arc during welding<br />

AVESTA 805 EN SA AF 2 Cr DC 1.0 kg/dm³ 1.7<br />

Boniszewski<br />

Characteristics<br />

0.5/kg flux/kg<br />

wire (26 V)<br />

0.8/kg flux/kg<br />

wire (34 V)<br />

308L/MVR, T_V, 316L/SKR, DNV,<br />

T_V, 2304, T_V, 2205 DNV, SK, UDT,<br />

T_V, 309L-HF DNV, P5 DNV, P12 UDT,<br />

904L T_V<br />

The flux should be stored indoors in a dry place.<br />

Moist flux can be redried at 250-300˚C for 2<br />

hours. Both heating and cooling must be carried<br />

out slowly.<br />

Avesta Flux 805 is a basic, slightly chromium-compensated agglomerated flux. It is primarily designed for welding with high alloyed stainless fillers such as<br />

Avesta P12, 904L and 2205. Standard Cr-Ni and Cr-Ni-Mo fillers can also be welded with excellent results. Flux 805 is especially suitable for applications where<br />

high impact strength values are required. Flux 805 provides neat weld surfaces very good welding properties and easy slag removal.<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

429


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

AVESTA SUB-ARC WIRE<br />

Avesta wire<br />

designation<br />

EN 12072<br />

AWS A5.9/A5.14<br />

AVESTA 308L/MVR<br />

EN 19 9 L<br />

AWS ER308L<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 347/MVNB<br />

EN 19 9 Nb<br />

AWS ER347<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 316L/SKR<br />

EN 19 12 3 L<br />

AWS ER316L<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 309L<br />

EN 23 12 L<br />

AWS ER309L<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P5<br />

EN 23 12 2 L<br />

AWS *(ER309LMo) *(Cr<br />

lower and Ni higher than standard)<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

For welding the following steel<br />

Analysis<br />

% (All<br />

Weld<br />

Metal)<br />

Mechanical properties – Typical values<br />

(IIW) in combination with Flux<br />

Avesta<br />

Welding<br />

Flux<br />

Heat<br />

Input<br />

EN ASTM Flux 801 Flux 805 Flux<br />

801<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 1.7<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Yield 440N/mm²<br />

Tensile 590N/mm²<br />

Elongation 37%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 580N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

801<br />

805<br />

807<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Approvals<br />

DNV<br />

UDT<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

Flux 805<br />

Avesta 308L/MVR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni (ASTM 304/304L) or similar. The wire can also be used for welding<br />

titanium and niobium stabilised steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not exceeding 400˚C.<br />

For higher temperatures a niobium stabilised consumable such as Avesta 347/MVNb-Si is required.<br />

1.4541<br />

1.4550<br />

321<br />

347<br />

C 0.04<br />

Si 0.40<br />

Mn 1.30<br />

Cr 19.50<br />

Ni 9.50<br />

Nb >12xC<br />

Yield 450N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

Yield 440N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Hardness 220 Brinell<br />

801<br />

805<br />

807<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 347/MVNb is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels of type 19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or simular, providing improved high temperature<br />

properties eg creep resistance compared to low carbon non-stabilised materials. 347/MVNb is therefore primarily used for applications where service<br />

temperatures exceed 400˚C.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

AVESTA 253 MA 1.4818<br />

1.4835<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

316<br />

316L<br />

S31653<br />

316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.40<br />

Mn 1.70<br />

Cr 18.50<br />

Ni 12.0<br />

Mo 2.60<br />

Yield 430N/mm²<br />

Tensile 580N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Yield 430N/mm²<br />

Tensile 570N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

801<br />

805<br />

807<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 316L/SKR is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo or similar where high resistance to general and intercrystalline<br />

corrosion is required. The filler material is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilised steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction<br />

is used at temperature not exceeding 400˚C. For higher temperatures, a niobium stabilised consumable such as Avesta 318/SKNb is required.<br />

Avesta 309L is primarliy used when when joining<br />

non-molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steel<br />

and for surfacing unalloyed or low alloy steels.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.40<br />

Mn 1.80<br />

Cr 23.50<br />

Ni 14.0<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 580N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

Yield 400N/mm²<br />

Tensile 550N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

801<br />

805<br />

807<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 309L is a high-alloy 23 Cr 14 Ni wire primarily intended for dissimilar welding between stainless and mild steel and for surfacing low-alloy<br />

steels. Thick gauges and joints susceptible to hot cracking should be welded using Avesta 309L-HF, which has a higher ferrite content than 309L. The<br />

chemical composition, when surfacing is equivalent to that of ASTM 304 from the first run. One or two layers of 309L are usually combined with a<br />

final layer of 308L, 316L or 347.<br />

Avesta P5 is primarliy used when joining<br />

molybdenum-alloyed stainless and carbon steels and<br />

for surfacing unalloyed or low alloyed steels.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 1.50<br />

Cr 21.50<br />

Ni 15.0<br />

Mo 2.70<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 620N/mm²<br />

Elongation 31%<br />

Yield 410N/mm²<br />

Tensile 600N/mm²<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

801<br />

805<br />

807<br />

Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low alloyed steel and dissimilar welding<br />

between stainless steels of the ASTM 316/316L type, low alloy and mild steels, ensuring a high resistance to cracking. When used for surfacing, the<br />

composition is more or less equal to that of ASTM 316 from the first run.<br />

S30415<br />

S30815<br />

C 0.07<br />

Si 1.60<br />

Mn 0.60<br />

Cr 21.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

N 0.15<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 690N/mm²<br />

Elongation 39%<br />

801<br />

805<br />

Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 253 MA is designed for welding the high temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA used for example in furnaces, combustion chambers burners<br />

ect. Both the steel and the consumable provide excellent properties at temperatures 850˚C- 1100˚C. The composition of the consumable is balanced<br />

to ensure crack resistant weld metal.<br />

AVESTA LDX 2101 1.416 S32101 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.4<br />

Mn 0.5<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 7.0<br />

Mo < 0.50<br />

N 0.14<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 2205<br />

EN 22 9 3 LN<br />

AWS ER2209<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 2507/P100<br />

EN 25 9 4 L N<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 904L<br />

EN 20 25 5 Cu L<br />

AWS ER385<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

Yield 520N/mm²<br />

Tensile 750N/mm²<br />

Elongation 25%<br />

Hardness 260<br />

805 0.5<br />

- 2.5kJ/<br />

mm<br />

Avesta LDX 2101 is designed for the welding of ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel Outokumpu LDX 2101. LDX 2101 is a “lean duplex” steel with<br />

excellent strength and medium corrosion resistance. The steel is mainly intended for applications such as civil engineering, storage, tanks, containers<br />

etc. Avesta LDX 2101 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.<br />

The duplex microstructure gives high tensile strength and hereby also good resistance to stress corrosion cracking. Avesta LDX 2101 is over-alloyed<br />

with respect to nickel to ensure the right ferrite balance in the weld metal.<br />

1.446 S32205 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.50<br />

Mn 1.60<br />

Cr 23.0<br />

Ni 8.5<br />

Mo 3.10<br />

N 0.17<br />

Yield 590N/mm²<br />

Tensile 800N/mm²<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

805 0.5<br />

- 2.5kJ/<br />

mm<br />

Avesta 2205 is primarily designed for welding the duplex grade Outokumpu 2205 and similar but it can also be used for SAF 2304 type of steels. Avesta<br />

2205 provides a ferritic-austenitic weldment that combines the good properties of the good properties of both austenitic and ferritic stainless steels.<br />

1.441 S32750 C 0.02<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 0.40<br />

Cr 25.0<br />

Ni 9.5<br />

Mo 4.0<br />

N 0.25<br />

Yield 650N/mm²<br />

Tensile 870N/mm²<br />

Elongation 26%<br />

805 Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 2507/P100 is intended for welding super duplex alloys such as SAF 2507, ASTM S32760, S32550 and S31260. Avesta 2507/100 provides a ferritic<br />

austenitic weldment that combines many of the good properties of both ferritic and austenitic steels.<br />

1.454 904L C 0.01<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 1.70<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 25.5<br />

Mo 4.5<br />

Cu 1.5<br />

Yield 350N/mm²<br />

Tensile 560N/mm²<br />

Elongation 36%<br />

805 Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 904L is intended for welding Outokumpu 904L and simular but can also be used for constructions in type ASTM 316 where a ferrite-free weld<br />

metal is required, such as cryogenic or non-magnetic applications. The impact strength at low temperature is excellent. A fully austenitic structure is<br />

more prone to hot or solidification cracking than type ASTM 316 welds. Welding should be performed minimising the heat input interpass temperature<br />

and dilution with parent metal. It also can be used for welding similar steels of the 20-25 CrNiMoCu-type.<br />

UDT<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

DNV<br />

UDT<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

DNV<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

DNV<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

DNV<br />

DNV<br />

UDT<br />

SK<br />

T_V<br />

T_V<br />

430 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

S-717 X M-12K<br />

AWS A5.17 / ASME SFA5.17 F7A(P)6-EM12K<br />

JIS Z3183 S502-H<br />

Applications<br />

Single and multi-layer welding of structural steels, shipbuildings, offshore structures<br />

and thick pressure vessels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Good weldability for all range of thickness of plate. Excellent impact property and<br />

crack-resistibility of welded metal. Inactive type flux is not affected by welding<br />

parameter, especially suitable for multi-layer welding of thick plate.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Dry the flux at 300~350°C(572~662°F) for 60 minutes before use.<br />

For the first layer in groove, keep the current and speed low in the case of multi-layer<br />

welding.<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, BV, DNV, GL, NK<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S BM Th.(mm)<br />

0.08 0.36 1.64 0.027 0.015 SS400 25<br />

0.08 0.54 1.47 0.025 0.018 BS4360-Gr,50D 44<br />

Part Number Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

HEM12K24 2.4 15<br />

HEM12K32 3.2 15<br />

HEM12K40 4.0 15<br />

HEM12K24R 2.4 300<br />

HEM12K32R 3.2 300<br />

HEM12K40R 4.0 300<br />

HS717 FLUX<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value BM Th.(mm)<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) O<br />

C( O F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

500 (72,600) 580 (84,000) 32 -51 (-60) 60 (44) SS400 25<br />

510 (74,000) 580 (84,000) 28 -20 (-4) 70 (52) BS4360-Gr,50D 44<br />

5<br />

Typical Welding Conditions<br />

Th. (mm) Dia. (mm) Groove Design Pass Amp. Volt. Cpm. Remarks<br />

25 4.0 1~13 570 30 40 AWS<br />

A5.17<br />

1st<br />

1st<br />

1 500 32 40<br />

2~14 600 36 50<br />

28<br />

44 4.0 Back Gouging ML<br />

2nd<br />

2nd<br />

30 0 12.5<br />

30 0 12.5<br />

60 0<br />

60 0<br />

28<br />

14<br />

2<br />

14<br />

15 500 32 40<br />

16~23 600 36 50<br />

1st<br />

2nd<br />

70 0 1st<br />

70 0 1st<br />

S-737 X H-14<br />

AWS A5.17 / ASME SFA5.17 F7A(P)4-EH14<br />

JIS Z3183 S502-H<br />

Applications<br />

Horizontal welding of oil storage tanks, ships, bridges, pressure vessels, penstocks,<br />

boilers and structural steels.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

Inactive, neutral type bonded flux which is applicable to wire of all kinds. Impact<br />

properties of weld metal and crack resistibility are good. Slag detachability in the<br />

groove and resistance to porosity are good. Usability in horizontal fillet welding and<br />

X-ray performance are good.<br />

Notes on Usage<br />

Dry the flux at 300~350 o C(572~662 o F) for 60 minutes before use.<br />

Remove rust, scales, oil, paint, water, dirt and slag of tack welds from the groove to<br />

obtain sound weld metal.<br />

2nd<br />

2nd<br />

70 0 70 0<br />

70 0 70 0<br />

2<br />

2<br />

Use welding current and speed as low as possible at the first layer of groove to avoid<br />

cracking.<br />

Preheat at 50~100 o C(122~212 o F) according to base metal and plate thickness. Keep<br />

interpass temperature at 100~250 o C(212~482 o F).<br />

Approval<br />

KR, ABS, LR, DNV, GL<br />

Typical Chemical Composition of All-Weld Metal (%)<br />

C Si Mn P S BM Th.(mm)<br />

0.08 0.31 1.78 0.025 0.019 SS400 25<br />

0.07 0.40 1.63 0.020 0.013 SM490A 28<br />

Part Number<br />

HS737<br />

Dia (mm) Spool (kg)<br />

FLUX<br />

Typical Mechanical Properties of All-Weld Metal<br />

Y.S T.S EL. Temp. CVN-Impact Value BM Th.(mm)<br />

N/mm2 (lbs/in2) N/mm2 (lbs/in2) (%) O<br />

C( O F) J (ft.lbs)<br />

30 0 12.5<br />

510 (74,000) 570 (82,800) 31 -40 (-40) 110 (81) SS400 25<br />

- 540 (78,400) - -20 (-4) 60 (44) SM490A 28<br />

1st<br />

Typical Welding Conditions<br />

28<br />

Th. (mm) Dia. (mm) Groove Design Pass Amp. Volt. Cpm. Remarks<br />

2nd<br />

60 0<br />

2<br />

14<br />

25 4.0 1~13 570 30 40 AW<br />

A5.17<br />

70 0 1st<br />

1 450 28 35<br />

1st<br />

60<br />

2~4 500 26 50<br />

28 3.2 0<br />

Horizontal ML<br />

2nd<br />

30 0 12.5<br />

70 0 70 0<br />

1st<br />

2nd<br />

2<br />

70 0<br />

28<br />

2<br />

14<br />

5 450 28 35<br />

6~8 500 26 50<br />

2nd<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

431


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

OK FLUX 10.62<br />

Type: High-basic<br />

SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.62 is a high-basic agglomerated, all-mineral, nonalloying flux for submerged arc welding. OK Flux 10.62 is also particularly wellsuited<br />

for narrow gap welding as a result of its good slag detachability and smooth blending with the side walls. OK Flux 10.62 is designed for<br />

multi-run butt-welding and allows high current capacity on both AC and DC.<br />

5<br />

DENSITY<br />

BASICITY INDEX TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

≈ 1.1 kg/dm 3 3.4<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 0.07 0.30 1.0 - - -<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 0.07 0.22 1.0 - - 0.5<br />

EN 760 SA FB 1 55 AC H5<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 0.10 0.35 1.6 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 0.10 0.21 1.5 - - 0.5<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

OK Autrod 12.40 0.08 0.21 1.9 - - -<br />

Voltage DC+ AC<br />

OK Autrod 12.44 0.08 0.25 1.9 - - 0.5<br />

26 0.7 0.6<br />

OK Autrod 13.10 0.08 0.25 0.7 1.1 - 0.5<br />

30 0.9 0.75<br />

OK Autrod 13.20 0.10 0.20 0.6 2.0 - 0.9<br />

34 1.2 1.0<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 0.06 0.25 1.0 - 2.1 -<br />

38 1.5 1.25<br />

OK Autrod 13.40 0.07 0.26 1.5 - 0.9 0.5<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 3M, 3YM 3M,3YM IIIYM A3, 3YM 3YM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 3M, 3YM 3YM IIITM(IIIYM) A3, 3YM 3YM<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 3M, 3YM 3M, 3YM V Y42M NV4-4(M) A3, 3YM 3YM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 3M, 3YM 3M, 3YM IIIYM A3, 3YM 3YM<br />

OK Autrod 12.40 - - - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.44 - - - - -<br />

OK Autrod 13.10 - - - - -<br />

OK Autrod 13.20 - - - - -<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 IIIYM, NV4-4(M) •<br />

OK Autrod 13.40 - - - - - •<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

(DC+ AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield Tensile Charpy V<br />

Stress Strength<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 410 500 -40 100<br />

-50 65<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 510 585 +20 140<br />

-20 80<br />

-40 60<br />

-50 45<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 475 580 -30 140<br />

-40 130<br />

-60 90<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 575 650 -50 65<br />

OK Autrod 12.40 540 630 -20 80<br />

-51 40<br />

OK Autrod 12.44 600 700 -20 105<br />

-40 80<br />

-62 50<br />

OK Autrod 13.10* 600 670 -20 110<br />

-30 80<br />

OK Autrod 13.20** 525 620 -20 120<br />

-29 80<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 490 570 -20 160<br />

-60 90<br />

OK Autrod 13.40 650 730 -20 110<br />

-60 50<br />

* Stress Relieved 1.0 hr. at 620 o C<br />

** Stress Relieved 1.0 hr. at 690 o C<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS OF WELD METAL<br />

Wire AWS A5.17 AWS A5.23 EN 756<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 F7A8-EM12K F6P8-EM12K S 38 5 FB S2Si<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 F8A6-EA2-A2 F7P6-EA2-A2 S 46 4 FB S2Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 F7A8-EH12K F7P8-EH12K F8A8-EG-G F7P8-EG-G S 46 4 FB S3Si<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 F8A8-EA4-A4 F8P6-EA4-A4 S 50 5 FB S3Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.40 F7A6-EH14 F7P5-EH14 S 50 4 FB S4<br />

OK Autrod 12.44 F9A8-EA3-A3 F9P8-EA3-A3 S 50 5 FB S4Mo<br />

OK Autrod 13.10<br />

F9P2-EB2-B2<br />

OK Autrod 13.20<br />

F8P2-EB3-B3<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 F8A10-ENi2-Ni2 F8P10-ENi2-Ni2 S46 6 FB S2Ni2<br />

OK Autrod 13.40 F10A8-EG-G F10P4-EG-G<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

432 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

OK FLUX 10.71<br />

Type: Basic<br />

SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.71 is a basic agglomerated, slightly Si and Mnalloying flux for submerged arc welding, specially designed for fillet welding and for<br />

single and multipass butt welding of mild, medium and high tensile steels. OK Flux 10.71 is of aluminate basic type and has very high currentcarrying<br />

capacity on both AC and DC, with very good operability characteristics both in single and multiwire systems. OK Flux 10.71 can be used<br />

in particular advantage for narrow gap welding due to the excellent slag detachability and smooth blending of the weld bead with the joint side<br />

walls. OK Flux 10.71 is a good choice for most general welding applications.<br />

DENSITY BASICITY INDEX<br />

≈ 1.2 kg/dm 3 1.6<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

EN 760 SA AB 1 67 AC H5<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

Voltage DC+ AC<br />

26 0.6 0.5<br />

30 0.85 0.7<br />

34 1.15 0.95<br />

38 1.35 1.15<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 0.07 0.2 1.0 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 0.08 0.3 1.3 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 0.06 0.4 1.4 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 0.08 0.4 1.35 - - 0.5<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 0.09 0.5 1.6 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 0.09 0.4 1.5 - - 0.5<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 0.05 0.4 1.4 - 2.2 -<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 3M 3M IIIM A3M 3M •<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 3M, 3YM 3M, 3YM IIIYM A3, 3YM 3YM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 3M, 3YM 3M, 3YM IIIY40M A3, 3YM 3YM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 3TM, 3YTM 3TM, 3YTM IIIYTM A3, 3YTM 3YTM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 - - - - - •<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 3TM, 3YM 3TM, 3YM IIIYTM UP -<br />

(4Y40M) (MnLt40oC) (M-40oC) (M-40oC)<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 - - - - - •<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

(DC+ AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield Tensile Charpy V<br />

Stress Strength<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 360 465 -40 65<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 410 510 -40 55<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 425 520 -40 60<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 500 580 0 100<br />

-20 60<br />

-40 30<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 480 580 -40 65<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 535 620 0 105<br />

-20 70<br />

-40 45<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 500 600 -20 100<br />

-40 60<br />

5<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS OF WELD METAL<br />

Wire AWS A5.17 AWS A5.23 EN 756<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 F6A4-EL12 F6P5-EL12 S 35 4 AB S1<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 F7A4-EM12 F6P4-EM12 S 38 4 AB S2<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 F7A4-EM12K F6P4-EM12K S 38 4 AB S2Si<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 F8A2-EA2-A2 F7P0-EA2-A2 S 46 2 AB S2Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 F7A5-EH12K F7P6-EH12K S 46 4 AB S3Si<br />

OK Autrod 12.34 F8A4-EA4-A4 F8P2-EA4-A4 S 50 3 AB S3Mo<br />

OK Autrod 13.27 F8A4-ENi2-Ni2 F7P5-ENi2-Ni2 S 46 4 AB S2Ni2<br />

OK FLUX 10.80<br />

Type: Neutral SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.80 is a neutral agglomerated Si and Mn-alloying flux for submerged arc welding. It is of calcium silicate type which allows very high<br />

current-carrying capacity even at low welding speeds both on AC and DC. This flux is excellent for butt welding of materials from 10-30mm<br />

and for e.g. it is used in ship building.<br />

DENSITY BASICITY INDEX<br />

≈1.1 kg/dm 3 1.1<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

EN 760 SA CS 1 89 AC<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

Voltage DC+ AC<br />

26 0.5 0.45<br />

30 0.7 0.6<br />

34 1.0 0.85<br />

38 1.25 1.1<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 0.08 0.6 1.4 - - -<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 2TM, 2YTM 2TM, 2YTM II YTM A2, 2YTM 2YTM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 1T2M 1T2M, 1YT2YM 1YT(IIYM) A1T 2M 1T2M •<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS OF WELD METAL<br />

Wire AWS A5.17 EN 756<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 F7A2-EL12 F6P0-EL12 S 38 0 CS S1<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 F7A2-EM12 F6P0-EM12 S 42 0 CS S2<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL<br />

(DC+ AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield Tensile Charpy V<br />

Stress Strength<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 430 520 +20 110<br />

0 80<br />

-20 60<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 460 560 +20 90<br />

0 70<br />

-20 50<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

433


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

OK FLUX 10.81<br />

Type: Acid<br />

SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.81 is an acid, agglomerated, Si and Mn-alloying flux for submerged arc welding, most suitable for applications where dilution of<br />

base metal is high, e.g. in fillet welding and butt welding of thin to medium thick plates with a small number of passes. The excellent welding<br />

properties associated with the acid slag system of this flux allow high travel speeds in butt welding i.e. spiral welding of thin walled pipes and<br />

fillet welding where good bead shape, excellent slag removal and very good surface finish are essential. It is tolerant of mill scale and limited<br />

surface contamination.<br />

5<br />

DENSITY BASICITY INDEX<br />

≈1.25 kg/dm 3 0.6<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

EN 760 SA AR 1 97 AC<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

Voltage DC+ AC<br />

26 0.6 0.5<br />

30 0.8 0.65<br />

34 1.05 0.9<br />

38 1.35 1.25<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 0.06 0.8 1.2 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 0.07 0.8 1.4 - - -<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 0.05 0.9 1.5 - - -<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL (DC+<br />

AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield Tensile Charpy V<br />

Stress Strength<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 460 560 +20 70<br />

0 45<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 510 610 +20 80<br />

0 60<br />

-20 40<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 530 610 +20 60<br />

-18 30<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 1T2M, 1YT2YM 1T2M, 1YT2YM 1YT, IIYM A1YT, 2YM 1YT, 2YM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 1T2M, 1YT2YM 2TM, 2YTM IIYTM A2, 2YTM 2YTM •<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 - - - - -<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS OF WELD METAL<br />

Wire AWS A5.17 EN 756<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 F7AZ-EL12 F7PZ-EL12 S 42 A AR S1<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 F7A0-EM12 F7PZ-EM12 S 46 0 AR S2<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 F7A0-EM12K F7PZ-EM12K S 46 A AR S2Si 8<br />

OK FLUX 10.92<br />

Type: Neutral<br />

SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.92 is specially designed for butt welding of stainless steels. It is also excellent for strip cladding with stainless strips. The chromium<br />

alloying effect from OK Flux 10.92 compensates for the chromium losses in the arc during welding. Strip cladding can be carried out with strips<br />

up to 100mm in width. The strip cladding process is stable over a wide range of currents and speeds with smooth overlapping between adjacent<br />

beads. Direct current and positive polarity give maximum flexibility when choosing welding parameters and is used with OK Flux 10.92.<br />

DENSITY BASICITY INDEX<br />

≈1.0 kg/dm 3 1.0<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

EN 760 SA CS 2 Cr DC<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

Voltage DC+<br />

26 0.4<br />

30 0.55<br />

34 0.7<br />

38 0.9<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 0.02 0.8 1.0 20 1 0.0 -<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 0.02 0.8 1.0 19 12.0 2.7<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 0.02 0.8 1.1 24 13.0 -<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL (DC+<br />

AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield stress Tensile strength Charpy V<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 365 580 -60 60<br />

-196 50<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 385 590 -70 55<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 410 575 -20 50<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 - - - - - •<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 - 316LN 316 LTM - •<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 - SS/CMn - - -<br />

434 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

OK FLUX 10.93<br />

Type: Basic<br />

SAW<br />

OK Flux 10.93 is a basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc butt welding of stainless steels, high alloyed CrNiMo steels and<br />

especially Duplex stainless steels.<br />

DENSITY BASICITY INDEX<br />

TYPICAL ALL WELD METAL COMPOSITION<br />

≈1.0 kg/dm 3 1.7<br />

Wire C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 0.02 0.6 1.4 20.0 10.0 -<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 0.02 0.6 1.4 18.5 11.5 2.6<br />

EN 760 SA AF 2 DC<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 0.02 0.6 1.5 24.0 12.5 -<br />

FLUX CONSUMPTION AS KG FLUX/KG WIRE<br />

OK Autrod 16.86 0.02 0.6 1.3 22.0 9.0 2.8<br />

Voltage DC+<br />

26 0.5<br />

30 0.6<br />

34 0.8<br />

38 1.0<br />

APPROVALS<br />

Wire ABS LR DnV BV GL TÜV<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 - - 308LM - - •<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 - - - - - •<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 - - • - -<br />

OK Autrod 16.86 • - • - 4462M •<br />

TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ALL WELD METAL (DC+<br />

AS WELDED)<br />

Wire Yield Tensile Charpy V<br />

Stress Strength<br />

(MPa) (MPa) (C°) (J)<br />

OK Autrod 16.10 400 560 -60 65<br />

-110 55<br />

-196 40<br />

OK Autrod 16.30 390 565 -60 90<br />

-110 75<br />

-196 40<br />

OK Autrod 16.53 430 570 +20 90<br />

-60 70<br />

-110 60<br />

-196 35<br />

OK Autrod 16.86 630 780 +20 140<br />

-40 110<br />

-60 80<br />

5<br />

OK AUTROD 12.10<br />

SAW EL12<br />

OK Autrod 12.10 is a copper-coated mild steel wire for submerged arc welding. OK Autrod 12.10 may be combined with the following fluxes: OK<br />

Flux 10.40, OK Flux 10.45, OK Flux 61, OK Flux 10.70, OK Flux 10.71, OK Flux 10.80, OK Flux 10.81, OK Flux 10.83 and OK Flux 10.96.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.17 EL12<br />

EN 756 S1<br />

WIRE COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.08 0.02 0.5<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter (mm) Spool Weight<br />

Type* (kg)<br />

2.4 / 3.0(3.2) / 4.0 / 5.0(4.8) 08-0 / 30-1 30 / 700<br />

OK AUTROD 12.20<br />

SAW EM12<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 is a copper-coated, semi-killed wire for submerged arc and electro slag welding of medium and high strength structural steels.<br />

OK Autrod 12.20 may be combined with the following fluxes: OK Flux 10.40, OK Flux 10.61, OK Flux 10.62, OK Flux 10.70, OK Flux 10.71, OK Flux<br />

10.80 and OK Flux 10.81.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.17 EM12<br />

EN 756 S2<br />

WIRE COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.1 0.1 1.0<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter (mm) Spool Weight<br />

Type* (kg)<br />

2.4 / 3.0/ 4.0 / 5.0 03-2 30<br />

OK AUTROD 12.22<br />

SAW EM12K<br />

OK Autrod 12.22 is a killed medium manganese-alloyed, coppercoated steel wire for submerged arc welding in medium and high strength<br />

structural steels. OK Autrod 12.22 may be combined with the following fluxes: OK Flux 10.45, OK Flux 10.61, OK Flux 10.62, OK Flux 10.71 and<br />

OK Flux 10.81.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.17 EM12K<br />

EN 756 S2Si<br />

WIRE COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.1 0.2 1.0<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter (mm) Spool Weight<br />

Type* (kg)<br />

2.4 / 3.0(3.2) / 4.0 / 5.0(4.8) 08-0 / 30-1 30 / 700<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

435


SUB ARC WIRES AND FLUXES<br />

OK AUTROD 12.24<br />

SAW EA2<br />

OK Autrod 12.24 is a copper-coated, molybdenum-alloyed wire for submerged arc and electroslag welding of unalloyed and low alloyed steels<br />

with impact strength requirements higher than those obtainable with mild steel filler wires. Specially suited for the two run technique. OK<br />

Autrod 12.24 may be combined with the following fluxes: OK Flux 10.61, OK Flux 10.62 and OK Flux 10.71.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.23 EA2<br />

EN 756 S2Mo<br />

WIRE COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn Mo<br />

0.1 0.15 1.0 0.5<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter (mm) Spool Weight<br />

Type* (kg)<br />

2.4 / 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.0 03-2 30<br />

5<br />

OK AUTROD 12.32<br />

SAW EH12K<br />

OK Autrod 12.32 is a manganese-alloyed, copper-coated wire for submerged arc welding of medium and high-strength structural steels. OK<br />

Autrod 12.32 should preferably be used together with non-alloying or slightly alloying fluxes, such as OK Flux 10.62 or OK Flux 10.71, when high<br />

weld metal quality requirements must be fulfilled. OK Autrod 12.32 may be combined with OK 10.61, OK 10.62, and OK 10.71.<br />

CLASSIFICATIONS<br />

AWS A5.17 EH12K<br />

BS 4165 S3Si<br />

EN 756 S3Si<br />

WIRE COMPOSITION<br />

C Si Mn<br />

0.1 0.2 1.5<br />

PACKING DATA<br />

Diameter (mm) Spool Weight<br />

Type* (kg)<br />

2.4 / 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.0 03-2 30<br />

Look in Section 1 for<br />

information on Flux<br />

Vacuum Units to save<br />

$ $ $ $ $<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

PHONE<br />

436 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD MILD STEEL<br />

As the name implies, Comweld Mild Steel is an uncoated mild steel filler rod<br />

suitable for the oxy-acetylene (fusion) fillet and butt welding of carbon steel and<br />

wrought iron. Comweld Mild Steel produces a free flowing weld pool without the<br />

need for an externally applied flux. A neutral to slightly reducing flame setting is<br />

recommended for use with Comweld Mild Steel. Resultant weld deposits are ductile<br />

and in the 350 - 400 MPa tensile class. The low deoxidant level of Comweld Mild<br />

Steel makes it unsuitable for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding applications.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

RG.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.2: R45.<br />

Features:<br />

Black Annealed, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Oxy-Acetylene Welding.<br />

Recommended for Gas Welding of Steels and Wrought Irons.<br />

Not Suitable for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.<br />

COMWELD HIGH TEST<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

All Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

370 MPa.<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

1490°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.85 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 0.50% Si: 0.008%<br />

S: 0.008% P: 0.011% Fe: Balance<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 500 1kg Handipack 130 322045<br />

1.6 x 1,000 5kg Pack 64 321334<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 29 321337<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 16 321339<br />

5<br />

Comweld High Test is a copper coated steel filler rod suitable for the oxy-acetylene<br />

(fusion) welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of carbon steels.<br />

Comweld High Test produces a free flowing weld pool when gas welding, without<br />

the need for an externally applied flux. Resultant weld deposits are ductile and<br />

in the 400 - 450 MPa tensile class. A neutral to slightly reducing flame setting is<br />

recommended for use with Comweld High Test which is used extensively for the<br />

gas welding of pressure pipelines where higher joint strengths are required.<br />

The nominal 1.2% Manganese and 0.2% Silicon deoxidant levels of Comweld High<br />

Test make it suitable for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding applications.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

4. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

High Test filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten<br />

weld pool and not the flame.<br />

5. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual scale by grinding, or wire<br />

brushing.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections prior to welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R1.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.2: R60.<br />

Features:<br />

Copper Coated, Steel Filler Rod for Gas and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding.<br />

Higher Strength (400-450MPa) Oxy-Acetylene and TIG Welding of Steels.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

All Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

425 MPa.<br />

Elongation 28%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

1490°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.85 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.12% Mn: 1.17% Si: 0.25%<br />

S: 0.009% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 750 5kg Pack 84 321357<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 34 321360<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 21 321362<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

437


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD LW1<br />

5<br />

Comweld LW1 is a copper coated, double de-oxidised low carbon steel filler rod<br />

suitable for the oxy-acetylene (fusion) welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding<br />

of a wide range of mild and medium strength steels.<br />

Comweld LW1 is recommended for the TIG welding of steel pipes, plates and<br />

castings with a tensile strength in the 500 MPa class. It is tolerant to surface rust<br />

and mill scale and is ideal for root pass welding applications where tough and<br />

ductile welds are produced.<br />

When using Comweld LW1 for gas welding applications a neutral to slightly<br />

reducing flame setting is recommended.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

4. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

LW1 filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten weld<br />

pool and not the flame.<br />

5. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual scale by grinding, or wire<br />

brushing.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections prior to welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R4.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ER70S-4.<br />

Features:<br />

Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Applications.<br />

GREEN END TIP for Instant I.D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

400 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

500 MPa.<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

100 J av @ -20°C<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 1.16% Si: 0.75%<br />

S: 0.010% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft LW1 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.18: ER70S-4<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 750 5kg Pack 84 321411<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 34 321412<br />

COMWELD LW1-6<br />

Comweld LW1-6 is a copper coated, low carbon steel filler rod suitable for the oxyacetylene<br />

(fusion) welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of a wide range of<br />

mild and medium strength steels.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R6.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ER70S-6.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Comweld LW1-6 is recommended for the TIG welding of steel pipes, plates and<br />

castings with a tensile strength in the 500 MPa class. It is tolerant to surface rust<br />

and mill scale and is ideal for root pass welding applications where tough and<br />

ductile welds are produced.<br />

When using Comweld LW1-6 for gas welding applications a neutral to slightly<br />

reducing flame setting is recommended.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

4. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

High Test filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten<br />

weld pool and not the flame.<br />

5. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual scale by grinding, or wire<br />

brushing.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections prior to welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Features:<br />

Copper Coated, Low Carbon Steel Rod for Gas TIG & Oxy Welding Applications.<br />

End stamped with “ER70S-6” for easy I.D.<br />

Resealable 5kg cardboard tube.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

400 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

500 MPa.<br />

Elongation 29%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

100 J av @ -20°C<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.07% Mn: 1.55% Si: 0.88%<br />

S: 0.012% P: 0.015% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.18: ER70S-6<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 1000 5kg Pack 64 321417<br />

2.4 x 1000 5kg Pack 29 321418<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

438 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD SUPER STEEL<br />

Comweld Super Steel is a copper coated ‘triple deoxidised’ steel welding rod<br />

recommended for the high quality Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of carbon and<br />

carbon-Manganese steels.<br />

Comweld Super Steel is deoxidised with Titanium, Aluminium and Zirconium in<br />

addition to Manganese and Silicon for improved weld deposit quality. It is the<br />

ideal choice for TIG welding rusty or mill scaled plates and pipes and the root pass<br />

welding of pipes, tanks and heavy walled joints where good root toughness and<br />

radiographic soundness are achieved under high dilution.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

4. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

Super Steel filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten<br />

weld pool and not the flame.<br />

5. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual scale by grinding, or wire<br />

brushing.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle<br />

point making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections prior to welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R2.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.18:<br />

ER70S-2.<br />

Features:<br />

Low Carbon Steel Filler Rod for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding.<br />

Triple Deoxidised for Superior Weld Deposit Quality and Resistance to<br />

Porosity.<br />

End Stamped with AWS Class “ER70S-2”.<br />

Resealable 5 kg Cardboard Tube.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding.<br />

Typical All Weld Deposit Mechanical Properties:<br />

Yield Stress<br />

425 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

520 MPa.<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

150 J av @ -29°C<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.06% Mn: 1.08% Si: 0.52%<br />

Ti: 0.08% Zr: 0.07% Al: 0.08%<br />

S: 0.007% P: 0.008% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft Super Steel GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.18: ER70S-2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 915 5kg Tube* 70 321370<br />

2.4 x 915 5kg Tube* 31 321373<br />

* Resealable<br />

5<br />

COMWELD CRMO1<br />

Comweld CrMo1 is a copper coated steel TIG welding rod alloyed with nominally<br />

1.25% Chromium (Cr) and 0.50% Molybdenum (Mo). It is recommended for the<br />

TIG welding of 1/2Cr-1/2Mo, 1Cr-1/2Mo and 1 1/4Cr-1/2Mo steel pipes, plates<br />

and castings used at elevated service temperatures (up to 550°C) in the power and<br />

petrochemical industries etc.<br />

Features:<br />

Resealable 5kg Cardboard Tube.<br />

For the Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding of Cr - Mo Creep Resistant Steels for Elevated<br />

Temperature and Corrosive Service.<br />

End Stamped with AWS Class ER80S-B2 for Easy Identification.<br />

Comweld CrMo1 is also suitable for the dissimilar TIG welding of Cr-Mo steel to<br />

carbon steel and for the welding of case hardenable steels or steels which can be<br />

subsequently heat treated.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thicker plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. The control of preheat, interpass and post weld heat treatment temperatures<br />

is critical to avoiding weld cracking. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28:<br />

RB2.<br />

ER80S-B2.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Welding Grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 500 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

600 MPa.<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 20%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

60 J av @ +20°C<br />

Post weld heat treated at 620°C as required by AWS A5.28.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.09% Mn: 0.60% Si: 0.60%<br />

Cr: 1.30% Mo: 0.50% P: 0.015%<br />

S: 0.010% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Alloycraft 80-B2 electrode<br />

AWS A5.5: E8018-B2<br />

Autocraft CrMo1 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.28: ER80S-B2<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

2.4 x 1000 5kg Tube* 29 321379<br />

* Resealable<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

439


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD CRMO2<br />

5<br />

Comweld CrMo2 is a copper coated steel TIG welding rod alloyed with nominally<br />

2.5% Chromium (Cr) and 1.0% Molybdenum (Mo). It is recommended for the<br />

TIG welding of 2 1/4Cr - 1 Mo and Cr-Mo-V steel pipes, plates and castings used<br />

at elevated service temperatures (up to 600°C) in the power and petrochemical<br />

industries etc.<br />

Comweld CrMo2 is also suitable for the dissimilar TIG welding of selected Cr-Mo<br />

steels to carbon steel and for the TIG welding of heat treatable steels and case<br />

hardenable steels with up to 3% Chromium content.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thicker plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. The control of preheat, interpass and post weld heat treatment temperatures<br />

is critical to avoiding weld cracking. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.28:<br />

RB3.<br />

ER90S-B3.<br />

Features:<br />

Resealable 5kg Cardboard Tube.<br />

For the Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding of Cr-Mo and Cr-Mo-V Creep Resistant Steels<br />

for Elevated Temperature and Corrosive Service.<br />

End Stamped with AWS Class ‘ER90S-B3’ for Easy Identification.<br />

Typical All Weld Metal Mechanical Properties:<br />

Welding Grade Argon:<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 560 MPa.<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

670 MPa.<br />

Elongation (in 2 inches) 18%<br />

CVN Impact Values<br />

60 J av @ +20°C<br />

Post weld heat treated at 690°C as required by AWS A5.28.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.08% Mn: 0.70% Si: 0.60%<br />

Cr: 2.50% Mo: 1.00% P: 0.015%<br />

S: 0.010% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Alloycraft 90-B3 electrode<br />

AWS A5.5: E9018-B3<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

2.4 x 1,000 5kg Tube* 29 321383<br />

* Resealable<br />

COMWELD 308L<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Comweld 308L stainless steel is a high quality low carbon rod for the Gas or Gas<br />

Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of a wide range of low carbon and stabilised 300 series<br />

stainless steels. It is recommended for the critical welding of 304 and 304L stainless<br />

steels in corrosion resistant and cryogenic applications.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Apply a Stainless Steel flux to filler rod and joint areas.<br />

4. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

5. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

308L filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten weld<br />

pool and not the flame.<br />

6. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual flux by grinding and wire<br />

brushing. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD<br />

“ChromeBright” pickling paste (Part No. 321918).<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle<br />

point making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat surfaces to be welded. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows<br />

signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

6. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD “ChromeBright”<br />

pickling paste (Part No. 321918).<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9:<br />

R308L.<br />

ER308L.<br />

Features:<br />

Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube.<br />

Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding.<br />

End Stamped with AS / AWS Class ‘308L’.<br />

DARK BLUE COLOUR CODED Pack Label for Instant I.D.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal 0.2%<br />

Proof Stress<br />

450 MPa.<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 600 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 1400°C<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms / cm 3<br />

All Weld Metal Microstructure<br />

Austenite with 5 – 8 % ferrite<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.015% Mn: 1.90% Si: 0.50%<br />

Cr: 19.90% Ni: 9.75% P: 0.020%<br />

S: 0.005% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 308L-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4: E308L-17<br />

Murex Speedex 308L<br />

AWS A5.4: E308L-18<br />

Autocraft 308LSi GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.9: ER308LSi<br />

Shieldcrome 308LT FCAW wires<br />

AWS A5.22: E308LT-1-1/4<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* 69 321406<br />

2.4 x 914 5kg Tube* 30 321407<br />

* Resealable<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

440 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD 309L<br />

Comweld 309L stainless steel is a high quality low carbon rod for the Gas or Gas<br />

Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of highly alloyed 309 or 309L type stainless steels.<br />

Comweld 309L is also suitable for the dissimilar joining of other 300 series<br />

austenitic stainless steels to ferritic steels.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Apply a Stainless Steel flux to filler rod and joint areas.<br />

4. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

5. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

309L filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten weld<br />

pool and not the flame.<br />

6. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual flux by grinding and wire<br />

trushing. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD<br />

“ChromeBright” pickling paste (Part No. 321918).<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plate, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat surfaces to be welded. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows<br />

signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

6. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD “ChromeBright”<br />

pickling paste (Part No. 321918).<br />

COMWELD 316L<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9:<br />

Features:<br />

Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube.<br />

Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding.<br />

End Stamped with AS / AWS Class ‘309L’.<br />

RED COLOUR CODED Pack Label for Instant I.D.<br />

R309L.<br />

ER309L.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal 0.2%<br />

Proof Stress<br />

440 MPa.<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 590 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 1400°C<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms / cm 3<br />

All Weld Metal Microstructure<br />

Austenite with 15 – 20 % ferrite<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.015% Mn: 1.90% Si: 0.45%<br />

Cr: 23.5% Ni: 13.5% P: 0.020%<br />

S: 0.005% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 309Mo-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4: E309Mo-17<br />

Murex Speedex 309L<br />

AWS A5. 4: E309L-16<br />

Autocraft 309LSi GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.9: ER309LSi<br />

Shieldcrome 309LT FCAW wires<br />

AWS A5.22: E309LT1-1/4<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* 69 321403<br />

2.4 x 914 5kg Tube* 30 321404<br />

* Resealable<br />

5<br />

Comweld 316L stainless steel is a high quality low carbon rod for the Gas or Gas<br />

Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of Molybdenum bearing stainless steels; in particular<br />

matching 316 and 316L alloys. Comweld 316L is also suitable for the general<br />

welding of other 300 series stainless steels including 302 and 304; as well as<br />

ferritic stainless steels grades such as 409, 444 and 3Cr12.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a neutral setting.<br />

3. Apply a Stainless Steel flux to filler rod and joint areas.<br />

4. Preheat thicker joint sections.<br />

5. Heat a small area of the joint until molten and progressively add Comweld<br />

316L filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten weld<br />

pool and not the flame.<br />

6. Allow completed joint to cool and remove residual flux by grinding and wire<br />

brushing. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD<br />

“ChromeBright” pickling paste (Part No. 321918).<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Preheat surfaces to be welded. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows<br />

signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

6. For the best cleaning and finishing results use CIGWELD “ChromeBright”<br />

pickling paste (Part No: 321918)<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.9:<br />

Features:<br />

Resealable 5kg Plastic Tube.<br />

Suitable for Gas and GTA (TIG) Welding.<br />

End Stamped with AS / AWS Class ‘316L’.<br />

GOLD COLOUR CODED Pack Label for Instant I.D.<br />

R316L.<br />

ER316L.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal 0.2%<br />

Proof Stress<br />

470 MPa.<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 640 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 1400°C<br />

Weld Metal Density 7.95 gms / cm 3<br />

All Weld Metal Microstructure<br />

Austenite with 7 – 10 % ferrite<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 0.012% Mn: 1.57% Si: 0.50%<br />

Cr: 19.00% Ni: 12.6% Mo: 2.50%<br />

P: 0.015% S: 0.001% Fe: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Satincrome 316L-17 electrode<br />

AWS A5.4: E316L-17<br />

Murex Speedex 316L<br />

AWS A5.4: E316L-16<br />

Autocraft 316LSi GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.9: ER316LSi<br />

Shieldcrome 316LT FCAW wires<br />

AWS A5.20: E316LT1-1/4<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 5kg Tube* 69 321400<br />

25 Rod Handipack - 322054<br />

2.4 x 914 5kg Tube* 30 321401<br />

* Resealable<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

441


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD AL1100<br />

5<br />

Comweld AL1188 is a premium quality, pure ( 99.88% min ) Aluminium alloy rod<br />

recommended for the Gas or Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of selected* 1XXX series<br />

wrought Aluminium alloys. The lower weld deposit strength, excellent corrosion<br />

resistance and high thermal and electrical conductivity make Comweld AL1188 ideal<br />

for the joining of selected high purity 1XXX series Aluminium sheets and plates used<br />

extensively in the electrical and chemical industries. Comweld AL1188 produces a<br />

good colour match in anodised 1XXX series welded joints.<br />

*See CIGWELD Aluminium Alloy Selection Chart for detailed welding consumable<br />

selection criteria for a wide range of Aluminium alloy parent metals.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 65°-75° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Zirconiated tungsten electrode, ground to a tapered blunt point<br />

(half the diameter of electrode) making sure the grinding lines run with the<br />

length (longitudinally) of the electrode’s axis. The length of the point should<br />

be approximately 2-3 x the diameter of the tungsten electrode. For best results<br />

the tungsten electrode requires a radius or ‘balled’ end, this is done by heating<br />

the newly prepared tungsten at approximately 30 amps higher than the<br />

recommended welding current under the welding arc.<br />

4. Use High Frequency stabilised Alternating Current (AC-HF) and Welding Grade<br />

Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections before welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Fusion) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded either mechanically or chemically.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a soft neutral setting, or one with a slight haze at the tip of the<br />

cone.<br />

3. Apply Comweld Aluminium flux (Part Number: 321740) to filler rod and joint<br />

areas.<br />

4. The edges of the joint should be heated to melting point and Comweld AL1188<br />

filler rod added to the molten weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten<br />

weld pool and not the flame.<br />

5. When welding in the downhand position, the blowpipe movement should be<br />

straight forward, with no sideways movement or weaving, to confine the heat in<br />

the weld area.<br />

6. The blowpipe tip should be held at about 45° to the work piece and slightly<br />

decreased as the weld progresses. The filler rod is similarly inclined from 30° - 40°.<br />

7. The flux must be removed on completion by washing in hot water or immersion<br />

(for approximately 10 minutes) in a dilute solution (5 - 10%) of nitric acid. The<br />

acid must be removed by washing with water after the flux has been removed.<br />

COMWELD AL4043<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R1100.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R1100.<br />

Features:<br />

99.88% Pure Aluminium Alloy Rod.<br />

Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications.<br />

Embossed with AS / AWS Class ‘1188’.<br />

2.5 kg Cardboard Pack / 15kg Carton.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

75 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 660°C<br />

Post Anodised colour tint<br />

Clear<br />

Rod Analysis Limits:<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Si: 0.06% Fe: 0.06% Cu: 0.005%<br />

Mn: 0.01% Mg: 0.01% Zn: 0.03%<br />

Ti: 0.01% Others each: 0.01%<br />

Al: 99.88% min<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft AL1188 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.10: ER1188<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Carton Size Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 30 322600<br />

2.4 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 30 322601<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Comweld AL4043 is a premium quality Aluminium - nominal 5% Silicon alloy rod used<br />

extensively for the repair welding (fractures and blow holes etc) of selected* aluminium<br />

alloy castings.Its lower weld deposit strength and excellent crack resistance make it<br />

suitable for the Gas or Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) welding of cast ( mainly 4XX &<br />

6XX series ) alloys and wrought ( selected 1XXX, 5XXX & 6XXX series ) aluminium alloys,<br />

except where an accurate colour match is required after anodising.<br />

*See CIGWELD Aluminium Alloy Selection Chart for detailed welding consumable<br />

selection criteria for a wide range of Aluminium alloy parent metals.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 65°-75° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Zirconiated tungsten electrode, ground to a tapered blunt point (half the<br />

diameter of electrode) making sure the grinding lines run with the length<br />

(longitudinally) of the electrode’s axis. The length of the point should be<br />

approximately 2-3 x the diameter of the tungsten electrode. For best results the<br />

tungsten electrode requires a radius or ‘balled’ end, this is done by heating the<br />

newly prepared tungsten at approximately 30 amps higher than the recommended<br />

welding current under the welding arc.<br />

4. Use High Frequency stabilised Alternating Current (AC-HF) and Welding Grade<br />

Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections before welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows<br />

signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Procedure for the Gas (Fusion) Welding of a Fractured Aluminium Castings:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded either mechanically or chemically.<br />

2. Apply Comweld Aluminium flux (Part Number: 321740) to the areas to be joined.<br />

3. Adjusting the flame to a soft neutral setting, or one with a slight haze at the tip of<br />

the cone, pre-heat the casting and tack weld the parts into position when the<br />

correct temperature is reached.<br />

4. Begin at the centre of the fracture completing one side and then the other. Welding<br />

speed should be increased towards the ends of the fracture.<br />

5. Allow the repaired casting to cool slowly.<br />

6. The flux residue must be removed on completion by washing in hot water or<br />

immersion (for approximately 10 minutes) in a dilute solution (5 - 10%) of nitric<br />

acid. The acid must be removed by washing with water after the flux has been<br />

removed.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R4043.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R4043.<br />

Features:<br />

Aluminium - 5% Silicon Alloy Rod.<br />

Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications.<br />

Embossed with AS / AWS Class ‘4043’.<br />

2.5 kg Cardboard Pack / 15kg Carton.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 110 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 630°C<br />

Post Anodised colour tint<br />

Grey<br />

Rod Analysis Limits:<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Si: 4.5-6.0% Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30%<br />

Mn: 0.05% Mg: 0.05% Zn: 0.10%<br />

Ti: 0.20% Total others: 0.15% Al: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft AL4043 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.10: ER4043<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Carton Size Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 210 321610<br />

2.4 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 90 321611<br />

3.2 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 51 321612<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

442 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD AL4047<br />

Comweld AL4047 is a premium quality Aluminium - nominal 10% Silicon alloy rod<br />

used extensively for the brazing of many types of Aluminium alloy sheets, extruded<br />

shapes and castings. Used in combination with Comweld Aluminium Brazing Flux, the<br />

lower melting range and excellent flow characteristics make Comweld AL4047 ideal<br />

for brazing or braze welding applications, producing sound weld deposits with low<br />

parent metal distortion.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 65°-75° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Zirconiated tungsten electrode, ground to a tapered blunt point (half the<br />

diameter of electrode) making sure the grinding lines run with the length<br />

(longitudinally) of the electrode’s axis. The length of the point should be<br />

approximately 2-3 x the diameter of the tungsten electrode. For best results the<br />

tungsten electrode requires a radius or ‘balled’ end, this is done by heating the<br />

newly prepared tungsten at approximately 30 amps higher than the<br />

recommended welding current under the welding arc.<br />

4. Use High Frequency stabilised Alternating Current (AC-HF) and Welding Grade<br />

Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections before welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Procedure for Brazing:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces to be welded either mechanically or chemically.<br />

2. Apply an Aluminium Brazing flux to areas to be joined.<br />

3. Adjusting the flame to a soft neutral setting, or one with a slight haze at the tip<br />

of the cone.<br />

4. Preheat the joint using the envelope of the flame, ensuring that the inner cone is<br />

well clear of the the parent metal.<br />

5. The blow pipe and filler rod should be held at approximately the same angle as<br />

for fusion welding, 45° and 30° - 40° respectively.<br />

6. At the correct temperature the flux will begin to flow smoothly. At this time,<br />

a small amount of Comweld AL4047 filler rod should be added and the rod<br />

withdrawn.<br />

7. The flux residue must be removed on completion by washing in hot water or<br />

immersion (for approximately 10 minutes) in a dilute solution (5 - 10%) of nitric<br />

acid. The acid must be removed by washing with water after the flux has been<br />

removed.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R4047.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R4047.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8:<br />

BAlSi-4.<br />

Features:<br />

Aluminium - 10% Silicon Alloy Rod.<br />

Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications.<br />

Embossed with AS / AWS Class ‘4047’.<br />

2.5 kg Cardboard Pack / 15kg Carton.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 150 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Range 577 – 582°C<br />

Post Anodised colour tint<br />

Grey – Black<br />

Rod Analysis Limits:<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Si: 11.0-13.0% Fe: 0.80% Cu: 0.30%<br />

Mn: 0.15% Mg: 0.10% Zn: 0.20%<br />

Total others: 0.15% Al: Balance<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Carton Size Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 210 321620<br />

2.4 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 90 321621<br />

3.2 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 51 321622<br />

5<br />

COMWELD AL5356<br />

Comweld AL5356 is a high quality, Aluminium - nominal 5% Magnesium alloy rod<br />

suitable for the Gas or Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) welding of a wide range of cast and<br />

wrought Aluminium alloys.It produces intermediate deposit strength and good<br />

ductility and corrosion resistance for the Gas or Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW /<br />

TIG) of a wide range of 3XXX, 5XXX, 6XXX and 5XX Aluminium alloys. See CIGWELD<br />

Aluminium Alloy Selection Chart for detailed welding consumable selection criteria for<br />

a wide range of Aluminium alloy parent metals.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc (TIG) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For the butt welding of thick plates, bevel edges to 65°-75° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Zirconiated tungsten electrode, ground to a tapered blunt point (half the<br />

diameter of electrode) making sure the grinding lines run with the length<br />

(longitudinally) of the electrode’s axis. The length of the point should be<br />

approximately 2-3 x the diameter of the tungsten electrode. For best results<br />

the tungsten electrode requires a radius or ‘balled’ end, this is done by heating<br />

the newly prepared tungsten at approximately 30 amps higher than the<br />

recommended welding current under the welding arc.<br />

4. Use High Frequency stabilised Alternating Current (AC-HF) and Welding Grade<br />

Argon.<br />

5. Preheat thick sections before welding. Heat a spot on the base metal until it<br />

shows signs of melting and progressively add the filler rod to the weld pool.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Fusion) Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be welded either mechanically or chemically.<br />

2. Adjust flame to a soft neutral setting, or one with a slight haze at the tip of the<br />

cone.<br />

3. Apply Comweld Aluminium flux (Part Number: 321740) to filler rod and joint areas.<br />

4. The edges of the joint should be heated to melting point and Comweld AL5356<br />

filler rod added to the molten weld pool. Ensure the rod is melted by the molten<br />

weld pool and not the flame.<br />

5. When welding in the downhand position, the blowpipe movement should be<br />

straight forward, with no sideways movement or weaving, to confine the heat in<br />

the weld area.<br />

6. The blowpipe tip should be held at about 45° to the work piece and slightly<br />

decreased as the weld progresses. The filler rod is similarly inclined from 30° - 40°.<br />

7. The flux must be removed on completion by washing in hot water or immersion<br />

(for approximately 10 minutes) in a dilute solution (5 - 10%) of nitric acid. The<br />

acid must be removed by washing with water after the flux has been removed.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2: R5356.<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.10: R5356.<br />

Features:<br />

Aluminium - 5% Magnesium Alloy Rod.<br />

Suitable for Gas Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc (GTAW / TIG) Welding Applications.<br />

Embossed with AS / AWS Class ‘5356’.<br />

2.5 kg Cardboard Pack / 15kg Carton.<br />

Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Typical Weld Metal Tensile Strength 270 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point 640°C<br />

Post Anodised colour tint<br />

White<br />

Rod Analysis Limits:<br />

Single values are maximum allowable, unless otherwise stated.<br />

Si: 0.25% Fe: 0.40% Cu: 0.10%<br />

Mn: 0.05-0.20% Mg: 4.5-5.5% Cr: 0.05-0.20%<br />

Zn: 0.10% Ti: 0.05-0.20%<br />

Total others: 0.15% Al: Balance<br />

Comparable Cigweld <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Autocraft AL5356 GMAW wire<br />

AWS A5.10: ER5356<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Carton Size Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 210 321640<br />

2.4 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 90 321641<br />

40 Rod Handiack 8 Pks – 322078<br />

3.2 x 914 2.5kg Pack 15kg 51 321642<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

443


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD GENERAL PURPOSE, CAST IRON ROD<br />

5<br />

A high strength, general purpose, machinable cast iron alloy for joining and building<br />

up grey cast iron castings. Applications include maintenance & repair by TIG or<br />

oxy-acetylene welding, of machine bases, motor and gear housings and specially<br />

cast components. Excellent for thin sections, filling in surface porosity and building<br />

up worn or missing sections. Molten cast iron is extremely fluid and welding should<br />

be carried out in the downhand position. Colour match of finished welds to that of<br />

the parent metal is excellent.<br />

Procedure for Gas (Oxy-acetylene) Welding:<br />

1. Chip file or grind all scale and oxide from areas to be joined.<br />

2. Bevel all breaks and cracks to form a 75°-90° ‘V’ or groove.<br />

3. Before commencing to weld preheat to a dull red heat = approximately 650°C.<br />

4. Adjust flame to neutral setting.<br />

5. Heat the end of the filler rod.<br />

6. Dip end of heated rod into a Cast Iron and using a slight circular movement<br />

of the flame to the end of the rod and the bottom edges of the ‘V’, bring to<br />

melting point. When the material is ready to melt, it will become soft and<br />

have the appearance of being wet. At this point, lower the filler rod onto the<br />

base metal and allow about 5mm of the rod to melt in the puddle.<br />

7. Continue this circular movement of the flame playing it on the weld metal and<br />

the base metal until they are thoroughly fused.<br />

8. When welding is completed, reheat to a dull red and allow to cool slowly.<br />

9. Remove flux residue by washing in hot water or immersing for 10 minutes in<br />

a dilute solution of nitric acid (5-10%). The acid must be rinsed off by<br />

washing in water after the flux has been removed.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167.2:<br />

RC11.<br />

Tip Colour:<br />

Blue<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion) and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG).<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

All Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

230 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

1150°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

C: 3.37% Mn: 0.75% Si: 3.25%<br />

S: 0.008% P: 0.011% Fe: Balance<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

5.0 x 700 2.5kg Pack 8 321420<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG):<br />

1. Chip file or grind all scale and oxide from areas to be joined.<br />

2. Bevel all breaks and cracks to form a 75°-90° ‘V’ or groove.<br />

3. Before commencing to weld preheat to a dull red heat = approximately 650°C.<br />

4. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

ectrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

5. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

6. Apply to the weld pool by melting off small quantities from the end of the rod<br />

at a 45° angle (as you would melt a candle with a match).<br />

7. When welding is completed, reheat to a dull red and allow to cool slowly.<br />

COMWELD GALVANISING BAR<br />

COMWELD Galvanising Bar is an alloy which when applied on a heated base metal,<br />

will melt and produce a strong corrosion-resistant alloy coating. This alloy can<br />

be used as a pre-treatment to protect base metals and forms a strong permanent<br />

bond to the surface. COMWELD Galvanising Bar can be used where any welding of<br />

galvanised parts is done. It can be used with gas or electric welding.<br />

Procedure:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be galvanised removing any rust, slag, flux<br />

residue and foreign material.<br />

2. Preheat the base metal to a temperature of 300°C.<br />

3. Rub the end of the bar on the area to be coated. If the base metal is not hot<br />

enough the bar will not melt off effectively. If the base metal is too hot the<br />

bar will run too freely and excessive coating will result.<br />

4. Allow the molten alloy to cool slightly then wire brush or wipe the deposit to<br />

completely cover the weld area. This greatly strengthens and improves the<br />

finish.<br />

5. Do not melt the alloy with a flame.<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

300°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Pb: 57.50% (Lead) Sn: 32.50% (Tin) Zn: 10.00% (Zinc)<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

6.3 x 500 2.5kg Pack 321695<br />

6.3 x 500 2 Rod Handipack 322085<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

444 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


COMWELD MANGANESE BRONZE ROD<br />

GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

Comweld Manganese Bronze is a low fuming, general purpose bronze filler rod.<br />

Because of its high bond (transverse tensile) strength, it is recommended for the<br />

braze welding of steel, cast iron and malleable iron. Comweld Manganese Bronze<br />

is not recommended for the joining of copper pipes which carry hot water or sea<br />

water because of dezincification of the bronze causing failure of the joint. For<br />

these applications Comweld Tobin Bronze or Comcoat T should be used. Comweld<br />

Manganese Bronze is the ideal maintenance rod for a wide range of braze welding<br />

applications including the joining of cast iron, malleable iron, steel, etc - it is a<br />

must for the workshop.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For best results on steel use Comweld Copper and Brass flux (Part Number:<br />

321822) and for cast iron use a Bronze flux. Adjust flame to slightly oxidising.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Dip the end of the heated<br />

rod into the flux and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that ‘tinning’ has taken place on the required joint surfaces.<br />

4. Melting of the base material is not required in braze welding and care should<br />

be taken to control the heat in the joint.<br />

5. Continue adding the rod to build up the braze to the desired size and shape.<br />

6. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8 / A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-C.<br />

RB Cu Zn-C.<br />

Features:<br />

General Purpose Brazing Alloy.<br />

Recommended for Braze Welding of Steels and Cast and Malleable Irons.<br />

Not Suitable for Copper Pipes in Hot Water Systems.<br />

BLUE End Tip Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

460 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 165 MPa<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

890°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 40.5% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0.10%<br />

Sn: 1.0% Fe: 0.50% Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comcoat C Flux Coated Manganese Bronze AS 1167.1 & .2: R Cu Zn-C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 750 5kg Pack 83 321195<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 37 321199<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 20 321202<br />

5.0 x 750 5kg Pack 8 321203<br />

6.3 x 750 5kg Pack 5 321204<br />

5<br />

COMWELD COMCOAT C<br />

Comweld Comcoat C a self fluxing, low fuming, Manganese Bronze filler rod.<br />

Because of its high bond (transverse tensile) strength, it is recommended for the<br />

braze welding of steel, cast iron and malleable iron.<br />

Comweld Comcoat C is not recommended for the joining of copper pipes which<br />

carry hot water or sea water because of dezincification of the bronze causing<br />

failure of the joint. For these applications Comweld Tobin Bronze or Comcoat T<br />

should be used.<br />

Comweld Comcoat C Manganese Bronze is the ideal maintenance rod for a wide<br />

range of self fluxing braze welding applications including the joining of cast iron,<br />

malleable iron, steel, etc - it is a must for the workshop.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. Adjust flame to slightly oxidising.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Melt the end of the flux<br />

coated rod and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that ‘tinning’ has taken place on the required joint surfaces.<br />

4. Melting of the base material is not required in braze welding and care should<br />

be taken to control the heat in the joint.<br />

5. Continue adding the rod to build up the joint to the desired size and shape.<br />

6. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-C.<br />

RB Cu Zn-C.<br />

Features:<br />

Flux Coated Manganese Bronze Rod.<br />

General Purpose Brazing Alloy.<br />

Recommended for Braze Welding of Steels and Cast and Malleable Irons.<br />

Not Suitable for Copper Pipes in Hot Water Systems.<br />

BLUE Flux Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

460 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 165 MPa<br />

Elongation 35%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

890°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 40.5% Mn: 0.10% Si: 0.10%<br />

Sn: 1.0% Fe: 0.50% Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld Manganese Bronze Bare Rod<br />

AS 1167.1 & 2: R Cu Zn-C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Easyweld Handipack Blister Pack Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

2.4 x 500 2.5kg Pack 50 321191<br />

2.4 x 500 20 Rod – 322020<br />

2.4 x 500 5 Rod – 322206<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 19 321186<br />

3.2 x 750 15 Rod – 322021<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

445


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD TOBIN BRONZE ROD<br />

5<br />

Comweld Tobin Bronze is a low fuming rod recommended for the fusion welding<br />

or braze welding of selected brass and bronze alloys. It is also suitable for the noncritical<br />

brazing of mild steel in low stress applications. Comweld Manganese Bronze<br />

is the preferred filler rod for the higher strength braze welding of ferrous metals.<br />

Comweld Tobin Bronze is ideal for braze welding joints in brass and bronze and is<br />

also used for the braze welding of mild steel in low stress applications such as the<br />

‘filling’ of car body panels.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For best results on Copper and Copper alloys use Comweld Copper and Brass<br />

flux (Part Number: 321822) and adjust the flame to contain a slight excess of<br />

oxygen.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Dip the end of the heated<br />

rod into the flux and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that tinning has taken place on the required surfaces.<br />

4. Continue adding the rod to build up the joint to the desired size and shape.<br />

5. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-A.<br />

RB Cu Zn-A.<br />

Features:<br />

Low Strength Copper - Zinc Brazing Alloy.<br />

Recommended for the Fusion or Braze Welding of Selected Brasses and Bronzes.<br />

Suitable for Low Strength brazing of Steels.<br />

Not Suitable for Cast Irons.<br />

WHITE End Tip Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

400 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 110 MPa<br />

Elongation 45%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

900°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.41 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 37.5% Si: 0.30% Sn: 0.50%<br />

Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comcoat T flux coated Tobin Bronze AS1167.1 & 2: R Cu Zn-A<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Easyweld Handipack Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

1.6 x 750 5kg Pack 83 321246<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 37 321247<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 20 321249<br />

5.0 x 750 5kg Pack 8 321250<br />

COMWELD COMCOAT T<br />

Comweld Comcoat T is a low fuming Tobin Bronze filler rod recommended for the<br />

self fluxing fusion welding or braze welding of selected brass and bronze alloys. It<br />

is also suitable for the non-critical brazing of mild steel in low stress applications.<br />

Comweld Manganese Bronze or Comcoat C is the preferred filler rod for the higher<br />

strength braze welding of ferrous metals.<br />

Comweld Comcoat T Tobin Bronze is the ideal self fluxing filler rod for welding<br />

selected brass and bronze alloys and is also used for the braze welding of mild steel<br />

in low stress applications such as the ‘filling’ of car body panels.<br />

Features:<br />

Flux Coated Tobin Bronze Rod.<br />

Recommended for the ‘Self Fluxing’ Fusion Braze Welding of Selected Brasses &<br />

Bronzes.<br />

Suitable for Low Strength brazing of Steels.<br />

Not Suitable for Cast Irons.<br />

WHITE Flux Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. Adjust the flame to slightly oxidising.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Melt the end of the flux<br />

coated rod and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that tinning has taken place on the required surfaces.<br />

4. Continue adding the rod to build up the joint to the desired size and shape.<br />

5. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-A.<br />

RB Cu Zn-A.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

400 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 110 MPa<br />

Elongation 45%<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

900°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.41 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 37.5% Si: 0.30% Sn: 0.50%<br />

Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld Tobin Bronze Bare Rod<br />

AS1167.1 & .2: R Cu Zn-A<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Blister Pack Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

2.4 x 500 5 Rod – 322207<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 19 321236<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

446 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD NICKEL BRONZE ROD<br />

Comweld Nickel Bronze ( sometimes termed Nickel Silver) is a premium quality<br />

bronze filler rod recommended for the high strength braze welding of steel, cast<br />

and malleable irons.<br />

It is also an excellent choice for the fusion welding of Copper based alloys of similar<br />

composition and for the brazing of Nickel based alloys where high temperatures are<br />

allowable.<br />

Because of its high strength and excellent wear resistance, Comweld Nickel Bronze<br />

is regarded as the number one maintenance brazing alloy. It produces joints in<br />

mild steel which, when tested to destruction, fail in the parent metal. Its superior<br />

wear resistance makes it ideal for the build up of worn ferrous metal components<br />

including gear teeth, valve seats, bearings and shafts etc.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. For best results on steel use Comweld Copper and Brass flux (Part Number:<br />

321822) and for cast iron use a Bronze flux. Adjust flame to slightly oxidising.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Dip the end of the heated<br />

rod into the flux and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that ‘tinning’ has taken place on the required joint surfaces.<br />

4. Continue adding the rod to build up the joint to the desired size and shape.<br />

5. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-D.<br />

RB Cu Zn-D.<br />

Features:<br />

High Strength, Wear Resistant Brazing Alloy.<br />

High Strength Braze Welding of Steels and Cast or Malleable Irons.<br />

Fusion Welding of Copper Based Alloys of Similar Composition.<br />

CRIMSON End Tip Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

560 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 250 MPa<br />

Elongation 18%<br />

Hardness<br />

170 HV<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

910°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 43.5% Mn: 0.20% Si: 0.20%<br />

Ni: 10.0%<br />

Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comcoat N Flux Coated Nickel Bronze<br />

AS 1167.1 & .2: R Cu Zn-D<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

2.4 x 750 5kg Pack 35 321224<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 19 321225<br />

5.0 x 750 5kg Pack 8 321226<br />

5<br />

COMWELD COMCOAT N<br />

Comweld Comcoat N ( sometimes termed Nickel Silver) is a ‘self fluxing’ Nickel<br />

bronze filler rod recommended for the high strength braze welding of steel and cast<br />

or malleable irons.<br />

It is also an excellent choice for the fusion welding of Copper based alloys of similar<br />

composition and for the brazing of Nickel based alloys where high temperatures are<br />

allowable.<br />

Features:<br />

Flux Coated Nickel Bronze Rod.<br />

High Strength, Excellent Wear Resistance.<br />

High Strength Braze Welding of Steels and Cast or Malleable Irons.<br />

Fusion Welding of Copper Based Alloys of Similar Composition.<br />

PINK Flux Colour for Instant I.D.<br />

Because of its high strength and excellent wear resistance, Comweld Comcoat N<br />

is regarded as the number one maintenance brazing alloy. It produces joints in<br />

mild steel which, when tested to destruction, fail in the parent metal. Its superior<br />

wear resistance makes it ideal for the build up of worn ferrous metal components<br />

including gear teeth, valve seats, bearings and shafts etc.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined.<br />

2. Adjust flame to slightly oxidising.<br />

3. Preheat the edges to be joined to a dull red colour. Melt the end of the flux<br />

coated rod and, at the same time, heat both edges of the job to an equal<br />

degree. Ensure that ‘tinning’ has taken place on the required joint surfaces.<br />

4. Continue adding the rod to build up the joint to the desired size and shape.<br />

5. Allow the joint to cool and remove the flux residue with a wire brush or by<br />

immersion in a dilute acid solution followed by a water rinse.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167. Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.8/A5.27:<br />

R Cu Zn-D.<br />

RB Cu Zn-D.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion and Braze) Welding only.<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

560 MPa<br />

0.2% Proof Stress 250 MPa<br />

Elongation 18%<br />

Hardness<br />

170 HV<br />

Approximate Melting Point<br />

910°C.<br />

Weld Metal Density 8.39 gms / cm 3<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Zn: 43.5% Mn: 0.20% Si: 0.20%<br />

Ni: 10.0%<br />

Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comweld Nickel Bronze Bare Rod<br />

AS 1167.1 & .2: R Cu Zn-D<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size Pack Easyweld Blister Approximate Part No<br />

(mm) Weight/Type Handipack Pack Rods/kg<br />

2.4 x 500 3 Rod – 322208<br />

10 Rod – 322029<br />

3.2 x 750 2.5kg Pack 19 321215<br />

8 Rod Hand – 322030<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

447


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD SILICON BRONZE ROD<br />

COMWELD Silicon Bronze is a premium quality, general purpose, silicon bronze<br />

filler rod producing excellent joints on copper, brass, copper-silicon and copper-zinc<br />

sheet, tube and extruded section base metals to themselves and also to steel.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1167 Parts 1 & 2:<br />

AWS/ASME-SFA A5.7:<br />

R Cu Si-A.<br />

R Cu Si-A (UNS No. C65600).<br />

5<br />

Outstanding features of this alloy are:<br />

1. Low thermal conductivity (hence preheat is not necessary).<br />

2. The deoxidising effect of the silicon and the glassy skin formed by its oxide.<br />

3. A narrow hot-short range (800°C-950°C) just below solidus.<br />

COMWELD Silicon Bronze is used extensively in applications where superior<br />

corrosion resistance and tensile strength is required such as marine engineering,<br />

repair and fabrication, including propellers, naval brass fittings, gear wheels, valves,<br />

shafts and pumps, and is also used on hot water system applications.<br />

Procedure for Braze Welding:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined or rebuilt of foreign material.<br />

2. For best results use COMWELD Copper and Brass flux (321822).<br />

3. Adjust the flame to neutral or slightly oxidising (excess oxygen).<br />

4. For thick plate bevel edges 60°-90° included angle.<br />

5. Generally preheat is not required because of the lower melting point and low<br />

thermal conductivity.<br />

6. Dip the heated end of the rod into the flux.<br />

7. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows signs of melting and progressively<br />

add the filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure that the weld pool is as small as<br />

possible.<br />

8. Allow to cool and remove flux residue with a wire brush.<br />

Procedure for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG):<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined or rebuilt of foreign material.<br />

2. For thick plate bevel edges 60°-70° included angle.<br />

3. Use a Thoriated or Ceriated tungsten electrode, ground to a sharp needle point<br />

making sure the grinding lines run with the length (longitudinally) of the<br />

electrode’s axis. The length of the needle point should be approximately 2-3 x<br />

the diameter of the tungsten electrode.<br />

4. Use Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC-) and Welding Grade Argon.<br />

5. Heat a spot on the base metal until it shows signs of melting and progressively<br />

add the filler rod to the weld pool. Ensure that the weld pool is as small as<br />

possible.<br />

Features:<br />

Premium Quality Deoxidised Silicon - Bronze alloy.<br />

Suitable for Welding Si-Bronze (Everdur and Cusi lman).<br />

CANARY YELLOW End Tip Colour.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Gas (Fusion and Braze) and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG).<br />

Typical Weld Deposit Properties:<br />

Weld Metal Tensile Strength<br />

370 MPa.<br />

Approximate Melting Range<br />

970–1020°C<br />

Weld Metal Density<br />

8.85 gms / cm3<br />

Hardness<br />

90 HV (90HB)<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Fe: 0.25% Mn: 1.00% Pb: 0.02%<br />

Si: 3.40% Sn: 0.90% Zn: 0.90%<br />

Cu: Balance<br />

Comparable CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong>s:<br />

Comcoat N Flux Coated Nickel Bronze<br />

AS 1167.1 & .2: R Cu Zn-D<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Approx Rods/kg Part No<br />

3.2 x 750 5kg Pack 19 321295<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

448 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

LINCOLN ER70S-2<br />

Triple-deoxidised rod that produces high quality welds over most surface conditions.<br />

Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER70S-2.<br />

Dia mm Length (mm) Pack Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 915 4.5 X4 ED033953<br />

3.2 915 4.5 X4 ED033954<br />

LNT 25<br />

A low carbon, medium manganese, high silicon filler that can be used for both single<br />

and multi-pass welding. Use for applications requiring 480MPa (70,000psi) minimum<br />

tensile strength. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER70S-3.<br />

Dia mm Length (mm) Pack Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 1000 2.0TP X4 604146<br />

5<br />

LNT 19<br />

Solid, cut length filler for welding creep resistant Cr-Mo steels used in elevated<br />

temperature (up to 500 o C) and corrosive service environments. Recommended<br />

shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER80S-B2.<br />

Dia mm Length (mm) Pack Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 1000 2.00TP X4 604351<br />

3.0 1000 2.00TP X4 604375<br />

LINCOLN TIG 308L<br />

Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and<br />

manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both<br />

ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER308L.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.6 2 X3 365281<br />

2.4 2 X3 365282<br />

LINCOLN TIG 316L<br />

Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and<br />

manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both<br />

ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER316L.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 2 X3 365264<br />

3.2 2 X3 365265<br />

LINCOLN TIG 309L<br />

Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and<br />

manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both<br />

ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER309L.<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.6 2 X3 365291<br />

2.4 2 X3 365292<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

449


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

LINCOLN 4462 (TIG)<br />

Premium quality stainless steel cut lengths for TIG welding. Chemically balanced and<br />

manufactured for use on the appropriate stainless steel base metals. Stamped on both<br />

ends with the alloy grade for easy identification. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER2209.<br />

Dia mm Length (mm) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.6 1000 2kg PE X8 365241<br />

2.0 1000 2kg PE X8 365242<br />

SUPERGLAZE 4043 (TIG)<br />

Solid, cut length aluminium-silicon alloy filler for use on many weldable cast and<br />

wrought aluminium alloys. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS 10 ER4043<br />

5<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

2.4 915 4.54CT 907.19 X6 ED031112<br />

SUPERGLAZE 5356 (TIG)<br />

Solid, cut length aluminium-maganese alloy filler for use on many weldable wrought<br />

aluminium alloys. Recommended shielding - 100% Argon.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AWS ER5356<br />

Dia mm Package Weight (kg) Unit Weight (kg) Pallet Weight (kg) Disc Ref Part No Notes<br />

1.6 915 4.54CT 238 ED031108<br />

2.4 915 4.54CT 238.14 X6 ED031109<br />

3.2 915 4.54CT 238.14 X6 ED031110<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

450 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


KOBE TIG ROD TGX-308L/316L, TGX-309L/347<br />

GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

Classification<br />

TGX-308L<br />

TGX-316L<br />

TGX-309L<br />

TGX-347<br />

AWS A5.22 R308LT1-5<br />

AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5<br />

AWS A5.22 R309LT1-5<br />

AWS A5.22 R347T1-5<br />

Applications<br />

For root pass in one-side TIG welding of stainless steels as:<br />

TGX-308L: for 18%Cr-8%Ni type such as SUS 304 and low carbon 18%Cr-8%Ni type such as SUS 304L.<br />

TGX-316L: for 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo type such as SUS 316 and low carbon 18%Cr-12%Ni-2%Mo type such as SUS 316L.<br />

TGX-309L: for dissimilar-metal joint such as a stainless steel to a carbon steel or a low alloy steel.<br />

TGX-347 : for 18%Cr-8%Ni-Nb type such as SUS 347 and 18%Cr-8%Ni-Ti type such as SUS321.<br />

Characteristics on Usage<br />

TGX series are flux cored filler rods for TIG welding without back shielding in root pass, which produce slag to protect reverse-side bead<br />

from oxidation in the atmosphere. Therefore, welding cost for root pass in one-side welding can be decreased since back shielding gas and<br />

its purging hour are unnecessary.<br />

Notes on Usage:<br />

(1) Groove preparation and proper welding current related to thickness of base metal are important for the key-hole formation during<br />

welding in order to supply slag onto reverse-side bead as shown below.<br />

(2) High pitch and little by little feeding of a filler rod is a must in order to melt it adequately.<br />

(3) Only the root pass in one-side welding, not for filling passes.<br />

5<br />

Groove Preparation<br />

Formation of key-hole<br />

GD<br />

TT(mm) 4 6 >10<br />

R(mm) 2.0 2.5 3.0<br />

Part Number<br />

TGX308L22<br />

TGX309L22<br />

TGX316L22<br />

TGX34722<br />

Description<br />

KOBE Tig Rod TGX-308L 2.2mm 5KG PK<br />

KOBE Tig Rod TGX-309L 2.2mm 5KG PK<br />

KOBE Tig Rod TGX-316L 2.2mm 5KG PK<br />

KOBE Tig Rod TGX-347 2.2mm 5KG PK<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

451


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

AVESTA STANDARD AND SPECIAL GRADE TIG WIRE<br />

5<br />

Avesta wire designation<br />

EN 12072<br />

AWS A5.9/A5.14<br />

AVESTA 308L-SI/MVR-SI<br />

EN 19 9 L Si<br />

AWS ER308LSi<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 347-SI/MVNB-SI<br />

EN 19 9 Nb Si<br />

AWS ER347Si<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA 316L-SI/SKR-SI<br />

EN 19 12 3 L Si<br />

AWS ER316LSi<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

AVESTA P5<br />

EN 23 12 2 L<br />

AWS *(ER309LMo)<br />

*(Cr lower and Ni higher than<br />

standard)<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

For welding the following steel Analysis<br />

% (All<br />

Mechanical<br />

properties Typical<br />

Welding Information<br />

EN ASTM Weld<br />

Metal)<br />

values<br />

Shielding Gas Gas Flow<br />

Rate<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4307<br />

1.4311<br />

1.4541<br />

304<br />

304L<br />

304LN<br />

321<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.8<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 10.5<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 34%<br />

Hardness 200 Brinell<br />

Ar (99.95%) or Ar with<br />

addition of 20-30% helium<br />

(He) or 1-5% Hydrogen (H²)<br />

Heat<br />

Input<br />

4-8 I/min Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Approvals<br />

Avesta 308L-Si/MVR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel type 19 Cr 10 Ni (ASTM 304/304L) or similar. The wire can also be used<br />

for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 321 and ASTM 347 in cases where the construction is used at temperatures not<br />

exceeding 400˚C. For higher temperatures a niobium stabilized consumable such as Avesta 347 Si/MVNb-Si is required.<br />

1.4301<br />

1.4541<br />

1.4550<br />

304 321<br />

347<br />

C 0.05<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.2<br />

Cr 19.50<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

Nb >12xC<br />

Yield 520N/mm²<br />

Tensile 680N/mm²<br />

Elongation 33%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar (99.95%) or Ar with<br />

addition of 20-30% helium<br />

(He) or 1-5% Hydrogen (H²)<br />

4-8 I/min Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 347-Si/MVNb-Si is used for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels of type 19 Cr 10 Ni Ti or similar, providing improved high<br />

temperature properties e.g. creep resistance compared to low carbon non-stabilized materials. 347-Si/MVNb-Si is therefore primarily used for<br />

applications where service temperatures exceed 400˚C.<br />

1.4436<br />

1.4432<br />

1.4429<br />

1.4571<br />

AVESTA 253 MA 1.4818<br />

1.4835<br />

AVESTA P10<br />

EN Ni Cr 20 Mn 3 Nb<br />

AWS ERNiCr-3<br />

Characteristics and<br />

Applications<br />

316<br />

316L<br />

S31653<br />

316Ti<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.85<br />

Mn 1.7<br />

Cr 18.50<br />

Ni 12.0<br />

Mo 2.6<br />

Yield 480N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 31%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar (99.95%) or Ar with<br />

addition of 20-30% helium<br />

(He) or 1-5% Hydrogen (H²)<br />

4-8 I/min Max.2.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 316L-Si/SKR-Si is designed for welding austenitic stainless steel of type 17 Cr 12 Ni 2.5 Mo (ASTM 316/316L) or similar. The filler material<br />

is also suitable for welding titanium and niobium stabilized steels such as ASTM 316Ti in cases where the construction is used at temperature not<br />

exceeding 400˚C. For higher temperatures, a niobium stabilized consumable such as Avesta 318-Si/SKNb-Si is required.<br />

Avesta P5 is primarily used<br />

when surfacing unalloyed or low<br />

alloyed steels and when joining<br />

molybdenum-alloyed stainless and<br />

carbon steel.<br />

C 0.02<br />

Si 0.35<br />

Mn 1.50<br />

Cr 21.50<br />

Ni 15.0<br />

Mo 2.70<br />

Yield 470N/mm²<br />

Tensile 640N/mm²<br />

Elongation 30%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar (99.95%) or Ar with<br />

addition of 20-30% helium<br />

(He) or 1-5% Hydrogen (H²)<br />

4-8 I/min Max.2.0<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta P5 is a molybdenum-alloyed wire of the 309MoL type, which is primarily designed for surfacing low alloy steels and for dissimilar<br />

welding between stainless steels of the ASTM 316/316L type and mild and low alloy steels, ensuring a high resistance to cracking. When used for<br />

surfacing, the composition is more or less equal to that of ASTM 316 from the first run.<br />

S30415<br />

S30815<br />

C 0.07<br />

Si 1.60<br />

Mn 0.60<br />

Cr 21.0<br />

Ni 10.0<br />

N 0.15<br />

Yield 520N/mm²<br />

Tensile 720N/mm²<br />

Elongation 32%<br />

Hardness 210 Brinell<br />

Ar (99.95%) 4-8 I/min Max.1.5<br />

kJ/min<br />

Avesta 253 MA is designed for welding the high temperature steel Outokumpu 253 MA used for example in furnaces, combustion chambers<br />

burners etc. Both the steel and the consumable provide excellent properties at temperatures 850˚C- 1100˚C. The composition of the consumable<br />

is balanced to ensure crack resistant weld metal. 253MA has a tendency to give a thick oxide layer during welding and hot rolling. Black plate<br />

and previous weld beads should be carefully brushed or ground prior to welding.<br />

Avesta P10 is am all-round wire<br />

suitable for many difficult to weld<br />

combinations.<br />

C 0.03<br />

Si 0.10<br />

Mn 2.90<br />

Cr 20.0<br />

Ni 73.0<br />

Nb 2.5<br />

Fe


GAS AND TIG CONSUMABLES<br />

SILVER BRAZING ALLOYS<br />

SilBRAZE<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Group<br />

SilBRAZE<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Previous<br />

Description<br />

Ag<br />

% Composition<br />

Melting<br />

Range<br />

AS1167.1<br />

Designation<br />

&Color<br />

Application<br />

Replaces<br />

Copper and<br />

Copper Based<br />

Alloys<br />

for<br />

Plumbing<br />

and<br />

HVAC&R<br />

SilBRAZE P TECFOS 0 Cu, P**<br />

SilBRAZE 2P AMFOS2 2 Ag, Cu,P**<br />

SilBRAZE 5P SILFOS 5 5 Ag,Cu, P**<br />

SilBRAZE 15P SILFOS 15 15 Ag,Cu, P**<br />

SilBRAZE 30 SILVERFLO302 30<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

705 -<br />

800°C<br />

645 -<br />

820°C<br />

645 -<br />

810°C<br />

645 -<br />

800°C<br />

665 -<br />

755°C<br />

B1<br />

RED<br />

B2<br />

YELLOW<br />

B3<br />

GRAY<br />

Refrigeration heatexhangers -<br />

Economical.Least Ductile.<br />

Flowswell. Suitable for domestic and<br />

industrial plumbing.<br />

More ductile,good flow.Popular for<br />

plumbing applications.<br />

B4<br />

Excellentflow and ductility. Suitable<br />

for highervibration applications.<br />

LIGHT BROWN<br />

R410A Preferred**<br />

A16<br />

LILAC<br />

Slower flow,forms filletswhich can<br />

be useful for joint filling.<br />

Argoswift 30,<br />

Silverflo 30<br />

Engineering<br />

Materials<br />

Cadmium<br />

Free<br />

SilBRAZE 34 SILVERFLO34 34<br />

SilBRAZE 39 SILVERFLO39 39<br />

SilBRAZE 45 SILVERFLO45 45<br />

SilBRAZE 55 SILVERFLO55 55<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

630 -<br />

730°C<br />

650 -<br />

705°C<br />

640 -<br />

680°C<br />

630 -<br />

660°C<br />

A18†<br />

FOREST GREEN Economical general purpose alloy. Mattibraze 34,<br />

Silverflo 35<br />

A15<br />

DARK BROWN<br />

A19†<br />

PEACH<br />

A22†<br />

BLUE-GRAY<br />

General purpose alloy. Easyflo 42<br />

Universal general purposealloy for<br />

refrigeration and engineering.<br />

Fluxcoat Available.<br />

Universal general purposealloy with<br />

lowermelting point.<br />

Easyflo 45,<br />

Easyflo 50<br />

Easyflo 45,<br />

Easyflo 50<br />

* Caution! Quenching ofSilBRAZEAlloys<br />

containing Tin(Sn):Thesealloysmay be<br />

pronetocracking ifquenched from high<br />

temperatures (in excessof300C). They<br />

should notbequenched when used tobraze<br />

components with widely differing<br />

coefficients of expansion.<br />

5<br />

Tungsten<br />

carbide<br />

StainlessSteel<br />

SilBRAZE 40<br />

SilBRAZE 49<br />

SilBRAZE<br />

49LM<br />

SilBRAZE 56<br />

SilBRAZE<br />

56IN<br />

ARGOBRAZE<br />

40<br />

ARGOBRAZE<br />

49<br />

ARGOBRAZE<br />

49LM<br />

MATTIBRAZE<br />

56<br />

ARGOBRAZE<br />

56<br />

40<br />

49<br />

49<br />

56<br />

56<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Ni<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Ni,Mn<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Ni,Mn<br />

Ag,Cu, Zn,<br />

Sn*<br />

Ag,Cu,Ni,<br />

In<br />

660 -<br />

780°C<br />

680 -<br />

705°C<br />

670 -<br />

690°C<br />

620 -<br />

650°C<br />

600 -<br />

710°C<br />

A8 Economical.Goodwetting.Suitable<br />

LIGHT ORANGE for food applications.<br />

A20†<br />

BLUE<br />

A21†<br />

LIGHT GREEN<br />

A2<br />

WHITE<br />

A23†<br />

PURPLE<br />

Manganeseaddition assists in<br />

wetting ondifficult carbides.<br />

Lowermanganese contentthan<br />

SilBRAZE 49.Suitablefor larger<br />

carbide segments.<br />

Food and beverage applications.<br />

Good stainlesssteel colour match.<br />

Fluxcoat Available.<br />

Prevents crevice corrosion cracking<br />

in stainlesssteel joints exposed to<br />

water.<br />

Easyflo 50<br />

trifoils<br />

Easyflo 503<br />

Easyflo 45,<br />

Easyflo 503<br />

** Caution! Contains phosphorous, not<br />

suitable forjoining alloys containing nickel or<br />

iron.Suitablefor fluxless brazing ofcopper.<br />

Brasses require asuitableflux.<br />

† Pending approval to AS1167.1<br />

BRONZE GAS WELDING ALLOYS<br />

BRAZING FLUXES<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Name<br />

Mang-<br />

Bronze<br />

Mang<br />

Coat<br />

Nickel-<br />

Bronze<br />

Nickel<br />

Coat<br />

Tobin-<br />

Bronze<br />

Joining<br />

Process<br />

Braze<br />

Welding<br />

Braze<br />

Welding<br />

Braze<br />

Welding,<br />

Fusion<br />

Welding<br />

Braze<br />

Welding,<br />

Fusion<br />

Welding<br />

Braze<br />

Welding,<br />

Fusion<br />

Welding<br />

Suitable<br />

Materials<br />

Steel<br />

Cast Iron<br />

Malleable<br />

Iron<br />

Steel<br />

Cast Iron<br />

Malleable<br />

Iron<br />

Steel<br />

Cast Iron<br />

Malleable<br />

Iron<br />

Steel<br />

Cast Iron<br />

Malleable<br />

Iron<br />

Brass &<br />

Bronzes,<br />

Mild Steel,<br />

Ferrous<br />

Materials<br />

Composition<br />

Cu,Zn,Sn,Si,<br />

Mn &Fe<br />

Cu,Zn,Sn,Si,<br />

Mn &Fe<br />

Cu,Zn,Ni &Si<br />

Cu,Zn,Ni &Si<br />

Cu,Zn<br />

Melting<br />

Range<br />

870 -<br />

900°C<br />

870 -<br />

900°C<br />

920 -<br />

940°C<br />

920 -<br />

940°C<br />

870 -<br />

900°C<br />

Spec Features Comments<br />

AWS<br />

RBCuZn-C<br />

AWS<br />

RBCuZn-C<br />

AWS<br />

RBCuZn-D<br />

AWS<br />

RBCuZn-D<br />

DIN<br />

L-CuZn40<br />

LowFume<br />

High<br />

Strength<br />

LowFume<br />

High<br />

Strength<br />

Self fluxing<br />

High<br />

Strength<br />

Wear<br />

Resistant<br />

High<br />

Strength<br />

Wear<br />

Resistant<br />

Self fluxing<br />

LowFume<br />

Duetodezincification,not<br />

suitable for copperpipes<br />

carrying hotwater or sea<br />

water.<br />

Use Tenacity 20Flux.<br />

Duetodezincification,not<br />

suitable forcopperpipes<br />

carrying hotwater or sea<br />

water.<br />

Fusion welding ofsimilar<br />

copper alloys Brazing of<br />

Nickel based alloys Build<br />

up of worn ferrous<br />

components.<br />

Use Tenacity 20Flux.<br />

Fusion welding ofsimilar<br />

copper alloys Brazing of<br />

Nickel based alloys.<br />

With mild steel, low<br />

strength applications only<br />

e.g.carpanel filling.<br />

Use Tenacity 20Flux.<br />

<strong>Product</strong><br />

Name<br />

Working<br />

Range<br />

Flux<br />

Type<br />

Easyflo 575-825 Paste<br />

Silflux 2 600-800 Paste<br />

Tenacity<br />

4A<br />

Tenacity<br />

5<br />

Tenacity<br />

6<br />

Tenacity<br />

20<br />

600-850 Paste<br />

600-900 Powder<br />

550-800 Paste<br />

750-<br />

1100<br />

Remarks<br />

Generalpurpose flux with good<br />

fluxing activity and long life at<br />

temperature.<br />

SimilartoEasyflo,but with a<br />

higher degree of durability for<br />

use with difficult brazing<br />

positions.<br />

ResidualRemoval<br />

Residues are generally<br />

solubleinhot water. Where<br />

difficulty is encountered<br />

immersion in10% caustic<br />

soda is suggested.<br />

Residues are generally<br />

solubleinhot water. Where<br />

difficulty is encountered<br />

immersion in10% caustic<br />

soda is suggested.<br />

Ageneral purposeflux with When components are<br />

good resistance to overheating, heavily oxidised, cleaning<br />

used with higher melting<br />

and flux removal maybe<br />

temperature SilverBrazing<br />

Alloys (eg liquidusbetween 700<br />

accomplished in 10%<br />

and 850C).<br />

sulphuric acid.<br />

Recommendedfor stainless<br />

steelassemblies where flux<br />

exhaustion is likely to occurdue<br />

to prolongedheating,and also<br />

forlarge assemblies in steel or<br />

copper which may require<br />

prolongedheating.<br />

When components are<br />

heavily oxidised, cleaning<br />

and flux removal maybe<br />

accomplished in 10%<br />

sulphuric acid.<br />

Recommendedfor Tungsten<br />

Residues are virtually<br />

Carbide refractorymetals and<br />

insolubleinwater.<br />

stainlesssteel.<br />

This flux is unsuitable foruse on<br />

Immersion in10% causic<br />

stainlesssteelwherecrevice corrosion<br />

soda or mechanical<br />

is likely to be ahazardinservice.<br />

removalisrecommended.<br />

ForCopper, Brass braze welding<br />

and steel brazing using bronze<br />

rods.Suitablefor higher Immersion in10% causic<br />

temperatures and extended<br />

Powder<br />

soda or mechanical<br />

cycle times. Not recommended removalisrecommended.<br />

foruse with silver brazing alloys<br />

with liquidus less than 750°C<br />

mixwith water to form apaste.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

453


ABRASIVES<br />

FLAT METAL CUTTING OFF WHEELS - PORTABLE MACHINES<br />

Maxx - Ultra Fast Cut<br />

Flexovit MAXX ultra thin cut-off wheels is specially developed using new Bond Technology in combination<br />

with new NorZon Plus grain, for cutting stainless, alloy and carbon steels.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Min. Order Qty<br />

66252837153 15102010MX 100 x 1.0 x 16.0 ZA60Y-BF41 MAXX M/INOX 25<br />

66252841598 15115010MX 115 x 1.0 x 22.2 ZA60Y-BF41 MAXX M/INOX 25<br />

66252837155 15127010MX 125 x 1.0 x 22.2 ZA60Y-BF41 MAXX M/INOX 25<br />

5<br />

Steel & Stainless - Ultra Fast Cut<br />

For cutting stainless steel and ferrous metals. The wheels are made free of iron, sulphur & chlorine to assist<br />

in the prevention of contamination of the stainless steel surface after cutting process.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841585 15102010 100 x 1.0 x 16.0 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 15300 100<br />

66252841587 15102016 100 x 1.6 x 16.0 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 15300 100<br />

66252841588 1510216 100 x 2.0 x 16.0 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 15300 100<br />

66252919966 15115010 115 x 1.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 13330 100<br />

66252919970 15115016 115 x 1.6 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 13330 100<br />

66252841591 1511522 115 x 2.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 13330 100<br />

66252919991 15127010 125 x 1.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 12250 100<br />

66252841598 15127016 125 x 1.6 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 12250 100<br />

66252841599 1512722 125 x 2.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 12250 100<br />

66252920038 15178020 180 x 2.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 8500 50<br />

66252920062 15230020 230 x 2.0 x 22.2 A46T-BF41 M/INOX 6650 50<br />

Steel & Stainless - Fast Cut<br />

For cutting stainless steel and hard ferrous metals. Free of iron.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841607 1810216 100 x 2.5 x 16.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 15300 100<br />

66252841608 1811522 115 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 13330 100<br />

66252841610 1812722 125 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 12250 100<br />

66252841612 1815222 150 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 10200 50<br />

66252841613 1817822 180 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 10200 50<br />

66252841614 1823022 230 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 I/F 10200 50<br />

Metal - Fast Cut<br />

General Purpose. For cutting ferrous metals. Excellent performance and life.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252919937 1005110 50 x 2.5 x 10.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 24300 200<br />

66252919939 1006510 63 x 2.5 x 10.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 24300 200<br />

66252918968 1007610 76 x 2.5 x 10.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 19100 200<br />

66252841558 1010216 100 x 2.5 x 16.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 15300 100<br />

66252841560 1011522 115 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 13330 100<br />

66252841561 1012722 125 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 12250 100<br />

66252841563 1015222 150 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 10200 50<br />

66252841565 1017820 180 x 2.5 x 20.0 FH38 A36S-BF41 8500 50<br />

66252841566 1017822 180 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 8500 50<br />

66252841569 1020322 200 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 7650 50<br />

66252844574 1023022 230 x 2.5 x 22.2 FH38 A36S-BF41 6650 50<br />

66252841576 1023025 230 x 2.5 x 25.4 FH38 A36S-BF41 6650 50<br />

66252841584 1423022 230 x 3.1 x 22.2 FZ40 A30V-BF41 6650 50<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

454 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ABRASIVES<br />

FLAT METAL CUTTING OFF WHEELS<br />

Cordless - Ultra Fast Cut<br />

Designed for cordless battery powered grinders. Aids battery life. Available in convenient 5 packs.<br />

Longer wheel life.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Size (mm) Specification Min. Order Qty<br />

66252842071 125 x 1.3 x 22.2 Ultra Fast Cut thin wheels 20<br />

for cordless grinders<br />

Metal - Fast Cut Portable Chop Saws<br />

Fast cutting of ferrous metals and stainless steel. 406mm wheel suitable for Flexovit Mitrecut 400 and<br />

Supercut 400 cut-off machines. Cut off Wheels to suit Low Speed Electric Chop Saws. (Such as Makita,<br />

Hitachi, Ryobi, De Walt, Milwaukee, Metabo etc).<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841615 1930525 300 x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF41 5100 10<br />

66252841617 1935625 356 x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF41 4400 10<br />

66252841618 1940625 406 x 3.0 x 25.4 A36S-BF41 3850 10<br />

5<br />

Metal - Easy Cut Rail Cutting<br />

Specially made for rail cutting using special formulations enabling fast burn free cutting using hand held<br />

demolition machines.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841631 2835620 350 x 3.8 x 20.0 2UE790QR 5500 10<br />

66252841632 2835625 350 x 3.8 x 25.4 2UE790QR 5500 10<br />

66252832796 3135625 350 x 4.0 x 25.4 A24QBF41/100 5500 10<br />

66252832954 3140625 400 x 4.0 x 25.4 A24QBF41/100 4800 10<br />

SPECIALTY GRINDING & FINISHING PRODUCTS<br />

All In One - Cut, Grind & Polish<br />

For Cutting, light Grinding & Polishing. One wheel for safe cutting, light grinding and polishing of structural<br />

steels, sheet metals and stainless steels.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841761 7210016 100 x 2.2 x 16.0 A46S-BF 15300 25<br />

66252841762 7211522 115 x 2.2 x 22.2 A46S-BF 13300 25<br />

66252841763 7211522 125 x 2.2 x 22.2 A46S-BF 12250 25<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

455


ABRASIVES<br />

METAL DEPRESSED CENTRE GRINDING WHEELS<br />

Mega View - Grinding<br />

Very fast stock removal on ferrous metal welds and structural steels. Suitable for Stainless Steel<br />

applications. Available in grits 36 for light grinding and 60 grit for polishing.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252828976 72512536 125 x 4.0 x 22 A36T-BF29 12250 20<br />

66252828977 72512560 125 x 4.0 x 22 A60T-BF29 12250 20<br />

Steel & Stainless - Grinding<br />

For grinding stainless steel and hard ferrous materials. Free of iron.<br />

5<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841739 6710260 100 x 6.0 x 16.0 A30S-BF27 I/F 15300 50<br />

66252841742 6711560 115 x 6.0 x 22.2 A30S-BF27 I/F 13300 50<br />

66252841744 6812768 125 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 I/F 12250 50<br />

66252841745 6815268 150 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 I/F 10200 25<br />

66252841748 6817868 180 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 I/F 8500 25<br />

66252841751 6823068 230 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 I/F 6650 25<br />

Metal - Grinding<br />

For grinding ferrous metal welds and structural steels. Excellent performance and life. General purpose<br />

grinding.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841700 6305040 50 x 4.0 x 9.53 A30Q-BF27 24100 50<br />

66252841704 6310240 100 x 4.0 x 16.0 A30S-BF27 15300 50<br />

66252841705 6310260 100 x 6.0 x 16.0 A30S-BF27 15300 50<br />

66250841708 6311540 115 x 4.0 x 22.2 A30S-BF27 13300 50<br />

66252841709 6311560 115 x 6.0 x 22.2 A30S-BF27 13300 50<br />

66252841681 6012745 125 x 4.5 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 12250 50<br />

66252841682 6012768 125 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 12250 50<br />

66252841683 6015268 150 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 10200 25<br />

66252841688 6017845 180 x 4.5 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 8500 40<br />

66252841689 6017868 180 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 8500 25<br />

66252841697 6117868 180 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30P-BF27 8500 25<br />

66252841684 6017810 180 x 10.0 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 8500 20<br />

66252841694 6023045 230 x 4.5 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 6650 40<br />

66252841695 6023068 230 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 6650 10<br />

66252841699 6123068 230 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24/30P-BF27 6650 10<br />

66252841710 6423068 230 x 6.8 x 22.2 A24Q-BF27 6650 25<br />

66252841690 6023010 230 x 10.0 x 22.2 A24/30T-BF27 6650 20<br />

66252841698 6123010 230 x 10.0 x 22.2 A24/30P-BF27 6650 20<br />

Foundry Wheels - Grinding<br />

Proven outstanding performance. Applications such as high-alloy steel, stainless steel, white iron castings,<br />

steel/nodular & grey cast iron.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841712 65112570 125 x 7.0 x 22.2 ZA24R-BF27 INOX 12250 50<br />

66252841717 65212570 125 x 7.0 x 22.2 ZA203R-BF27 12250 50<br />

66252841718 65218070 180 x 7.0 x 22.2 ZA203R-BF27 8500 25<br />

66252841714 65123070 230 x 7.0 x 22.2 ZA24P-BF27 INOX 6650 10<br />

66252841719 65223070 230 x 7.0 x 22.2 ZA24R-BF27 INOX 6650 10<br />

456 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ABRASIVES<br />

SPECIALTY GRINDING AND FINISHING PRODUCTS<br />

Flexible Discs - Grinding<br />

AC series used for light weld grinding, blending and polishing. Excellent for low pressure applications.<br />

Finishing most metals. A plastic back up pad included in each standard pack.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> umber Legacy Number Size (mm) Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66252841782 8210236 100 x 3.0 x 16.0 AC36 15300 20<br />

66252841783 8210246 100 x 3.0 x 16.0 AC46 15300 20<br />

66252841784 8210260 100 x 3.0 x 16.0 AC60 15300 20<br />

66252841785 8210280 100 x 3.0 x 16.0 AC80 15300 20<br />

66252841787 8211536 115 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC36 13300 25<br />

66252841788 8211546 115 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC46 13300 25<br />

66252841789 8211560 115 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC60 13300 25<br />

66252841790 8212736 125 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC36 12250 25<br />

66252841791 8212746 125 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC46 12250 25<br />

66252841792 8212760 125 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC60 12250 25<br />

66252841793 8217836 180 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC36 8500 10<br />

66252841794 8217846 180 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC46 8500 10<br />

66252841795 8217860 180 x 3.0 x 22.2 AC60 8500 10<br />

5<br />

Mega-Line R828 Zirconia Blue Flap Discs<br />

For aluminium, carbon steel, stainless steel, cast iron, plastics bronze, and brass. Excellent grinding and finishing.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Grit Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

63642582376 9800040 100 x 16 40 R828 15000 10<br />

63642582370 9800060 100 x 16 60 R828 15000 10<br />

63642582377 9800080 100 x 16 80 R828 15000 10<br />

66261039197 9800120 100 x 16 120 R828 15000 10<br />

66261039206 9801040 115 x 22 40 R828 13000 10<br />

66261039219 9801060 115 x 22 60 R828 13000 10<br />

66261039220 9801080 115 x 22 80 R828 13000 10<br />

66261039221 9801120 115 x 22 120 R828 13000 10<br />

66261039207 9803040 125 x 22 40 R828 12000 10<br />

66261039225 9803060 125 x 22 60 R828 12000 10<br />

66261039226 9803080 125 x 22 80 R828 12000 10<br />

66261039227 9803120 125 x 22 120 R828 12000 10<br />

66261039222 9802040 180 x 22 40 R828 8600 10<br />

66261039223 9802060 180 x 22 60 R828 8600 10<br />

66261039224 9802080 180 x 22 80 R828 8600 10<br />

66261039285 9802120 180 x 22 120 R828 8600 10<br />

SG Blaze R980P Flap Discs<br />

New SG Blaze flap discs. Demonstrated to last 50 to 200% longer on hard-to-grind materials.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size (mm) Grit Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66254412097 12097 100 x 16.0 40 R980P 15000 10<br />

66261193211 93211 100 x 16.0 60 R980P 15000 10<br />

66254412098 12098 100 x 16.0 80 R980P 15000 10<br />

66261183487 83487 115 x 22.2 40 R980P 13000 10<br />

66261183488 83488 115 x 22.2 60 R980P 13000 10<br />

66261183489 83489 115 x 22.2 80 R980P 13000 10<br />

66261190002 90002 125 x 22.2 40 R980P 12000 10<br />

66261190003 90003 125 x 22.2 60 R980P 12000 10<br />

66261190004 90004 125 x 22.2 80 R980P 12000 10<br />

66261183495 83495 180 x 22.2 40 R980P 8600 10<br />

66261183496 83496 180 x 22.2 60 R980P 8600 10<br />

66261183497 83497 180 x 22.2 80 R980P 8600 10<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

457


ABRASIVES<br />

INDUSTRIAL WIRE BRUSHES<br />

Twist Knot<br />

For deburring, rust removal, cleaning welded seams and rubber removal. The most aggressive brushing<br />

tool available. Provides fast cutting and maxumum cleaning action in severe applications. Brushes can be<br />

fitted to most portable tools.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Description Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

00310421386 W3700 100 x 16mm x 1 Row - 26g 12000 1<br />

00310421387 W3750 125 x 22m x 1 Row - 26g 12000 1<br />

00310421388 W3770 125 x 22mm x 1 Row 26g 12000 1<br />

24 Knots Stainless Steel<br />

00310421389 W3800 150 x Multibore x 1 Row - 26g 9000 1<br />

00310421390 W3820 150 x Multibore x 2 Rows - 26g 9000 1<br />

5<br />

Pipeline - Stringer Beaded<br />

Stringer bead is a term used to define the amount of knots used on pipeline brushes which is significantly<br />

higher than standard twist knot brushes. The diameter of the knots is 5-9mm compared to 10-13mm on<br />

a standard brush. These brushes also use a different type of wire.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Description Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

00310421393 W3980 125 x 6 x 22mm - 26g 12000 1<br />

00310421394 W4100 150 x 6 x 22mm - 22g 9000 1<br />

00310421395 W4110 125 x 6 x 22mm 26g 12000 1<br />

24 Knots Stainless Steel<br />

00310421396 W4120 150 x 6 x 22mm - 26g Stainless Steel 9000 1<br />

00310421408 W4600 170 x 6 x M14 - 24g 8700 1<br />

00310421409 W4700 180 x 6 x 22mm - 25g 8700 1<br />

Twist Knot Cup<br />

For heavy cleaning jobs and for brushing large surfaces. Use when cleaning prior to welding. Ideal for<br />

removing paint, rust and weld scale.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Description Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

00310421368 W3220 65 x M10-1.5 26g 12000 1<br />

00310421372 W3400 100 x M14-2.0 26g 8600 1<br />

00310421376 W3500 125 x M14-2.0 26g 6800 1<br />

Twist Knot Cup - Stainless Steel<br />

For heavy cleaning jobs and for brushing large surfaces. Use when cleaning prior to welding. Ideal for<br />

removing paint, rust and weld scale. Stainless steel brushes are specifically manufactured to be highly<br />

resistant to rust and corrosion.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Description Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

00310421380 W3630 75 x M10-1.5 x 1 Row - 26g 12000 1<br />

00310421381 W3640 75 x M14-2.0 x 1 row - 26g 8600 1<br />

00310421383 W3660 100 x M14-2.0 x 2 Rows - 26g 6800 1<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

458 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ABRASIVES<br />

ZEC DISCS<br />

Silicon Carbide<br />

For rough grinding of all concrete and stone materials. Excellent for use in finishing.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Specification Size mm Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66623322058 8310216 SC16<br />

66623322059 8310224 SC24 100 x 16 15000 5<br />

66623322060 8310236 SC36<br />

66623322064 8311516 SC16<br />

66623322065 8311524 SC24 115 x 22 13000 5<br />

66623322066 8311536 SC36<br />

66623322070 8312516 SC16<br />

66623322071 8312524 SC24 125 x 22 12000 5<br />

66623322072 8312536 SC36<br />

66623322076 8318016 SC16<br />

66623322077 8318024 SC24 180 x 22 8600 5<br />

66623322078 8318036 SC36<br />

5<br />

Support Pad<br />

Zec Discs / Support Pads are fitted to angle grinders with standard depressed centre grinding wheel<br />

locking nuts.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size / Description Min. Order Qty<br />

66623322079 8318115 115/125mm Zec Disc support pad 1<br />

66623322080 8318140 180mm Zec Disc support pad 1<br />

Plastic Backed Discs<br />

For rough grinding of all concrete and stone materials. Excellent for use in finishing.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size / Specification Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66623322081 831816PC 180 x 22mm - PC16 8600 5<br />

66623322083 831824PC 180 x 22mm - PC24 8600 5<br />

66623322084 831836PC 180 x 22mm - PC36 6800 5<br />

FLEXOVIT 400a Mitrecut Saw 5.5hp<br />

Powerful 3 phase motor. Quick clamp vice. Rotating vice 0 to 45°. Emergency stop button. Hinged<br />

protective guard.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Description Blade Size RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

70184646646 Flexovit 400a Mitre Cut Saw 405 mm dia blade 3500 1<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

459


ABRASIVES<br />

INDUSTRIAL COATED ABRASIVES<br />

Zirconia R824 Cloth Belt<br />

Cloth backing with Norzon. Zirconia Alumina grain Linishing Belts. Suitable for high performance. Applications<br />

requiring cooler cutting action. Ideal for use on stainless and heat sensitive steels.<br />

Size / Grit<br />

36 40 60 80<br />

<strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No.<br />

10 x 330 mm - - 66623322250 CF364444 66623322245 CF355844 66623322246 CF355917<br />

50 x 914 mm 66623321296 CF343846 - - 66623321298 CF343862 66623321299 CF343870<br />

50 x 1220 mm 66623321301 CF343899 66623321300 CF343897 - - 66623321303 CF343919<br />

50 x 1520 mm - - 66623321305 CF343935 - - - -<br />

50 x 2440 mm - - 66623321308 CF343978 - - - -<br />

100 x 1520 mm - - 66623321319 CF344109 66623321320 CF344117 - -<br />

100 x 2440 mm 66623321322 CF344133 - - 66623321324 CF344176 - -<br />

100 x 4270 mm 66623321325 CF344192 - - - - - -<br />

5<br />

Metalite R295 Cloth Belts<br />

Polyester cloth backing with Premium Aluminium Oxide grain. Closekote for metal or woodworking.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No.<br />

Size / Grit 24 36 40<br />

50 x 914 mm 66623321342 CF379891 66623321256 CF236726 66623321236 CF195073<br />

50 x 1220 mm 66625521343 CF379905 66623321237 CF196002 66623321224 CF191833<br />

50 x 1520 mm - - 66623321243 CF220698 66623321225 CF191914<br />

50 x 2440 mm 66623321344 CF379913 66623321238 CF196118 66623321226 CF192015<br />

75 x 2000 mm 66623321345 CF379948 66623321346 CF379956 66623321347 CF379964<br />

100 x 914 mm 66623321352 CF380016 66623321249 CF231010 66623321230 CF192570<br />

100 x 927 mm - - 66623321168 CF141283 66623321231 CF192597<br />

100 x 1330 mm - - 66623321221 CF189227 66623321232 CF192716<br />

100 x 1520 mm 66623321353 CF380040 66623321254 CF235628 66623321233 CF192791<br />

Size / Grit 60 80 100<br />

50 x 914 mm 66623321218 CF178381 66623321206 CF172308 66623321275 CF258407<br />

50 x 1220 mm 66623321239 CF197742 66623321205 CF172251 66623321193 CF166731<br />

50 x 1520 mm 66623321217 CF178292 66623321204 CF172189 66623321192 CF166707<br />

50 x 2440 mm 66623321216 CF178233 66623321203 CF172049 - -<br />

75 x 2000 mm 66623321348 CF379972 66623321349 CF379980 - -<br />

100 x 914 mm 66623321219 CF183083 66623321199 CF171387 66623321188 CF166197<br />

100 x 927 mm 66623321212 CF177644 66623321198 CF171352 66623321187 CF166189<br />

100 x 1330 mm 66623321210 CF177407 66623321197 CF171220 66623321186 CF166111<br />

100 x 1520 mm 66623321209 CF177369 66623321196 CF169188 - -<br />

Size / Grit 120 180 240<br />

50 x 914 mm 66623321184 CF161977 66623321255 CF235660 66623321220 CF189189<br />

50 x 1220 mm 66623321183 CF161942 66623321211 CF177474 66623321242 CF212601<br />

50 x 1520 mm 66623321182 CF161861 - - - -<br />

50 x 2440 mm 66623321181 CF161799 - - 66623321241 CF212482<br />

75 x 2000 mm - - - - - -<br />

100 x 914 mm 66623321177 CF161284 - - - -<br />

100 x 927 mm 66623321176 CF161276 - - - -<br />

100 x 1330 mm 66623321175 CF161225 - - - -<br />

100 x 1520 mm 66623321174 CF161209 - - - -<br />

Size / Grit 320<br />

50 x 914 mm 66623321259 CF240478<br />

50 x 1220 mm 66623321222 CF190039<br />

50 x 1520 mm - -<br />

50 x 2440 mm - -<br />

75 x 2000 mm - -<br />

100 x 914 mm - -<br />

100 x 927 mm - -<br />

100 x 1330 mm - -<br />

100 x 1520 mm - -<br />

Metalite F226 Fibre Discs<br />

Closekote for grinding and blending of metal.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Size / Grit<br />

16 24 36 50<br />

<strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No.<br />

100 x 16 mm 66623320424 CD106038 66623320440 CD106496 66623320436 CD106399 66623320428 CD106186<br />

115 x 22 mm - - 66623320439 CD106488 66623320435 CD106356 66623320427 CD106178<br />

125 x 22 mm 66623320447 CD139289 66623320438 CD106453 66623320434 CD106321 66623320426 CD106143<br />

178 x 22 mm 66623320441 CD106526 66623320437 CD106429 66623320433 CD106313 66623320425 CD106100<br />

Size / Grit 60 80 100 120<br />

100 x 16 mm 66623320432 CD106275 66623320420 CD105821 66623320422 CD105899 6662330448 CD165239<br />

115 x 22 mm 66623320431 CD106267 66623320419 CD105813 66623320451 CD198226 66623320446 CD139092<br />

125 x 22 mm 66623320430 CD106224 66623320423 CD105996 66623320421 CD105856 66623320416 CD105708<br />

178 x 22 mm 66623320429 CD106216 66623320418 CD105775 66623320415 CD105619 66623320417 CD105716<br />

460 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


ABRASIVES<br />

INDUSTRIAL COATED ABRASIVES<br />

Metalite K283 Cloth Handy Rolls<br />

Closekote for dry metal surface preparation. Aluminium Oxide grain on flexible cloth for use in general<br />

engineering applications on a variety of materials.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No.<br />

Size / Grit 40 60 80<br />

25 x 50 m 66623320800 CE100188 66623320795 CE099864 66623320801 CE110892<br />

40 x 50 m 66623320798 CE100153 66623320797 CE099937 66623320803 CE110914<br />

50 x 50 m 66623320799 CE100161 66623320796 CE099929 66623320802 CE110906<br />

Size / Grit 100 120 150<br />

25 x 50 m 66623320804 CE110922 66623320811 CE111104 66623320812 CE111113<br />

40 x 50 m 66623320806 CE110949 66623320810 CE111090 66623320808 CE111023<br />

50 x 50 m 66623320805 CE110930 66623320809 CE111066 66623320807 CE111007<br />

Size / Grit 180 240 320<br />

25 x 50 m 66623320821 CE111422 66623320818 CE111384 66623320815 CE111333<br />

40 x 50 m 66623320820 CE111414 66623320816 CE111341 66623320814 CE111325<br />

50 x 50 m 66623320819 CE111406 66623320817 CE111376 66623320813 CE111317<br />

Flap Wheels Aluminium Oxide<br />

Designed to deliver a consistant finish with a uniform rate of cut. Ideal for metal fabrication, blending welds,<br />

deburring and claning & finishing. Integral steel shank permits quick changes on air tools.<br />

5<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Grit RPM Size Min. Order Qty<br />

66623321493 CK382132 P60<br />

66623321494 CK382140 P80<br />

66623321495 CK382159 P120<br />

25,000 30 x 15 x 6 mm Spindle 10<br />

66623321496 CK382167 P150<br />

66623321506 CK382280 P60<br />

66623321507 CK382299 P80<br />

19,000 40 x 20 x 6 mm Spindle 10<br />

66623321508 CK382302 P120<br />

66623321515 CK382396 P60<br />

66623321516 CK382418 P80<br />

66623321517 CK382426 P120<br />

15,000 50 x 30 x 6 mm Spindle 10<br />

66623321518 CK382434 P150<br />

66623321519 CK382442 P240<br />

66623321525 CK382515 P60<br />

66623321526 CK382523 P80<br />

66623321527 CK382531 P120<br />

66623321528 CK382558 P150<br />

12,700 60 x 30 x 6 mm Spindle 10<br />

66623321529 CK382566 P240<br />

66623321530 CK382574 P320<br />

66623321531 CK382582 P60<br />

66623321532 CK382590 P80<br />

12,700 60 x 40 x 6 mm Spindle 10<br />

66623321533 CK382604 P120<br />

BLAZE F980 Fibre Discs<br />

Next generation SG ceramic abrasive grain. Extra heavy duty vulcanised fibre backing. Improved resin system<br />

for better grain adhesion.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size Grit Min. Order Qty<br />

66261053168 53168 100 x 16 mm C24 25<br />

66261053170 53170 100 x 16 mm C36 25<br />

66261085524 85524 100 x 16 mm C50 25<br />

66261062965 62965 100 x 16 mm C60 25<br />

66261062966 62966 100 x 16 mm C80 25<br />

66254436181 36181 100 x 16 mm C120 25<br />

69957398000 98000 115 x 22 mm C24 25<br />

69957398001 98001 115 x 22 mm C36 25<br />

69957398002 98002 115 x 22 mm C50 25<br />

96657398003 98003 115 x 22 mm C60 25<br />

69957398004 98004 115 x 22 mm C80 25<br />

66254425332 25332 125 x 22 mm C120 25<br />

69957398005 98005 125 x 22 mm C24 25<br />

69957398006 98006 125 x 22 mm C36 25<br />

69957398007 98007 125 x 22 mm C50 25<br />

69957398008 98008 125 x 22 mm C60 25<br />

69957398009 98009 125 x 22 mm C80 25<br />

66254409084 09084 125 x 22 mm C120 25<br />

69957398010 98010 180 x 22 mm C24 25<br />

69957398011 98011 180 x 22 mm C36 25<br />

69957398012 98012 180 x 22 mm C50 25<br />

69957398013 98013 180 x 22 mm C60 25<br />

69957398014 98014 180 x 22 mm C80 25<br />

66254411528 11528 180 x 22 mm C120 25<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

461


ABRASIVES<br />

INDUSTRIAL COATED ABRASIVES & TAPES<br />

NorZon F827<br />

Zirconia Fibre Backed Discs. Closekote for heavy stock removal of metal.<br />

Size / Grit<br />

24 36 60<br />

<strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No. <strong>Product</strong> No. Legacy No.<br />

100 x 16 mm - - 63642531839 CD194085 66261061296 CD193046<br />

115 x 22 mm 62642533048 CD211036 66261061298 CD123897 63642560658 CD021954<br />

125 x 22 mm 66261176682 CD383619 63642539602 CD123927 66261176659 CD150657<br />

178 x 22 mm 66261061165 CD123900 66261061166 CD123919 66261061167 CD123935<br />

BEAR-TEX Rapid Strip<br />

Depressed Centre Wheels.<br />

5<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Size Material Type Grade Max. RPM Min. Order Qty<br />

66261030651 30651 100 x 16 mm Silicon Carbide Extra Coarse 15,300 10<br />

66261009649 09649 115 x 22 mm Silicon Carbide Extra Coarse 13,300 10<br />

66261030655 30655 125 x 22 mm Silicon Carbide Extra Coarse 12,250 10<br />

66261009586 09586 178 x 22 mm Silicon Carbide Extra Coarse 8,600 10<br />

T417 - Tufbak Paper Sheets<br />

Wet & Dry. Suitable for metal or acrylic painted surfaces. Ideal for waterproof sanding<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Grit Size mm Min. Order Qty<br />

66623320254 CC268070 60 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320255 CC268089 80 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320256 CC268097 100 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320257 CC268100 120 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320259 CC268127 180 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320260 CC268135 220 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320261 CC268143 240 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320262 CC268151 280 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320263 CC268178 320 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320265 CC268194 400 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320267 CC268216 600 230 x 280 50<br />

66623320269 CC268232 1000 230 x 280 50<br />

BEAR-TEX<br />

Sanding Pads. Ideal for use on irregular surfaces<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Colour Grit Type Min. Order Qty<br />

66261045600 CX227412 White 400 No. 456 20<br />

66261063500 CX310808 Grey 600 No. 635 20<br />

66261074000 CX310832 Dark Tan 100 - 150 No. 740 20<br />

66261074600 CX310816 Grey 100 - 150 No. 746 20<br />

66261074700 CX298654 Maroon 240 - 360 No. 747 20<br />

66261074800 CX298638 Grey 1000 - 1200 No. 748 20<br />

66261077700 CX310824 Maroon 240 - 360 No. 777 20<br />

66261079600 CX298646 Green 240 - 360 No. 796 20<br />

66261195914 95914 Gold 1000 No. 914 20<br />

PVC Duct Tape<br />

General purpose joining, holding and non-critical applications. Moisture resistant.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Legacy Number Colour Size Width x Length Min. Order Qty<br />

66623336455 AT225320 Black 48 mm x 30 m 36<br />

66623336454 AT099589 Silver 48 mm x 30 m 36<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Cut’n’Grind 125mm M14 25/3.9<br />

Quality finishing in cutting and grinding. Sintered turbo shape for fast material removal. Multi Purpose diamond<br />

blade for cutting and grinding. Use on same applications as diamond blades and diamond cup grinders.<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Number Description Application Min. Order Qty<br />

70184641172 125 x M14 x 25/3.9 mm Cut ‘n’ Grind Concrete, ductile iron and natural stones 1<br />

462 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


OTHER<br />

COMWELD 40/60 SOFT SOLDER<br />

COMWELD 40/60 Solder is a low cost general purpose solder for general sheet<br />

metal work, plumbing (not water pipes) such as gutters and flashings and<br />

automotive radiator repairs. Other general applications include the soldering of<br />

very light gauge tin coated plate (tin plate) the joining of lead based alloy pipe, the<br />

trophy & medallion industry and model making & hobby areas.<br />

Procedure for Soldering:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined of foreign material.<br />

2. Apply COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux (321890) to the work area. If using flux<br />

cored solder this will be automatic at step four (4).<br />

3. Heat the work surfaces directly by the use of a soldering iron or indirectly by<br />

the use of a soft gas flame, such as LPG. Do not overheat.<br />

4. Apply solder to the work area. The molten solder should easily flow and be<br />

evenly dispersed in the joint area. Do not over fill with solder.<br />

5. Remove heat source and allow to cool naturally until solder returns to a solid<br />

state.<br />

6. Remove all flux residues with water.<br />

Acid Cored & Resin Cored! What are the Differences?<br />

COMWELD ‘RESIN-CORED’ solder wire is suitable for safe use on electrical and<br />

electronic work such as computers, video recorders, televisions, telephone and<br />

telecommunications equipment and other consumer goods without the need to<br />

remove the flux residue. The RESIN residue remaining after soldering is noncorrosive<br />

and non-conductive and as such means that there cannot be any damage<br />

to delicate electrical wires and no new electrical paths can form to cause shortouts<br />

or electrical malfunction of the equipment.<br />

The flux inside COMWELD ‘ACID-CORED’ wires does not actually contain acid, but<br />

the name is given to this flux because it has been formulated to provide a higher<br />

level of chemical cleaning action and fluxing activity needed to remove oxide and<br />

oxide skins from hard to solder metals such as heavily tarnished copper, copper<br />

alloys and difficult materials such as stainless steels that the relatively mild RESIN<br />

type flux could not cope with. The flux residues of the ACID-CORED wire are<br />

to some extent corrosive and, as such should not be used for electrical work. If<br />

possible we recommend that the residues be washed off with water (preferably<br />

warm) after soldering.<br />

COMWELD 50/50 SOFT SOLDER<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1834 Part 1<br />

Features:<br />

General Purpose Low Cost Solder.<br />

For Sheet Metal & Plumbing Applications.<br />

Wide Range of Packaging Options.<br />

40Sn.<br />

Colour Code & identification:<br />

Cored Wire Reels — Green label<br />

Sticks — marked 40/60<br />

Handipack (H/P) Coil, Yellow backing card and label.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Soldering only.<br />

SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 294°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Sn: 40% (Tin) Pb: 60% (Lead)<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

42 MPa<br />

Shear Strength<br />

37 MPa<br />

Approximate Melting Range<br />

183–234°C<br />

Electrical Conductivity<br />

10.1% IACS<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod/Wire Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Part No<br />

12 x 6 x 400 250g Stick 322305<br />

(W x B x L)<br />

3.2 250g Acid core Wire 322313<br />

1.6 15g Resin core H/P 322220<br />

5<br />

COMWELD 50/50 Solder is a higher quality general purpose solder for general sheet<br />

metal work, and plumbing (not water pipes) applications where better free flowing<br />

characteristics are important.The Resin Cored COMWELD 50/50 solder is especially<br />

suited for electrical and electronic work where residues which remain after<br />

soldering are non-corrosive and non-conductive.<br />

Procedure for Soldering:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined of foreign material.<br />

2. Apply COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux (321890) to the work area. If using flux<br />

cored solder this will be automatic at step four (4).<br />

3. Heat the work surfaces directly by the use of a soldering iron or indirectly by<br />

the use of a soft gas flame, such as LPG. Do not overheat.<br />

4. Apply solder to the work area. The molten solder should easily flow and be<br />

evenly dispersed in the joint area. Do not over fill with solder.<br />

5. Remove heat source and allow to cool naturally until solder returns to a solid<br />

state.<br />

6. Remove all flux residues with water.<br />

Acid Cored & Resin Cored! What are the Differences?<br />

COMWELD ‘RESIN-CORED’ solder wire is suitable for safe use on electrical and<br />

electronic work such as computers, video recorders, televisions, telephone and<br />

telecommunications equipment and other consumer goods without the need to<br />

remove the flux residue. The RESIN residue remaining after soldering is noncorrosive<br />

and non-conductive and as such means that there cannot be any damage<br />

to delicate electrical wires and no new electrical paths can form to cause shortouts<br />

or electrical malfunction of the equipment.<br />

The flux inside COMWELD ‘ACID-CORED’ wires does not actually contain acid, but<br />

the name is given to this flux because it has been formulated to provide a higher<br />

level of chemical cleaning action and fluxing activity needed to remove oxide and<br />

oxide skins from hard to solder metals such as heavily tarnished copper, copper<br />

alloys and difficult materials such as stainless steels that the relatively mild RESIN<br />

type flux could not cope with. The flux residues of the ACID-CORED wire are<br />

to some extent corrosive and, as such should not be used for electrical work. If<br />

possible we recommend that the residues be washed off with water (preferably<br />

warm) after soldering.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1834 Part 1<br />

Features:<br />

Higher Quality General Purpose Solder.<br />

For Electrical & Electronic Applications.<br />

Wide Range of Packaging Options.<br />

50Sn.<br />

Colour Code & identification:<br />

Cored Wire Reels — Orange Label<br />

Sticks — marked 50/50.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Soldering only.<br />

SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 272°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Sn: 50% (Tin) Pb: 50% (Lead)<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

45 MPa<br />

Shear Strength<br />

40 MPa<br />

Approximate Melting Range<br />

183–212°C<br />

Electrical Conductivity<br />

10.9% IACS<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod/Wire Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Part No<br />

12 x 6 x 400 250g Stick 322306<br />

(W x B x L)<br />

3.2 250g Solid Wire 322310<br />

3.2 500g Acid Core Wire 322318<br />

1.6 250g Acid Core Wire 322317<br />

1.6 250g Resin Core Wire 322319<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

463


OTHER<br />

COMWELD 965 SOLDER (SOFT SILVER SOLDER)<br />

5<br />

COMWELD 965 Solder is a tin / silver eutectic solder which has the highest<br />

strength of all soft solders. Due to it’s high strength, good electrical and thermal<br />

conductivity, non toxicity (lead, zinc and cadmium free) and also the fact that it<br />

remains bright and shiny, make COMWELD 965 Solder the most universal of soft<br />

solders.<br />

Comweld 965 Solder is used for the joining and repair of copper, bronze, brass,<br />

nickel, monel, steel, stainless steel, pewter, chrome plate, metal sculpture, model<br />

making, costume jewellery and or a combination of metals with the exception<br />

of aluminium and magnesium. It is used in the manufacture and repair of<br />

refrigeration, air conditioning, heating, surgical and food equipment and for reliable<br />

electrical connections subject to high service stresses and temperatures.<br />

Comweld 965 Solder is often preferable due to its much lower melting point then<br />

silver brazing alloys, which eliminates the need for excessive heating during joining.<br />

Non Toxic Solder.<br />

Procedure for Soldering:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined of foreign material.<br />

2. Apply COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux (321890) to the work area. If using flux<br />

cored solder this will be automatic at step four (4).<br />

3. Heat the work surfaces indirectly by the use of a soldering iron or by the use<br />

of a soft gas flame, such as LPG or Air-Acetylene.<br />

4. Do not overheat.<br />

5. Melt off small amount of alloy and play the flame onto the solder until it flows<br />

into the joint and bonds.<br />

6. Continue until joint is complete.<br />

7. Remove all flux residues with water.<br />

Acid Cored Wire! Does it contain Acid?<br />

The flux inside COMWELD ‘ACID-CORED’ wires does not actually contain acid, but<br />

the name is given to this flux because it has been formulated to provide a higher<br />

level of chemical cleaning action and fluxing activity needed to remove oxide and<br />

oxide skins from hard to solder metals such as heavily tarnished copper, copper<br />

alloys and difficult materials such as stainless steels that the relatively mild RESIN<br />

type flux could not cope with. The flux residues of the ACID-CORED wire are<br />

to some extent corrosive and, as such should not be used for electrical work. If<br />

possible we recommend that the residues be washed off with water (preferably<br />

warm) after soldering.<br />

COMWELD METAL MATE SOLDER KIT<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1834 Part 1<br />

96.5Sn / 3.5Ag.<br />

Features:<br />

Highest Strength Soft Solder.<br />

Lead, Zinc and Cadmium Free.<br />

Non Toxic Solder For Electrical, Surgical and Food Equipment Applications.<br />

Wide Range of Packaging Options.<br />

Colour Code & identification:<br />

Blue Labels and backing cards.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Soldering only.<br />

SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 281°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Sn: 96.5% (Tin) Ag: 3.5% (Silver)<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

60 MPa<br />

Density 7.5g/cm 3<br />

Approximate Melting Point 221°C<br />

Electrical Conductivity<br />

17% IACS<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod/Wire Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type Part No<br />

3.2 250g Solid Wire 322320<br />

500g Solid Wire 322321<br />

1.6 250g Acid Core Wire 322324<br />

15g HandiPack Coil 322221<br />

Acid Core Wire<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

COMWELD Metal Mate Solder Kit contains a 14 gram 965 solid solder coil complete<br />

with a 14 ml bottle of COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux which provides a very compact<br />

package suitable for all of the applications recommended for the standard Comweld<br />

965 Soft Solder.<br />

COMWELD 965 Solder is a tin / silver eutectic solder which has the highest<br />

strength of all soft solders. Due to it’s high strength, good electrical and thermal<br />

conductivity, non toxicity (lead, zinc and cadmium free) and also the fact that it<br />

remains bright and shiny, make COMWELD 965 Solder the most universal of soft<br />

solders.<br />

Comweld 965 Solder is used for the joining and repair of copper, bronze, brass,<br />

nickel, monel, steel, stainless steel, pewter, chrome plate, metal sculpture, model<br />

making, costume jewellery and or a combination of metals with the exception of<br />

aluminium and magnesium.<br />

It is used in the manufacture and repair of refrigeration, air conditioning, heating,<br />

surgical and food equipment and for reliable electrical connections subject to high<br />

service stresses and temperatures.<br />

Comweld 965 Solder is often preferable due to its much lower melting point then<br />

silver brazing alloys, which eliminates the need for excessive heating during joining.<br />

Non Toxic Solder.<br />

Procedure for Soldering:<br />

1. Thoroughly clean all areas to be joined of foreign material.<br />

2. Apply COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux to the work area.<br />

3. Heat the work surfaces indirectly by the use of a soldering iron or by the use<br />

of a soft gas flame, such as LPG or Air-Acetylene.<br />

4. Do not overheat.<br />

5. Melt off small amount of alloy and play the flame onto the solder until it flows<br />

into the joint and bonds.<br />

6. Continue until joint is complete.<br />

7. Remove all flux residues immediately after soldering by washing with plenty<br />

of cold water. It is advisable to protect your skin from contacting this flux. If<br />

contact is made with the skin, wash under cold water as soon as possible.<br />

Classifications:<br />

AS 1834 Part 1<br />

96.5Sn / 3.5Ag.<br />

Features:<br />

Highest Strength Soft Solder.<br />

Lead, Zinc and Cadmium Free.<br />

Non Toxic Solder For Electrical, Surgical and Food Equipment Applications.<br />

Identification:<br />

Clear Plastic Jar, White Lid & White Label with Blue Print.<br />

Joining Process:<br />

Soldering only.<br />

SOLDERING IRON bit temperature: 281°C.<br />

Typical Rod Analysis:<br />

Sn: 96.5% (Tin) Ag: 3.5% (Silver)<br />

Typical Properties:<br />

Tensile Strength<br />

60 MPa<br />

Density 7.5g/cm 3<br />

Approximate Melting Point 221°C<br />

Electrical Conductivity<br />

17% IACS<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Rod/Wire Size (mm) Pack Weight/Type<br />

Part No<br />

1.6mm x 14g Solid Wire coiled<br />

1.6 around a 14ml bottle of 321690 321690<br />

965 Soldering Flux<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

464 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


OTHER<br />

COMWELD ALUMINIUM FLUX<br />

COMWELD Aluminium Flux is an all purpose flux for fusion welding sheet and cast<br />

aluminium. It eliminates the need for a number of different types of aluminium<br />

welding fluxes being stocked to handle different types of aluminium welding alloys.<br />

COMWELD Aluminium Flux is recommended for use with the following COMWELD<br />

Aluminium welding rods, AL1188 (Pure), AL4043 (5% Silicon) and AL5356 (5%<br />

Magnesium).<br />

Procedure:<br />

Apply flux sparingly to the cleaned surface of the joint in paste form, or by picking<br />

up a small quantity on the end of the heated filler rod. Never sprinkle flux over the<br />

job. The flux can be mixed with methylated spirits, water or alcohol to form a thin<br />

paste which can be applied to the rod or working area by means of a paint brush.<br />

Features:<br />

For Fusion Welding Aluminium Alloys.<br />

Useable in either Powder or Paste Form.<br />

vIdentification:<br />

White Powder in a Black Plastic Jar.<br />

Melting Point:<br />

545°C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Weight/Type<br />

Part No<br />

250 gram Black Plastic Jar 321740<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Dilute nitric acid dip followed by cold water rinse, then a hot water rinse or wire<br />

brush with hot water or steam.<br />

COMWELD COPPER & BRASS FLUX<br />

COMWELD Copper and Brass Flux is specially developed for the braze welding of<br />

copper, brass and bronze and the brazing of copper, steel, etc. COMWELD Copper<br />

and Brass Flux is particularly suitable for use with COMWELD Manganese Bronze,<br />

Tobin Bronze, Nickel Bronze and Silicon Bronze rods.<br />

Procedure:<br />

The parts to be brazed must be clean with all traces of paint, oil and grease<br />

removed. Dip the heated end of the filler rod into flux as required. Flux may<br />

be mixed with water into a creamy paste and applied to rod and work before<br />

commencing. Wait until both edges of the joint begin to melt then apply the fluxed<br />

rod. Continue by melting each edge of the joint and the rod simultaneously.<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Wire brush cup wheel (on an angle grinder) or wire brush with hot water, or dilute<br />

hydrochloric acid or nitric acid dip, followed by a water rinse.<br />

Features:<br />

For Universal Braze Welding Applications.<br />

Useable in either Powder or Paste Form.<br />

Identification:<br />

Pink Powder in Black Plastic Jars or Drums.<br />

Melting Point:<br />

645°C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Weight/Type<br />

Part No<br />

250 gram Black Jar 321822<br />

5<br />

COMWELD SILVER BRAZING FLUX NO.2<br />

COMWELD Silver Brazing Flux No. 2 and Silver Brazing Alloys with a high silver<br />

content (42-50%) produce excellent joints on carbon steel, stainless steel, nickel<br />

alloys and copper and brass.<br />

Dissimilar metals in the above groups can be easily brazed.<br />

The flux is a good temperature indicator and will melt at the proper brazing<br />

temperature.<br />

Procedure:<br />

The parts to be brazed must be thoroughly clean with all traces of oil and grease<br />

removed. Apply to work and rod with a paint brush before commencing to braze.<br />

Adequate flux is essential for proper action.<br />

Features:<br />

For Silver Brazing of Carbon Steel, Stainless Steels & Dissimilar Metals.<br />

Used in a Paste Form.<br />

Identification:<br />

White Paste in either a Black / White Plastic Jar.<br />

Melting Point:<br />

450°C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Weight/Type<br />

Part No<br />

200 gram Black Jar 321840<br />

500 gram Black Jar 321841<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Hot diluted caustic soda dip or wire brush with hot water or steam.<br />

COMWELD G.P. SILVER BRAZING FLUX<br />

COMWELD General Purpose Silver Brazing Flux is recommended for use with<br />

Cadmium bearing and Cadmium free silver brazing alloys with a low to medium<br />

silver content (2-40%). It is an excellent flux for medium to high temperature<br />

brazing and has been specially formulated to be used for induction brazing.<br />

COMWELD General Purpose Silver Brazing Flux and the above mentioned silver<br />

brazing alloys produce excellent joints on carbon steel, stainless steel, nickel alloys<br />

and copper and brass. The flux is a good temperature indicator and will melt at the<br />

proper brazing temperature.<br />

Procedure:<br />

The parts to be brazed must be thoroughly clean with all traces of oil and grease<br />

removed. Apply to work and rod with a paint brush before commencing to braze.<br />

Adequate flux is essential for proper action.<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Hot diluted caustic soda dip or wire brush with hot water or steam.<br />

Features:<br />

For Silver Brazing of Steel, Nickel, Brass, Bronze, Copper, and Stainless Steels.<br />

Used in a Paste Form.<br />

Identification:<br />

White Paste in either a Black / White Plastic Jar.<br />

Melting Point:<br />

485°C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Weight/Type<br />

Part No<br />

200 gram Black Jar 321850<br />

500 gram Black Jar 321851<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

465


OTHER<br />

COMWELD 965 SOLDERING FLUX<br />

COMWELD 965 Soldering Flux, when used in conjunction with COMWELD Soft<br />

Solders, enables excellent joints to be made on almost all metals and combinations<br />

of metals.<br />

It is a very active flux and therefore, if used on copper, brass, bronze, etc. may be<br />

diluted if required in the ratio 1 part flux to 4 parts water.<br />

Procedure:<br />

COMWELD 965 is sold in handy squeeze-type bottles which enables the right<br />

amount of flux to be deposited when and where required.<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Remove all flux residues immediately after soldering by washing with plenty of cold<br />

water. It is advisable to protect your skin from contacting this flux. If contact is<br />

made with the skin, wash under cold water as soon as possible.<br />

Features:<br />

For Use with all Comweld Soft Solders.<br />

Highest Quality Australian Made Flux.<br />

Used in a Liquid Form Only.<br />

Identification:<br />

Pink Liquid in Black Plastic Bottles and Drums.<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Weight/Type Part No<br />

125 ml Bottle 321890<br />

5<br />

COMWELD VAPAFLUX<br />

COMWELD Vapaflux provides an effective and time saving method of applying flux<br />

when braze welding steel. It is intended to be applied as vapour in the flame itself<br />

(the flux in the flame) and will impart a high fluidity to the bronze when deposited.<br />

This method prevents loss of time in removing the rod from the work to dip for<br />

the flux, and saves the fuel gas and oxygen consumed while dipping for flux. It<br />

is particularly effective for production brazing and will cut production time and<br />

defects. One of the major advantages is the elimination of the costly after-cleaning<br />

which is usually necessary with ordinary powder flux use. It is recommended for<br />

use with COMWELD Manganese Bronze and COMWELD Nickel Bronze rods.<br />

Procedure:<br />

COMWELD Vapaflux has been specially formulated for best results when used with<br />

the COMWELD Vapaflux Dispenser which delivers the correct quantity from the<br />

blowpipe to the flame. It is not suitable for direct application.<br />

Features:<br />

For Braze Welding of Steel.<br />

Used with Comweld Manganese & Nickel Bronze Rods.<br />

Used in a Liquid Form Only.<br />

Identification:<br />

Clear Liquid in a Tin Plate Can.<br />

FLASH Point (TRUE CLOSED CUP): 17°C<br />

Packaging Data:<br />

Pack Volume/Type Part No<br />

10 litre Tin Plate Can 321885<br />

Flux Removal:<br />

Where the welds are to be chrome plated or coated with synthetic enamels, the flux<br />

residue should be removed prior to treatment. Quench the joint in water containing<br />

5% phosphoric acid. This will prevent rusting. The usual method of wire brushing<br />

with warm water may be employed to clean the joint surface.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Copyright. Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

466 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND THEIR USE SOLD IN AUSTRALIA<br />

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS<br />

AVESTA PICKLING GEL 122<br />

WAPG02L & WAPG15L<br />

Pickling Gel 122 removes superficial micro-slag particles that may cause local corrosion. The Pickling process<br />

accelerates the rebuilding of the chromium oxide layer which is damaged by working operations such as<br />

welding, blasting, cutting and forming.<br />

To assist pickling, this process may sometimes be combined with some form of simultaneous mechanical<br />

treatment, for example brushing.<br />

After pickling, the work piece should be thoroughly rinsed with low pressure high volume tap water. This is to<br />

reduce the risk of atomizing any paste residue before high-pressure water jet cleaning. And then best results<br />

are achieved by using a high-pressure water jet. This operation instantly passivates the steel surface. In this<br />

way the surface is passivated quicker otherwise the passivation reaction may take up to 12 hours. Please make<br />

sure that there is adequate personal protection by protecting all exposed parts of the body with acid resistant<br />

clothing and proper protection for the eyes and face.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Standard steel grades such as 304, 316 and 2205.<br />

Assures fast pickling, thereby reducing labor costs.<br />

Paste is water soluble and therefore easy to remove.<br />

Can be used on cold and hot rolled plate.<br />

Medium to thick welding oxides (e.g. TIG, MIG, SMAW<br />

& SAW)<br />

Applied with a brush.<br />

Rinse methodically.<br />

Treat waste water before discharging.<br />

Available in 2L Jars and 15L containers<br />

Avesta pickling paste and pickling gel follow the<br />

recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.<br />

5<br />

AVESTA BLUEONE 130<br />

PICKLING PASTE<br />

WABP02L & WABP15L<br />

BlueOne Pickling Paste 130 is a unique patented pickling paste that creates a better working environment.<br />

BlueOne makes it possible to pickle virtually without the toxic nitric fumes that are normally formed during<br />

pickling. BlueOne 130 is a universal paste that can be used on most stainless steel grades.<br />

To assist pickling, this process may sometimes be combined with some form of simultaneous mechanical<br />

treatment, for example brushing.<br />

After pickling, the work piece should be thoroughly rinsed with low pressure high volume tap water. This is to<br />

reduce the risk of atomizing any paste residue before high-pressure water jet cleaning. And then best results<br />

are achieved by using a high-pressure water jet. This operation instantly passivates the steel surface. In this<br />

way the surface is passivated quicker otherwise the passivation reaction may take up to 12 hours. Please make<br />

sure that there is adequate personal protection by protecting all exposed parts of the body with acid resistant<br />

clothing and proper protection for the eyes and face.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Standard steel grades such as 304 and 316.<br />

Cold rolled plate.<br />

Standard 2D finishes.<br />

Medium welding oxides (e.g. TIG, MIG).<br />

Paste agitation (bubbling when applied) helps lift<br />

oxides.<br />

Low NOx levels. Up to 70% fume reduction when<br />

compared to standard paste.<br />

Blue color identification making it easier to see when<br />

applying and when washing off.<br />

The paste is free flowing, hence gives a good<br />

penetration of the weld joint.<br />

Lower consumption, covering more area making it<br />

more economical.<br />

Applied with a brush.<br />

Rinse methodically.<br />

Treat waste water before discharging.<br />

Available in 2L Jars and 15L containers.<br />

Avesta pickling paste and pickling gel follow the<br />

recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.<br />

AVESTA NEUTRALISING<br />

AGENT 502<br />

WANP02L<br />

After pickling, the waste water is acidic and contaminated with heavy metals, mainly iron, Chromium and<br />

Nickel that have been dissolved from the steel. The waste water must therefore undergo neutralization and<br />

treated in accordance with local regulations. Avesta Neutralising Agent 502 provides a simple method for<br />

handling the acidic waste water after rinsing. By adding this product, the waste water will achieve an adjusted<br />

pH-value of 7 to 10, and the dissolved metals such as chromium and nickel will be precipitated.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Add the neutralising agent to the rinse water while<br />

stirring.<br />

The action takes place instantly.<br />

Check pH level and adjust the pH to the local area<br />

regulations by adding more neutralising agent.<br />

When pH has reached an acceptable level time should<br />

be allowed for the sludge to sink to the bottom and the<br />

water to become clear.<br />

If analysis shows that the treated water to be in<br />

accordance with local regulations it may be let out into<br />

the sewage system or recycled.<br />

In order to increase the degree of treatment, an extra<br />

filter can be inserted before the water reaches the<br />

sewer.<br />

The sludge which contains heavy metals, should be<br />

sent to a heavy metals waste treatment plant.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

467


CHEMICAL PRODUCTS<br />

AVESTA REDONE 240 SPRAY<br />

PICKLE GEL<br />

WARPS25L & WARP02L<br />

RedOne 240 Spray Pickle Gel has replaced Spray Pickle Gel 214 and is not as aggressive as Spray Pickle Gel 204.<br />

It is used to restore the whole stainless steel surface that have been damaged by working operations such as<br />

welding, forming, cutting and blasting.<br />

The gel removes welding oxides, the underlying chromium-depleted layer, micro-slag particles and other<br />

contaminants that may cause local corrosion.<br />

To assist pickling, this process may sometimes be combined with some form of simultaneous mechanical<br />

treatment, for example brushing.<br />

After pickling, the work piece should be thoroughly rinsed with low pressure high volume tap water. This is to<br />

reduce the risk of atomizing any paste residue before high-pressure water jet cleaning. And then best results<br />

are achieved by using a high-pressure water jet. This operation instantly passivates the steel surface. In this<br />

way the surface is passivated quicker otherwise the passivation reaction may take up to 12 hours. Please make<br />

sure that there is adequate personal protection by protecting all exposed parts of the body with acid resistant<br />

clothing and proper protection for the eyes and face.<br />

5<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

All grades of Stainless Steel.assures fast pickling,<br />

thereby reducing labor costs.<br />

Paste is water soluble and therefore easy to remove.<br />

Low NOx levels. Up to 50% fume reduction when<br />

compared to standard pastes.<br />

Can be used on cold and hot rolled plate.<br />

Medium to thick welding oxides from all welding<br />

process.<br />

Superior adhesiveness.<br />

Give a brighter finish.<br />

Red color identification making it easier to see when<br />

applying and when washing off.<br />

Lower consumption making it more economical.<br />

Applied by spraying.<br />

Approximate coverage by spray application is 1L/4M2.<br />

Does not dry out can be left overnight.<br />

Rinse methodically.<br />

Treat waste water before discharging.<br />

Available in 25L containers.<br />

Avesta pickling paste and pickling gel follow the<br />

recommendations of ASTM A-380 A.1 and BS CP-312.<br />

AVESTA FIRST AID SPRAY 910<br />

WAFS200<br />

Avesta First Aid Spray 910 with its dual action properties is designed to work on both acids and fluorine.<br />

Avesta First Aid Spray 910 is a rapid and effective absorption agent. Its absorption capacity is 100 times higher<br />

than that of calcium gluconate. Avesta First Aid Spray 910 also has the advantage of being equally suitable<br />

for eye and skin injuries (calcium gluconate must not be used for eyes). Avesta First Aid Spray 910 is limited<br />

for treatments of small acid-splashes caused by Avesta Pickling Paste / Gel / Spray. When handling Pickling<br />

Bath larger packages must be used.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

Apply immediately (within 30 sec) to the skin or eyes<br />

that have come in contact with pickling paste, gel or<br />

spray.<br />

Spray contents liberally onto the affected area.<br />

Avoid rinsing with water first as this reduces the effect<br />

of the solution<br />

Seek medical advice.<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

Avesta FinishOne 630<br />

WAF025L<br />

FinishOne 630 is an environmental friendly passivator/final rinse which removes contaminants and iron<br />

particles from the surface. It also restores and thickens the protective chromium oxide layer and removes<br />

smut from sensitive surfaces after pickling. Should be sprayed liberally on mechanical or chemical treated<br />

surfaces to accelerate the passivation.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

A perfect finish every time.<br />

Accelerates the passivation of the surface after<br />

mechanical treatments, E.g. grinding and blasting.<br />

Removes free iron and other contaminants from the<br />

surface.<br />

No aggressive acids.<br />

No waste product.<br />

Environmentally friendly non-hazardous chemical.<br />

Diminishes surface discoloration “smut”.<br />

Ensures stain / calcium-free rinsing.<br />

Kills bacteria and disinfects.<br />

Used for passivation in the pharmaceutical industry.<br />

Used for the cleaning of milk tanks.<br />

Used to clean and passivate after mechanical<br />

operations such as blasting and grinding.<br />

Exceeds the performance of nitric and citric acid in<br />

both cleaning and passivating.<br />

Transforms NOx to nitric acid when used as a rinse<br />

after bath pickling.<br />

Applied by spraying.<br />

Final rinse after pickling wet on wet and let dry.<br />

No final rinse of FinishOne required. It can be left on.<br />

Avesta follows the recommendations of ASTM A-380<br />

A.1 and BS CP-312.<br />

468 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CHEMICAL PRODUCTS<br />

SAFETY IS MOST IMPORTANT WHEN PICKLING STAINLESS STEEL<br />

Safety <br />

is important when pickling stainless steel<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Outokumpu Pty Ltd<br />

Ph: (03) 9369 3344<br />

Fax: (03) 9360 9355<br />

Email:bill.aitken@outokumpu.com.au<br />

Web site: www.avestafinishing.com<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

5<br />

CONSUMABLES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

469


CHEMICAL PRODUCTS<br />

5<br />

Avesta RedOne 140<br />

Pickling Paste<br />

WARP02L<br />

RedOne Pickling Paste 140 is a pickling paste specially intended for the high-alloy steel grades and applications where a<br />

more aggressive and faster pickling is needed.<br />

To assist pickling, this process may sometimes be combined with some form of simultaneous mechanical treatment, for<br />

example brushing.<br />

After pickling, the work piece should be thoroughly rinsed with low pressure high volume tap water. This is to reduce the<br />

risk of atomizing any paste residue before high-pressure water jet cleaning. And then best results are achieved by using a<br />

high-pressure water jet. This operation instantly passivates the steel surface. In this way the surface is passivated quicker<br />

otherwise the passivation reaction may take up to 12 hours. Please make sure that there is adequate personal protection by<br />

protecting all exposed parts of the body with acid resistant clothing and proper protection for the eyes and face.<br />

APPLICATIONS<br />

High alloyed grades of Stainless Steel.<br />

Red color identification making it easier to see when applying<br />

Paste agitation (bubbling when applied) helps lift oxides.<br />

and when washing off.<br />

Short pickling times assure fast pickling, thereby reducing<br />

labor costs.<br />

Low NOx levels. Up to 50% fume reduction when compared to<br />

standard pastes.<br />

Paste is water soluble and therefore easy to remove.<br />

Can be used on 316L hot rolled plate.<br />

Good on thick welding oxides layers (e.g. SMAW, SAW and<br />

MIG).<br />

Good when pickling at lower temperatures,


TECHNICAL<br />

TERM & DEFINITIONS 472-473<br />

WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS 474-483<br />

SAFETY IN WELDING 484-485<br />

CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES 486-498<br />

WELDING GUIDE 499-547<br />

HARDFACING INFORMATION 548-557<br />

WELD COSTINGS 558<br />

DEPOSITION DATA 559-563<br />

FACTS & FIGURES 564-576<br />

TECHNICAL 577<br />

INFORMATION 578-579<br />

WARRANTY DATA 580-581<br />

6<br />

WELDING CATALOGUE<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

471


TERMS & DEFINITIONS<br />

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS IN WELDING<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

A. 5 Arc Blow The deflection of an arc from its normal path because of magnetic forces. Normally occurs on DC current<br />

when welding carbon steel.<br />

5 Arc Voltage The voltage across the welding arc.<br />

5 Arc Length The distance from the tip of the welding electrode to the adjacent surface of the weld pool. Also known as<br />

“Arc Gap”.<br />

5 Arc Time The time during which an arc is maintained in making an arc weld.<br />

5 As-welded Pertaining to the condition of weld metal, welded joints and weldments after welding, but prior to any<br />

subsequent thermal, mechanical or chemical treatments.<br />

5 Autogeneous Weld A fusion weld made without filler metal.<br />

B. 5 Back bead A weld resulting from a back weld pass. Also known as “Back Filling” or “Backing Pass”<br />

5 Backgouging The removal of weld metal and base metal from the weld root side of a welded joint to allow complete<br />

fusion and complete joint penetration upon subsequent welding from that side.<br />

5 Backing Strip A material (metal, carbon, ceramic etc.) for backing up a joint during welding to help obtain a sound weld.<br />

5 Backing Ring As above, but in the form of a ring, generally used in pipe welding.<br />

5 Backstep Sequence Weld passes are made in the opposite direction to the progress of welding.<br />

5 Base Metal The metal alloy that is being welded. Also known as “Base Material” or Work Piece”.<br />

5 Bevel Angle The angle formed between the prepared edges of two plates.<br />

5 Build up Layers of weld metal deposited when surfacing material to achieve a required dimension. Also known as<br />

“Buttering” and “Cladding”.<br />

5 Buffer Layer Layers of weld metal on components which prevent crack formation or dilution effects in subsequent weld<br />

layers. See also “build up”.<br />

C. 5 Consumable insert Preplaced filler metal that is completely fused into the root of a joint and becomes part of the finished weld.<br />

5 Crater A depression at the termination of the weld bead.<br />

D. 5 Deposition Efficiency The ratio of the weight of filler metal deposited in the weld metal to the weight of filler metal melted,<br />

expressed in percent.<br />

5 Deposition Rate The weight of material deposited in a unit of time.<br />

5 Depth of Fusion Distance that fusion extends into the base metal from the surface being welded.<br />

5 Dilution A chemical composition change of the deposited weld metal due to admixture of the filler metal and base<br />

metal.<br />

5 Direct Current The electrode lead and welding electrode are connected to the negative pole on the welding machine. Also<br />

Electrode Negative<br />

known as DC - or DCEN and DC straight polarity (Negative = 1/3 Heat)<br />

5 Direct Current The electrode lead and welding electrode are connected to the positive pole on the welding machine. Also<br />

Electrode Positive<br />

known as DC+ or DCEP and DC reverse polarity. (Positive = 2/3 Heat)<br />

E. 5 Edge Preparation The surface prepared on the edge of a joint for welding.<br />

5 Electrode Lead Conductor between source of current and electrode holder.<br />

F. 5 Flux Fusible material for removal of oxides impurities and to create gas for shielding and slag for shape and<br />

contour.<br />

5 Fusion The melting together of filler metal and base metal or a base metal only to produce a weld.<br />

G. 5 Ground Lead The electrical conductor between the arc welding current source and work piece connection. Also known as<br />

“Work Lead”.<br />

H. 5 Hardfacing The process of covering a surface with wear-resistant metal by welding to reduce wear.<br />

5 Heat affected Zone The region beneath or around the weld bead which has not melted, but whose mechanical properties or<br />

microstructure has been altered by the heat of welding.<br />

I. 5 Infra-Red Radiation Electromagnetic energy with wavelengths from 770 to 12,000 nanometers.<br />

5 Intermittent Welding Is welding wherein continuity is broken by recurring unwelded spaces.<br />

5 Interpass Temperature In a multiple run weld, the lowest temperature of deposited metal before the next pass is started. Normally<br />

measured 25mm from the weld metal centre line.<br />

L. 5 Liquidus The lowest temperature at which a metal or an alloy is completely liquid.<br />

5 Longitudinal Sequence The order in which weld passes of a continuous weld are made along its length.<br />

M. 5 Melt-Through Is the visible root re-inforcement obtained in a one sided weld joint.<br />

O. 5 Open Circuit Voltage The voltage between terminals of a power source when no current is flowing.<br />

P. 5 Parent Metal Same as “Base Metal”.<br />

5 Peening The mechanical working of metals by light hammering.<br />

5 Penetration The depth a weld extends into a joint from the metal surface<br />

5 Post-heating Application of heat to the weldment after welding is completed.<br />

5 Preheating Application of heat to the base metal before welding commences.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

472 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TERMS AND DEFINITIONS IN WELDING CONT.<br />

TERMS & DEFINITIONS<br />

5 Procedure Qualification To establish that welds made by a defined method can meet prescribed standards.<br />

R. 5 Residual Stress Stress that is present in a joint member or material that is free of external forces.<br />

5 Root Bead A weld which is part or all of the root joint.<br />

5 Root Bend Test A test in which the root surface is bent around a specified radius.<br />

5 Runoff / Runon Weld Tab Is additional plate that extends beyond the end of the weld joint on which the weld is finished or started.<br />

(Also known as an End Tab)<br />

S. 5 Seal Weld A weld made primarily to seal a joint for tightness against leakage.<br />

5 Short Arc Short Circuiting Transfer Is metal transfer where molten metal from an (short circuiting) electrode is deposited during repeated short<br />

circuits.<br />

5 Sidewall The surface of a joint wall included inside the preparation of a butt weld.<br />

5 Side Bend Test A test in which the side of a transverse section of the weld is bent around a specified radius.<br />

5 Slag Inclusion Non-metallic solid material trapped in weld metal or between weld and base metal.<br />

5 Spatter Metal particles expelled during welding which do not form part of the weld.<br />

5 Spray Transfer Metal transfer where molten metal from an electrode is propelled across the arc in small droplets.<br />

5 Stringer Bead A weld bead made without weaving.<br />

5 Suck-Back A concave root surface.<br />

T. 5 Tack Weld A small weld made to hold parts in proper alignment until final welds are made.<br />

U. 5 Underbead Crack A crack in the heat affected zone which may or may not extend to the surface of the base metal.<br />

5 Underfill A depression on the weld face dropping below the surface of the base metal.<br />

V. 5 Vertical-down Welding in a downhill direction.<br />

5 Vertical-up Welding in an uphill direction.<br />

W. 5 Weave Bead A weld bead made with slow oscillation motion of the electrode, best limited in width to 2-3 times the<br />

diameter of the electrode.<br />

5 Welder Certification Written verification that a welder has produced Certification welds meeting a prescribed standard of weld<br />

performance.<br />

5 Welding Arc A controlled electrical discharge between the electrode and the work piece that is formed and sustained by<br />

the establishment of a gaseous conductive medium, called an arc plasma.<br />

5 Welding Procedure A record of welding variables used to produce an acceptable test weld and the results of the tests conducted<br />

Qualification Record (WPQR) on that weld which qualify a welding procedure specification.<br />

5 Welding Procedure A document providing the detailed variables for a specific welding application to ensure reproduction<br />

Specification (WPS)<br />

by trained welders.<br />

5 Work Lead The conductor between source of current and the work piece or work table.<br />

5 Work Piece The job, part or component being welded.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

473


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

BASIC TYPES OF WELDED JOINTS<br />

BASIC TYPES OF WELDED JOINTS:<br />

A) FILLET WELD B) CORNER WELD<br />

C) BUTT WELD<br />

D) EDGE WELD<br />

E) LAP WELD<br />

6<br />

TERMINOLOGY OF WELD JOINTS:<br />

ACUTE ANGLE FILLET<br />

OBTUSE ANGLE FILLET<br />

TRUE MITRE CONCAVE CONVEX<br />

FILLET WELD DEFINITIONS:<br />

THROAT<br />

THICKNESS<br />

REINFORCMENT<br />

TOE<br />

EFFECTIVE<br />

THROAT THICKNESS<br />

WELD FACE<br />

LEG LENGTH<br />

TOE<br />

PARENT METAL<br />

HEAT AFFECTED ZONE<br />

(H.A.Z)<br />

ROOT<br />

LEG LENGTH<br />

DEPTH OF PENETRATION<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

474 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

BUTT WELD - PREPARATIONS:<br />

60 0 - 7 0 0<br />

Min.1.5mm<br />

1.5mm<br />

CLOSED SQUARE BUTT<br />

Suitable for plate up to 5mm in thickness<br />

OPEN SQUARE BUTT<br />

>3mm >8mm<br />

60 0 - 7 0 0<br />

SINGLE VEE BUTT<br />

>6mm >16mm<br />

Max. 3mm<br />

3mm Max.<br />

SINGLE U BUTT<br />

>8mm 16mm >40mm<br />

DOUBLE U BUTT<br />

Used on plate over 25mm thick<br />

45 0<br />

SINGLE BEVEL BUTT WELD<br />

>6mm >25mm<br />

20 0 - 3 0 0<br />

6mm RADIUS<br />

SINGLE J BEVEL BUTT WELD<br />

>8mm >25mm<br />

6<br />

(i) BUTT WELD DEFINITIONS:<br />

OTHER WELDS:<br />

HEAT AFFECTED ZONE (H.A.Z)<br />

TOE<br />

THROAT THICKNESS<br />

REINFORCEMENT<br />

WELD FACE<br />

PARENT METAL<br />

PLUG WELDS<br />

EFFECTIVE<br />

THROAT THICKNESS<br />

DEPTH OF<br />

PENETRATION<br />

H.A.Z.<br />

DEPTH OF ROOT<br />

BEAD "PENETRATION"<br />

SLOT WELDS<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

475


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

WELDING POSITIONS AND SYMBOLS<br />

PLATE AND PIPE POSITIONS TO ISO AND AS/AWS STANDARDS:<br />

s ISO STANDARD 6947s AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS 3545s AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS A3.0<br />

PLATE AND PIPE WELDING POSITIONS TO ISO:<br />

FLAT<br />

PA<br />

HORIZONTAL VERTICAL - PB<br />

PB - HORIZONTAL VERTICAL<br />

PF - VERTICAL UP<br />

PG - VERTICAL DOWN<br />

6<br />

HORIZONTAL - PC<br />

PC - HORIZONTAL<br />

HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD - PD<br />

PD - HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD<br />

PE<br />

OVERHEAD<br />

PLATE POSITIONS:<br />

PIPE POSITIONS ROTATED OR ROLLED:<br />

WELD<br />

FLAT<br />

HORIZONTAL<br />

VERTICAL<br />

OVERHEAD<br />

FLAT<br />

HORIZONTAL<br />

VERTICAL<br />

OVERHEAD<br />

BUTT<br />

BUTT<br />

1G / PA<br />

2G / PC<br />

3G / PF<br />

PG<br />

4G / PE<br />

1G / PA<br />

2G / PC<br />

3G / PF<br />

4G / PE<br />

FILLET<br />

FILLET<br />

1F / PA<br />

2F / PB<br />

3F /<br />

PF<br />

PG<br />

4F / PE<br />

1F / PA<br />

2F / PC<br />

AWS<br />

*3F / PF (<br />

2F,R<br />

)<br />

AWS<br />

*4F / PE ( )<br />

4F,F<br />

* ONLY APPLIES TO AS 3545 and ISO 6947<br />

PIPE POSITIONS - FIXED POSITION:<br />

WELDING DIRECTIONS OR POSITIONS:<br />

BUTT<br />

RESTRICTION RING<br />

WELD<br />

45 0 45 0<br />

45 0<br />

PF<br />

5G /<br />

PG<br />

6G / H -LO45<br />

6GR<br />

FLAT<br />

HORIZONTAL-VERTICAL<br />

HORIZONTAL<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

FILLET<br />

PF<br />

5F /<br />

PG<br />

*6F / L45 PA VERTICAL - UP VERTICAL - DOWN<br />

* NOTE: ONLY APPLIES TO AS 3545 and ISO 6947<br />

OVERHEAD<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

476 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

COMPARISON OF BASIC DRAWING (PRINTS) WELDING SYMBOLS:<br />

(i) AS 1101.3 / AWS A2.4 / AS 1101.3 BUTT WELD / AWS A2.4 GROOVE WELD<br />

BUTT WELD<br />

SQUARE<br />

SCARF V BEVEL U J FLARE-V FLARE BEVEL<br />

(ii) AS 1101.3<br />

FILLET WELD<br />

PLUG WELD OR<br />

SLOT WELD<br />

SPOT WELD OR<br />

PROJECTION WELD<br />

SEAM WELD<br />

FLANGE WELD<br />

BACKING RUN OR<br />

BACKING WELD SURFACING EDGE CORNER<br />

AWS A24<br />

FILLET PLUG OR SLOT STUD<br />

SPOT OR<br />

PROJECTION<br />

SEAM<br />

FLANGE WELD<br />

BACK OR<br />

BACKING SURFACING EDGE CORNER<br />

6<br />

AS 1101.3<br />

WELD ALL<br />

AROUND<br />

COMPLETE<br />

CONTOUR<br />

PENETRATION BACKING OR<br />

SITE WELD FROM ONE SIDE SPACER MATERIAL FLUSH<br />

CONVEX CONCAVE<br />

AS A2.4<br />

WELD ALL<br />

AROUND<br />

SITE WELD<br />

MET THROUGH<br />

CONSUM.<br />

INSERT<br />

(SQUARE)<br />

BACKING OR<br />

SPACER<br />

(RECTANGLE)<br />

FLUSH OR FLAT<br />

CONTOUR<br />

CONVEX<br />

CONCAVE<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

477


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

HOW WELDING SYMBOLS ARE USED<br />

TYPE OF WELD<br />

SKETCH OF WELD SYMBOL INDICATION OF DRAWING<br />

FILLET WELD<br />

BEAD<br />

EDGE WELD SEAL WELD BACKING RUN<br />

BUTT WELDS<br />

GENERAL BUTT<br />

FULL PENETRATION BUTT WELD<br />

BY A WELDING PROCEDURE TO<br />

BE AGREED<br />

SQUARE BUTT<br />

6<br />

SINGLE 'V' BUTT<br />

SINGLE BEVEL BUTT<br />

SINGLE 'U' BUTT<br />

SINGLE 'J' BUTT<br />

TYPE OF WELD<br />

SKETCH OF WELD SYMBOL INDICATION OF DRAWING<br />

PUG OR SLOT<br />

STUD<br />

SURFACING<br />

WELD FINISH<br />

TYPE OF WELD<br />

SYMBOL<br />

INDICATION OF DRAWING<br />

SKETCH OF WELD<br />

FLUSH FINISH<br />

CONVEX FINISH<br />

CRANKED ARROW<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

A. A CRANKED ARROW IS USED WITH A BEVEL OR "J"<br />

WELD SYMBOL POINTING TOWARD THE PLATE WHICH<br />

IS PREPARED. SEE 1<br />

B. IF THE PLATE TO BE PREPARED IS OBVIOUS<br />

THE CRANK IS OMMITED. SEE 2<br />

1 2<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

478 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

DEFECTS IN WELDING<br />

TYPES OF DEFECTS<br />

EXTERNAL DEFECTS: Can be identified by a visual inspection<br />

method eg: Dye Penetrant and Magnetic Particle testing.<br />

INTERNAL DEFECTS: Require a Non-Destructive testing (NDT)<br />

method eg: X-Ray or Ultrasonic testing.<br />

(i) Main Causes:<br />

Welding operators carelessness or lack of skill.<br />

Adverse working conditions (Hot Cold).<br />

Poor Design or lack of preparation.<br />

(ii) Main Defects:<br />

Undercut.<br />

Lack of fusion.<br />

Slag inclusions.<br />

Incomplete penetration.<br />

Porosity.<br />

Weld cracking.<br />

Overlap or over-roll.<br />

Joint Misalignment.<br />

UNDERCUT<br />

UNDERCUT<br />

Definition:<br />

A groove at the toe or root of a weld either on the weld face or in previously<br />

deposited weld metal.<br />

Causes:<br />

Excessive amperage.<br />

Too long an arc length .<br />

Excessive weaving of the electrode.<br />

Too fast a rate of travel.<br />

Angle of electrode too inclined to the joint face.<br />

Result:<br />

A stress concentration site and a potential site for fatigue<br />

6<br />

OVERLAP OR OVER-ROLL<br />

Definition:<br />

An imperfection at the toe or root of a weld caused by metal flowing onto the<br />

surface of the parent metal without fusing to it.<br />

OVERLAP<br />

OVERLAP<br />

Causes:<br />

Incorrect rate of travel.<br />

Incorrect “angle of approach”.<br />

Too large an electrode size.<br />

Too low an amperage.<br />

Result<br />

Has a similar effect as undercut and produces a stress concentration site due to<br />

the unfused weld metal.<br />

SLAG INCLUSIONS<br />

Definition:<br />

Refers to any non-metallic material in a completed weld joint. These inclusions<br />

can create a weak point in the weld deposit.<br />

SLAG INCLUSIONS<br />

Causes:<br />

Failure to remove slag from previous runs.<br />

Insufficient amperage.<br />

Incorrect electrode angle or size.<br />

Faulty preparation.<br />

Result:<br />

Slag inclusions reduce the cross sectional area strength of the weld and serve as<br />

a potential site for cracking.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

479


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

POROSITY<br />

SURFACE POROSITY<br />

Definition:<br />

A hole or cavity found internally or externally in the weld. Porosity can originate<br />

from wet electrodes, electrode flux breaking down or from impurities on the<br />

surface of the parent metal.<br />

Also known as ”Piping”, “Blow or Worm Holes”<br />

Other Causes:<br />

Unclean parent metal surface ie. oil, dust, dirt or rust contamination.<br />

Incorrect electrode for parent metal.<br />

Inadequate gas shielding of the arc.<br />

Parent metals with a high percentage of sulphur and phosphorus.<br />

Result:<br />

Severely reduces the strength of the welded joint. Surface porosity can allow a<br />

corrosive atmosphere to attack the weld metal which may cause failure.<br />

INTERNAL POROSITY & START-OF-RUN POROSITY ARE VERY COMMON<br />

6<br />

LACK OF FUSION<br />

Definition:<br />

A lack of bonding between the weld metal and the parent metal or between<br />

weld metal passes.<br />

Causes:<br />

Small electrodes used on cold and thick steel.<br />

Insufficient amperage.<br />

Incorrect electrode angle and manipulation.<br />

Rate of travel too fast, not allowing proper fusion.<br />

Unclean surface (mill scale, dirt, grease etc.).<br />

Result:<br />

Weakens the welded joint and becomes a potential fatigue initiation site.<br />

INCOMPLETE PENETRATION<br />

Definition:<br />

A failure of the weld metal to penetrate into the root of the joint.<br />

Causes:<br />

Current too low.<br />

Insufficient root gap.<br />

Too large an electrode size.<br />

Result:<br />

Weakens the welded joint and becomes a potential fatigue initiation site.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

480 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

WELD CRACKING<br />

Definition:<br />

Planar (Two Dimensional) discontinuities produced by the tearing of parent or<br />

weld metal. Weld metal cracking can occur in either the plastic condition (hot<br />

shortness) or by fracturing when cold (cold shortness). There are many types of<br />

cracks that can occur in the base<br />

Some common types of cracking include:<br />

Crater Cracking:<br />

Hot cracking mainly caused by a failure to fill up<br />

the crater depression at the end of a weld pass.<br />

Shrinkage stresses and inadequate weld metal in the<br />

crater causes crater cracking.<br />

Underbead Cracks:<br />

Cold cracking that is usually in the<br />

Heat-affected zone (HAZ) of the parent metal.<br />

Longitudinal Crack:<br />

Usually a hot cracking phenomenon.<br />

Cracking runs along the length of the weld.<br />

Main Causes:<br />

Incorrect welding procedures and techniques. (eg. Wrong consumable or<br />

welding current, inadequate preheat etc.)<br />

Weld size may be too small for the parts being welded.<br />

Base metal may contain a high carbon content (over 0.45%).<br />

Metals which contain high percentages of sulphur or phosphorus tend to crack<br />

easily , so Hydrogen controlled electrodes are recommended.<br />

Electrodes may be wet or damp.<br />

6<br />

CRACK TYPES:<br />

1. CRATER CRACK<br />

2. FACE CRACK<br />

3. HEAT-AFFECTED ZONE CRACK<br />

4. LAMELLAR TEAR<br />

5. LONGITUDINAL CRACK<br />

6. ROOT CRACK<br />

7. ROOT SURFACE CRACK<br />

8. THROAT CRACK<br />

9. TOE CRACK<br />

10. TRANSVERSE CRACK<br />

11. UNDERBEAD CRACK<br />

12. WELD INTERFACE CRACK<br />

13. WELD METAL CRACK<br />

MISALIGNMENT<br />

Definition:<br />

Normally defined as an unnecessary or unintentional variation in the alignment<br />

of the parts being welded.<br />

Misalignment is a common fault in prepared butt welds, and is produced when<br />

the root faces of the parent plate (or joint) are not placed in their correct<br />

position for welding.<br />

Causes:<br />

Poor assembly of the parts to be welded.<br />

Inadequate tack welds that break or insufficient clamping that results in<br />

movement.<br />

Result:<br />

Misalignment is a serious defect since failure to melt both edges of the root<br />

will result in stress concentration sites which in service may lead to premature<br />

fatigue failure of the joint.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

481


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

DISTORTION, CAUSES AND CONTROL<br />

DISTORTION<br />

(i) ANGULAR DISTORTION<br />

Distortion to some degree is present in all forms of welding. In many cases<br />

it is so small that it is barely noticeable, but in other cases allowance has to<br />

be made before welding commences for the distortion that will subsequently<br />

occur.<br />

The study of distortion is very complex and the following is a brief outline of<br />

the subject.<br />

6<br />

(ii) LONGITUDINAL DISTORTION<br />

(iii) TRANSVERSE DISTORTION<br />

A) The cause of distortion - when under load metals strain or move and<br />

change shape.<br />

Under light loading metals remain elastic (they return to their original shape or<br />

form after the load has been removed). This is known as the “elastic range”.<br />

Under very high load, metals may be stressed to the point where they will not<br />

return to their original shape or form and this point is known as the “yield<br />

point”. (YIELD STRESS)<br />

As metals are heated they expand and when cooled they contract. During<br />

welding, heating and cooling of metals occurs unevenly resulting in high<br />

stresses and the metal distorts.<br />

If these high stresses pass the elastic range and go over the yield point, some<br />

permanent distortion of the metals will occur. A metals yield stress is reduced<br />

at high temperatures.<br />

*Distortion is the result of uneven expansion and contraction of heated<br />

metals.<br />

Distortion Types the three main types of distortion are:<br />

Angular<br />

Longitudinal<br />

Transverse<br />

B) The Control of distortion can be broken up into three areas:<br />

(i) Before welding<br />

(ii) During welding<br />

(iii) After welding<br />

(i) The control of distortion before welding can be facilitated by:<br />

Tack Welding<br />

Jigs, clamps and fixtures<br />

Uniform pre-heating<br />

Pre-setting<br />

TACK WELDS<br />

JIGS & FIXTURES<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

CLAMPS<br />

PRE SETTING<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

482 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING TYPES, POSITIONS & DEFECTS<br />

WELD BEADS<br />

(ii) The Control of distortion during welding can be facilitated by:<br />

Backstep welding<br />

Intermittent “Chain” welding<br />

Intermittent “Staggered” welding<br />

Balanced sequence welding<br />

A correct welding procedure to<br />

reduce the size of the weld beads<br />

The correct welding procedure uses a greater number of weld runs positioned<br />

to refine the grain size of the weld metal in the previous layer.<br />

A small number of heavy runs will cause more distortion due to the greater<br />

heat input, and the contraction stresses set up by the cooling of the larger<br />

deposit of weld metal.<br />

LESS DISTORTION<br />

WELD BEADS<br />

(iii) The control of distortion after welding can be facilitated by:<br />

Slow Cooling s Flame straightening (also known as contra-heating)<br />

Annealing<br />

Stress Relieving<br />

Normalising<br />

Mechanical straightening<br />

Annealing<br />

is a heat treatment process designed to soften metals for cold working or<br />

machining purposes. The job or finished work is normally heated in a furnace so<br />

as the metal reaches its critical range (for .025% carbon steel @ 723-820˚C) and<br />

then the work is very slowly cooled.<br />

6<br />

Stress Relieving<br />

LESS DISTORTION<br />

is the uniform heating of welded parts to a temperature below the critical range,<br />

followed by slow cooling. This process allows the yield point of the metal to be<br />

lowered allowing it to stretch or yield, so reducing the residual stresses in the<br />

work.<br />

Normalising<br />

is a process used to refine the grain structure of the metal so it improves its<br />

resistance to shock and fatigue.<br />

In normalising the welded parts are heated just above the critical point (820˚C<br />

for .025% carbon steel) for approximately 1 hour per 25mm thickness and then<br />

allowed to cool in still air.<br />

Mechanical Straightening Includes:<br />

Bend Pressing<br />

Hammering<br />

Rolling<br />

BACKSTEP WELDING<br />

INTERMITTENT CHAIN WELDING<br />

INTERMITTENT STAGGERED WELDING<br />

BALANCED SEQUENCE WELDING<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

483


SAFETY IN WELDING<br />

A) ARC RADIATION<br />

Arc radiation is a result of ULTRA-VIOLET (UV) and INFRA-RED (IR) RAYS<br />

and exposure can cause the following:<br />

Skin Cancer<br />

Thermal Skin Burns (severe sun burn)<br />

ARC FLASH (Welders Flash) or EYE BURN which can result in inflammation of<br />

the cornea, cataracts or blindness.<br />

N.B. A welding flash can occur by indirectly viewing the arc even for a<br />

relatively short time eg.<br />

- Unconsciously looking out the corner of the eye<br />

- Looking away from the arc (close eyes then turn away).<br />

- Reflections of the arc from shiny surfaces in the welding area.<br />

(I) Protection Required Includes:<br />

An approved welding helmet with the correct filter and shade number.<br />

Safety glasses which will help to refract (bend away) the UV and IR rays away<br />

reducing the chances of Arc Flash.<br />

Always wear protective full covering clothing to shield your body from potential<br />

burns eg.<br />

- Overalls/flame resistant wool or cotton.<br />

- Leather apron and jackets.<br />

- Always wear leather gloves.<br />

- Skull cap (for overhead welding).<br />

- Screen the welding zone when welding in open spaces.<br />

6<br />

B) ELECTRIC SHOCK - “PREVENTION”<br />

Never touch live metal parts with bare skin or wet clothing.<br />

Repair any damaged or loose connections, especially bare cables, before welding.<br />

Keep gloves and protective clothing dry and free of oil and grease.<br />

Never coil or loop welding cables around your body.<br />

Don’t weld while standing on a wet surface or while standing in water.<br />

C) FUMES & GASES:<br />

Caused by the melting, vapourisation and other reactions of the consumables, base metals and gases (where applicable) involved in the welding arc.<br />

Some common contaminants:<br />

Contaminant Source<br />

Iron fume<br />

Vaporisation of iron from base metal and<br />

electrode coatings.<br />

Chromium<br />

Stainless steel, electrode coatings, platings.<br />

Nickel<br />

Stainless steel, nickel-clad steel.<br />

Zinc fume<br />

Vaporisation of zinc alloys, electrode coatings<br />

galvanised steel, zinc-primed steel.<br />

Copper fume Vaporisation of coatings on electrode wires, sheaths<br />

on air carbon arc gouging electrodes, copper alloys.<br />

Vanadium,<br />

Manganese,<br />

Welding rods, alloying elements in steels.<br />

Molybdenum<br />

Tin<br />

Tin-coated steel, some nonferrous alloys.<br />

Cadmium<br />

Plating<br />

Lead<br />

Fluxes, coatings on electrodes, flux in wires<br />

Carbon Monoxide Combustion products of gas metal arc welding, air<br />

carbon arc gouging, oxyfuel flames; exhaust from<br />

car engines.<br />

Ozone<br />

Gas metal arc welding, air carbon arc gouging;<br />

titanium and aluminium welding in inert gas<br />

atmospheres<br />

Nitrogen dioxide Gas metal arc welding; oxyfuel flame processes.<br />

Phosgene<br />

Welding of metal covered with chlorinated<br />

hydrocarbon solvents.<br />

(i) Protection required from fumes and gases:<br />

Adequate ventilation.<br />

Keep your head out and away from the fumes.<br />

Use a welding fume respirator, or an air supplied respirator (especially in confined<br />

space).<br />

Use a fume extraction unit/or gun.<br />

N.B. Welding fume fever caused by breathing fumes formed by the welding of<br />

various metals can occur a few hours after exposure and can last several days.<br />

Symptoms include:<br />

Nausea<br />

Fatigue<br />

Fever<br />

Dry nose and throat<br />

Chills<br />

Metallic taste in mouth<br />

Weakness<br />

Joint and muscle pain<br />

Note: If any of these symptoms are observed please seek professional medical<br />

attention.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Exposure to fumes and gases can damage the lungs and respiratory system or<br />

cause asphyxiation.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

484 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SAFETY IN WELDING<br />

D) HEAT, FIRE & SPARKS<br />

Are caused by welding and related processes, operators are at continual risk of<br />

burns by hot and molten metal, sparks and heat radiated from the arc.<br />

Welding sparks can travel long distances and have been known to reach up to<br />

15 metres away from the source of welding on the ground and even further<br />

when working in elevated positions.<br />

These sparks can reach combustible materials and start fires, as well as burning<br />

unprotected skin.<br />

Burns can result from handling hot just welded work (the most common of<br />

welding burns) and molten weld metal (spatter) falling or spitting onto exposed<br />

skin.<br />

(i) Protection required from heat, fire and sparks:<br />

Always wear protective clothing.<br />

Keep safety glasses on your head where they belong.<br />

Always mark just welded work with the word “HOT”.<br />

Know where the nearest fire extinguisher or fire hose is and how to use them.<br />

Remove combustible materials away from the welding area. (at least 15 metres<br />

or 50 feet away).<br />

If in an elevated position, post a person on the ground as a fire-watcher.<br />

Never connect the earth lead to electrical circuits of pipes containing gases or<br />

flammable liquids.<br />

6<br />

Repair or replace defective cables immediately.<br />

Never watch the arc except through filters of<br />

the correct shade.<br />

In confined spaces, adequate ventilation and<br />

constant observation are essential.<br />

Leads and cables should be kept clear of passageways.<br />

Keep fire extinguishing equipment at a handy<br />

location near the job.<br />

Conduct engine exhaust to outside atmosphere.<br />

Keep primary terminals and live parts effectively<br />

covered.<br />

Never strike an electrode on any gas cylinder.<br />

Never use oxygen for venting containers.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

485


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS/NZS 4855: 2007 Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding of Non-Alloy and Fine<br />

Grain Steels<br />

AS/NZS 4855 classifies Manual Metal Arc Welding (MMAW / Stick) electrodes by using a series of letters and digits broken into alpha numeric groups.<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details Thermadyne recommend you refer to the current published version<br />

of AS/NZS 4855, obtainable from the Standards Association of Australia or Standards New Zealand.<br />

B E 49 18 A U H 10<br />

6<br />

B<br />

E<br />

B System Classifivcation – based on tensile strength and average impact energy of 27J of all-weld metal<br />

Electrode – the first part gives a symbol indicating the product/process to be identified<br />

49 The second part gives a symbol indicatiing the strength of all-weld metal (see Table 1B)<br />

18 The third part gives a symbol indicating the tupe of electrode covering, the type of current and the welding position (see Table 4B)<br />

The fourth part gives a symbol indicating the chemical composition of all-weld metal (see Table 3B)<br />

A<br />

The fifth part gives a symbol indicating the condition of post-weld heat treatment under which the alll-weld metal test was conducted: A = as<br />

welded; P = post weld heat treated<br />

U<br />

The sixth part gives a symbl indicating that the electrode has satisfied a requirement for 47J impact energy at the temperature normally used for<br />

the 27J requirement<br />

H 10<br />

The seventh part gives a symbol indicating the hydrogen content of deposited metal (see Table 7).<br />

TABLE 1B – Symbol for strength of all-weld metal<br />

(classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Symbol lMinimum tensile strength MPa<br />

43 430<br />

49 490<br />

55 550<br />

57 570<br />

AS/NZS 4855: 2007 Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding of Non-Alloy and Fine<br />

Grain Steels<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

TABLE 3B – Symbol for chemical composition<br />

of all-weld metal<br />

(classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Chemical composition<br />

Alloy Symbol Principal alloy element(s) Nominal level mass %<br />

No symbol, Mn 1<br />

-1, or -P1<br />

-1M3 Mo 0.5<br />

-3M2 Mn 1.5<br />

Mo 0.4<br />

-3M3 Mn 1.5<br />

Mo 0.5<br />

-N1 Ni 0.5<br />

-N2 Ni 1<br />

-N3 Ni 1.5<br />

-3N3 Mn 1.5<br />

Ni 1.5<br />

-N5 Ni 2.5<br />

-N7 Ni 3.5<br />

-N13 Ni 6.5<br />

-2M3 Ni 1<br />

Mo 0.5<br />

-NC Ni 0.5<br />

Cu 0.4<br />

-CC Cr 0.5<br />

Cu 0.4<br />

-NCC Ni 0.2<br />

Cr 0.6<br />

Cu 0.5<br />

-NCC2 Ni 0.3<br />

Cr 0.2<br />

-G Any other agreed composition<br />

TABLE 4B – Symbol for type of covering<br />

(classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Symbol Type of covering Welding positions* Type of current<br />

03 Rutile basic All# AC & DC (±)<br />

10 Cellulosic All DC (+)<br />

11 Cellulosic All AC & DC (±)<br />

12 Rutile All# AC & DC (–)<br />

13 Rutile All# AC & DC (±)<br />

14 Rutile + iron powder All# AC & DC (±)<br />

15 Basic All# DC (+)<br />

16 Basic All# AC & DC (+)<br />

18 Basic + iron powder All# AC & DC (+)<br />

19 Ilmenite All# AC & DC (±)<br />

20 Iron oxide PA, PB AC & DC (–)<br />

24 Rutile + iron powder PA, PB AC & DC (±)<br />

27 Iron oxide + iron powder PA, PB AC & DC (–)<br />

28 Basic + iron powder PA, PB, PC AC & DC (+)<br />

40 Not specified Manufacturer’s recommendations<br />

48 Basic All AC & DC (+)<br />

*Positions are defined in ISO 6947. PA = flat;<br />

PB = horizontal vertical fillet; PC = horizontal; PG = vertical down<br />

#All position may or my not include vertical down welding.<br />

This shall be specified in the manufacturer’s trade literature.<br />

TABLE 7 – Symbol for hydrogen content of<br />

deposited metal<br />

Symbol<br />

Hydrogen content max. ml/100g of deposited weld metal<br />

H5 5<br />

H10 10<br />

H15 15<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

486 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AWS A5.1-91 Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding<br />

AWS A5.1-91 classifies Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW / MMAW) electrodes by using a series of letters and digits broken into two alpha numeric<br />

groups separated by a hyphen.<br />

eg: E7018 H4R. NB. The alpha numeric group after the four digit number (or five in the case of E7018-1) is optional. ie. H4R is optional.<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD recommend you refer to the current published version of<br />

AWS A5.1 obtainable from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126, USA.<br />

E7018-1H 4<br />

R<br />

ELECTRODE<br />

The first two digits indicate the minimum required tensile strength in ksi.<br />

Weld Metal No: Minimum Tensile Strength (psi) Minimum Yield Strength (ksi) Minimum Elongation<br />

60 60,000 48 (1) 22% (2)<br />

70 70,000 58 (1) 22% (2)<br />

The third digit = Welding Positions<br />

4 Especially good Vertical-Down<br />

2 Flat & H/V Fillets<br />

1 All Positional<br />

8 = the fourth digit indicates the Flux type and Welding Current / Polarity to be used.<br />

EG: Hydrogen Controlled Low Iron Powder A.C. & D.C.+, medium penetration. See Table 2 for details.<br />

Optional Designators<br />

This number indicates that the electrode meets the requirements for improved impact toughness.<br />

In the case of an E7024 ductility “elongation” is also improved from 17%.<br />

APPLICABLE to E7016, E7018 and E7024 type electrodes only.<br />

Average Minimum Results<br />

Grade<br />

CVN Impact Requirements.<br />

E7016-1 20ft Lb @ -50°F (27J @ -46°C)<br />

E7018-1 20ft Lb @ -50°F (27J @ -46°C)<br />

E7024-1 20ft Lb @ 0°F (27J @ -18°C)<br />

The second letter & sixth number indicates the diffusible hydrogen content of Deposited Weld Metal<br />

(DWM)<br />

H4<br />

≤ 4 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H8<br />

≤ 8 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H16<br />

≤ 16 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

R = the last letter indicates the coating is Moisture Resistant.<br />

Tested electrodes as received or conditioned shall exhibit not > 0.3% (by Wt) of moisture after exposure to<br />

an environment of 80°F & 80 % relative humidity for a period of not less than 9 hours.<br />

6<br />

(1) Yield on E6022 electrodes is not specified and E7018M may have a range of 53-72 ksi for all diameters other than 3/32≤ (2.4mm) which is 53-77 ksi. (2) Minimum<br />

elongation for E6012, E6013, E7014 and E7024 types is 17%. Elongation on E6022 electrodes is not specified, and E7018M types are required to meet 24%.<br />

AWS A5.1 Electrode Classification Summary - Table 2<br />

Electrode Classification Welding Positions Type of Current and Polarity Type of Flux Covering and Slag Type or “Use” Penetration<br />

E6010 F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Thin Friable Slag Deep<br />

E6011 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Thin Friable Slag Deep<br />

E6012 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Sodium, Dense Slag Medium<br />

E6013 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Dense-Fluid Slag Medium<br />

E7014 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - Low Iron Powder, Titania Self Removing Slag Low<br />

E7015 F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Basic Medium<br />

Slag Heavy & Friable<br />

E7016 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Basic Medium<br />

Slag Heavy & Friable<br />

E7018 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Iron Powder Medium<br />

E7018M F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Iron Powder Medium<br />

“Military Hydrogen Controlled”<br />

E6019 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - Iron Oxide Titania Potassium Fluid Slag Medium<br />

E6020 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - High Iron Oxide Easily Removable Slag Medium to Deep<br />

E6022 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. - High Iron Oxide “Single-Pass Welds Only” Deep<br />

E7024 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - Iron Powder, Titania “High Deposition Efficiency” Low<br />

E6027 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - High Iron Oxide Iron Powder Medium<br />

Heavy Honeycombed Slag<br />

E7027 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - High Iron Oxide Iron Powder Medium<br />

Heavy Honeycombed Slag<br />

E7028 F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E7048 F, V, OH, H, V-DOWN A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium, Iron Powder Medium<br />

* Legend to Abbreviations: F = Flat OH = Overhead V = Vertical H = Horizontal V-DOWN = Vertical-Down H/V-FILLET = Horizontal-Vertical Fillet<br />

E7018M type electrodes are intended to meet most military requirements and have greater toughness, lower coating moisture content, both as-received and after<br />

exposure, and also conform to mandatory diffusible hydrogen limits for deposited weld metal.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

487


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AWS A5.5-96 Low Alloy Steel Covered Arc Welding Electrodes<br />

AWS A5.5-96 classifies Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW / MMAW) electrodes by using a series of letters and digits broken into two alpha numeric<br />

groups separated by a hyphen. eg: E7010-A1 or E8010-P1. NB. The alpha numeric group after the four digit number indicates chemical analysis<br />

requirements. The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD recommend you refer to the current<br />

published version of AWS A5.5 obtainable from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126, USA.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

E8018-C1<br />

ELECTRODE<br />

Weld Metal Min. Tensile Yield Strength(1) Weld Metal Min. Tensile Yield Strength<br />

No: Strength (psi) (ksi) No: Strength (psi) (ksi)<br />

7010-P1 70,000 60 100 100,000 87<br />

70 70,000 57 10018-M 100,000 88-100<br />

70xx-B2L 75,000 57 110 110,000 97<br />

80 80,000 67 11018M 110,000 98-110<br />

80xx-C3 80,000 68-80 120 120,000 107<br />

90 90,000 77 12018M 120,000 108-120<br />

9018M 90,000 78-90 12018M1 120,000 108-120<br />

80 = the first two digits indicate the minimum required tensile strength in ksi.<br />

The third digit = Welding Positions<br />

1 All Positional<br />

2 Flat & H/V Fillets<br />

4 Especially good Vertical-Down<br />

8 = the fourth digit indicates the Flux type and Welding Current / Polarity to be used.<br />

EG: Hydrogen Controlled Low Iron Powder A.C. & D.C.+, medium penetration. See Table 3 for details.<br />

Classification Suffixes by Major Chemical Analysis (%)<br />

Type C Mn Ni Cr Mo V<br />

Carbon-Molybdenum Steel Electrodes<br />

A1 0.12 0.60-1.00 --- --- 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

Chromium-Molybdenum Steel Electrodes<br />

B1 0.05-0.12 0.90 --- 0.40-0.65 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

B2 0.05-0.12 0.90 --- 1.00-1.50 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

B2L 0.05 0.90 --- 1.00-1.50 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

B3 0.05-0.12 0.90 --- 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.20 ---<br />

B3L 0.05 0.90 --- 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.20 ---<br />

B4L 0.05 0.90 --- 1.75-2.25 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

B5 0.07-0.15 0.40-0.70 --- 0.40-0.60 1.00-1.25 0.05<br />

B6 0.05-0.10 1.00 --- 4.00-6.00 0.45-0.65 ---<br />

B6L 0.05 1.00 --- 4.00-6.00 0.45-0.65 ---<br />

B7 0.05-0.10 1.00 --- 6.00-8.00 0.45-0.65 ---<br />

B7L 0.05 1.00 --- 6.00-8.00 0.45-0.65 ---<br />

B8 0.05-0.10 1.00 --- 8.00-10.50 0.85-1.20 ---<br />

B8L 0.05 1.00 --- 8.00-10.50 0.85-1.20 0.05<br />

B9 0.08-0.13 1.25 --- 8.00-10.50 0.85-1.20 0.15-0.30<br />

Nickel Steel Electrodes<br />

C1 0.12 1.25 2.00-2.75 --- --- ---<br />

C1L 0.05 1.25 2.00-2.75 --- --- ---<br />

C2 0.12 1.25 3.00-3.75 --- --- ---<br />

C2L 0.05 1.25 3.00-3.75 --- --- ---<br />

C3 0.12 0.40-1.25 0.80-1.10 0.15 0.35 0.05<br />

C3L 0.08 0.40-1.40 0.80-1.10 0.15 0.35 0.05<br />

C4 0.10 1.25 1.10-2.00 --- --- ---<br />

C5L 0.05 0.40-1.00 6.00-7.25 --- --- ---<br />

Nickel-Molybdenum Steel Electrodes<br />

NM 0.10 0.80-1.25 0.80-1.10 0.10 0.40-0.65 0.02<br />

Manganese- Molybdenum Steel Electrodes<br />

D1 0.12 1.00-1.75 0.90 --- 0.25-0.45 ---<br />

D2 0.15 1.65-2.00 0.90 --- 0.25-0.45 ---<br />

D3 0.12 1.00-1.80 0.90 --- 0.40-0.65 ---<br />

Pipeline Electrodes<br />

P1 0.20 1.20 1.00 0.30 0.50 0.10<br />

G = General and M = Military<br />

G* --- 1.00 min 0.50 min 0.30 min 0.20 min 0.10 min<br />

M# 0.10 0.60-2.25 1.25-2.50 0.15-1.50 0.25-0.55 0.05<br />

M1 0.10 0.80-1.60 3.00-3.80 0.65 0.20-0.30 0.05<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

488 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

Notes:<br />

(1) Yield on E7010-P1 and E7018-W1 is required to be 60 ksi (415MPa).<br />

(2) * G classifications require the weld deposit to exhibit only a minimum of one (1) element listed.<br />

(3) # M classification chemical limits can vary widely in the case of Mn, Ni, Cr and Mo, refer to page 5 of AWS A5.5-96 for details. EX018-M<br />

electrodes are intended to meet most military requirements and have greater toughness, lower coating moisture content, both as-received and after<br />

exposure, and also conform to mandatory diffusible hydrogen limits for deposited weld metal.<br />

AWS A5.5 Electrode Classification Summary - Table 3<br />

Electrode Classification Welding Positions Type of Current and Polarity Type of Flux Covering and Slag Type or “Use” Penetration<br />

E70 Series, 70,000 psi (480 MPa)<br />

E7010-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E7011-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E7015-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E7016-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E7018-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Iron Powder, Low Hydrogen Medium<br />

E7020-X F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - High Iron Oxide Medium to Deep<br />

E7027-X F & H/V-FILLET A.C. & D.C. + or - High Iron Oxide, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E80 Series, 80,000 psi (550 MPa)<br />

E8010-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E8011-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E8013-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Medium<br />

E8015-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E8016-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E8018-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E90 Series, 90,000 psi (620 MPa)<br />

E9010-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E9011-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E9013-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Medium<br />

E9015-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E9016-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E9018-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E9018M F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E100 Series, 100,000 psi (690 MPa)<br />

E10010-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E10011-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E10013-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Medium<br />

E10015-X F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E10016-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E10018-X F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E10018M F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E110 Series, 110,000 psi (760 MPa) and E120 Series, 120,000 psi (830 MPa)<br />

E11010-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E11011-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E11013-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Medium<br />

E11015-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E11016-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E11018-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E11018M F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E12010-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + High Cellulose Sodium Deep<br />

E12011-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + High Cellulose Potassium Deep<br />

E12013-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + or - High Titania Potassium, Medium<br />

E12015-G F, V, OH, H D.C. + Low Hydrogen Sodium Medium<br />

E12016-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E12018-G F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

E12016M F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen Potassium Medium<br />

E12018M1 F, V, OH, H A.C. & D.C. + Low Hydrogen, Iron Powder Medium<br />

Legend to Abbreviations: F = Flat, V = Vertical, H = Horizontal, OH = Overhead, H/V-FILLET = Horizontal-Vertical Fillet<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

489


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS/NZS 2717 Part 1-1996 Ferritic Steel Electrodes For Gas Metal Arc Welding<br />

AS/NZS 2717.1 classifies Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW / MIG) wires by using a series of letters and digits broken into three (3) alpha numeric<br />

groups separated by hyphens. e.g.: ES4-GM-W503AH. The following table outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD<br />

recommends that you refer to the current published version of AS/NZS 2717 Part 1. obtainable from the Standards Association<br />

of Australia or Standards New Zealand.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

ES6-GC/M-W503AH<br />

E = Electrode, S = Solid Wire followed by a number or letter which defines the chemical composition of<br />

the wire.<br />

Wire Classification Carbon (C) Manganese (Mn) Silicon (Si) Other Elements Nominal Range %<br />

ES2 0.07 0.90-1.40 0.40-0.70 0.25Cu / 0.10Ti / 0.07Zr / 0.10Al<br />

ES3 0.06-0.15 0.90-1.40 0.45-0.75 0.25Cu<br />

ES4 0.07-0.15 1.00-1.50 0.60-0.85 0.25Cu<br />

ES5 0.07-0.19 0.90-1.40 0.30-0.60 0.70Al<br />

ES6 0.06-0.15 1.40-1.85 0.80-1.15 0.25Cu<br />

ES7 0.07-0.15 1.50-2.00 0.50-0.80 0.25Cu<br />

ESB2 0.07-0.12 0.40-1.2 0.40-0.70 1.25Cr / 0.50Mo / 0.17Cu<br />

ESB2L 0.05 0.40-1.2 0.40-0.70 1.25Cr / 0.50Mo / 0.17Cu<br />

ESB3 0.07-0.12 0.40-1.2 0.40-0.70 2.50Cr / 1.05Mo / 0.17Cu<br />

ESB3L 0.05 0.40-1.2 0.40-0.70 2.50Cr / 1.05Mo / 0.17Cu<br />

ES5Cr 0.10 1.00 0.90 0.20Ni / 5.25Cr / 0.55Mo / .37Cu<br />

ES7Cr 0.10 1.00 0.90 0.20Ni / 7.00Cr / 0.55Mo / .37Cu<br />

ES9Cr 0.10 1.00 0.90 0.20Ni / 9.25Cr / 1.02Mo / .37Cu<br />

ESNi1 0.12 1.25 0.40-0.80 0.95Ni / 0.07Cr / 0.17Mo / 0.02V / 0.17Cu<br />

ESNi2 0.12 1.25 0.40-0.80 2.37Ni / 0.17Cu<br />

ESNi3 0.12 1.25 0.40-0.80 3.37Ni / 0.17Cu<br />

ESD2 0.07-0.12 1.60-2.10 0.50-0.80 0.07Ni / 0.50Mo / 0.25Cu<br />

ESM2 0.08 1.25-1.80 0.20-0.50 1.75Ni / 0.15Cr / 0.40Mo / 0.02V / 0.12Cu<br />

0.05ea, Ti / Zr / Al<br />

ESM3 0.09 1.25-1.80 0.20-0.55 2.25Ni / 0.25Cr / 0.20Mo / 0.02V / 0.12Cu<br />

0.05ea, Ti / Zr / Al<br />

ESM4 0.10 1.25-1.80 0.20-2.60 4.80Ni / 0.30Cr / 0.95Mo / 0.01V / 0.12Cu<br />

0.05ea, Ti / Zr / Al<br />

ESM5 0.12 1.25-1.80 0.20-2.60 4.80Ni / 0.30Cr / 0.95Mo / 0.01V / 0.12Cu<br />

0.05ea, Ti / Zr / Al<br />

ESMG = General, composition is agreed between the supplier & customer<br />

Type of external shielding.<br />

G = Gas followed by either of these listed:<br />

C = Carbon dioxide.<br />

M = Mixed shielding gas eg: Argoshield 51.<br />

I = Inert shielding gas.<br />

Weld metal properties.<br />

The first two digits indicate approximately 1/10th the tensile strength of the weld metal in MPa.<br />

Weld Metal Classification Minimum Tensile Minimum Yield Minimum Elongation<br />

W41 420 MPa not applicable 20%<br />

W50 500 MPa 360 MPa 22%<br />

W55 550 MPa 470 MPa 19%<br />

W62 620 MPa 540 MPa 17%<br />

W69 690 MPa 610-700 MPa 16%<br />

W76 760 MPa 660-740 MPa 15%<br />

W83 830 MPa 730-840 MPa 14%<br />

The third digit indicates Impact energy grade No:<br />

Impact energy grade No: Min. average CVN impacts<br />

Z<br />

Not required.<br />

A 47J @ + 20°C<br />

0 47J @ 0°C<br />

2 47J @ -20°C<br />

3 47J @ -30°C<br />

4 47J @ -40°C<br />

5 47J @ -50°C<br />

6 47J @ -60°C<br />

W559XH-Ni1<br />

27J @ -45°C<br />

W559XH-Ni2<br />

27J @ -60°C<br />

W559XH-Ni3<br />

27J @ -73°C<br />

W559XH-D2<br />

27J @ -30°C<br />

W699XH-M2<br />

68J @ -50°C<br />

W769XH-M3<br />

68J @ -50°C<br />

W839XH-M4<br />

68J @ -50°C<br />

W699XH-M5<br />

68J @ -50°C<br />

Indicating the applicable heat treatment condition.<br />

A = as-welded condition.<br />

P = postwelded heat treatment.<br />

H = hydrogen controlled weld metal. ≤ 15 mls of H2 / 100gms of deposited weld metal.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

490 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AWS A5.18-1993 Carbon Steel Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Arc Welding<br />

AWS A5.18-93 classifies Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW / MIG) wires by using a series of letters and digits broken into two (2) alpha numeric groups<br />

separated by a hyphen. e.g.: ER70S-6 and E70C-6M<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD recommend you refer to the current published version of<br />

AWS A5.18 obtainable from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126, USA.<br />

ER70S-6 H 4<br />

E70C-6M H 4<br />

E = Electrode, R = Rod, S = Solid Wire, C = Composite Metal Cored Wire, followed by a hyphen then a<br />

number or letter which defines the chemical composition of the wire.<br />

Wire Classification Carbon (C) Manganese (Mn) Silicon (Si) Other Elements Allowable % Range<br />

ER70S-2 0.07 0.90-1.40 0.40-0.70 0.05-0.15Ti / 0.02-0.12Zr / 0.05-0.15Al<br />

ER70S-3 0.06-0.15 0.90-1.40 0.45-0.75 0.50Cu<br />

ER70S-4 0.07-0.15 1.00-1.50 0.60-0.85 0.50Cu<br />

ER70S-5 0.07-0.19 0.90-1.40 0.30-0.60 0.50Cu / 0.50-0.90 Al<br />

ER70S-6 0.06-0.15 1.40-1.85 0.80-1.15 0.50Cu<br />

ER70S-7 0.07-0.15 1.50-2.00 0.50-0.80 0.50Cu<br />

ER70S-G<br />

G = General, composition is not specified & is agreed between supplier & customer.<br />

ER70C-3X 0.12 1.75 0.90 0.50Cu<br />

ER70C-6X 0.12 1.75 0.90 0.50Cu<br />

ER70S-G<br />

G = General, composition is not specified & is agreed between supplier & customer.<br />

ER70S-G<br />

G = General, composition is not specified & is agreed between supplier & customer.<br />

Single values are maximum. X represents shielding gas indicators e.g. “C” indicates CO2 shielding gas and “M”<br />

indicates mixed shielding gases in the Argon + 20-25% CO2. (X) is optional for these classifications.<br />

As Welded Mechanical Properties (Minimum)<br />

AWS Tensile Strength Yield Strength % Charpy-V-Notch (CVN)<br />

Class. psi MPa psi MPa Elong. Impact Requirements<br />

ER70S-2 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

ER70S-3 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ 0°F (27J @ -18°C)<br />

ER70S-4 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 Not Required<br />

ER70S-5 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 Not Required<br />

ER70S-6 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

ER70S-7 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

ER70S-G 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 As agreed between supplier & purchaser<br />

E70C-3X 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ 0°F (27J @ -18°C)<br />

E70C-6X 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

E70C-G(X) 70,000 480 58,000 400 22 As agreed between supplier & purchaser<br />

E70C-GS (X) 70,000 480 Not Specified Not Required<br />

The third letter indicates “Shielding Gas”<br />

M = indicates “Mixed Gas” and is classified for use with Argon + 20-25% CO2 gas.<br />

C = indicates “Carbon Dioxide” and is classified for use with 100% CO2 gas or the wire is self shielded.<br />

Optional Designators<br />

The second letter & sixth number indicates the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Deposited Weld Metal<br />

(DWM)<br />

H4 ≤ 4 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H8 ≤ 8 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H16 ≤ 16 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

491


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS 2203 Part 1-1990 Cored Electrodes for Arc Welding Ferritic Steel Electrodes<br />

AS 2203.1 classifies Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW / cored) wires by using a series of letters and digits broken into four alpha numeric groups<br />

separated by hyphens and the last group separated by a full stop. e.g. ETP-GCp-W504A.CM1 H10.<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD recommend you refer to the current published version of<br />

AS 2203 Part 1. obtainable from the Standards Association of Australia.<br />

6<br />

ETP-GCp-W504A.CM1 H 10<br />

Group 1,<br />

E<br />

Electrode<br />

T<br />

Tubular<br />

Welding Positions:<br />

P<br />

All Positional<br />

D<br />

Flat & H/V Fillets<br />

S<br />

Single run only<br />

Group 2,<br />

G = Gas Shielding:<br />

C<br />

carbon dioxide CO2<br />

M<br />

mixed gas<br />

N<br />

no external shielding gas<br />

Welding Current:<br />

p<br />

direct current positive DC+<br />

n<br />

direct current negative DCa<br />

AC current<br />

Group 3, the first two digits indicate approximately 1/10th of the minimum tensile strength in MPa.<br />

Weld Metal No: Tensile Strength Min. Proof Stress at Minimum Elongation<br />

Range (MPa) 0.2% offset (MPa)<br />

W40 430 - 550 310 22%<br />

W50 490 - 650 360 22%<br />

W55 550 - 690 470 19%<br />

W62 620 - 760 540 16%<br />

W69 690 - 830 610 15%<br />

W76 760 - 900 680 14%<br />

W83 830 - 970 750 13%<br />

The third digit indicates the Impact energy grade number:<br />

Impact energy grade No:<br />

Minimum average CVN impact values<br />

0 Not required.<br />

1 47J @ + 20°C<br />

2 47J @ 0°C<br />

3 47J @ -20°C<br />

4 47J @ -40°C<br />

5 47J @ -60°C<br />

Condition of Weld Metal.<br />

A - As welded condition<br />

P - Postweld heat treatment<br />

Group 4,<br />

indicates the Weld Metal Chemistry.<br />

See Table 4 for details.<br />

Indicates the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Deposited Weld Metal (DWM).<br />

H5<br />

≤ 5 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H10<br />

≤ 10 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H15<br />

≤ 15 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

492 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS 2203.1 Weld Metal Chemistry Wt% Summary - Table 4<br />

Weld Metal No: Carbon (C) Manganese (Mn) Silicon (Si) Nickel (Ni) Chromium (Cr) Molybdenum (Mo) Other Elements<br />

Carbon Steel Cored Wires<br />

CM1 0.20 1.75 0.90 0.50 0.20 0.30 0.08V / 1.8Al<br />

CM2 > 0.20 1.75 0.90 0.50 0.20 0.30 0.08V / 1.8Al<br />

Carbon-Molybdenum Steel Cored Wires<br />

A1 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.40-0.65<br />

Chromium-Molybdenum Steel Cored Wires<br />

B1 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.40-0.65 0.40-0.65<br />

B2L 0.05 1.25 0.80 1.00-1.50 0.40-0.65<br />

B2 0.12 1.25 0.80 1.00-1.50 0.40-0.65<br />

B2C 0.10-0.15 1.25 0.80 1.00-1.50 0.40-0.65<br />

B3L 0.05 1.25 0.80 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.20<br />

B3 0.12 1.25 0.80 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.20<br />

B3C 0.10-0.15 1.25 0.80 2.00-2.50 0.90-1.20<br />

5Cr 0.10 1.50 1.00 0.40 4.00-6.00 0.45-0.65 0.50Cu<br />

7Cr 0.10 1.50 1.00 0.40 6.00-8.00 0.45-0.65 0.50Cu<br />

9Cr 0.10 1.50 1.00 0.40 8.00-10.50 0.85-1.20 0.50Cu<br />

Nickel Steel Cored Wires<br />

Ni1 0.12 1.50 0.08 0.80-1.10 0.15 0.35 0.05V / 1.8Al<br />

Ni2 0.12 1.50 0.08 1.75-2.75 0.05V / 1.8Al<br />

Ni3 0.12 1.50 0.08 2.75-3.75<br />

Manganese-Molybdenum Steel Cored Wires<br />

9X.D1 0.12 1.25-2.00 0.80 0.25-0.55<br />

9X.D2 0.15 1.65-2.25 0.80 0.25-0.55<br />

9X.D3 0.12 1.00-1.75 0.80 0.40-0.65<br />

Other Low Alloy Steel Cored Wires<br />

9X.K1 0.15 0.80-1.40 0.80 0.80-1.10 0.15 0.20-0.65 0.05V<br />

9X.K2 0.15 0.50-1.75 0.80 1.00-2.00 0.15 0.35 0.05V / 1.8Al<br />

9X.K3 0.15 0.75-2.25 0.80 1.25-2.60 0.15 0.25-0.65 0.05V<br />

9X.K4 0.15 1.20-2.25 0.80 1.75-2.60 0.20-0.60 0.30-0.65 0.05V<br />

9X.K5 0.10-0.25 0.60-1.60 0.80 0.75-2.00 0.20-0.70 0.15-0.55 0.05V<br />

9X.K6 0.15 0.50-1.50 0.80 0.40-1.10 0.15 0.15 0.05V / 1.8Al<br />

9X.K7 0.15 1.00-1.75 0.08 2.00-2.75<br />

G 1.00 min. 0.80 min. 0.50 min. 0.30 min. 0.20 min. 0.10 min. / 1.8Al<br />

9X.W 0.12 0.50-1.30 0.35-0.80 0.40-0.80 0.45-0.70 0.30-0.75Cu<br />

Single values shown are maximum.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

493


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632:2006 Tubular Cored Electrodes for Gas Shielded and Non-Gas Shielded<br />

Metal Arc Welding of Non-Alloy and Fine Grain Steels<br />

AS/NZS ISO 17632 classifies Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW ) wires by using a series of letters and digits broken into alpha numeric groups, eg. B T 49<br />

3 T12 I M A U H10<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details Thermadyne recommend you refer to the current published version<br />

of AS/NZS ISO 17632, obtainable from the Standards Association of Australia.<br />

B T 49 3 T12 I M A U H 10<br />

6<br />

B B System Classification – based on tensile strength and average impact energy of 27J of all-weld metal<br />

T Indicates a Tubular cored electrode<br />

49 Symbol for tensile properties by multi-run technique (see Table 1B)<br />

3 Symbol for impact properties of all-weld metal or welded joint (see Table 3)<br />

T 12Usability characteristics (see Table5B)<br />

I Symbol for welding position (see Table 6B)<br />

M Symbol for shielding gas: M = mixed gas; C = Carbon Dioxide; N = no external shielding gas<br />

A Symbol indicating the condition of post-weld heat treatment under which the alll-weld metal test was conducted: A = as welded; P = post weld heat treated<br />

U Optional symbl indicating that the deposit meets average 47J at the designated test temperature.<br />

H 10<br />

Symbol for the hydrogen content of deposited metal (see Table 7).<br />

TABLE 1B – Symbol for tensile properties by multi-run technique<br />

(classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Symbol Minimum yield strength MPa a Tensile strength MPa Minimum elongation %b<br />

43 330 430 to 600 20<br />

49 390 490 to 670 18<br />

55 460 550 to 740 17<br />

57 490 570 to 770 17<br />

a.For yield strength the lower yield, ReL, is used when yielding occurs, otherwise the 0.2% proof strength, Rp0.2 Is used.<br />

b. Gauge length is equal to five times the test specimen diameter.<br />

TABLE 3 – Symbol for impact properties of all-weld metal or welded joint<br />

Symbol Temperature for minimum average impact energy of 47Ja,b or 27Jc – °C<br />

Za<br />

No requirements<br />

Ab or Yc +20<br />

0 0<br />

2 –20<br />

3 –30<br />

4 –40<br />

5 –50<br />

6 –60<br />

7 –70<br />

8 –80<br />

9 –90<br />

10 –100<br />

a Only the symbol Z is used for electrodes for the single-run technique<br />

b Classification by yield strength and 47J impact energy<br />

c Classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

494 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

TABLE 5B – Usability characteristics (classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Usability<br />

designator<br />

Shielding gas Operating<br />

polarity<br />

Transfer of<br />

droplet<br />

Type of core<br />

Welding a<br />

position<br />

Characteristics<br />

T1 Required DC (+) spray type Rutile 0 or 1 Low spatter loss, flat to slightly convex bead,<br />

high deposition rates<br />

T2 Required DC (+) spray type Rutile 0 Similar to T1 type, higher manganese and/or<br />

silicon for improved performance<br />

Type of weld<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Single pass<br />

T3 Not required DC (+) globular type Not specified 0 Very high welding speeds Single pass<br />

T4 Not required DC (+) globular type Basic 0 Very high deposition rates, excellent resistance<br />

to hot cracking and low penetration<br />

T5 Required DC (+) globular type Lime fluoride 0 or 1 Slightly convex bead, a thin slag without<br />

completely covering the weld bead, good<br />

impact properties and hot and cold crack<br />

resistance when compared with T1.<br />

T6 Not required DC (+) spray type Not specified 0 Good impact properties, good penetration into<br />

the root of the weld and excellent slag removal<br />

even in a deep groove.<br />

T7 Not required DC (–) small droplet to<br />

spray type<br />

T8 Not required DC (–) a small droplet or<br />

spray type<br />

Not specified 0 or 1 High deposition rates and excellent resistance<br />

to hot cracking<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Not specified 0 or 1 Very good low temperatures impact properties Single & multiple pass<br />

T10 Required DC (–) small droplet Not specified 0 High travel speeds on any thickness Single pass<br />

T11 Not required DC (–) spray type Not specified 0 or 1 Some electrodes are designed for thin plate<br />

only. The manufacturer should be consulted<br />

regarding any plate thickness limitations.<br />

T12 Required DC (+) spray type Rutile 0 or 1 Similar to T1 type, improved impact properties<br />

and lower manganese requirements<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

T13 Not required DC (–) short arc transfer Not specified 0 or 1 Welding for open gap root passes Single pass<br />

T14 Not required DC (–) spray type Not specified 0 or 1 High speed welding on coated sheet steels Single pass<br />

T15 Required DC (+) very fine droplet<br />

spray type<br />

Metal 0 or 1 Core consisting of metal alloys and iron<br />

powder, and mineral slag cover<br />

TGb<br />

As agreed between purchaser and supplier<br />

NOTE A description of usability characteristics of the electrodes is given in Annex C.<br />

a See Table 6B<br />

b For electrodes that are not covered by any currently defined usability designator.<br />

Single & multiple pass<br />

6<br />

TABLE 6 – Symbol for welding position<br />

(classification by tensile strength and 27J impact energy)<br />

Symbol<br />

Welding positions a<br />

0 PA & PB<br />

1 PA, PB, PC, PD, PE, PF or PG, or PF + PG<br />

a PA = flat position PB = Horizontal vertical position<br />

PC = Horizontal position<br />

PD = Horizontal overhead position<br />

PE = Overhead position<br />

PF = Vertical up position<br />

PG = Vertical down position<br />

TABLE 7 – Symbol for hydrogen content of deposited metal<br />

Symbol Hydrogen content ml/100g deposited metal max.<br />

H5 5<br />

H10 10<br />

H15 15<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

495


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AWS A5.20-95 Carbon Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding<br />

AWS A5.20-95 classifies Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW / cored) wires by using a series of letters and digits broken into two alpha numeric groups<br />

separated by a hyphen. eg: E70T-1 or E71T-1M J H4.<br />

The following layout outlines this classification system in part only. For full details CIGWELD recommend you refer to the current published version of<br />

AWS A5.20 obtainable from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126, USA.<br />

6<br />

E71T-1MJH 4<br />

ELECTRODE<br />

6 or 7 = the first digit indicates the minimum tensile strength in psi x 10,000.<br />

Weld Metal No: Minimum Tensile Strength<br />

“psi”<br />

(MPa)<br />

6 60,000 (415)<br />

7 70,000 (480)<br />

The second digit indicates the Welding Positions<br />

0 Flat & Horizontal<br />

1 All Positional<br />

The second letter indicates the electrode is Flux Cored.<br />

T = Tubular<br />

1 = the third digit group (1 to 14, or the letter/s G or GS) indicates the Welding Polarity to be used, Arc<br />

Transfer, Flux type and the No. of Weld Passes.<br />

eg. 1 = D.C.+, spray transfer, rutile type flux for multi-pass welding.<br />

G = “General” Classification, and means that the electrode shielding, polarity and impact properties are not<br />

specified.<br />

S = “Single” Pass welding only.<br />

See Table 6 for details.<br />

M = the third letter indicates “Mixed Gas” and is classified for use with Argon + 20-25% CO2.<br />

If no ‘M’ is shown than the electrode is used with either CO2 or the electrode is self shielded.<br />

J = the fourth letter indicates that the electrode meets the following requirements of improved impact<br />

toughness, 20ft Lb @ -40°F (27J @ -40°C). See Table 5 for details.<br />

Optional Designators<br />

The second letter & sixth number indicates the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Deposited Weld Metal<br />

(DWM)<br />

H4<br />

≤ 4 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H8<br />

≤ 8 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

H16<br />

≤ 16 mls H2 /100g of DWM<br />

Shielding Gas Types<br />

E7XT-1<br />

These electrodes are designed primarily for use with CO2 shielding gas. Argon based gases may be used to improve out-of-position<br />

characteristics.<br />

Warning: By using Argon based gas mixtures with these electrode types the following problems may occur;<br />

1) deoxidiser levels in weld deposits may increase,<br />

2) weld deposit hardness levels may increase,<br />

3) weld deposit manganese and silicon levels may increase which will raise yield and tensile strength, and may degrade impact properties.<br />

E7XT-1M These electrodes are designed primarily for use with Argon + 20-25% CO2 shielding gases.<br />

Warning: Higher levels of CO2 above those recommended, in Ar / CO2 gases or the use of 100% CO2 gas with these types of electrodes may result<br />

in the following;<br />

1) deterioration of arc and out-of-position characteristics,<br />

2) resultant weld deposits may show decreased levels of manganese and silicon which will reduce yield and tensile strength and may<br />

degrade impact properties.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

496 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

As Welded Mechanical Properties - Table 5<br />

AWS Class. Tensile Strength Yield Strength % Elong. Charpy-V-Notch (CVN) Impact Requirements<br />

ksi MPa ksi MPa<br />

T-1/1M 70 480 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ 0°F (27J @ -18°C)<br />

T-2/2M 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-3* 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-4* 70 480 58 400 22 not specified<br />

T-5/5M 70 480 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

T-6* 70 480 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

T-7* 70 480 58 400 22 not specified<br />

T-8* 70 480 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

T-9/9M 70 480 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

T-10* 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-11* 70 480 58 400 20 not specified<br />

T-12/12M 70-90 480-620 58 400 22 20ft Lb @ -20°F (27J @ -29°C)<br />

T-13* 60 415 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-13* 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-14* 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-G 60 415 48 330 22 not specified<br />

T-G 70 480 58 400 22 not specified<br />

T-GS 60 415 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

T-GS 70 480 n.s. n.s. n.s. not specified<br />

The above designations may be classified with the ‘J’ indicator provided the lower CVN Impact requirements of 20ft Lb @ -40°F (27J @ -40°C), are met for T-1/1M,<br />

T-5/5M, T-6, T-8, T-9/M and T-12/12M types. * Self Shielded wire types.<br />

6<br />

AWS A5.20 Electrode Classification Summary - Table 6<br />

AWS A5.20 Class. Polarity Arc Transfer Type Slag Base No. of Weld Passes Discernible Features and Applications<br />

T-1 and T-1M DC + Spray Rutile Multiple Larger diameters (2mm [5/64”] & larger) are used for flat & H/V<br />

welding only. Very smooth / quiet arc with low spatter loss, flat to<br />

slightly convex weld bead contour, full covering easy removed slag,<br />

and high deposition rates.<br />

T-2 and T-2M DC + Spray Rutile Single Essentially the same as T-1 / T-1M types, but with higher manganese<br />

or silicon or both. Higher levels of deoxidisers allow welding of<br />

heavily oxidised steels such as, rimmed, rusty and mill scaled steels.<br />

SINGLE pass only.<br />

T-3* DC + Spray Rutile Fluoride Single # High speed gasless welding in flat & H/V and 20° down inclined<br />

positions on sheet metal. Limited mech. props.<br />

T-4* DC + Globular Alumina Fluoride Multiple Very low Sulphur weld deposits (resistant to hot cracking) & very<br />

high deposition rates. Bridging of poor fit-up joints.<br />

T-5 and T-5M DC +/- Globular Basic Multiple Larger diameters (>2mm) are used for flat & H/V welding. Good<br />

mechanical properties (eg. impacts 27J @ -29°C / 20ft Lb @ -20°F )<br />

Slightly convex weld bead contour, easy removed thin slag, resistant<br />

to hot & cold cracking.<br />

T-6* DC + Spray Rutile Basic Multiple Good low temperature impact properties (eg. 27J @ -29°C / 20ft Lb<br />

@ -20°F ). Excellent slag removal in deep groove joints. Good root<br />

run penetration. Flat & H/V only.<br />

T-7* DC - Spray Alumina Fluoride Multiple Dia. (>2mm) used for flat & H/V welding. High deposition rates and<br />

very low sulphur weld metal resistant to cracking.<br />

T-8* DC - Spray Alumina Fluoride Multiple Very good low temperature strength, notch toughness and crack<br />

resistance (eg. 27J @ -29°C / 20ft Lb @ -20°F ).<br />

T-9 and T-9M DC + Spray Rutile Multiple Essentially the same as T-1 / T-1M types, but deposit weld metal<br />

with improved impact properties (eg. 27J @ -29°C / 20ft Lb @<br />

-20°F ). To obtain X-Ray quality, joints are to be relatively clean and<br />

free of oil, excessive oxide & mil-scale.<br />

T-10* DC - small droplet - Single High speed gasless welding in flat & H/V and 20° vertical inclined<br />

Globular<br />

positions on larger thickness than the T-3 class.<br />

T-11* DC - Spray - Multiple General purpose wire for use on material less than 20mm (3/4)<br />

unless preheat & interpass temp’s are maintained.<br />

T-12 and T-12M DC + Spray Rutile Multiple Essentially the same as T-1 / T-1M types, but modified to increase<br />

impact properties and to meet lower manganese requirements of<br />

the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel code section IX, A-1 analysis<br />

group of 1.6% Mn.<br />

T-13* DC - Short arc - Single Root pass welding only on circumferential pipe welds.<br />

T-14* DC - Spray - Single # High speed all positional welding of sheet metal such as,<br />

galvanised, zinc and other coated steels ≤ 6mm (1/4).<br />

T-G DC +/- not specified N.S. Multiple For electrodes not covered by any present classification. The wire<br />

must meet the chemical requirements to ensure a carbon steel<br />

deposit and the specified tensile strength.<br />

T-GS DC +/- not specified N.S. Single For single pass electrodes not covered by any present classification.<br />

The wire must meet the specified tensile strength requirements. No<br />

other requirements are specified.<br />

* Self shielded wire types. # Suitable only for material thickness below 6mm (1/4”)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

497


CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES<br />

AS/NZS 2576. 1996 - Classifies Welding Consumables as used for Build-up & wear resistance<br />

AS/NZS 2576. 1996 - Classifies Welding Consumables as used for Build-up and wear resistance. The following layout outlines this classification,<br />

however for the complete classification CIGWELD recommends that users refer to the current version of the standard. The publication is available from<br />

the Standards Association of Australia or Standards New Zealand.<br />

6<br />

1560-A4<br />

First Digit - Alloy Group<br />

1 = Steels<br />

2 = Chromium White Irons<br />

3 = Tungsten Carbide Composites<br />

4 = Nickel Alloys<br />

5 = Copper Alloys<br />

Second Digit - Alloy Type<br />

15XX = Tool Steel See tables 7 for alloy types<br />

Third and Forth Digits - Deposit Hardnes<br />

Hardness of undiluted depositss prior to any subsequent heat treatment or work hardening expressed in<br />

Rockwell C (HRc) e.g. XX60 = 60-65HRc<br />

First Letter - Welding Process<br />

Letter indicates welding:<br />

A = Manual Metal Arc Welding<br />

B = Submerged Arc Welding and Flux Cored Arc Welding<br />

C = Gas Welding<br />

Last Digit - Welding Consumable Type<br />

A1 - Tubular Electrode, no Alloy Contribution from Coating<br />

A4 - Low Carbon Steel Rod, Alloy addictive Flux Coating<br />

B1 - Submerged Arc Tubular Wire, No Alloy Contribution from Flux.<br />

B5 - Continuous Tubular Wire-gas Shield<br />

B7 - Continuous Tubular Wire-self Shielded<br />

C1 - Filler Rod<br />

C3 - Powder<br />

CONSUMABLES CLASSIFICATION TABLES (TABLE 7)<br />

Group 1 - Steels Alloy Type AS/NZS class<br />

Stoody 104 Pearlitic Steel 1125-B1<br />

Stoody Build Up-O 1125-B7<br />

Cobalarc Mangcraft Austenitic Manganese Steel 1215 A4<br />

Stoody Dynamang<br />

1215 B7<br />

Cobalarc Austex Austenitic Stainless Steel 1315-A4<br />

Verti-Cor 309LT 1315-B5<br />

Stoody SOS 309L 1315-B7<br />

Cobalarc 350 Low Carbon Martensitic Steel 1435-A4<br />

Stoody Super Build Up G/O<br />

1435-B5 / B7<br />

Stoody 107 1440-B1<br />

Stoody 105 1445-B1<br />

Cobalarc Toolcraft Tool Steel 1560-A4<br />

Cobalarc 650 High Carbon Martensitic Steel 1855-A4<br />

Cobalarc 750 1860-A4<br />

Stoody 965 G/O<br />

1855-B5 / B7<br />

Stoody 850-O 1865-B7<br />

Stoody 600 High Carbon Martensitic Steel with Titanium Carbides 1955-B7<br />

Group 2 - Cr White Irons Alloy Type AS/NZS Class.<br />

Cobalarc CR70 Austenitic Chromium Carbide Iron 2355-A4<br />

Stoody 101 HC G/O<br />

2360-B5 / B7<br />

Stoody 100 HC 2360-B7<br />

Cobalarc 1e 2360-A4<br />

Cobalarc 9e Complex Chromium Carbide Iron 2460-A4<br />

Stoody 143-O 2460-B7<br />

Cobalarc Borochrome Martensitic Chromium Carbide Iron 2560-A4<br />

Stoody Fineclad-O 2565-B7<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Group 3 - Tungsten Carbide Comp. Alloy Type AS/NZS Class.<br />

Stoody Tube Borium AC/DC Tungsten Carbide granules in an iron rich matrix 3460-A1<br />

Group 4 - Copper Alloys Alloy Type AS/NZS Class.<br />

Bronzecraft AC-DC Phosphor Bronze 6200-A2<br />

Comweld Manganese Bronze High Tensile Brass 6300-C1<br />

Comcoat C 6300-C1<br />

Comweld Nickel Bronze Nickel Bronze (9-13%Ni) 6400-C1<br />

Comcoat N 6400-C1<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

498 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

WELDING STEEL<br />

The following information is for guidance in determining the weldability of various grades of steel which have been listed under the appropriate steel<br />

standard specification or proprietary trade names. For a comprehensive treatment of the “weldability of steels” please refer to the Welding Technology<br />

Institute of Australia (WTIA) Technical Note 1.<br />

Factors influencing weldability:<br />

1) THE EFFECT OF CARBON ON STEEL:<br />

Carbon is a major alloying element in the various grades of steel; increasing the carbon content of a particular steel results in a corresponding increase in<br />

hardenability when the material is subject to thermal treatment.<br />

From a welding point of view, the best practice is to adopt a welding procedure which minimises the risk of high hardness in the Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) of the<br />

base metal and the weld deposit.<br />

Determination of carbon equivalent and group number of the steel:<br />

In determining the weldability of a particular grade of steel, consideration must be given to the combined effect of alloying elements, in particular carbon and<br />

manganese. The following formula for Carbon equivalent (CE) takes account of the important alloying elements in calculating a number which grades the steel in<br />

terms of its relative weldability. Refer to the Carbon Equivalent (CE) table and respective weldability reference numbers detailed in Table 1.<br />

C E = C + Mn + C r + Mo + V + N i + C u<br />

6 5 15<br />

6<br />

2) DETERMINATION OF COMBINED JOINT THICKNESS:<br />

The concept of combined joint thickness (CJT) is required to address the expected cooling rate of adjoining sections - calculations for determining combined thickness<br />

are based on the following formula. Please refer to Diagram 1 for CJT’s for a range of joint configurations.<br />

T CJT<br />

= t 1 + t 2 + t 3 + t 4<br />

3) WELDING ENERGY OR HEAT INPUT:<br />

Welding energy or heat input calculations are dependent upon the practical welding variables used, in particular welding current, arc voltage and welding speed for<br />

the specific arc welding processes adopted including manual metal arc, semi-automatic and automatic welding.<br />

Welding energy input is based on the following formula:<br />

Q = I x E x 60<br />

V 1000<br />

where<br />

Q = Welding energy or heat input ( Kilojoules per millimeter, KJ/mm)<br />

E = Arc voltage (volts)<br />

I = Welding current (Amperes)<br />

V = Welding speed or travel rate (mm/min)<br />

4) HYDROGEN CONTROLLED CONSUMABLES AND WELDING PROCESS SELECTION:<br />

When determining the weldability of steel, careful consideration must be given to welding consumable selection.<br />

For the purpose of preheat determination, the welding consumable/process combination used can be broadly grouped into two major types. Those which are<br />

hydrogen controlled and those which are not hydrogen controlled:<br />

Non-hydrogen controlled welding consumables:<br />

This group includes cellulose, mild steel and iron powder type electrodes to Australian Standard AS/NZS 1553.1 classifications EXX10, EXX11, EXX12, EXX13, EXX14<br />

and EXX24. For these non-hydrogen controlled electrodes care should be taken to avoid moisture pick-up from exposure to adverse atmospheric conditions (ie<br />

excessive heat, humidity etc)<br />

Hydrogen controlled welding consumables:<br />

Hydrogen controlled types are defined as those consumable/process combinations which produce less than 15 mls of diffusible hydrogen per 100 gms of deposited<br />

weld metal. These include hydrogen controlled manual arc electrodes of the EXX16, EXX18, EXX28 and EXX48 types to AS/NZS 1553 Parts 1 and 2. Many gas shielded<br />

metal-cored and flux-cored welding wires to AS 2203.1 and all steel gas metal-arc welding wires to AS/NZS 2717.1 satisfy the hydrogen controlled requirement<br />

provided they are used with the correct shielding gas.<br />

For all hydrogen controlled welding consumables, precautions must be taken in storage and handling to ensure the hydrogen status is not compromised.<br />

For further information on the correct storage and handling of CIGWELD welding consumables, please refer to this handbook or WTIA publication Tech Note 3 “Care<br />

and Conditioning of Welding Consumables”.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

499


WELDING GUIDE<br />

GENERAL PROCEDURE IN DETERMINING WELDABILITY AND PREHEAT REQUIREMENTS.<br />

1. Select the corresponding weldability reference number for the particular grade of steel.<br />

Where a particular grade of steel is not listed, calculate the CE from the formulae given in section 1. Using Table 1 cross reference the CE calculation to<br />

determine the appropriate weldability reference number.<br />

2. Using Diagram 1 as a guide, determine the combined joint thickness (CJT) for the specific joint being welded.<br />

3. Using Figure 1, determine the joint weldability index from the intersection point of the two numbers from 1 & 2 above (ie the weldability reference<br />

number and the CJT number).<br />

4. Cross reference the joint weldability index, with the expected welding energy input ( in KJ/mm ) on Figure 2* or 3* to calculate the appropriate preheat<br />

temperature.<br />

*Note: if a hydrogen controlled welding consumable is to be used, refer to Figure 2; if a non-hydrogen controlled welding consumable is to be used, refer to Figure 3.<br />

THE NEED FOR PREHEATING OF THE STEEL JOINT:<br />

6<br />

The beneficial effects of preheating in improving the weldability of the steel joint are:<br />

1. Preheating retards the cooling rate in the joint and is beneficial in preventing undesirable metallurgical microstructures from occurring in the heat<br />

affected zone (HAZ) of the base metal and in the weld metal of high alloy steel deposits.<br />

2. Preheating is used to offset the thermal conductivity of the steel sections and is beneficial in reducing the level of residual stress in the joint after<br />

welding.<br />

3. Preheat temperatures should be determined in accordance with the requirements of Figure 2 or 3 with the preheat temperature being maintained<br />

between subsequent weld passes.<br />

4. Preheating assists in the removal of diffusible hydrogen from the weld zone ie. the weld bead and HAZ.<br />

Tack Welding Procedure:<br />

Best practice requires that the specified preheat is used prior to any tack welding operation regardless of the fact that tack welds will become part of the weldment.<br />

WELDABILITY REFERENCE NUMBERS:<br />

The Weldability Reference Numbers used in this guide relate to the carbon equivalent (CE) ranges shown in Table 1 below:<br />

Carbon Equivalent (CE) Weldability Reference Number Carbon Equivalent (CE) Weldability Reference Number<br />

below 0.30 1 0.55 to below 0.60 7<br />

≤ 0.30 to below 0.35 2 0.60 to below 0.65 8<br />

0.35 to below 0.40 3 0.65 to below 0.70 9<br />

0.40 to below 0.45 4 0.70 to below 0.75 10<br />

0.45 to below 0.50 5 0.75 to below 0.80 11<br />

0.50 to below 0.55 6 0.80 and above 12<br />

Table 1<br />

Note: Weldability Reference Numbers above 12 (ie. 12A, 12B, 12C & 13) are not related to CE.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

500 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

PREHEAT DETERMINATION:<br />

Diagram 1 - Combined Joint Thickness (CJT) calculations for welds shown in black.<br />

t 1<br />

= average thickness over 75mm<br />

For welds between t 1<br />

and t 2<br />

/t 3<br />

, ignore t 4<br />

unless it is already welded to t 2<br />

/t 3<br />

6<br />

75 mm<br />

For welds between t 3<br />

and t 2<br />

, ignore t 1<br />

unless it is already welded to t 2<br />

Figure 1 - Determination of joint weldability index using combined joint thickness and weldability reference number.<br />

Weldabillity Reference Number<br />

Joint<br />

weldability<br />

index<br />

Combined Thickness T c<br />

= t 1<br />

+ t 2<br />

+ t 3<br />

+ t 4<br />

mm<br />

and over<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

501


WELDING GUIDE<br />

PREHEAT DETERMINATION CONT.:<br />

Figure 2 - Determination of preheat requirements for hydrogen controlled electrodes (EXX16, EXX18, EXX28 & EXX48) semi-automatic and automatic<br />

welding process.<br />

Joint<br />

weldability<br />

index<br />

6<br />

Preheat temperature 0 C<br />

Figure 3 - Determination of preheat requirements for Manual metal-Arc Welding with other than hydrogen controlled consumables.<br />

Joint<br />

weldability<br />

index<br />

Preheat temperature 0 C<br />

Welding energy input kilojule /mm of deposit<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Welding energy input kilojule /mm of deposit<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

502 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

AS 1442 (1992) Hot Rolled Bar and Semi Finished <strong>Product</strong>.<br />

AS 1443 (1993) Cold Finished Bars Carbon Steel.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Weldability Reference Number<br />

1006 0.08 0.25/0.50 0.10/0.35 1<br />

1010 0.08/0.13 0.30/0.60 0.10/0.35 1<br />

1020 0.18/0.23 0.30/0.60 0.10/0.35 2<br />

1030 0.28/0.34 0.60/0.90 0.10/0.35 5<br />

1040 0.37/0.44 0.60/0.90 0.10/0.35 8<br />

1050 0.48/0.55 0.60/0.90 0.10/0.35 10<br />

1060 0.55/0.65 0.60/0.90 0.10/0.35 11<br />

1070 0.65/0.75 0.60/0.90 0.10/0.35 12<br />

Free Machine Steels.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn S Pb Weldability Reference Number<br />

X1112 0.08/0.15 1.10/1.40 0.20-0.30 2A<br />

1144 0.40/0.48 1.35/0.65 0.08-0.13 11A<br />

X1147 0.40/0.47 0.60/1.90 0.10-0.35 11A<br />

1214 0.15 Max 0.80/1.20 0.25-0.35 3A<br />

12L14 0.15 Max 0.80/1.20 0.25-0.35 0.15-0.35 3A<br />

AS 1447 (1991) Hot Rolled Spring Steels.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Cr Weldability Reference Number<br />

K1070S 0.65-0.75 0.60-0.90 0.10-0.35 12A<br />

XK5155S 0.50-0.60 0.70-1.0 0.10-0.35 0.70-0.90 12A<br />

XK5160S 0.55-0.65 0.70-1.0 0.10-0.35 0.70-0.90 12A<br />

XK9261S 0.55-0.65 0.70-1.0 1.8-2.20 12A<br />

6<br />

AS 1663 (1991) Structural Steel Hollow Sections.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Weldability Reference Number<br />

C250-C250LO* 0.12 0.50 0.05 1<br />

C350-C350LO* 0.20 1.60 0.05 3<br />

C450-C450LO* 0.20 1.60 0.35 3<br />

* Nb + V + Ti = 0.15<br />

Carbon Manganese Steels.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

X1315 0.12-0.18 1.40-1.70 5<br />

X1320 0.18-0.23 1.40-1.70 5<br />

X1325 0.23-0.28 1.40-1.70 6<br />

X1340 0.38-0.43 1.40-1.70 10<br />

X1345 0.43-0.48 1.40-1.70 11<br />

AS 1444 (1986) Fully Killed Alloy Steels.<br />

AS 2506 (1990) Wrought Alloy Steels.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Weldability Reference Number<br />

XK3312(EN36A) 0.10-0.16 0.35-0.60 0.10-0.35 3.0-3.75 0.70-1.0 6<br />

4130 0.28-0.33 0.40-0.60 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 9<br />

4140 0.30-0.43 0.75-1.0 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 12<br />

XK4150 0.47-0.55 1.0-1.40 0.10-0.40 0.40-0.80 0.10-0.20 12<br />

XK4340 0.37-0.44 0.55-0.90 0.10-0.35 1.55-2.0 0.65-0.95 0.20-0.35 12<br />

4620 0.17-0.23 0.45-0.65 0.10-0.35 1.65-2.0 0.20-0.30 6<br />

5140 0.38-0.43 0.70-0.90 0.70-0.90 11<br />

8620 0.18-0.23 0.70-0.90 0.10-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.40-0.60 0.15-0.25 6<br />

9050 0.45-0.55 0.90-1.20 0.60-0.90 11<br />

XK9315 0.12-0.18 0.25-0.50 1.10-0.35 3.90-4.30 1.0-1.40 0.15-0.30 10<br />

XK9931 0.27-0.35 0.45-0.70 0.10-0.35 2.30-2.80 0.50-0.80 0.45-0.65 12<br />

XK9940 0.36-0.44 0.45-0.70 0.10-0.35 2.3-2.80 0.50-0.80 0.45-0.65 12<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

503


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

6<br />

BS STEEL SPECIFICATION.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P Weldability Reference Number<br />

BS 1501 (1980) Steels for Fired and Unfired Pressure Vessels<br />

Grade 360 0.17 0.40 - 1.20 3<br />

Grade 400 0.22 0.50 - 130 4<br />

Grade 430 0.25 0.60 - 1.40 5<br />

BS EN 10028-2 (1993) Steels for Pressure Purposes,<br />

Non-alloy and Alloy Steels with Elevated Temperature Properties<br />

Grade P235GH 0.16 0.40 - 1.20 3<br />

Grade P265GH 0.20 0.50 - 1.40 4<br />

Grade P295GH 0.08 - 0.20 0.90 - 1.50 5<br />

Grade P355GH 0.10 - 0.22 1.00 - 1.70 5<br />

BS EN 10025 (1980) Hot Rolled <strong>Product</strong>s of Non Alloy Structural Steels<br />

Grade Fe 360 3<br />

Grade Fe 430 4<br />

Grade Fe 430 1.60 5<br />

BS970/PD970 Specification Steels<br />

En 25 0.27-0.35 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.70 2.30-2.50 0.50-0.80 0.40-0.70 0.050 0.050 12<br />

En 26 0.36-0.44 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.70 2.30-2.80 0.50-0.80 0.40-0.70 0.050 0.050 12<br />

En 36A 0.15 0.10-0.35 0.30-0.60 3.00-3.75 0.60-1.10 0.050 0.050 6<br />

En 39B 0.12-0.18 0.10-0.35 0.50 3.80-4.50 1.00-1.40 0.15-0.35 0.050 0.050 10<br />

En 40A 0.10-0.20 0.10-0.35 0.40-0.65 0.40 2.90-3.50 0.40-0.70 0.050 0.050 10<br />

En 40B 0.20-0.30 0.10-0.35 0.40-0.65 0.40 2.90-3.50 0.40-0.70 0.050 0.050 12<br />

Ferritic Creep Resistant Steels<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Pb Weldability Reference Number<br />

Mn-Mo 0.20 1.40 - 0.45 7B<br />

1/2Cr-1/2Mo 0.15 0.50 0.50 0.50 7B<br />

1Cr-1/2Mo 0.12 0.50 1.10 0.50 7B<br />

21/4Cr-1Mo 0.12 0.50 2.30 1.00 12B<br />

5Cr-1/2Mo 0.12 0.50 5.00 0.60 12B<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S Other Weldability Reference Number<br />

Plastic Mould Steels<br />

ASSAB<br />

Calmax 0.6 0.8 0.35 4.5 0.5 V 02 12C<br />

BOHLER STEEL<br />

M200 0.40 1.50 0.40 1.90 0.20 0.070 12C<br />

M238 0.38 1.50 0.30 2.0 1.10 0.20 12C<br />

M310 0.43 13.5 12C<br />

COMMONWEALTH STEEL<br />

P20 0.30 0.75 0.60 1.70 0.40 12C<br />

Maxel Holder Block 0.50 1.30 0.30 0.65 0.18 12C<br />

STEELMARK EAGLE & GLOBE<br />

CSM2 0.30 0.80 0.50 1.65 0.40 12C<br />

Maxel HB 0.50 0.30 0.08 0.65 0.18 12C<br />

420 MFQ 0.35 0.1 1.0 13.0 12C<br />

Hot Work Tool Steel<br />

ASSAB<br />

8407 0.39 0.40 1.0 5.3 1.3 V0.9 12C<br />

8407 Supreme 0.39 0.40 1.0 5.2 1.40 V0.9 12C<br />

QRO 90 Supreme 0.38 0.75 1.0 .6 2.25 V0.9 12C<br />

BOHLER STEEL<br />

W302 0.39 0.40 1.10 5.20 1.40 V0.95 12C<br />

W321 0.39 0.35 0.30 2.90 2.8 V0.50 12C<br />

Co2.90<br />

W500 0.55 0.75 0.25 1.1 1.7 0.55 V0.10 12C<br />

COMMONWEALTH STEEL<br />

R15 0.55 0.70 0.30 0.65 1.40 0.35 12C<br />

H13 0.40 0.40 1.0 5.0 1.30 V1.10 12C<br />

STEELMARK EAGLE & GLOBE<br />

ADIC 0.39 1.0 5.2 1.40 V0.35 12C<br />

NCM5 0.55 0.85 1.2 1.65 0.35 V0.15 12C<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

504 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S Other Weldability Reference Number<br />

Cold Work Tool Steel<br />

ASSAB<br />

XW10 1.0 0.60 0.30 5.3 1.1 V0.20 12C<br />

XW5 2.05 0.80 0.30 12.5 W1.3 12C<br />

XW41 1.55 0.4 0.3 11.8 0.8 V0.8 12C<br />

DF2 0.95 1.1 0.6 W0.6 12C<br />

V0.1<br />

BOHLER STEEL<br />

K190 2.3 0.40 0.40 12.50 1.10 V4.0 12C<br />

K600 0.45 0.40 0.25 1.30 4.0 0.25 12C<br />

K660 0.70 2.0 0.30 1.0 1.35 0.15 12C<br />

STEELMARK EAGLE & GLOBE<br />

SC23 2.0 0.20 0.30 12.0 12C<br />

SC25 1.50 0.45 0.25 18.0 1.0 V0.35 12C<br />

NSS6 0.70 1.90 0.30 1.0 1.35 12C<br />

SRS 0.60 0.80 1.60 0.35 0.40 V0.15 12C<br />

AS1302 (1991) Steel Reinforcing Bars For Concrete<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade 250R Plain Bars* 0.25 4<br />

Grade 250S Deformed Bars* 0.25 4<br />

Grade 400Y Deformed Bars* 0.22 3<br />

Grain refining and micro alloying elements = 0.15%<br />

6<br />

AS1085.1 Rail Steels<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade Grade 31kg or 41kg 0.53-0.69 0.60-0.95 0.15-0.35 12<br />

Grade 50kg or 60kg 0.66-0.82 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.50 12<br />

AS3678 (1990) Structural Steels Hot Rolled Plates, Floor Plates and Slabs<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade 200 0.15 0.60 0.25 - - - 1<br />

Grade 250-250L15 0.22 1.70 0.55 - - - 4<br />

Grade 300-300L-15 0.22 1.70 0.55 - - - 4<br />

Grade 350-350L15 0.22 1.70 0.55 - - - 5<br />

Grade 400-400L15 0.22 1.70 0.55 - - - 5<br />

Grade WR350/1, L0 0.14 1.70 0.55 0.35-1.05 0.15-0.50 5A<br />

Steels to Shipping Classification Society Rules<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade A 0.23 - 3A<br />

Grade B 0.21 0.80 min. 3A<br />

Grade D 0.21 0.60 min. 4A<br />

Grade E 0.18 0.70 min. 4A<br />

American Bureau of Shipping<br />

Class A 0.23 - 3A<br />

Class B 0.21 0.80-1.10 4A<br />

Class CS 0.16 1.00-1.35 3A<br />

Class DS 0.16 1.00-1.35 3A<br />

Class D 0.21 0.70-1.35 4A<br />

Class E 0.18 0.70-1.35 4A<br />

Det Norske Veritas<br />

Grade NVA 0.23 - 3A<br />

Grade NVD 0.21 0.60 min. 4A<br />

Grade NVE 0.18 0.70 min. 4A<br />

Bureau Veritas<br />

Grade A - - 3A<br />

Grade B 0.21 0.80-1.40 4A<br />

Grade D 0.21 0.60-1.40 4A<br />

Grade E 0.18 0.70-1.50 4A<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

505


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

AS 1548 (1989) Steel Plates for Boilers and Pressure Vessels<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Cu Weldability Reference Number<br />

7-430 R,N,A,T 0.20 0.50-1.60 .50 .30* .25* .10* .20* 5<br />

7-460 R,N,A,T 0.20 0.90-1.70 .60 .30* .25* .10* .30* 5<br />

5-490 N or A 0.24 0.90-1.70 .60 .30* .25* .10* .20* 5<br />

7-490 R,N,A,T 0.24 0.90-1.70 .60 .30* .25* .10* .30* 6<br />

*Total Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu = .70% max.<br />

6<br />

PIPE LINE STEELS<br />

API 5L (1992) Specification for Seamless Line Pipe<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade A25 CI I, CI II 0.21 0.30 - 0.60 2<br />

Grade A 0.22 0.90 3<br />

Grade B 0.27 1.15 5<br />

Grade X42 0.29 1.25 5<br />

Cold-expanded -Grades X46, X52 0.29 1.25 5<br />

Non-expanded -Grades X46, X52 0.31 1.35 5<br />

Grades X56, X60 0.26 1.35 5<br />

API 5L (1992) Specification for Welded Line Pipe<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade A25 CI I, CI II 0.21 0.30 - 0.60 2<br />

Grade A 0.21 0.90 3<br />

Grade B 0.26 1.15 4<br />

Grade X42 0.28 1.25 5<br />

Cold-expanded -Grades X46, X52 0.28 1.25 5<br />

Non-expanded -Grades X46, X52 0.30 1.35 5<br />

Grades X56, X60 0.26 1.35 5<br />

Grade X65 0.26 1.40 5<br />

Grade X70 0.23 1.60 5<br />

Grade X80 0.18 1.80 5<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

ASTM SPECIFICATION STEELS<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

ASTM A36M (1991) Structural Steel Plates<br />

To 20mm including 0.25 4<br />

Over 20 to 40mm including 0.25 0.80 - 1.20 4<br />

Over 40 to 65mm including 0.26 0.80 - 1.20 4<br />

Over 65 to 100mm including 0.27 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 100mm 0.29 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

ASTM 242M (1991) High Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel<br />

Type 1 0.15 1.00 5<br />

ASTM 283M (1992) Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates<br />

Grade A 0.14 0.90 2<br />

Grade B 0.17 0.90 3<br />

Grade C 0.24 0.90 4<br />

Grade D 0.27 0.90 4<br />

ASTM 284M (1990) Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon - Silicon Steel Plates<br />

Grade C:<br />

25mm and under 0.24 0.90 3<br />

Over 25 to 50 mm, including 0.27 0.90 4<br />

Over 50 to 100mm, including 0.29 0.90 4<br />

Over 100 to 200mm, including 0.33 0.90 5<br />

Over 200 to 300mm, including 0.36 0.90 6<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

506 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

ASTM SPECIFICATION STEELS<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Steel Designation C Mn Weldability Reference Number<br />

Grade D:<br />

25mm and under 0.24 0.90 3<br />

Over 25 to 50 mm, including 0.27 0.90 4<br />

Over 50 to 100mm, including 0.29 0.90 4<br />

Over 100 to 200mm, including 0.33 0.90 5<br />

ASTM 285M (1990) Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel<br />

Grade A 0.17 0.90 2<br />

Grade B 0.22 0.90 3<br />

Grade C 0.28 0.90 4<br />

ASTM A516M (1990) Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel<br />

Grade 415<br />

12.5mm and under 0.21 0.60 - 0.90 3<br />

Over 12.5 to 50mm including 0.23 0.85 - 1.20 4<br />

Over 50 to 100mm including 0.25 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 100 to 200mm including 0.27 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 200 0.27 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Grade 450<br />

12.5mm and under 0.24 0.85 - 1.20 4<br />

Over 12.5 to 50mm including 0.26 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 50 to 100mm including 0.28 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 100 to 200mm including 0.29 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 200 0.29 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Grade 485<br />

12.5mm and under 0.27 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 12.5 to 50mm including 0.28 0.85 - 1.20 5<br />

Over 50 to 100mm including 0.30 0.85 - 1.20 6<br />

Over 100 to 200mm including 0.31 0.85 - 1.20 6<br />

Over 200mm 0.31 0.85 - 1.20 6<br />

ASTM A537M (1991) Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel<br />

40mm and under 0.24 0.70 - 1.35 5<br />

Over 40mm 0.24 1.00 - 1.60 6<br />

ASTM A569M (1991) Carbon Steel (0.15% max) Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip<br />

Commercial quality 0.15 0.60 1<br />

ASTM A572M (1992) High Strength Low Alloy Niobium Vanadium Steels<br />

Grade 290 0.21 1.35 5<br />

Grade 345 0.23 1.35 5<br />

Grade 415 0.26 1.35 6<br />

Grade 450:<br />

13mm and under 0.26 1.35 6<br />

over 13mm to 32mm 0.23 1.65 6<br />

ASTM A607 (1992) Steel Sheet and Strip, High Strength, Low Alloy, Hot Rolled and Cold Rolled<br />

Grade 415:<br />

Class 1, Grade 45 0.22 1.35 4<br />

Class 1, Grade 50 0.23 1.35 5<br />

Class 1, Grade 55 0.25 1.35 5<br />

Class 1, Grade 60 0.26 1.50 6<br />

Class 1, Grade 65 0.26 1.50 6<br />

Class 1, Grade 70 0.26 1.65 6<br />

Class 2, Grades 50,55 0.15 1.35 3<br />

Class 2, Grades 60, 65 0.15 1.50 4<br />

Class 2, Grade 70 0.15 1.65 4<br />

ASTM A662M (1990) Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Manganese Steel for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service<br />

Grade A 0.14 0.90 - 1.35 3<br />

Grade B 0.19 0.85 - 1.50 4<br />

Grade C 0.20 1.00 - 1.60 5<br />

ASTM A737M (1987) Pressure Vessel Plates, High Strength Low Alloy Steels<br />

Grade B 0.20 1.15 - 1.50 5<br />

Grade C 0.22 1.15 - 1.50 5<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

507


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

6<br />

QUENCHED AND TEMPERED STEELS.<br />

Structural and Abrasion Resistant Grades.<br />

Chemical Analysis %<br />

Properties Steel Designation C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S Other Weldability Reference Number<br />

BISALLOY Q & T STEELS (Australia).<br />

Yield Stress:<br />

500MPa Bisalloy 60 0.16-0.18 1.10-1.40 0.20 0.20-0.90 --- 0.20 0.003 B: 0.001 13<br />

600MPa Bisalloy 70 Ti: 0.02<br />

620-690MPa Bisalloy 80/80PV<br />

Hardness:<br />

320-360HB Bisplate 320 0.18 1.15 0.40 0.85 --- 0.20 --- B: 0.002 13<br />

360-400HB Bisplate 360 Ti: 0.03<br />

400-460HB Bisplate 400 0.28 0.50 0.35 0.96 --- 0.15 --- B: 0.002 13<br />

Ti: 0.04<br />

IMPORTED Q & T STEELS (JAPAN & USA).<br />

Yield Stress:<br />

550MPa HY80 0.14 0.30 0.25 1.60 2.8 0.40 13<br />

690MPa<br />

HY100<br />

690MPa USST1 0.16 0.85 0.30 0.57 0.90 0.50 B: 0.004 13<br />

V: 0.04<br />

Cu: 0.30<br />

690MPa USST1 Type A 0.18 0.90 0.30 0.55 0.20 --- B: 0.001 13<br />

V: 0.04<br />

450MPa Welten 60 0.11 1.22 0.45 0.17 V: 0.04 13<br />

690MPa Welten 80C 0.10 0.85 0.22 0.80 0.45 B: 0.001 13<br />

V: 0.04<br />

Cu: 0.28<br />

690MPa Welten 80E 0.18 0.90 0.23 0.40 B: 0.001 13<br />

V: 0.03<br />

Cu: 0.25<br />

Hardness:<br />

320HB min Welten AR 320 0.18 1.10 0.25 0.70 0.35 B: 0.002 13<br />

V: 0.04<br />

Cu: 0.35<br />

360HB min Welten AR 360C 0.18 1.10 0.25 0.90 0.35 B: 0.002 13<br />

V: 0.04<br />

Cu: 0.35<br />

477HB min Welten AR 500 0.30 1.20 0.40 0.60 0.10 B: 0.003 13<br />

Cu: 0.28<br />

* Dependent on plate thickness.<br />

Preheat recommendations for Q & T Steels - Table 2.<br />

Q & T Steel Grade < 13mm > 13mm < 25mm >25mm < 50mm > 50mm<br />

MINIMUM PREHEAT TEMPERATURE (°C) ( assuming high joint restraint )<br />

High Strength Structural Grades.<br />

450 MPa minimum Yield Stress 10 25 75 100<br />

620 MPa minimum Yield Stress 50 100 125 150<br />

680 MPa minimum Yield Stress 50 100 125 150<br />

Abrasion Resistant Grades.<br />

320 HB 50 100 125 100<br />

360 HB 50 100 125 150<br />

500 HB 100 150 150 ---<br />

MAXIMUM INTERPASS TEMPERATURE (°C)<br />

All Grades 150 175 200 220<br />

MAXIMUM ARC HEAT INPUT (Kj / mm)<br />

All Grades 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.0<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

508 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

STEEL SPECIFICATIONS CONT.<br />

Filler Metal Selection Guide for Bisalloy Q & T Steels - Table 3.<br />

Steel Designation Weld Strength Category* Manual Metal Arc Welding Gas Metal Arc Welding # Flux Cored Welding # Arc<br />

(MMAW) (GMAW) (FCAW)<br />

Bisalloy 60 MS Alloycraft 90 Autocraft Mn-Mo Verti-Cor 91 K2<br />

LS Ferrocraft 61/ 7016 Autocraft LW1-6 Supre-Cor 5 /<br />

Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

M H NR NR NR<br />

Bisalloy 70 MS Alloycraft 110 Autocraft NiCrMo Tensi-Cor 110TXP<br />

LS Ferrocraft 61/ 7016 Autocraft Mn-Mo / Supre-Cor 5 /<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

M H NR NR NR<br />

Bisalloy 80 MS Alloycraft 110 Autocraft NiCrMo Tensi-Cor 110TXP<br />

Verti-Cor 111 K3<br />

LS Ferrocraft 61/ 7016 Autocraft LW1-6 / Supre-Cor 5 /<br />

Autocraft Mn-Mo Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

M H NR NR NR<br />

Bisplate 320, 360, MS NR NR NR<br />

400, 500 LS Ferrocraft 61/ 7016 Autocraft LW1-6 Supre-Cor 5 /<br />

Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

M H Cobalarc 350, 650 Cobalarc 350, 650 Stoody Super Buildup G/O, Stoody 965 G/O<br />

* Weld Strength Category Definitions: MS - Matching Strength LS - Lower Strength<br />

M H - Matching Hardness NR - Not Recommended<br />

6<br />

# Use only recommended shielding gases, please refer to product data in this handbook.<br />

WELDING RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

Weldability Reference No:<br />

1 & 2 Readily weldable with mild steel electrodes of the AS/NZS 1553.1: E41XX or E48XX, or AWS A5.1: E60XX or 70XX classifications (such as Satincraft 13,<br />

Ferrocraft 12XP, Ferrocraft 21 or Weldcraft). Gas Metal Arc (GMAW or MIG/MAG) welding or Flux Cored Arc welding (FCAW) with an appropriate CIGWELD<br />

welding consumable such as Autocraft LW1-6 or Verti-Cor ‘series’ wires can be carried out with out any precautions. No preheat is normally required.<br />

2A* The welding of these steels is normally not recommended because the high sulphur or lead content can often lead to hot shortness during welding. For<br />

non critical applications, best results are achieved using basic coated electrodes such as Ferrocraft 7016, Ferrocraft 61 or Ferrocraft 16TXP<br />

3 & 4 Readily welded using mild steel electrodes as per recommendation 1 & 2. GMAW or FCAW processes can be used depending on specific welding details<br />

including equipment availability, welding location, material thickness and positional welding requirements etc. Refer to GMAW product data for Autocraft<br />

LW1-6 and FCAW product data for Verti-Cor XP / Ultra / Ultra 3 and 3XP in the front of this handbook. For Combined Joint Thicknesses (CJT, refer Diagram<br />

1) of ≥50mm, the best practice is to select a hydrogen controlled welding process / consumable combination and a correspondingly lower preheat<br />

temperature.<br />

3A* & 4A* Check specific Shipping Society approval requirements of the consumable. This group of steels are readily welded using mild steel electrodes of the AS/NZS<br />

1553.1: E41XX-2 or E48XX-2 classifications. Also readily weldable with the GMAW process and Autocraft LW1-6 welding wire or other “W503” GMAW<br />

welding wires. The FCAW process can also be used with Verti-Cor Ultra 3 / 3XP or other “W503” FCAW wires.<br />

5 & 6 For intermediate strength and low alloy high strength steel, select a welding consumable producing near matching weld deposit analysis and/or<br />

mechanical properties. The best practice is to select a hydrogen controlled electrode or welding wire of a comparable strength grade to that of the steel<br />

being welded and use the recommended preheat.<br />

5A* To achieve matching ‘weathering’ of the parent steel, a welding consumable containing Nickel and Copper alloy additions must be used. If colour match is<br />

not an issue refer to 5.<br />

7, 8 & 9 Follow the recommendations prescribed in 5 & 6. The use a hydrogen controlled welding process / consumable combinations is considered more important<br />

as the carbon equivalent and hardenability of the steel increases. The weld deposit strength level should at least equal that of the grade of steel being<br />

welded. These steels are hardenable and the use of correct preheat and interpass temperatures and slow cooling after welding are important for success.<br />

To avoid hydrogen cracking, the welding consumable should be used, stored and reconditioned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.<br />

For CIGWELD welding consumables please refer to Recommended Storage, Care and Conditioning of CIGWELD Electrodes, Welding Wires and Rods in this<br />

handbook.<br />

7B* These Chromium-Molybdenum and Molybdenum type steels are usually welded with near matching welding consumables such as Alloycraft 80-B2<br />

electrodes, Autocraft Mn-Mo / CrMo1 GMAW welding wires or Comweld CrMo1 GTAW rods etc. This is carried out to achieve comparable creep strength<br />

and corrosion resistance to the parent steel. Low hydrogen welding conditions are essential as are the correct preheat and interpass temperatures,<br />

retarded cooling and a post weld heat treatment.<br />

*Note A , B & C suffixes indicate constraints or conditions not adequately covered by the CE formula (eg high S, Pb etc)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

509


WELDING GUIDE<br />

WELDING RECOMMENDATIONS CONT.<br />

Weldability Reference No cont:<br />

10 & 11 Use hydrogen controlled welding process / consumable combinations which best match the chemical composition and/or strength level of the parent steel.<br />

To avoid hydrogen cracking, the welding consumable should be used, stored and reconditioned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.<br />

For CIGWELD welding consumables please refer to Recommended Storage, Care and Conditioning of CIGWELD Electrodes, Welding Wires and Rods in this<br />

handbook.Preheat temperature should be determined using the procedure described on page 69 of this guide. The use of ‘dry’ welding consumables is<br />

essential for the successful welding of these steels, as is slow cooling after welding. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is also considered good welding<br />

practice.<br />

11A<br />

Following on from recommendation 2A the welding of high carbon, sulphur bearing steel is not recommended except for non critical applications. Use<br />

hydrogen controlled process / consumable combinations. Welding consumables must be dry immediately prior to use, please refer to Recommended<br />

Storage, Care and Conditioning of CIGWELD Electrodes, Welding Wires and Rods in this handbook.<br />

12 Use hydrogen controlled welding process / consumable combinations, including such consumables as Ferrocraft 61 and Ferrocraft 7016 electrodes or<br />

Suprecor 5 flux cored wire for lower strength welding and Alloycraft 110 electrode or Tensi-Cor 110 TXP flux cored wire for higher strength joints. The<br />

choice of higher or lower consumable strength levels will depend on the specifics of the application. These steels are normally supplied in the hardened<br />

and tempered condition which requires strict control of preheat, interpass temperature, post weld cooling and PWHT. To achieve optimum results please<br />

refer to the steel supplier for specific technical information, in particular heat treatment recommendations.<br />

6<br />

12A<br />

12B<br />

12C<br />

*For the welding of high alloy spring steels in the hardened and tempered condition:Use hydrogen controlled process / consumable combinations including<br />

such consumables as Ferrocraft 61, Ferrocraft 7016, Ferrocraft 16 Twin Coat or Supre-Cor 5 in a thoroughly dry condition. Preheat steel sections to be<br />

joined to 250-300°C and maintain an interpass temperature of 250-300°C throughout welding. After welding slowly cool the joint in lime or wrap in a<br />

thermal blanket.Alternatively where preheat must be reduced to the minimum, use Weldall electrodes with approximately 100°C less preheat and interpass<br />

temperature (ie 150 - 200°C) and slowly cool as previously described.<br />

*These Chromium-Molybdenum type steels are usually welded with near matching welding consumables such as Alloycraft 90-B3 electrodes, Autocraft<br />

CrMo2 GMAW welding wire or Comweld CrMo2 GTAW rods etc. This is done to achieve comparable creep strength and corrosion resistance to the parent<br />

steel. Low hydrogen welding conditions are essential as are the correct preheat and interpass temperatures, retarded cooling and a post weld heat<br />

treatment.<br />

*The welding of tool steels in the heat treated (hardened and tempered) condition should be avoided where possible. Comprehensive repair and<br />

maintenance applications using ferritic steel, low hydrogen consumables such as Ferrocraft 61-NiH4 electrodes or Supre-Cor 5 flux cored wire should only<br />

be attempted on mould and tool steels in the annealed condition. Minor repair work on heat treated tool steels can be carried out using “reconditioned”<br />

Weldall electrodes and appropriate preheat and interpass temperatures, retarded cooling and a post weld heat treatment (PWHT) to reduce residual<br />

stresses. Please refer to the steel manufacturer for specific welding recommendations.<br />

13 Welding Quenched and Tempered ( Q & T ) steels:<br />

1. Use only hydrogen controlled welding process / consumable combination, where the welding consumable has been used, stored and re-conditioned<br />

in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Refer to Recommended Storage, Care and Conditioning of CIGWELD Electrodes, Welding Wires<br />

and Rods in this handbook.<br />

2. Welding consumable selection is dependant on the particular grade of steel being welded and the specific service requirements of the weldment.<br />

3. For full strength weld joints select a welding consumable of matching ( or near matching) weld metal mechanical properties. See Table 3 on Page 81<br />

for CIGWELD welding consumable recommendations.<br />

4. For lower strength welds select hydrogen controlled welding consumables having lower weld metal tensile properties and alloy content. See Table 3<br />

on Page 81 for CIGWELD welding consumable recommendations.<br />

5. Recommended preheat and interpass temperatures and maximum heat input data for structural and abrasion resistant Q & T steel grades are detailed<br />

in Table 2. If they are not adhered to closely the strength or integrity of the joint may be compromised.<br />

6. Lower strength welding consumables are invariably used to join abrasion resistant Q & T steels because of their very high tensile properties. For<br />

butt welds subject to surface abrasion, a capping pass deposited with a welding consumable of matching hardness to the base steel is sometimes<br />

used.*Note A , B & C suffixes indicate constraints or conditions not adequately covered by the CE formula (eg high S, Pb etc)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

510 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

CONSUMABLES PREQUALIFIED TO AS/NZS 1554.1: 1995<br />

Manual Metal Arc Welding Consumables: AS/NZS Standard LRS/DNV Approval Applicable Steel Types*<br />

GP6012 E4112-0 2 1 & 2<br />

Ferrocraft 12XP E4112-0 2Y “<br />

Satincraft 13 E4113-0 2 “<br />

Ferrocraft 11 E4111-2 3 3, 4, 5 & 6<br />

PipeArc 6010P E4110-2 3 “<br />

Weldcraft E4113-2 3 “<br />

Ferrocraft 21 E4814-2 3 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A & 7B<br />

Ferrocraft 22 E4824-0 2Y “<br />

Ferrocraft 16TXP E4816-2 H10 3YH “<br />

Ferrocraft 16 Twin Coat<br />

Ferrocraft 55U E4816-2 H10 3YH “<br />

Ferrocraft 61 E4818-3 H10 3YH “<br />

Ferrocraft 7016 E4816-3 H10 3YH “<br />

Gas Metal & Flux Cored ARC<br />

Welding Consumables: AS/NZS Standard LRS/DNV Approval Applicable Steel Types*<br />

Autocraft LW1 ES4-GC/M-W503AH 3YMS All Types<br />

Autocraft LWI-6 ES6-GC/M-W503AH 3YS “<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10 2YSH 1, 2 & 4<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra H4 ETP-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10 2YSH 1, 2 & 4<br />

Satin-Cor XP ETD-GCp-W502A. CM1 H10 2YSH “<br />

Verti-Cor XP ETD-GMp-W502A. CM1 H10 2YSH “<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra 3 ETP-GCp-W503A. CM1 H10 3YSH All Types<br />

Metal-Cor XP ETD-GMn/p-W503A. CM1 H5 3YSH “<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP ETP-GMp-W503A. CM1 H10 3YSH “<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP H4 ETP-GMp-W503A. CM2 H5 3YSH “<br />

Supre-Cor 5 ETP-GMn-W505A. CM1 H5 3YSH “<br />

* See applicable steel types<br />

6<br />

APPLICABLE STEEL TYPES - PREQUALIFIED TO AS/NZS 1554.1: 1995<br />

Steel type AS 1163 AS 1397 AS 1450 AS 1548 AS 1594 AS 1595 AS 2074 AS 3678/ AS 3679.1 NZS 3415<br />

AS 3679.2<br />

1 C250 G250 C200 7-430 Hd1 All grades C2 200 250 Fe 430A<br />

G300 H200 7-460 Hd2 C3 250 300<br />

C250 Hd3 C7A-1 300<br />

H250 Hd4 A1006<br />

Hd200<br />

XK1016<br />

Hd250<br />

Hd300<br />

Hd300/1<br />

A1006<br />

A1010<br />

A1016<br />

2 C250 L0 7-430L0 250 L0 Fe 430C<br />

7-460L0 300 L0<br />

3 7-430L20 250 L15 250 L15 Fe 430D<br />

7-430L40 300 L15 300 L15<br />

7-430L50<br />

7-460L20<br />

7-460L40<br />

7-460L50<br />

4 C350 G350 C350 5-490 Hd350 C1 350 WR350/1 Fe 510A<br />

H350 7-490 Hd400 C4-1 WR350/1 WR350/2 Fe 510B<br />

HW350 C4-2 400 350<br />

C7A-2<br />

5 C350 L0 7-490L0 XF300 WR350/1 L0 WR350/1 L0 Fe 510C<br />

XF400<br />

WR350/2 L0<br />

350 L0<br />

6 5-490L20 350 L15 WR350/2 L15 Fe 510D<br />

5-490L40 400 L15 350 L15<br />

5-490L50<br />

7-490L20<br />

7-490L40<br />

7-490L50<br />

7A C450 G450 C450<br />

7B C450L0<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

511


WELDING GUIDE<br />

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING STRUCTURAL, STAINLESS AND ENGINEERING STEELS:<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Applicable Steel Grades Flux Cored Arc Manual Metal Arc Gas Metal Arc Gas Tungsten Arc<br />

AS3678 (AS 1204) Grades 200, 250, 300 Ferrocraft 11 (P) Verti-Cor XP (P)<br />

and LO & L15 Grades Weldcraft (P) Autocraft LW1 (P) Comweld High Test (P) Satin-Cor XP (P)<br />

Metal-Cor XP (P)<br />

AS 1548 Grad 7-430R Autocraft LW1-6 (P) Verti-Cor Ultra (P)<br />

Satin-Cor HD70<br />

AS3678 (AS 1204) Grades 350, 400<br />

Ferrocraft 21 (P)<br />

and LO & L 15 Grades<br />

Ferrocraft 22 (P)<br />

Ferrocraft 16 Twin Coat Autocraft Lw1 (P) Comweld Super steel Verti-Cor 3 XP (P)<br />

Ferrocraft 61 (P) Autocraft LW1-6 (P) Metal-Cor XP (P)<br />

AS 1548 Grades 7-460R, 5-490<br />

Supre-Cor XP (P)<br />

and L20 Grades<br />

Verti-Cor Ultra 3 (P)<br />

AS2074 Grades C4, C5, C6, C7, L1A, L1B Ferrocraft 61<br />

ASTM A106 All Grades Ferrocraft 16 Twin Coat Autocraft LW1 Supre-Cor 5<br />

Ferrocraft 7016 Autocraft LW1-6 Comweld Super steel<br />

AS1548 L40 Supre-Cor 5<br />

ASTM A333 Grades 3 & 7 Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

AS1442 S5, K5, K9<br />

AS2074 Grade L3A<br />

AS2056 EN33 Alloycraft 80-C1 Autocraft Mn-Mo Verti-Cor 80Ni 1<br />

ASTM Grades: A148 80-40, 80-50<br />

A302B, C & D<br />

A420 WPL9<br />

A437 Class 2<br />

ASTM A2170-WC6<br />

ASTM A335-P11 Alloycraft 80-B2 Autocraft CrMo1 Comweld CrMo1<br />

ASTM A387-G11, 12<br />

AS2074 Grades L5B, L5D, L5F<br />

ASTM A217-WC9<br />

ASTM A335-P22 Alloycraft 90-B3 Comweld CrMo2<br />

ASTM A387-G22<br />

AS2074 Grades L5C, L5D, L5F<br />

AS3597 - 500<br />

ASTM A537 C1.2 Alloycraft 90 Verti-Cor 91 K2<br />

ASTM A572 Grades 60, 65<br />

ASTM A852 eg. Bisalloy 60<br />

AS2074 Grade L6<br />

AS 3597-600 & 700<br />

ASTM A533 Type A Alloycraft 110 Autocraft NiCrMo Tensi-Cor 110T XP<br />

ASTMA514 A517 Verti-Cor 111K-3<br />

eg. Bisalloy, Welten 70 & 80<br />

AS2074 Grade L6A<br />

AS2074 Grades H1A, H1B<br />

(Hadfield Manganese) Cobalarc Mangcraft Autocraft 309LSi Comweld 309L Shieldcrome 309LT / LTD<br />

(Austenitic Manganese)<br />

(build up)<br />

ASTM A128 All Grades<br />

AISI Grades 201, 202 Satincrome 308L-17 Autocraft 308LSi Comweld 308L Shieldcrome 308LT<br />

301, 301, 304, 304L, 305<br />

AS2074 Grade H5A<br />

AISI Grades 316L, 316, 316TI Satincrome 316L-17 Autocraft 316LSi Comweld 316L Shieldcrome 316LT<br />

AS2074 Grades H6B, H6C Satincrome 318-17<br />

AISI Grade 309 Satincrome 309Mo-17 Autocraft 309LSi Comweld 309L Shieldcrome 309LT / LTD<br />

AS2074 Grades H8A, H8B<br />

Joining 3CR12 & 5CR12.<br />

Joining dissimilar Satincrome 309Mo-17 Autocraft 309LSi Comweld 309L Shieldcrome 309LT / LTD<br />

steels eg. stainless steel<br />

to structural steel<br />

Cobalarc Austex<br />

ASTM A288 Grade 5 Alloycraft 110 Autocraft NiCrMo Tensi-Cor 110T XP<br />

ASTM A434 Grades BB, BC Verti-Cor 111K-3<br />

ASTM A513 Grades 4130, 8630<br />

Hardened to 230-270 HB<br />

AS1444 Grade XK4140<br />

ASTM A288 Grades 6, 7, 8 Cobalarc 350 Stoody Super Build Up<br />

ASTM A434 Grades BB, BC, BD<br />

Stoody Super Build Up<br />

ASTM A513 Grades 4130, 8630<br />

Hardened to 330-370HB<br />

AS2074 Grade L6C<br />

(P) These products are prequalified to AS/NZS 1554.1 for welding the steels listed.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

512 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL<br />

This section is designed to provide the reader with a technical overview for welding the major types of stainless steels available today.<br />

TYPES OF STAINLESS STEEL<br />

Stainless steels are an important grade of structural material used worldwide for a multitude of applications based on their corrosion resistance, heat resistance, aesthetic<br />

appeal, low temperature properties, high strength and/or ease of cleaning and sterilising.<br />

The main types of weldable stainless steels available include:<br />

• Austenitic stainless steels (AISI 200 and 300 series / UNS S20000 and S30000 series) which are easy to weld and by far the most popular type - accounting for<br />

over 70% of the stainless steel sold around the world.<br />

• Ferritic stainless steels ( AISI 400 series / UNS S40000 series ) which are weldable particularly in thin sections and commonly used for elevated temperature<br />

applications.<br />

• Martensitic stainless steels ( AISI 400 series / UNS S40000 series ) which are difficult to weld and commonly used for wear resistant applications.<br />

• Duplex stainless steels ( UNS S30000 series ) which are weldable with precautions and used for corrosion resistant applications as an alternative to 300 series<br />

austenitic stainless steels.<br />

WELDING TECHNIQUE<br />

The technique of welding stainless steels does not differ greatly from that of the welding of mild steel, but as the material being handled is very expensive, and exacting<br />

conditions of service are usually involved, extra precautions and attention to detail at all stages of fabrication is desirable. In principle, all stainless steel for high-class<br />

work should be welded with a short arc.<br />

Any techniques which aim at increasing the penetration, speed of travel or the use of wide weaving techniques are to be discouraged. Usually the lowest convenient<br />

current should be used. Weaving should be not wider than twice the diameter of the electrode for base material and electrodes of like composition, and even less for plate<br />

of dissimilar composition.<br />

6<br />

The edges of the preparation should be free from scale. Clamps and jigs are advisable when welding sheets thinner than 3 mm (1/8 in) while cooling blocks are helpful<br />

with sheets 1.6mm to 2.5 mm (1/16 in to 3/32 in) thick. Tack welds, particularly on thin sheets, should be placed much closer together than is the usual practice for mild<br />

steel. This procedure is necessary as the thermal conductivity of these alloy steels is less and the coefficient of expansion is considerably greater than that of mild steel.<br />

NOTES ON TECHNIQUE:<br />

1. Ensure that the surface of the material in the weld area is clean and free from foreign matter.<br />

2. Use the edge preparation shown in Table 1 over the page.<br />

3. Tack at regular intervals, at about half the pitch used for mild steel.<br />

4. Maintain a short arc during welding, to avoid loss of alloying materials during transfer across the arc.<br />

5. Use stringer passes rather than wide weaves.<br />

6. To minimise distortion, employ back step or block sequences when welding.<br />

7. Thoroughly remove slag from welds between passes.<br />

8. When welding double V or U joints, balance the welding on each side, to minimise distortion.<br />

9. Never use emery wheels or buffs for grinding or polishing stainless if they have previously been used for mild steel.<br />

10. Do not use excessive welding current. Because of the high electrical resistance and low thermal conductivity, the currents used with stainless steel electrodes<br />

are somewhat lower than those used for mild steel.<br />

EDGE PREPARATION FOR MANUAL METAL ARC WELDING:<br />

Thickness (mm)<br />

a) Up to 1.5 (1/16”)<br />

b) 1.5 - 5.0 (1/16” - 3/16”)<br />

c) 5.0 - 13.0 (3/16” - 1/2”)<br />

d) 13.0 - 20.0 (1/2” - 3/4“)<br />

e) Over 20 (3/4”)<br />

5.0mm<br />

Radius<br />

(3/16in)<br />

12-15 0<br />

70 0<br />

T/2 T<br />

Root Opening<br />

Root Face<br />

5.0mm 12-15 0<br />

Radius<br />

60 0 (3/16in)<br />

60 0<br />

Notes<br />

a) Square butt joint not gap.<br />

b) Square butt joint - gap equal to half thickness.<br />

c) Single V preparation - 1.5 mm (1/16 “) landing, 1.5 mm (1/16 “) gap.<br />

d) Single U preparation - 3 mm (1/8”) landing, 3 mm (1/8”) gap.<br />

e) Double V preparation - 1.5mm (1/16”) max. landing, 1.5 mm (1/16”) gap.<br />

f) Double U preparation - 3 mm (1/8”) landing, 1.5 mm (1/16”) to 3mm (1/8”) gap.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

513


WELDING GUIDE<br />

AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEELS<br />

Austenitic stainless steels are easily welded with all standard arc welding processes, without preheat and using matching or near matching welding<br />

consumables. Because of their high thermal expansion and low thermal conductivity compared to carbon steel they will distort more during and after<br />

welding. This can be minimised by more frequent tacking prior to welding, balanced and back step welding methods and the use of lower welding<br />

current and heat input parameters. Low carbon austenitic stainless steels are commonly used because they are less susceptible to sensitisation (or<br />

carbide precipitation) during welding or high temperature service which can result in intergranular corrosion in a caustic environment. Matching low<br />

carbon welding consumables (designated with an “L”) are also commonly used to de-sensitise the weld deposit, in the same way as the parent metal,<br />

and eliminate the risk of intergranular corrosion of the welded joint.<br />

The common welding consumable types used for welding the many austenitic stainless steel grades are shown in the following table.<br />

AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL GRADES - WELDING CONSUMABLE SELECTION GUIDE<br />

6<br />

Stainless Steel Grade<br />

Welding consumable type<br />

AISI No: UNS No: Werkstoffe No: 1st Choice 2nd Choice 3rd Choice<br />

201 S20100 --- 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

202 S20200 1.4371 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

205 S20500 --- 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

209 S20910 1.4565 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

301 S30100 1.4310 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

302 S30200 --- 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

303 S30300 1.4305 312 (Weldall) 309L / 309Mo 308 / 308L<br />

303Se S30323 312 (Weldall) 309L / 309Mo 308 / 308L<br />

304 S30400 1.4301 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

304L S30403 1.4306 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

304H S30409 1.4948 308H 308L 316L<br />

304N S30451 --- 308L / 308 316L 347<br />

304LN S30453 1.4311 308L / 308 316L 347<br />

305 S30500 1.4303 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

308 S30800 --- 308 / 308L 316L 347<br />

309 S30900 1.4828 309 / 309L / 309Mo 312 (Weldall) ---<br />

309S S30908 1.4833 309L / 309Mo 312 (Weldall) ---<br />

310 S31000 1.4841 310 312 (Weldall) ---<br />

310S S31008 1.4845 310 312 (Weldall) ---<br />

314 S31400 --- 310 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

316 S31600 1.4401 316 / 316L 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

316L S31603 1.4404 316L / 316 318L 309L / 309Mo<br />

316H S31609 1.4919 316H 316L / 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

316N S31651 --- 316L / 316 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

316LN S31653 1.4406 316L / 316 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

317 S31700 1.4429 317 / 317L 318 316L<br />

317L S31703 1.4438 317L 318 316L<br />

321 S32100 1.4541 347 318 308 / 308L<br />

321H S32109 1.4941 347 318 308 / 308L<br />

347 S34700 1.4550 347 318 308 / 308L<br />

347H S34709 --- 347 318 308 / 308L<br />

348 S34800 --- 347 318 308 / 308L<br />

384 S38400 --- 309L / 309Mo 312 (Weldall) --<br />

FERRITIC STAINLESS STEELS<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Ferritic stainless steels can be welded under strict precautions using all standard arc welding processes. They can be joined with welding consumables<br />

which match or near match the base metal or with austenitic welding consumables, for example Satincrome 308L-17 & 316L-17 electrodes or<br />

Autocraft 308LSi & 316LSi GMAW wires. During welding, ferritic stainless steel grades can suffer a loss of ductility due to grain growth, martensite<br />

formation and carbide precipitation. To achieve good welds, in thicker sections, it is often necessary to preheat the work to ≈ 100-120°C and<br />

minimise the heat input during welding. To dissolve or modify carbides in the Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) and reduce welding stresses, post-weld heat<br />

treatment to 750-850°C for 30-60 minutes is necessary. This heat treatment will improve the ductility, toughness and corrosion resistance of the Heat<br />

Affected Zone.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

514 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

FERRITIC STAINLESS STEEL GRADES - WELDING CONSUMABLE SELECTION GUIDE<br />

Stainless Steel Grade<br />

Welding consumable type<br />

AISI No: UNS No: Werkstoffe No: 1st Choice 2nd Choice 3rd Choice<br />

405 S40500 1.4002 430 309L / 309Mo 308<br />

409 S40900 1.4512 309L / 309Mo 312 (Weldall) ---<br />

429 S42900 1.4001 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

430 S43000 1.4016 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

430F S43020 1.4104 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

430FSe S43023 --- 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

434 S43400 1.4113 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

436 S43500 --- 430 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo<br />

442 S44200 --- 316L 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

444 S44400 1.4521 316L 318 309L / 309Mo<br />

446 S44600 1.4762 308 / 308L 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

3Cr12# --- --- 309L / 309Mo 316L 308L<br />

# - 3Cr12 is a trademark of Bluescope Steel.<br />

MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEELS<br />

Martensitic stainless steels are difficult to weld successfully due to the formation of hard and brittle martensite in the Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) of the<br />

joint. To reduce the affects of martensite formation, adequate control over pre-heat, interpass temperatures and heat input are essential. Depending<br />

on the carbon content of the particular martensitic steel, preheat temperatures of between 100 - 300°C are commonly recommended to avoid<br />

cracking. Interpass temperature also plays an important role in reducing the risk of cracking. In multipass welding, an interpass temperature between<br />

the martensite start and finish temperatures (Ms and Mf ) will minimise crack sensitivity by allowing each subsequent weld pass to be tempered. Post<br />

Weld-Heat Treatment (PWHT) is also carried out to improve mechanical properties and reduce welding stresses. For complicated joint configurations<br />

PWHT is commenced once the fully welded joint has cooled to just under the martensite start temperature ( ≈130 -150°C ). This is done to ensure the<br />

complete transformation of austenite to martensite before PWHT.<br />

6<br />

MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEEL GRADES - WELDING CONSUMABLE SELECTION GUIDE<br />

Stainless Steel Grade<br />

Welding consumable type<br />

AISI No: UNS No: Werkstoffe No: 1st Choice 2nd Choice 3rd Choice<br />

403 S40300 1.4000 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

410 S41000 1.4006 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

414 S41400 --- 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

415 S41500 1.4313 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

416 S41600 --- 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

416Se S41623 --- 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

420 S42000 --- 410 309L / 309Mo 310<br />

431 S43100 1.4057 430 308L / 308 309<br />

440A S44002 --- 312 (Weldall) 309L / 309Mo ---<br />

440B S44003 --- 312 (Weldall) 309L / 309Mo ---<br />

440C S44004 --- 312 (Weldall) 309L / 309Mo ---<br />

DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS<br />

Duplex stainless steels consist of two microstructure phases, ferrite and austenite and are also referred to as Ferritic-Austenitic stainless steels. A<br />

typical duplex microstructure consists of approximately 50% ferrite and 50% austenite.<br />

Duplex stainless steels are readily welded with precautions using all common arc welding processes. Careful attention must be given to heat input and<br />

consumable selection to prevent the formation of excessive ferrite levels in both the base metal and weld metal , which can reduce joint toughness<br />

and corrosion resistance.<br />

The main grades of duplex stainless steels used in industry today are listed below. These alloys can be classified into two (2) main groups:<br />

Duplex Stainless Steels = S32900 (329), S39205 (2205) and S39230 (2304)<br />

Super Duplex Stainless Steels = S39553, S39275 (2507) and S39276 (Zeron 100).<br />

Welding Consumables for duplex stainless steels contain Nitrogen (a strong austenite stabiliser) as an alloying element, which helps to achieve the<br />

correct balance of austenite and ferrite in the weld deposit microstructure. In addition to welding consumable selection, careful attention must also be<br />

given to heat input and interpass temperature to promote the desired balance of ferrite and austenite in the weld and surrounding heat affected zone<br />

(HAZ) of the base material.<br />

If the base metal and weld metal ferrite levels are controlled to 25-50% (FN 30-70) then a good combination of strength, toughness and corrosion<br />

resistance will be achieved in the welded joint.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

515


WELDING GUIDE<br />

HEAT INPUT<br />

When the weld pool solidifies, the weld metal consists of 100% ferrite which begins to transform to austenite upon cooling. If the correct heat input<br />

is used the resultant cooling rate will promote the formation of an even distribution of the ferrite and austenite (≈50:50) in the weld deposit and Heat<br />

Affected Zone (HAZ).<br />

DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS CONT.<br />

Generally heat input should be limited to between 0.6 - 2.6 kJ/mm. When a welding process with less than 0.6kJ/mm heat input is used (as in<br />

automatic GMAW), preheating up to 150°C maximum may be required to reduce the cooling rate and increase austenite in the weld and the HAZ.<br />

Heat Input ( kJ/mm ) = Volts x Amps x 60<br />

Travel Speed (mm/min) x 1000<br />

INTERPASS TEMPERATURE CONTROL<br />

Interpass temperature should be limited to between 75-150°C.<br />

6<br />

PREHEAT<br />

On thicknesses below 6mm no preheat is required. For heavier sections or for welds under high restraint preheat may be used to minimise the risk of<br />

weld cracking. When a welding process with less than 0.6kJ/mm heat input is used, preheating to between 50-200°C is helpful in reducing the cooling<br />

rate and increasing austenite in the weld and the HAZ. If the air temperature is below 15°C preheat of ≈ 50°C should be used.<br />

CORRECT WELDING CONSUMABLES AND SHIELDING GAS<br />

Always use the correct welding electrode, wire or rod (refer to the welding consumable selection guide shown below). For GTAW (TIG) welding do<br />

not weld without a filler rod unless using the correct nitrogen content shielding gas. Always use an inert (nitrogen containing) backing gas when<br />

completing root runs. Consult your local gas supplier for detailed information.<br />

DUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL GRADES - WELDING CONSUMABLE SELECTION GUIDE.<br />

Duplex stainless steel grade<br />

Name or No: UNS No: Werkstoffe No: ASTM Specification No: Welding Consumable Type<br />

329 S32900 1.4460 A240, A789, A790 329<br />

2RE60 S31500 1.4841 A789, A790, A815 2209<br />

2205 S31803* 1.4462 A182, A240, A276, 2209<br />

Bohler A903 S39205 A789, A790, A815<br />

2304 S32304* 1.4362 A789, A790 2209<br />

S39230<br />

Ferralium# 255 S32550* 1.4507 A240, A789, A790 2507<br />

S39553<br />

2507 S32750* 1.4410 A789, A790 2507<br />

S39275<br />

Zeron# 100 S32760* 1.4501 A182, A276, A790, A815 2507<br />

S39276<br />

* (old UNS number, replaced by the number beneath in bold)<br />

# (ferralium is a trademerk of Langley Alloys Ltd. Zeron is a trademark of Weir Material Services Ltd.)<br />

DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS CONT.:<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

ASTM Specification No:<br />

A182<br />

A240<br />

A276<br />

A789<br />

A790<br />

A815<br />

Description of <strong>Product</strong> Types:<br />

Fittings, Valves, Flanges and other items for high temperature service<br />

Plate, strip and sheet for pressure vessels and pressure equipment<br />

Bars and extruded shapes<br />

Tubing, welded and seamless for general work<br />

Pipe, welded and seamless<br />

Pipe fittings, welded and seamless<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

516 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


SCHAEFFLER AND DE LONG DIAGRAMS:<br />

WELDING GUIDE<br />

The alloying elements used in stainless steel base metals and welding consumables have a significant influence on the resultant microstructure. Anton<br />

Schaeffler was the first person to carry out a detailed study of the relationship between the composition and microstructure of stainless steel weld<br />

metals. The results of this research are summarised in the Schaeffler diagram shown in Diagram 1 which predicts the microstructure of freely cooled<br />

All Weld Metal (AWM) stainless steel deposit s as a function of Chromium and Nickel Equivalents.<br />

Chromium and Nickel Equivalents for the Schaeffler diagram are calculated as follows:<br />

Chromium Equivalent<br />

= %Cr + %Mo + 1.5 x %Si + 0.5 x %Nb<br />

Nickel Equivalent<br />

= %Ni + 30 x %C + 0.5 x %Mn<br />

Once the Chromium and Nickel equivalent have been calculated the Schaeffler diagram can be used to estimate the microstructural phases present.<br />

It should be noted that the Schaeffler diagram is not applicable to the Heat affected Zone (HAZ) of the welded joint nor is it usable for weld deposits<br />

which have been heat treated after welding.<br />

The De Long Diagram shown in Diagram 2 is a later development of the central part of the Schaeffler diagram. The De Long diagram works in a similar<br />

way to the Schaeffler diagram, however it incorporates nitrogen in the calculation of the Nickel Equivalent which is particularly important for the gas<br />

shielded welding processes such as Gas Metal Arc and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding where gas shielding can significantly influence nitrogen pickup in the<br />

weld deposit. The De Long diagram also classifies ferrite content as a Ferrite Number (FN) rather than as a percentage.<br />

Once the Chromium and Nickel Equivalents are calculated they can be plotted on the Schaeffler or De Long diagrams to determine the microstructural<br />

phases present in the weld deposit. The crack free, austenite - ferrite microstructure of CIGWELD Satincrome 309Mo-17 manual arc electrode is shown<br />

as Point D in Diagram 1, calculated from typical AWM chemical analysis. In predicting the microstructural phases present in the weld deposit the<br />

Schaeffler diagram is also a guide to potential joint problems such as hot cracking, sigma phase embrittlement, martensitic cracking and brittle grain<br />

coarsening. See the shaded regions on the Schaeffler diagram for details.<br />

The Schaeffler diagram is commonly used to predict weld deposit microstructures for the joining of dissimilar metals, given the chemical analyses of<br />

both base metals and the welding consumable AWM deposit. For example, the resultant weld deposit microstructure from joining mild steel to 316<br />

austenitic stainless steel using Satincrome 309Mo-17 is shown in Diagram 1.<br />

6<br />

By explanation:<br />

Point A on the Schaeffler diagram<br />

Point B on the Schaeffler diagram<br />

Point C on the Schaeffler diagram<br />

Point D on Schaeffler diagram<br />

Point E on Schaeffler diagram<br />

= microstructure of mild steel base metal.<br />

= microstructure of 316 stainless steel base metal.<br />

= weld deposit microstructure for joining mild steel to 316 stainless steel without a filler metal.<br />

= microstructure of AWM deposit with Satincrome 309Mo-17.<br />

= microstructure of weld deposit assuming 30% dilution using the manual metal arc welding process.<br />

SCHAEFFLER AND DE LONG DIAGRAMS<br />

Diagram 1. Schaeffler Diagram. Showing approximate regions of potential weld problems depending on composition and phase balance.<br />

0% 5%<br />

30<br />

10%<br />

NICKEL EQUIVALENT = % Ni + 30 x % C + 0.5 x Mn<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20%<br />

40%<br />

80%<br />

100%<br />

PERCENTAGE OF FERRITE<br />

Martensitic<br />

Cracking<br />

Below 400 0 C<br />

10<br />

Hot<br />

Cracking<br />

Above 1250 0 C<br />

20 30 40<br />

CHROMIUM EQUIVALENT = % Cr + % Mo + 1.5 x % Si + 0.5 x % Cb<br />

Brittleness after<br />

Heat Treatment<br />

at 500 - 900 0 C<br />

High Tempreture<br />

Brittleness<br />

Etc.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

517


WELDING GUIDE<br />

SCHAEFFLER AND DE LONG DIAGRAMS CONT.<br />

Diagram 2. De Long Diagram<br />

21<br />

NICKEL EQUIVALENT = % Ni + 30 x % N + 0.5 x Mn<br />

20<br />

19<br />

18<br />

17<br />

16<br />

6<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

10<br />

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27<br />

CHROMIUM EQUIVALENT = % Cr + % Mo + 1.5 x % Si + 0.5 x % Nb<br />

DEFINITION OF DILUTION<br />

70% Contribution from GMAW consumable used:<br />

eg. Autocraft316 LSi<br />

Parent Metal 1:<br />

eg. 316 stainless steel<br />

15% contribution from<br />

Parent Metal 1<br />

Parent Metal 2:<br />

eg. 316 stainless steel<br />

15% contribution from<br />

Parent Metal 2<br />

Dilution is the degree to which the base metal(s) contributes to the<br />

resultant weld deposit. It is normally expressed as the percentage of<br />

melted parent metal in the total weld metal.<br />

i.e. 30% dilution = 30 parts of base material per 100 parts of weld<br />

deposit.<br />

The dilution for any given process will always be the same irrespective<br />

of the parent metals involved but may be influenced by preheating. It is<br />

often assumed that the parent metals each contribute equal parts in the<br />

resultant weld.<br />

i.e. 30% dilution = 15% contribution from parent metal 1, + 15%<br />

contribution from parent metal 2, see Figure 1 below.<br />

Figure 1. Example of 30% dilution in a stainless steel butt weld using<br />

the GMAW process with Autocraft 316LSi welding wire.<br />

Dilution can be approximately calculated using a geometric approach<br />

involving the cross-section of the weld.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

518 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

CALCULATING DILUTION<br />

Dilution can be calculated using the following formula. For the purpose<br />

of this example Nickel content will be used since the transfer of nickel<br />

from the filler metal to the weld metal is virtually 100%.<br />

x = F - W x 100<br />

F - P<br />

Therefore, if for example F = 13%, W = 12.7% and P = 12%<br />

x = 13 - 12.7 x 100 = 0.3 x 100 = 30% dilution<br />

13 - 12<br />

The following values are a guide to typical dilution levels expected in a<br />

butt weld:<br />

Welding Process Used Dilution %<br />

Manual metal arc welding 20-30<br />

Gas Metal Arc Welding & 20-40<br />

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding 20-40<br />

Submerged-arc welding 30-40<br />

x = Percentage Dilution (%)<br />

W = Percentage nickel in the weld metal<br />

F = Percentage nickel in the filler metal<br />

P = Percentage nickel in the parent meta<br />

WELDING OF ALUMINIUM<br />

1) “ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS” AFFECT ON WELD QUALITY:<br />

Many fabricators experience welding problems at different times of the year. Moisture (H2O) is a prime source of hydrogen. At arc temperatures,<br />

water breaks down releasing hydrogen atoms that cause porosity in weldmetal. Shielding gas supplies are controlled to very low moisture content<br />

(-57°C dew point or lower). Likewise, the atmospheric conditions in a fabricating facility need to be controlled to prevent moisture condensation from<br />

forming on the aluminium welding wire or base metal.<br />

6<br />

Aluminium which is allowed to repeatedly come into contact with water will eventually form a hydrated oxide (AlOH) coating. Moisture from<br />

condensation present on either the welding wire or the base metal can cause two problems during welding:<br />

• Porosity caused by hydrogen generated from the breakdown of water or from the breakdown of hydrated oxide (AlOH) present on the metal<br />

surfaces.<br />

• Entrapment of the actual oxide (AlOH), present on the metal surfaces, in the weld metal.<br />

TERMS<br />

Relative Humidity<br />

The ratio of the quantity of water vapour present in the atmosphere to the<br />

quantity which would saturate the air at the existing temperature. Relative<br />

humidity is expressed as a percentage number and needs to be monitored in the<br />

welding area. Dip tanks, cleaning stations, etc. affect relative humidity.<br />

Air Temperature<br />

The temperature of the air in the welding area at any given time.<br />

Base Metal or Aluminium Welding Wire Temperature<br />

The temperature of the welding wire or base metal at any given time.<br />

Dew Point<br />

The temperature at which condensation of water vapour in the air takes place.<br />

Moisture will condense on metal surfaces when their temperature is equal<br />

to or below the dew point. For each relative humidity percentage, there is a<br />

corresponding dew point.<br />

GENERAL<br />

In an aluminium welding shop, the uniformity of air and metal temperatures is important especially when the relative humidity is high.<br />

Aluminium welding wires and the base metal should be allowed to stabilise to the weld area temperature. The aluminium welding wire should<br />

not be opened in the welding area for 24 hours after entry from a cooler storage area. The base metal should be cleaned and brushed with a<br />

clean stainless steel brush prior to welding. CIGWELD recommends mild alkaline solutions and commercial degreasers that do not evolve toxic<br />

fumes during welding. Welders should wipe joint edges with a clean cloth dipped in a volatile petroleum based solvent. All surfaces must be<br />

thoroughly dried after cleaning.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

519


WELDING GUIDE<br />

DEW POINT CONDITIONS VERSUS RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)<br />

(Tair - Tmetal)° - Temperature of the air minus the temperature of the metal shown in °C and °F.<br />

The chart below shows the relative humidity at which detrimental water condensation will form for a number of given differential temperatures.<br />

* Example - If the relative humidity in the weld area is 70%, the base metal and aluminium welding wire must be no colder than 5°C below the air<br />

temperature to prevent moisture condensation.<br />

6<br />

(Tair - Tmetal)° RH (Tair - Tmetal)° RH<br />

°C (°F) % °C (°F) %<br />

0 (0) 100 12 (21.6) 44<br />

1 (1.8) 93 13 (23.4) 41<br />

2 (3.6) 87 14 (25.2) 38<br />

3 (5.4) 81 15 (27.0) 36<br />

4 (7.2) 75 16 (28.8) 34<br />

5* (9.0*) 70* 18 (32.4) 30<br />

6 (10.8) 66 20 (36.0) 26<br />

7 (12.6) 61 22 (39.6) 23<br />

8 (14.4) 57 24 (43.2) 21<br />

9 (16.2) 53 26 (46.8) 18<br />

10 (18.0) 50 28 (50.4) 16<br />

11 (19.8) 48 30 (54.0) 14<br />

2) ALUMINIUM STORAGE & PREPARATION FOR WELDING:<br />

One of the most frequently asked questions in the process of welding aluminium is “Should the base metal be cleaned before welding?” To answer this<br />

question correctly, one must first determine the finished welded product requirements. If consistent, porosity free, high strength, high quality welds<br />

are desired, then the base metal must be thoroughly cleaned using a properly designed and executed procedure. Welding wire quality is a subject of<br />

constant concern among designers, engineers, and welders, however, base metal preparation and cleanliness if of equal or even greater importance and<br />

is often ignored.<br />

Producers of aluminium sheet, plate, rod, bar, and other fabricated shapes generally ship their products with a protective coating of oil or other<br />

hydrocarbon to protect the surface. Depending on storage conditions and storage time, aluminium products are covered with oil, ink, grease,<br />

dirt,moisture, and a variable layer of hydrated oxide. These contaminants contain hydrogen and are broken down by the arc during welding, releasing<br />

atomic hydrogen which is absorbed by the molten aluminium in the weld puddle. During solidification, this hydrogen comes out of solution and<br />

coalesces into bubbles in the aluminium which we see as porosity.<br />

The general melting temperature of aluminium alloys is around 650°C (1200°F) while the melting temperature of aluminium oxides is 2040°C (3700°F).<br />

Aluminium oxide is not melted during the welding process and if it is present to an excessive degree, it can easily cause lack of fusion and oxide<br />

inclusion type defects.<br />

With this in mind, CIGWELD suggest the following guidelines for the proper storage, joint preparation, cleaning, and welding of aluminium be adhered<br />

to:<br />

STORAGE AND HANDLING:<br />

Base Metal:<br />

Position base metal vertically and space apart to provide for air circulation and<br />

minimise condensation contact points.<br />

Store inside, preferably in a heated room with as constant a temperature as<br />

possible. Humidity control is also desirable, if it can be achieved.<br />

Aluminium Welding Wires:<br />

Store in a heated room with uniform temperature control and, if possible, with<br />

humidity control as well.<br />

Hold the Aluminium Welding Wire in the welding area for 24 hours before<br />

unpacking to allow its temperature to equalise with that of the surrounding<br />

area.<br />

Store unpacked material in a heated cabinet.<br />

Use dust covers on all welding equipment.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

520 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

JOINT PREPARATION:<br />

Oxy-fuel Gas Cutting:<br />

Not recommended for aluminium because it leaves a large heat affected zone<br />

with harmful eutectic melting and heavy oxide films.<br />

Carbon Arc Cutting, Bevelling, and Gouging:<br />

Not widely recommended or used for the same reasons as gas cutting. If it is<br />

used, it requires heavy mechanical surface removal before welding.<br />

Plasma Arc Cutting, Bevelling, and Gouging:<br />

This process is commercially used but has some limitations and must be<br />

carefully controlled. If it is used, it requires the power source to be set on DCEN<br />

along with the use of a small orifice to gain high velocity and concentrated heat.<br />

Heat affected zones will be crack prone particularly for 2XXX, 6XXX, and 7XXX<br />

series alloys and will require 3mm or more of mechanical surface removal before<br />

welding. Series 1XXX, 3XXX, and 5XXX alloys are not as crack prone and can<br />

generally be welded as cut by this process.<br />

Mechanical Machining:<br />

Drilling, gouging, filing, milling, or router-type cutting produce the best surface<br />

for welding. Lubricants or coolants must not be used and tools should be sharp<br />

to avoid metal smearing.<br />

BASE METAL CLEANING:<br />

Sawing:<br />

Blade speed: - Circular high-speed steel (8,000 fpm)<br />

- Circular carbide (12,000 fpm)<br />

- Band saw (5,000 fpm)<br />

Tooth shape and spacing:<br />

- Circular (std. Spacing, high rake angle)<br />

- Band (3 to 4 teeth per inch)<br />

Lubricants or coolants must not be used and band saw surfaces should be<br />

removed by filing prior to welding.<br />

Grinding:<br />

Wheel grinding is not recommended since it smears the surface of aluminium<br />

and can deposit organic binders from the wheel during grinding.<br />

Disc grinding can be used with grit size, 30 to 50 preferred, and speeds of<br />

4,000 to 6,000 fpm. Only flexible discs should be used and grinding pressures<br />

should be moderate to prevent surface heating or smearing of the aluminium.<br />

Lubricants or coolants must not be used.<br />

6<br />

Moisture:<br />

Minute traces of moisture on aluminium can produce severe weld porosity.<br />

Both the welding wire and the base metal should be brought into the welding<br />

area 24 hours in advance to allow all material temperatures to equalise. A dew<br />

point test should be done prior to welding. If pre-heating must be used, heat no<br />

higher that 65°C (150°F) and remember that oxy-fuel flames produce water as a<br />

by-product of combustion.<br />

Lubricants:<br />

Before oxides can be removed from aluminium, the base metal must be<br />

degreased. This is best done with a solvent. Toluene is the best general solvent<br />

for this purpose. Acetone is a poor solvent for oils and greases and is less<br />

effective than toluene. Chlorinated solvents are also good degreasers but are<br />

not recommended for this application because they present environmental<br />

problems and their vapours can decompose into toxic or poisonous gases in the<br />

presence of heat. Weld joints should be washed with solvent prior to assembly<br />

and wiped dry using clean cloth such as cheese cloth. Shop rags should not be<br />

used since they contain soaps and other organic compounds from the washing<br />

and conditioning processes used to treat them. Do not use compressed air to<br />

blow off or dry solvent cleaned areas since it often contains moisture and oil.<br />

OXIDES<br />

Wire Brushing:<br />

Oxide removal must be done after degreasing and is best done with a stainless<br />

steel wire brush. Wire brushes must be frequently cleaned with the same<br />

solvent as the base metal. Wire brushing can be done by hand or with a power<br />

brush. If power is used, keep rpm’s and pressures low to avoid heating and<br />

smearing the surface metal. Compressed air power brushes should exhaust their<br />

air to the rear, not forward towards the brush where the compressed air can<br />

contaminate the base metal.<br />

Chemical Cleaning:<br />

Chemical cleaning deoxidises and etches the aluminium. These cleaners contain<br />

acids and can present problems in handling and disposal. If they are used, the<br />

base metal must be thoroughly rinsed and dried and should be milled or wire<br />

brushed prior to welding.<br />

Etch Cleaning:<br />

This process uses a hot sodium hydroxide etch and nitric acid rinse. It<br />

effectively removes heavy oxides, rough machined, sawn or smeared surfaces<br />

and hydrocarbons. However, the process leaves a porous surface containing<br />

hydrated oxides that absorb moisture during storage faster than an asfabricated<br />

mill surface. This surface should be milled or wire brushed prior to<br />

welding.<br />

3) FEEDABILITY OF ALUMINIUM WELDING WIRE:<br />

Performance of GMAW equipment used for welding aluminium significantly affects welding wire feedability. Arcing or burn-backs are often the result<br />

of deficiencies in accessory equipment. Such deficiencies can be attributed to improper combinations of accessories, poor care or lack of preventive<br />

maintenance. Correcting these deficiencies often improves welding wire feedability markedly. Shown below are important accessory components,<br />

each of which is CIGWELD’s’ recommended equipment for aluminium GMA Welding.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

521


WELDING GUIDE<br />

3) FEEDABILITY OF ALUMINIUM WELDING WIRE CONT:<br />

Hints on Feedability:<br />

a) always use the correct size contact tip, or for heavy current work use a<br />

tip size 10-15% larger. eg. diameter of the wire 1.2mm = 1.3mm tip. Where<br />

possible use longer contact tips for better current pickup.<br />

b) always use where possible, nylon, conduits and inlet and outlet guides. Clean<br />

brass inlet and outlet guides are 2nd choice.<br />

c) use a copper jump liner in the conductor tube (goose neck).<br />

d) always use U-Groove drive rolls.<br />

e) where possible use 45° or straight barrelled conductor tube.<br />

f) keep MIG guns as short as possible (3 metre) when using push type wire<br />

feeders.<br />

g) use push pull MIG guns & equipment when welding over longer distances.<br />

Drive Rolls:<br />

Always use U-Groove drive rolls. Other types distort or shave wire causing more burn backs. Ensure that the U-groove<br />

drive roll edges are chamfered, not sharp...The white coloured picture shows the correct drive roll type.<br />

6<br />

Dust Covers and Wire Storage:<br />

Using dust covers and periodically cleaning the dust and dirt from the liner increases service life. Proper storage is also<br />

important in reducing contamination. CIGWELD recommends that aluminium welding wires be stored in a controlled<br />

atmosphere below thirty percent relative humidity (30%RH), preferably a temperature and humidity controlled cabinet.<br />

Packages containing aluminium welding wire should never be left outdoors or stored in unheated buildings. Aluminium<br />

welding wire should never be left on equipment overnight unless protective means are added to the welding machine,<br />

such as fully enclosed temperature controlled wire feeders (resistance heater inside the feeder), temperature and humidity<br />

controlled workshops, etc.<br />

Proper Alignment of Drive Rolls:<br />

Centre line, misaligned drive rolls will distort the welding wire and cause serious feedability problems. Check your wire<br />

feeder for drive roll alignment after each size change of feed rolls. CIGWELD can supply U-groove rollers for most of the<br />

TRANSMIG range.<br />

Drive Roll Pressure:<br />

In addition to proper U-type drive roll contours, correct drive roll pressure must be maintained. Excessive drive roll<br />

pressure distorts the welding wire increasing frictional drag through the liner and contact tip.<br />

The correct drive pressure can normally be obtained by following these steps;<br />

a) lower the pressure roller down onto the aluminium wire, making sure that all pressure has been backed off.<br />

b) pull the trigger of the MIG gun and slowly wind the pressure roller down until the welding wire starts to feed through<br />

the entire length of the MIG gun.<br />

c) once the welding wire has passed through the contact tip, wind the pressure roller down another 1 - 2 turns.<br />

Contact Tips:<br />

Correct I.D. of the contact tip is of paramount importance. If there is too much clearance between the welding wire and<br />

the contact tip, arcing will occur. Continuous arcing causes a build up of particles on the I.D. surface of the tip which<br />

increases drag forces and produces burn-backs due to unsteady feed.<br />

Changing contact tips when unsteady feeding is noted eg. pulsing or spiralling of the welding wire, also improves overall<br />

performance.<br />

Always use the correct size contact tip, or for heavy current work use a tip size 10-15% larger. eg. diameter of the wire<br />

1.2mm = 1.3mm. Where possible use longer contact tips for better current pickup.<br />

Do not use bent, damaged or crimped contact tips.<br />

Never redrill the I.D. of a genuine Tweco tip as this will soften the tip and cause poor current pick up and severely reduce<br />

the tips working life.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Inlet and outlet guides:<br />

Where possible use, nylon inlet and outlet guides. New, clean brass inlet and outlet guides may be used on aluminium<br />

wires but are 2nd choice.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

522 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

3) FEEDABILITY OF ALUMINIUM WELDING WIRE CONT:<br />

Proper nozzle & contact tip relationship:<br />

The contact tip should be recessed from the edge of the gas shielding nozzle by approximately 1.6mm for lower amperage<br />

and voltage settings and up to 5mm for higher settings.<br />

Conduits (liners):<br />

Properly sized flexible conduits with nylon, or plastic liners improves the feeding of aluminium welding wire through long<br />

distances by avoiding abrasion of the welding wire. Smooth feeding is also assured by non-metallic connection fittings.<br />

Clear total length of the conduit after a burn back.<br />

Conductor Tubes:<br />

Conductor Tubes (goose necks) are a critical component for successful aluminium welding. CIGWELD recommends the<br />

use of either 45° or Straight barrelled conductor tubes. The straighter the tube the better the wire feed. 60° conductor<br />

tubes are not recommended. It is advisable to use a copper jump liner throughout the length of the conductor tube,<br />

which will aid in current pick up. The copper jump liner replaces the nylon liner between the end of the handle and the<br />

gas diffuser.<br />

Water and Inert Gas Leaks:<br />

Check for water and inert gas leaks as these can be a major cause of porosity. Do not interchange water and inert gas<br />

lines. Never use old oxy / acetylene hoses for inlet gas lines.<br />

6<br />

Achieving High Quality Welds:<br />

Although welding equipment is sturdy, the abuses of day-to-day work makes regular maintenance a necessity. Faulty<br />

or improperly maintained welding equipment can result in poor welding work. Nevertheless, with proper selection<br />

of welding parameters, correct equipment and accessories, an effective program of preventive maintenance and the<br />

purchase of CIGWELD aluminium welding wires, high quality welds are attainable.<br />

4) SMOKE TESTING ALUMINIUM WELDING WIRE FOR SURFACE CONTAMINATION:<br />

What Contributes to Weld Porosity?<br />

Weld porosity results from the entrapment of hydrogen gas. This gas<br />

entrapment results in lower weld strength and ductility by reducing the<br />

cross sectional area of sound metal and by acting as stress risers which<br />

cause premature failure. Several variables can produce gas porosity,<br />

one of which is the surface condition of the aluminium filler wire. The<br />

qualities relating to the surface characteristics of the filler wire include:<br />

1. The removal of surface oxides (hydrated oxides).<br />

2.The absence of any water or water vapour.<br />

3. The removal of hydrogen-containing compounds (hydrocarbons).<br />

Of these three surface conditions, the most common cause of weld<br />

porosity is the presence of hydrocarbons. Examples of these compounds<br />

include residual wire drawing lubricants, mill dirt or even fingerprints.<br />

One relatively quick and inexpensive method of testing aluminium<br />

welding wire for freedom from residual hydrocarbons is by means of a<br />

“Smoke Test”.<br />

What is a Smoke Test?<br />

The “Smoke Test” is a qualitative test performed by heating a sample of<br />

wire using an electrical resistance heating machine. While conducting<br />

the test, the wire is visually examined for the presence of smoke, caused<br />

by the burning of any surface contamination. Minute amounts of<br />

contamination, even a fingerprint, will result in smoke.<br />

The schematic shows a typical smoke tester machine. Just about any<br />

commercial welding power source will suffice. The weld cables are<br />

connected to two hobby vices. The wire sample completes the circuit. A<br />

light with a dark viewing background is recommended to aid in observing<br />

any smoke as the test is performed. Care must be taken in selecting and<br />

placing the sample in the vice grips so that the wire does not come in<br />

contact with any contamination, including human hands.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

523


WELDING GUIDE<br />

4) SMOKE TESTING ALUMINIUM WELDING WIRE FOR SURFACE CONTAMINATION CONT:<br />

CAUTION: Do not touch the wire after testing since it becomes extremely hot.<br />

Typical amperages settings based upon the alloy and diameter of the sample to be tested are listed below. The amperage is chosen to control the<br />

melt rate of the sample and allow adequate time to detect the presence of any smoke. The amperage should be sufficient to melt the sample in<br />

3 to 5 seconds.<br />

Smoke Testing Apparatus:<br />

Viewing light with shade.<br />

Wooden Cabinet, painted black inside.<br />

IMPORTANT: do not touch the wire sample with hands. Use clean pliers at ends<br />

only.<br />

Hobby Vices.<br />

Dielectric Phenolic Board, (Baker-Light) for heat resistance. Counter sink and<br />

insulate bolts on the vices.<br />

Welding Cables.<br />

Power Supply.<br />

6<br />

Suggested Amperage Settings By Alloy Series<br />

Sizes 1XXX 4XXX, C355 5XXX<br />

(mm) 2319 A356 & A357<br />

0.8 45 40 40<br />

0.9 50 50 50<br />

1.0 60 60 60<br />

1.2 90 90 70<br />

1.6 140 120 120<br />

2.4 225 225 225<br />

What Can I Interpret From the Smoke Test?<br />

A direct correlation exists between smoke test results and weld porosity. Zero<br />

smoke should indicate minimal weld porosity. A small amount of smoke will<br />

indicate some evidence of weld porosity generated by contamination. A large<br />

amount of smoke will indicate severe contamination and the filler wire should<br />

be further examined before continuing production welding.<br />

5) ARC LENGTH & HEAT (VOLTS X AMPS) THE AFFECT ON WELD BEAD CHARACTERISTICS:<br />

The visual characteristics and mechanical properties of aluminium welds are controlled by weld bead penetration and shape. A number of<br />

variables affect the end properties of the weld bead and they can be controlled by the welder. Presented here is a description of those variables<br />

and how they can be used to achieve the desired end results.<br />

H<br />

E<br />

A<br />

T<br />

H<br />

I<br />

G<br />

H<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

L<br />

O<br />

W<br />

SHORT<br />

ARC LENGTH (VOLTAGE)<br />

Note:Because 5XXX series alloys conduct heat significantly less than 4XXX series alloys, shorter arc lengths are required for desired penetration.<br />

LONG<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

524 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

5) ARC LENGTH & HEAT (VOLTS X AMPS) THE AFFECT ON WELD BEAD CHARACTERISTICS CONT.:<br />

Characteristics Short Arc Long Arc<br />

Penetration Deep Shallow<br />

Weld Width Narrow Wide<br />

Weld Height High Flatter<br />

Molten Pool Surface Depressed Flat<br />

Spatter Less More<br />

Arc Noise Crackling Humming<br />

Porosity - Surface More Less<br />

Characteristics High Heat Low Heat<br />

Penetration Deep Shallow<br />

Surface Smooth Rippled<br />

Smut (soot) More Less<br />

Porosity - Root Less More<br />

Recommendations<br />

Root Pass Shorter Arc -<br />

Finish Pass - Longer Arc<br />

5XXX Alloys Shorter Arc -<br />

Lower Arc Voltage -<br />

Higher Amperage -<br />

- Longer Arc<br />

4XXX Alloys<br />

Higher Arc Voltage<br />

Lower Amperage<br />

T<br />

R<br />

Size<br />

6<br />

R<br />

Size<br />

C<br />

CONVEXITY CONTROL T R (max)<br />

SPECIFICATION (USA only) up to 10mm 2.4mm<br />

10mm to 20mm 3.2mm<br />

20mm + 5.0mm<br />

CONVEXITY CONTROL<br />

SPECIFICATION (USA only)<br />

C (max)<br />

.07 x face width, plus 1.5mm<br />

Problem<br />

Excessive Convexity<br />

Reduced fatigue strength<br />

Solution<br />

Increase arc length1<br />

Increase torch angle<br />

Problem<br />

Insufficient Throat or Leg<br />

Reduced mechanical properties<br />

Solution<br />

Change torch angle<br />

Change torch position2<br />

Decrease arc length1<br />

Problem<br />

Insufficient Throat<br />

Reduced mechanical properties<br />

Solution<br />

Reduce cooling rate<br />

Increase wire feed speed<br />

Decrease travel speed<br />

Decrease arc length1<br />

Problem<br />

Undercut<br />

Reduced mechanical properties<br />

Solution<br />

Change torch position to compensate<br />

for: - Dissimilar section sizes<br />

- Dissimilar thermal conductivity<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

525


WELDING GUIDE<br />

5) ARC LENGTH & HEAT (VOLTS X AMPS) THE AFFECT ON WELD BEAD CHARACTERISTICS CONT.:<br />

Problem<br />

Overlap<br />

Severe reduction in fatigue strength<br />

Solution<br />

Increase welding heat<br />

Decrease traverse speed<br />

Problem<br />

Solution<br />

Incomplete penetration<br />

Reduced weld strength and increased Increase heat<br />

sensitivity to crack propagation<br />

Decrease arc length1<br />

Decrease traverse speed<br />

Decrease torch forehand angle<br />

6<br />

Notes:<br />

1) Remember, when changing arc length, arc voltage is changed which also requires a change in arc amperage if constant heat is to be maintained. Watts<br />

(heat) = volts x amps<br />

2) For example, the thermal conductivity of 5083 is 32% less than 6061 because of higher magnesium content. This requires more heat input into the<br />

6061 alloy.<br />

6) ALUMINIUM WELDING PROBLEMS, CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS:<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Problem Causes Corrections<br />

Porosity Turbulence of weld pool Increase welding current to stabilise transfer of metal droplets.<br />

Hydrogen from hydrated<br />

Keep wire covered.<br />

oxide film or oil on wire,<br />

Store wire in a low humidity chamber at a constant temperature.<br />

base metal, drive rolls & liner. Clean base metal of oil and oxide immediately prior to welding.<br />

Wet or contaminated<br />

Reject bottles above -57°C dew point.<br />

shielding gas or inadequate flow. Increase flow rate. Shield from air currents.<br />

Fast cooling rate of weld pool. Use higher welding current and/or a slower speed. Preheat base metal.<br />

Weld Cracking Improper choice of aluminium Select welding wires with lower melting and solidification temperatures, refer to “W”<br />

welding wire or rod.<br />

category of the “Aluminium Alloy Selection Chart”.<br />

Critical chemistry range.<br />

Avoid weld pool chemistry of 0.5 to 2.0% silicon and 1.0 to 3.0% magnesium. Avoid<br />

MgSi eutectic problems (5xxx welded with 4xxx).<br />

Inadequate edge preparation Reduce base metal dilution of weld through increased bevel angle and spacing.<br />

or spacing<br />

Incorrect weld technique.<br />

Clamp to minimise stress.<br />

Narrow heat zone by increased traverse speed.<br />

Produce Convex rather than Concave bead.<br />

Minimise super heated molten metal, to control grain size.<br />

Proper weld size - not too small.<br />

Preheat base metal.<br />

Burn-back or irregular Fast run-in wire feed. Slow run-in wire feed for CV power supply to reduce current surge and arcing in<br />

wire feed<br />

contact tip.<br />

Insufficient wire feed.<br />

Increase wire feed for CC dropper power supply and reduce arc voltage on CV power<br />

supply.<br />

Electrode too soft, kinked or not Talk to your local CIGWELD or THERMADYNE<br />

level layer wound.<br />

Branch Office.<br />

Flexible conduit too long or kinked. Cut down or Replace.<br />

Worn or dirty liner or conduit. Replace.<br />

Spatter on end of or eroded Replace gas nozzle.<br />

interior of the Gas Nozzle.<br />

Aluminium fillings in liner or Align drive rolls, align the centerline of the drive rolls with the outlet guide, use “U”<br />

conductor tube and contact tip, grooved feed rollers, use only enough feed pressure to prevent slippage.<br />

resulting in arcing<br />

Arcing in the Contact Tip<br />

Match contact tip size to wire (or 10-15% above).<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

526 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


6) ALUMINIUM WELDING PROBLEMS, CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS CONT.:<br />

WELDING GUIDE<br />

Problem Causes Corrections<br />

Poor arc starting Improper grounding. Reconnect ground (earth).<br />

Anodic coating.<br />

Remove anodic coating.<br />

No shielding gas.<br />

Pre-purge gas shield.<br />

Wrong polarity.<br />

Change polarity.<br />

Dirty welds Inadequate gas coverage. Increase gas flow.<br />

Shield arc from drafts.<br />

Hold gas nozzle closer to work.<br />

Replace damaged gas nozzle.<br />

Centre contact tip in gas nozzle.<br />

Decrease gun angle.<br />

Check gun and leads for air or water leaks.<br />

Dirty filler wire.<br />

Keep aluminium wire covered when spool is mounted on machine.<br />

Dirty parent material.<br />

Degrease with toluene, varsol or mineral spirits, etc. to remove oil or grease from joint<br />

area.<br />

Stainless steel brush to remove other foreign matter from joint area.<br />

Heavy oxide film or water stain Clean joint area with disc sander, heavy stainless steel brushing or etch.<br />

on parent material.<br />

Unstable arc Poor electrical connections. Check electrical connections.<br />

Dirt in joint area.<br />

Remove all oil, grease, cutting compounds, paints and caulking from joint areas.<br />

Arc blow.<br />

Do not weld in area of strong magnetic field.<br />

Arrange ground clamp to neutralise magnetic field.<br />

Weld bead excessively wide Welding current too high. Arc Change welding parameters.<br />

travel speed too low.<br />

Too long an arc.<br />

Inadequate penetration Insufficient welding current. Increase weld current.<br />

and incomplete fusion<br />

in welds<br />

Arc travel speed too high.<br />

Reduce arc travel speed.<br />

Too long an arc.<br />

Decrease arc length through increased wire feed speed.<br />

Dirty parent metal.<br />

Degrease with toluene, varsol or mineral spirits, etc to remove oil or grease from joint<br />

area.<br />

Stainless steel brush to remove other foreign matter from joint area.<br />

Inadequate joint spacing or Redesign joint.<br />

edge preparation.<br />

Oxide on base metal.<br />

Clean joint area with disc sander, heavy stainless steel brushing or etch.<br />

Insufficient depth or improper Increase depth of back gouge, U-type preferred over V-type.<br />

shape of the back-gouge.<br />

Fillet or vee grooves - torch Weld with straight stringer passes without torch manipulation. Switch to CC dropper<br />

oscillation with CV power supply. power supply.<br />

Mismatch of colour after anodising Improper alloy selection. Match colour selection in “Aluminium Alloy Selection Chart”.<br />

Avoid 4xxx and 6xxx match; use 5xxx filler wire with 5xxx and 6xxx base alloys.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

527


WELDING GUIDE<br />

ALUMINIUM ALLOY SELECTION CHART<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Base Alloys 1070, 3303,<br />

1080 1100 2014, 2219 ALCLAD 3004 ALCLAD 5005, 5052,<br />

1060, 2036 3003 3004 5050 5652<br />

1350<br />

Characteristics WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM<br />

Filler Alloys<br />

319.0, 333.0, 2319 - - BAAAAA BAAAAA - - - - -<br />

354.0, 355.0, 4043 BAAAAA BAAAAA CCBCAA CCBCAA BBAAAA BBAAAA BBAAAA BBAAAA AAAAAA<br />

C355.0, 380.0 4145 AABAAA AABAAA ABCBAA ABCBAA AABAAA AABAAA AABAAA AABAAA -<br />

413.0, 443.0, 4043 AAAAAA AAAAAA BBAAAA BBAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA ABAAAA<br />

444.0, 356.0, 4145 AABBA AABBA AABAA AABAA AABBA - - - -<br />

A356.0, A357.0, A356.0 - - - - - - - - -<br />

359.0 A357.0 - - - - - - - - -<br />

5356 - - - - - - - - BABB-A<br />

7005, 7021, 4043 AACAA AACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ADCBA ADCBA ABCBA BDCBA<br />

7039, 7046, 4145 - - ABAA AABAA - - - - -<br />

7146, 710.0, 5183 BABA-A BABA-A - - BABA-A BABA-A BABA-A BABA-A AABA-A<br />

7110.0 5356 BAAA-A BAAA-A - - BAAA-A BBAA-A BBAA-A BAAA-A ABAA-A<br />

5554 - - - - - CCAAAA CCAAAA CAAAAA BCAAAA<br />

5556 BABA-A BABA-A - - BABA-A BABA-A BABA-A BABA-A AABA-A<br />

5654 - - - - - CCAA-B CCAA-B CAAA-A BCAA-A<br />

6061, 4043 AACAA -ACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ADCAA ADCAA ABCAA ADCAA<br />

6070 4145 AADBA AADBA AABAA AABAA AADBA BCDBA BCDBA ABDBA -<br />

4643* - - - - - - - - -<br />

5183 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BABC-B<br />

5356 BAA--A BAA--A - - BAA--A BBA--A BBA--A BAA--A BBAC-A<br />

5554 - - - - - - - - CCABAB<br />

5556 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BABC-B<br />

5654 - - - - - - - - CCAB-A<br />

6005, 4043 AACAA AACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ADCAA ADCAA ABCAA ADCAA<br />

6063, 4145 AADBA AADBA AABAA AABAA AADBA BCDBA BCDBA ABDBA -<br />

4643* - - - - - - - - -<br />

6101, 5183 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BABC-B<br />

6151, 5356 BAA--A BAA--A - - BAA--A BBA--A BBA--A BAA--A BBAC-A<br />

6201, 5554 - - - - - - - - CCABAB<br />

6351, 5556 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BABC-B<br />

6951 5654 - - - - - - - - CCAB-A<br />

5454 4043 ABCCA ABCCA - AAAAA ABCCA ADCCA ADCCA ABCCA ADCCA<br />

5183 BABB-A BABB-A - - BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A AAAB-A<br />

5356 BAAB-A BAAB-A - - BAAB-A BBAB-A BBAB-A BAAB-A ABAB-A<br />

5554 CAAAAA CAAAAA - - CAAAAA CCAAAA CCAAAA CAAAAA CCAAAA<br />

5556 BABB-A BABB-A - - BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A AABB-A<br />

5654 - - - - - - - - BCAB-B<br />

511.0, 4043 ABCC ABCC - AAAA ABCC ADCC ADCC ABCC ADCC<br />

512.0, 5183 BABB-A BABB-A - - BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A AABB-B<br />

513.0, 5356 BAAB-A BAAB-A - - BAAB-A BBAB-A BBAB-A BAAB-A ABAB-A<br />

514.0, 5554 CAAA-A CAAA-A - - CAAA-A CCAA-A CCAA-A CAAA-A CCAA-B<br />

535.0, 5556 BABB-A BABB-A - - BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A BABB-A AABB-B<br />

5154, 5254 5654 CAAA-B CAAA-B - - CAAA-B CCAA-B CCAA-B CAAA-B BCAA-A<br />

5086, 4043 ABCB ABCB - AAAA ABCB ACCB ACCB ABCB -<br />

5056 5183 AABA-A AABA-A - - AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A<br />

5356 AAAA-A AAAA-A - - AAAA-A ABAA-A ABAA-A AAAA-A ABAA-A<br />

5554 - - - - - - - - CCAA-A<br />

5556 AABA-A AABA-A - - AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A<br />

5654 - - - - - - - - BCAA-B<br />

5083, 4043 ABCB ABCB - AAAA ABCB ACCB ACCB ABCB -<br />

5456 5183 AABA-A AABA-A - - AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A<br />

5356 AAAA-A AAAA-A - - AAAA-A ABAA-A ABAA-A AAAA-A ABAA-A<br />

5554 - - - - - - - - CCAA-A<br />

5556 AABA-A AABA-A - - AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A AABA-A<br />

5654 - - - - - - - - BCAA-B<br />

5052, 4043 ABCAA ABCAA AAAAA AAAAA ABCAA ABCAA ACCAA ABCAA ADCBA<br />

5652 5183 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A AABC-B<br />

5356 BAA--A BAA--A - - BAA--A BAA--A BBA--A BAA--A ABAC-A<br />

5554 - - - - - - - - CCAAAB<br />

5556 BAB--A BAB--A - - BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A BAB--A AABC-B<br />

5654 - - - - - - - - BCAB-A<br />

5005, 1100 CBAAAA CBAAAA - - CCAAAA - - B-AAAA -<br />

5050 4043 AACAA AACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ABCAA ABCAA ABDAA -<br />

4145 BADBA BADBA AABAA AABAA BBDBA - - - -<br />

5183 CAB--B CAB--B - - CABC-B BAB--A BABB-A BAC--B -<br />

5356 CAB--B CAB--B - - CABC-B BAA--A BAAB-A BAB--B -<br />

5556 CAB--B CAB--B - - CABC-B BAB--A BABB-A BAC--B -<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

528 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

Base Alloys 1070, 3303,<br />

1080 1100 2014, 2219 ALCLAD 3004 ALCLAD 5005, 5052,<br />

1060, 2036 3003 3004 5050 5652<br />

1350<br />

Characteristics WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM WSDCTM<br />

Filler Alloys<br />

ALCLAD 3004 1100 DBAAAA DBAAAA - - CCAAAA - - - -<br />

4043 AACAA AACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ADDAA ADDAA - -<br />

4145 BADBA BADBA AADAA AABAA BBDBA - - - -<br />

5183 CABC-B CABC-B - - CABC-A BACC-A BACC-A - -<br />

5356 CABC-B CABC-B - - CABC-A BBBC-A BBBC-A - -<br />

5554 - - - - - CCABAA CCABAA - -<br />

5556 CABC-B CABC-B - - CABC-A BACC-A BACC-A - -<br />

3004 1100 DBAAAA DBAAAA - - CCAAAA - - - -<br />

4043 AACAA AACAA BBAAA BBAAA ABCAA ABDAA - - -<br />

4145 BADBA BADBA AABAA AABAA BBDBA - - - -<br />

5183 CAB--B CAB--B - - C-BC-A BACC-A - - -<br />

5356 CAB--B CAB--B - - CABC-A BBBC-A - - -<br />

5554 - - - - - CCABAA - - -<br />

5556 CAB--B CAB--B - - C-BC-A BACC-A - - -<br />

3003 1100 BBAAAA BBAAAA - - BBAAAA - - - -<br />

ALCLAD 3003 4043 AABAA AABAA BAAAA BAAAA AABAA - - - -<br />

4145 AACBA AACBA AABAA AABAA AACBA - - - -<br />

2219 2319 - - BAAAAA AAAAAA - - - - -<br />

4043 BAAAA BAAAA BCBCA BCBCA - - - - -<br />

4145 AABAA AABAA ABCBA ABCBA - - - - -<br />

2214, 2319 - - CAAAAA - - - - - -<br />

2036 4043 BAAAA BAAAA BCBCA - - - - - -<br />

4145 AABAA AABAA ABCBA - - - - - -<br />

1100 1100 BBAAAA BBAAA - - - - - - -<br />

4043 AABAA AABAA - - - - - - -<br />

5356 - - - - - - - - -<br />

1060, 1100 BBAAAB - - - - - - - -<br />

1350, 1188 CCAAAA - - - - - - - -<br />

1070, 1080 4043 AABAA - - - - - - - -<br />

*4643 gives higher strength in thick 6xxx series welds after post weld solution heat treatment and aging. 4047 can be used in lieu of 4043 for thin section sheet due to<br />

the lower melting point of 4047.<br />

6<br />

LEGEND<br />

Symbol<br />

W<br />

S<br />

D<br />

C<br />

Characteristic<br />

Ease of welding (relative freedom from weld cracking).<br />

Strength of welded joint (“as welded” condition). (Rating applies<br />

particularly to fillet welds. All rods and electrodes rated will<br />

develop presently specified minimum strengths for butt welds.)<br />

Ductility. (Rating is based upon the free bend elongation of the<br />

weld.)<br />

Corrosion resistance in continuous or alternate immersion in fresh<br />

or salt water.<br />

Symbol Characteristic<br />

T Recommended for service at sustained temperatures above 150°F<br />

(65.5°C).<br />

M Colour match after anodising.<br />

*A,B,C and D are relative ratings in decreasing order of merit. The ratings have<br />

relative meaning only within a given block.<br />

NOTE: Combinations having no rating are not usually recommended. Ratings<br />

do not apply to these alloys when heat-treated after welding.<br />

How to Use:<br />

1. Select base alloys to be joined (one from the side column, the other from the top row).<br />

2. Find the block where the column and row intersect.<br />

3. This block contains horizontal rows of letters (A,B,C or D) representative of the alloy directly across from them in the filler alloy box at the end of each row. The<br />

letters in each line give the A-to-D rating of the characteristics listed at the top of each column - W, S, D. C, T and M (see Legend at right for explanation of each<br />

letter).<br />

4. Analyse the weld characteristics afforded by each filler alloy. You will find that you can ‘trade off’ one characteristic for another until you find the filler that<br />

best meets your needs.<br />

Example:<br />

When joining base alloys 3003 and 1100, find the intersecting block. Now, note that filler alloy 1100 provides excellent ductility (D), corrosion resistance (C),<br />

performance at elevated temperatures (T) and colour match after anodising (M), with good ease of welding (W) and strength (S). However, if ease of welding and<br />

shear strength are UTMOST in importance, and ductility and colour match can be sacrificed slightly, filler alloy 4043 can be used advantageously.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

529


WELDING GUIDE<br />

1) ALUMINIUM BASE METALS<br />

6<br />

Aluminium Alloys can be broken up in to the following groups:<br />

Group A<br />

- Cast Alloys<br />

Group B<br />

- Wrought Alloys<br />

Group A - Cast Alloy System<br />

SERIES No.<br />

MAJOR ALLOY ELEMENTS<br />

100 99% Pure<br />

*200 Copper<br />

*300 Copper & Silicon<br />

400 Silicon<br />

500 Magnesium<br />

*600 Magnesium & Silicon<br />

*700 Zinc<br />

800 Tin<br />

THE DIFFERENT GROUPS (FEATURES)<br />

100/1000 Series:<br />

contain 99% AL or greater (iron and silicon are the major impurities).<br />

excellent surface finish, high thermal and electrical conductivity and excellent<br />

corrosion resistance.<br />

excellent weldability.<br />

uses: electrical conductors, architectural items and containers.<br />

200/2000 Series:<br />

contain copper as a major alloying element.<br />

limited corrosion resistance, a high strength to weight ratio and superior<br />

machinability.<br />

very poor weldability.<br />

uses: forgings, heavy duty structural work.<br />

300 Series:<br />

containing copper and silicon have almost replaced the original 200/2000 series<br />

due to better casting characteristics, the other features are the same.<br />

3000 Series:<br />

contains manganese which provides approximately 20% more strength than the<br />

100/1000 series. This series has good ductility and retains workability.<br />

good weldability.<br />

uses: cooking utensils, sheets and panels which are used on storage tanks.<br />

400/4000 Series:<br />

contains silicon as the major alloying element which aids in the metals fluidity<br />

and improves strength and machinability. The silicon lowers the melting point<br />

and makes the 400 alloys one of the best for casting.<br />

good to excellent weldability.<br />

uses: welding wires, castings, decorative gate castings and sheet.<br />

Group B - Wrought Alloy System<br />

SERIES No.<br />

MAJOR ALLOY ELEMENTS<br />

1000 99% Pure<br />

*2000 Copper<br />

3000 Manganese<br />

4000 Silicon<br />

5000 Magnesium<br />

*6000 Magnesium & Silicon<br />

*7000 Zinc<br />

* NB: These alloys are heat-treatable.<br />

Cast aluminium alloys generally contain a higher percentage of alloying<br />

elements than wrought alloys.<br />

The higher additions of alloys greatly improve casting qualities, but make<br />

machining and working more difficult.<br />

500/5000 Series:<br />

contains magnesium as the major alloying element. The alloys in the group<br />

are widely used due to their excellent mechanical properties, high corrosion<br />

resistance and excellent anodising characteristics.<br />

500 series are difficult to cast.<br />

good to excellent weldability.<br />

uses: sheet, plate, angles etc, widely used in the shipping and marine industries,<br />

and also in general fabrication.<br />

600/6000 Series:<br />

contain silicon and magnesium making these alloys heat treatable, which allows<br />

the mechanical properties to be improved considerably by heat treatment after<br />

forming.<br />

high resistance to corrosion and ease of machining, plus high strength.<br />

good weldability.<br />

uses: transportation equipment, engineering structures, bridges etc.<br />

700/7000 Series:<br />

contains zinc which helps to give these alloys very good impact resistance, high<br />

strength and excellent ductility.<br />

not recommended for welding.<br />

uses: aircraft structures and mobile equipment.<br />

800 Series:<br />

tin is the principal alloy in the group, its chief purpose being to improve antifriction<br />

characteristics in bearing alloys. These alloys have a high resistance to<br />

corrosion by engine oils.<br />

poor weldability.<br />

THE DIFFERENT GROUPS (FEATURES)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

The CIGWELD/Comweld range<br />

* Comweld AL1100 * Comweld AL4043<br />

* Comweld AL4047 * Comweld AL5356<br />

see product information in the front of this Pocket Guide or the CIGWELD Welding Consumables Technical Reference Manual.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

530 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

FILLER METALS TO AS 1167.2/AWS A5.10<br />

ALUMINIUM ALLOYS<br />

CONSUMABLE (Filler Rod) TYPE<br />

CAST WROUGHT AS1167.2 AWSA5.10 CIGWELD PRODUCT<br />

AP150 1100 R1100 R1100 Comweld AL1100 (Pure Aluminium)<br />

AP170 1200 R1100 R1100 Comweld AL1100 (Pure Aluminium)<br />

AP185 3003 R1100 R1100 Comweld AL1100 (Pure Aluminium)<br />

3203 R1100 R1100 Comweld AL1100 (Pure Aluminium)<br />

AP403 3004 R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

AP601 5005 R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

BP601 5050A R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

CP601 6061 R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

AS601 6063 R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

AP603 6351 R4043 R4043 Comweld AL4043 (Aluminium 5% Silicon)<br />

AP501 5052 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

AP701 5083 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

AP703 5086 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

5154A R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

5251 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

5454 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

7005 R5356 R5356 Comweld AL5356 (Aluminium 5% Magnesium)<br />

BP401 R4047 R4047 Comweld AL4047 (Aluminium 10% Silicon)<br />

CP401 R4047 R4047 Comweld AL4047 (Aluminium 10% Silicon)<br />

AP303 R4047 R4047 Comweld AL4047 (Aluminium 10% Silicon)<br />

AS303 R4047 R4047 Comweld AL4047 (Aluminium 10% Silicon)<br />

AP309 R4047 R4047 Comweld AL4047 (Aluminium 10% Silicon)<br />

AWS A5.10-92 Specification for Bare Aluminium and Aluminium Welding Electrodes and Rods.<br />

6<br />

2) TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES<br />

Pure, Zirconiated, and Ceriated are the recommended tungsten welding electrodes for use in A.C. welding. Thoriated welding electrodes are generally<br />

reserved for D.C. welding of products such as low alloy steels and stainless steels. Thoriated tungsten will handle a higher current than pure tungsten,<br />

although it does not retain the balled shape required for A.C. welding of aluminium.<br />

Pure Tungsten Electrodes:<br />

Pure Tungsten welding electrodes are not often recommended or used for A.C. welding on aluminium and magnesium alloys as Zirconiated, and<br />

Ceriated electrodes have gained popularity in recent years. Pure Tungsten electrodes contain a minimum of 99.5% tungsten, with no alloying elements<br />

intentionally added. By using high purity tungsten, current carrying capability is diminished, although it maintains a clean, balled end which provides<br />

good arc stability.<br />

Zirconiated Tungsten Electrodes:<br />

Zirconiated tungsten welding electrodes have arc stability characteristics that are similar to pure tungsten besides the higher current carrying<br />

capability found in the thoriated tungsten. This welding electrode provides a good balance of properties. It is more resistant to contamination than<br />

pure tungsten and better for radiographic-quality welding applications than thoriated tungstens.<br />

These electrodes have been designed primarily for use with High Frequency stabilised Alternating Current (AC-HF) and are alloyed with varying<br />

percentages of zirconium.<br />

Zirconiated electrodes must be pre-ground to form a tapered tip with a radius end before use.<br />

When current flows through a Zirconiated electrode the end tip which has been prepared with the radius end heats up and becomes slightly molten<br />

forming a balled end. This balled end is very important in AC-HF welding as it allows the AC current to obtain arc stability and its arc directional<br />

capabilities.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

531


WELDING GUIDE<br />

2) TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES CONT.<br />

Molten aluminium<br />

parent metal<br />

Solid Tungsten<br />

electrode<br />

Ceriated Tungsten Electrodes:<br />

“The best of both worlds”. These electrodes contain varying percentages of<br />

cerium and have been designed to function on both AC and DC currents.<br />

Ceriated tungsten welding electrodes have an addition of approximately 2%<br />

cerium oxide (CeO2) which helps to reduce welding electrode burn-off. In<br />

performance, the ceriated welding electrode will react much like pure tungsten<br />

by providing a stable arc and reducing the amount of tungsten “spitting”. These<br />

characteristics allow this welding electrode to perform well on aluminium in<br />

balanced wave machines (A.C.) and on steel in the D.C. mode.<br />

This electrode can replace both Thoriated and Zirconiated electrodes in most<br />

instances.<br />

6<br />

Molten tip of<br />

electrode<br />

Uses:<br />

designed for high quality clean welding of Aluminium and Magnesium alloys.<br />

Advantages:<br />

high current carrying capacity.<br />

high resistance to contamination from aluminium oxides (self cleaning action).<br />

resultant weld metal quality is of high radiographic standard.<br />

Preparation before welding is dependent upon the current used.<br />

Uses:<br />

designed for quality and general purpose work on most metals.<br />

Advantages:<br />

reduces the number and types of electrodes required to complete different jobs.<br />

higher resistance to contamination than the thoriated and zirconiated types.<br />

higher current carrying capacity.<br />

a longer electrode tip life.<br />

non-radioactive material.<br />

3) PREPARING TUNGSTEN ELECTRODES:<br />

Grinding lines will run with the length of the electrode<br />

Tungsten electrodes are pre-ground before commencement of welding to allow<br />

efficient performance during welding.<br />

Preparation is dependent upon two factors:<br />

Welding polarity being used (AC-HF or DC)<br />

The type of Parent Metal being welded.<br />

The Correct Grinding Technique:<br />

When grinding Tungsten electrodes, it is very important to make sure the<br />

grinding lines run longitudinally to the electrodes axis.<br />

If the grinding lines run around the circumference of the electrode, they may<br />

cause the following problems:<br />

ridges will be formed around the circumference which can cause tungsten<br />

particles to drop off the tip during welding. This will result in tungsten<br />

inclusions, a weld defect.<br />

these ridges will reduce the stability of the arc and cause “arc wander”.<br />

PREPARING ZIRCONIATED & CERIATED TUNGSTENS FOR AC-HF WELDING:<br />

1/3 Dia<br />

3/4 Dia<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

After welding commences<br />

For Amperage up to 150 AMPS AC<br />

2-3 x Dia<br />

After welding commences<br />

For Amperage up to 150 AMPS AC<br />

2 x Dia<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

532 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

PREPARING ZIRCONIATED & CERIATED TUNGSTENS FOR AC-HF WELDING CONT.:<br />

Current Carrying Capacities of Tungsten Electrodes:<br />

ELECTRODE DIAMETER THORIATED ZIRCONIATED CERIATED<br />

0.5mm 5-50 5-35 5-60<br />

1.0mm 10-90 15-55 7-95<br />

1.6mm 20-120 35-75 20-130<br />

2.4mm 50-190 45-160 60-230<br />

3.2mm 80-250 50-225 80-320<br />

4.0mm 120-370 90-300 130-450<br />

5.0mm 200-500 150-400 210-600<br />

4) GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING - “PROCESS EXPLANATION” AND “POWER SOURCE TERMINOLOGY”<br />

The Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) process utilises heat generated by an<br />

electric arc maintained between the workpiece and a non consumable tungsten<br />

welding electrode. The arc is enveloped by a stream of inert gas. GTAW weld<br />

quality is primarily controlled by workpiece, filler wire, and tungsten electrode<br />

quality, type of power source, and welder technique. Discussed below are<br />

several important items that must be addressed in order to produce high quality<br />

welds.<br />

High Frequency (HF):<br />

The high frequency mode will initiate and maintain the arc during the zero<br />

crossing of the A.C. sine wave. Three positions exist on most GTAW machines eg.<br />

TRANSTIG 200 AC/DC:<br />

1. Start - This mode helps arc initiation without making actual contact to the<br />

work with the tungsten welding electrode. The “Start” mode is most often used<br />

in D.C. welding.<br />

2. Continuous - this also helps initiate the arc and continues throughout<br />

the process to maintain the arc during periods when current (amperage) is<br />

at the zero crossing point of the sine wave. This mode is most often used in<br />

A.C. welding. This type of mode is often a built in feature on most CIGWELD<br />

GTAW machines, and occurs automatically when AC current for GTA welding is<br />

selected.<br />

3. Off - The high frequency system does not engage during any part of the<br />

process in this mode. Contact between the tungsten electrode and work<br />

surface must occur before the arc can be initiated. A “Touch Start or Scratch<br />

Start Practice” to initiate the arc can cause contamination of the the tungsten<br />

electrode in the GTAW process. The “Off” mode is often used for DC- TIG or stick<br />

welding (MMAW) where scratch starting will initiate the arc.<br />

Pulsed GTAW (TIG) Welding:<br />

In Pulsed Gas Tungsten Arc Welding the current consists of two parts, “see<br />

below”<br />

1) the high pulse which melts the metal,<br />

2) the low background current which maintains the arc and allows the weld to<br />

cool. The rate of pulse current is usually in the range of 1-10 pulses per second.<br />

Pulsed TIG welding offers the following advantages;<br />

a) reduced distortion,<br />

b) reduced heat build up,<br />

c) improved tolerance to joint fit up, and<br />

d) user friendly operation.<br />

6<br />

Square Wave Pulse<br />

Pulse Time<br />

Pulse Current<br />

Value<br />

Current<br />

Time (seconds)<br />

Background<br />

Current Time<br />

Background<br />

Current Value<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

533


WELDING GUIDE<br />

5) GTAW (TIG) TECHNIQUES<br />

Starting the Arc<br />

51mm<br />

C2”)<br />

Starting the Arc:<br />

After gas flow is established and providing HF is used, the electrode does<br />

not have to touch the workpiece or starting block to effect arc ignition. The<br />

superimposed high frequency current bridges the gap between the electrode<br />

and the workpiece or starting block and thus establishes a path for the welding<br />

current to follow.<br />

For power sources that do not have a button or foot control start such as the<br />

TRANSTIG 150 the following steps are recommended;<br />

6<br />

Torch Angles<br />

Work<br />

Direction of<br />

Welding<br />

a) the torch should first be positioned in a near horizontal position about 50mm<br />

above the workpiece or starting block (a piece of copper is recommended for a<br />

starting block as it provides less risk of contamination).<br />

b) the torch is then moved quickly downwards until the electrode is within<br />

approx 3mm of the workpiece or starting block as shown on the previous page.<br />

The arc will then be initiated.<br />

c) to stop an arc, the torch should be returned to the horizontal position in a<br />

rather rapid manner so that the arc will not mark or damage the weld surface<br />

or workpiece. Some care will be necessary, particularly with high quality work<br />

and in pipe preparation when breaking the arc. In some instances it is advisable<br />

to run off, on to a tab or up the side of the pipe preparation when completing<br />

a pass.<br />

10-25 0 max.<br />

Fillet Welds<br />

Direction of<br />

Welding<br />

25mm<br />

15 0 45 0 45 0<br />

45 0 -90 0<br />

Torch Angles:<br />

The proper manipulation of the welding torch is very important in making a<br />

good weld. When welding in the flat position,<br />

The hand should be placed lightly on a surface, so that the hand can move<br />

across the joint evenly. Movement of the torch by the fingers alone, usually<br />

results in incorrect torch angles and a poor weld.<br />

When adding filler wire, the wire should be gripped in the fingers. The hand<br />

should be as close as possible to the arc to hold the wire steady. The wire should<br />

move in conjunction with the torch movement. When adding wire, move the<br />

wire with the thumb through the fingers. The end of the wire should extend<br />

150mm to 200mm from the hand. Too much extension of the filler wire results<br />

in a wobbly wire end making the puddle uneven and allowing the filler wire<br />

to become contaminated. Adding wire to the puddle requires steadiness and<br />

concentration to place the right amount of material at the right place, at exactly<br />

the right time.<br />

Torch angles vary only slightly depending on the welding position. The torch<br />

is usually pointed in the direction of travel with a 45-90° angle from the<br />

horizontal position. The filler rod is added ahead of the weld pool 10 to 25<br />

degrees from the plane of the weld bead. The filler rod or wire should always be<br />

placed within the inert gas shield and at the leading edge of the weld pool.<br />

Too large a rod or wire disturbs and often freezes the pool, while a rod too small<br />

in size forces the welder to feed too fast for steady operation.<br />

Direction of Welding<br />

45 0 -90 0<br />

45 0 -90 0 45 0 -90 0<br />

Corner to Corner<br />

joint torch<br />

relationship<br />

15 0<br />

Direction of Welding<br />

15 0<br />

45 0 -90 0<br />

15 0 Direction of Welding<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Corner to Corner<br />

Weld (Outside Weld)<br />

Vertical Down<br />

Vertical Up<br />

Vertical Welds — Vertical Joint Torch<br />

& Filler Rod Relationship<br />

Overhead Welding — Overhead-Joint<br />

Torch & Filler Relationship<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

534 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

6) JOINT TYPES AND PARAMETERS IN GTAW<br />

Joints types applicable to the following parameter table: Parameter Table for GTAW (TIG) Welding of Aluminium:<br />

LAP<br />

OR<br />

BUTT<br />

LAP<br />

60 0 1.6mm<br />

BUTT<br />

FILLET<br />

Aluminium GTAW (TIG) Welding - Alternating Current - High Frequency (AC-HF)<br />

OUTSIDE CORNERS<br />

50 0 1.6mm<br />

OUTSIDE CORNER<br />

6<br />

Metal Thickness Joint Type Tungsten Electrode Filler Rod Diameter Amperage Gas Type Gas Flow L/min*<br />

Diameter<br />

(if required)<br />

1.0mm Butt/Corner 1.0mm 1.6mm 30-45 Argon 5-7<br />

Lap/Fillet 35-50<br />

1.2mm Butt/Corner 1.0mm 1.6mm 40-60 Argon 5-7<br />

Lap/Fillet 45-70<br />

1.6mm Butt/Corner 1.6mm 1.6mm 60-85 Argon 7<br />

Lap/Fillet 70-95<br />

3.2mm Butt/Corner 2.4mm 2.4mm 125-150 Argon 10<br />

Lap/Fillet 3.2mm 130-160<br />

5.0mm Butt/Corner 3.2mm 3.2mm 180-225 Argon 10<br />

Lap/Fillet 4.0mm 190-240<br />

6.0mm Butt/Corner 4.8mm 4.8mm 240-280 Argon 13<br />

Lap/Fillet 4.0mm 250-320<br />

*Flow rates are for argon only, see manufacturers’ recommendations for mixtures. Size and shape of gas nozzle has an effect on the flow required for an effective<br />

gas cover.<br />

WELDING OF CAST IRON<br />

This guide is not an exhaustive reference. Nonetheless, it provides the reader with a thorough technical guide to the welding of a number of different<br />

types of cast iron.<br />

TYPES OF CAST IRON<br />

Cast irons can generally be divided into the following groups:<br />

1. Grey Cast Irons<br />

Nominally contain 2.5-4.0% carbon and high silicon. Used for many applications, including those under conditions of static compressive load, lightly<br />

stressed process equipment and where severe thermal and mechanical shock would not normally be expected.<br />

Due to the presence of graphite in its structure, grey cast iron is easily machined, helps in the lubrication of sliding surfaces and is therefore good<br />

for bearings and for damping mechanical vibration. Grey cast iron is however quite brittle and has low tensile strength. It has uses in the machinery<br />

and automotive industries, including brake drums, clutch plates and cam shafts. Furnace parts, ingot and glass moulds and melting pots that operate<br />

at elevated temperatures are made of grey cast iron, as are various types of pipes, valves, flanges and fittings for both pressure and non-pressure<br />

applications.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

535


WELDING GUIDE<br />

TYPES OF CAST IRON CONT.<br />

2. SG-Spheroidal Graphite Cast Irons (Nodular Cast Iron, Ductile Cast Iron)<br />

SG cast irons have mechanical properties similar to those of mild steel and far greater than grey cast iron, in many cases replacing steel castings and<br />

forgings as well as grey cast iron in many applications. SG cast irons contain graphite making them machinable.<br />

Applications include culverts, sewers, pressure pipes as well as fittings, valves and pumps. The advantages of these products are their relatively good<br />

toughness and weldability when compared to grey cast iron<br />

3. Austenitic Cast Irons<br />

Austenitic cast irons are nickel alloys of grey, SG and white cast irons.<br />

Due to the nickel addition, austenitic cast irons exhibit corrosion resistance, erosion resistance, cavitation resistance and exhibit resistance to high<br />

temperature service. Austenitic cast irons are stronger and tougher than grey cast iron, producing good wear and galling resistance as well as good<br />

machinability.<br />

Austenitic (SG) cast iron is approximately twice as strong as austenitic (grey) cast iron.<br />

Austenitic white cast irons containing nickel, chromium and molybdenum make up the range of Ni-Hard, Ni-Resist and Nicrosilal grades. Ni-Hard is<br />

used for abrasion resistance, Ni-Resist for corrosion resistance and Nicrosilal for heat resistance.<br />

6<br />

4. White Cast Irons (“Chilled” Iron)<br />

Unlike the grey and SG cast irons, white cast irons are virtually free of graphite. They are quite unmachinable and very brittle with high hardness and<br />

low tensile strength. They are often used in the manufacture of crushing rolls.<br />

“Meehanite”* is a high tensile white cast iron made by adding calcium silicide to white cast iron. The silicide addition gives uniform hardness as well as<br />

physical properties superior to that of grey cast iron.<br />

*(registered trademark of International Meehanite Metal Co. Ltd.)<br />

5. Malleable Cast Irons<br />

Malleable cast irons, which include the white heart and black heart irons, are formed by heating white iron for a set period of time. Malleable cast irons have a<br />

higher tensile strength and better ductility than grey cast iron and will bend or deform before breaking as well as standing shock better than grey cast iron.<br />

Applications include flanges, pipe fittings and valve parts. Automotive parts include steering components, compressor crank shafts and hubs, transmission and<br />

differential parts, connecting rods and universal joints.<br />

IDENTIFYING THE TYPE OF CAST IRON:<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

White Cast Iron Grey Cast Iron Malleable Cast Iron<br />

Colour<br />

Red<br />

Colour<br />

Straw<br />

Yellow<br />

Average<br />

Steam<br />

length<br />

with power<br />

grinder<br />

500mm<br />

Volume<br />

Very small<br />

Sprigs finer<br />

than grey<br />

iron small and<br />

repeating<br />

Colour<br />

Red<br />

Colour<br />

Straw<br />

Yellow<br />

Average<br />

Steam<br />

length<br />

with power<br />

grinder<br />

640mm<br />

Volume<br />

Small<br />

Many Sprigs, small<br />

and repeating<br />

Colour<br />

Straw<br />

Yellow<br />

Average<br />

Steam length<br />

with power<br />

grinder<br />

760mm<br />

Volume<br />

Moderate<br />

Longer shafts<br />

than grey iron<br />

ending in<br />

numerous<br />

small repeating<br />

sprigs<br />

There are a number of ways of identifying the type of cast iron that is to be<br />

welded.<br />

1. Visual observation<br />

Grey and SG cast iron have a dirty, dark grey appearance due to the presence<br />

of graphite in the structure. White cast irons will have a whitish colour in<br />

a fracture in the casting. Malleable and austenitic cast irons have a cleaner<br />

appearance than grey or nodular.<br />

2. Source of supply<br />

If possible, check with the supplier of the cast iron. Quite often the item will be<br />

an old item in need of repair, so its origins may be difficult to discern.<br />

3. Mechanical tests<br />

These are the best tests for identification.<br />

a) Spark test<br />

An easy and useful method is the spark test. The metal is touched against a high<br />

speed emery wheel and the sparks are observed against a black background. The<br />

sparks should then be compared against the chart below. SG cast irons can be<br />

identified in the same manner as malleable cast irons. Meehanite cast irons can<br />

be identified in the same manner as grey cast irons.<br />

b) Chisel test<br />

Can be used for the separation of grey cast iron and malleable iron. Grey cast<br />

iron chips break easily, whereas chips from malleable cast iron will curl from the<br />

corner of the piece.<br />

c) Spectrographic analysis<br />

This test is the most accurate of all. However it needs to be undertaken by a<br />

qualified laboratory to ensure accurate results.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

536 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

WELDING CAST IRONS<br />

In general cast irons can be welded using the MMAW, FCAW, Gas and Braze Welding, Brazing, Powder Spraying and Soldering processes. The table below is a<br />

process selection guide listing the relevant CIGWELD consumable.<br />

Process / Cast Iron MMAW FCAW Gas Welding Braze Welding Brazing Soldering<br />

Grey 1 2 3,5 4, 5 4, 5 7<br />

SG (Nodular/ Ductile) 1 2 4, 5 4, 5<br />

Austenitic 1<br />

White<br />

Considered unweldable<br />

Ni-Hard<br />

Considered unweldable<br />

Ni-Resist 1<br />

Nicrosilal<br />

Considered unweldable<br />

Malleable 1 2 4, 5 4, 5<br />

Meehanite 1<br />

1=Castcraft 55, Castcraft 100<br />

2=Nicore 55<br />

3=Comweld General Purpose Cast Iron<br />

4=Comweld Comcoat C, Comweld Manganese Bronze<br />

5=Comcoat N, Comcoat Nickel Bronze<br />

6=Comweld 965 Silver Solder<br />

6<br />

PREPARATION PRIOR TO WELDING<br />

General<br />

Cast iron is considered weldable, although to a far lesser degree than<br />

carbon steel. There have been many successful cast iron repair welds<br />

performed in maintenance and casting reclamation applications. The<br />

degree of brittleness and likelihood of cracking of the welded material<br />

will depend on the type of casting the heat treatment and the welding<br />

procedure. For example SG cast iron is more likely to absorb welding<br />

stresses than grey cast iron.<br />

Preparation<br />

The most important aspect of welding cast iron is to have the surface<br />

clean and free of defects prior to welding.<br />

Grinding & machining<br />

All sand, slag and scale must be removed from the area of the casting to<br />

be welded by mechanical means such as grinding, machining, chipping<br />

or rotary burrs. Physical defects such as blowholes, sand inclusions,<br />

sponginess and shrinkage cracks need to be removed. Cracks should be<br />

excavated to their full length and depth. Excavate spongy areas and<br />

pinholes. Quite often a pinhole will open up to expose a large cavity<br />

hidden underneath. During preparation grinding wheels can become<br />

impregnated with carbon which can be smeared on the finished surface<br />

making joining difficult because of the high carbon content of the<br />

surface. Because of this the final 1-2mm should be prepared by chipping,<br />

rotary burrs or a coarse file to clean the surface.<br />

Arc-air gouging<br />

Arc-air gouging is not usually recommended. However, it can be used<br />

to remove the bulk of metal providing the last 1-2mm is removed by<br />

grinding.<br />

Oil soaked castings<br />

Often castings are soaked in oil due to their environment eg. gear boxes.<br />

They may appear clean after mechanical cleaning, however oil will still be<br />

present in the pores of the casting. The elimination of the residual can be<br />

achieved by heating the casting to 200-300°C for 2-3 hours followed by<br />

wire brushing. This will help overcome porosity and poor welds. “Gassy”<br />

castings can be treated by heating the weld area to a dull red for a short<br />

time before welding. For small components, treatment in a furnace at<br />

650°C for 15 minutes will give fairly complete degasification. On heavier<br />

castings the relevant face is welded and the resultant porous metal is<br />

removed and the surface rewelded until a clean surface is obtained.<br />

Castings high in phosphorous are difficult to weld and can be identified<br />

by a glassy and shiny appearance. Often brazing is the best way to repair<br />

these castings.<br />

To repair cracked castings, drill a hole at each end of the crack to prevent<br />

it spreading further and grind out to the bottom. Begin welding at the<br />

drilled end of the crack, where restraint is greatest and move towards the<br />

free end.<br />

Oxy-acetylene<br />

An oxidising oxy-acetylene flame can be used to burn off any surface<br />

graphite. This also provides a light preheat which is advantageous.<br />

Castings which have to transmit fairly heavy working loads often have<br />

the weld joint assisted by mechanical means, such as bolted straps, or<br />

hoops which are shrunk on. Broken teeth of large cast iron gears are<br />

sometimes repaired by studding. Holes are drilled and tapped in the face<br />

of the fracture and mild steel studs screwed in. These are then covered<br />

with weld metal and built up to the required dimensions. They are<br />

machined afterwards or ground to shape.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

537


WELDING GUIDE<br />

PRECAUTIONS WHEN WELDING CAST IRONS<br />

Factors to consider are the same whatever the type of cast iron.<br />

1. Low ductility with a danger of cracking due to stresses set up by welding. (This is not so important when welding SG iron due to its good ductility)<br />

2. Formation of a hard brittle zone in the weld area. This is caused by rapid cooling of molten metal to form a white cast iron structure in the weld area and<br />

makes the weld unsuitable for service where fairly high stresses are met.<br />

3. Formation of a hard, brittle weld bead due to pick-up of carbon from the base metal. This does not occur with weld metals which do not form hard carbides<br />

such as Monel and high nickel alloys. These are used where machinable welds are desired.<br />

PREHEATING<br />

Although a large amount of satisfactory welding is done without preheating, cracking due to the rigidity or lack of ductility of castings, especially complicated<br />

shapes, may be minimised by suitable preheating.<br />

6<br />

In general all cast irons need to be preheated when oxy-acetylene welding to reduce the heat input requirements. High preheat is needed when using a cast iron<br />

consumable because the weld metal has low ductility near room temperature. A consumable that deposits relatively low strength, such as Castcraft 100, can<br />

be used with the base metal at or slightly above room temperature. The weld can readily yield during cooling and relieve welding stresses that might otherwise<br />

cause cracking in the weld.<br />

1. Local preheating occurs where parts not held in restraint may be preheated to about 500°C in the area of the weld, with slow cooling after welding is<br />

completed. Cracking from unequal expansion can take place during the preheating of complex castings or when the preheating is confined to a small area of a<br />

large casting which is why local preheating should always be gradual.<br />

2. Indirect preheating involves a preheat of 200°C for other critical parts of the job in addition to local preheating. This is done so that they will contract with<br />

the weld and minimise contraction stresses. Such a technique is suitable for open frames, spokes etc.<br />

3. Complete preheating is used for intricate castings, especially those varying in section thicknesses such as cylinder blocks. It involves complete preheating to<br />

500°C followed by slow cooling after welding. The preheating temperature should be maintained during welding. A simple preheating furnace may be made of<br />

bricks into which gas jets project. Another may be filled with charcoal which burns slowly and preheats the job evenly.<br />

POSTWELD HEATING<br />

After any welding on cast iron, especially welds intended for use in severe service or subject to close machining tolerances, the slowest cooling rate possible<br />

should be allowed, the part either remaining in the preheating furnace or cooling under a blanket of insulating powder or sand. It is sometimes the practice to<br />

post-heat welded joints to relieve stresses and soften hard areas. In this case it is normal to heat the casting to a temperature of 595-620°C. The casting should<br />

be held at this temperature for one hour per 25mm of thickness. The cooling rate should not exceed 10°C per hour until the casting has cooled to about 370°C.<br />

(For maximum softening and stress relief, heat at 900°C followed by slow cooling to 540°C or lower.) To obtain optimum ductility, the above heat treatment<br />

should be carried out immediately following welding.<br />

For the best results with SG cast iron, the casting should be placed in a furnace (595-650°C) and the temperature raised to 900°C. The casting should be held at<br />

temperature for 2-4 hours. It is then cooled to 705°C, held there for 5 hours, then cooled to 590°C in the furnace and finally to room temperature. Malleable cast<br />

iron may be reheat-treated after welding.<br />

PEENING<br />

Satisfactory welds may be made on cast iron without preheating by using electrodes depositing soft metal and peening the weld with a blunt tool<br />

(such as a ball hammer) immediately after welding. This spreads the weld metal and counteracts the effect of contraction.<br />

Good practice is to deposit short weld runs (50mm at a time) and then peen before too much cooling takes place. (Castcraft 100 is soft and allows<br />

peening).<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

538 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

JOINT DESIGN<br />

1<br />

Direction of weld progress<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

In general, joint design used for carbon steels are applicable for cast irons.<br />

Below are some suggested single-vee and double-vee preparations.<br />

Welds should be as narrow as is practical for access - particularly for grey<br />

iron, as wide welds build up more stress than narrow ones. A double vee<br />

uses only half the weld metal of a single vee. For thick materials that are not<br />

accessible from both sides, a U-preparation is a good compromise.<br />

See diagrams below for various joints designs:<br />

Longer joints can be welded using the backstep, block, cascade, chain<br />

intermittent and staggered intermittent methods<br />

Backstep Welding<br />

60-90 0 20<br />

To be rounded<br />

V-groove for narrow defects<br />

15-25 0 20<br />

U-groove for deep defects<br />

6<br />

Intermittent Chain Welding<br />

80 0 - 90 0<br />

80 0 - 90 0<br />

Intermittent Staggered Welding<br />

Root face 1.6mm or less<br />

Root gap 1.6mm<br />

Up to 20mm thick<br />

Root face 1.6mm or less<br />

Root gap 3.2mm<br />

20-40mm thick<br />

30 0<br />

30 0<br />

Sections over 40mm<br />

80 0<br />

30 0<br />

Root radius1.6mm - 3.2mm<br />

Root gap 3.2mm<br />

POSTWELD HEATING<br />

5.0mm - 8.0mm R<br />

Root face 3.2mm<br />

Root gap 3.2mm<br />

Corner defect repair weld<br />

The most suitable electrodes for MMAW of cast irons are pure nickel (AWS A5.15 ENi-CI, Castcraft 100) and 55% nickel / 45% iron (AWS A5.15 ENiFe-CI,<br />

Castcraft 55).<br />

Grey Cast Iron<br />

Castcraft 100 is more suitable for single layers and for filling small defects as the deposit remains highly machinable. Single-layered welds of Castcraft 55 are<br />

not as machinable as Castcraft 100, however they do have increased strength and ductility. Castcraft 55 welds are more tolerant towards contaminants such as<br />

sulphur and phosphorous and are superior to Castcraft 100 electrodes when welding castings high in phosphorous.<br />

Peening is a must for grey cast irons.<br />

Joining of cast iron to steel can be performed with either Castcraft 55 or 100, but Castcraft 55 is preferred. Ferrous based electrodes, including hydrogen<br />

controlled types are generally not recommended for welding cast iron. Brackets, lugs and even wear plates can be attached to castings using the correct<br />

parameters and Castcraft 55.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

539


WELDING GUIDE<br />

SG CAST IRON<br />

Grey iron can be repaired with either Castcraft 55 or 100 whereas SG cast iron can only really be repaired using Castcraft 55 due to its higher tensile<br />

strength and better ductility. When welding SG cast irons, penetration should be low and wide joints or cavities should be built up from the sides<br />

towards the centre. Stringer beads or narrow weaves should be used. Deposit short beads and allow to cool to preheat temperature. Peening is<br />

advisable but not as critical as when welding grey cast iron.<br />

AUSTENITIC CAST IRONS<br />

These are usually welded with Castcraft 55. Although Austenitic castings can be welded with Castcraft 55 the weld may be unsuitable for applications<br />

where corrosion/heat resistance qualities do not match the parent metal.<br />

GMAW WELDING OF CAST IRONS<br />

Cast irons are generally considered unweldable using the GMAW process.<br />

6<br />

FCAW WELDING OF CAST IRONS<br />

Flux cored welding of cast irons is carried out using higher current than that for MMAW. This is offset by faster travel speeds as for normal FCAW<br />

welding. Both grey, SG and malleable cast irons can be welded using the FCAW process. Preparation and heat treatment are much the same as for<br />

MMAW.<br />

The most suitable consumable that can be used is an AWS ENiFe-CI equivalent like Nicore 55.<br />

OXY-ACETYLENE WELDING OF CAST IRONS<br />

For successful oxy fusion welding, it is essential that the part be preheated to a dull, red heat (approximately 650°C). A neutral or slightly reducing<br />

flame should be used with welding tips of medium or high flame velocity. The temperature should be maintained during welding. As with MMAW<br />

preparation it is necessary to use a furnace to ensure even heating of large castings. It is important that the casting be protected from draughts during<br />

welding and provision should be made to ensure that the required preheat is maintained. It is important to avoid sudden chilling of<br />

the casting otherwise white cast iron may be produced which is very hard and brittle. This may cause cracking or make subsequent machining<br />

impossible.<br />

Oxy welding is suitable for grey cast irons with an AWS A5.15 RCI (Comweld General Purpose Cast Iron - Super Silicon), RCI-A type electrode and<br />

should be used with a suitable flux such as Comweld Cast Iron Flux.<br />

An AWS RBCuZn-D (Comweld Nickel Bronze & Comweld Comcoat N) type can also be used with Comweld Bronze Flux.<br />

SG cast irons can only be oxy welded with an AWS RCI-B type consumable.<br />

BRAZE WELDING OF CAST IRONS<br />

Braze welding should only be used to repair old castings because of the poor colour match achieved with newer castings. Braze welding is suitable for<br />

grey, SG and malleable cast irons, however joint strength equivalent to fusion welds are only possible with grey cast iron. A neutral or slightly oxidising<br />

flame should be used.<br />

Braze welding has advantages over oxy welding in that the consumable melts at a lower temperature than the cast iron. This allows lower preheat<br />

(320-400°C). As with other forms of welding the surface must be properly cleaned so that carbon doesn’t contaminate the weld deposit.<br />

The applicable consumables to use are AWS RBCuZn-C (Comweld Manganese Bronze & Comweld Comcoat C) types and AWS RBCuZn-D (Comweld<br />

Nickel Bronze & Comweld Comcoat N) types.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

540 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

POWDER SPRAYING OF CAST IRONS<br />

Powder spraying is particularly suited to edges, corners, shallow cavities and thin sections as there are usually no undercut marks. Porous metals can<br />

be surfaced before arc welding.<br />

As with other welding processes, the base metal must be extremely clean and free from contaminants. Cavities and porous areas must be ground out<br />

to a saucer or cup shape with no overhanging edges. Sharp corners, edges and protruding points must be removed or radiused as they may go into<br />

solution in the molten metal causing hardspots.<br />

Spraying and fusing should be as per the normal powder spraying process.<br />

Poor quality or difficult irons can be joined by coating both parts separately with 1-2 mm of spray-fused alloy and then joining the coatings together<br />

with a suitable nickel MMAW electrode.<br />

Consumables are based on a nickel-silicon-boron mixture.<br />

SOLDERING OF CAST IRONS<br />

Soldering of cast irons is usually limited to the repair of small surface defects, often sealing areas from leakage of liquids or gases. The casting must be<br />

thoroughly cleaned.<br />

A suitable consumable is Comweld 965 Solder.<br />

6<br />

WELDING OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS<br />

Copper and Copper alloys remain to this day among the most important engineering materials due to their good electrical and thermal conductivity,<br />

corrosion resistance, metal-to-metal wear resistance and distinctive aesthetic appearance. Copper and most copper alloys can be joined by welding,<br />

brazing and soldering. The major markets for copper and its alloys include the building industry, electrical and electronic products, industrial<br />

machinery and equipment and transportation.<br />

This section outlines the different types of copper alloys and gives guidance on processes and techniques to be used in fabricating copper alloy<br />

components without impairing their corrosion or mechanical properties or introducing weld defects.<br />

1) TYPES OF COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

The eight major groups of copper and copper alloys are:<br />

i Copper - 99.3% minimum Copper content.<br />

ii High copper alloys - up to 5% alloying elements.<br />

iii Copper-Zinc alloys (Brass).<br />

iv Copper-Tin alloys (Phosphor Bronze).<br />

v Copper-Aluminium alloys (Aluminium Bronze).<br />

vi Copper-Silicon alloys (silicon bronze).<br />

vii Copper-Nickel alloys.<br />

viii Copper-Nickel-Zinc alloys (Nickel silver).<br />

i) Pure Copper: 99.3% minimum Copper content- Copper is normally<br />

supplied in one of three forms:<br />

(a) Oxygen free copper.<br />

(b) Oxygen-bearing copper (tough pitch and fire-refined grades) - the impurities<br />

and residual oxygen content of oxygen-bearing copper may cause porosity and<br />

other discontinuities when these coppers are welded or brazed.<br />

(c) Phosphorous deoxidised copper.<br />

ii) High Copper Alloys:<br />

(a) Free machining copper - Low alloying additions of sulphur or tellurium can<br />

be made to improve machining. These grades are considered to be unweldable<br />

due to a very high susceptibility to cracking. Free machining coppers are joined<br />

by brazing and soldering.<br />

(b) Precipitation - hardenable copper alloys - Small additions of beryllium,<br />

chromium or zirconium can be added to copper and then given a precipitation<br />

hardening heat treatment to increase mechanical properties. Welding or brazing<br />

of these alloys will over-age the exposed area resulting in degradation of<br />

mechanical properties.<br />

iii) Copper-Zinc Alloys (Brass):<br />

Copper alloys in which zinc is the major alloying element are generally called<br />

brasses. Brass is available in wrought and cast form, with the cast product<br />

generally not as homogeneous as the wrought products. Additions of zinc<br />

to copper decreases the melting temperature, the density, the electrical and<br />

thermal conductivity and the modulus of elasticity. The additions of zinc will<br />

increase the strength, hardness, ductility and coefficient of thermal expansion.<br />

Brasses can be separated into two weldable groups, low zinc (up to 20% zinc)<br />

and high zinc (30-40% zinc). The main problems encountered with brass<br />

is due to zinc volatilisation which results in white fumes of zinc oxide and<br />

weld metal porosity. The lower zinc alloys are used for jewellery and coinage<br />

applications and as a base for gold plate and enamel. The higher zinc alloys are<br />

used in applications where higher strength is important. Applications include<br />

automotive radiator cores and tanks, lamp fixtures, locks, plumbing fittings and<br />

pump cylinders.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

541


WELDING GUIDE<br />

1) TYPES OF COPPER ALLOYS CONT.:<br />

6<br />

iv) Copper-tin Alloys (Phosphor Bronze):<br />

Copper alloys which contain between 1 percent and 10 percent tin. These alloys<br />

are available in the wrought and cast forms. These alloys are susceptible to<br />

hot cracking in the stressed condition. The use of high preheat temperatures,<br />

high heat input, and slow cooling rates should be avoided. Examples of specific<br />

applications include bridge bearings and expansion plates and fittings, fasteners,<br />

chemical hardware and textile machinery components.<br />

v) Copper-Aluminium Alloys (Aluminium Bronze):<br />

Contain from 3-15 percent aluminium with substantial additions of iron, nickel<br />

and manganese. Common applications for Aluminium Bronze alloys include<br />

pumps, valves, other water fittings and bearings for use in marine and other<br />

aggressive environments.<br />

vi) Copper-Silicon Alloys (Silicon Bronzes):<br />

Available in both wrought and cast forms. Silicon Bronzes are industrially<br />

important due to their high strength, excellent corrosion resistance, and<br />

good weldability. The addition of silicon to copper increases tensile strength,<br />

hardness and work hardening rates.<br />

2) WELDABILITY OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

Low silicon bronze (1.5% Si) is used for hydraulic pressure lines, heat exchanger<br />

tubes, marine and industrial hardware and fasteners. The high silicon Bronze<br />

(3% Si) is used for similar applications as well as for chemical process equipment<br />

and marine propeller shafts.<br />

vii) Copper Nickel Alloys:<br />

The cupronickel alloys containing 10-30% Ni have moderate strength provided<br />

by the nickel which also improves the oxidation and corrosion resistance of<br />

copper. These alloys have good hot and cold formability and are produced as<br />

flat products, pipe, rod, tube and forgings. Common applications include plates<br />

and tubes for evaporators, condensers and heat exchangers.<br />

viii) Copper Nickel Zinc Alloys (Nickel Silvers):<br />

Contain zinc in the range 17-27% along with 8-18% Nickel. The addition of<br />

nickel makes these alloys silver in appearance and also increases their strength<br />

and corrosion resistance, although some are subject to dezincification and they<br />

can be susceptible to stress corrosion cracking.<br />

Specific applications include hardware, fasteners, optical and camera parts,<br />

etching stock and hollowware.<br />

Welding processes such as Gas Metal Arc Welding and Gas Tungsten Arc Welding are commonly used for welding copper and its alloys, since high<br />

localised heat input is important when welding materials with high thermal conductivity. Manual Metal Arc Welding of Copper and Copper alloys<br />

may be used although the quality is not as good as that obtained with the gas shielded welding processes. The weldability of copper varies among the<br />

pure copper grades (a) (b) and (c). The high oxygen content in tough pitch copper can lead to embrittlement in the heat affected zone and weld metal<br />

porosity. Phosphorus deoxidised copper is more weldable, with porosity being avoided by using filler wires containing deoxidants (Al, Mn, Si, P and<br />

Ti). Thin sections can be welded without preheat although thicker sections require preheats up to 60oC. Copper alloys, in contrast to copper, seldom<br />

require pre-heating before welding. The weldability varies considerably amongst the different copper alloys and care must be taken to ensure the<br />

correct welding procedures are carried out for each particular alloy to reduce the risks of welding defects.<br />

2.1 Weld joint designs for Joining Copper and Copper alloys:<br />

The recommended joint designs for welding copper and copper alloys are shown in Figures 1 & 2. Due to the high thermal conductivity of copper, the<br />

joint designs are wider than those used for steel to allow adequate fusion and penetration.<br />

1.5T Welding from this side<br />

0.75 T Max<br />

(A) Edge-Flange<br />

T<br />

T<br />

(B) Square-Groove<br />

80 0 - 90 0<br />

70 0 - 80 0 B<br />

B to C<br />

T<br />

T<br />

C<br />

C to D<br />

(C) Single-V-Groove<br />

(D) Double-V-Groove<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

15 0<br />

15 0<br />

R<br />

A to B<br />

T<br />

T<br />

R<br />

A to B<br />

A to B<br />

(E) Single-U-Groove<br />

(F) Double-U-Groove<br />

NOTE: A = 1.6mm, B = 2.4mm, C = 3.2mm, D = 4.0mm, R = 3.2mm, T = thickness<br />

Figure 1 Joint Designs for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding and Manual<br />

Metal Arc welding of Copper and Copper Alloys.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

542 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD<br />

A to B


WELDING GUIDE<br />

2) WELDABILITY OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS CONT.:<br />

80 0 - 90 0<br />

T<br />

B<br />

T<br />

(A) Square Groove<br />

(B) Single-V-Groove<br />

A to B<br />

80 0 - 90 0<br />

30 0<br />

B<br />

T<br />

T<br />

C<br />

B to C<br />

R<br />

(C) Double-V-Groove<br />

(D) Double-U-Groove<br />

NOTE: A = 1.6mm, B = 2.4mm, C = 3.2mm, D = 4.0mm, R = 3.2mm, T = thickness<br />

6<br />

Figure 2. - Joint Designs for Gas Metal Arc Welding of Copper.<br />

2.2 Surface Preparation:<br />

The weld area should be clean and free of oil, grease, dirt, paint and oxides prior to welding. Wire brushing with a bronze wire brush followed by<br />

degreasing with a suitable cleaning agent. The oxide film formed during welding should also be removed with a wire brush after each weld run is<br />

deposited.<br />

2.3 Pre-heating:<br />

The welding of thick copper sections requires a high preheat due to the rapid conduction of heat from the weld joint into the surrounding base metal.<br />

Most copper alloys, even in thick sections, do not require pre-heating because the thermal diffusivity is much lower than for copper. To select the<br />

correct preheat for a given application, consideration must be given to the welding process, the alloy being welded, the base metal thickness and to<br />

some extent the overall mass of the weldment. Aluminium bronze and copper nickel alloys should not be preheated. It is desirable to limit the heat<br />

to as localised an area as possible to avoid bringing too much of the material into a temperature range that will cause a loss in ductility. It is also<br />

important to ensure the preheat temperature is maintained until welding of the joint is completed.<br />

3) GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW) OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

3.1 GMAW of Copper:<br />

ERCu copper electrodes are recommended for GMAW of copper. CIGWELD’s Autocraft Deoxidised Copper is a versatile 98% pure copper alloy for the<br />

GMAW of copper. The gas mixture required will be largely determined by the thickness of the copper section to be welded. Argon is generally used<br />

for 6mm and under.<br />

The helium-argon mixtures (Alushield Heavy) are used for welding of thicker sections.<br />

The filler metal should be deposited with stringer beads or narrow weave beads using spray transfer. Table 1 below gives general guidance on<br />

procedures for GMAW of Copper.<br />

*Refer to Figure 2<br />

Metal Thickness Joint Design* Electrode Diameter Preheat# Temperature Welding Current Voltage Range Gas Flow Rate (l/min) Travel Speed<br />

1.6mm A 0.9mm 75°C 150-200 21-26 10-15 500 mm/min<br />

3.0mm A 1.2mm 75°C 150-220 22-28 10-15 450 mm/min<br />

6.0mm B 1.2mm 75°C 180-250 22-28 10-15 400 mm/min<br />

6.0mm B 1.6mm 100°C 160-280 28-30 10-15 350 mm/min<br />

10mm B 1.6mm 250°C 250-320 28-30 15-20 300 mm/min<br />

12mm C 1.6mm 250°C 290-350 29-32 15-20 300 mm/min<br />

16mm + C, D 1.6mm 250°C 320-380 29-32 15-25 250 mm/min<br />

Table 1. - Typical Conditions for GMAW of Copper# and Copper Alloys.<br />

Recommended Shielding Gases for the GMA welding of Copper and Copper Alloys:<br />

- Welding Grade Argon.<br />

- Ar + >0-3% O2 or equivalent shielding gases.<br />

- Ar + 25% He or equivalent shielding gases.<br />

- He + 25% Ar or equivalent shielding gases.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

543


WELDING GUIDE<br />

3) GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW) OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS CONT.:<br />

3.2GMAW of Copper Silicon Alloys:<br />

ERCuSi-A type welding consumables plus argon shielding and relatively<br />

high travel speeds are used with this process. Autocraft Silicon Bronze<br />

is a copper based wire recommended for GMAW of Copper Silicon Alloys.<br />

It is important to ensure the oxide layer is removed by wire brushing<br />

between passes. Preheat is unnecessary and interpass temperature<br />

should not exceed 100°C.<br />

3.3GMAW of Copper Tin Alloys (Phosphor Bronze):<br />

These alloys have a wide solidification range which gives a coarse<br />

dendritic grain structure, therefore care must be taken during welding<br />

to prevent cracking of the weld metal. Hot peening of the weld metal<br />

will reduce the stresses developed during welding and the likelihood of<br />

cracking. The weld pool should be kept small using stringer beads at high<br />

travel speed.<br />

4) GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING (GTAW) OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

6<br />

4.1Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Copper:<br />

Copper sections up to 16.0mm in thickness can be successfully welded using the Gas Tungsten Arc Welding process. Typical joint designs are shown in<br />

Figure 1. The recommended filler wire is a filler metal whose composition is similar to that of the base metal. For sections up to 1.6mm thick Argon<br />

shielding gas is preferred and helium mixes is preferred for welding sections over 1.6mm thick. In comparison to argon, argon/helium mixes permit<br />

deeper penetration and higher travel speeds at the same welding current.<br />

A 75% Helium-25% Argon mixture is commonly used to give the good penetration characteristics of helium combined with the easy arc starting and<br />

improved arc stability properties of Argon.<br />

Forehand welding is preferred for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Copper with stringer beads or narrow weave beads. Typical conditions for manual<br />

GTAW of copper is shown in Table 2 below.<br />

Refer to Figure 1<br />

Metal Thickness (mm) Joint Design* Shielding Gas Tungsten Type & Welding Rod Diameter Preheat# Temperature Welding Current<br />

Welding Current<br />

0.3-0.8 A Argon Thoriated/DC- --- --- 15-60<br />

1.0-2.0 B Argon Thoriated/DC- 1.6 mm --- 40-170<br />

2.0-5.0 C Argon Thoriated/DC- 2.4 - 3.2 mm 50°C 100-300<br />

6.0 C Argon Thoriated/DC- 3.2 mm 100°C 250-375<br />

10.0 E Argon Thoriated/DC- 3.2 mm 250°C 300-375<br />

12.0 D Argon Thoriated/DC- 3.2 mm 250°C 350-420<br />

16.0 F Argon Thoriated/DC- 3.2 mm 250°C 400-475<br />

Table 2. - Typical conditions for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Copper# and Copper Alloys.<br />

4.2Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Copper-Aluminium alloys:<br />

The ERCuAl-A2 filler rod can be used for GTAW of Aluminium Bronze<br />

Alloys. Alternating Current (AC) current with argon shielding can be used<br />

to provide an arc cleaning action to assist in removing the oxide layer<br />

during welding. Direct Current (DC-) electrode negative with Welding<br />

Grade Argon or Argon-Helium mixes can be used in applications requiring<br />

deeper penetration and faster travel speed. Preheat is only required on<br />

thicker sections.<br />

4.3Gas Tungsten Arc Welding of Silicon-Bronze:<br />

Comweld Silicon Bronze Rod (ERCuSi-A) can be used to weld Silicon<br />

Bronze in all positions. The Aluminium Bronze welding rod ERCuAl-A2<br />

may also be used. Welding can be performed with DC- using argon or<br />

argon/helium shielding or AC using argon shielding gas.<br />

5) MANUAL METAL ARC WELDING (MMAW) OF COPPER & COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

5.1Manual Metal Arc Welding of Copper:<br />

MMAW is normally used for the maintenance and repair welding of copper,<br />

copper alloys and bronzes. Bronzecraft AC-DC electrode (ECuSn-C) can be used<br />

for the following:<br />

Minor repair of relatively thin sections.<br />

Fillet welded joints with limited access.<br />

Welding copper to other metals.<br />

Joint designs should be similar to that shown in Figure 1. Direct Current<br />

electrode positive (DC+) should be used with a stringer bead technique.<br />

Sections over 3.0mm require a preheat of 250°C or greater.<br />

5.2Manual Metal Arc Welding of Copper Alloys:<br />

Bronzecraft AC-DC (ECuSn-C) can be used to weld Copper-Tin and Copper-<br />

Zinc alloys. Large butt angles are required and the weld metal should be<br />

deposited using the stringer bead technique.<br />

Refer to Figure 1<br />

Copper Alloy Recommended AWS Electrode Code CIGWELD Welding Electrode Electrode Polarity Joint Design<br />

Brasses ECuSn-A or ECuSn-C Bronzecraft AC-DC DC+ C in Figure 1<br />

Phosphor Bronze ECuSn-A or ECuSn-C Bronzecraft AC-DC DC+ C in Figure 1<br />

Table 3 - Recommendations for MMAW of Brasses and Phosphor Bronzes.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

544 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

6) BRAZING OF COPPER AND COPPER ALLOYS:<br />

The principle of brazing is to join two metals by fusing with a filler metal. The filler metal must have a lower melting point than the base metals but<br />

greater than 450°C (use of a filler metal with a melting point less than 450°C is soldering). The filler metal is usually required to flow into a narrow<br />

gap between the part by capillary action.<br />

Brazing is used widely for the joining of copper and copper alloys, with the exception of Aluminium bronzes containing greater than 10 percent<br />

aluminium and alloys containing greater than 3 percent lead. Brazing of copper is used extensively in the electrical manufacturing industry, and in the<br />

building mechanical services, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning fields.<br />

To achieve an adequate bond during brazing, the following points should be considered:<br />

1. The joint surfaces are clean and free of oxides etc.<br />

2. The provision of the correct joint gap for the particular brazing filler metal.<br />

3. The establishment of the correct heating pattern so that the filler metal flows up the thermal gradient into the joint.<br />

6.1 Surface Preparation:<br />

Standard solvent or alkaline degreasing procedures are suitable for<br />

cleaning copper base metals. Care must be taken if mechanical methods<br />

are used to remove surface oxides. To chemically remove surface oxides,<br />

an appropriate pickling solution such as ChromeBright‚ should be used.<br />

6.2 Joint Design Considerations:<br />

1. The distance between the joints to be joined must be controlled to<br />

within certain tolerances which depend upon the brazing alloy and the<br />

parent metal used. The optimum joint gap typically lies between 0.04<br />

and 0.20mm.<br />

2. Generally a joint overlap of three or four times the thickness of the<br />

thinnest member to be joined is sufficient. The aim is to use as little<br />

material as possible to achieve the desired strength.<br />

6<br />

TEE BOSS TUBE THROUGH PLATE CORNER SADDLE<br />

SCARF<br />

BUTT-THIN SHEETS<br />

CORNER<br />

LAP<br />

SLEEVE<br />

BUTT-THIN SHEET<br />

TUBE TO THICK PLATE<br />

CAP<br />

Figure 3 - Common Joint designs for Brazing.<br />

FLANGE<br />

INSERT<br />

6.3 Flame adjustment:<br />

Use a neutral flame. A neutral flame is where equal amounts of oxygen<br />

and acetylene are mixed at the same rate. The white inner cone is clearly<br />

defined and shows no haze.<br />

6.4 Flux Removal:<br />

If flux has been used, the residue must be removed by one of the following<br />

methods:<br />

Dilution in hot caustic soda dip.<br />

Wire brushing and rinsing with hot water.<br />

Wire brushing and steam.<br />

Incomplete flux removal may cause weakness and failure of the joint.<br />

7) BRAZE WELDING OF COPPER:<br />

Braze welding is a technique similar to fusion welding except with a filler metal of lower melting point than the parent metal. The Braze welding<br />

process derives its strength from the tensile strength of the filler metal deposited as well as the actual bond strength developed between the filler<br />

metal and parent metal. Oxy-acetylene is usually preferred because of its easier flame setting and rapid heat input.<br />

7.1 Choice of alloy:<br />

The alloy most suited to the job requirement depends on the strength required<br />

in the joint, resistance to corrosion, operating temperature and economics.<br />

Alloys commonly used are:<br />

COMWELD Tobin Bronze 211 (Braze Welding).<br />

COMWELD Comcoat T Flux Coated.<br />

7.2 Joint Preparation:<br />

Typical joint designs are shown in Figure 4 over the page.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

545


WELDING GUIDE<br />

7) BRAZE WELDING OF COPPER CONT.:<br />

7.2 Joint Preparation:<br />

Typical joint designs are shown in figure 4 below.<br />

t<br />

45 0<br />

60 0 to 90 0 2 - 3mm<br />

13mm min.<br />

t<br />

6t<br />

2mm<br />

½t<br />

d<br />

D<br />

Lap Joint<br />

Double Vee Joint<br />

(Thicker Than 13mm)<br />

Butt Joint<br />

Bell Type Butt Joint<br />

(D Must NOT Be Less Than d + 4t)<br />

60 0 to 90 0<br />

¼t<br />

t<br />

3 to 5mm<br />

60 0 to 90 0<br />

2 - 3mm<br />

3mm<br />

30 0 mm<br />

6<br />

Single Vee Joint<br />

Diminishing Joint<br />

(3mm to 6mm Thick with<br />

Sharp Corners Removed)<br />

Figure 4 — Typical joint designs for Braze welding of copper.<br />

Single Vee Joint With Root Face<br />

(Thicker Than 6mm)<br />

Stub Branch Joint<br />

7.3 Flame adjustment:<br />

Use slightly oxidising flame.<br />

7.5 Preheating:<br />

Preheating is recommended for heavy sections only.<br />

7.4 Flux:<br />

Use COMWELD Copper and Brass Flux, mix to a paste with water and apply<br />

to both sides of joint. Rod can be coated with paste or heated and dipped in<br />

dry flux.<br />

7.6 Blowpipe and rod angles:<br />

Blowpipe tip to metal surface 40° to 50°. Distance of inner cone from metal<br />

surface 3.25mm to 5.00mm. Filler rod to metal surface 40° to 50°.<br />

Plate Thickness(mm) Filler Rod(mm) Blowpipe Acetylene Consumption (Cu. L/Min) Tip Size<br />

0.8 1.6 2.0 12<br />

1.6 1.6 3.75 15<br />

2.4 1.6 4.25 15<br />

3.2 2.4 7.0 20<br />

4.0 2.4 8.5 20<br />

5.0 3.2 10.0 26<br />

6.0 5.0 13.5 26<br />

Table 5 Data for the Braze welding of Copper<br />

7.7 Welding Technique:<br />

After preheating or after the joint is raised to a temperature sufficient to<br />

permit alloying of the filler rod and copper, melt a globule of metal from the<br />

end of the rod and deposit it into the joint, wetting or tinning the surface.<br />

When tinning occurs, begin welding using forehand technique. Do not drop<br />

filler metal on untinned surfaces. See figure 5.<br />

40 0 to 50 0 40 0 to 50 0<br />

Tinned Area<br />

7.8 Flux Removal:<br />

Any of the following methods may be used to remove flux residue:<br />

Grinding wheel or wire brush and water<br />

Sand blasting<br />

Dilute caustic soda dip<br />

Figure 5 — Braze welding forehand technique.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

546 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WELDING GUIDE<br />

WELDING OF DISSIMILAR METALS<br />

At times, due to engineering design, it will be required that two, or in some cases more, dissimilar materials are to be joined by welding.<br />

It is essential that the two materials be identified and wherever possible the design criteria be obtained, eg. elevated temperatures, chemical<br />

environment or wear by abrasion, etc.<br />

Often it is not possible to obtain the base material analysis as in the case of maintenance or repair and it is left to the welding operator to select a<br />

consumable and a procedure purely based on his or her previous experience.<br />

Welding Recommendations<br />

A.One common combination of materials is stainless steel to mild steel and<br />

this combination can be successfully welded with a 309 type consumable.<br />

Both manual metal arc electrodes and gas metal arc wires are available.<br />

B.Should the stainless steel be of a heat resisting type, such as the 310 variety,<br />

then a 310 consumable is recommended. These 310 materials resist oxidation<br />

up to 1,200° C, making them ideal for furnace applications associated with<br />

the oil, metal and ceramic refining industries. The decision to use these<br />

materials is usually specified by the welding engineer.<br />

C.When welding cast iron to mild steel and possibly stainless steel, a nickeliron<br />

consumable such as Castcraft 55 electrode or Nicore 55® flux core wire is<br />

often recommended.<br />

D.When welding steel to copper/brass select a consumable that is most<br />

compatible with the grade of copper/brass. Autocraft Silicon Bronze gas metal<br />

arc welding wire is commonly used with many copper alloy grades.<br />

E.For cast iron to copper/brass, select a consumable most suited to the copper<br />

alloy rather than the cast iron. A procedure commonly used is to butter<br />

the surface of the cast iron with Castcraft 55/Nicore 55®, then use either<br />

Bronzecraft AC/DC or Autocraft Silicon Bronze to complete the joint.<br />

F.A material that is not commonly used, but is chosen in high chemical attack<br />

applications, is Monel. This material can be welded to mild steel by using a<br />

E NiCu-B electrode. It may be necessary to butter the mating surface of the<br />

mild steel with a E NiCu-B electrode prior to the joining of the two materials.<br />

Refer to Table 1 on the next page for details regarding various welding<br />

consumables to join dissimilar metals.<br />

6<br />

Table 1. Welding Consumables for Joining Dissimilar Metals<br />

Material 1 Material 2 Welding MMAW Recommendations* GMAW FCAW Gas & TIG Welding<br />

Mild Steel Stainless Steel A Satincrome 309Mo-17 Autocraft 309LSi Shieldcrome 309LT Not recommended<br />

Weldall<br />

Mild Steel Cast Iron C Castcraft 55 N/A Nicore 55® Comweld Mang. Bronze or<br />

Comweld Nickel Bronze<br />

Mild Steel Copper D Bronzecraft AC/DC Autocraft Silicon Bronze N/A Comweld Mang. Bronze or<br />

Comweld Nickel Bronze<br />

Cast Iron Copper/Brass E * Bronzecraft AC/DC * Autocraft Silicon Bronze N/A Comweld Mang. Bronze or<br />

* Castcraft 55 * Nicore 55® Comweld Nickel Bronze<br />

Mild Steel Austenitic - Austex Autocraft 309LSi Shieldcrome 309LT Not recommended<br />

Manganese<br />

Mild Steel Monel F N/A N/A N/A<br />

* See welding recommendations A, B, C, etc, on the previous page.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

547


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

WHAT IS HARDFACING AND WHERE IS IT USED?<br />

What is Hardfacing and where is it used?<br />

‘Hardfacing is the process of depositing, by one of various welding techniques, a layer or layers of metal of specific properties on certain areas of metal<br />

parts that are exposed to wear’.<br />

By expanding this definition a little further, it can be seen that hardfacing has more to offer than most other wear prevention treatments:<br />

1. It is performed by welding. Thus it is part of a well established practice with which people are familiar. There are very few new skills to be<br />

learned and in the vast majority of cases, existing equipment can be employed.<br />

2. A layer or layers of metal can be deposited. This means that hardfacing provides protection in depth. It can be applied in a thickness required to<br />

give long lasting protection.<br />

3. Metal of specific properties is deposited. There are a wide variety of deposit types available, each specifically designed to withstand certain forms<br />

of wear and service conditions.<br />

4. Hardfacing is applied only to specific areas of metal parts that are exposed to wear. There is often no need to protect the entire surface of a<br />

component from wear. Hardfacing can be applied selectively and in different thicknesses to suit the exact requirements of a piece of equipment,<br />

thereby proving a most economical way of combating wear.<br />

6<br />

According to the American Welding Society, ‘hard surfacing” or hardfacing is defined as;<br />

‘The deposition of filler metal on a metal surface to obtain the desired properties and/or dimensions’, the desired properties being those that will resist<br />

abrasion, heat and corrosion.<br />

A further definition of hardfacing is: “The application of hard, wear-resistant material to the surface<br />

component by welding, spraying or allied welding process for the main purpose of reducing wear or loss of metal by abrasion, impact, erosion, galling<br />

and cavitation”. It also applies where corrosion and elevated temperatures are present with one or more of the above service conditions.<br />

Hardfacing is a particular form of surfacing that excludes the application of materials primarily for corrosion prevention or resistance to high<br />

temperature scaling or the application of low hardness,<br />

friction over-lays to prevent galling - eg. bronze surfacing. It also excludes the hardening of surfaces solely by heat treatments such as flame<br />

hardening, or nitriding.<br />

A wide range of Cobalarc electrode and Stoody wire products are available for the three main types of hardfacing applications carried out in industry;<br />

1. Build-up or re-building applications.<br />

2. Hard surfacing or overlay applications.<br />

3. Both build-up and overlay applications.<br />

Build-up<br />

Hard Surfacing or Overlay<br />

Hard Surfacing or Overlay<br />

Build-up<br />

Base Metal<br />

Base Metal<br />

Base Metal<br />

1. Build-up or re-building applications<br />

Used to return the part or component to its original<br />

dimensions.<br />

eg. Mangcraft, Ferrocraft 61etc.<br />

2. Hard Surfacing or overlay applications.<br />

Used by itself to give a component added resistance<br />

to wear.<br />

eg. Cobalarc 650 and Stoody101HC.<br />

3. Build-up and overlay applications.<br />

Build up and overlay can be used together to re-build<br />

a part to its original size and protect the contact<br />

surface from further wear. Some alloys can serve as<br />

both a build-up and overlay deposit, such as Cobalarc<br />

Mang Nickel-O wire which is recommended for heavy<br />

build up. During service the final layers of Mang<br />

Nickel-O can work harden under heavy impact to<br />

form a wear resistant overlay.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Hardfacing (or build-up and or overlay ) is therefore used in two main areas:<br />

“Buttering layers” or “buffer layers” are a form of<br />

build-up or intermediate layer, deposited prior to the<br />

application of an overlay or hard surfacing deposit.<br />

See the “Use of buffer layers” for further details.<br />

1. For the build-up or rebuilding of worn components to their original size and shape using suitable build-up or build-up and overlay alloys as<br />

described above.<br />

2. The overlay or hard surfacing of new, or as new, components to protect them from wear during service. High alloy welding consumables are<br />

available for overlay applications which offer far better wear resistance than the original component material. Despite the higher price of these<br />

welding consumables the working life of the component can be extended by over twice that of the original component. Further more, if overlays<br />

are used as part of a preventative maintenance program the original component can be manufactured from a less expensive base material.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

548 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

WHY SHOULD HARDFACING BE CARRIED OUT?<br />

1. Hardfacing extends the life of worn components and equipment:<br />

Build-up or hard surfacing can extend the life of a component by as much as 250% compared to that of a new or non hardfaced component.<br />

2. Hardfacing increases the operating efficiency of equipment by reducing downtime:<br />

Hardfaced components last longer, cause fewer shutdowns or stoppages and therefore increase the operating efficiency of the equipment.<br />

3. Hardfacing reduces overall costs:<br />

The cost of refurbishing a worn component is typically 50 - 75% of the cost of a new component.<br />

4. Hardfaced parts can be manufactured from cheaper base metals:<br />

A part which is hard surfaced before use can often be manufactured from a cheaper base metal than one which is not designed to be hard<br />

surfaced before use.<br />

5. Hardfacing minimise the inventory of spare parts:<br />

If worn parts are usually refurbished there is no need to keep high stock holdings.<br />

HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT HARDFACING CONSUMABLE<br />

Hardfacing alloy selection and correct welding procedures are best determined by answering the following four questions:<br />

1. What is the base metal of the component?<br />

2. What welding process is to be used?<br />

3. What type of wear is being experienced?<br />

4. What finish is required?<br />

6<br />

1. What is the base metal of the component?<br />

Knowing the base metal composition of the component is important in deciding what welding consumable to use and what welding procedure to adopt.<br />

The most common ferrous base metals used fall into two broad classifications:<br />

Carbon and low alloy steels.<br />

Austenitic Manganese steels.<br />

Carbon and low alloy steels.<br />

Carbon and low alloy steels are strongly magnetic and can easily be distinguished from austenitic manganese steels which are non-magnetic. There are many<br />

types of carbon and low alloy steels used in equipment manufacture. They are not easy to distinguish from one another but must be identified in order to establish<br />

accurate preheat, interpass, welding consumable, cooling rate and stress relief requirements.<br />

Generally speaking as alloy content increases base metals become more difficult to weld and the use of correct preheat and interpass temperatures and slow cooling<br />

become more critical. Please refer to the Welding of Steels in this handbook.<br />

Austenitic manganese steels.<br />

These high manganese (typically 14%) steels are strong and tough and as such are often used in the manufacture of components subject to both abrasion and<br />

extreme impact. Unique to manganese steels, they can be work hardened during high impact service to yield a component which is hard and abrasion resistant on<br />

the surface and yet tough, strong and ductile underneath. Unlike carbon and low alloy steels, manganese steels are rarely preheated; in fact base metal temperature<br />

during welding must be kept below approximately 300°C to avoid embrittlement. Welding practices such as step welding, water spraying or “welding in water” are<br />

often carried out to avoid base metal embrittlement. Manganese steels are an excellent base for the application of chromium white iron hard surfacing deposits such<br />

as Cobalarc Coarseclad-G, -O.<br />

2. What welding process is to be used?<br />

The welding processes most commonly used today for hardfacing are:<br />

1. Manual Metal Arc Welding<br />

2. Flux Cored Arc Welding<br />

3. Submerged Arc Welding<br />

Other processes such as oxy-acetylene welding and gas tungsten arc (GTA or TIG) welding are more often used for specialist hardfacing applications because of their<br />

low deposition rates.<br />

Factors to be considered when selecting a suitable welding process / consumable include:<br />

Welding equipment available.<br />

Operator skills available.<br />

Welding location - indoors or outdoors.<br />

Size and shape of component and area to be hardfaced.<br />

Welding position - can component be moved to allow downhand welding?<br />

Availability of hardfacing consumables.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

549


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT HARDFACING CONSUMABLE CONT.<br />

2. What welding process is to be used cont.?<br />

1. Manual Metal Arc Welding.<br />

The most common type of welding process used with a wide range of extruded and tubular welding electrodes available for build-up and hard surfacing applications<br />

as well as for joining applications.<br />

The most common types of manual electrodes are those designated as A4 and A1 types in Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2576 - Welding Consumables for<br />

Build-up and wear resistance.<br />

A1 type = Tubular electrodes with no alloy contribution from the flux coating, eg. Stoody Tube Borioum.<br />

A4 type = Low carbon steel rod with an alloy additive flux coating, eg. Cobalarc 350.<br />

Note: See Consumables Classification Charts in this Pocket Guide for an explanation of AS/NZS 2576.<br />

6<br />

2. Flux Cored Arc Welding.<br />

A semi-automatic process which is a variant of the gas metal arc welding process, where a continuous tubular electrode (instead of a solid wire) is used to provide<br />

the build-up or hard surfacing deposit.<br />

The most common types of tubular wires are those designated as B5 and B7 types in AS/NZS 2576.<br />

B5 type = Tubular wires which are used with an external gas shielding, eg. Stoody 101 HC-G.<br />

B7 type = Tubular wires which are self shielding or require no external shielding gas, eg. Stoody 100HC-0.<br />

Because of the high level of build-up and hard surfacing carried out “on site” or out-of-doors self shielded ( B7 type ) wires are the most popular. Self shielded wires<br />

are also called open arc wires because the welding arc is visible during welding.<br />

The flux cored arc welding process has become increasingly popular for build-up and hardfacing applications because of the flexibility in alloy selection and wire size<br />

and the high deposition rates achievable in practice.<br />

3. Submerged Arc Welding.<br />

Commonly used in the automatic mode, with either:<br />

An alloy additive tubular wire/strip and neutral flux (B1 type in AS/NZS 2576),<br />

An alloy additive solid wire/strip and neutral flux (B2 type in AS/NZS 2576),<br />

An alloy additive solid wire/strip with an alloy additive flux (B3 type in AS/NZS 2576) or,<br />

A low carbon steel wire/strip with an alloy additive flux (B4 type in AS/NZS 2576)<br />

The submerged arc welding process is commonly used to build-up or hard surface large components automatically. The B1 type wire / flux combination is the most<br />

popular option used because of the flexibility in alloy types available in a tubular wire.<br />

3. What type of wear is being experienced<br />

In selecting a build-up or hard surfacing alloy the aim is to provide the best solution to the specific wear problem at hand. This solution is usually arrived at by<br />

considering a combination of factors including; past experience, a knowledge of the wear types experienced, a knowledge of welding alloy wear performance and<br />

verification through practical tests. It would be easier to select a welding consumable for a particular application if the component was always subjected to the one<br />

set of wear conditions. Unfortunately this is never the case, with wear modes differing from one component to another and from one application to another.<br />

Experience has shown that there are three major types of wear:<br />

Metal-to-metal wear,<br />

Abrasive wear,<br />

Environmental wear.<br />

A detailed treatment of these wear types is beyond the scope of this handbook, please refer to Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2576.<br />

The three major types of wear can be further sub-divided into;<br />

Metal-to-metal wear:<br />

1. Adhesive or sliding wear: In sliding wear, friction occurs between two surfaces which are in intimate contact.<br />

2. Rolling wear: In rolling wear, contact stresses are often high and wear occurs by a fatigue mechanism.<br />

3. Impact wear: In impact wear, parts encounter repeated impact which can cause brittle fracture or gross plastic deformation.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

550 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT HARDFACING CONSUMABLE CONT.<br />

3. Submerged Arc Welding.<br />

Abrasive wear:<br />

1. Erosion:<br />

In erosive wear, parts encounter high velocity fluids (liquids or gaseous) with or without solid particles.<br />

The two major types of erosion experienced are:<br />

1A Solid particle erosion: Wear of a part by the action of solid particles impinging on the surface.<br />

1B Liquid droplet and cavitation erosion: Wear of a part by the action of liquid droplets or bubbles on the surface.<br />

2. Low stress (scratching) abrasion:<br />

In low stress abrasion, the abrasive particles, which are usually small and unconstrained, scratch the surface continuously to cause wear. The particles are not<br />

fractured or ground up during service.<br />

3. High stress (grinding) abrasion:<br />

In high stress abrasion, the abrasive particles, which are initially small (rocks < 50mm in diameter), are fractured or ground-up during service.<br />

4 Gouging abrasion:<br />

In gouging abrasion, the abrasive particles, which are usually large (rocks > 50mm in diameter), gouge or groove the surface during service.<br />

Impingement<br />

Low Angle<br />

Abrasive Material<br />

Abrasive<br />

Material<br />

Large Rocks<br />

6<br />

Steel Chute<br />

Environmental wear:<br />

Corrosion and elevated temperatures can combine with the abrasive wear mechanisms detailed above to exacibate the wear of a component. A detailed treatment<br />

of environmental wear mechanisms is beyond the scope of this handbook, please refer to AS/NZS 2576.<br />

LIMITING SERVICE CONDITIONS<br />

Table 1. is a guide to selecting the appropriate Cobalarc hardfacing product based on the wear types identified from a specific application. The severity of loading,<br />

impact and temperature on a component must be considered along with the main wear mechanisms identified in order to select an appropriate Cobalarc hardfacing<br />

product.<br />

In Table 1. the service conditions of load, impact and temperature are graded as follows:<br />

Loading:<br />

• • • HIGH loading where there is gross deformation of the wear surface,<br />

• • MODERATE loading where there is some local deformation of the wear<br />

surface,<br />

• LOW loading where there is no local deformation of the wear surface.<br />

Temperature:<br />

< 200°C Service temperatures from ambient to 200°C,<br />

> 200°C < 500°C Service temperatures greater than 200°C and less than<br />

500°C,<br />

> 500°C Service temperatures greater than 500°C.<br />

Impact:<br />

HIGH<br />

LOW<br />

HIGH impact causing fracture or plastic deformation of the wear<br />

surface,<br />

LOW impact causing no fracture or plastic deformation of the wear<br />

surface.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

551


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

COBALARC PRODUCT SELECTION BY WEAR TYPE - TABLE 1:<br />

6<br />

Cobalarc product Limiting service conditions* Metal-to-metal (Wear Type) Abrasive wear (Wear Type)<br />

Loading Impact Temp. Sliding Rolling Impact Solid Liquid Low High stress Gouging<br />

particle droplet stress abrasion abrasion<br />

erosion erosion abrasion (Grinding)<br />

Cobalarc Mangcraft, • • • HIGH


COBALARC APPLICATIONS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR<br />

HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

EARTHMOVING, MINING, CRUSHING & QUARRYING<br />

APPLICATION Cobalarc electrode Build-up Stoody wire<br />

Build-up Hard Surfacing Build-up Hard Surfacing<br />

Track Pads Cobalarc 350 Stoody Super Buildup<br />

Rippers --- Cobalarc 9e --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Grouser Bars Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc 650 Stoody Super Buildup Stoody 965<br />

Loader Buckets --- Cobalarc 9e --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Idlers and Idler Rolls Cobalarc 350 - Stoody Super Buildup -<br />

Teeth and Points --- --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Drilling Augers --- Cobalarc CR70, --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Crusher Jaws*, Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Crusher Cones*, Mangcraft, Cobalarc 9e Dynamang<br />

Crusher Roll Shells*,<br />

Gyratory Crusher<br />

Mantle*<br />

Hammer Mill Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Hammers* Mangcraft, Cobalarc 9e Dynamang<br />

Impact Breaker Bars* Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Mangcraft, Cobalarc 9e Dynamang<br />

Fan Blades --- Cobalarc 9e, ---<br />

Cobalarc<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Borochrome<br />

Pug Mill Paddles --- Cobalarc 9e, ---<br />

Stoody Tube Borium<br />

Sizing Screens Cobalarc CR70, Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Cobalarc<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Borochrome<br />

Chutes --- Cobalarc --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Borochrome<br />

Kiln Trunnions Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc 650 Stoody Super Buildup Stoody 965<br />

* Manufactured from austenitic manganese steel<br />

6<br />

SUGAR INDUSTRY<br />

APPLICATION Cobalarc electrode Build-up Stoody wire<br />

Build-up Hard Surfacing Build-up Hard Surfacing<br />

Cane Crushing --- Cobalarc CR70, ---<br />

Rolls Cobalarc Borochrome Stoody Fineclad<br />

Preliminary Cane --- Cobalarc 9e, ---<br />

Leveller or Cobalarc Borochrome Stoody Fineclad<br />

Kicker Blades<br />

Cane Shredder Ferrocraft 7016, Supre-Cor 5<br />

Hammer Ferrocraft 61<br />

Scraper, Trash and Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Autocraft 309LSi Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Return Plates Austex Cobalarc 9e,<br />

Cobalarc Borochrome<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Shredder Grid Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Autocraft 309LSi Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Bars Austex Cobalarc 9e<br />

Cane Preparation --- Cobalarc 9e, --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Knives<br />

Cobalarc Toolcraft<br />

Spiky Feed Rolls Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Autocraft 309LSi Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Austex<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Cane Harvester --- Cobalarc 9e --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Base Cutters and<br />

Elevator Rolls<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

553


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

COBALARC APPLICATIONS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR CONT.<br />

6<br />

DREDGING INDUSTRY<br />

APPLICATION Cobalarc electrode Build-up Stoody wire<br />

Build-up Hard Surfacing Build-up Hard Surfacing<br />

Carbon Steel Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc CR70, Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Pump Casings Cobalarc Borochrome Super Buildup Stoody Fineclad<br />

Manganese Steel Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70, Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Pump Casings Mangcraft, Cobalarc Borochrome Dynamang Stoody Fineclad<br />

Dredge Pump --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody Fineclad,<br />

Impellers Cobalarc CR70 Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Dredge Pump --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Side Plates<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Manganese Steel Cobalarc Borochrome, Stoody Fineclad<br />

Dredge Cutter<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Heads and Teeth<br />

Dredge Bucket --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Lips<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Pipeline Ball --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Joints<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Ladder Roll Cobalarc 350 --- Stoody<br />

Bearing Box<br />

Super Buildup<br />

Dredge Ladder Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc 650 Stoody Stoody 965<br />

Rolls<br />

Super Buildup<br />

Dredge Pump --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody Fineclad,<br />

Inlet Nozzle Cobalarc CR70 Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Bucket Pins Cobalarc 650 Stoody 965<br />

Carbon Steel Cobalarc 650 Stoody 965<br />

Lower Tumblers<br />

Manganese Steel Cobalarc Cobalarc Mangcraft, Stoody Stoody Dynamang<br />

Lower Tumblers Mangcraft, Dynamang<br />

CEMENT, BRICK & CLAY INDUSTRIES<br />

APPLICATION Cobalarc electrode Build-up Stoody wire<br />

Build-up Hard Surfacing Build-up Hard Surfacing<br />

Kiln Trunnions Cobalarc 350 Stoody ---<br />

Super Buildup<br />

Screw Flight Shaft --- Cobalarc CR70 --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Bearings, Hangers & Pins<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Drag Chain Links --- Cobalarc CR70 --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Cage Bars Cobalarc Cobalarc 9e<br />

Austex<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Manganese Steel Cobalarc Cobalarc 9e Stoody Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Mill Hammers Austex, Dynamang<br />

Cobalarc<br />

Mangcraft<br />

Bag Packer Screws --- Cobalarc Borochrome --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Slurry Tank --- Cobalarc Borochrome --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Agitator Shaft<br />

Muller Tyres Cobalarc Cobalarc CR70 Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Austex,<br />

Weldall<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Pug Mill Auger --- Cobalarc Borochrome --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Flights<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Stoody Tube Borium<br />

Pug Mill Knives --- Stoody Tube Borium ---<br />

Feeder Blades --- Stoody Tube Borium ---<br />

Shredder Cones --- Cobalarc 9e ---<br />

Cobalarc Borochrome<br />

Stoody Fineclad<br />

Shredder Knives --- Cobalarc Borochrome --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Brick Pin Assembly --- Cobalarc Borochrome --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Roll Crusher Teeth --- Cobalarc 9e --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

554 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

COBALARC APPLICATIONS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR CONT.<br />

IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY<br />

APPLICATION Cobalarc electrode Build-up Stoody wire<br />

Build-up Hard Surfacing Build-up Hard Surfacing<br />

Blast Furnace Bells --- --- --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

(burden area)<br />

Coke Chutes --- Cobalarc 9e, --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Cobalarc Borochrome<br />

Coke Oven Pusher --- Cobalarc 9e, --- Stoody Fineclad<br />

Shoes<br />

Cobalarc Borochrome<br />

Coupling Boxes Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc 650, Stoody Stoody 965<br />

Cobalarc 750<br />

Super Buildup<br />

Screw Conveyors --- Cobalarc CR70, --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Grizzly Bars and Cobalarc CR70, Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Fingers<br />

Cobalarc 9e<br />

Pig Iron Casting --- Cobalarc 650, --- Stoody 965<br />

Machine Rails Cobalarc Toolcraft Stoody Super Buildup Stoody 850<br />

Wobblers Cobalarc 350 Cobalarc 650, Stoody 965<br />

Cobalarc 750<br />

Ingot Buggy Wheels --- --- Stoody Super Buildup Stoody 965<br />

and Tracks<br />

Sand Slinger Cups --- Cobalarc Borochrome, --- Stoody 101 HC, 100 HC<br />

Inlet Nozzle Cobalarc CR70 Stoody Fineclad<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

555


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

USE OF BUFFER LAYERS<br />

The term buffer layer is used to describe the presence of an intermediate<br />

deposit between the base material and the actual hardfacing deposit and in a<br />

number of cases is both desirable and necessary.<br />

1. Hardfacing on a soft material for high load service.<br />

When a hardfacing deposit is placed on a softer base materials there is a<br />

tendency for it to “sink in” under high loading. To overcome this a strong, tough<br />

layer is deposited onto the base materials prior to hardfacing.<br />

2. Hardfacing on components subject to heavy Impact/Flexing.<br />

When a component is subjected to heavy impact and/or flexing there is the<br />

possibility that relief checks which are common in the higher hardness range of<br />

hardfacing products will act as stress concentrators and propagate through to<br />

the base materials, particularly where the base material is a high strength steel.<br />

The use of a suitable buffer layer between the base and hardfacing deposit will<br />

overcome this problem.<br />

6<br />

3. Hardfacing over Partly Worn Components.<br />

In many instances components which have been hardfaced and put into service<br />

wear unevenly and when presented for hardfacing again there are areas of the<br />

original hardfacing deposit still existing. For the softer, multilayer deposits and/<br />

or deposits which have not fractured under impact, hardfacing can be re-applied<br />

directly. However for fractured and very hard deposits it is necessary they be<br />

removed by grinding, gouging etc. prior to re-hardfacing. If this is not possible<br />

the use of buffer layer will secure the existing hardfacing and provide a tough<br />

base for subsequent hardfacing layers.<br />

NOTE: When applying buffer layers, particularly on 11-14% manganese steel or<br />

the higher strength base materials ensure that the buffer layer extends beyond<br />

the hardfacing deposit. This will overcome the possible propagation of relief<br />

checks or cracks occurring along the edge of the hardface deposit.<br />

HARDFACING DEPOSIT PATTERNS<br />

The amount of hard surfacing and the pattern of coverage will be determined<br />

by a number of factors including the function of the component, service<br />

conditions and the state of repair. The three main patterns used are:-<br />

1. Continuous Coverage.<br />

Is used for re-building and hardfacing parts that have a critical size or shape,<br />

such as rolls, shafts, tracks, crusher jaws and cones. It is also required on parts<br />

subject to a high degree of fine abrasion or erosion. Typical examples would<br />

be pump and fan impellers, sand chutes, valve seats, mixer paddles and dredge<br />

bucket lips. Sufficient over-lapping of each bead is necessary to ensure adequate<br />

coverage.<br />

2. Stringer Beads.<br />

Other than complete coverage, stringer beads are widely used for many<br />

applications including, ripper teeth, buckets/bucket teeth, rock chutes, sheep<br />

foot tempers etc.<br />

For teeth working in coarse rocky conditions the bead is deposited in the<br />

direction of the material travel, allowing the large lumps of rock etc. to slide<br />

along the top of the hardfacing bead.<br />

In fine sandy conditions the stringer beads should be transverse (across) the<br />

path of material travel, this allows the fine materials to compact between the<br />

beads and so give self protection.<br />

For conditions where there is a combination of coarse and fine material the<br />

“checker” or “waffle” pattern is generally used.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

3. Dot Pattern.<br />

For less critical areas such as the sides/ends of buckets, shovels etc. the dot<br />

pattern is used. It is useful in keeping the heat input down, particularly for<br />

the 11%-14% austenitic manganese steels. The dot size is generally 15-20mm<br />

diameter by 8mm high and placed at about 50mm centres.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

556 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


HARDFACING INFORMATION<br />

COBALARC PRODUCT SELECTION BY ALLOY TYPE AND APPLICATION<br />

Group 1. Steel <strong>Product</strong>s Alloy Type AS/NZS class Description & Applications<br />

Cobalarc Austenitic 1215-A4 Tough, work hardens on impact.<br />

Mangcraft, manganese Crusher jaws, rolls, mantles, ball mill liners.<br />

Stoody Dynamang-O steels. 1215-B7<br />

Cobalarc Austex, Austenitic 1315-A4 Tough, corrosion and heat resistant.<br />

stainless<br />

Forms strong welds between dissimilar irons / steels.<br />

steels.<br />

Tramway rails, crossings, bearings at medium temperatures,<br />

tractor track grousers, anvils, pneumatic tools, shredder bars.<br />

Cobalarc 350, Low carbon 1435-A4 Excellent compressive strength and metal-to-metal wear<br />

Stoody Super martensitic 1435-B5/7 resistance.<br />

Buildup-G steels. Re-building and surfacing of clutch parts, railway points and<br />

crossings, track components.<br />

Cobalarc Tool steels. 1560-A4 Strong, secondary hardening characteristics.<br />

Toolcraft<br />

Machine tools, lathe tools, shears, drills, guillotine blades,<br />

cutting knives, punches, dies, metal forming tools.<br />

Cobalarc 650, High carbon 1855-A4 Hard, relatively in-expensive, good general abrasion<br />

Cobalarc 750, martensitic 1860-A4 resistance.<br />

Stoody 965-G-O steels. 1855-B5/B7 Surfacing of post-hole augers, earth scoops, conveyor screws,<br />

Stoody 850-O 1865-B7 drag line buckets, pump housings, subsoiler teeth, scarifier<br />

points, plough shears.<br />

Group 2. Chromium White Irons Alloy Type AS/NZS class Description & Applications<br />

Cobalarc CR70, Austenitic 2355-A4 Strong, high level of chromium carbides for excellent<br />

Stoody 101 HC-G-O chromium abrasion resistance. Ideal for gouging (coarse) abrasion<br />

carbide 2360-B5/B7 conditions.<br />

irons.<br />

Crusher cones and mantles, swing hammers, grizzly bars,<br />

scarifier points, shovel teeth, earthmoving buckets and sugar<br />

harvesting and milling equipment.<br />

Cobalarc 9e Complex 2460-A1 Strong, high level of complex carbides for excellent abrasion<br />

chromium<br />

resistance. Ideal for wide range of abrasion conditions with<br />

carbide<br />

relatively high impact loading.<br />

irons.<br />

Sizing screens, ball mill liner plates, dredge pump impellers,<br />

crusher jaws, pug mill paddles, agricultural implements,<br />

scrapers, fan blades, bucket lips and side plates.<br />

Cobalarc Martensitic 2560-A4 Strong, high level of chromium carbides for excellent<br />

Borochrome, chromium abrasion resistance. Ideal for low stress scratching (wet or<br />

Stoody Fineclad-O carbide 2565-B7 dry) abrasion conditions with relatively low impact loading.<br />

irons.<br />

Wet applications in mining and crushing industries,<br />

agricultural implements, sand slingers, cement chutes, fan<br />

blades and slurry pump components.<br />

6<br />

Group 3. Tungsten Carbide Composites Alloy Type AS/NZS class Description & Applications<br />

Stoody Tube Borium, Tungsten 3460-A1 Hard, tungsten carbide (WC) iron deposit resistant to<br />

carbide<br />

severe abrasion and low impact loading.<br />

granules<br />

Ideal for earth cutting and boring applications.<br />

in an iron<br />

Rock drills, ditcher teeth, ripper points, oil drill collars<br />

rich matrix.<br />

auger blades and teeth, oil well drills, bulldozer end bits.<br />

Group 4. Copper Alloys Alloy Type AS/NZS class Description & Applications<br />

Bronzecraft Phosphor 6200-A2 Good bearing properties, wear & corrosion resistant.<br />

AC-DC, bronze Medium load bearings, crankpress, transmission housings,<br />

pump rotors.<br />

Comweld High tensile 6300-C1 Low friction bearing characteristics, wear and corrosion<br />

Manganese brass. resistant.<br />

Bronze,<br />

Light load bearings, Hydraulic rams and pistons.<br />

Comweld 6300-C1<br />

Comcoat C<br />

Comweld Nickel 6400-C1 Low friction bearing characteristics, work hardenable,<br />

Nickel bronze corrosion resistant.<br />

Bronze, (9-13% Ni). Gear teeth, cams, bearings, percussion heads, slides, service<br />

Comweld 6400-C1 where work hardening is required.<br />

Comcoat N<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

557


WELD COSTINGS<br />

COSTING INFORMATION:<br />

Based on the fact that the decision to hardface is an economic one, that is, to extend the working life of a component (ie. rebuild rather than replace),<br />

then the calculation of the true cost of hardfacing the component is important.<br />

Points to consider in calculation of an estimated cost include:-<br />

1. Volume of build-up of hardsurfacing deposit required.<br />

2. Cost of welding consumables.<br />

3. Preparation prior to welding (including grinding, preheat etc.).<br />

4. Post weld requirements (heat treatment, grinding, machining etc.).<br />

5. Power, labour and overhead costs.<br />

Other important factors relating to the selection of the welding process/<br />

consumable are:-<br />

1. Deposition rate (kg of weld metal / hr).<br />

2. Deposition efficiency (%).<br />

3. Operating factor or Duty cycle (%).<br />

COST CALCULATIONS:<br />

6<br />

WELDING ELECTRODE OR WIRE COST ; A ($ per kg of weld metal deposited):<br />

Electrode or Wire Price ($ / kg)<br />

Deposition Efficiency * (%)<br />

= A ($ / kg)<br />

FLUX COST ; B (SAW only) ($ per kg of weld metal deposited):<br />

Flux Price ($ / kg) x Consumption Rate (kg / hr)<br />

Deposition Rate (kg / hr)<br />

POWER COST; C ($ per kg of weld metal deposited);<br />

Cost of power ($ / kWhr) x Volts x Amps = C ($ / kg)<br />

Deposition Rate (kg / hr)<br />

LABOUR COST; D ($ per kg of weld metal deposited):<br />

= B ($ / kg)<br />

OVERHEAD COST; E ($ per kg of weld metal deposited):<br />

Overhead cost ($ / hr) x Deposition Rate (kg / hr) = E ($ / kg)<br />

Operating Factor* (%)<br />

Total cost; F ($ per kg of weld metal deposited):<br />

F ($ / kg) = A + B + C + D + E<br />

Total cost (TC) of hardfacing the steel component:<br />

TC ($) = Volume of Build-up or hard surfacing deposit (cm3) x F x 0.008<br />

Labour Cost ($ / hr) x Deposition Rate (kg / hr)<br />

Operating Factor* (%)<br />

= D ($ / kg)<br />

*DEPOSITION EFFICIENCIES AND OPERATING FACTORS FOR HARDFACING COST CALCULATIONS:<br />

Process Deposit Efficiency (%) Typical Operating Factor (%)<br />

MMAW 60 - 75 15 - 20<br />

FCAW† 80 - 90 25 - 30<br />

SAW 90 - 95 35 - 40<br />

† Semi-automatic operation. # SAW wire only.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

558 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


DEPOSITION DATA<br />

DEPOSITION DATA<br />

DEPOSITION RATES, ELECTRODE EFFICIENCY, AND ELECTRODE WELD METAL RECOVERY!<br />

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES?<br />

Deposition Rates<br />

The deposition rate of a welding consumable (electrode, wire or rod) is the rate at which weld metal is deposited (melted) onto a metal surface.<br />

Deposition rate is expressed in kilograms per hour (kg/hr).<br />

Deposition rate is based on continuous operation, not allowing for stops and starts such as, electrode change overs, chipping slag, cleaning spatter,<br />

machine adjustments or other reasons.<br />

When welding current is increased so to does the deposition rate. When electrical stick out is increased in the case of GMAW and FCAW the<br />

deposition rate will also increase.<br />

Deposition rates are calculated by doing actual welding tests, and the following shows the formula for measuring deposition rates.<br />

Deposition Rate = Weight of test plate before welding - Weight of test plate after welding ÷ Measured period of time (normally 60 seconds).<br />

e.g. Plate before welding: 2kg - 2.95kg Plate after welding = 95grams, welded in 60 seconds. 95grams x 60/1000 = 5.7kg/hr.<br />

ELECTRODE EFFICIENCY (DEPOSITION EFFICIENCY)<br />

6<br />

Technically to ISO 2401-1972 electrode efficiency (AS/NZS 1553.1: 1995 deposition efficiency) is the difference between the weight of the weld<br />

metal deposited and the weight of the filler metal consumed (not including flux and stub ends) in making the weld. The efficiency of an electrode is<br />

calculated by using the following formula;<br />

Electrode Efficiency % to ISO 2401and AS/NZS 1553.1 =<br />

Weight of test plate including weld metal - Weight of test plate before welding X 100<br />

Mass of the Core Wire of 5 electrodes - Weight of core wire of the 5 stub ends<br />

e.g. Satincraft 13 Ø4mm x 380mm.<br />

Plate before welding: 2kg - 2.15kg Plate after welding = 150grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrode core wires, Ø4mm x 380mm long before welding =<br />

188grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrode stub ends, Ø4mm x 50mm long after welding =<br />

24.7grams,<br />

150grams ÷ 163.3grams x 100 = 91.85% Electrode Efficiency (Deposition<br />

Efficiency).<br />

e.g. Ferrocraft 22 Ø3.2mm x 380mm.<br />

Plate before welding: 2kg - 2.167kg Plate after welding = 167grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrode core wires, Ø3.2mm x 380mm long before welding<br />

= 124grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrode stub ends, Ø3.2mm x 50mm long after welding =<br />

16.3grams,<br />

167grams ÷ 107.7grams x 100 = 155.06% Electrode Efficiency (Deposition<br />

Efficiency).<br />

ELECTRODE WELD METAL RECOVERY (PROCESS EFFICIENCY)<br />

Electrode weld metal recovery to ISO 2401-1972 allows us to calculate the amount of welding consumable which will actually be deposited into the<br />

finished weld metal less any waste such as, stub ends, slag and spatter not adhered to the test plate.<br />

An example is when 100kgs of electrodes are used with a quoted efficiency of 60%, the net result is that only 60kg of the weight of that electrode will<br />

actually end up in the deposited weld metal. The remaining 40% (40kg) of the electrode is waste.<br />

To achieve weld metal recovery rates practical tests are carried out by weighing the test plate before and after welding, weighing the consumables<br />

before welding and then using the following formula allowing for 50mm stub ends. If the welder discards more than 50mm stub ends than the<br />

recovery rate (process efficiency) will be lower.<br />

Weld Metal Recovery % to ISO 2401 =<br />

Weight of test plate before welding - Weight of test plate after welding X 100<br />

Weight of the Consumable<br />

e.g. Satincraft 13 Ø4mm x 380mm.<br />

Plate before welding: 2kg - 2.15kg Plate after welding = 150grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrodes, Ø4mm x 380mm long before welding =<br />

261.20grams,<br />

150grams ÷ 261.20grams x 100 = 57.43% Weld Metal Recovery (Process<br />

Efficiency).<br />

e.g. Ferrocraft 22 Ø3.2mm x 380mm.<br />

Plate before welding: 2kg - 2.167kg Plate after welding = 167grams,<br />

weight of five (5) electrodes, Ø3.2mm x 380mm long before welding =<br />

281.50grams,<br />

167grams ÷ 281.50grams x 100 = 59.33% Weld Metal Recovery (Process<br />

Efficiency).<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

559


DEPOSITION DATA<br />

GENERAL PROCESS EFFICIENCIES<br />

Welding Process<br />

Average Efficiency<br />

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) & Oxy-Acetylene Welding (OAW) 100%<br />

Manual Metal Arc Welding (MMAW) 60%<br />

Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Short Arc, Ar + 25% CO2 92%<br />

Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Spray Arc, Ar + 25% CO2 95%<br />

Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) Pulse Arc, Ar + 25% CO2 98%<br />

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) E70T-4 types, self shielded 82%<br />

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) E71T-1 types, Ar + 25% CO2 85%<br />

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) E70T-5 types, Ar + 25% CO2 88%<br />

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) E70C-6M types, Ar + 25% CO2 92%<br />

Stoody Flux Cored Hardfacing Wires Gas shielded 80%<br />

GMAW and FCAW average efficiencies can vary in result depending upon the shielding gases used, machine settings, stick out, spatter losses, wire sniped off before starts etc.<br />

CONSUMABLE WEIGHT CALCULATION<br />

6<br />

Required Welding<br />

(Area x 1 in M x 7900 KG)<br />

Consumable In KG = See detail below X Length In M<br />

(Deposition efficiency as a percentage / 100)<br />

See detail above<br />

The Above formula will calculate your required weld metal using a particular welding consumable process in KG per Metre of weld.<br />

(Area x 1 in M x 7900 KG)<br />

Area can be calculated using the equations on page 560. By multiplying the area by 1 will give us a volume of weld metal required for every 1 metre of weld. We then<br />

multiply the volume by the weight of steel at 7900 KG per Cubic Metre to give us a weight in KG per Metre of weld.<br />

For ease of calculation we have included a series of tables on page 556 & 557. This can be used in the equation above in place of (Area x 1 in M x 7900 KG). The tables<br />

can be used as follows.<br />

Simply select the shapes from the above samples and read the relevant tables on the following page to determine the weight of weld metal in KG for every M of<br />

weld. Add each of the shapes together that make up your weld and insert in the equation above in place of (Area x 1 in M x 7900 KG). You can add 2 x Triangles<br />

together to get your total weld weight for a butt weld with 2 preps. In the Triangle table we have included the legth of the top of the weld so you can calculate the<br />

width of the Cap.<br />

(Deposition efficiency as a percentage / 100) See detail above<br />

Deposition efficiency is expressed as a percentage on this page above. Divide this percentage by 100 to convert to a decimal.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

TRIANGLE<br />

T<br />

Where<br />

T = Plate Thickness<br />

W = Width for Cap<br />

RECTANGLE<br />

T<br />

Where<br />

T = Plate Thickness<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

560 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD<br />

F<br />

W<br />

X = Bevel angle<br />

W = Width<br />

W<br />

X<br />

TRIANGLE Weight of Weld Metal in KG/M of weld<br />

For Filet calculations use 45 degrees and F being the Fillet length<br />

X (Angle in degrees)<br />

15 20 30 45 60 70<br />

KG/M W KG/M W KG/M W KG/M W F KG/M W KG/M W<br />

3.15 0.01 0.8 0.01 1.1 0.02 1.8 0.04 3.2 6.0 0.07 5.5 0.11 8.7<br />

4.2 0.02 1.1 0.03 1.5 0.04 2.4 0.07 4.2 8.0 0.12 7.3 0.19 11.5<br />

5.25 0.03 1.4 0.04 1.9 0.06 3.0 0.11 5.3 10.0 0.19 9.1 0.30 14.4<br />

6 0.04 1.6 0.05 2.2 0.08 3.5 0.14 6.0 11.4 0.25 10.4 0.39 16.5<br />

8 0.07 2.1 0.09 2.9 0.15 4.6 0.25 8.0 15.2 0.44 13.9 0.69 22.0<br />

10 0.11 2.7 0.14 3.6 0.23 5.8 0.40 10.0 19.0 0.68 17.3 1.09 27.5<br />

12 0.15 3.2 0.21 4.4 0.33 6.9 0.57 12.0 22.8 0.99 20.8 1.56 33.0<br />

14 0.21 3.8 0.28 5.1 0.45 8.1 0.77 14.0 26.7 1.34 24.2 2.13 38.5<br />

16 0.27 4.3 0.37 5.8 0.58 9.2 1.01 16.0 30.5 1.75 27.7 2.78 44.0<br />

18 0.34 4.8 0.47 6.6 0.74 10.4 1.28 18.0 34.3 2.22 31.2 3.52 49.5<br />

20 0.42 5.4 0.58 7.3 0.91 11.5 1.58 20.0 38.1 2.74 34.6 4.34 54.9<br />

22 0.51 5.9 0.70 8.0 1.10 12.7 1.91 22.0 41.9 3.31 38.1 5.25 60.4<br />

24 0.61 6.4 0.83 8.7 1.31 13.9 2.28 24.0 45.7 3.94 41.6 6.25 65.9<br />

25 0.66 6.7 0.90 9.1 1.43 14.4 2.47 25.0 47.6 4.28 43.3 6.78 68.7<br />

26 0.72 7.0 0.97 9.5 1.54 15.0 2.67 26.0 49.5 4.62 45.0 7.34 71.4<br />

28 0.83 7.5 1.13 10.2 1.79 16.2 3.10 28.0 53.3 5.36 48.5 8.51 76.9<br />

30 0.95 8.0 1.29 10.9 2.05 17.3 3.56 30.0 57.1 6.16 52.0 9.77 82.4<br />

32 1.08 8.6 1.47 11.6 2.34 18.5 4.04 32.0 60.9 7.01 55.4 11.1 87.9<br />

34 1.22 9.1 1.66 12.4 2.64 19.6 4.57 34.0 64.7 7.91 58.9 12.5 93.4<br />

36 1.37 9.6 1.86 13.1 2.96 20.8 5.12 36.0 68.5 8.87 62.4 14.1 98.9<br />

38 1.53 10.2 2.08 13.8 3.29 21.9 5.70 38.0 72.3 9.88 65.8 15.7 104<br />

40 1.69 10.7 2.30 14.6 3.65 23.1 6.32 40.0 76.1 10.9 69.3 17.4 110<br />

RECTANGLE Weight of Weld Metal in KG/M of weld<br />

W (Width in mm)<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 20<br />

6 0.05 0.09 0.14 0.19 0.24 0.28 0.33 0.38 0.43 0.47 0.57 0.71 0.95<br />

8 0.06 0.13 0.19 0.25 0.32 0.38 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.76 0.95 1.26<br />

10 0.08 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.71 0.79 0.95 1.19 1.58<br />

12 0.09 0.19 0.28 0.38 0.47 0.57 0.66 0.76 0.85 0.95 1.14 1.42 1.90<br />

14 0.11 0.22 0.33 0.44 0.55 0.66 0.77 0.88 1.00 1.11 1.33 1.66 2.21<br />

16 0.13 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.76 0.88 1.01 1.14 1.26 1.52 1.90 2.53<br />

18 0.14 0.28 0.43 0.57 0.71 0.85 1.00 1.14 1.28 1.42 1.71 2.13 2.84<br />

20 0.16 0.32 0.47 0.63 0.79 0.95 1.11 1.26 1.42 1.58 1.90 2.37 3.16<br />

22 0.17 0.35 0.52 0.70 0.87 1.04 1.22 1.39 1.56 1.74 2.09 2.61 3.48<br />

A (Plate Thickness in mm)<br />

T (Plate Thickness in mm)<br />

24 0.19 0.38 0.57 0.76 0.95 1.14 1.33 1.52 1.71 1.90 2.28 2.84 3.79<br />

25 0.20 0.40 0.59 0.79 0.99 1.19 1.38 1.58 1.78 1.98 2.37 2.96 3.95<br />

26 0.21 0.41 0.62 0.82 1.03 1.23 1.44 1.64 1.85 2.05 2.46 3.08 4.11<br />

28 0.22 0.44 0.66 0.88 1.11 1.33 1.55 1.77 1.99 2.21 2.65 3.32 4.42<br />

30 0.24 0.47 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.66 1.90 2.13 2.37 2.84 3.56 4.74<br />

32 0.25 0.51 0.76 1.01 1.26 1.52 1.77 2.02 2.28 2.53 3.03 3.79 5.06<br />

34 0.27 0.54 0.81 1.07 1.34 1.61 1.88 2.15 2.42 2.69 3.22 4.03 5.37


DEPOSITION DATA<br />

CAP<br />

Where<br />

CH = Cap Height<br />

CW<br />

CW = Cap Width<br />

CH<br />

CAP Weight of Weld Metal in KG/M of weld<br />

CH (Cap Height in mm)<br />

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6<br />

5 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18<br />

6 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21<br />

7 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.17 0.21 0.25<br />

8 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.14 0.19 0.24 0.28<br />

10 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36<br />

12 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.36 0.43<br />

14 0.08 0.12 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.41 0.50<br />

15 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.36 0.44 0.53<br />

16 0.09 0.14 0.19 0.24 0.28 0.38 0.47 0.57<br />

18 0.11 0.16 0.21 0.27 0.32 0.43 0.53 0.64<br />

20 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.47 0.59 0.71<br />

22 0.13 0.20 0.26 0.33 0.39 0.52 0.65 0.78<br />

24 0.14 0.21 0.28 0.36 0.43 0.57 0.71 0.85<br />

25 0.15 0.22 0.30 0.37 0.44 0.59 0.74 0.89<br />

26 0.15 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.46 0.62 0.77 0.92<br />

28 0.17 0.25 0.33 0.41 0.50 0.66 0.83 1.00<br />

30 0.18 0.27 0.36 0.44 0.53 0.71 0.89 1.07<br />

35 0.21 0.31 0.41 0.52 0.62 0.83 1.04 1.24<br />

40 0.24 0.36 0.47 0.59 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42<br />

CW (Cap Width in mm)<br />

CIGWELD SOLID AND FLUX CORED WIRES, DEPOSITION AND WELD METAL RECOVERY RATES<br />

The following Table lists some popular CIGWELD consumables and their Deposition and Weld Metal Recovery Rates:<br />

CIGWELD <strong>Product</strong> Size (mm) Volts Amps WFS m/min Deposition Rate kg/hr Weld Metal Recovery<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 0.8 20 150 12.0 2.5 96%<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 0.9 26 180 12.0 3.1 96%<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 1.0 28 240 13.5 4.8 95%<br />

Autocraft LW1-6 1.2 32 300 10.8 5.6 97%<br />

Autocraft Silicon Bronze 0.9 24 180 13.2 3.2 95%<br />

Autocraft 316LSi 0.9 22 180 10.0 2.8 97%<br />

Autocraft 316LSi 1.2 26 250 8.5 4.4 98%<br />

Autocraft AL5356 1.0 22 180 16.3 1.5 90%<br />

Autocraft AL5356 1.2 24 220 14.0 2.5 92%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 1.6 28 300 5.5 4.3 86%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 1.6 29 350 6.5 5.4 87%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 1.6 30 400 7.0 6.0 89%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 2.4 30 400 4.2 5.7 85%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 2.4 31 450 5.0 6.8 86%<br />

Satin-Cor XP 2.4 32 500 6.0 8.2 90%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.2 25 200 6.7 2.7 86%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.2 26 250 9.9 3.8 84%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.2 28 320 15.0 5.9 88%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.6 27 300 6.2 4.1 86%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.6 28 350 9.5 6.4 81%<br />

Verti-Cor 3XP 1.6 29 400 12.0 8.1 88%<br />

Metal-Cor XP 1.2 26 250 10.0 5.0 92%<br />

Metal-Cor XP 1.6 28 350 6.6 5.6 94%<br />

Supre-or 5 1.2 22 170 7.8 2.3 86%<br />

Supre-Cor 5 1.6 26 320 5.9 3.3 89%<br />

Tensi-Cor 110TXP 1.6 28 280 5.0 3.0 88%<br />

Tensi-Cor 110TXP 2.4 29 400 3.8 5.8 90%<br />

Shieldcrome 309LT 1.2 26 190 11.4 3.7 84%<br />

Shield-Cor 4XP 2.4 29 375 5.4 7.0 84%<br />

Shield-Cor 4XP 3.0 30 500 2.9 6.7 86%<br />

Shield-Cor 15 0.9 17 120 3.9 0.7 75%<br />

Shield-Cor 11 1.2 17 150 3.0 1.0 80%<br />

The information provided in this table is based on welding with constant voltage (C.V.) GMA Welding machines. Results may vary and are influenced on the job by<br />

shielding gases used, machine settings, stick out, spatter losses, wire sniped off before starts etc.<br />

6<br />

MANUAL ARC ELECTRODE CONSUMPTION CALCULATOR GUIDE<br />

Instructions for Use of this Data<br />

The following tables provide data on the approximate mass in kilograms<br />

required of the different types of electrodes for welding the various weld<br />

joints used throughout industry today. This data will aid in estimating material<br />

requirements and costs. The basis for the following tabulations is given<br />

below. Where variations from the given conditions or joint preparations are<br />

encountered, adjustments in the tabulated values must be made to compensate<br />

for such differences.<br />

Basis of Calculations<br />

Electrode requirements have been calculated as follows:<br />

Where M = Mass of electrodes required<br />

D = Mass of weld metal to be deposited<br />

E = Proportion of electrode lost<br />

M = D<br />

1 - E<br />

To arrive at the mass of weld metal to be deposited it is necessary to calculate<br />

first the volume of metal to be added (area of the cross section of the weld<br />

multiplied by the length). This volumetric value is converted to mass by<br />

multiplying by the factor 0.0079 kilograms per cubic centimetre for steel.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

561


DEPOSITION DATA<br />

SQUARE BUTT JOINTS, WELDED BOTH SIDES<br />

Joint Dimensions kg of electrodes per linear metre of weld* (Approx.) kg of weldmetal deposited per liner metre of weld (Approx.)<br />

Plate Thickness Root Gap (R) With Reinforcement** With Reinforcement**<br />

3mm 0 0.23 0.14<br />

1mm 0.26 0.16<br />

5mm 1mm 0.38 0.23<br />

1.6mm 0.41 0.25<br />

6mm 1.6mm 0.48 0.29<br />

2.5mm 0.56 0.34<br />

* Includes spatter losses and 50mm stub end loss.<br />

** Height of Reinforcement = 2mm.<br />

HORIZONTAL-VERTICAL (HV) FILLET WELDS<br />

6<br />

Fillet Weld leg length Dimensions kg of electrodes per linear metre of weld* (Approx.) kg of weldmetal deposited per iner metre of weld (Approx.)<br />

3mm 0.06 0.04<br />

5mm 0.16 0.10<br />

6mm 0.24 0.14<br />

8mm 0.42 0.25<br />

10mm 0.65 0.39<br />

12mm 0.95 0.57<br />

16mm 1.68 1.01<br />

20mm 2.62 1.57<br />

25mm 4.10 2.46<br />

* Fillet weld figures are calculated based on true mitre fillets. Convex or overwelded fillets can increase these figures by 33% or more.<br />

SINGLE VEE BUTT JOINTS, (SINGLE GROOVE BUTTS)<br />

Fillet Weld leg length Dimensions kg of electrodes per linear metre of weld* (Approx.) kg of weldmetal deposited per iner metre of weld (Approx.)<br />

Plate Root Root With Reinforcement** With Reinforcement**<br />

Thickness Face (F) Gap (R)<br />

6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 0.39 0.23<br />

8mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 0.63 0.38<br />

10mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 0.87 0.52<br />

12mm 3mm 3mm 1.33 0.80<br />

16mm 3mm 3mm 2.22 1.33<br />

20mm 3mm 3mm 3.37 2.02<br />

25mm 3mm 3mm 5.14 3.08<br />

* Includes spatter, 50mm stub ends and back gouging losses.<br />

** Height of Reinforcement = 2mm.<br />

DOUBLE VEE BUTT JOINTS, WELDED BOTH SIDES (DOUBLE GROOVE BUTTS)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Fillet Weld leg length Dimensions kg of electrodes per linear metre of weld* (Approx.) kg of weldmetal deposited per iner metre of weld (Approx.)<br />

Plate Root Root With Reinforcement** With Reinforcement**<br />

Thickness Face (F) Gap (R)<br />

12mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 0.92 0.55<br />

16mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.46 0.88<br />

20mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 2.12 1.27<br />

25mm 3mm 3mm 3.33 2.00<br />

* Includes spatter, 50mm stub ends and back gouging losses.<br />

** Height of Reinforcement = 2mm.<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

562 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


DEPOSITION DATA<br />

1. GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW - MIG) WIRES FOR MILD AND LOW ALLOY STEELS<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.6<br />

gms of wire per metre 2.2 4 4.85 8.5 15.7<br />

metres of wire per kg 450 254 200 113 63<br />

2. FLUX CORED ARC WELDING (FCAW) WIRES FOR MILD AND LOW ALLOY STEELS<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4<br />

gms of wire per metre 7.5 13 21 28.5<br />

metres of wire per kg 132 77 50 36<br />

3. SUBMERGED ARC WELDING (SAW) WIRES FOR MILD AND LOW ALLOY STEELS<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 2.4 3.2<br />

gms of wire per metre 35.5 63<br />

metres of wire per kg 28 16<br />

6<br />

4. STAINLESS STEEL GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW - MIG) WIRES<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6<br />

gms of wire per metre 5.1 9 16<br />

metres of wire per kg 198 111 63<br />

5. ALUMINIUM GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW - MIG) WIRES<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 0.9 1.2 1.6<br />

gms of wire per metre 1.7 3.1 5.4<br />

metres of wire per kg 582 327.5 184<br />

6. AUTOPAK GAS METAL ARC WELDING (GMAW - MIG) WIRES<br />

WIRE SIZE (mm) 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6<br />

gms of wire per metre 4.85 6.1 8.5 15.7<br />

km of wire / 300kg Pack 62 49 35 16 (250kg Pack)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

563


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

MATHEMATICAL SYMBOLS<br />

Plus or Positive<br />

Approximately Equal To<br />

Less Than or Equal To<br />

Difference<br />

Minus or Negative<br />

Of the Order Of or Similar To<br />

Square Root Of<br />

Therefore<br />

Plus or Minus<br />

Positive or Negative<br />

Greater Than<br />

Infinity<br />

Pi<br />

Multiply By<br />

Less Than<br />

Proportional To<br />

Parallel To<br />

Divided By<br />

Not Greater Than<br />

Sum Of<br />

Perpendicular To<br />

Equal To<br />

Not Less Than<br />

<strong>Product</strong> Of<br />

Is To (Ratio)<br />

Not Equal To<br />

Greater Than or Equal To<br />

6<br />

SH<br />

d<br />

h<br />

R<br />

D<br />

Frustum of a Right Cone<br />

Apex Height = H, H = D x h<br />

D - d<br />

Side Height = SH,<br />

SH = √R 2 + h 2<br />

H<br />

H d<br />

h<br />

S<br />

D<br />

Frustum of an Oblique Cone<br />

Apex Height = H,<br />

H = D x h<br />

D - d<br />

Horizontal Distance = Y,<br />

Y = D x S<br />

D - d<br />

b<br />

a<br />

c<br />

Pythagoras Theorem<br />

a = √c 2 - b 2<br />

b = √c 2 - a 2<br />

c = √a 2 + b 2<br />

D<br />

Square Plate from Circular Plate<br />

For the area of the largest square<br />

plate that can be cut from a circular<br />

plate<br />

A = D 2<br />

2<br />

S<br />

S<br />

Length of side of largest square<br />

plate.<br />

S = 0.7071 x D, D = 1.4142 x S<br />

GEOMETRIC SHAPES - PERIMETERS AND AREAS<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

Square S<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = 4 x S<br />

Area = A<br />

A = S x S<br />

A = S 2<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

R<br />

D<br />

B<br />

B<br />

Rectangle<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = 2 (B + H)<br />

Area = A<br />

A = B x H<br />

R<br />

D<br />

H<br />

H<br />

H<br />

B<br />

B<br />

H<br />

Triangle<br />

Perimeter B = P B<br />

P = Sum of 3 sides<br />

Area = A<br />

A = B x H<br />

2 B<br />

H<br />

B<br />

L<br />

H<br />

L<br />

b<br />

c<br />

a<br />

b<br />

c<br />

Scalene Triangle<br />

Perimeter = P a<br />

P = a + b + c<br />

Area = A<br />

A = √S (S - a) (S - b) (S - c)<br />

S = a + b + c<br />

B<br />

B<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Equilateral Triangle<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = 3 x S<br />

Area = A<br />

A = 0.433 L x S 2<br />

2<br />

L<br />

Circle<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = π x D<br />

D = P<br />

π<br />

Area = A<br />

A = π x D 2<br />

4<br />

A = πR 2<br />

Trapezium<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = Sum of 4 Sides<br />

Area = A<br />

A = H x (L + B)<br />

2<br />

Hexagon<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = 6 x S<br />

Area = A<br />

A = 0.866 x B 2<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

564 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


S<br />

D<br />

L<br />

FACTS & FIGURES<br />

GEOMETRIC SHAPES - PERIMETERS AND AREAS CONT.<br />

L<br />

Octagon<br />

Perimeter = P<br />

P = 8 x S<br />

Area = A<br />

A = 0.828 x L2<br />

GEOMETRIC SHAPES - SURFACE AREA, LENGTH OF WELDING AND VOLUMES<br />

B<br />

L<br />

H<br />

D<br />

R<br />

H<br />

SH<br />

D<br />

R<br />

H<br />

D<br />

6<br />

Rectangular & Square Tanks<br />

Surface Area = SA<br />

SA = 2 (L x B) + 2 (L x H) + 2 (B x H)<br />

Length of Welding = LW<br />

LW = 4L + 4B + 4H<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = L x B x H<br />

Cylinder<br />

Surface Area = SA<br />

SA = π x D x H + 2 x π x D 2<br />

4<br />

Length of Welding = LW<br />

LW = 2 x π x D + H<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = π x R 2 x H<br />

or<br />

V = 0.7854 x D 2 x H<br />

Cone<br />

Surface Area = SA<br />

SA = π x D x SH + π x D 2<br />

2 4<br />

SH = √H 2 + R 2<br />

Length of Welding = LW<br />

LW = π x D = SH<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = π x R 2 x H<br />

3<br />

V = 0.2618 x D 2 x H<br />

Sphere<br />

Surface Area = SA<br />

SA = π x D 2<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = π x D 3<br />

6<br />

or<br />

V = 0.5236 x D 3<br />

d<br />

W<br />

d<br />

MD<br />

D<br />

D<br />

h<br />

H<br />

B<br />

L<br />

1 m 3 contains 1000 litres.<br />

1 litre of water has a mass of 1kg.<br />

1 m 3 of water has a mass of 1000 kg<br />

Annulus<br />

Surface Area = SA<br />

SA = π x MD x W<br />

or<br />

SA = π (D 2 - d 2 )<br />

4<br />

or<br />

SA = 0.7854 (D2 - d2)<br />

Hollow Cylinder<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = π x H (D 2 - d 2 )<br />

or<br />

V = 0.7854 x H (D 2 - d 2 )<br />

Triangular Prism<br />

Volume = V<br />

V = H x B x L<br />

2<br />

Pythagoras Therom<br />

Sin Ø =<br />

Cos Ø =<br />

Tan Ø =<br />

Opposite<br />

Hypotenuse<br />

Adjacent<br />

Hypotenuse<br />

Opposite<br />

Adjacent<br />

Ø<br />

Hypotenuse<br />

Adjacent<br />

Opposite<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

565


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

COMMON WELDING CONVERSION DATA<br />

6<br />

Electrode Sizes Pack Weights Pack Weights Lengths<br />

Imperial Unit Metric Unit Imperial Unit Metric Unit Metric Unit Imperial Unit Imperial Unit Metric Unit<br />

.025” 0.6mm 1lb .45kg 1kg 2.20lb 2” 50.8mm<br />

.030” 0.8mm 2lb .91kg 2.5kg 5.50lb 4” 101.6mm<br />

.035” 0.9mm 5lb 2.27kg 5kg 11.02lb 6” 152.4mm<br />

.040” 1.0mm 10lb 4.54kg 10kg 22.05lb 8” 203.4mm<br />

.045” 1.2mm 16lb 7.26kg 15kg 33.07lb 10” 254mm<br />

.052” 1.3mm 20lb 9.07kg 17kg 37.48lb 12” 304.8mm<br />

1/16” 1.6mm 25lb 11.34kg 25kg 55.11lb 14” 355.6mm<br />

5/64” 2.0mm 30lb 13.61kg 30kg 66.14lb 15” 381mm<br />

3/32” 2.4mm 33lb 14.97kg 50kg 110.23lb 16” 406.4mm<br />

7/64” 2.8mm 40lb 18.14kg 60kg 132.27lb 17” 431.8mm<br />

.120” 3.0mm 45lb 21.77kg 70kg 154.32lb 18” 457.2mm<br />

1/8” 3.2mm 50lb 22.68kg 100kg 220.46lb 20” 508mm<br />

5/32” 4.0mm 250lb 113.40kg 250kg 551.15lb 22” 558.8mm<br />

3/16” 4.8mm 400lb 181.44kg 300kg 661.37lb 26” 660.4mm<br />

7/32” 5.6mm 500lb 226.80kg 500kg 1102.29lb 30” 762mm<br />

1/4” 6.4mm 600lb 272.16kg 810kg 1785.71lb 36” 914.4mm<br />

5/16” 8.0mm 700lb 317.52kg 918kg 2023.81lb 39” 990.6mm<br />

3/8” 9.5mm 1000lb 453.60kg 1000kg 2204.58lb 40” 1016mm<br />

CONVERSION DATA<br />

Imperial to Metric Metric to Imperial Imperial to Metric Metric to Imperial<br />

Length<br />

Weight & Gas Flow<br />

inch x 25.4 = mm mm x 0.0394 = inch oz x 28.349 = grams grams x 0.035 = oz<br />

inch x 2.54 = cm cm x 0.394 = inch stones x 6.350 = kg kg x 0.157 = stones<br />

feet x 0.3048 = metre metre x 3.281 = feet lb x 0.4536 = kg kg x 2.2045 = lb<br />

mile x 1.609 = km km x 0.621 = miles cft/hr x 0.4719 = L/min L/min x 2.119 = cft/hr<br />

Energy & Speed<br />

Pressure & Stress<br />

ft.lb x 1.35582 = joules joules x 0.73756 = ft.lb psi x 6.895 = kPa kPa x 0.14504 = psi<br />

ft/min x 0.305 = m/min m/min x 3.281 = ft/min psi x 0.006895 = MPa MPa x 145.04 = psi<br />

in/sec x 2.54 = cm/sec cm/sec x 0.394 = in/sec psi x 0.006895 = N/mm2 N/mm2 x 145.04 = psi<br />

in/min x 0.423 = mm/sec mm/sec x 0.394 = in/min psi x 0.0703 = kg/cm2 kg/cm2 x 14.223 = psi<br />

in/min x 0.0254 = m/min m/min x 393.78 = in/min ksi x 6.895 = MPa MPa x 0.14504 = ksi<br />

Deposition Rate<br />

Heat Input = Joules (Volts x Amps x 60 ÷ WFS)<br />

lb/hr x 0.4536 = kg/hr kg/hr x 2.2045 = lb/hr J/inch x 39.37 = J/metre J/metre x .0254 = J/inch<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

566 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

INCH TO MILLIMETRE CONVERSION<br />

INCHES INCHES mm INCHES INCHES mm<br />

1/64 .0156 .40 .5118 13<br />

.0197 .5 33/64 .5156 13.10<br />

1/32 .0313 .79 17/32 .5313 13.49<br />

.0394 1 .5315 13.5<br />

3/64 .0469 1.19 35/64 .5469 13.89<br />

.0591 1.5 .5512 14<br />

1/16 .0625 1.59 9/16 .5625 14.29<br />

5/64 .0781 1.98 .5709 14.5<br />

.0787 2 37/64 .5781 14.68<br />

3/32 .0938 2.38 .5906 15<br />

.0984 2.5 19/32 .5938 15.08<br />

7/64 .1094 2.78 39/64 .6094 15.48<br />

.1181 3 .6102 15.5<br />

1/8 .1250 3.18 5/8 .6250 15.88<br />

.1378 3.5 .6299 16<br />

9/64 .1406 3.57 41/64 .6406 16.27<br />

5/32 .1563 3.97 .6496 16.5<br />

.1575 4 21/32 .6563 16.67<br />

11/64 .1719 4.37 .6693 17<br />

.1772 4.5 43/64 .6719 17.07<br />

3/16 .1875 4.76 11/16 .6875 17.46<br />

.1969 5 .6890 17.5<br />

13/64 .1969 5.16 45/64 .7031 17.86<br />

.2031 5.5 .7087 18<br />

7/32 .2188 5.56 23/32 .7188 18.26<br />

15/64 .2344 5.95 .7283 18.5<br />

.2362 6 47/64 .7344 18.65<br />

1/4 .2500 6.35 .7480 19<br />

.2559 6.5 3/4 .7500 19.05<br />

17/64 .2656 6.75 49/64 .7656 19.45<br />

.2756 7 .7677 19.5<br />

9/32 .2813 7.14 25/32 .7813 19.84<br />

.2953 7.5 .7874 20<br />

19/64 .2969 7.54 51/64 .7969 20.24<br />

5/16 .3125 7.94 .8071 20.5<br />

.3150 8 13/16 .8125 20.64<br />

21/64 .3281 8.33 .8268 21<br />

.3346 8.5 53/64 .8281 21.03<br />

11/32 .3438 8.73 27/32 .8438 21. 43<br />

.3543 9 .8465 21.5<br />

23/64 .3594 9.13 55/64 .8594 21.83<br />

.3740 9.5 .8661 22<br />

3/8 .3750 9.53 7/8 .8750 22.23<br />

25/64 .3906 9.92 .8858 22.5<br />

.3937 10 57/64 .8906 22.62<br />

13/32 .4063 10.32 .9055 23<br />

.4134 10.5 29/32 .9063 23.02<br />

27/64 .4219 10.72 59/64 .9219 23.42<br />

.4331 11 .9252 23.5<br />

7/16 .4375 11.11 15/16 .9375 23.81<br />

.4528 11.5 .9449 24<br />

29/64 .4531 11.51 61/64 .9531 24.21<br />

15/32 .4688 11.91 .9646 24.5<br />

.4724 12 31/32 .9688 24.61<br />

31/64 .4844 12.30 .9843 25<br />

.4921 12.5 63/64 .9844 25<br />

1/2 .5000 12.7 1.0000 25.4<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

567


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

CONVERSION TABLES - TRAVEL AND WIRE FEED SPEEDS CONT.<br />

6<br />

Inches per min feet per hour mm per min cm per min metres per min metres per hour<br />

3 15 75 7.5 .075 4.5<br />

4 20 100 10.0 .100 6.0<br />

5 25 125 12.5 .125 7.5<br />

6 30 150 15.0 .150 9.0<br />

8 40 205 20.5 .205 12.3<br />

10 50 255 25.5 .255 15.3<br />

12 60 305 30.5 .305 18.3<br />

14 70 355 35.5 .355 21.3<br />

16 80 405 40.5 .405 24.3<br />

18 90 455 45.5 .455 27.3<br />

20 100 510 51.0 .510 30.6<br />

22 110 560 56.0 .560 33.6<br />

24 120 610 61.0 .610 36.6<br />

26 130 660 66.0 .660 39.6<br />

28 140 710 71.0 .710 42.6<br />

30 150 760 76.0 .760 45.6<br />

32 160 810 81.0 .810 48.6<br />

34 170 865 86.5 .865 51.9<br />

36 180 915 91.5 .915 54.9<br />

38 190 965 96.5 .965 57.9<br />

40 200 1015 101.5 1.015 60.9<br />

45 225 1150 115.0 1.150 69.0<br />

50 250 1275 127.5 1.275 76.5<br />

55 276 1400 140.0 1.400 84.0<br />

60 300 1525 152.5 1.525 91.5<br />

65 325 1650 165.0 1.650 99.0<br />

70 350 1775 177.5 1.775 107.0<br />

75 375 1900 190.0 1.900 114.0<br />

80 400 2030 203.0 2.03 122.0<br />

85 425 2160 216.0 2.16 129.5<br />

90 450 2285 228.5 2.29 137.5<br />

95 475 2410 241.0 2.41 144.5<br />

100 500 2540 254.0 2.54 152.<br />

Inches per min feet per hour mm per min cm per min metres per min metres per hour<br />

110 2.80 200 5.10 425 10.80<br />

120 3.05 225 5.70 450 11.45<br />

130 3.30 250 6.35 475 12.10<br />

140 3.55 275 7.00 500 12.70<br />

150 3.80 300 7.60 525 13.30<br />

160 4.05 325 8.25 550 13.95<br />

170 4.30 350 8.90 575 14.60<br />

180 4.55 375 9.50 600 15.25<br />

190 4.90 400 10.15 625 15.90<br />

Some of the above figures are “rounded”.<br />

Conversion:<br />

inches/min. x 5 = feet/hour<br />

mm/min. x .6 = metres/hour<br />

inches/min. x 25.4 = mm/min.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

568 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

METRIC MULTIPLYING FACTORS<br />

Name Prefix Symbol Value<br />

Mega M x106<br />

Kilo k x103<br />

Hecto h x102<br />

Deca da x10<br />

deci d x10-1<br />

centi c x10-2<br />

milli m x10-3<br />

micro µ x10-6<br />

SYMBOLS FOR ELEMENTS<br />

Ac Actinium Ge Germanium Pr Praseodymium<br />

Ag Silver H Hydrogen Pt Platinum<br />

Al Aluminium He Helium Pu Plutonium<br />

Am Americium Hf Hafnium Ra Radium<br />

Ar Argon Hg Mercury Rb Rubidium<br />

As Arsenic Ho Holmium Re Rhenium<br />

At Astatine I Iodine Rh Rhodium<br />

Au Gold In Indium Rn Radon<br />

B Boron Ir Iridium Ru Ruthenium<br />

Ba Barium K Potassium S Sulphur<br />

Be Beryllium Kr Krypton Sb Antimony<br />

Bi Bismuth La Lanthanum Sc Scandium<br />

Bk Berkelium Li Lithium Se Selenium<br />

Br Bromine Lr Lawrencium Si Silicon<br />

C Carbon Lu lutetium Sm Samarium<br />

Ca Calcium Md Mendelevium Sn Tin<br />

Cd Cadmium Mg Magnesium Sr Strontium<br />

Ce Cerium Mn Manganese Ta Tantalum<br />

Cf Californium Mo Molybdenum Tb Terbium<br />

Cl Chlorine N Nitrogen Tc Technetium<br />

Cm Curium Na Sodium Te Tellurium<br />

Co Cobalt Nb Niobium Th Thorium<br />

Cr Chromium Nd Neodymium Ti Titanium<br />

Cs Caesium Ne Neon Tl Thallium<br />

Cu Copper Ni Nickel Tm Thulium<br />

Dy Dysprosium No Nobelium U Uranium<br />

Er Erbium Np Neptunium V Vanadium<br />

Es Einsteinium O Oxygen W Tungsten<br />

Eu Europium Os Osmium Xe Xenon<br />

F Fluorine Ph Phosphorus Y Yttrium<br />

Fe Iron Pa Protactinium Yb Ytterbium<br />

Fm Fermium Pb Lead Zn Zinc<br />

Fr Francium Pd Palladium Zr Zirconium<br />

Ga Gallium Pm Promethium<br />

Gd Gadolinium Po Polonium<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

569


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

COMWELD RODS PER KG.<br />

Diameter mm Steel (750 mm) Copper and Bronze (750 mm) Aluminium (1 metre) Cast Iron (700 mm)<br />

1.6 84 68 185 -<br />

2.4 37 34 82 -<br />

3.2 21 19 46 -<br />

5.0 9 8 19 8<br />

6.3 5.5 5 12 4.3<br />

Chart shows approximate number of COMWELD welding rods per kg.<br />

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF METALS<br />

6<br />

Element and Symbol Atomic Weight Melting Point ˚C *Specific Heat Density gms/cm3<br />

Aluminium (Al) 26.97 660 0.211 2.78<br />

Antimony (Sb) 121.76 630 0.050 6.68<br />

Barium (Ba) 137.36 704 0.068 3.75<br />

Bismuth (Bi) 209.00 271 0.030 9.80<br />

Cadmium (Cd) 112.41 321 0.056 8.64<br />

Caesium (Cs) 132.91 30 0.054 1.87<br />

Calcium (Ca) 40.08 850 0.158 1.55<br />

Cerium (Ce) 140.13 804 0.045 6.92<br />

Chromium (Cr) 52.01 1800 0.111 7.1<br />

Cobalt (Cp) 58.94 1492 0.103 8.6<br />

Copper (Cu) 63.54 1083 0.093 8.93<br />

Gold (Au) 197.0 1063 0.031 19.32<br />

Iridium (Ir) 192.2 2443 0.031 22.65<br />

Iron, Wrought (fe) 55.85 1535 0.109 7.87<br />

Lead (Pb) 207.21 327 0.031 11.37<br />

Magnesium (Mg) 24.32 650 0.245 1.74<br />

Manganese (Mn) 54.94 1240 0.107 7.44<br />

Mercury (Hg) 200.61 -39 0.033 13.56<br />

Molybdenum (Mo) 95.95 2625 0.065 10.0<br />

Nickel (Ni) 58.69 1453 0.109 8.9<br />

Platinium (pt) 195.09 1769 0.032 21.45<br />

Potassium (K) 39.1 63 0.177 0.862<br />

Rhodium (Rh) 102.91 1960 0.058 12.41<br />

Silver (Ag) 107.88 961 0.056 10.5<br />

Sodium (Na) 22.991 98 0.296 0.971<br />

Strontium (Sr) 87.63 770 - 2.6<br />

Tellerium (Te) 127.61 452 0.048 6.24<br />

Tin (Sn) 118.70 232 0.056 7.29<br />

Titanium (Ti) 47.90 1660 0.126 4.5<br />

Tungsten (W) 183.92 3380 0.034 19.3<br />

Uranium (U) 238.07 1132 0.028 18.7<br />

Vanadium (V) 50.95 1730 0.115 6.0<br />

Zinc (Zn) 65.38 419 0.094 7.1<br />

*In cal / gm / ˚C<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

570 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

COMPARISON OF HARDNESS SCALES<br />

Vickers hardness Brinell (steel ball HB) Rockwell hardness Approx. Tensile<br />

(diamond pyramid) 3000 kg load (direct reading test) Strength MPa<br />

H.V. 30 kg load<br />

HRc<br />

100 95 - 327<br />

120 115 - 393<br />

140 135 - 455<br />

160 150 - 527<br />

180 170 - 598<br />

200 190 - 658<br />

220 210 - 723<br />

240 230 20 780<br />

260 250 24 850<br />

280 265 27 923<br />

300 285 30 972<br />

320 305 32 1041<br />

340 320 34 1102<br />

360 340 37 1166<br />

380 360 39 1231<br />

400 380 41 1290<br />

420 395 43 1355<br />

440 415 45 1417<br />

460 435 46 1481<br />

480 450 48 1546<br />

500 470 49 1610<br />

520 485 51 1674<br />

540 505 52 1739<br />

560 520 53 1802<br />

580 535 54 1868<br />

600 520 55 1922<br />

620 535 56 1984<br />

640 550 57 2015<br />

660 565 58 2069<br />

680 580 59 2108<br />

700 590 60 2150<br />

725 605 61 -<br />

750 615 62 -<br />

800 625 64 -<br />

850 640 66 -<br />

900 - 67 -<br />

950 - 68 -<br />

1000 - 69 -<br />

1100 - 71 -<br />

1200 - 72 -<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

571


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

MASSES OF COMMON METALS<br />

6<br />

Specific Gravity kg / m 3 gms / cm 3<br />

Cast Iron 7.68 7688 7.67<br />

Steel 7.85 7849 7.85<br />

Copper 8.94 8938 8.91<br />

Tin Bronze 8.89 8899 8.9<br />

Brass 8.41 8441 8.44<br />

Zinc 7.14 6887 6.86<br />

Aluminium 2.69 2691 2.7<br />

Lead 11.34 11373 11.37<br />

Magnesium 1.74 1746 1.74<br />

Titanium 4.51 4517 4.51<br />

Tin 7.30 7304 7.30<br />

Stainless Steel (18/8) 7.93 7929 7.93<br />

Stainless Steel (16%Cr) 7.75 7720 7.72<br />

Stainless Steel (27%Cr) 7.61 7576 7.58<br />

Aluminium bronze 8.15 8089 8.11<br />

Phosphor bronze 8.85 8842 8.82<br />

Manganese bronze 8.35 8329 8.30<br />

Cupro-nickel 8.95 8970 8.94<br />

Nickel Silver 8.75 8730 8.71<br />

Everdur 8.55 8521 8.52<br />

Cusilman 8.55 8521 8.52<br />

Nickel 8.91 8858 8.85<br />

Monel 8.85 8810 8.80<br />

Inconel 8.55 8521 8.52<br />

CONVERSION TABLES - TRAVEL AND WIRE FEED SPEEDS<br />

inches/min. metres/min. inches/min. metres/min. inches/min. metres/min.<br />

110 2.80 200 5.10 425 10.80<br />

120 3.05 225 5.70 450 11.45<br />

130 3.30 250 6.35 475 12.10<br />

140 3.55 275 7.00 500 12.70<br />

150 3.80 300 7.60 525 13.30<br />

160 4.05 325 8.25 550 13.95<br />

170 4.30 350 8.90 575 14.60<br />

180 4.55 375 9.50 600 15.25<br />

190 4.90 400 10.15 625 15.90<br />

Some of the above figures are “rounded”.<br />

Conversion:<br />

inches/min. x 5 = feet/hour<br />

mm/min. x .6 = metres/hour<br />

inches/min. x 25.4 = mm/min.<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

572 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

TEMPERATURE CONVERSIONS<br />

To find a temperature conversion, read the centre column (the bold numbers) and read to the left side for degrees celsius (˚C) or the right side for degrees<br />

Fahrenheit (˚F). eg. 10˚F, reading the bold number, equals -12.2˚C in the left column, or 10˚C reading the bold number, equals 50˚F in the right column.<br />

˚C © ˚F ˚C © ˚F<br />

˚C © ˚F ˚C © ˚F<br />

-101 -150 -238 5.00 41 105.8<br />

-95.6 -140 -220 5.56 42 107.6<br />

-90.0 -130 -202 6.11 43 109.4<br />

-84.4 -120 -184 6.67 44 111.2<br />

-78.9 -110 -166 7.22 45 113.0<br />

-73.3 -100 -148 7.78 46 114.8<br />

-67.8 -90 -130 8.33 47 116.6<br />

-62.2 -80 -112 8.89 48 118.4<br />

-56.7 -70 -94 9.44 49 120.2<br />

-51.1 -60 -76 10.0 50 122.0<br />

-45.6 -50 -58 10.6 51 123.8<br />

-40.0 -40 -40 11.1 52 125.6<br />

-34.4 -30 -22 11.7 53 127.4<br />

-28.9 -20 -4 12.2 54 129.2<br />

-23.3 -10 14 12.8 55 131.0<br />

-17.8 0 32 13.3 56 132.8<br />

-17.2 1 33.8 13.9 57 134.6<br />

-16.7 2 35.6 14.4 58 136.4<br />

-16.1 3 37.4 15.0 59 138.2<br />

-15.6 4 39.2 15.6 60 140.0<br />

-15.0 5 41.0 16.1 61 141.8<br />

-14.4 6 42.8 16.7 62 143.6<br />

-13.9 7 44.6 17.2 63 145.4<br />

-13.3 8 46.4 17.8 64 147.2<br />

-12.8 9 48.2 18.3 65 149.0<br />

-12.2 10 50 18.9 66 150.8<br />

-11.7 11 51.8 19.4 67 152.6<br />

-11.1 12 53.6 20.0 68 154.4<br />

-10.6 13 55.4 20.6 69 156.2<br />

-10.0 14 57.2 21.1 70 158.0<br />

-9.44 15 59.0 21.7 71 159.8<br />

-8.89 16 60.8 22.2 72 161.6<br />

-8.33 17 62.6 22.8 73 163.4<br />

-7.78 18 64.4 23.3 74 165.2<br />

-7.22 19 66.2 23.9 75 167.0<br />

-6.67 20 68.0 24.4 76 168.8<br />

-6.11 21 69.8 25.0 77 170.6<br />

-5.56 22 71.6 25.6 78 172.4<br />

-5.00 23 73.4 26.1 79 174.2<br />

-4.44 24 75.2 26.7 80 176.0<br />

-3.89 25 77.0 27.2 81 177.8<br />

-3.33 26 78.8 27.8 82 179.6<br />

-2.78 27 80.6 28.3 83 181.4<br />

-2.22 28 82.4 28.9 84 183.2<br />

-1.67 29 84.2 29.4 85 185.0<br />

-1.11 30 86.0 30.0 86 186.8<br />

-0.56 31 87.8 30.6 87 188.6<br />

0 32 89.6 31.1 88 190.4<br />

0.56 33 91.4 31.7 89 192.2<br />

1.11 34 93.2 32.2 90 194.0<br />

1.67 35 95.0 32.8 91 195.8<br />

2.22 36 96.8 33.3 92 197.6<br />

2.78 37 98.6 33.9 93 199.4<br />

3.33 38 100.4 34.4 94 201.2<br />

3.89 39 102.2 35.0 95 203.0<br />

4.44 40 104.0 35.6 96 204.8<br />

TEMPERATURE CONVERSION FORMULA: ˚C = 5 x ( ˚F - 32 ) ˚F = ( 9 x ˚C ) + 32<br />

9 5<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

573


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

TEMPERATURE CONVERSIONS<br />

To find a temperature conversion, read the centre column (the bold numbers) and read to the left side for degrees celsius (˚C) or the right side for degrees<br />

Fahrenheit (˚F). eg. 250˚F, reading the bold number, equals 121˚C in the left column, or 10˚C reading the bold number, equals 482˚F in the right column.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

˚C © ˚F ˚C © ˚F<br />

˚C © ˚F ˚C © ˚F<br />

36.1 97 206.6 277 530 986<br />

36.7 98 208.4 282 540 1004<br />

37.2 99 210.2 288 550 1022<br />

38 100 212 293 560 1040<br />

43 110 230 299 570 1058<br />

49 120 248 304 580 1076<br />

54 130 266 310 590 1094<br />

60 140 284 316 600 1112<br />

66 150 302 321 610 1130<br />

71 160 320 327 620 1148<br />

77 170 338 332 630 1166<br />

82 180 356 338 640 1184<br />

88 190 374 343 650 1202<br />

93 200 392 349 660 1220<br />

99 210 410 354 670 1238<br />

100 212 413 360 680 1256<br />

104 220 428 366 690 1274<br />

110 230 446 371 700 1292<br />

116 240 464 377 710 1310<br />

121 250 482 382 720 1328<br />

127 260 500 388 730 1346<br />

132 270 518 393 740 1364<br />

138 280 536 399 750 1382<br />

143 290 554 404 760 1400<br />

149 300 572 410 770 1418<br />

154 310 590 416 780 1436<br />

160 320 608 421 790 1454<br />

166 330 626 427 800 1472<br />

171 340 644 432 810 1490<br />

177 350 662 438 820 1508<br />

182 360 680 443 830 1526<br />

188 370 698 449 840 1544<br />

193 380 716 454 850 1562<br />

199 390 734 460 860 1580<br />

204 400 752 466 870 1598<br />

210 410 770 471 880 1616<br />

216 420 788 477 890 1634<br />

221 430 806 482 900 1652<br />

227 440 824 488 910 1670<br />

232 450 842 493 920 1688<br />

238 460 860 499 930 1706<br />

243 470 878 504 940 1724<br />

249 480 896 510 950 1742<br />

254 490 914 516 960 1760<br />

260 500 932 521 970 1778<br />

266 510 950 527 980 1796<br />

271 520 968 532 990 1814<br />

TEMPERATURE CONVERSION FORMULA: ˚C = 5 x ( ˚F - 32 ) ˚F = ( 9 x ˚C ) + 32<br />

9 5<br />

538 1000 1832<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

574 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

STRENGTH AND IMPACT ENERGY DATA - CONVERSIONS<br />

STRENGTH CONVERSIONS<br />

IMPACT ENERGY CONVERSIONS<br />

MPa tonf/in 2 lbf/in 2 (x 1000) kgf/mm 2 kgfm joules ft lbf<br />

1400<br />

1350<br />

1300<br />

1250<br />

1200<br />

1150<br />

1100<br />

1050<br />

1000<br />

950<br />

900<br />

850<br />

800<br />

750<br />

700<br />

650<br />

600<br />

550<br />

500<br />

450<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

90<br />

85<br />

80<br />

75<br />

70<br />

65<br />

60<br />

55<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

200<br />

190<br />

180<br />

170<br />

160<br />

150<br />

140<br />

130<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

140<br />

135<br />

130<br />

125<br />

120<br />

115<br />

110<br />

105<br />

100<br />

95<br />

90<br />

85<br />

80<br />

75<br />

70<br />

65<br />

60<br />

55<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

17<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

160<br />

150<br />

140<br />

130<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

120<br />

110<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

6<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

575


FACTS & FIGURES<br />

GAS PRESSURES - GAS WELDING AND CUTTING<br />

Gas Welding:<br />

Acetylene Pressure 100 kPa (15 psi)<br />

Oxygen Pressure 100 kPa (15 psi)<br />

Gas Cutting: (Manual)<br />

Acetylene Pressure 100 kPa (15 psi)<br />

Oxygen Pressure 200 kPa (30 psi)<br />

Oxygen Cylinder:<br />

Pressure when full 13700 kPa (Approx. 2000 psi)<br />

Acetylene cylinder:<br />

Pressure when full 1550 kPa (Approx. 200 psi)<br />

Note: 15 psi = 100 kPa<br />

GAS PRESSURES - GAS WELDING AND CUTTING<br />

6<br />

Where preheating is required, the use of temperature-indicating crayons is strongly recommended as combining reasonable accuracy with convenience. Where<br />

these are not available, however, an approximate idea of temperature may be obtained by the use of temper colours. These are colours produced on a clean<br />

surface of the material due to extremely thin oxide films, and vary in colour with temperature. It should be noted that various alloying additions can have a<br />

marked effect on oxidation, and the colours and temperatures indicated below apply only to plain carbon or low alloy steels. In order to obtain a reasonable<br />

result the surface should be freshly ground, and care should be taken to avoid applying heat directly to the ground surface.<br />

TEMPER COLOURS<br />

Pale Straw<br />

Straw<br />

Dark Straw<br />

Brownish Red<br />

Violet<br />

Dark Blue<br />

Cornflour Blue<br />

Pale Blue<br />

Greyish Blue<br />

200˚C<br />

220˚C<br />

230˚C<br />

250˚C<br />

280˚C<br />

290˚C<br />

300˚C<br />

320˚C<br />

340˚C<br />

These colours are as seen by daylight and apply to plain carbon steels. They also apply only when the steel has been at temperature for a limited period,<br />

prolonged periods producing a colour indicative of a higher temperature.<br />

CHEMICAL NAMES AND FORMULA OF COMMON NAMES<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

COMMON NAME CHEMICAL NAME FORMULA DESCRIPTION<br />

Muriatic Acid or, Spirits of Salts Hydrochloric Acid HCl Strongly fuming colourless liquid<br />

Oil of Vitriol Sulphuric Acid H2SO4 Heavy, colourless, viscous liquid<br />

Baking soda Sodium Bicarbonate NaHCO3 White powder<br />

Black lead Carbon or Graphite C Black powder<br />

Bleaching powder Calcium chloro-hypo chlorite CaOCI2 White powder smelling of chlorine<br />

Bluestone (Blue Vitriol) Copper Sulphate CuSO45H2O Large blue crystals<br />

Caustic Potash Potassium Hydroxide KOH White Deliquescent powder<br />

Caustic Soda Sodium Hydroxide NaOH White Deliquescent powder<br />

Chalk, Limestone, Marble Calcium Carbonate (more or less) CaCO3 White powder; Marble- crystalline form<br />

Epsom Salts Magnesium Sulphate MgSO47H2O Small colourless crystals<br />

Coke, Charcoal Carbon (impure) C Brittle black solid<br />

Chile Saltpeter Sodium Nitrate NaNO3 White crystalline subst.<br />

Condies Crystals Potassium Permanganate KMnO4 Small purple crystals<br />

Glauber Salts Sodium Sulphate Na2SO41OH2O Large, colourless crystals<br />

Green Vitriol Iron sulphate FeSO47H2O Green crystals<br />

Laughing Gas Nitrous Oxide N2O Colourless gas<br />

Lime (quicklime) Calcium Oxide CaO White powder<br />

Limewater Solution of Calcium Hydroxide Ca(OH)2 Clear, bitter liquid<br />

Liquid Ammonia Ammonium Hydroxide NH4OH Strongly fuming liquid<br />

Litharge Lead Monoxide PbO Orange powder<br />

Red lead Triplumbic Tetroxide Pb3O4 Fine, heavy red powder<br />

Sal Ammoniac Ammonium Chloride NH4Cl White crystalline solid<br />

Saltpeter (Nitre) Potassium Nitrate KNO3 Colourless crystals<br />

Slaked Lime Calcium Hydroxide Ca(OH)2 White powder<br />

Washing Soda Sodium Carbonate Na2CO31OH2O Large white crystals<br />

Vinegar Acetic Acid (weak) CH3COOH Brown liquid<br />

Copyright Produced with the permission of CIGWELD<br />

576 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


TECHNICAL<br />

ELECTRODE SIZES<br />

METRIC LENGTHS* GAUGE APPROX. FRACTION<br />

mm inches mm No. inches<br />

1.6 0.0625 250 16 1/16<br />

2 0.0787 300 14 5/64<br />

2.5 0.0984 3000 12 3/32<br />

3.2 - 350 10 1/8<br />

4 0.125 380 - -<br />

4.8 0.1576 350 8 5/32<br />

5 0.1969 380 6 3/16<br />

5.6 0.2205 450 - -<br />

6 0.2362 500 4 7/32<br />

6.3 0.2481 600 - 1/4<br />

8 0.3150 700 0 5/16<br />

10 0.3937 900 - 3/8<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

577


INFORMATION<br />

CONNECTORS<br />

SHELL<br />

Shell Size P/N 3106A Style PN 3102A Style PN 3101A Style<br />

12 MS3106A12 MS3102A12 MS3101A12<br />

14 MS3106A14 MS3102A14 MS3101A14<br />

16 MS3106A16 MS3102A16 MS3101A16<br />

18 MS3106A18 MS3102A18 MS3101A18<br />

20 MS3106A20 MS3102A20 MS3101A20<br />

6<br />

INERT<br />

No. Pins MALE (Plug) FEMALE (Plug)<br />

2 12S-3P 12S-3S<br />

2 14S-9P 14S-9S<br />

3 14S-7P 14S-7S<br />

4 14S-2P 14S-2S<br />

5 14S-5P 14S-5S<br />

6 14S-6P 14S-6S<br />

3 16-10P 16-10S<br />

2 16-11P 16-11S<br />

5 16S-8P 16S-8S<br />

7 16S-1P 16S-1S<br />

10 18-1P 18-1S<br />

No. Pins MALE (Plug) FEMALE (Plug)<br />

8 18-8P 18-8S<br />

4 18-10P 18-10S<br />

5 18-11P 18-11S<br />

6 18-12P 18-12S<br />

4 20-4P 20-4S<br />

8 20-7P 20-7S<br />

9 20-16P 20-16S<br />

9 20-18P 20-18S<br />

14 20-27P 20-27S<br />

17 20-29P 20-29S<br />

CLAMP<br />

MS Number Shell Size<br />

MS 3057-4A 12<br />

MS 3057-6A 14, 14S<br />

MS 3057-8A 16, 16S<br />

MS 3057-10A 18<br />

MS 3057-12A 20, 22<br />

CONTACT ARRANGEMENTS<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

578 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


INFORMATION<br />

GENERATOR SELECTION<br />

Generators can be used to run welders, plasma cutters and compressors. It is important that you select the correct size generator for your application.<br />

The following table is designed to give a basic guide to the size generator that should be used.<br />

A generators capacity is measured by its power output rating. The power output is usually expressed by True Power measured in Watts (W). Power<br />

can also be exprerssed by Apparent Power measured in Volt-Amperes (VA). The difference between a VA and W is the wasted power or reactive power<br />

expressed in Volt-Amperes-Reactive (VAR) and is also commonly known as the Power Factor.<br />

A machine or appliance with a power factor of 1.0 will result in no wasted power with the W rating and the VA rating being the same. If a machine or<br />

appliance has a power factor of 0.8 this will result in wasted power of about 20%. For example if we relate the supply of power to a glass of beer we<br />

pay for the full glass of beer (Apparent Power VA) being the whole schooner of beer. We all know that the glass of beer is made up of about 20% froth<br />

(wasted power VAR) and 80% beer (True Power W).<br />

In a welding situation the power a welder actually uses is the True Power or Watts (W) but in reality the required power to run the welder is the<br />

Apparent power (VA) because of the wasted power (VAR) Unfortunately we do not always know what the wasted power amount is unless it is stated<br />

on the name plate or measured. Welders are usually inductive loads so we assume a poor power factor rating (high waste). Every welder is different<br />

and some welders even have capacitors which assist in the correction of the power factor (reduction of waste).<br />

The table below assumes a power factor rating of 0.8 (20% losses). So the VA rating should be used when selecting your generator size but<br />

remembering this may vary significantly from machine to machine.<br />

Identify your welder’s Amperage and Voltage rating and match them up in the table below to determine your generator capacity.<br />

Voltage<br />

Voltage<br />

240 415 240 415<br />

WELDER RATED AMPS (A)<br />

POWER RATING<br />

W W VA VA<br />

5 1200 2075 1500 2594<br />

7.5 1800 3113 2250 3891<br />

10 2400 4150 3000 5188<br />

12.5 3000 5188 3750 6484<br />

15 3600 6225 4500 7781<br />

17.5 4200 7263 5250 9078<br />

20 4800 8300 6000 10375<br />

25 6000 10375 7500 12969<br />

30 7200 12450 9000 15563<br />

35 8400 14525 10500 18156<br />

40 9600 16600 12000 20750<br />

45 10800 18675 13500 23344<br />

50 12000 20750 15000 25938<br />

60 14400 24900 18000 31125<br />

63 15120 26145 18900 32681<br />

KVA = VA ÷ 1000<br />

KW = W ÷ 1000<br />

The Amps can be taken from the welder specification plate. This rating is usually the amount of Amps the welder will use when running at maximum output.<br />

6<br />

VAR<br />

WASTE<br />

VA<br />

APPARENT<br />

POWER (what<br />

you pay for)<br />

W<br />

TRUE POWER<br />

(what you use)<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

579


6<br />

WARRANTY DATA<br />

LINCOLN ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

580 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WARRANTY DATA<br />

TERMS OF GUARANTEE<br />

KEMPPI provides a guarantee for products manufactured and sold by<br />

them if defects in manufacture and materials occur.<br />

Guarantee repairs must be carried out only by an authorised KEMPPI Service Agent.<br />

Packing, freight and insurance costs are to be paid by the third party.<br />

The Guarantees effective on the day of purchase. Verbal promises which do not comply with<br />

the terms<br />

of the Guarantee are not binding on the guarantor.<br />

LIMITATIONS ON GUARANTEE<br />

The following conditions are not covered under the terms of the Guarantee: defects due<br />

to natural wear and tear, non-compliance with operating and maintenance instructions,<br />

connection to incorrect or faulty supply voltage (including voltage surges outside equipment<br />

specs) incorrect gas pressure, overloading, transport or storage damage, fire or damage due<br />

to natural causes i.e. lighting or flooding.<br />

This Guarantee does not cover direct or indirect travelling costs, daily allowances or<br />

accommodation.<br />

NOTE: Under the Terms of the Guarantee, consumables, feed, drive rollers and feeder guide<br />

tubes are not covered.<br />

Direct or indirect damage due to a defective product is not covered under the Guarantee.<br />

The Guarantees void if changes are made without approval of the manufacturer, or if repairs<br />

are carried out using non-approved spare parts.<br />

This Guarantee is also void if repairs are carried out by non-authorised service agents.<br />

GUARANTEE PERIOD<br />

The Machine Guarantee is valid for Two years from the date of purchase, providing that the<br />

machine is used for single-shift operation only.<br />

The Machine Guarantee period for double and triple shift operation is Six months and Four<br />

months respectively.<br />

The Mig and Tig torch Guarantee is valid for Three months from date of purchase providing<br />

that the torches are used for single-shift operation only.<br />

The Mig and Tig torch Guarantee period for double and triple shift operation is two months<br />

and one month respectively.<br />

UNDERTAKING GUARANTEE REPAIRS<br />

Guarantee defects most be informed to KEMPPI or authorised KEMPPI Service Agents within<br />

the guarantee period.<br />

Before and guarantee work is undertaken, the customer must provide proof of purchase and<br />

serial numbers equipment in order to validate of the guarantee.<br />

The parts replaced under the terms of the guarantee remain the property of KEMPPI.<br />

Following the guarantee repair, the guarantee of the machine or equipment, repaired or<br />

replaced, will be continued to the end of the original guarantee period.<br />

KEMPPI has the right to change the terms of guarantee at any time with out notice.<br />

6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

581


6<br />

TECHNICAL<br />

582 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


EXTRA INFORMATION<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

583


IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION<br />

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION<br />

CONSUMABLES 08<br />

WARNING<br />

Protect yourself and and others. others.<br />

Read and and understand this this information.<br />

Electric shock shock can can kill. kill.<br />

Welding can give rise to to electric shock, shock, excessive<br />

noise,<br />

noise,<br />

eye<br />

eye<br />

and skin burns due<br />

due<br />

to<br />

to<br />

the<br />

the<br />

arc<br />

arc<br />

rays,<br />

rays,<br />

and<br />

and<br />

potential you a potential health hazard if you breathe in the<br />

emitted fumes and gases.<br />

emitted fumes and gases.<br />

Over exposure to the fumes and gases can give<br />

Over exposure to the fumes and gases can give<br />

rise to dryness of the nose, throat and eyes,<br />

rise to dryness of the nose, throat and eyes,<br />

respiratory irritation and in some cases, longer<br />

respiratory<br />

term health<br />

irritation<br />

effects such<br />

and<br />

as<br />

in some<br />

lung deposits.<br />

cases, longer<br />

term health effects such as lung deposits.<br />

Read all the manufacturer’s instructions to<br />

Read achieve all the the manufacturer’s correct welding instructions conditions to and<br />

achieve ask your the employer correct welding for the conditions Materials and Safety ask<br />

your Data employer Sheets. Refer for the to Materials www.boc.com.au Safety Data or<br />

Sheets. www.boc.co.nz Refer to www.spwgroup.com.au<br />

For eye eye protection and and body protection always<br />

wear a welding visor with the correct filter<br />

lens,<br />

lens, and suitable and suitable welding welding gloves gloves and clothing and clothing to<br />

to prevent injury injury from from burns, burns, radiation, sparks, sparks,<br />

molten metal and electric shock.Wear ear ear<br />

protection when required.<br />

Adequate ventilation to prevent an accumulation<br />

of fumes and gases should be used.Where fume<br />

levels cannot be controlled below the recognised<br />

exposure limits, use local exhaust to reduce fumes<br />

and fumes gases; and in gases; confined confined spaces spaces without without adequate<br />

ventilation, adequate ventilation, an air fed an breathing air fed breathing system should system<br />

be should used; be outdoors used; outdoors a respirator a respirator may be required. may be<br />

Precautions required. Precautions for working for in working confined in spaces confined<br />

should spaces be should observed. be observed. Refer to Refer AS/NZS to AS/NZS 2865 “Safe<br />

working<br />

2865 “Safe<br />

in a<br />

working<br />

confined<br />

in<br />

space”.<br />

a confined space”.<br />

Keep your head out of the fume<br />

Keep your head out of the fume<br />

Arc rays and fume can affect others in your<br />

Arc rays and fume can affect others in your<br />

workplace.<br />

workplace.<br />

Comply with your employer’s safety practices and<br />

Comply with your employer’s safety practices and<br />

procedures; protect others<br />

procedures; protect others.<br />

Refer to WTIA Technical Note 7 “Health and<br />

Refer Safety to in WTIA Welding”. Technical Note 7 “Health and Safety<br />

in Welding”.<br />

Adherence to recognised occupational exposure<br />

Adherence standards (such to recognised as the threshold occupational limit values exposure<br />

standards (TLV)) for (such all fume as the constituents threshold should limit values be<br />

(TLV)) observed for all during fume use. constituents See the Materials should be Safety<br />

observed Data Sheets during for use. details. See the Materials Safety<br />

Data Sheets for details.<br />

Alert Symbols - Type of Hazard<br />

Electrical Hazard<br />

Hazard Source Symbols<br />

Welding electrode causing<br />

electric shock<br />

Fumes and gases coming<br />

from welding process<br />

Hot work pieces from welding<br />

and cutting; hot mufflers;<br />

hot exhaust pipes<br />

Flying particles from chipping<br />

and grinding<br />

Become trained<br />

Insulate yourself from work<br />

and ground<br />

Use forced ventilation or local<br />

exhaust to remove fumes<br />

Use welding helmet with<br />

correct shade of filter<br />

Fire Hazard<br />

Fumes and gases coming<br />

from any source<br />

Explosion from pressurized<br />

gas cylinders<br />

Loud noise from engine,<br />

machinery, and arc<br />

Welding arc rays<br />

Hazard Avoidance Symbols -<br />

Precautionary Measure<br />

Wear dry, insulated gloves<br />

Keep head out of in fumes<br />

Wear complete body protection<br />

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION<br />

216<br />

584 <strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


Application For <strong>SPW</strong> Group trading Account<br />

Welcome to <strong>SPW</strong> Group. Thank you for opening an account with us.<br />

To ensure we have all the information to provide you with your requirements, please fill in the details below and your account will be opened within<br />

3 working days. We hope you enjoy trading with us for years to come.<br />

PurPoSe oF APPlicAtion (Please tick)<br />

New Customers – Business: Complete all sections. Private: Complete all sections except 2.<br />

Existing Customers notifying change Account No. Please complete relevant sections and section 4.<br />

Existing Customers notifying additional site Account No. Please complete relevant sections and section 4.<br />

The Applicant named below hereby applies<br />

to establish a <strong>SPW</strong> Group Trading Account with<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> Group Pty Ltd (ABN 46 078 830 878).<br />

oFFice uSe onlY<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> Group Account No: <strong>SPW</strong> Group Rep Name: VEDA No:<br />

Estimated Monthly Spend $<br />

1. Your DetAilS<br />

An original proof of identification must be provided and a copy attached to this application. (Photo i.D. e.g. driver’s licence or passport).<br />

First Name Surname<br />

Date of Birth / / Driver’s Licence State Driver’s Licence No.<br />

2. BuSineSS DetAilS (if applicable)<br />

Business Type: Ltd Company Sole Trader Government Partnership Club/Trust Other (please specify):<br />

Registered Business Name<br />

Trading Name (if applicable) ABN<br />

Your Position in Company ACN<br />

3. contAct DetAilS<br />

Street Address (required)<br />

Number & Street:<br />

Suburb:<br />

State<br />

Postcode<br />

Postal Address (if different)<br />

Street/PO Box:<br />

Suburb:<br />

State<br />

Postcode<br />

Landline ( ) Mobile Fax ( )<br />

Email Email (For billing purposes)<br />

4. DeclArAtion This <strong>SPW</strong> Group Trading Account Application will not be processed without the Applicant’s signature.<br />

The information provided in and with this Application is true and correct and the signatory or signatories are authorised to sign on behalf of the<br />

Applicant. <strong>SPW</strong> Group is authorised to make all enquiries it deems necessary to investigate the Applicant’s financial status and the Applicant’s bankers,<br />

credit providers and any credit reporting agency are authorised to disclose to <strong>SPW</strong> Group information concerning the Applicant. <strong>SPW</strong> Group is<br />

authorised to disclose information concerning the Applicant for that purpose.<br />

The Applicant acknowledges that all transactions under the <strong>SPW</strong> Group Trading Account will be subject to <strong>SPW</strong> Group’s General Terms and Conditions<br />

of Supply (copy attached). The Applicant declares that the credit (if any) to be provided under the Trading Account is to be applied wholly or predominantly<br />

for a purpose that is not a National Consumer Credit Code purpose and makes this declaration before entering into any agreement with <strong>SPW</strong> Group.<br />

Full Name Date / /<br />

Signature<br />

Position/Title


Guarantee and indemnity<br />

i/We:<br />

(hereafter referred to as the “Guarantor/s”)<br />

In consideration of the Supplier agreeing to extend credit to<br />

the Applicant the Guarantor/s (and where more than one<br />

jointly and severally) agree with the Supplier as follows:<br />

1. To guarantee to the Supplier the payment of all monies<br />

owing or which may become owing to the Supplier for<br />

all goods sold and/or delivered and/or services rendered<br />

as the Supplier may have supplied or as the Supplier may<br />

hereafter supply from time to time at the Applicant’s<br />

request notwithstanding that the Guarantor/s shall not<br />

have notice of any neglect or omission on the Applicants<br />

part to pay for such goods sold and/or delivered and/or<br />

services rendered.<br />

2. The guarantee shall extend to all monies expended by<br />

the Supplier or for which the Supplier becomes liable in<br />

the exercise of its powers under or pursuant to any<br />

credit agreement whatsoever for goods sold and/or<br />

delivered and/or services rendered to the Applicant and/<br />

or this guarantee including interest and without limiting<br />

the generality of the foregoing, any costs (including legal)<br />

incurred by the Supplier whatsoever.<br />

3. This guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee (and<br />

non-revocable) to the Supplier for the whole of the<br />

Applicants indebtedness or liability to the Supplier.<br />

4. The Supplier shall be at liberty without discharging the<br />

Guarantor/s from liability to grant time or other<br />

indulgences to the Applicant and to accept payments<br />

from the Applicant in cash or by means of negotiable<br />

instruments, and to treat the Guarantor/s and the<br />

Applicant in all respects as though the Guarantor/s is<br />

jointly and severally liable with the Applicant as principal<br />

Applicant to the Supplier instead of being mere surety<br />

for the Applicant and in order to give full effect to the<br />

provisions of this guarantee, the Guarantor/s hereby<br />

waives all rights inconsistent with such provisions and<br />

which the Guarantor/s might otherwise as surety be<br />

entitled to claim and enforce.<br />

5. The Supplier may at any time without notice refuse or<br />

vary the terms of further credit or supply of goods sold<br />

and/or delivered and/or services rendered to the<br />

Applicant without discharging or impairing the liability of<br />

the Guarantor/s under this guarantee.<br />

6. The guarantee shall be enforceable against the<br />

Guarantor/s and in the case of more than one guarantor,<br />

against each Guarantor/s jointly and severally<br />

notwithstanding that any negotiable instrument or other<br />

securities referred to herein or to which this guarantee<br />

shall relate or be applicable shall at the time of<br />

proceedings being taken against the guarantor, or any of<br />

them, under this guarantee be outstanding or in<br />

circulation.<br />

7. The Guarantor/s hereby charge, as a separate and<br />

additional obligation, with payment of any monies owing<br />

under this agreement all he has currently and or in the<br />

future in:<br />

(a) land or other property;<br />

(b) Any/all Trusts of whatsoever nature<br />

(c) Any/all Wills, estates of whatsoever nature<br />

(d) Any/all Superannuation funds of whatsoever nature<br />

(e) Any/all life and/or Death policies of insurance and/<br />

or life Annuities of whatsoever nature<br />

and hereby appoints the Supplier or its nominated<br />

representative (as duly authorised attorney) to sign all<br />

documents (including mortgages/transfers) on its behalf<br />

to record that charge over the Applicant’s property, and<br />

if necessary to sell same to repay the debt owing under<br />

this agreement.<br />

8. The Guarantor/s agree that the Supplier may seek<br />

information from a credit (reporting agency) and a report<br />

containing personal information about the Guarantor/s.<br />

9. The Guarantor/s (or in the case of more than one<br />

guarantor, by each of them) acknowledges having read<br />

the above terms, and agrees to be bound by them, and<br />

further acknowledges that the Guarantor/s has had the<br />

opportunity to seek independent legal advice on the<br />

meaning and effect of this guarantee.<br />

10. In this Agreement, unless a contrary intention appears, a<br />

reference to:<br />

(a) The singular includes the plural and vice versa;<br />

(b) Any gender includes all other genders;<br />

(c) A person includes a corporation and an association<br />

whether incorporated or not and vice versa;<br />

*Please print full name<br />

Signature of<br />

Guarantor<br />

Name*<br />

Signature<br />

of Witness<br />

Name*<br />

Residential<br />

Address<br />

Number & Street:<br />

Residential<br />

Address<br />

Number & Street:<br />

Suburb:<br />

Suburb:<br />

State Postcode State Postcode<br />

Date of Birth / / Date Signed / /<br />

*Please print full name<br />

Signature of<br />

Guarantor<br />

Signature<br />

of Witness<br />

Name*<br />

Name*<br />

Residential<br />

Address<br />

Number & Street:<br />

Residential<br />

Address<br />

Number & Street:<br />

Suburb:<br />

Suburb:<br />

State Postcode State Postcode<br />

Date of Birth / / Date Signed / /


General terms and conditions of Supply<br />

GenerAl terMS AnD conDitionS oF SuPPlY<br />

1. Definitions, application and interpretation<br />

(a) Definitions:<br />

(i) “Agreement” means these General Terms and<br />

Conditions of Supply and, where a Supply Agreement is<br />

entered into by You, the other parts of that document<br />

including any coversheet or covering letter, together<br />

with all attachments and any other documents<br />

referred to in the Agreement;<br />

(ii) “<strong>SPW</strong>G”,“We”, “us” and “our” means South Pacific<br />

Welding Group Pty Ltd ABN 46 078 830 878<br />

including its officers, directors, employees and<br />

representatives from time to time;<br />

(iii) “PPSA” means the Personal Property Securities<br />

Act 2009;<br />

(iv) “Supply Agreement” means an agreement with<br />

You to supply You for a specified period of time;<br />

(v) “You” “Your” and “customer” means the person<br />

or entity identified in this Agreement or in the<br />

applicable <strong>SPW</strong>G trading account; and<br />

(vi) “Your equipment” means all property, plant<br />

and equipment owned or leased by You or Your<br />

affiliates, parent companies, subsidiaries, co-owners,<br />

co-lessees and joint venturers (but excludes<br />

property or equipment leased from Us) and<br />

includes surface facilities and other property<br />

on Your site.<br />

(b) This Agreement applies to all supplies of goods and/or<br />

services by Us to You and supersedes all previous<br />

negotiations and representations, whether oral or<br />

written, any earlier agreement for the same goods and/or<br />

services, and earlier sets of terms and conditions issued.<br />

(c) No variation or waiver of this Agreement and no terms<br />

and conditions put forward by You or printed on Your<br />

purchase order or other document You give to Us for<br />

the supply of goods and/or services will have any effect<br />

unless expressly agreed in writing by both parties. Failure<br />

to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement in<br />

a timely manner will not constitute acceptance of the<br />

matter which gave rise to the right or remedy, nor a<br />

waiver of such right or remedy.<br />

(d) If any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal<br />

or unenforceable, it will be read down to the extent<br />

necessary and reasonable to ensure that it is not invalid,<br />

illegal or unenforceable. If it or part of it can not be so<br />

read down, it or the relevant part of it will be void and<br />

severable and the remaining provisions will not in any<br />

way be affected or impaired.<br />

(e) All warranties, releases, exclusions of liability and<br />

indemnities will remain valid and binding following<br />

termination.<br />

(f) In interpreting this Agreement no rules of construction<br />

shall apply to Our disadvantage on the basis that We put<br />

forward the Agreement, or any part of it. Headings are for<br />

convenience only and do not affect interpretation. To the<br />

extent of any inconsistency between the General Terms and<br />

Conditions of Supply and the Special Conditions, the Special<br />

Conditions shall prevail.<br />

(g) If the Customer comprises two or more persons or<br />

entities, each of You is jointly and severally liable for all<br />

obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.<br />

(h) A reference to legislation includes any subordinate<br />

legislation made under it and any legislation amending,<br />

consolidating or replacing it.<br />

2. Goods and services<br />

(a) Goods sold by Us to You will comply with any technical<br />

specifications provided by Us or the manufacturer. We do<br />

not warrant or guarantee that the goods are suitable for<br />

Your intended use or process. You are solely responsible<br />

for determining the suitability, compatibility, and use of<br />

the goods. Notwithstanding any clause to the contrary<br />

in this Agreement, We do not provide any warranties,<br />

express or implied, of satisfactory quality or fitness for<br />

purpose in relation to the goods or services.<br />

(b) Where goods supplied by Us, or materials or equipment<br />

used in providing services, have not been manufactured<br />

by Us, to the extent We are able to do so We will pass<br />

through to You the benefit of any manufacturer’s<br />

warranty where it is available, except in the event of user<br />

damage and disposable and perishable items. All other<br />

liability is excluded in accordance with this Agreement.<br />

3. Your obligations<br />

You will:<br />

(a) provide free of charge adequate and safe access to Your<br />

premises, information and facilities (including labour for<br />

loading and unloading of goods, and utilities supply), and to<br />

Our equipment on Your premises, for Us to carry out Our<br />

duties and rights under this Agreement, including installation,<br />

replacement, delivery to, and the inspection, audit, removal<br />

and servicing of equipment. You will be responsible for any<br />

additional costs incurred by Us in carrying out Our duties<br />

and rights under this Agreement, including installation,<br />

replacement, delivery to, and the inspection, audit, removal<br />

and servicing of equipment, where those costs relate to:<br />

inadequate or unsafe access to Your premises, information<br />

and facilities, or to Our equipment on Your premises;<br />

(b) ensure that all sites, works and materials for which You<br />

are responsible, and all Your Equipment which is relevant<br />

to this Agreement, comply with current industry<br />

standards and all legal and statutory requirements,<br />

including those relating to a safe workplace, and with any<br />

specifications provided by Us;<br />

(c) obtain and maintain all necessary licences, permits,<br />

authorisations, approvals and consents, and comply with<br />

all legal obligations, in connection with Your possession<br />

and use of any goods supplied or Our equipment<br />

provided to You, or work done on Your site, including<br />

installation or other services provided by Us;<br />

(d) insure Our equipment to its full replacement cost against<br />

loss, damage and destruction and maintain other<br />

insurance as required by law and sufficient to insure Your<br />

obligations under this Agreement. If requested by Us, You<br />

will provide proof of any such insurance within 7 days;<br />

(e) not obliterate, remove or deface identification<br />

marks, tracking devices, labels, barcodes or notices<br />

on Our equipment;<br />

(f) return all Our equipment in a clean and serviceable<br />

condition, or pay the cost of restoring it to a clean<br />

and serviceable condition, and pay the new replacement<br />

cost if any equipment of Ours is lost or damaged<br />

beyond repair,<br />

(g) not mortgage, pledge, sell, or lend, or create a security<br />

interest under the PPSA over, Our equipment, and You<br />

will not part with possession of it, except to Us or to an<br />

agent or representative authorised by Us;<br />

(h) not at any time disclose any of the know-how,<br />

technology, information, documents or other intellectual<br />

property supplied by Us to You or contained in Our<br />

equipment, goods or services or otherwise made<br />

available to You, nor infringe Our rights in such materials,<br />

and You will use such for Your internal purposes only;<br />

(i) notify Us in writing if You intend to sell Your business,<br />

with such notice being provided not less than<br />

twenty-one (21) days before any such sale takes<br />

place; and<br />

(j) notify Us in writing as soon as reasonably practicable after<br />

You become aware of any defect in goods or services<br />

supplied by Us, any alleged breach of contract on Our part,<br />

any negligence or other tort on Our part, or any breach of<br />

statutory duty by Us. You acknowledge and agree that<br />

prompt notification may enable Us to mitigate the loss or<br />

damage suffered by You as a result of the alleged act or<br />

omission or to assist You in doing so. Prompt notification<br />

may also enable Us to identify defective goods and services<br />

and prevent other customers from suffering loss or injury.<br />

4. Delivery and collection<br />

(a) You acknowledge that collection of goods from, and<br />

delivery of goods to, Our site or agent will be at Your<br />

own risk and that You are responsible for handling<br />

and transporting the load safely, training the driver<br />

on the hazards of the goods and compliance with all<br />

relevant legislation.<br />

(b) In the absence of proof to the contrary, Our weights,<br />

records and measurements will be conclusive evidence<br />

of the quantities of goods delivered to You. Our delivery/<br />

collection note will be conclusive evidence as to the<br />

goods delivered.<br />

(c) If full delivery cannot be made due to Your act or<br />

omission We may charge for abortive journeys or<br />

part deliveries.<br />

5. title and risk<br />

(a) All goods sold remain Our property until You have paid<br />

for them and have paid all other outstanding amounts<br />

due and payable to Us. The risk in goods sold or supplied<br />

passes to You upon delivery to You or Your agent or<br />

collection by You or Your agent.<br />

(b) Our equipment remains at all times Our absolute<br />

property, even if affixed to real property owned or used<br />

by You, and is supplied for Your sole use. You have no<br />

rights over any property of ours or Our contractors<br />

brought onto Your site.<br />

(c) If Our equipment is installed at Your site and You are<br />

not the owner of that site, You will provide Us with<br />

the unconditional written agreement of the site owner<br />

confirming that the equipment will at all times remain<br />

Our property, irrespective of how it may be affixed,<br />

and that it may be repossessed by Us in accordance<br />

with this Agreement. You indemnify Us against any cost,<br />

loss or damage if You fail to provide Us with such site<br />

owner’s agreement.<br />

6. charges, invoicing and payment<br />

(a) Unless stated otherwise in this Agreement:<br />

(i) <strong>Product</strong> charges will be varied in proportion to changes<br />

in Our standard prices for the applicable product from<br />

time to time (changes include, but are not limited to,<br />

variations in market, economic and any other relevant<br />

circumstances); and<br />

(ii) All charges will be reviewed from time to time<br />

(and at least annually) taking into account all of the<br />

circumstances related to supply to You.<br />

(b) You agree that We may deliver invoices and notices<br />

to You by electronic means, such as email. If You do not<br />

use this method, We may charge You an administration<br />

fee for the extra cost of processing. You must notify Us<br />

immediately of any error on an invoice. You must pay all<br />

charges within 30 days of invoice date, including any<br />

disputed amount. After payment, if an adjustment in<br />

Your favour is due, We will issue a credit note.<br />

(c) Our preferred method of payment is by electronic funds<br />

transfer (EFT). If You do not use this method, We may<br />

charge You an administration fee for the extra cost of<br />

processing. If We incur any merchant or dishonour fees<br />

as a result of Your method of payment, You agree that<br />

We may recover those fees from You. At Our discretion<br />

We may recover those fees from You directly or by<br />

adding the amount to a subsequent bill.<br />

(d) Except where goods delivered are not in accordance<br />

with Your order or Our selling specification, or are<br />

defective, the return of goods for credit is at Our<br />

absolute discretion. If We grant credits they may<br />

be subject to charges for handling or testing.<br />

(e) If any amounts are overdue:<br />

(i) We may suspend supply of goods and/or services to<br />

You and payment will become immediately due for<br />

all goods and services supplied under any agreement<br />

with You;<br />

(ii) You must pay charges and interest in accordance<br />

with the applicable Court interest rate at the time;<br />

(iii) if We take debt recovery action against You, You<br />

must pay Us Our then applicable administrative fee,<br />

as advised by Us at the time, and pay Us for the<br />

costs incurred in recovering overdue amounts<br />

owing by You; and<br />

(iv) as a condition of any subsequent supply, We may<br />

vary Your payment terms, including requiring You<br />

to provide security of payment in a form acceptable<br />

to Us (such as a bank undertaking, director or<br />

shareholder guarantee or pre-payment).<br />

(f) Prices in this Agreement exclude GST unless stated<br />

otherwise. You will pay GST and any other government<br />

charges, duties or taxes in connection with supply of goods<br />

or services under this Agreement.<br />

(g) Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, if at any<br />

time Our costs of supplying goods and/or services under<br />

this Agreement change due to government action (including<br />

imposition of a new tax or charge), a change in law, a change<br />

in tax or the introduction of any emissions trading scheme<br />

or any other scheme relating to greenhouse gases or other<br />

environmental emissions, unforeseen events or<br />

circumstances beyond Our control (for example, a<br />

significant and unexpected increase in the cost of fuel,<br />

power, feedstock or distribution), inaccurate or inadequate<br />

provision of information by You, or delay caused by You,<br />

We reserve the right to adjust prices to take account of<br />

such change in Our costs, including by applying a surcharge.<br />

(h) Payment of a service charge invoice will be conclusive<br />

(subject to 6(i) and 7(k)) as to Your holding of Our<br />

equipment as shown on that invoice.<br />

(i) If any transaction or notification by You indicates a<br />

holding of Our equipment greater than recorded,<br />

We may amend Our records and charge You service<br />

charges accordingly.


General terms and conditions of Supply continued<br />

7. liability and exclusions<br />

(a) Nothing in any agreement between Us and You excludes,<br />

restricts or modifies any terms, conditions or warranties<br />

or Our liability for them which are imposed or<br />

implied by any statute, including but not limited to the<br />

Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cwth), and which<br />

by statute cannot be excluded, restricted or modified.<br />

Limitations and exclusions are made only to the extent<br />

that We may legally do so.<br />

(b) Our liability for any kind of loss or damage suffered<br />

by You in connection with this Agreement, whether in<br />

contract, negligence or other tort, misrepresentation,<br />

breach of any statutory or equitable duty, or otherwise,<br />

and whether Our act or omission is wilful or otherwise,<br />

is excluded and/or limited (as the case may be) as set out<br />

in clause 7. Our liability for any loss of or damage to<br />

revenue, profits, savings, use, contracts, production,<br />

goodwill, business opportunity or business and any<br />

consequential or indirect loss or damage, is excluded.<br />

(c) We accept unlimited liability for personal injury or<br />

death to the extent that it directly results from Our<br />

negligence, but subject to the contributory liability<br />

of any other person.<br />

(d) We accept liability for physical damage to property<br />

to the extent that it was directly caused by Our breach<br />

of contract or Our negligence in connection with the<br />

performance of this Agreement, subject to a limit of<br />

$1 million per event or series of connected or similar<br />

events. Any other losses flowing from physical damage<br />

to property shall be limited as set out in clause 7(e).<br />

(e) Our sole liability for loss or damage incurred in respect<br />

of goods and/or services supplied (or agreed to be<br />

supplied) shall be limited to:<br />

(i) in the case of goods, at Our option, the replacement<br />

of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods; the<br />

repair of the goods; the payment of the cost of<br />

replacing the goods or of acquiring equivalent goods;<br />

or the payment of the cost of having the goods<br />

repaired; and<br />

(ii) in the case of services, at Our option, supplying the<br />

services again; or paying the cost of having the<br />

services supplied again.<br />

(f) Any action by You against Us in relation to this<br />

Agreement must be commenced within one year after<br />

the cause of action has accrued. You agree that We have<br />

no liability to You in relation to an action commenced<br />

after this period.<br />

(g) You indemnify Us and hold Us harmless against all loss,<br />

damage, proceedings, claims, costs and expenses<br />

howsoever caused arising directly or indirectly:<br />

(i) out of Your possession, use or ownership<br />

(as applicable) of goods;<br />

(ii) from any unauthorised use of Our intellectual<br />

property; and<br />

(iii) from Our presence on Your site, including Our<br />

equipment, materials and personnel, except to the<br />

extent caused by Our negligence.<br />

(h) If performance of any contract obligation by its normal<br />

means is prevented or delayed due to any cause beyond<br />

Your or Our reasonable control, that contract obligation<br />

(other than a payment obligation) will be suspended<br />

during the period affected by such cause.<br />

(i) Failure by Us to deliver goods or perform services by<br />

any time specified will not entitle You to terminate any<br />

agreement or make any claim against Us.<br />

(j) We will not be liable for any defect arising from fair<br />

wear and tear to the materials or equipment installed<br />

or used in relation to or in connection with the goods<br />

and/or services.<br />

(k) We will not be liable for any shortage, loss, damaged<br />

goods or discrepancy unless You notify Us in writing<br />

within 5 business days of receipt of goods by You or,<br />

if You prove to Us that it was not reasonably possible<br />

to notify Us within that timeframe, You notify Us within<br />

5 working days after You first became aware, or could<br />

reasonably be expected to have become aware, of<br />

the claim.<br />

8. our equipment<br />

(a) Our equipment will comply with any technical<br />

specifications provided by Us. We do not warrant<br />

that the equipment is suitable for Your intended use or<br />

process. If We warrant any particular performance levels,<br />

any claim for failure to meet those levels in any period is<br />

limited to a proportional reduction in the service charge<br />

for that period.<br />

(b) We will maintain Our equipment in accordance with<br />

Our procedures and current safety requirements.<br />

If this requires interruption of supply this will, whenever<br />

possible, be by arrangement with You.<br />

(c) Service charges are payable from delivery, or from the<br />

date of completion where We provide installation,<br />

whichever is earlier.<br />

(d) We may maintain Our equipment by a program of<br />

regular maintenance undertaken during normal business<br />

hours. If regular maintenance is carried out outside<br />

of normal business hours at Your request then You will<br />

incur an additional charge at Our then current rates.<br />

(e) For any repairs or maintenance required beyond that in<br />

8(d) We will charge You an additional charge at Our then<br />

current rates, except to the extent that We caused the<br />

need for such repairs or maintenance.<br />

(f) We may maintain Our equipment by a program of<br />

regular maintenance undertaken during normal business<br />

hours. If regular maintenance is carried out outside of<br />

normal business hours at Your request then You will<br />

incur an additional charge at Our then current rates.<br />

(g) You will comply with any manual (or other instructions)<br />

provided, and will not otherwise adjust, repair or<br />

interfere with Our equipment. If You do not comply<br />

with this clause then We will have no liability to You<br />

for the consequences and We may charge You for<br />

additional service parts and/or maintenance and<br />

repair charges as appropriate.<br />

9. Breach and termination<br />

(a) If You commit any act of bankruptcy or have a receiver,<br />

liquidator or administrator (or similar) appointed,<br />

or commit any breach of any provision of this Agreement<br />

then We may by written notice with immediate<br />

effect either:<br />

(i) terminate the whole or any part of this Agreement;<br />

or<br />

(ii) suspend performance of all or any of Our obligations,<br />

and at any time during such suspension terminate the<br />

whole or any part of this Agreement. Service charges<br />

will continue to accrue and be payable by You during<br />

any period of suspension.<br />

(b) Termination will be without prejudice to any accrued<br />

rights of either party.<br />

(c) On suspension or termination under any circumstances,<br />

We may recover possession of any goods, equipment,<br />

or materials belonging to Us, and You irrevocably<br />

authorise Us to enter Your premises for this purpose.<br />

You must pay Our charges for the costs of removal<br />

of Our equipment. Any delay by Us in removing Our<br />

equipment will not waive Our rights nor give You any<br />

rights over Our property.<br />

(d) On termination by Us under clause 9(a) or by You<br />

without giving the required notice, You must pay by way<br />

of liquidated damages a sum equal to rental charges for<br />

a period of 6 months or, if equipment, a sum equal to<br />

20% of the average monthly sales for the last 6 months<br />

multiplied by the remaining months on the contract.<br />

10. PPSA<br />

(a) We may allocate amounts received from You in any<br />

manner we determine, but in default will apply same first<br />

to payment of any unsecured amount owing to Us, next<br />

as to any reasonable enforcement expenses and then as<br />

to any secured balance owing to Us.<br />

(b) You agree to reimburse Us for all costs and/or expenses<br />

incurred or payable by Us in relation to registering,<br />

maintaining or releasing any financing statement or<br />

financing change statement under this Agreement.<br />

(c) You will not (except with Our written consent) allow<br />

to be, or be liable to become, perfected or attached in<br />

favour of any person, a security interest or transitional<br />

security interest in any of the monies from time to time<br />

payable to Us (if any) or otherwise, or in Our property<br />

(including equipment) and whether to a provider of new<br />

value or otherwise.<br />

(d) You waive the right to receive a copy of the verification<br />

statement confirming registration of a financing statement<br />

or financing change statement relating to the security<br />

interests under this Agreement. You agree that You and We<br />

contract out of and nothing in the provisions of Sections<br />

95, 96, 117, 118, 121(4), 130, 132(3)(d), 132(4), 142 and 143<br />

of the PPSA shall apply to this Agreement<br />

(e) You and We acknowledge that You are the grantor and<br />

We are the holder of a Purchase Money Security Interest<br />

(“PMSI”) by virtue of this Agreement and/ or the PPSA. You<br />

agree to do anything that We reasonably require to ensure<br />

that We have at all times a continuously perfected security<br />

interest over all of Our property, including Our equipment.<br />

11. General<br />

(a) If You purchase goods and/or services from Us through<br />

Our website or other e-commerce process, then (without<br />

limiting the foregoing) You agree to also be bound by the<br />

applicable terms and conditions set out or referred to in<br />

that site or relating to that process.<br />

(b) Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted or implied<br />

as constituting either Us or You as having the relationship<br />

of employee and employer or You as Our agent or Us as<br />

Your principal.<br />

(c) We may assign or transfer this Agreement and/or any<br />

security under the PPSA to a related body corporate at<br />

any time by notice to You. A party must not otherwise<br />

assign or transfer the benefit or obligations of this<br />

Agreement without the prior written consent of the<br />

other party, not to be unreasonably withheld.<br />

(d) We will be entitled to the full and unrestricted right,<br />

including the right to apply for patent or other protection<br />

in Our own name, to exploit any invention, technical<br />

information or know-how arising from or developed in<br />

the course of carrying out this Agreement.<br />

(e) <strong>SPW</strong>G and the <strong>SPW</strong>G logo are trademarks and/or service<br />

marks of <strong>SPW</strong>G. You have no right under this Agreement<br />

to use any trademark, service mark, logo, and/or trade<br />

name of <strong>SPW</strong>G or its affiliates, suppliers, advertisers, or<br />

agents or sponsors.<br />

(f) This Agreement is governed by the laws of New South<br />

Wales, Australia.<br />

12. confidentiality<br />

(a) You acknowledge that all pricing information and any<br />

other commercially sensitive or confidential information<br />

relating to this Agreement is strictly confidential<br />

(Confidential Information).<br />

(b) Except as stated in this Agreement or where required by<br />

PPSA, the parties to this Agreement are under an obligation<br />

to not and must not permit any of their officers, employees,<br />

agents, contractors or related bodies corporate to disclose<br />

any Confidential Information to any person, other than<br />

their professional advisers or as required by law, without<br />

the prior written consent of the party to whom the<br />

Confidential Information relates.<br />

(c) This clause 12:<br />

(i) operates for the benefit of all parties; and<br />

(ii) continues despite the termination of this Agreement.<br />

(d) Our treatment of personal information will be in<br />

accordance with Our Privacy Policy (a copy of which can<br />

be obtained from Our website, www.spwgroup.com.au, or<br />

by calling 1300 135 216).<br />

(e) You agree that We may obtain from, and provide to, third<br />

parties information about Your creditworthiness and<br />

payment record. You agree that We may use, for purposes<br />

related to this Agreement, any personal information We<br />

hold on You.<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> Group<br />

Phone: 1300 WELDER (935337)<br />

Email: info@spwgroup.com.au<br />

Web: www.spwgroup.com.au<br />

Account Opening<br />

Fax Number: +61 7 3212 4118<br />

ABN: 46 078 830 878


NOTES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

589


NOTES<br />

590<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


NOTES<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

591


NOTES<br />

592<br />

<strong>SPW</strong> GROUP PTY LTD


WHEN YOU NEED TO HIRE...<br />

The <strong>SPW</strong> Group has a comprehensive range of the major<br />

brands of machines to meet your hire requirements.<br />

Whether it’s a large project in Australia or overseas,<br />

to a specific machine for a particular job.<br />

• Mig<br />

• Tig<br />

• Plasma Cutting<br />

• Engine Drives<br />

• Sub Arc<br />

• Sub Arc Positioners<br />

& Rotators<br />

• Specialised<br />

Welding Equipment<br />

• Automated<br />

Travel Carriers<br />

• Rod Ovens<br />

1300 WELDER (1300 935 337)<br />

THE <strong>SPW</strong> HIRE OFFER<br />

• Comprehensive range of hire<br />

machines & equipment<br />

• We can provide experienced<br />

technicians to service our<br />

hire equipment anywhere in<br />

Australia & Overseas<br />

• Hire rates specific to your<br />

requirements depending on<br />

service levels required<br />

• Long and short term rates<br />

available<br />

WHEN YOU NEED TO TRADE OR REPAIR...<br />

The <strong>SPW</strong> Group stocks a large range of second hand<br />

machines and equipment from the leading brands, providing<br />

our customers with greater choice when purchasing a<br />

welding machine. The machines are fully tested by our team<br />

of experienced technicians to ensure they comply with<br />

Australian standards and manufacturers specifications.<br />

THE <strong>SPW</strong> TRADE OFFER<br />

• We will trade your old machine<br />

on a new one or, for some<br />

machines, we even pay cash!<br />

• All machines listed on our website www.spwgroup.com.au<br />

• Our team of experienced electricans ensure each<br />

machine complies with manufacturers specifications.<br />

• Most machines come with a warranty of up to two months.<br />

• We also employ experienced technicians<br />

to repair your machines.


WE HAVE THE BEST WELDING EQUIPMENT<br />

& TOOLS FOR YOUR PROJECT<br />

PURCHASE OR HIRE<br />

<br />

Smarter. Tougher. Mathey.<br />

®<br />

TRI TOOL INC.<br />

LOCATIONS<br />

NORSTATE GAS<br />

68 Bunda Street, Cairns Qld 4870<br />

P 07 4031 1738 F 07 4031 0472<br />

TOWNSVILLE WELDING SUPPLIES<br />

405 Woolcock Street, Garbutt Qld 4812<br />

P 07 4779 0411 F 07 4725 1180<br />

INDEPENDENT WELDING SUPPLIES<br />

14 Gordon Street, Mackay Qld 4740<br />

P 07 4951 1055 F 07 4951 2989<br />

INDEPENDENT WELDING SUPPLIES<br />

7 Westgate Street, Wacol Qld 4076<br />

P 07 3718 0800 F 07 3271 6533<br />

AWISCO (Service, Repair & Hire)<br />

Unit 1, 15 Westgate St, Wacol Qld 4076<br />

P 07 3718 0844 F 07 3879 4130<br />

KENDALL DISTRIBUTORS<br />

26 Great South Road, Otahuhu 1062,<br />

Auckland, NEW ZEALAND<br />

P 09 276 6236 F 09 276 6263<br />

WELDQUIP<br />

21 Strahan Street, South Burnie, Tas 7320<br />

P 03 6431 9292 F 03 6431 2371<br />

MELBOURNE CITY WELDERS<br />

Unit F10, Hallmarc Business Pk,<br />

Cnr Westall & Centre Rd, Clayton VIC 3168<br />

P 03 9543 6627 F 03 9543 6356<br />

THE WELD SPOT<br />

81 Alexanders Rd, Morwell VIC 3840<br />

P 03 5135 3000 F 03 5135 3100<br />

ADELAIDE CITY WELDING<br />

Unit 3 94-98 Cormack Road, Wingfield SA 5013<br />

P 08 8345 1992 F 08 8345 1982<br />

WESTERN WELDING SERVICES<br />

53 Howson Way, Spearwood WA 6163<br />

P 08 9418 4511 F 08 9434 1639<br />

TOWNSVILLE WELDING SUPPLIES<br />

Jl Mulawarman, RT22 No 71, Batakan,<br />

Balikpapan 76115<br />

P 0542 765385 F 0542 765494<br />

TOWNSVILLE WELDING SUPPLIES<br />

Benete Bay Commercial Estates,<br />

Benete Bay, Sumbawa<br />

P 0372 635032 F 0372 635141<br />

AUSTRALIA: 1300 WELDER (935 337)<br />

NEW ZEALAND: 0800 WELDING (9353464)<br />

www.spwgroup.com.au

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!